Loading...
Backup Documents 11/16/2004 R BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS REGULAR MEETING NOVEMBER 16, 2004 -l1 " COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS tì"'" '.'.. '~ J >.; \ . -~=, AGENDA November 16, 2004 9:00 AM Donna Fiala, Chairman, District 1 Fred W. Coyle, Vice-Chairman, District 4 Frank Halas, Commissioner, District 2 Tom Henning, Commissioner, District 3 Jim Coletta, Commissioner, District 5 NOTICE: ALL PERSONS WISHING TO SPEAK ON ANY AGENDA ITEM MUST REGISTER PRIOR TO SPEAKING. SPEAKERS MUST REGISTER WITH THE COUNTY MANAGER PRIOR TO THE PRESENTATION OF THE AGENDA ITEM TO BE ADDRESSED. COLLIER COUNTY ORDINANCE NO. 2003-53, AS AMENDED REQUIRES THAT ALL LOBBYISTS SHALL, BEFORE ENGAGING IN ANY LOBBYING ACTIVITIES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ADDRESSING THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS), REGISTER WITH THE CLERK TO THE BOARD AT THE BOARD MINUTES AND RECORDS DEPARTMENT. REQUESTS TO ADDRESS THE BOARD ON SUBJECTS WHICH ARE NOT ON THIS AGENDA MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING WITH EXPLANATION TO THE COUNTY MANAGER AT LEAST 13 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THE MEETING AND WILL BE HEARD UNDER "PUBLIC PETITIONS." ANY PERSON WHO DECIDES TO APPEAL A DECISION OF THIS BOARD WILL NEED A RECORD OF THE PROCEEDINGS PERTAINING THERETO, AND THEREFORE MAY NEED TO ENSURE THAT A VERBATIM RECORD 1 November 16, 2004 '1 OF THE PROCEEDINGS IS MADE, WHICH RECORD INCLUDES THE TESTIMONY AND EVIDENCE UPON WHICH THE APPEAL IS TO BE BASED. ALL REGISTERED PUBLIC SPEAKERS WILL RECEIVE UP TO FIVE (5) MINUTES UNLESS THE TIME IS ADJUSTED BY THE CHAIRMAN. IF YOU ARE A PERSON WITH A DISABILITY WHO NEEDS ANY ACCOMMODATION IN ORDER TO PARTICIPATE IN THIS PROCEEDING, YOU ARE ENTITLED, AT NO COST TO YOU, TO THE PROVISION OF CERTAIN ASSISTANCE. PLEASE CONTACT THE COLLIER COUNTY FACILITIES MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT LOCATED AT 3301 EAST TAMIAMI TRAIL, NAPLES, FLORIDA, 34112, (239) 774-8380; ASSISTED LISTENING DEVICES FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED ARE AVAILABLE IN THE COUNTY COMMISSIONERS' OFFICE. LUNCH RECESS SCHEDULED FOR 12:00 NOON TO 1:00 P.M. 1. INVOCATION AND PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE A. Reverend Craig Nelson, East Naples United Methodist Church Absent - Jim Mudd provided the invocation B. Swear- In Commissioner Fiala, Commissioner Henning and Commissioner Coletta by Judge Ramiro Manalich. Swearing in performed 2. AGENDA AND MINUTES A. Approval of today's regular, consent and summary agenda as amended. (Ex Parte Disclosure provided by Commission members for summary agenda.) Approved and/or adopted with changes - 5/0 B. Closed Session for Aquaport Case approval of minutes for May 27,2003, March 23,2004 and September 9, 2004. Approved as presented - 5/0 C. October 4,2004 - BCC/City of Naples Joint Workshop Approved as presented - 5/0 D. October 6,2004 - BCC Special/Value Adjustment Board AM Meeting held in front half of room 2 November 16, 2004 I " Approved as presented - 5/0 E. October 6, 2004 - BCC Special/Value Adj ustment Board AM Meeting held in back half of room Approved as presented - 5/0 F. October 6,2004 - BCC Special/Value Adjustment Board PM Meeting held in back half of room Approved as presented - 5/0 G. October 7,2004 - BCC Special/Value Adjustment Board PM Meeting Approved as presented - 5/0 H. October 8, 2004 - BCC Special/Value Adjustment Board Meeting Approved as presented - 5/0 I. October 12, 2004 - BCC Regular Meeting Approved as presented - 5/0 J. October 13,2004 - BCC Special/Value Adjustment Board Meeting Approved as presented - 5/0 K. October 13,2004 - BCC/Land Development Code Meeting Approved as presented - 5/0 L. October 15,2004 - BCC/Value Adjustment Board Approved as presented - 5/0 M. October 19,2004 - BCC/Legislative Initiative Workshop Approved as presented - 5/0 3. SERVICE AWARDS: (EMPLOYEE AND ADVISORY BOARD MEMBERS) A. Advisory Committee Service Awards 1) Advisory Committee Service Awards. Presented 4. PROCLAMATIONS 3 November 16, 2004 -1"" .--._ .··_.".·_·_.·.".,,~.,~._..-.'H_'~'''~_'''''_~''_'_.''_''.___ ,I A. Proclamation to designate the week of November 19-25, 2004 as Farm-City Week. To be accepted by David Santee, Chairman of the Farm City Committee. Adopted - 5/0 B. Proclamation to designate November, 2004 as United Way of Collier County Agency Awareness Month. To be accepted by Mr. Mokey Shea and Mr. Ernie Bretzman, Executive Director of the United Way. Adopted - 5/0 C. The Naples Children and Education Foundation Day has been proclaimed by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida that November 12th, 2004 was celebrated as Naples Children and Education Foundation Day. To be accepted by Dawn Montecalvo, Executive Director of the Naples Children and Education Foundation. Adopted - 5/0 5. PRESENTATIONS 6. PUBLIC PETITIONS A. Public Petition request by Graham Ginsberg to discuss access to the Pelican Bay Beaches. Presented B. Public Petition request by Joseph Bawduniak to discuss use of Depot by the Antique Automobile Club of America, and FAA Safety Seminars for Local Pilots. Moved to November 30,2004 BCC meeting C. Public Petition request by Ron Hamel to discuss Collier County's participation in Multi-County Agricultural Extension Agent Funding Proposal. To bring back as a regular Agenda Item - Approved 5/0 7. BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS A. This item requires that all participants be sworn in and ex parte disclosure be provided bv Commission members. NUA-2002-AR-2995: Holiday Manor Cooperative, Inc., represented by Bob Reed, requesting non- 4 November 16, 2004 --'1 conforming use alteration approval, to enable unit owners to replace existing non-conforming structures, in conformance with the Fire Code and so as not to increase the existing non-conformities. The subject property is located at 1185 Henderson Creek Road, in Section 3, Township 51 South, Range 26 East, Collier County, Florida, consisting of 32± acres. Resolution 2004-349 - Adopted 5/0 B. This ite~ requires that all participants be sworn in and ex parte disclosure be provided by Commission members. CU-2004-AR-5770, ARCO Finance, Inc., represented by Vincent A. Cautero of Coastal Engineering, Inc., requests Conditional Use 11 of the Commercial Intermediate (C-3) District for a single-use building greater than 5,000 square feet in area, as specified in Section 2.2.14.3 .11. of the Collier County Land Development Code (LDC). The property to be considered for the conditional use is located between 104th Avenue North and 105th Avenue North, in the Naples Park Subdivision, in Section 28, Township 48 South, Range 25 East, Collier County, Florida and consists of 1.85 acres. Resolution 2004-350 - Adopted 4/1 ( Commissioner Fiala opposed) 8. ADVERTISED PUBLIC HEARINGS A. This item was continued from the October 26, 2004 BCC meetin2. This item requires that all participants be sworn in and ex parte disclosure be provided by Commission members. PUDA-03-AR-4227, Wayne Arnold, representing Bryan W. Paul, requesting a Planned Unit Development (PUD) to PUD rezone for the purpose of amending the Orangetree PUD to reflect that 616 acres have been rezoned to a new PUD to be known as the Orange Blossom Ranch PUD. No other changes are proposed with this amendment. The subject PUD is located on the northeast corner of Immokalee Road (C.R. 846) and Randall Boulevard in Sections 11, 12, 13, 14,23, and 24, Township 48S, Range 27E. Companion Item: PUDZ-03-AR-4150 Ordinance 2004-73 Adopted w/stipulations-5/0 B. This item was continued from the October 26, 2004 BCC meetin2. This item requires that all participants be sworn in and ex parte disclosure be provided by Commission members. PUDZ-03-AR-4150, Wayne Arnold, representing Bryan W. Paul, requesting to rezone 616 acres of the Orangetree Planned Unit Development (PUD) to a new PUD to be known as the Orange Blossom Ranch PUD permitting a maximum of 1,600 dwelling 5 November 16, 2004 units; 200,000 square feet of commercial uses allowed in C-I thru C-5 zoning districts; and, a +90-acre community facility tract permitting recreational uses, government offices, schools, child care centers, and commercial excavation. The property is located on the north and south sides of Oil Well Road (C.R. 858) and approximately one mile east of Immokalee Road (C.R. 846) in Sections 13, 14, and 24, Township 48S, Range 27E. Companion Item: PUDA-03-AR-4227 Ordinance 2004-74 Adopted w/stipulations 4/1 (Commissioner Fiala opposed) c. This item was continued from the October 12,2004 BCC meetin2. This item requires that all participants be sworn in and ex parte disclosure be provided by Commission members. PUDZ-03-AR-3561, Hiwasse, Inc., represented by Robert Duane of Hole Montes, Inc., requesting a rezone from Rural Agricultural (A) to Planned Unit Development (PUD) to be known as the Hiwasse PUD to allow for a professional office, or indoor self storage, or a combination thereof for property located on the west side of Livingston Road, approximately one-quarter mile south of Pine Ridge Road (CR-896) in Section 13, Township 49S, Range 25E. Ordinance 2004-75 Adopted w/stipulations 5/0 9. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS A. Appointment of member to the Land Acquisition Advisory Committee. Resolution 2004-351 - Appointing Mimi Wolok - Adopted 5/0 B. Appointment of members to the Board of Building Adjustments and Appeals. Resolution 2004-352 - Appointing Kenneth R. Rech, Leo F. Rodgers and re-advertise for one vacancy- Adopted 5/0 c. Appointment of members to the Immokalee Master Plan and Visioning Committee. Resolution 2004-353 -Appointing Fred N. Thomas, Jr., Edward (Ski) Olesky, Clarence S. Tears, Jr., Leo F. Rodgers, Esmeralda Serrata, Gary D. Holloway, Raymond T. Holland, and Maxwell L. Press and re- advertise for the two vacancies- Adopted 5/0 D. Appointment of members to the Vanderbilt Beach Beautification MSTU Advisory Committee. 6 November 16, 2004 11 " Resolution 2004-354 - Re-Appointing Charles C. Arthur and Alvin D. Martin, Jr. - Adopted 5/0 E. Appointment of member to the Public Vehicle Advisory Committee. Resolution 2004-355 - Appointing Richard David Pickett - Adopted 5/0 F. Request for reconsideration of Comp Plan Amendment CP-2002-02 Basik Development Company. (Commissioner Coyle) Motion to bring back for reconsideration at the December 14,2004 BCC Meeting- Failed 2/3 (Commisioners Fiala, Commissioner Coletta. and Commissioner Halas opposed) 10. COUNTY MANAGER'S REPORT A. Recommendation to adopt a Resolution authorizing the acquisition by condemnation of nonexclusive, perpetual utility and access easements for the maintenance and improvement of the existing North Hawthorn Wellfield Water Supply Transmission Mains along the Cypress Canal in proximity to Wells RO 12N through RO 15N, at an estimated cost not to exceed $292,600, Project 700751. (Jim DeLony, Administrator, Public Utilities) Resolution 2004-356 and Resolution CWS-2004-04 - Adopted 5/0 B. Recommendation to allow the Trust for Public Lands to act on behalf of the citizens of Collier County as the facilitator of the purchase of 150+- acres of land from the Fleishmann family to preserve the Caribbean Gardens. (Marla Ramsey, Interim Administrator, Public Services) Approved 5/0 C. Recommendation to adopt Collier County's 2005 Legislative Agenda. (Beth J ohnssen, Assistant to the County Manager) Consensus approved (with the exception of the Real Estate Transfer Tax and modification to the requirements for Community Shelters at Manufactured Home Communities) State funding for CREW Land acquisition added Moved from Item #16A 7 D. Recommendation to approve an Amendment to Agreement for Sale and Purchase for 1.14 acres under the Conservation Collier Land Acquisition Program at an additional cost of$I,200. W /Glenda S. Beardsley, Trustee, extending the closing date from October 30, 2004 to December 15,2006 7 November 16, 2004 - Approved 5/0 Moved from Item #16A9 E. Recommendation to approve an Amendment to Agreement for Sale and Purchase for 3.79 acres under the Conservation Collier Land Acquisition Program at an additional cost of$I,OOO. W/Glenda S. Beardsley, Trustee, extending the closing date from October 30, 2004 to March 24, 2005 - Approved 5/0 11. PUBLIC COMMENTS ON GENERAL TOPICS A. Chris Thornton and Vinnie Paleo(sp) regarding a variance at Enzo's Italian Restaurant. Motion taken for construction to proceed at the owner's own risk - Approved 4/1 (Commissioner Halas opposed) B. Kenneth Thompson - absent C. Bill Osbourne discussing boating speed zones in Naples Bay - Motion for the County Attorney to represent the Board of County Commissioners at the Naples City Council meeting at 1:30 (time certain) to help keep the boat speeds the same as they are today because there isn't evidence to change the speed zones and then be prepared to seek further action if deemed necessary for the County - Approved 5/0 D. Cooper Cordan (sp) regarding Naples Bay speed zones E. Eric Alexander regarding Naples Bay speed zones 12. COUNTY ATTORNEY'S REPORT A. David Weigel discussing funding issues with the Department of Juvenille Justice 13. OTHER CONSTITUTIONAL OFFICERS A. This item to be heard at 10:00 a.m. Status of the Sheriffs Office 2004/2005 Budget. Motion to increase the Sheriff's Department FY 05 budget by an additional $1,687,556.26 in addition to the $119,229,900 previously approved by the Board, for a total of $120,917,456 - Approved 5/0 14. AIRPORT AUTHORITY AND/OR COMMUNITY REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY 8 November 16, 2004 -.,--- 15. STAFF AND COMMISSION GENERAL COMMUNICATIONS A. Jim Mudd's announcement of the ribbon-cutting ceremony on November 19 for the opening of the final phase of Livingston Road, which will officially open on November 22, 2004 B. Jim Mudd's discussion of letter from Mayor Bill Barnett C. Discussion on extending the Blue Ribbon Committee D. Jim Mudd's recap regarding the Sheriff's budget E. Commissioner Halas discussing ideas for future Sheriff's budgets F. Commissioner Coyle on ideas for reducing governmental expenditures G. Commissioner Fiala discussing a remote control park ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 16. CONSENT AGENDA - All matters listed under this item are considered to be routine and action will be taken by one motion without separate discussion of each item. If discussion is desired by a member of the Board, that item(s) will be removed from the Consent Agenda and considered separately. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ A. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT & ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES 1) Recommendation to approve for recording the final plat of "Gerald R. Fineis Subdivision". w/stipulations 2) Recommendation to approve the submittal of the attached Partners for Fish and Wildlife grant application to the US Fish and Wildlife Service for $20,000 (of which $10,000 will be reimbursable) to fund exotic vegetation removal and habitat restoration on Conservation Collier lands. As detailed in the Executive Summary 3) Recommendation to approve the after-the-fact submittal of the attached Sea Turtle License Plate Grants Program grant application to the Caribbean Conservation Corporation for the Collier County Environmental Services Department's Sea Turtle Public Awareness Program and to approve any necessary budget amendments. The time period for grant completion is one year from the execution of agreement. 9 November 16, 2004 4) Recommendation to grant final approval of the roadway (private) and drainage improvements for the final plat of "Carlton Lakes Unit 3-C". The roadway and drainage improvements will be privately maintained. Resolution 2004-343 with release of Maintenance security 5) Petition Camy-2004-AR-6724, Pastor Ettore Rubin, c.s., Our Lady of Guadalupe Catholic Church, requesting a permit to conduct a carnival from November 24, 25, 26, 27 and 28, 2004, on the church property located at 207 South 9th Street in Immokalee. CP-2004-10 with the waving of the Surety Bond 6) Recommendation to approve for recording the final plat of "Tuscany Cove", approval of the standard form Construction and Maintenance Agreement and approval of the amount of the performance security. w/stipulations Moved to Item #10D 7) Recommendation to approve an Amendment to Agreement for Sale and Purchase for 1.14 acres under the Conservation Collier Land Acquisition Program at an additional cost of $1 ,200. w/Glenda S. Beardsley, Trustee, extending the closing date from October 30,2004 to December 15,2006 8) Recommendation to approve for recording the final plat of "Quarry Phase lA", approval of the standard form Construction and Maintenance Agreement and approval of the amount of the performance security. w/stipulations Moved to Item #10E 9) Recommendation to approve an Amendment to Agreement for Sale and Purchase for 3.79 acres under the Conservation Collier Land Acquisition Program at an additional cost of$I,OOO. w/Glenda S. Beardsley, Trustee, extending the closing date from October 30, 2004 to March 24, 2005 10) Recommendation to have the Collier County Board Of County Commissioners adopt a Resolution amending the Collier County 10 November 16, 2004 ---"'1 'I Administrative Code fee schedule of development related review and processing fees as provided for in Code of Laws Section 2-11. Resolution 2004-344 11) Recommendation to have the Board of County Commissioners ratify the County Manager's letter where he, due to the timeliness of the issue and in his official capacity spoke for the BCC per resolution 2000-149, and in doing so provided Collier County support for a request for sharing of title to the Pal-Mar South property between the State of Florida and Palm Beach County and the future sharing of title between local governments and the State in land acquisitions for conservation purposes, as appropriate. As detailed in the Executive Summary 12) Recommendation to approve Satisfaction of Lien for Code Enforcement Board cases Aljo Inc. 2003-051 Stanley W. White, Jr. 2002-006 Robert A. Mitchell 2001-021 Anne J. Milne and Thelma B. Garcia 2004-041 Eric B. Bertelsen 2001-084 Shadow Court Fuels, Inc. 1999-052 Derya Corporation, Usulu Okur, RA 2002-025 As detailed in the Executive Summary 13) Recommendation to approve a $300.00 reimbursement to Mr. and Mrs. John Foster to correct an erroneous posting of funds. 14) Recommendation to approve for recording the final plat of "Southpointe at Windstar Marina 44-45 Replat". w/stipulations 15) Recommendation to approve for recording the final plat of "Valencia Lakes Golf and Country Club, Phase IA", approval of the standard form Construction and Maintenance Agreement and approval of the amount of the performance security. w/stipulations B. TRANSPORTATION SERVICES 1) Recommendation to accept a Quitclaim Deed for Right of Way for a portion of Woods hire Lane in Forest Lakes subdivision. Fiscal impact $18.50. 11 November 16, 2004 -------, ..__.·."_.,...."'u····_...,·__~~"'·'"·__,_~~,.,,o"'_.""~_ " 2) Recommendation to approve a Purchase Agreement for the purchase of property required to construct a stormwater retention and treatment pond (Pond No.2) for the Collier Boulevard six-Ianing project (from Golden Gate Boulevard to Immokalee Road). ($362,000) As detailed in the Executive Summary 3) Recommendation for the Board of County Commissioners to approve a budget amendment to decrease the debt service payment by $100,858 and increase the building rent payments for the Horseshoe Drive Square lease space from October 2004 through January 2005. To cover the lease payments until Transportation can relocate into their new facilities. 4) Recommend Board's approval of Adopt-a-Road Agreements (3) for the following: Sunrise Community of Collier County, Waste Management, Inc. of Florida and Corporate Cab, Inc. Total cost of $150.00 for two (2) signs (other signs already exist). 5) Recommendation for the Board of County Commissioners to approve a budget amendment to recognize carry forward amounts from FY 04 for the Lely Golf Estates Beautification MSTU Fund (152) in the amount of $88,349.00 As detailed in the Executive Summary 6) Recommendation that the Board approve the installation of a traffic signal at the intersection of Goodlette- Frank Road and Wilderness Drive at an annual maintenance cost of approximately $3,500. All of the costs associated with the construction of the traffic signal will be reimbursed to the County by the Wilderness Country Club Homeowners Association. 7) Approve an Amendment No.5 to extend the time of the Contract for Professional Services Agreement by Agnoli, Barber & Brundage, Inc. for the Livingston Road Improvement Project, from Pine Ridge Road to Immokalee Road, Project No. 62071. To extend the agreement until January 31, 2005. C. PUBLIC UTILITIES 1) Recommendation to reject the bid from Vila & Sons received for Bid 12 November 16, 2004 # 04-3716 and to provide authorization to re-advertise for the South County Water Reclamation Facility Installation of Irrigation and Landscaping, Project 725071. To encourage competitive bidding to get the best pricing for the County. 2) Recommendation to approve Work Order VC-02-15 under Contract # 02-3349, General Contractor Service, with Wm. J. Varian Construction Company for services related to the South County Water Reclamation Facility - Security Upgrades and Facility Reliability Improvements, Projects 725052 and 725081. To improve security measures and infrastructure by furnishing and installing new impact resistant security doors, re-keying entry points and painting. 3) Recommendation to approve an Easement Agreement and accept a Utility Easement from David H. and Anna M. Farmer at a cost not to exceed $3,296, Project 710061. As detailed in the Executive Summary 4) Recommendation to adopt a Resolution and approve a Declaration of Easement for a Utility and Access Easement within property acquired for a future park at an estimated cost not to exceed $13,531, Project 710061. Resolution 2004-345 5) Recommendation to award construction contract to "Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building" to Bradanna, Inc., Bid 05-3726, Project 72510 for $179,800.00. To expand and modernize the existing process control building to provide an environmentally controlled instrument repair facility and adequate space for operator training. 6) Recommendation to award construction contract to "Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building" to EHC, Inc. Bid 04-3724, Project 72509 for $689,000.00 and approve a Budget Amendment for $400,000.00. To expand and modernize the existing process control building to accommodate the technical needs imposed by the new plant expansion. 13 November 16, 2004 ----'1 D. PUBLIC SERVICES 1) Recommendation to renew an Agreement for Joint Use of Facilities with St. John Neumann High School. As detailed in the Executive Summary 2) Recommendation to approve a Purchase Agreement for three residential lots for expansion of the County's Bayview Park at a cost not to exceed $92,730. For the expansion of beach and boat access opportunities for the community 3) Recommendation to approve after-the-fact submittal of a Florida Recreation Development Assistance Program grant application to the Florida Department of Environmental Protection for North Naples Regional Park. As detailed in the Executive Summary 4) Recommendation to adopt a Resolution amending parts of Article IV of the Collier County Parks and Recreation Department Facilities and Outdoor Areas License and Fee Policy. Resolution 2004-346 5) Recommendation to find that this is a valid public purpose and approve expenditures in an amount not to exceed $10,000 associated with hosting the site visitation committee as part of the National Accreditation process for the Parks and Recreation Department. 6) Recommendation to approve the FY 05 contract between Collier County and the State of Florida Department of Health for operation of the Collier County Health Department in the amount of $1 ,328,240. To provide local funding to augment the level of public health services provided to the residents of Collier County. E. ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 1) Recommendation to approve the First Amendment to Lease Agreement with Jeanne L. Noe, as Trustee of the James R. Noe II Revocable Trust, for the continued use of garage and parking space 14 November 16, 2004 '1 for the Sheriffs Office, at a total annual rental of$61,932.96. Amended lease period is from November 29, 2004 through November 28, 2005 with the right to extend for two additional one-year periods with a five per cent rental increase each period. 2) Recommendation to approve Change Order No.6, Work Order #BSSW-00-07, Design of the North Naples Government Services Center, to BSSW Architects, Inc. in the amount of$6,378.00. As detailed in the Executive Summary 3) Recommendation to approve the purchase of vehicles and equipment from Bid #04-12-0823 and Bid #04-05-0824 as coordinated by the Florida Sheriffs Association, The Florida Association of Counties, and the Florida Fire Chiefs Association when in the best interest of the County. 4) Recommendation to approve the after-the-fact submittal of the Cooperative Water Resources Projects Fund grant applications to the Big Cypress Basin/South Florida Water Management District for a reclaimed water system interconnect, a central irrigation control system and Australian pine tree removal. As detailed in the Executive Summary 5) Recommendation to adopt a Resolution authorizing the Director of Facilities Management, or his designee, to execute any and all applications for development approval including rezones, environmental permitting and the like. Resolution 2004-347 6) Recommendation to award Contract 04-3579, Arbitrage Rebate Calculations for Collier County in the estimated amount of $50,000 for the 2004 calculations. F. COUNTY MANAGER 1) Approval of Budget Amendments. As detailed in the Executive Summary 2) Recommendation to approve First Amendment to the 2001 Tourism Agreement with the South Florida Water Management District for 15 November 16, 2004 Restoration of Lake Trafford Extending Agreement until November 30, 2005. As detailed in the Executive Summary 3) Recommendation to Approve a TDC Category "A" Grant Application, Interlocal Agreement, Budget Amendment and Purchase Order in the amount of $30,000, Project 90526, for Marco Island laser grading. From Tigertail Park to the south end of the island 4) To purchase a new Fire Truck in a cost effective manner by utilizing the Florida Sheriffs Bid List in the net amount of $274,973. Request from The Isles of Capri Fire District as detailed in the Executive Summary 5) Recommendation to approve a Lease Agreement with East Naples Fire Control and Rescue District for shared use of future Fire Station 22 at a total cost to the County of $469,530. To be constructed at 4401 Bayshore Drive, Naples 6) That the Board of County Commissioners waive formal competition and approve the sole source purchase of AutoPulse from Revivant. ($299,989) To maximize the survival rate of patients from out-of-hospital cardiac death 7) Approve an Agreement between Collier County and the Department of Community Affairs for $105,806 for Emergency Management program enhancement. Funds, which have been made available for the eleventh year, resulting from a surcharge to residential and commercial insurance policies enable Emergency Management to enhance existing programs. As detailed in the Executive Summary G. AIRPORT AUTHORITY AND/OR COMMUNITY REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY 1) The Board of County Commissioners sittin2 as the Community Redevelopment A2enCy. Recommendation that the Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA) approve the expenditure of$250,000 16 November 16, 2004 ,-,-.,---- '1 in FY05 Budget tax increment financing (TIF) funds to assist with the establishment of a Florida State University School of Medicine rural health training center in Immokalee. H. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS 1) Commissioner Halas' request for Board approval for reimbursement for attending a function serving a valid public purpose. Commissioner to attend the 2004 Farm City Barbeque on November 24,2004. $15.00 to be paid from Commissioner Halas' travel budget. To be held at Nobles-Collier Packing Co., 212 Jerome Dr., Immokalee I. MISCELLANEOUS CORRESPONDENCE 1) Miscellaneous items to file for record with action as directed. J. OTHER CONSTITUTIONAL OFFICERS 1) Request that the Board of County Commissioners authorize Chairman Donna Fiala to sign the attached Agreement authorizing the Collier County Sheriff s Office to have Traffic Control Jurisdiction over private roads within the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision. As detailed in the Executive Summary 2) That the Board of County Commissioners make a determination of whether the purchases of goods and services documented in the Detailed Report of Open Purchase Orders serve a valid public purpose and authorize the expenditure of County funds to satisfy said purchases. A copy of the Detailed Report is on display in the County Manager's Office, Collier County Government Center, 2nd Floor, W. Harmon Turner Building, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, FL. From October 16,2004 through October 29, 2004 3) Recommend that the Collier County Commission endorse the United States Department of Justice/ Department of Treasury Federal Equitable Sharing Annual Certification Report. 4) That the Board of County Commissioners authorize the transfer of funds collected through the Court System to fund the Collier County 17 November 16, 2004 I Juvenile Assessment Center to the Clerk of the Circut Court to be used exclusively for the operation of the Juvenile Assessment Center. K. COUNTY ATTORNEY 1) Recommendation to approve a Stipulated Final Judgment as to Parcel 144 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Primera Iglesia Cristiana Manantial De Vida, Inc., et aI., Case No. 03-2372-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). Direct staff to pay the sum of $8,143.75 to the Forman, Hanratty & Montgomery, Trust Account. 2) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondent, Beverly J. Gatti, for Parcel Nos. 160 & 960 in the amount of $35,305.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Beverly Gatti, et aI., Case No. 03-2551-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 3) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondents, Daniel and Desiree Hope for Parcel No. 172 in the amount of$9,545.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Beverly Gatti, et aI., Case No. 03-2551-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 4) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondents, Joseph and Beth Manning for Parcel No. 169 in the amount of $8,51 0.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Thomas F. Salzmann, et aI., Case No. 03-2550-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 5) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondents, Marvin and Eva Smith for Parcel Nos. 162 & 762 in the amount of$20,355.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Beverly Gatti, et aI., Case No. 03-255l-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 18 November 16, 2004 6) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondents, David and Barbara S. Burgeson for Parcel No. 170 in the amount of $15,000.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Thomas F. Salzmann, et aI., Case No. 03-2550-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 7) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondents, Donald and Pauline Profitt, for Parcel No. 156 in the amount of $24,265.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Joseph Sannicandro, et aI., Case No. 03-2500-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 8) Recommendation to approve the Mediated Settlement Agreement as to Parcels 132A and 132B in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Village Walk Homeowners Association of Naples, Inc., et aI., Case No. 04-345-CA (Vanderbilt Beach Road Project 63051). As detailed in the Executive Summary 9) Recommendation to approve the Mediated Settlement Agreement as to Parcels 136 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. John Aurigemma, et aI., Case No. 04-344-CA (Vanderbilt Beach Road Project 63051). As detailed in the Executive Summary 10) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondents, Jake and Christina Sannicandro, for Parcel Nos. 155 & 755 in the amount of $9,430.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Joseph Sannicandro, et aI., Case No. 03-2500-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 11) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondents, William & Lisa Brock, for Parcel Nos. 148 & 948 in the amount of$27,255.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Elizabeth D. Bloch, et aI., Case No. 03-2403-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 19 November 16, 2004 I 12) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondent, Norman C. Partington, for Parcel No. 158 in the amount of$21,275.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Joseph J. Guidish, Jr., et aI., Case No. 03-2549-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 13) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondent, Janet Romano, for Parcel Nos. 117, 118A and 130 in the amount of $102,465.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Dianne P. Haaga, et aI., Case No. 03-0518-CA (Immokalee Road Project No. 60018). As detailed in the Executive Summary 14) Recommendation for the Board of County Commissioners to Approve a Mediated Settlement Agreement and a Stipulated Final Judgment to be Drafted Incorporating the Same Terms and Conditions as the Mediated Settlement Agreement Relative to the Acquisition of Parcel 177 in the Lawsuit Styled Collier County v. Teodoro Gimenez, et aI., Case No. 04-0561-CA (Vanderbilt Beach Road Project #63051). As detailed in the Executive Summary 15) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondent, TECH Foundation, Inc., for Parcel No. 150 in the amount of$27,140.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. TECH Foundation, Inc., et aI., Case No. 03-2499-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 16) Recommendation to authorize the making of an Offer of Judgment to Respondent, Anna Mongillo, for Parcel No. 840 in the amount of $7,500.00 in the lawsuit styled Collier County v. Nancy L. Johnson Perry, et aI., Case No. 03-2373-CA (Golden Gate Parkway Project 60027). As detailed in the Executive Summary 17) Recommendation to direct the Office of County Attorney to prepare an ordinance for the establishment of the Rock Road Improvement MSTU. 20 November 16, 2004 18) Recommendation to approve a satisfaction and release of lien in Code Enforcement Board Case No. 2003-055 and direct the County Attorney Office to file a stipulated notice of dismissal in Aljo, Inc. v County Commissioners, Collier County, Florida, Case No. 04-1679 CA. As detailed in the Executive Summary 17. SUMMARY AGENDA - THIS SECTION IS FOR ADVERTISED PUBLIC HEARINGS AND MUST MEET THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 1) A RECOMMENDATION FOR APPROVAL FROM STAFF; 2) UNANIMOUS RECOMMENDATION FOR APPROVAL BY THE COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION OR OTHER AUTHORIZING AGENCIES OF ALL MEMBERS PRESENT AND VOTING; 3) NO WRITTEN OR ORAL OBJECTIONS TO THE ITEM RECEIVED BY STAFF, THE COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION, OTHER AUTHORIZING AGENCIES OR THE BOARD, PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE BCC MEETING ON WHICH THE ITEMS ARE SCHEDULED TO BE HEARD; AND 4) NO INDIVIDUALS ARE REGISTERED TO SPEAK IN OPPOSITION TO THE ITEM. FOR THOSE ITEMS, WHICH ARE QUASIJUDICAL IN NATURE, ALL PARTICIPANTS MUST BE SWORN IN. A. This item requires that all participants be sworn in and Ex Parte Disclosure be provided by Commission Members. Recommendation to approve Petition A VROW2004-AR6011 to disclaim, renounce and vacate the County's and the Public's interest in the road right of way which was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in Official Record Book 321, Page 277, Public Records of Collier County, Florida. Located in Section 22, Township 49 South, Range 25 East. Resolution 2004-348 18. ADJOURN INQUIRIES CONCERNING CHANGES TO THE BOARD'S AGENDA SHOULD BE MADE TO THE COUNTY MANAGER'S OFFICE AT 774-8383. 21 November 16, 2004 -·---~T ' . 2A AGENDA CHANGES BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS' MEETING November 16. 2004 Item 16E5: Executive summary should read: Recommendation to adopt a Resolution authorizing the Director of Facilities Management, or his designee, to execute any and all applications for development approval including rezones, environmental permitting and other related items. (Staff request.) NOTE: Item 16G1: The Board of County Commissioners sittina as the Community Redevelopment Aaencv. Recommendation that the Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA) approve the expenditure of $250,000 in FY05 Budget tax increment financing (TIF) funds to assist with the establishment of a Florida State University School of Medicine rural health training center in Immokalee. '1 f t I , 4A PROCLAMA TION WHEREAS, November 19 - 25 is National Farm-City Week, a time set aside to recognize and honor the contributions of the country's agriculturalists and to strengthen the bond between urban and rural citizens: and, WHEREAS, in Collier County the highpoint of Farm -City Week is the annual Farm-City Barbecue, sponsored by Collier County's University Extension and a committee of volunteers: and, WHEREAS, agriculture is an important element in Collier County's economic machine, with total economic activity of over $300 mIllion annually: and, WHEREAS, 22% of Collier County is utilized for agriculture, providing vital ecological benefits, including habitat for wildlife and recharge area for our aquifer,:P1l4 . 'Ports local r'it¡on with the WHEREAS, the Board......p. .... ................ ...........................................:............:.....::.... agriculture;t1tr"ugh:1n-"grams i,,¿IDili Universl~:'èÞ"¡Florida S Extenilðnpe(!~/c WHEREAS, ontributions food supply NOW THEREFt Commissioners, appreciation an November 19-25 oreat Wsts, and that UNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA #-)~ DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN ATTEST: ~.rcfG k. ... ". - DWI~ E. BROCK, CLERK I 48 PROCLAMA rION ~ I- WHEREAS,,¡, since 1957, the United Way of Collier County has sponsored and funded qualified, non-profit community agencies which provide essential social and health services to our citizens,' and, WHEREAS, throughout the 46 year history of the United Way of Collier County, the organization has demonstrated continued growth and is currently funding 30 community agencies providing services to all areas of our County: and, NOW THEREFOR Colli loners gratefully acknowledge and ay of Collier County and WHEREAS, the Board of County Co support the fi its membe . Commissioners of ignated as MONTH DONE AND ,'SSIONERS ~ ATTEST: ~<!~~ DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK .... <o(}""\'Pf ~f'.I'I c;;,.~~,_." "....'....-.-.,:..~~ "y-'-'. ..~~~~.. .....:/~ ~~ ,.-~!,..,. ~~;:~ ~. ,;,:" .' 'Il htlx, , ~ t:::' .. .~ :#f~(.!~ ~ ~;' ~';~:JIJ(:::,ffi ] ~~ l~t~"~'~,~ i ;..7~ " _.~;;¿;;".., ~ ""''':- ., ..._~... , :&'"' '~J:' -..... " ;;:.,,::. ...~."",~. . ~,~~'l . " PROCLAMA rION .. 4C WHEREAS, the Naples Children and Education Foundation (NCEFJ has awarded $13. T million dollars during the last four years to "Build a Better Future" for Collier County's most vulnerable childr.en,· and, ~ WHEREAS, ~, each year beneficiaries of the Naples Children and Education ~, Foundation will join together to celebrate and recognize the l adv.ancement of essential youth services in the community including heaìthcare, education, housing and shelter, and enrichment and therapeutic programs for those who are underprivileged and underserved: and, WHEREAS, the Naples Children and Education Foundation is committed to supporting charitable and educational programs that prevent the abuse and neglect and/or provide ~ervices that enrich the physical, emotional, and educational quality of life of children in Collier County by supporting the following local charities: Boys and Girls Club of Collier ti t Collier County Child Advocacy Council, Inc., Collier Lawrence Center for Mental Health dation, FGCU ELLM Pro' Center, Inc., L ell Biasco uestrian tep, The Foster oundation, NOW THEREFCJ, ners of Collier lebrated as WHEREAS, members d passion for DONE AND ORDERED this 16th day of November 2004 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA .~)~ DONNA TALA, CHAIRMAN ~ -,¿~~ DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK '" . .....*"!'''' f'I - ....,,"....'.::. .,;1:} (' ~. ~;.':~> ,.!!I'I~~.~.."...."'''::·~r,. ~ .~~.' ~"'./~I": ~., /,~.~ ,~n l~>' ~~"f.... .....:: " j :~-."~¡Jl,;4& -~ ~'" :.,~:: !. to; " ..;.; ~/ .. "'~..Y.";, , .J .~..,. "''' .., ~ -' .".t-:..., .. ~. .... J. ./ ./ (/~- t."" - " ...' ",':. ~. ';~'~ ~.~.........J.\.. ''<¡., .,<it¡' ,¡, "'"' ~.i\::"":; MY NAME: Graham Ginsberg ADDRESS: 4950 Sycamore Drive - Naples, Fl. 34119 239-455-6595 :it I I am here to speak about the publics' right to access public property and specifically the 1 st AmepílTt 'If. . lations along the coastline of Pelican Bay. '0 This petition is the result of correspondence between, Collier County Managers office and the Pelican Bay Foundation. In letters dated 27 July 2004 and 7 October 2004, the County stated that it would not pursue public beach access directly through the County owned property adjacent to the beach in Pelican Bay. President Theodore Roosevelt, a Republican said: "The rights of the public to the natural resources outweigh private rights, and must be given first consideration." "It is entirely in our power, as a nation, to preserve large tracts of wilderness, as playgrounds for rich and poor alike, and to preserve the game. But, this end can only be achieved by wise laws, and by a resolute enforcement of the laws. Lack of such legislation, and administration, will result in harm to all of us, but most of all, harm to the nature lover who does not possess vast wealth." Over 100 years ago, President Roosevelt encouraged the federal government's acquisition and management of public lands. He wanted to use this government acquisition to prevent the exploitation of the nation's natural resources by the wealthy, for private gain, and to ensure a more equal and democratic distribution of public lands and its resources. The laws that President Roosevelt was referring to was, the United States Constitution, but more specifically to the 1st Amendment which states: 'Congress shall make no la\\ respecting an establishment of religion. or prohibiting the free exercise thereof: or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press~ or the right of the people peaccabl) to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances,' #L The 'rie:ht to assemble' was lare:elv responsible for the 19th Amendment: The woman's rie:ht to vote Alice Paul, who formed the Woman's Party, used her 'Right to Assemble', primarily and most effectively, by regular assembly at the gates ofthe White House, which took place on public property. In 1995, Brenden Levden filed suit after being denied access to the municipally held park known as Greenwich Point. In summary of this case: The Connecticut Supreme Court focused exclusively on the First Amendment argument: That the beach is a traditional public forum. The Court decided that the right of freedom of expression given to all citizens, protected nonresident access to the beach. // ÖA ~~ -r ~c.y ¥c :±t3 Our e:overnment has traded beach access,as if it were e:ame cards. 6A In the past.if, a developer wanted exclusive rights to a few miles of beach, access was traded to the outskirts of the development. This was the case of Pelican Bay) where no public access was provided between Clam Pass in the south ,and Vanderbilt Beach Road in the north. However, two private walkways for motorized shuttling of Pelican Bay residents were placed strategically 1 mile apart giving adequate, exclusive and convenient beach access to Pelican Bay residents. Based on the Distance Barrier of 5 miles, congregation at Pelican Bay is neither feasible nor desirable for the majority of the population. This is a violation of our 1st Amendment rights - The right to assemble on public lands - For all citizens It is the duty of the government to insure that all people have equal and nondiscriminatorv access without distance barriers, which exclude a large percentage of the population, to public land. #4 According to The National Center on Accessibility,one out of 5 people have some type of functional limitation, The U.S. Census of Florida in 2000 indicates that: 5.9% of Florida's population is under 5 years old 17.6% are over 65 years old and 20.5% are disabled over the age of 5years old This totals 440/0 of Florida's population. Remember, that this was in 2000! The Access Board, a Federal agency committed to accessible design, had considered that 1/2mile was a reasonable distance between beach access routes on a renourished beach. Based on the distance barrier of 5 miles, congregation at Pelican Bay is neither feasible nor desirable for the majority of the population. In conclusion, please consider our laws and our concerns, and allow us unrestricted assembly, without prejudice, at our public shoreline in Pelican Bay. '1 Pelican Bay's private wooden walkways to the public beach r 6A e >. an c .. o CI) ;:; -a ~ : .e c c 0 .- 2! C Q) :8 Q. ca ~ - Ø) :::s . 1.1) f/J ... ~ 1.1) c.ø .. Q) > o rn c o en ... CÞ D. ';fl CD . t-- .... o c. o o o N ca -c .- .. o - LL :;, cv C1) a.. ::s m fI) :::s rn c Q) o . fn . :J f! ~ r 6···· A II) a.. Q) > o U'J U) Q) c~ 0:: en .- ....c Q) ftI Q. U'J .- ~-a o ans:. · ,..Þ o .- N ~ . CIJ &f ftS >. = ell) - QtCÞo:!: Q) '015 c :s ~.!f=ftI I .! .1;'J :ã ConriiJ h1. IC) 200:2 Collier Cou n1.)' Proper1.)' Appr; ÎSeir - W;¡p'=. F'I. Access available to the Public at Vanderbilt and Clam Pass(2.0 miles of no public access) ~ Access available to Pelican Bay residents at Vanderbilt, Clam Pass, northern and southern private walkways - '--.- .' \. of... -I \ , / .:, , .,. , . . ....... -"------ . . - t' >:.... --..A:....~.: ~ ~ ,... .- .-.. -...... . -, ..,,.. . ~~.. ...~... ,". , ......-: ," .'..: ..~. - _J , , . '" $'M11'" " , I 1'1 Ilr¡ II · i ..a~r .. PUBLIC PARKING 5 MILES A private building on private land, with a distinct advantage of access to public lands and political influence $-t ~ (W ~ = Q $-t ~ ~ (W ~ Q ....... ~ is = ~ ~ Q . ~ Q ~ = ..... ~ = B ....... Q ~ $-t ~ $-t ~ (W ~ cw (W tè ....... $-t Q ~ ;:¡ . is ~ ~ ~ Q tA (W (W ~ (W &I Q $-t ~ ~ ~ ~ ...., = = ~ ~ ~ = ~ (W (W cw (W Q (W (W ~ ~ tè is tA Q ~ ~ ~ ~ ;:¡ ....... ~ tm tè = ...., tA ~ = (W is (W $-t ....... is (W ~ ~ Q $-t ..... Q ....... ~ 'A X ,J::::\ ~ ~ ~ (W is ....... ....... ..... ~ ....... ~ tè tA (W ~ (W Q 'A ~ ....... Q Q Q.- ~ (W tA cw tA ~ &I $-t (W ~ Q tA ..... tè ~ ,J::::\ ej tA (W ~ (W ~ ~ ..... tA tA (W $-t &I $-t tI (W ~ ~ ...... &I (W ;..t = $-t ~ (W (W &I ~ = ~~ ~ tè $-t cw = tè =....... ,J::::\ ~ tè .., ~ ..... Q ....... ~ .. .... ~ ;..t ~ $-t = ~ ~ ~ = ...... = Q Q is æ ....... ~ ...... ~ ... ~ ....... ~ . ~ ...., ~&I tA ~ (W Q ....... tA tA ~ $-t $-t c..t (t't tA Q.- ~ $-t ~ c..t ~ Q.- $-t Q ~ "T"""' -....-- 10/13/2004 06:44 2:3137:322525 F'UELIC ~=ER\/ICE:=; F'AC:¡E 02 . -:\ COlillF,O)lJNTYMANAGER':: OlHCE r 6 A 3301 Eust TamÌll' Trail if J.laples~ FL 34112 . 239-774--8383 · Fax:: 39"774~4010 ~I..;:_':'I·~I ... 1:1._ ~ .........·11!. October 7, 2004 Mr. Gerhard H. Sabla1 ' ,IJ9, C!lainnan Pelican Bay Foundatl(1 Inc. 6251 Pelican Bay Ball, lard Naples, Florida 3410e Dear Mr. Seblatnigg: Thank you for your thll' qhtfLlI and detailed response to my.Jul) 27,2'1 ù4 cOlTespondence to th: I oun¡¡:iat{un regarding additional beaGh ; aces! :,md related issues In Pelican Bay wm ,¡¡ttE mpt to address each request 'f ,rade: ìonal information outlined Ir ¡Jur )1",191, 1st 25, 2004 letter. \' . Cane, Sltt_ EXÇlal'!l ! '2.0. "Af119r careful consideration, Coun y stat '!1aS decided not to pur :; , 31 public !)oat shuttle access to the bea h fror' this location. Howev6: \,e Cr>unl:y will be making repairs to th ~ small ·!ock at this launch site In the Iii Itr fU1li.lre . Southern Extens,! ::" of Ei;m¡tJnø,Boardwalk ~ Staff pmpc taS tc )artner with the Registry Reso 'jo co 1"1 8tr ,I(::t and operate an additional} each; ,::cess facility extending f'~ i n tht:1exsting boardwalk southerly to a , app' , ,prlate location at the SQllt ' end ,-:If Clam Pass Beach as depictød 1 I the: Ii ítached concept drawing. I! Jachr¡l)e '8 would be able to either wan, :fown I!lls boardwalk to the t Ilch W' b~ transported by tram, slmllm h the e:'¡sting arrangement on tt·1 Clan" Pf:SS Boardwalk, Please notEI th t sop :: [)rtlng restroom and foo( i ~rvfCi'¡ fa :;lUtles are planned as part l:Jf f Îs be ¡i"~h access improvement. Re '1 'red !:HEHì nits would include Florida Dap ,rtmei i of Environmental Pr Ii !ction (FDEP). Army Corps of Engím}e~ (AC':: .=), Collier County SOP eel luiarll::e, \milding permits, ðl1d any Pelk :\n BE:I approvals necessary . \..: . ,ProDosed Re9'~i!!: I,RU~!;!I1!:'XÞ8n$IQn w Mr. Ron Albeit, ~ ener; I Manager of the Registry RE !: : . rt, In r::im ,too to staff in a recent conven atlon ',i¡at the resort's managarr I: It I"Iro :,j,p 'Ias some interest in expand in! and ,Ilgrading the resort propart:', l'-;úwl:¡ve I', he indicated that no firm pial S èxh'l at this time and that the Raghl " Re'!!ort, as an ìnitialstep in pursuit of 1is otj x~tive, would present ad,; : Iiled pial 'I to the Pelican Bay Foundiatic I, as ISY have in the past with all O'!' if pr(!poH~d substantIve changes to thE proþE i :y. , suggest that spec '! I req¡,ii¡¡ s1:~ for InformatIon on this subJei : be 01 ected to Mr. Albeit. ,.", "'.'IMI'FtI1 11'1".;' c ,~( ~ I I . ____ " I "-'''II~ '~ I' C Ð - It .. Y IIMJI .....- '1 ".. ~_ "'_......_. "'_~'"'m,""'>_~'_"'''''w' 10/13/2004 06:44 2]137::::22525 PUBL I C '::EF:\/ ICE'::; . ' : ropo':;ed Clam Pass Park Expansì< n D ~"'"""., ...." ,",",:".., ..:,." ~<";,~':i::.<·: ·,'·i;:,:·<r'·':_.... D Proposed twa-Iev lover Existing tram baSI' ,alk al':1 pi Ivfllon Proposed tram b, II rdwalk ;:Ind pavilion :Isting grade parking ".",.,~"~,.,~...~~.."..,".,--_...._-- ---.<... F'AC;¡E 04 A - 10/13/2004 05:44 2 :31~ 7:322525 F'UELIC ~;C:F'\IICE':; ~'; 61\ . PrQposed CQ!Jnt\.. :",!!".!s!J!uJJ imaae - The proposed pSlrkir. I gan ! ~e at Clam Pass Park would (:: I isistDf 2 levels of parking over on-grad ; par~1 ìg at the existing parking 10, rhe pre( ,Ise number of parking spots h IS no1 't,een determined at this It Ile. ¡11..n (; ppropriate traffic impact analy Is wI! )9 part of .the planning. and (I! :Ign WDr~ for this project. . Addltlon-L Publi<.. ;Y9I:!.óA(,~ - The County, would not :,)Ursll: a public beach access poll,' ,hrou ¡¡h r :'elican Bay along the area bm iered I In the north by the entrance tc ' I 1ndeWI)IIf. Beach Park and on the sOil.lth )y CI¡¡ n Pass. ..~._-,_.'.."._-".,- "'''~_.'-- . çravton Road E) it !, ,·uslo!:,! ~ fhe County staff would not· op lose í I. public petition by the Pei I ,In B~:i~( F Jundation to the County Com~' isslol! Ro vacate that portion of Cra:,:m RDad ,that extends into Pelican Bay. . Recl,"lmed YVat8! .. ; ontr:!:!;e! - We agree with your assess!' ent tl ¡fit this is a separate issue ar::;houl::1 b:1 removed from this proposiaL Please let me know 'JI' 1m thln, F1:undatfon may be in a position to fur ¡ tier advanoe thasa discussions an .:1 I rriVE: , at :1 recommendation to its mom I ershi¡:' As always, I am very willi I J to I'!H:)6i personally to discuss issues 1 add'I,:)nal detaU and answer any que!'! \ ns y::u I'nay wish to address. tn closing, I apprecia i! ':he F!t~¡ur ,,dation's willingness to contiml ~ con: i. ructlve , dialogue on these ¡Sfll liS am: ICI :>k forward to a mutually benal clal 0 " ;:come. ?)el~ "" . ';, ~~I~::f' James V. Mudd County Manager cc: Board of County ,; :)mmiHsi,,~ners ----..... h,,_,_,",,__M"__O_'_ F'ACíE 03 10/13/2004 05:44 231:J7:322525 F'UBLIC '::EF'\,'ICE~; F'Ai3E 01 3301 EAST TAMI) ,.,' I TR,I:IJL HEALTH & PUBLI: ,ER\jl¡O::S BLDG. 2ND FLOOR NAPLES, FLORIC 1!,~411 ::;~ TELEPHONE NO, !: 39) 'j'74-13468 FAX NO. (239) 73'~ :525 c:; ;:;::, SERVICES An 1M II :1 nSTRATION _._11 - t\ ,~ '." Fax ,1 )',' Q...p. ¿/ To L"····· /7 ¡J;? > I j ~ . ..,'. ,::' ..~.,." : <;::~ _ . c.-A/' /!~:Z-;7;l.-,·i·--t·-1 ,o{.-fJ'. " .- ...{ .if Fa.: - ;þs ..- . .i'J,·:j''-./. , From: .,To/-' -/-' /',.- .......-.. ,./. ~(~ r¡. --'-~:' - Pages: Phone: Dat.t /6 ! 'c¡,. ~" i --L ~n ., .. ............---,. .'~""""'---' " He: eCI r , ---.---- . .--- . o Urgent 0 FOI ! 1;~vleVlf :J Please Comment D Pleas_.. R" )Iy o PI.~.. Recycle ...-."...-. -..." . Comment8: /--~ / I /) / 1/ I ¡ \-_... // {)L..... '.__..Æ_J--<l/~... ---..,,-.-.--/'"; ~) .--- ~ / / Y' IJ. .. ../,¡ F ,'"] .^ ~ j<'r _ .F~ i '>L./ ~ _.¿A./· ,__-4 C-- --' "--.. /~... '" "---- --- -. /~'¡ b- !,/'/ ~ /1 ,/,/·-{~L.z;?~-i/L .' ./ Naples Daily News Naples, FL 34102 ., ~7 A Affidavit of Publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- REFERENCE: 001230 58921086 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEA NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ~~J~::::b6r ~:,n that the Board of County Q=~n Tuesday, ~0~rwrthî~~4a I~r~'~ 'ler C(ij ntY ~ Floor. Administration BuIIdII'lQ, Col. ¡~¡.a~Ple.. F~T«f::ê~å ~ J:l~~~ ~~An&:l'V CONSI TION: NUA-ZOOZ- RESENTED IOIM:~OR TlVE, INe.. REp- FORM'NG TERATI8¡.., V1NG NON·CON· UNIT OWN ° REPLAC I TO ENABLe FORMING CTURES NON-CON- THE FIRE CODE ANO SO· IN CONF E WITH EXISTING NOH-c AS NOT T E THE ERTV CON FORMmrs. THE PROP T1185 . HEND : g'Ei~ '\~AEDS, I'SN LSOECA TED AT OWNSHIP UTH R 'l CTION 3, COUNTY. FLORIDA. . AN~E 20 EAST, COLLIER NOTE: All Pel'tOnl wlthl '''m mustregllter with to ~ on an Rda !!rior to PreslrtauonwOf !e.:~ty Admrn,;rrator ~. ~~d. Individual sN::.kers will .:eœwm~r.toad5. . tcr ~~1J-4ßY~. .'eet (¡ , 1ItlJtl1'R:ll9ill1ã/ IIIICOU ~? ",:: ~.. I~~n O~anIZatfCh0aln 01' group Is P8I'Son fór a group ... '. r. a spo (eS. 10 minutes to spea ( On ;;, m. may be àllottecI Persons Wlshaïl'lQ haY G · alslncluded 111.... ...øou.·.· ..'''' e.~r ( I'ap hklc RIa.te rl- subn,lt laid . a mlm: ü7n 0,a3 P.~!ts must the retP.8Ctlve . hear .......... prior to materials Int .. . ,be g. In any CU4I, written shall be subm . to COI14lderec:l by the Board a minimum of qyen'.. 1IPPI'OÞrI'!tt!. Cou~ staff Ing. All material uII~utlllC hear· Bõard will Þec:ome . part of the befored the r.ICOr . Any ~erson who=-.... t the Board Will.· ~..S. rkgrd~oRfetahl a decisIon of pertaining .., th e proceedllllS sure that I' v .' e~etg~t~ may need to en- made. which ,01. proceedIngs Is evidence UPonls~~tlmony and: BOARD OF CO COWER COU DONNA FIALA, ~ DWIGHT E.IIROCI(,~, rlU,rLlRda A. .....~_ Ot!tnhAr ]1 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed. Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. PUBLISHED ON: 10/31 Nn 77~ : AD SPACE: 122.000 INCH FILED ON: 10/31/04 --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- Signature of Affiant ~~r ~ Sworn to and Subscribed before me this 3/r4L day of ðcß 20CY! Personally known by me ~"Á~ ~~ ,,"'n;;--, Harriett Bushong Res /~A!!""'~':?\ MYCOMMISSION# DD234689 WI ~ 7": :"= J Iv 24 2007 ... , '<{_ U, ( ';'~""':ri'Q/ 10ND,n rH~UT~nV fMN INSURANCE, IN 'II~,.R~:~~'~' ..' , I I.,.. 7A ~(~.A ~13-.;Lq3t UNTY FLORIDA RTISING OF PUBLIC HEARINGS T( X (I * w*************************·****··**·*****·*******· c Kay Deselem, AICP Date: 9/22/04 I -2995, Holiday Manor , Inc., Bob Reed, 1185 Henderson Creek Dr., Naples, Fl. 34114 Name & AddressOïm1ypta Wl"~J -----~ )ffice: (If more space is needed, attach separate sheet) Hearing before [J BCC [J BZA [J Other Requested Hearing date: 11/16/04 Based on advertisement appearing 15 days before hearing. Newspaper(s) to be used: (Complete only if important): XXX Naples Daily News [J Other [J Legally Required Proposed Text: (Include legal description & common location & Size: PETITION: NUA-2002-AR-2995. Holiday Manor Cooperative, Inc., represented by Bob Reed, requesting non-conforming use alteration approval, to enable unit owners to replace existing non-conforming structures, in conformance with the Fire Code and so as not to increase the existing non-conformities. The subject property, consisting of 32 acres, is located at 1185 Henderson Creek Road, in Section 3, Township 51 South, Range 26 East, Collier County, Florida. Companion petition(s), if any & proposed hearing date: Does Petition Fee include advertising cost? [J Yes [J No If Yes, what account should be charged for advertising costs: 113-138312-649110 R~~ 'fP3>ft /Í'i';'ion Hoad . Dolt rJ Approved by: County Manager Date List Attachments: DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS A. For hearings before BCC or BZA: Initiating person to complete one copy and obtain Division Head approval before submitting to County Manager. Note: If legal document is involved, be sure that any necessary legal review, or request for same, is submitted to County Attorney before submitting to County Manager. The Manager's office will distribute copies: C County Manager agenda file: to C Requesting Division [J Original Clerk's Office B. Other hearings: Initiating Division head to approve and submit original to Clerk's Office, retaining a copy for file. ****.****************.***************************************************************************** FOR CLERK'S OFFICE USE ONLY: Date Received: q. t..t¡. 0 t¡ Date of Public hearing: Il' b '0'-/ Date Advertised: 10 . ~ (. 04 I pfj;r:' 7 'A RESOLUTION NO. 04- RELATING TO PETITION NUMBER NUA-2002- AR-2995, FOR A NON-CONFORlv1ING USE ALTERATION APPROVAL, TO ENABLE UNIT OWNERS TO REPLACE EXISTING NON- CONFORlv1ING STRUCTURES, IN CONFORM- ANCE WITH THE FIRE CODE AND SO AS NOT TO INCREASE THE EXISTING NON- CONFORlv1ITIES ON PROPERTY HEREINAFTER DESCRIBED IN COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA. WHEREAS, the Legislature of the State of Florida in Chapter 125, Florida Statutes, has confelTed on all counties in Florida the power to establish, coordinate and enforce zoning and such business regulations as are necessary for the protection of the public, and WHEREAS, the County pursuant thereto has adopted a Land Development Code (Ordinance No. 91-102), as amended, which establishes regulations for the zoning of particular geographic divisions of the County, among which is the granting of requests for non-conforming use alteration, and WHEREAS, the Board of Zoning Appeals, being the duly elected constituted board of the area hereby affected, has held a public hearing after notice as in said regulations made and provided, and has considered the advisability of non-conforming use alteration, to enable unit owners to replace existing non-conforming structures, in conformance with the Fire Code and so as not to increase the existing non-conformities in a Mobile Home (ME) Zone for the property hereinafter described, and has found as a matter of fact that satisfactory provision and alTangement have been made concerning all applicable matters required by said regulations and in accordance with Section 9,03.03.B of the Land Development Code for the unincorporated area of Collier County, and WHEREAS, all interested parties have been given opportunity to be heard by this Board in public meeting assembled and the Board having considered all matters presented, NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Board of Zoning Appeals of Collier County, Florida, that Petition Number NUA-2002-AR-2995, filed by Bob Reed representing Holiday Manor Cooperative, Inc, property owner, with respect to the property hereinafter described in Exhibit A, be and the same hereby is approved for a non-conforming use alteration in the Zoning District wherein said property is located, subject to the following stipulations: 1. The number of units shall not be increased. The site is limited to 312 unit or lease sites, of which 187 shall be utilized for a mixture of singe-and double-wide mobile homes, and 125 sites shall be used for a combination of RV trailers park model units, and motor coaches; and ' Page 1 of 2 2. All principal and accessory structures must maintain a mInImUm separation distance of 10 feet; and the subject site must comply with Fire Codes. J "7 2995 be recorded in the minutes of this Board. BE IT RESOLVED that this Resolution relating to Petition Number NUA-2002-AR- Done this This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote, day of 2004. ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK Patrick G. Ite Assistant County Attorney Exhibit A: Legal Description Page 2 of 2 BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN · 7A September 27, 2004 Attn: Pam Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, Florida 34102 Re: NUA-2002-AR-2995 - Holiday Manor Dear Pam: Please advertise the above referenced notice on Sunday, October 31, 2004 and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved to this office. Thank you. Sincerely, Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk P.O./Account 113-138312-649110 J 7A NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County will hold a public hearing on Tuesday, November 16, 2004 in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida. The meeting will begin at 9:00 A.M. THE BOARD WILL CONSIDER PETITION: NUA-2002-AR-2995, HOLIDAY MANOR COOPERATIVE, INC., REPRESENTED BY BOB REED, REQUESTING NON- CONFORMING USE ALTERATION APPROVAL, TO ENABLE UNIT OWNERS TO REPLACE EXISTING NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURES, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE FIRE CODE AND SO AS NOT TO INCREASE THE EXISTING NON- CONFORMITIES. THE SUBJECT PROPERTY, CONSISTING OF 32 ACRES, IS LOCATED AT 1185 HENDERSON CREEK ROAD, IN SECTION 3, TOWNSHIP 51 SOUTH, RANGE 26 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA. NOTE: All Persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County Administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by the Chair, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISISONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: IS/Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk ( SEAL) Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'Coiiþfy·_.~fCølJier CLERK OF THE èU~-CUIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY qoURTitPUSE 330l'TAMIAMI TRAIL EA'$T . P.O. BOX 41;~044 , NAPLES, FLORIDA;~,1101-3d44 "' . \I,t I ~",; ,.t , .'~ .. ~ ~, 7A Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds . I ::: __;/1 September 27, 2004 Bob Reed Holiday Manor Cooperative, Inc. 1185 Henderson Creek Drive Naples, Florida 34114 Re: Petition NUA-2002-AR-2995 Holiday Manor Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 31, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ a. ~0f"V. IJú Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.cJerk.coIlier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: coIlierclerk@cJerk.coIlier.fl.us '_.w.....___.._... £índã.ßl. :JIóutzer I. P' 7A from: Sent: 7ó: Suo/eet: £índã .ßl. :JIóutzer :Mondã]þ S'!Ptember 2';; 20043.'24 :P:M £egafS (I-mad) :JIóâdãy :Manor Coqperatlve Hi , Please advertise the attached notice on Friday, October 31, 2004. ~ ~ N UA-2002-AR-299!N UA-2002-AR-2995 ,doc ,doc If you have any questions, please call 774-8411. Thank you, Linda Minutes and Records 1 ,- .,~,"".,<-_...,----_.....-- ~ .. ---... .~............ ~ 7iA £índã A. :JIòutzer from: Sent: 7ó: Suo/eet: yostmaster@clêrli.cofllerfLus Mondã}þ StÿJtemlier 2?; 20043.'24 PM £índã A. :JIòutzer :Delivery Status .Nót!ficatíon (Refãy) I¡;] D A TT688169.txt Holiday Manor Cooperative This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. legals@naplesnews.com 1 _·....~".,'~,-'--"'..._.."'''"''_..'__A.''''''''"_·.~k_,....._.·,,'~.,_,.._ ,# 7 A .£índã .ßl. Ylõutzer from: Sent: 7ó: Suo/eet: System .ßldmínístrator fþostmaster@nqplêsnews.eom} ..Mondã~ Sq;temlier 2-0 2004 3:.17 :P..M .£índã .ßl. Ylõutzer Ve/lvered: Ylõlidãy ..Manor Coqperatíve D Holiday Manor Cooperative «Holiday Manor Cooperative» Your message To: Legals (E-mail) Subject: Holiday Manor Cooperative Sent: Mon, 27 Sep 2004 15:24:22 -0400 was delivered to the following recipient(s): legals on Mon, 27 Sep 2004 15:16:36 -0400 1 - ..".-.--.------..-... ..."_........_.-","_,.,,._.., "'0'_ ___",,,__,,,~_,,_._,.,,u,_ ',_,", ...,.,__~,...._,,___.~_,___ Holiday Manor Cooperative ,.... '.'.... I,,! /' . ,;" Page I of2 '7.·A Linda A. Houtzer ~~-»""'-~~--,."'.=-~.~.~_._"~--,._~""-;~,~---,-~.""'.-,~~--"'---~_'"=~'<~O"~"__>"-'-·_.'<·m."_.,,,,,"__·,>_~_~""_'"'___'___'l"~'___~___~__,,>~____,_~~~__~ From: Triano, Juanita [jltriano@naplesnews.com] Sent: Monday, September 27, 2004 3:24 PM To: Linda A. Houtzer Subject: RE: Holiday Manor Cooperative Linda, You are just too good to us. I have you all set to run on October 31st. Hope you are well, Thank you, Juanita Triano Juanita L. Triano email: jItriano@)naplesnews.com Call 239-263-4721 Direct or 1-888-262-3161 ext. 4721 Toll Free 239-263-4703 FAX Line Want more for your advertising dollar try using bold print or an eye catching attractor! Or be daring use a photo of yourself in your advertisements, this will make you well known around town! JUST ASK ME HOW!! -----Original Message----- From: Linda A. Houtzer [mailto:Linda.Houtzer@clerk.collierJl.us] Sent: Monday, September 27, 20043:24 PM To: Legals (E-mail) Subject: Holiday Manor Cooperative Hi , Please advertise the attached notice on Friday, October 31, 2004. < < N UA-2002-AR-2995.doc» < < N UA-2002 -AR-2995 .doc» 9/27/2004 ..... _........·"·,~__·"~_'_···""·_._.~,,.·.~_._~.._>c~""_,._"'...."II.. R __ ~. Holiday Manor Cooperative Page 2 of2 If you have any questions, please call 774-8411. I 7A Thank you, Linda Minutes and Records 9/2712004 -------.......'''-.- ,.""........-.,.,,,-- .7 A. Date: November 18, 2004 To: Kay Deselem, Planner From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Resolution No. 2004-349 Enclosed please find one copy of the document referenced above, Agenda Item #7A, which was adopted by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please contact me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure ..-----..... - """"-'""'''''-"'''<---'---'-~~'--'-''- ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING': JÞ. TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO'" 41 THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. .original documents 'should be hand delivered to the Board (ì):-¡,:,,~. The completed routing slip and original documents are, to be fOlwarded to the Board Office only.!!fkr the Board b~", L:ken action on thc item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needf.d )," !II(. document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 througl'. .i.~, :;'}lnplete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson line #5 . Route to Addressee(s) List in routin order (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who creatf1d¡F<~9¡;red the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for adi;thmal')f missiI'g information. All original documents needing the BeC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has ac~[.'5 ~.) :tpprove the item. Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Office I;fW1d, '* tbf~ ~ 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION t2 ::; r1 / VJrL- Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached l. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (AlI documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages tTom ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by an parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing sJip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCe office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Forms! County Forms/ BCC Fonns! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 -'r-' I .;'f. t ¡ .0( ',1 e .J5L }¡!~:/ , ~..,_..... I r" . r'~'- L_._ Initials ?:.1 3 / 74 --..··~..._ø__ / Yes 1-'i~~i)À (Not Initial .t.J~p..2.!i~able) j~l -C~~~.ÌlØ- ! -!----. 5c5¿J , dj~ ., 'I. RESOLUTION NO. 04- 349 - RELATING TO PETITION NUMBER NUA-2002- AR-2995, FOR A NON-CONFORMING USE AL TERA TION APPROVAL, TO ENABLE UNIT OWNERS TO REPLACE EXISTING NON- CONFORMING STRUCTURES, IN CONFORM- ANCE WITH THE FIRE CODE AND SO AS NOT TO INCREASE THE EXISTING NON- CONFORMITIES ON PROPERTY HEREINAFTER DESCRIBED IN COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA. WHEREAS, the Legislature of the State of Florida in Chapter 125, Florida Statutes, has conferred on all counties in Florida the power to establish, coordinate and enforce zoning and such business regulations as are necessary for the protection of the public, and WHEREAS, the County pursuant thereto has adopted a Land Development Code (Ordinance No. 91-102), as amended, which establishes regulations for the zoning of particular geographic divisions of the County, among which is the granting of requests for non-conforming use alteration, and WHEREAS, the Board of Zoning Appeals, being the duly elected constituted board of the area hereby affected, has held a public hearing after notice as in said regulations made and provided, and has considered the advisability of non-conforming use alteration, to enable unit owners to replace existing non-conforming structures, in conformance with the Fire Code and so as not to increase the existing non-conformities in a Mobile Home (MH) Zone for the property hereinafter described, and has found as a matter of fact that satisfactory provision and arrangement have been made concerning all applicable matters required by said regulations and in accordance with Section 9.03.03.B of the Land Development Code for the unincorporated area of Collier County, and WHEREAS, all interested parties have been given opportunity to be heard by this Board in public meeting assembled and the Board having considered all matters presented, NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Board of Zoning Appeals of Collier County, Florida, that Petition Number NUA-2002-AR-2995, filed by Bob Reed representing Holiday Manor Cooperative, Inc. property owner, with respect to the property hereinafter described in Exhibit A, be and the same hereby is approved for a non-conforming use alteration in the Zoning District wherein said property is located, subject to the following stipulations: 1. The number of units shall not be increased. The site is limited to 312 unit or lease sites, of which 187 shall be utilized for a mixture of single-and double-wide mobile homes, and 125 sites shall be used for a combination of RV trailers, park model units, and motor coaches; and Page 1 of2 F7 A" 2. All principal structures must maintain a minimum separation distance of ten (10) feet, and accessory structures must maintain a minimum separation distance of either ten (10) feet or zero (0) feet if attached to a principal structure or attached to another accessory structure and both of those accessory structures are separated by a minimum of 10 feet from all principal structures; and the subject site must comply with Fire Codes. BE IT RESOLVED that this Resolution relating to Petition Number NUA-2002-AR- 2995 be recorded in the minutes of this Board. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote. Done this day of 2004. ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA '~;\<¡, i\il'}:¡ . t.y _:_.,~~:) "0.~~"~~;~; "¡:.:.:~,~? ~:" 0;:-· '.': ~\ : ..:~'::; : ·o.C. BY: ø~J~ DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN 's Approved as to Form and Legal Sufficiency: ~~ ~)1( Patrick G. White Assistant County Attorney Exhibit A: Legal Description -··~a·· 'tem#t~ ~:dall:!ld14 Date I L I ç _'\II '_ J I Rec'd L!J.lJ.L '-t Page 2 of 2 7 A- L~{1~ f)eS<.ription' ALL THAf FART OF THE NOIeTH 501.4'1:3 FEer or fHf.' e5rAfJUSHfJ'} sotJrH HALf' CS 1/'2.) or THf SCJUT11 NAU" CS Z/2J or scer/ON -'. TOWNSHP.51 SOUT'N. WfC£ 2G l"A$T.· cot.LtrR COUfT'r'. rLOÆ1JJÁ LrNC £ASroa.r Of' STAr~ ~OAJ) q5I AM) Wr:5Tt:Iet.. r or rH!' ŒNT£leLI€ Of A COU/rt ~MÝ.4œ £ASI;H;NT AS Df~Ð) tJ"¡' NSrRt.JH£Nr ReCORDED H QFflaAL RECOI?f) tJOOf( rG. AT PAGE 127. Of' ~ P.JBUC R~CORf)5 or CO£J..4:R COf..A.Ifí. fto{?OA. SUfJLCr To £AseNENrs. ~éSf~C17ONS ANI) 1itE5~YA TIONS Of" ~Eç.o,r:[).· Holiday Manor Cooperative, Inc. NUA-2002-AR-2995 Exhibit A ~ . 78 Naples Daily News Naples, FL 34102 Affidavit of Publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- AD SPACE: 111.000 INCH FILED ON: 10/31/04 --------------------------------------------------+-------------------------- Signature of Affiant ¡f~- ~ Sworn to and Subscribed b:fore me this ::lid day of ÐcÝ 20~ Personally known by me ::<Y"U.A<...1'l9 &::: -7 NOTICE Of PUBUC HEARING Notice Is hereby given that the Board Of County Commissioners of cor· lIer County will hold a public hearing on Tues· ilay. November 16. 2004 In the Boardroom. 3rd Floor. Administration Building, Collier County Government Center. 3301 East Tamlaml Trail. Naples, Florida, The meeting will begin at 9:00 A.M. . The Board will consider Petition CU·2004-AR- 5770. Offlce 0eD0t repre- sented by Vrncent A. C8utero. AICP, of Coast· al Engineering Consul- tants¡ Inc, requesting Cònd tlonal Use 11 of thé C-3 zoning district for an Office Depot lo- cated at 10419 Tamlaml trail North CU.5. 41). The property Is located approximately Va mile south of Immokalee Road on Tamlaml Trail N. <U.S. 41) between 104th Avenue North and 105th Avenue North. In Section 28, Township 48 South. Range 25 East. Collier County.. Florida. consisting OT 1.85+/- acres. NOTE: All Persons wish· Ing to speak on IIny agenda Item must regis- ter with the County Ad· m Inlstrator frior to pre' sentatlon 0 the agenda' Item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any Item. The selec· tlon of an Individual to speak on behaff of an organization or group Is encouraged. If recog· nlzed by the Chair. a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 min- utes to speak on an Item. i Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials Included In the Board agenda pack· ets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the reo spectlve public hearing. In any case. written ma- !erlaIJl. Intended to be .. considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of sev- en days prior to the public hearing. All ma- terial used In presenta· tlons before the Board wHI become a perma- nent part of the reèord. Any person who decld· es to appeal a decisIOn of the Boarclwlll need a record of the proceed- Ints ~=nt thereto I!IICI , may need to ensure tMtAteYerÞa- ~r.;.0~: ~~ record Includes ' tes- timony and ev dence upon which the apøeal Is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISISONERS COLLIER COUNTY. FLORIDA DONNA FIALA. CHAIR· MAN g~~~HT E. BROCK. By: Heidi R. Rockhold. = Clerk ~.:n No. 782323 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 REFERENCE: 001230 58925799 113138312649 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEA State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed. Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement¡ and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. PUBLISHED ON: 10/31 """"" Harriett Bushong "~~A~fM!:"f'\, M'I COMMISSION, # DD234689 EX?IRES *: ::~ July 24, 2007, , '~'.." ';{f/ 'ONOCOTHRUTPOV,,\lNINSU?þNCE ¡!'IC .r~R,f.~r..'" 0'~ I. 78 COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA REQUEST FOR LEGAL ADVERTISING OF PUBLIC HEARINGS To: Clerk to the Board: Please place the following as a: xxx Normal Legal Advertisement Other: (Display Adv., location, etc.) **********************************************************;{*"********************l********************* Originating Dept/ Div: Comm.Dev.Serv./Planning Person: ílrJ I~ Date: 9 (81 o~ Petition No. (If none, give brief description): CU-2004-AR-5770, Office Depot Petitioner: (Name & Address): Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc" Vincent A. Cautero, AICP, 3106 South Horseshoe Drive, Naples, FL 34104 Name & Address of any person(s) to be notified by Clerk's Office: (If more space is needed, attach separate sheet) Newton, Oldacre and McDonald, LLC, Attn: Ken Knuckles, 3841 Green Hills Village Drive, Suite 400, Nashville, TN 37215 Hearing before BCC BZA Other Requested Hearing date: October 12, 2004 Based on advertisement appearing 15 days before hearing. Newspaper(s) to be used: (Complete only if important): XXX Naples Daily News Other Legally Required Proposed Text: (Include legal description & common location & Size: Petition: CU-2004-AR-5770. Office Depot represented by Vincent A. Cautero, AICP, of Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc. requesting Conditional Use 11 of the C-3 zoning district for an Office Depot located at 10419 Tamiami Trail North (U.S. 41). The property is located approximately 1/2 mile south of Immokalee Road on Tamiami Trail N (U.S. 41) between 104th Avenue North and 105th Avenue North, in Section 28, Township 48 South, Range 25 East, Collier County, Florida, consisting of 1.85± acres. Companion petition(s), if any & proposed hearing date: Does Petition Fee include advertising cost? Yes 113-138312-649110 No If Yes, what account should be charged for advertising costs: Reviewed by: é~ if~ Approved by: County Manager Date List Attachments: DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS A. For hearings before BCC or BZA: Initiating person to complete one copy and obtain Division Head approval before submitting to County Manager. Note: If legal document is involved, be sure that any necessary legal review, or request for same, is submitted to County Attorney before submitting to County Manager. The Manager's office will distribute copies: County Manager agenda file: to Requesting Division Original Clerk's Office B. Other hearings: Initiating Division head to approve and submit original to Clerk's Office, retaining a copy for file. ****************************************************************************************************** FOR CLERK'S OFFICE USE ONLY: Date Received: G'-.ID· OLf Date of Public hearing: 10 -/ z.. '0'1 Date Advertised: '1-1(. -ott IO-31-0~ l f - \ lo -~ RESOLUTION NO. 04 - ~ 78 A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS PROVIDING FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF CONDITIONAL USE 11 OF THE C-3 ZONING DISTRICT FOR RETAIL USES WITH MORE THAN 5,000 SQUARE FEET OF GROSS FLOOR AREA IN A PRINCIPAL STRUCTURE PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2.14.3 OF THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, OR ITS SUCCESSOR, FOR PROPERTY LOCATED IN SECTION 28, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA. WHEREAS, the Legislature of the State of Florida in Chapter 67-1246, Laws of Florida, and Chapter 125, Florida Statutes, has conferred on Collier County the power to establish, coordinate and enforce zoning and such business regulations as are necessary for the protection of the public; and WHEREAS, the County pursuant thereto has adopted a Land Development Code (Ordinance No. 91-102), or its successor, which includes a Comprehensive Zoning Ordinance establishing regulations for the zoning of particular geographic divisions of the County, among which is the granting of Conditional Uses; and WHEREAS, the Board of Zoning Appeals (Board), being the duly appointed and constituted planning board for the area hereby affected, has held a public hearing after notice as in said regulations made and provided, and has considered the advisability of Conditional Use 11 of Section 2.2.14.3 of the Collier County Land Development Code, or its successor, in a C-3 Zoning District for retail uses with more than 5,000 square feet of gross floor area in a principal structure on the property hereinafter described, and the Collier County Planning Commission has found as a matter of fact (Exhibit "A") that satisfactory provision and arrangement have been made concerning all applicable matters required by said regulations and in accordance with Subsection 2.7.4.4 of the Land Development Code, or its successor; and WHEREAS, all interested parties have been given opportunity to be heard by this Board in a public meeting assembled and the Board having considered all matters presented. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA that: The petition filed by Vincent A. Cautero, AICP, of Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc., representing ARCO Finance, Inc., with respect to the property hereinafter described as: Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein be and the same is hereby approved for Conditional Use 11 of Section 2.2.14.3 of the Collier County Land Development Code, or its successor, in the C-3 Zoning District for retail uses with more than 5,000 square feet of gross floor area in a principal structure in accordance with the Conceptual Master Plan (Exhibit "C"). Page 1 of2 Ii 7B BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that this Resolution be recorded in the minutes of this Board. Done this day of This Resolution adopted after motion, second and super-majority vote. ,2004. ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK Approved as to FOnTI and Legal Sufficiency: ìr\(ð~V- ô'f¡ .~ Marjo M. Student . Assistant County Attorney CU-2004-AR-5770IFRlld BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN Page 2 of2 i'i I....' 7B FINDINGS OF FACT BY COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE PETITION FOR CU-2004-AR-5770 The following facts are found: 1. Section 2.2.14.3.11 of the Land Development Code, or its successor, authorizes the conditional use. 2. Granting the conditional use will not adversely affect the public interest and will not adversely affect other property or uses in the same district or neighborhood because of: A. Consistency with the Land Development Code and Growth Management Plan: Yes No B. Ingress and egress to property and proposed structures thereon with particular reference to automotive and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe: Adequate ingress & egress Yes No C. Affects neighboring properties in relation to noise, glare, economic or odor effects: _ No affect or _ Affect mitigated by _ Affect cannot be mitigated D. Compatibility with adjacent properties and other property in the district: Compatible use within district Yes No Based on the above findings, this conditional use should, with stipulations, (copy attached) (should not) be recommended for approval. DATE: CHAIRMAN: RUSSELL A. BUDD EXHIBIT" A" 17 .. . 7 CU-2004-AR-5770 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. EXHIBIT "B" . I IIII nvl iliilll~ ¡ I II I ¡rim ~ I . · III~ III. ~ ~I!I I", I!. .1' I h. i; ~ ~i I .. ...!: - "'~J:. ... iI!iI! En. II ;¡;¡ ~!:!:!: I !!: ~ 1î:,.<\ ~ 78 : I I ! I ! t---- ! ~ 3NOZ;~ . ·ri .. I 3~~ 'I I ¡: I ..---- ~I I !~ Ii ! i n 1--- I n I ~ I 1---- I I I iTT I I I , ' I I, ¡¡; I '" I .. , , I 1-1 - :: ë:: = J ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- CU-2004-AR-5770 ~:~ ---z __ "" I COASTAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS INC. . era MCW t:t:/II'IItWr ..... ,.... .... 1177 "'.. .. ......... DrM ...... n.tda .)4104 omcE DtPIIT '=i -..... -... Exhibit "C" omCE DEPOT SITE PLAN ....... (UII fOll:(z.J ....- E-MaI: ....- .. 78 ~~, ~ NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County will hold a public hearing on Tuesday, October 12, 2004, in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida. The meeting will begin at 9:00 A.M. The Board will consider Petition CU-2004-AR-5770, Office Depot represented by Vincent A. Cautero, AICP, of Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc. requesting Conditional Use 11 of the C-3 zoning district for an Office Depot located at 10419 Tarniarni Trail North (U.S. 41). The property is located approximately ~ mile south of Immokalee Road on Tarniarni Trail N. (U.S. 41) between 104th Avenue North and 105th Avenue North, in Section 28, Township 48 South, Range 25 East, Collier County, Florida, consisting of 1.85+/- acres. NOTE: All Persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County Administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by the Chair, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISISONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: IS/Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk ( SEAL) Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'c.o.l!µfyofCfjllier CLERK OF THE"CIRCUIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY èp'.. URTPJPUSE 330l.TAMIAMI TJµIL EÀ'ST . P.O. BOX 4f~044 \, NAPLES, FLORIDA~~jlOl-3d44 "I t( fJ 71 Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds ,.-.-.x'." . . " I ,3 --;l September 13, 2004 Ken Knuckles Newton, Oldacre and McDonald, LLC 3841 Green Hills Village Drive, Suite 400 Nashville, TN 37215 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to Consider Petition CU-2004-AR-5770 Office Depot Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, October 12, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, September 26, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ Q.~, ~ Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us ",.._----, It. 78 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County will hold a public hearing on Tuesday, October 12, 2004, in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida. The meeting will begin at 9:00 A.M. The Board will consider Petition CU-2004-AR-5770, Office Depot represented by Vincent A. Cautero, AICP, of Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc. requesting Conditional Use 11 of the C-3 zoning district for an Office Depot located at 10419 Tamiami Trail North (U.S. 41). The property is located approximately ~ mile south of Immokalee Road on Tamiami Trail N. (U.S. 41) between 104th Avenue North and 105th Avenue North, in Section 28, Township 48 South, Range 25 East, Collier County, Florida, consisting of 1.85+/- acres. NOTE: All Persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County Administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by the Chair, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISISONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: Is/Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk ( SEAL) 78 September 13, 2004 Attn: Pam Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, Florida 34102 Re: CU-2004-AR-5770 Office Depot Dear Pam: please advertise the above referenced notice on Sunday, September 26, 2004 and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved, to this office. Thank you. Sincerely, Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk P.O./Account # 113-138312-649110 78 £índã .ßl. :JIóutzer 'IÓ: Suo/ecl: £egatS (:E-maíl) CU-2oo4-.ßlR-S770 Good Morning, Please advertise the attached notice on Sunday, September 26, 2004. ~ ~ :::U-2004-AR-5770 ,C U-2004-AR-5770 ,C oc oc If you have any questions, please call 774-8411. Thank you, Linda Minutes and Records 1 .. 78 £índá ßl. :JIõutzer fronz: Sent· 7ó: Suo/eel: yostmaster@cfêrli.coiller:ÍLus Mondá~ SijJtemfier J3~ 2004 2.'32 :PM £índá ßl. :JIõutzer :Delivery Status .Nòt!ficatíon (:Refãy) l;::'~ B f::--~71 L::-J ATT28589.txt Cu-2004-AR-5770 This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. legals@naplesnews.com 1 ,. ~,., 7f £índã .A. :JIòutzer from: Sent: 7ó: Suo/eet: System .Aámínístrator lPostmaster@nqpfêsnews.eomJ Mondã~ Sf!Ptemlier .l3~ 2004 2:25 :PM £índã.A. :JIòutzer :De/ìyered: CU-2004-.AR-S770 r::-71 L::J Cu-2004-AR-5770 «Cu-2004-AR-5770» Your message To: Legals (E-mail) Subject: Cu-2004-AR-5770 Sent: Man, 13 Sep 2004 14:32:05 -0400 was delivered to the following recipientCs): legals on Man, 13 Sep 2004 14:25:10 -0400 1 Cu-2004-AR-5770 Linda A. Houtzer ~¡ Page 1 of 1 78 From: Sent: To: legals [Iegals@naplesnews.com] Monday, September 13, 2004 2:36 PM Linda A. Houtzer Subject: RE: Cu-2004-AR-5770 OK ---nOriginal Messagemn From: Linda A. Houtzer [mailto:Linda.Houtzer@clerk.collierJl.us] Sent: Monday, September 13, 2004 2:32 PM To: Legals (E-mail) Subject: Cu-2004-AR-5770 Good Morning, Please advertise the attached notice on Sunday, September 26, 2004. «CU-2004-AR-5770 .doc> > < <CU-2004-AR-5770 .doc» If you have any questions, please call 774-8411. Thank you, Linda Minutes and Records 9/13/2004 ~ 78 £índã .ßl. :J-Iòutzer Cc: Suo/ecl: :JJeftow~ :Ray Thursdãy, S'!Ptember .16, 20045:.13 :P..M ..Mínutes aná:Recortii;'Jolinson Conní~' :JJroc~ ..Mary,' fífSon~ Sue ..Martín Cecítìa :;:11<' qjfice VtgJot (CV-04-.ßlR-.s770) Contínuance from: Sent· 7ó: FYI Ray, Did you send an E-mail to minutesandrecords, connie johnson, linda bedleyton, mary joe brock and sue filson as well about AR-5770 being continued from the 10/12/04 BCC meeting to 11/16/047 Cecilia Martin Current Planning Planning Tech 403-2467 -----Original Message----- From: bellows_r Sent: Thursday, September 16, 2004 2:18 PM To: phillips_s; martin_c; bedtelyon_l Subject: RE: Office Depot Continuance and Request for Hearing date for BCC Yes! Thank you for correcting that error. -----Original Message----- From: phillips_s Sent: Thursday, September 16, 2004 2:00 PM To: bellows_r Subject: RE: Office Depot Continuance and Request for Hearing date for BCC Ray, Do you mean 5770 rather than 3648? -----Original Message----- From: bellows_r Sent: Thursday, September 16, 2004 1:19 PM To: 'Don Murray' Cc: martin_c; phillips_s; bedtelyon_l; student_m Subject: RE: Office Depot Continuance and Request for Hearing date for BCC 1 Hi Don, , 7B As you requested, I have rescheduled this petltlon for the October 21st CCPC meeting and the November 16th BZA meeting. Please coordinate with Linda Bedtelyon concerning the placement of the signs on all street frontages. Cecilia, please revise the calendar to reflect that Petition CU-04-AR-3648 has been continued from the 9/16 CCPC to 10/21 and from the 10/12 BZA meeting to the 11/16 meeting. Thanks! Ray Raymond V. Bellows, Chief Planner Department of Zoning & Land Development Review Phone Number: 239-403-2463 -----Original Message----- From: Don Murray [mailto:dmurray@cecifl.com] Sent: Thursday, September 16, 2004 11:43 AM To: bellows_r Subject: Office Depot Continuance and Request for Hearing date for BCC Hi, Ray: Well, we are placing signs this week. One on each frontage per code. What we need now is a hearing date for the Board of County Commissioners so we can change the date on the signs and get them up. Our continuance for the CCPC is on October 21st. Since this will cause the BCC date to be pushed back to November, could you set a new date for the BCC hearing on Nov 16th? Also, would you send me a letter of memo on this to confirm it and any additional advertising costs. Thanks, Don Don Murray, ACIP Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc. 239-253-4999 (Cell) 239-643-4364 X 157 (Office) 239-643-4364 (Fax) ----------------------------------------------- Scanned by InfiNetwork for all known viruses. 643-4364 (Fax) ----------------------------------------------- Scanned by InfiNetwork for all known viruses. 2 li;'7B October 5,2004 Attn: Pam Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, Florida 34102 Re: CU-2004-AR-5770 Office Depot Dear Pam: Please advertise the above referenced notice on Sunday, October 31,2004 and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved, to this office. Thank you. Sincerely, Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk P.O./Account # 113-138312-649110 I ~i.. ",... 7 B . _;r·,','.;. NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County will hold a public hearing on Tuesday, November 16, 2004, in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida. The meeting will begin at 9:00 A.M. The Board will consider Petition CU-2004-AR-5770, Office Depot represented by Vincent A. Cautero, AICP, of Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc. requesting Conditional Use 11 of the C-3 zoning district for an Office Depot located at 10419 Tamiami Trail North (U.S. 41). The property is located approximately ~ mile south of Immokalee Road on Tamiami Trail N. (U.S. 41) between 104th Avenue North and 105th Avenue North, in Section 28, Township 48 South, Range 25 East, Collier County, Florida, consisting of 1.85+/- acres. NOTE: All Persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County Administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by the Chair, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISISONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: //Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk (SEAL) I, 78 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County will hold a public hearing on Tuesday, November 16, 2004, in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida. The meeting will begin at 9:00 A.M. The Board will consider Petition CU-2004-AR-5770, Office Depot represented by Vincent A. Cautero, AICP, of Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc. requesting Conditional Use 11 of the C-3 zoning district for an Office Depot located at 10419 Tamiami Trail North (U.S. 41). The property is located approximately ~ mile south of Immokalee Road on Tamiami Trail N. (U.S. 41) between 104th Avenue North and 105th Avenue North, in Section 28, Township 48 South, Range 25 East, Collier County, Florida, consisting of 1.85+/- acres. NOTE: All Persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County Administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by the Chair, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISISONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: //Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk ( SEAL) Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'COlJ:pfy-ofCø~lJier CLERK OF THE'-ÒlRCÚIT COURT '- , COLLIER COUNTY qoURTÌ'JP. USE 3301 :TAMIAMI TJµIL EÀ~T . P.O. BOX 4f~044 \, NAPLES, FLORIDA ~~101-3d44 -""1 : it I I, t, 7 B '~:":.i -'-"7;'".1;;:" Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds '3~j / October 5, 2004 Vincent A. Cautero, AICP Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc. 3106 South Horseshoe Drive Naples, Florida 34104 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to Consider Petition CU-2004-AR-5770 Office Depot Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 31, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~. Q. QoctÝ1{J1/J(i)Q (Ueidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'Goijiify-ofCøl,lier 4;. ----.. , CLERK OF THÉ è)¡~CU:IT COURT COLLIER COUNTY qü.... URTPf,OUSE 3301-TAMIAMI T~IL EÀ~T . P.O. BOX 4~~044 \, NAPLES, FLORIDA ~~ 101-3044 ~, ' t/ I ~'-7B Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds .- :., :.:,:~... . ( ,·'~..7 - / October 5, 2004 Ken Knuckles Newton, Oldacre and McDonald, LLC 3841 Green Hills Village Drive, Suite 400 Nashville, TN 37215 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to Consider Petition CU-2004-AR-5770 Office Depot Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 31, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. 8~ERK t:~'~~CkhOld' ~U~Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us · ~~:~;.' 7 B Heidi R. Rockhold To: Subject: legals@naplesnews.com CU-2004-AR-5770 - OFFICE DEPOT :Hí Pam, PCease ad'vertíse the attached' notíce on sund'ay, October 31, 2004· ~ ~ CU-2004-AR-5770 :::U-2004-AR-5770(c (a).doc ).doc If you have any questíons, yCease ca{{ me at 732-2646 ext. 7240. Tliank you, :Heídì R.. R.ockfw{á, .Mínutes and' ~corás Heidi Rockhold ". "-"",---~,,'"',,....,...~,~ "... "~·_·"_'_·'__'·_m__ ----,-,-,_.,----"-,~..- I·:·,,·" 7B.· ~ Heidi R. Rockhold From: Sent: To: Subject: System Administrator [postmaster@naplesnews.com] Tuesday, October 05, 2004 8:26 AM Heidi R. Rockhold Delivered: CU-2004-AR-5770 - OFFICE DEPOT ::U-2004-AR-5770 - OFFICE DEPOT... «CU-2004-AR-5770 - OFFICE DEPOT» Your message To: legals@naplesnews.com Subject: CU-2004-AR-5770 - OFFICE DEPOT Sent: Tue, 5 Oct 2004 08:33:54 -0400 was delivered to the following recipient(s): legals on Tue, 5 Oct 2004 08:25:46 -0400 Heidi Rockhold ~ ';;·'1 r 78 Heidi R. Rockhold From: Sent: To: Subject: postmaster@clerk.collier.fl.us Tuesday, October 05,20048:34 AM Heidi R Rockhold Delivery Status Notification (Relay) ~.~ Ô [J A TT109511.txt :U-2004-AR-5770- OFFICE DEPOT... This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. legals@naplesnews.com Heidi Rockhold ,~--".*~..._- CU-2004-AR-5770 Office Depot ,te.....~.;Ofl 7/' '8' .,":. . r Heidi R. Rockhold From: Bellows, Ray Sent: Monday, October 04,20043:58 PM To: Heidi R. Rockhold Subject: RE: CU-2004-AR-5770 Office Depot Heidi, There is no change to the Resolution for Office Depot. The continuance was only to allow the petitioner to place more public hearing signs on-site as required by the LDC. Ray -----Original Message----- From: Heidi R. Rockhold [mailto:Heidi.Rockhold@clerk.collierJl.us] Sent: Monday, October 04,20043:33 PM To: bellows_r Subject: CU-2004-AR-5770 Office Depot J-{í 'Ray I just wanteá to cfieck wítfi you aná see if tfiere ís any cfiange to tfie 1{esofutíon for Ojfice 'Depot? 'Wítfi tfiís ítem 6eíng rescfieáu{eá to Novem6er 16, ít neeás to 6e re aávertíseá. p{ease {et me know as soon as possí6{e. 11iank you, J{eíáí 1{. 'Rockfio{á, .Mínutes aná1{ecorás 10/4/2004 CU-2004-AR-5770 - OFFICE DEPOT 'age )'Of7 fj Heidi R. Rockhold From: Perrell, Pamela [paperrell@naplesnews.com] Sent: Tuesday, October 05, 2004 8:44 AM To: Heidi R Rockhold Subject: RE: CU-2004-AR-5770 - OFFICE DEPOT OK -----Original Message----- From: Heidi R. Rockhold [mailto:Heidi.Rockhold@clerk.collier.fl.us] Sent: Tuesday/ October OS/20048:34 AM To: legals@naplesnews.com Subject: CU-2004-AR-5770 - OFFICE DEPOT J{í 'Pam, 'Prease advertise tlie attacheá notíce on Sunáay, Octover 31, 2004· «CU-2004-AR-5770 (a).doc» «CU-2004-AR-5770(a).doc» If you have any questíons, yrease ca(( me at 732-2646 ext. 7240. Tfiank you, J{eídì 1{. 'Rockho(á, :Mínutes aná'Recorás 10/5/2004 Naples Daily News Naples, FL 34102 Affidavit of publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+------------------- BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 REFERENCE: 001230 58913311 113138312649 CU-2004-AR-5770NOTIC State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed. Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. PUBLISHED ON: 09/26 AD SPACE: 112.000 INCH FILED ON: 09/27/04 ----------------------------:1--------------------+-------------------- Signature of Affiant ~ ' ---:f Sworn to and Subscribed before me t~is ;:},Z:dd't'( of ,~¡; 2r:Q'j Personally known by me;;¡/;;AÀ<þ;t(J d¿~7 ..,{~~.~:·f~;::,.. Harriett Busflong S,' .~, ··f·~ MY COMMISSION # DD234689 EXPIRES ::":,J~L~ò'..: My 24, 2007 f ,~.;~::':\~>." ~·ONCFD Hr>U fRO"; ~À'N II'!SU~MKF:, iNC J 78 CU-200+AR'5770 NQTlCEOF ÞUBLIC HEARING Notice Is hereby :lIven that the eoard tJf COunty CommissIoners of Col· lIerCounty will hold a pUblic he!nnCI on Tues' äay,Octo~12.~.ln the Boardroom. 3rd floor, Administration Building. C01l1er Couoty Government Center, 3301 East Tamlaml Trail, Naples. florlda. The meeting will begin at 9:00 A.M. The Board will cqnslder petition CU·2004-AR· ~ie~ ~O:e:frt ca.utero. AICP. of Coast· at Engineering Consul- tantsl Inc. requesting CondItional Un 11 ·of the C-3 zonIng distrIct for an OffIce Depot o· cated at 10419 Tamlaml Trail North (I,J.S, 41). The property Is located approxImately ,/, mile south of Immokalee Road on Tamlaml Trail N. (U,i. 41~J3etween 104th Avenue NOrttiand 105th Avenue North. In section 28. Township 48 South. Range 25 East, Collier county~ florlda. consisting OT 1.85+/' acres. NOTE.: An Persons wish- Ing to speak on any agenda Item ~....reCllds' . tel' With the Co...... A - mlnlstJ'ator prior to pre- sentation of the agenda Item to, be aØdressed. Indlvldual'sPê&ktt'l will be limited to 5 rntnutes on any 1t Hn. 'T11e selec- tion of an IndIvIdual to speak 00 behaLf of an Organization or group Is 'encouraged. Ifrecog- nlzed by the Chair, a spokesperson for a group or or,,~U:atlon may be allotteG 10 mil)- utes to speak on an Item. Persons wlshln,g to have written or graphic materials Included In t~ Board ",enda pack- ets must submit saId rnat..-laI a '\tlnlmlll11 of 3 weeks prior to the re- SPective pUblic" hearing. In MY CIIe. written ma· terlals !",tended to bde consIdered bY the Boar shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a mlnl/nllm of sev- ,"-- the cAn"".. enta- ard a- . record, hCI .decld- deCIsion IIIed a eed- ereto need rba· (J,~~ e tes- tl '\tQnY...lnd . e.vldence upon whiCh the appeal Is~.·" i ~g4JìtJfø.i0 UN T Y CO LLlER CO, UN TV, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA. CHAIR- MAN DW.lGHT E. BROCK." CI.ERK. . · ~~'t13r A. H~utzer" ~Dt. 2t¡ No. 759944 MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: Ray Bellows, Chief Planner From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Resolution 2004-350: CU-2004-AR-5770 ARCO Finance, Inc. Enclosed please find one (1) copy of the document referenced above, Agenda Item #78, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. The original Resolution will be retained in the Minutes & Records Department. If you should have any questions, please contact me at ext. 8406. Thank you. Enclosure 7 8_, f.~.", ~~~'.~·:";~,~~~'¿;-:J).L¡,. " ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP 7 B.. TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE I. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages trom ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages trom contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chainnan and the Clerk to the Board The Chainnan's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chainnan's si ature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time trame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document:. Original documents' should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents arc: to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chainnan's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routine: order) 1. ~~ra. J...L4- ~IJE-;j ~,'r; /r hl,k~ ~~/ 2. ( I ." 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners .~ PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact stat}" for additional or missing information. All original docwnents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Ray Bellows, Manager Phone Number 403-2463 Contact Agenda Date Item was / /--- / /. ~ ó Lf Agenda Item Number 7 ß Approved by the BCC Type of Document Resolution ~r- IìR- 57?0 Number of Original I Attached Documents Attached .- .....--~---_. .. 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Formsl county Formsl Bee Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 J2B d) ~ N/A RESOLUTION NO. 04 _350 7 8 It -ti A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS PROVIDING FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF CONDITIONAL USE 11 OF THE C-3 ZONING DISTRICT FOR RETAIL USES WITH MORE THAN 5,000 SQUARE FEET OF GROSS FLOOR AREA IN A PRINCIP AL STRUCTURE PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2.14.3 OF THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, OR ITS SUCCESSOR, FOR PROPERTY LOCATED IN SECTION 28, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA. WHEREAS, the Legislature of the State of Florida in Chapter 67-1246, Laws of Florida, and Chapter 125, Florida Statutes, has conferred on Collier County the power to establish, coordinate and enforce zoning and such business regulations as are necessary for the protection of the public; and WHEREAS, the County pursuant thereto has adopted a Land Development Code (Ordinance No. 91-102), or its successor, which includes a Comprehensive Zoning Ordinance establishing regulations for the zoning of particular geographic divisions of the County, among which is the granting of Conditional Uses; and WHEREAS, the Board of Zoning Appeals (Board), being the duly appointed and constituted planning board for the area hereby affected, has held a public hearing after notice as in said regulations made and provided, and has considered the advisability of Conditional Use 11 of Section 2.2.14.3 ofthe Collier County Land Development Code, or its successor, in a C-3 Zoning District for retail uses with more than 5,000 square feet of gross floor area in a principal structure on the property hereinafter described, and the Collier County Planning Commission has found as a matter of fact (Exhibit "A") that satisfactory provision and arrangement have been made concerning all applicable matters required by said regulations and in accordance with Subsection 2.7.4.4 of the Land Development Code, or its successor; and WHEREAS, all interested parties have been given opportunity to be heard by this Board in a public meeting assembled and the Board having considered all matters presented. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA that: The petition filed by Vincent A. Cautero, AICP, of Coastal Engineering Consultants, Inc., representing ARCO Finance, Inc., with respect to the property hereinafter described as: Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein be and the same is hereby approved for Conditional Use 11 of Section 2.2.14.3 of the Collier County Land Development Code, or its successor, in the C-3 Zoning District for retail uses with more than 5,000 square feet of gross floor area in a principal structure in accordance with the Conceptual Master Plan (Exhibit "C"). Page 1 of2 r~ 7 8 .: BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that this Resolution be recorded in the minutes of this Board. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and super-majority vote. Done this I? ·f-!J day of AI, y / /7VJþ ~ , 2004. BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: ~ )~ DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK , ~\ lDJ ~ .'\ .":" .'". :.....l. ~.(. m(ò~ oì1.~ Marjo M. Student . Assistant County Attorney CU-2004-AR-5770/FR/ld Item # "1ß.- ~~~;da \J-1ltJ-otf Page 2 of2 7 B. FINDINGS OF FACT BY COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE PETITION FOR CU-2004-AR-5770 The following facts are found: 1. Section 2.2.14.3.11 of the Land Development Code, or its successor, authorizes the conditional use, 2. Granting the conditional use will not adversely affect the public interest and will not adversely affect other property or uses in the same district or neighborhood because of: A. Consistency wi~t elopment Code and Growth Management Plan: Yes No - - B. Ingress and egress to property and proposed structures thereon with particular reference to automotive and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe: C. Affects neighboring properties in relation to noise, glare, economic or odor effects: vNo affect _ Affect mitigated by _ Affect cannot be mitigated D. Compatibility with adjacent properties and other property in the district: Compatibl stipulations, (copy attached) Based on the above findings, this conditiona (should not) be recommended for approval. DATE: a/4/W_ ( { CHAIRMAN: fLiJ! AM RUSSELL A. BUDD EXHIBIT "A" 7 B ,.' I CU-2004-AR-5770 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. EXHIBIT "B" J 7 8 .. ..- FINDINGS OF FACT BY COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE PETITION FOR CU-2004-AR-5770 The following facts are found: 1. Section 2.2.14.3.11 of the Land Development Code, or its successor, authorizes the conditional use. 2. Granting the conditional use will not adversely affect the public interest and will not adversely affect other property or uses in the same district or neighborhood because of: A. Consistency with the Land Âevelopment Code and Growth Management Plan: Y es V"~ No - - B. Ingress and egress to property and proposed structures thereon with particular reference to automotive and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in cas~re or catastrophe: Adequate ingress & gress Yes No - C. Affects neighboring properties in relation to noise, glare, economic or odor effects: _ No affect or _ Affect mitigated by WA-I _ Affect cannot be mitigated D. Compatibility with adjacent properties and other property in the district: Compatible use Wi"~ district Yes Vlllr No Based on the above findings, this conditional use should, with sf (should not) be recommended for approval. DATE: (t1 £fl1ð ~IL CII/..IIDvIl..N..... .-. EXHIBIT "A" 7 811 CU-2004-AR-5770 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. EXHIBIT "B" -7 8~· FINDINGS OF FACT BY COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE PETITION FOR CU-2004-AR-5770 The following facts are found: 1. Section 2.2.14.3.11 of the Land Development Code, or its successor, authorizes the conditional use. 2. Granting the conditional use will not adversely affect the public interest and will not adversely affect other property or uses in the same district or neighborhood because of: A. Consistency with the Land/Development Code and Growth Management Plan: Yes V~ No B. Ingress and egress to property and proposed structures thereon with particular reference to automotive and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe: Adequate ingress &~gress Yes"'¡ No C. Affects neighboring properties in relation to noise, glare, economic or odor effects: No affect or Affect mitigated by V i'J.. L- ì.- I ß ¡J ( h: t? ,() rc - - f _ Affect cannot be mitigated D. Compatibility with adjacent properties and other property in the district: Compatible use within district Yes v No Based on the above findings, this conditional use should, with stipulations, (copy attached) (should not) be recommended for approval. DATE: J /" Lf. O'f . .~ CHAIRMAN: I{l (C-\;~ (¡~ ~,- 1"\ ' L ~ {J f3 é.'R-N A- tJ- '1 EXHIBIT "A" ---_.~._,~ 7 811 CU-2004-AR-5770 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. EXHIBIT "B" '1 B ~ ,- FINDINGS OF FACT BY COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE PETITION FOR CU-2004-AR-5770 ......... The following facts are found: 1. Section 2.2.14.3.11 of the Land Development Code, or its successor, authorizes the conditional use. 2. Granting the conditional use will not adversely affect the public interest and will not adversely affect other property or uses in the same district or neighborhood because of: A. Consistency with the Land Development Code and Growth Management Plan: Yes V No B. Ingress and egress to property and proposed structures thereon with particular reference to automotive and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe: Adequate ingress & egress YesL- No_ C. Affects neighboring properties in relation to noise, glare, economic or odor effects: _ No affect or V Affect mitigated by ~ _ Affect cannot be mitigated D. Compatibility with adjacent properties and other property in the district: Compatible use within district Yes V No Based on the above findings, this conditional use should, with stipulations, (copy attached) (should not) be recommended for approval. DATE: 'I /Jj JOLl I . CItAIRMAN: ~~ 'RUSStLL A. BUBÐ 1.11'1_, ÄDElSÌ'4E1 N EXHIBIT "A" -'~_.-.,-- 7 a.1 CU-2004-AR-5770 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. . . EXHIBIT "B" 7 B't FINDINGS OF FACT BY COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE PETITION FOR CU-2004-AR-5770 The following facts are found: 1. Section 2.2.14.3.11 of the Land Development Code, or its successor, authorizes the conditional use. 2. Granting the conditional use will not adversely affect the public interest and will not adversely affect other property or uses in the same district or neighborhood because of: A. Consistency with the Land ;:3evelopment Code and Growth Management Plan: Yes V No B. Ingress and egress to property and proposed structures thereon with particular reference to automotive and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe: Adequate ingress & tjgfess Yes V No C. Affects neighboring properties in relation to noise, glare, economic or odor effects: /" No affect or _ Affect mitigated by _ Affect cannot be mitigated D. Compatibility with adjacent properties and other property in the district: Compatible use witl¡in district Yes \/' No Based on the above findings, this conditional use should, with stipu (should not) be recommended for approval. DATE:¿ IIhfr M~}\~~ GI IAIItJ\1AN : I \ 6~~ '~dW~'Ì-' \ EXHIBIT" A" 7 all CU-2004-AR-5770 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. EXHIBIT "B" '7 !s' FINDINGS OF FACT BY COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE PETITION FOR CU-2004-AR-5770 The following facts are found: 1. Section 2.2.14.3.11 of the Land Development Code, or its successor, authorizes the conditional use. 2. Granting the conditional use will not adversely affect the public interest and will not adversely affect other property or uses in the same district or neighborhood because of: A. Consistency with the Land pevelopment Code and Growth Management Plan: Yes t No B. Ingress and egress to property and proposed structures thereon with particular reference to automotive and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe: Adequate ingress & 5>gress Yes ¡/ No C. Affects neighboring properties in relation to noise, glare, economic or odor effects: -'- No affect or _ Affect mitigated by _ Affect cannot be mitigated D. Compatibility with adjacent properties and other property in the district: Compatible use within district Yes No'vI Based on the above findings, this conditional use should, with stipulations, (copy attached) (should not) be recommended for approval. DATE: 11/5/ lJJ-/ I I CHAIRMAN: Á-~rÍt-")-7 r1 eL- 'Æ4.¿ cl d~ Jl-t~~ R.USSELL },.. BUDD- EXHIBIT" A" ~__·___·~.._."M~..,_·_W_ _.·,"""_M"~'~' CU-2004-AR-5770 ? 8_1 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. EXHIBIT "B" ., B ,'< ..- FINDINGS OF FACT BY COLLIER COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION FOR A CONDITIONAL USE PETITION FOR CU-2004-AR-5770 The following facts are found: 1. Section 2.2.14.3.11 of the Land Development Code, or its successor, authorizes the conditional use. 2. Granting the conditional use will not adversely affect the public interest and will not adversely affect other property or uses in the same district or neighborhood because of: A. Consistency with the Land Deyélopment Code and Growth Management Plan: Yes -i.L No B. Ingress and egress to property and proposed structures thereon with particular reference to automotive and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe: ,,- Adequate ingress & ~ess Yes -þL No C. Affects neighboring properties in relation to noise, glare, economic or odor effects: _ No affect or /Affect mitigated by ~JcJ,d¡\j _ Affect cannot be mitigated D. Compatibility with adjacent properties and other property in the district: Compatible use within jistrict Yes~ No Based on the above findings, this conditional use should, with stipulations, (copy attached) (should not) be recommended for approval. DATE: II ~ l5 ~ () L( 11~ '~ CHAIRMAN: V ~ -iVvl £ '. H:USS l  :Q ,.-- EXHIBIT "A" _.,->~_.."...~-."....__,;w_~~"" 7 8.1 CU-2004-AR-5770 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. EXHIBIT "B" .^ 11. CU-2004-AR-5770 Legal Description Lots 1 through 14 and Lots 49 through 52 of Naples Park, Unit No.1, Block 7, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 106 of the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. EXHIBIT "B" I I I I - I a. I :!::i , I' "','" , , I I ' --I --------------1 r----------------lr-----~------- I :0 : ¡: HIli c:: I :0 : -':,:rt.. + ..k;--=-~=.;::?--=~~=,. => I I j[ :Ë-ï :1 I I I· ---------------1 8 ~ I I ! = 118 ,..1 II I g _. II ¡2 I · I : Ii : i Z~ I : II --------------111 I ~,. I ~ I I ~ ~ : --------------J I ~ I ----rr"T---1 I I I I I , I , I wiN I - II , I I L' I, .11 : r~ , -...--.... ---- - -- ____I..¡_~\-_-------- ----------- ----~~\~~_.~~~--- -- __________ __ ------------~n-- - ill I ----------+tltI-------------ttJ-- I' ::] " ) ry¡j Uß._Y4'(T_1RAL~ d .J L I1I1 ntlI18::I-illll~ ~I¡I" Ii!~ ~ ¡ ¡ II r fl' ~ I . "III! III, ~ ~ .-1 1··1 I!. Iii II I I. ~ h I u . I .. ji i;U ¡ :I r:r:r:r: I I I ! I ! t------ ! ~ 3NOZ ;~WY - -r- .. -- , 3NOZ toO , I I .: I ---- ~I I I~ h ! ¡ U r---- I 11: ~ I J------ , , I iTT I ' I , ' , II ~ ICDI.. I I : 1-1 ¡:: :: ~ ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- CU-2004-AR-5770 ~:I--:z -- .. I OFFICE DEPOT c::= - ..... ...... Exhibit "C" OF'FlCE DEPOT SIT[ PLAN _C231 .....:=~ E___ .- ·'78 ~, /~ ';¿ddLf ./ ...... ;" e~ ~, ß- ' ~/ " ~. " j.J&clM k- ~C{ ~ ~ ~ ~ aød ",j evl¿ ~ -r~ ~ ~r ø '/~ JJr// 1/;'(/ //~Y/ Þ ---1t.~ fJcMk. ¿1/~ A~ ~d ~ ~ /o¿jj{~ cUte:( ~~~Âtzr~~µ ¿UVI cVlL Cé-' ' . ~~r1øvM~)~dva:-C~ ~ ~ ø~' (VII' ~ A ~/I1ZA /",-) 'µ!Þ"'~~/) , f L/ 'I!J;ù Of q á- tel d/Lc'Z$4- '76:J' '17 t:t~, P ~/ r1, 3ý¡¿JtJ ('~~ TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONt~7 B .~. /) <:' ' G-~'!JIIj!¡I/ .// We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: PHONE: DATE: {[- 1/- Dlf- /# _.._-"..,.,..,..----"_.."~",._........,,..._-,..-.-._-_..---- /; TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONEks: r r i. r , We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. ADDRESS: S<;, Î tOt.{ U! AvL ~ ~ 7'7 JJ PHONE: )"1'-0Z: (1 DATE: TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONEZ:B "'/"'. . -.-) We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stonnwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. ADDRESS: DATE: /f /5-/1- I ?/ S' 3 5'(;7 3 5?/;-57/b ,~/q~ .'3 fo ~/ TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIO~B - We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. ADDRESS: PHONE: DATE: ~, , - 7/- jpÇ7H - VS'r ¡j ê L7¿A~;~', d:1~J2diÁ- /623 (hnlle¡:) II1Jê 566- 2544 ~--c:: ;? /C:/ / .syz - 5-Y-~ :5q k ;2«0);+. /I I! /1 (~I V - é) f II (l-(-o~ 5°7 -7f33 5q~ - l/ lC¡C¡ -..- ........ //~ (I 1-) TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS? B ',- We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stonnwater drainage problems in Naples Park. PI~ase do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ~,.,- L -z;,rl--~ ,,/ . , CI M(¿-. (C: CAL.r( ~ ?,u I tJ; '. i / i I ' ,/'~/., li~" tr -' ,'..,f/(' eru-(¿ TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONE~s7 B We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. //~ ..~~');~ I~ /'t:-"i ' F~.J. , \ <--' " .... .-- NAME: ADDRESS: i \!) (, I' N /(-}\L\ \ f\ \'v,Jí::-t ß ..I ó>JÏ ¿ tf-/U ))~ l' .z.. PHONE: 2~~ ~~II~'L dl37 - 7f-' //oJ. (., DATE: 'S IL{ /'1 t.)( wJ SHE t: D '( M A Lv í rJ;t:I LA WL-t;-.,e. I . J J...eOnd Ý A, ~f)":->(~ 3 '6fh / f33 " V'( Pù/lJT¿ Ifc~ £61è£T ¡1 V£ . R\~ \C6~Â-w t\), 5q - (¡çíD 3D '-Í -9 () ,1" s;- 0/0/'6'701 -ì77-5'S~ 'I i·-, OLL l -/ ~ - 7 II - ¡ 5- -ð If j/Þ I,C)- O~ (jj) TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONER~: 7 B . - - , ~ ~ We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Ofnce Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ADDRESS: ¡<UN G. é'« ~/LY fAf2TN{-)e.SffIP f¡ &~ INfI (' t-ltJG, éYf... .s-I S I () 3 r cI ¡<J fie- IV, EVA I<LlrJ6EYê- C,1Þ9 1D9-f/1,11UE, AI, MA(êG.~ ¡?'t=-T /¿I.IIU?í.e~-m~lLEcIC ÕLl6 II ð hA VG ~ P7c~-í:. 6Q9 /,79 au.¿ It/ ~ ;t.~&dP;') iø ~ 9' /09 'I'D fJ {,u2/1t,Ù-L N. -- tiLC"/t r h'¿~ {( (c I C( '·C 3,'1(;:' ..,- 'k,AN I¡D2I\JEY ·;>g:;¡(17 ¡-f/òbCJ\/ L-A.t«,S Df.-' /) 0-) ,i ù2/~),'1 -~ S 9 :,1 '-<'ll''(~.i: H_ L £<1,",4/ IJ-- ,,-, d 7' .; Þ1~ ,t'wcu'rnJ 535 /oS-f1..A Vii", N PHONE: ~ 'i9 - 'f :3 9 f:, _blrO::5~~'-~i17 7/~-S9/-18~ 7/ g -'1', ../ f? .:;.,;} (s /(i) X"ì.- Ct'~" 4 '7 ",ý,) " ¡ CI'-f7-8Cll5" C¡ 47 -[\ ',~ .g30-B':JS-g840 DATE: I/-!S-Oc.¡ 1/ - 1.s--oV 1/-('5-0,/- //-/5-0+ II - {5 - ð'f , - " L / ,,' C J I I - I s- C (I 111'5-0<:( I/-IS -olf .:\ TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS? ~. <~).... We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U. S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. ADDRESS: 9 ~ 'H( /Iv.¿ AI S;4\ PHONE: )1 L¡_L/ 77 J 5l=0 - -3 %' J .... C -~ TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS: 7 B (~/J- We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. ADDRESS: PHONE: o~ \ , ! ~. 7 o THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONEa: -~... We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ADDRESS: PHONE: DATE: ~\:,\)1"~ \-\~ LŒJ~~~u ~ð.~ lD5 ~ N ~('~ ~~ dJ./il1 I Y/7! 04 - _"O¥____. ~"'_.>~,.,_~_"'.__æ --- --~ \ TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS: 7 p - We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ADDRESS: PHONE: DATE: .')7-1- ~-š¡;,û ? II-'I-Þ'( l[-ll-D~ It -II - oc.( 1\ -11-0<" } t- I é) - ó 4- 11- J~ - 0JY ìd -''"-_._""~._..~-. /~ TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS: (jd We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ~~ lrl'v~ (~n(.7/ '",/ l r.. ADDRESS: ~~Î IOI-fU Á0L ¡:; 877 Ai PHONE: )1/-02:(1 DATE: TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS: 7 B (;2i~ We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ADDRESS: 47 '1. " / J--- ci d ¡ ( 'J \.i{ {. ( c, .-. . / \' J Ii /. I,", . \ £ '-t ...J ¡'J/~ UTY." (J'; PHONE: DATE: (1/5--11- z~ f 'lPf"'D L~j / (~O 11, J If; () ) ~ "1/'/ Pruý/)}¡Ò jJtrÞu2-;; ;;~3 S-613 :#30; - b )tJJ j)~ Ætu¡ 15Lv,// 59b - 51/b 527 Cj9¡Q¡;ss ~Ali'1'J <: (\..¡¡A,ÞL6<' 59,- 'ìyL-jO í 770 1=-111 ¡Je¡f(Ì;~ ú-(x.,/{C/u..f5f :¡:i-{()L! 9' .s-o I be-I/ C L' rete- 1\[4. (c s ---.-.-...........-.."..-- TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONEj B (,~' We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. ADDRESS: PHONE: DATE: 566- 254ft ,~--c: ?,/ Ú ..>?% - .5---:r~ :sq k d ßJ-. II II 1/ I~I v- ð{ (\-tl-(-Q~ -_...~. ({1) TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS: We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on u.s.?B between l04th Avenue N. and l05th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Pl~ase do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ~1;~~vÞi- ~ì~ ~: éi1 . ~ ~O TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS: 7 B We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stonnwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ADDRESS: i '-D (;, I I N ,(-+~\~ tv...(í: t:t ß n I .. U ó>JíéL#U '(C' Z. DATE: L \I-A ~ Z t r\-f - N / f33 / VI(' PD¡AlT¿ 11c~ £GK.£T Ii VE . '6\:') \C6~A~ 10, 5q - (¡çet D 3D '-1-90 f :;- 0'/ <I~ 3 701 -ì77-5/c)~ / I-/~ -Of 'S Il1 /f t:...:( /..OJ S HEf:;; [) I M fJ Lv I N;4 LA WL.t:,e kondvA ,J~<ì~d'\ II - I 5- -0 Lf 1 1-/,5- O~ _._-~.._-_.._..._.--_.__._--._- --- ------.---.. . Ii) TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONER~ B We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Pàrk Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stormwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. NAME: ADDRESS: ¡<UN Gt-)'(' ~/LY ~Al2TN(:)(:.S(Ý(p f¡ E~/~fi f' ¿'ltJG.~rc. '=:-1 S I Ó 3 r cI ;J tie. N, EVA I<L(¡v6(:Yè. (;,1Þ9 ID9"ft¡/iuE, N, 1'1 A{ê.G,~ ~f:{ /<I.INtÁé:~-mf'¡¿'LEC(é Õ¿¡6 I (ð -hA t/G ~ M ~~ ¡;~9 /t}9 au.¿ ;V. ~ £'J!¿"^d?)..) t~ ¿? 9 /0 9 ~ ¡J W2/h-Ú-L A/ Pru.A I (- LaLJ/f í IbS [3r01 que 3?!tCi:/ .-,- LA^, I, LYe: N t:: 1 ~ 'í? S) '/ 7 ¡-/ I Db LN L/0.K[:::' Dt-: : ,,,1 ÙlA >y ,t 8~:7 '/.I.0A.2~ L ~ IJA ~ .¡. Manda. Kú.4Q.(.rnJ S3S /oS :A liE', N PHONE: ~ f?9 - 'f :3 9 b j;,,~CJ::5~'8-~i' 7 71 ¥ -S9 /-18"1-'1- 713 -'¡'t4, - I ~ .:J.~ ($'0) g~'{S .crc:4? '/'77- :5 cl / :::,- Cì '-+ 7 - f:fJ t -5 .330-/!:J5-884D ...... DATE: II-t5;-OY 1/ - (s--oV I¡-{'S-o,! //-/5-0+ II - /5 - ¡J if / , - I =--: - u '-I ¡ f -IS-OL! li-I'S-olf II-/S -0'1- ~---_..,--_..._---"- ,-'--_."'--- _._."..~._---_....__... -,---.-..------ ------_.._--~- 79 ~ì TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS: (~~ We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stonnwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. ADDRESS: 'Z.-S 9 ~'HI /I.v¿ IV <6"3>3 S;'K PHONE: )1 t.¡-.L/77) 5~-.3 'è -L:,~O( TO THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONER7 B (V We, the undersigned, oppose the 19,000 sq. ft. Office Depot proposed to be built on U.S. 41 between 104th Avenue N. and 105th Avenue N. The Naples Park Area Association does not represent us on this issue. We think that the proposed building is too big and that it's out of character with the Naples Park community. We believe that this project could cause traffic and stonnwater drainage problems in Naples Park. Please do not approve Office Depot's conditional use application. AME: ADDRESS: PHONE: \ , cI -_.... COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA REQUEST FOR LEGAL ADVERTISING OF PUBLIC HEARINGS it~.:, ìJ BA To: Clerk to the Board: Please place the following as a: XXX Normal Legal Advertisement Other: (Display Adv., location, etc.) **************************************************~:::** *********~****D*a*t*e~.*:*}t:;~o:~******* Originating Dept/ Div: Comm.Dev.Serv./Planning Person: I U f:i/ I 'f'fJjV T Petition No. (If none, give brief description): PUDA-2003-AR-4227, ORANGETREE Petitioner: (Name & Address): Q. Grady Minor & Assoc., D. Wayne Arnold, 3800 Via Del Rey, Bonita Springs, FL 34103 Name & Address of any person(s) to be notified by Clerk's Office: Bryan W. Paul, PO BOX 2357, Hwy 78-A, Labelle, FL 33935 Hearing before BCC BZA Other Requested Hearing date: October 26.2004 Based on advertisement appearing 15 days before hearing. Newspaper(s) to be used: (Complete only if important): xxx Naples Daily News Other Legally Required Proposed Text: Petition: PUDA-2003-AR-4227, D. Wayne Arnold, of Q. Grady Minor & Associates, PA, and Anthony P: Pires, Esq., of Woodward, Pires & Lombardo, PA, representing The Bryan W. Paul Family and The Bryan W. Paul Family Limited Partnership, requesting an amendment to the Orangetree PUD to reflect the removal of approximately 616 acres from the "Orangetree PUD" Planned Unit Development to be rezoned to the Orange Blossom Ranch PUD. The 616 acres to be removed is located on the north and south sides of Oil Well Road, approximately 1 mile east of Immokalee Road in side of the current Orangetree PUD boundary. The Conceptual Master Plan has been revised to reflect the amended PUD boundary. The Orangetree PUD is located on thenortheastcorner of Immokalee Road (C.R. 846) and Randall Boulevard, in Sections 11, 12, 13, 14, 23 & 24, Township 48 South, Range 27 East, and Sections 18 and 19, Township 48 South, Range 28 East, Collier County, Florida, consisting of 616± acres. (Companion to PUDZ-03-AR-4150) Companion petition( s), if any & proposed hearing date: Does Petition Fee include advertising cost? Yes 113-138312-649110 No If Yes, what account should be charged for advertising costs: 7/;"/-'1 Approved by: County Manager Date List Attachments: DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS A. For hearings before BCC or BZA: Initiating person to complete one copy and obtain Division Head approval before submitting to County Manager. Note: If legal document is involved, be sure that any necessary legal review, or request for same, is submitted to County Attorney before submitting to County Manager. The Manager's office will distribute copies: County Manager agenda file: to Requesting Division Original Clerk's Office B. Other hearings: Initiating Division head to approve and submit original to Clerk's Office, retaining a copy for file. ****************************************************************************************************** FOR CLERK'S OFFICE USE ONLY: Date Received: tD/ L } (j 4 I Date of Pub!;e be",",g' I ()/2fo /L Date Adverti"d, #1 J 8A ORDINANCE NO. 04- AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-41, AS AMENDED, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORA TED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING ATLAS MAP(S) BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICA TION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO A PUD ZONING DISTRICT FOR A MIXED USE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT KNOWN AS ORANGETREE PUD, FOR PROPERTY LOCATED ON THE NORTH AND SOUTH SIDES OF OIL WELL ROAD, APPROXIMA TEL Y 1 MILE EAST OF IMMOKALEE ROAD INSIDE OF THE CURRENT ORANGETREE PUD BOUNDARY, IN SECTIONS 11, 12, 13, 14, 23 & 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTIONS 18 AND 19, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 2,136.87 ± ACRES; PROVIDING FOR THE REPEAL OF ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-30, THE FORMER ORANGETREE PUD; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, D. Wayne Arnold, of Q. Grady Minor and Associates, P.A., and Anthony P. Pires, Esquire, representing Bryan W. Paul, petitioned the Board of County Commissioners to change the zoning classification of the herein described real property. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA that: SECTION ONE: The zoning classification of the herein described real property located in Sections 11, 12, 13, 14,23 and 24, Township 48 South, Range 27 East, and Sections 18 and 19, Township 48 South, Range 28 East, Collier County, Florida, is changed from a PUD Zoning District to a PUD Zoning District for a Planned Unit Development which will continue to be known as the Orangetree PUD, in accordance with the attached Exhibit "A," which is incorporated herein and by reference made part hereof, all of which is identified as PUDA-2003-AR-4227. The appropriate Official Zoning Atlas Maps, as described in Ordinance Number 04-41, as amended, the Collier County Land Development Code, are hereby amended accordingly. Page 1 of2 SECTION TWO: J 8A Ordinance Number 04-30, known as the Orangetree PUD, adopted on May 11,2004, by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, is hereby repealed in its entirety and replaced by this Ordinance and Exhibit "A" incorporated herein with the express intent of the Board being that only those matters changed by this Ordinance and Exhibit "A" from the above repealed ordinance are to be considered newly effective as to the Orangetree PUD. SECTION THREE: This Ordinance shall become effective upon filing with the Department of State. PASSED AND DULY ADOPTED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this _ day of ,2004. ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: Deputy Clerk DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN Approved as to form and ~al SUffiCi~ ~ ~ Student Assistant County Attorney PUDA-2003-AR -4227 /RB/lo Page 2 of2 ,I r;8 ) A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) DOCUMENT for ORANGETREE First Amendment Prepared by: WILSON, MILLER, INC. Engineers, Planners and Land Surveyors 3200 Bailey Lane at Airport Road Naples, Florida 33942 PUD Amendment Application November 22, 1989 Revised February 27, 1991 Revised May 13, 1991 Revised May 11, 2004 Revised October 26, 2004 Original Z & DD Approval: December 10, 1985 Ordinance Number: 87-13 Approved by CCPC: December 20, 1990 Approved by BCC: June 1991 Ordinance Number: 91-43 Approved by CCPC: March 4, 2004 Approved by BCC: May 11,2004 Ordinance Number: 2004-30 Approved by CCPC: September 16, 2004 Approved by BCC: October 26,2004 Ordinance Number Exhibit "A" 1 J 8A INDEX PAGE Index 2 List of Exhibits and Tables 3 SECTION I Property Description 4 SECTION II Proj ect Development 5 SECTION III Agricultural Development 10 SECTION IV Residential Development 11 SECTION V CommerciallNeighborhood 16 SECTION VI Golf Course 19 SECTION VII Community Use 22 SECTION VIII School/Park 24 SECTION IX General Development Commitments 26 2 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, OrangetTee\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc , , LIST OF EXHIBITS AND TABLES EXHIBIT A Master Plan (Prepared by Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020) EXHIBIT B Legal Description TABLE I Land Use Summary TABLE II Estimated Market Absorption Schedule TABLE III Development Standards 3 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 8A P' öA SECTION I PROPERTY DESCRIPTION AND OWNERSHIP 1.01 INTRODUCTION, LOCATION, AND PURPOSE It is the intent of Amnon Golan, Trustee, Orangetree Associates, (hereinafter called "applicant or developer") to establish a Development on approximately 2,136.87 acres of property located in Collier County, Florida. The subject property is described as "North Golden Gate" on Collier County maps and is bounded on the west by Immokalee Road (CR 846), on the south by Randall Boulevard and is bounded on the north and east by drainage ways. Oil Well Road (CR 858) runs through the site in an east-west direction. 1.02 LEGAL DESCRIPTION Legal Description: This parcel contains approximately 2,136.87 acres and is platted as North Golden Gate and recorded in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida as follows: Unit 1 Plat Book 9 Pages 12-28 Unit 2 Plat Book 9 Pages 39-43 Unit 3 Plat Book 9 Pages 125-142 Unit 4 Plat Book 9 Pages 53-64 Unit 5 Plat Book 9 Pages 65-72 Unit 6 Plat Book 9 Pages 74-78 Unit 7 Plat Book 9 Pages 85-97 Less and except those lands described in Exhibit "B" attached, containing 615.93± acres. 4 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04 ).doc f~~ ," n. , BA SECTION II PROJECT DEVELOPMENT 2.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to generally describe the plan of the development and delineate the general conditions that will apply to the project. 2.02 GENERAL PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT The subject parcel is designed as a mixture of agriculture, residential uses, commercial and community oriented facilities, and recreational elements. 2.03 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE ORDINANCES The project is intended to be in substantial compliance with the applicable Collier County Zoning and Subdivision regulations as well as other Collier County development codes in effect at the time pennits and/or plats are requested. 2.04 SUBDIVISION MASTER PLAN AND SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN APPROVAL The review and approval of subdivision master plans and construction plans shall follow the design and development standards and review procedures regulating subdivisions of the Collier County Ordinances in effect at the time of development. The developer reserves the right to request exceptions and modifications to the standards set forth in applicable regulations. For site development plan approval, the prOViSions of Section 3.3 of the Land Development Code shall apply to the development of platted tracts or parcels of land as provided in Section 3.3 prior to the issuance of a building pennit or other development order. 2.05 LAND USES Table I is a schedule of the intended land use types, with approximate acreages and total dwelling units indicated. The arrangement of these land use types is shown on the Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020. Changes and variations in design and acreages shall be pennitted at final design to accommodate topography, vegetation, and other site conditions. The specific location and size of individual tracts and the assignment of dwelling units thereto shall be submitted to the Administrator for approval or denial, as described in Section 2.04 of this document. 5 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-IS-04).doc ~,p~ ..I'f ,:::- BA 2.06 PROJECT DENSITY The total acreage of the subject property is approximately 2,136.87 acres. The maximum number of dwelling units to be built on the total acreage is 2,100. The number of dwelling units per gross acre is approximately 0.98. The density on individual parcels of land throughout the project may vary according to the type of housing placed on each parcel ofland but shall comply with guidelines established in this document. 2.07 PERMITTED VARIATIONS OF DWELLING UNITS All properties designated for residential uses may be developed at the maximum number of dwelling units as assigned under Section 2.04, provided that the total number of dwelling units shall not exceed 2,100. The Administrator shall be notified in accordance with Section 2.04 of such an increase and the resulting reduction in the corresponding residential land use types or other categories so that the total number of dwelling units shall not exceed 2,100. The maximum number of dwelling units by type as shown in Table I shall not vary by more than twenty (20) percent in each category. The maximum number of dwelling units shall include all caretaker's units but does not include the designated hotel rooms. 2.08 DEVELOPMENT SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULE The applicant has not set "stages" for the development of the property but the property is to be developed over an estimated 15 year-time period. Any projection of project development can be no more than an estimate based on current marketing knowledge. The estimate may, of course, change depending upon future economic factors. Table II indicates, by phase, the estimated absorption of units for the estimated 15 year development period. 2.09 RESERVATION OF NATURAL VEGETATION AND TREE REMOVAL Clearing, grading, earthwork, and site drainage work shall be performed in accordance with the Development Standards outlined in this documents. 2.10 EASEMENTS FOR UTILITIES Easements shall be provided for water management areas, utilities and other purposes as may be needed. Said easements and improvements shall be in substantial compliance with the Collier County Subdivision Regulations in effect at the time a permit is requested or required. 6 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc J ~.{ BA All necessary easements, dedications, or other instruments shall be granted to insure the continued operation and maintenance of all service utilities in substantial compliance with applicable regulations in effect at the time approvals are requested. 2.11 EXCEPTIONS TO THE COLLIER COUNTY SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS Exceptions to the Subdivision Regulations shall be requested at the time of Subdivision Master Plan review and approvaL 2.12 LAKE SITING As depicted on the Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, lakes and natural retention areas have been sited adjacent to existing and planned roadways. The goals of this are to achieve an overall aesthetic character for the project, to pennit optimum use of the land, and to increase the efficiency of the water management network. Accordingly, the setback requirements described in Ordinance 80-26, Section 8A, may be reduced with the approval ofthe County Engineer. Fill material from lakes is planned to be utilized within the project, however excess fill material may be utilized off- site, subject to the provisions of the excavation ordinance in effect at the time pennits are sought. 2.13 ROADS Collector roads will be public roads. Local roads within the development may be either public or private roads, depending on location, capacity, and design. 7 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(CJean PUD 9-15-04 ).doc · SA LAND USE SUMMARY TABLE I SYMBOL DESCRIPTION UNITS Agriculture *2 Golf Course *2 Residential 143 Residential 1797 Residential 160 Community Use Utility SchoolJPark AG GC R-1 R-2 R-3 CU U SP CN Neighborhood (Max. 60,000 Commercial S.F. plus motel units) RW Right-of- Way LAKE Total 2,100 APPROX~ATEACREAGE 482*1 200*3 110 586 30 86 15 36 22 149.8 420 2,136.87*4 NOTE:The projected total unit summary represents one possible residential mix to yield 2,100 units. Should there be an increase of units in any residential category, there would be a corresponding decrease in other categories to maintain a maximum total of 2, 1 00 units. R -lOne-half acre lots - single family. R-2 Detached and attached single family.1 duplex and triplex, cluster homes, zero lot line, villas, patio homes, townhouses. R-3 Cluster homes, zero lot line villas, patio homes, townhouses, garden apartments (2-story max.). * 1 Includes agricultural reservoirs. *2 Approved breakdown of agriculture and golf course lands. *3 Includes golf course related lakes. *4 Based on actual survey of acreage. G:\BellowsIAR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 8 ESTIMATED MARKET ABSORPTION SCHEDULE TABLE II YEAR DWELLING UNIT CUMULATIVE PRODUCTION TOTAL 1 0 0 2 70 70 3 100 170 4 140 310 5 160 470 6 160 630 7 160 790 8 165 955 9 165 1,120 10 165 1,285 11 165 1,450 12 165 1,615 13 165 1,780 14 160 1,940 15 160 2,100 9 G:\BelIows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc · 8A ...',.... r~ ~ 8 A SECTION III AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT 3.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the regulations for the areas designated on the PUD Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020 as AG. 3.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The AG District is intended to apply to those areas, the present or prospective use of which is agricultural, pastoral or rural in nature. This district is designed to accommodate both traditional agricultural uses and techniques, and conservation measures where appropriate, and public educational plants and ancillary plants, while protecting the rural areas of the County. The regulations in this district are intended to permit a reasonable use of the property, while at the same time prevent the creation of conditions which would seriously endanger, damage, or destroy the agricultural base of the County, or environmental resources, potable water supply, or the wildlife resources of the County. To this end, the use of drip-irrigation techniques or any other low volume irrigation, like microjet, shall be implemented for agricultural uses (golf course excepted) in this district. 3.03 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURE A. Permitted Principal Uses and Structures: I) Agricultural activities, such as field crops, reservoirs/lakes, orchards, horticulture, fruit and nut production. 2) Educational plants: An "Educational Plant" comprises the educational facilities, site and site improvements necessary to accommodate students, facility, administrators, staff, and the activities of the educational program of each plant that is operated by the Collier County School Board. B. Conditional Uses: 1) Ancillary plants: An "Ancillary Plant" is comprised of the building, site and site improvements necessary to provide such facilities as vehicle maintenance, warehouses, maintenance, or administrative buildings necessary to provide support services to an educational program operated by the Collier County School Board. 10 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc ,-.... ~).. 8A C. Pennitted Accessorv Uses and Structures: 1) Accessory uses and structures which are incidental to and customarily associated with uses pennitted in the district. 2) On-site retail sales of fann products primarily grown on the farm. 3) Caretakers residences. D. Pennitted Uses/Conditional Uses Requiring Site Development Plan Approval: 1. Packing Houses 2. Public educational plants and ancillary plants E. Development Standards for Educational Plants and Ancillarv Plants: 1. In accordance with the Interlocal Agreement between the Board of County Commissioners and the Collier County School Board adopted May 16,2003, set forth in the LDC or its successor ordinance. 2. Building height shall be a maximum of forty-eight (48) feet for principal structures and thirty-six (36) feet for accessory structures. 3. All required buffers for the School Board's property shall be in place by December 31, 2004. 11 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc . 8A SECTION IV RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT 4.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth general regulations for the areas designated on the Master Plan Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020 as Residential (R-l to R-3). 4.02 MAXIMUM DWELLING UNITS A maximum number of 2,100 dwelling units may be constructed on lands designated as Residential (R-l to R-3) except as pennitted by Section 2.07. 4.03 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Areas designed as Residential (R-l to R-3) Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020 are designed to accommodate a full range of residential dwelling types, recreational facilities, essential services, customary accessory uses, and compatible land uses such as religious, governmental, and educational facilities provided such uses meet the development standards as set forth in this document. Four residential land use categories have been identified on the Master Plan. The R-l designation includes approximately 110 aces and will accommodate single family development on one-half acre lots. The R-2 designation includes approximately 586 acres and will provide for both conventional detached and attached single family development. The R-3 designation includes approximately 30 acres of low density cluster and multi-family development. 4.04 PERMITTED PRINCIPAL USES AND STRUCTURES R-l · Detached single family homes · Model units · Recreational facilities, parks, lakes and water management facilities R-2 · Detached and attached single family homes · Duplex and triplex units · Cluster homes, zero lot line, villas, patio homes, townhouses · Model units · Recreational facilities, parks, lakes and water management facilities 12 G:\BeIJows\AR-4227. Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc . 8A R-3 · Cluster homes, zero lot line, villas, and patio homes · Townhouses · Garden apartments, low rise multi-family · Recreational facilities, parks, lake and water management facilities 4.05 PERMITTED ACCESSORY USES AND STRUCTURES · Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with uses permitted in this district · Essential services and facilities · Guest homes in R -1 areas on lots one acre or larger in size 4.06 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES REQUIRING DEVELOPMENT PLAN APPROV AL UNDER SECTION 2.04 · Religious facilities · Civic and cultural facilities · Educational facilities · Private Clubs · Child care centers - owner occupied · Rest homes, foster homes, rehabilitation center, hospices · Other non-residential uses customary in residential districts 4.07 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS The following Sections set forth the development standards for permitted uses within the subj ect parcel. a. Standards for landscaping, signs, parking and other land uses not specified herein are to be in accordance with Collier County Zoning Regulations in effect at the time permits are requested. Unless otherwise indicated, setback, height, and floor area standards apply to principal structures. b. Roadway setbacks shall be measured as follows: 1. If the parcel is served by a public right-of-way, setback is measured from the adjacent right-of-way line. 2. If the parcel is served by a private road, setback is measured from the road easement or parcel line. 13 G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 8A 3. If the multi-family parcel is served by a private drive, setback is measured from the back of curb or edge of pavement, whichever is greater. 14 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc , 8) DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS "R" Residential Areas TABLE III A Permitted Uses R-I Villas, Single Low Rise Standards Detached Patio & Family and Garden R-2 Cluster Attached Apartments Detached Homes Townhouse Minimum Site Area Yí-AC 3000 SF 3000 SF 6000 SF x units Site Width Min. A vg. 120 60 Front Yard Setback 30 20 20 25 25 Side yard Setback 20 o or 10 o or 10 15 5.5 Rear Yard Setback 25 15 25 30 20 Rear Yard Setback Acsry. 0 0 0 0 5 Max. Building Height 25 25 25 25 25 Dist. Between Principal Str. N/A N/A .5 SBH .5 SBH N/A Floor Area Minimum (S.F). 1200 750 900 750 1000 SITE DEPTH AVERAGE: Determined by dividing the site area by the site width.:. SITE WIDTH: The average distance between straight lines connecting front and rear parcel lines at each side of the site, measured as straight lines between the foremost points of the side parcel lines in the front (at the point of intersection with the front parcel line) and the rearmost point of the parcel lines at the rear (point of intersection with the rear parcel line ). SBH: (Sum of Building Height): Combined height of two adjacent buildings for the purpose of determining setback requirements. 15 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(CJean PUD 9-15-04).doc ~i~"r 8A DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS "R" Residential Areas TABLE III B PERMITTED USES EDUC. CIVIC/ RELIGIOUS PRIV A TE OTHER STANDARDS FACILITIES CULTURAL FACILITIES CLUB USES FACILITIES NOT LISTED Minimum Site As determined during the Per County Area process under Section 2.04. Regulations in effect at the Site Width As determined during the time a permit is Min. A vg. process under Section 2.04. requested. Site Depth As determined during the Min. A vg. process under Section 2.04. Front Yard 40 40 40 30 Setback Side Yard 30 30 30 20 Setback Lake Bank 20 20 20 20 Setback Rear Yard 30 or BH 30 or BH 30 or BH 30 Setback Rear yard 10 10 10 10 Setback Acsry. Max Building 25 25 25 25 Height (Ft.) Dist. Between .5 SBH .5SBH .5 SBH .5SBH Principal Str. Floor Area 1000 1000 1000 1000 Minimum (S.F.) G:\8eJlows\AR-4227, OrangetTee\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 16 '--'- · 8A SECTION V CN - COMMERCIALINEIGHBORHOOD 5.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the regulations for the areas designated on Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, as 'CN'. The CN tract is intended to provide residents with conveniently located commercial facilities and services that are typically required on a regular basis. 5.02 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land or water used, in whole or in part, for other than the following: A. Pennitted Principal Uses and Structures 1) Antique shops; appliance stores; art studios; art supplies; automobile parts stores; automobile service stations, without major repair; agricultural supply stores. 2) Bakery shops; banks and financial institutions; barber and beauty shops; bath supply stores; blue print shops; bicycle sales and services; book stores. 3) Carpet and floor covering sales (including storage and installation); child care centers; churches and other places of worship; clothing stores; confectionery and candy stores; convenience commercial establishments. 4) Delicatessen; drug stores; dry cleaning shops; dry good stores. 5) Electrical supply stores. 6) Fish stores; florist shops; food markets; furniture stores; furrier shops and fast food restaurants. 7) Gift shops; gounnet shops; 8) Hardware stores; health food stores; hobby supply stores; homes for the aged; hospices. 9) Ice cream stores; ice sales; interior decorating showrooms. 10) Jewelry stores. G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 17 ~.. ," 8A 11) Laundries - self - service; leather goods and luggage stores; locksmiths and liquor stores. 12) Meat market; medical office or clinic for human care; millinery shops; motel, hotel and transient lodging; music stores. 13) Office (retail or professional); office supply stores. 14) Park and ride, paint and wallpaper stores; pet shops; pet supply stores; photographic equipment stores; post office. 15) Radio and television sales and services; excluding satellite dishes and antennas; restaurants, including fast foods; small appliance stores; shoe sales and repairs; restaurants. 16) Souvenir stores; stationery stores; supennarkets and sanatoriums. 17) Tailor shops; tobacco shops; toy shops; tropical fish stores. 18) Variety stores; veterinary offices and clinics (no outside kenneling). 19) Watch and precision instrument sales and repair. 20) Water management facilities and essential services. 21) Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of pennitted principal uses, as detennined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). B) Pennitted Accessorv Uses and Structures 1) Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with the uses pennitted in this district. 2) Caretaker's residence. 18 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04 ).doc 8A 5.03 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A) Minimum Site Area: As approved under Section 2.04.:. B) Minimum Site Width: As approved under Section 2.04.:. C) Minimum Yard Requirements from parcel boundaries: Abutting non-residential areas: Twenty-five (25) feet. Abutting residential areas: Thirty-five (35) feet in which as appropriately designed and landscaped buffer shall be provided, as determined under Section 2.04, and in which no parking shall be permitted. D) Distance between principal structures: None, or a minimum of five (5) feet with unobstructed passage from front yard to rear yard. E) Maximum Height of Structures: Twenty-five (25) feet above the finished grade of the site. F) Minimum Floor Area of Principal Structures: One thousand (1,000) square feet per building on the ground floor. G) Minimum standards for signs, parking, lighting, and landscaping shall be in conformance with applicable Collier County regulations in effect at the time permits are sought. H) A maximum of sixty thousand square feet (60,000 s.f.) of leasable commercial building floor area shall be permitted in the CN district, exclusive of motel use. I) No outside display or storage shall be permitted. J) Maximum density for motel, hotel, and transit lodging shall be 26 units per acre. 19 G:\8ellows\AR-4227. Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04 ).doc "j A .') . SECTION VI 'GC' GOLF COURSE 6.01 GOLF COURSE DISTRICT The Golf Course District is intended to provide for an 18-hole gold course within the project. 6.02 PERMITTED LOCATIONS It is recognized that golf courses provide open space for an entire community and serve a variety of functions including important water management functions. Therefore, the Golf Course District shall be a floating use and may be located within the Agricultural or Residential Districts, provided that the density of residential development shall not be substantially effected. 6.03 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, constructed, reconstructed, or structurally altered which is designed, arranged, used or intended to be used or occupied, or land or water used, in whole or in part, upon that portion of the subject parcel designated as Golf Course District for one or more of the following uses: A. Permitted principal Uses and Structures 1) Golf Course 2) Racquetball, handball, tennis and other similar types of court(s). 3) Recreation clubs, clubhouse(s), and facilities, including the serving of alcoholic beverages. 4) Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted principal uses, as determined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). 20 G:\8ellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc ~':! 8A B. Permitted Accessorv Uses and Structures 1) Pro-shop, practice driving range, golf learning centers, golf course shelters, and other customary accessory uses of Golf Courses, Tennis Clubs, or other recreational facilities. 2) Non-commercial plant nursery. 3) Maintenance shops and equipment storage. 4) Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with the uses permitted in this District. 5) Snack bars. 6) A maximum of two (2) residential units in conjunction with the operation of the golf course. 7) Small commercial establishments, including gift shops, golf and tennis equipment sales, restaurants, cocktail lounges, and similar uses, intended to serve patrons of the golf course(s) or tennis club(s) or other permitted recreational facilities. 6.04 DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR GOLF COURSE DISTRICT The purpose of this Section is to detail the development regulations for the Golf Course District. A. Maximum Height: - 25' B. Overall site design shall be harmonious in terms of landscaping, locations of structures, locations of access streets and parking areas, and location and treatment of buffer areas. C. Buildings shall be set back a minimum of fifty (50) feet from abutting residential neighborhoods and the setback area shall be landscaped. Tennis courts shall be set back a minimum of five (5) feet from parcel boundaries. D. Lighting facilities shall be arranged in a manner which will protect roadways and neighboring properties from direct glare. 21 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc [,7" RA 6.05 SITE PLAN APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS A. A plan of the golf course shall be approved in accordance with Section 2.04 prior to construction. B. Plans for all principal and all accessory uses shall be submitted to the Administrator for approval in accordance with Section 2.04. 22 G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc RA SECTION VII COMMUNITY USE 7.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the regulations for the areas designated on the Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, as CU, Community Use. The site includes 55 acres, has been dedicated to Collier County and may be used for the purposes set forth below and shall satisfy the Collier County Comprehensive Plan's park site dedication requirements for this project. An additional 31 acres shall be used for CU by Collier County for the expansion ofthe Collier County Fair Grounds. 7.02 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land or water used, in whole or in part, for other than the following: · Parks and playgrounds · Bicycle, hiking and nature trails · Recreational shelters and restrooms · Recreational fields, sports facilities and courts · Community centers · Restaurant or snack bar in conjunction with recreational activities · Water management facilities and essential services · Collier County Fair Grounds · State of Florida Forestry Department facilities · Fire State Site · Other governmental facilities · Park and ride facilities · Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of pennitted principal uses, as detennined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). 7 .03 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Minimum site area: None B. Minimum setback from tract boundaries: 50' C. Minimum setback from road right-of-way: 25' D. Maximum height of structures: 25' (except fire observation tower) E. Minimum distance between buildings: Y2. the sum of their heights F. Minimum standards for parking, lighting, signs, and landscaping shall confonn with applicable Collier County regulations in effect at the time pennits are sought. 23 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, OrangetTee\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc --- ., "8A SECTION VIII 'SP' SCHOOL/P ARK 8.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the regulations for the areas designated on the Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, 'SP' SchoollPark. The SP site includes 25 acres reserved for use as a school site and associated park facilities. This site shall be dedicated to the Collier county Public School District at the convenience to the developer, or when requested by the School District, whichever occurs first. The site shall be provided with potable water and sanitary sewer service in conformance with this documents and all applicable standards and requirements. An additional 11 acres is reserved for use as a community recreational park as shown on the Master Plan. 8.02 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land or water used, in whole or in part, for other than the following: 1) Elementary or middle school and facilities 2) Parks and playgrounds 3) Bicycle, hiking and nature trails 4) Recreational shelters and restrooms 5) Recreational fields, sports facilities and courts 6) Water management facilities and essential services 7) Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted principal uses as determined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). 8.03 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 1) Minimum Site Area: As approved under Section 2.04 2) Minimum Site Width: As approved under Section 2.04 3) Minimum Yard Requirements: 30' from all 'SP' tract boundaries for principal structures 20' from lake banks 4) Maximum Height: 25' 5) Minimum Floor Area of Principal Structures: One thousand (1000) square feet per building on the first habitable floor. 24 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04 ).doc , :'''!. BA 6) Distance Between Principal Structures: 12 the sum of the building heights or 30', whichever is greater. Minimum standards for signs, parking, lighting, and landscaping shall be in conformance with applicable Collier County regulations in effect at the time permits are sought. 7) Lighting facilities shall be arranged in a manner which will protect roadways and neighboring properties from direct glare or other interference. 8) Prior to development, a development plan for the tract shall be approved in accordance with Section 2.04. 25 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 8A SECTION IX GENERAL DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENT-S. 9.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the general development commitments for the proj ect. 9.02 DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENTS A. ENERGY 1) Construction shall comply with applicable local and state energy codes. 2) Reasonable "good faith" efforts to utilize state-of-the-art energy conservation techniques shall be made with practically and economically feasible. Such techniques may include, but shall not be limited to the following: a. Provision of bicycle racks and/or storage facilities in office and commercial areas and in multi-family residential areas. b. Cooperation in the locating of bus stops, shelters and other passenger and system accommodations when a transit system is developed to serve the proj ect area. c. Use of energy-efficient features in window design (e.g., shading and tinting). d. Use of operable windows and ceiling fans. e. Installation of energy-efficient appliances and equipment. f. Reduced coverage by asphalt, concrete, rock and similar substances in streets, parking lots and other areas to reduce local air temperatures and reflected light and heat. g. Installation of energy-efficient lighting for streets, parking areas, recreation areas and other interior and exterior public areas. h. Selection of native plants, trees and other vegetation and landscape design features that reduce requirements for water, fertilizer, maintenance and other needs. 26 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 8A 1. Planting or retention of native shade trees to provide reasonable shade for all recreation areas, streets and parking areas. J. Placement of trees to provide needed shade in the warmer months while not overly reducing the benefits of sunlight in the cooler months. k. Planting or retention of native shade trees for each residential unit. 1. Orientation of structures, as possible, to reduce solar heat gain by walls and to utilize natural cooling effects of the wind. m. Provision for structural shading (e.g., trellises, awnings and roof overhangs) wherever practical when natural shading cannot be used effectively. n. Inclusion of porch/patio areas in residential units. 3) Deed restrictions and other mechanisms shall not prohibit or prevent the use of alternative energy devices such as solar collectors (except when necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare). B. AIR QUALITY 1) The developer shall comply with applicable codes and apply for required permits relative to air quality, where such permits are required. C. TRANSPORTATION 1) Road impact fees shall be paid in accordance with Collier County Ordinance 01-13, or Division 3.15 of the Land Development Code, as amended. 2) The developer shall provide separate left and right turn lanes on Immokalee Road as the project's access if deemed necessary by either the Transportation Operations Director or Transportation Engineer, and shall fund one hundred percent of the capital cost of any traffic signals associated with the ingress and egress when deemed warranted by the County Traffic Operations Engineer. The signal shall be owned, operated and maintained by Collier County. 27 G:\BelJows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc iT' 8A 3) The developer shall bear the entire cost of all traffic signals which may become needed at intersections within the project. D. WATER MANAGEMENT I) A master/conceptual water management system design shall be submitted to and approved by the Water Management Advisory Board prior to the submittal of construction plans to the County Engineer. 2) Detailed water management construction plans shall be submitted for approval to the County Engineering Department prior to commencement of construction. 3) Surface Water Management Permits shall be obtained from the South Florida Water Management District prior to the commencement of development. 4) The water management for the Orangetree project shall implement water quality "best management practices" to the extent possible. 5) An Excavation Permit will be required for the proposed lakes in accordance with Collier County Ordinance No. 80-26, as amended by Ordinance No. 83-3, and as may be amended in the future. 6) Reservoirs/lakes wholly located in agriculturally designated land may vary from typical construction specifications of County Ordinance No. 88-26 as approved by the Board of County Commissioners through the excavation permit process. If the use of the land surrounding the agricultural reservoirs/lakes is ever changed to a use other than agriculture, all areas of the reservoirs/lakes will be required to meet standards specified in the County Excavation Ordinance in effect at that time. E. WATER AND SEWER I) Water Facilities - Developer shall provide an on-site potable water source and shall construct an on-site potable water treatment plant and distribution system. The system shall be designed and constructed, by phases if desired, to serve all developed portions (agricultural areas excluded) of the project; including flows adequate to provide fire protection. All components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with applicable Collier County and State of Florida requirements. 28 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 8A 2) Sewer Facilities - Developer shall construct an on-site sewage treatment plant and sewage collection and transmission system to serve all developed portions. Treatment plant shall provide treatment levels, pursuant to Chapter 17-6.040(q), Florida Administrative Code, required to allow use of treated effluent in the proposed on-site drip irrigation system. All components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with applicable Collier County and State of Florida requirements. During the time that the Developer operates the sewage treatment plant, data required pursuant to County Ordinance No. 80-112 showing the availability of sewage service will be submitted for approval by the Utilities Division prior to approval of the construction documents for the project and for all building permits required. Copies of the approved DER permits for the sewage collection and transmission systems and the on-site wastewater treatment facility shall be submitted upon receipt to the Utilities Division. 3) Plans Approval - All construction plans and technical specifications and proposed plans, if applicable, for the proposed water distribution and sewage collection and transmission facilities must be reviewed and approved by the Utilities Division prior to commencement of construction. Detailed hydraulic design reports covering the complete water and sewer systems to serve the project will be submitted with the construction documents for the project. These reports shall list all design assumptions, demand rates and other factors pertinent to the systems under consideration. Prior to approval of construction documents by the Utilities Division, the Developer will present verification, pursuant to Chapter 367, Florida Statutes, that the Florida Public Service Commission has granted territorial rights to the Developer to provide sewer and/or water service to the project until the County can provide these services through its water and sewer facilities. Upon completion of construction the water and sewer facilities will be tested to insure they meet Collier County's minimum requirements, a comprehensive inspection of the facilities made by the Utilities Division and record drawings of the facilities filed with the Utilities Division. Any utility entity established to serve or serving the project shall also be bound by these General Development Obligations concerning the provision of water and sewer related utilities to the project. 29 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04 ).doc · q A~ 4) Facilities Ownership and Conveyance - It is understood by Developer that Collier County may, at some future time, desire to serve the project water and sewer services. To that end, Developer freely and voluntarily agrees to convey at no cost all water and sewer treatment plants and distribution/collection and transmission system components to Collier County. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the County in turn will agree not to make formal request to serve the project with water or sewer related services until on or after January 1, 2001. In that regard, Developer and any interim utility established to serve the Project shall enter into a specific agreement with and acceptable to County which outlines the procedures, covenants, obligations and responsibilities arising from these General Development Obligations concerning the provision of water and sewer related utilities to the project. Once the water/sewer systems have been conveyed to Collier County, any required expansions to the on-site water treatment plant or sewage treatment plant shall be the responsibility of Collier County and shall be accomplished as required to meet project demand, at the expense of Collier County. All required expansions of the water distribution/sewage collection systems shall be the responsibility of the Developer, and shall be designed and constructed to Collier County and State of Florida requirements. On completion of construction, the facilities will be tested to insure they meet Collier County's minimum requirements, at which time they will be conveyed or transferred to the County, when required by the Utilities Division, pursuant to appropriate County Ordinances and Regulations in effect at the time of conveyance or transfer is requested, prior to being placed into service. 5) Rights-of-way/Easements - All components of the water and sewer systems that may be conveyed to Collier County including treatment plants, shall be constructed within public rights-of-way or on lands owned or controlled by Developer for which Developer can provide utility easements to Collier County. All water and sewer facilities constructed on private property and not required by the County to be located within utility easements shall be perpetually owned, operated and maintained by the Developer, his assigns or successors. At the time of system conveyance Developer shall provide all required easements. At such time as Collier County discontinues operation of the on-site water or sewer plants, the plant site shall be conveyed back to the developer by applicable statutory deed and site utility easements shall be vacated, except that an easement shall be reserved for any connecting facilities required, pursuant to paragraph 6). 30 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-1S-04).doc , ~ 8 A 6) Connection to county Water and/or Sewer Facilities - All construction plans and technical specifications related to connections to the County's off-site water and/or sewer facilities will be submitted to the Utilities Division for review and approval prior to commencement of construction. Upon connection to the County's off-site water facilities, and/or sewer facilities, the Developer, his assigns or successors shall abandon, dismantle and remove from the site the interim water and/or sewage treatment facility and discontinue use of the water supply source, if applicable, in a manner consistent with State of Florida standards. All work related with this activity shall be performed at no cost to the County. Connection to the County's off-site water and/or sewer facilities will be made by the Developer, their assigns or successors at no cost to the County within 120 days after such facilities become available at the project site. The cost of connection shall include, but not be limited to, all engineering design and preparation of construction documents, permitting, modification or refitting of sewage pumping facilities, interconnection with County off-site facilities, water and/or sewer lines necessary to make the connection(s). 7) Customers - All customers connecting to the water distribution and sewage collection facilities will be customers of the developer or the interim utility established to serve the project until Collier County makes formal request for dedication of the water and sewer systems. At that time, the customers served on an interim basis by the utility system constructed by the Developer shall become customers of the County. Prior to connection of the project to the County's off-site water and/or sewer facilities, or the County assuming operation and maintenance responsibility for the water and/or sewer systems the Developer.1 and/or his assigns, or successors shall turn over to the County a complete list of the customers served by the interim utilities system and shall not compete with the County for the service ofthose customers. The Developer shall also provide the County with a detailed inventory of the facilities served within the project and the entity which will be responsible for the water and/or sewer service billing for the project. 8) System Development Charges - During that period of time that the water and sewer utility system is owned, operated and maintained by Developer, Developer may charge a system development charge to each connecting customer in an amount as approved and allowed by the Florida Public Service Commission (PSC). 31 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04 ).doc " "..~ 8A Developer agrees to pay all applicable system development charges or impact fees at the time that building pennits are required, pursuant to County ordinances and regulations then in effect. As well, Developer acknowledges that upon connection of the interim facility to the off-site treatment and transmission facilities operated and maintained by the County that all owners of existing properties characterized as new users and subject to the imposition of either a water or sewer impact fee will be required to pay system development charges or impact fees for such new use. On the other hand, buildings, structures, or improvements, either existing or which have been issued a building pennit for which construction is proceeding in good faith, shall not be required to pay a water or sewer impact fee, whichever the case, if at the time the County fonnally and of its own volition resolves to provide the Project with water or sewer related services, the Board of Commissioners, in good faith, expressly declares its intention to operate the water or sewer utility treatment facilities as a part of its regional system, or as a stand alone system without an intention to immediately dismantle and disconnect from the existing on-site treatment facilities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subparagraph 8 a subsequent ordinance of general application, effective at the time of connection of the interim facility to the off-site treatment and transmission facilities operated and maintained by the County which has contrary or differing provisions relative to the imposition of water and/or sewer system development charges or impact fees, shall be construed as superseding the applicable provisions of this subparagraph 8. 9) Developer shall be allowed up to ten (10) temporary private wells and individual sewage disposal systems as areas are developed prior to construction or expansion of the central systems. All such temporary facilities shall comply with applicable state and county regulations and shall acquire required pennits. F. ENVIRONMENTAL 1) A site clearing plan shall be submitted to the Environmental Services Department Staff for its review and approval prior to any substantial work on the site. This plan may be submitted in phases to coincide with the development schedule. The site clearing plan shall clearly depict how the final site layout incorporates retained native vegetation to the maximum extent possible and how roads, buildings, lakes, parking lots, and other facilities have been oriented to accommodate this goal. 2) Native species shall be utilized, where available, to the maximum extent possible in the site landscaping design. A landscaping plan will be 32 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04 ).doc I ~} ft· SA submitted to the Environmental Services Department Staff for its review and approval. This plan will depict the incorporation of native species and their mix with other species, if any. The goal of site landscaping shall be the re-creation of native vegetation and habitat characteristics lost on the site during construction or due to past activities. 3) All exotic plants, as defined in the County Code, shall be removed during each phase of construction from development areas, open space areas, and preserve areas. Following site development, a maintenance program shall be implemented to prevent reinvasion of the site by such exotic species. This plan, which will describe control techniques and inspection intervals, shall be filed with and approved by the Environmental Services Department Staff. 4) If, during the course of site clearing, excavation, or other constructional activities, an archaeological or historical site, artifact, or other indicator is discovered, all development at that location shall be immediately stopped and the Environmental Services Department Staff notified. Development will be suspended for a sufficient length of time to enable the Environmental Services Department Staff or a designated consultant to assess the find and determine the proper course of action in regard to its salvageability. Environmental Services Department Staff will respond to any such notification in a timely and efficient manner so as to provide only a minimal interruption to any constructional activities. G. EDUCATION 1) The project shall fully mitigate its fiscal impacts by donating a 25 acre parcel to the Collier County Public School District to be utilized as a school site. 2) Future development of the educational facilities within this PUD Zoning District shall be subject to the two Interlocal Agreements between the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida and the Collier County School Board to establish educational plant and ancillary plant site development review processes. H. FIRE PROTECTION 1) The developer commits to providing a central water system to all residential and commercial facilities which is capable of providing fire flow capacities as required by Collier County. 33 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc 8A 2) Building heights shall be limited to twenty-five (25) feet for all habitable structures in accordance with Corkscrew Fire District's equipment capabilities. I. FISCAL The developer has agreed to dedicate a school site to the School Board, and to donate fifty-five (55) acres to the County for public use purposes, including the Collier County Fairgrounds. The Developer has also donated $25,000 to the Corkscrew Fire District for equipment on August 3, 1987. These donations shall mitigate the project's fiscal impacts. 9.03 DEVELOPMENT PLAN A. The Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, is an illustrative preliminary development plan. B. The design criteria and layout illustrated in the Master Plan shall be understood as flexible so that the final design may best satisfy the project and comply with all applicable requirements. C. Minor design changes shall be permitted subject to County staff administrative approval. 9.04 AMENDMENT Amendments of this PUD Document, or of the Master Land Use Plan, shall be accomplished according to the procedures set forth by Collier County for amendments to a planned unit development. 34 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\(Clean PUD 9-15-04).doc ~ Z' Q § ... ~ ~ ~ ~ !:./ ~:s:s~:s¡:~ð ~ ~n!iih~ u ""..u:, g5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ,. " .. ~ "",,: a ~ Z U ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 -~ ~ § § ~ tt B T I i ~ ê = gj ! it ~ j ! 3 ~ " ! ª~ Li¡::;- ~J, ;; ~ " ¡ .¡ ",' _ ~ .3 ~::ï.i¡~ êjiiZ ~2a11~u~.B5 . . . e . = ð I 3 :: . ~ .!. :; ~ r "0 .iH; [;~.¡:i ~~i~¡! · Ihl!~ ~§ .H!.' b ~ ¡.¡!!:] H "bi3 ~: m !rP1 != i 1·JI~1 ï! i~j.3!'! H !3'.l~ .. åfjmH š .. ;'~ ! 3 " " . . . J -. " " ~ - :: " .. 1\.8 A \\i U ...." \\: ~ " \'1 ~ :~ .: 4 .; øi .¡ I: f ~ ] ~ ¡ j x II j~U ~~)lt>111 ßJ! ) II II Ii)! ~] I!!! ~¡ !¡¡~ ~1 :1 1..! J'I' ~~~~3 I ~ ~ .. § . a ~ § ~ w C/J :::J C 5 ~ 8A October 1, 2004 Attn: Pam Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, FL 34102 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to Consider Petition PUDA-2003-AR-4227 - AMENDMENT TO ORANGETREE PUD Dear Pam: Please advertise the above referenced petition on Sunday, October 10, 2004, and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved to this office. Thank you. Sincerely, Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk Enclosure Charge to: 113-138312-649110 _._"-"."~._~-- NOTICE OF INTENT TO CONSIDER ORDINANCE 8A Notice is hereby given that on Tuesday, October 26, 2004, in Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida, the of County Commissioners will consider the enactment of a County Ordinance. The meeting will commence at 9:00 A.M. The title of proposed Ordinance is as follows: the Board the AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-41, AS AMENDED, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING ATLAS MAP (S) BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO A PUD ZONING DISTRICT FOR A MIXED USE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT KNOWN AS ORANGETREE PUD, FOR PROPERTY LOCATED ON THE NORTH AND SOUTH SIDES OF OIL WELL ROAD, APPROXIMATELY 1 MILE EAST OF IMMOKALEE ROAD INSIDE OF THE CURRENT ORANGETREE PUD BOUNDARY, IN SECTIONS 11, 12, 13, 14, 23, & 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTIONS 18 AND 19, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 2,136.87 +/- ACRES; PROVIDING FOR THE REPEAL OF ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-30, THE FORMER ORANGETREE PUD; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. Petition PUDA-2003-AR-4227, D. Wayne Arnold, of Q. Grady Minor & Associates, P.A., and Anthony P. Pires, Esq., of Woodward, Pires & Lombardo, P.A., representing The Bryan W. Paul Family and The Bryan W. Paul Family Limited Partnership, requesting an amendment to the Orangtree PUD to reflect the removal of approximately 616 acres from the "Orangetree PUD" Planned Unit Development to be rezoned to the Orange Blossom Ranch PUD. The 616 acres to be removed is located on the North and South sides of Oil Well Road, approximately 1 mile east of Immokalee Road in side of the current Orangetree PUD boundary. The Conceptual Master Plan has been revised to reflect the amended PUD boundary. The Orangetree PUD is located on the Northeast corner of Immokalee Road (C.R. 846) and Randall Boulevard, in Sections 11, 12, 13, 14, 23 & 24, Township 48 South, Range 27 East, and Sections 18 and 19, Township 48 South, Range 28 East, Collier County, Florida, consisting of 616 +/- acres. (Companion to PUDZ-03-AR-4150) A copy of the proposed Ordinance is on file with the Clerk to the Board and is available for inspection. All interested parties are invited to attend and be heard. ~.~.1......, .¡.' SA NOTE: All persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County Manager prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by the Chairman, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any caset written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and thereforet may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is madet which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTYt FLORIDA DONNA FIALAt CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCKt CLERK By: Heidi R. Rockholdt Deputy Clerk (SEAL) Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts Goiijify-ofCølJier CLERK OF THE'CIRCUIT COURT COLLIER COUNTy'qaURTÞr,OUSE 330 I °TAMIAMI TRAIL EÀ~T . P.O. BOX 4~~044'\ NAPLES, FLORIDA ~~101-3044 ......1 . V I , 8A Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds w,., . -:~ .-""'.- '. ':.;.) October 1, 2004 ATTN: D. Wayne Arnold Q. Grady Minor & Associates 3800 Via Del Rey Bonita Springs, FI 34134 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition PUDA-2003-AR-4227, Orangetree PUD Amendment Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, October 26, 2004 as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 10, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK rt:::R~O~~' IX Deputy Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us "......"~--.... Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'GOlJ.pfy-of·CølJier CLERK OF THB'-è1I,RCU,IT COURT COLLIER COUNTY CpURTijpUSE 3301 TAMIAMI TJµIL EÀi$T . P.O. BOX 4~~044 \, NAPLES, FLORIDA ~~ß, I 0 1-3044 t,,' I 8A Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds ......"'. ,.. < ~,,;::-:~~. I .'~1 - /" October I, 2004 Bryan W. Paul P.O. Box 2357 Hwy 78-A Labelle, FI 33935 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition PUDA-2003-AR-4227, Orange tree PUD Amendment Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, October 26, 2004 as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 10, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~.' ~~h9:,cJd¡~, &C Deputy Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us Heidi R. Rockhold 8L To: Subject: legals@naplesnews.com PUDA-2003-AR-4227, ORANGETREE AMENDMENT :Hí Pam, T{ease aávertíse the attacheá notíce on October 10, 2004· U ~....J =>U DA-2003-AR-42?U DA-2003-AR-42~ 7.doc 7.doc.dot If you sfwu{á have any further questíons, y{ease ca{{ me at 732-2646 ext. 7240. Thank you, :Heíáí 'R. 'Rockho{á .Jvlínutes aná'Recorás .Jtcct# 113-138312-649110 Heidi Rockhold Heidi R. Rockhold B.t From: Sent: To: Subject: postmaster@clerk.collier.fl.us Monday, October 04, 2004 9:58 AM Heidi R. Rockhold Delivery Status Notification (Relay) I: .- D A TT1 03405.!xt :>UDA-2003-AR-42;;: 7, ORANGETREE .. This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. legals@naplesnews.com Heidi Rockhold Heidi R. Rockhold From: Sent: To: Subject: System Administrator [postmaster@naplesnews.com] Monday, October 04, 2004 9:50 AM Heidi R Rockhold Delivered: PUDA-2003-AR-4227, ORANGETREE AMENDMENT u :>UDA-2003-AR-42~ 7, ORANGETREE .. «PUDA-2003-AR-4227, ORANGETREE AMENDMENT» Your message To: legals@naplesnews.com Subject: PUDA-2003-AR-4227, ORANGETREE AMENDMENT Sent: Man, 4 Oct 2004 09:58:16 -0400 was delivered to the following recipient(s): legals on Man, 4 Oct 2004 09:50:11 -0400 Hcidi Rockhold , 8A PUDA-2003-AR-4227. ORANGETREE AMENDMENT Page 1 of 1 , SA Heidi R. Rockhold From: Triano, Juanita Oltriano@naplesnews.com] Sent: Monday, October 04, 2004 9:59 AM To: Heidi R Rockhold Subject: RE: PUDA-2003-AR-4227, ORANGETREE AMENDMENT Thank you for using the Naples Daily News, Your Legal Has Been Received and Will Be Scheduled According to your instructions. Any questions please call 239-263-4700 and ask for the legal department or you can reply to this email and I will be glad to assist you in any way that I can. Sincerely, Juanita Triano 239-263-4721 -----Original Message----- From: Heidi R. Rockhold [mailto:Heidi.Rockhold@clerk.collier.fl.us] Sent: Monday, October 04,20049:58 AM To: legals@naplesnews.com Subject: PUDA-2003-AR-4227, ORANGETREE AMENDMENT :}{í Pam, pfease aávertíse tne attacfíeá notíce on Octover 10, 2004· «PU DA-2003-AR-4227 .doc» «PU DA-2003-AR-4227 .doc.dot» If you snouW liave any furtner questíons, yfease carr me at 732-2646 ext. 7240. 'l1iank you, :}{eíáí'R. 'RocknoW .Mínutes aná'R.ecorás Jtcct# 113-138312-649110 10/4/2004 Naples Daily News Naples, FL 34102 Affidavit of Publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- 8A BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 REFERENCE: 001230 58925007 113-138312-649110 NOTICE OF INTENT TO State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed. Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. THE &,°1:0 OF COUNTY COM. LlllW'~~N~~~~ IN~ THE COMPREHSN. ~SCb'tR THE UNINCORPO· TE zSr,'NI~~~AM~~ RE~ ~~~'CATION OF ME T (PUD) Z1iN.t~¡ ,~ ~~M~~ ON T!'IE NORTH OA8ó~~~~ 'IE Ib!ft'fii~'lr Nã8 O~ASTiIC.OLLlER ItÙIß!i~ ;~~;_..'lp.:~::tf::Co: ~ repre.,ft . T IlJ'm't'vrm.. LontÞlll'do, P.A B~ W. .. ... Itêl~HY and Thë ~.an . .·0rIuí0fí0ëë.· ... .'ter: . IiI'IIIttIYlït-... from the r.. ~.UI'I1t Pi¥ëlôl!l'hent tG-be IICI'Q . temOIS . ~PUD. The 816 ::rof~~' NlPl:ØxJmøI~:': ~~.- and 19, Township 48~h'17 East. and Sections III County. Florida; conslstl~II' :'~f: ~/8 East. Collier mpanlon to PUDZo03.AIP4150)· . acres. (Co· ~;~~~ftJ":J=e~, nance Is on file with AD SPACE: 198.000 INCH tlon. A/llnterested partlessat:,"1edfor In&pee. FILED ON: 10/11/04 and be heard. nv e to IIttend _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - ~~~E~~ ~= WIShlr¡ to speak on any agendll /ì J to present':ROJt orm'e .. e courYt Manager prior Signature of Affiant / ~ . Á ~~i.~eS~bt~~ Sworn to and Subscribed before me this \ I ~ day of [.9 '- :;&0. & fliP g.~,.,,~Ion~,::~ Is / /' - n IINottecf 10 nirm- ~ = ~ ~~Zatlon mlly"'b: Personally known by me /:to í} " ß. 1 ..# ß ~ (AÄC7- Persons wlshl . :~t~'If=~tgl:~œn~3~f~~s~~t the res~ve PJ,Ibllc h!NIrlno 0 weeks prior to mllterlàls Il'Iterirled to be' nG· :.:r case. wrItten ~h:'ln~&~daiil~~=¿tæ Board wIN . ",.a,.,.,~~ =, the ~~ãrGezIir = rc~to IIØPeII/ a decision of the talnlng thereto IlIdre~'l:0fthe proceedings per· whtha,t a verbatim reco :. ~. ~ nedJedo' to, enSUre en recOrd I d. ,vv"",, n s s made upon which the r:;,~:IS's b:S~~. mony and evldencé ~gt~~~~~~=SSIONERS DON~~ CHAIRMAN g:r'=r.fR~~ERK (SEA!.) . ,,--- ØepUQI ÇIØI -~ . PUBLISHED ON: 10/10 ;'t-?:~'P~4:" ;'"Ïcrriett ÐuShG:"·s .~:.,§..~~ i\~'I CCMMiSS:CN # DD2346B9 EX.J¡RES .)f~.~~ JUly 24, 2007 .ziii~}~~'·~ SONDED THRU TROY FAIN INSURANCE.INC "n 7A1 ~? ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP 8 A" TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) I.Sandy Lea CDES ;;;:5~ <- /(hvh ~ 2. I ( / 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item. Name of Primary Staff Ray V. Bellows, Manager Contact De artment ofZonin & Land Dev. Rev. Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number 403-2463 1/ -I t, c 'i Ordinance for AR-4227 Agenda Item Number ~A Number of Original Documents Attached Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency, (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages ITom ordinances, resolutions, etc, signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages ITom contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials,) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the fmal negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si!.mature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time ITame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware ofvour deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Formsl County Forms! Bee Formsl Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 8 A ~,. " ....., ORDINANCE NO. 04- 73 AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-41, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING ATLAS NUMBERS BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM "PUD" PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT TO "PUD" PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT KNOWN AS ORANGETREE, FOR PROPERTY LOCATED ON THE NORTH AND SOUTH SIDES OF OIL WELL ROAD, APPROXIMATELY 1 MILE EAST OF IMMOKALEE ROAD INSIDE OF THE CURRENT ORANGETREE PUD BOUNDARY, IN SECTIONS 11, 12, 13, 14, 23 & 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTIONS 18 AND 19, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 2,136.87 ± ACRES; PROVIDING FOR THE REPEAL OF ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-30, THE FORMER ORANGETREE PUD; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, D. Wayne Arnold, of Q. Grady Minor and Associates, P.A., and Anthony P. Pires, Esquire, representing Bryan W. Paul, petitioned the Board of County Commissioners to change the zoning classification of the herein described real property. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA that: SECTION ONE: The zoning classification of the herein described real property located in Sections 11, 12, 13, 14,23 & 24, Township 48 South, Range 27 East, and Sections 18 and 19, Township 48 South, Range 28 East, Collier County, Florida, is changed from "PUD" Planned Unit Development to "PUD" Planned Unit Development in accordance with the Orangetree PUD Document, attached hereto as Exhibit "A", which is incorporated herein and by reference made part hereof. The appropriate Official Zoning Atlas Maps, as described in Ordinance Number 2004-41, the Collier County Land Development Code, are hereby amended accordingly. SECTION TWO: Ordinance Number 04-30 known as the Orangetree PUD, adopted on May 11,2004, by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, is hereby repealed in its entirety. Page 1 of 2 8 A j';p ~'I SECTION THREE: This Ordinance shall become effective upon filing with the Department of State, PASSED AND DULY ADOPTEr;Jy the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this / ¿, day of ¡VtJ t/ ¿~/r¡ g e r: 2004. ATTEST: ......,.,., DWIGwt.~, ßRQ.t~; CLERK ",::;""..J,...~..'''.''...,¡~/'''' '} . :~C'.~?:~~¡JF~~\' . BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: ~ )~ DONNA FI LA, CHAIRMAN "Jlg~. ðr¡. ~l::: Marjon . Student Assistant County Attorney PUDA-2003-AR -4227/RB/lo Page 2 of 2 8 A · ZONING AND DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT for ORANGETREE First Amendment Prepared by: WILSON, MILLER, INC. Engineers, Planners and Land Surveyors 3200 Bailey Lane at Airport Road Naples, Florida 33942 PUD Amendment Application November 22, 1989 Revised February 27, 1991 Revised May 13, 1991 Revised May 11, 2004 Revised October 26,2004 Original Z & DD Approval: December 10, 1985 Ordinance Number: 87-13 Approved by CCPC: December 20, 1990 Approved by BCC: June 1991 Ordinance Number: 91-43 Approved by CCPC: March 4,2004 Approved by BCC: May 11,2004 Ordinance Number: 2004-30 Approved by CCPC: September 16, 2004 Approved by BCC: November 16, 2004 Ordinance Number: 2004-73 Exhibit "A" J 8 A INDEX PAGE Index 2 List of Exhibits and Tables 3 SECTION I Property Description 4 SECTION II Project Development 5 SECTION III Agricultural Development 10 SECTION IV Residential Development 11 SECTION V CommerciallN eighborhood 16 SECTION VI Golf Course 19 SECTION VII Community Use 22 SECTION VIII SchoolJPark 24 SECTION IX General Development Commitments 26 2 G:\Bellows\AR-4227. Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A ¥"C LIST OF EXHIBITS AND TABLES EXHIBIT A Master Plan (Prepared by Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020) EXHIBIT B Legal Description TABLE I Land Use Summary TABLE II Estimated Market Absorption Schedule TABLE III Development Standards 3 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-D4).doc 8 A 1~' SECTION I PROPERTY DESCRIPTION AND OWNERSHIP 1.01 INTRODUCTION. LOCATION. AND PURPOSE It is the intent of Anmon Golan, Trustee, Orangetree Associates, (hereinafter called "applicant or developer") to establish a Development on approximately 2,136.87 acres of property located in Collier County, Florida. The subject property is described as "North Golden Gate" on Collier County maps and is bounded on the west by Immokalee Road (CR 846), on the south by Randall Boulevard and is bounded on the north and east by drainage ways. Oil Well Road (CR 858) runs through the site in an east-west direction. 1.02 LEGAL DESCRIPTION Legal Description: This parcel contains approximately 2,136.87 acres and is platted as North Golden Gate and recorded in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida as follows: Unit 1 Plat Book 9 Pages 12-28 Unit 2 Plat Book 9 Pages 39-43 Unit 3 Plat Book 9 Pages 125-142 Unit 4 Plat Book 9 Pages 53-64 Unit 5 Plat Book 9 Pages 65-72 Unit 6 Plat Book 9 Pages 74-78 Unit 7 Plat Book 9 Pages 85-97 Less and except those lands described in Exhibit "B" attached, containing 615.93± acres. 4 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orange tree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A ,~> SECTION II PROJECT DEVELOPMENT 2.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to generally describe the plan of the development and delineate the general conditions that will apply to the project. 2.02 GENERAL PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT The subject parcel is designed as a mixture of agriculture, residential uses, commercial and community oriented facilities, and recreational elements. 2.03 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE ORDINANCES The project is intended to be in substantial compliance with the applicable Collier County Zoning and Subdivision regulations as well as other Collier County development codes in effect at the time penn its and/or plats are requested. 2.04 SUBDIVISION MASTER PLAN AND SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN APPROV AL The review and approval of subdivision master plans and construction plans shall follow the design and development standards and review procedures regulating subdivisions of the Collier County Ordinances in effect at the time of development. The developer reserves the right to request exceptions and modifications to the standards set forth in applicable regulations. For site development plan approval, the provisions of Subsection 10.02.03 of the Land Development Code shall apply to the development of platted tracts or parcels of land as provided in Subsection 10.02.03 prior to the issuance of a building pennit or other development order. 2.05 LAND USES Table I is a schedule of the intended land use types, with approximate acreages and total dwelling units indicated. The arrangement of these land use types is shown on the Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020. Changes and variations in design and acreages shall be pennitted at final design to accommodate topography, vegetation, and other site conditions. The specific location and size of individual tracts and the assignment of dwelling units thereto shall be submitted to the Administrator for approval or denial, as described in Section 2.04 of this document. 5 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-I-04).doc · 8 A 2.06 PROJECT DENSITY The total acreage of the subject property is approximately 2,136.87 acres. The maximum number of dwelling units to be built on the total acreage is 2,100. The number of dwelling units per gross acre is approximately 0.98. The density on individual parcels of land throughout the project may vary according to the type of housing placed on each parcel of land but shall comply with guidelines established in this document. 2.07 PERMITTED V ARIA TIONS OF DWELLING UNITS All properties designated for residential uses may be developed at the maximum number of dwelling units as assigned under Section 2.04, provided that the total number of dwelling units shall not exceed 2,100. The Administrator shall be notified in accordance with Section 2.04 of such an increase and the resulting reduction in the corresponding residential land use types or other categories so that the total number of dwelling units shall not exceed 2,100. The maximum number of dwelling units by type as shown in Table I shall not vary by more than twenty (20) percent in each category. The maximum number of dwelling units shall include all caretaker's units but does not include the designated hotel rooms. 2.08 DEVELOPMENT SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULE The applicant has not set "stages" for the development of the property but the property is to be developed over an estimated 15 year-time period. Any projection of project development can be no more than an estimate based on current marketing knowledge. The estimate may, of course, change depending upon future economic factors. Table II indicates, by phase, the estimated absorption of units for the estimated 15 year development period. 2.09 RESERVATION OF NATURAL VEGETATION AND TREE REMOVAL Clearing, grading, earthwork, and site drainage work shall be performed in accordance with the Development Standards outlined in this documents. 2.10 EASEMENTS FOR UTILITIES Easements shall be provided for water management areas, utilities and other purposes as may be needed. Said easements and improvements shall be in substantial compliance with the Collier County Subdivision Regulations in effect at the time a permit is requested or required. 6 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04).doc 8 A '.!. All necessary easements, dedications, or other instruments shall be granted to insure the continued operation and maintenance of all service utilities in substantial compliance with applicable regulations in effect at the time approvals are requested. 2.11 EXCEPTIONS TO THE COLLIER COUNTY SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS Exceptions to the Subdivision Regulations shall be requested at the time of Subdivision Master Plan review and approval. 2.12 LAKE SITING As depicted on the Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, lakes and natural retention areas have been sited adjacent to existing and planned roadways. The goals of this are to achieve an overall aesthetic character for the project, to permit optimum use of the land, and to increase the efficiency of the water management network. Accordingly, the setback requirements described in Ordinance 80-26, Section 8A, may be reduced with the approval ofthe County Engineer. Fill material from lakes is planned to be utilized within the project, however excess fill material may be utilized off- site, subject to the provisions of the excavation ordinance in effect at the time permits are sought. 2.13 ROADS Collector roads will be public roads. Local roads within the development may be either public or private roads, depending on location, capacity, and design. 7 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (l1-I-04).doc 8 A lit: LAND USE SUMMARY T ABLE I SYMBOL DESCRIPTION UNITS Agriculture *2 Golf Course *2 Residential 143 Residential 1797 Residential 160 AG GC R-l R-2 R-3 CU Community Use U Utility SP SchoollPark CN Neighborhood (Max. 60,000 Commercial S.F. plus motel units) RW Right-of- W ay LAKE Total 2,100 APPROX~ATEACREAGE 482*1 200*3 110 586 30 86 15 36 22 149.8 420 2,136.87*4 NOTE:The projected total unit summary represents one possible residential mix to yield 2,100 units. Should there be an increase of units in any residential category, there would be a corresponding decrease in other categories to maintain a maximum total of 2, 100 units. R-l One-half acre lots - single family. R-2 Detached and attached single family.1 duplex and triplex, cluster homes, zero lot line, villas, patio homes, townhouses. R-3 Cluster homes, zero lot line villas, patio homes, townhouses, garden apartments (2-story max.). * 1 Includes agricultural reservoirs. *2 Approved breakdown of agriculture and golf course lands. *3 Includes golf course related lakes. *4 Based on actual survey of acreage. 8 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (I I-I-04).doc ESTIMATED MARKET ABSORPTION SCHEDULE T ABLE II YEAR DWELLING UNIT CUMULATIVE PRODUCTION TOTAL 1 0 0 2 70 70 3 100 170 4 140 310 5 160 470 6 160 630 7 160 790 8 165 955 9 165 1,120 10 165 1,285 11 165 1,450 12 165 1,615 13 165 1,780 14 160 1,940 15 160 2,100 9 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A 1ft. .... 8 A ~ SECTION III AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT 3.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the regulations for the areas designated on the PUD Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020 as AG. 3.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The AG District is intended to apply to those areas, the present or prospective use of which is agricultural, pastoral or rural in nature. This district is designed to accommodate both traditional agricultural uses and techniques, and conservation measures where appropriate, and public educational plants and ancillary plants, while protecting the rural areas of the County. The regulations in this district are intended to permit a reasonable use of the property, while at the same time prevent the creation of conditions which would seriously endanger, damage, or destroy the agricultural base of the County, or environmental resources, potable water supply, or the wildlife resources of the County. To this end, the use of drip-irrigation techniques or any other low volume irrigation, like microjet, shall be implemented for agricultural uses (golf course excepted) in this district. 3.03 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURE A. Permitted Principal Uses and Structures: 1) Agricultural activities, such as field crops, reservoirs/lakes, orchards, horticulture, fruit and nut production. 2) Educational plants: An "Educational Plant" comprises the educational facilities, site and site improvements necessary to accommodate students, facility, administrators, staff, and the activities of the educational program of each plant that is operated by the Collier County School Board. B. Conditional Uses: 1) Ancillary plants: An "Ancillary Plant" is comprised of the building, site and site improvements necessary to provide such facilities as vehicle maintenance, warehouses, maintenance, or administrative buildings necessary to provide support services to an educational program operated by the Collier County School Board. 10 G:\BeJlows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-I-04).doc 8 A C. Pennitted Accessory Uses and Structures: 1) Accessory uses and structures which are incidental to and customarily associated with uses pennitted in the district. 2) On-site retail sales of fann products primarily grown on the fann. 3) Caretakers residences. D. Pennitted Uses/Conditional Uses ReQuiring Site Development Plan Approval: 1. Packing Houses 2. Public educational plants and ancillary plants E. Development Standards for Educational Plants and Ancillary Plants: 1. In accordance with the Interlocal Agreement between the Board of County Commissioners and the Collier County School Board adopted May 16, 2003, set forth in the LDC or its successor ordinance. 2. Building height shall be a maximum of forty-eight (48) feet for principal structures and thirty-six (36) feet for accessory structures. 3. All required buffers for the School Board's property shall be in place by December 31, 2004. 11 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-I-04).doc 8 A SECTION IV RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT 4.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth general regulations for the areas designated on the Master Plan Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020 as Residential (R-l to R-3). 4.02 MAXIMUM DWELLING UNITS A maximum number of 2,100 dwelling units may be constructed on lands designated as Residential (R-l to R-3) except as permitted by Section 2.07. 4.03 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Areas designed as Residential (R-l to R-3) Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020 are designed to accommodate a full range of residential dwelling types, recreational facilities, essential services, customary accessory uses, and compatible land uses such as religious, governmental, and educational facilities provided such uses meet the development standards as set forth in this document. Four residential land use categories have been identified on the Master Plan. The R-l designation includes approximately 110 aces and will accommodate single family development on one-half acre lots. The R-2 designation includes approximately 586 acres and will provide for both conventional detached and attached single family development. The R-3 designation includes approximately 30 acres of low density cluster and multi-family development. 4.04 PERMITTED PRINCIPAL USES AND STRUCTURES R-l · Detached single family homes · Model units · Recreational facilities, parks, lakes and water management facilities R-2 · Detached and attached single family homes · Duplex and triplex units · Cluster homes, zero lot line, villas, patio homes, townhouses · Model units · Recreational facilities, parks, lakes and water management facilities 12 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orange tree PUD (ll-I-04).doc 8 A R-3 · Cluster homes, zero lot line, villas, and patio homes · Townhouses · Garden apartments, low rise multi-family · Recreational facilities, parks, lake and water management facilities 4.05 PERMITTED ACCESSORY USES AND STRUCTURES · Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with uses pennitted in this district · Essential services and facilities · Guest homes in R -1 areas on lots one acre or larger in size 4.06 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES REQUIRING DEVELOPMENT PLAN APPROV AL UNDER SECTION 2.04 · Religious facilities · Civic and cultural facilities · Educational facilities · Private Clubs · Child care centers - owner occupied · Rest homes, foster homes, rehabilitation center, hospices · Other non-residential uses customary in residential districts 4.07 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS The following Sections set forth the development standards for pennitted uses within the subject parcel. a. Standards for landscaping, signs, parking and other land uses not specified herein are to be in accordance with Collier County Zoning Regulations in effect at the time pennits are requested. Unless otherwise indicated, setback, height, and floor area standards apply to principal structures. b. Roadway setbacks shall be measured as follows: 1. If the parcel is served by a public right-of-way, setback is measured from the adjacent right-of-way line. 2. If the parcel is served by a private road, setback is measured from the road easement or parcel line. 13 G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (1 I - 1-04 ).doc 8 A ~ 3. If the multi-family parcel is served by a private drive, setback is measured from the back of curb or edge of pavement, whichever is greater. 14 G:\BeJ1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (I I - 1-04 ).doc 8 A '* DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS "R" Residential Areas TABLE III A Permitted Uses R-I Villas, Single Low Rise Standards Detached Patio & Family and Garden R-2 Cluster Attached Apartments Detached Homes Townhouse Minimum Site Area 'l2-AC 3000 SF 3000 SF 6000 SF x units Site Width Min. A vg. 120 60 Front Yard Setback 30 20 20 25 25 Side yard Setback 20 o or 10 o or 10 15 5.5 Rear Yard Setback 25 15 25 30 20 Rear Yard Setback Acsry. 0 0 0 0 5 Max. Building Height 25 25 25 25 25 Dist. Between Principal Str. N/A N/A .5 SBH .5 SBH N/A Floor Area Minimum (S.F). 1200 750 900 750 1000 SITE DEPTH A VERAGE: Determined by dividing the site area by the site width.:. SITE WIDTH: The average distance between straight lines connecting front and rear parcel lines at each side of the site, measured as straight lines between the foremost points of the side parcel lines in the front (at the point of intersection with the front parcel line) and the rearmost point of the parcel lines at the rear (point of intersection with the rear parcel line ). SBH: (Sum of Building Height): Combined height of two adjacent buildings for the purpose of determining setback requirements. 15 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A ~. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS "R" Residential Areas TABLE III B PERMITTED USES EDUC. CIVIC/ RELIGIOUS PRIV A TE OTHER STANDARDS FACILITIES CULTURAL FACILITIES CLUB USES FACILITIES NOT LISTED Minimum Site As detennined during the Per County Area process under Section 2.04. Regulations in effect at the Site Width As detennined during the time a pennit is Min. A vg. process under Section 2.04. requested. Site Depth As detennined during the Min. A vg. process under Section 2.04. Front Yard 40 40 40 30 Setback Side Yard 30 30 30 20 Setback Lake Bank 20 20 20 20 Setback Rear Yard 30 or BH 30 or BH 30 or BH 30 Setback Rear yard 10 10 10 10 Setback Acsry. Max Building 25 25 25 25 Height (Ft.) Dist. Between .5 SBH .5SBH .5 SBH .5 SBH Principal Str. Floor Area 1000 1000 1000 1000 Minimum (S.F.) 16 G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04).doc 8 A SECTION V CN - COMMERCIAL/NEIGHBORHOOD 5.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the regulations for the areas designated on Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, as 'CN'. The CN tract is intended to provide residents with conveniently located commercial facilities and services that are typically required on a regular basis. 5.02 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land or water used, in whole or in part, for other than the following: A. Pennitted Principal Uses and Structures 1) Antique shops; appliance stores; art studios; art supplies; automobile parts stores; automobile service stations, without major repair; agricultural supply stores. 2) Bakery shops; banks and financial institutions; barber and beauty shops; bath supply stores; blue print shops; bicycle sales and services; book stores. 3) Carpet and floor covering sales (including storage and installation); child care centers; churches and other places of worship; clothing stores; confectionery and candy stores; convenience commercial establishments. 4) Delicatessen; drug stores; dry cleaning shops; dry good stores. 5) Electrical supply stores. 6) Fish stores; florist shops; food markets; furniture stores; furrier shops and fast food restaurants. 7) Gift shops; gounnet shops; 8) Hardware stores; health food stores; hobby supply stores; homes for the aged; hospices. 9) Ice cream stores; ice sales; interior decorating showrooms. 10) Jewelry stores. 17 G:\BeJ1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (1 ] -1-04 ).doc 8 A 11) Laundries - self - service; leather goods and luggage stores; locksmiths and liquor stores. 12) Meat market; medical office or clinic for human care; millinery shops; motel, hotel and transient lodging; music stores. 13) Office (retail or professional); office supply stores. 14) Park and ride, paint and wallpaper stores; pet shops; pet supply stores; photographic equipment stores; post office. 15) Radio and television sales and services; excluding satellite dishes and antennas; restaurants, including fast foods; small appliance stores; shoe sales and repairs; restaurants. 16) Souvenir stores; stationery stores; supermarkets and sanatoriums. 17) Tailor shops; tobacco shops; toy shops; tropical fish stores. 18) Variety stores; veterinary offices and clinics (no outside kenneling). 19) Watch and precision instrument sales and repair. 20) Water management facilities and essential services. 21) Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted principal uses, as determined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). B) Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures 1) Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with the uses permitted in this district. 2) Caretaker's residence, 18 G:\Bellows\AR-4227. Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-I-04).doc 8 A } 5.03 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A) Minimum Site Area: As approved under Section 2.04.:. B) Minimum Site Width: As approved under Section 2.04.:. C) Minimum Yard Requirements from parcel boundaries: Abutting non-residential areas: Twenty-five (25) feet. Abutting residential areas: Thirty-five (35) feet in which as appropriately designed and landscaped buffer shall be provided, as determined under Section 2.04, and in which no parking shall be permitted. D) Distance between principal structures: None, or a minimum of five (5) feet with unobstructed passage from front yard to rear yard. E) Maximum Height of Structures: Twenty-five (25) feet above the finished grade of the site. F) Minimum Floor Area of Principal Structures: One thousand (1,000) square feet per building on the ground floor. G) Minimum standards for signs, parking, lighting, and landscaping shall be in conformance with applicable Collier County regulations in effect at the time permits are sought. H) A maximum of sixty thousand square feet (60,000 s.f.) of leasable commercial building floor area shall be permitted in the CN district, exclusive of motel use. I) No outside display or storage shall be permitted. J) Maximum density for motel, hotel, and transit lodging shall be 26 units per acre. 19 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A SECTION VI 'GC' GOLF COURSE 6.01 GOLF COURSE DISTRICT The Golf Course District is intended to provide for an I8-hole gold course within the proj ect. 6.02 PERMITTED LOCATIONS It is recognized that golf courses provide open space for an entire community and serve a variety of functions including important water management functions. Therefore, the Golf Course District shall be a floating use and may be located within the Agricultural or Residential Districts, provided that the density of residential development shall not be substantially effected. 6.03 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, constructed, reconstructed, or structurally altered which is designed, arranged, used or intended to be used or occupied, or land or water used, in whole or in part, upon that portion of the subject parcel designated as Golf Course District for one or more of the following uses: A. Permitted princiµal Uses and Structures 1) Golf Course 2) Racquetball, handball, tennis and other similar types of court(s). 3) Recreation clubs, c1ubhouse(s), and facilities, including the serving of alcoholic beverages. 4) Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted principal uses, as determined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). 20 G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-] -04 ).doc 8 A "* t,!' 4f B. Pennitted Accessory Uses and Structures 1) Pro-shop, practice driving range, golf learning centers, golf course shelters, and other customary accessory uses of Golf Courses, Tennis Clubs, or other recreational facilities. 2) Non-commercial plant nursery. 3) Maintenance shops and equipment storage. 4) Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with the uses pennitted in this District. 5) Snack bars. 6) A maximum of two (2) residential units in conjunction with the operation of the golf course. 7) Small commercial establishments, including gift shops, golf and tennis equipment sales, restaurants, cocktail lounges, and similar uses, intended to serve patrons of the golf course(s) or tennis club(s) or other pennitted recreational facilities. 6.04 DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS FOR GOLF COURSE DISTRICT The purpose of this Section is to detail the development regulations for the Golf Course District. A. Maximum Height: - 25' B. Overall site design shall be hannonious in tenns of landscaping, locations of structures, locations of access streets and parking areas, and location and treatment of buffer areas. C. Buildings shall be set back a minimum of fifty (50) feet from abutting residential neighborhoods and the setback area shall be landscaped. Tennis courts shall be set back a minimum of five (5) feet from parcel boundaries. D. Lighting facilities shall be arranged in a manner which will protect roadways and neighboring properties from direct glare. 21 G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-I-04).doc 8 A 6.05 SITE PLAN APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS A. A plan of the golf course shall be approved in accordance with Section 2.04 prior to construction. B. Plans for all principal and all accessory uses shall be submitted to the Administrator for approval in accordance with Section 2.04. 22 G:\BelJows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (l1-I-04).doc 8 A . SECTION VII COMMUNITY USE 7.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the regulations for the areas designated on the Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, as CU, Community Use. The site includes 55 acres, has been dedicated to Collier County and may be used for the purposes set forth below and shall satisfy the Collier County Comprehensive Plan's park site dedication requirements for this project. An additional 31 acres shall be used for CU by Collier County for the expansion of the Collier County Fair Grounds. 7.02 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land or water used, in whole or in part, for other than the following: · Parks and playgrounds · Bicycle, hiking and nature trails · Recreational shelters and restrooms · Recreational fields, sports facilities and courts · Community centers · Restaurant or snack bar in conjunction with recreational activities · Water management facilities and essential services · Collier County Fair Grounds · State of Florida Forestry Department facilities · Fire State Site · Other governmental facilities · Park and ride facilities · Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of pennitted principal uses, as detennined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). 7.03 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Minimum site area: None B. Minimum setback from tract boundaries: 50' C. Minimum setback from road right-of-way: 25' D. Maximum height of structures: 25' (except fire observation tower) E. Minimum distance between buildings: Y2 the sum oftheir heights F. Minimum standards for parking, lighting, signs, and landscaping shall confonn with applicable Collier County regulations in effect at the time pennits are sought. 23 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04).doc 8 A - SECTION VIII 'SP' SCHOOLIP ARK 8.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the regulations for the areas designated on the Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, 'SP' SchoollPark. The SP site includes 25 acres reserved for use as a school site and associated park facilities. This site shall be dedicated to the Collier county Public School District at the convenience to the developer, or when requested by the School District, whichever occurs first. The site shall be provided with potable water and sanitary sewer service in confonnance with this documents and all applicable standards and requirements. An additional 11 acres is reserved for use as a community recreational park as shown on the Master Plan. 8.02 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land or water used, in whole or in part, for other than the following: 1) Elementary or middle school and facilities 2) Parks and playgrounds 3) Bicycle, hiking and nature trails 4) Recreational shelters and restrooms 5) Recreational fields, sports facilities and courts 6) Water management facilities and essential services 7) Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of pennitted principal uses as detennined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). 8.03 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 1) Minimum Site Area: As approved under Section 2.04 2) Minimum Site Width: As approved under Section 2.04 3) Minimum Yard Requirements: 30' from all 'SP' tract boundaries for principal structures 20' from lake banks 4) Maximum Height: 25' 5) Minimum Floor Area of Principal Structures: One thousand (1000) square feet per building on the first habitable floor. 24 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (I 1-1-04 ).doc 8 A 6) Distance Between Principal Structures: 12 the sum of the building heights or 30', whichever is greater. Minimum standards for signs, parking, lighting, and landscaping shall be in confonnance with applicable Collier County regulations in effect at the time pennits are sought. 7) Lighting facilities shall be arranged in a manner which will protect roadways and neighboring properties from direct glare or other interference. 8) Prior to development, a development plan for the tract shall be approved in accordance with Section 2.04. 25 G:\BelIows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-I-04).doc 8 A SECTION IX GENERAL DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENTS. 9.01 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the general development commitments for the project. 9.02 DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENTS A. ENERGY 1) Construction shall comply with applicable local and state energy codes. 2) Reasonable "good faith" efforts to utilize state-of-the-art energy conservation techniques shall be made with practically and economically feasible. Such techniques may include, but shall not be limited to the following: a. Provision of bicycle racks and/or storage facilities in office and commercial areas and in multi-family residential areas. b. Cooperation in the locating of bus stops, shelters and other passenger and system accommodations when a transit system is developed to serve the project area. c. Use of energy-efficient features in window design (e.g., shading and tinting). d. Use of operable windows and ceiling fans. e. Installation of energy-efficient appliances and equipment. f. Reduced coverage by asphalt, concrete, rock and similar substances in streets, parking lots and other areas to reduce local air temperatures and reflected light and heat. g. Installation of energy-efficient lighting for streets, parking areas, recreation areas and other interior and exterior public areas. h. Selection of native plants, trees and other vegetation and landscape design features that reduce requirements for water, fertilizer, maintenance and other needs. 26 G:\Bellows\AR-4227. Orangetree\Clean Orange tree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A 1. Planting or retention of native shade trees to provide reasonable shade for all recreation areas, streets and parking areas. J. Placement of trees to provide needed shade in the wanner months while not overly reducing the benefits of sunlight in the cooler months. k. Planting or retention of native shade trees for each residential unit. 1. Orientation of structures, as possible, to reduce solar heat gain by walls and to utilize natural cooling effects of the wind. m. Provision for structural shading (e.g., trellises, awnings and roof overhangs) wherever practical when natural shading cannot be used effectively. n. Inclusion of porch/patio areas in residential units. 3) Deed restrictions and other mechanisms shall not prohibit or prevent the use of alternative energy devices such as solar collectors (except when necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare). B. AIR QUALITY 1) The developer shall comply with applicable codes and apply for required permits relative to air quality, where such permits are required. C. TRANSPORTATION 1) Road impact fees shall be paid in accordance with Collier County Ordinance 01-13, or Division 3.15 of the Land Development Code, as amended. 2) The developer shall provide separate left and right turn lanes on Immokalee Road as the project's access if deemed necessary by either the Transportation Operations Director or Transportation Engineer, and shall fund one hundred percent of the capital cost of any traffic signals associated with the ingress and egress when deemed warranted by the County Traffic Operations Engineer. The signal shall be owned, operated and maintained by Collier County. 27 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A 3) The developer shall bear the entire cost of all traffic signals which may become needed at intersections within the project. D. WATER MANAGEMENT 1) A master/conceptual water management system design shall be submitted to and approved by the Water Management Advisory Board prior to the submittal of construction plans to the County Engineer. 2) Detailed water management construction plans shall be submitted for approval to the County Engineering Department prior to commencement of construction. 3) Surface Water Management Permits shall be obtained from the South Florida Water Management District prior to the commencement of development. 4) The water management for the Orangetree project shall implement water quality "best management practices" to the extent possible. 5) An Excavation Permit will be required for the proposed lakes in accordance with Collier County Ordinance No. 80-26, as amended by Ordinance No. 83-3, and as may be amended in the future. 6) Reservoirs/lakes wholly located in agriculturally designated land may vary from typical construction specifications of County Ordinance No. 88-26 as approved by the Board of County Commissioners through the excavation permit process. If the use of the land surrounding the agricultural reservoirs/lakes is ever changed to a use other than agriculture, all areas of the reservoirs/lakes will be required to meet standards specified in the County Excavation Ordinance in effect at that time. E. WATER AND SEWER 1) Water Facilities - Developer shall provide an on-site potable water source and shall construct an on-site potable water treatment plant and distribution system. The system shall be designed and constructed, by phases if desired, to serve all developed portions (agricultural areas excluded) of the project; including flows adequate to provide fire protection. All components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with applicable Collier County and State of Florida requirements. 28 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (J 1-1-04 ).doc 8 A 2) Sewer Facilities - Developer shall construct an on-site sewage treatment plant and sewage collection and transmission system to serve all developed portions. Treatment plant shall provide treatment levels, pursuant to Chapter 17-6.040(q), Florida Administrative Code, required to allow use of treated effluent in the proposed on-site drip irrigation system. All components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with applicable Collier County and State of Florida requirements. During the time that the Developer operates the sewage treatment plant, data required pursuant to County Ordinance No. 80-112 showing the availability of sewage service will be submitted for approval by the Utilities Division prior to approval of the construction documents for the project and for all building permits required. Copies of the approved DER permits for the sewage collection and transmission systems and the on-site wastewater treatment facility shall be submitted upon receipt to the Utilities Division. 3) Plans Approval - All construction plans and technical specifications and proposed plans, if applicable, for the proposed water distribution and sewage collection and transmission facilities must be reviewed and approved by the Utilities Division prior to commencement of construction. Detailed hydraulic design reports covering the complete water and sewer systems to serve the project will be submitted with the construction documents for the project. These reports shall list all design assumptions, demand rates and other factors pertinent to the systems under consideration. Prior to approval of construction documents by the Utilities Division, the Developer will present verification, pursuant to Chapter 367, Florida Statutes, that the Florida Public Service Commission has granted territorial rights to the Developer to provide sewer and/or water service to the project until the County can provide these services through its water and sewer facilities. Upon completion of construction the water and sewer facilities will be tested to insure they meet Collier County's minimum requirements, a comprehensive inspection of the facilities made by the Utilities Division and record drawings ofthe facilities filed with the Utilities Division. Any utility entity established to serve or serving the project shall also be bound by these General Development Obligations concerning the provision of water and sewer related utilities to the project. 29 G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A 4) Facilities Ownership and Conveyance - It is understood by Developer that Collier County may, at some future time, desire to serve the project water and sewer services. To that end, Developer freely and voluntarily agrees to convey at no cost all water and sewer treatment plants and distribution/collection and transmission system components to Collier County. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the County in turn will agree not to make formal request to serve the project with water or sewer related services until on or after January 1, 2001. In that regard, Developer and any interim utility established to serve the Project shall enter into a specific agreement with and acceptable to County which outlines the procedures, covenants, obligations and responsibilities arising from these General Development Obligations concerning the provision of water and sewer related utilities to the project. Once the water/sewer systems have been conveyed to Collier County, any required expansions to the on-site water treatment plant or sewage treatment plant shall be the responsibility of Collier County and shall be accomplished as required to meet project demand, at the expense of Collier County. All required expansions of the water distribution/sewage collection systems shall be the responsibility of the Developer, and shall be designed and constructed to Collier County and State of Florida requirements. On completion of construction, the facilities will be tested to insure they meet Collier County's minimum requirements, at which time they will be conveyed or transferred to the County, when required by the Utilities Division, pursuant to appropriate County Ordinances and Regulations in effect at the time of conveyance or transfer is requested, prior to being placed into service. 5) Rights-of-way/Easements - All components of the water and sewer systems that may be conveyed to Collier County including treatment plants, shall be constructed within public rights-of-way or on lands owned or controlled by Developer for which Developer can provide utility easements to Collier County. All water and sewer facilities constructed on private property and not required by the County to be located within utility easements shall be perpetually owned, operated and maintained by the Developer, his assigns or successors. At the time of system conveyance Developer shall provide all required easements. At such time as Collier County discontinues operation of the on-site water or sewer plants, the plant site shall be conveyed back to the developer by applicable statutory deed and site utility easements shall be vacated, except that an easement shall be reserved for any connecting facilities required, pursuant to paragraph 6). 30 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-I-04).doc ---.--.--.. " 8A 6) Connection to county Water and/or Sewer Facilities - All construction plans and technical specifications related to connections to the County's off-site water and/or sewer facilities will be submitted to the Utilities Division for review and approval prior to commencement of construction. Upon connection to the County's off-site water facilities, and/or sewer facilities, the Developer, his assigns or successors shall abandon, dismantle and remove from the site the interim water and/or sewage treatment facility and discontinue use of the water supply source, if applicable, in a manner consistent with State of Florida standards. All work related with this activity shall be performed at no cost to the County. Connection to the County's off-site water and/or sewer facilities will be made by the Developer, their assigns or successors at no cost to the County within 120 days after such facilities become available at the project site. The cost of connection shall include, but not be limited to, all engineering design and preparation of construction documents, permitting, modification or refitting of sewage pumping facilities, interconnection with County off-site facilities, water and/or sewer lines necessary to make the connection(s). 7) Customers - All customers connecting to the water distribution and sewage collection facilities will be customers of the developer or the interim utility established to serve the project until Collier County makes formal request for dedication of the water and sewer systems. At that time, the customers served on an interim basis by the utility system constructed by the Developer shall become customers of the County. Prior to connection of the project to the County's off-site water and/or sewer facilities, or the County assuming operation and maintenance responsibility for the water and/or sewer systems the Developer~ and/or his assigns, or successors shall turn over to the County a complete list of the customers served by the interim utilities system and shall not compete with the County for the service of those customers. The Developer shall also provide the County with a detailed inventory of the facilities served within the project and the entity which will be responsible for the water and/or sewer service billing for the project. 8) System Development Charges - During that period of time that the water and sewer utility system is owned, operated and maintained by Developer, Developer may charge a system development charge to each connecting customer in an amount as approved and allowed by the Florida Public Service Commission (PSC). 31 G:\BeIJows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (l1-I-04).doc 8 A Developer agrees to pay all applicable system development charges or impact fees at the time that building permits are required, pursuant to County ordinances and regulations then in effect. As well, Developer acknowledges that upon connection of the interim facility to the off-site treatment and transmission facilities operated and maintained by the County that all owners of existing properties characterized as new users and subject to the imposition of either a water or sewer impact fee will be required to pay system development charges or impact fees for such new use. On the other hand, buildings, structures, or improvements, either existing or which have been issued a building permit for which construction is proceeding in good faith, shall not be required to pay a water or sewer impact fee, whichever the case, if at the time the County formally and of its own volition resolves to provide the Project with water or sewer related services, the Board of Commissioners, in good faith, expressly declares its intention to operate the water or sewer utility treatment facilities as a part of its regional system, or as a stand alone system without an intention to immediately dismantle and disconnect from the existing on-site treatment facilities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subparagraph 8 a subsequent ordinance of general application, effective at the time of connection of the interim facility to the off-site treatment and transmission facilities operated and maintained by the County which has contrary or differing provisions relative to the imposition of water and/or sewer system development charges or impact fees, shall be construed as superseding the applicable provisions of this subparagraph 8. 9) Developer shall be allowed up to ten (10) temporary private wells and individual sewage disposal systems as areas are developed prior to construction or expansion of the central systems. All such temporary facilities shall comply with applicable state and county regulations and shall acquire required permits. F. ENVIRONMENT AL 1) A site clearing plan shall be submitted to the Environmental Services Department Staff for its review and approval prior to any substantial work on the site. This plan may be submitted in phases to coincide with the development schedule. The site clearing plan shall clearly depict how the final site layout incorporates retained native vegetation to the maximum extent possible and how roads, buildings, lakes, parking lots, and other facilities have been oriented to accommodate this goal. 2) Native species shall be utilized, where available, to the maximum extent possible in the site landscaping design. A landscaping plan will be 32 G:\Bel1ows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (l1-I-04).doc 8 A submitted to the Environmental Services Department Staff for its review and approval. This plan will depict the incorporation of native species and their mix with other species, if any. The goal of site landscaping shall be the re-creation of native vegetation and habitat characteristics lost on the site during construction or due to past activities. 3) All exotic plants, as defined in the County Code, shall be removed during each phase of construction from development areas, open space areas, and preserve areas. Following site development, a maintenance program shall be implemented to prevent reinvasion of the site by such exotic species. This plan, which will describe control techniques and inspection intervals, shall be filed with and approved by the Environmental Services Department Staff. 4) If, during the course of site clearing, excavation, or other constructional activities, an archaeological or historical site, artifact, or other indicator is discovered, all development at that location shall be immediately stopped and the Environmental Services Department Staff notified. Development will be suspended for a sufficient length of time to enable the Environmental Services Department Staff or a designated consultant to assess the find and determine the proper course of action in regard to its salvageability. Environmental Services Department Staff will respond to any such notification in a timely and efficient manner so as to provide only a minimal interruption to any constructional activities. G. EDUCATION 1) The project shall fully mitigate its fiscal impacts by donating a 25 acre parcel to the Collier County Public School District to be utilized as a school site. 2) Future development of the educational facilities within this PUD Zoning District shall be subject to the two Interlocal Agreements between the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida and the Collier County School Board to establish educational plant and ancillary plant site development review processes. H. FIRE PROTECTION 1) The developer commits to providing a central water system to all residential and commercial facilities which is capable of providing fire flow capacities as required by Collier County. 33 G:\BeJlows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (l1-I-04).doc 8 A 2) Building heights shall be limited to twenty-five (25) feet for all habitable structures in accordance with Corkscrew Fire District's equipment capabilities. I. FISCAL The developer has agreed to dedicate a school site to the School Board, and to donate fifty-five (55) acres to the County for public use purposes, including the Collier County Fairgrounds. The Developer has also donated $25,000 to the Corkscrew Fire District for equipment on August 3, 1987. These donations shall mitigate the project's fiscal impacts. 9.03 DEVELOPMENT PLAN A. The Master Plan, Thomas Lucido & Associates Ref. No. 9020, is an illustrative preliminary development plan. B. The design criteria and layout illustrated in the Master Plan shall be understood as flexible so that the final design may best satisfy the project and comply with all applicable requirements. C. Minor design changes shall be pennitted subject to County staff administrative approval. 9.04 AMENDMENT Amendments of this PUD Document, or of the Master Land Use Plan, shall be accomplished according to the procedures set forth by Collier County for amendments to a planned unit development. 34 G:\Bellows\AR-4227, Orangetree\Clean Orangetree PUD (11-1-04 ).doc 8 A I\~ :i \\ ~. -*"" ';. ~ ~, . 0- Z Q ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ >< ~ ~ w ~ '" VI ö? ~ '" ~ ~.>- >= >= ~ ~ ~ ::J f~ >- 0 110 ... >- u i '" ~ ~ i ; i-~ ;;¡ ~ >- ~ § '" ... .- :s ~ « ~ u ::J '" 2 -' u f ~ "'" '" :;:¡ ~tt 0 cp' ª 0 ~ ,. .. '" .. a ill ¡:¡ ] z .. .. .. .. 0 ¡ « 0 ~ -' ¡ r~-'--i I ¡ I ¡ I f I QI ..' ã1 ~ ~: ..I I ~ ~ !~~~æ=:·~~ ~ ~ I. :~ ~ 11 ~u : . ~~;~H . :3!33: "1 ",3_ B' ~~ .;;:~i h ,~;!~~ ;~ §~! ~!'3 õI: '. ~~¡r~1 H 'U~~~ B' '0... 111'1 ..... î~!~î: !~ ~~3!!~ H uhn 55 Š .. " " :; . . " ~ ~ . r I ¡ :i i! ~ . . " ~ E - . I ~ I " q~ ~ i 3 e ~ g . !: ; :¡ l~ i -~$Pï ¡ ~ J _, f, ~ s ~ Ju ãI 8o=e 13 ë j il i~U á.y. It h, DJ! ~~» jl) jII Wt !! :!! i '?H ~¡ !~~ =n 1! j;:;I~ I ~ .; J . -:I Z ~ . . W1iÍ ü ~ cn~ ~ ::J.. g C ~, -¿I 8 A EXHIBIT B LEGAL DESCRIPTION ORANGETREEPUD THIS PARCEL CONTAINS APPROXIMA TEL Y 2,136.87 ACRES AND IS PLATTED AS NORTH GOLDEN GATE AND RECORDED IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA AS FOLLOWS: UNIT 1 PLAT BOOK 9 PAGES 12-28 UNIT 2 PLAT BOOK 9 PAGES 39-43 UNIT 3 PLAT BOOK 9 PAGES 125-142 UNIT 4 PLAT BOOK 9 PAGES 53-64 UNIT 5 PLAT BOOK 9 PAGES 65-72 UNIT 6 PLAT BOOK 9 PAGES 74-78 UNIT 7 PLAT BOOK 9 PAGES 85-97 LESS AND EXCEPT THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBED LANDS: THREE PARCELS OF LAND LOCATED IN SECTIONS 13, 14 AND 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BEING MORE P ARTICULARL Y DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: PARCELl COMMENCE AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN SOUTH 88°50'06" WEST, ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13 FOR A DISTANCE OF 2.68 FEET TO A POINT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS POINT "A"; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°30' 11" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 50.01 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R.858) AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN SOUTH 88°50'05" WEST, ALONG SAID NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 2,677.95 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°35'35" WEST, ALONG SAID NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,051.57 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST LINE OF A 150 FEET WIDE NORTH-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1433 AT PAGES 509 THROUGH 517 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°29'46" WEST, ALONG SAID EAST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 4,173.91 FEET TO A POINT HEREINAFTER REFERED TO AS POINT "B", THE SAME BEING A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF A 150 FOOT WIDE CANAL MAINTENANCE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1322 AT PAGE 1903 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTH 89°33'04" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 3,729.66 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF NORTH GOLDEN GATE CANAL, (AN 80 FOOT WIDE RIGHT OF WAY); THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°29'30" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 4,141.20 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 356.387 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. TOGETHER WITH PARCEL II COMMENCf: AT THE HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED POINT "B" THE SAME BEING THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF A 150 FOOT WIDE NORTH-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1433 AT PAGES 509 THROUGH 517 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°33'04" WEST, ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID NORTH-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT FOR A DISTANCE OF 150.00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°29'46" EAST, ALONG THE WEST LINE OF SAID NORTH-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,820.00 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°33'05" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,463.41 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE CONTINUE SOUTH 89°33'05" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,018.80 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°29'30" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF Page lof2 LEGAL DESCRIPTION ORANGETREE PUD Page 2 of2 8 A 1,427.55 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF A 150 FOOT WIDE CANAL MAINTENANCE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1322 AT PAGE 1903 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTH 74°32'31" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,063.68 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE CONTINUE NORTH 74°32'31" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 451.69 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 89°33'04" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,018.10 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 97.113 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. TOGETHER WITH PARCEL III COMMENC~ AT THE HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED POINT "A"; THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°24'57" EAST FOR A DISTANCE OF 50.01 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R.858), THE SAME BEING A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF NORTH GOLDEN GATE CANAL, (AN 80 FOOT WIDE RIGHT OF WAY) AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°29'18" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 920.94 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST LINE OF SECTION 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE CONTINUE SOUTH 00°29'18" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,819.06 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°30'46" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 4.33 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION 24; THENCE CONTINUE SOUTH 89°30'46" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 395.66 FEET;; THENCE RUN NORTH 58°31'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,010.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 88°17'01" WEST FORA DISTANCE OF 645.91 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 81°45'31" WEST FORA DISTANCE OF 230.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 47°05'10" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 686.83 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 31 °29'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 300.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 50°28'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 630.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 39°58'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 255.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°24'25" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 850.00 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R.858); THENCE RUN NORTH 89°35'36" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 749.99 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 88°50'07" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 2,677.38 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 162.431 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. NOTES: 1. BEARINGS SHOWN HEREON REFER TO THE SOUTH LINE OF THE SOUTHWEST 1/4 OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS BEING S 89°35'35" W, 2. THIS PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO EASEMENTS, RESERVATIONS AND/OR RESTRICTIONS OF RECORD. DIMENSIONS SHOWN HEREON ARE IN FEET AND DECIMALS THEREOF. Page 2 of2 8 A STATE OF FLORIDA) COUNTY OF COLLIER) I, DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk of Courts in and for the Twentieth Judicial Circuit, Collier County, Florida, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of: ORDINANCE 2004-73 Which was adopted by the Board of County Commissioners on the 16th day of November 2004, during Regular Session. WITNESS my hand and the official seal of the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this 17th day of November, 2004. . ,·'=rf:" 'J,',' "'I} ,,-J¡.J.......... ïI'''') DWIGHT E. BROCK .......... "I'::. \ Clerk of cour¿·~-:·.~nst:pl~~~~ \, Ex-officio to Bo,ªrd 0'1";. ....; ~ . '. ,~ "'.. (I '. ,¡ County CommissioÌ1,:=r:s. ,'J._ : ~..~ ~ c¡þ£ a..· "f4'~:'--, "",l',':~!' ~',;'"~. -.~,.,·i . ... r, . _,c' ;- to , . ~ _ . ..7' -:.; , -. ..) J.~ ..:: ~ . foo" _... .~ .~ ........".. - 1",,\ ~r"" .:-:" By: Heidi R. 'R6ckb,~~d,~'J.~~:-".-- Deputy Clerk ,,,~..,,,..., ~.~-'" .," '" COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA REQUEST FOR LEGAL ADVERTISING OF PUBLIC HEARINGS 88 ;..,4IIIIi .J.'. ~)-~] -- 1 : ~ To: Clerk to the Board: Please place the following as a: XXX Normal Legal Advertisement C Other: (Display Adv., location, etc.) ********************************************************;:*~******************l~'************************ Originating DeptJ Div: Comm.Dev.Serv./Planning Person: fZ1J I~ Date: c:r (~1 {o¡ Petition No, (If none, give brief description): PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD Petitioner: (Name & Address): D. Wayne Arnold, Q. Grady Minor & Associates, PA, 3800 Via Del Rey, Bonita Springs, FL 34134 Name & Address of any person(s) to be notified by Clerk's Office:Bryan W. Paul, PO Box 2357, Hwy 78-A, LaBelle, FL 33935 Hearing before IJ BCC IJ BZA C Other Requested Hearing date: October 26. 2004 Based on advertisement appearing 15 days before hearing. Newspaper(s) to be used: (Complete only if important): XXX Naples Daily News IJ Other C Legally Required Proposed Text: Petition: PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, D. Wayne Arnold, of Q. Grady Minor and Associates, P.A., and Anthony P. Pires, Esquire of Woodward, Pires and Lombardo, representing The Bryan W. Paul Family and The Bryan W. Paul Family Limited Partnership, requesting a rezone from the PUD Zoning district to the PUD zoning district, for mixed use Residential and Commercial Planned Development to be known as the Orange Blossom Ranch PUD. The property is located on the north and south sides of Oil Well Road, approximately 1 mile east of Immokalee Road, in Section 13, 14, and 24, Township 48 South, Range 27 East, and Section 19, Township 48 South, Range 28 East, Collier County, Florida, and consists of 616± acres. (Companion to PUDA-03-AR-4227) Companion petition(s), if any & proposed hearing date: Does Petition Fee include advertising cost? eYes IJ No If Yes, what account should be charged for advertising costs: 113-138312-649110 Reviewed by: þ::;;~ Approved by: ~'J~cj County Manager Date List Attachments: DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS A. For hearings before BCC or BZA: Initiating person to complete one copy and obtain Division Head approval before submitting to County Manager. Note: If legal document is involved, be sure that any necessary legal review, or request for same, is submitted to County Attorney before submitting to County Manager. The Manager's office will distribute copies: C County Manager agenda file: to C Requesting Division C Original Clerk's Office B. Other hearings: Initiating Division head to approve and submit original to Clerk's Office, retaining a copy for file. ****************************************************************************************************** FOR CLERK'S OFFICE USE ONLY: Date Reœived,/ð /1/ (¡ 1/ Date of Public bearing: 101 'J.(P /n 1. Date Adverti..d: ~£/ ORDINANCE NO. 04 - 88 ....! AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-41, AS AMENDED, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING ATLAS MAP OR MAPS, BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO PUD ZONING DISTRICT FOR A MIXED USE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT TO BE KNOWN AS THE ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD LOCATED ON THE NORTH AND SOUTH SIDES OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R. 858) APPROXIMA TEL Y ONE MILE EAST OF IMMOKALEE ROAD (C.R. 846) IN SECTIONS 13, 14, AND 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 6l6± ACRES; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, D. Wayne Arnold, of Q. Grady Minor and Associates, representing Bryan W. Paul, petitioned the Board of County Commissioners to change the zoning classification of the herein described real property. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that: SECTION ONE: The zoning classification of the herein described real property located in Sections 13, 14, and 24, Township 48 South, Range 27 East, and Section 19, Township 48 South, Range 28 East, Collier County, Florida, is changed from a PUD Zoning District to a PUD Zoning District for a mixed use Planned Unit Development in accordance with the Orange Blossom PUD Document, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated by reference herein identified as PUD-2003-AR-4l50. The appropriate Official Zoning Atlas Map or maps, as described in Ordinance Number 04-41, as amended, the Collier County Land Development Code, are hereby amended accordingly. SECTION TWO: This Ordinance shall become effective upon filing with the Department of State. Page 1 of2 88 i~ i'f'J -. PASSED AND DULY ADOPTED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this day of ,2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK: BY: DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN Deputy Clerk çoQ. Page 2 of2 88 -,- 'f'''''~rw ~ ..... ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH A MIXED USE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT PREP ARED FOR: Bryan Paul Citrus, Incorporated P.O. Box 2357 Hwy78-A Labelle, FL 33935-2357 PREP ARED BY: Q. Grady Minor & Associates, P.A. 3800 Via Del Rey Bonita Springs, Florida 34134 and Woodward, Pires and Lombardo, P .A. 3200 Tamiami Trail North Suite 200 Naples, FL 34103 DATE REVIEWED BY CCPC DATE APPROVED BY BCC ORDINANCE NUMBER AMENDMENTS AND REPEAL DOCUMENT DATE EXHIB IT "A" G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc INDEX PAGE List of Exhibits 11 Statement of Compliance III SECTION I Property Ownership, Legal General Description and Short Title 1-1 SECTION II Project Development 2-1 SECTION III Residential/Golf Development Areas 3-1 SECTION IV Commercial/Office 4-1 SECTION V Community Facility 5-1 SECTION VI General Development Commitments 6-1 G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) cJean.doc 8e ,~' '"' - I~ " ~ EXHmIT "A" EXHmIT "B" EXHIBIT "C" LIST OF EXHIBITS 88 Conceptual Master Plan and Water Management Plan Legal Description Property Ownership Information G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 11 .~!.- .:~ .' h~ STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 88 ,~: The development consists of 616± acres of property in Collier County as a Mixed Use Planned Unit Development to be known as the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD, which will be in compliance with the goals, objectives, and policies of Collier County as set forth in the Collier County Growth Management Plan (GMP). The Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD is a mixed-use residential community with associated community facility, recreational, and commercial uses and will be consistent with the applicable elements of the Collier County GMP for the following reasons: 1. The subject property is within the Settlement Area District Designation as identified on the Future Land Use Map, which permits a wide variety of land uses, including commercial, residential, community facility and recreation. 2. The total acreage of the MPUD is 616 ± acres. The maximum number of dwelling units to be built on the total acreage is 1,600. The number of dwelling units per gross acre, less the 44± acre Commercial/Office area, is approximately 2.8 units. The density on individual parcels of land throughout the project may vary according to the type of housing placed on each parcel of land. No maximum densities have been established in the Settlement Area District. The MPUD proposes the inclusion of community shopping and office development which will serve the surrounding area, on approximately 44 acres. The maximum gross leasable area for commercial uses shall be 200,000 square feet. These uses are consistent with the Settlement Area District of the Future Land Use Element and Golden Gate Area Master Plan in that these areas meet the criteria outlined in the Future Land Use Element, Golden Gate Area Master Plan, and Subsection 2.2.20.4.7 of the Land Development Code (LDC) (ULDC Section 2.03.06). 3. The subject property's location in relation to existing or proposed community facilities and services permits the development's residential density as described in Objective 2 of the Future Land Use Element. 4. The project development is compatible and complementary to existing and future surrounding land uses as required in Policy 5.4 of the Future Land Use Element. 5. Improvements are planned to be in compliance with applicable sections of the Collier County LDC as set forth in Objective 3 ofthe Future Land Use Element. 6. The project development is planned to protect the functioning of natural drainage features and natural groundwater aquifer recharge areas as described in Objective 1.5 of the Drainage Sub-Element of the Public Facilities Element. 7. All final local development orders for this project are subject to Division 3.15, Adequate Public Facilities, of the Collier County LDC. G:\BelIows\AR-4] 50, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 11l ---.--.- SECTION I 88 "p~ PROPERTY OWNERSHIP & GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the location and ownership of the property, and to describe the existing conditions of the property proposed to be developed under the project name of the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. 1.2 LEGAL DESCRIPTION Please see Exhibit "B", Legal Description. 1.3 PROPERTY OWNERSHIP Please see Exhibit "C", Property Ownership. 1.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY AREA A. The project site is located to the north and south of Oil Well Road, north of the developed portions of the Orangetree PUD. The property lies approximately 7 miles east of C.R. 951 (Collier Boulevard) and approximately Y1. mile east of C.R. 846 (Immokalee Road). B. The zoning classification of the project prior to approval of this MPUD document was PUD, as part ofthe Orangetree PUD. 1.5 PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION A. The project lies within Collier County Main Golden Gate Canal Basin. B. Water management facilities for the project will be designed and constructed with discharge via the Golden Gate Canal, subject to approved SFWMD permit(s), C. Elevations within the site vicinity are flat. The elevation of the subject site is approximately sixteen feet (16') above mean sea level. The entirety of the site lies within Flood Zone "D" according to Firm Map # 120067250 D, revised June 3, 1986. D. Surficial sediments on, and in the vicinity of, the project are primarily fine quartz sands and organic loams over shallow limestone bedrock. Specific soil types found on the project include: malabar fine sand, basinger fine sand and boca fine sand. E. The subject property at the time of rezoning IS currently III active citrus production. No native vegetation exists on-site. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 1-1 -----.,.-,.--. 1.6 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 88 The MPUD is a mixed-use residential single family and multi-family community with a maximum of 1,600 units designated "RIG" dwelling units and 200,000 square feet of commercial and office leasable area within areas designated "C/O" on the master plan. Recreational facilities may be provided in conjunction with the dwelling units. Residential land uses, recreational uses, community facility uses, commercial uses and signage are designed to be harmonious with one another in a natural setting by using common architecture, appropriate screeninglbuffering, and native vegetation, whenever feasible. 1.7 SHORT TITLE This Ordinance shall be known and cited as the "Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD". G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 1-2 SECTION II 88 PROJECT DEVELOPMENT 2.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to generally describe the project plan of development, relationships to applicable County ordinances, the respective land uses of the tracts included in the project, as well as other project relationships. 2.2 GENERAL A. Development of the MPUD shall be in accordance with the contents of this Planned Unit Development Document and, to the extent not inconsistent with this MPUD Document, applicable sections of the Collier County LDC as amended and GMP in effect at the time of issuance of any development order to which such regulations relate, such as but not limited to final site development plan, excavation pennit, and preliminary work authorization,. Where these regulations fail to provide developmental standards, then the provisions of the most similar district in the County LDC shall apply. B. Unless otherwise noted, the definitions of all tenns shall be the same as the definitions set forth in the Collier County LDC in effect at the time of building pennit application. C. All conditions imposed and all graphic material presented depicting restrictions for the development of the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD shall become part of the regulations which govern the manner in which the MPUD site may be developed. D. Except as modified, waived or excepted by this MPUD, the provisions of the LDC, where applicable, remain in full force and effect with respect to the development ofthe land which comprises this MPUD. E. Development pennitted by the approval of this MPUD will be subject to concurrency review under the provisions of Division 3.15, Adequate Public Facilities, ofthe LDC. 2.3 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT PLAN AND PROPOSED LAND USES A. The project Master Plan, including layout of streets and use of land for the various tracts, is illustrated by Exhibit "A", the MPUD Master Plan. The specific location and size of individual tracts and the assignment of dwelling units (uses) thereto shall be detennined at the time of detailed site development planning or platting. B. The final size of the recreation and open space lands will depend on the actual requirements for water management, roadway pattern, and dwelling unit size and configuration. 2.4 ROADWAYS G:\8ellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 2-1 8a A. Roadways within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD may be privately owned and maintained or owned or operated and maintained by a community development district. Standards for roads shall be in compliance with the applicable provisions of the LDC regulating subdivisions, unless otherwise modified, waived or excepted by this MPUD or approved during subdivision plat approval. The Developer reserves the right to request substitutions to the LDC design standards in accordance with Section 3.2.7.2 of the LDC. The Developer retains the right to establish gates, guardhouses, and other access controls as may be deemed appropriate on all internal and privately, or CDD, owned or operated and maintained project roadways. B. Roadways within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 3.2.8 of the LDC (ULDC Chapters 4 & 6) with the following substitutions: C. Deviations Streets and access improvements 1. Subsection 3.2.8.4.16.5 ofthe LDC, Street Right-of-Way Width Street right-of-way width: The minimum right-of-way width to be utilized for local streets and cul-de-sacs shall be forty (40) feet. Drive aisles serving multi-family tracts shall not be required to meet this standard. The publicly accessible roadway corridor which provides for an interconnection between Oil Well Road and the CF designated lake parcel shall be permitted to be sixty (60) feet in width. 2. Subsection 3.2.8.4.16.6 of the LDC, Dead-end Streets Cul-de-sacs may exceed a length of one thousand (1,000) feet. 3. Subsection 3.2.8.4.16.8 ofthe LDC, Intersection Radii Intersection radii: Street intersections shall be provided with a minimum of a twenty (20) foot radius (face of curb) for all internal project streets and a thirty-five (35) foot radius for intersections at project entrances. 4. Subsection 3.2.8.4.16.10 of the LDC, Reverse Curves Reverse Curves: Tangent shall not be required between reverse curves on any project streets. Sidewalks, bike lanes and bike paths 5. Subsection 3.2.8.3.17.3 ofthe LDC The publicly accessible entry road extending ITom Oil Well Road to the CF designated parcel shall have a minimum eight foot (8 ') wide pathway on one G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 2-2 side of the street, or a 5 foot wide pathway on both sides of the street which may meander in and out of the right-of-way. 88 -, 6. Subsection 2.7.3.4, PUD Time Limits The Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD shall be required to obtain approval for improvement plans or a development order for inÍÌ'astructure improvements in accordance with the time ftame and specifications outlined in subsection 2.7.3.4. LA of the LDC. 2.5 LAKE SETBACK AND EXCAVATION The lake setback requirements described in Section 3.5.7.1 of the LDC (ULDC Section 3.05.10) may be reduced subject to the provisions established in Sections 3.5.7.1.1 and 3.5.7.1.2 of the LDC (ULDC Sections 3.05.10). All lakes greater than two (2) acres may be excavated to the maximum commercial excavation depths set forth in Section 3.5.7.3.1.of the LDC (ULDC Section 3.05.10) and subject to pennit approval ofthe South Florida Water Management District. 2.6 RELATED PROJECT PLAN APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to the recording of a record plat, and/or condominium plat for all or part of the MPUD, final plans of all required improvements shall receive approval of the appropriate Collier County governmental agency to insure compliance with the MPUD Master Plan, the Collier County LDC and the platting laws of the State of Florida. B. Exhibit "A", the MPUD Master Plan, constitutes the required MPUD development plan. Any division of property and the development of the land shall be in compliance with Division 3.2 of the Collier County LDC and the platting laws of the State of Florida. C. The provisions of Division 3.3 of the Collier County LDC shall apply to the development of all platted tracts or parcels of land as provided in said Division prior to the issuance of a building permit or other development order. D. Utilization of lands within all project public rights-of-way for landscaping, gatehouses access control features, decorative entrance ways, architectural features and signage shall be allowed subject to review and administrative approval by the Collier County Engineering Director for engineering and safety considerations during the development review process and prior to any installations of plant material or construction. Private and Community Development District owned ROW's may be utilized for landscaping, gatehouses access control features, decorative entranceways, architectural features and signage at the discretion of the developer. E. Utility, road, public and private easements shall be established as required during the SDP and/or plat approval process. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 2-3 -----'. F. Appropriate instruments will be provided at the improvements regarding dedications and the method maintenance of common facilities. time of infrastructure for providing perpetual 88 2.7 MODEL HOMES, MODEL SALES OFFICE AND CONSTRUCTION OFFICE A. Model Homes Sales offices, construction offices, and other uses and structures related to the promotion and sale of real estate or such as, but not limited to, pavilions, parking areas, and signs, shall be pennitted principal uses throughout the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. These uses shall be subject to the requirements of Section 2.6.33.4, Section 3.2.6.3.6 and Division 3.3 of the LDC (ULDC Section 5.04.04, 10.02.05 C and Chapter 10 10.02.03). B. Model Homes may be pennitted in single family, multi-family and townhome buildings and up to 8 single family and/or one 8-unit multi family building per platted tract or SDP may be utilized for wet or dry models, subject to the time frames specified in Section 2.6.33 of the LDC (ULDC Section 5.04.04). 2.8 AMENDMENTS TO MPUD DOCUMENT OR MPUD MASTER PLAN Amendments may be made to the MPUD Document as provided in the Collier County Land Development Code, Section 2.7.3.5 (ULDC Section 10.02.12). 2.9 COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE Common area maintenance will be provided by a property owners' association or community development district (CDD). The association or CDD is a legitimate alternative for the timely and sustained provision of quality common area infrastructure and maintenance under the tenns and conditions of a County development approval. For those areas not maintained by association or CDD, the developer will create a property owner association(s), or condominium association(s), whose functions shall include provision for the perpetual maintenance of common facilities and open spaces. The master, or the property owners' association, or CDD, as applicable, shall be responsible for the operation, maintenance, and management of the surface water and stonnwater management systems serving the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD, together with any applicable pennits from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and South Florida Water Management District. 2.10 DESIGN GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS Planned unit development districts are intended to encourage ingenuity, innovation and imagination in the planning, design and development or redevelopment of relatively large tracts of land under unified ownership or control, as set forth in the Collier County Land Development Code, Section 2.2.20.1 (ULDC Section 2.03.06). Commercial components of the project, shall be subject to Division 2.8 of the Collier County LDC. G:\BeIJows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 2-4 2.11 GENERAL PERMITTED USES 8R ,.-~ Certain uses shall be considered general pennitted uses throughout the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. General pennitted uses are those uses which generally serve the developer, property owners and residents of the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD and are typically part ofthe common infrastructure or are considered community facilities. A. General Pennitted Uses: 1. Essential services as set forth under the Collier County Land Development Code, Section 2.6.9.1 (ULDC Section 2.01.03). 2. Water management facilities and related structures. 3. Temporary water and sewage treatment facilities. 4. Lakes including lakes with bulkheads or other architectural or structural bank treatments. 5. Guardhouses, gatehouses, architectural subdivision entry features and access control structures. 6. Community and neighborhood parks, recreational facilities, community centers. 7. Temporary construction, sales, and administrative offices for the developer, builders, and their authorized contractors and consultants, including necessary access ways, parking areas and related uses in accordance with the Collier County LDC in effect at the time pennits are requested unless otherwise specified herein. 8. Model Homes Sales offices, construction offices, and other uses and structures related to the promotion and sale of real estate or such as, but not limited to, pavilions, parking areas, and signs, shall be pennitted principal uses throughout the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. These uses shall be subject to the requirements of Section 2.6.33.4, Section 3.2.6.3.6 (ULDC Sections 5.04.04, Section 10.02.05 C) and Division 3.3 of the LDC (ULDC Chapter 10, Section 10.02.03). 9. Landscape features including, but not limited to, landscape buffers, benns, fences and walls in accordance with the Collier County LDC in effect at the time pennits are requested unless otherwise specified herein. 10. Agricultural uses and related accessory uses. However, agricultural operations shall cease upon recordation of a plat for a specific tract. 11. Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing uses and which the Planning Services Director detennines to be compatible. G:\Bellows\AR-4150. Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 2-5 B. Development Standards 88 Unless otherwise set forth in this Document, the following development standards shall apply to structures: 1. Setback from back of curb or edge of pavement of any road - Fifteen feet (15'). Guardhouses, gatehouses, fences, walls, columns, decorative architectural features and access control structures shall have no required setback. 2. Setback from exterior property lines - One half (Yz) the height of the structure. 3. Minimum distance between structures, which are part of an architecturally unified grouping - Five feet (5'). 4. Minimum distance between unrelated structures - Ten feet (10'). 5. Minimum floor area - None required. 6. Minimum lot or parcel area - None required. 7. Maximum Height - Thirty feet (30') for guardhouses and decorative architectural features. 8. Sidewalks, bike paths, and cart paths may occur within County required buffers; however the width of the required buffer shall be increased proportionately to the width of the paved surface of the sidewalk, bike path, or cart path. 9. Standards for parking, building setbacks, landscaping, signs and other land uses where such standards are specified herein, are the development standards for the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. Where standards are not specified within the MPUD Document, such standards and uses shall be determined to those most comparable found in the Collier County LDC in effect at the time of site development plan approval. 2.12 OPEN SPACES REQUIREMENTS Section 2.6.32 (ULDC Section 4.02.01) of the LDC requires that mixed-use PUDs provide a minimum of 30% open space. At the time of site development plan or plat approval, the developer must demonstrate compliance with this requirement. For purposes of this requirement, no minimum open space requirement shall be applicable to the commercial/office area; however, nothing herein shall exempt the commercial/office area from providing minimum buffers or building perimeter landscaping, consistent with the LDC or MPUD. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 2-6 2.13 LANDSCAPE BUFFERS, BERMS, FENCES AND WALLS a PrinCiPa~sß Landscape buffers, berms, fences and walls are generally permitted as throughout the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. A. Landscape berms shall have the following maximum side slopes: 1. Grassed berms 4:1 2. Ground covered berms Perimeter 3: 1 Internal to project 3:1 3. Structural walled berms - vertical Fence or wall maximum height: Six feet (6'), as measured fÌ'om the finished floor elevation of the nearest residential structure within the development. If the fence or wall is constructed on a landscaped berm, the wall shall not exceed six feet (6') in height fÌ'om the top of berm elevation. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange B]ossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 2-7 SECTION III 88 RESIDENTIAL/GOLF "RIG" 3.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to identify permitted uses and development standards for areas within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD designated on the Master Plan as "RIG", Residential/Golf. 3.2 MAXIMUM DWELLING UNITS A maximum of 1 ,600 dwelling units of various types may be constructed within areas designated RIG on the Master Plan. 3.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Areas designated as "RIG," Residential on the Master Plan are designed to accommodate a full range of residential dwelling types and general permitted uses as described by Section 2.11, a full range of recreational facilities, essential services, and customary accessory uses. The approximate acreage of the area designated for residential/golf development is indicated on the MPUD Master Plan. This acreage is based on conceptual designs and is approximate. Actual acreages of all development tracts will be provided at the time of site development plan in accordance with Division 3.2, of the LDC. Residential tracts are designed to accommodate internal roadways, open spaces, and other similar uses found in residential areas. 3.4 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land used, in whole or part, for other than the following: A. Principal Uses: 1. Single family attached and detached dwellings, townhomes. 2. Single family patio and zero lot line dwellings. 3. Two-family and duplex dwellings. 4. Multi-family dwellings including coach homes and garden apartments. 5. Model homes and model home centers including offices for project administration, construction, sales and marketing. 6. Recreational facilities such as parks, playgrounds, and pedestrian/bikeways. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 7. Golf courses and golf course related clubs and facilities, inclUding8 B clubhouses, restaurants, pro shops, tennis courts, swimming pools and similar recreational facilities. 8. Indoor and outdoor recreation facilities, including but not limited to community centers, swimming pools, tennis courts, and the like. 9. Gazebos, architectural features, fishing piers, courtyards, golf course shelters. 10. Indoor parking facilities and outdoor parking lots. 11. Those uses outlined in Section 2.11.A herein. B. Accessory Uses and Structures: 1. Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with the principal uses pennitted in this District, including swimming pools, spas and screen enclosures, recreational facilities designed to serve the development, and essential services. 2. Any other accessory use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing uses. 3.5 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Table 1 sets forth the development standards for the residential land uses within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD RIG Development Area. B. Site development standards for single family, zero lot line, patio home, two-family, duplex, single family attached and town home uses apply to individual residential lot boundaries. Multi-family standards apply to parcel boundaries. C. Standards for parking, landscaping (excluding landscape buffer width), signs and other land uses, where such standards are not specified herein, are to be in accordance with the LDC in effect at the time of site development plan approval. Unless otherwise indicated, required yard, height, and floor area standards apply to principal structures. D. Development standards for uses not specifically set forth in this Section shall be in accordance with those standards of the zoning district which pennits development that is most similar to the proposed use. E. During the platting process, the developer shall identify the specific housing type intended for each platted tract. F. Development standards for non-residential uses within RIG Designated Areas ofthe Conceptual Master Plan 1. Minimum lot area - None required. 2. Yard requirements: G:\Bellows\AR-4150. Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc a. Front: 25' feet b. Side: 10' feet c. Rear: 0' feet if abutting a golf course or lake, 20' feet if abutting a residential tract. 88 ,'#,;1 3. Maximum heights: 40' not to exceed 3 stories. 4. Parking requirements for non-residential uses a. Golf club, golf related facilities, restaurants, proshops, tennis facilities and spa - 3 spaces for everyone thousand (1,000) square feet of gross floor area of the golf club. For purposes of this Section, the calculation of gross floor area shall not include under- building parking or cart storage facilities. b. Accessory uses and structures - No separate parking area IS required for any accessory use within "RIG". 5. Building Separation: Principal buildings shall be separated a minimum 15' feet. Principal buildings may be attached to accessory structures, such as covered walkways, pergolas and similar structures commonly used to provide for pedestrian protection. 6. Signage shall be consistent with provlSlons of Subsection 2.2.20.3.14 (ULDC Section 2.03.06) and Section 2.5 (ULDC Section 5.06.04) of the LDC, and may be pennitted at the locations conceptually shown on Master Plan. 7. Landscaping shall be in accordance with the LDC. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc TABLE I ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR "RIG" RESIDENTIAL AREAS 88 w. PERMITTED USES Single Zero Lot Line Two Family and Single Multi- AND STANDARDS Family *7 Duplex Family Family Detached Attached Dwellings and Townhouse Category 1 2 3 4 5 Minimum Lot Area 4,200 SF 4,000 SF 3,500*2 1,700 SF 9,000 SF Minimum Lot Width *3 42' 40' 35' 17' 90' Minimum Lot Depth 100' 100' 100' 100' 100' Front Yard*6 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' Side Yard 6' o or 6' *4 o or6' o or *4 15' Rear Yard 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' Rear Yard Accessory * 1 10' 10' 10' 10' 10' Maximum Building 45 feet Height not to exceed 3 35 feet 35 feet 35 feet 35 feet stories Distance Between Detached Principal Structures * 5 12' 12'* 12'*5 12'*5 20'*5 Floor Area Min. (S.F.) 1000 SF 1000 SF 1000 SF 1000 SF 750 SF All distances are in feet unless otherwise noted. *1 - Rear yards for accessory structures on lots and tracts which a abut lake or golf course may be reduced to 0'; however, there shall be no encroachment into a maintenance easement *2 - Each half of a duplex unit requires a lot area allocation of 3,500 square feet for a total minimum lot area of 7,000 square feet *3 - Minimum Jot width may be reduced by 20% for cul-de-sac lots provided the minimum lot area requirement is maintained. *4 - Zero foot (0') minimum side setback on one side as long as a minimum 12 foot separation between principal structures is maintained. *5 - Building distance may be reduced at garages to a minimum of 0 feet where attached garages are provided. *6 - Front entry garages must be setback a minimum of 23' from edge of any provided sidewalk Minimum 20' front yard may be reduced to 15' where the residence is served by a side-loaded or rear entry garage. For comer Jots, front setback shall apply to short side of lot, the set back on the long side of lot, may be reduced to a minimum of IS'. *7 - A conceptual plan for any tract utilized for zero lot line development shall be approved concurrent with a plat for the tract G:\Bellows\AR-41 50, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc SECTION IV 88 COMMERCIAL/OFFICE AREA "C/O" 4.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the permitted uses and development standards for areas designated as Tract "CO", Commercial/Office Area on Exhibit "A", MPUD Master Plan. 4.2 MAXIMUM COMMERCIAL/OFFICE SQUARE FEET The 44± acre Commercial/Office Area (Tract "CO"), shall be developed with not more than 200,000 square feet of commercial/office uses. 4.3 USES PERMITTED No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land used, in whole or in part, for other than the following: A. Principal Uses1: 1. Travel agencies (4724) 2. Any contractor business as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following Major Groups: a. 15- Building construction- general building contractors and operative builders (no outdoor storage permitted). b. 1711-1793, 1796 - 1799 Construction- special trade contractors (no outdoor storage permitted). 3. Any establishment engaged in printing utilizing common processes, classified under the following industry groups: c. a. 2711, 2721- Newspapers and periodicals: publishing or publishing and printing 4. General warehousing and storage (4225), indoor storage. 5. United States Postal Service (4311), except major distribution center. 6. Any retail businesses as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following categories: a. 521 - Lumber and Other building materials dealers b. 523 - Paint, glass, and wallpaper stores; c. 525 - Hardware stores; 1 Reference Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1987 Edition. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 4-1 d. 526 - Retail nurseries, lawn and garden supply stores d. Major Group 53 - General merchandise stores. 88 7. Any retail store engaged in selling food as defined under Major Group 54 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, except freezer food plants. 8. Any retail businesses engaged in selling automobile parts and accessories; and retail gasoline sales (with service facilities), as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following categories: a. 553 - Auto and home supply stores; b. 554 - Gasoline stations, including service stations and marine service stations. 9. Any retail businesses engaged in selling apparel and accessories as defined under Major Group 56 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 10. Any retail businesses engaged in selling home furniture, furnishings, and equipment stores as defined under Major Group 57 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 11. Any retail establishment selling prepared foods and drinks, including alcoholic drinks (for consumption on the premises), as defined under Major Group 58 in the Standard Industrial Classification manual. Drinking places (5813) shall be pennitted only in conjunction with eating places (5812). 12. Any miscellaneous retail businesses as defined under Major Group 59 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, not including Industry Group Numbers: 593 - Used merchandise stores; 596 - nonstore retailers; 598 - fuel dealers 5999 - gravestones, police supply, sales barns; and not including the retail sale of fireworks. 13. Establishments operating primarily in the fields of finance, insurance, and real estate as defined under Major Groups 60,61, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 67 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 14. Hotels/motels, 7011 not to exceed 150 units, with a maximum FAR of .60. Three hundred square feet minimum with a maximum unit size of 700 square feet. 15. Establishments operating primarily to provide personal services as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following industry groups: a. 721 - Laundry, cleaning, and gannent services, only including 7211 - Power laundries, family and commercial, and 7217 - gannent G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 4-2 pressing, and agents for laundries and drycleaners. garment services not elsewhere classified; b. 722 - Photographic portrait studios; c. 723 - Beauty shops; d. 724 - Barber shops; e. 725 - Shoe repair shops and shoeshine parlors; e. 729 - Miscellaneous personal services, only including 7291 - tax return preparation services, and 7299 personal services, only including car title and tag service, computer photography or portraits, dress suit and tuxedo rental, electrolysis (hair removal), hair weaving or replacement service and tanning salons. 7219 - ,laundry as B 16. Establishments operating primarily to provide business services as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following industry numbers: a. 7311 - Advertising agencies; b. 7313 - Radio, television, and publishers' advertising representatives; c. 7331 - Direct mail advertising services; d. 7334 - Photocopying and duplication services; e. 7335 - Commercial photography; f. 7336 - Commercial art and graphic design; g. 7338 - Secretarial and court reporting services; h. 7352 - Medical equipment rental and leasing; 1. 7359 - Equipment rental and leasing, not elsewhere classified; J. 7371 -7379 - Computer services; k. 7383 - News syndicates; 1. 7384 - Photo finishing laboratories; m. 7389 - Business services except automobile recovery, automobile repossession, batik work, bottle exchanges, bronzing, cloth cutting, contractors' disbursement, cosmetic kits, cotton inspection, cotton sampler, directories-telephone, drive-away automobile, exhibits- building, filling pressure containers, field warehousing, fire extinguisher, floats-decoration, folding and refolding, gas systems, bottle labeling, liquidation services, metal slitting and shearing, packaging and labeling, patrol of electric transmission or gas lines, pipeline or powerline inspection, press clipping service, recording studios, repossession service, rug binding, salvaging of damaged merchandise, scrap steel cutting and slitting, shrinking textiles, solvent recovery, sponging textiles, tape slitting, texture designers, textile folding, tobacco sheeting, window trimming, and yacht brokers. 17. 7513 -7549 - Automotive repair, services, parking (except that this shall not be construed to permit the activity of "tow-in parking lots"), and carwashes (group 7542), abutting residential zoning districts shall be subject to the following criteria: a. Size of vehicles. Carwashes designed to serve vehicles exceeding a capacity rating of one ton shall not be allowed. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 4-3 b. Minimum yards. 88 1. Front yard setback: 50 feet. 2. Side yard setback: 40 feet. 3. Rear yard setback: 40 feet. c. Minimum frontage. A carwash shall not be located on a lot with less than 150 feet of frontage on a dedicated street or highway. d. Lot size. Minimum 18,000 square feet. e. Fence requirements. If a carwash abuts a residential district, a masonry or equivalent wall constructed with a decorative finish, six feet in height shall be erected along the lot line opposite the residential district and the lot lines perpendicular to the lot lines opposite the residential district for a distance not less than 15 feet. The wall shall be located within a landscaped buffer as specified in section 2.4.7. all walls shall be protected by a barrier to prevent vehicles from contacting them. f. Architecture. The building shall maintain a consistent architectural theme along each building façade. g. Noise. A carwash shall be subject to Ordinance No. 90-17, Collier County Noise Control Ordinance [Code ch. 54, art. IV]. h. Washing and polishing. The washing and polishing operations for all car washing facilities, including self-service car washing facilities, shall be enclosed on at least two sides and shall be covered by a roof. Vacuuming facilities may be located outside the building, but may not be located in any required yard area. 1. Hours of operation. Carwashes abutting residential districts shall be closed from 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m 18.7841 - Video tape rental; 19.7991 - Physical fitness facilities and 7999 - Amusement and recreation services, not elsewhere classified, including martial arts and dance instruction. 20.8011 - 8059,8071-8072 - Health services, oncologists. 21. Establishments operating primarily to provide legal services as defined under Major Group 81 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 22. Establishments providing educational services as defined in Major Group 82 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 4-4 23. 8351-Child day care services 88 24. 8412- Museums and art galleries 25. Establishments operating a variety of membership organizations as defined in Major Group 86 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 26. Establishments operating primarily to provide engineering, accounting, research, and management for the following industry numbers: 1. 8711 - Engineering services; 2. 8712 - Architectural services; 3. 8721 - Accounting, auditing, and bookkeeping services; 4. 8732 - Commercial economic, sociological, and educational research; 5. 8742 - Management consulting services; 6. 8743 - Public relations services; 7. 8748 - Business consulting services. 27. Offices of government as defined under Major Group 91 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 28. Offices for police, fire and public safety Group 92. 29. Agricultural uses, however, agricultural uses shall cease upon recordation of development on the commercial tract. 30. Any other comparable land use as detennined by the Board of Zoning Appeals. 31. Those uses outlined in Section 2.11.A herein. B. Accessory Uses Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with the pennitted principal uses and structures, including, but not limited to: 1. Parking facilities and Signage. 2. Caretaker's residences. 3. Outdoor storage of vehicles associated with a principal use; however, no outdoor equipment storage is pennitted. 4.4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Minimum lot area: 10,000 square feet. B . Average lot width: 100 feet. G:\BeJlows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 4-5 ----.. C. 88 1. Front Yard: 20 feet, except that a minimum 25 foot building setback shall be maintained from Oil Well Road (C.R. 858). ,. Minimum yards (internal): 2. Side Yard: None, or a minimum of 5 feet, with a minimum of 10 feet between structures. 3. Rear Yard: 15 feet. 4. Parcels with two frontages may reduce one front yard by 10 feet. D. Minimum distance between principal structures: fifteen (15) feet. E. Maximum height: 45 feet, except for architectural appurtenances, which shall not exceed 60 feet. F. Minimum floor area: 1,000 square feet per principal structure, on the first finished floor. Kiosk vendor, concessions, and temporary or mobile sales structures are permitted to have a minimum floor area of 25 square feet and are not subject to the setback requirements set forth above. G. Maximum gross leasable floor area: 200,000 square feet. H. Off-street parking and loading requirements: As required by Division 2.3 of the Collier County Land Development Code in effect at the time of Site Development Plan approval. J. Architectural considerations: Commercial/office development in this MPUD shall have a common architectural theme for principal structures which shall include landscaping, signage and color palate. Commercial/office development site design shall conform with the guidelines and standards of Division 2.8 of the LDC (ULDC Section 5.05.08). K. The distance and separation requirements for establishments selling alcoholic beverages for consumption on premises contained within Section 2.6.10 of the LDC shall not apply. There shall be no distance and separation requirement applicable to uses in the "C/O" district. L. Signage locations for residential and commercial components of the project may be permitted at the project entrances and / or within private and Community Development District roadway medians as shown on the conceptual master plan, subject to size and copy criteria found in the LDC. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-3 I -04) clean.doc 4-6 SECTION V 88 COMMUNITY FACILITY DISTRICT "CF" 5.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to identify pennitted uses and development standards for areas within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD community designated on the Master Plan as the "CF" Community Facility District. 5.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Areas designated as "CF" Community Facility on the Master Plan are designed to accommodate a full range of community facility uses and functions. The primary purpose of the CF District is to provide for facilities that may serve the community at large with governmental, administrative, and recreational uses. 5.3 USES PERMITTED No building or structure or part thereof, shall be erected altered or used, in whole or in part for other than the following, subject to regional, state and federal pennits when required: A. Principal Uses 1. Parks, golf courses, passive recreational areas, boardwalks, fishing piers. 2. Recreational shelters and restrooms. 3. Drainage, water management, irrigation for all properties within the MPUD and adjacent properties, and essential utility facilities. 4. Commercial excavation / earth mining. 5. Governmental administrative offices. 6. Public or private schools. 7. Educational services. 8. Child care centers. 9. Those uses outlined in Section 2.11.A herein. B. Accessory uses and structures such as parking lots, walls, benns and signage. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 5-1 5.4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 88 fi',' Development standards for all structures shall be In accordance with the following requirements: A. Minimum building setback shall be 25' for principal structures and 10' for accessory structures. B. Maximum height of structures - Thirty-five feet (35'). C. Standards for parking, landscaping, signs and other land uses where such standards are not specified herein or within adopted Community Design Guidelines and Standards, are to be in accordance with the Collier County LDC in effect at the time of site development plan approval. Unless otherwise indicated, required yards, heights, and floor area standards apply to principal structures. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 5-2 O~__'__." SECTION VI 88 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENTS 6.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the development commitments for the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. 6.2 MPUD MASTER DEVELOPMENT PLAN A. All facilities shall be constructed in accordance with the final site development plans, final subdivision plans and all applicable State and local laws, codes and regulations except where specifically referred or modified herein. B. The MPUD Master Plan (Exhibit A) is an illustration of the conceptual development plan. Tracts and boundaries and acreage allocations shown on the plan are conceptual and approximate and shall not be considered final. Actual tract boundaries shall be determined at the time of preliminary subdivision plat or site development plan approval. C. All necessary easements, dedications, or other instruments shall be granted to insure the continued operation and maintenance of all utilities. D. The sunset time limit for this MPUD shall be Three years from the date of approval. Thereafter, the MPUD shall be governed by the procedures and time limits of Subsection 2.7.3 of the LDC (ULDC Section 10.02.12). 6.3 ENGINEERING A. Except as noted herein, all project development will occur consistent with Divisions 3.2 and 3.3 respectively, ofthe LDC. 6.4 UTILITIES A. Water distribution, sewage collection and transmission systems shall be constructed throughout the project by the developer. Potable water and sanitary sewer facilities constructed within platted rights-of-way or within utility easements shall be conveyed to the utility service provider of the service, pursuant to applicable Collier County Ordinances. B. Developer agrees that locations for a total of no more than five (5) potable water well sites will be made available for use by Collier County Utilities for the Northeast Regional Water Treatment Facilities. Conceptual locations as agreed upon by the Developer and Collier County are shown on Exhibit A. Three (3) of these well sites will be utilized only for wellheads and consisting of a well enclosed in a concrete vault structure, an above grade electrical control panel with telemetry interface and a driveway for access. Two (2) of these sites will be utilized for wellheads, a control building and a driveway for access, and must be located on, or adjacent to a non-residential tract. The control building will include electrical equipment and an emergency power generator unit. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 6-1 88 The three (3) wellhead sites without the control building will be located within a 30' X 30' easement area. The two (2) wellhead/control building sites will be no more than 50' X 50' in dimension. Necessary pipeline and driveway easements will be granted. The County will landscape and maintain all sites to minimize impact in the community. The landscaping shall be compatible with that utilized in the Orange Blossom Ranch development. All driveway materials shall be similar to other driveways in the adjacent area. All concrete vault structures and control building shall be constructed to blend architecturally into the community. (This shall include but not be limited to exterior façade and finish, roofing, etc. To the maximum extent possible pipeline easements as necessary for raw water transmission main shall be located by the County in proposed roadways, adjacent to proposed rights-of-way, or along platted property lines. All final well site and pipeline locations shall be communicated to the Developer during the platting process of the development. Multiple platting of the project may occur. The County agrees upon request of the Developer to modify and adjust final well site and pipeline locations to best accommodate the uses in the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD, and to ensure that the proposed well field and pipelines are compatible with and do not interfere with neighboring properties. C. The developer shall be entitled to up to ten (10) temporary private wells and individual sewage disposal systems as areas are developed prior to construction or expansion of the existing central system serving the Orangetree PUD into the area encompassing the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. All such temporary facilities shall comply with applicable State and County regulations and shall acquire all necessary governmental pennits. 6.5 WATER MANAGEMENT A. In accordance with the Rules of the South Florida Water Management District, this project shall be designed for a stonn event of a 3-day duration and 25-year return frequency. B. An excavation pennit shall be required for the proposed lakes in accordance with Division 3.5 of the Collier County LDC. All lake dimensions shall be approved at the time of excavation pennit approval, and shall be consistent with pennits issued by the South Florida Water Management District. Excavated material may be moved within the limits of the MPUD, and shall not be considered off-site excavation. C. The Orange Blossom Ranch conceptual surface water management system is described in the Surface Water Management and Utilities Report which has been included in the MPUD rezone application materials. D. This project shall be reviewed and approved by the Collier County Stormwater Management Section prior to construction plan approval. Lake sideslopes must G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange BJossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-D4) cJean.doc 6-2 conform to the requirements of Division 3.5 of the LDC (ULDC ClS~, Section 3.05.10). E. The project shall evaluate off-site flows coming onto the property from adjacent properties. The analysis shall ensure that there is sufficient capacity in the proposed perimeter by-pass swale system without causing flooding or causing adverse surface water conditions to such adjacent property owners. This information shall be provided at the time of construction plan review. F. The existing 90± acre lake may be excavated in accordance with Collier County commercial excavation permit requirements and South Florida Water Management District criteria. Off-site removal of excavated material is permitted. G. The entire MPUD shall be permitted to utilize the lake system designed in the residential/golf area and community facility area (90± area lake) for water management. 6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL A. This MPUD shall contain a minimum of 30% of project's acreage as open space which may consist of buffers, lakes, recreation areas and the like. 6.7 TRANSPORTATION The development of this MPUD Master Plan shall be subject to and governed by the following conditions: A. All traffic control devices used must be in accordance with the traffic control standards as adopted by the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT), as amended, as required by Florida Statutes - Chapter 316 Uniform Traffic Control Law. B. All traffic speed limit po stings must be in accordance with the Speed Zoning Manual as adopted by the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT), as amended, as required by Florida Statutes - Chapter 316 Uniform Traffic Control Law. C. Arterial level street lighting must be provided at all development points of ingress and egress. Said lighting must be in place prior to the issuance of the first permanent certificate of occupancy. D. Road Impact Fees will be paid in accordance with Collier County Ordinance 01- 13, as amended. E. Except for the number of points of ingress/egress, until approved on a final site development plan or plat, any and all points of ingress and/or egress as shown on any and all plan submittal(s) are conceptual in nature and subject to change, as determined by Collier County Staff. The County reserves the right to modify or close any ingress and/or egress location(s) to County maintained roads determined to have an adverse affect on the health, safety and welfare of the public, except G:\Bellows\AR-4150. Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 6-3 that the project shall be guaranteed not less than 4 points of direct access to S 8 from Oil Well Road. These include but are not limited to safety concerns, operational circulation issues and roadway capacity problems. F. Any and all median opening locations onto County maintained roads must be in accordance with the Collier County Access Management Policy, as amended, and LDC, as amended. Such median access and control will remain under the County's authority. The County reserves the right to modify or close any such median opening( s) determined to have an adverse affect on the health, safety and welfare of the public. These include but are not limited to safety concerns, operational circulation issues and roadway capacity problems. G. Nothing in any development order will vest the right of access onto county maintained road over and above a right in/right out condition. Neither will the existence of nor lack of a future median opening be the basis for any future cause of action for damages against the County by the Developer(s), its successor(s) in title, or assignee(s). H. The development will be designed to promote the safe travel of all users including pedestrians and bicyclists. Pedestrian and bicycle travel ways will be separated from vehicular traffic areas in accordance with recognized standards and safe practices, as determined by Collier County Staff. I. The Developer(s) must provide any and all site related transportation improvement(s) including, but not limited to, any and all necessary turn lane(s) improvement(s) at the development entrance(s) on Oil Well Road prior to the issuance of the first permanent certificate of occupancy. Said improvements are considered site related, and therefore, do not qualify for impact fee credits. When said turn lane improvement(s), whether left turn lane(s) and/or right turn lane(s), are determined to be necessary, right-of-way and/or compensating right-of-way, will be provided in conjunction with said improvement(s), as determined by Collier County Staff. J. All work within Collier County right-of-way will meet the requirements of Collier County Ordinance No. 93-64. K. All internal access(es), drive aisles and sidewalk(s) not located within the County right-of-way will be maintained by an entity created by the Developer(s), its successor(s) in title, or assignee(s) or by a CDD. L. In order to facilitate future right-of-way improvements for Oil Well Road, the Developer agrees to reserve, an area for road right of way purposes of up to 100' in width along the project's entire frontage on Oil Well Road. This reservation area will consist of a maximum width of 75' along the northern right-of-way line, and up to a maximum width of 25' along the southern right-of-way line. The right of way needed for turn lanes, or any other transportation related improvements to access the site would be included in the maximum widths specified above. However, such portions of right of way shall be considered site related and will not qualify for impact fee credits. The Developer shall convey the desired area to the County within ninety (90) days after written notice from the County. Until such time as the developer conveys any of such area to the G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 6-4 88 County, the Developer shall be permitted to provide landscaping and buffer plantings within the right of way reservation area. At the time of delivery of the deed conveying any of such area to Collier County, the County shall remit to the Developer an amount equal to the fair market value as of the date of this approval of the MPUD. The fair market value shall be determined by an appraisal conducted by a MAl certified appraiser selected by the Developer from the county's approved list of certified appraisers, and shall be based on zoning that was in place on the reservation area one day prior to the effective date of this MPUD. M. Except for that corridor identified as public right-of-way to the CF parcel, access controls may be installed on all non-county roadways. 6.8 COMMUNITY FACILITY A. A 60 foot wide easement corridor for public right-of-way purposes shall be provided from Oil Well Road to the CF designated parcel as conceptually located on Exhibit "A", Conceptual Master Plan. Impact fee credits shall be provided to the developer in accordance with Ordinance 01-13, as amended, if authorized. The corridor shall be determined by the developer during the plat or site development review process, as may be applicable, and the developer shall have no responsibility to construct said roadway. The requirements of Subsection 2.2.20.3.7 of the LDC (ULDC Section 2.03.06) apply to this contribution. The instrument of conveyance shall provide for the vacation and/or abandonment of said easement if alternative access to Oil Well Road is obtained from outside the project boundary. 1. The existing 90± acre lake shall be donated to Collier County no earlier than two years from the date of MPUD approval, unless the County requests title transfer at an earlier date. A minimum written notice of 90 days shall be given to the developer of the County's intent to obtain title to the subject lake. The developer shall retain a perpetual drainage and irrigation easement in, on, under and over the lake for the benefit of the entire MPUD, for which reservation and use rights will be contained in the deed. 2. In consideration for the conveyance, the Developer shall at the time of conveyance to the County, receive community and regional park impact fee credits for an equivalent amount of the impact fees which otherwise would be required to be paid for all residential units constructed within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. G:\BelJows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (8-31-04) clean.doc 6-5 1/'.. r ~_. - ...---.--. ...... ... .... .. j I , ; ........ Ma oS ~~ j I. ~I~ I ;c~ 111 I ¡:II J~ š~~d - - -.---.-- ..... ~ ~ < i ~i §i r ~ f -:;1;_ I U1W1D 1D'D toCI1DI:I ~ A.'YIff:l rIDNS :]SrI " ~ ;? ; ~ 5 þ f þ ..., ø~ j If! ~I:I ;11 ~ § i! ~I" ~·I il ~ I j ~II CJ~ I d I ~ ; ,I : ~I I ~ II I ~I III Ijl 1/1 .~ II ~i ~ ;¡ ~ ¡ ~ &: . lil!å IJ! Iii I I I !II ,III !!! : :;1 I III i.=~ ¡if li!~ ¡ii I ill III îd 2 Ii ... q la f I~ ~ pi àf ~I: ~! ~ ) ~ ~ I. III ¡ - - L= __ _ L__ !:!! HI f i~~i - ---- -- ~ ~~=-c: -= ~_==: -= -ë "='2:--'C-" d1b:-~ "'""--== "_~-=-,,,,=: ö ::: :;: I' I 8B EXHmIT B LEGAL DESCRIPTION ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD (DRAWING # B-2309-2) THREE PARCELS OF LAND LOCATED IN SECTIONS 13 , 14 AND 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTIONS 18 AND 19, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: PARCELl COMMENCE AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN SOUTH 88°50'06" WEST, ALONG TIlE SOUTH LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13 FOR A DISTANCE OF 2.68 FEET TO A POINT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS POINT "A"; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°30' II" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 50.01 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R.858) AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN SOUTH 88°50'05" WEST, ALONG SAID NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 2,677.95 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°35'35" WEST, ALONG SAID NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,051.57 FEET TO A POINT ON TIlE EAST LINE OF A 150 FEET WIDE NORTH-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1433 AT PAGES 509 THROUGH 517 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°29'46" WEST, ALONG SAID EAST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 4,173.91 FEET TO A POINT HEREINAFTER REFERED TO AS POINT "B", THE SAME BEING A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF A 150 FOOT WIDE CANAL MAINTENANCE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1322 AT PAGE 1903 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTH 89°33'04" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 3,729.66 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF NORTH GOLDEN GATE CANAL, (AN 80 FOOT WIDE RIGHT OF WAY); THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°29'30" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 4,141.20 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 356.387 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. TOGETHER WITH PARCEL II COMMENCf: AT THE HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED POINT "B" THE SAME BEING THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF A 150 FOOT WIDE NORTH-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1433 AT PAGES 509 THROUGH 517 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°33'04" WEST, ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID NORTH-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT FOR A DISTANCE OF 150.00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°29'46" EAST, ALONG THE WEST LINE OF SAID NORTH-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,820.00 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°33'05" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,463.41 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE CONTINUE SOUTH 89°33'05" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,018.80 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°29'30" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,427.55 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTIIERL Y LINE OF A 150 FOOT WIDE CANAL MAINTENANCE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1322 AT PAGE 1903 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTH 74°32'31" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 1 ,063.68 FEET TO A POINf ON THE WEST LINE OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE CONTINUE NORTH 74°32'31" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 451.69 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 89°33'04" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,018.10 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 97.113 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. TOGETHER WITH PARCEL HI COMMENC~ AT THE HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED POINT "A"; THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°24'57" EAST FOR A DISTANCE OF 50.01 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOU1H RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R.858), THE Page 1 of2 LEGAL DESCRIPTION ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD (DRAWING # B-2309-2) Page 2 of2 88 ~_:'~ J ..,.¡ SAME BEING A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF NORm GOLDEN GATE CANAL, (AN 80 FOOT WIDE RIGHT OF WAY) AND mE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED mENCE RUN SOUTH 00°29'18" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 920.94 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST LINE OF SECTION 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE CONTINUE SOUTH 00°29'18" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,819.06 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°30'46" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 4.33 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION 24; THENCE CONTINUE SOUTH 89030'46" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 395.66 FEET;; mENCE RUN NORTH 58°31'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,010.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 88°17'01" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 645.91 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 81 °45'31" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 230.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 47°05'10" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 686.83 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 31 °29'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 300.00 FEET; mENCE RUN NORTH 50°28'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 630.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 39°58'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 255.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORm 00°24'25" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 850.00 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R.858); THENCE RUN NORTH 89°35'36" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 749.99 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 88°50'07" EAST, ALONG SAID soum RIGHT OF WAY LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 2,677.38 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 162.431 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. LESS AND EXCEPT A PORTION OF THE HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED PARCEL I (DRAWING: B-2754-A) A PARCEL OF LAND LOCATED IN THE SOUTH 1/2 OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BEING MORE P ARTICULARL Y DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: COMMENCE AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE SOUTHWEST 1/4 OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 soum, RANGE 27 EAST, COLliER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°47'09" WEST, ALONG THE EAST LINE OF THE SOUTHWEST 1/4 OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 50.00 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (COUNTY ROAD 858), A 100 FOOT WIDE RIGHT -OF- WAY, AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN SOUTH 89°35'35" WEST, ALONG SAID NORTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,051.57 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 00°29'46" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,016.90 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTH 89°30'14" EAST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,778.74 FEET TO A POINT ON A CIRCULAR CURVE, CONCAVE WEST, WHOSE RADIUS POINT BEARS SOUTH 50°56'33" WEST, A DISTANCE OF 25.00 FEET THEREFROM; THENCE RUN SOUTHERLY, ALONG THE ARC OF SAID CURVE TO THE RIGHT, HAVING A RADIUS OF 25.00 FEET, THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 38°57'10", SUBTENDED BY A CHORD OF 16.67 FEET AT A BEARING OF SOUTH 19°34'52" EAST, FOR A DISTANCE OF 17.00 FEET TO THE END OF SAID CURVE; THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°06'17" EAST FOR A DISTANCE OF 129.08 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A TANGENTIAL CIRCULAR CURVE, CONCAVE EAST; THENCE RUN SOUTHERLY, ALONG THE ARC OF SAID CURVE TO THE LEFT, HAVING A RADIUS OF 360.00 FEET, THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 37°20'49", SUBTENDED BY A CHORD OF 230.53 FEET AT A BEARING OF SOUTH 18°46'42" EAST, FOR A DISTANCE OF 234.66 FEET TO THE END OF SAID CURVE; THENCE RUN SOUTH 37°27'06" EAST FOR A DISTANCE OF 48.89 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A TANGENTIAL CIRCULAR CURVE, CONCAVE WEST; THENCE RUN SOUTHERLY, ALONG THE ARC OF SAID CURVE TO THE RIGHT, HAVING A RADIUS OF 190.00 FEET, THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 37°32'05", SUBTENDED BY A CHORD OF 122.26 FEET AT A BEARING OF SOUTH 18°41'04" EAST, FOR A DISTANCE OF 124.47 FEET TO mE END OF SAID CURVE; THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°04'59" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 444.49 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTH 44°27'32" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 64.33 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF SAID OIL WELL ROAD; mENCE RUN SOUTH 88°50'05" WEST, ALONG SAID NORTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 821.73 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING; CONTAINING 43.664 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. Page 2 of2 _~____'·'"___>___,___,_,_··_,_.·._.m'··_ ~".._- ._..._.__.- ;\ 88 EXIllBIT "C" PROPERTY OWNERSHIP Folio Number 00209961102 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00209961500 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210042007 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210650004 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210660201 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210660104 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210660007 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership Bryan W. Paul Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership Bryan W. Paul Bryan Paul. Incorporated Bryan W. Paul F:\10B\ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH\PUD\BXHIBIT C.doc October 1, 2004 Attn: Pam Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, Florida 34102 Re: PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD Dear Pam: Please advertise the above referenced notice on Sunday, October 10, 2004, and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved, to this office. Thank you. Sincerely, Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk P.O.lAccount # 113-138312-649110 88 88 NOTICE OF INTENT TO CONSIDER ORDINANCE Notice is hereby given that on TUESDAY, October 26, 2004¡ in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor¡ Administration Building¡ Collier County Government Center¡ 3301 East Tamiami Trail¡ Naples, Florida¡ the Board of County Commissioners will consider the enactment of a County Ordinance. The meeting will commence at 9:00 A.M. The title of the proposed Ordinance is as follows: AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-41, AS AMENDED, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING ATLAS MAP OR MAPS, BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO PUD ZONING DISTRICT FOR A MIXED USE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT TO BE KNOWN AS THE ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD LOCATED ON THE NORTH AND SOUTH SIDES OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R. 858) APPROXIMATELY ONE MILE EAST OF IMMOKALEE ROAD (C.R. 846) IN SECTIONS 13, 14 AND 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 616 +/- ACRES; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE PUDZ-2003-AR-4150: D. Wayne Arnold, of Q. Grady Minor and Associates, P.A., and Anthony P. Pires, Esquire of Woodward, Pires and Lombardo, representing the Bryan W. Paul Family and the Bryan W. Paul Limited partnership¡ requesting a rezone from the PUD Zoning district to the PUD zoning district, for mixed use Residential and Commercial Planned Development to be known as the Orange Blossom Ranch PUD. The property is located on the north and south sides of Oil Well Road, approximately 1 mile east of Immokalee Road, in Section 13, 14 and 24, Township 48 South¡ Range 27 East, and Section 19¡ Township 48 South¡ Range 28 East, Collier County, Florida, and consists of 616 +/- acres. (Companion to PUDA-03-AR-4227) Copies of the proposed Ordinance are on file with the Clerk to the Board and are available for inspection. All interested parties are invited to attend and be heard. NOTE: All persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by the Chairman, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. 88 Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk (SEAL) Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'COÜii1\'-ofGöl1ier ...·.~l'~ ....J ,....... \ CLERK OF THÊ èIRCtIIT COURT '- \ COLLIER COUNTY t' '. URT~O. USE 3301 TAMIAMI T. IL EÄ~T P.O, BOX 4 ~044 \ NAPLES, FLORIDA~ft,101-3d44 ~,<, I -ÕI";, , 88 Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds )~,;~,~ " \. I ::,,:':._.-1 / October I, 2004 Bryan W. Paul P.O. Box 2357 Hwy 78-A Labelle, Fl 33935 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch PUD Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, October 26, 2004 as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 10, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~' ~~~~aCXJl ¡)C Deputy Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.f1.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.ß.us Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts Coqjity-ofCølJier CLERK OF THE'-CIRCUIT COURT . \ COLLIER COUNTY èpURTijpUSE 330LTAMIAMI TIµIL EÀ'ST '),". " . P.O. BOX 4~~044 \, NAPLES, FLORlDA ~$,lOl-3044 t(' ¡ 88 ;.-. Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds ...., , ._..-'1 - / October I, 2004 ATTN: D. Wayne Arnold Q. Grady Minor & Associates 3800 Via Del Rey Bonita Springs, Fl 34134 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch PUD Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, October 26, 2004 as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 10, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK 1::::. ~~~o:::~ ~C Deputy Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.f1.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us Heidi R. Rockhold 88 To: Subject: legals@naplesnews.com PUDZ-2003-AR-4150. ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD :J{í Pam, P{ease aávertíse the attacheá notíce on Sunáay October 10, 2004. 5[] 5[] PUDZ-2003-AR-41 !PUDZ-2003-AR-41!: O.doc O.doc If you shou{á have any questíons, y{ease caŒ me at 732-2646 ext. 7240 Thank you, J{eídi 1{. 1WCkfioÛ£' :Mínutes aná'Recorás Heidi Rockhold Heidi R. Rockhold 86 From: Sent: To: Subject: postmaster@clerk.collier.fl.us Monday, October 04,200410:12 AM Heidi R. Rockhold Delivery Status Notification (Relay) '~;..'" 1=- 1= ATT103457.txt :>UDZ-2003-AR-41: ), ORANGE SLOS.. This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. legals@naplesnews.com Heidi Rockhold Heidi R. Rockhold Sa From: Sent: To: Subject: System Administrator [postmaster@naplesnews.com] Monday, October 04, 2004 10:04 AM Heidi R. Rockhold Delivered: PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD PU DZ -2003-AR-41:: ), ORANGE SLOS.. «PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD» Your message To: legals@naplesnews.com Subject: PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD Sent: Man, 4 Oct 2004 10:08:17 -0400 was delivered to the following recipient(s): legals on Man, 4 Oct 2004 10:04:27 -0400 Heidi Rockhold PUDZ-2003-AR-4150. ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD Page 1 of 1 88 Heidi R. Rockhold From: Triano, Juanita Oltriano@naplesnews.com] Sent: Monday, October 04, 2004 10:33 AM To: Heidi R. Rockhold Subject: RE: PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD Thank you for using the Naples Daily News, Your Legal Has Been Received and Will Be Scheduled According to your instructions. Any questions please call 239-263-4700 and ask for the legal department or you can reply to this email and I will be glad to assist you in any way that I can. Sincerely, Juanita Triano 239-263-4721 -----Original Message----- From: Heidi R. Rockhold [mailto:Heidi.Rockhold@clerk.collier.fl.us] Sent: Monday, October 04,2004 10:08 AM To: legals@naplesnews.com Subject: PUDZ-2003-AR-4150, ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD J-{í Pam, P{ease aávertíse tfie attacfieá notíce on Sunáay October 10, 2004. «PU DZ-2003-AR-4150.doc» «pu DZ-2003-AR-4150.doc» If you sfwufá fiave any questíons, yfease ca{{ me at 732-2646 ext. 7240 'l1ianÆ you, J-{eídì 'R. 'RocÆfw{á, :Mínutes aná'Recorás 10/4/2004 Naples Daily News Saples, FL 34102 Affidavit of Publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- 88 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 REFERENCE: 001230 58925048 113-138312-649110 NOTICE OF INTENT TO State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed. Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. PUBLISHED ON: 10/10 NOTICE OF INTENT TO CONSIDER ORDINANCE Notice Is hereby ~n that ~:à W:~A:cI~:~fr:: re;n~Jrnr.-~lIer ~c::mÌY Qover~.ñ.lent C= 3301 iQtTam=iTr.u. ..~\.. Flor_ ~ ct ~e~~uWa C~~slA8M~r:~~i;¡ifdm:eJ~¡::J~ commence at 9.000 . . Ordinance 15 as follows: AN ORDINl':fEO~F cT~tL.r~tR80~~i~~~l~~PDtt i~~Wi~8~8~t~1fu~¥~B~£~~~~J~i~ fNt~E:J'~~ld~~8rTJrUNl~CORPO~M~GA~ffE ~~~if~ttl~W~li:~~ ~~:~r~~;í~~~i HEREIN DESCRIB5t~i~N~R(~~5f ZONING DIS- Pl.ANNE~. N~Tì NIIIIG ÐtStRICTfORA~XfDUSE ~m· . PMENT 'f0 8EL.~RTtC ~~ :¡:~Ê ¡fÞ rtC&'\r,U81L. WEL.L.JOI~ (C.R. Jo~~~m)' Ig~\~rA;J4 AND MOT P 48 SOUTH RAN. GE 27 EAST...~...P SEC- 21b ' I11'H RANGE 28 ~I COL.- ~~iJ~~tw~i!:~~lltrt~~¡rl16 +/- PUDZ.2003-AR-4150: D. Wayne Amold. of ~ ~~~ Minor and ASsocla:J' :¡A.. = f'o:n'W~dO: repre: =g~: g. W~oo~W. Þa...\1 am lIytlnand a ~~anfro % Paul L.lmlted Ip. r~es g Ina dIStrict. the PUÞ Zonl dl=: and ro:.='clal Planned ~v~=e~rto be known as UIè orangel~o= Ranc~SI~ gfO&T1.lr ,=~~~XlmatelY 1 ~re. east of tmmokalee Road. In Section 13. ~:Jro'A 24, Township 48 South. Range N l:tt, c~lfer Coun- 19; ¡~~~~I~ :tsrst:~g:16 +/- acres. (Compa- %on to PUDA.Q3·AR-4227) eel Ordinance are on file with CopIes of the propos d and are available for InSPec- tt'~n~I~1 \~t~r~= parties are Invited to attend and be heard. , NOTE: AII~P~SOI~rw~r~'~.. = o~d:M~t~~ it1Im!'!'lUS . v. ... of the aoen.4.& ~ to be ad- G~:s~. p Ind vlttual s~~:re:i~ ~ ~I~v:u~ minutes on an~Tof an oroU\lzatlon or ,rouP Is ~~~=g~~. If recognlzecl ~~~~a~1:. r:=;'b: sPokespersoln.~ ato~:' an Itèm. a1lottéCl10 m n........ """"" . to llave written or g~1c materl- :rrbmlr.rtg¡~Id~~mlr¡oante~it :~n1mt~no~~ ~=t~rfo~~~ su sa h .....ft In any case written the re5p.ectlve pµbllc e........· eel the Board (0 r j ma~terll als Inbteridml~ : te :~~te b~ounty staff slla su ftO seven .. S PfIOI' to the puÞllc hear- a mum . "'. eel r. .:;:.;.;........+lons before the Ing. All material us.. '.!~':'~f the record Board will bec;orne a øerm......." - . . d Id to ~aI a decision of the ~~~rr~ffr.=~ aec;e:rd of the proceed~~g:n~~~ talnlng thl:t~m ~ow.e~,~, :,g~~s Is made. ~~~ ~:Cord Includes the testimony añâ evidence upon which the appeal Is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COL.LIER COUNTY. FL.ORIDA pOIØiAtw.A. CtIØMAN :£~CMØ , ·...·c__~ AD SPACE: 182.000 INCH FILED ON: 10/11/04 --------------------------------------------------+-------- Signature of Affiant ~. .r' Sworn to and Subscribed bef~re me this \\~-lday of personally known by me 7ír"'t'J_'~ ß...JJ..'7 ,,\1V1:1"1 . ~ . ;~~.fJ:i:'\ ,carnett ßushc!19 .~CjJ:j ~~'I CC'MMISS1CN # DD23_~689 EX"'!RE~ .... ..<_>;¡/'~ . JUly 24, 2001 ';:r,,9r:,Ÿ~"i,··· 30NDED fHRU TROY FAIN INSURANCE. INC -- ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP ~ 8 B TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (Li st in routing order) 1. Sandra Lea CDES 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approvaL Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Ray Bellows, Manager Contact Agenda Date Item was 11/16/04 A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number 403-2463 ~ Agenda Item Number 8B Ordinance for AR-4150 Number of Original Documents Attached Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed Pß by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's N/A Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final negotiated contract dates whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's p3 signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip 1J(A should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms! County Forms! BCC Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 -8 B -.if ... ORDINANCE NO. 04 - 74 AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 04-41, AS AMENDED, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING ATLAS MAP OR MAPS, BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO PUD ZONING DISTRICT FOR A MIXED USE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT TO BE KNOWN AS THE ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD LOCATED ON THE NORTH AND SOUTH SIDES OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R. 858) APPROXIMATELY ONE MILE EAST OF IMMOKALEE ROAD (C.R. 846) IN SECTIONS 13, 14, AND 24, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 616± ACRES; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE, WHEREAS, D, Wayne Arnold, of Q. Grady Minor and Associates, representing Bryan W. Paul, petitioned the Board of County Commissioners to change the zoning classification of the herein described real property. ~ :" NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED ., BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that: SECTION ONE: The zoning classification of the herein described real property located in Sections 13, 14, and 24, Township 48 South, Range 27 East, and Section 19, Township 48 South, Range 28 East, Collier County, Florida, is changed from a PUD Zoning District to a PUD Zoning District for a mixed use Planned Unit Development in accordance with the Orange Blossom PUD Document, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated by reference herein identified as PUD-2003-AR-4150. The appropriate Official' Zoning Atlas Map or Maps, as described in Ordinance Number 04-41, as amended, the Collier Cou~ty Land Development Code is/are hereby amended accordingly. SECTION TWO: This Ordinance shall become effective upon filing with the Department of State. Page 1 of 2 !' 8 B PASSED AND DULY ADOPTED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier~ County, Florida, this J (0 'fl day of ~, 2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUN Y, FLORIDA )~ BY: /Jh.~-'..¿ -¡zl: Marjori . Student Assistant County Attorney PUDZ-2003-AR-4150RB/lo/sp Item # Bß Page 2 of 2 L\~tø Rsc:d 8 8 .. ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH A MIXED USE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT PREPARED FOR: Bryan Paul Citrus, Incorporated P.O. Box 2357 Hwy78-A Labelle, FL 33935-2357 PREPARED BY: Q. Grady Minor & Associates, P.A. 3800 Via Del Rey Bonita Springs, Florida 34134 and Woodward, Pires and Lombardo, P.A. 3200 Tamiami Trail North Suite 200 Naples, FL 34103 DATE REVIEWED BY CCPC DATE APPROVED BY BCC ORDINANCE NUMBER AMENDMENTS AND REPEAL DOCUMENT DATE 11-16-2004 04-74 EXHIBIT "A" G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 8 B .. INDEX PAGE List of Exhibits 11 Statement of Compliance 111 SECTION I Property Ownership, Legal General Description and Short Title 1-1 SECTION II Project Development 2-1 SECTION III Residential/Golf Development Areas 3-1 SECTION IV Commercial/Office 4-1 SECTION V Community Facility 5-1 SECTION VI General Development Commitments 6-1 G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc EXHffiIT "A" EXHffiIT "B" EXHffiIT "C" LIST OF EXHIBITS Conceptual Master Plan and Water Management Plan Legal Description Property Ownership Infonnation G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (J 1-19-04) Clean.doc 11 8 8 ST A TEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 8 B - The development consists of 616± acres of property in Collier County as a Mixed Use Planned Unit Development (MPUD) to be known as the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD, which will be in compliance with the goals, objectives, and policies of Collier County as set forth in the Collier County Growth Management Plan (GMP). The Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD is a mixed-use residential community with associated community facility, recreational, and commercial uses and will be consistent with the applicable elements of the Collier County GMP for the following reasons: 1. The subject property is within the Settlement Area District Designation as identified on the Future Land Use Map, which permits a wide variety of land uses, including commercial, residential, community facility and recreation. 2. The total acreage of the MPUD is 616 ± acres. The maximum number of dwelling units to be built on the total acreage is 1,600. The number of dwelling units per gross acre, less the 44± acre Commercial/Office area, is approximately 2.8 units. The density on individual parcels of land throughout the project may vary according to the type of housing placed on each parcel of land. No maximum densities have been established in the Settlement Area District. The MPUD proposes the inclusion of community shopping and office development which will serve the surrounding area, on approximately 44 acres. The maximum gross leasable area for commercial uses shall be 200,000 square feet. These uses are consistent with the Settlement Area District of the Future Land Use Element and Golden Gate Area Master Plan in that these areas meet the criteria outlined in the Future Land Use Element, Golden Gate Area Master Plan, and Subsection 2.03.06 of the Land Development Code (LDC) ). 3. The subject property's location in relation to existing or proposed community facilities and services permits the development's residential density as described in Objective 2 of the Future Land Use Element. 4. The project development is compatible and complementary to existing and future surrounding land uses as required in Policy 5.4 ofthe Future Land Use Element. 5. Improvements are planned to be in compliance with applicable sections of the Collier County LDC as set forth in Objective 3 ofthe Future Land Use Element. 6. The project development is planned to protect the functioning of natural drainage features and natural groundwater aquifer recharge areas as described in Objective 1.5 of the Drainage Sub-Element of the Public Facilities Element. 7. All final local development orders for this project are subject to Section 6.02.00, Adequate Public Facilities, ofthe Collier County LDC. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 111 SECTION I 8 8 PROPERTY OWNERSHIP AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the location and ownership of the property, and to describe the existing conditions of the property proposed to be developed under the project name of the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. 1.2 LEGAL DESCRIPTION Please see Exhibit "B", Legal Description. 1.3 PROPERTY OWNERSHIP Please see Exhibit "C", Property Ownership. 1.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY AREA A. The project site is located to the north and south of Oil Well Road, north of the developed portions of the Orangetree PUD. The property lies approximately 7 miles east ofC.R. 951 (Collier Boulevard) and approximately 12 mile east ofC.R. 846 (Immokalee Road). B. The zoning classification of the project prior to approval of this MPUD document was PUD, as part of the Orangetree PUD. 1.5 PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION A. The project lies within Collier County Main Golden Gate Canal Basin. B. Water management facilities for the project shall be designed and constructed with discharge via the Golden Gate Canal subject to approved SFWMD permit(s), C. Elevations within the site vicinity are flat. The elevation of the subject site is approximately sixteen feet (16') above mean sea level. The entirety of the site lies within Flood Zone "D" according to Firm Map # 120067 250 D, revised June 3, 1986. D. Surficial sediments on, and in the vicinity of the project, are primarily fine quartz sands and organic loams over shallow limestone bedrock. Specific soil types found on the project include: malabar fine sand, basinger fine sand and boca fine sand. E. The subject property at the time of rezoning IS currently III active citrus production. No native vegetation exists on-site. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 1-1 · 1.6 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 8 8 The MPUD is a mixed-use residential single family and multi-family community with a maximum of 1,600 units designated "RIG" dwelling units and 200,000 square feet of commercial and office leasable area within areas designated "C/O" on the master plan. Recreational facilities may be provided in conjunction with the dwelling units. Residential land uses, recreational uses, community facility uses, commercial uses and signage are designed to be harmonious with one another in a natural setting by using common architecture, appropriate screeninglbuffering, and native vegetation, whenever feasible. 1.7 SHORT TITLE This Ordinance shall be known and cited as the "Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD". G:\BeJ1ows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 1-2 8 8 SECTION II PROJECT DEVELOPMENT 2.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to generally describe the project plan of development, relationships to applicable County ordinances, the respective land uses of the tracts included in the project, as well as other project relationships. 2.2 GENERAL A. Development of the MPUD shall be in accordance with the contents of this Planned Unit Development Document and, to the extent not inconsistent with this MPUD Document, applicable sections of the Collier County LDC, as amended, in effect at the time of issuance of any development order to which such regulations relate, such as but not limited to final site development plan, excavation permit, and preliminary work authorization,. Where these regulations fail to provide developmental standards, then the provisions of the most similar district in the County LDC shall apply. B. Unless otherwise noted, the definitions of all terms shall be the same as the definitions set forth in the Collier County LDC in effect at the time of building permit application. C. All conditions imposed and all graphic material presented depicting restrictions for the development of the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD shall become part of the regulations which govern the manner in which the MPUD site may be developed. D. Except as modified, waived or excepted by this MPUD, the provisions of the LDC, where applicable, remain in full force and effect with respect to the development of the land which comprises this MPUD. E. Development permitted by the approval of this MPUD will be subject to concurrency review under the provisions of Chapter 6, Adequate Public Facilities, of the LDC. 2.3 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT PLAN AND PROPOSED LAND USES A. The project Master Plan, including layout of streets and use of land for the various tracts, is illustrated by Exhibit "A", the MPUD Master Plan. The specific location and size of individual tracts and the assignment of dwelling units (uses) thereto shall be determined at the time of detailed site development planning or platting. B. The final size of the recreation and open space areas will depend on the actual requirements for water management, roadway pattern, and dwelling unit size and configuration. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 2-1 8 8 2.4 ROADWAYS A. Roadways within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD may be privately owned and maintained or owned or operated and maintained by a community development district. Standards for roads shall be in compliance with the applicable provisions of the LDC regulating subdivisions, unless otherwise modified, waived or excepted by this MPUD or approved during subdivision plat approval. The developer reserves the right to request substitutions to the LDC design standards in accordance with Chapter 10 of the LDC. The developer retains the right to establish gates, guardhouses, and other access controls as may be deemed appropriate on all internal and privately, or CDD owned, or operated and maintained project roadways. B. Roadways within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Chapters 4 and 6 of the LDC with the following substitutions: C. Deviations from Construction Standards Streets and access improvements 1. Street Right-of- Way Width Street right-of-way width: The minimum right-of-way width to be utilized for local streets and cul-de-sacs shall be forty (40) feet. Drive aisles serving multi-family tracts shall not be required to meet this standard. The publicly accessible roadway corridor which provides for an interconnection between Oil Well Road and the CF designated lake parcel shall be permitted to be sixty (60) feet in width. 2. Dead-end Streets Cul-de-sacs may exceed a length of one thousand (1,000) feet. 3. Intersection Radii Intersection radii: Street intersections shall be provided with a minimum of a twenty (20) foot radius (face of curb) for all internal project streets and a thirty-five (35) foot radius for intersections at project entrances. 4. Reverse Curves Reverse Curves: Tangents shall not be required between reverse curves on any project streets. D. Other Deviations Sidewalks, bike lanes and bike paths 1. Chapters 4 and 6 ofthe LDC, G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 2-2 8 B The publicly accessible entry road extending rrom Oil Well Road to the CF designated parcel shall have a minimum eight foot (8') wide pathway on one side of the street, or a 5 foot wide pathway on both sides of the street which may meander in and out of the right-of-way. 2.5 LAKE SETBACK AND EXCAVATION The lake setback requirements described in Sections 22-106 through 22-119 of the Code of Laws and Ordinance of Collier County, Florida may be reduced subject to the provisions established in the Code of Laws and Ordinance of Collier County, Florida. All lakes greater than two (2) acres may be excavated to the maximum commercial excavation depths subject to pennit approval of the South Florida Water Management District. 2.6 RELATED PROJECT PLAN APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to the recording of a record plat, and/or condominium plat for all or part of the MPUD, final plans of all required improvements shall receive approval of the appropriate Collier County governmental agency to insure compliance with the MPUD Master Plan, the Collier County LDC and the platting laws of the State of Florida. B. Exhibit "A", the MPUD Master Plan, constitutes the required MPUD development plan. Any division of property and the development of the land shall be in compliance with Chapter 10 of the Collier County LDC and the platting laws of the State of Florida. C. The provisions of Chapter 10 of the Collier County LDC shall apply to the development of all platted tracts or parcels of land as provided in said Chapter prior to the issuance of a building pennit or other development order. D. Utilization of lands within all project public rights-of-way for landscaping, gatehouses access control features, decorative entrance ways, architectural features and signage shall be allowed subject to review and administrative approval by the Collier County Engineering Director for engineering and safety considerations during the development review process and prior to any installations of plant material or construction. Private and community development district owned rights-of-way may be utilized for landscaping, gatehouses access control features, decorative entranceways, architectural features and signage at the discretion of the developer. E. Utility, road, public and private easements shall be established as required during the site development plan and/or plat approval process. F. Appropriate instruments will be provided at the time of inrrastructure improvements regarding dedications and the method for providing perpetual maintenance of common facilities. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 2-3 8 B 2.7 MODEL HOMES, MODEL SALES OFFICE AND CONSTRUCTION OFFICE A. Model homes sales offices, construction offices, and other uses and structures related to the promotion and sale of real estate such as, but not limited to, pavilions, parking areas, and signs, shall be permitted principal uses throughout the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. These uses shall be subject to the requirements of Subsection 5.04.04, Subsection 10.02.05 C and Subsection 10.02.03 of the LDC. B. Model homes may be permitted in single family, multi-family and townhome buildings and up to 8 single family and/or one 8-unit multi family building per platted tract or area subject to site development plan approval may be utilized for wet or dry models, subject to the time frames specified in Subsection 5.04.04 ofthe LDC. 2.8 AMENDMENTS TO MPUD DOCUMENT OR MPUD MASTER PLAN Amendments may be made to the MPUD Document and MPUD Master Plan as provided herein and in Subsection 10.02.13 of the LDC. 2.9 COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE Common area maintenance shall be provided by a property owners' association or community development district (CDD). The association or CDD is a legitimate alternative for the timely and sustained provision of quality common area infrastructure and maintenance under the terms and conditions of a County development approval. For those areas not maintained by association or CDD, the developer will create a property owner association(s), or condominium association(s) whose functions shall include provision for the perpetual maintenance of common facilities and open spaces. The master, or the property owners' association, or CDD, as applicable, shall be responsible for the operation, maintenance, and management of the surface water and stormwater management systems serving the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. 2.10 DESIGN GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS Planned unit development districts are intended to encourage ingenuity, innovation and imagination in the planning, design and development or redevelopment of relatively large tracts of land under unified ownership or control, as set forth in Subsection 2.03.06 of the LDC. Commercial components of the project shall be subject to Subsection 5.05.08 of the LDC. 2.11 GENERAL PERMITTED USES Certain uses shall be considered general permitted uses throughout the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. General permitted uses are those uses which generally serve the developer, property owners and residents of the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD and are typically part ofthe common infrastructure or are considered community facilities. A. General Permitted Uses: 1. Essential services as set forth under the Collier County LDC, Subsection 2.01.03. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 2-4 8 8 2. Water management facilities and related structures. 3. Temporary water and sewage treatment facilities. 4. Lakes including lakes with bulkheads or other architectural or structural bank treatments. 5. Guardhouses, gatehouses, architectural subdivision entry features and access control structures. 6. Community and neighborhood parks, recreational facilities, community centers. 7. Temporary construction, sales, and administrative offices for the developer, builders, and their authorized contractors and consultants, including necessary access ways, parking areas and related uses in accordance with the Collier County LDC in effect at the time permits are requested unless otherwise specified herein. 8. Model homes sales offices, construction offices, and other uses and structures related to the promotion and sale of real estate or such as, but not limited to, pavilions, parking areas, and signs. These uses shall be subject to the requirements of Subsection 5.04.04, Subsection 10.02.05 C and Subsection 10.02.03 of the LDC. 9. Landscape features including, but not limited to, landscape buffers, berms, fences and walls in accordance with the Collier County LDC in effect at the time permits are requested unless otherwise specified herein. 10. Agricultural uses and related accessory uses. However, agricultural operations shall cease upon recordation of a plat or approval of a site development plan for a specific tract. 11. Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing uses and which the Board of Zoning Appeals determines to be compatible. B. Development Standards Unless otherwise set forth in this Document, the following development standards shall apply to structures: 1. Setback from back of curb or edge of pavement of any road - Fifteen feet (15 '). Guardhouses, gatehouses, fences, walls, columns, decorative architectural features and access control structures shall have no required setback. 2. Setback from exterior property lines - One half (Y2) the height of the structure. G:\Bel1ows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 2-5 3. Minimum distance between structures, which are part of an architecturallß unified grouping - Ten feet (10). 8 4. Minimum distance between unrelated structures - Ten feet (10'). 5. Minimum floor area - None required. 6. Minimum lot or parcel area - None required. 7. Maximum Height - Thirty feet (30') for guardhouses and decorative architectural features. 8. Sidewalks, bike paths, and cart paths may occur within County required buffers; however the width of the required buffer shall be increased proportionately to the width of the paved surface of the sidewalk, bike path, or cart path. 2.12 OPEN SPACES REQUIREMENTS Subsection 4.02.01 of the LDC requires that mixed-use PUDs provide a minimum of 30% open space. At the time of site development plan or plat approval, the developer shall demonstrate compliance with this requirement. For purposes of this requirement, a minimum of 10% of the C/O area shall be open space. 2.13 LANDSCAPE BUFFERS, BERMS, FENCES AND WALLS Landscape buffers, berms, fences and walls are generally permitted as a principal use throughout the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. A. Landscape berms shall have the following maximum side slopes: 1. Grassed berms 4:1 2. Ground covered berms Perimeter 3: 1 Internal to project 3:1 3. Structural walled berms - vertical Fence or wall maximum height: Six feet (6'), as measured ftom the finished floor elevation of the nearest residential structure within the development. If the fence or wall is constructed on a landscaped berm, the wall shall not exceed six feet (6') in height ftom the top of berm elevation. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 2-6 SECTION III 8 B RESIDENTIAL/GOLF "RIG" 3.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to identify permitted uses and development standards for areas within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD designated on the Master Plan as "RIG", Residential/Golf. 3.2 MAXIMUM DWELLING UNITS A maximum of 1,600 dwelling units of various types may be constructed within areas designated RIG on the Master Plan. 3.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Areas designated as "RIG," Residential/Golf on the Master Plan are designed to accommodate a full range of residential dwelling types and general permitted uses as described by Section 2.11 and a full range of recreational facilities, essential services, and customary accessory uses. The approximate acreage of the area designated for residential/golf development is indicated on the MPUD Master Plan. This acreage is based on conceptual designs and is approximate. Actual acreages of all development tracts will be provided at the time of site development plan in accordance with Chapter 4, ofthe LDC. Residential tracts are designed to accommodate internal roadways, open spaces, and other similar uses found in residential areas. 3.4 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land used, in whole or part, for other than the following: A. Principal Uses: 1. Single family attached and detached dwellings, town homes. 2. Single family patio and zero lot line dwellings. 3. Two-family and duplex dwellings. 4. Multi-family dwellings including coach homes and garden apartments. 5. Recreational facilities such as parks, playgrounds, and pedestrian!bikeways. 6. Golf courses and golf course related clubs and facilities, including clubhouses, restaurants, pro shops, tennis courts, swimming pools and similar recreational facilities. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange B]ossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 3-1 7. Indoor and outdoor recreation facilities, including but not limited tß community centers, swimming pools, tennis courts, and the like. 8 8. Gazebos, architectural features, fishing piers, courtyards, golf course shelters. 9. Indoor parking facilities and outdoor parking lots. 10. Those uses outlined in Section 2.11.A herein. 11. Collier County Public Schools -Educational facilities limited to a maximum single 20 acre tract located only in the area on the north side of Oil Well Road contiguous to Oil Well Road. The location of the C/O area may be modified or adjusted if a Collier County public school is located in this limited designated area. Such modification or adjustment is and shall be deemed to be an insubstantial change to the MPUD Document and MPUD Master Plan B. Accessory Uses and Structures: 1. Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with the principal uses pennitted in this District, including swimming pools, spas and screen enclosures, recreational facilities designed to serve the development, and essential services. No accessory structures associated with a Collier County public school are allowed or pennitted. 2. Any other accessory use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing uses and which the Board of Zoning Appeals detennines to be compatible. 3.5 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Table 1 sets forth the development standards for the residential land uses within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD RIG Development Area. B. Site development standards for single family, zero lot line, patio home, two-family, duplex, single family attached and town home uses apply to individual residential lot boundaries. Multi-family standards apply to parcel boundaries. C. Standards for parking, landscaping (excluding landscape buffer width), signs and other land uses, where such standards are not specified herein, are to be in accordance with the LDC in effect at the time of site development plan approval. Unless otherwise indicated, required yard, height, and floor area standards apply to principal structures. D. Development standards for uses not specifically set forth in this Section shall be in accordance with those standards of the zoning district which pennits development that is most similar to the proposed use. E. During the platting process, the developer shall identify the specific housing type intended for each platted tract. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 3-2 F. Development standards for non-residential uses within RIG Designated Areas of the Conceptual Master Plan 8 8 1. Minimum lot area - None required. 2. Yard requirements: a. Front: 25 feet b. Side: 10 feet c. Rear: 0 feet if abutting a golf course or lake, 20 feet if abutting a residential tract. However no structure shall be pennitted to encroach into a lake maintenance easement. 3. Maximum heights: 40 feet not to exceed 3 stories. 4. Parking requirements for non-residential uses a. Golf club, golf related facilities, restaurants, pro shops, tennis facilities and spa - 3 spaces for everyone thousand (1,000) square feet of gross floor area of the golf club. If a restaurant is open to the general public, then parking for the restaurant use shall be provided in accordance with UDC parking provisions. For purposes of this Section, the calculation of gross floor area shall not include under-building parking or cart storage facilities. b. Accessory uses and structures - No separate parking area IS required for any accessory use within the "RIG" area. 5. Building Separation: Principal buildings shall be separated a minimum 15 feet. Principal buildings may be attached to accessory structures, such as covered walkways, pergolas and similar structures commonly used to provide for pedestrian protection. 6. Signage shall be consistent with provisions of Subsection 2.03.06 and Subsection 5.06.04 of the LDC, and may be pennitted at the locations conceptually shown on the Master Plan. 7. Landscaping shall be in accordance with Subsection 4.06 ofthe LDC. G:\BelJows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 3-3 -"' --, ··^~·'··_·~__~__.__'_·H"-~"""___.__","____~.___".;.~__;,,"__....".""'_____ 8 B TABLE I ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR "RIG" RESIDENTIAL AREAS PERMITTED USES Single Zero Lot Line Two Family and Single Multi- AND STANDARDS Family *7 Duplex Family Family Detached Attached Dwellings and Townhouse Category 1 2 3 4 5 Minimum Lot Area 4,200 SF 4,000 SF 3,500*2 1,700 SF 9,000 SF Minimum Lot Width *3 42' 40' 35' 17' 90' Minimum Lot Depth 100' 100' 100' 100' 100' Front Yard*6 20' 20' 20' 20' 20' Side Yard 6' Oar 6' *4 Oar 6' o or *4 15' Rear Yard 15' 15' 15' 15' 15' Rear Yard Accessory * 1 10' 10' 10' 10' 10' Maximum Building 45 feet Height not to exceed 3 35 feet 35 feet 35 feet 35 feet stories Distance Between Detached Principal Structures *5 12' 12' 12'*5 12' 20'*5 Floor Area Min. (S.F.) 1000 SF 1000 SF 1000 SF 1000 SF 750 SF An distances are in feet unless otherwise noted. * 1 - Rear yards for accessory structures on lots and tracts which a abut lake or golf course may be reduced to 0 feet; however, there shal1 be no encroachment into a maintenance easement. *2 - Each half of a duplex unit requires a lot area al1ocation of 3,500 square feet for a total minimum lot area of 7,000 square feet. *3 - Minimum lot width may be reduced by 20% for cul-de-sac lots provided the minimum lot area requirement is maintained. *4 - Zero foot minimum side setback on one side as long as a minimum 12-foot separation between principal structures is maintained. *5 - Building distance may be reduced at garages to a minimum of 10 feet between garages where attached garages are provided. *6 - Front entry garages shal1 be set back a minimum of 23 feet from edge of any provided sidewalk. A.minimum 20 foot front yard may be reduced to 15 feet where the residence is served by a side-loaded or rear entry garage. For corner lots, front setbacks shal1 apply to short side of lot. The set back on the long side of lot may be reduced to a minimum of 15 feet. *7 - A conceptual plan for any tract utilized for zero lot line development shal1 be approved concurrent with a plat for the tract. G:\Bel1ows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 3-4 SECTION IV 8 8 COMMERCIAL/OFFICE AREA "C/O" 4.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the permitted uses and development standards for areas designated as Tract "CO", Commercial/Office Area on Exhibit "A", MPUD Master Plan. 4.2 MAXIMUM COMMERCIAL/OFFICE SQUARE FEET The 44± acre Commercial/Office Area (Tract "CO"), shall be developed with not more than 200,000 square feet of commercial/office uses. 4.3 USES PERMITTED No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land used, in whole or in part, for other than the following: A. Principal Uses I: 1. Travel agencies (Group 4724) 2. Any contractor business as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following Major Groups: a. 15 - Building construction- general building contractors and operative builders (no outdoor storage permitted). b. Groups 1711 - 1793, 1796 - 1799 Construction - special trade contractors (no outdoor storage permitted). 3. Any establishment engaged in printing utilizing common processes, classified under the following industry groups: a. Groups 2711, 2721, and 2752 - Newspapers and periodicals: publishing or publishing and printing 4. General warehousing and storage (Group 4225), indoor storage. 5. United States Postal Service (Group 4311), except major distribution center. 6. Any retail businesses as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following categories: a. Industry group 521 - Lumber and other building materials dealers. I Reference Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1987 Edition. G:\Bel1ows\AR-4150, Orange BJossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) CJean.doc 4-1 b. Industry group 523 - Paint, glass, and wallpaper stores. c. Industry group 525 - Hardware stores. d. Industry group 526 - Retail nurseries, lawn and garden supply stores e. Major Group 53 - General merchandise stores. 8 8 7. Any retail store engaged in selling food as defined under Major Group 54 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, except freezer food plants. 8. Any retail businesses engaged in selling automobile parts and accessories; and retail gasoline sales (with service facilities), as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following categories: a. Industry group 553 - Auto and home supply stores; b. Industry group 554 - Gasoline stations, including service stations and marine service stations. 9. Any retail businesses engaged in selling apparel and accessories as defined under Major Group 56 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 10. Any retail businesses engaged in selling home furniture, furnishings, and equipment stores as defined under Major Group 57 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 11. Any retail establishment selling prepared foods and drinks, including alcoholic drinks (for consumption on the premises), as defined under Major Group 58 in the Standard Industrial Classification manual. Drinking places (Group 5813) shall be permitted only in conjunction with eating places (Group 5812). 12. Any miscellaneous retail businesses as defined under Major Group 59 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, not including Industry Group Numbers: 593 - Used merchandise stores; 596 - nonstore retailers; 598 - fuel dealers, Group 5999 - gravestones, police supply, sales barns; and not including the retail sale of fireworks. 13. Establishments operating primarily in the fields of finance, insurance, and real estate as defined under Major Groups 60,61, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 67 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 14. Establishments operating primarily to provide personal services as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following Industry Groups: a. Industry group 721 - Laundry, cleaning, and garment services, only dry-cleaning and coin laundry. b. Industry group 722 - Photographic portrait studios; c. Industry group 723 - Beauty shops; d. Industry group 724 - Barbershops; G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 4-2 e. Industry group 725 - Shoe repair shops and shoeshine parlors; f. Industry group 729 - Miscellaneous personal services, only including Group 7291 - tax return preparation services, and Group 7299 personal services, only including car title and tag service, computer photography or portraits, dress suit and tuxedo rental, electrolysis (hair removal), hair weaving or replacement service and tanning salons. 8 8 15. Establishments operating primarily to provide business services as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual for the following industry numbers: a. Group 7311 - Advertising agencies. b. Group 7313 - Radio, television, and publishers' advertising representatives. c. Group 7331 - Direct mail advertising services. d. Group 7334 - Photocopying and duplication services. e. Group 7335 - Commercial photography. f. Group 7336 - Commercial art and graphic design. g. Group 7338 - Secretarial and court reporting services. h. Group 7352 - Medical equipment rental and leasing. 1. Group 7359 - Equipment rental and leasing, not elsewhere classified. J. Groups 7371 - 7379 - Computer services. k. Group 7383 - News syndicates. 1. Group 7384 - Photofinishing laboratories. m. Group 7389 - Business services except automobile recovery, automobile repossession, batik work, bottle exchanges, bronzing, cloth cutting, contractors' disbursement, cosmetic kits, cotton inspection, cotton sampler, directories-telephone, drive-away automobile, exhibits-building, filling pressure containers, field warehousing, fire extinguisher, floats-decoration, folding and refolding, gas systems, bottle labeling, liquidation services, metal slitting and shearing, packaging and labeling, patrol of electric transmission or gas lines, pipeline or power line inspection, press clipping service, recording studios, repossession service, rug binding, salvaging of damaged merchandise, scrap steel cutting and slitting, shrinking textiles, solvent recovery, sponging textiles, tape slitting, texture designers, textile folding, tobacco sheeting, window trimming, and yacht brokers. 16. Groups 7513 -7549 - Automotive repair, services, parking (except that this shall not be construed to pennit the activity of "tow-in parking lots"), and carwashes (Group 7542), abutting residential zoning districts shall be subject to the following criteria: a. Size of vehicles. Carwashes designed to serve vehicles exceeding a capacity rating of one ton shall not be allowed. b. Minimum yards. 1. Front yard setback: 50 feet. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 4-3 _..__..,._.~-'" ...._... "..-.".~~,,,--, 8 B .- 2. Side yard setback: 40 feet. 3. Rear yard setback: 40 feet. c. Minimum frontage. A carwash shall not be located on a lot with less than 150 feet of frontage on a dedicated street or highway. d. Lot size. Minimum 18,000 square feet. e. Fence requirements. If a carwash abuts a residential district, a masonry or equivalent wall constructed with a decorative finish, six feet in height shall be erected along the lot line opposite the residential district and the lot lines perpendicular to the lot lines opposite the residential district for a distance not less than 15 feet. The wall shall be located within a landscaped buffer as specified in Subsection 4.06 of the LDC. All walls shall be protected by a barrier to prevent vehicles from contacting them. f. Architecture. The building shall maintain a consistent architectural theme along each building façade. g. Noise. A carwash shall be subject to Ordinance No. 90-17, Collier County Noise Control Ordinance [Code ch. 54, art. IV]. h. Washing and polishing. The washing and polishing operations for all car washing facilities, including self-service car washing facilities, shall be enclosed on at least two sides and shall be covered by a roof. Vacuuming facilities may be located outside the building, but shall not be located in any required yard area. 1. Hours of operation. Carwashes abutting residential districts shall be closed from 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. 17. Group 7841 - Videotape rental. 18. Group 7991 - Physical fitness facilities and Group 7999 - Amusement and recreation services, not elsewhere classified, including martial arts and dance instruction. 19. Groups 8011 - 8059,8071-8072 - Health services, including offices of oncologists. 20. Establishments operating primarily to provide legal services as defined under Major Group 81 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 21. Establishments providing educational services as defined in Major Group 82 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 22. Group 8351-Child day care services G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 4-4 23. Group 8412- Museums and art galleries 8 8 24. Establishments operating a variety of membership organizations as defined in Major Group 86 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 25. Establishments operating primarily to provide engineering, accounting, research, and management for the following industry numbers: 1. Group 8711 - Engineering services. 2. Group 8712 - Architectural services. 3. Group 8721 - Accounting, auditing, and bookkeeping servIces. 4. Group 8732 - Commercial economic, sociological, and educational research. 5. Group 8742 - Management consulting services. 6. Group 8743 - Public relations services. 7. Group 8748 - Business consulting services. 26. Offices of government as defined under Major Group 91 in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual. 27. Major Group 92 - Offices for police, fire and public safety. 28. Agricultural uses, however, agricultural uses shall cease upon commencement of site development on the commercial tract. 29. Any other comparable land use as determined by the Board of Zoning Appeals. B. Accessory Uses Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with the permitted principal uses and structures, including, but not limited to: 1. Parking facilities and signage. 2. Caretaker's residences. 3. Outdoor storage of vehicles associated with a principal use; however, no outdoor equipment storage is permitted. 4.4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Minimum lot area: 10,000 square feet. B. Average lot width: 100 feet. C. Minimum yards (internal): G:\BelIows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 4-5 1. Front Yard: 20 feet, except that a mmnnnm 25 foot bUildin[3 setback shall be maintained from Oil Well Road (C.R. 858). 8 2. Side Yard: None, or a minimum of 5 feet, with a minimum of 10 feet between structures. 3. Rear Yard: 15 feet. 4. Parcels with two frontages may reduce one front yard by 10 feet. D. Minimum distance between principal structures: Fifteen (15) feet. E. Maximum height: 45 feet, except for architectural appurtenances, which shall not exceed 60 feet. F. Minimum floor area: 1,000 square feet per principal structure, on the first finished floor. Kiosk vendors, concessions, and temporary or mobile sales structures are pennitted to have a minimum floor area of 25 square feet and are not subject to the setback requirements set forth above. G. Maximum gross leasable floor area: 200,000 square feet. H. Off-street parking and loading requirements: As required by Chapter 4 of the LDC in effect at the time of site development plan approval. J. Architectural requirements: Commercial/office development in this MPUD shall have a common architectural theme for principal structures, which shall include landscaping, signage and color palate. Commercial/office development site design shall confonn with the guidelines and standards of Subsection 5.05.08 of the LDC. K. The distance and separation requirements for establishments selling alcoholic beverages for consumption on premises set forth within Subsection 5.05 of the LDC shall not apply. There shall be no distance and separation requirement applicable to uses in the "C/O" District. L. Signage locations for residential and commercial components of the project may be pennitted at the project entrances and / or within private and CDD roadway medians as shown on the conceptual master plan, subject to size and copy criteria found in the LDC. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 4-6 SECTION V 8 8 COMMUNITY FACILITY DISTRICT "CF" 5.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to identify permitted uses and development standards for areas within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD community designated on the Master Plan as the "CF" Community Facility District. 5.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Areas designated as "CF" Community Facility on the Master Plan are designed to accommodate a full range of community facility uses and functions. The primary purpose of the CF District is to provide for facilities that may serve the community at large with governmental, administrative, and recreational uses. 5.3 USES PERMITTED No building or structure or part thereof, shall be erected altered or used, in whole or in part for other than the following, subject to regional, state and federal permits when required: A. Principal Uses 1. Parks, golf courses, passive recreational areas, boardwalks, fishing piers. 2. Recreational shelters and restrooms. 3. Drainage, water management, irrigation for all properties within the MPUD and adjacent properties [including excavating necessary to provide same], and essential utility facilities. 4. Governmental administrative offices. 5. Public or private schools. 6. Educational services. 7. Childcare centers. B. Accessory uses and structures such as parking lots, walls, berms and signage. 5.4 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Development standards for all structures shall be III accordance with the following requirements: G:\Bellows\AR-4] 50, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (I ] -] 9-04) Clean.doc 5-1 A. Minimum building setback shall be 25 feet for principal structures and 10 feet ß accessory structures. B B. Maximum height of structures - Thirty-five feet (35'). C. Standards for parking, landscaping, signs and other land uses where such standards are not specified herein shall be in accordance with the Collier County LDC in effect at the time of site development plan approval. G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 5-2 SECTION VI 8 8 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENTS 6.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to set forth the development commitments for the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. 6.2 MPUD MASTER DEVELOPMENT PLAN A. All facilities shall be constructed in accordance with the final site development plans, final subdivision plans and all applicable State and local laws, codes and regulations except where specifically referred or modified herein. B. The MPUD Master Plan (Exhibit A) is an illustration of the conceptual development plan. Tracts and boundaries and acreage allocations shown on the plan are conceptual and approximate and shall not be considered final. Actual tract boundaries shall be detennined at the time of preliminary subdivision plat or site development plan approval. C. All necessary easements, dedications, or other instruments shall be granted to insure the continued operation and maintenance of all utilities. 6.3 ENGINEERING A. Except as noted herein, all project development shall occur consistent with Chapter 4 and Chapter 10 respectively, of the LDC. 6.4 UTILITIES A. The developer agrees that locations for a total of no more than five (5) potable water well sites shall be made available for use by Collier County Utilities for the Northeast Regional Water Treatment Facilities. Conceptual locations as agreed upon by the developer and Collier County are shown on Exhibit A. Three (3) of these well sites shall be utilized only for wellheads and shall consist of a well enclosed in a concrete vault structure, an above grade electrical control panel with telemetry interface and a driveway for access. Two (2) of these sites shall be utilized for wellheads, a control building and a driveway for access, and shall be located on, or adjacent to a non-residential tract. The control building shall include electrical equipment and an emergency power generator unit. The three wellhead sites excluding any the control buildings shall be located within a 30 foot by 30 foot easement area. The two wellhead/control building sites shall be no more than 50 feet by 50 feet. Necessary pipeline and driveway easements shall be granted to Collier County Water Sewer District at no acquisition cost. The County shall landscape and maintain all sites to minimize the impacts on the community. The landscaping shall be compatible with that utilized in the Orange Blossom Ranch development. All driveway materials shall be similar to the materials utilized in other driveways in the adjacent area. All G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 6-1 ...._,.-..""~....._'o><______,__.........._~~'''_.~,~.,...._.,,''"'.,_.,,_._~,._,._ concrete vault structures and control buildings shall be constructed to bIenS 8 architecturally with the community. To the maximum extent possible, the pipeline easements for the raw water transmission main shall be located by the County in proposed roadways, adjacent to proposed rights-of-way, or along platted property lines. All final well site and pipeline locations shall be provided to the developer during the platting process of the development. Multiple platting of the project may occur. The County agrees upon request of the developer to modify and adjust final well site and pipeline locations to best accommodate the uses in the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD, and to ensure that the proposed well field and pipelines shall be compatible with neighboring properties. B. After final wellfield sites have been determined pursuant to this provision and after written request from Collier County, the documents granting the easement shall be executed and delivered in accordance with the following procedure; 1. Within 60 days of written request from Collier County, the developer shall provide to the County an attorney's opinion of title which also identifies all parties holding liens against the agreed upon wellfield easement areas, and to which is attached a copy of the deed(s) evidencing record title, and hard copies of said liens against the property. Within 90 days of aforesaid written request from Collier County, the developer shall convey the reserved agreed upon well field easement areas to Collier County, as a donation, by warranty deed, made free of all judgment and/or mortgage liens by the execution of such releases, subordinations, or satisfactions as may be necessary to accomplish same. C. 1. Orange Tree Utility Company Utility Certificated Area. This PUD is entirely within the certificated utility service area of the Orange Tree Utility. Such certification places duties and responsibilities upon that Utility to provide water service and wastewater services to this MPUD area. Therefore, interim water and interim wastewater is fully anticipated by the developer and the County to be provided to this MPUD by that Utility in total compliance with its obligations. The Collier County Water-Sewer District (CCWSD) intends to commence serving both services to this MPUD area not later than the year 2012. The Orange Tree Utility and the CCWSD may provide water service to this MPUD area without immediately and concurrently providing wastewater service, and vice versa. 2. Developer's Owned and Oµerated Interim Utility Facilities A. Sales Center, Models, Clubhouse Facility: The developer, at its election, may construct interim potable water and wastewater systems (i.e. wells, septic tanks, small package plant) for developer owned or controlled sales centers and to not more than ten (10) model homes, as well as any clubhouse facility but this interim service shall not be provided to any model home after the respective model home is sold to its first owner-occupant. All such G:\BeIJows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 6-2 temporary facilities shall comply with applicable State and County 8 8 regulations and shall acquire all necessary governmental permits. - B. Possible (Unanticipated) Developer Owned and Operated Interim Utility Plant. As to facilities to provide interim service by the Developer beyond that specified above in Section 6.4.C.2.A, subject to either (a) written permission from the Orangetree Utility to provide the respective (more extensive) interim water service and/or interim wastewater service, or (b) the MPUD has been removed from that Utility's certificated area (with or without permission from that Utility), or (c) any other circumstance sufficient in law then existing whereby that Utility's exclusive certificated area rights to provide the respective service(s) has been extinguished; and the CCWSD is not then ready, willing and able to provide the respective utility service to the MPUD area, then the developer shall be entitled to construct an interim potable water plant and/or interim wastewater plant to provide the respective service only within the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD. All such "developer owned and operated utility plant and facilities" shall comply with all applicable Federal and Florida laws, rules and regulations, and with all applicable County ordinances, rules and regulations, and shall require all necessary governmental permits to be obtained by or on behalf of the developer at no cost to the County. All such developer utility plant(s) shall be removed at no cost or expense to the CCWSD or to the Orange Tree Utility - to facilitate a seamless transition for the developer supplied respective interim utility services to the respective later-in-time permanent service to be provided by the CCWSD. 3. CUE's. All transmission and distribution facilities within this MPUD shall be constructed by (or on behalf of the developer) the developer and shall be located within CCWSD utility easements (CUEs), including the transmission and distribution facilities that will connect this MPUD area to Orangetree utility facilities, and/or will connect this MPUD area to the CCWSD utility facilities. The CCWSD shall have no duty or responsibility regarding any of those facilities until the CCWSD obtains legal title to the respective utility facilities. 4. Conveyance of Title to MPUD Transmission and Distribution Facilities to the Orange Tree Utility. Water and wastewater transmission and distribution facilities in this MPUD shall be installed by, or on behalf of, the developer. If as is anticipated, Orangetree Utility provides both interim utility services to the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD prior in time than when the CCWSD provides those services, title to the transmission and distribution facilities shall be conveyed to the Orangetree Utility at no cost to that Utility. Also, at no cost to the that Utility nor to the CCWSD, the developer shall provide a detailed inventory and "record drawings" to Orange Tree Utility and to the CCWSD regarding all water and/or wastewater transmission and distribution facilities in this MPUD area. This shall be a continuing obligation, including providing all changes made from time-to-time to the original inventory and changes made from time-to-time to the "record drawings." G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 6-3 5. Collier County Water-Sewer District Impact Fees, and other Utility Charg~s. 8 When the CCWSD provides the respective (water and/or wastewater) utilÍty service to customers within this MPUD, each such customer account shall be a "new" customer as to the CCWSD Pursuant to and in compliance with the then applicable Collier County Impact Fee Ordinance and with other Collier County Ordinances that then impose utility fees and charges upon such new customers, each such new customer shall be required to pay Collier County Water and Wastewater Impact Fees and other utility fees and charges to the CCWSD to the extent then required by those Ordinances. It is anticipated that these fees and charges shall be and shall remain uniform throughout the entire certificated service area of the Orange Tree Utility. It is anticipated that these obligations to pay such fees and charges to the CCWSD shall apply to each such "new" customer irrespective of whether similar types of fees and/or charges had been paid to Orange Tree Utility. The developer shall ensure that all prospective purchasers of lots and/or parcels of land in this MPUD will be provided with advance written notice in sales literature that every customer of the Orange Tree Utility will in all probability be required to pay Water and Wastewater Impact Fees and other utility fees and charges to the CCWSD when the County commences to provide the respective service(s). That notice shall be written in the recorded MPUD documents and shall remain in those recorded documents until the landowners in this MPUD area are no longer paying impact fees to the Orange Tree Utility. 8 6.5 WATER MANAGEMENT A. This project shall be designed in accordance with the rules of the South Florida Water Management District in effect at time of permitting. B. An excavation permit shall be required for the proposed lakes in accordance with the Collier County Code of Laws. All lake dimensions shall be approved at the time of excavation permit approval and shall be consistent with permits issued by the South Florida Water Management District. Excavated material may be relocated within the limits of the MPUD and across canal easements or rights-of- way contiguous to the MPUD, and shall not be considered off-site excavation. C. The Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD conceptual surface water management system is described in the Surface Water Management and Utilities Report which has been included in the MPUD rezone application materials. D. This project shall be reviewed and approved by the Collier County Stormwater Management Section prior to construction plan approval. Lake sideslopes shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 3.05.10 of the LDC. E. The project shall evaluate off-site flows coming onto the property from adjacent properties. The analysis shall ensure that there is sufficient capacity in the proposed perimeter by-pass swale system without causing flooding or causing adverse surface water conditions to adjacent property owners. This evaluation shall be provided at the time of construction plan review. F. Off-site removal of excavated material is permitted. G:\Bel1ows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 6-4 8 B G. The entire MPUD shall be permitted to utilize the lake system designed in the residential/golf area and community facility area (9o± area lake) for water management purposes. 6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL A. The Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD shall contain a minimum of30% of project's acreage as open space which may consist of buffers, lakes, recreation areas and the like. 6.7 TRANSPORTATION The development of the Orange Blossom Ranch MPUD shall be subject to and governed by the following conditions: A. All traffic control devices, signs, pavement markings and design criteria shall be in accordance with Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Manual of Uniform Minimum Standards (MUMS), current edition, FDOT Design Standards, current edition, and the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), current edition. All other improvements shall be consistent with and as required by the Collier County LDC. B. Arterial level street lighting shall be provided at all access points. Access lighting shall be in place prior to the issuance of the first Certificate of Occupancy (CO). C. Access points, including both driveways and proposed streets, shown on the MPUD Master Plan are considered to be conceptual. Nothing depicted on any such Master Plan shall vest any right of access at any specific point along any property frontage. All such access issues shall be approved or denied during the review of required subsequent site plan or final plat submissions. All such access shall be consistent with the Collier County Access Management Policy (Res. No. 01-247), as it may be amended from time to time, and with the Collier County Long-Range Transportation Plan. The number of access points constructed may be less than the number depicted on the Master Plan; however, no additional access points shall be considered unless a PUD amendment is to be processed. D. Site-related improvements (as apposed to system-related improvements) necessary for safe ingress and egress to this project, as determined by Collier County, shall not be eligible for impact fee credits. All required improvements shall be in place and available to the public prior to the issuance ofthe first CO. E. Road impact fees shall be paid in accordance with Collier County Ordinance Number 01-13, as amended, and Chapter 6 of the LDC, as it may be amended. F. All work within Collier County rights-of-way or public easements shall require a right-of-way permit. G. All proposed median opening locations shall be in accordance with the Collier County Access Management Policy (Res. No. 01-247), as it may be amended, and the LDC, as it may be amended. Collier County reserves the right to modify or close any median opening existing at the time of approval of this MPUD which is G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 6-5 found to be adverse to the health, safety and welfare of the public. Any sucß B modifications shall be based on, but are not limited to, safety, operational circulation, and roadway capacity. H. Nothing in any development order shall vest a right of access in excess of a right in/right out condition at any access point. Neither shall the existence of a point of ingress, a point of egress or a median opening, nor the lack thereof, be the basis for any future cause of action for damages against the County by the developer, its successor in title, or assignee. I. All internal roads, driveways, alleys, pathways, sidewalks and interconnections to adjacent developments shall be operated and maintained by an entity created by the developer and Collier Country shall have no responsibility for maintenance of any such facilities. J. If any required turn lane improvement requires the use of existing County rights- of-way or easements, compensating rights-of-way shall be provided without cost to Collier County as a consequence of such improvement. K. In order to facilitate future right-of-way improvements for Oil Well Road, the developer shall reserve 75 feet along the north right-of-way line of Oil Well Road, and 25 feet along the south right-of-way line of Oil Well Road for future dedication of a fee simple interest in such reserved areas to Collier County. At dedication, this reservation area shall be considered a contribution of off-site improvements to the transportation network and shall not be eligible for impact fee credits. Within 60 days of written request from Collier County, the developer shall provide to the County an attorney's opinion of title which also identifies all parties holding liens against the reserved right-of-way, and to which is attached a copy of the deed(s) evidencing record title, and hard copies of said liens against the property. Within 90 days of aforesaid written request from Collier County, the developer shall convey the reserved right-of-way to Collier County, as a donation to Collier County, via warranty deed, made free of all judgment and/or mortgage liens by the execution of such releases, subordinations, or satisfactions as may be necessary to accomplish same. The developer shall be pennitted to landscape and to irrigate the reservation areas until such time as clearing and grubbing shall begin on the Oil Well Road improvements. The developer shall not receive any compensation for the loss or relocation of said landscaping and/or irrigation located within the reserve area as a result of developer's dedication and County's acceptance of the fee simple interest in the reservation area. L. Except for that corridor identified as a public right-of-way to the CF parcel, access controls shall be installed on all non-county roadways. M. If, in the sole opinion of Collier County, a traffic signal, or other traffic control device, sign or pavement marking improvement within a public right-of-way or easement is detennined to be necessary, the cost of such improvement shall be borne by the developer and/or adjacent developers on a fair share basis. N. If, in the sole opinion of Collier County, a traffic signal, or other traffic control device, sign or pavement marking improvement within a public right-of-way or G:\Bellows\AR-4150, Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 6-6 8 8 easement is detennined to be necessary, the cost of such improvement shall Be borne by the developer and/or adjacent developers on a fair share basis. 6.8 COMMUNITY FACILITY A. A 60-foot wide easement corridor for public right-of-way purposes shall be provided from Oil Well Road to the CF designated parcel as conceptually located on Exhibit "A", Conceptual Master Plan. Impact fee credits shall be provided to the developer in accordance with Ordinance Number 01-13, as amended, if authorized. The corridor area shall be detennined by the developer during the plat or site development review process, as may be applicable. The developer shall have no responsibility to construct said roadway. The requirements of the LDC governing dedications by developers as part of the PUD rezoning process apply to this contribution. The instrument of conveyance shall provide for the vacation and/or abandonment of said easement if alternative access to Oil Well Road is obtained from outside of the project boundary. 1. The existing 90± acre lake (described as Parcel II in the legal description, Exhibit "B", shall be donated to Collier County no earlier than two years after the date of approval for this MPUD, unless the County requests title transfer at an earlier date. A minimum written notice of 90 days shall be given to the developer of the County's intent to obtain title to the subject lake. Within 60 days of the written request from Collier County, the developer shall provide to the County an attorney's opinion of title, which also identifies all parties holding liens against the lake tract, and hard copies of said liens against the property and within 90 days of the aforesaid written request from Collier County, the developer shall convey the lake to Collier County, by warranty deed, made free of all judgment and/or mortgage liens by the execution of such releases, subordinations, or satisfactions as may be necessary to accomplish same. The developer shall retain a perpetual drainage and irrigation easement in, on, under and over the lake for the benefit of the entire MPUD, and for all of the properties and property owners within the MPUD, for which reservation and use rights will be contained in the deed. G:\Bellows\AR-4150. Orange Blossom Ranch\PUD (11-19-04) Clean.doc 6-7 "~ "__"'R_~R_"R _ .._ .h, .--- - ]Ii ;'-- -- ..:.- -= -,-::-.:.=---:::-",---::;: ,,",,-,-=--,,--::- ;;.:'::::::- .-!:;-!··II::::':::·::'·~:':· ~::."':.: ::.::.. ":'-..;=--:;:::.:::-::..::- =.::.-=:=.= :~~-:1:-- - .. ------ ;:~ ;o! 3 S --- -:. --= .:c..'-:;"'-:' !i"!¡1 3 ~ ~ ¡¡II . 1 f'!§¡ 'I , ;11: Ii I õ~ ~ 'i ~I I ~ I _ cl I I :I. I I I = - ~: I JM i r ~ fi¡ II ~ II i 8 I 8 8 in ~ I !Ii I~ ~I ¡II iil ø III ;r¡ ::: 1!~!1 ¡II II*! ::: I,!, II! ~ ~¡III s~ !!I !IJ ~ ~ II III " J ~ §" B ~ ~ ~ ill III Þ ~5 ~ i .. gª ~ Je &1 -...-.-...--- - - i~ :~~ ; h ¡I:~ ~ II;~ i ~ ~~ ~ . .. a " It ~ .p j ~~ Ilï II~ II' 'I. S .,Ë ~ili II~ 1:1) ;.J J . III ~ iI~ I .......,:: ..... ~'M !I , I I I I I !~ 'I ~ Jæ ! jA ; ~ I II ï ~ i I I ~ '15' f'IIII: ... IUmJt í I I I " hK .... .... .-.",.-.-.-.- - ._. J ~ t ., USI:: SINII..£ FMlL'f' ZIDtDI IXIUIIH CA1I ISMTD ~- E)(¡..t \ B\ \ B 8 8 Q. GRADY MINOR & ASSOCIATES, P.A. Civil Engineers · Land Surveyors · Planners Q. GRADY MINOR,. P.E. MARK W. MINOR,. P.E. C. DEAN SM1TH, P.E. . DAVID W. SCHMlTI', P.E. MICHAELJ. DELATE, P.E. NORMAN J. TREBILCOCK. A.I.C.P" P.E. MATmEW J. HERMANSON, P.E, D. WAYNE ARNOLD, A.I.C.P. ROBERT "BOB" THINNES, Al.C.P. THOMAS JACKSON GARRIS, P.S.M. STEVE BURGESS, P.s.M. ALAN V. ROSEMAN.. LEGAL DESCRIPTION ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH PUD (DRAWING # B-2309-2B) THREE PARCELS OF LAND LOCATED IN SECTIONS 13 AND 14, TOWNSlllP 48 soum, RANGE 27 EAST, AND SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 48 soum, RANGE 28 EAST, COLLIERCOt1NTY, FLORIDA BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: PARCEL I COMMENCE AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 soum, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN soum 88°50'06" WEST, ALONG THE soum LINE OF THE SOU1HEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13 FOR A DISTANCE OF 2.68 FEET TO A POINT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS POINT "A"; TIIENCE RUN NOR1H 00°30' II" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 50.01 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NOR1H RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R.858) AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN SOUTII 88°50'05" WEST, ALONG SAID NOR1H RIGHT OF WAY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 2,677.95 FEET; THENCE RUN SOUTIl89°35'35" WEST, ALONG SAID NOR1H RIGHT OF WAY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,051.57 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EAST LINE OF A 150 FEET WIDE NOR1H-SOum DRAINAGE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1433 AT PAGES 509 TIIROUGH 517 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTII 00°29'46" WEST, ALONG SAID EAST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 4,173.91 FEET TO A POINT HERElNAFfER REFERED TO AS POINT "B", THE SAME BEING A POINT ON THE SmITH LINE OF A 150 FOOT WIDE CANAL MAINTENANCE EASEMENf RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1322 AT PAGE 1903 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLffiR COUN1Y, FLORIDA; TIlENCE RUN NOR1H 89°33'04" EAST, ALONG SAID SOurn: LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 3,729.66 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WEST LINE OF NORTII GOLDEN GATE CANAL, (AN 80 FOOT WIDE RIGHT OF WAY); THENCE RUN SOUTH 00°29'30" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 4,141.20 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF TIlE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 356.387 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. TOGETHER WITH PARCEL n COMMENC~ AT THE HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED POINT "B" THE SAME BEING TIIE NORTHEAST CORNER OF AlSO FOOT WIDE NOR1H-SOum DRAINAGE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1433 AT PAGES 509 1HROUGH 517 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; TIIENCE RUN soum 89°33'04" WEST, ALONG TIiE NORTII LINE OF SAID NORTII-SOurn DRAINAGE EASEMENT FOR A DISTANCE OF 150.00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF TIlE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN SOUTII 00°29'46" EAST, ALONG TIIE WEST LINE OF SAID NORTII-SOUTH DRAINAGE EASEMENT FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,820.00 FEET; THENCE R.UN SOUTIl89°33'05" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,463.41 FEET TO A POINT ON TIlE WEST LINE OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNIY, FLORIDA; TIlENCE CONTINUE sourn 89°33'05" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,018.80 FEET; TIIENCE RUN NORTIi 00°29'30" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,427.55 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTIIERLY LINE OF A 150 FOOT WIDE CANAL MAINTENANCE EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 1322 AT PAGE 1903 OF TIlE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN NORTII 74°32'31" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,063.68 FEET (239) 947-1144· FAX (239) 947-0375· E-Mail: engineering@gradyminor.com 3800 Via Del Rey · Bonita Springs, Florida 34134-7569 · EBfLB 0005151 SHEET 1 OF 4 8 B Q. GRADY MINOR & ASSOCIATES, P.A. Civil Engineers · Land Surveyors · Planners Q. GRADY MINOR,. P.E. MARK W. MINOR,. P.E. C. DEAN S:MI'l'fL P.E. DAVID W. SCHMlTI, P.E. MICHAELJ. DELATE, P.E. NORMAN J. TREBILCOCK, A.I.C.P., P.E. MA1TIŒW J. HERMANSON, P.E. D. WAYNE ARNOLD, A.I,C.P. ROBERT "BOB" TIllNNES, A.I.C.P. THOMAS JACKSON GARRIS, P S.M. Sl'EVE BURGESS, P S.M ALAN V. ROSEMAN.. TO A POINT ON 1HE WEST LINE OF SAID SECTION 13; TIIENCE CONTINUE NORTH 74°32'31" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUl1lERLY LINE FORA DISTANCE OF 451.69 FEET; TIlENCE RUN NORm 89°33'04" EAST, ALONG SAID SOUl1lERLY LINE FORA DISTANCE OF 1,018.10 FEET TO 1HE POINT OF BEGINNING OF 1HEPARCELOF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 97.113 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. TOGETHER WITH PARCEL m COMMEN~ AT 1HE HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED POINT "A"; TIIENCE RUN soum 00°24'57" EAST FOR A DISTANCE OF 50.01 FEET TO A POINT ON TIlE SOUrn: RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R858), THE SAME BEING A POINT ON THE WEST LINE ÒF NORTII GOLDEN GATE CANAL, (AN 80 FOOT WIDE RIGHT OF WAY) AND 1HE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED THENCE RUN souœ 00°29'18" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE FOR A DISTANCE OF 920.94 FEET TO A POINT ÖN TIlE EAST LINE OF SECTION 24, TOWNSIllP 48 SOUrn:, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUN1Y, FLORIDA; TIIENCE CONTINUE souœ 00°29'18" EAST, ALONG SAID WEST LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,819.06 FEET; TIIENCE RUN soum 89°30'46" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 4.33 FEET TO A POINT ON TIlE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION 24; THENCE CONTINUE SOUTH 89°30'46" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 395.66 FEET;; THENCE RUN NORm 58°31'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 1,010.00 FEET; TIIENCE RUN NORTH 88°17'01" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 645.91 FEET; TIIENCE RUN SOUrn: 81 °45'31" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 230.00 FEET; TIIENCE RUN NORTH 47°05'10" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 686.83 FEET; 1HENCE RUN NORm 31 °29'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 300.00 FEET; TIIENCE RUN NORm 50°28'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 630.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORm 39°58'29" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 255.00 FEET; THENCE RUN NORTII 00°24'25" WEST FOR A DISTANCE OF 850.00 FEET TO A POINT ON THE souœ RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF OIL WELL ROAD (C.R858); TIIENCE RUN NORm 89°35'36" EAST, ALONG SAID souœ RIGHT OF WAY LINE, FOR A DISTANCE OF 749.99 FEET; 1HENCE RUN NORTH 88°50'07" EAST, ALONG SAID souœ RIGHT OF WAY LINE, FORA DISTANCE OF 2,677.38 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED, CONTAINING 162.431 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. NOTES: 1. BEARINGS SHOWN HEREON REFER TO THE souœ LINE OF THE SOUTIlWEST 1/4 OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 48 souœ, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUN1Y, FLORIDA, AS BEING S 89°35'35" W. 2. TIllS PROPERlY IS SUBmcr TO EASEMENTS, RESERVATIONS AND/OR RESTRICTIONS OF RECORD. 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN HEREON ARE IN FEET AND DECIMALS THEREOF. S'/3,lcd ~ /c~~.a mOMAS JAC SON GARRIS , P.S.M. #3741 STATE OF FLORIDA (239) 947-1144 - FAX (239) 947-0375 - E-Mail: engineering@gradyminor.com 3800 Via Del Rey - Bonita Springs, Florida 34134-7569- EB/LB 0005151 SHEET 2 OF 4 ~, 8 8 EXHIBIT "C" PROPERTY OWNERSHIP Folio Number 00209961102 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00209961500 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210042007 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210650004 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210660201 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210660104 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership 00210660007 Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership Bryan W. Paul Bryan W. Paul, Family Limited Partnership Bryan W. Paul Bryan Paul, Incorporated Bryan W. Paul F:\10B\ORANGE BLOSSOM RANCH\PUD\EXHlBIT C.doc "---'" 8 8 STATE OF FLORIDA) COUNTY OF COLLIER) I, DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk of Courts in and for the Twentieth Judicial Circuit, Collier County, Florida, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of: ORDINANCE 2004-74 Which was adopted by the Board of County Commissioners on the 16th day of November 2004, during Regular Session. WITNESS my hand and the official seal of the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this 22nd day of November, 2004. DWIGHT E. BROCK_\\.¡iHií1S .'~'\I'I , . . . (J'1 ¡ Clerk of Cour~.s-.ar!ã 'Cl'(E~~ ". Ex-officio tò· ':SQgW" of ".. ~ . ,:. :.; ,.'--': ,. . . - - . County COã~~¡Ð~;:.ht ~ . '., .". , ,.-..:-.... ." <:.- - ~ -. ~....;¡.. .- ,<1", : Heidi R .It~·Ç:khald··",0" Deputy Cled(NGd. ~., .' Hiwasse PUD Page 1 of 1 8 C .. ..... \......\1: ~- Ann P. Jennejohn _~_.^___~~"^V~_^~_~_~__'~~_~'_~'~~"""'^'____·~~~~'~,~^_~~~~.V·~__~~~~_~~~ From: White, Patrick Sent: Tuesday, October 12, 2004 11 :57 AM To: Ann P. Jennejohn; Bellows, Ray Cc: Patricia L. Morgan; KleinTamara Subject: RE: Hiwasse PUD AII- I think the new document required will be the PUD Ordinance with correct reference to 04-41, etc.; and not the attachment to the ORD which is typically what the term "PUD document" refers to. So, just send me draft ORD by e-m Ray & I'll review, etc. ASAP. Patrick -----Original Message----- From: Ann P. Jennejohn [mailto:Ann.Jennejohn@clerk.collier.fl.us] Sent: Tuesday, October 12, 2004 11:53 AM To: bellows_r Cc: Patricia L. Morgan; white_p Subject: Hiwasse PUD Hello (again) Ray, Trish Morgan, my supervisor, has notified me that no changes need to be made to this Petition before it is re-advertised. However, the current LDC Code 91-102, will be replaced by Number 04-41 this coming Monday, October 18th. I'm assuming the new advertisement should reflect this change. We will need a new PUD document (from Patrick White?) in our office for that advertising. I will need the new document by the 22nd of October to meet the Naples Daily News deadline. The new ad will run on Sunday, October 31, 2004. Thank you, Ray. 10/12/2004 · f' ac r " , .~ COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA REQUEST FOR LEGAL ADVERTISING OF PUBLIC HEARINGS To: Clerk to the Board: Please place the following as a: xxx Normal Legal Advertisement (Display Adv., location, etc.) C Other: ***.*********.*****************************.*.************.******.***.*.*..***.*:;;;~~********..****.. - Originating Dept/ Div: Comm.Dev.Serv./Planning Person: Ray Bellows ~ Date: Î r'cJf Petition No. (If none, give brief description):PUDZ-2003-AR-356I, Hiwasse PUD Petitioner: (Name & Address): Hole Montes & Associates, Robert L Duane, AICP, 950 Encore Way, Naples, FI. 34110 Name & Address of any person(s) to be notified by Clerk's Office: (If more space is needed, attach separate sheet) Hiwasse, Inc.,~ "piA; Riègll Rii., Naples, FI. 34109 1 ~ 6~ L 'j V j Vfjsj1)h f2ol.. Hearing before C BCC C BZA C Other Requested Hearing date:~ Based on advertisement appearing I S days before hearing. Newspaper(s) to be used: (Comp ete o~ly i¡¡iP~ NblJ, ~lt, ðWt XXX Naples Daily News C Other C Legally Required Proposed Text: (Include legal description & common location & Size: PUDZ-2003-AR-3S61, Robert L Duane, AICP, of Hole Montes, Inc., representing Hiwassee, Irk, requesting a rezone from "An Rural Agricultural zoning district to "PUD" Planned Unit Development zoning district to be known as the Hiwasse PUD. This project will consist of a maximum of 91,000 square feet of professional office area and a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor-self storage area. The property to be considered for this rezone is located on the west side of Livingston Road approximately one-quarter mile south of Pine Ridge Road, in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 2S East, Collier County Florida. This property consists of 12.5% acres. Companion petition(s), if any & proposed hearing date: Does Petition Fee include advertising cost? eYes C No If Yes, what account should be charged for advertising costs: 113-138312-649110 Reviewed by: þ~ List Attachments: slb!o if Date . Approved by: County Manager Date DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS A. For hearings before BeC or BZA: Initiating person to complete one copy and obtain Division Head approval before submitting to County Manager. Note: If legal document is involved, be sure that any necessary legal review, or request for same, is submitted to County Attorney before submitting to County Manager. The Manager's office will distribute copies: C County Manager agenda file: to C Requesting Division C Original Clerk's Office B, Other hearings: Initiating Division head to approve and submit original to Clerk's Office, retaining a copy for file. ...........****..*...****.......**...............*****.****..***.......**...****......*****....*****..... FOR CLERK'S OFFICE USE ONLY: Date Received:5....t ð--Õ* Date of Public heari~4 ll-tlo-01 Date Advertise~ \D-31-04 ORDINANCE NO. 04- ')~' .~ AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 91-102, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, AS AMENDED, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING ATLAS MAP NUMBERED 9513S; BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICA TION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM "A" RURAL AGRICULTURAL ZONING DISTRICT TO "PUD" COMMERCIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (CPUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO BE KNOWN AS THE HIWASSE CPUD CONSISTING OF A MAXIMUM OF 91,000 SQUARE FEET OF PROFESSIONAL OFFICE AREA IN A BUILDING CONTAINING A MAXIMUM OF 200,000 SQUARE FEET OF INDOOR-SELF STORAGE AREA WITH A MAXIMUM ZONING HEIGHT OF THREE (3) STORIES OR THIRTY-FIVE (35) FEET LOCATED ON THE WEST SIDE OF LIVINGSTON ROAD APPROXIMA TEL Y ONE-QUARTER MILE SOUTH OF PINE RIDGE ROAD, IN SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 12,5± ACRES; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. 8\' .. WHEREAS, Robert L. Duane, AICP, of Hole Montes and Associates, representing Hiwasse, Inc., petitioned the Board of County Commissioners to change the zoning classification of the herein described real property. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, that: SECTION ONE: The zoning classification of the herein described real property located in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25East, Collier County, Florida, is changed from "A" Rural Agricultural zoning district to "PUD" Commercial Planned Unit Development (CPUD) in accordance with the "Hiwasse" CPUD Document, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated by reference herein. The Official Zoning Atlas Map numbered 9513S, as described in Ordinance Number 91-102, as amended, the Collier County Land Development Code, is hereby amended accordingly. SECTION TWO: This Ordinance shall become effective upon filing with the Department of State. PASSED AND DULY ADOPTED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this day of ,2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA I ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK BY: Deputy Clerk DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN Approved as to Form ~,gal S"f,:,n,y Patrick G. White Assistant County Attorney PUDZ-20OJ-AR-356I /RB/sp Page 1 of 1 ,f . . HE-SLJBMITTAL PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 PROJECT #2002090002 DATE: 4/8/04 8 C RAY BELLOWS .......--- - ---- . - HIW ASSE A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT PREPARED BY: ROBERT L. DUANE, A.I.C.P. HOLE MONTES, INC. 950 ENCORE WAY AND NAPLES, FLORIDA 34110 RICHARD YOV ANOVICH, ESQ. GOODMAN, COLEMAN & JOHNSON 4001 TAMIAMI TRAIL N., STE. 300 NAPLES, FLORIDA 34103 HM PROJECT 2001076 NOVEMBER, 2002 Date Reviewed by CCPC: Date Approved by BCC: Ordinance No. Amendments & Repeals EXHmIT "A" W:\200 I \200 I 076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc 1 ~ TABLE OF CONTENTS paßC SECTION I Statement of Compliance ..... ............. ........................ ................ .......... ;............ ...3 SECTION II Property Ownership, Legal Description, Short Title and Statement of Unified Control.. ..... ............. ........ ........ ......... ......................... ........4 SECTION III Statement of Intent and Project Description.... ... ... ... ........................ ... ..5 SECTION IV General Development Regulations. ...... ... ... ....... ...... ..... ... ... ............. ...6 SECTION V Pennitted Uses and Dimensional Standards for Commercial Development....13 SECTION VI Development Commitments........ ............................ .......... ..... .... .....15 EXHIBITS Exhibit A - PUD Master Plan Exhibit B - Legal Description Exhibit C - Landscape Detail and View Elevation 2 W:\200 1\200 1076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc ! , SECTION I STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE BC The development of+12.52 acres of property in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25 East Collier County, Florida, as a Planned Unit Development to be known as the Hiwasse POO, will be in compliance with the goals, objectives, and policies of Collier County as set forth in the Growth Management Plan. The commercial uses of the project will be consistent with the growth policies, land development regulations and applicable comprehensive planning objectives of each of the elements of the Growth Management Plan for the following reasons: 1.1 The property is located in the Livingston Road/Eatonwood Lane Commercial Infill SubDistrict as depicted on the Collier County Future Land Use Map. This SubDistrict allows professional and medical offices and indoor-self storage facilities to serve surrounding residential areas that are proposed uses in this POO. 1.2 The maximum allowed development intensities in the Livingston Road/Eatonwood Lane Commercial Infill Subdistrict include 91,000 square feet of professional or medical office use in buildings containing a maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet, or 200,000 square feet of indoor self-storage area in buildings containing a maximum of three stories and a maximum height of fifty (50) feet. Should a mix of office, medical and indoor self- storage facilities develop on the property, for each two square feet of indoor self-storage area, one square foot of office area shall be reduced from the maximum allowable office or medical use area permitted. Access to the property within the Sub-district shall be from one of two access points depicted on the POO Master Plan on Livingston Road that can be found consistent with Collier County Access Management standards. No access is pennitted from Eatonwood Lane. The proposed development intensities for the Hiwasse POO include a maximum of 91,000 square feet of professional or medical office area in buildings containing a maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet, or a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor- self-storage area with a maximum height of three (3) stories of thirty-five (35) feet. Therefore, consistency with the Future Land Use Element ("FLUE") can be established with the proposed development intensities for the Hiwasse POO. 1.3 The subject property's location in relation to the existing or proposed community facilities and services supports the development's commercial uses as required in Objective 2 of the FLUE. 1.4 The proposed development is compatible with and complementary to existing and future surrounding land uses as required in Policy 5.4 of the FLUE. 1.5 Improvements are planned to be in compliance with applicable land development regulations as set forth in Objective 3 of the FLUE. 1.6 The proposed development will result in an efficient and economical extension of community facilities and services as required in Policy 3.1. G of the FLUE. 1.7 All final development orders for this project are subject to the Collier County Concurrency Management System, as implemented by the Adequate Public Facilities Ordinance in Division 3.15 of the Land Development Code and further required by policy 2.3 of the FLUE. 3 W:\2001\2001076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc ':" SECTION II PROPERTY OWNERSHIP, LEGAL DESCRIPTION, SHORT TITLE AND 81, STATEMENT OF UNIFIED CONTROL 2.1 PROPERTY OWNERSHIP The property is owned by Hiwasse Inc. 2.2 LEGAL DESCRIPTION The legal description is provided for in Exhibit "B". 2.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY The property is located on the west side of Livingston Road approximately one-quarter O/,¡) of a mile south of Pine Ridge Road. PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION The subject property is vacant at the time of the application for rezoning. The soil classification for the subject property is Holopaw Fine Sand, Limestone Substratum. The property is located in Flood Zone X. The zoning classification prior to the date of approval ofthis PUD was Agricultural (A). 2.4 SHORT TITLE This Ordinance shall be known and cited as the "Hiwasse Planned Unit Development Ordinance" . 2.5 STATEMENT OF UNIFIED CONTROL This statement represents that the current property owner has lands under unified control for the purpose of obtaining PUD zoning on the subject property. 4 W:\2001\2001076\PUD\Clean PUD doc. doc SECTION III \ , , STATEMENT OF INTENT AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION\ \ ij. s\, 3.1 INTRODUCTION . It is the intent of this Ordinance is to establish a Planned Unit Development meeting the requirements as set forth in Section 2.2.20 of the Collier County Land Development Code (LDC). The pwpose of this document is to set forth guidelines for the future development of the project that meet accepted planning principles and practices, and to implement the Collier County Growth Management Plan. 3.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION The project contains 12.5 acres and includes 7.55 acres in a Florida Power and Light easement area. The proposed uses are a mix of professional office and medical uses and indoor-self storage facilities. Access will be provided from Livingston Road. The Florida Power and Light ("FPL") Easement Area that creates a separation from residential uses to the west will remain in open space. 3.3 LAND USE PLAN AND PROJECT PHASING A. The PUD Master Plan provides for areas of commercial use, water management areas, open spaces and road rights-of-way as depicted on the PUD Master Plan Exhibit "A". The PUD Master Plan is designed to be flexible with regard to the placement of buildings, tracts and related utilities and water management facilities. More specific commitments will be made at the time of Site Development Plan and permitting approval, based on compliance with all applicable requirements of this Ordinance, the LDC and local, state and federal permitting requirements. All tracts may be combined or developed separately subject to compliance with the applicable dimensional requirements contained within this document. B. The anticipated time of build-out of the project is approximately four (4) years from the time of issuance of the first building permit, or 2006. However, actual build-out will depend on market conditions. 5 W:\2001\2001076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc ., SECTION IV , \ \ GENERAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS 8C The purpose of this Section is to set forth the development regulations that may be applied generally to the development of the Hiwasse Planned Unit Development and Master Plan. 4.1 GENERAL The following are general provisions applicable to the PUD Master Plan: A. Regulations for development of the Hiwasse PUD shall be in accordance with the contents of this document, the PUD Planned Unit Development District and other applicable sections and parts of the LDC and the Collier County Growth Management Plan in effect at the time of issuance of any development order to which said regulations relate which authorizes the construction of improvements. The developer, his successor or assignee, agree to follow the PUD Master Plan and the regulations of this PUD as adopted and any other conditions or modifications as may be agreed to in the rezoning of the property. In addition, any successor in title or assignee is subject to the commitments within this agreement. B. Unless otherwise noted, the definitions of all tenns shall be the same as the definitions set forth in the LDC in effect at the time of building permit application. C. All conditions imposed and all graphic material presented depicting restrictions for the development of the Hiwasse PUD shall become part of the regulations that govern the manner in which this site may be developed. D. Development pennitted by the approval of this petition will be subject to a concurrency review under the provisions of Division 3.15, Adequate Public Facilities, of the LDC at the earliest or next to occur of either final SDP approval, final plat approval, or building permit issuance applicable to this development. E. Unless specifically waived through any variance or waiver provisions of any other applicable regulations, the provisions of those regulations not otherwise provided for within this PUD remain in full force and effect. In the event there is a conflict between the regulations established in the PUD or any other regulations, the regulations within the PUD shall prevail. 4.2 SITE CLEARING AND DRAINAGE Clearing, grading, earthwork, and site drainage work shall be performed in accordance with the Collier County LDC and the standards and commitments of this document in effect at the time of construction plan approval. 4.3 EASEMENTS FOR UTILITIES Easements, where required, shall be provided for water management areas, utilities and other purposes as may be required by Collier County. All necessary easements, 6 W:\2001\200to76\PUD\Clean PUD doc. doc dedications or other instruments shall be ~anted to ensure the continned operation ana C maintenance of all services and utilities. This will be in compliance with the applicable regulations in effect at the time construction plans and plat approvals are requested. Easements dedicated to Collier County shall be counted toward the County's open space and the retention of native vegetation requirements. 4.4 AMENDMENTS TO THE ORDINANCE The proposed PUD Master Plan is conceptual in nature and subject to change within the context of the development standards contained in this Ordinance. Amendments to this Ordinance and PUD Master Plan shall be made pursuant to Section 2.7.3.5 of the Collier County LDC, in effect at the time the amendment is requested. 4.5 PROJECT PLAN APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS Exhibit "A", the PUD Master Plan, constitutes the required PUD development plan. Subsequent to, or concurrent with PUD approval, a preliminary subdivision plat (if required) shall be submitted for the entire area covered by the PUD Master Plan. All division of property and the development of the land shall be in compliance with the subdivision regulations set forth in Section 3.2 of the LDC. Prior to the recording of the final subdivision plat, when required by the subdivision regulations set forth in Section 3.2 of the LDC, final plans of the required improvements shall receive the approval of all appropriate Collier County governmental agencies to ensure compliance with the PUD Master Plan, the County subdivision regulations and the platting laws of the State of Florida. Prior to the issuance of a building pennit or other development order, the provisions of Section 3.3, Site Development Plans, shall be applied to all platted parcels, where applicable. Should no subdivision of land occur, Section 3.3 shall be applicable to the development of all tracts as shown on the PUD Master Plan. 4.6 PROVISION FOR OFFSITE REMOVAL OF EARTHEN MATERIAL The excavation of earthen material and its stockpiling in preparation of water management facilities or to otherwise develop water bodies is hereby pennitted. If, after consideration of fill activities on buildable portions of the project site, there is a surplus of earthen material, offsite disposal is also hereby pennitted subject to the following conditions: A. Excavation activities shall comply with the definition of a "development excavation" pursuant to Section 3.5.5.1.3 of the LDC, whereby offsite removal shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the total volume excavated up to a maximum of20,000 cubic yards. 7 W:\2001 \2001 076\PUD\C1ean PUD doc. doc B,C B. A timetable to facilitate said removal shall be submitted to the Development Services Director for approval. Said timetable shall include the length of time it will take to complete said removal, hours of operation and haul routes. C. All other provisions of Section 3.5 of the LDC are applicable. 4.7 SUNSET AND MONITORING PROVISIONS The Hiwasse PUD shall be subject to Section 2.7.3.4 of the LDC, Time Limits for Approved PUD Master Plans and Section 2.7.3.6, Monitoring Requirements. 4.8 POLLING PLACES Polling places shall be provided in accordance with Section 3.2.8.3.14 of the Collier County Land Development Code. 4.9 NATIVE VEGETATION The project shall meet the requirements of Division 3.9, Vegetation Removal, Protection and Preservation of the LDC for the subject property. 4.10 OPEN SPACE The total aggregate of such open space areas shall meet or exceed the open space requirements of Section 2.6.32 of the LDC and are met within the FPL easement area. 4.11 ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES The developer shall be subject to Section 2.2.25.8.1 of the LDC pertaining to archaeological resources in the event such resources are contained on the property. 4.12 COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE Common area maintenance, including the maintenance of common facilities, open spaces, and water management facilities, shall be the responsibility of a homeowners' association to be established by the developer. 4.13 OFF STREET PARKING AND LOADING All off street parking and loading facilities shall be in accordance with Division 2.3 ofthe Collier County Land Development Code. 4.14 LANDSCAPING All landscaping shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 2.4 of the Collier County Land Development Code. However, an enhanced Type "B" buffer will be provided along the eastern edge of the FPL Easement Area subject to their approval. A cross section of the enhanced buffer area is provided on Exhibit C: Landscape View and Detail. At the time of SDP approval, a letter shall be provided from FLP, stating that the enhanced "B" Buffer area meets with their approval.. 8 W:\2001\2001076\PUD\Clean POD doc. doc 4.15 GENERAL PERMITTED USES 8G Certain uses shall be considered general permitted uses throughout the Hiwasse PUD. General permitted uses are those uses which generally serve the Developer and occupants of the Hiwasse PUD and are typically part ofthe common infrastructure or are considered community facilities A. General Permitted Uses: 1. Essential services as set forth under LDC, Section 2.6.9.1. 2. Water management facilities and related structures. 3. Lakes including lakes with bulkheads or other architectural or structural bank treatments. 4. Temporary construction, sales, and administrative offices for the Developer and Developer's authorized contractors and consultants, including the necessary access ways, parking areas and related uses to serve such offices. 5. Landscape features including, but not limited to, landscape buffers, berms, fences and walls subject to the standards set forth in Section 4.14 of this PUD. 6. Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted accessory and principal uses, as determined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). B. Development Standards: Unless otherwise set forth in this Document, the following development standards shall apply to structures: 1. Setback from back of curb or edge of pavement of any road - Ten feet (10'). 2. Setback from PUD boundary - Fifteen feet (15'), however, berms for water management facilities may be constructed within five (5) feet of a property line provided all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance and the LDC are met. 3. Minimum distance between unrelated structures - Ten feet (10'). 4. Maximum height of structures - Twenty-Five feet (25'). 5. Minimum lot or parcel area - 10,000 square feet. 6. Standards for parking, landscaping, signs and other land uses where such standards are not specified herein or within the Hiwasse PUD design guidelines and standards are to be in accordance with LDC in effect at the 9 w:\200I \2001076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc time of site development plan approval. 8~ 4.16 SIGNAGE A. General: 1. All Collier County sign regulations, pursuant to LDC, Division 2.5, Signs, in force at the time of sign permit application shall apply unless such regulations are in conflict with the conditions set forth in this Section, in which case the PUD Document shall govern. 2. Signs shall be permitted in private rights-of-way. 3. All signs shall be located so as not to cause sight line obstructions. 4. All internal project rights-of-way, drive aisles, or access easements may be utilized for decorative landscaped entrance features and signage subject to review and approval from the Planning Services Department for consistency with the requirements set for herein. B. Traffic Signs: 1. Traffic signs such as street signs and speed limit signs may be designed to reflect a common architectural theme. The placement and size of the signs shall be in accordance with DOT criteria. C. Wall Mounted Signs 1. Wall mounted signs shall be individual letters mounted separately or on a continuously wire raceway in a color to blend with the background. Box type signs are not permitted. 2. Building signs shall be placed within a horizontal signage band around the building perimeter that does not exceed Collier County requirements. D. Colors 1. Harmonious color schemes for signs are required but corporate identity variations are acceptable. Signs with multi-color letters are not permitted. 4.17 ARCHITECTURAL AND SITE DESIGN STANDARDS A. Applicability 1. The "Architectural Standards for Livingston Road/Eatonwood Lane Commerciallnfill Subdistrict" have been created by the developer to promote a visually harmonious framework for all developments within the PUD boundaries. It establishes minimum design standards to enhance compatibility with adjacent properties and to assist architects in designing 10 W:\200I \2001076\PUD\Clean PUD doc. doc III appropriate property improvements. These standards replace related 8 C portions of the Collier County Architectural Guidelines (LDC Division 2.8) as noted. All other portions of the Collier County Land Develöpment Code (LDC) and all other codes with jurisdiction shall remain in full force to the extent they are not inconsistent with the provision ofthis PUD. B. Intent 1. The intent of this standard is to establish architectural requirements that promote a common architectural theme for the professional/medical offices and indoor self-storage buildings on the site and to harmonize with adjoining property uses. C. Building Design Requirements All Collier County Land Development Code Division 2.8 requirements shall apply except as noted below (strikethrough indicates deleted items): 1. Modify LDC 2.8.3.5.11 - Entrvways/Customer Entrance Treatments as follows for indoor self-storage buildings over 20,000 square feet. 2. Purpose and intent. Entryway design elements and variations are intended to give protection from the sun and adverse weather conditions. These elements are to be integrated into a comprehensive design style for the project. 3. Entryways / customer entrance standards. These standards identify appropriate entry features. 4. Single use buildings. Single use buildings shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances 'which shall include¡ the following: a) .^.ill outdoor patio area adjaeent to the eustomør e¡fltra.nee, a minimum of 200 square feet ia area which incorporates the followiag: 1) Benohes or other seating oompoaønts. 2) Deoorative landsoape planters or wing '.'la-lIs wmeh inoorporate landsoaped areas; and 3) Structural or '"egetative shading. 4) Front entry shall be set baok fÌ'om the drive a minimam distanoe of 15 feet. 5. Modify LDC 2.8.4.4.10 - Entrywavs/Customer Entrance Treatments as follows for indoor self-storage buildings over 10,000 square feet and 19,999 square feet. 6. Purpose and intent. Entryway design elements and variations are intended to give protection from the sun and adverse weather conditions. These elements are to be integrated into a comprehensive design style for the project. 11 W:\2001\2001076\PUD\Clean PUD doc. doc 7. Entryways / customer entrance standards. These standards identify appropriate entry features. 8C 8. Single use buildings. Single use buildings shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances whieh shall iDelude the following: b) An outdoor patio area adjaoent to the customer entranee, a minimum of 200 square feet in area whieh inoorporates the following: 1) Benches or other seating oomponents. 2) Deoorati';e landscape planters or wing walls wrneh iDeorporate landscaped areas; and 3) Structl:lral or vegetative shading. 4) Front entry shall be set back from the dri'¡e a minimwn distance of 15 feet. In addition to Collier County Land Development Code Division 2.8 requirements, the following is required: 1. Overall building dimension shall not exceed 150 feet in either direction. 2. The architectural style for the subdistrict shall be consistent throughout and shall be established by the initial building design and shall blend with surrounding developments. 12 W:\200 1 \200 1 076\PUD\Clean PUD doc. doc SECTION V 8C PERMITTED USES AND DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT 5.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to identify pennitted uses and development standards for areas within the Hiwasse PUD designated for commercial development on the PUD Master Plan, Exhibit "A". 5.2 MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT INTENSITY A maximum of 91,000 square feet of gross leasable floor area of professional and medical office use area is pennitted or a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor-self storage area. Should a mix of office and indoor-self storage facilities develop on the property, for each two (2) square feet of indoor-self storage area, one (1) square foot of office area shall be reduced rrom the maximum allowable office area. 5.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The PUD Master Plan designates the following uses for the general use designations on said Master Plan. AREA ± ACRES ±PERCENTAGE 1. FPL Easement 7.55 60.3% 2. Development Area 4.97 39.7% TOTAL 12.52 100% The approximate acreage of the commercial area is depicted on the PUD Master Plan. Actual acreage of all development tracts will be provided at the time of site development plan or final subdivision plat approval in accordance with Article 3, Division 3.3, and Division 3.2, respectively, of the Collier County Land Development Code. Commercial areas are designed to accommodate internal roadways, open spaces, signs, water management facilities, and similar uses typically found in non-residential areas. 5.4 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land used, in whole or part, for other than the following: A. Pennitted Uses: 1. Accounting, auditing and bookkeeping services (group 8721). 2. Business services (groups 7311, 7313, 7371, 7372, 7374-7376, 7379). 3. Offices for engineering, architectural, and surveying services (groups 0781,8711-8713). 4. Health services (groups 8011-8049). 5. Insurance carriers, agents and brokers (groups 6311-6399, 6411). 13 W:\2001\2001076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Indoor-self storage facilities (group 4225). Legal services (group 8111). Management and public relations services (groups 8741-8743, 8748). Miscellaneous personal services (groups 7291; 7299, debt counseling only). Real estate (groups 6531-6541). Security and commodity brokers, dealer, exchanges and services (groups 6211-6289). Transportation services (group 4724, travel agencies only). Veterinarian's office (group 0742), excluding outdoor kenneling. Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted principle uses as determined by the Zoning Board of Appeals. 8C 12. 13. 14. B. Accessory Uses and Structures 1. Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with commercial uses listed above. 5.5 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Minimum lot area - 20,000 square feet B. Minimum lot width - 100 feet C. Minimum yard requirements: 1. Front yard - 25 feet 2. Side yard - 15 feet or 0 feet adjacent to FPL Easement Area provided all other requirements of the LDC are met. 3. Rear yard - 15 feet or 0 feet adjacent to FPL Easement Area provided all other requirements of the LDC are met. D. Maximum height - three (3) stories not to exceed thirty-five (35) feet E. Minimum floor area of principal structure - 1000 square feet gross floor area for each building on the ground floor. F. Lighting - Lighting facilities shall be arranged in a manner that protects roadways and neighboring properties from direct glare or other interference. Lighting shall be limited to a maximum height of twelve (12) feet in height along the western edge of the development envelope area adjacent to the FPL Easement Area. G. Distance between structures - If there is a separation between any two principal structures on the same parcel, said separation shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) feet or a distance equal to one-half (~) the sum of their heights, whichever is greater. However, indoor-self storage buildings shall have a minimum separation requirement of fifty (50) feet between individual self-storage buildings. H. Merchandise storage and display - Outside storage or display of merchandise is prohibited. I. Use of FPL Easement Area - Open space and landscape buffering shall be the only allowed uses permitted in the FPL Easement Area. W:\200 1 \200 1076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc 14 SECTION VI DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENTS 8C 6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the environmental commitments of the proj ect developer. A. Environmental pennitting shall be in accordance with the State of Florida Environmental Resource Pennit Rules and be subject to review and approval by Current Planning Section Staff. B. Native vegetation preservation shall confonn to the requirements of Subsection 3.9.5.5.3 of the Collier County LDC. C. An exotic vegetation removal, monitoring and maintenance (exotic ftee) plan for the site, with emphasis on the Preservation Area, shall be submitted to the Current Planning Section Staff for review and approval prior to final site plan/construction approval. A schedule for exotic removal within all Preservation Areas shall be submitted with the above-mentioned plan. D. The petitioner shall comply with the guidelines and recommendations of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FFWCC) regarding potential impacts to protected wildlife species. Where protected species are observed on site, a habitat management plan for these protected species shall be submitted to Current Planning Section Staff for review and approval prior to final site plan/construction approval. E. The applicant shall be subject to all environmental ordinances in effect at the time of development order approvals to which said regulations relate. 6.2 TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the transportation commitments of the project development. A. The developer shall provide arterial level street lighting at the project entrance. Such lighting shall be in place prior to the issuance of any certificate of occupancy. B. The road impact fee shall be as set forth in the Collier County Consolidated Impact Fee Ordinance No. 2001-13 as amended and adopted in January 2003 and shall be paid at the time building pennits are issued or as provided for by the Adequate Public Facilities Ordinance. C. Internal access improvements shall not be subject to impact fee credits and shall be in place before any certificates of occupancy are issued. D. All traffic control devices used shall confonn to the Manual on Unifonn Traffic Control Devices as required by Chapter 316.0745, Florida Statutes. 15 W:\2001\2001076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc BC E. Shared access is pennitted north of the subject property as depicted on the PUD Master Plan, subject to an access agreement with the property owner to the north. If an access agreement for shared access cannot be reached, then only a right-in- right-out access is pennitted from Livingston Road at an access point depicted on the PUD Master Plan south of the shared access area. F. The developer shall provide a turn lane at the project entrance onto Livingston Road, at either pennitted access, prior to the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy for the first structure in accordance with the Collier County Public Right-of-Way Manual and Ordinance 82-91. 6.3 UTILITY REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the utilities and engineering commitments of the project developer. A. Water distribution, sewage collection and transmission and interim water and/or sewage treatment facilities to serve the project are to be designed, constructed, conveyed, owned and maintained in accordance with Collier County Ordinance No. 97-17, as amended, and other applicable County rules and regulations. B. All customers connecting to the water distribution and sewage collection facilities to be constructed will be customers of the County and will be billed by the County in accordance with the County's established rates. Should the County not be in a position to provide sewer service to the project, the sewer customers shall be customers of the interim utility established to serve the project until the County's off-site sewer facilities are available to serve the project. 6.4 ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS A. Detailed paving, grading, site drainage and utility plans shall be submitted to the Development Services Department for review. No construction pennits shall be issued unless detailed paving, grading, site drainage and utility plans are submitted and until approval of the proposed construction, in accordance with the submitted plans, is granted by the Development Services Department. B. Subdivision of the site shall require platting in accordance with Section 3.2 of the LDC to define the right-of-way and tracts shown on the PUD Master Plan. C. The developer and all subsequent owners of this project shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all County Ordinances or Codes in effect prior to or concurrent with any subsequent development order relating to this site, including but not limited to preliminary subdivision plat, site development plan and any other applications that will result in the issuance of a final development order. 6.5 WATER MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the water management commitments of the project developer. 16 W:\200 I \200 I 076\PUD\Clean PUD doc.doc BC A. Design and construction of all improvements shall be subject to compliance with the appropriate provisions of the Collier County LDC, except that excavation for water management features shall be allowed within twenty (20) feet from side, rear or abutting property lines, with side, rear or abutting property lines fenced. B. Landscaping may be placed within the water management area in accordance with the criteria established within Section 2.4.7.3 of the LDC. C. The wet season water table elevation shall be established at the time of South Florida Water Management District (SFWMD) pennitting, which is required for the subject property. 17 W:\200 1 \200 1 076\PUD\Clean PUD doc. doc , Ij~ ~!~~ b~~ ~æ .~ ~i!i~ ~:~~~ -~------ ! ! I I i ~ i I i --~'r-"J · II ,I · ,- I' : ::¡ : i : I:, I: :'1 : I · ,I I "1' I: : n 'I · ,I' I, , "I " , " : 1 ~T~ ~ \ --~ ! , ,1 " ~ :' I : I : Þ : I: ,: , " 'I ,It': I' :' · l: I I . I : : ¡i ,! : '. I' : I: ' I" ' : I: ! 1,1 . : ¡: I ." . : I: i ." ' : I:.. . i : I'· ~ \;.... ',: '" 1---- i!:È ~:c::= : I: I I~~ --- : I': J · ! .' I, ," 'I I _¡: : I I I.. I' I : I' ,I E!~~ I I I I I r= ! I I II I' I __{~t__l! æ.~ 1,1 I, ~i'" : I: : 1 >-~~ I I: :: ~!if !!: :! t'~ : : : ¡ mB~ ',': :' ~~ ! ,: : i "," I I: :: æ :" ,I : I: :: I" 'I : I: :: ", 'I : I: :: : I': : I I I I, I" I I : I: :! I" I, 'I: : I I" " '.1: : i ,.. I I I' ,: : i IP j' , Ik,' I .: I~ : : I I 5: I' --"f1¡ ,--"1 i I ::: : j: : I 1---ti---H: : I I I I i' I: u_______________n_n___~ ;---f--ti c:::::---;:. ...-----.... -9F----; i I ¡- ___ '-_____.... : I ' , - ___________ ~~~OMNOJ.Yi I : 1 ¡ '- ---------H---------~ (-----~=N j r: : : :n nl : !: ::' :1 ¡: ::! ~ : ~ ::1 : I y .", " : ::1 : . I~, . : ::1 : I "U, I : : ~I : ." I g -------- ~ '" ~ '=' .~ ¡. ]a r ~ : z ~~ I I ~ I .¡". "" . ~ . o 1 t _.------- RE-SUBMITT AL PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 PROJECT #2002090002 DATE: 4/8/04 RAY BELLOWS ~ .. .. .. u ~ It! It! : ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ : ::; ~ 0 iii ,..; ~ It! c 51 ~ ~ :I 15 ~ ~ ~ ~ .... ~ ~zlz; ~; "' ..... = ... ~ ~ .. ~ "' ~ ; ! ~ ID ;~ ; z < ... 1:1." < a:" WI- 1-- mID <- ~~ QW :;) 1:1. 1~1"¡:! JJ~~U i i~1 III zd Q :) A. W CI) CI) II( == :E w ::z: ... . I _... __11-- __ -.. .I-....-.~", ~ 8C ,I' EXHIBIT "B" LEGAL DESCRIPTION A PARCEL OF LAND LOCATED IN THE EAST HALF OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: COMMENCE AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN S.00015'37''E., ALONG THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1319.79 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE RUN N.89°23 '53''W. ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHW AST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 120.01 FEET TO A POINT 120.00 FEET WESTERLY OF, AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO, THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHW AST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13 AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN S.00015'37"E., PARALLEL WITH THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1321.49 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE RUN S.00009'47"E., PARALLEL WITH THE EAST LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 73.69 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHEASTERLY CORNER OF EATONWOOD LANE, A 130.33 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY, AS THE SAME IS SHOWN ON THE PLAT OF KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN PLAT BOOK 28 AT PAGES 5 AND 6 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN S.89°50'13"W., ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF SAID KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B, FOR A DISTANCE OF 390.00 FEET; THENCE RUN N.00009'47"W., ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF SAID KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B, FOR A DISTANCE OF 73.36 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE RUN N. 00)15'37"W., ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF SAID KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1150.79 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHEASTERLY CORNER OF SAID KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B; THENCE CONTINUE N.00015'37"E., ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE 3A ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN PLAT BOOK 26 AT PAGES 51 AND 52 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, FOR A DISTANCE OF 176.24 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE RUN S.89°23'53"E., ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEASTER QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 390.05 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING; CONTAINING 12.515 ACRES, MORE OR LESS. THIS PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO EASEMENTS, RESERVATIONS OR RESTRUCTION OF RECORD. BEARINGS REFER TO THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RNAAGE 25 EAST, LEE COUNTY, FLORIDA AS BEING S.00015'39"E. HOLE MONTES, INC. CERTIFICATION OF AUTHORIZATION LB #1772 W:\200 I \200 I 076\MJR\EXHIBIT B LEGAL DESCRIPTION.doc .1 ~ ~ ã! ........ J !I, :: . "I i 9- J i' :-. ¡¡ - R .. n .o¡~-_~: ': . r H J . . Ï c~ I I~ c~ U I ~ i -~ IIi fitl ii~ iiiã I ifi I ~ ~ § . jl j ~ ~i It 1,'- !Ii ~ þ cr~¡p ~!i g.. ~~~þ t;:¡ ~~il i;[ ¡i ~~ l¡~!! i! {i ~!!.. · ':1 u H i~ H '"I if;1 ~ ji ¡~ it ¡! ~ ¡I s¡, -- - -- - ~: " ¡;;... à' ~ .. ;t " -;08 l'~ ~ §õ -- i Z q ~ "' " ~ ~ Prope!fy - -u;;¡;--- ." ." r- ~~~ ~~~ m ~ n c¡ Q ~ ~ ii ::.Q . 0 ~i ,.¡ ì c¡ Q 01 OJ II ." ." r- ~~t>.) ~~~ m ~ --- - ----- ¡;; ;n ----- c¡ Q ~ ~ U1 OJ II U ~ ..... . - ¡ I¡ /'. ~ C lOS8-IIection Study HIWASSE INCORPORATED NAPLES, FLORIDA J. lRoi!llllllll Llel!ler, ~.II. LAJODOCAI'I! ...."'"'CT8 ~o.lgrI,~flningMd~ ---.. _T_______.....-. ~_MI..1.a"_..-_.__._'.......... 8C Prope!fy --cñë--- ----- Prcposod Buller - ------:,r--- "a n ~.. It Ii ----- ~ .. ;n ----- -. I.W,CI:' May 14,2004 Pam Perrell Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, Florida 34102 Re: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, The Hiwasse PUD Dear Pam: Please advertise the above referenced notice on Sunday, August 29,2004, and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved, to this office. Thank you. Sincerely, Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk P.O./Account # 113-138312-649110 8C BC NOTICE OF INTENT TO CONSIDER ORDINANCE Notice is hereby given that on TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 14, 2004, in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida, the Board of County Commissioners will consider the enactment of a County Ordinance. The meeting will commence at 9:00 A.M. The title of the proposed Ordinance is as follows: AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 91-102, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, AS AMENDED, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING ATLAS MAP NUMBERED 9513S, BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM "A" RURAL AGRICULTURE ZONING DISTRICT TO "PUD" COMMERCIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (CPUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO BE KNOWN AS THE HIWASSE CPUD CONSISTING OF A MAXIMUM OF 91,000 SQUARE FEET OF PROFESSIONAL OFFICE AREA IN A BUILDING CONTAINING A MAXIMUM OF 200,000 SQUARE FEET OF INDOOR- SELF STORAGE AREA WITH A MAXIMUM ZONING HEIGHT OF THREE (3) STORIES OR THIRTY-FIVE (35) FEET LOCATED ON THE WEST SIDE OF LIVINGSTON ROAD APPROXIMATELY ONE-QUARTER MILE SOUTH OF PINE RIDGE ROAD, IN SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 12.5+/- ACRES, AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, Robert L. Duane, AICP, of Hole Montes, Inc., representing Hiwasse, Inc., requesting a rezone from "A" Rural Agricultural zoning district to "PUD" Planned Unit Development zoning district to be known as the Hiwasse PUD. This project will consist of a maximum of 91,000 square feet of professional area and a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor-self storage area. The property to be considered for this rezone is located on the west side of Livingston Road approximately one-quarter mile south of pine Ridge Road, in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25 East, Collier County, Florida. This property consists of 12.5+/- acres. Copies of the proposed Ordinance are on file with the Clerk to the Board and are available for inspection. All interested parties are invited to attend and be heard. NOTE: All persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by BC the Chairman, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: /s/Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk (SEAL) Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'Co,µµfy ofCøl,lier CLERK OF THE'CIRCQIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY qoURT:ijPUSE 3301 TAMIAMI TJµIL EA'$T P.O. BOX 41'~044 \, NAPLES, FLORIDA;~,1101-3d44 -...1 '. y~" i 8C N";{:~ .;- .." Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds ',,:~: -::::~ , I :~'~J / May 13/ 2004 Robert L. Duane/ AICP Hole Montes & Associates 950 Encore Way Naples/ Florida 34110 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, The Hiwasse PUD Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesda~ September 14, 2004/ as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, August 29, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely/ DWIGHT E. BROCK/ CLERK ~ ÀD~O.L-. Ann Jenne~~~-~puty Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.ß.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.ß.us ..... .',-.,-_._--. Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'Coi!pfy-of·Gøl,lier ~ ,......-. , CLERK OF THE C¡RCQIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY qoURTÌ\OUSE 3301 TAMIAMI TJlAIL EÀí$T P.O. BOX 4~~044 \. NAPLES, FLORIDA ~$,101-3d44 V I BC ,....~:i~",i",. ,.'~:."",.~ '. Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds ~)--;.J May 21, 2004 Hiwasse, Inc. 13039 Livingston Road Naples, FL 34109 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, The Hiwasse PUD Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday September 14, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, August 29, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ ~~{J.~. Ann Jennej6bn, D~puty Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.coIlier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: coIlierclerk@clerk.coIlier.fl.us Ann P. Jennejohn BC To: Subject: Pam Perrell (E-mail) PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, Hiwasse PUD Hi again Pam! Please advertise the attached on Sunday, August 29, 2004. Thanks, Pam ~ u Ann PUDZ-2003-AR-356 1. doc PUDZ-2003-AR-356 l.doc 1 Ann P. Jennejohn at, From: Sent: To: Subject: System Administrator [postmaster@naplesnews.com] Friday, May 14, 2004 11 :09 AM Ann P. Jennejohn Delivered: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD r-7I.. / L::J PUDZ-2003-AR-356 1 Hiwasse PUD «PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD» Your message To: Pam Perrell (E-mail) Subject: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD Sent: Fri, 14 May 2004 11:09:08 -0400 was delivered to the following recipient(s): Perrell, Pamela on Fri, 14 May 2004 11:08:58 -0400 1 8C Ann P. Jennejohn From: Sent: To: Subject: postmaster@clerk.collier.fl.us Friday, May 14, 2004 11 :09 AM Ann P. Jennejohn Delivery Status Notification (Relay) - R/l L::-J ATI394631.txt PUDZ-2003-AR-356 1 Hiwasse PUD This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. paperrell@naplesnews.com 1 PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD Page 1 of 1 8C Ann P. Jennejohn From: Perrell, Pamela [paperrell@naplesnews.com] Sent: Monday, May 17, 2004 11:01 AM To: Ann P. Jennejohn Subject: RE: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD OK -----Original Message----- From: Ann P. Jennejohn (mailto:Ann.Jennejohn@clerk.collier.fl.us] Sent: Friday, May 14, 2004 11:09 AM To: Pam Perrell (E-mail) Subject: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD Hi Pam, Please advertise the attached on Sunday, August 29, 2004 Thank you, Ann «PUDZ-2003-AR-3561.doc» «PUDZ-2003-AR-3561.doc» 5/17/2004 Page 1 of2 8C Patricia L. Morgan From: Brock, Mary Sent: Thursday, May 13, 200411 :04 AM To: Patricia L. Morgan Subject: FW: Hiwasse PUD AR-3561 HM File No. 2001076 & Boyne South PUD AR-5211 My turn to try and see if you get this! MJ -----Original Message----- From: martin_c Sent: Thursday, May 13, 2004 10:52 AM To: Minutes and Records; brock_m Cc: bellows_r; reischU; johnson_c; bedtelyonJ Subject: FW: Hiwasse PUD AR-3561 HM File No. 2001076 & Boyne South PUD AR-5211 Please change the BCC advertising dak;t foI;the PUD-03-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD from the orginal requested advertising date of June 22,2004 to September 14, 2004 per the agent's E-Mail. You have not received the PUD- AR-5211 BCC advertising yet Thanks. -----Original Message----- From: Laura Althouse [mailto:LauraAlthouse@hmeng.com] Sent: Thursday, May 13, 2004 10:16 AM To: martin_c Subject: FW: Hiwasse PUD AR-3561 HM File No. 2001076 & Boyne South PUD AR-5211 I'm trying this again. Hopefully it will get to you this time. Laura Althouse Hole Montes Inc. 950 Encore Way Naples, FL 34110 239-254-2000 ext 2018 239-254-2099 fax lau raalthouse@holemontes.com -----Original Message----- From: Laura Althouse On Behalf Of Bob Duane Sent: Thursday, May 13, 2004 10: 14 AM To: 'ceceliamartin@colliergov.net'; 'bellowsj; 'fredreichl@colliergov.net' Cc: 'bedtelyon_I' Subject: Hiwasse PUD AR-3561 HM File No. 2001076 & Boyne South PUD AR-5211 Cecelia, The Hiwasse PUD AR #3561 and Boyne South PUD AR #-5211 will not be going before the B.C.C. on July 27th, 2004 because the full Board will not be meeting. Therefore these will be scheduled for the September 14th, 2004 B.C.C. meeting. Hiwasse is still scheduled for the June 3rd, 2004 Planning Commission meeting and Boyne South is scheduled for the June 17th, 2004 Planning Commission meeting. Please contact our office if you have any questions. Thank you, 5/1312004 Hiwasse address Page 1 of 1 8c' Ann P. Jennejohn _'_',_"_"'~_~"_'_'~'~_'^"._'^'~'~.'~'~^'~_~~"~'__·~"__^~__'.·.·.V^_____~·.'~~__·~_~__'___·.__'__A"__~...~..__._~.'_""'__~___~^__"_"_'~"_~'~'~~__~~______._~~ From: Bellows, Ray Sent: Friday, June 25,20049:11 AM To: Ann P. Jennejohn Subject: RE: Hiwasse address HiAnn, The address that I have in the file for Hiwasse, Inc. is as follows: 2700 Pine Ridge Road Naples, Florida 34109 Phone: 643-4440 If you have any other questions, please do not hesitate to ask. Ray -----Original Message----- From: Ann P. Jennejohn [mailto:Ann.Jennejohn@clerk.collier.fl.us] Sent: Thursday, June 24, 2004 8:46 AM To: bellows_r Subject: Hiwasse address Good Morning Ray, I'm with the Minutes & Records Department; we are responsible for sending out petitioner letters for upcoming items brought before the Board of County Commissioners. I have sent a letter (after receiving two different addresses) to Hiwasse Inc, and both of them have been returned via the post office as unable to forward. The address I have is 13039 Livingston Road, Naples 34109. Is this the correct address for Hiwasse? If not, could you, or one of your assistants please provide me with the correct address, so I can get this notice out to them. This is not scheduled to be heard before the Board until September 14th, and will be advertised until August 29th, so it's not a dire emergency, but I'd like to get it taken care of so everything in the that advertising file is correct. Thank you Ray, Ann Minutes & Records Department 774-8406 6/25/2004 Page 2 of2 8C Laura Althouse Hole Montes Inc. 950 Encore Way Naples, FL 34110 239-254-2000 ext 2018 239-254-2099 fax lau raalthouse@holemontes.com Hole Montes, Inc. intends for this electronically stored data attached to this message to be accurate and raiable; however, due to the complex issues concerning electronic data transfers and data translators, Hole Montes, Inc. cannot control the procedures used in retrieving and manipulating data on your computers. Hole Montes. Inc. cannot and does not warrant or verify the accuracy, currentness, completeness, noninfringement, merchantability, or fitness of any of the electronically stored data attached to this message. Hole Montes, Inc. reserves the right to revise and improve electronically stored data at any time without notice and assumes no liability for any damages incurred directly or indirectly which may arise at any time as a result of the use of this data. The user agrees to verify the data to ascertain its accuracy for their intended purpose. The user agrees to consult with their engineer or other professional to ensure the applicability of the information. Hole Montes, Inc. makes every effort to ensure that the data is virus free. However, Hole Montes, Inc. assumes no responsibility for damages incurred directly or indirectly as a result of errors, omissions, or discreparcies in the installation or use of this information. Use of the data indicates that the user accepts the above conditions; if these conditions are unacceptable, the data should be returned promptly to Hole Montes, Inc., 950 Encore Way, Naples, FL 34110 and all copies should be destroyed. This transmission is intended only for the use of the addressee and may contain information that is privileged, confidential, and exempt from disclosure under applicable law. If you are not the intended recipient or the employer or agent responsible for delivering the message to the intended recipient, this serves as notice to you that any dissemination, distribution, or copying of this communication is strictly prohibited. If you have received this communication in errcr, please notify us immediately via email at postmaster@holemontes.com or by telephone at 239-254-2000. Thank you. 5/1312004 Naples Daily News Naples, FL 34102 Affidavit of Publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+----------- BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 REFERENCE: 001230 58858968 113138312649 NOTICE OF INTENT TO State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed. Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter. at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. PUBLISHED ON: 08/29 AD SPACE: 181.000 INCH FILED ON: 08/30/04 --------------------------------------------------+------------- Signature of Affiant ~~..~ / zt Sworn to and Subscribed before me ~~~s_~o' d~y of ~'~ Personally known by me~/j¿,~1f J5Z~jd ~~ Notice I t!1l~" - trJ.l .. \n~ Boar,room, Sr floor, Admlftlst,..tlon Bultdmo. Collier county~Gol· ~m' ment center. ..3tþSt I Tamtaml Trail.&. N~le'i Flortda. the.~." OT count ì.\1>ner' wi.\! co ~. ment 0 IÍ 'wøi =~e ce at 9:00 A.Y. ThetJße ö1. the pro· pos 14S ordInance Is as follows: AN ORDtNAMCE OF THE BOARD PFCOUNT.Y COMMISSf(UtOSOF COLLIERCO TV. FLORI 91·G ORDtNA N' 102. T .; TV LA .1 CODE. ." . Q. WHICH I mUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZON· ING REGULATIONS FTOERD .T.HE UNINC. ORPO~A~U . AREA OF COLLIER CO· - TY;' A.OØ11)A B¥ fit. TI'II! OfFICIAL ZON- ING ATLAS MAP NUM- IJ.' 9 5US~' BY THEZNING ATlOM O. THE RIIIIt) REAL It fRY-A- It¥ð 'L """''') G """,- OWN (N D I, E L OFflc::E AREA - INGC::ONTAt ,. G A rA:Á"~"h~~ 23'~~~~ DSOR·SEIo.F STORy AGE AREA WITt! A MAAI UM ZONING HEIGHT OFI THIIU (3) STORtES OR I THIRTY-FIVE (35) FEET LOCATIO ON THE WEST 510£ OF LIVI't!lJ.,q.t'j ROAD APflROIU_.n T o N,IocQU A II\Tatt~''''' L E S8¢]· 'If OFPlNt"RIÞGE N SICTION 13, ~ ~NS~IP 49 SOUTH, RANGlæ EASTCO"LlE:R COUNTY, FLORlbA. CON· SISTING OF 1'2.5+/- ACRES; AND BY PROVID- ING AN EffECTIVE DATE. I .~~q~~.~:'¡'~:.;:.;:.... . Harriett Bushong ',,' ~ ,:.~ MY COMMISSION # DD234689 '<"~\.7::;? 24, 2007 , . ~ i.l\ EXPIRES 200( BC PUOz.2003·AR·3561. Robf'¡ ert L. Duane¡ AICP, 0 Hole Montes, nc., repre- .entlng Hlwasse. Inc., requestIng a rezonle from -A- Rural A~rlcu- tural zoning dlstr et to -PUD- Planned Un t De- velopment zoning dIS-¡ rlet t be knOwn as the. ~Iwas~e -PUD. This pro)" ect will consist 0ofo~1 maximum of 91. \ square feet of profes,- lonal area and a max - \ 5 m of 200,000 square re~ of Indoor-self stor- age area. The prfo0pethrt,y I to be considered r 5 , rezone Is located on the west .Ide of Livingston Road approxlmatelh one.quarter mile Sdou, of Pine Ridge Rott, ' 4~ sectIon 13. Township South. Range 25, East, Collier County, Florida. This property consists of 12.5+/- acres. cop-Ies of the proposed Orí:llnanc!! ar!! on file with the Clerk to the Board and are available for Inspection. All Inter- ested ~1e& are-Jnvlted to attei'ld and be heard. NOTE: All persons wish- I g to speak on any \ a"genda Item must regl~- ter with the CountY a - mlnlstrator prior to. P';f- sentatlon of the agen a Item to be addressed. IndIvidual speakers will be limited to 5 mInutes on any Item. The letec- '¡ tlon of an Individual to s eak on behalf of an, o~ganlzatlon or group Is I encouraged. If recog-I nlzed by the chalJ;nana'1 pokesperson lor \ ~:yU~O~llgR'e~n~,a~fn~ . utes to speak 9n an \ Item. persons wishing ~ have written or graph c ma- terials Included ~k~: Board agenda P must submit .ald ~a; . terlal a rrJ~I~U~eo re- ':pecteekrvJltpUbllC 'hearing case wrttten ma ~~rfars Intended to b4 ~~,\~.~t~t~art' the apprQP.rlate Co un staff a mlnlmul m fge~ en days pr or ubllc hearing, All m~ ~erlal usefd Int~e~eo": tlons be ore hE . will become a perdm, nent part of the recor ': Any person who decld to appeal a decIsion Board will I1eed a I ~~d of the proceedln ertalnlng thereto a fhereforteh, mt ~ :e~~~, ensure a record of the proce4 Ings Is made, which cord Inctuddese~led ~~ mony an upon which the app Is based. BOARD OF COU~ COMMIS510NERC SO U N COL"IER fl.ORlOA ' DONNA FIALA, CH, MAN 0 DWIGHT E. BR CLERK . ] By: Is/Ann Jenne DePutY Clerk \ (SEAL) 6' '. AU\l' 19 NO, . 8 C··: I· ;'~.' '. ...... " ... COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA REQUEST FOR LEGAL ADVERTISING OF PUBLIC HEARINGS To: Clerk to the Board: Please place the following as a: xxx Normal Legal Advertisement (Display Adv., location, etc.) C Other: *******.********************.*******************************.**********.***.**************************** Originating DeptJ Div: Comm.Dev.Serv./Planning Person: Ray Bellows J2-~ Date: 10 ("2.-C (eJ-f Petition No. (If none, give brief description):PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, Hiwasse PUD Petitioner: (Name & Address): Hole Montes & Associates, Robert L. Duane, AICP, 950 Encore Way, Naples, Fl. 34110 Name & Address of any person(s) to be notified by Clerk's Office: (If more space is needed, attach separate sheet) Hiwasse, Inc., 2700 Pine Ridge Rd., Naples, Fl. 34109 Hearing before J:] BCC J:] BZA J:] Other Requested Hearing date: 11/16/04 Based on advertisement appearing 15 days before hearing. Newspaper(s) to be used: (Complete only if important): XXX Naples Daily News J:] Other J:] Legally Required Proposed Text: (Include legal description & common location & Size: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, Robert L. Duane, AICP, of Hole Montes, Inc., representing Hiwassee, Inc., requesting a rezone from "A" Rural Agricultural zoning district to "POO" Commercial Planned Unit Development (CPUD) zoning district to be known as the Hiwasse CPUD. This project will consist of a maximum of 91,000 square feet of professional office area and a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor-self storage area with a maximum zoning height of three (3) stories or thirty-five (35) feet. The property to be considered for this rezone is located on the west side of Livingston Road approximately one-quarter mile sòuth of Pine Ridge Road, in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25 East, Collier County Florida. This property consists of 12.5± acres. Companion petition(s), if any & proposed hearing date: Does Petition Fee include advertising cost? J:] Yes J:] No If Yes, what account should be charged for advertising costs: 113-138312-649110 Reviewed by: ~ './~ ,AD~t~e J2¡IoL( Department Head ~ I Approved by: County Manager Date List Attachments: DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS A. For hearings before BCC or BZA: Initiating person to complete one copy and obtain Division Head approval before submitting to County Manager. Note: If legal document is involved, be sure that any necessary legal review, or request for same, is submitted to County Attorney before submitting to County Manager. The Manager's office will distribute copies: C County Manager agenda file: to C Requesting Division C Original Clerk's Office B. Other hearings: Initiating Division head to approve and submit original to Clerk's Office, retaining a copy for file. ***************************************.***********************.**********************.****._.*********** FOR CLERK'S OFFICE USE ONLY: Date Recei.'~IÞ.e of Public heJli:~ Date Adve¡ÎiîÐl6-'-3I::£:>1: Be ORDINANCE NO. 04- AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 2004-41, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, AS AMENDED, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING ATLAS MAP OR MAPS; BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM "A" RURAL AGRICULTURAL ZONING DISTRICT TO "PUD" COMMERCIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (CPUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO BE KNOWN AS THE HIW ASSE CPUD CONSISTING OF A MAXIMUM OF 91,000 SQUARE FEET OF PROFESSIONAL OFFICE AREA IN A BUILDING CONTAINING A MAXIMUM OF 200,000 SQUARE FEET OF INDOOR-SELF STORAGE AREA WITH A MAXIMUM ZONING HEIGHT OF THREE (3) STORIES OR THIRTY- FIVE (35) FEET LOCATED ON THE WEST SIDE OF LIVINGSTON ROAD APPROXIMATELY ONE-QUARTER MILE SOUTH OF PINE RIDGE ROAD, IN SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 12.5± ACRES; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, Robert L. Duane, AICP, of Hole Montes and Associates, representing Hiwasse, Inc., through PUDZ-03-AR-3561, petitioned the Board of County Commissioners to change the zoning classification of the herein described real property. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, that: SECTION ONE: The zoning classification of the herein described real property located in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25East, Collier County, Florida, is changed from "A" Rural Agricultural zoning district to "PUD" Commercial Planned Unit Development (CPUD) in accordance with the "Hiwasse" CPUD Document, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated by reference herein. The appropriate zoning atlas map or maps, as described in Ordinance Number 2004-41, as amended, the Collier County Land Development Code, is hereby amended accordingly. SECTION TWO This Ordinance shall become effective upon filing with the Department of State. PASSED AND DULY ADOPTED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this 16th day of November, 2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ATTEST: DWIGHTE.BROCK,CLERK BY: DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN Deputy Clerk Approved as to Form Legal Sufficiency PUDZ- 2003-AR - 3561 /RB/sp Page 1 of 1 Be HIW ASSE A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT PREPARED BY: ROBERT L. DUANE, A.I.C.P. HOLE MONTES, INC. 950 ENCORE WAY AND NAPLES, FLORIDA 34110 RICHARD YOV ANOVICH, ESQ. GOODMAN, COLEMAN & JOHNSON 4001 TAMIAMI TRAIL N., STE. 300 NAPLES, FLORIDA 34103 HM PROJECT 2001076 NOVEMBER, 2002 Date Reviewed by CCPC: Date Approved by BCC: Ordinance No. Amendments & Repeals EXHIBIT "A" 1 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc TABLE OF CONTENTS Be 1":(.;-...:.. . 1'.. ftI'J,' J .;~ -.; Page SECTION I Statement of Compliance.................... ............................................. ............. ..... 3 SECTION II Property Ownership, Legal Description, Short Title and Statement of Unified Control............... ........................................... ................... 4 SECTION III Statement ofIntent and Project Description... .. . .... ..... ... .... ... .,. .,. .. ... ... ...5 SECTION IV General Development Regulations. ........ ........... .... ... ........ ....... ... .... ....6 SECTION V Permitted Uses and Dimensional Standards for Commercial Development... .13 SECTION VI Development Commitments... ... ........ ... ... ...... ... ... ..... ....... ...... ..........15 EXHIBITS Exhibit A - PUD Master Plan Exhibit B - Legal Description Exhibit C - Landscape Detail and View Elevation 2 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc SECTION I STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 8e The development of + 12.52 acres of property in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25 East Collier County, Florida, as a Planned Unit Development to be known as the Hiwasse PUD, will be in compliance with the goals, objectives, and policies of Collier County as set forth in the Growth Management Plan. The commercial uses of the project will be consistent with the growth policies, land development regulations and applicable comprehensive planning objectives of each ofthe elements of the Growth Management Plan for the following reasons: 1.1 The property is located in the Livingston Road/Eatonwood Lane Commercial Infill SubDistrict as depicted on the Collier County Future Land Use Map. This SubDistrict allows professional and medical offices and indoor-self storage facilities to serve surrounding residential areas that are proposed uses in this PUD. 1.2 The maximum allowed development intensities in the Livingston RoadlEatonwood Lane Commercial Infill Subdistrict include 91,000 square feet of professional or medical office use in buildings containing a maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet, or 200,000 square feet of indoor self-storage area in buildings containing a maximum of three stories and a maximum height of fifty (50) feet. Should a mix of office, medical and indoor self- storage facilities develop on the property, for each two square feet of indoor self-storage area, one square foot of office area shall be reduced from the maximum allowable office or medical use area permitted. Access to the property within the Sub-district shall be from one of two access points depicted on the PUD Master Plan on Livingston Road that can be found consistent with Collier County Access Management standards. No access is permitted from Eatonwood Lane. The proposed development intensities for the Hiwasse PUD include a maximum of 91,000 square feet of professional or medical office area in buildings containing a maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet, or a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor- self-storage area with a maximum height of three (3) stories of thirty-five (35) feet. Therefore, consistency with the Future Land Use Element ("FLUE") can be established with the proposed development intensities for the Hiwasse PUD. 1.3 The subject property's location in relation to the existing or proposed community facilities and services supports the development's commercial uses as required in Objective 2 of the FLUE. 1.4 The proposed development is compatible with and complementary to existing and future surrounding land uses as required in Policy 5.4 of the FLUE. 1.5 Improvements are planned to be in compliance with applicable land development regulations as set forth in Objective 3 of the FLUE. 1.6 The proposed development will result in an efficient and economical extension of community facilities and services as required in Policy 3.1. G of the FLUE. 1.7 All final development orders for this project are subject to the Collier County Concurrency Management System, as implemented by the Adequate Public Facilities Ordinance in Division 3.15 of the Land Development Code and further required by policy 2.3 ofthe FLUE. 1.8 This PUD shall not become effective until petition CPSP 2003 - 12 is adopted by the Collier County Board of Commissioners 3 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc SECTION III 8e STATEMENT OF INTENT AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION 3.1 INTRODUCTION It is the intent of this Ordinance is to establish a Planned Unit Development meeting the requirements as set forth in Section 2.2.20 of the Collier County Land Development Code (LDC). The purpose of this document is to set forth guidelines for the future development of the project that meet accepted planning principles and practices, and to implement the Collier County Growth Management Plan. 3.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION The project contains 12.5 acres and includes 7.55 acres in a Florida Power and Light easement area. The proposed uses are a mix of professional office and medical uses and indoor-self storage facilities. Access will be provided from Livingston Road. The Florida Power and Light ("FPL") Easement Area that creates a separation from residential uses to the west will remain in open space. 3.3 LAND USE PLAN AND PROJECT PHASING A. The PUD Master Plan provides for areas of commercial use, water management areas, open spaces and road rights-of-way as depicted on the PUD Master Plan Exhibit "A". The PUD Master Plan is designed to be flexible with regard to the placement of buildings, tracts and related utilities and water management facilities. More specific commitments will be made at the time of Site Development Plan and permitting approval, based on compliance with all applicable requirements of this Ordinance, the LDC and local, state and federal permitting requirements. All tracts may be combined or developed separately subject to compliance with the applicable dimensional requirements contained within this document. B. The anticipated time of build-out of the project is approximately four (4) years from the time of issuance of the first building permit, or 2006. However, actual build-out will depend on market conditions. 5 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc SECTION IV 8C ~,. "-, f---. . GENERAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the development regulations that may be applied generally to the development of the Hiwasse Planned Unit Development and Master Plan. 4.1 GENERAL The following are general provisions applicable to the PUD Master Plan: A. Regulations for development of the Hiwasse PUD shall be in accordance with the contents of this document, the PUD Planned Unit Development District and other applicable sections and parts of the LDC and the Collier County Growth Management Plan in effect at the time of issuance of any development order to which said regulations relate which authorizes the construction of improvements. The developer, his successor or assignee, agree to follow the PUD Master Plan and the regulations of this PUD as adopted and any other conditions or modifications as may be agreed to in the rezoning of the property. In addition, any successor in title or assignee is subject to the commitments within this agreement. B. Unless otherwise noted, the definitions of all terms shall be the same as the definitions set forth in the LDC in effect at the time of building permit application. C. All conditions imposed and all graphic material presented depicting restrictions for the development of the Hiwasse PUD shall become part of the regulations that govern the manner in which this site may be developed. D. Development permitted by the approval of this petition will be subject to a concurrency review under the provisions of Division 3.15, Adequate Public Facilities, of the LDC at the earliest or next to occur of either final SDP approval, final plat approval, or building permit issuance applicable to this development. E. Unless specifically waived through any variance or waiver provisions of any other applicable regulations, the provisions of those regulations not otherwise provided for within this PUD remain in full force and effect. In the event there is a conflict between the regulations established in the PUD or any other regulations, the regulations within the PUD shall prevail. 4.2 SITE CLEARING AND DRAINAGE Clearing, grading, earthwork, and site drainage work shall be performed in accordance with the Collier County LDC and the standards and commitments of this document in effect at the time of construction plan approval. 4.3 EASEMENTS FOR UTILITIES Easements, where required, shall be provided for water management areas, utilities and other purposes as may be required by Collier County. All necessary easements, 6 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc Be dedications or other instruments shall be granted to ensure the continued operation and maintenance of all services and utilities. This will be in compliance with the applicable regulations in effect at the time construction plans and plat approvals are requested. Easements dedicated to Collier County shall be counted toward the County's open space and the retention of native vegetation requirements. 4.4 AMENDMENTS TO THE ORDINANCE The proposed PUD Master Plan is conceptual in nature and subject to change within the context of the development standards contained in this Ordinance. Amendments to this Ordinance and PUD Master Plan shall be made pursuant to Section 2.7.3.5 of the Collier County LDC, in effect at the time the amendment is requested. 4.5 PROJECT PLAN APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS Exhibit "A", the PUD Master Plan, constitutes the required PUD development plan. Subsequent to, or concurrent with PUD approval, a preliminary subdivision plat (if required) shall be submitted for the entire area covered by the PUD Master Plan. All division of property and the development of the land shall be in compliance with the subdivision regulations set forth in Section 3.2 of the LDC. Prior to the recording of the final subdivision plat, when required by the subdivision regulations set forth in Section 3.2 of the LDC, final plans of the required improvements shall receive the approval of all appropriate Collier County governmental agencies to ensure compliance with the PUD Master Plan, the County subdivision regulations and the platting laws of the State of Florida. Prior to the issuance of a building permit or other development order, the provisions of Section 3.3, Site Development Plans, shall be applied to all platted parcels, where applicable. Should no subdivision of land occur, Section 3.3 shall be applicable to the development of all tracts as shown on the PUD Master Plan. 4.6 PROVISION FOR OFFSITE REMOVAL OF EARTHEN MATERIAL The excavation of earthen material and its stockpiling in preparation of water management facilities or to otherwise develop water bodies is hereby permitted. If, after consideration of fill activities on buildable portions of the project site, there is a surplus of earthen material, offsite disposal is also hereby permitted subject to the following conditions: A. Excavation activities shall comply with the definition of a "development excavation" pursuant to Section 3.5.5.1.3 of the LDC, whereby offsite removal shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the total volume excavated up to a maximum of20,000 cubic yards. 7 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 4.15 GENERAL PERMITTED USES Be Certain uses shall be considered general permitted uses throughout the Hiwasse PUD. General permitted uses are those uses which generally serve the Developer and occupants of the Hiwasse PUD and are typically part of the common infrastructure or are considered community facilities A. General Permitted Uses: 1. Essential services as set forth under LDC, Section 2.6.9.1. 2. Water management facilities and related structures. 3. Lakes including lakes with bulkheads or other architectural or structural bank treatments. 4. Temporary construction, sales, and administrative offices for the Developer and Developer's authorized contractors and consultants, including the necessary access ways, parking areas and related uses to serve such offices. 5. Landscape features including, but not limited to, landscape buffers, berms, fences and walls subject to the standards set forth in Section 4,14 of this PUD. 6. Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted accessory and principal uses, as determined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). B. Development Standards: Unless otherwise set forth in this Document, the following development standards shall apply to structures: 1. Setback from back of curb or edge of pavement of any road - Ten feet (10'). 2. Setback from PUD boundary - Fifteen feet (15'), however, berms for water management facilities may be constructed within five (5) feet of a property line provided all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance and the LDC are met. 3. Minimum distance between unrelated structures - Ten feet (10'). 4. Maximum height of structures - Twenty-Five feet (25'). 5. Minimum lot or parcel area - 10,000 square feet. 6. Standards for parking, landscaping, signs and other land uses where such standards are not specified herein or within the Hiwasse PUD design guidelines and standards are to be in accordance with LDC in effect at the 9 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc time of site development plan approval. 8e ¡...:' 4.16 SIGNAGE A. General: 1. All Collier County sign regulations, pursuant to LDC, Division 2.5, Signs, in force at the time of sign pennit application shall apply unless such regulations are in conflict with the conditions set forth in this Section, in which case the PUD Document shall govern. 2. Signs shall be pennitted in private rights-of-way. 3. All signs shall be located so as not to cause sight line obstructions. 4. All internal project rights-of-way, drive aisles, or access easements may be utilized for decorative landscaped entrance features and signage subject to review and approval from the Planning Services Department for consistency with the requirements set for herein. B. Traffic Signs: 1. Traffic signs such as street signs and speed limit signs may be designed to reflect a common architectural theme. The placement and size of the signs shall be in accordance with DOT criteria. C. Wall Mounted Signs 1. Wall mounted signs shall be individual letters mounted separately or on a continuously wire raceway in a color to blend with the background. Box type signs are not pennitted. 2. Building signs shall be placed within a horizontal signage band around the building perimeter that does not exceed Collier County requirements. D. Colors 1. Harmonious color schemes for signs are required but corporate identity variations are acceptable. Signs with multi-color letters are not pennitted. 4.17 ARCHITECTURAL AND SITE DESIGN STANDARDS A. Applicability 1. The "Architectural Standards for Livingston RoadÆatonwood Lane Commercial Infill Subdistrict" have been created by the developer to promote a visually harmonious framework for all developments within the PUD boundaries. It establishes minimum design standards to enhance compatibility with adjacent properties and to assist architects in designing 10 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc appropriate property improvements. These standards replace related 8 C portions of the Collier County Architectural Guidelines (LDC Division 2.8) as noted. All other portions of the Collier County Land Development Code (LDC) and all other codes with jurisdiction shall remain in full force to the extent they are not inconsistent with the provision of this PUD. .,,,,;: B. Intent 1. The intent of this standard is to establish architectural requirements that promote a common architectural theme for the professional/medical offices and indoor self-storage buildings on the site and to harmonize with adjoining property uses. C. Building Design Requirements All Collier County Land Development Code Division 2.8 requirements shall apply to outside storage areas except as noted below: 1. Modify LDC 2.8.3.5.11 - Entryways/Customer Entrance Treatments as follows for indoor self-storage buildings over 20,000 square feet. a. Purpose and intent. Entryway design elements and variations are intended to give protection from the sun and adverse weather conditions. These elements are to be integrated into a comprehensive design style for the project. b. Entryways / customer entrance standards. These standards identify appropriate entry features. c. Single use buildings, Single use buildings shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances which shall include the following: (1) decorative landscape planters or wing walls which incorporate landscaped areas; and (2) structural or vegetative shading. (3) front entry shall be set back from the drive a minimum distance of 15 feet. 2. Modify LDC 2.8.4.4.10 - Entryways/Customer Entrance Treatments as follows for indoor self-storage buildings over 10,000 square feet to 20,000 square feet. a. Purpose and intent. Entryway design elements and variations are intended to give protection from the sun and adverse weather conditions. These elements are to be integrated into a comprehensive design style for the project. b. Entryways / customer entrance standards. These standards identify appropriate entry features. 11 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc Be c. Single use buildings. Single use buildings shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances which shall include the following: (1) decorative landscape planters or wing walls which incorporate landscaped areas; and (2) structural or vegetative shading. (3) front entry shall be set back from the drive a minimum distance of 15 feet. In addition to Collier County Land Development Code Division 2.8 requirements, the following is required: 1. Overall building dimension shall not exceed 150 feet in either direction. 2. The architectural style for the subdistrict shall be consistent throughout and shall be established by the initial building design and shall blend with surrounding developments. 12 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc -.-'..-- SECTION V 8e PERMITTED USES AND DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT 5.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to identify permitted uses and development standards for areas within the Hiwasse PUD designated for commercial development on the PUD Master Plan, Exhibit "A". 5.2 MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT INTENSITY A maximum of 91,000 square feet of gross leasable floor area of professional and medical office use area is permitted or a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor-self storage area. Should a mix of office and indoor-self storage facilities develop on the property, for each two (2) square feet of indoor-self storage area, one (1) square foot of office area shall be reduced from the maximum allowable office area. 5.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The PUD Master Plan designates the following uses for the general use designations on said Master Plan. AREA ± ACRES ±PERCENTAGE 1. FPL Easement 7.55 60.3% 2. Development Area 4.97 39.7% TOTAL 12.52 100% The approximate acreage of the commercial area is depicted on the PUD Master Plan. Actual acreage of all development tracts will be provided at the time of site development plan or final subdivision plat approval in accordance with Article 3, Division 3.3, and Division 3.2, respectively, of the Collier County Land Development Code. Commercial areas are designed to accommodate internal roadways, open spaces, signs, water management facilities, and similar uses typically found in non-residential areas. 5.4 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land used, in whole or part, for other than the following: A. Permitted Uses: 1. Accounting, auditing and bookkeeping services (group 8721). 2. Business services (groups 7311, 7313, 7371, 7372, 7374-7376, 7379). 3. Depository institutions (groups 6011 - 6099). 4. Offices for engineering, architectural, and surveying services (groups 0781,8711-8713). 5. Health services (groups 8011-8049). 13 G:\Bellows\AR-356I, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Be Insurance carriers, agents and brokers (groups 6311-6399, 6411). Indoor-self storage facilities (group 4225). Legal services (group 8111). Management and public relations services (groups 8741-8743, 8748). Miscellaneous personal services (groups 7291; 7299, debt counseling only). Real estate (groups 6531-6541). Security and commodity brokers, dealer, exchanges and services (groups 6211-6289). Transportation services (group 4724, travel agencies only). Veterinarian's office (group 0742), excluding outdoor kenneling. Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted principle uses as determined by the Zoning Board of Appeals. B. Accessory Uses and Structures 1. Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with commercial uses listed above. 5.5 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Minimum lot area - 20,000 square feet B. Minimum lot width - 100 feet C. Minimum yard requirements: 1. Front yard - 25 feet 2. Side yard - 15 feet or 0 feet adjacent to FPL Easement Area provided all other requirements of the LDC are met. 3. Rear yard - 15 feet or 0 feet adjacent to FPL Easement Area provided all other requirements of the LDC are met. D. Maximum height - Thirty-five (35) feet E. Minimum floor area of principal structure - 1000 square feet gross floor area for each building on the ground floor. F. Lighting - Lighting facilities shall be arranged in a manner that protects roadways and neighboring properties from direct glare or other interference. Lighting shall be limited to a maximum height of twelve (12) feet in height along the western edge ofthe development envelope area adjacent to the FPL Easement Area. G. Distance between structures - If there is a separation between any two principal structures on the same parcel, said separation shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) feet or a distance equal to one-half (12) the sum of their heights, whichever is greater. However, indoor-self storage buildings shall have a minimum separation requirement of fifty (50) feet between individual self-storage buildings. H. Merchandise storage and display - Outside storage or display of merchandise is prohibited. 1. Use of FPL Easement Area - Open space and landscape buffering shall be the only allowed uses permitted in the FPL Easement Area. G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 14 1. The hours of operation of the self-storage buildings shall be limited to the h8 C of 7:00AM to 9:00PM. K. Depository Institutions are limited to the northern portion of the PUD only, and may only be developed at such time as a traffic signal has been installed at the intersection of LaCosta Road and Livingston Road. 15 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc --_.,~-.,-.,~'.. SECTION VI DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENTS Be 6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the environmental commitments of the project developer. A. Environmental permitting shall be in accordance with the State of Florida Environmental Resource Permit Rules and be subject to review and approval by Current Planning Section Staff. B. Native vegetation preservation shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 3.9.5.5.3 ofthe Collier County LDC. C. An exotic vegetation removal, monitoring and maintenance (exotic free) plan for the site, with emphasis on the Preservation Area, shall be submitted to the Current Planning Section Staff for review and approval prior to final site plan/construction approval. A schedule for exotic removal within all Preservation Areas shall be submitted with the above-mentioned plan. D. The petitioner shall comply with the guidelines and recommendations of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FFWCC) regarding potential impacts to protected wildlife species. Where protected species are observed on site, a habitat management plan for these protected species shall be submitted to Current Planning Section Staff for review and approval prior to final site plan/construction approval. E. The applicant shall be subject to all environmental ordinances in effect at the time of development order approvals to which said regulations relate. 6.2 TRANSPORT A TION REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the transportation commitments of the project development. A. The developer shall provide arterial level street lighting at the project entrance. Such lighting shall be in place prior to the issuance of any certificate of occupancy. B. The road impact fee shall be as set forth in the Collier County Consolidated Impact Fee Ordinance No. 2001-13 as amended and adopted in January 2003 and shall be paid at the time building permits are issued or as provided for by the Adequate Public Facilities Ordinance. C. Internal access improvements shall not be subject to impact fee credits and shall be in place before any certificates of occupancy are issued. D. All traffic control devices used shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices as required by Chapter 316.0745, Florida Statutes. 16 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 8e E. Shared access is permitted north of the subject property as depicted on the PUD Master Plan, subject to an access agreement with the property owner to the north. If an access agreement for shared access cannot be reached, then only a right-in- right-out access is permitted from Livingston Road at an access point depicted on the PUD Master Plan south of the shared access area. F. The developer shall provide a turn lane at the project entrance onto Livingston Road, at either permitted access, prior to the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy for the first structure in accordance with the Collier County Public Right-of-Way Manual and Ordinance 82-91. 6.3 UTILITY REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the utilities and engineering commitments of the project developer. A. Water distribution, sewage collection and transmission and interim water and/or sewage treatment facilities to serve the project are to be designed, constructed, conveyed, owned and maintained in accordance with Collier County Ordinance No. 97-17, as amended, and other applicable County rules and regulations. B. All customers connecting to the water distribution and sewage collection facilities to be constructed will be customers of the County and will be billed by the County in accordance with the County's established rates. Should the County not be in a position to provide sewer service to the project, the sewer customers shall be customers of the interim utility established to serve the project until the County's off-site sewer facilities are available to serve the project. 6.4 ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS A. Detailed paving, grading, site drainage and utility plans shall be submitted to the Development Services Department for review. No construction permits shall be issued unless detailed paving, grading, site drainage and utility plans are submitted and until approval of the proposed construction, in accordance with the submitted plans, is granted by the Development Services Department. B. Subdivision of the site shall require platting in accordance with Section 3.2 of the LDC to define the right-of-way and tracts shown on the PUD Master Plan. C. The developer and all subsequent owners of this project shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all County Ordinances or Codes in effect prior to or concurrent with any subsequent development order relating to this site, including but not limited to preliminary subdivision plat, site development plan and any other applications that will result in the issuance of a final development order. 6.5 WATER MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the water management commitments of the project developer. 17 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc ------..- -------.-...-- ! i ¡ i i ¡ 1 i I--'~--:~ : ::' I: I :11 ¡! : IIi : i : ;:' I: : :II : I . I" :. I III 'i I ç; 't :' tl"" t --1 i 'I " I 1,' 'I I Þ : U :: ~ ., I I I ~ : U I: , I" : I · · U I. I. I' · : i: : I ~ :.. . ~ I II: :! I III :. III : I 'II: .: " I I ! I': i: I ,¡ ~ \! 1 I, i '\..._-- I"! I I II i ~~ ':::: I" ~ II I : I: .: I ," I I : ¡: :: I ! il !! I~~ . : II 'I !" """T"¡"--~ , iii '¡" " I ... :: : I ..;11 ," ': 8,1 III : I ::IlIg I" ,. a; : II : i I:! ~ ." I. tj : I: : I ~... ," ,I Ii : I~ :: ~ I" I I I: I: I': : I . .: I': : I I I: i! !! -I .. II :! .1 .. I: : I .. I' ,II : i ,.1 I I I' ,: : i ,P ¡', ,'. I~ ' II' , 'I I _~__~ : I' ,I I · I, jl ¡: I i ,---~--H I ¡: :: _________________________~_ ;----f---tJl. c.------- ------ I I ,- ____u__:> c::::::> r-r-~, 1 ' ! - _______ ~_m ~ II I ,''- --H--~ r·m..~ i : :: '. nl r lŒ-"S-UBMITTAL-- -.- -- ------ !¡ Hi Ii PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 I ¡ ! Ii ¡i . 'I, I PROJECT #2002090002 ¡ ¡!! ! DATE: 4/8/04 ¡ ! I! ! RAY BELLOWS : !11 : -..-......- ....-....-...--..--. ~ '==' ! .. b I II -.----- I I I I I I I .../ ! .g' . . . . ~ ." . . ~. . . . . . . " ")I , . .r'.' . . . . " , " . . . . . . · . g . . . . ~ . . . . ~. . . . . . .' "i......... · . ~ . . . . . . . , ;. . . · : ~: ¡ '. b ... ,;.. .¡.. . . ! ~.., .P. . . ~ . . BC I.. I) u ø ft II! . . . ~ 1:1 .. : .. Ii ~ III ::! . II . II I .. .. j¡¡ m · i II. II II! . a co · c ~ .. ~ ! ~ I I ..I I: ..I C ~ I!! ~ w g ~ I!! Œ 10 ~ . .. . q I § I ~ :11 Itl Ih z c ... D." C ¡r" Wt- t-_ ct)D! c- :&~ OW ::I 0. l~rE j~JI ! 'II! III zd § a. w o o ~ :E w :z: I- _..._........--,..--....~~'" Be NOTICE OF INTENT TO CONSIDER ORDINANCE Notice is hereby given that on TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 2004, in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida¡ the Board of County Commissioners will consider the enactment of a County Ordinance. The meeting will commence at 9:00 A.M. The title of the proposed Ordinance is as follows: AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 2004-41, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, AS AMENDED, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING ATLAS MAP OR MAPS; BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM "A" RURAL AGRICULTURAL ZONING DISTRICT TO "PUD" COMMERCIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (CPUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO BE KNOWN AS THE HIWASSE CPUD CONSISTING OF A MAXIMUM OF 91,000 SQUARE FEET OF PROFESSIONAL OFFICE AREA IN A BUILDING CONTAINING A MAXIMUM OF 200,000 SQUARE FEET OF INDOOR- SELF STORAGE AREA WITH A MAXIMUM ZONING HEIGHT OF THREE (3) STORIES OR THIRTY-FIVE (35) FEET LOCATED ON THE WEST SIDE OF LIVINGSTON ROAD APPROXIMATELY ONE-QUARTER MILE SOUTH OF PINE RIDGE ROAD, IN SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 12.5+/- ACRES; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. PUDZ-2003-AR-3561¡ Robert L. Duane¡ AICP¡ of Hole Montes¡ Inc., representing Hiwasse¡ Inc.¡ requesting a rezone from "A" Rural Agricultural zoning district to "PUD" Commercial Planned Unit Development (CPUD) zoning district to be known as the Hiwasse CPUD. This project will consist of a maximum of 91¡000 square feet of professional office area and a maximum of 200¡000 square feet of indoor-self storage area with a maximum zoning height of three (3) stories or thirty-five (35) feet. The property to be considered for this rezone is located on the west side of Livingston Road approximately one-quarter mile south of Pine Ridge Road¡ in Section 13¡ Township 49 South¡ Range 25 East, Collier County Florida. This property consists of 12.5+/- acres. Copies of the proposed Ordinance are on file with the Clerk to the Board and are available for inspection. All interested parties are invited to attend and be heard. NOTE: All persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or the Chairman, a spokesperson allotted 10 minutes to speak group is encouraged. If recognized ª' C for a group or organization may be on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: /s/Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk ( SEAL) Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts Couiity-of·Cøllier --',f:.ç. ,....~ _ \. CLERK. OF TH£ C¡RCQIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY QoURTÌt.oUSE 33011'AMIAMI TRAIL EÀ~T . P.O. BOX 4f~044 \, NAPLES, FLORIDA \¿~IOl-3d44 ~~[ ¡ 8C ,.,..~~. 'eN£:~ '- ( ;j~!J Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds October 25, 2004 Robert L. Duane, AICP Hole Montes & Associates 950 Encore Way Naples, Florida 34110 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition PUDZ-2003-AR-356l, The Hiwasse PUD Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 31, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ ~l..CJ,(. Ann Jenne~hn, ~puty Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.f1.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'Coi!pfy-'ofGølJier ""- ..--. , CLERK OF THE G{RCUIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY qo.. URTPtOUSE 330 I TAMIAMI TJµIL EAi$T . P.O. BOX 4f~044 \" NAPLES, FLORlDA~ß,101-3d44 ~( I 8e Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds .- -:'- "._~~ October 25, 2004 , .' ~7 - / Hiwasse, Inc. 2700 Pine Ridge Road Naples, FL 34109 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, The Hiwasse PUD Dear Petitioner: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, October 31, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~~~,\C).L. Ann Jenn~h~, ~p~t-Y Clerk Enclosure Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us October 25, 2004 Legals Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, Florida 34102 Re: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561, The Hiwasse PUD Dear Legals: Please advertise the above referenced notice on Sunday, October 31, 2004, and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved, to this office. Thank you. Sincerely, Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk P.O./Account # 113-138312-649110 8C Ann P. Jennejohn To: Subject: BC Legals (E-mail) PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD Good Morning, Please advertise the attached on Sunday, October 31, 2004. ~ ~ PUDZ-2003-AR-356 l.doc PUDZ-2003-AR-356 l.doc Thank you, Ann Minutes & Records 774-8406 1 Ann P. Jennejohn 8C From: Sent: To: Subject: postmaster@clerk.collier.fl.us Monday, October 25, 2004 10:34 AM Ann P. Jennejohn Delivery Status Notification (Relay) I~ ~./. U ATT219237.txt PUDZ-2003-AR-356 1 Hiwasse PUD This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. legals@naplesnews.com 1 Ann P. Jennejohn 8C From: Sent: To: Subject: System Administrator [postmaster@naplesnews.com] Monday, October 25, 2004 10:25 AM Ann P. Jennejohn Delivered: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD PUDZ-2003-AR-356 1 Hiwasse PUD «PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD» Your message To: Legals (E-mail) Subject: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD Sent: Man, 25 Oct 2004 10:33:59 -0400 was delivered to the following recipient(s): legals on Man, 25 Oct 2004 10:24:59 -0400 1 POOZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse POO Page 1 of 1 8C Ann P. Jennejohn -""""~"'^--^~^-~'~^-~'-~'~~~-~-'~~-- ~~._~._~~~~.._~._._~.,~_~~._.,_~.___~~~~~.~o~.___"~~^~~^~^_'__'A~__'~'~~~'_'_"_'_~~~_~~~~ From: Perrell, Pamela [paperrell@naplesnews.com] Sent: Monday, October 25,2004 11 :07 AM To: Ann P. Jennejohn Subject: RE: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD OK -----Original Message----- From: Ann P. Jennejohn [mailto:Ann.Jennejohn@clerk.collier.fl.us] Sent: Monday, October 25,2004 10:34 AM To: Legals (E-mail) Subject: PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 Hiwasse PUD Good Morning, Please advertise the attached on Sunday, October 31, 2004. «PUDZ-2003-AR-3561.doc» «PUDZ-2003-AR-3561.doc» Thank you, Ann Minutes & Records 774-8406 10/25/2004 8C Naples Daily News Naples, FL 34102 Affidavit of Publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+---------- NOTICE oflm. . NTTO CONIMIOROtNANCE Notice Is glyen th..t 011 VI' NÆ.: VEMIIE. 1 n urcr Boardroom. 3rd Floor. Administration Building. Collier county Govern- ment Center, 3301 East Tamlaml Trall,L Naplesl Florida. the Itoard OT coun~ y' o,mmlls loners will cler the enact- ment 0 a CountY Ordl· nance. The meetlllCl will ~rttfe';:' ~ Ordinance Is as follows: AN ORDINANCE OF THE ~g~'U:$fl~)tf~R~N"~} COL IER COUNTY. AMENDING fa ~~r~~~ DEVELOp· "AS AMEND- INCLUDES T £HENSIVE %ONI IJLATIONS FOR' HI! UNINCORPO· !~ft~Å:~~ PRIAtEZONING ATLAS MAP OR MAPS; BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLAØIFlCATION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM "A" RURAL AGRICULTURAL ZONIWG DISTRICT TO I ·PUD" COMMERCIAL ! PLANNED UNIT DEVEL- ~OPMENT ..) ZONING DI 0 I E KNOWN THE HIWASSE CPUD CONSISTING OF A MAXI· MUM OF 91,000 SOUARE FEET OF PROFESSIONAL OFFICE AREA IN A BUILD- ING CONTAINING A MAXIMUM' 'OF 200,000 SOUARE FEET OF IN- DOOR·SELF STORAGE AREA WITH A MAXIMUM ZONING HEIGHT OF THREE (3) STORIES OR THIRTY,FIVE (35) FEET LOCATED ON THE WEST SIDE OF LIVINGSTON ROAD APPROXIMATELY ONE-QUARTER MILE SOUT., OF PINE RIDGE ROA~I IN SECTION 13, TOWnSHIP 49 SOUTH. RANGE' 25 EAST COLl.IER COUNTY,FLORlbA. CON- SISTING OF 12.5+1' ACRES: AND BY PROVID· ING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 REFERENCE: 001230 58935430 113138312649110 NOTICE OF INTENT TO State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed_ Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. PUBLISHED ON: 10/31 AD SPACE: 186.000 INCH FILED ON: 10/31/04 --------------------------------------------------+----------- Signature of Affiant ~~ ~ ~ . Sworn to and Subscribed before me this 31W -:J 0. f t9Jl &7/ 20ðV Personally known by me ?I~/~:1f ......... Harriett Bushong ~*"j~;\" rp~??\ M" COMMISSION # DD2346B9 OOIRES ~.~ '! ::~., July 24, 2007 \". :..?)f!~ ,()tiW' THPU TOnY 'AiN INSI,lPANCE.INC ~ f::¡ ~\?~~.. , -- PUDZ-2003-AR-3561. Rob- ert L.Duane, AICP, of Hole Montes. Inc~ repre- senting Hlwaue. Inc.. requesting a rezo.ne from "A- Rural Agrlcul· tural zoning dlstrlct to -PUO- Commercial Plann,d Unit DeveloP- ment tCPIJD) zoning dls, trlct to be knOWn IS the Hlwa..e CP.UD. This I pro)lÇt will collllst of a maximum of 91.000 sQlUlre feet of profes- $101\&1 office area and a maximum of 200.000 sq.l.I.re felltof,., Ind. oor- self.torage arta with a maximum zonllMl height of three (3) störles or thlrty-flye ()5) feet. The prol!trty to be consld- ereè:l for this rezone Is loc:aftd on the west side of Livingston Road ap- prox!niafely one-quarter mile south of Pine Ridge Road. In Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25 East. Collier county Florida, This property consists ·of 12.5+1· acres. Cop.les of the proposed Orillnance are on file with the Clerk to the, Board and are ayallable I for Inspection. All Inter- ested parties are Invited to attend and be heard. -~"..--- .._.~.._,- . NOT~: All persons wish- ling to speak on any . agenda Item must regis- ter with the County ad- ministrator prior to pre- sentation of the agenda Item to be .addressed. IndlYldual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any' Item, The ..lee- tlon of an Individual to speak on behalf of 'an organlzatlOl\ or ","oup Is encouragell. If recog- nlzedby the Chairman. a Ipòkesperson for a group O. r orga.nlzatlon may be allottee! 10 min· utes to speak on an Item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic ma· terlals Included In the Board agenda packets must submit said ma- terial a minimum of 3 ~. prior to the re- public hearing. CIIØ. written ma- Intended to be bv the Board. e submitted to' theapptoP.r~te County stIiIfI' .amlnlmum of sev- ..ndav.!..erlor to the f:rLfu¡;alr:'pr:~em:: tlons before the Board I will become a perma-. nent part of the record. \ _~decldes, to . slon of the ard willa re- e ¡¡rocee ngs pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim, record of the proceed- Ings Is made. which re- coreS Includes the testi- mony and evidence up.0n which the appeal Is based. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMI$SIONERS ~L%iI51ER COUNTY. ~~NA FIALA, CHAIR- DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: IslAnn Jenne ohn. rsflL~ Clerk Oct. 31 No. 807030 "8 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE c i!" (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) l.Sandy Lea CDES / l;/ t).~ l5ðL 2. -~\ / ( ( 3. /\ 4. I ~, 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners v PRIMARY CONT ACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approvaL Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, ineluding Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number 403-2463 Agenda Item Number c Ordinance Number of Original Documents Attached I Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. Onitial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed ~ by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's \Jfþ Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the FB document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's ~~ signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. ~ Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware ofvour deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms/ County Forms/ BCC Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 ,.. . ·'''~","'''''''''--..''''H''''.'''' .'. ... _", ."...,..,",,_.. "~......,,. k~., "",,_...__ ORDINANCE NO. 04- 7 t) 8 CII AN ORDINANCE OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING ORDINANCE NUMBER 2004-41, THE COLLIER COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE, AS AMENDED, WHICH INCLUDES THE COMPREHENSIVE ZONING REGULA TIONS FOR THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY AMENDING THE APPROPRIATE ZONING A TLAS MAP OR MAPS; BY CHANGING THE ZONING CLASSIFICA TION OF THE HEREIN DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY FROM "A" RURAL AGRICULTURAL ZONING DISTRICT TO "PUD" COMMERCIAL PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (CPUD) ZONING DISTRICT TO BE KNOWN AS THE HIW ASSE CPUD CONSISTING OF A MAXIMUM OF 91,000 SQUARE FEET OF PROFESSIONAL OFFICE AREA IN A BUILDING CONTAINING A MAXIMUM OF 200,000 SQUARE FEET OF INDOOR-SELF STORAGE AREA WITH A MAXIMUM ZONING HEIGHT OF THREE (3) STORIES OR THIRTY- FIVE (35) FEET LOCATED ON THE WEST SIDE OF LIVINGSTON ROAD APPROXIMA TEL Y ONE-QUARTER MILE SOUTH OF PINE RIDGE ROAD, IN SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, CONSISTING OF 12.5± ACRES; AND BY PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, Robert L. Duane, AICP, of Hole Montes and Associates, representing Hiwasse, Inc., through PUDZ-03-AR-3561, petitioned the Board of County Commissioners to change the zoning classification of the herein described real property. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, that: SECTION ONE: The zoning classification of the herein described real property located in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25East, Collier County, Florida, is changed from "A" Rural Agricultural zoning district to "PUD" Commercial Planned Unit Development (CPUD) in accordance with the "Hiwasse" CPUD Document, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated by reference herein. The appropriate zoning atlas map or maps, as described in Ordinance Number 2004-41, as amended, the Collier County Land Development Code, is hereby amended accordingly. SECTION TWO This Ordinance shall become effective upon filing with the Department of State. PASSED AND DULY ADOPTED by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this 16th day of November, 2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER CO TY, FLORIDA BY: DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN Patrick G. W ite Assistant County Attorney PUDZ-2003-AR-35611RB/sp Page 1 of 1 8 C ~:- HIW ASSE A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT PREPARED BY: ROBERT L. DUANE, A.I.C.P. HOLE MONTES, INC. 950 ENCORE WAY AND NAPLES, FLORIDA 34110 RICHARD YOV ANOVICH, ESQ. GOODMAN, COLEMAN & JOHNSON 4001 TAMIAMI TRAIL N., STE. 300 NAPLES, FLORIDA 34103 HM PROJECT 2001076 NOVEMBER, 2002 Date Reviewed by CCPC: Date Approved by BCC: NovE=!mhE=!r' 1 ñ. 2004 Ordinance No. 2004-75 Amendments & Repeals EXHIBIT "A" 1 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 8 C" TABLE OF CONTENTS Page SECTION I Statement of Compliance.... ......................... ...................................................... 3 SECTION II Property Ownership, Legal Description, Short Title and Statement of Unified Control....................................... ..... ................................. 4 SECTION III Statement of Intent and Project Description.................................. ,..... ..5 SECTION IV General Development Regulations... . ... .. ...... ... ..... . . .. ... ... ........ ... ... ......6 SECTION V Permitted Uses and Dimensional Standards for Commercial Development... .13 SECTION VI Development Commitments........................................................ ....15 EXHIBITS Exhibit A - PUD Master Plan Exhibit B - Legal Description Exhibit C - Landscape Detail and View Elevation 2 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc SECTION I STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 8 C "', The development of + 12.52 acres of property in Section 13, Township 49 South, Range 25 East Collier County, Florida, as a Planned Unit Development to be known as the Hiwasse PUD, will be in compliance with the goals, objectives, and policies of Collier County as set forth in the Growth Management Plan. The commercial uses of the project will be consistent with the growth policies, land development regulations and applicable comprehensive planning objectives of each of the elements of the Growth Management Plan for the following reasons: 1.1 The property is located in the Livingston Road/Eatonwood Lane Commercial Infill SubDistrict as depicted on the Collier County Future Land Use Map. This SubDistrict allows professional and medical offices and indoor-self storage facilities to serve surrounding residential areas that are proposed uses in this PUD. 1.2 The maximum allowed development intensities in the Livingston Road/Eatonwood Lane Commercial Infill Subdistrict include 91,000 square feet of professional or medical office use in buildings containing a maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet, or 200,000 square feet of indoor self-storage area in buildings containing a maximum of three stories and a maximum height of fifty (50) feet. Should a mix of office, medical and indoor self- storage facilities develop on the property, for each two square feet of indoor self-storage area, one square foot of office area shall be reduced from the maximum allowable office or medical use area permitted. Access to the property within the Sub-district shall be from one of two access points depicted on the PUD Master Plan on Livingston Road that can be found consistent with Collier County Access Management standards. No access is pennitted from Eatonwood Lane. The proposed development intensities for the Hiwasse PUD include a maximum of 91,000 square feet of professional or medical office area in buildings containing a maximum height of thirty- five (35) feet, or a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor- self-storage area with a maximum height of three (3) stories of thirty-five (35) feet. Therefore, consistency with the Future Land Use Element ("FLUE") can be established with the proposed development intensities for the Hiwasse PUD. 1.3 The subject property's location in relation to the existing or proposed community facilities and services supports the development's commercial uses as required in Objective 2 of the FLUE. 1.4 The proposed development is compatible with and complementary to existing and future surrounding land uses as required in Policy 5.4 of the FLUE. 1.5 Improvements are planned to be in compliance with applicable land development regulations as set forth in Objective 3 of the FLUE. 1.6 The proposed development will result in an efficient and economical extension of community facilities and services as required in Policy 3.1. G of the FLUE. 1. 7 All final development orders for this project are subject to the Collier County Concurrency Management System, as implemented by the Adequate Public Facilities Ordinance in Division 3.15 of the Land Development Code and further required by policy 2.3 of the FLUE. 1.8 This PUD shall not become effective until petition CPSP 2003 - 12 is adopted by the Collier County Board of Commissioners 3 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc SECTION II 8 C', ,. f PROPERTY OWNERSHIP, LEGAL DESCRIPTION, SHORT TITLE AND ST A TEMENT OF UNIFIED CONTROL 2.1 PROPERTY OWNERSHIP The property is owned by Hiwasse Inc. 2.2 LEGAL DESCRIPTION The legal description is provided for in Exhibit "B". 2.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY The property is located on the west side of Livingston Road approximately one-quarter (Y-i) of a mile south of Pine Ridge Road. PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION The subject property is vacant at the time of the application for rezoning. The soil classification for the subject property is Holopaw Fine Sand, Limestone Substratum. The property is located in Flood Zone X. The zoning classification prior to the date of approval of this PUD was Agricultural (A). 2.4 SHORT TITLE This Ordinance shall be known and cited as the "Hiwasse Planned Unit Development Ordinance" . 2.5 STATEMENT OF UNIFIED CONTROL This statement represents that the current property owner has lands under unified control for the purpose of obtaining PUD zoning on the subject property. 4 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc SECTION III 8 C ·1' STATEMENT OF INTENT AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION 3.1 INTRODUCTION It is the intent of this Ordinance is to establish a Planned Unit Development meeting the requirements as set forth in Section 2.2.20 of the Collier County Land Development Code (LDC). The purpose of this document is to set forth guidelines for the future development of the project that meet accepted planning principles and practices, and to implement the Collier County Growth Management Plan. 3.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION The project contains 12.5 acres and includes 7.55 acres in a Florida Power and Light easement area. The proposed uses are a mix of professional office and medical uses and indoor-self storage facilities. Access will be provided from Livingston Road. The Florida Power and Light ("FPL") Easement Area that creates a separation from residential uses to the west will remain in open space. 3.3 LAND USE PLAN AND PROJECT PHASING A. The PUD Master Plan provides for areas of commercial use, water management areas, open spaces and road rights-of-way as depicted on the PUD Master Plan Exhibit "A". The PUD Master Plan is designed to be flexible with regard to the placement of buildings, tracts and related utilities and water management facilities. More specific commitments will be made at the time of Site Development Plan and permitting approval, based on compliance with all applicable requirements of this Ordinance, the LDC and local, state and federal permitting requirements. All tracts may be combined or developed separately subject to compliance with the applicable dimensional requirements contained within this document. B. The anticipated time of build-out of the project is approximately four (4) years from the time of issuance of the first building permit, or 2006. However, actual build-out will depend on market conditions. 5 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc -~_._...--. 8 c ~ .:. JIIII. SECTION IV GENERAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the development regulations that may be applied generally to the development of the Hiwasse Planned Unit Development and Master Plan. 4.1 GENERAL The following are general provisions applicable to the PUD Master Plan: A. Regulations for development of the Hiwasse PUD shall be in accordance with the contents of this document, the PUD Planned Unit Development District and other applicable sections and parts of the LDC and the Collier County Growth Management Plan in effect at the time of issuance of any development order to which said regulations relate which authorizes the construction of improvements. The developer, his successor or assignee, agree to follow the PUD Master Plan and the regulations of this PUD as adopted and any other conditions or modifications as may be agreed to in the rezoning of the property. In addition, any successor in title or assignee is subject to the commitments within this agreement. B. Unless otherwise noted, the definitions of all terms shall be the same as the definitions set forth in the LDC in effect at the time of building permit application. C. All conditions imposed and all graphic material presented depicting restrictions for the development of the Hiwasse PUD shall become part of the regulations that govern the manner in which this site may be developed. D. Development permitted by the approval of this petition will be subject to a concurrency review under the provisions of Division 3.15, Adequate Public Facilities, of the LDC at the earliest or next to occur of either final SDP approval, final plat approval, or building permit issuance applicable to this development. E. Unless specifically waived through any variance or waiver provisions of any other applicable regulations, the provisions of those regulations not otherwise provided for within this PUD remain in full force and effect. In the event there is a conflict between the regulations established in the PUD or any other regulations, the regulations within the PUD shall prevail. 4.2 SITE CLEARING AND DRAINAGE Clearing, grading, earthwork, and site drainage work shall be performed in accordance with the Collier County LDC and the standards and commitments of this document in effect at the time of construction plan approval. 4.3 EASEMENTS FOR UTILITIES Easements, where required, shall be provided for water management areas, utilities and other purposes as may be required by Collier County. All necessary easements, 6 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 8 C .. dedications or other instruments shall be granted to ensure the continued operation and maintenance of all services and utilities. This will be in compliance with the applicable regulations in effect at the time construction plans and plat approvals are requested. Easements dedicated to Collier County shall be counted toward the County's open space and the retention of native vegetation requirements. 4.4 AMENDMENTS TO THE ORDINANCE The proposed PUD Master Plan is conceptual in nature and subject to change within the context of the development standards contained in this Ordinance. Amendments to this Ordinance and PUD Master Plan shall be made pursuant to Section 2.7.3.5 of the Collier County LDC, in effect at the time the amendment is requested. 4.5 PROJECT PLAN APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS Exhibit "A", the PUD Master Plan, constitutes the required PUD development plan. Subsequent to, or concurrent with PUD approval, a preliminary subdivision plat (if required) shall be submitted for the entire area covered by the PUD Master Plan. All division of property and the development of the land shall be in compliance with the subdivision regulations set forth in Section 3.2 of the LDC. Prior to the recording of the final subdivision plat, when required by the subdivision regulations set forth in Section 3.2 of the LDC, final plans of the required improvements shall receive the approval of all appropriate Collier County governmental agencies to ensure compliance with the PUD Master Plan, the County subdivision regulations and the platting laws of the State of Florida. Prior to the issuance of a building permit or other development order, the provisions of Section 3.3, Site Development Plans, shall be applied to all platted parcels, where applicable. Should no subdivision ofland occur, Section 3.3 shall be applicable to the development of all tracts as shown on the PUD Master Plan. 4.6 PROVISION FOR OFFSITE REMOVAL OF EARTHEN MATERIAL The excavation of earthen material and its stockpiling in preparation of water management facilities or to otherwise develop water bodies is hereby permitted. If, after consideration of fill activities on buildable portions of the project site, there is a surplus of earthen material, offsite disposal is also hereby permitted subject to the following conditions: A. Excavation activities shall comply with the definition of a "development excavation" pursuant to Section 3.5.5.1.3 of the LDC, whereby offsite removal shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the total volume excavated up to a maximum of20,000 cubic yards. 7 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 8 C ~.. B. A timetable to facilitate said removal shall be submitted to the Development Services Director for approval. Said timetable shall include the length of time it will take to complete said removal, hours of operation and haul routes. C. All other provisions of Section 3.5 of the LDC are applicable. 4.7 SUNSET AND MONITORING PROVISIONS The Hiwasse PUD shall be subject to Section 2.7.3.4 of the LDC, Time Limits for Approved PUD Master Plans and Section 2.7.3.6, Monitoring Requirements. 4.8 POLLING PLACES Polling places shall be provided in accordance with Section 3.2.8.3.14 of the Collier County Land Development Code. 4.9 NATIVE VEGETATION The project shall meet the requirements of Division 3.9, Vegetation Removal, Protection and Preservation of the LDC for the subject property. 4.10 OPEN SPACE The total aggregate of such open space areas shall meet or exceed the open space requirements of Section 2.6.32 of the LDC and are met within the FPL easement area. 4.11 ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES The developer shall be subject to Section 2.2.25.8.1 of the LDC pertammg to archaeological resources in the event such resources are contained on the property. 4.12 COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE Common area maintenance, including the maintenance of common facilities, open spaces, and water management facilities, shall be the responsibility of a homeowners' association to be established by the developer. 4.13 OFF STREET PARKING AND LOADING All off street parking and loading facilities shall be in accordance with Division 2.3 of the Collier County Land Development Code. 4.14 LANDSCAPING All landscaping shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 2.4 of the Collier County Land Development Code. However, an enhanced Type "B" buffer will be provided along the eastern edge of the FPL Easement Area subject to their approval. A cross section of the enhanced buffer area is provided on Exhibit C: Landscape View and Detail. At the time of SDP approval, a letter shall be provided from FLP, stating that the enhanced "B" Buffer area meets with their approval.. 8 G:\Bellows\AR-356I, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 4.15 GENERAL PERMITTED USES 8 C-" Certain uses shall be considered general permitted uses throughout the Hiwasse PUD. General permitted uses are those uses which generally serve the Developer and occupants of the Hiwasse PUD and are typically part of the common infrastructure or are considered community facilities A. General Permitted Uses: 1. Essential services as set forth under LDC, Section 2.6.9.1. 2. Water management facilities and related structures. 3. Lakes including lakes with bulkheads or other architectural or structural bank treatments. 4. Temporary construction, sales, and administrative offices for the Developer and Developer's authorized contractors and consultants, including the necessary access ways, parking areas and related uses to serve such offices. 5. Landscape features including, but not limited to, landscape buffers, berms, fences and walls subject to the standards set forth in Section 4.14 of this PUD. 6. Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted accessory and principal uses, as determined by the Board of Zoning Appeals ("BZA"). B. Development Standards: Unless otherwise set forth in this Document, the following development standards shall apply to structures: 1. Setback from back of curb or edge of pavement of any road - Ten feet (10'). 2. Setback from PUD boundary - Fifteen feet (15'), however, berms for water management facilities may be constructed within five (5) feet of a property line provided all other applicable requirements of this Ordinance and the LDC are met. 3. Minimum distance between unrelated structures - Ten feet (10'). 4. Maximum height of structures - Twenty-Five feet (25'). 5. Minimum lot or parcel area - 10,000 square feet. 6. Standards for parking, landscaping, signs and other land uses where such standards are not specified herein or within the Hiwasse PUD design guidelines and standards are to be in accordance with LDC in effect at the 9 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc time of site development plan approval. 8 C "{I 4.16 SIGN AGE A. General: 1. All Collier County sign regulations, pursuant to LDC, Division 2.5, Signs, in force at the time of sign permit application shall apply unless such regulations are in conflict with the conditions set forth in this Section, in which case the PUD Document shall govern. 2. Signs shall be permitted in private rights-of-way. 3. All signs shall be located so as not to cause sight line obstructions. 4. All internal project rights-of-way, drive aisles, or access easements may be utilized for decorative landscaped entrance features and signage subject to review and approval from the Planning Services Department for consistency with the requirements set for herein. B. Traffic Signs: 1. Traffic signs such as street signs and speed limit signs may be designed to reflect a common architectural theme. The placement and size of the signs shall be in accordance with DOT criteria. C. Wall Mounted Signs 1. Wall mounted signs shall be individual letters mounted separately or on a continuously wire raceway in a color to blend with the background. Box type signs are not permitted. 2. Building signs shall be placed within a horizontal signage band around the building perimeter that does not exceed Collier County requirements. D. Colors 1. Harmonious color schemes for signs are required but corporate identity variations are acceptable. Signs with multi-color letters are not permitted. 4.17 ARCHITECTURAL AND SITE DESIGN STANDARDS A. Applicability 1. The "Architectural Standards for Livingston Road/Eatonwood Lane Commercial Infill Subdistrict" have been created by the developer to promote a visually harmonious framework for all developments within the PUD boundaries. It establishes minimum design standards to enhance compatibility with adjacent properties and to assist architects in designing 10 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc it' 8 C ·t appropriate property improvements. These standards replace related portions of the Collier County Architectural Guidelines (LDC Division 2.8) as noted. All other portions of the Collier County Land Development Code (LDC) and all other codes with jurisdiction shall remain in full force to the extent they are not inconsistent with the provision of this PUD. B. Intent 1. The intent of this standard is to establish architectural requirements that promote a common architectural theme for the professional I medical offices and indoor self-storage buildings on the site and to harmonize with adjoining property uses. C. Building Design Requirements All Collier County Land Development Code Division 2.8 requirements shall apply to outside storage areas except as noted below: 1. Modify LDC 2.8.3.5.11 - Entryways/Customer Entrance Treatments as follows for indoor self-storage buildings over 20,000 square feet. a. Purpose and intent. Entryway design elements and variations are intended to give protection from the sun and adverse weather conditions. These elements are to be integrated into a comprehensive design style for the project. b. Entryways / customer entrance standards. These standards identify appropriate entry features. c. Single use buildings. Single use buildings shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances which shall include the following: (1) decorative landscape planters or wing walls which incorporate landscaped areas; and (2) structural or vegetative shading. (3) front entry shall be set back from the drive a minimum distance of 15 feet. 2. Modify LDC 2.8.4.4.10 - Entryways/Customer Entrance Treatments as follows for indoor self-storage buildings over 10,000 square feet to 20,000 square feet. a. Purpose and intent. Entryway design elements and variations are intended to give protection from the sun and adverse weather conditions. These elements are to be integrated into a comprehensive design style for the project. b. Entryways / customer entrance standards. These standards identify appropriate entry features. 11 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 8 C ~. t c. Single use buildings. Single use buildings shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances which shall include the following: (1) decorative landscape planters or wing walls which incorporate landscaped areas; and (2) structural or vegetative shading. (3) front entry shall be set back from the drive a minimum distance of 15 feet. In addition to Collier County Land Development Code Division 2.8 requirements, the following is required: 1. Overall building dimension shall not exceed 150 feet in either direction. 2. The architectural style for the subdistrict shall be consistent throughout and shall be established by the initial building design and shall blend with surrounding developments. 12 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc -.---..,..-,...._- 8 C ti, SECTION V PERMITTED USES AND DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT 5.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Section is to identify permitted uses and development standards for areas within the Hiwasse PUD designated for commercial development on the PUD Master Plan, Exhibit "A". 5.2 MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT INTENSITY A maximum of 91,000 square feet of gross leasable floor area of professional and medical office use area is permitted or a maximum of 200,000 square feet of indoor-self storage area. Should a mix of office and indoor-self storage facilities develop on the property, for each two (2) square feet of indoor-self storage area, one (1) square foot of office area shall be reduced from the maximum allowable office area. 5.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The PUD Master Plan designates the following uses for the general use designations on said Master Plan. AREA ± ACRES ±PERCENTAGE 1. FPL Easement 7.55 60.3% 2. Development Area 4.97 39.7% TOTAL 12.52 100% The approximate acreage of the commercial area is depicted on the PUD Master Plan. Actual acreage of all development tracts will be provided at the time of site development plan or final subdivision plat approval in accordance with Article 3, Division 3.3, and Division 3.2, respectively, of the Collier County Land Development Code. Commercial areas are designed to accommodate internal roadways, open spaces, signs, water management facilities, and similar uses typically found in non-residential areas. 5.4 PERMITTED USES AND STRUCTURES No building or structure, or part thereof, shall be erected, altered or used, or land used, in whole or part, for other than the following: A. Permitted Uses: 1. Accounting, auditing and bookkeeping services (group 8721). 2. Business services (groups 7311, 7313, 7371, 7372, 7374-7376, 7379). 3. Depository institutions (groups 6011 - 6099). 4. Offices for engineering, architectural, and surveying services (groups 0781,8711-8713). 5. Health services (groups 8011-8049). 13 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc 8 C .. 6. Insurance carriers, agents and brokers (groups 6311-6399, 6411). 7. Indoor-self storage facilities (group 4225). 8. Legal services (group 8111). 9. Management and public relations services (groups 8741-8743, 8748), 10. Miscellaneous personal services (groups 7291; 7299, debt counseling only). 11. Real estate (groups 6531-6541). 12. Security and commodity brokers, dealer, exchanges and services (groups 6211-6289). 13. Transportation services (group 4724, travel agencies only). 14. Veterinarian's office (group 0742), excluding outdoor kenneling. 15. Any other use which is comparable in nature with the foregoing list of permitted principle uses as determined by the Zoning Board of Appeals. B. Accessory Uses and Structures 1. Accessory uses and structures customarily associated with commercial uses listed above. 5.5 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A. Minimum lot area - 20,000 square feet B. Minimum lot width - 100 feet C. Minimum yard requirements: 1. Front yard - 25 feet 2. Side yard - 15 feet or 0 feet adjacent to FPL Easement Area provided all other requirements of the LDC are met. 3. Rear yard - 15 feet or 0 feet adjacent to FPL Easement Area provided all other requirements of the LDC are met. D. Maximum height - Thirty-five (35) feet E. Minimum floor area of principal structure - 1000 square feet gross floor area for each building on the ground floor. F. Lighting - Lighting facilities shall be arranged in a manner that protects roadways and neighboring properties from direct glare or other interference. Lighting shall be limited to a maximum height of twelve (12) feet in height along the western edge of the development envelope area adjacent to the FPL Easement Area. G. Distance between structures - If there is a separation between any two principal structures on the same parcel, said separation shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) feet or a distance equal to one-half ('h) the sum of their heights, whichever is greater. However, indoor-self storage buildings shall have a minimum separation requirement of fifty (50) feet between individual self-storage buildings. H. Merchandise storage and display - Outside storage or display of merchandise is prohibited. I. Use of FPL Easement Area - Open space and landscape buffering shall be the only allowed uses permitted in the FPL Easement Area. 14 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc J. The hours of operation of the self-storage buildings shall be limited to the hours of 7:00AM to 9:00PM. K. Depository Institutions are limited to the northern portion of the PUD only, and may only be developed at such time as a traffic signal has been installed at the intersection of LaCosta Road and Livingston Road. 8 c t, 15 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc -"---_.. 8 c .. SECTION VI DEVELOPMENT COMMITMENTS 6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the environmental commitments of the project developer. A. Environmental permitting shall be in accordance with the State of Florida Environmental Resource Permit Rules and be subject to review and approval by Current Planning Section Staff. B. Native vegetation preservation shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 3.9.5.5.3 of the Collier County LDC. C. An exotic vegetation removal, monitoring and maintenance (exotic free) plan for the site, with emphasis on the Preservation Area, shall be submitted to the Current Planning Section Staff for review and approval prior to final site plan/construction approval. A schedule for exotic removal within all Preservation Areas shall be submitted with the above-mentioned plan. D. The petitioner shall comply with the guidelines and recommendations of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FFWCC) regarding potential impacts to protected wildlife species. Where protected species are observed on site, a habitat management plan for these protected species shall be submitted to Current Planning Section Staff for review and approval prior to final site plan/construction approval. E. The applicant shall be subject to all environmental ordinances in effect at the time of development order approvals to which said regulations relate. 6.2 TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the transportation commitments of the project development. A. The developer shall provide arterial level street lighting at the project entrance. Such lighting shall be in place prior to the issuance of any certificate of occupancy. B. The road impact fee shall be as set forth in the Collier County Consolidated Impact Fee Ordinance No. 2001-13 as amended and adopted in January 2003 and shall be paid at the time building permits are issued or as provided for by the Adequate Public Facilities Ordinance. C. Internal access improvements shall not be subject to impact fee credits and shall be in place before any certificates of occupancy are issued. D. All traffic control devices used shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices as required by Chapter 316.0745, Florida Statutes. 16 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc ta c ~ E. Shared access is permitted north of the subject property as depicted on the PUD Master Plan, subject to an access agreement with the property owner to the north. If an access agreement for shared access cannot be reached, then only a right-in- right-out access is permitted from Livingston Road at an access point depicted on the PUD Master Plan south of the shared access area. F. The developer shall provide a turn lane at the project entrance onto Livingston Road, at either permitted access, prior to the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy for the first structure in accordance with the Collier County Public Right-of-Way Manual and Ordinance 82-91. 6.3 UTILITY REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the utilities and engineering commitments of the project developer. A. Water distribution, sewage collection and transmission and interim water and/or sewage treatment facilities to serve the project are to be designed, constructed, conveyed, owned and maintained in accordance with Collier County Ordinance No. 97-17, as amended, and other applicable County rules and regulations. B. All customers connecting to the water distribution and sewage collection facilities to be constructed will be customers of the County and will be billed by the County in accordance with the County's established rates. Should the County not be in a position to provide sewer service to the project, the sewer customers shall be customers of the interim utility established to serve the project until the County's off-site sewer facilities are available to serve the project. 6.4 ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS A. Detailed paving, grading, site drainage and utility plans shall be submitted to the Development Services Department for review. No construction permits shall be issued unless detailed paving, grading, site drainage and utility plans are submitted and until approval of the proposed construction, in accordance with the submitted plans, is granted by the Development Services Department. B. Subdivision of the site shall require platting in accordance with Section 3.2 of the LDC to define the right-of-way and tracts shown on the PUD Master Plan. C. The developer and all subsequent owners of this project shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all County Ordinances or Codes in effect prior to or concurrent with any subsequent development order relating to this site, including but not limited to preliminary subdivision plat, site development plan and any other applications that will result in the issuance of a final development order. 6.5 WATER MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS The purpose of this Section is to set forth the water management commitments of the project developer. 17 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc --~,.-.,. 8 c·., A. Design and construction of all improvements shall be subject to compliance with the appropriate provisions of the Collier County LDC, except that excavation for water management features shall be allowed within twenty (20) feet from side, rear or abutting property lines, with side, rear or abutting property lines fenced. B. Landscaping may be placed within the water management area in accordance with the criteria established within Section 2.4.7.3 of the LDC. C. The wet season water table elevation shall be established at the time of South Florida Water Management District (SFWMD) permitting, which is required for the subject property. 18 G:\Bellows\AR-3561, Hiwasse\PUD Document 7-8-04.doc . , U:I I I , I Ir1r I I I g ~I~ J / ~!dl i .e l ------~- ------------ ~ 'Co' Ii! c .. If --------- . . . . . . !!'!' .-. .¡.. . . ! 1 . . p .( -~;;;;;;;;;;---~:::::;----~~ ______ ..., ãõõMiiOm ~ i "~ ,r--------;"i ------H---i /- ---1 \ I . '. ._ _.____~ I I !: " I: , · · · , , , , , · RE-'S-UBMITTAL-- - . PUDZ-2003-AR-3561 PROJECT #2002090002 DATE: 4/8104 RAY BELLOWS I --':r--'-.J ~ ::1 ': , ,I' · I : :II :! · ", :' : ql ,I , :'4 I, : ':1 : ¡ , :.. I I : ::1 : I' , .... " " tIt t+--~ i , 'h ,: : :', : I I Þ :1: ,: , It ," : 1 : ~ : U .: , ," : 1 I : Ii :: : I: : I :.. ,: : I: :! I" :. : I: : 1 'I': ,: I, 'I : I': I: : " . I " ~ . : !! i 't---- : I: B : C--- "I~-- : i: IA" --- :', ,'1 : I: I: 'I': : I '" " : ii ! j liJtj :., I I fl _~.. L_j ! ¡~ I" I, lIIiÞ-, : I: : I ";1 ," ': ~, : ¡: : 1 ~II ., I. : I' " Br :.: : I ·v 'I: :: gllo :', ,I II : I: :: ¡; ," . I : I: :: I': : I . ,: I': : I I .: I': : 1 , " .. I' ¡: :! ., I. I: : I ., I' .1: : i \11 " ,. 1: : i ,P !' " I~ ! ¡ i I B I' --""h--'" ' ' ,I I I " , " I' ¡: : I I .; ~---f}-nH I i: : I , I: , " I ----y--\:l I ,- , I- I : I , I- I : ni r ", 'I ::1 :' ", 'I' ::1 : II. . : ~I : ". I :: : II, I ~ ;1 : It · . . ! III I! .. c 15 Co) II: C <C ~ :I N .. .. iii ~ : ::! . . i i i <c ¡ !'5 I ! C <c i .. ~ I . I I ... II: Ie :! I!! ... ~; ~ ID z c ¡. c a:. WI- 1-- Cl)DI c- :I~ aW ;:) a. l;!r~ Jf~JI I ill I!I g Q. W o o ~ :r: w ::c ... · 8 C EXHIBIT "B" LEGAL DESCRIPTION A PARCEL OF LAND LOCATED IN THE EAST HALF OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: COMMENCE AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN S.Ooo15'37"E., ALONG THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1319.79 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE RUN N.89°23'53"W. ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHW AST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 120.01 FEET TO A POINT 120.00 FEET WESTERLY OF, AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO, THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHWAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13 AND THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE PARCEL OF LAND HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE RUN S.00015'37"E., PARALLEL WITH THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1321.49 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE RUN S.00009'47"E., PARALLEL WITH THE EAST LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 73.69 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHEASTERLY CORNER OF EATONWOOD LANE, A 130.33 FOOT RIGHT-OF-WAY, AS THE SAME IS SHOWN ON THE PLAT OF KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN PLAT BOOK 28 AT PAGES 5 AND 6 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA; THENCE RUN S.89°50'13"W., ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF SAID KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B, FOR A DISTANCE OF 390.00 FEET; THENCE RUN N.Ooo09'47"W., ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF SAID KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B, FOR A DISTANCE OF 73.36 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE RUN N. 00)15'37"W., ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF SAID KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B, FOR A DISTANCE OF 1150.79 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHEASTERLY CORNER OF SAID KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE THREE-B; THENCE CONTINUE N.00015'37"E., ALONG THE BOUNDARY OF KENSIGNTON PARK PHASE 3A ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN PLAT BOOK 26 AT PAGES 51 AND 52 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, FOR A DISTANCE OF 176.24 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13; THENCE RUN S.89°23'53"E., ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEASTER QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, FOR A DISTANCE OF 390.05 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING; CONTAINING 12.515 ACRES, MORE OR LESS, THIS PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO EASEMENTS, RESERVATIONS OR RESTRUCTION OF RECORD. BEARINGS REFER TO THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 13, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RNAAGE 25 EAST, LEE COUNTY, FLORIDA AS BEING S.00015'39"E. HOLE MONTES, INC CERTIFICATION OF AUTHORIZATION LB #1772 W: \200 I \200] 076\MJR \EXHIBIT B LEGAL DESCRIPTION .doc -----.--.-_.."- ~... q q ~ ~ n '" ~... c ¡;¡~ -... ~~ ~¡: -o!¡ ~ -- - - - - ~ ;><: .. n ;><: ,10- ~g: *'8' II'S m II' 2 m ~ :3, ~M Z ~M Z ~:3 - ... V> V> . CD - ... 0: >: q~ z q~ z :i 0 -"G) -"G) :i :3 §Õ 0 §Õ , :3 I'i I'i 0: Z ~ Z II. Õ j II. -" Õ -" 'tI } » 'tI » :3 Ii >C 8' >C '" :3 iJ ;><: ;><: ,¡¡ l "" -, Property iJ ---¡jñë--- "" ¿¡;(þ~ g'2 z e.(f2. " ,," ~~~ 3'''0 :r Q~ ~g'¡¡ ~!~. ~~a. <"º- " 0 :T' 23 ¡pt R~ U Etl!. ~". i~ 0!'"P!í; ~~~i o~i ~g 3g' ~ cro~ . . > :I;¡s'!; ~[~ :r ~ ~~ ð' " o " !' !'" P ;iiJ ~~~Bì g o~ fñi¡ ~ o ¡;¡ !f j ñ¡-: >'< ~f 11"0 ¡;; q m ~ ~O >z Z: i' mg o q a ()I.'~.'~>j ._ ,,'__0" ~- . . -., --8 '" ~ ~ ~~. ~ fff?"~ftP ~ ",õi' ~.~ ~ ii'i[ ';Q: m ~::J IIQ 'tI ~ ;; 'i~ g 3 ~ "d ~; c: ~:::r:;:) _.... 8 g'~' ci § ~~ ~~ ,. h 3~ Ri 1D2. 3~ i~ g~ Q~ H "ª-" r I!. ~.~ ~i ~I!. o:¡¡ ó~ ~~ 3'!£ ¡¡ c ~ 3 g g; g ~ o,,~ ~'ijf~ "=I !l ~cr " c a'" " ~ 3 cr . . ,,-l 5' m H oi'" - ~. ~~ ~ . ä~ ~i II!. ~! -n -" r- »m ;:ol; '" ['T1mW }> 3: 01 m Z .... -n -" r- » ~ '" ;:0 V> W ['T1m (J1 }>3: - m Z .... > " m ~ 6i .g z ~§§ ~ z 5' "tI CD ~ z o ... ~ ----- ---------- " ?;ò ii ----- Proposed Buffer roposed Buffe< ---------- ",:<, c 0 ¡rg l[ ",:<, c 0 fi'O ó'i q q ~ ~ q q ~ ~ (J1 01 (J1 01 ~ ~õ H " g~ ~ s I!. ~.J- ----- ----- ----- ¡" in ¡" in ----- ~ -ar- n, LIVINGSTON ROAD _.__._-~---~--_.- '" II~.ION~ _._-------~- --- .... '-~f Cross-section Study HIWASSE INCORPORATED NAPLES. FLORIDA Ex. f-{ (B j T If C / I P-----. õ(ioQT..._........''''"'..._.._)4102..'..II!I.00c,' .......,.2II·S""f""c............___Ut.....,_.!'F" "....,._._~"--_... ..-...-'" J. 1ffi1ID~<i!iùl!! IIJI!I~I!IW, IID.ÔJ. LA..'CAPU"".mEt:1T< L8rtdt1~pe[)"IQf1,Plao"ingllnd~"1 8 C STATE OF FLORIDA) COUNTY OF COLLIER) I, DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk of Courts in and for the Twentieth Judicial Circuit, Collier County, Florida, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of: ORDINANCE 2004-75 Which was adopted by the Board of County Commissioners on the 16th day of November 2004, during Regular Session. WITNESS my hand and the official seal of the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, this 17th day of November, 2004. DWIGHT E. BROCK.' .~·:::1f) . '/. , -., " f .,. Clerk of Courts "'~rià"ël'e~k::', ",; .. .,~...... . ,,) Ex-officio to· ß'oard ;o:t . ·...:7 ~ , County Commi'g:s'ioI:1,èTS' -'<",': ~ "r::,; ~ a·: ~_.·'.;'c :~'\fi()"'). :iØ:~ e~ . ~ - ,~ . _,4 " '. ; " 1 '. ' : " , '" -',' - . -' ',' .. . 'S\i;-- ':1:~:'~iJ /.,~ .: . '~~ -, -.- .....:w--:, - oJ_ , . .\ By: Heidi R. Rþc~ÌõlG¡¿':,f'\)' " . " 1. " '.J.J ' Deputy Clerk'·J __ J.:¡. ,__,,-' ,\,... . I ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTI~G SLI' , TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO . THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE 9A (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chainnan's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approvaL Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact stafffor additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Kay Nell, CLA, County Attorney's Office Phone Number X8400 Contact Agenda Date Item was November 16,2004 Agenda Item Number 9A Approved by the BCC Type of Document Resolution Number of Original 1 Attached Documents Attached 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chainnan's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approvaL Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! Yes (Initial) N/A (Not A licable) 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Formsl County Formsl BCC Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 ® N/A _·'__~''"."'_'··"''__''"''-'''''''·"'_·_'_'''''·''''''"'_'''''O~_'.'''~'''.",,_."_,...-."..,~",.,_""",.",.,..".-,.,.,,.',,"-',~¥'_.,.~.1',",""",,,,,,.,,,,,~..,,,·,,>;,,,,."'"""'''"'''_,'''''''''.'I__''''_'·'''''·'_''_·('"_'~""<""'~"~_"'''_''''.'''·'~'''''''''''9'',''''''''''''"'~''~_''","'"""~''''''''''''___''';''''''H·~''',''''·';'_'''''''''''~'_"_''''''''_Þ_-'''___'.'e"''.''' i A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIÒNERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, TO APPOINT MIMI WOLOK TO THE LAND ACQUISITION ADVISORY COMMITTEE RESOLUTION NO. 2004-351 t a 9A WHEREAS, on December 3, 2002, the Board of County Commissioners adopted Collier County Ordinance No. 2002-63 which created the Land Acquisition Advisory Committee; and WHEREAS, Ordinance No. 2002-63 provides that the Land Acquisition Advisory Committee shall consist of nine (9) members that are residents of Collier County which comprise a broad and balanced representation of interests, including environmental and ,. conservation, agricultural and business, educational interests, and general civic and citizen interests; and WHEREAS, there is currently one vacancy on this Committee; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners previously provided public notice soliciting applications from interested parties; and WHEREAS, the Land Acquisition Advisory Committee has provided the Board of County Commissioners with its recommendation for appointment. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that Mimi Wolok, representing the categories of Environmental and Conservation, Ecology and Real Estate and Land Acquisition, is hereby appointed to the Land Acquisition Advisory Committee to fulfill the remainder of the vacant term, said term to expire on February 11, 2007. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote. DATED: November 16,2004 "'~'('.'~'\ ATFE;:)"'~'""" 9~~~~í~~~Q~K, Clerk ""G:;;)"""", ""~"" < ~~:/' ~¡? -':",: ~ I/<~l'. ::"'J: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA .f). C. By: æ~ d~ DONNA FIALA, Chairman k~.·J-r:! 4<Í~ David C. Weigel County Attorney DCW /kn: h; public; kay;advisoryboards Item # £La... Agenda I Date }-/{o -ö.tf ~=!d 1 J-d4-1)tf ( . ,~ ~ ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUtING S . TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO 1'.; THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE 98 (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above. including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC off1ce only after the BCC has acted to approve the item) Name of Primary Staff Kay Nell, CLA, County Attorney's Office Phone Number X8400 Contact Agenda Date Item was November 16, 2004 Agenda Item Number 9B Approved by the BCC Type of Document Resolution Number of Original I Attached Documents Attached INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) I. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages trom contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's N/A Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time trame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! [: Forms/ County Forms/ BCC Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 -~-,__", ~~_'''_''''''''''''''. ._, ._...~"'.."~'"_"_",,,....,.,',._..,,,~,,:~,...__.':"".-.-j',,.;,,..W'''~*'".·.'';·''''''''''''''"_~'".\'·''''"' ·"·'·"'4'·"'·'·'''_^'_·_·'_:-fI~~"·_~___;>___,"""_",_",e'',,,,"__.._..._."',_""......_.__ J':. 98 RESOLUTION NO. 2004-352 A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COllIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, TO APPOINT AND REAPPOINT MEMBERS TO THE COllIER COUNTY BUILDING BOARD OF ADJUSTMENTS AND APPEALS WHEREAS, Ordinance No. 04-41, The land Development Code, provides that the Collier County Building Board of Adjustments and Appeals shall be composed of five (5) members and is established for the purpose of providing a decision-making bOdy through which an owner of a building or structure may appeal the rejections or refusal of the Building Official to approve the mode or manner of construction proposed to be followed or materials to be used in the erection or alteration of that building or structure; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners previously provided public notice soliciting applications from interested parties. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that: 1. Kenneth R. Rech meets the prerequisites for appointment and is hereby appointed under the category of Licensed Engineer to the Building Board of Adjustments and Appeals for a four year term, said term to expire on August 9, 2008. 2. Leo F. Rodgers meets the prerequisites for appointment and is hereby reappointed under the category of It. Fire Inspector to the Building Board of Adjustments and Appeals for a four year term, said term to expire on August 9, 2008. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote. DATED: November 16, 2004 ATTEST: DWIGHT .E:BRðtkjClerk . ' , I, BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA .C . By: æ~ ~~ DONNA IALA, Chairman Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ~6)A' ~d Davi C. Weigel ~ County Attorney ltem# ~ . =- U~llc-04- =d I \- 2DtiJt{ .Ol~ ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & RoulING S.P TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE 9C (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee( s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees ahove. including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Kay Nell, CLA, County Attorney's Office Phone Number X8400 Contact Agenda Date Item was November 16, 2004 Agenda Item Number 9C Approved by the BCC Type of Document Resolution Number of Original 1 Attached Documents Attached INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed .-;,.~. by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, ( 1, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from ....... contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's N/A Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the - it document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. \ " 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's /Ý signature and initials are required. lJ 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. !{l " Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain J time frame or the BCe's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! "-~. I: Forms/ County Forms/ Bee Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 """",__,' .-,._...,,""-,...""...... ,.,.-,~"'_..,_,,"__-. .,~......"...'....."'_....,.........,"_...."-=,"-<",""...._'".~,,'"."., . 9C RESOLUTION NO. 2004-353 RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA TO APPOINT MEMBERS TO THE IMMOKALEE MASTER PLAN AND VISIONING COMMITTEE. WHEREAS, on September 28, 2004, the Board of County Commissioners adopted Ordinance No. 04-62 establishing the Immokalee Master Plan and Visioning Committee; and WHEREAS, the Immokalee Master Plan and Visioning Committee is to be composed of ten (10) members from a broad base of citizens and business owners in the regulatory area of the Immokalee Area Master Plan; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners previously provided public notice soliciting applications from interested parties. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that: 1. The following members are hereby appointed to the Immokalee Master Plan and Visioning Committee: NAME CATEGORY Esmeralda Serrata Clarence S. Tears, Jr. Gary D. Holloway Leo F. Rodgers Fred N. Thomas, Jr. Raymond T. Holland Edward R. "Ski" Olesky Maxwelll. Press Resident & Employed in the area Employed in the area Resident & Employed in the area Resident & Employed in the area Resident & Business Owner Resident & Employed the area Resident & Business Owner Immokalee Business Owner 2. In accordance with Section Six of Collier County Ordinance No. 04-62, the terms of said members shall expire and the Committee dissolved upon the adoption of the 2007 cycle of the Growth Management Plan Amendments or the Immokalee Master Plan, whichever is earlier. Dissolution of this Committee shall be no later than December 31, 2007. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote. DATED: November 16, 2004 . " \ .', ~~~~, ~~~CK, Clerk ~g~~~~~¿:~~~~Ffg~~lsSIONERS ~t~.~~~~::.ct~ ~(. By: DONNLirk ", sf g¡;,ätvrf'on 1 J . Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ttem#9G Agenda l \r I(c, 1) I Date _ _::-t Date II ,..J\J~"", I Rec'd ~ David C. Weigel County Attorney -1 1 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE 90 (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. Ifthe document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above. including Sue Filson. need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BeC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Kay Nell, CLA, County Attorney's Office Phone Number X8400 Contact Agenda Date Item was November 16,2004 Agenda Item Number 9D Approved by the BCC Type of Document Resolution Number of Original 1 Attached Documents Attached ,.._~......,.---.._-~- 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC' s actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Forms/ County Forms/ Bee Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 Yes (Initial) N/A (Not A licable) ® N/A @ ~"""____"'__"<_'_~'''''____'.''''.'''''''_''''''''"__'',,'-,·ø_._"n,.,.__'··.,"·'"'."_."'",,....··""'"....,.~__,,.··_.._,_œ,.....-..._·_,,_""""..,,,_"'Oi..·,...."._·....,___....._'''.·...,,·,,·,"~····,·· '." · 90 RESOLUTION NO. 2004-354 A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONMERS OF COllIER COUNTY TO REAPPOINT MEMBERS TO THE VANDERBILT BEACH BEAUTIFICATION ADVISORY COMMITTEE. WHEREAS, Collier County Ordinance No. 2001-43 created the Vanderbilt Beach Beautification Advisory Committee and provides that the County Commission shall appoint five (5) members to the Committee; and WHEREAS, there are currently vacancies on this Committee; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners previously provided public notice soliciting applications from interested parties; and WHEREAS, the Committee has provided the Board of County Commissioners with its recommendations for appointment. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that: 1. Charles C. Arthur is hereby reappointed to the Vanderbilt Beach Beautification Advisory Committee for a 4-year term, said term to expire on November 13, 2008. 2. Alvin D. Martin, Jr., is hereby reappointed to the Vanderbilt Beach Beautification Advisory Committee for a 4-year term, said term to expire on November 13, 2008. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote. DATED: November16,2004 O.L. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA By: ~~ J~ DON 'A FIALA, Chairman ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk , . Approv~(f~Š'tÒform and legal sufficiency: JÚM/¿;a~ David C. Weigel County Attorney løn# ct 0 ~:da ll'ilt2 v+ ~:d l t-Cf't-a4 0,( ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & RqUTIN.IP TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO 9 E THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. Ifthe document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. 2. ,., :>. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact stafTfor additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Kay Nell, CLA, County Attorney's Office Phone Number X8400 Contact Agenda Date Item was November 16, 2004 Agenda Item Number 9E Approved by the BCC Type of Document Resolution Number of Original 1 Attached Documents Attached INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) I. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed @ by the Office ofthe County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages trom contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's N/A Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the ® document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's 1.0 signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip "" should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. @ Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! I: Formsl County Fonnsl BCC Formsl Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 "..,,,.,,~.,.....,_~,,,,_,,_,,,",_' ._,_".~"""""..".".",->""""^"~_._",*_._",,_,,,,,,",,,,_...__.,........_...._""._",'~~"'.~',.,..~..~,,_"',""';...,"'.,"""...,,'...·.".,"',·,_"····__··.·"",.,·.··_·,~,··~·",',,_"'_"',."'H"''''__*''''',;;,;,~''''''''_'''''..'n.-,'',',_.,_,'''''..,;''';''''_"'''..''',''''r'''''','''',_-#"""',"",....~......."..,..,"''',.""','"..,,''''_,,..''''''_<_,..__,____'''''____...,..~.. . ,. . 9£ RESOLUTION NO. 2004-355 A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COllIER COUNTY, FLORIDA TO APPOINT RICHARD DAVID PICKETT TO THE PUBLIC VEHICLE ADVISORY COMMITTEE. WHEREAS, the Public Vehicle Advisory Committee was established by Collier County Ordinance No. 95-66, as amended; and WHEREAS, Collier County Ordinance No. 95-66, as amended, provides that the Public Vehicle Advisory Committee shall consist of five (5) members and one (1) alternate with not less than two (2) nor more than three (3) of the members being affiliated as holders of certificates to operate a motor vehicle for hire company within Collier County; and WHEREAS, there is currently a vacancy on this Committee for the non- affiliated/alternate category; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners previously provided public notice soliciting applications from interested parties. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that Richard David Pickett is hereby appointed under the category of Non-Affiliated Alternate member to the Public Vehicle Advisory Committee for a four year term, said term to expire on September 2, 2008. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote. DATED: November 16, 2004 ATTEST: DWIGH~ E~ BRO~K, Clerk ,f' ..~ t:1 -I r.t /n.;Á ~~~y:\::,~::...,.~7'~ " rJlA; ~ .........".... ". "..c... .~ Q[. o ,,: ~e 'bru .....'",. (- "t\~" :ii ito '>/ ...... :' S 19'a~ or\IJ ~;\y '.' V,",,!-' "" Approved"~S' to¡JQrrri' a~d legal sufficiency: lQd~"~~~ David C. Weigel County Attorney BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA By: {ft ~ DON FIALA~hai~an ltem# 3 r- º-.£ ..v,... ,_.:.... .,;r'-J\..; _.-....._".. -.;.,~, :,....i,,:', -_.v:'- '",'..':.;),' -;z~, :'", , ,;:7' ,...~-,~..~".x.,. ORIGINAL ~OCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLl 0 A TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE .,¡!oI!if ,_. (print on pink paper. Attach to original document. qriginal documents should be hand delivered to the Soard Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are ~o be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist. and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin" order) 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Nonnally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item.) Name of Pnmary Staff ContUí.'t Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark uN/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified, Be aware of our deadlines! 2. 3. 4 5. I: Forrnsl County Forrnsl Bee Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 73~' 2' ;Z 3 I() A DAJt.::!f" Yes (Initial) N/A (Not A licable) ~ ~ IDA .. Y. :" ... RESOLUTION NO. 2004- 356 RESOLUTION NO. CWS-2004- 04 A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE ACQUISITION OF LAND BY CONDEMNATION FOR PURCHASE OF NON-EXCLUSIVE, PERPETUAL UTILITY AND ACCESS INTERESTS BY EASEMENT FOR THE MAINTENANCE AND IMPROVEMENT OF THE EXISTING NORTH HAWTHORN WELLFIELD WATER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION MAINS ALONG THE CYPRESS CANAL IN PROXIMITY TO WELLS RO 12N THROUGH RO 15N, PROJECT NUMBER 700751. WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners, as the Governing Body of Collier County and as Ex-Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District, (hereinafter referred to as "Board"), on February 26,2002, Agenda Item lOJ, approved and awarded a contract for the design and construction of new reverse osmosis raw water supply wells (Wells RO 12N through RO 15N) for the North County Regional Water Treatment Plant (NCRWTP), hereinafter referred to as "Project"; and WHEREAS, the Project was approved in order to avoid potential water supply deficits and/or disruptions to water service, and had been declared by the Board to be an emergency on December 11, 2001, Agenda Item 16ClO; and WHEREAS, the transmission mains and related underground utilities associated with the Project were installed within the drainage easement for the Cypress Canal with the permission of the South Florida Water Management District (SFWMD), which installation was completed in February 2003; and WHEREAS, prior to Board approval of the Project, alternate locations, environmental factors, long range planning, cost variables, concurrence, safety and welfare considerations had been reviewed as they relate to the implementation of the Project, and it had been recommended by County Staff that it was necessary and in the best interest of Collier County, Florida, to construct the transmission mains and related underground utilities associated with the Project within the SFWMD easement area; and WHEREAS, it has been determined that, in addition to the permission of SFWMD to utilize its drainage easement, the Board is required to obtain easements from the fee owners of the properties underlying the SFWMD drainage easement wherein the transmission mains and related underground utilities have been installed, as identified on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference; and 1 IDA ..,. ,'1/1 -- WHEREAS, the design and construction of said transmission mains and related underground utilities, as part of the Project, have been determined by the Board to be necessary and in the best interest of Collier County; and WHEREAS, the construction of the transmission mams and related underground utilities contemplated by the Project were necessary in order to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the citizens of Collier County by allowing the construction of the said transmission mains and related underground utilities; and WHEREAS, the Board, on June 22, 2004 adopted Resolution No. 2004 -215, and Resolution No. CWS - 2004 -02, authorizing staff to acquire by gift or purchase those property rights required for the above-referenced project; and WHEREAS, the location of the previously constructed and existing improvements has been fixed by survey and is collectively represented by the legal descriptions comprising Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein; and WHEREAS, after consideration of the foregoing, Board desires to exercise its right to condemn property for public purposes. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER AND EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER- SEWER DISTRICT, that it has been determined by the Board that the previously constructed and existing improvements (hereinafter referred to the "Project") were and are necessary and in the best interests of the general public. AND IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED that construction of the project was in response to a declared emergency and is consistent with the 2002 Update to the Water Master Plan as adopted by the Board on February 25,2003 as Agenda Item lOA. AND IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED that, prior to Board approval and subsequent construction of the Project, County Staff had reviewed alternate locations, environmental factors, long range planning, cost variables, concurrence, safety, and welfare considerations as they relate to the implementation of the Project; and the Board finds that after consideration of these issues the most feasible location for the previously constructed improvements is collectively represented by the legal descriptions comprising Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein. 2 ~ 0 A .', --. AND IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED that in order to maintain and improve the Project as previously constructed, and to recognize and accommodate the property rights of the underlying fee owners, it is necessary for the Board to formally acquire the various real property interests described in Exhibit "A," to wit: perpetual, non-exclusive utility and access easements. AND IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED that all property shall be put to public purposes. AND IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED that County staff is hereby authorized to acqUIre immediately by gift, purchase or condemnation in the name of the Board, in accordance with the provisions of Chapters 73, 74 and 127, Florida Statutes, the above-referenced real property interests more particularly described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein. AND IT IS FURTHER RESOLVED that no mobile homes are located on the property sought to be acquired and therefore it will not be necessary to remove any mobile homes from the property to be acquired. This Resolution adopted on this It:, TN day of NOV£M8£ 12 ,2004, after motion, second and majority vote. ATTEST: 11-/7- O~ DWIGHT E. BR~~~Å~~ ...~ ,,~''':Í<;' ". ......tJ ? ','í _",' . \~,,J ,ft~."'H'...~IS"4' i...~.. .~-~" &.: ~%t·;1~~~k~~.C!. . -ct ::: ri: ~~~:: - Attøt It~. ~i~~~ irk'} Ifflll....~~·~ii'.§ ~~:·;·.;::;Z~~~·:f,,~;5'a~,.,. :~ "'~:'l) .." ,..,\~/,;j ,.,' '¡~, I~ vÞ ~~>-~ ~ ,"( \ ~,"" Approved as to fo;m and"" legal sufficiency: ßß-~~ Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, BY: ~ d~ DON A FIALA, CHAIRMAN Item# \DA ~~~;da [ 1-1 (P-tf-/- ~~~d l t:iJ.:cL'-I- 3 I I TRACT 119 I -IZ"Tl» ~ ~ ~ I g ~ 6 _____-\___ iñ ;u ..., ..., ~. ;U I ;d ~ Bif'Tl ~ ~ ~ ~ NW I >(') -r. ET (') > 0 '" 0 z ~ 9TH STRE I -i -i '" Z ° OF WAY I Z fT1 C ~ :;;. ¡;¡: 60' RIGHT I o 0 ~ ;;0 ~. 0'> () .~ (PLAT) __~~____ -i ..., fT1 _ 0°?' ______ I -< l? ,.... (J) ____ ;U > ° '" ~ '" ." --- 1 ':2 c ;u ..., -i . I ~1 0-i ~ I œ :;;O>",I ~ I~~o ..., ;u Z ..., ..., " I "'_ o NO» (/) -:;:¡- ~~ I ~ f'Tl O(/) » 3:: 'G) 0 ~ I "-" 3:: ;;0 ::I>OZ ;U ~~œ ° "( ..., > I -i Z o¡ z"( 2 1 I >~ 'IS ~ ~ '" ..., ~ Iv ~ uj ß '" 5 ..., èJ ~ I 0, è 1. 2J ~ ~ <:>i\. I ~ ~ '" 00 ~ 1 " > '" I co I ~ I ~ I . I I I I ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L-- J ¡ -~ ~ ~ ~ ; ~~ - s.;:; I~ :t!ììil ";'.~~j ... ? g ~ i!. ![ =- I ~ ~?;!!iiIII ~ if !! ~!!!!ji. :. U' ~ ~4 ~ ¡ Iql: \) i, I\) !¡ .~ 0 ~ ~ ~. ~ f i') ~ ~ N 8 ~ I: i ::0 ~ ~ ::0 -f CD i') (.oj ~ ~ [ ~ ~ ~ ." 8 ~c:v) ;t!:¡ :;:j ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~:. . ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ 0 ~ 00 fT1~ ~£ VI _ '" > \] -So::! °0 o~rn(l ~ "'11: -~ ~ ~ ::!I fT1 -¡;; ~ (;)~ (;) :. I "" O¡ U1 ~ --I ---- I ---- tN I'V ...... G) I [DO'> ()1[D:Þ'. . . f'Tl1 f'Tl' . -< OZ I - (/) 001-f'Tl Z[D ().. 3::;;0 I G)[TlCo;;o;;o f'Tl»\ :>[D,.. zr z;;o~r[D1I (/)zl coz()fTlo 0 I ~ G) -I ;;0 0 0 II Z ~ I ~(/)-I()^~"1J(/)~1 ·[Doo»()>)>.. I tN» cz-;;o o(/)[Tlz »();;o 1 f'Tl:f'Tl:>-IO,f'Tlf'Tl I . o~-<"1J;;or Z I o 3::"1J»f'Tl 0 I Zf'Tl;;o~()Of'Tl"'" I Zo (/)f'Tl I -I-I"1J-;;oOf'Tl I (/)f'TlZO;;o-l I f'Tl»~d [D» \ zZ-<;;o 85 I 00»3:: I ~;;o"1J~ 0 I If'Tl"1JO R I ~~z 3:: I ~ ;;0 (/) "1J » I f'Tl()f'Tl;;o , I :::! ;;0 ° (/) I o~~< -I I ""'(/)f'Tl0 I I (/) [Df'Tl f'Tl I f'TlO[DO ¡:g I ~..,.,(/) 0 I o ;;0 -I ;-rJ I ZRf'l I ()10 I . ;;0 I S' I I I \ I I I I . ... "1JG) ~~O [Df'Tl;;o OZ OG)[D ^ ~- 0 -f / -:---f'Tl ~ ~ f'TltN() ~~O-f G)>tN EAST LINE ~ M !.N ...... SECTION 5 ...... (/) "1J No OC» ......ZG) - f'Tl »-1...... zZco 000'> g'zç: ,9 1'1' .gOS 3..00. ...... 0...... I'VO ()0~(ñ8~~(J) 0""':;Þ- rf'Tl() Z-I-I;;o°Z;;o ~I f'Tlf'Tl0_ -f'Tl[D()Z;;o'"t! Z 00 -1:::1 Z"1JO;;o~IO '"'C^O~ Z \lJ rrl---'.. [D~of'TltN o c. I'V NO -f'TlëJ, ~;;o~z~o 1'Vf'TlG) ~..,., ()f'Tl f'Tlf'Tl »O(/) (/)~ ();;o...... ;;000 Co f'Tl(/)...... Z..,., (/) I -I 0...... -I 3::""'0 ......;;0 c: (') 0 (') I'V P » :;:j 0 ;;0 O. (') 3F= f'Tlr -I (/1- or ...... ~ ;;0 f'Tl I'V ~(')o ~~ ~ ªc: (/)0 ~ -;::: (/)C I ~=< ~ Z ra . (/) ~ 5 6 !;2 ;;0 0 -I Z o ;t> ()1 .."."." ~~~ oooo ("')c.. Omm r- ("') W --f -...J Q 6'....{)C) ~D() ~-....,J ~ '" 8 .-!) I ~ c: ~ l~ X -~ ¡.-I H» -....J lO -IZ °0 ~;;o Z-I (/)I I, "1Jz ~fT1 tOo (/)..,., O(/) Cf'Tl -1(') ?=-I ~~ Z()1 G) f'Tl I'V ...,,¡ "1JOZ ». 0 G)?O-I f'Tl[D"1J tNor tNo~ ~^f'Tl I'VO co 0'> co ~ -I tN I'V ëJ, co (/) Z o f'Tl. . !=> è.J [""1 0-1 o -(') ·00 Z;;o ()1Z f'Tl ;;0 f ~ ~ ... UI Ö -. ~ i c: I ~ i N (, ~ S I ~ 2- to ~ ~ ~ ~ »(")r-lZ"» rof'Tl(")::I:OrZ (/):::Uf'Tlf'Tl-l?>O -I::::Iz :::u :::u,,(/)O<rf'Tl » (") rT"l :::u » (") ~ (")>oC)r, -I~(/)ZOz!D Z C»..c::OrTI o :;0 r :::s' UJ -10< ::J f'Tl. "1"'1:::U...l-O')(") :::u»-<»og?, f'Tl CO (/) C 01 < :::u f'Tl .-1 ""U f'Tl~ 0-1 i.n ~O~(/)::I: ~ ~ o :::u 0 f'Tl f'Tl . N» t\.. » :i:: r (/) .......... ~ ~~d ~~ ::: t:: f'Tl » ~ ::I: ~ Î :::U:::u ~ ro "r f'Tl 1. ~ J; _~ ~t "" 00 ::: » ... N ~ V> (") > F.i ..... . II 0) q ~ i :Q JS ~ ~ ,2' ~ i -I : Ii !~ ! ~ ~i~ ~I f' ~ ~ ~§'~ ;.. ~~!i 51 ~ :I~ ~!!Ii : U' ~~ ~ !!ìiiii ~ f ¡51 I: f·~. ~ if - ~ ~,co :" I g ~ ~ iJ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ß ~ e ~: ~ ~ ~:. . <;) I ~::x: ¡ ~ ~ O ~ I::) Mrri ~C") II) 0 ~ ~~~=ij ~ 0 :::I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ill ~ M iI: -~ E <;)~ <;) :. I "" 01 ~ . "0 § ~ 'U c: ~ ("') 0 ""U »(j) C) :;::! 0 0"): ~~~ ~-I;""¡:::UO ("') 2 »Z~roO ti ~ ð ;o~ ~- O:::u Z""UO:::Uc)-IO C)CAo»::I:Z ro f'Tl;""¡ Or.þ.of'Tl",," . -. I',) .þ. ("') - f'Tl . <D ""UZ(/)01 I',) ;0 » -I 0 -....¡ f'Tl G') > ("') f'Tl ;....¡ " » 0 (/) f'Tl(/) f'Tl ("'):::u f'Tl :::u 0 ~ -I f'Tl(/)0 CO (/) ~ Z 01 -I" :i:: " ~ -I o 0 ~:::u :::u ("') I',) 0 » f'Tl0· . ("') r -I or ;of'Tl ;0 r f'Tl("') (/)0 (/)c Z :< 30 3~ ¡; !:: ~ ~C) %0 ~~ l5::< o I M ~ ~ ~ <D " r o :::u o "l> '"T1 ~ ~~ ÞOOO4 ('") o "., r- W -...J ~ -D 0 -.JOe:>' G' ~ \ C) I 8 I -J I I -------------------T I I I 60' RIGHT-OF-WAY I 500·19'1 "w (PLAT) I 32.52' -------------------~--------- I I I I I I I TRACT 86 ... roO')01ro.þ.""I',)~G') f'Tl' . -<. . . . f'Tl - Z zro(/)("')OOI°f'Tl C)~co;o;o :i:::::U .,., ro r" f'Tl » z^,c-r Zr COzf'Tl-ron coC)("')f'Tlo (/)z ,J(/)-I:::UOOIIOO I',) -I(")A" Z-l . ro ·0 0 " ""U (/) f'Tl ~~ c~(",)~»~ 1Tif'Tl~~0»(",):::U . 0 (/) -< r f'Tl f'Tl f'Tl ""U;or- O:i::""U1!=)f'TloZ Z ~ ~ f'Tl 8 f'Tl(/) " -1-1.,., f'Tl ::I:(/)V-:::O("')1'T1 I'T1 I'T1Z0:::U-l »:::0" _ ZZ:<O ro» 00 ~ 8~ :::0»» ....., -I:::O""U-I ,..., ::I:1'T1""U- ....., (/):::00 I'T1 r-l»Z ("') -:::0- - Z("')(/)""U :i:: f'Tl-lI'T1:::u ~ -:::00 (/) 00 < "Z~- -I (/)1'T10 ::I: (/) rol'T1 1'T10roO ~ ("')" I'T1 -I (/) 0:::0- 0 ZI'T1~ ;-T1 ("'). 010 . :::0 o ""UC) ~~ o 0 rol'T1:::o o Z o A .þ. C) ro ~O 1'T1~;a ""U1'T1",,» »(/)0(") G')-I~-f 1'T1~0') (/) 1'T1. ~ ~(/)""U~ OC»(Q ~Z~ »-1 I',) ZZO') °O~ .þ. ~ O~ 1',)0 "Om i>< I~i i..... I-JI~ 9TH STREET NW TRACT 120 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I \ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ ~ .... NOO·19'10"E 32.52' co ..........~q ""U(/)o ~~~ ........... f'Tl - zz -I» G') I'T1 ...~ " ex> o :::u ro Oz 00 A-I I',)""U ~§ I'T1 ""UO » G') f'Tl "" "" ex> I',) -IZ 00 ~:::o Z-I (/)::I: ::I: -r ""Uz .þ.1'T1 <Do (/)" o(/) cf'Tl -1("') ,;r:-I :::00 »z B01 I'T1 I',) -....¡ ~ (/) -I ~~c~z,,» U1:::O~I'T1SÇZ ;¡ :: z . 0 I > ." (I 0 < r " TRACT 85 I nn~">-~ I -I>OG')Cr>~ Z~(I ZoZm : o c: ~ :;; 0 . --------- I -I0;;:¡ _. m ---- ." < " -I '" ~ '1------ " ~>:J: n I ~ ~ d <ñ g g.?,~ 11TH STREET NW I ~ ~ : tJ ~ "';u 60' RIGHT OF WAY , rìì :::0 Z (/) ::I: y> - ( P LAT) I o - 0 I'T1 1'T1:!:: ----- I N»' --- » ,.. r (I _ ________.1. :: ~ - . - -- O>Oø Ö~ I z:g.,,~ "l.. : ~ ~ » ~ ~ ~~\ I m .,,~ ~ I I r I ... ~> .,,~ I ~ -z ,,'~ I ~o .5 ~ I ~ : I I I I I I I I ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -I- I ~ I G') U~ I I I I I I I I I I TRACT 119 I I I I f N ~ N ~ ... N &1 ~ iI: i ~ ~ ;J. ~ (, ~ S I ~ i- to ~ ~ ~ '" ~ ~ V> (") > F.i ..... . II 0) q ~ i ~ ~ § íf n, ~ ~ * :f ~,~ ~! f~ ~~~ïl i?~~~ ~~~ . .. ~~15' i if~J II ~ ~¡I ~ FJ ~ ~' ~!!!!j¡ ~ ~~ OJ ~ 'S !iii!i: i 1m ~ ! ~ "r~ It '" ¡,OJ 1it ~ ~, O'¡ ~" ¡¡ ~ ¡¡; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ 'U ~ "0 e ~~ 3 ~ ~~ ~ ~ I ~::x: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I::) MO ~~ ~o::o -E 11;:; o ~ ~ :::I ..., r::: U) ~ ~ U) <.. -" ~ M ::!J iI: -¡:;; g gs~ I .. "" 01 . ... ""UG') ~~ 00 ro I'T1 . oz?J °øro A»O .þ.;""¡o---.l . I'T1 A ;a ""U1'T11',»> »(/)<D(") G'»);!01---.1 I'T1;....¡01-' (/) I'T1 . ~(/)""U()) OC»O'> ~zø »-I1'T1 zz~ °9~ .þ. ~ O~ 1',)0 ." C CD !:: o 8~~ð;Ø-lO Z > 0::I: 'T' -I-I-I:::orl'T1(/) 2 » ::I: 0 () ~ Z I'T1 ro ti ZI'T1 Oz :::c .. _ 00 ïJ l5""Uo:::OG')~:=I cAo»::I:O oro 1'T1;""¡ z . r.þ.,...,I'T1'-,·' .þ. ("')......, """ 01 -1'T1~ .þ.:::O~Z(/)o ex> I'T1 G') );! 0 ~8~ MM :::o~ ~ (/) ~ f'Tl (/) 0 C (/) ~ zO ,.. 0 I -I " õ"~ :::O("')ß I'T1 o· of :::01'T1 r::::O 1'T1("') (/)0 (/)c z :< eN ....J Ç) --..J ~...!;)\) ~C)C) .'tw-.J ~ "\ ~ '"T1"'~ ~~~ ÞOOO4('")c.. o "., ", r- ('") ~ ;I'm c¡>< I~i 1.-1 I-JI ~ 3C) 3~ r; !:: !ž!~ iC) ~o ~~ l5::< o I M ~ ~-I 9~ ("') -I ex> !'"' " 5 :::0 ~ 1 -.w '1 9 ?J ro Oz 00 A-I I',)""U ~): ,?J::¡ I'T1 -UO 1!=) I'T1 "" "" ex> I',) -Iz ~o z~ (/)::I: ::I: -r ""U- z .þ.f'Tl <D o (/)" o(/) ~f'Tl ::I:("') . ::j ~~ B01 I'T1 I',) -....¡ ~ (/) -I roO')01ro 1'T1' . -<~~!,,~G') Zro(/) I'T1 Ø~C8991°~ z::::o~r?J?J :!:::::o ex>-l'T1r 1'T1» co?5("')¡Tjron zr ,J(/)-I:::og ~z I',).ro -I("')A~ II ~o ",,»00 """U(/)~ ~(j) C»(")> (/) I'T1I'T1~zz»:::O»" . 0 (/)-I°r("'):::O 1'T1-< I'T1I'T1 o:!::""U~:::or- ZI'T1:::oG')1'T10Z -I~0f'Tl81'T1" ::I: (/)""U_:::o(/)f'Tl I'T1 f'TlZo("')f'Tl »::::0" :::0-1 zz:<o CD...... o 0 :::0 f'Tl Z.- ::::0 »:!:: 0,..., -I:::O""U» ....., ::I:1'T1..,..,-I v- 0 r~::::Oo I'T1 _::::O»Z ("') ~~~""U 3:: _::::0:::0 » 00 0 r "z~< (/) (/)(/)1'T10 -I 1'T10rol'T1 ::I: ("') roO I'T1 -I" :::0 O::::O~ I'T1 ZI'T1-1 0 ()!"1 ;-T1 010 - :::0 P ì'J~\; f 6.;~C-IZ"» (/):::o("')::I:orz -1::::1 1'T11'T1-1 ?> 0 :::0 Z :::u »::!J (/)0< rl'T1 ("')("')I'T1:::O»("')~ -I»OG')C, ZM(/)~OZ!D Oo§5r~Pro -1,,< .....I rr1 .,., ...., :::0 :J: 0') ("'). ^' »00' I'T1 » -< .- 0') ^ ::;;; C 0 (f C (]1 . 1'T1-1;oI'T1-1 \) ..c::::I: 0 . <:0» -I (/) I'T1:::oZ(/)::I: :- °NO~1'T1 :"'" »,..r(/) .......... g>O~ d~ ;~;~ ~!~ ro " :::0 I . I I rl'T1 .þ. 0 » :!::~ ~ "" :::Oz ^' 00 » ...........~ N ~ N ~ TRACT 52 p :u ro Oz 00 ^-I ~""U .~ § ""Uf'Tl »0 G') I'T1 I'.) I'.) "" .þ. ~ ~ tj i c: I ~ ~ ~ N (, ~ ~ ~ i to ~ roO') 01 1'T1' . ro.þ. "" I'.) ~ G') - -<.... Zro f'Tl G')[TI~("')P91°Z >ro0:::o;o ,..f'Tl Z :::u c- r" :.. :::u _ r 1'T1» ~ ~ ti I'T1 ro II (/)z r . ...,. -I :::0 0 ~(/) 001105 viro. d ("') ^" Z-l 0» 0»::!J""U(/)f'Tl :(/) [TIcz("')>)>~ 1'T1f'Tl»ZO»:::O:::o . 0 (/)-1 r("')1'T1 1'T1-< I'T1 o:!::""U;g:::or- ZI'T1:::oC)1'T10Z -I~ol'T1gl'T1" ::I:(/);:R-:::O~1'T1 1'T1»:::o~o:::o~ ZZ:<O ro» 00 :::0 f'Tlz :::0 »:!:: 00 -I:::O""U> ::I: 1'T1""U:::! r ~;oo _ .,.,» Z Z ^'- f'Tl("')(/)""U -II'T1:::o 0-:::0 o 0 "Z~< (/)tn1'T10 rol'T1 1'T10roO ("')" -I (/) o :::0- Z 1'T1-1 ("')fT"1 010 . :::0 o "" t'J 01 o ... tit ~ V> (") > ( F.i ~ . ..... . II 0) q ij o f'Tl (") :!:: » r (/) -I ::I: I'T1 :::0 I'T1 o ;-T1 ... -Iz 9 00 :u ~:::o Z-I ro (/)::I: Oz ::I: -r 00 ""U- ^-I Z .þ.1'T1 ~""U <D 0 .~§ -i (/)" ::u o(/) » cl'T1 ""U1'T1 ~ -1("') »0 .::I: -I G') ;00 I'T1 ex> »z "" (]1 Ô01 "" ex> I'T1 I'.) I'.) -....¡ ~ ~ ""UC) ~~ 00 rol'T1;o o z' oG')ro ^>o ..þ. ~ ~ ""U1'T1"" »(/)01 G')~o 1'T1;""¡01 (/) 1'T1. ~(/)""U oc» ~zG') _1'T1 »-1 Z ~ OZO') o~ ~' <D ~ ~ ~ i :Q JS ~ ~ ", ~ 1 f ~ =-= ~, J !i:i ~-~~~I~ ~ .~ [.¡ ~~:o ~ !¡U 51 ~ ~~' ~.. ~ ~ ~ ~!!!!!!liiiI .. : i ia-- ~ .~ i"'l~ ~ ~ ;.Q) ~ i ::01 £ìl ~ ~ ã ~ o~ 1'.)0 go""U»G')-IC z"):(/)O::I:f'Tl ~:t;""¡:::o51'T1~ ~ _ f'Tl ro f'Tl I'T1 Z ;0 ~ z ogzo"'Q ô""Uo:::UG')~:j C^o»::I:O ro 1'T1;""¡ z o c~ 0 I'T1 """ .("') I'.) .þ. ""U - I'T1 . <D:::O»Z(/)01 1'.)1'T1G') ~o -""¡("')1'T1 ;....¡" »O(/) I'T1I'T1 ("')~~ (/)~ :::0(/)0 C I'T1 ~ zO (/)01 -I" ,,~ :!:: 0 ~-I 0(")1'.) o~ :::0 o· ..- I'T1r (') r ......-- o ¡:r; ------ :::0:::0 ex> .SJ1 r(") 1'T10 (/)c (/)z :< '"T1~~ ~~~ ..... ('") c... 0"""'" r- ('") eN -4 -.J (;:) ...J 15' Q¡ ~()~ ~-t.J " ~ w -::o~ex> ):(/) q d~O 1'T1~ z_ -IZ » G') I'T1 ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~m i>< ri i.-f H~ ! "0 e ~§ 3 ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~::x: g ~ ~ O ~ I::) fTlr'1 ~~ ~ 0 :::0 -a~=ti 0:::1 oi!§li!0 ." ~ VI ~ _ill ~ ~ :!J M -¡:;; ~ 2~ I .. "" 01 'U C to ~ 38 3f: Ii!- ~~ -C") %0 ~~ o I fTI ~ --- --- --- --- ---- 11TH STREET NW 60' RIGHT OF WAY ___________JPLATl_______ --- ------ " r o :::0 o "l> TRACT 86 f »ar-lZ"» N ~ ~~("')::I:orz ~ ~::::t1'T11'T1-1?>0 :::0 Z ;0 _ ::!J (/) 0 < ï T P("')I'T1:::O»- ... 9»0G')Cr>~ N '~tnZoZro ~ Z » , :3 OO~ï:§9OJ -I -f¡ r?i :;i m' ;;:0.....0')("') iI: :::0 » -< ~ 0 0 ^' i I'T1 cO(/) c: 0') . c: S ~ :::0 I'T1 -I (JI ""U I I'T1 0 . ~o» -I (/) ~ :::oZ(/)::I: ~ o N 0 I'T1 I'T1 . :J » :!:: ~ (/) .......... ~ ~ ::::I» C) " N (, O"OZ o~ ~ Z""U"» :::0 S ~~»~ ~~ I ... ro " fg I'T1 ~ UI Q. I r III .þ. 0 » ,,~ to ~ "" :::0 Z :::0 ~ ~ 00 :!:: » ........... ~ V> (") > CO> F.i ~ . ..... ... . II 0) q ~ I I I I I I I I I TRACT 51 13TH STREET N,W 60' RIGHT OF WAY (PLAT) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I co : ..........~q I ""U (/) 0 I r f'Tl :::0 ~:!::» I ...........f'Tl- I ~~ :~I ~(/) I ex> I ~ I I'.) I ~ I "" I 0: I ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I co P o o 9 :::0 OJ o OZ AO -I I'.) (O""U ~§ ""Uf'Tl »0 C) I'T1 I'.) I'.) "" .þ. ""UG') ~~ 00 rol'T1;o oz. oG')ro A»O .þ.;""¡O-f . I'T1 A ::::0 ""U1'T1~» »(/)(0(") G')~-""¡-f 1'T1;....¡0 (/) I'T1 . (/)""U01 OC»N ~ZG') _1'T1 »-1 ZZ~ °9~ ex> -IZ 00 ~:::o Z-I (/)::I: ::I: -r ""U- Z .þ.1'T1 <DO (/)" O(/) cl'T1 -1(") .::I: ::;j ;::00 »z ô01 I'T1 I'.) -....¡ ~ ð w ð!] ~ ~ w. 1:;' n ;;; <?J' ~ æ -I ~!II:!!! ~f i ~ ~vt ~ ill ~ª' "'I -;:f~1 ~r·g., .. ~ ~~ i! ~8. i~~i II ~ '" ~ ~ PJ ~ - ~ ~ ~I' ! ~ :. ~ tir ~ : ~. IIiij I ~ ~ ~ if ~ fii ¡¡; ~" It a E I - , ª ~~ z e ~ o~ 1'.)0 ~ (/) -I ro 0') 01 rT'I ... 1'T1' , -<UJ:- ~ rv ~ C) _ . I'T1 ôro(/)(")OOIOZ ~?i5o;o;o -1'T1 Z :::0 c- r" :!:: :::0 co - f'Tl r I'T1 » ex>Z ("')l'T1ro II zr . G') -1:::0 0 (/) ~(/) oOlloð .ro 0-1("') A" Z-I ~» 0»::!J""U(/)1'T1 :(/) T CZ("')>.....~ I'T1I'T1»Z »:::0-- . o (/)-I°r("'):::O 1'T1-< I'T1I'T1 O 'lJ r :!::""U»::::O - ZI'T1:::OG')tioZ -I~01'T101'T1" ~(/)~Z:::o~~ »::::0,,0:::0-1 Z Z:<~ ro» 00 ^' I'T1z ;::0 »:!:: 00 -I :::O""U ~ ::I: 1'T1""U - (/):::00 C -I»Z Z ;::0 - I'T1 ("') (/) ""U -If'Tl:::o 00::::00 " Z~< (/) (/) I'T1 0 rol'T1 I'T1 0 ro 0 ("')" ::;j (/) o :::0- Z f'Tl -I ("')["'1 010 . :::0 !=' 0("') 0 ""U » G') -I 0 z,,):(/)O::I: 'T -I -I ;....¡ :::0 5 I'T1 aU> »::I: rT'I -1'T1 ro ",1'T1 Z;o Z o("')zo- Z ""U 0 0 :::0 ::I'"tJ ,.... :::OG')-I \"CAo»::I:O ro 1'T1;""¡ z pC.;þ-Of'Tl",," .þ.("') 0 01 - I'T1 . .þ.;o~Z(/)o ex>1'T1C) ~o f;8[fl ;:;iM :::o~~ (/)~ 1'T1(/)0 C (/) ~ zO ,..01 -I" :..,,~ o 0 ~-I :::0("')1'.) o~ I'T1 0 . .-- r ("') or -I ::::0 I'T1 01 :::0 I'.) r . f'Tl("') (/)0 (/)c Z -~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I 2 .".,,~ ~~~ I-f('")c.., Omm r- ('") CN -i ......., () ~ -...j CNOO <.N1..f\Ç) ~\~ B V-, Ç) --t :m 1>< Ú\j i..... It "tI ::0 o ß ~ e ~6 3 ~ ~~ ~ ~ I ~::x: ~ ~ ~ 8 I::) O (") 0 MfT'J ~~ ~ 0 a! -¡:¡~"1J 0:::1 o~[ì O 'T11:(/)~ ~ -'- ~ ~ :!! M -¡:;; ~ <;)i5 <;) :. I "" 01 ~ CD !:: (") 38 3r- ¡;¡c: ~~ zC) i~ o I E o f'Tl (") :!:: » r (/) -I ::I: I'T1 :::0 I'T1 o ;-T1 SOO'19'10"W 30.02' " r o ::::0 o "l> TRACT 85 f N :'- ~ ... N Ö 01 ~ I: i ~ ! ;0 ,/ ~ t:: ~ S I ~ å. .. to ~ ... U1, ~ 01 ~ ¡:; ~ V> (") > F.i ..... . II 0) q ~ J ~.:Q JS ! ~ ~ ~ 1 J :, Ii I:.JI~ , 3 "-'~ ~ ' !S ::i ;§'~ ~ ~~¡¡;8. " i~~~ 51 ~ ¡r !t i!!lll ! ~f ~ ~ :. ~ ~ =.- ~ (ì; "'~.. £: ~ ¡...~~ ~ ~if 01 Œ. ~ ~, - If:: ~ ~ ¡;¡ ., ~ Jj ~ ~ I ~ "tI ~ ß ." 1:3 ~~ 3 ~ ~~ ~ ~ I ~::x: ¡ ~ ~ O ~ I::) I"'I(T' ~~ ~ 0 22 -!::J~"'O ~ (') :::I o ~ 1"'1 0 ." ~ ~ ~ -" ~ ~ :!J M -¡;; ~ <;)! <;) :. I "" 01 ~ 'U c: m f.5 38 3r- 1ìJe:: ~ ~C) Zo ~~ l5::< o I M ~ TRACT 18 . roO')01ro.þ.""N~G') [!J' . -<. , , . I'T1 zro(/)(")ooloZ C)~co;o::u :!::~ z:::o ~F" f'Tl» COz f'Tl-ro II zr ~C)("')~o (/)Z I',)(/)-I 001100 I',) -I("')^" Z-I , . ;' ro 0 0 " .,., (/) I'T1 '""'» »_ v (/) ~(/) (TIcz("')~»" 1'T1f'Tl»~o»(",):::O . 0 (/) -< r I'T1 I'T1 I'T1 ""U r o:!::""U»fg Z ZI'T1:::oG')("')O Z01'T101'T1" ~~""U-:::O~~ f'Tl I'T1Z0::::O-l »:::0" _ Z z:<o ro» o 0 :::0 f'Tl Z ::::0 »:!:: 00 -I:::O""U~ ::I: 1'T1""U 0 0 ... (/) :::0 I'T1 C ;{J»z ("') Z - (/) :!:: I'T1 ~ I'T1 ~ » _:::00 r 00 < (/) "Z~- -I (/)1'T10 ..,... (/) ro I'T1 -'- 1'T10roO I'T1 ("') " :::0 -I (/) I'T1 0::::0- 0 Z I'T1 ~ ;-T1 ("'). 010 . :::0 o ~ ~ ""UG') S50 rof'Tl:::o o Z OG')ro ^:ÞO ..þ. ~ ~ ;a -o1'T1",,» »~I',)(") ~~~-f (/) I'T1 . ~(/)""U~ OC» zG') _1'T1 »-I~ ZZ01 0001 I',) ~ 2 ~ ("')O""U»C)-IO 0,,):(/)0::I:1'T1 ~-I;""¡;o51'T1~ »::I:rol'T1f'TlZ;o zI'T10(",)ZO;:; Z""UO~G')~-I G')c^o»::I:O ro 1'T1;""¡ Z Or.þ.OI'T1",," ti("')· -1'T1~ .þ.:::O~Z(/)o COI'T1G') };!O ("')1'T1 ;....¡" »O(/) f'Tlf'Tl ("');0 (/)f'Tl :::0 0 ~ -I I'T1 (/) 0 C (/) ~ zO 01 -I" :!:: " ~ -I o 0 ~ :::0 ("') I',) 0 »:::0 f'Tl o· . r ("') or -I :::0 I'T1 01 :::0 ~ r 1'T1("') (/)0 (/)c z :< .......¡ ....t) '> Ç) ~ Eì'--J ~ o ~ I',) 0 ~ ~ ~~ ('") c... I"f1 m r- ('") -t '"T1 ~ ÞOOO4 o (,1 '-J () ~ \r3 "-1 ~ ~ \:} ~ l~ ti i.-f rl~ "T r o :::0 o "l> 13TH STREET N,W I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -IZ I ~ l)~ I I I I I I I I I I I NOO·19'1 "E 30.02' -IZ 00 ~:::o Z-I (/)::I: ::I: -r ""U- Z .þ.1'T1 <Do (/)" o(/) cl'T1 -1("') ,;r:-I ~~ z01 G') I'T1 I',) -....¡ »("')c~z,,» ffi~("')l'T1oçz -I :::! st -I. ~ ::::0" c.n0< rf'Tl »("')f'Tl:::O»("')~ ("'»oG')c, -I~(/)ZOz!D z c»..c::O 0o~r::s' ro -I"~AJ~O)ti· fg » -< » g g ?'~ <cO(/)-I01 --I:::01'T1 ""U I'T1 ::I: 0 . ~~~~~ ~ 0-0'" . N » »:!::r(/) ~~ ::::I»o§t O~ ~:g"» :::o~ ,,~»~ ~~ ro ~ fg f'Tl f I 0» :!! .þ. :::Oz :::0 "" 0 0 :!::..x » ...........~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ______ I -------t--- I I I 60' RIGHT-OF-WAY I 500°19'1 (PLAT) I 30,02' -------------~---- I TRACT 52 I I I ~ (/) -I .. 9 :::0 roz 00 0-1 ^""U ~§ .þ.1'T1 . 0 ""U » G') I'T1 I',) I',) (.N .þ. co ~ o o f »(")r~z"'Tl» ~ COrrl("):J:o~z !" (/) :;;0 rrI fT1 ~. ° ~ ~~z :;;0 :;;0 "'Tl(/)O<rfT1 »(")rrI:;;O»("):E ("»>OG')C' - ~r;i(/)ZOZ~ ~ Ö Z C»~OCD (It ~ OO:;;or~' rrI' ~'"!l<:;;o 0'>(") '" "'>OO^~ I: fT1 » -( .- c: 0'> . i :sCOUi~{J1 ~:;;OfT1 -0 c: fT1 ° . Æ ~~~~~ ~ x ~ °N°» ~~ i »3:r(/) ~»o§t ~ O-o"'Tl» to! ~ Z-o ~rrI»~ ~ :;;0 :;;0 ~ CD "'Tlrrl r å- I 0» oQ C!. ..þ. :;;Oz tN 00 üi » ~ U) n > ~ F.i .... . ..... . II Ø) q - ~ ~ J ~ ¡ ~ ~~ ~1 ~ /5 ~. ~,!1 ~'f i~ ~I~rl ~.~] þ. ~r~ ~ ~h: a. ~ ¡~~i 51 ~ ir !t §:!!IIi ~ ~f ~ ~ ~ ~.::;: f l11CJ~ §' if - ~ ~"....... f ~ É c;:; õ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ." ë: g ." 8 ~~ ê ~ ~~=<~ ~:. . ("j I ~:x: ¡ Š ~ 0) ~ 0 'T' !"1 ~~ VI c ::0 -i!j ~ ~ ~o::j o ~ ,." 0 -., I ~ ~ -" ~ 'T' I: :!! 'T' -r;; ~ Ç)~ Ç):. I "" (.J1 ~ ." c: to ~ 3("') 30 rnE ~ ~("') Zo §~ ~=< c ~ 'T' ~ I I GOLDEN GATEIESTATES I UNIT NO'17 I \ I I I I I I I I \ I I I I I I I I \ I I I I I I \ I I \ I I I I I I I I I I I NOO·19'10"E 27.52' ~ ~ -oG') ~~ 00 rT1 rrI . õz~ o ^ ...þ. '""' rrI OJ -0:>0 s; (/) . ~rrlo --~~ z- ~z » G') rrI G')CD ~ 0 -I fT1 0 ::::0 fT1 ^ » ~ (/) I\.) () G') );! ~ -I rrI~co (/) rrI . (/) (") c: ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (")o-o»G')~o \ O"'Tlr(/)O~rrI I Z ~ rrrl~ I ~~-,:;;oo (') ~ ~ CDo ~ S2 ð :;;o~ ." ." .,,1 - 0:::0 0 ~ 'tJ1 z-oo:::OG')~O ~~ 01 G') c: ^ ° » :J: - ("') e.- CD rrI~ Z "'Øm 0 m ml ~r~ ° fT1 ~r·. r- ("")1 ..þ.(") -rrl' t ~ <N -tl ~:::o~ Z ~ ~ I Im= "-I I co fT1 G')> -..I Ç) - .1 (") rrI ~ "'Tl ..{) '-II »O(/) ~rrI ~ ~\ £ê5...... ~ ~ -f ~ () <:)\ ~(/)~ ~ 0 ~r Ç)....j""'¡ I 01 ~"'Tl () "\\ 3:"'Tl...... ~ ~ II o 0 ......:::0 'V :::0(")'" 0» rrI o· - (") -0 I r ~ I or I :::OfT1 ...... :::0 -..J I ~(") ~-----___L__ (/)0 I (/)c I Z 15TH STREET N.W I :< 60' RIGHT-OF-WAY (PLAT) I SOO·19'10"W 1 27.52' ----------+----- I I I I ...... o c ~ "'-J ......ZG') ~rrI » zzO'> °o~ ...... 0...... 1\.)0 "'Tl r o :::0 ° "1> TRACT 18 ~ G')Z ø::¿ ÎT!' .(") cO z:::O -z ~rrI ......:::0 o 0 :::0 CD Oz 00 ~z ^~ 00 "'-0 :::E:::o OJ Z~ ~~ (/):J: :J: -r -orrl -0- z »0 ..þ.rrI G') COo rrI (/)"'Tl '" o(/) OJ crrl ..þ. ~(") '" ,;r:~ ~~ z(]1 G') rrI '" -..J ç;! (/) ~ CD 0'> (]1CD..þ.tN"'......G') rrI' . -(' . . . fT1 - Z ZCD(/)(")OOIOfT1 G')ç;!co::u::u 3::::0 ..... CDr·· fT1» z;vc....r r OJz rrI-CD" Z OJG')(")rrlo (/)z ~(/)~:::OOOIlOO I\.) ~(")^"'Tl Z~ r.;"CD 00 "'Tl-o(/)rrI '-"'» »- (/) o(/) cZ(")~»" rrI: rrI ç;! ~ ° » (") :::0 . ° (/) -< r fT1 rrI rrI -O:::or- 03:-o»rrI Z ZrrI:::oG')(")o ZOrrlofT1"'Tl ~~..,., (/)rrI I(/)U-:::O(")rrI rrI rrlZo:::o~ »:::O"'Tl - zz:<o CD» 00 :::0 fT1z :::0 »3: °0 ~:::o-o~ :J:fT1-oo ° (/):::0 rrI ï~»Z (") -:::0- - z(")(/)-o 3: rrI~rrI:::o » _:::00 ï 00 < (/) "'Tlz:E- ~ (/)rrlO -r- (/) CDrrI ~ rrlOCDO Sd (") "'Tl rT1 ~ (/) ,., 0:::0- 0 Z rrI M :-'l ("). (]10 . :::0 ° lOA MEMORANDUM Date: February 3, 2005 To: Thomas A. Deusa Property Acquistion Specialist From: Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Easement Agreement with Richard Burton and Stacee Burton. Please find enclosed a copy of the document as referenced above, (Agenda Item #10A), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please call me at 774-8411 Thank you, Enclosure '¡"':'1S.·:t ~"'~ :.- ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP 1 0 ß TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO l '~ THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines # 1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates. and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin order) 1. 2. Board of County Commissioners 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above. including Sue Filson. need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item) Name of Primary Staff 'Tko n\1;4,~ Phone Number Contact A. 'D~"",:>"," Î7'1.8013 Agenda Date Item was II- It,,· 0 Co{ Agenda Item Number 10 A Approved by the BCC Type of Document £ o.SCIf\Mt A~ru""\e^t Number of Original O~ Attached Documents Attached Initial the Yes column or mark "NtA" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes Nt A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) l. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman. with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances. 1"0 resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements. etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's -rO Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of ~he 1"Þ document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's 'TO signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. -rD Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCe's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms! County Forms! Bee Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 PROJECT: North Hawthorn Wellfield Transmission Mains PARCEL NO.: 903 FOLIO NO.: 37065440005 IDA ~'.. EASEMENT AGREEMENT THIS EASEMENT AGREEMENT (hereinafter leferr~d to as the "Agreement") is made and entered into on this ~day of -0 e ('~'1'î ~ , 2004, by and between RICHARD BURTON AND STACEE BURTON, husband and wife, (hereinafter referred to as "Owner"), whose mailing address is 685 1 ~th S~reet, NV'J, Nap!es, Florida 34120-5024 and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER- SEWER DISTRICT, (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"), whose mailing address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112: WHEREAS, Purchaser requires a perpetual, non-exclusive Utility and Access Easement for the purpose of utility facilities and access over, under, upon and across the lands described in Exhibit "A" (hereinafter referred to as the "Property"), which is attached hereto and made a part of this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Owner desires to convey the Property to Purchaser for the stated purposes, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed to compensate Owner for conveyance of the Property. NO\^,,' THEREfORE, in c~íi:3:derat::J" of these ¡J~e~:scs, the sum cf Ton DeUa;: ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: 1. Owner shall convey the Property via a Utility and Access Easement to Purchaser for the sum of Three Thousand Three Hundred and 00/00 Dollars ($3,300.00), payable by County Warrant (said transaction hereinafter referred to as the "Closing"). Said payment shall be full compensation for the Property conveyed, including all landscaping, trees, shrubs, improvements, and fixtures located thereon, and for any damages resulting to Owner's remaining lands, and for all other damages in connection with conveyance of said Property to Purchaser and the Purchaser's use of the Property, including attorney's fees and costs as provided by Chapter 73, Florida Statutes. 2. Prior to Closing, Owner shall obtain from the holders of any liens, exceptions and/or qualifications encumbering the Property, the execution of such instruments which will remove, release or subordinate such encumbrances from the Property upon their recording ;n the public (Sco:ds oÍi CJI¡ier County, ::'iorija. Owner shan provide such instruments, properly executed, to Purchaser on or before the date of Closing. 3. Closing shall occur within sixty (60) days from Hie date Purchaser executes this Agreement; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have the unilateral right to extend the term of this Agreement pending receipt of such instruments, properly executed, which either remove, release or subordinate any and all such liens, encumbrances or qualifications affecting Purchaser's enjoyment of the Property. At Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the County Warrant to Owner and Owner shall deliver the conveyance instruments to Purchaser in a form acceptable to Purchaser. EA-UE Easement Agreement 1 OA 'pg'~ 4. Owner is aware and understands that the "offer" to purchase represented by this Agreement is subject to acceptance and approval by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. 5. The Purchaser shall pay for all costs of recording the conveyance instrument in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. All other costs associated with this transaction including but not limited to transfer, documentary and intangible taxes, and recording costs for any curative instruments shall be borne and paid by Owner. Purchaser shall be responsible for paying any costs and/or fees associated with securing and recording a Subordination, Consent & Joinder of Easement of the mortgage(s) recorded against the land underlying the Property from the mortgo.gee(s). The cost of a title commitment shall he paid by Purchaser. 6. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof shall be effective as of the date this Agreement is executed by both parties and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors, successor trustees, and/or assignees, whenever the context so requires or admits. 7. Conveyance of the Property by Owner is contingent upon no other provisions, conditions, or premises other than those so stated above; and the written Agreement, including all exhibits attached hereto, shall constitute the entire Agreement and understanding of the parties, and there are no other prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, promises, warranties, or covenants not contained herein. 8. If the Owner holds the land underlying the Property in the form of a partnership, limited partnership, corporation, trust or any form of representative capacity whatsoever for others, Owner shall make a written public disclosure, according to Chapter 286, Florida Statutes, under oath, of the name and address of every person having a beneficial interest in the land underlying the Property before the Property held in such capacity is conveyed to Purchaser, its successors and assigns. (If the corporation is registered with the Federal Securities Exchange Commission or registered pursuant to Chapter 517, Florida Statutes, whose stock is for sale to the general public, it is hereby exempt from the provisions of Chapter 286, Florida Statutes.) 9. This Agreement is governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. EA-UE Easement Agreement 1 o~g~..' .'4IIt¢¡ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on this I').'Z, day of N 1Jf/t:;M 8é/Z. , 2004. Date Property acquisition approved by BCC: Resolution # 2004-215, June 22, 2004 AS TO PURCHASER: DATED: ~.~. c.s ........Iit./II,.,. . .,' . ',,-') , Ð!JW>O _ -r...... '\ .. .' . . . . . . . '. L.'~,,,, BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY;'~LORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY:OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX..OFFICIOTHE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER.pISTRI,CT .' ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk '. ::~ \ /. .':"¡.. (~. .~; .' - ~~ . ~ ;;,~~ ~;''''CI;'-!;.~·:::') ", (~~,. .., "I!\, W J.e. ,,::;.. ./. . .:., 'It,\,':" ,n \ ~. . _--'I " i"~,'rj . . .~~ . Attest as·:tó?·~;r· . . tY;:Clerk ., ø'~... .' ".š. S iglt~~w% ~}:tè~ij' ~ \~,S>' DA TED:\ If I 'Z~/fj4- I ' \ 11" -) U( Witness (§i! nature)Z \ " Name: ~e\\'(\(\ ~r,ºn~C\ (Pnnt or Type)tJ ~0,ß Wltnes (êJgnpture) . ¡', Name: ~!JL{a- új, j{S (Print or Type) BY: ~/'Þ'-é' d1~ Stacee Burton .rl~ JL Witness (~igïature). Name: 0'{ /f¡à Uj'/ It s (Print or Type) J Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ~ tA- ¡Á.,,{} len. c~adwell -\'0'-- Assistant County Attorney Item# '0 A ~;~;da \\ "b '0'1 Date J..).. '05 Rec'd ~'6~.b EA-UE W LD~ Z<t: 00::: I-:i UI- W:J U)o lL.U) 00) W"<t ZQ.. -1I IU) I-Z 0:::3 00 ~ '" g~ ~ ~ ~ o 0::: - OLD .uz WWO M I- 0::: .. lL.0 (/) I- W lL.u 0::: OCDOW W wm U) I OWU) -:>ZlL. I- >::>-00 U) ~IXI-W ~ Q..WS:2z ....... UìIX_ ::2 Z<t:I--1 U OO:::U)I W -Q..WI- o ~Q..O:::o::: 00 ~<t:O~ ~~ 2~~w 1-0000ozwU)I WUO:::-Q..I-I- WU)O Oz lL.WUt5o:::WZ Ow <t: 0... 2 0 z 0:::0... W --1 >-U)o. WWU-101-<t: w}W rv <t: ZWUìO u..O:::-Z:J <t: ûi<t:«U<t:oom!'1 WU)Q..lL. UI- C"'-I lL.~ U)C"'-I bð II 0000:::~ <..9èo z- w'-'Zoo U)llIm-1WIXZ -12 -1J ë?~ OCOCOgsL5<..9 W- üüUU)mz ZO W w . '>-\.f'Ícóm t9~Nn"<tCD I- U) L5 r--- N N 00 n n W <..9 <t: 00... W _ §~ Q..N I-~ 00 Zo CD \.0 '.j '0 \~ 0::: o ':.\ \.0 ':!- r- N) "-s' ~ 1:J·..'3 (.:J '..:J í--- () í~ \,n t>-,O \.IJ~...... ~....J <0 I I \ 6 L L l:J'v'tU I \ 1 I \ \ I I I , \ ~~\ ~~,I I \ ~ ~ t5 \ ~' <t: I ~ ~~ I '~'\ 0::: W \ '~' 0 GjS' I ~ - U)~ I 0«0... \ ~ 00 w~ \ I I I I 1 I I \ I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I \ I I I I I 1 I I I \ I_ I I 1 I \ I I I I I \ I I \ I \ 1 \ I I -----T- I I I I I \------- 1 \ I I \ I ~ '. " ¡-."'. . "Z 00 00 "-. ~"n ~ ", fl\ c5 0"'::::>; <.0 <.0 '. "\~" (!) <.0 ~~ <r:: w "",~ ~ 3: , '(/)"~ o ,,"'~ B" g n "u . 0J" <r::"- ~ N '" f;! èo'",- ~ "- ~ oo,~ . "- z' ~'" (/) "":::1 ~ ¡:: '"" ~-=-", (;0'0£ 3. Ô L ,6 L.OON " ,.~ '1' 1 ~, ,- X, '~I . ~ I , 'I- I '~r A \ 1 __------ JI I o N .- 0 "<t . n 0 0 n z Z .- « I- W Z .- <..9 :J 0 <t: .- lOQ..(/) rY""\ W(/) \AJ -I-W I-~~~ C"' 0) (f) 0... . C"'-I W « . Cì:~W"<t 1-01- O<t:~ CD <..9 0 Z 0 0::: W CD o ~ ~ t9 (l. --- - (lVld) ^'v'M .::IO-:-IH~ltJ ,09 MN 133tJ1S HH L çg l:J'v'tJl « 00 z- «~ I w-1 m o:::lL.o:::EJb :J«w I- o...z <{lJ..o...O ZO«F <..9....J2« (/)«ONO wwzo:::~ IU)«03= (/) 1-0 F!::! . wa::: > o...LDI-(/)O:::Jw :::J->-«IX " ·<.OO<t:w 'ðgIIX>~1- W I- a::: 0 CD .3E....J:::J Z o «(/)~ ·zoz «I- CD -<..9ouu .....J .-- >u«(t:w_...... ;>- (/)1..L.a::: W-1>OZFI- a:::. W 0::: U) o«I-WUWCD ~~~F....JU« 0::: o ....J I..L. ~ ~ ~(/) ¡ o(/) fu uw 0 (!) eJ~ ~ ~ 00 -10::J ~ ....J Oz I- .ow l> ¡:; ~ò NUa::: a::i3 g:.- ~lL.~ ~ ~ 10 -1F= LL t:: (/)..... :J o Z .- (/)W 85 ::J ~ 0 0::: I- 0::: U W (/) (/) 0 « t:: ~ wUoo <{ <..9W o I- « 0::: "<t O (/) Z 0... i:Q ·w- u...... o __ nwO"<t....Jo .. I-W m ZI«O~:J<..9 o I- t9 0::: 0 Q.. Z t; ¡::: a::: 0 0 Z CJ c..o~G3Q)~< a 0:::200:::1-1-1-' U ....J « z (/)WO(/)-1lL.O ~~'-'«(l.OU .. - ~ ~î "'1 I..L. {~ ~2 '-"' --- U ::J !II =' D.. ~ - V1 ::IE, e;.. V1 =>, o w z ~ B 13, 9:: "( ~ 0::0 ~~ lLIw ~i ~~ J: , Ü . ': I t;jSi ~ ¡:: t; (¡) ::J W ß ~ V1 o D.. ~ D.. g ~ ~ ~ § ~ i ~H ð GI ~ I ~!!j¡ .. ~ ~ ,~ ~ ~ ~ <)1 ¡ III!I; t ~ 1 -lil¡ ~i' ~'" i:Iiii¡ ~ III g i ~ ~ If. '"0 \0 \I . .- . ~ <:( u VI MEMORANDUM Date: February 3, 2005 To: Thomas A. Deusa Property Acquistion Specialist From: Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Easement Agreement with Marc A. Morrison Please find enclosed a copy of the document as referenced above, (Agenda Item #10A), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please call me at 732-2646 ext. 7240 Thank you, Enclosure lOA .,,_.......--_._..,-- ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP 1 0 A TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO - THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only !!!k!: the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin order) 1. 2. 3. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above. including Sue Filson. need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCe Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item,) . Name of Primary Staff Phone Number Contact 7"hor'(\4".;, A. "De \.Ó øo.. "771.f. 80"73 Agenda Date Item was II' llø· O~ Agenda Item Number lOA Approved by the BCC Type of Document f4Sfrnt^ t Itsret'"'1I PI't Number of Original Attached Documents Attached 01 Initial the Yes column or mark "Nt A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes Nt A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, 11> resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's \'þ Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. ,t> 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's signature and initials are required. it> 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. it> Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms! County Formsl Bce Formsl Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 lOA PROJECT: North Hawthorn Wellfield Transmission Mains PARCEL NO.: 904 FOLIO NO.: 37065400003 EASEMENT AGREEMENT THIS EASEMENT AGREEME~ (hereinafter r.¢erred to as the "~~ment") is made and entered into on this -22- day of ;::-08 , 2091'':"' by and between MARC A. MORRISON, a married man, (he'reinafter referred to as "Owner"), whose mailing address is 2335 Pinewood Circle, Naples, FL 34105, and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"), whose mailing address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112: WHEREAS, Purchaser requires a perpetual, non-exclusive Utility and Access Easement for the purpose of utility facilities and access over, under, upon and across the lands described in Exhibit "A" (hereinafter referred to as the "Property"), which is attached hereto and made a part of this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Owner desires to convey the Property to Purchaser for the stated purposes, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed to compensate Owner for conveyance of the Property. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: 1. Owner shall convey the Property via a Utility and Access Easement to Purchaser for the sum of Three Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($3,500.00), payable by County Warrant (said transaction hereinafter referred to as the "Closing"). Said payment shall be full compensation for the Property conveyed, including all landscaping, trees, shrubs, improvements, and fixtures located thereon, and for any damages resulting to Owner's remaining lands, and for all other damages in connection with conveyance of said Property to Purchaser and the Purchaser's use of the Property, including attorney's fees and costs as provided by Chapter 73, Florida Statutes. 2. Prior to Closing, Owner shall obtain from the holders of any liens, exceptions and/or qualifications encumbering the Property, the execution of such instruments which will remove, release or subordinate such encumbrances from the Property upon their recording in the public records of Collier County, Florida. Owner shall provide such instruments, properly executed, to Purchaser on or before the date of Closing. 3. Closing shall occur within sixty (60) days from the date Purchaser executes this Agreement; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have the unilateral right to extend the term of this Agreement pending receipt of such instruments, properly executed, which either remove, release or subordinate any and all such liens, encumbrances or qualifications affecting Purchaser's enjoyment of the Property. At Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the County Warrant to Owner and Owner shall deliver the conveyance instruments to Purchaser in a form acceptable to Purchaser. EA-UE lOA Easement Agreement Page 2 4. Owner is aware and understands that the "offer" to purchase represented by this Agreement is subject to acceptance and approval by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. 5. The Purchaser shall pay for all costs of recording the conveyance instrument in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. All other costs associated with this transaction including but not limited to transfer, documentary and intangible taxes, and recording costs for any curative instruments shall be borne and paid by Owner. Purchaser shall be responsible for paying any costs and/or fees associated with securing and recording a Subordination, Consent & Joinder of Easement of the mortgage(s) recorded against the land underlying the Property from the mortgagee(s). The cost of a title commitment shall be paid by Purchaser. 6. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof shall be effective as of the date this Agreement is executed by both parties and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors, successor trustees, and/or assignees, whenever the context so requires or admits. 7. Conveyance of the Property by Owner is contingent upon no other provisions, conditions, or premises other than those so stated above; and the written Agreement, including all exhibits attached hereto, shall constitute the entire Agreement and understanding of the parties, and there are no other prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, promises, warranties, or covenants not contained herein. 8. If the Owner holds the land underlying the Property in the form of a partnership, limited partnership, corporation, trust or any form of representative capacity whatsoever for others, Owner shall make a written public disclosure, according to Chapter 286, Florida Statutes, under oath, of the name and address of every person having a beneficial interest in the land underlying the Property before the Property held in such capacity is conveyed to Purchaser, its successors and assigns. (If the corporation is registered with the Federal Securities Exchange Commission or registered pursuant to Chapter 517, Florida Statutes, whose stock is for sale to the general public, it is hereby exempt from the provisions of Chapter 286, Florida Statutes.) 9. This Agreement is governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. EA-UE I fl) ~ I..:J I..:J ~ t- V' ~ () f'- M -J W 0 V I-i CIC-1 -< 0 0... LL gg l:JV~l --- - ------ -- - - ------------ -- --&- ----- (lVld) AVM- .:IO-1H~I~ ,Og MN 133~lS Hlll I{) o:J -------------------~--------~ o <t: . 0:::0 I--~ ( W G « Zl-- -z «w O:::~~ OWl- . VJ:5 O<{CL coW,---" I- VJ lS ,ZÇ"Z£ M"O l ,6l.00S ~~ " ' ~"'~ "" '<'" "" "" '''-, '" " "" ~ '", ' ", "'~'" ",,,~ ~~ :~'" , "" " " <: <'.; , ) :<"<'~ ~. ~~'. "'''. t '" "" ,,,! " ", :~ " f'- '~i " ('-J .', ¡-. "" CO "- Z CO ('-J W 1'0" ~'" 1'0 CO to G O"~" 0 1'0 Z lO "" (/) " lO 1'0 Z « lO " -< "" lD 00::: "LU, W 1-' W " (/)', ~ G OI ,,(/) " o ct W I-- 0 "" Ô" . ~_ tn¿s !0""~,,,g ~~ LLtn ~"'@"<~ --' rr\ 0 0) :..-, "- CL Ñ w ,q- ro '" -< " èo I- ~ Z 0.. '" >-<" CO 00 -1_ Z, t 'tn Z 0 I ~ '" d ;" ill I-- Z '" ~, ci gs ~ "" - '" /0 // 2 I- . "" ", ~.~ ~ ~ ~ ~'" '" ::~> '" .r- ~'~ ~ _r-~~- CO 0 ~" ~~ ~ ,ZÇ"Z£ 3,,( l,61.00N ,q- 1'0 ('-J ('-J W G oct W ~ - ::sZb 0..0) ('-J I-~ 00 20 ill 0::: o t.-X H I ß \ "if A {Jì G C -' (if I 0 N 0 01 0 0 {Q Z 2 I- « W- GZ 0 «::::J l() CL (f) CO .W VJ I{) I- W f- O<{ G () lO f- « « n~ CL a::: ~W ~- f- o f- 0« ~ rnG 0 ·Z 0 O:::w ill 00 I- -1 :3 0 G 0... o 0::: . 01{) ·0 WWZ t: 0::: 0 (f) - LLI- o ornow wrn (f) oWVJ 5~ZLL "0 00 0:::- O:::wt; W CLVJ-Z -0:::_ Z « I-- -1 OO:::(f) -CLWI f---: CL 0::: I- 00 ~« 0::: Z 00 <{~ gs~ZZ - lLO:::« tï5°~wVJ~ w tn 2š 0..0 I- I- LLW W Z oG3GO:::WZ Z "",«o...~O --1LLo... W WW-1 ~VJo . o:::O«°zlSw}U "«~UZ:J VJo tn 0...-«00«1'0 WVJ lL rn. I--z lL~OI- N o 0 II 0 0 I-- VJ N 2- OO:::oGèo VJ1 "rn~w Zco -1Zw -1-"Q:Z « . ·-.Jrn a:::~ n:n:o::>l5G _wo OOo(f)rnz 2 _ W . . . .)- . .w G~Nn"<t-rnI{)UJrn lL o W 0::: W I I-- o -~ VJ -1 « ~ o w o <i o 0::: o -1 lL ~ ZVJ :J(f) Ow 0-1 û':0::: WO ::J -1W . 0 0::: NUO o ~ ~lL LLC O(f) OZ O(fJ~ I-::::J ~OO Wtn 0:::« Ww (f)O LLI-- WOf'- « GWN 0t/) «0:::01 l0w~o... -.t: N .~o ..nwo"<t--1 z: I-W rn OI«O~:JG r=I--GO:::oo..z 1.l..0::: 00 - -OZOrnWZ O::::zww I<f: o 0 0::: I- I- I--z (f)w-1 <!" WIOVJ--'LLO Ol--G<{CLOO -.. 'ì,,", ~~ i~ ~O:::: ~2 '---" ~ ~ i3 ~ ~ ~ VI 013 ¡::: lJ a 9: f:i. ~!i 0::0 ~- .~ ~ :;)m oz Luw U(3 ~i (}::~ 31J oS ;~ U§ ~g u ::J ~ § CD :;) CL ß VI ~ ~ CL ~ g " ~ ~ j .,. lOr ~f ~ § ~ ~,i ~~ ' ~ ~ ~ i -.;: I:~ ~I"l'l ",. ~ ~ ,I 1.1 I i ." ~ It g I:; ¡ è .. b <.0 " . .... . ì:: It: ~ -« (J VJ ~ in « 00 Z~ r::¡. «0 I ~~ ~ ~«ffi~ «lLCLZ ZOo..O G «J= lñ-1~« «ONO W~ZO::::W vi ¡E «O~ . CI F W 0_ I{) f-- W 0::: -.. > :J(f)O-,w ~lOO«>--«O::: . 0 ~ F 0::: ~ I.L. I- ~ '0::::::-1(1:::°0 O::>«::>wz o:iZo~VJI-I- -:J G CI « ° ~o«o:::wO-« W-1>OVJLLo::: 0::: ZJ=I- °<il-owWo::~ Z-1 ::r:.......wu.J «LLZf--:=]O« zç lJV~l ò Easement Agreement IDA Page 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on this 15 day of F~ h r-v.,c.r I ' 2005. Date Property acquisition approved by BCC: Resolution # 2004-215, June 22, 2004 AS TO PURCHASER: DATED: 'd"IS' 05- ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk . \'.~t,r~'D (),:- ,_.,,)~ . . . .. . . . . . t, ", "\ '" _..t..().I .~ . . ", (-" ;;. " {:~,-, \'~~ ,.~::,.:". . '/, ". : 0 iJC . ,·ty.ClerK'...··.Ât: ~st as to Chf.1reaR s '0;,~~~~:si.at..... 0I1J. DATED: JCL(f. ~~ 2CJ(}ð ~¿h-fµcY Ú~ Witness (Signature) Name: 'K\:éhe (1( ({ L, ArlhS -t~l1(L (Print or "'!"ype ./,- ~ Witnes (Signatu~ _ A. . Name: t..7MÇ /0/" -p)l/¿zS (Print or Type) Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: (~/L V t~~~- Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney EA-UE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT BY: '1v-L w. ~ Fred W. Coyle, Chairma BY: ~/ Marc A. orrison 2335 Pinewood Circle Naples, FL 34105 REBECCA LYNN ARMSTEAD MY COMMISSION # DD 288708 EXPIRES: February 9, 2008 Bonded ThIU Notary Ptblic Undørwritørs Item # IDA- Agenda 11_1'- -",f Date .l:.DJfL.J:! 't ~~~d ~ -l5 ..oS- Memoran-dum 10 >-)1 To: Minutes & Records Management From: Marlene J. McLaughlin, Real Estate Services Date: March 4, 2005 Subject: NCRWTP Wells 12, 13, 14, 15 Folio #37063320004 Please find attached on~~·r"aiIIGI recorded Utility and Access Easement for the above referenced project. The Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida approved this item on November 16, 2004, Agenda Item 10-A. Please contact me at 774-8922 if you have any questions or comments regarding this matter. Attachments as stated C: Phil Gramatges, Public Utility Engineering Dept. Property Appraiser w/Utility Easement only Real Estate Services Department PROJECT: North Hawthorn Wellfield Transmission Mains PARCEL NO.: 905 FOLIO: 37063320004 10 A 3533794 OR: 3707 PG: 1766 llCORDID in orrICIAL RICORDS of COLLIIR COUITY, rL 12/30/2004 at 01:55PM DNIGHT I. BROCI, CLBRI CONS 3300.0 RIC 'II 21.0 DOC-.10 23.1 COPIBS 3.0 Reto: RBAL ISTA11 SIRVICIS INTBRO'PICI MARLlNB UTILITY AND ACCESS EASEMENT THIS EASEMENT is made and entered into this'!' I Í- () 'i . Qay of , 2004, by GEORGE GRUSZEWSKI, a single man, whose post office address is 888 13th Street NW, Naples, Florida 34120-2071, (hereinafter referred to as "Grantor"), and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COlliER COUNTY AND AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, whose post office address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112, (hereinélfter referred to as "Grantee"). (Wherever used herein the terms "Grantor" and "Grantee" include all the parties to this instrument and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns.) WIT N E SSE T H: Grantor, for and in consideration of TEN DOLLARS ($10.00) and other valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby conveys, grants, bargains and sells unto the Grantee, its successors and assigns, a perpetual, non-exclusive easement for utility and access purposes, on the following described lands located in Collier County, Florida, to wit: See attached Exhibit "A" which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to easements, restrictions, and reservations of record. THIS IS HOMESTEAD PROPERTY. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Grantee together with thå right to enter upon said land, excavate, and place or remòve materials,· including, but ·not limited to, water lines and pipes, and other equipment or improvements appurtenant thereto for the purpose of constructing, operating, and maintaining utility and access facilities thereon and adjacent thereto. The easement granted herein shall constitute easements running with the land and shall burden the lands described above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused these presents to be executed te and year irst abo e written. N~::~S ~~~e) ch5 kEf (Print or Type) M14:~ t Witness ~ g ure0 Name: ltJI LLIJA~ 1-1- ~p~ (Print or Type) BY:~ ~--A- ßorge ~kl .~~ . I ~: .' 1112.J.d D rDJõ: ___...____.1.___. THIS CONVEYANCE ACCEPTED BY THEl BOARD OF COUNTY COMHISSIotIERS. COLLIER COUNTY. FLORIDA. PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS I, .,1 . OF RESOLUTION NO. J,OO'l_ 35''' J r ".~.,j this prtJperIr hø been acquired under threat of condemnatIon and Is exempt from dccumental1j stamp tax Utility and Access Easement OR: 3707 PG: 1767 10 A STATE OF FLorz., [) A COUNTY OF t'.!i)( '-I ~ The foregoing Utility and Access Easement was acknowledged before me this (~r!! day of J..JOI/·~,..t1~a.... , 2004 by George Gruszewski, who is personally known to me or who has produced as identification. WITNESS my hand and official seal this ' Ç~~day of &'1I.1Wt1J'5a,2004. (affix notarial seal) . . L úJL/»-~ j()~ (ß f (Signature of Notary Public) (Print Name of Notary Public) NOTARY PUBLIC Serial/Commission #:(if any) My Commission Expires: I": ~ nll~" U KMmP* . 'J . My CommIlIioo oo281MO "\ '1"~ Expirn April 30. 2001 ~Ð ltøn' Ultl- :œtl--I&J-cH ' '=d 3-1~Cf5 R},{ . UE-W PIPE :2 f N ~§ª~~~~ ~ I >:!1(J)~<cfg I ()()~->()~ .. -i> G")C' ! z;:r1~~Cz!D ~O:::or~Pm 'TI ~ :t ", . j :::0 ~ 01(") ",>á·-_o~" ~C VICW- ",:t:::ot}-i " ~O> :t . ~ O~Z(J)", ~ i NC~ . ~3::r~ --~ > G") 'TI ~ ~ o ,,0% O~ Z-C'TI> :::0 ~ t~>~ :t~ j Q I ¡!I ", ", ~ ~ ~> ::!J~ u -Z :::o~ .. Cc š::: CIl > -.- It (/) ~ ~ F,; ..... . . - .. II 01 q - ~ ti f r t f 1.11 Ilrff !¡H it I If I ~ ~ f I ifl ~ I I . 01 ~ N . i i :I ~ ~ II i 1.1 ~ ~ t I ~ a~ I ~ ,§ -I ø I ~ :~ I I ~i( I Yo & ª~ç?ñ8~C :þ!~~:::o6"'CJ e _",m"''''ZO ~ ~ o(")zoa c5~~~~~8 om ",~ Z . C~C"'U" ~(") 0 &~l;Z~8 ~~rn ffi ê 5!o )I ... zO ¡:~.!.. ~'TI ~oo ...~ ~E~ p~ :;e,." rn~ eng ~ 01 ~ 6 :::0 ~ TRACT 51 13TH STREET N.W 60' RIGHT OF WAY (PLAT) "G") ~f2 DO CD ", . Oz?O OG")m ">0 .~M~-i "",...~ f;~CD('") ~~~-i ...(/),,01 Oc>N ......zG") ~=i: OZCD O-...J ....... OJ 0...... 1'.)0 l~ I-~ 9,- ~ H~ TRACT 85 OR: 3~01 PG: 1768 tt, 10 A '"" "0 ~>"O HXJ~ One... ,." ", r- n w .... ~ -.J C) ...!:) () ~(JC) \.N \JJ ~ ..J 9J \J\ () 8 --c:. ttt P ?J m o oz ,,0 -i I'.) CD" ~~ "'0 ~ 'T1 I'.) I'.) u ~ (3Z =EO Bj~ :x: -c "'z ~", CD o (/)'TI o(/) C", .:¿~ ~~ BW ", I'.) -...J ~ -i ~~ mm - .' ~"" [!J' ~~~~!'J"""G") , Zm . 'T1 G")~~(")P9IcZ Z m°:::O:::O ~", ~E" ::o..~ gæ5a~~1I ~F I'.) en ° -z ~~a8^~II~~ Ofi) c:~::!J-c(/)('T1 ~a ~~c·~~~V,J ~~,,~::oP:!- !:.2:::OG")p::oz :ï:!~~~orn~ ,." ~zëJ° z ~~d 2l 00 ::0 ffi~ ~ m~~ Co c::tJ~z· ~ z-en (') ", g~;g : ~ 00 0 'TIz~~ en enGJc ~ r;¡ma ~ ~~~ a ('). :'1 !J10 :::0 P ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP 1 0 A TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO . THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exce tion of the Chairman's si ature, draw a line throuah routin" lines #] throu h #4, com lete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin order) (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. NormaJly the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCe office only after the BCe has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved by the BCC Type of Document Attached 2. - ---------. 3. ------------ ------ 4. ~..-- -------- 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners 6. Minutes and Records Clerk of Court's Office PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached L INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/ A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate, Original document has been signedJinitiaJed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc, that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable, "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullitied. Be aware of our deadlines! The document was approved by the BCC on " (enter date) and all changes made during the meeting have been incorporated in the attached document. The Count Attorne 's Office has reviewed the chan es, if a licable. 2. 3. 4. 5, 6. 774 . 81;);;)- It) It on~ Yes (InitiaJ) N/A (Not A ¡icable) ~ NIA I: Forms/ County Forms/ BCC Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS OnginaI9.03.04, Revised 1.26.05, Revised 2.24.05 PROJECT: North Hawthorn Wellfield Transmission Mains PARCEL NO.: 906 FOLIO: 37063280005 IDA EASEMENT AGREEMENT THIS EASEMENT AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement") is made and entered into on this 18'"fh day of Mayd, , 2005, by and between ANTHONY VENEZIA, a married man, (hereinafter referred to as "Owner"), whose post office address is 10230 66th Road #23K, Forest Hills, NY 11375, and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"), whose post office address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112; WHEREAS, Purchaser requires a perpetual, non-exclusive Utility and Access Easement for the purpose of utility facilities, and access to, over, under, upon and across the lands described in Exhibit "A" (hereinafter referred to as the "Property"), which i·s attached hereto and made a part of this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Owner desires to convey the Property to Purchaser for the stated purposes, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed to compensate Owner for conveyance of the Property; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: 1. Owner shall convey the Property via a Utility and Access Easement to Purchaser for the sum of Four Thousand, Five Hundred and no/100 Dollars ($4,500.00), payable by County Warrant (said transaction hereinafter referred to as the "Closing"). Said payment shall be full compensation for the Property conveyed, including all landscaping, trees, shrubs, improvements, and fixtures located thereon, and for any damages resulting to Owner's remaining lands, and for all other damages in connection with the acquisition of said Property by Purchaser, including attorney's fees and costs. 2. Prior to Closing, Owner shall obtain from the holders of any liens, exceptions and/or qualifications encumbering the Property, the execution of such instruments which will remove, release or subordinate such encumbrances from the Property upon their recording in the public records of Collier County, Florida. Owner shall provide such instruments, properly executed, to Purchaser on or before the date of Closing. 3. Closing shall occur within sixty (60) days from the date Purchaser executes this Agreement; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have the unilateral right to extend the term of this Agreement pending receipt of such instruments, properly executed, which either remove, release or subordinate any and all such liens, encumbrances or qualifications affecting Purchaser's enjoyment of the Property. At Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the County Warrant to Owner and Owner shall deliver the conveyance instruments to Purchaser in a form acceptable to Purchaser. 4. Owner is aware and understands that the "offer" to purchase represented by this Agreement is subject to acceptance and approval by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. EA - UE/AE Easement Agreement Page 2 10 A 5. The Purchaser shall pay for all costs of recording the conveyance instrument in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. All other costs associated with this transaction including but not limited to transfer, documentary and intangible taxes, and recording costs for any curative instruments shall be borne and paid by Owner. Owner shall be responsible for paying any costs and/or fees associated with securing and recording a Subordination, Consent & Joinder of Easement of any mortgage(s) recorded against the land underlying the Property from the mortgagee(s). The cost of a title commitment shall be paid by Purchaser. . 6. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof shall be effective as of the date this Agreement is executed by both parties and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors, successor trustees, and/or assignees, whenever the context so requires or admits. 7. Conveyance of the Property by Owner is contingent upon no other provisions, conditions, or premises other than those so stated above; and the written Agreement, including all exhibits attached hereto, shall constitute the entire Agreement and understanding of the parties, and there are no other prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, promises, warranties, or covenants not contained herein. 8. This Agreement is governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on this 181"'" day of ~ , 2005. Date Property acquisition approved by BCC: Resolution #2004-215, June 22, 2004 AS TO PURCHASER: DATED:-nrL 2./, 2006 ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk r.. . r :..1 I~ fl;, . «.~,,;I .., . - ~.,.' . ,'..;, t.I:,' ~/~! ;,,~::i' "_ BOARD OF COUNTY COMMI9SIO!· EAS. / .'//~ OF COLLIER COUNTY, FlOAt" . ~; . ',., ,;.. .~". \ THE GOVERNING BODY OF .C~u .', ;~,; .!. . ~: :::: COUNTY AND AS EX-OF~léIQ Tße~,~l¿t :: '.,t GOVERNING BOARD OF THE:-COŒtf!R ... .~. COUNTY WATER-SEWER btSTRJCT ',' :;', ..~~,... . "',," t f' ( , \\\ \',,' "'1111111\\\\\ . i: £C ~ ~t ~ ~,~~:t~I.e;k -t' . f·'. l' " .. 1....wre'~¡}J~,: ....: <>~;>~. . '. . . . . . ' :','c:ç;-' "/1 . ~;¡J ~r. ,)' BY: ~W.~ Fred W. Coyle, Chairma EA-UElAE Easement Agreement Approved as to form and Ie sufficiency: ---- Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney EA-UE/AE Page 3 lOA ~?f~~ ~nthony nezia q, »oc:~Z"» ffiÇJn",oÇz ~=J~ -L ~ »:!J~£~C:'" (")~CG)c:f)~ -iiTl(J)ZCZ~ Z C»~O 00;::or:=;¡" W - "rii;o1(1)~' ~»-<~og?, ¿CO(J)Ctn ~ :r ;::0 fj -i :u ~o» ~ (J) rT1;::oZ(J)....... ~ C - 0 rrJ 0" N » »~r(J) :::I»OG') o '1J '"T »z Z-o ~ T »~ ;::0 ;0 , ~ rrJ I 0» ~ ;oz v.. - 00 » ~ ~ (/) o ,. F.; 01 q, . ..... . II en q ~ 1 r ! f ~ t's: Irf;a ~JI~I~. ¡f~i I ! ~a' I ~ .; ¡. I' ir ~ f IIiii JQ . i II ~ I I ~ I ¡; ª .] ~ ~ e ~ "11 ~ CJ) :~ ~ ~ "11 C m i~ .s ~ rï ~8 ~ :r: i~ Cl~ ~:u 00 -() M!T1 zQ ~ (¡j ~~ oQ ~~] c ~ m Q ~ I: ~ ~ ~ ~ .~ ~ :~ ." I o :::0 5 ~ 'ªi ~t l{ TRACT 18 (D(1)01(D~v..N"""G) CJ' " -<' . . . T ôffl ~OPPIº~Z »m°:::O:::O ~ Z :::0 c... .. ", 00 z T T E (D II Z 00 G') 0 0 (J) N (J) -i:::O 0 II 0 Z ~ -in^~' Z~ v..1l100»2I-o(J)¡¡; ~ú} (T1cZn~».. (T1'" » ~ 0 r» n ;::0 . 0 (J) ~ ", ", o~ ~;or- z",;gG')~oz -I~O"'O~" J:(J)-o-:::On~ ", ",z0:::O-l »;0'1 _ Z Z:<O CD» ~O»~ ~a ~~~6 0 . I ~~z ~ Z :::0 Ü) š:: ",O£T1"1J » ::J ;0 :::0 '. r 00 0 (/) "z::E< . (/) (/) rri ~ . :t fTI OWO fTI o ., :::0 -i (/) fTI O:::O~ 0 Z fTI fTI :-'l O· 010 . ;:0 o ..,,~"'C 0 f:2>~ t-t~C-4 o m ~ <.Nr- q -..j ---J ~ ..J) ~ ~ ~ <:) Ç) W ~-J ~ \1'\ ~ .~ I:) ~ ~ "'\ ~~~~ I d~~~~! I ~ZI~~~ I ~"'.. "ì I ,,"'-.::E ~ I '" c "'-. ~ ~ I "'~'" I, " "1)- "'...... , Z I (/).." Z ~", I '" --< " CD 'I ~ '" ~'" æ (/) ~ N S...... ' 0 I N;po '-~ C(/) I Gi "-.,n .-I~ IOn v.. .J: -I .,tT1 0 - I .. 'C/) :a 0 I =f ......~"'fTI ~z I (JJ ...... è; '" (JJ Ô 01 I (JJ ...... tr1 '" (J) fTI I E,ª",E ~ I CX? """'''1 '" CX? I ' "'-. ~ I '. (J) I~t~ -i I ~~ I ~'" I ,,,'" I ~'\ ~ I .~ "-. 0 ! -~~- ~ -! ~~ ¡ ~ ¡ ~ ~-----------l---~ 13TH STREET N,W ': ~ 60' RIGHT-OF-WAY I 500'19'1 "w (PLAT) I 30.02' ------------__L ,---- I TRACT 52 I I I U1 ¿In cgX ~~ f~ OO-U»G)-Io O'lç:(/)OJ:", ~-i-i;u5fT1~ ~. I rn £T1 £T1 Z :::0 :lfTIOOZO- o :::0'11 Z-00:::OG)-I::1 G)C^O»J:O CD fTI-i Z o I .þ.. 0 fTI v.. .. ~O' 0 01 -fTl' .þ..:::O]!Z(/)O 00 ", G') :;;! 0 O/"Tl '-f'l » 0 (f) fTI ", 0:::0 (f)", :::0 0 -' -i (T1 (/) 0 C (J) -' zO 01 =1" 3::"...... o 0 ......-1 :::0 :::0 0 N. 0 ...... ",0· . Õ r . -I OC: ;0", ;U MO (/)0· (J)C Z .~ -oG') ~O -.t;o fTI" ~Z~ OG)CD ^»O -Þ- -I 0 -i fTI ^ ;u "1) ", v.. ):> » ~ N. 0 G)>---.J-i fTI-j-Þ- (/) fTI . (/)-U~ OC~ -"ZG') _/"Tl » -i ZZ01 0001 10 o NO " o :::0 rnz 00 0-1 ^-o ~§ ~", '0 -0 » G') /"Tl 10 10 v.. ~ ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING S1; '. TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO n A THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNA 'Ati ., Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only .!!.!k!: the Boord has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exce tion of the Chairman's si ature. draw a line throu"h routin lines # I throu h #4, com lete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin" order) 1. 2. 3. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners , (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executi ve summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above. including Sue Filson. need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached 6. Minutes and Records Clerk of Court's Office OJ'7e- Yes {Initial) N/ A (Not A licable) PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION Phone, Iiumber 77 ¿¡ 8<1;;};r Agenda Item Number lðÆ Number of Original Documents Attached I: Forms/ County Forms/ BCC Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9,03.04. Revised 1.26.05. Revised 2.2405 L INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/ A" in the Not Applicable column. whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters. must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions. etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements. etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullitied. Be awa e of our deadlines! The document was approved by the BCC on ~ (enter date) and all changes made during the meeting have been incorporated in the attached document. The Count Attorne 's Office has reviewed the chan es, if a licable. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. lOA . PROJECT: North Hawthorn Wellfield Transmission Mains PARCEL NO.: 907 FOLIO NO.: 37061000009 EASEMENT AGREEMENT THIS EASEMENT AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement") is made and entered into on this '717'1 day of 1\-1 A f2 C H , 2005, by and between SCOTT RITTER AND DEBRA RITTER, husband and wife, (hereinafter referred to as "Owner"), whose post office address is 811 15th Street NW, Naples, Florida 34120- 2071, and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX- OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"), whose post office address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112: WHEREAS, Purchaser requires a perpetual, non-exclusive Utility and Access Easement for the purpose of utility facilities and access over, under, upon and across the lands described in Exhibit "A" (hereinafter referred to as the "Property"), which is attached hereto and made a part of this f\.greement; and WHEREAS, Owner desires to convey the Property to Purchaser for the stated purposes, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed to compensate Owner for conveyance of the Property. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: 1. Owner shall convey the Property via a Utility and Access Easement to Purchaser for the sum of Seven Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($7,000.00), payable by County Warrant (said transaction hereinafter referred to as the "Closing"). Said payment shall be full compensation for the Property conveyed, including all landscaping, trees, shrubs, improvements, and fixtures located thereon, and for any damages resulting to Owner's remaining lands, and for all other damages in connection with conveyance of said Property to Purchaser and the Purchaser's use of the Property, including attorney's fees, expert witness fees and costs.. 2. Prior to Closing, Owner shall obtain from the holders of any liens, exceptions and/or qualifications encumbering the Property, the execution of such instruments which will remove, release or subordinate such encumbrances from the Property upon their recording in the public records of Collier County, Florida. Owner shall provide such instruments, properly executed, to Purchaser on or before the date of Closing. 3. Closing shall occur within sixty (60) days from the date Purchaser executes this Agreement; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have the unilateral right to extend the term of this Agreement pending receipt of such instruments, properly executed, which either remove, release or subordinate any and all such liens, encumbrances or qualifications affecting Purchaser's enjoyment of the Property. At Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the County Warrant to Owner and Owner shall deliver the conveyance instruments to Purchaser in a form acceptable to Purchaser. 4. Owner is aware and understands that the "offer" to purchase represented by this Agreement is subject to acceptance and approval by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. EA-U E Easement Agreement 1 O~ge2 . 5. The Purchaser shall pay for all costs of recording the conveyance instrument in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. All other costs associated with this transaction including but not limited to transfer, documentary and intangible taxes, and recording costs for any curative instruments shall be borne ând paid by Owner. Purchaser shall be responsible for paying any costs and/or fees associated with securing and recording a Subordination, Consent & Joinder of Easement of the mortgage recorded against the land underlying the Property from the mortgagee. The cost of a title commitment shall be paid by Purchaser. 6. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof shall be effective as of the date this Agreement is executed by both parties and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors, successor trustees, and/or assignees, whenever the context so requires or admits. 7. Conveyance of the Property by Owner is contingent upon no other provisions, conditions, or premises other than those so stated above; and the written Agreement, including all exhibits attached hereto, shall constitute the entire Agreement and understanding of the parties, and there are no other prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, promises, warranties, or covenants not contained herein. 8. This Agreement is governed and ~onstrued in accordance with the Jaws of the State of Florida. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on this '7TH day of M~fZ c H 200~ Date Property acquisition approved by BCC: Resolution # 2004-215, June 22, 2004 AS TO PURCHASER: DATED: 3!17!DÇ ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk 1",·llt", ,,/'~ "tM'1ì~""'." I ..... ~'\ ....'........4'p o·,~. .:.. e~ .... ..... 1\ ~ ~F~ I - ::;~~/ l';~:;~.,~~:~~. . '..,?{'" :; ~: . '¡ . pê Ô~ }ct k :- _ ..... ... ..,i' ( , ." ~..1 .: (' .' .. A~t~t~-; "(>:,~. a~.'~7;~.: $t-...........'........··..· ,.J. ...~.~ ....", ,,~,~,·.,t~G·.... ,.,' '. ',.' U .~~,.,.'\.'. . t .~. t . . ; ~ : i ; ~, ¡ ~ . .' , ..... , . ~ I .... f f" , t, BOARD OF COUNTY COM'MÎ~~IÖNERS·\.. OF COLLIER COUNTYs:·FL.ORIDA, AS ,) \: THE GOVERNING BOQ'f. OF coLLIER, ~:_. ¥: COUNTY AND AS EX-().FFICIO THE':· ~ GOVERNING BOARD ÓF'THECOLLlER'< ./? COUNTY WATER-SEWÉ·R...D1SrRi~T· .}::~. /1/1 ~ \..". \'.\:"~ JJJ¡JJU1HI\\\ be· v BY: ~W. ~ Fred W. Coyle, Chairman Item # lOlL Agenda I f - J b . 0 'f Date Date 3 ' (r¡ , oS Rec'd ~IhDj~bL eputy Clerk EA-UE Easement Agreement AS TO OWNER: DATED: 7- .21-0) ~f1 ~, A fê&sv\r~ Witness.1Signature) Name:~t~iMP_ld.. v_ A\~€J -12 (Print or ?g~) _ "~~ Witness (Signature) Name: '7<..0 ðél<.T £. R I L Tt=.t?.... (Print or Type) _/2-Jcf2k Witness J?ignature) Name:-=:¥- 1) ~~T ~.~ ,.,... ..,....E:.I!- (Print or Type) . -\~eC~< M~~ WitnesµSignatureL f\ Name:~MeJ~ ~. ti\~er (Print or Type) Approved as to form and ¡"¿¿"ffiCi.e.. ncy: ./~V~ Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney EA-UE y~, Scott Ritter o ¡f j PdIø '-.. 'ß/lú. n Debra Ritter lQg~ . · ~.~-~....._..;...~.- ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIJ 0 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE o .. If/i, (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. åriginal documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are.to be forwarded to the Board Office only ~ the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates. and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). ' Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (Ust in routin order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above. including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing infonnarion. AU original documents needing the BCe Cbainnan's signature arc to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number Agenda Item Number 77 'f -i'9 /7 I~ / IOD Number of Original Documents Attached Initial the Yes column or mark "NI A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes NI A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, e 1"\ E.. resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's 4 ..vIII Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the e.~S document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's ~yY\ ~ signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing'slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. tft1't Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST L Formsl County Fonnsl Bee Formsl Original Documents Rouring Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 -',---,.."' -----"."...~-,.._._- 10 0 " MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: Cindy Erb, Sr. Property Acquisition Specialist Real Estate Services Department From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Amendment to Agreement for Sale/Conservation Collier Glenda S. Beardsley, Trustee Enclosed please find one (1) copy of the s referenced above (Agenda Item #10D), as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. The Originals are being scanned in and will be held in the Minutes & Records Department. If you should have any questions, please call me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure CONSERVATION COLLIER Tax Identification Number: 39492200007(1.14 acres) 10 D.. AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT THIS AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT entered into this It/'^' day of f\0 LA \ y('\)--'L (~ , 2004 by and between GLENDA S. BEARDSLEY, individually, and as trustee, whose address is 3550 Avocado Drive, Fort Myers, FL 33901, (hereinafter referred to as "Seller"), and COLLIER COUNTY, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, its successors and assigns, whose address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, FL 34112, (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"). WITNESSETH WHEREAS, the Purchaser and Seller have previously entered into an Agreement for Sale and Purchase dated July 27, 2004 for a certain parcel of land ("Property"); and WHEREAS, the Seller obtained title via a tax deed sale and is currently unable to convey good title, the Purchaser and Seller are desirous of amending said Agreement to extend the closing date to a date beyond the four-year statute of limitations, but in no event later than December 15, 2006; and WHEREAS, as consideration for extending the closing date for twenty-four (24) months, the Purchaser and Seller are agreeable to additional compensation in the amount of $1,200. , NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations provided within the said Agreement dated July 27, 2004 and other valuable consideration, the said Agreement is hereby amended to extend the closing date to no later than December 15, 2006 and to incorporate the additional sum of $1,200 into the purchase price for a total of $11,900. The Purchaser retains its right to object to the status of the title until such time as the four-year statute of limitations relating to tax deeds has expired and the title company is irrevocably committed to insuring title. Except as expressly amended herein the said Agreement between the Purchaser and Seller remains in full force and effect according to the terms and conditions contained therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and Purchaser have hereto executed this Amendment to Agreement the day and year first above written. AS TO PURCHASER: DATED: \ \\ 'u '\ (i1 \ . ATTEST: \ ,,', . t LL DWIGHT,E. ~ROCK"Çlerk BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ~~~.; ~'J.,'/. _1. ~I.. '. ',' ,,. .... , . . f\ ~ . c:') ~:'" J '. (-"'\ (: , BY: Agenda 11.--1 I r\ _/\II Date ~ì ~:~~d Ui~1i-l D_C~ CONSERVATION COLLIER Tax Identification Number: 39492200007(1.14 acres) AS TO SELLER: DATED: "\0 \ \ ~ \ O<-t \ WITNESSES: {L~, 71t t IL (Signature) <" ~ I r1 rr,v yyJ - ¿' JLh (Printed ame) ~AP ~~f (Signature) kOL)SeVE'L í LEV.V4ftt (Printed Name) Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ilL, tv {'Ä,~ .....-; Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney Jo !v CL J. A~Ji!c GLENDA S. BEARDSLEY, INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLJ, 0 E !~ TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Griginal documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) . ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception ofthe Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary, Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee bas acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number 77c..¡.-~9/7 Agenda Item Number It) [, Number of Original Documents Attached / Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, tV1't. resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts. agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's A.I/t4 Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the CrY' r:. document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's t~ t.. signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Ct't'Y1 t, Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms! County Forms! Bee Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 '~"--,........-.-,"'-~. " 10 f ~ MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: Cindy Erb, Sr. Property Acquisition Specialist Real Estate Services Department From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Amendment to Agreement for Sale/Conservation Collier Glenda S. Beardsley Enclosed please find one (1) copy of the s referenced above (Agenda Item #10E), as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. The Originals are being scanned in and will be held in the Minutes & Records Department. If you should have any questions, please call me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure CONSERVATION COLLIER Tax Identification Number: 39493840000 (3.79 acres) 10 E. AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT THIS AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT entered into this ì v' h.. day of ,,\,) \h~ Ii'í\.\ì ->.! ;/... , 2004 by and between GLENDA S. BEARDSLEY, whose address is 3550 Avocado Drive, Fort Myers, FL 33901 J (hereinafter referred to as "Seller"), and COLLIER COUNTY, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, its successors and assigns, whose address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, FL 34112, (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"). WITNESSETH WHEREAS, the Purchaser and Seller have previously entered into an Agreement for Sale and Purchase dated July 27,2004 for a certain parcel of land ("Property"); and WHEREAS, the Seller obtained title via a tax deed sale and is currently unable to convey good title, the Purchaser and Seller are desirous of amending said Agreement to extend the closing date to a date beyond the four-year statute of limitations, but in no event later than March 24, 2005; and WHEREAS, as consideration for extending the closing date for six months, the Purchaser and Seller are agreeable to additional compensation in the amount of $1,000. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations provided within the said Agreement dated July 27, 2004 and other valuable consideration, the said Agreement is hereby amended to extend the closing date to no later than March 24, 2005 and to incorporate the additional sum of $1,000 into the purchase price for a total of $39,000. The Purchaser retains its right to object to the status of the title until such time as the four-year statute of limitations relating to tax deeds has expired and the title company is irrevocably committed to insuring title. Except as expressly amended herein the said Agreement between the Purchaser and Seller remains in full force and effect according to the terms and conditions contained therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and Purchaser have hereto executed this Amendment to Agreement the day and year first above written. AS TO PURCHASER: DATED: \ \ \ , lJ¡ \ (l4 I ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk -\ " ') ~ · Ð ¿) ',. \,S...... . ". .4~.¡; /!} :':.~ '~:"'~/<"f~ . BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: If} d - DON^t.~,JCHAIR :!~ Item # lDE' ~~~~da l rHo-t)~ .{. CONSERVATION COLLIER Tax Identification Number: 39493840000 (3.79 acres) AS TO SELLER: DATED: ¡ 0 '- , ~ -. (,1 WITNESSES: ~ (/! i) V f~. t'p2.. 6 (Printed Narnè) , r<v~{J,e~~f (Signature) K oe ,~ <:?~ t:? L'¡- ¿6v (V ,..¿h¡::(cl (Printed Name) Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: & t>I~ Éllen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney 10 EE 'Yt 4} 1/1 ~{/t:¡/v~¿~ fi', &t1_AJ:dJ/fji y GLENDA S. BEARDSLEY, (I INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING slIP6 A 4 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Óriginal documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are tt> be forwarded to the Board Office onlY!!k!: the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or infonnation needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checkJist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5 . - Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date List in routin order dt tL ir¿ flj £ J ¡::;drn¡ '-" 5:iL ? 2. 3. PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item, Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages ftom ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages ftom contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibly State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time fÌ'ame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Forms! County Forms! BCe Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9,03,04 'f... Yes (Initial) ~~ ~ J, Jl\ 16A4 MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: John Houldsworth, Senior Engineer Planning Services From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Resolution No. 2004-343: Final approval of the roadway and drainage improvements for the final plat of "Carlton lakes Unit 3-C" Enclosed please find one copy of the document as referenced above (Agenda Item #16A4), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday November 16, 2004. The original document is being retained in our office for the public record. If you should have any questions, please contact me at: 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure 16 A 4 -! RESOLUTION NO. 04-3.A.3. RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA TO AUTHORIZE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THOSE ROADWAY AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS IN CARLTON LAKES UNIT NO. 3C, RELEASE OF THE MAINTENANCE SECURITY, AND ACCEPT THE MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ROADWAY AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE CARLTON LAKES HOMEOWNER'S ASSOCIATION WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, on December 17,2003 approved the plat of Carlton Lakes Unit No. 3C for recording; and WHEREAS, the Developer has constructed and maintained the roadway and drainage improvements in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and as required by the Land Development Code (Collier County Ordinance No. 91-102, as amended); and WHEREAS, the Developer is requesting final acceptance of the roadway and drainage improvements and release of his maintenance security; and WHEREAS, the Compliance Services Section of the Development Services Department has inspected the roadway and drainage improvements, and is recommending acceptance of said facilities. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that final acceptance is hereby granted for those roadway and drainage improvements in Carlton Lakes Unit No. 3C, and authorize the Clerk to release the maintenance security, BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED AND ORDERED that the County accept the future maintenance and other attendant costs for roadway and drainage improvements that are not required to be maintained by the Carlton Lakes Homeowner's Association. this Th~ Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote favoring same, I¿t) -day of A!bl/t!.t"bé/ , 2004. '. . \:i~\YI"~. ft,..Äo ()./ ,<1ÐA1'E: '. .'.I:¡~O"" ï '.. A.yrEST: ", ,,,,'" .'~ nWIGHTË'-:~bcK, CLERK .'. .' "". :. : ~·:t~/ .( . . oS' ·::A~~.~t í$ 5t_àUn By: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ~~dd DO A FIALA, CHAIRMAN Approved as to fonn and legal sufficiency: ltem# \~ ~:da \.r\Io-Ö~ Date L \~~{-bq. Rec'd \ ~~ ~~~ Je fer A. Belp 1 Assistant Collier County Attorney ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTINcI~~pA 5 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT 1't)-o- ~ THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document..Original documents' should be hand delivered to the, Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are'to be forwarded to the Board Office only l!.!kr the Board has taken action on the item.) . ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or infonnation neederi. If the docüment is already complete with the exception of the Chainnan's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4,. complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson line #5 . Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date List in routin order (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. NonnaIly the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary, Primary contact infonnation is needed in the event one ofthe addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact stair for additional or missing infonnation. All original documents needing the Bee ehainnan's signature are to be delivered to the BCe office only after the BCe has acted to approve the item.) c Name of Primary Staff Phone Number Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chainnan, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials. 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chainnan and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chainnan's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. 5; In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or theBCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! I: Fonns/ County Fonns! Bce Fonns! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9,03.04 ..5 ý" M4 §:2 16A5 ~ ,I MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: Cecilia Martin Planning Services From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: CP-2004-10: Our Lady of Guadalupe Carnival Please find one copy of the above referenced document, Agenda Item #16A5, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 774-8406 Thank you. Enclosure ~""-.¥~'''''.''~._~'--'''-'-~.-~-.-''--'- .... 16A5 Permit No. 2004-10 PERMIT FOR CARNIV AL EXHIBITION ST ATE OF FLORIDA: COUNTY OF COLLIER: WHEREAS, Pastor Ettore Rubin, c.s., Our Lady of Guadalupe Catholic Church, has made application to the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, for a permit to conduct a carnival and; WHEREAS, Pastor Ettore Rubin, c.s., Our Lady of Guadalupe Catholic Church, has presented to the Board sufficient evidence that all criteria for the issuance of a permit to conduct a carnival as set forth in Chapter 10, Article II, Amusements and Entertainments, of the Collier County Code have been satisfied and that such carnival will be conducted according to lawful requirements and conditions; and WHEREAS, said Pastor Ettore Rubin, c.s., Our Lady of Guadalupe Catholic Church, has requested a waiver of the Surety Bond; NOW, THEREFORE, THIS PERMIT IS HEREBY GRANTED TO Pastor Ettore Rubin, c.s., Our Lady of Guadalupe Catholic Church, to conduct a carnival on November 24, 25, 26, 27 and 28, 2004 in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the petitioner's application and all related documents, attached hereto and incorporated herein for the following described property: (See attached Exhibit "A") The request for waiver of Surety Bond is hereby approved. WITNESS my hand as Chairman of said B~d and Seal of said County, attested by the Clerk of Courts in and for said County this /10 -- day of /'Vo¿/6J!/fþp/2004. ATT~TiJ: .. .. ~Gft't}:: ·Ì3.R,QCK, CLERK , ". . _f1'" . .. ," ,"f.."':: ~~-~,j''' I;'" ~~ "', ';.~~J\ k\:r~;L,. Lt ~L..O,( . C4SJ~" . Appro~eâ~stoForm ~nd Legal Sufficiency: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA: dd ;~Æ.AlltJÁÆÆ· fh· .¡Ju~ ~dent Assistant County Attorney Item' l(Qß5 Agenda ( I_II J\ I f Date ..L.JJ..Q..:.U't ~~~d \ l::K 1)~ . . Property Information Report 16A5 CDPR1002 - Property Information Report FOLIO NBR 0000000123840008 PARENT PARCEL PHYSICAL STREET LOCATION 0000000000000000 219 9TH ST S, IMMOKALEE BLOCK BLDG LOT UNIT RANGE TWP SECT STRAP 061 .000 29 47 04 472904061.0002EO USE CODE i 71 CLASS CODE o MILL AREA 5 TOTAL 8.69 ACSC o HDR REF FLAG SHORT LEGAL 4 47 29 SEl/4 OF NEl/4 OF SWl/4, LESS S 30FT 8.7 AC OR 1112 PG 1604 OWNER NAME NEVINS BISHOP, JOHN J OWNER ADDRESS PO BOX 2006 VENICE, FL 342842006 FULL LEGAL DESCRIPTION 4 47 29 SEl/4 OF NEl/4 OF SWl/4, LESS S 30FT 8.7 AC OR 1112 PG 1604 XTRA LGL CNT o PREVIOUS OWNER EXHIBIT "A" Collier County CD-Plus for Windows 95/98/NT Printed on 10/27/2004 3:36:10PM Page 1 of 1 ,- '/;o!;i ~.""",.","",.>_,,'_;,..¡;,,:~. :. ":;";..-...:;,~.-;:;:;~ :_"".,:'...;.'7"""''4:!1!:'' "~'''~~;'';:II!¡::'. '''¡;';Þ:'';;'':¡';' , ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTINR s£n>A 6 .... TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT\<JJ M:'J THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE . 2. - 3. (print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to tþe Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are 10 be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin order) 1. PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Co<.)~ Board of County Commissione Phone Number ~~v-,,\~ \ 0 7-.... o~ Agenda Item Number ~~~~ <::'> Number of Original Documents Attached 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "Nt A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a TO riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (AIl documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibly State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the-appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are r uired' In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Forms! County Forms! Bee Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 ~ ~\\ \\\\.'\Q "c.\ ..~~ ~ \0 \ S Yes (Initial) Nt A (Not A licable) ø ~"\ ~ ~~ 16A6·, , ;CI: UF rHE \.;OUNTY ATTORNEY 20û~ NOV -9 PH~: 14 ITEM NO.t ö rv . DATE RECEIVED: FILENO.: 0 z¡~ PIZL -ÒÓ/3 ¿ ROUTED TO: REQUEST FOR LEGAL SERVICES DO NOT WRITE ABOVE TillS LINE Date: November 5, 2004 J.J' (' /Ý) A 1I f I f/Þ l.-t Scott Teach Õrl- Assistant County Attorney From: ~ \ Brenda Brilhart W Purchasing Agent 774-8446 To: Re: Contract #04-3717 "Consultant Services for a Parks and Recre Facilities Impact Fee Update Study" Contractor: James Duncan and Associates, Inc. BACKGROUND OF REQUEST: This contract was approved by the BCC on October 26, 2004; Agenda Item 16.A.6. This item has not been previously submitted. ACTION REQUESTED: Contract review and approvaL OTHER COMMENTS: Please forward to BCC for signature after approvaL If there are any questions concerning the document, please contact me. Purchasing would appreciate notification when the documents exit your office. Thank you. 16A6 .", , Memorandum TO: November 5, 2004 ~ o!'~ Sheree Mediavilla, Senior Analyst \) -.! Risk Management Department '\.. ~)Brenda Brilhart ,~/ Purchasing Agent DATE: FROM: RE: Review of Insurance for: Contract #04-3717 - "Consultant Services for a Parks and Recreational Facilities Impact Fee Update Study" Contractor: James Duncan and Associates, Inc. This Contract was approved by the BCC on October 26,2004, Agenda Item 16.A.6. Please review the Insurance Certificate in this Agreement for the referenced Contract. If everything is acceptable, please forward to the County Attorney for further review and approval. I would appreciate it if you would advise me when it has been forwarded. If you have any questions, please contact me at ext. 8446. cc: Amy Patterson Updated as of 11/08/04 CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE AND ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR 16 A 6 SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENTS THIS AGREEMENT entered into this _ day of _' 2004 by Elias Brothers Communities at Tuscanv Cove. Inc. (hereafter "Developer"), THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, (hereinafter "The Board") and IronStone Bank (hereinafter "Lender"). RECITALS: A. Developer has, simultaneously with the delivery of this Agreement, applied for the approval by the Board of a certain plat of a subdivision to be known as: Tuscanv Cove. B. The subdivision will include certain improvements which are required by Collier County ordinances, as set forth in a site construction cost estimate ("Estimate") prepared by RWA. Inc., a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit 1. For purposes of this Agreement, the "Required Improvements" are limited to those described in the Estimate. C. Sections 10.02.05 (C) and 10.02.04 of the Collier County Subdivision Code Division of the Unified Land Development Code requires the Developer to provide appropriate guarantees for the construction and maintenance of the Required Improvements. D. Lender has entered into an acquisition and development loan agreement, #200132 with Developer dated November 14,2003 (the "Acquisition and Development Loan") in the amount of $9,075,000.00, to fund the cost of the Required Improvements. E. Developer and the Board have acknowledged that the amount Developer is required to guarantee pursuant to this Agreement is $1.604.863.94, and this amount represents 110% of the Developer's engineer's estimate of the construction costs for the Required Improvements. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, Developer, The Board and the Lender do hereby covenant and agree as follows: 1. Developer will cause the water, sewer, roads, drainage and like facilities, the Required Improvements, to be constructed pursuant to specifications that have been approved by the County Manager or his designee within 18 months from the date of approval of said subdivision plat 2. Developer hereby authorizes Lender to hold $ $1.604.863.94 from the Construction Loan, in escrow, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement 3. Lender agrees to hold in escrow $1.604.863.94 from the Construction Loan, to be disbursed only pursuant to this Agreement Lender acknowledges that this Agreement shall not constitute a draw against the Construction Loan fund, but that only such funds as are actually disbursed, whether pursuant to this Agreement or a provision of the Construction Loan, shall accrue interest. 4. The escrowed funds shall be released to the Developer only upon written approval of the County Manager or his designee who shall approve the release of the funds on deposit not more than once a month to the Developer, in amounts due for work done to date based on the percentage completion of the work multiplied by the respective work costs less ten percent (10%); and further, that upon completion of the work, the County Manager or his designee shall approve the release of any remainder of escrowed funds except to the extent of $145.896.72 which shall remain in escrow as a Developer guaranty of maintenance of the Required Improvements for a minimum period of one (1) year pursuant to Paragraph 10 of the Agreement. Updated as of 108/04 However, in the event that Developer shall fail to comply with the requirements of this Agree£t,A 6 then the Lender agrees to pay to the County immediately upon demand the balance of the funds held in escrow by the Lender, as of the date of the demand, provided that upon payment of such balance to the County. the County will have executed and delivered to the Lender in exchange for such funds a statement to be signed by the County Manager or his designee to the effect that: (a) Developer for more than sixty (60) days after written notification of such failure has failed to comply with the requirements of this agreement; b) The County, or its authorized agent, will complete the work called for under the terms of the above-mentioned contract or will complete such portion of such work as the County, in its sole discretion shall deem necessary in the public interest to the extent of the funds then held in escrow; (c) The escrow funds drawn down by the County shall be used for construction of the Required Improvements, engineering, legal and contingent costs and expenses, and to offset any damages, either direct or consequential, which the County may sustain on account of the failure of the Developer to carry out and execute the above-mentioned development work; and (d) The County will promptly repay to the Lender any portion of the funds drawn down and not expended in completion of the said development work 5. Written notice to the Lender by the County specifying what amounts are to be paid to the Developer shall constitute authorization by the County to the Lender for release of the specified funds to the Developer. Payment by the Lender to the Developer of the amounts specified in a letter of authorization by the County to the Lender shall constitute a release by the County and Developer of the Lender for the funds disbursed in accordance with the letter of authorization from the County. 6. The Required Improvements shall not be considered complete until a statement of substantial completion by Developer's engineer along with the final project records have been furnished to be reviewed and approved by the County Manager or his designee for compliance with the Collier County Subdivision Regulations. 7. The Development Services Director shall, within sixty (60) days of receipt of the statement of substantial completion, either: a) notify the Developer in writing of his preliminary approval of the improvements; or b) notify the Developer in writing of his refusal to approve the improvements, therewith specifying those conditions which the Developer must fulfill in order to obtain the approval of the Director for the Required Improvements. However, in no event shall the Development Services Director refuse preliminary approval of the improvements if they are in fact constructed and submitted for approval in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. 8. Should the funds held in escrow be insufficient to complete the Required Improvements, the Board, after duly considering the public interest, may at its option complete the Required Improvements and resort to any and all legal remedies against the Developer. 9. Nothing in the Agreement shall make the Lender liable for any funds other than those placed in deposit by the Developer in accordance with the foregoing provision; provided that the Lender does not release any monies to the Developer or to any other person except as stated in this Escrow Agreement. 10. The Developer shall maintain all Required Improvement for one year after preliminary approval by the County Manager or his designee. After the one year maintenance period by the Developer and upon submission of a written request for inspection, the County Manager or his designee shall inspect the Required Improvements and, if found to be still in compliance with the Updated as of lI/Y°(, A 6 Code as reflected by final approval by the Board, the Lender's responsibility to the Board under this Agreement is terminated. The Developer's responsibility for maintenance of the Required Improvements shall continue unless or until the Board accepts maintenance responsibility for and by the County. 11. All of the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained are and shall be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the Developer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board and the Developer have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives this /ú"lfl.. day of /VdV"'~Ù-_ ,2004 BY: o <tZdJ at ~ SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED IN THE PRESENCE OF: ~~W~ / ~.-t/A ~ c9,eé:'"~.J' Printed or Typed Name Of ~ f),vLv- ::r 19 b vV 13 e ClAd Æ. Printed or Typed Name Elias Brothers Communities Cove, Inc. Ovadia R. Elias /~4 &;¿k- ~,JA Æ? OLéC,J' Print or Typed Name IronStone Bank (f/kla Atlantic States Ban~ - By;_r./Ø'~~~#¡J / Frank N. Woodward. SVP BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISIONERS OF CO IER COUNTY, FLfRI~A ~ ¿;/;..L~ . W-~{() -r\TV T !I"C I< ,~/ /, Engineers, CC)NSU]~TING Sur,'cyurs & \bppcrs, ___.... y Y -L. ..... Planners, & Project \Ianagers TUSCANY COVE 16A6 PRELIMINARY OPINION OF PROBABLE COST SUMMARY SANITARY SEWER POTABLE WATER STORM DRAINAGE PAVING EARTI I WORK LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION LIGHTING TOTAL Contingency (110% of Total) ... This estimate docs not include any off-site improvements, N "~OU:: 0::-0069 03 Tuscany (\1'\i(' ERP 3ml Plat,OOOq Con51rucllon PIiU\5 & Techm,;)1 Speclticatlons . Subdl\lsion Infrastructure Opinion or Probable Cost, Rc\'islon ..! (Tuscany (O\'C Opinion or Probable Cost 9·11- 04\ls}CiJ\cr Page Tuscany Cove Opinion of Probable Cost 9-17-04.xls $308.848,15 $259,246.00 $230,326.60 $335, l59.55 $59,014,00 $178,372.92 $88,000.00 $1,458,967.22 $1,604,863.94 9/2712004 -r\TFT!I~L I< ,~/ /, ...:ngineers, C( ) N S U LT IN (;- SUITCYors & ~bprcrs, ___.... y Y..L ___ Pbnncrs, & Project :'hnagcrs TUSCANY COVE Project: Tu'can~' Con: 02-0069.03 [stimah'd R)': Paul Reatt~ Checked By: \-like :-;eely SANIT ARY SEWER DESCRIPTION 8" PVC Sanitary Sewer Main (0'-6' cut) LF 8" PVC Sanitary Sewer Main (6'-8' cut) LF 8" PVC Sanitary Sewer Main (8'-10' cut) LF 8" PVC Sallltary Sewer Main (10'-12' cut) LF 4' Diameter Manhole (0'-6' Cut) EA 4' Dial1ll:kr Manhole «(,'.R' Cut) EA 4' Diameter Manhole (8'-10' Cut) EA 4' Diameter Manhole (10'-12' Cut) EA 4' Diameter Manhole (12'-14' depth) EA Pump Station EA 4" PVC Force Main (C-900, Class 150. DR 18) LF 4" PVC Force Main (C-900. Class 200, DR 14) LF 6" PVC Sanitary Sewer Lateral LF SlOgle Clean-out EA 6" Double Clean-out EA Television Inspection LS Connect Force Main to Existing EA Sanitary Sewer Sub-Total Tuscany Cove Opinion of Probable Cost 9-17-04. (ls 16A6 QUANTITY UNIT TOTAL COST 3,702 $17,50 $6--t.785,OO 870 $24.00 $20,880.00 751 $26.50 $19,901.50 50 $36.00 $1,800,00 <) $1,500,00 $13,500,00 6 $1,850.00 $11.100,00 7 $2,150,00 $15,050,00 2 $2,500,00 $5,000,00 $4,832.00 $4.832,00 $75,000,00 $75,000.00 725 $8,00 $5,800.00 49 $10,50 $514,50 4.011 $ 11. 00 $44,121.00 27 $175,00 $4.725,00 90 $175.00 $15,750,00 5,323 $1.05 $5,589.15 $500.00 5500.00 $308,848.15 9/27/2004 -r\TVTi'~(' I< ,I. / /, Engint:lTS, C() N SUI .'1' I N c..; SlIr\"(:yors & ~bppm, ___ ~ y y J.. ___ Plannêfs, &: Project :\bn~gers TUSCANY COVE Project: Tuscan)' COH 02-0069.03 Estimated R)': Paul Beatt)' Checked B): '1ike :-;eely POT ABLE WATER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT COST 16A6 TOTAL I" Water Service LF 4,291 $10,00 $42,910,00 4" PVC Casing LF 3,001 $10.00 $30.010,00 8" PVC Water Main (C-900, Class 150, DR 18) LF 6,233 $14,00 $¡n,262,OO 8" PVC Water Main (C·900, Class 200, DR 14) LF 227 $12,00 $2,724,00 Fire Hydrant and Valve EA 16 $2,500.00 $40,000.00 8" Gate Valve w/box EA 6 $900.00 S5,400.00 3/4" Water Meter EA 230 $200.00 $46,000.00 Air Release Valve EA 4 $1,010.00 $4,040.00 Permanent Bacterial Sample Point EA 3 $300.00 $900.00 Potable Water Sub-Total $259,246.00 Tuscany Cove Opinion of Probable Cost 9- 7-04,xls 9/27/2004 -r\WT!''-Cn I< / /, ~:ngim:t:rS, C()NSLll.ï ï NC; Surn:yors & .\bppt:rs, ___.... W Y -'- ..... Planners, & Proit:ct :-'bnagt:rs TUSCANY COVE Project: Tuscan)' COH 02-0069.03 F:slimated B): Paul Beatty Checked B)': 'like :'Iicely STORM DRAINAGE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 15" RCP Lf 2,601 LF I ,099 LF 1,270 LF 408 EA 2 EA 5 EA 6 EA 2 EA 30 EA 5 EA 9 Storm Drainage Sub-Total 18" RCP 24" RCP 30" RCP 15" Flared End 1 R" Flared End 24" Flared End 30" Flared End Valley Gutter Inlet Junction Box F,O,OT Type "C" Inlet Tuscany Cove Opinion of Probable Cost 9-17.04,,,15 16A6 UNIT TOTAL COST $20,00 $52,020.00 $24,00 S26,376.00 $31.50 $40,005,00 $49,75 $20.29800 $800,00 $ I ,600,00 $950.00 S4,750,OO $937.60 $5,625.60 $1,271.00 $2,542.00 $1,837.00 $55,110,00 $1,700.00 $8,500,00 $1,500,00 $ 13,500,00 $230,326.60 9/2712004 16Ab "T\TV T !I~L I< ,. / /, Fngim:m. C()NSLJl.TINC Su(Yeyors&.\[;¡pp<.:r~. ......... y Y..L ___ Planners, &. Project ~bn;¡gers TUSCANY COVE Proj~ct: Tu.cany Con 02-0069.03 F:stimat~d By: Paul Beatty Checked By: :\like "edy PAVING & GRADING DESCRIPTION Signing and Striping LS UNIT TOTAL COST 12,600 $5.40 $68,040,00 229 $5.55 S 1 ,270.95 644 $6,00 53,864.00 15,4 77 $5,10 $78,932,70 15,477 57,50 $116,077,50 19,157 $1.40 $26.819.80 9,496 $1.95 $18,517.20 4,212 53,95 $16,637.40 $4.100.00 $4,100.00 30 $30.00 $900.00 $335. t 59.55 Valley Gutter LF Type "A" Curb LF Type "F" Curb LF I 1/2" Asphaltic Concrete (Type S-III) SY X" Limerock Bas': (LßR 100) SY 12" Stabilized SlIbgrade (LBR 40) SY 5' Concrete Sidewalk LF 4" Compacted Limerock (LOR 100) SY Project Control Points EA Paving Sub-Total Tuscany Cove Opinion or Probable Cost 9-17-04.xls 912712004 16A6 T"\~T!'~': I< ,. / /, ~~nginem. ( ~O N S lJ LTI N G· SUf\'e\"Ors & \!appcrs, ___... ... Y..L ..... Phnners, & Project \hnagcrs PRELIMINARY OPINION OF PROBABLE COST Project: Tuscany CO"e 02-0069.03 [,timated By: Jair Bolano Checked By': Paullnde~lia EARTH WORK DESCRIPTION UNIT TOTAL COST AC 23 $2,500.00 $57,500,00 LF 7,570 $0,20 $1.514.00 $59,014.00 Clearing (Bum-an-Site) Sod Perimeter Berm Earthwork Suh- Total Tuscany Cove Opinion of Probable Cost 9-17-04,xI5 9/27/2004 T'\w T "I~'" I< / /, ~,ngim:m, CC)NSU1.TINC SUfn;yors & :'bppl:r~, ___.... y Y.L .... Planners, & Project :\lanagcrs TUSCANY COVE Project: Tu,cany Cuve 02-0069.03 Estimated By: Paul Beally Checked By: 'like ;'Ióeely' IRRlGA TION DESCRIPTION Landscape and Irrigation LS Landscape and Irrigation Sub-Total QUANTITY Tuscany Cove Opinion of Probable Cost 9-17-04.xls U~IT COST 16A6 TOTAL $ I 78,372.92 $ 178.372.92 $178.372.92 -r\TUT·...1'-.':. I< ,~ /, ~,ngincl'fS. CC)NSU1.TING ~l1r:cY(lrs&~bppcrs, ___.... " Y..L ___ Pbnners, & Pro\ecr :-Luugcrs TUSCANY COVE Project: Tuscan)' Cove 02-0069.03 Estimated By: Paul Beally Checked By: :'<Iike ~eely IRRIGA TlON DESCRIPTION Lighting LS Li!:hting Sub-Total QUANTITY Tuscany Cove Opinion of Probable Cost 9-17-04.xls UNIT COST $0,00 16A6 TOTAL $88,000.00 $88,000.00 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING s1,t> Al 0 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT T¡¡:' THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. .original documents'should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only l!.!kr the Board has taken action on the item.) . ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chainnan's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson line #5 . Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date List in routin order (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary, Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information, All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item. Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached tf.})[5 ~ /l 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/ A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. I. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chainnan and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials. 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chainnan and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si ature and initials are re uired. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! I: Formsl County Formsl BCC Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9,03,04 ."-_.".-.....-~,~--.'"'~"-~.,--;'-,.,.,.~.. . .._...,.,.,^._"~". ., ......._~,,-,---_.._- 5é y o 16AIQ MEMORANDUM Date: November 18,2004 To: Mike Levy Financial Administration/Housing From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Resolution 2004-344; Amending the Collier County Administrative Code Fee Schedule of Development Related Review and Processing Fees Enclosed please find one copy of the document as referenced above (Agenda Item #16AI0), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16,2004. The original Resolution 2004-344 is being retained for public record. If you should have any questions, please contact me at: 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure 16AIQ RESOLUTION NO. 2004- 344 - A RESOLUTION AMENDING THE COLLIER COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE CODE FEE SCHEDULE OF DEVELOPMENT RELATED REVIEW AND PROCESSING FEES INCLUDING: PROVIDING FOR NEW AND REVISED FEES PERTAINING TO BOARD OF ZONING APPEALS INTERPRET A TIONS & AND BOARD OF ADJUSTMENT & APPEALS HEARINGS; RENTAL INSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATE TO BOARD BUILDING; PUBLIC VEHICLE FOR HIRE; PUD AMENDMENTS; PARKING REDUCTION; ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEWS; AND STEWARDSHIP SENDING AREA PETITIONS; PROVIDING FOR INCLUSION IN THE COLLIER COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE CODE PURSUANT TO CODE OF LAWS SECTION 2-11; SUPERSEDING RESOLUTION NO. 2004-227; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, the Collier County Code of Laws and Ordinances, Section 2-11 provides that amendments to the Collier County Administrative Code may be adopted by resolution; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners desires to include the development related review and processing fees, which include the schedule of fees and charges for application and document processing, public meetings, public hearings, other meetings and hearings, transcripts, approvals, denials, development permits, development orders, development, construction, interpretations, enforcement inspection services, sales of documents review, resubmission, and any other zoning or development related services and any other services provided or costs incurred by or on behalf of the County within the Collier County Administrative Code; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners previously had approved Resolution No. 2004-227, establishing a fee schedule of development related review and processing fees on July 27,2004; and WHEREAS, many operations within the Community Development and Environmental Services Division are supported by user fee revenues; and WHEREAS, it is staffs intent to continue to conduct annual cost/fee studies III an attempt to balance Fund 113 and Fund 131 operating costs with revenues; and WHEREAS, the revisions and clarifications in the fee schedule for certain development or building review related activities or petition types, including but not limited to, new and revised fees pertaining to the Board of Zoning Appeals interpretations & and Board of Adjustment & Appeals hearings; Rental Inspections and Certificate to Board Building; Public Vehicle For Hire; PUD Amendments; Parking Reduction; Administrative Reviews; and 1 16AIO ., Sending Area Petitions, as well as all other fees for site development plans, rezones, conditional uses, building permit applications, and related inspections are reflective of the actual cost of processing and reviewing such petitions. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOL VED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA that: The Board of County Commissioners hereby declares that the fees set forth as attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein as "Exhibit A," as well as the Fire Review and Inspection Fees in Exhibit "B," along with their associated building valuation data table set forth as attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein as "Exhibit C," are all fair and reasonable sums to be assessed to those who receive the benefits of the services, reviews, and inspections required pursuant to the Land Development Code and the County's corresponding development review and permitting processes. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that this Resolution, relating to fees authorized by the Collier County Administrative Code for all fee changes, be recorded in the minutes of this Board with an effective date of December 1, 2004, and that Resolution No. 2004-227 is hereby superseded by the adoption of this Resolution effective as stated above, and that the Exhibits attached to this Resolution be included in, and be made a part of, the Collier County Administrative Code. This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote. Done this ¡r-/; \/ i / lD -- day of IV tJ II únJ/~ r ,2004. ATTEST: D~~~!~~:~OCK,CLERK . ,~,~.{"'~" ··:·t~)}::, , ~.~ ' "", \ BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA I~' ¡¿~ .J~ DO A FIALA, CHAIRMAN Patrick G. White Assistant County Attorney 2 c o ~. c 7('f'~ e l' c o M n t y EXHIBIT A COLLIER COUNTY COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES FEE SCHEDULE Bee proposed version, November 16, 2004 Contents: A) ADM IN ISTRA T[ON .... ........ ...... ...... ,., ...... ............. .....,........ ..,............... ..... ..,.... ..... ..... ......................,.......................,.......,........,.......,.....................2 B) BLASTING PERM[TS & INSPECTION .. ........ ....,..................... .......,..... ... ....... ...., ..,.....,.......................,.... ,.,...........,.............,................................ 2 C) ENVIRONMENT AULANDSCAPING .... ,..........,.,...".................,............. ,.,.,.......... ...................... ...,.".,..,.., ..... ,........... .....,..,..................., ....,.......3 0) EXCA V A T[ON PERM[TS ...... "....... ...... ................,.......,........., ",., ..,..." ..,.. ......,..... ..,.....,........,.,.. ,.. .....". ,.., ..,.....,... ..,.............,.....,..." ......... ..,.........3 E) FIRE CODE REVIEW FEES ,.. ......,.. ,., ." ,.......... ,.. ,............,....,.. ..,....,.. '" ..". .......... ..............."..,....... .....,...... ........,... ........... ,.,... ........... ....,.... .......,.... 4 F) S[TE DEVELOPMENT PLANS.... ...,...., ,.......... .....................,.. ....,........ ..... ....................... ,......................... ............ ........ ......... ........... ..................... 4 G) SUBDIV[SION ..... ........ ................. ....................... .................................. ..... ....................... .............. ............ ............ ........ ...... ............................ .......5 H) ENGINEERING INSPECTION FEES .............. ........................ ..... ........ ..... ....................... ,............. ............ ............ ........ ...... ................................... 6 I) TEMPORARY USE PERMITS ...... ...... .............. ............................. ........ ..... .................... .................... ......... ............ ........ ...... ... ........... .............. .......6 J) WELL PERMITS/INSPECTIONS...................... ............ ..... ................. ........ ....... ..... ........ ................................ ......... ................. ........... ..................... 7 K) ZONING/LAND USE PET[TIONS.. ....... .......... ............................... ... ..... .... ...... ..... .................................. ............... .............. ................ ................7-8 L) MISCELLANEOUS ......... ... ................. ......... ..... .................................................... ................................................................. ................................... 9 M) BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION FEE ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 N) BUILDING PERMIT FEES .................................................................................................................................................................................... [I 0) ELECTRICAL PERM IT FEES ..... ...... .............. ........... ... ....... ..... ............................... ..... .......................... ............ ....................... ........................... II P) PLUM B ING PERMIT FEES...................... ............................. ............. ........ ......................................................,........... ...... ............ .......... .... .......... 12 Q) MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES ...... ............ ........... ..... ... ........................................... ......................... ...... ......... ... ...... ........ ...... .............................. 12 R) FIRE PREVENTION AND CONTROL PERMIT FEES...........................................,..............................................................,.............................. 13 S) MOBILE HOME/OFFICE TRAILER AND OTHER TRAILER PERMIT FEES ...................................................................................................13 T) CHICKEES AND SIM ILAR STRUCTURES....... ........ ..................... .................................... ........... ...... ...... ...... .......................... .......... ................. 13 U) POOL OR SPA PERMIT FEES ..... .., .................... ............................. .......... .......................... ........... ...... ............ ....................... ............. ................. 13 V) SCREEN ENCLOSURE PERMIT & PAN ROOF FEES ........................................................................................................................................ 13 W) S[GN PERM IT FEES .. ......... ...... ................ ......... ............................. ..... ............................ ......... ........... .................. ......................... ...................... 13 X) CONVENIENCE PERM [T FEES ................. ...................................................................... ......... ........ ... ......... ...... ... ....................... ........................ 14 Y) REV[S[ON AND AS BUILT PLAN REVIEW FEES; CORRECTIONS TO PLANS ............................................................................................14 Z) PERM IT EXTENSION ....... ......... ...................... ............ ..... ............... ..... ............................................. ,........... ........................................................ 14 AA) DEMOUTlON OF BU[LDlNG OR STRUCTURE PERM[T FEES....................................................................................................................14 B B) PRE-MOVING INSPECTION FEES .... ..... .............. ........ ........................................ ..... .................... ...... ............ ...... ................. ........................... 14 CC) IN S P ECTIO N FE ES........................................ ................... .................. ..... ................................... ,............. ................................ ........ .............. ..... 14 DO) REINSP ECTION FEES................................................... ............ .............. .............. ................................................,.......,.... ........ ..... ................... 15 EE) FAILURE TO OBTAIN A PERMIT .....................................................................................................................................................................15 FF) LICENS ING........ .................................. ................... ...... .................. .......... ............... ..... .................. .............,............ ................. ....... ........ ............ 15 GG) DUPLICATE PERMIT CARDS .... ...................................................... ..... .......................... ........... ......... ........... ....... ................................... ......... 15 HH) CHANGE OF CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTORS ..........................................................................,..................................................,.. 15 [I) PERM [T FEE REFUNDS ...... ...... ..... ............... .............. .................... .......... .................. ......... ..... ........... ............ ............ ......................................... 15 J J }-RECORD RETRIEV AL .. ........................................ ...........,......... .................. ..... .................. ..................... ............. ............... ................. ..... ........... 16 KK) COPY FEES........................................ .................. ........ ............... ... .......,..... ..... ........................ ................ .......... ................ ....... ........................... 16 LL) RESEARCH ..................... ...... ..... ............... .............. ........ ........................................ ......................... ............ ............ ............................................ 16 M M) SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE............... ......... ....... ............. ....... ....... ..... ... .......... ............... ...... ............................ ................... ... ............... ....... ....... 16 NN) ELECTRONIC DATA CONVERSION SURCHARGE...................... ..... ........ ......... ................................................................................. ......... 16 00) REGISTRA TION OF RENTAL DWELLINGS ......... ..... .................... ..... ........ .......... .............. ...... ... ........................... ...... .................................. 16 PP) CERTIFICATE TO BOARD B[LLING.................................................................................................................................................................16 QQ) ADDITIONAL FEE REFUND PROVISIONS ..... ... ....................... ..... ..... ...................................... .......,.............. ................................ ..... ........... 17 RR) REFUND PROV[S[ONS........................ ..... ..................... ................. ............... ........... ............... .................. ..............17 SS) ADDITIONAL FEE PROVISIONS....... ..... .................... ......................... ......... .........,.... .... ....... ........... ... ........ ............ ... [7 TI) PUBUC VEHICLE FOR HIRE FEES... ........... .......... ...... ...................,.. ..... ...... ......... .... ....................... .... ..... ............. ....17 UU) "PAYMENT IN LIEU OF" FEE FOR PATHWAYS (SIDEWALKS, AND BIKE LANES)..............................................................IS CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page [ 1 FEES ARE ESTABLISHED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS RESOLUTION, AND CANNOT BE WAIVED OR SUSPENDED WITHOUT AN ACTION BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS. ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE APPLICABILITY OF FEES SHALL BE CONCLUSIVELY DETERMINED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE APPROPIATE DEPARTMENT, AS APPLICABLE. WHERE AS PART OF A REZONING, PLAT OR SIMILAR APPLICATION TYPE, THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS DIRECTS APPROVAL OF FUTURE DEVELOPMENT ORDERS DIFFERENT FROM THE STANDARD TYPE OF APPROVAL PROCESSES REQUIRED, THE DIRECTOR OF THE APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT SHALL DETERMINE THE FEES TO BE APPLIED TO THE PROCESS NECESSARY TO MEET THE BOARDS REQUIREMENTS. THE APPLICABLE FEES SHALL BE THOSE WHICH MOST CLOSELY RESEMBLE THOSE CHARGED FOR SIMILAR PROCESSES INCLUDING EXTRA FEES FOR ADVERTISING AND THE LIKE. A) ADMINISTRATION 1) Official Interpretation Request of Land Development Code (LDC), Growth Management Plan (GMP), or Building Construction Administrative Code (Administrative Code), Based on staff hours: Less than 20 hours $ 1.500.00, 20 to 40 hours $3.000,00, more than 40 hours $5.000.00 2) Interpretation request submitted in conjunction with a land use petition or requested during site development plan review process. $250.00 3) Determination of Vested Rights. $100.00 (Plus the County's out-of-pocket expenses associated with hearing officer and hearings) 4) Appeal of Vested Rights Determination. $100.00 5) Amendment to Land Development Code. $3.000.00 6) Appeal of an Administrative Decision (as may be provided for in the Collier County Administrative Code or the LDC). $1000.00 (non-refundable) 7) Appeal to Board of Zoning Appeals or Building Board of Adjustments and Appeals (as may be provided for in the Collier County Administrative Code or the LDC). $1.000.00 (non-refundable) B) BLASTING PERMITS & INSPECTION I) 30 day permit fee, non-refundable payable upon application. $250.00 2) 90 day permit fee, non-refundable payable upon application. $600,00 3) Yearly permit fee, non-refundable payable upon application. $1.500.00 4) Renewal permit fee, non-refundable payable upon application. $200.00 5) After-the-fact fee, due to blasting without a permit. $10.000.00 6) Fine fee, per detonated shot with after-the-fact permit. $200.00 7) Handler fee, for handler who assists the user or blaster in the use of explosives. $100.00 8) Blasting Inspection Fee. $200,00 (per inspection) 9) Inspection fees shall be paid upon issuance of a blasting permit based on the estimated number of blasts. Upon completion, fees will be adjusted to reflect actual number of blasts. CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page 2 16 C) ENVIRONMENT ALILANDSCAPING I) Site Clearing Permit, ftrst acre or fraction of an acre. $250.00 Each additional acre or fraction of an acre. $50.00 ($3,000,00 maximum) 2) Agricultural Land Clearing a. Land Clearing Notiftcation $250.00 b. Land Clearing Permit $250.00 Each additional acre or fraction of an acre. $50,00 ($3.000.00 maximum) 3) Landscape Tree Removal Fee $250 4) Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) $1600.00, 2nd submittal $1.500.00. 3rd submittal $1.000.00, 4th and subsequent submittals $500.00 5) Landscape Re-inspection I sl $50.00, 20d $75.00. every inspection afterward $100.00 6) Vehicle on the Beach Permit Application. $250.00 (Permit fee shall be waived for public and non- profit organizations engaging in environmental activities for scientific, conservation or educational purposes). 7) Beach Nourishment Permits - $400 8) Special Treatment Review a. First ftve acres or less. $400.00 b. Each additional acre, or fraction thereof. $50.00 ($5,000.00 Maximum) 9) Coastal Construction Setback Line (CCSL): a. CCSL Permits $400.00 b. Variance - Petition. $1000.00 10) Sea Turtle Permit- a. Sea Turtle Handling Permits. $25.00 b. Sea Turtle Nesting Area Construction Permit. $200.00 c. Sea Turtle Nest Relocation. $100.00 11) Vegetation Removal Permit a. First acre or fraction of an acre less. $250.00 b. Each additional acre, or fraction thereof. $50.00 ($3,000.00 Maximum) 12) After-the-fact Environmental or Landscape Permits a. CCSL Variance Petition, 2x nonnal fee b. All other Environmental or Landscape Permits. 4x nonnal fee D) EXCA VA TION PERMITS I) Annual Renewal. $300.00 2) Application (Private). $400.00 3) Application (Commercial). $2.000.00 4) Application (Development). $400.00 5) $150.00 per inspection paid in advance for 12 months 6) Reapplication: $300.00 plus $200.00 per month inspection fee 7) Cubic Yardage Review Fee: $200.00 ftrst 5000 cy, plus $10.00 per additional 1000 cy with a maximum of $20,000.00 8) Time Extension. $150.00 plus $200.00 per month inspection fee CDES Financial Administration. rev 11/8/04 ms1 page 3 ----t"'-- 1 9) After-the-fact Excavation Permit. 4x application fee E) FIRE CODE REVIEW FEES 1) Fire Code Review fees associated with each of the following processes: a. SDP - Site Development Plan $200.00 b. SDP A - Site Development Plan, Amendment $150.00 c. SDPI - Site Development Plan, Insubstantial $100.00 d. SIP - Site Improvement Plan $150.00 e. SIPI - Site Improvement Plan, Insubstantial $100.00 f. PSP - Preliminary Subdivision Plans $150.00 g. PSPA - Preliminary Subdivision Plans, Amendment $100.00 h. PPL - Plans & Plat, Subdivision $100.00 1. FP - Final Plat $100.00 J. CONSTR - Construction Plans, SubdivisionlUtilities $100.00 k. ICP - Construction Plans, Insubstantial $100.00 1. DR! - Development of Regional Impact $200.00 m. DOA - Development Order, Amendment $150.00 n. PUDZ - Planned Unit Development, Rezone $150.00 o. PUDA - Planned Unit Development, Amendment $150.00 p. PDI - Planned Unit Development, Insubstantial $100.00 q. RZ - Rezone, Regular Zoning $100.00 f- CU - Conditional Use $150.00 .F) SITE DEVELOPMENT PLANS 1) Site Development Plan Review (SDP). $5000.00 a. plus $40.00 per DIU b, plus $100.00 per residential building structure; c. plus UQ per square foot for non-residential d. plus $200.00 per building for non-residential. e. Additional fees for 3rd review $1.000.00. 4th review $1.500,00, 5th review $2.000.00, 6th and subsequent reviews $2.500.00 2) Pre-application fee. $500.00 (to be credited toward application fee upon submittal.) a. Second and subsequent pre-app meetings at the applicant's request shall not be credited towards application fees. b. Second and subsequent pre-app meetings at staffs request will be held at no charge to the applicant. c. Applications submitted 9 months or more after the date of the last pre-app meeting shall not be credited towards application fees and a new pre-application meeting will be required. 3) Simultaneous Review Fee (planning review of simultaneous building pennit applications) $100.00 per building permit application 4) Site Development Plan Insubstantial Change a. Site Development Plan Insubstantial Change. $400.00 for fIrst sheet, $100.00 for each and every additional sheet submitted. b. Additional fees for 3rd review $1.000,00, 4th Review $1.500.00, 5th and subsequent review $2.000.00 5) Site Development Plan Conceptual Review $750.00 CDES Financial Administration, rev 111S/04 ms! page 4 ----- -~ 6) Site Improvement Plan Review (SIP). $1000.00 (plus Engineering review fees) 7) Utility Plan Review & Inspection Fees- a. Construction Document Review. 0.75% of probable water and/or sewer construction costs b. Construction Inspection. 2.25% of probable water and/or sewer construction costs c. Construction Document Resubmission or Document Modification, submit as insubstantial change. $150.00 for first sheet, $75.00 for each additional sheet 8) Engineering Site Plan Review Fee a. Construction Documents Review Fee 0.75% of probable Paving, Grading, Drainage, Lighting, Code Minimum Landscaping, and any other appurtenant cost of construction b. Construction Inspection 2.25% of probable Paving, Grading, Drainage, Lighting, Code Minimum Landscaping, and any other appurtenant cost of construction 9) Site Development Plan Amendment (SDPA) $2.500.00, a. Plus $40.00 per DIU plus $100.00 per residential building structure b. plus 11Q.per square foot c. plus $200.00 per building for non-residential d. Additional fees for 3rd review $1.000.00, 4th Review $1.500.00, 5th and subsequent review $2.000.00 10) SBR Fees a) Pre-Acquisition Meeting $500.00 (no refunds or credits) b) Pre-application fee. $500.00 (to be credited toward application fee upon submittal.) (all normal pre- application provisions apply) c) SBR Fee $5000.00 with hourly reconciliation at project completion for hourly variation greater than 10%, final project charges at $100,00 per hour for all associated staff hours 11) Violation of the conditions of approval of the SDP/SIP or installation of improvements, clearing, or other land alteration not depicted on, or otherwise authorized as a part of the approved SDP/SIP. 4x the SIP/SDP application fee 12) Request for alternative architectural design $500,00, no separate or additional fee for appeals to, or requests for assistance from, the Architectural Arbitration Board. G) SUBDIVISION 1) Lot Line Adjustment (LLA) $250.00 2) Subdivision Review Fees (PPL), (PPLA) - a. Construction Documents Review Fee ~ of probable Paving, Grading, Drainage, Lighting, Code Minimum Landscaping and any other appurtenant cost of construction b. Subdivision Inspection Fee 2.25% of probable Paving, Grading, Drainage, Lighting, Code Minimum Landscaping, and any other appurtenant cost of construction c. Construction Document Resubmission or Document Modification -Submit as Insubstantial Change $150.00 for first sheet, $75.00 for each additional sheet d. Subdivisions - 3rd and subsequent additional reviews - $500.00 e, Subdivisions - Substantial deviations from approval construction documents $500.00 3) Subdivision, Preliminary Plat (PSP)- a. Petition Application $1000.00 plus li&Q per acre (or fraction thereof) for residential, plus $10.00 per acre (or fraction thereof) for non-residential; (mixed use is residential) 4) Subdivision Final Plat (FP) $1.000.00 plus $5.00 per acre (or fraction thereof) for residential, $1000.00 plus $10.00 per acre (or fraction thereof) for nonresidential; (mixed use is residential) CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page 5 16AIQ 5) Additional review of construction plans for phased construction of subdivision improvements. $1000.00 per phase 6) Two-year Extension $150.00 7) Water and Sewer Facilities Construction Document Review 0.75% of probable water and/or sewer construction costs 8) Construction Document Resubmission or Document Modification 0.25% of probable water and/or sewer construction costs a. 3rd and subsequent re-submittals - $500.00 9) Water and Sewer Facilities Construction Inspection Fee 2.25% of probable water and/or sewer construction costs 10) Violation of the conditions of approval of approved construction plans or installation of improvements, clearing, or other land alteration not depicted on, or otherwise authorized as a part of the approved construction plans or permit. 4x the PPL, PPLA, PSP, CNSTR or Final Plat Review Fee (FP). II) Administrative Amendment $250.00 H) ENGINEERING INSPECTION FEES I) Engineering Inspection Fee $150.00 per residential dwelling unit (single or duplex only), charged at time of building permit issuance. 2) Re-inspection Fees: IS. re-inspection $75.00, 2nd re-inspection $100.00, 3rd and thereafter re- inspection $125.00 I) TEMPORARY USE PERMITS I) Beach Events Permits- a. Individual Permit $100.00 b. Block of25 calendar days $2.250.00 c. Block of 50 calendar days $4.500.00 d. Block of75 calendar days $6.750.00 e. Block of 100 calendar days $9.000.00 f. Block of 125 calendar days $11,250.00 g. Block of 150 calendar days $13.500.00 2) Temporary Use Permit Special Sales & Events. $200.00 3) Model Homes and Sales Centers $500.00 4) Construction and Development, Mobile home, Agricultural Zoning, and Temporary use for "Coming Soon" sign $125,00 5) Residential and Non-Profit Garage and Yard Sale Permits No Chan:œ 6) Temporary Use Amendment. $100.00 7) Renewals or extensions requested after the expiration date $200.00 CDES Financial Administration, rev] 1/8/04 msl page 6 -- - ~ .-------- 1 8) Temporary Use Permit for Special Events requiring BCC approval, including Circus and Carnival Permits. $275.00 9) Political Signs (Bulk Temporary Permit) ~ 10) Fees for Temporary Use permits issued After the Fact, A TF: 2x normal fee J) WELL PERMITS/INSPECTIONS 1) Hydraulic elevator shaft permit $300.00 2) Test hole permit (including 1st six holes) $300.00, each additional hole $20.00 3) Well permit (abandonment) $50.00 4) Well permit (construction, repair, or combined construction and abandonment at one site) $300.00 5) Well permit (monitoring) $150.00 6) Well Permit (modification of monitor/test well to a production well) $75.00 7) Well Reinspections a. First Reinspection $75.00 b. Second Reinspection $100.00 c. Third Reinspection $150.00 8) After the fact well permits 4x normal fee per violation. NOTE: Multiple wells may be allowed on one permit, but each well must be accounted for and the appropriate fee shall be charged for each well in accordance with the above listed schedule. K) ZONINGILAND USE PETITIONS I) Pre-application meeting fee $500.00 (to be credited toward application fee upon submittal.) a. Second and subsequent pre-app meetings at the applicant's request shall not be credited towards application fees. b, Second and subsequent pre-app meetings at staff's request will be held at no charge to the applicant. c. Applications submitted 9 months or more after the date of the last pre-app meeting shall not be credited towards application fees and a new pre-application meeting will be required. 2) Alcoholic Beverage or Service Station Separation Requirement Waiver $1000.00 3) Boat Dock Extension Petition $1.500.00 4) Conditional Use Permit $4.000.00 ($1.500.00) when filled with Rezone Petition) 5) Conditional Use Monitoring Review: $750.00 6) Conditional Use Extension $3.000.00 7) DR! Review (In addition to cost of rezone) $10.000.00 plus $25.00 an acre (or fraction thereof) 8) DRIJ DO Amendment $6.000.00 plus $25.00 per acre (or fraction thereof) 9) DR!ABN - DR! Abandonment $1.500.00 10) Flood Variance Petition $1000.00 11) Interim Agriculture Use Petition $350.00 CDES Financial Administration. rev 11/8/04 msl page 7 12) Non-Conforming U se Change/Alteration $1.500.00 13)Parking Exemption $1.500.00 14) Parking Reduction (Administrative) $500.00 15) Rezone Petition (PUD to PUD): $8.000.00 plus $25.00 an acre (or fraction thereof) 16) Property owner notifications: $1.00 non-certified mail, $3.00 certified return receipt mail (Petitioner to pay this amount prior to advertisement of petition) 17) Planned Unit Development Amendments (substantial) $6.000 plus $25.00 an acre (or fraction thereof) 18) Planned Unit Development Amendment (Insubstantial) $1500,00 19) Rezone Petition (Regular) $6.000,00 plus $25.00 an acre (or fraction thereof) 20) Rezone Petition (to PUD) $10.000.00 plus $25.00 an acre (or fraction thereof) 21) Street Name Change (Platted) $500.00 plus $1.00 for each property owner requiring notification of proposed street name change. 22) Street Name (unplatted) or Project Name Change $500.00 23) Variance petition: $2.000.00 residential, $5.000.00 non- residential 24) Variance (Administrative) $1.000.00 25) Zoning Certificate: Residential: $50.00, Conunercial:$125.00 26) POO Extension - Sun Setting: $1000.00 27) Sign Variance Petition: $2000.00 28) Stewardship Receiving Area Petition (SRA): $7000,00 per SRA plus $25.00 per acre for, Stewardship Sending Area Petition (SSA): $9.500.00 29) After-the-Fact Zoning/Land Use Petitions 2x the normal petition fee 30) Land Use Petition Continuances a. Requested after petition has been advertised $500.00 b. Requested at the meeting $750.00 c. Resultant additional required advertising charged in addition to continuance fees. 31) PUD Monitoring a. $75.00 per dwelling unit within a POO b. $0.10 per square foot for conunercial or industrial construction within a PUD 32) Any legal advertising required during any CDES activity or approval process wil1 be charged in addition to stated fees, at actual costs. CDES reserves the right to charge an estimated amount with the initially required project fees, and will reconcile and adjust such charges against actual legal advertising billings at the completion of the project. 33) Administrative Review (minor changes to PUD Master Plan) $1.000.00 CDES Financial Administration. rev 11/8/04 msl page 8 16 L) MISCELLANEOUS 1) Reserved 2) Reserved 3) Official Zoning Atlas Map Sheet Publications, maps, and reports. $.50 as set forth in Resolution 98-498, as amended. 4) Reserved 5) The fee for researching records, ordinances, and codes shall be at no charge for the first hour, then at the base salary hourly rate of the staff member conducting the service for time in excess of 1 hour. 6) The fee for creating and designing special computer generated reports that are not a part of regular standard reports shall be at no charge for the first hour, then at the base salary hourly rate of the staff member conducting the service for time in excess of 1 hour. 7)CD Burning: iL.®...floppy disk: $.50 8)Complete sets of Official Zoning Atlas Map Sheets $100.00 per set. 9)Photocopies of documents less than Ilx17 inches: $0.15 one sided, $0.20 two sided, other sizes at cost of production a. Certified copy of public record.$.LQQ each. 10) Property Notification Address Listing: a, MS Excel spreadsheet on Disc $70.00 b. Print out on Paper $75.00 + $0.05 for every record over 1500 c. Mailing Labels $80.00 + $0.06 for every record over 1500 d. Print out on Paper + Mailing Labels $85.00 + ~ for every record over 1500 11) Comprehensive Plan Consistency Review a. CU's $300.00 b. Rezonings $750,00 c. Pud's or PUD Amendments: $2250.00 d. Letter of GMP consistency to outside agencies: $250 12) Plan Review Fee (for plaIUÙng review of all building pennit applications) a) Long forms: $75.00 per building pennit application b) Express pennits: $15.00 per building pennit application 13) Project Meetings: Active applications under review for the following project types will be afforded one inter- departmental meeting at no charge: Planned Unit Development re-zonings and Site Development Plan applications (except for conceptual site plan approval and insubstantial change approval). Meeting requests for all other application types and additional meetings will be subject to the following fees: a. Meetings with Departmental Project Approval Staff member per applicant request, reviews and petitions in progress, $150.00 per one hour minimum, $75.00 per y~ hour thereafter. Additional Department staff attending meeting per applicant request $75.00 per Yz hour per staff member. CDES Financial Administration. rev 11/8/04 ms1 page 9 b. Inter-Departmental Project Meeting per applicant request, site plan reviews and land use petitions in progress, $500.00 per one hour minimum, $250.00 per 1h hour thereafter. 14) Adequate Public Facilities a, Planning Applications requiring COA process review (such as FP's, PPL's & SIP's, SDPs) $200.00 + 25.00 per residential dwelling unit or + 25.00 per 1000 sq ft commercial ($5000.00 maximum) b. Building permit applications requiring COA process review not covered under 12.a above $100.00 per building permit application. 15) Zoning Confirmation Letters a. Standard Response $100.00 (includes up to 1 hour research) b. Extended Research $100.00 per hour (any response with research in excess of 1 hour) 16) Zoning Letter Appeal $250.00 17) CDD a. Community Development District $15.000.00 b. Chapter 189 Special District, Independent or Dependent, $15.000.00 18) GMP Amendment a. Small Scale $9000.00 b. General $16.700.00 c. Legal advertising in addition to sub-sections a and b fees, and subject to applicable fee schedule provisions. d. Pre-application meetings for GMP consistency for development orders and zoning/land use petitions: $250 e, Pre-application meetings for GMP amendment petitions: $250 (to be credited toward application fee upon submittal) 19) Application for issuance TDR, $250 (non-refundable);plus ill per IDR issued and recorded (total fees not to exceed $2750) 20) Engineering Services a) Vacation of Easements: $1.000 21) Building Board of Adjustments and Appeals $250.00 M) BillLDING PERMIT APPLICATION FEE 1) A permit application fee shall be collected at time of applying for a building permit. The permit application fee shall be collected when the plans are submitted for review. The fee shall be applied toward the total permit fee. The applicant shall forfeit the application fee if the application is denied or if the application is approved and the permit is not issued within the time limitation as stated in Section 103.6.1.1 of the Collier County Ordinance No. 91-56, as amended. 2) Application fee will be computed as follows: a. Single family and duplex $.05 per sq ft with minimum of $100.00 b. Multi-Family & Commercial LQ2. per sq ft up to 10,000 sq ft, i:Qll for over 10,000 sq. ft. 3) Maximum application fee shall NOT exceed $5.000.00. 4) Minimum fee of$50.00 for each of the following: plumbing; mechanical (AJC); CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page 10 .__n.__~"'" ~"__N"_'__"'_"'_~"_'_¥ 16AIO electrical; fire; and building, when applying for additions/alterations. Minimum fee for all other applications = $50.00, 5) The balance of the total pennit fee will be collected at the time of issuance of the permit and will include any fee adjustments necessary. N) BUILDING PERMIT FEES I) The fee for a building permit shall be computed as follows: Such fees shall be either based on the contractor's valuations of construction cost or based on calculated cost of construction as set forth on the attached Building Valuation Data Table "'(Exhibit B), whichever is greater. Valuation of construction costs ofless than $750.00- No permit or fee is required, but construction must comply with all County Codes and Ordinances. If inspections are required by the Building Official or requested by the applicant, the appropriate fees shall be paid. .SBCCI Building Valuation Data Table, produced March 31,2002 EXCEPTION: All work involving structural components and/or fue rated assemblies requires pennits and inspections regardless of construction cost, signs must secure permits as stated in Collier County Ordinance No. 2002-01, as amended. a. Valuation of construction costs of $750.00 through $4.999.99 - With one or no inspections $50.00, With multiple inspections $100.00 b. Valuation of construction costs of$5.000.00 through $49.999.99- With one or no inspections - $30.00 plus $6.00 per thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of building valuation in excess of $2.000.00. With multiple inspections - $80.00 plus $5.50 per thousand dollars, or {Taction thereof, of building valuation in excess of$2000,00. c. Valuation of construction costs of $50.000.00 through $1.000.000,00 - $250.00 plus $2.40 per thousand dollars, or (Taction thereof, of building valuation in excess of $50,000.00. d. Valuation of construction costs over $1.000.000.00 - $2800.00 plus $2.40 per thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of building valuation in excess of $1.000.000.00. 0) ELECTRICAL PERMIT FEES I) The fees for electrical permits for new structures or placement or relocation of structures shall be computed as follows: a. $0.40 per ampere rating of all single-phase panel boards. b, $0.15 per ampere rating for switch or circuit whichever is greater, ifitem #1 above does not apply, c. When not a complete installation, all switch and circuit breakers ahead of panel boards shall be computed at $0.15 per ampere. d. Permit fees for any change in electrical installation shall be computed at the above rates for that portion of new and/or increased fees in existing electrical facilities. e. The minimum for any electrical permit shall be $50.00 per UIÚt or tenant space. f. Fifty percent (50%) in additional fee costs shall be added to all above fees for three phase installations. EXCEPTION: Ordinary repairs limited to a $200 value or less may be made without a pennit Repairs must comply with all County Codes and Ordinances. If CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8104 msl page II '..,._"""'"'~"^~"-;~"."'~--,....,.._-<""'"' ",~~"-_.,..~--- inspections are required by the Building Official or requested by the applicant, the appropriate fees shall be paid. P) PLUMBING PERMIT FEES 1) The following fee calculations shall be applied separately when the permit involves mixed occupancies. a) Residential occupancies: The fee for a plumbing permit shall be computed at the rate of $50.00 to be charged for each living unit with one to three bathrooms. An additional fee of$10.00 will be assessed for each additional bathroom. b) Nonresidential occupancies: The fee for a plumbing permit shall be computed by the following methods, whichever is calculated to be the greatest fee: a) The rate of $3,00 per 425 square feet of floor area, or fraction thereof; or b) Institutional facilities, hospitals, schools, restaurants and repairs in any occupancy b) classification shall be charged at the rate of $1.00 per fixture unit or c) Minimum of$50.00 for each occupancy or tenant space. 2) Grease traps: An additional fee of$50.00 shall be assessed for each grease trap. 3) The cost for retrofit piping shall be computed at the minimum fee of$50.00 per floor for each main riser. 4) The cost of a permit for lawn sprinkler systems shall be computed using the dollar valuation as shown under Section M of this Resolution. 5) The minimum plumbing permit fee shall be $50.00. Q) MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES I) The following fee calculations shall be applied separately when the permit involves mixed occupancies. a, Residential occupancies: The mechanical permit fees shall be computed at the rate of $50.00 for each living unit up to three tons of air conditioning. Each additional ton or part thereof shall be $3.00 per ton. b. Nonresidential occupancies: The mechanical permit fees shall be computed by one of the following methods, whichever is calculated to be the greatest fee: The rate of $50.00 for the first three tons or three horsepower of air conditioning or other mechanical systems per tenant space, each additional ton of air conditioning or horsepower shall be $3.00; or The rate of$3.00 per 425 square feet of floor area, or fraction thereof. 2) The cost of retrofit piping shall be computed at the minimum fee of $50.00 per floor for each cooling tower, or $50.00 for the first 3 horsepower and $3.00 for each additional horsepower, whichever is greater. 3) The minimum mechanical permit fee shall be lli,QQ, 4) A permit for the change out of components shall be calculated at the above mechanical permit fee rate or the minimum fee whichever is greater. CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page 12 16AIO R) FIRE PREVENTION AND CONTROL PERMIT FEES 1) The fees and exemptions set forth in the "Exhibit B" affixed hereto and made a part of this Schedule of Development Review and Building Permit Fees shall apply to Fire Prevention and Control Permits for both the independent and dependent fire districts. S) MOBILE HOME/OFFICE TRAILER AND OTHER TRAILER PERMIT FEES 1) The permit fee shall be $50.00 to set-up a single-wide trailer or mobile home on an approved site plus electrical, plumbing, mechanical and fire protection fees as applicable. 2) The permit fee shall be $75,00 to set-up a double wide or larger mobile homes on an approved site plus electrical, plumbing, mechanical and fire protection fees as applicable. T) CHICKEES AND SIMILAR STRUCTURES 1) The permit fee will be based upon a calculated cost of construction of$4.00 per square foot Wlder roof or the contractor's estimated cost of construction, whichever is greater. The fee will then be calculated in accordance with Section N of this Resolution. Additional permit fees for electric, plumbing, mechanical, fire, etc., will be charged when applicable. U) POOL OR SPA PERMIT FEES 1) For construction of each public pool or spa the fee shall be - a. Valuation of construction costs of up to $4.999.99. $100.00 b, Valuation of construction costs of $5000,00 through $49.999,99: $80.00 plus $7.00 per thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of building valuation in excess of $2.000.00. c. Valuation of construction costs of $50.000.00 through $1.000.000.00: $333.00 plus $3.00 per thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of building valuation in excess of $50.000.00. d. Valuation of construction costs over $1.000.000.00: $3474.00 plus $3.00 per thousand dollars, or fraction thereof, of building valuation in excess of $ 1.000.000.00. 2) For construction of each private pool or spa the fee shall be: $100,00 V) SCREEN ENCLOSURE PERMIT & PAN ROOF FEES 1) Construction costs shall be calculated as follows: a. Screen Roof. $2.00 per sq. ft. of floor area. (Screen Walls Only) b. Pan Roof. $3.00 per sq. ft, of floor area, (Screen Walls Only) c. Existing Roof. $2.00 per sq. ft. of floor area. (Screen Walls Only) 2) The screen enclosure or roof fee will then be calculated in accordance with Section N of this Resolution, W) SIGN PERMIT FEES 1) Sign permit fees will be calculated in accordance with all applicable Building Permit Fees and Electrical Permit Fees outlined in this document, the Collier County Development Fee Schedule The nùnimum building permit fee for sign shall be $75.00. CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page 13 -------- -------~._---_._--_..+.,,--,.__.- 16Al 2) Multiple signs of the same type (i.e., wall signs) and for a single project may be allowed per one penIÙt, however an appropriate fee shall be charged for each sign in accordance with the schedule set forth in the above subsection 1 of Sign PenIÙt Fees. X) CONVENIENCE PERMIT FEES I) Convenience permits are issued in blocks of 10 each. Only licensed contractors are eligible to purchase convenience permits. Convenience permits are limited to the use specified on the permit. The fee for a book of 10 convenience permits is $400.00. Y) REVISION AND AS BUILT PLAN REVIEW FEES; CORRECTIONS TO PLANS I) PERMIT AND PLAN REVISIONS The fee for each permit revision submitted after permit issuance shall be calculated using fee schedules outlined in Sections N through R above. The minimum permit fee for revisions to permitted projects shall be $50.00. 2) AS BUILT PLANS The fee for "As Built" plan review shall be ten~) percent of the original building permit fee or $150,00, whichever is greater, but shall not exceed $500.00. The fee is intended to cover the cost ofreviewing amended building plans in the office to determine that change orders and various field changes are in compliance with the minimum construction and fire codes of Collier County. The following are required for as-built drawings review: a. An itemized list of all changes made after permit plan approvaL b. As-built plans that have all changes made after permit plan approval "clouded" . c. As-built plans and changes shall be signed and sealed by the engineer and/or architect of record. 3) CORRECTIONS TO PLANS a. First Correction to Plans. No chanze b. Second Correction to Plans. $75,00 c. Third & subsequent correction to plans. $100.00 Z) PERMIT EXTENSION I) The filing fee for each permit extension shall be equal to 10% of the original building permit fee or $100.00, whichever is greater, but shall not exceed $500.00. The filing fee is intended to cover the cost of reviewing existing or amended building plans to determine and verify code compliance AA) DEMOLITION OF BUILDING OR STRUCTURE PERMIT FEES I) The permit fee shall be $50.00 for the demolition of any building or structure. BB) PRE-MOVING INSPECTION FEES I) The fee shall be $150.00 for the pre-moving inspection of any building or structure. CC) INSPECTION FEES I) A charge of $20.00 per inspection shall be assessed for inspections for which a permit is not necessary. CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page 14 ---- 16AIQ 2) A user fee of$40,00 per inspection shall be assessed for inspections on a time specified basis. 3) A user fee of$120.00 per inspection shall be assessed for inspections requested after normal working hours. (Normal working hours for inspections are Monday through Friday, 8:00 AM to 3:00 PM, excluding holidays.) 4) First Partial inspection for single-family & tenant buildout. No charge 5) Second & subsequent partial inspections for single-family & tenant buildout. $25.00 DD) REINSPECTION FEES I) Re-inspections for any type of building permit, or required Engineering re-inspections, shall result in an additional fee of$75.00 per inspection for the first re-inspection, $100.00 for the second re- inspection and $125.00 for the third and each successive re-inspection. EE) FAILURE TO OBTAIN A PERMIT I) Where work for which a permit is required is started or proceeded with prior to obtaining said permit, the fees herein specified shall be four times the regular fee not to exceed $1.000.00 for permits costing $250.00 and less. The penalty for failure to obtain a permit when one is required having a cost greater than $250.00 shall be two times the regular amount. The payment of such fee shall not relieve any person from fully complying with the requirements of any applicable construction code or ordinance in the execution of the work, or from any penalty prescribed within any construction code, law or ordinance of Collier County. FF) LICENSING I) The fee for licensing items is as follows: a. Letters of Reciprocity. llQQ b. Contractors Change of Status. $10.00 c. Voluntary Registration of State Certified Contractors. $10.00 d. Pictures. $2.00 e. Laminating llJ1Q (per license) GG) DUPLICATE PERMIT CARDS 1) The fee shall be $5.00 for the issuance of a duplicate permit card for whatever reason. HH) CHANGE OF CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTORS 1) To record a change of contractor or subcontractor, on a permit that has been issued, the fee shall be $50.00. This fee includes the issuance of a new permit card. II) PERMIT FEE REFUNDS 1) If requested, in writing by the owner or his authorized agent, 50% of the fees charged, other than the application fee, may be refunded provided that a permit has been issued, construction has not conunenced, and the refund is applied for prior to the cancellation of the permit. CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page IS 16 JJ)RECORD RETRIEVAL 1) No charge for retrieving records from inactive or remote storage including microfilmed documents KK) COpy FEES 1) The fee for blueprint and miscellaneous copying shall be as follows: a. Microfilm copies, of documents less than llx17 inches: $0.15 other sizes at cost of production. f. Microfilm or Blueprint copies: 18 X 24 $1.25 per page 30 X 36 $2.50 per page 30 X 42 $3.25 per page 34 X 44 $5.00 per page g, Community Development self-service copier, public access and not related to public record retrieval or public record copies: documents less than 14x8.5 inches ~ per page inclusive of sales tax. LL) RESEARCH I) The fee for researching records, ordinances, and codes shall be at no charge for the fIrst hour, then at the base salary hourly rate of the staff member conducting the service for time in excess of 1 hour 2) The fee for creating and designing special computer generated reports that are not part of the regular standard reports shall be at no charge for the first hour, then at the base salary hourly rate of the staff member conducting the service for time in excess of I hour, MM) SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE The fee for one-year subscription service to be mailed quarterly shall be $15.00 per year. The subscription year is from Oct. 1 through Sept. 30. NN) ELECTRONIC DATA CONVERSION SURCHARGE I) A surcharge in the amount of3% of the building permit application fee, with the minimum surcharge being $3.00 and the maximum being $150.00, wíll be applied to every building permit application submitted. A flat fee of$3.00 per permit will be charged for those permits for which an application fee is not required per item (M) of this Schedule. 00) REGISTRATION OF RENTAL DWELLINGS 1) The fee for registration of rental dwellings is as follows: a. Initial Registration Fee - $30.00 b. Annual Renewal - $20.00 c. Late Fee - $10.00 per day 2) Rental Inspection a. Rental Inspection - $200.00 per unit b. Re-inspection Fee - $50.00 per re-inspection PP) CERTIFICATE TO BOARD BUILDING I) Initial Boarding Certificate - ~ 2) Boarding Certificate Extension - $150 CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page 16 -----~ 16AIQ QQ) ADDITIONAL FEE REFUND PROVISIONS 1) Requests for fee waivers may only be approved by the Board of County Commissioners. Waiver requests for development review and building permit fees shall be submitted in writing directly to the appropriate Community Development & Environmental Services Division Staff, who will prepare an executive summary for consideration by the Board, Such requests shall include a statement indicating the reason for the fee waiver request and, if applicable, the nature of the organization requesting the fee waiver. RR) REFUND PROVISIONS 1) PAYMENT OF FEES: Full payment offees is required for a complete application. Department policy requires full payment of fees at the time of application submittal. No work will begin on staff review of the application until all fees are paid in full. If full payment of fees is not received within 14 calendar days of application submittal, the application will be considered void. At this point, a new application and full payment of fees will be required to proceed with a project. 2) There will be no refund of Planning, Environmental, or Engineering related fees, except those applications which have been deemed not sufficient for staff review and are withdrawn within 30 days of notification will be entitled to a 50% refund. After 30 days from such notification, there will be no refund of submitted fees. 3) In no cases will there be refunds for pre-application fees, data conversion fees, appeals of administrative decisions, or appeals to the Board of Zoning Appeals or Building Board of Adjustment. 4) If staff error causes the inappropriate or unnecessary filing of an application and payment of fees, 100 percent of all inappropriate fees, shall be refunded upon written request and with the concurrence of Department management. SS) ADDITIONAL FEE PROVISIONS 1) In those cases where alternative methods or timing of payments for CDES services and / or fees listed in this schedule associated with SBR reviews are deemed to best serve the public good, the Community Development and Environmental Services Administrator will have the authority to approve such alternatives. Such alternative must be in writing and signed by all principals involved. In no case shall [mal C.O. or such certifications of project completeness be issued until payments due CDES are received in full. 2) All hourly fees are computed and charged from actual Divisional time tracking records. 3) All acreage totals used in fee calculations will be rounded up to the nearest whole acre. 4) When deemed essential for project review or approval, there will be no additional charge for any meetings requested by CDES staff. TT) PUBLIC VEHICLE FOR HIRE FEES I) The following fees shall be assessed for the Public Vehicle for Hire Program: a. Initial Application fee (new Companies) - $200 b. Certificate to Operate - $250 c. Vehicle Decal - lli per vehicle d. Temporary Vehicle Decal- M per vehicle CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 msl page 17 e. Driver Identification Card - ~ per driver f. Replacement Identification Card - liQ per card g. On-site Vehicle Pemútting - ill per vehicle UU)"PAYMENT IN LIEU OF" FEE FOR PATHWAYS (SIDEWALKS, AND BIKE LANES) 1) Calculated using the current Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) construction costs or an engineering estimate not to exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the submitted application request's total project cost. CDES Financial Administration, rev 11/8/04 ms] page ] 8 I''". Exhibit B - Fire Review and Inspection Fees A) Fire Plan Review Fees. Architectural Revie\VS: <= $120,000.00 > $120,000.00 <= $600,000.00 > $600,000.00 <= $1,200,000.00 > $1,200,000.00 Fire Sprinklers Fire Pumps Underground Fire Line Pre-Engineered Fire Suppression Sys. Fossil Fuel Storage Systems Hoods LP Gas Fire A1anns Standpipes Tents Minimum Permit Fee Re-Review Fees .57% of Job Value .054% of Job Value .079% of Job Value .034% of Job Value $sq + $.95 Per Head $275 Each $100 + $.20 Per Foot New - $65 + $20 Per Bottle of Suppression Agent Existing - $65 + $2 Per Added or Altered Head Install, Removal or Abandorunent - $70 + $50 Per Tank $85 Each Install, Removal or Abandorunent - $55 + $10 Per Tank Zoned Systems - $90 + $ 15 Per Zone Intelligent Systems - $90 + $.65 Per Device Monitoring Only - $100 Residential Systems - $50 Each $50 + $5 Per Riser $50 Per Tent $100 Unless Otherwise Listed Above 2nd Re-Review - 20% of Original Fee - $75 Min. 3rd Re-Review - 35% of Original Fee - $125 Min. Ath Re-Review - 60 % of Original Fee - $200 Min. 5th Re-Review - 100% of Original fee - $300 Min. 6th or Subsequent Re- Review 150% of Original Fee - $500 Min. 7th Re-Review - Notify Business and Professional Regulation 16AIQ I B) Fire Code Compliance Inspection Fees: " 16AIQ 1) BUILDINGS - Square footage is defined as the total area of the structure(s) under roof. Construction Types I, II, III, N & V: New single story: $300.00 + $0.02 per square foot New multi story: $150.00 per floor, per tower + $0.02 per square ft Construction Type VI: All: $300.00 per floor + $0.03 per square foot Remodels & Alterations: All: $250.00 per floor, per tower + $0.15 per square it 2) FIRE SPRINKLERS New: $300.00 per floor, per tower + $0.65 per head Remodels: $200.00 per floor, per tower + $1.00 per head 3) FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS New: $300.00 per floor, per tower + $0.65 per device Remodels: $200.00 per floor, per tower + $1.00 per device Monitoring: $100.00 per system 4) HOODS All: $200.00 + $1.00 per foot of duct 5) SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS Total Flood & Pre-Engineered: $50.00 per bottle + $2.00 per head 6) SPRA Y BOOTHS (total square foot of booth) . All: $0.50 per square foot 7) UNDERGROUND FIRE LINES All: $100.00 + $1.00 per linear foot 8) STANDPIPES All: $100.00 per independent riser 9) FIRE PUMPS All: $300.00 each pump 10) LP GAS INSTALLATIONS Above Ground: $50.00 per tank Under Ground: $100.00 per tank 11) FUEL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS Above Ground $ 100.00 per tank Under Ground $150.00 per tank 12) HYDRANT RESTRAINTS All: $50.00 per restraint 13) ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLY /DRAFTHYDRANTS All: $250.00 14) STREET NAME CHANGE 16AIQ All: $120.00 15) MISCELLANOUS & MINIMUM PERMIT FEE Fire Retardant: $100.00 each structure Special Event Tent: $100.00 each Emergency Access I Electric Gates: $100.00. Minimum Permit Fee (not otherwise noted) $100.00 16) TIME SPEClI''IC INSPECTIONS All: $75.00 each inspection - subject to avaiIabili~y 17) OCCUPATIONAL LICENSE INSPECTIONS Inspection and one re-inspection: $75.00 2nd re-inspection: $50.00 additional 3rd re-inspection: $75.00 additional 4th re-inspection: $100,00 additional 5th and subsequent re-inspections: $200.00 additional 18) YELLOW TAGS (re-inspections) 1 st Fail; per unit $50.00 2nd Fail; per unit $75.00 3rd Fail; per unit $100.00 4 th Fail; per unit $250.00 5th Fail & each subsequent fail $500.00 per unit 19) RED TAGS (each jncident) · Working without Pennit Card on Site. · Safety violations on site. · Combustibles on site without water supply (hydrants / approved alternative water supply). · Job sites inaccessible to fIre apparatus. · Working without Collier County Building Pennit. EXCEPTIONS: 1) Structural permits for detached one and two family dwellings are exempt :trom fire prevention permit fees. 2) . Pennits that, in the opinion of the Fire Code Official, do not present a fire protection concern, i.e., swimming pools, concrete deck radio transmission towers, etc. shall be exempt from fire prevention inspection fees. *Note: Fire Districts may have additional fees, duly adopted by their local board of fire commissioners, for other various seIVices such as open burning permits, fireworks display, etc. Please refer to the appropriate resolution of the fIre district. L__. 16AI0 EXHIBIT C BUILDING VALUATION DATA As a service to our members, seccl offers the following building valuation data for the Standard Building CodeC and the International Building Code®. The building valuation data represents the current average construction costs per sq. ft. The average costs include structural, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, Interior finish, normal site preparation (excavation and backfill for building), architectural and design fees, overhead and profit. When using this data, It should be noted that these are "average" costs based on typical construction methods for each occupancy group and type of construction. These figures should be adjusted as appropriate. Occupancies ara divided Into two categories: "good08 and "average,"r to reflect the broad range of construction values. This data was compiled by SBCCI using the Marsha" Valuation Service as published by the Marshall and Swift Publication Company, Los Angeles. California. Note: Alabama is the base state for this table. Building Valuation Data produced March 31,2002. Data in the tables must be multiplied by the appropriate regional modifier. Type of Con.structlon4 Occupancy I II III IV' ys VI' 1·HR I UNP 1-HR I UNP 1·HR I UNP STANDARD BUILDING CODEO AIIumbly Auditorium - Good 131 126 101 64 62 100 96 66 62 - Average 96 93 73 45 42. 72 68 46 42 Church - Good 127 122 103 89 87 102 98 81 92 - Average 93 90 75 65 63 74 70 70 66 Gymnasium - Good 104 104 83 76 73 82 78 79 75 - Average 77 77 61 54 52 60 66 57 53 Restaurant -Good 108 108 89 82 80 88 85 85 81 - Average 81 81 70 62 59 69 65 66 62 Theater -Good 123 119 86 78 76 85 81 81 77 - Average 92 90 62 55 53 61 57 58 54 Bualne.. Office - Good 113 109 89 80 77 88 84 85 81 - Average 86 82 65 56 53 64 60 62 58 Reseerch/Englneerlng - Good 72 69 63 57 55 62 58 59 55 - Average 53 51 45 39 37 44 40 41 37 Service Station - Good 108 104 87 85 82 86 82 72 68 - Average 98 94 73 70 68 72 68 61 57 Educational School - Good 104 104 87 80 77 86 82 83 79 - Average 81 81 68 61 58 67 63 84 60 Factory-lnduatrlal Factory (light MGF) -Good 44 42 44 38 36 43 39 41 37 - Average 30 29 33 27 25 32 28 30 26 Hazardoua (Sprinkler 8~t.m InclUdedt Hazardous - Good 46 43 46 40 36 45 41 42 38 - Average 32 30 35 29 27 34 30 32 28 16AIO Type 01 Construction' Occupancy I II III IV' Y' VI' 1~R I UNP 1-HR I UNP 1-HR I UNP lnatltutlonel Convalescent Hospital NIP' - Good 139 135 106 89 87 105 NIP' 101 - Average 114 111 82 68 66 81 NIP' 78 NIP' Hospital - Good 199 195 159 89 87 158 NIP' 151 NIP' - Average 151 149 119 68 66 119 NIP' 114 NIP' Mercantile Department Stores - Good 89 87 76 58 54 75 71 59 55 - Average 68 67 62 43 40 61 57 46 42 Mall StOl'ØS - Good 102 102 74 67 64 73 69 70 66 - Average 83 83 61 54 52 60 56 57 53 Mall.concoul'llØ - Good 80 80 59 58 54 58 54 58 54 - Average 63 63 46 43 41 45 41 45 41 Retail StOl'Ø -Good 70 69 62 58 54 61 57 59 55 - Average 56 54 46 43 40 48 44 48 42 Residential Apartments - Good 84 80 70 63 61 69 65 65 61 - Average 66 63 55 48 46 54 50 51 47 Dormitories - Good 99 97 84 77 74 83 79 78 74 - Average 77 75 65 58 56 64 60 61 57 Homes for Elderty -Good 100 98 88 82 80 87 83 85 81 - Average 79 77 68 62 60 67 63 65 61 Hotel - Good 105 102 89 68 66 89 85 84 80 - Average 82 80 76 50 46 75 71 71 67 Motel -Good 105 102 73 68 66 73 69 71 67 - Average 82 80 55 50 46 54 50 53 49 Single Family Residence' -Good 90 87 77 70 68 76 72 70 66 - Average 68 65 57 51 49 56 52 52 48 Storage Auto Pari<lng Structure - Good 39 37 NfD2 NIIÝ NJD2 NI[)2 NI[)2 NIIÝ NIIÝ - Average 30 29 N/[>2 24 21 NI[)2 NI[)2 NIIÝ NIIÝ Private Garage - Good 39 37 45 37 35 44 40 41 37 - Average 30 29 38 29 Z1 35 31 32 28 Repair Garage - Good 48 45 48 38 36 47 43 42 38 - Average 35 33 36 28 26 35 31 32 28 Warehouse - Good 49 47 39 33 31 38 34 35 31 - Average 36 34 29 23 21 28 24 26 22 167110-- Notes: 1. NIP-Not permitted by code. 2. NID-Insufflcient data to determine average cost. 3. Unfinished basements $11.81/sq. ft. 4. For sprlnklerad buildings In other than hazardous occupancies add $1.751sq. ft. 5. In Type IV, V, and VI, add $41,000 per elevator 6. A good building will normally have some components which are only average, but many will be better than average. A good building is well insulated to utility standards, with packaged or zoned air conditioning; and has more than the minimum code required plumbing fixtL6es, and lighting and electric ouUets, with good quality fixtures, Interior and exterior finishes, and carpets. 7. An average building has minimum model energy code Insulation levels, with a forced air system, contains the minimum code required plumbing fixtures, lighting, electric outlets; and has average quality Interior and exterior finish and minimum carpet. INTERHA nOHAL BUILDING CODSIÞ Type of CoMtructlon· Occupancy I U I III IV V A t B A ~ B A I B A I B A8.embly Audltof'l um -Good 131 126 84 62 100 96 101 66 62 - Average 96 93 45 42 72 68 73 46 42 Church -Good 127 122 89 87 102 98 103 81 92 - Average 93 90 65 63 74 70 75 70 66 Gymnasium - Good 104 104 76 73 82 78 83 79 75 - Average 77 77 54 52 60 56 61 57 53 Restaurant - Good 108 108 82 80 88 85 89 85 81 - Average 81 81 62 59 69 65 70 66 82 Theater -Good 123 119 78 78 85 81 86 81 77 - Average 92 90 55 53 61 57 62 58 54 Bu.loe.. Office - Good 113 109 80 77 88 84 89 85 81 - Average 88 82 68 53 64 80 65 82 68 Research/Engineering -Good 72 69 57 55 82 58 63 59 55 - Average 53 51 39 37 44 40 45 41 37 Service Station -Good 108 104 85 82 88 82 87 72 68 - Average 98 94 70 68 72 88 73 81 57 Educational School - Good 104 104 80 77 88 82 87 83 79 - Average 81 81 61 58 67 63 68 64 60 F actory-lndu.trl aI Factory (light MGF) - Good 44 42 38 36 43 39 44 41 37 - Average 30 29 27 25 32 28 33 30 26 Hazardou. (Sprinkler Syw¡tem Inçlud.dt Hazardous -Good 46 43 40 38 45 41 48 42 38 - Average 32 30 29 27 34 30 35 32 28 16AIO Type of ConatructlonA Occupancy II I III IV V A B A B A I B A I B Institutional Convalescent Hospital NlP1 - Good 139 135 89 87 105 NIP' 106 101 - Average 114 111 ee 86 81 NIP' 82 78 NlP1 Hospital - Good 199 195 89 87 158 NIP' 159 151 NlP1 - Average 151 149 ee 66 119 NIP' 119 114 NlP1 Mercantile Department Stores - Good 89 87 66 54 75 71 76 59 55 - Average 68 67 43 40 61 57 62 46 42 Mall Stores -Good 102 102 67 64 73 69 74 70 66 - Average 83 83 54 52 60 56 61 57 53 Mall-Concourse - Good 80 ao 66 54 66 54 59 58 54 - Average 63 63 43 41 45 41 46 45 41 Retail Store - Good 70 69 66 54 61 57 62 59 55 - Average 56 54 43 40 48 44 48 46 42 Residential Apartments -Good 84 80 63 61 69 65 70 65 61 - Average 66 63 48 46 54 50 55 51 47 Dormitories -Good 99 97 77 74 83 79 84 78 74 - Average 77 75 58 66 64 60 65 61 57 Homes for Elderly - Good 100 98 82 80 87 83 88 85 81 - Average 79 77 62 60 67 63 68 65 61 Hotel - Good 105 102 68 66 89 85 89 84 80 - Average 82 80 50 48 75 71 76 71 67 Motel - Good 105 102 68 66 73 69 73 71 67 - Average 82 ao 50 48 54 50 55 53 49 Single Family Residence' - Good 90 87 70 68 76 72 77 70 66 - Average 68 65 51 49 56 52 57 52 48 Storage Auto Parking Structure - Good 39 37 N/OZ NJD2 NID2 NJD2 NJD2 NJD2 NJD2 - Average 30 29 24 21 N/OZ NJlÝ NJD2 NJD2 NJD2 Repair Garage -Good 48 45 38 36 47 43 48 42 38 - Average 35 33 28 26 35 31 36 32 28 Warehouse - Good 49 47 33 31 38 34 39 35 31 - Average 36 34 23 21 28 24 29 26 22 16AIV- Type of ColUltructlon' Occupancy . I III IV V A B A I B A I B A ~ B Utility and Mllc:.llaneoul Private Garage -Good 39 37 37 35 44 40 45 41 37 - Avarage 30 29 29 27 35 31 36 32 28 Greenhouse - Good NIOZ NIOZ 11.90 NJD2 N/~ NIOZ NIOZ N1\Ý 5.70 - Average NIIÝ NIOZ 5,53 NJD2 N/~ NlD" NlD" N1\Ý 3.71 Notes: 1. NIP-Not permitted by code. minimum code required plumbing fixtures, and lighting and 2. N/D-Insufficient data to determine average cost. electric outlets, with good quality fixtures, Interior and exterior 3. Unfinished basements $11.81/sq, ft. finishes, and carpets. 4. For sprinklered buildings in other than hazardous 7. An average building has minimum model energy code occupancies add $1.751sq. ft. insulation levels, with a forced air system, contains the minimum 5. In Type II, III, and V, add $41,000 per elevator code required plumbing fixtures, lighting, electric outlets: and has 6. A good building will normally have some components which average quality Interior and exterior finish and minimum carpet. are only average, but many will be better than average. A good building is well insulated to utility standards, with packaged or zoned air conditioning: and has more than the REGIONAL MODIFIERS (For use with SBC and IBC) ALABAMA 1.00 IDAHO 1.11 NEBRASKA 1.09 TENNESSEE 1.03 Birmingham 1.05 Knoxville 1.08 Mobile 1.04 ILLINOIS 1.22 NEVADA 1.19 Memphis 1.05 Opelika 0.95 Nashville 1.07 INDIANA 1.15 NEW HAMPSHIRE 1.09 ALASKA 1.67 TEXAS 0.99 IOWA 1.16 NEW JERSEY 1.30 Amarillo 1.02 ARIZONA 1.09 Corpus Christi 0.95 KANSAS 1.06 NEW MEXICO 1.03 DallaslFt. Worth 1.05 ARKANSAS 0.97 Gallup 1.17 EIPaso 0.99 Little Rock 1.03 KENTUCKY 1.11 Taos 1.21 Houston 1.03 West Memphis 1.04 Covington 1.14 Victoria 0.95 New Port 1.14 NEW YORK 1.20 Waco 1.00 CALIFORNIA 1.27 Wichita Falls 1.02 LOUISIANA 1.02 NORTH CAROLINA 1.03 COLORADO 1.13 Baton Rouge 1.02 Chartotte 1.05 UTAH 1.06 Aspen 1.49 New Orleans 1.04 Raleigh 1.06 Shreveport 1.02 VERMONT 1.14 CONNECTICUT 1.25 NORTH DAKOTA 1.13 MAINE 1.11 VIRGINIA 1.02 DELAWARE 1.23 OHIO 1.14 Alexandria 1.18 MARYLAND 1.13 Fredericksburg 1.15 DISTRICT OF Baltimore 1.21 OKLAHOMA 0.99 Richmond 1.05 COLUMBIA 1.19 Oklahoma City 1.08 MASSACHUSETTS 1.24 WASHINGTON 1.24 FLORIDA 1.03 OREGON 1.21 Jacksonville 1.03 MICHIGAN 1.16 WEST VIRGINIA 1.17 Miami 1.00 PENNSYLVANIA 1.17 Orlando 1.09 MINNESOTA 1.20 WISCONSIN 1.19 Tampa 1.08 RHODE ISLAND 1.23 MISSISSIPPI 0.98 WYOMING 1.08 GEORGIA 1.02 Jackson 1.00 SOUTH CAROLINA 1.02 Atlanta 1.11 Columbia 1.03 Columbus 1.01 MISSOURI 1.09 Myrtle Beach 1.05 HAWAII 1.61 MONTANA 1.09 SOUTH DAKOTA 1.10 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING JIf, A 12 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (P! m1 on pink papcr. AHacL to ongina! document Original dOCl1l1iCnh,hould be hand dcln ered 10 the Board Offícc °1 he cornplctcd routing sJip and 'Jriginal docnn1enlS me 10 be j()l\\ardcd 10 1I,c Boar! Office thc Board has laken aclion 011 ¡hc Item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date List in routin order ie4- ¿¡) f s I' J ':l>¡--vJ; r) ;)5 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder ofthe original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCe office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item. ) Name of Primary Staff .j ~e..---t R u..) CA' So Phone Number 40 '3 - ;;.:3:;¡ 9 Contact Agenda Date Item was /I-II., "0 t. Agenda Item Number Jt, A I~ Approved bv the BCC Type of Document '5..·h~.c:.uh':""" - ç L~'C.N\ Number of Original ì Attached Documents Attached 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "Nt A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro nate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. TIris includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc, that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ssibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chainnan's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chainnan's si ture and initials are r uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! c:- d Yes (Initial) Nt A (Not A licable) 5/ 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Forms! County Forms! BCe Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 _.__..._..__.,____.,.,_.,.'~.""''''.'"...,~"_.. ~"....."_...~,"'..""""'.""""'<..."."',.J,"',",....-,,..,~.'.,,,.e""·"··"''''·'''''~'W''''""'''''~~''''''··''''''"__'··~_'i··''''',," "..."'...H·"·,·,,····....,,~.·,..~""'¡,,,.,····"",,·,"-·~,"'"··,"'".",.. ....,.., ~;_<õ-;: ,.'~"ci~,.;,.,.<,. .t:_.,~" ~ - -~- ~_ :', " ~:'" i:; H::'¡;~ " ,; '~. -:,-'., < <' .'" ',,:-, :~~,ì ~j '~'; *** 3511642 OR: 3682 PG: 2161 *** RBCORDBD in OFPICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COUNTY, FL 11/19/2004 at 02:23PK DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK RBC PBB 10.00 Retn: CLBRK '10 THB BOARD 1 6 INTBROPPICB 4TH PLOOR SATISFACTION OFUiR 1140 A 12 This is to certify that the claims of lien arising out of the Code Enforcement Board Order Imposing FinelLien dated May 30, 2002, recorded in O.R. Book 3052, Page 1960, et seq., of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, against the following described real property, and all real and personal property, located in Collier County, owned by Stanley W. White, Jr., has been satisfied in full. The real property located at 100 BLK 115 - J & C Blvd., Trace Ct. Way, Naples, Florida, more particularly described as Section 11, Township 49 South, Range 25 East. Folio No. 00245160006 The undersigned is authorized to and does hereby release this lien as to the whole of the above-described real property, and all real and personal property owned by Stanley W. White, Jr. and consents to this lien being discharged of record. Dated thI'S /1 ti. d f 1'0 I _ U' ay 0 0-..) CNY' 100'11 ,2004. ATTEST: DWIQ~rr\~.~~K, Clerk r-ç:;,'- .' ". .(;) ,_ ,J ~ ". ~ 1\ "':. r BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS B:OLLI{I;2FL7~ DONN FIALA, ChaIrman b~:~~_·~.i..,. O.C v' -.." " . -~- . '';'', '. . " Dr,>' . y Clerk A~. ~.'t~..·· ~;di¡.f~n ' s s1naä~\èn ,~/ .... ".'01. *** 3511643 OR: 3682 PG: 2162 *** RBCORDBD in OPPICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COUNTY, PL 11/19/2004 at 02:23PK DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK RBC pn 10.00 This instrument prepared by: Leonardo Bonanno, Operations Coordinator Code Enforcement 2800 N. Horseshoe Drive Naples, Florida 34104 (239) 403-2440 Retn: CLBRK TO THB BOARD INTBROPFICB 4TH FLOOR I 6 A 12 BXT 7240 SATISFACTION OF LIEN This is to certify that the claim of lien in the sum of Nine Hundred Sixty-Seven Dollars and eighty-four cents ($967.84), arising out of the Code Enforcement Board Order Imposing FinelLien dated July 23, 2001, recorded in O.R. Book 2867, Pages 0153, et seq. and re-recorded in O.R. Book 2867, Page 0437, et seq. of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, against the following described real property, and all other real and personal property, located in Collier County, which is owned by Robert A. Mitchell, has been satisfied in full. The real property located at 3465 Dorado Way, Naples, Florida, more particularly described as Lot 17, Block H, Poinciana Village Unit No.1, a subdivision according to the plat described in Plat Book 8, Page 61 of the public records of Collier County, Florida, O.R. Book 1592, Page 1017. Folio No. 68046680002 Collier County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, by execution of this Satisfaction of Lien, acknowledges payment as full satisfaction of the lien and hereby cancels said lien. The undersigned is authorized to and does hereby release this lien as to the whole of the above-described real property, and all other real and personal property owned by Robert A. Mitchell and consents to this lien being discharged of record. Dated this I fJ ft.. day of No v ~W\ b <-"{ , 2004. . , ~-;,) . - ,-- . ~~' :AJ~IEST:'~·.. :" .: DWIGHT E:':ijROCK, Clerk F';'; : -;" .. ," - ,~~ ::~~ '0. .. 'b",_, ~:~¿~_J~(BY: App 0 form Ie BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA -"......~. .-.-_._..~--_.._----" *** 3511644 OR: 3682 PG: 2163 *** RBCORDBD in OFFICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COUNTY FL 11/19/2004 at 02:23PM DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK ' RBC FBB 10.00 This instrument prepared by: Leonardo Bonanno, Operations Coordinator Code Enforcement 2800 N. Horseshoe Drive Naples. Florida 34104 (239) 403-2440 Retn: CLBRK TO THB BOARD INTBROFPICB 4TH PLOOR BXT 7240 I 6 A 12 SATISFACTION OF LIEN This is to certify that the claim of lien in the sum of Seven Hundred Seventy-Six Dollars, arising out of the Code Enforcement Board Order dated August 30, 2004, recorded in O.R. Book 3637, Page 3713, et seq. of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, against the following described real property, and all other real and personal property, located in Collier County, which is owned by Anne J. Milne and Thelma B. Garcia, has been satisfied in full. The real property located at 1633 Morning Sun Lane, Naples, Florida, more particularly described as Lots 8,9,10,11 and 12, inclusive, Block "E", of the plat of Heritage Greens, as recorded in Plat Book 28, Pages 78 through 98, inclusive, of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. Folio No. 49660108345 Collier County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, by execution of this Satisfaction of Lien, acknowledges payment as full satisfaction of the lien and hereby cancels said lien. The undersigned is authorized to and does hereby release this lien as to the whole of the above-described real property, and all other real and personal property owned by Anne J. Milne and Telma B. Garcia, and consents to this lien being discharged of record. Dated this J ¿, f-l., day of f..Jc v ~ bVt' ,2004. \--"' - ATJ'E·S¡~ 'ÐW!Gm~l~i, aROCK, Clerk " BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA .d - ( .By: :"':r c,....." '- *** 3511645 OR: 3682 PG: 2164 *** RBCORDBD in OFPICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COUNTY, FL 11/19/2004 at 02:23PM DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK RBC PBB 10.00 This instrument prepared by: Leonardo Bonanno, Operations Coordinator Code Enforcement 2800 N, Horseshoe Drive Naples, Florida 34104 (239) 403-2440 Retn: CLBRK TO THB BOARD INTBROFFICB 4TH FLOOR BXT 7240 16A12 SA TISFACTION OF LIEN This is to certify that the claim of lien in the sum of Three Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars and Eighty-Two Cents ($325.82), arising out of the Code Enforcement Board Order Imposing Costs Lien dated March 5, 2002, recorded in O.R. Book 2995, Page 870, et seq. and O.R. Book 2995, Page 910 et seq., of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, against the following described real property, and all other real and personal property, located in Collier County, which is owned by Eric B. Bertelsen, has been satisfied in full. LOT 12, BLOCK B, COCONUT CREEK, UNIT 3, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF, OF RECORD IN PLAT BOOK 3, PAGE 48, OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA. Folio No. 26530960005 Collier County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, by execution of this Satisfaction of Lien, acknowledges payment received from Richard O. Wobbe and Maureen E. Wobbe, the current property owners, as full satisfaction of the lien. The undersigned is authorized to and does hereby release this lien as to the whole of the above-described real property, and all other real and personal property owned by Eric B. Bertelsen, and consents to this lien being discharged of record. Dated this / fp fi., day of !\Jov(Ì'Y' ~:;)-c/Ý ,2004. ATTE~~.. . DWlOHT.E: 'BROCK, Clerk ,..~. ., . . I BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY:DONN~~ Jeff Assi *** 3511646 OR: 3682 PG: 2165 *** RBCORDBD in OPFICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COUNTY, PL 11/19/2004 at 02:23PM DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK RBC PBB 10.00 Retn: CLBRK TO THB BOARD INTBROFFICB 4TH FLOOR I SATISFACTION OF LIItR 7240' 6 A 12 This is to certify that the claims of lien arising out of the Code Enforcement Board Order Imposing FinelLien dated December 29, 1999, recorded in O.R. Book 2626, Pages 3132, et seq., and a Code Enforcement Board Order Imposing FinelLien dated March 31, 2000, recorded in O.R Book 2660, Pages 3058 et seq., as re-recorded in O.R. Book 2704, Page 827, et seq. of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, against the following described real property, and all real and personal property, located in Collier County, owned by Shadow Court Fuels, Inc., has been satisfied in full. The real property located at 3396 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida, more particularly described as Section 12, Township 50, Range 25, Parcel 43. Folio No. 00391440007 The undersigned is authorized to and does hereby release this lien as to the whole of the above-described real property, and all real and personal property owned by Shadow Court Fuels, Inc., and consents to this lien being discharged of record. Dated this / & 'fi. day of No U ~ b-u ,2004. ATTEST: DWIGHT ~, BROCK, Clerk BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ... .1 . l -~. ~~l~.þ;ü(ay '0{,':..s]gtt.átKe'..,()A 1 y. 'C"~'),' ~iij¡l,~~.>·· DO __._"~,.__,_.__"_.._"^"~",__~.~~_,....."~..,__.""_____,,,,,,,,,."_"ð_"__'___'_"'_'""'_ ... *** 3511647 OR: 3682 PG: 2166 *** RBCORDBD in OFPICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COUNTY, FL 11/19/2004 at 02:23PM DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK RBC PBB 10.00 Retn: CLBRK TO THB BOARD INTBROPFICB 4TH FLOOR 1 6 SATISFACTION OF LIIffi' 7240 . A12 This is to certify that the claims of lien arising out of the Code Enforcement Board Order Imposing Fine/Lien dated December 18,2002, recorded in O.R. Book 3188, Page 0244, et seq., of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, and Order on Respondents' Request for Reduction of FineslLien dated March 3, 2003, recorded in O.R. Book 3230, Page 3015, et seq. of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, against the following described real property, and all real and personal property, located in Collier County, owned by the Derya Corporation, Usulu Okur, Registered Agent, has been satisfied in full. The real property located at 409 Main Street, Immokalee, Florida, more particularly described as Lots 2 and 3 (less any portion which lies in the right-of-way boundary of State Route 29), Block 4 of Carson's Subdivision, Section 04, Township 47, Range 29. Folio Nos. 25581280007 and 25581320006. The undersigned is authorized to and does hereby release this lien as to the whole of the above-described real property, and all real and personal property owned by Derya Corporation, Usulu Okur, Registered Agent, and consents to this lien being discharged of record. J / H. Dated this _ L(1 day of Nt:?v ~'YY'b 'fA' , 2004. ATTEST: DWIOH~:E"J3ROCK, Clerk ~-,', ',..~.... ..:..... BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLŒITY, FLORIDA _ By: ~ d~ DONNA FIALA, Chairman c. J effre Assist App lega ~ ..__._~.....,. This instrument prepared by: Leonardo Bonanno, Operations Coordinator Code Enforcement Department 2800 North Horseshoe Drive Naples, FL 34104 (239) 403-2440 *** 3511648 OR: 3682 PG: 2167 *** RBCORDBD in OFFICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COUNTY, FL 11/19/2004 at 02:23PM DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK RBC FBB 10.00 COPIBS 7.00 Retn: CLBRK TO THB BOARD INTBROFFICB 4TH FLOOR BIT 7240 1 6 A 12 SATISFACTION OF LIEN KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA is the owner and holder of a certain lien by an Order executed by the Code Enforcement Board against: Aljo, Inc. The Order was recorded on June 9, 2004, Official Record Book 3583 Page(s) 0566- 0568, in the Official Records Office of the Clerk of the Circuit Court of Collier County, State of Florida. The lien secures the principal sum of One Thousand Ninety Four Dollars, plus accrued interest and penalties, if any, and imposes certain obligation against real property situated in Collier County, Florida, which property is described as follows: DIAMOND SHORES A CONDOMINIUM UNIT F-5 Cost: $1094.00 Reference: 2003-051 Folio: 29875103126 Collier County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, by execution of this Satisfaction of Lien, acknowledges payment as full satisfaction of the lien and hereby cancels said lien. The Clerk of the Circuit Court is hereby directed to record this Satisfaction of Lien in the Official Records of Collier County, Florida, to acknowledge that the lien ceases to exist. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, acting through its Chairman, directs execution and recording of the Satisfaction of Lien, by action of the Board on this I~ Ho day of NðV~ bc:A" , 2004. A TT:'i&T'~D ' ¡'~' , ,ovylGHT E':B.~CK, Clerk 1." BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA " b~-:' "'~ Ct~,u.~c~;'A~ ". ". . ,L. ~:;-A't.tüt~ .. itllïtvr. OR 1,.- Approveâ as to form and legal sufficiency By: FIALA, CHAIRMAN ~CÂ.~ri·AÃ) Jen fer Belpe Assistant County Attorney ~~"""_"'__" ........."~_,._.__v~.___~·~··" "...... ..~...-..~^'.._--,-~ 16 82 PROJECT: Collier Blvd. (Immokalee to GGB) Project No. 65061 PARCEL No.: 125 FOLIO No.: 36666600009 PURCHASE AGREEMENT THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement") is made and entered into this i Z day of u',,-l)BL T2- , 2004, by and between CHESTER E. THOMPSON AND CAROLYN T. THOMPSON, (hereinafter referred to as "Owner"), whose mailing address is 4040 ¡th Ave. N.W., Naples, Florida 34119-1504, and COLLIER COUNTY, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, whose mailing address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112 (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"); WHEREAS, Purchaser requires a fee estate in that land described in Exhibit "A" (hereinafter referred to as the "Property"), which is attached hereto and made a part of this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Owner desires to convey the Property to Purchaser for the stated purposes, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed to compensate Owner for conveyance of the Property. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: 1 . All of the above RECITALS are true and correct and are hereby expressly incorporated herein by reference as if set forth fully below, and all Exhibits referenced herein are made a part of this Agreement. 2. Owner shall convey the Property to Purchaser for the sum of $360,900 subject to the apportionment and distribution of proceeds pursuant to paragraph 8 of this Agreement (said transaction hereinafter referred to as the "Closing"). Said payment to Owner, payable by County Warrant, shall be full compensation for the Property conveyed, including all landscaping, trees, shrubs, improvements, and fixtures located thereon, and for any damages resulting to Owner's remaining lands, and for all other damages in connection with conveyance of said Property to Purchaser, including all attorneys' fees, expert witness fees and costs as provided for in Chapter 73, Florida Statutes. 3. Prior to Closing, Owner shall obtain from the holders of any liens, exceptions and/or qualifications encumbering the Property, the execution of such instruments which will remove or release such encumbrances from the Property upon their recording in the public records of Collier County, Florida. Owner shall provide such instruments, properly executed, to Purchaser on or before the date of Closing. 4. Both Owner and Purchaser agree that time is of the essence in regard to the closing, and that therefore Closing shall occur within sixty (60) days from the date of execution of this Agreement by the Purchaser; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have the unilateral right to extend the term of this Agreement pending receipt of such instruments, properly executed, which either remove or release any and all such liens, encumbrances or qualifications affecting Purchaser's enjoyment of the Property. At Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the County Warrant to Owner and Owner shall deliver the conveyance instrument to Purchaser in a form acceptable to Purchaser. 16 ß2 Purchase Agreement Page 2 5. Owner is aware and understands that the "offer" to purchase represented by this Agreement is subject to acceptance and approval by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. 6. Owner represents that the Property and all uses of the Property have been and presently are in compliance with all Federal, State and Local environmental laws; that no hazardous substances have been generated, stored, treated or transferred on the Property except as specifically disclosed to the Purchaser; that the Owner has no knowledge of any spill or environmental law violation on any property contiguous to or in the vicinity of the Property to be sold to the Purchaser, that the Owner has not received notice and otherwise has no knowledge of a) any spill on the Property, b) any existing or threatened environmental lien against the Property or c) any lawsuit, proceeding or investigation regarding the generation, storage, treatment, spill or transfer of hazardous substances on the Property. This provision shall survive Closing and is not deemed satisfied by conveyance of title. 7. Owner shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Purchaser against and from, and to reimburse the Purchaser with respect to, any and all damages, claims, liabilities, laws, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable paralegal and attorney fees and expenses whether in court, out of court, in bankruptcy or administrative proceedings or on appeal), penalties or fines incurred by or asserted against the Purchaser by reason or arising out of the breach of Owner's representation under Section 6. This provision shall survive Closing and is not deemed satisfied by conveyance of title. 8. Purchaser shall pay all fees to record any curative instruments required to clear title, all Warranty Deed recording fees, and any and all costs and/or fees associated with securing and recording a Release or Subordination of any mortgage, lien or other encumbrance recorded against the Property; provided, however, that any apportionment and distribution of the full compensation amount in Paragraph 2 which may be required by any mortgagee, lien-holder or other encumbrance-holder for the protection of its security interest or as consideration for the execution of any release, subordination or satisfaction, shall be the responsibility of the Owner, and shall be deducted on the Closing Statement from the compensation payable to the Owner per Paragraph 2. In accordance with the provisions of Section 201.01, Florida Statutes, conqerning payment of documentary stamp taxes by Purchaser, Owner shall further pay all documentary stamp taxes required on the instrument(s) of transfer. 9. In the event that Purchaser no longer requires the Property for use as a Stormwater and Retention Pond Site, and desires to make the Property available for sale to the general public, Purchaser shall afford Owner the right of first refusal on the purchase of the Property at the minimum bid amount (purchase price) established for the Property by the Board of County Commissioners. Said right of refusal shall be sent to Owner by Purchaser via certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall terminate 30 days after Owner's receipt thereof. Owner must exercise the right of refusal by sending notice of its inter.tion to purchase thE: Property at the minimum bid amount to the Board of County Commissioners within 30 days of receipt of notice of first right of refusal. This right of first refusal is personal to the Owner and is nót assignable, devisable or transferable in any manner. 10. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof shall be effective as of the date this Agreement is executed by both parties and, with the exception of the right of first refusal contained in Paragraph 9, shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, 16 B2 Purchase Agreement Page 3 personal representatives, successors, successor trustees, and/or assignees, whenever the context so requires or admits. 11 , If the Owner holds the Property in the form of a partnership, limited partnership, corporation, trust or any form of representative capacity whatsoever for others, Owner shall make a written public disclosure, according to Chapter 286, Florida Statutes, under oath, of the name and address of every person having a beneficial interest in the Property before the Property held in such capacity is conveyed to Purchaser, its successors and assigns. (If the corporation is registered with the Federal Securities Exchange Commission or registered pursuant to Chapter 517, Florida Statutes, whose stock is for sale, to the general public, it is hereby exempt from the provisions of Chapter 286, Florida Statutes.) 12. Conveyance of the Property by Owner is contingent upon no other provisions, conditions, or premises other than those so stated herein; and the written Agreement, including all exhibits attached hereto, shall constitute the entire Agreement and understanding of the parties, and there are no other prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, promises, warranties, or covenants not contained herein. 13. This Agreement is governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. IN WITNESS WHEREO~ the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on this I L. day of Oc;:(D/!; ël L , 20#.. froperty acquisition approved by BCC ,pursuant to Agenda Item No. /{g 85, dated (J1;t¡....f..L~/ p.g, !ÀDD3 C[,LtL ¡:J~t/ Ci'jLl1dtJ -J.R1Jv.A/è. ~{~-t¿--=:ú . AS TO PURCHASER: DATED:-1=! (1- ðf:;l:£ \",\'0111"'.0, A TTEST:':\ç{J~', ~~.~fìtß '....... DWIGH$¥)~Rºç~~(~rk ... HE ~~. >J. ;;r: \~J . . ,L. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIE COUNTY, FLORIDA ~d AS TO OWNER: Caroly . Thompson, as Fact f r Chester E. Tho son, pursuant to that certain Durable Limited Power of Attorney, dated October 1,2004. ( CJJ~ J A C-> ¡' (=-E IV I . N~~/int or Typel ~ / O/)~~ &~ ( Witne1 (Signatu~e) /"..-, (ar(7///)~ 0& 1;; Name (Print or Type) ltem# ,~ ~:dal~ Purchase Agreement 16 82 Page 4 ~~ , Carol~. Thompson (5oN~A- 0/(£i::1\/ Na"!Jé{ rint or Type) , /~ ~_. ~ / ..' " . . ;( L/ , ./ " W?2 (519"0IU-",) Ji2 ,/( 1/1/'7 J. \. / -r;; Name (Print or Type) Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ~AM-d ~ Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney TRACT 106 50.0' R.O.W. EASEMENT (100' EXHI Page --- --- ---- TRACT 107 il q a:::: ....J « z « o -t- o o ..-- 1.0 01 ..-- ......., ..-- 1.0 01 c:: o L-I I a:::: cJ ~I I TRACT 108 GOLDEN GATE ESTATES UNIT NO. 2 DESCRIPTION; NOTES: A portion of Tract , 07 of Golden Gate Estates Unit No.2, as recorded in Plat Book 4 at Pages 75 and 76 of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, being more particularly described as follows: 1. This is not a survey. 2. Basis of bearing is the West line of County Road 951 (C.R. 951) being N 00'28'32" W, Florida State Plane Coordinates NAD 83/90, East Zone. BEGINNING at the Southeasterly corner of said Tract 107; thence South 89'31 '28" West, along the South line of said Tract 107, for a distance of 380.00 feet; thence North 08'59" 2" East, for 0 distance of 304.14 feet, to a point on the South line of the 100 toot Road Easement of 7th Avenue N.W.; thence North 00'28'32" West, for a distance of 50.00 feet, to a point on the northerly line of said Tract 107; thence North 89'31'28" East, along said northerly line of Tract 107, for a distance of 330.00 feet, to the Northeast corner of said Tract 107; thence South 00'28'32" East, along the easterly line of said Tract 107. for a distance of 350.00 teet to the POINT OF BEGINNING. 3. Subject to ~asements, reservations and restrictions or record. 4. Easements shown hereon are per plat, unless otherwise noted. 5. ROW represents Right-ot-Way. 6. P.O.B. represents Point of Beginning. 7. P.O.C. represents Point ot Commencement. 8. O.R. represents Official Records. 9. L.B.E. represents Landscape Buffer Easement. 10. U.E. represents Utility Easement. Containing 2.824 acres, more or less. . LINE L84 LINE TABLE LENGTH 50.00 BEARING NOO'28'32"W '1-/6-0'} (DATE SIGNED) N NOT VALID WITHOUT THE SIGNATURE AND THE ORGINAL RAISED SEAL OF A FLORIDA LICENSED SURVEYOR AND MAPPER. CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION LB #43 I ~ o 2' eo 100 200 GRAPHIC SCALE REVISED PARCEL - 09 16 03 PROJECT NO.1 65061 PARCEL NO. : 125 WII.Mllleïk.'~- ......... . ~ . Sc>øq IIII . ~ . LIndIotIpeAnH8c:ft . ~ ~ WJøc:idMer, M ,.,., . Fed'" . .... . htrIbI· r. _"",LQ...ø ·...fbtIIMJHIf11·I'/aJe J3HjH C).~ A'IHØ\VII..."........_ ;.p 18. 2003 - 09:42:17 MlAMUREIX:\SUR\N8015\95hd100.dwg COLLIER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SKETCH & DESCRIPTION 09/200J PROJECT NO.: N6015-005-000 SHEET NUMBER: FILE NO.: 25 OF XXX 2L-812 MEMORANDUM Date: November 17, 2004 To: Margaret Ramos Adopt-A-Road Coordinator From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Adopt-A-Road Agreements: Sunrise Community of Collier County Waste Management, Inc. of Florida Corporate Cab, Inc. 1684 " '." Enclosed please find one (1) copy of each document as referenced above (Agenda Item #1684), as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please call me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure 1684 4 'I COLLIER COUNTY ADOPT-A-ROAD PROGRAM AGREEMENT Terms and Conditions THIS COLLIER COUNTY ADOPT -A-ROAD AGREEMENT entered into this d~ay of ¿tc /-rt-<--,,--, , 20~ by and between Collier County (hereinafter the "COUNTY"), and the volunteer group, Sunrise Community of Collier County (hereinafter the "GROUP"), whose address is WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, the COUNTY and the GROUP recognize the need and desire for litter-free roads, and enter this Agreement to permit the GROUP to contribute toward the effort of safely maintaining a litter-free Collier County; and WHEREAS, by signature below, the GROUP agrees to adopt the segment of roadway known as Green Boulevard from Logan Blvd to Collier Blvd. (the "Adopted Roadway"), acknowledges the hazardous nature of picking up litter, and agrees to the following terms and conditions: A. THE GROUP SHALL: 1. Obey and abide by all laws and regulations relating to safety on the Adopted Roadway. 2. Perform litter removal on the Adopted Roadway in accordance with the Florida Department of Transportation's Accident Prevention Manual, Safe Field Practices, the Florida Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and the Florida Department of Transportation Design Roadway and Standard Index 601 and 602 (610 for interstate), all of which by this reference are incorporated herein. 3. Only allow such persons to participate as are determined by the GROUP to be responsible enough to safely participate in litter removal activities. Participants must be at least 14 years of age and the GROUP shall provide at least one adult supervisor for every 5 minors participating in the litter removal. There shall at all times be at least one person 18 years of age or older who is on site and responsible for supervising all litter removal activities, with no one at the site under the age of 14 for any reason. 4. Conduct at least two safety procedure meetings per year for its participating members. Participants must sign the hold harmless agreement provided by the COUNTY, and attend a 1684 . safety meeting conducted by the GROUP before participating in a cleanup activity pursuant to this Agreement. 5. Call the Collier County Adopt-A-Road contact and set up dates and times for their safety meetings. 6. Remove litter during daylight hours only, in good weather conditions only. 7. Pick up litter on one side of the road at a time. 8. Not pick up litter at construction sites, in tunnels, on bridges or over-passes, and on medians, or where otherwise hazardous to do so. 9. Park all vehicles well clear of the Adopted Roadway, at least 20 feet from the edge of the pavement. 10. Remove litter a minimum of once monthly, and whenever the appearance of the Adopted Roadway is objectionable. 11. Obtain required supplies and material from the COUNTY. 12 Place traffic control signs supplied by the COUNTY during trash pickup. 13. Ensure that all participants wear COUNTY supplied or approved safety vests at all times during the litter removal activity. The local maintenance office should be contacted to obtain safety vests, traffic control signs and litter collection bags at least five (5) days prior to litter removal activity and return the same when activity is complete. 14. Not wear clothing that will hinder the sight of participants. 15. Coordinate pickup details with the County's project coordinator at least one week prior to a pickup. 16. Place filled trash bags at the site for pickup and disposal by the COUNTY. 17. After each pickup, the adopting GROUP coordinator will file a report detailing the number of people involved, number of bags of litter collected, composition and estimate of recyclable materials, and hours spent. Pre-printed forms will be furnished by the COUNTY for making the reports, and filed with the COUNTY project coordinator. 18. The GROUP is encouraged to separate recyclable materials. All proceeds from redemption of recyclable materials shall become the property of the Group. 19. Unused materials and supplies furnished by the COUNTY shall be returned to the COUNTY within two workdays following cleanup or, with COUNTY coordinator's permission, be retained by the GROUP during the term of this Agreement. 2 1684 :1 B. THE COUNTY SHALL: 1. Provide safety vests, trash bags, pickup sticks, and traffic control signs. 2. Provide GROUP with an outline pertaining to safety regulations. 3. Remove the filled trash bags as soon as possible after the pickup. 4. Remove litter from the Adopted Roadways only under unusual circumstances, i.e., to remove large, heavy or hazardous items. 5. Construct and place a roadside sign stating that the GROUP is responsible for keeping the area free of litter. C. TERM OF AGREEMENT: This is a month-to-month, at-will agreement, tenninable by either party, with or without cause, on 30 days written notice to the other party. This Agreement creates no rights or interest. If, in the sole judgment of the County Project Coordinator, it is found that the GROUP is not meeting the tenns and conditions of this Agreement, the COUNTY may tenninate this Agreement effective immediately. The COUNTY reserves the right to modify or cancel the program at any time. Upon the tennination of this Agreement by either party, the GROUP will immediately return all County-owned materials to the County project coordinator. D. HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE: The GROUP covenants and agrees that it will indemnify and hold hannless Collier County and its officers, agents and employees from any claim, loss, damage, cost, charge or expense arising out of any act, action, neglect or omission by the Group or by any person perfonning litter removal as part of the GROUP during the perfonnance of the Agreement, whether direct or indirect, and whether to any person or property to which Collier County or said parties may be subject, except that neither GROUP nor any of its members shall be liable under this provision for damages arising out of injury or damage to persons or property directly caused or resulting from the sole negligence of Collier County, and its officers, employees or agents. 3 1684 ?' ~;~~. E. NO ASSIGNMENT: This Agreement is non-transferable and non-assignable in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Collier County. F. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS: This Agreement is the full and complete agreement between the parties, and may not be modified except by a writing signed by both parties. Any and all prior understandings between the parties, either oral or written, with respect to the matters set forth above, have been incorporated and merged into this Agreement, and are otherwise of no further force or effect. This Agreement is for litter removal activities only. No beautification activities are authorized by this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date written above. P.,t, 1.1ty Clerk t.--·S BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA d~ By: Do By: tt form and legal sufficiency: Item' ..t£aEiJ ~~:dal r 1(0 -bL} ~:d ( 1.:11:b..+ 4 .().c - .,--.-,,---.'--'- 1684 'å COLLIER COUNTY ADOPT -A-ROAD PROGRAM AGREEMENT Terms and Conditions tI /\ /THIS COLLIER COUNTY ADOPT-A-ROAD AGREEMENT entered into this It. day ~/1.~~, 20d by and between Collier County (hereinafter the "COUNTY"), and the volunteer group, Waste Management Ine of Florida (hereinafter the "GROUP"), whose address is 3750 White Lake Blvd. Naples, Florida 34117. WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, the COUNTY and the GROUP recognize the need and desire for litter-free roads, and enter this Agreement to pennit the GROUP to contribute toward the effort of safely maintaining a litter-free Collier County; and WHEREAS, by signature below, the GROUP agrees to adopt the segment of roadway known as White Lake Blvd. from Collier Blvd to the Landfill (the "Adopted Roadway"), acknowledges the hazardous nature of picking up litter, and agrees to the following tenns and conditions: A. THE GROUP SHALL: 1. Obey and abide by all laws and regulations relating to safety on the Adopted Roadway. 2. Perfonn litter removal on the Adopted Roadway in accordance with the Florida Department of Transportation's Accident Prevention Manual, Safe Field Practices, the Florida Manual on Unifonn Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and the Florida Department of Transportation Design Roadway and Standard Index 601 and 602 (610 for interstate), all of which by this reference are incorporated herein. 3. Only allow such persons to participate as are detennined by the GROUP to be responsible enough to safely participate in litter removal activities. Participants must be at least 14 years of age and the GROUP shall provide at least one adult supervisor for every 5 minors participating in the litter removal. There shall at all times be at least one person 18 years of age or older who is on site and responsible for supervising all litter removal activities, with no one at the site under the age of 14 for any reason. 4. Conduct at least two safety procedure meetings per year for its participating members. Participants must sign the hold harmless agreement provided by the COUNTY, and attend a 1684 ,I safety meeting conducted by the GROUP before participating in a cleanup activity pursuant to this Agreement. 5. Call the Collier County Adopt-A-Road contact and set up dates and times for their safety meetings. 6. Remove litter during daylight hours only, in good weather conditions only. 7. Pick up litter on one side of the road at a time. 8. Not pick up litter at construction sites, in tunnels, on bridges or over-passes, and on medians, or where otherwise hazardous to do so. 9. Park all vehicles well clear of the Adopted Roadway, at least 20 feet from the edge of the pavement. 10. Remove litter a minimum of once monthly, and whenever the appearance of the Adopted Roadway is objectionable. 11. Obtain required supplies and material from the COUNTY. 12 Place traffic control signs supplied by the COUNTY during trash pickup. 13. Ensure that all participants wear COUNTY supplied or approved safety vests at all times during the litter removal activity. The local maintenance office should be contacted to obtain safety vests, traffic control signs and litter collection bags at least five (5) days prior to litter removal activity and return the same when activity is complete. 14. Not wear clothing that will hinder the sight of participants. 15. Coordinate pickup details with the County's project coordinator at least one week prior to a pickup. 16. Place filled trash bags at the site for pickup and disposal by the COUNTY. 17. After each pickup, the adopting GROUP coordinator will file a report detailing the number of people involved, number of bags of litter collected, composition and estimate of recyclable materials, and hours spent. Pre-printed forms will be furnished by the COUNTY for making the reports, and filed with the COUNTY project coordinator. 18. The GROUP is encouraged to separate recyclable materials. All proceeds from redemption of recyclable materials shall become the property of the Group. 19. Unused materials and supplies furnished by the COUNTY shall be returned to the COUNTY within two workdays following cleanup or, with COUNTY coordinator's permission, be retained by the GROUP during the term of this Agreement. 2 1684 ~; B. THE COUNTY SHALL: 1. Provide safety vests, trash bags, pickup sticks, and traffic control signs. 2. Provide GROUP with an outline pertaining to safety regulations. 3. Remove the filled trash bags as soon as possible after the pickup. 4. Remove litter from the Adopted Roadways only under unusual circumstances, i.e., to remove large, heavy or hazardous items. 5. Construct and place a roadside sign stating that the GROUP is responsible for keeping the area free oflitter. C. TERM OF AGREEMENT: This is a month-to-month, at-will agreement, terminable by either party, with or without cause, on 30 days written notice to the other party. This Agreement creates no rights or interest. If, in the sole judgment of the County Project Coordinator, it is found that the GROUP is not meeting the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the COUNTY may terminate this Agreement effective immediately. The COUNTY reserves the right to modify or cancel the program at any time. Upon the termination of this Agreement by either party, the GROUP will immediately return all County-owned materials to the County project coordinator. D. HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE: The GROUP covenants and agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless Collier County and its officers, agents and employees from any claim, loss, damage, cost, charge or expense arising out of any act, action, neglect or omission by the Group or by any person performing litter removal as part of the GROUP during the performance of the Agreement, whether direct or indirect, and whether to any person or property to which Collier County or said parties may be subject, except that neither GROUP nor any of its members shall be liable under this provision for damages arising out of injury or damage to persons or property directly caused or resulting from the sole negligence of Collier County, and its officers, employees or agents. 3 1684 E. NO ASSIGNMENT: This Agreement is non-transferable and non-assignable in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Collier County. F. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS: This Agreement is the full and complete agreement between the parties, and may not be modified except by a writing signed by both parties. Any and all prior understandings between the parties, either oral or written, with respect to the matters set forth above, have been incorporated and merged into this Agreement, and are otherwise of no further force or effect. This Agreement is for litter removal activities only. No beautification activities are authorized by this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date written above. ,~~\)<VH$ . t '" '"". \".>~ ....,..., :">;:.1, ~ï-t AT-mkr:' "J' "'>&1 D~6Iff~~~ROG~ 'Clerk . r~' . ;..' ~ ~"~ ~ ~y' ., , :=f~::1c*l~. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER OUNTY, FLOIJIDA ~~ ,.L,By: ~ Donna Fiala, Chairman GROUP WASTE MANAGEMENT INC. OF FLORIDA ame(print): John W. Wo Title (print): District Manager Phone # (day): 239-455-8062 Phone # (night): 239-707-8282 By: App vet ts t form and legal sufficiency: J effre A. Klatzkow , ' AssisT-t County Attorney \: 4 1684 COLLIER COUNTY ADOPT -A-ROAD PROGRAM AGREEMENT Terms and Conditions -fV\ THIS COLLIER COUNTY ADOPT -A-ROAD AGREEMENT entered into thi~ day of ~~bev- , 20~ by and between Collier County (hereinafter the "COUNTY"), and the volunteer group, Corporate Cab, Inc. (hereinafter the "GROUP"), whose address is 240 Aviation Drive N. #202, Naples Florida 34104 WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, the COUNTY and the GROUP recognize the need and desire for litter-free roads, and enter this Agreement to permit the GROUP to contribute toward the effort of safely maintaining a litter-free Collier County; and WHEREAS, by signature below, the GROUP agrees to adopt the segment of roadway known as North Road from west of Airport-Pulling Road (the "Adopted Roadway"), acknowledges the hazardous nature of picking up litter, and agrees to the following terms and conditions: A. THE GROUP SHALL: 1. Obey and abide by all laws and regulations relating to safety on the Adopted Roadway. 2. Perform litter removal on the Adopted Roadway in accordance with the Florida Department of Transportation's Accident Prevention Manual, Safe Field Practices, the Florida Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and the Florida Department of Transportation Design Roadway and Standard Index 601 and 602 (610 for interstate), all of which by this reference are incorporated herein. 3. Only allow such persons to participate as are detennined by the GROUP to be responsible enough to safely participate in litter removal activities. Participants must be at least 14 years of age and the GROUP shall provide at least one adult supervisor for every 5 minors participating in the litter removal. There shall at all times be at least one person 18 years of age or older who is on site and responsible for supervising all litter removal activities, with no one at the site under the age of 14 for any reason. 4. Conduct at least two safety procedure meetings per year for its participating members. Participants must sign the hold harmless agreement provided by the COUNTY, and attend a 1684 safety meeting conducted by the GROUP before participating in a cleanup activity pursuant to this Agreement. 5. Call the Collier County Adopt-A-Road contact and set up dates and times for their safety meetings. 6. Remove litter during daylight hours only, in good weather conditions only. 7. Pick up litter on one side of the road at a time. 8. Not pick up litter at construction sites, in tunnels, on bridges or over-passes, and on medians, or where otherwise hazardous to do so. 9. Park all vehicles well clear of the Adopted Roadway, at least 20 feet from the edge of the pavement. 10. Remove litter a minimum of once monthly, and whenever the appearance of the Adopted Roadway is objectionable. 11. Obtain required supplies and material from the COUNTY. 12 Place traffic control signs supplied by the COUNTY during trash pickup. 13. Ensure that all participants wear COUNTY supplied or approved safety vests at all times during the litter removal activity. The local maintenance office should be contacted to obtain safety vests, traffic control signs and litter collection bags at least five (5) days prior to litter removal activity and return the same when activity is complete. 14. Not wear clothing that will hinder the sight of participants. 15. Coordinate pickup details with the County's project coordinator at least one week prior to a pickup. 16. Place filled trash bags at the site for pickup and disposal by the COUNTY. 17. After each pickup, the adopting GROUP coordinator will file a report detailing the number of people involved, number of bags of litter collected, composition and estimate of recyclable materials, and hours spent. Pre-printed fonns will be furnished by the COUNTY for making the reports, and filed with the COUNTY project coordinator. 18. The GROUP is encouraged to separate recyclable materials. All proceeds from redemption of recyclable materials shall become the property of the Group. 19. Unused materials and supplies furnished by the COUNTY shall be returned to the COUNTY within two workdays following cleanup or, with COUNTY coordinator's pennission, be retained by the GROUP during the tenn of this Agreement. 2 1684 B. THE COUNTY SHALL: 1. Provide safety vests, trash bags, pickup sticks, and traffic control signs. 2. Provide GROUP with an outline pertaining to safety regulations. 3. Remove the filled trash bags as soon as possible after the pickup. 4. Remove litter from the Adopted Roadways only under unusual circumstances, i.e., to remove large, heavy or hazardous items. 5. Construct and place a roadside sign stating that the GROUP is responsible for keeping the area free of litter. C. TERM OF AGREEMENT: This is a month-to-month, at-will agreement, terminable by either party, with or without cause, on 30 days written notice to the other party. This Agreement creates no rights or interest. If, in the sole judgment of the County Project Coordinator, it is found that the GROUP is not meeting the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the COUNTY may terminate this Agreement effective immediately. The COUNTY reserves the right to modify or cancel the program at any time. Upon the termination of this Agreement by either party, the GROUP will immediately return all County-owned materials to the County project coordinator. D. HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE: The GROUP covenants and agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless Collier County and its officers, agents and employees from any claim, loss, damage, cost, charge or expense arising out of any act, action, neglect or omission by the Group or by any person performing litter removal as part of the GROUP during the performance of the Agreement, whether direct or indirect, and whether to any person or property to which Collier County or said parties may be subject, except that neither GROUP nor any of its members shall be liable under this provision for damages arising out of injury or damage to persons or property directly caused or resulting from the sole negligence of Collier County, and its officers, employees or agents. 3 1 :614 E. NO ASSIGNMENT: This Agreement is non-transferable and non-assignable in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Collier County. F. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS: This Agreement is the full and complete agreement between the parties, and may not be modified except by a writing signed by both parties. Any and all prior understandings between the parties, either oral or written, with respect to the matters set forth above, have been incorporated and merged into this Agreement, and are otherwise of no further force or effect. This Agreement is for litter removal activities only. No beautification activities are authorized by this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date written above. By: Name(print): Title (print): Phone # (day): Phone # (night): í' ,; . I C'L nt ft't.""""""" Pr ~. 'Jd "'_--L +- 'CF3 . ,-O(..,Cp ;;;JGC¡ - .3 l l { ATTEST: ' ;- DWI~X ~" ~ROCK; Çlerk '.~:~ '>... ···.':~.:í; ..... .:. ijy;.' . ..., 0 .( By: "":: ',> .": '. ·"s,Dè u Clerk ~ ,.' . "'> ,.I . .," ~.) :" '. ':.-A~~";¡ ..~iJf' Cha i--' \:2,..·. ,,1~:t..,.~1. · _r S ; '. ',..t,.' ~~ 1 ". '::"",~._. 9...... . .. . ~ ~f" ¡~,ð. ....... (y ..ti':"'~~ ~t..,M'0f~~~ .,,~., '<1'...1"...·...,1·· ,.j,' Jeffrey Assista 4 ---"----"-.,..-..-.".--....... -_.._.,.",--_._"._,~- ·"'·"'#'''''íí':'''Y'·'··"<'''-'·'·~'''''''i\(~''f~'I\i~;;!:!\''~,r~\~à~<lt:i'!"'I-":;,'."'," ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SJ/> C.3 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Qriginal documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are 10 be forwarded to the Board Office onlY!!k!: the Board has taken action on the item.) . ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines # 1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin~ order) PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached 2. 3. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners Phone Number HANS Rl)~L }Jòl) 'f:'.M g r;j2 I " ;;'00 <-/ Agenda Item Number EAçr:p,,¡t:J.¡r A-6 ~ é£I/4É.N, Number of Original Documents Attached l. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (AIl documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's sionature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! 2. 3. 4. 5. ; Forms! County Forms! Bee Formsl Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 '- 73;;¿ - J. b ;¿3 1(, 0)..; e Yes (Initial) N/ A (Not A licable) '7Y/L 16C3 PROJECT: 1 ih Avenue NW Interconnect FOLIO NO.: 37540160004 EASEMENT AGREEMENT THIS EASEMENT AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement") is made and entered into on this /~ pi day of NOV£It1f3IZR. , 2004, by and between DAVID H. FARMER and ANNA M. FARMER, husband and wife (hereinafter referred to as "Owner"), whose mailing address is 5011 14th Avenue SW, Naples, Florida, 34116, and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"), whose mailing address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112: WHEREAS, Purchaser requires a perpetual, non-exclusive Utility Easement for the purpose of utility facilities, and access to, over, under, upon and across the lands described as follows: The South 30 feet of the West 70 feet of Tract 4, Golden Gate Estates, Unit 19, according to the plat thereof recorded in Plat Book 7, Pages 77 and 78 of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. (hereinafter referred to as the "Property"); and WHEREAS, Owner desires to convey the Property to Purchaser for the stated purposes, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed to compensate Owner for conveyance of the Property. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: 1 . Owner shall convey the Property via a Utility Easement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, to Purchaser for the sum of Two Thousand, One Hundred and no/100 Dollars ($2,100.00), payable by County Warrant (said transaction hereinafter referred to as the "Closing"). Said payment shall be full compensation for the Property conveyed, including all landscaping, trees, shrubs, improvements, and fixtures located thereon, and for any damages resulting to Owner's remaining lands. 2. Prior to Closing, Owner shall obtain from the holders of any liens, exceptions and/or qualifications encumbering the Property, the execution of such instruments which will remove, release or subordinate such encumbrances from the Property upon their recording in the public records of Collier County, Florida. Owner shall provide such instruments, properly executed, to Purchaser on or before the date of Closing. Provided, however, that Owner shall not be required to expend more than Five Hundred and no/100 Dollars ($500.00) to clear title to the Property. 3. Closing shall occur within fifteen (15) days from the date Purchaser executes this Agreement; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have the unilateral right to extend the term of this Agreement for an additional sixty (60) days pending receipt of such instruments, properly executed, which either remove, release or EA-UE/TCE 16C3 Easement Agreement Page 2 subordinate any and all such liens, encumbrances or qualifications affecting Purchaser's enjoyment of the Property. At Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the County Warrant to Owner and Owner shall deliver the conveyance instruments to Purchaser in a form acceptable to Purchaser. 4. Owner is aware and understands that the "offer" to purchase represented by this Agreement is subject to acceptance and approval by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. 5. The Purchaser shall pay for all costs of recording the conveyance instrument in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. All other costs associated with this transaction including but not limited to transfer, documentary and intangible taxes, and recording costs for any curative instruments shall be borne and paid by Owner. Owner shall be responsible for paying any costs and/or fees associated with securing and recording a Subordination, Consent & Joinder of Easement of any mortgage(s) recorded against the land underlying the Property from the mortgagee(s). The cost of a title commitment shall be paid by Purchaser. 6. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof shall be effective as of the date this Agreement is executed by both parties and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors, successor trustees, and/or assignees, whenever the context so requires or admits. 7. This written Agreement, including all exhibits attached hereto, shall constitute the entire Agreement and understanding of the parties, and there are no other prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, promises, warranties, or covenants not contained herein. 8. The pipeline to be constructed will have as its centerline the existing northerly road edge of pavement, and thus will not interfere with Owner's future driveway and driveway culvert. After completion of construction, Purchaser agrees to remove any and all drilling mud and other construction debris from Owner's property and to restore the surface of Owner's property to its condition prior to the commencement of construction, to the extent reasonably practicable consistent with Purchaser's requirements to operate and maintain its infrastructure. Further, Purchaser agrees to provide and install a permanent, certified vertical control benchmark on the Property. 9. Purchaser shall not have the right to assign or convey its Utility Easement, excepting to a bona fide, duly constituted successor in interest to Purchaser's Public Utilities functions and responsibilities. 10. In the event Owner is in default under this Agreement, Purchaser's remedy shall be limited to specific performance. In the event Purchaser is in default under this Agreement, Owner's remedy shall be limited to liquidated damages in the amount of Two Thousand, Five Hundred and no/100 Dollars ($2,500.00). 11. Time is of the essence for all time periods set forth in this Agreement. 12. Terms of this Agreement shall survive Closing. 13. This Agreement is governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. EA:UElTCE Easement Agreement 14CJ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on this I b TH- day of NO /J £- M ß [3 r<.. , 2004. Date Property acquisition approved by BCC: III /~ 10'1 - A6-&J-JOA lTEM {(PC '3 AS TO PURCHASER: DATED: ¡¡/I t?/ ð'f ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk , ". BOARD OF COUNTY COMMI$SfONt5R$ OF COLLIER COUNTY, Fu;)'R.IDA;ÄS, >.~; THE GOVERNING BOD'(~'ÒF COLLle,~ '\¿, COUNTY AND AS EX-OF~CIO THE' ~: GOVERNING BOARD ~THECOLLlER"· § COUNTY WATER-SEWEFf.DISTRICT ¡: -- . ... .... ~ .". -" . ">, "."', " ..' ,,~' ",,-'. _X. ,""71:,:,, ,"""" ~d~ Donna Fiala, Chairman BY: , ,~. , ..t>,1,' j.;....,. ,.<..\J.~~ .~.s.......... .", .:l~;.~...,,"t;"~'-..:.. ___ ··'f "In ~ \... ...,: / .........._,...." .... ' j :'i / ,\}:(~~~;;/,~ ". ::' : ~.; . "'¡í" '~""" I ÝÐ' :'. ~ ~ \ 't ~'~/,~ß: ,,~ 4' " ~,., \\. ',). ( " ~CY ,,' . ("..., .. -.', ,"~,. ~: ~ifj.~'~ be A>..ùtt . .. CIIIt~ifuty Clerk It9l"'nO~I1NER: DATED: 10/1'3/0 '-/ f ( ~.)%~ - 'Witne~ (Signature) Name: HA.,A1< ~ t/~~£'-L (Print or Type) ·dl¡,/~d'/; tit: 12¿.J¿~/ Witness (Signature) . Name: P¿ÞC'/?~r)..., I. ~//¿/~ (Print or Type) OfV,dR. ~ David H. Farmer __ J~ ~ 4itness (Signature) Name: fI ¡t)J.l5 ;? (.;5)£ L- L (Print or Type) ~Jí~æ;~á d¿r?It~/ Witness (Signature) . Name:p¿j-J1"4ðh.4 A1/.k )Æ!¿ (Print or Type) ¿;:LA!tf~i~ Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: f ~ dLL.t~~<A- --'Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney 1tIIIII. ;Hcf.~ ~t~ ~:d tl:G:íf-f EA:UEffCE PROJECT: 12th Avenue NW Interconnect FOLIO: 37540160004 16fJ EXHIBIT )f Page I of ;;2 UTILITY EASEMENT THIS EASEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 2004, by DAVID H. FARMER and ANNA M. FARMER, husband and wife, whose mailing address is 5011 14th Avenue SW, Naples, Florida, 34116, (hereinafter referred to as "Grantor"), to the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, whose mailing address is 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida, 34112, (hereinafter referred to as "Grantee"). (Wherever used herein the terms "Grantor" and "Grantee" include all the parties to this instrument and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns.) WIT N E SSE T H: Grantor, for and in consideration of TEN DOLLARS ($10.00) and other valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby conveys, grants, bargains and sells unto the Grantee, its successors and assigns, a perpetual, non-exclusive easement for utility and access purposes, on the following described lands located in Collier County, Florida, to wit: The South 30 feet of the West 70 feet of Tract 4, Golden Gate Estates, Unit 19, according to the plat thereof recorded in Plat Book 7, Pages 77 and 78 of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. Subject to easements, restrictions, and reservations of record. THIS IS NOT HOMESTEAD PROPERTY. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Grantee together with the right to enter upon said land, excavate, and place or remove materials, including, but not limited to, water lines and pipes, and other equipment or improvements appurtenant thereto or thereunder for the purpose of constructing, operating, and maintaining utility facilities thereon. The easement granted herein shall constitute easements running with the land and shall burden the lands described above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused these presents to be executed the date and year first above written. Witness (Signature) Name: (Print or Type) David H. Farmer Address: 5011 14th Avenue SW Naples, Florida, 34116 Witness (Signature) Name: (Print or Type) Witness (Signature) Name: (Print or Type) Anna M. Farmer Address: 5011 14th Avenue SW Naples, Florida, 34116 Witness (Signature) Name: (Print or Type) UE-W PIPE 1 STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF COLLIER 16C3 EXHIBIT A Page -;:; ~of"]<, - The foregoing Utility Easement was acknowledged before me this day of , 2004 by DAVID H. FARMER, who is personally known to me or who has produced as identification. WITNESS my hand and official seal this day of ,2004. (affix notarial seal) (Signature of Notary Public) (Print Name of Notary Public) NOTARY PUBLIC Serial/Commission #:(if any) My Commission Expires: STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF COLLIER The foregoing Utility Easement was acknowledged before me this day of , 2004 by ANNA M. FARMER, who is personally known to me or who has produced as identification. WITNESS my hand and official seal this day of ,2004. (affix notarial seal) (Signature of Notary Public) (Print Name of Notary Public) NOTARY PUBLIC Serial/Commission #:(if any) My Commission Expires: UE-W PIPE 2 16 C3 Memorandum TO: Minutes & Records Management FROM: Hans Russell Sf. Property Acquisition Specialist Real Estate Services DATE: August 1, 2005 RE: Public Utilities-No. Hawthorn Wellfield Reliability Easement Acquisition-1 th A venue NW Interconnect Parcel #37540160004 Please find attached one (1) original recorded Utility Easement for the above referenced project. The Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida approved the purchase on November 16,2004, Item 16(C)(3). Please contact me if you have any questions or comments at Extension 2623. Thank you. / / ~~ Attachment as stated cc: Property Appraiser's Office w/attachment Inventory File w/attachment p",i\liGJ6GT: 12th Avenue NW Interconnect E1 FØLlO:,375401.60004r. Off I', If' c.\,torM, 3::' I I" t : " cI il ~ ' ,1-1112 UTILITY EASEMENT ('J -) II~~~~ EASEMENT, made and entered into this /91.. day of !I~/, 2004, by DAVID H. FARMER and ANNA M. FARMER, husband and wife, whose mailing address is 5011 14th Avenue SW, Naples, Florida, 34116, (hereinafter referred to as "Grantor"), to the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER COUNTY AND AS EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, whose mailing address is 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida, 34112, (hereinafter referred to as "Grantee"). 16 C3 ::z:-.. t---t ::'-\..1 : 0--:1 :;.:.: tx1 I ,.-:) .......:...] :z.-.. I :0',",: b;1 t:.. : .. :--:c1 :-_J:~: c> Þ.."1 ~-.. "'2:1 Cf~ :;:~ '6;1 "'~1 (:.f) t· t ~,.. (') ,..-J ::.0 p1 tF.I c:: C.I"~ C"-" CJ") ~',I t:d ~, t-.. <.-:: t". t---i () to'" c". (Wherever used herein the terms "Grantor" and "Grantee" include all the parties to this instrument and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns.) WIT N E SSE T H: I . ¡.:~ t-· ('11 -.- ,) 1--'" :-"-1 "-II.::J c::-, -- _ t'.J I' " to, Grantor, for and in consideration of TEN DOLLARS ($10.00) and other valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby conveys, grants, bargains and sells unto the Grantee, its successors and assigns, a perpetual, non-exclusive easement for utility and access purposes, on the following described lands located in Collier County, Florida, to wit: c') . ." - ~,,' p.J (' r-- : s- u' The South 30 feet of the West 70 feet of Tract 4, Golden Gate Estates, Unit 19, according to the plat thereof recorded in Plat Book 7, Pages 77 and 78 of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. 0::') (~) -- ......j t:Jl··t ..t,. t,~ ~ () ~-..::: . of :.' (:-..;J t ~ s: 1-,1 :-X.l ~') r--1 :::t-: C'') '-1 () ~, t:.o I ~, - u> n ~ H e5 t:J:t C) :x, t- h c) (') ( ) :;: (:) - l'· t;. () t--.. t'" Þ::1 t:t,j :t' ~ ' , :,...: (:; '--> ~j :~~ Subject to easements, restrictions, and reservations of record. t.__, :'1 J <) c-> t.-J C); () c-.1 <;.,"': J (.I) TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Grantee together with the right 10;: :~j enter upon said land, excavate, and place or remove materials, including, but not limited to, water lines and pipes, and other equipment or improvements appurtenant..... ~. ~ the~~~o or thereunder for the purpose of constru?ting, operatin.g, and maintaining util!tyt~ ; : facIlities thereon. The easement granted herein shall constitute easements running with the land and shall burden the lands described above. THIS IS NOT HOMESTEAD PROPERTY. N . 8 ·',1 t.-. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused these presents to be executed the date and year first above written. / / Or~Ui/()~ ~, f:r i"-----___ David H. Farmer I I ' ~~K/i~!4~ 6). ~~(:--'-,; ~- Witness,(Si~nature) /' /1 . Name: /l'~~'À.·J/~¡ -I/:b/:3!' (Print or Ty e) J\ddrcs~: 5011 14th Avenue SW Naples, Florida, 34116 ~{f¡;-d~ Ann M. Farmer ~//?/L'/}' ¿{ /¡~4<'-'--: Witness ~Signature) . Name: L(:Är;,"'~;Á ,J/il//L~¿ (Print or Type) Address: 5011 14th Avenue SW Naples, Florida, 34116 UE-W PIPE 1 ~l:O C:V~~NCE ACCEPTED BY THE COLLIER COUNT~Y ~OM"ISSIONERS, PURSUANT TO ' LORIDA, DATED: , -11:~'itTE" NO. ~Xl *** OR: 3681 PG: 3689 *** STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF COLLIER 16 C3 The f regoing Utility Easement was acknowledged before me this ~ day 01 , 2004 by DAVID H. FARMER, who is personally known to me or who has produced as identification. ~._---_.- WITNESS my hand and official seal this ffiay 0 2004. .p."'"'" CARRIE HEFFNER ~ MY COMMISSION # DD307636 ~""f\.~ EXPIRES: April 06, 2008 l-Ioo.3-NOTARY FI. Notary Di5COW1t Assoc, Co, Slg , ~ ,- - (Print Name of N tary NOTARY PUBLIC Serial/Commission #:(if any) 7. r. My Commission Expires: Lj /I£/-cl (affix notarial seal) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF COLLIER The f regoing Utility Easement was acknowledged before me this ~ day of ,2004 by ANNA M. FARMER, who is personally known to _me or who as produced as identification. ~---------- ---- WITNESS my hand and official seal this -7!.day Of~04. / (' ature of 0 ~-#ß./'h?e- (Print Name of NOTARY PUBLIC Serial/Comrnission #:(if any) " My Commission Expires: ~ / {, / 0 F . (affix notarial seal) .;""".~ CARRIE HEFFNER ~ MY COMMISSION # DD307636 ~""f\,o"'~ EXPIRES: April 06. 2008 I-800-J-NOTARY fI NOlill)' Discount Assoc. Co. Æp ", ,to ,f.n. f'''' , \\.. ! 0,,1 · "H;' \ ,oe) f>l~ Ass-'~ ' ' , ¡ ,ley \:. : ',;" ' ..i..!owel1 UE-W PIPE 2 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING s116 C 4 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Qriginal documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are ~o be forwarded to the Board Office onlY!!!k!: the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines # 1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (Listn rautin order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Nonnally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary, Primary contact infonnation is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information, All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached · I "IJ £ f.iht;é t.. L. f2 EÄ t Ett;pf,rt; ,."., :7 :S. VI C - s NO/) Ú'11¡S '£.~ I ¡, ;¿ ()C) '-/ flc ~f)L(,) ï'1tJ ;A) -r- 1) £c. ¿¡q 5 Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/ A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions. etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts. agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are r uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Forms! County Forms/ Bee Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Origmal 9,03,04 7 "5:2 - ;¿ b ;¿ 3 I~ C. 4 ¡WO Yes (Initial) N/ A (Not A lie able) '11R- ~ »fie- ~ 16C4 RESOLUTION NO. 2004- 345 RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AUTHORIZING THE DECLARATION OF A UTILITY AND ACCESS EASEMENT. WHEREAS, Collier County is desirous of encumbering property currently owned by the County with the utility and access easement described in Exhibit "A", attached hereto and made a part hereof; and WHEREAS, the described easement ]s a necessary element required for installation and maintenance of, and access to, utility infrastructure for pipelines and related utilities infrastructure leading to and interconnecting with the North County Regional Water Treatment Plant (NCRWTP); and WHEREAS, the easement will allow Collier County to increase the reliability of the public water supply by providing a necessary route for a proposed raw water main interconnect between the Tamiami Wellfield and the NCRWTP RO Wellfield, and will in addition permit northerly expansion of the NCRWTP RO Wellfield. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that: 1. The Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, hereby approves the Declaration of Easement described in Exhibit "A" and authorizes its execution and recording in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. 2. This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon adoption. ADOPTED this ~ day of !i()Vtfl// i3ð¡¿, 2004 after motion, second and majority vote favoring adoption. ATIEST.;'''':,'. ¡"'¡1 '. DWIOIÌ1~: 'BiK}i~K :-"-..~:~/<;!¡,~,,..~<:""\'.~~ . &f=~~)W~j~,j)~. . .,> .... -- \Ð~Crerk .. .L?', 4.... .... .....'~',." ,'" ~ , "I,i)······ t"....J" .,' ,.~ ,.1 '.fil¡ &'C; ,- " ~~. 'ij{i.', ~ ~';~:;.. .' ' . . , ,,, ,lÞ' i~' l' ~1~~t~r~ ~~j~ . BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER CO NTY, FLORIDA ~.J~ By: Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ~V~ Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney lli'l'·~f.. \\em # ./., Agend8l1~~4 oate ~:ð~\:D~ .(, PROJECT: NCRWTP RO WELLFIELD RELIABILITY FOLIO: 00219440008 16C4 ... DECLARATION OF EASEMENT THIS DECLARATION is made this /~ï7I day of HOlJ£úßE/?:, 2004, by COLLIER COUNTY, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, having a mailing address of 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida 34112, hereinafter referred to as "Declarant. " Declarant is the owner of certain real property situated in Collier County, Florida, more fully described below, hereinafter referred to as the "Property." See attached Exhibit "A" which is incorporated herein by reference. Declarant hereby declares that the Property is and shall be held, transferred, sold, conveyed, used and occupied in accordance with and subject to a non-exclusive easement and privilege to enter upon, construct and maintain utility facilities on the Property as contained in this Declaration, hereinafter referred to as the "Easement." The Easement, as set forth in this Declaration, shall bind, and the benefits thereof shall inure to Declarant and its representatives, agents, successors and assigns. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Declarant has caused these presents to be executed the date and year first above written. .,." ' " S .-.:~,' ~;~ - [:~:L}.."! -~. ATTE· T;~·"...·"··'" '..": DWIGHir'~::aROéK \ : ;. f / ~í~ ,,;~:'~;':"":~/-'~\ .\- . : --<.:- ':71 . - -'..... ': , ~." - ., ~~~~.b~. . O-'If ':;¡¡3\~~~peputy Clerk "".., ~ ~ ~ t""'t"'H\! ';; ~ .~~.t: "I ~.,.. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, COLLIER C UNTY, FLORIDA ~d-~ BY: Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ./~V~ Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF A 25' UTILITY & ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA EAST 1/4 CORNER OF SECTION 32 I S87'46'07"W 25.00 l- I z W I' ~ ~ W I' \ ~ (/) ~ ~ <t: ~ ~ w ~ (/) ~ I COLLIER COUNTY (/) FOLIO #00219440008 w u (O.R. 2868, PG.3382) u I w <t: . <!ð :3 (') . If) (') (') >- If) I I- ~ :J (') . (\j ¡::: ~ 0 . (/) :::> (\j 0 I -ú) Z N N87'46'07"E 25.00 \ P.O.B. \ ,.-.. ú) I I' \ N () (L \ \ ai n 70' DRAINAGE 0 n EASEMENT \ 0:: 0 0 \ Lf'1 \ I' W "<T :::> 0, u (\j I \ -ú) :3 N . \ () (') \ z If) ¡::: (') ~ (/) . \ x (\j ~w 0 z P.O.C. SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 32 TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH 33 5 4 TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH GENERAL NOTES: 1) DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET AND DECIMALS THEREOF. 2) P.O.C. POINT OF COMMENCEMENT 3) P.O.B. POINT OF BEGINNING 4) C.U.E. COUNTY UTILITY EASEMENT EXHIBIT A Page of ¡;z C4 ~ N 0 SCALE: l' = 601 NOTE: SEE SHEET 2 FOR DESCRIPTION NOT A SURVEY COLLIER COUNTY PUBLIC UTILITIES DIVISION title: SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ....1\ ........ GNOLI Certificate of Authorization Nos. LB 3664 and EB 3664 .....1[) Fax: (239)566-2203 =====iUARBER & ······13 ...... ...... RUNDAGE, INC. Professional engineers, planners, & land surveyors Collier County: Suite 200. 7400 Tamiami Trail. North; Naples, FL 34108 (239)597-3111 8866-SD17 Lee County: 9990 Coconut Road, Suite 103, Bonita Springs, FL 34135 (239)948-8663 for: pro ject: NCRWTP scale: date: SEPT. 21, 2004 book: page: view: 1"=60' pro ject no.: 04-0085 acad: file no: 8866 EXHIBIT A Page.J.. of ;z. SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF A 25' UTILITY & ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DESCRIPTION OF A UTILITY ~ ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS) COMMENCING AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 32, THENCE ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION 32 NORTH 02·13'53' WEST 2,047,50 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE EASEMENT HEREIN BEING DESCRIBED) THENCE CONTINUE NORTH 02·13'53' WEST 666,67 FEET TO THE EAST 1/4 CORNER OF SAID SECTION 32J THENCE SOUTH 87°46'07' WEST 25,00 FEETJ THENCE SOUTH 02·13'53' EAST 666,67 FEET J THENCE NORTH 87"46'07' EAST 25,00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE EASEMENT HEREIN DESCRIBED) THE EASEMENT CONTAINS 16,667 SQUARE FEET OF LAND MORE DR LESS) SUBJECT TO EASEMENTS, RESERVATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS OF RECORD, ) I I f¡ GUY p, ADAMS, NO, 4390 BY NOT A SURVEY for: pro ject: COLLIER COUNTY PUBLIC UTILITIES DIVISION title: SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ....i\ ........ GNOLI Certificate of Authorization Nos. LB 3664- and EB 3664- .....(3 Fax: (239)566-2203 IIIII ~RBER & ······13 ...... ...... RUNDAGE, INC. Professional engineers, planners, & land surveyors Collier County: Suite 200, 74-00 Tamiami Trail, North; Naples, FL 34-108 (239)597-3111 8866-SD17 Lee County: 9990 Coconut Road, Suite 103, Bonita Springs, FL 34135 (239)948-8663 NCRWTP scale: date: SEPT. 21, 2004 book: page: 1"=60' pro ject no.: 04-0085 acad: view: file no: 8866 PROJECT: NCRWTP RO WELLFIELD RELIABILITY FOLIO: 00219440008 EXHIBfT A Page I 04 J- 16C4 CECLARA TION OF EASEMENT THIS DECLARATION is made this Ib ltI day of NO rJ &l.1get2, 2004, by COLLIER COUNTY, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, having a mailing address of 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida 34112, hereinafter referred to as "Declarant. " Declarant is the owner of certain real property situated in Collier County, Florida, more fully described below, hereinafter referred to as the "Property." See attached Exhibit "A" which is incorporated herein by reference. Declarant hereby declares that the Property is and shall be held, transferred, sold, conveyed, used and occupied in accordance with and subject to a non-exclusive / easement and privilege to enter upon, construct and maintain utility facilities on the Property as contained in this Declaration, hereinafter referred to as the "Easement." The Easement, as set forth in this Declaration, shall bind, and the benefits thereof shall inure to Declarant and its representatives, agents, successors and assigns. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Declarant has caused these presents to be executed the date and year first above written. ATTEST;"""'!, DWIGHT..E;;BàOCK ...". ''''.".~.~.~''i-:,:- ~:~'k:~ ~ - -, ( , '.' .~'~ ,:, Deputy Clerk P~:'¡;(fst '.~~' t,ó,tha1ntan's .. I Ct.'~'~ r: ,,;!,:" ;'~n 1 J . "~ _' ~ ." "J1 4 . BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, COLLIER COU TY, FLORIDA ~~d DONNA FIALA, Chairman BY: Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: JkV~ Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney EXHIBIT ~ G4 Page~. Of..E:C' SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF' A 25' UTILITY & ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA / / S87'46'07"W 25,00 f- z I"- W :2 ~ W I"- ~ VJ ~ ~ 4: ..n ~ w ~ VJ ~ COLLIER COUNTY VJ FOLIO #00219440008 w > u (O,R, 2868, PG.3382) u w 4: . <Ið ::3 ("') If) . ("') ("') >- If) .-I f- . :J ("') (\j ¡::: .-I C> . , ' VI ~ (\) C> If) Z N N87'46'07"E 25,00 ~ ~ ...---P,O.B. ~ COLLIER COUNTY PUBLIC U Till TIES DIVISION title: SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ....1\ .... .... - GNOLI Certificale of Aulhorization Nos. LB 3664 and EB 3664 .....1[) Fax: (239)566-2203 :::::lUARBER & ······13 ...... ...... RUNDAGE, INC. Professional engineers, planners, & land surveyors Collier Counly: Suile 200, 7400 Tamiami Trail, Norlh; Naples, FL 34108 (239)597-3111 8866-SD17 Lee Counly: 9990 Coconul Road, Suite 103, Bonila Springs, FL 34135 (239)948-8663 P.O.C. SOUTHEAST CORNER SECTION 32 If) l"- I ~ I 8 n Is I ~ u I ~ C) I ~ +~ OF~ I~ GENERAL NOTES: 1) DIMEN SIONS ARE IN FEET AND DECIMALS THEREOF. 2) P.O.C. = POINT OF COMMENCEMENT 3) P.O.B. = POINT OF BEGINNING 4) C.U.E. = COUNTY UTILITY EASEMENT for: EAST 1/4 CORNER OF SECTION 32 ~ N Ú 70' DRAINAGE EASEMENT I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I 60' SCALE: l' = C> If) I"- '¢ C> (\j ::3 . (") If) ("') .-I (\) C> Z 33 TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH 5 4 TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH NOTE: SEE SHEET 2 FOR DESCRIPTION NOT A SURVEY pro ject: NCRWTP date: SEPT. 21. 2004 scale: book: page: view: 1"=60' pro ject no.: 04-0085 acad: file no: 8866 EXHIBIT A Pag~.3 of 3 - SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF' A 25' UTILITY & ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DESCRIPTION OF A UTILITY ~ ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TOW'NSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST ¡ COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOlLOW'SJ COMMENCING AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 32, THENCE ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION 32 NORTH 02·13'53' W'EST 2,047,50 FEET TO THE POINT' OF BEGINNING OF THE EASEMENT HEREIN BEING DESCRIBEDJ THENCE CONTINUE NORTH 02·13'53' W'EST 666,67 FEET TO THE EAST 1/4 CORNER OF SAID SECTION 32J THENCE SOUTH 87"46'07' W'EST 25,00 FEETJ THENCE SOUTH 02·13'53' EAST 666,67 FEETJ THENCE NORTH 87"46'07' EAST 25,00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE EASEMENT HEREIN DESCRIBEDJ THE EASEMENT CONTAINS 16,667 SQUARE FEET OF LAND MORE OR LESSJ SUBJECT TO EASEMENTS, RESERVATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS OF RECORD, ( GUY p, ADAMS, NO, 4390 BY NOT A SURVEY for: pro ject: COLLIER COUNTY PUBLIC UTILITIES DIVISION title: SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ....!'\ ::::~GNOLI Cerlificale of Authorizalion Nos. LB 3664 and EB 3664 .....1[) Fu: (239)566-2203 :::::iUARBER & ......1[) ====::iLJRUNDAGE, INC. Professional engineers, planners, & land surveyors Collier Counly: Suile 200, 7400 Tamiami Trail, North; Naples, FL 34108 (239)597-3111 8866-SD17 Lee Counly: 9990 Coconul Road, Suite 103, Bonila Springs, FL 34135 (239)948-8663 NCRWTP scale: date: SEPT. 21, 2004 book: page: 1"=60' pro ject no.: 04-0085 acad: view: file no: 8866 16 C4 Memorandum TO: Minutes & Records Management FROM: Hans Russell Sf. Property Acquisition Specialist Real Estate Services DATE: August 1, 2005 RE: Public Utilities-NCRWTP RO Wellfield Reliability Northerly Pipeline Extension-Parks & Recreation Property Parcel #00219440008 Please find attached one (1) original recorded Declaration of Easement for the above referenced project. The Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida approved the Declaration on November 16,2004, Item 16(C)(4), Resolution No. 2004-345. Please contact me if you have any questions or comments at Extension 2623. Thank you. Attachment as stated cc: Property Appraiser's Office w/attachment Inventory File w/attachment L--- I -~ PROJECT: NCRWTP RO WELLFIELD RELIABILITY FOLIO: 00219440008 16 C4 DECLARATION OF EASEMENT THIS DECLARATION is made this 1'/1/ day of NOVl3k߀R, 2004, by COLLIER COUNTY, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, having a mailing address of 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida 34112, hereinafter referred to as "Declarant. " Declarant is the owner of certain real property situated in Collier County, Florida, more fully described below, hereinafter referred to as the "Property." See attached Exhibit "A" which is incorporated herein by reference. Declarant hereby declares that the Property is and shall be held, transferred, sold, conveyed, used and occupied in accordance with and subject to a non-exclusive easement and privilege to enter upon, construct and maintain utility facilities on the Property as contained in this Declaration, hereinafter referred to as the "Easement." The Easement, as set forth in this Declaration, shall bind, and the benefits thereof shall inure to Declarant and its representatives, agents, successors and assigns. IN WITNESS WHEREOF. Declarant has caused these presents to be executed the date and year first above written. ATTEST: , DWIGHfE;. BROCK' "~~ ~ ,.;1<;'; i:,',: -/;_~ ': JR, 'I'~^-) t 'h\~.:'" '/~~" , 8ir ~,4?~.~<\A<rv, h~. "./. f;U3\.'{:Peþuty Clerk "111:~"""'~ '~,..~!\ r"* tti ~1Ðt:""\'f~~ 'f; ...~~ M~,tc;. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, COLLIER C _ UNTY, FLORIDA BY: ~ dd NA FIALA, Chairman 3510192 OR: 3680 PG: 4024 RBCORDBD in OFFICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COURTY, FL 11/18/2004 at 08:05AM DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK REC FBB 21.00 DOC-.10 .70 COPIBS 3,00 Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: Retn: REAL ESTATB SBRVICBS INTBROFPICB ATTN: TOHI I~v~ Ellen T. Chadwell Assistant County Attorney THIS CONVEYANCE APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS. COLUER COUNTY. FLORIDA, PURSUANT TO THE PROVt8K)NS- OF RESOLUTION NO. AI' [1_ - /1 ) \\ \{ ()it Vi' ( ! \ OR: 3680 PG: 4025 EXHIBIT ,4 L Page I of-:J:Q C4 SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF A 25' UTILITY & ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA EAST 1/4 CORNER OF SECTION 32 \ S87'46'07"W 25.00 l- I z W I"- :2 '-l? w l"- I ~ VJ ~ ~ 4: oJ) ~ w ..n VJ oJ) \ COLLIER COUNTY VJ FOLIO #00219440008 w u (O.R. 2868, PG.3382) u I w 4: M .:d ::3 If) . ("') ("') >- lf1 \ .-< l- . :J ("') (\) ¡::: .-< C> Cu (/) ~ C> \ 'in z N N8T46'07"E 25.00 I P.O.B. \ ,-.. Lf) \ l"- I N Ü Q.. \ \ (j) r') 70' DRAINAGE 0 r') EASEMENT \ œ: 0 '-'" C> \ l0 \ I"- W <t' :::::¡ ~ u (\) \ \ 0Lf) ::3 N . \ ü ("') \ If) z ("') ¡::: .-I ~ . \ x (\) C> +w z P.O.C. SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SECTION 32 ~ N o SCALE: l' = 60' TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH 33 5 4 TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH GENERAL NOTES: 1) DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET AND DECIMALS THEREOF. 2) P.O.C. POINT OF COMMENCEMENT 3) P.O.B. POINT OF BEGINNING 4) C.U.E. = COUNTY UTILITY EASEMENT NOTE: SEE SHEET 2 FOR DESCRIPTION NOT A SURVEY for: COLLIER COUNTY PUBLIC UTILITIES DIVISION title: SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ....1\ ......... GNOLI Certificate of Authorization Nos. LB 3664 and EB 3664 .....13 Fax: (239)566-2203 ::::: ARBER & ······13 ...... ...... RUNDAGE. INC. Professional engineers, planners, & land surveyors Collier County: Suite 200, 7400 Tamiami Trail, North; Naples, FL 34108 (239)597-3111 8866- SD 17 Lee County: 9990 Coconut Road, Suite 103, Bonita Springs, FL 34135 (239)948-8663 pro ject: NCRWTP date: SEPT. 21, 2004 1"=60' pro ject no.: 04- 0085 acad: book: page: view: scale: file no: 8866 -_.-- 16 C4 SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF A 25' UTILITY & ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DESCRIPTION OF A UTILITY ~ ACCESS EASEMENT PART OF SECTION 32, TO\JNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FoLLo\JS; COMMENCING AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 32, THENCE ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION 32 NORTH 02"13'53' \JEST 2,047,50 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE EASEMENT HEREIN BEING DESCRIBED; THENCE CONTINUE NORTH 02·13'53' \JEST 666,67 FEET TO THE EAST 114 CORNER OF SAID SECTION 32; THENCE SOUTH 87·46'07' \JEST 25,00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 02"13'53' EAST 666,67 FEET J THENCE NORTH 87·46'07' EAST 25,00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF 'THE EASEMENT HEREIN DESCRIBED; THE EASEMENT CONTAINS 16,667 SQUARE FEET OF LAND MORE DR LESS; SUBJECT TO EASEMENTS, RESERVATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS OF RECORD, I) I GUY p, ADAMS, I I I, : Y,~,~, NO, 4390 ;-.~,:~,~~~ ,': .;;! '\" \' , / (i~:C;;d ....,!;.\, :~ ,,-: ;;'.};~ :+., d ~ ~ ,J' {' ," (..."- r:~., "" I:...·.. y ~."'~ /!~ j' ~~. >- " :,~'" . I.".': ó'-..- " ;" ',~~. " ~l) '.. (¡; r) ·'h , >~~,..../¿.>,~:<~::~>?' '/1"'. .... ¡..,¡, ,·/'<'¡n"'\"·"'· .. ,./ I . d' " . " ...; !~' BY \ NOT A SURVEY for: COLLIER COUNTY PUBLIC UTILITIES DIVISION title: SKETCH AND DESCRIPTION OF PART OF SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 48 SOUTH, RANGE 27 EAST, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA ....i-\ ........ GNOLI d B 3664 Certificate of Authorization Nos. LB 3664 an E .....13 Fax: (239)566-2203 ::::: ARBER & ······13 ...... ...... RUNDAGE, INC. Professional engineers, planners, & land surveyors Collier County: Suite 200, 7400 Tamiami Trail, North; Naples, FL 34108 (239)597-3111 8866-SD17 Lee County: 9990 Coconut Road, Suite 103, Bonita Springs, FL 34135 (239)948-8663 pro ject: NCRWTP date: SEPT, 21, 2004 book: page: scale: 1"=60' pro ject no.: 04-0085 acad: view: file no: 8866 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLl6 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE C5 (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. \ 2. \ 3. -y 4S<..O~ ,~~ Co <...> V"\.\, ~ ~~O~~ <; ~\. \\''"L\.oC; 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of Couflty Commissioners \.. PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original docwnents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to he delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item, ) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved by the Type of Docume Attached Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached s Initial the Yes column or mark "NIA" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes NIA (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, 4! resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's <ttL"t Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the ~:\ document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's .ø signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. ~ Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCe's actions are nullified. Be aware of yom- deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms! County Formsl BCC Formsl Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 16 C5 MEMORANDUM DA TE: January 13, 2005 TO: Lyn Wood Purchasing FROM: Linda Houtzer Minutes and Records RE: Contract #05-3726 "Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building" Contractor: Bradanna, Inc. Enclosed are three (3) original documents, as referenced above (Agenda Item #16C5), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. Kindly forward the documents to the appropriate parties for their records. The Finance Department and Minutes & Records Department have their copies. If you should have any questions, you may contact me at 774-8411. Thank you, Enclosures (3) 16 C5 EXPAND NORTH COUNTY WATER ~ECLAMATION FACILITY PROCESS CONTROL BUILDING Collier County Wastewater Department COLLIER COUNTY BID NO. 05-3726 COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT Design Professional: SchenkelShultz Architecture 8250 College Parkway, Suite 203 Fort Myers, Florida 33919 COLLIER COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 3301 Tamiami Trail, East Naples, Florida 34112 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building ....,.,^---_._...".~ ._..-"".~.,-,-,-_.__...,-_._......"-.~-_."".'..._---..-- .---.--...-.---...-.-.----"....- TABLE OF CONTENTS 16 C5 A. PUBLIC NOTICE/LEGAL ADVERTISEMENT (PAGE ONE ONLY) 8. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS . C. BID PROPOSAL, BID SCHEDULE AND OTHER PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS D. AGREEMENT E. AGREEMENT EXHIBITS. EXHIBIT A: Performance and Payment Bond Forms EXHIBIT B: Insurance Requirements EXHIBIT C: Release and Affidavit Form EXHIBIT D: Contractor Application for Payment Form EXHIBIT E: Change Order Form EXHIBIT F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form EXHIBIT G: Final Payment Checklist EXHIBIT H: General Terms and Conditions EXHIBIT I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions EXHIBIT J: Technical Specifications EXHIBIT K: Permits EXHIBIT L: Plans and Specifications prepared by SchenkelShultz Architecture, and identified as follows Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process èontrol Building, as shown on Plan Sheets A001, A100, A200, A300, S001, S100, S200, S300, M101,-M102, EOOO-E001, and E101-E102. Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 PUBLIC NOTICE INVITATION TO BID COLLIER COUNTY WATER - SEWER DISTRICT COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building COUNTY BID NO. 05-3726 Separate sealed proposals for the construction to Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building, addressed to Mr. Steve Carnell, Purchasing Director, will be received at the Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Purchasing Building, Purchasing Department, Naples, Florida 34112, until 2:30 P.M. LOCAL TIME, on the 12th day of October, 2004, at which time all proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud. Any bids received after the time and date specified will not be accepted and shall be returned unopened to the Bidder. A mandatory pre-bid conference shall be held at the North County Water Reclamation Facility Conference Room, 10500 Goodlette Road North, Naples, Florida at 10:00 A.M. LOCAL TIME on the 28th day of September, 2004, atwhich time all prospective Bidders may have questions answered regarding the Bidding Documents for this Project. In instances where the County has deemed the pre-bid to be Mandatory. the Bidder's failure to attend the pre-bid conference shall result in the reiection of his bid. Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be marked or endorsed "Proposal for County Water-Sewer District, Collier County, Florida, Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Pro~ss Control Building, for the Collier County Wastewater Department, County Bid No. 05-3726, and Bid Date of October 12, 2004". No bid shall be considered unless it is made on the Bid Proposal which is included in the Bidding Documents. The Bid Schedule (WS-P-1 through WS-P-12) shalrbe removed from the Bidding Documents prior to submittal. One contract will be awarded for all Work. Bidding Documents may be examined in the office of the Purchasing Department, Purchasing Building, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112. Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained only at the offices of the Purchasing Department, upon payment of $75.00 for each set of documents to offset the cost of reproduction. Return of the documents is not required, and the amount paid for the documents is non-refundable. The following plan room services may have obtained copies of the Bidding Documents for the work contemplated herein: . McGraw-Hili Construction Dodge 2830 Winkler Avenue, Suite 104A Ft. Myers, FL 33916 WS-PN-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total Bid to be retained as liquidated damages in the event the successful Bidder fails to execute the Agreement and file the required bonds and insurance within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of the Notice of Award. The successful Bidder shall be required to furnish the necessary Performance and Payment Bonds, as prescribed in the General Conditions of the Contract Documents. All Bid Bonds, Performance and Payment Bonds, Insurance Contracts and Certificates of Insurance shall be either executed by or countersigned by a licensed resident agent of the surety or insurance company having its place of business in the State of Florida. Further, the said surety or insurance company shall be duly licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Attorneys-in-fact thàt sign Bid Bonds or Performance and Payment Bonds must file with each bond a certified and effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney. In order to perform public work, the successful Bidder shall, as. applicable, hold or obtain such contractor's and business licenses, certifications and registrations as required by State statutes and County ordinances. Before a contract will be awarded for the work contemplated herein, the County shall conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the performance record and ability of the apparent low Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified in the Bidding Documents. Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information as deemed necessary by the County to evaluate the Bidder's qualifications. The Successful Bidder shall be required to finally complete all Work within two hundred (200) calendar days from and after the Commencement Date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The County reserves the right to reject all Bids or any Bid not conforming to the intent and purpose of the Bidding Documents, and to postpone the award of the contract for a period of time which, however, shall not extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days from the bid opening date. Dated this 13th day of September, 2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, NAPLES, FLORIDA BY: Stephen Y. Carnell Purchasing Director WS-PN-2 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building _..._-,.,~,---- 16 C5 . PART B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 1. Defin itions 1.1 The term "Owner" used herein refers to the Board of County Commissioners, Ex-Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District or its duly authorized representative. 1.2 The term "Project Manager" used herein refers to the Owner's duly authorized representative and shall mean a Division Administrator or Department Director acting directly or through duly authorized representatives. 1.3 The term "Design Professional" refers to the licensed professional engineer or architect who is in privity with the Owner for- the purpose of designing and/or monitoring the construction of the project. Any or all duties of the Design Professional referenced under this Agreement may be assumed at any time by the Project Manager on behalf of the Owner. Conversely, the Project Manager may formally assign any of his/her duties specified in this agreement to the Design Professional. 1.4 The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Legal Advertisement, these Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Schedule and the Contract Documents as defined in the Agreement. 1.5 The term "Bid" shall mean a completed Bid Schedule, bound in the Bidding Documents, properly signed, providing the Owner a proposed cost for providing the services required in the Bidding Documents. Section 2. Preparation of Bids 2.1 The Bids must be submitted on the standard form herein furnished by the Owner (pages WS- P-1 through WS-P-12 as bound in these Bidding Documents). The Bidder shall complete the Bid in ink or by typewriter and shall sign the Bid correctly. Bid Schedules submitted on disk/CD shall be accompanied by a hard copy of the completed Bid Schedule which shall be signed and dated by the Bidder. The Bid may be rejected if it contains any omission, alteration of form, conditional bid or irregularities of any kind. Bids must be submitted in sealed envelopes, marked with the Bid Number, Project Name, Bid Opening Date and Time, and shall be addressed to the Collier County Purchasing Department, Purchasing Building, Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in another sealed envelope addressed as above. Bids received at the location specified herein after the time specified for bid opening will be returned to the bidder unopened and shall not be considered. WS-IB-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Section 3. Bid Deposit ReQuirements 3.1 No Bid shall be considered or accepted unless at the time of Bid filing the same shall be accompanied by a cashiers check, a cash bond posted with the County Clerk, a· certified check payable to Owner on some bank or trust company located in Naples, Florida insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or Bid Bond, in an amount not less than 5% of the Bidder's maximum possible award (base bid plus all add alternates) (collectively referred to herein as the "Bid Deposit"). The Bid Deposit shall be retained by Owner as liquidated damages if the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver to County the Agreement, or fails to deliver the required Performance and Payment Bonds or Certificates of Insurance, all within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award. Bid Bonds shall be .executed by a corporate surety licensed under the laws of the State of Florida to execute such bonds, with conditions that the surety will, upon demand, forthwith make payment to Owner upon ·said bond. Bid Deposits of the three (3) lowest Bidders shall be held until the Agreement has been executed by the Successful Bidder and same has been delivered to Owner together with the required bonds and insurånce, after which all three (3) Bid Deposits shall be returned to the respective Bidders. All other Bid Deposits shall be released within ten (10) working days of the Bid Opening. No Bid including alternates, shall be withdrawn within. one hundred and twenty (120) days after the public opening thereof. If a Bid is not accepted within said time period it shall be deemed rejected and the Bid Deposit shall be returned to Bidder. In the event that the Owner awards the contract prior to the expiration of the one hundred twenty (120) day period without selecting any or all alternates, the Owner shall retain the right to subsequently award said alternates at a later time, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days from opening, unless otherwise authorized by the Purchasing Director. 3.2 The Successful Bidder shall execute five (5) copies of the Agreement and deliver same to Owner within the time period noted above. The Owner shall execute all copies and return one fully executed copy of the Agreement to Successful Bidder within thirty (30) working days after receipt of the executed Agreement from Successful Bidder unless any governmental agency having funding control over the Project requires additional time, in which event the Owner shall have such additional time to execute the Agreement as may be reasonably necessary. Section 4. Right to Reiect Proposals 4.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or to waive informalities and negotiate with the apparent lowest, qualified Bidder to such extent as may be necessary for budgetary reasons. Section 5. Signing of Bids 5.1· Bids submitted by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice president, and a corporate seal must be affixed and attested to by the secretary or assistant secretary of the corporation. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 5.2 Bid proposals by a partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below said signature. 5.3 If Bidder is an individual, his signature shall be inscribed. WS-IB-2 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 5.4 If signature is by an agent or other than an officer of corporation or general partner of partnership, a properly notarized power of attorney must be submitted with the Bid. 5.5 All Bids shall have names typed or printed below all signatures. 5.6 All Bids shall state the Bidder's contractor license number. 5.7 Failure to follow the provisions of this section shall be grounds for rejecting the Bid as irregular or unauthorized. Section 6. Withdrawal of Proposals Any Bid may be withdrawn at .any time prior to the hour fixed in the Legal Advertisement for the opening of Bids, provided that the withdrawal is requested in writing, properly executed by the Bidder and received by Owner prior to Bid Opening. The withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice'the right of a Bidder to file anew Bid prior to the time specified for Bid opening. Section 7. Late Bids No Bid shall be accepted that fails to be submitted prior to the time specified in the Legal Advertisement. Section 8. Interpretation of Contract Documents 8.1 No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other Bidding Documents shall be made to a Bidder orally. Any such oral or other interpretations or clarifications shall be without legal effect. All requests for interpretations or clarifications shall be in writing, addressed to the Purchasing Department, to be given consideration. All such requests for interpretations or clarification must be received at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the Bid opening date. Any and all such interpretations and supplemental instructions shall be in the form of written addendum which, if issued, shall be sent by mail or fax to all known Bidders at their respective addresses furnished for such purposes no later than three (3) working days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. Such written addenda shall be binding on Bidder and shall become a part of the Bidding Documents. 8.2 It sha11 be the responsibility of each Bidder to ascertain, prior to submitting his Bid, that he has received all addenda issued and he shall acknowledge same in his Bid. 8.3 As noted in the Legal Advertisement, attendance by all bidders at the Pre-Bid Conference is - mandatory. . In instances where the County has deemed the pre-bid to be Mandatory. the Bidder's failure to attend the pre-bid conference shall result in the reiection of his bid. Section 9. Examination of Site and Contract Documents 9.1 By executing and submitting his Bid, each Bidder certifies that he has: a. Examined all Bidding Documents thoroughly; WS-IB-3 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building -...,,-.---- 16 C5 i b. Visited the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect performance of the Work; c. Become familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations affeding performance of the Work; and d. Correlated all of his observations with the requirements of bidding documents. No plea of ignorance ofconditions or difficulties that may exist or conditions or difficulties that may be encountered in the execution of the Work pursuant to these Bidding Documents as a result of failure to make the necessary examinations and investigations shall be accepted as an excuse for any failure or omission on the part of the Successful Bidder, nor shall they be accepted~ as a basis for any claims whatsoever for extra compensation or for an extension of time. 9.2 The Owner will make copies of surveys and reports performed in conjunction with this Project available to any Bidder requesting them at cost; provided, however, the Owner does not warrant or represent to any Bidder either the completeness or accuracy of any such surveys and reports. Before submitting his Bid, each Bidder shall, at his own expense, make such additional surveys and investigations as may be necessary to determine his Bid price for the performance of the Work within the terms of the Bidding Documents. Section 10. Material Requirements It is the intention of these Bidding Documents to identify standard materials. When space is provided on the Bid Schedule, Bidders shall specify the materials which they propose to use in the Project. The Owner may declare any Bid non-responsive or irregular if such materials are not specifically named by Bidder. Section 11. Bid Quantities Quantities given in the Bid Schedule, while estimated from the best information available, are approximate only. Payment for unit price items shall be based on the actual number of units installed for the Work. Bids shall be compared on the basis of number of units stated in the Bid Schedule as set forth in the Bidding Documents. Said unit prices shall be multiplied by the bid quantities for the total Bid price. Any Bid not conforming to this requirement may be rejected. Special attention to all Bidders is called to this provision, for should conditions make it necessary or prudent to revise the unit quantities, the unit prices will be fixed for such increased or decreased quantities. Compensation for such additive or subtractive changes in the quantities shall be limited to the unit prices in the Bid. Subsequent to the issuance of a notice to proceed, the Project Manager shall have the discretion to re-negotiate any unit price(s) where the actual quantity varies by more than 25% from the estimate at the time of bid. Section 12. Award of Contract Any prospective bidder who desires to protest any aspect(s) or provision(s) of the bid invitation shall file his protest with the Purchasing Director in writing prior to the time of the bid opening. WS-IB-4 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Award of contract shall be made to the lowest, responsive and qualified Bidder determined on the basis of the entire Bid and the Owner's investigations of the Bidder. In determining the lowest, responsive and qualified bidder, the Owner shall consider the capability of the Bidder to perform the contract in a timely and responsible manner through its use of subcontractors. The Owner may reject all bids proposing the use of any subcontractors who have been disqualified from bidding the County, disqualified or de-certified for bidding purposes by any public contracting entity, or who has exhibited an inability to perform through any other means. When the contract is awarded by Owner., such award shall be evidenced by a Notice of Award, signed by the Project Manager of Owner and delivered to the intended awardee or mailed to awardee at the business address shown in the Bid. Award of Contract will be made by the Board of County Commissioners in public session. Award recommendations will be posted outside the offices of the Purchasing Department generally on Wednesdays and Thursdays. Any actual or prospective bidder ~ho desires to formally protest the recommended contract award must file a notice of intent to protest with the Purchasing Director within two (2) calendar days (excluding weekends and holidays) of the date that the recommended award is posted. Upon filing of said notice, the protesting party will have five (5) days tq file a formal protest and will be given instructions as to the form and content requirements of the formal protest. A copy of the "Protest Policy" is available at the offices of the Purchasing Director. For Bidders who may wish to receive copies of Bids after the Bid opening, The County reserves the right to recover all costs associated with the printing and distribution of such copies. Section 13. Sales Tax Collier County, Florida as a political subdivision of the State of Florida, is exempt from the payment of Florida sales tax to its vendors under Chapter 212, Florida Statutes. All successful bidders will be provided a copy of Collier County's Certificate of Exemption (#21-07-019995-53c) upon contract award. Corporations, Individuals and other entities are impacted by Chapter 212, Florida Statutes according to the type of service, sale of commodity or other contractual arrangement to be made with Collier County. By submittal of a properly executed response to a Bid Proposal from Collier County, Florida the Bidder is acknowledging that he is aware of his statutory responsibilities for sales tax under Chapter 212, Florida Statutes. Collier County is also exempt from most Federal excise taxes. By submittal of a properly executed response to a Bid Proposal from Collier County, Florida, the Bidder is acknowledging that he is aware of his responsibilities for Federal excise taxes. Section 14. Exclusion of County Permits in Bid Prices 14.1 To ensure compliance with Section 218.80, F.S., otherwise known as "The Public Bid Disclosure Act", Collier County will pay for all Collier County permits and fees, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable to this work through an internal budget transfer(s). Hence, bidders shall not include these permit/fee amounts in their bid offer. However, the successful bidder shall retain the responsibility to initiate and complete all necessary and appropriate actions to obtain the required permits other than payment for the items identified in this section. WS-IB-5 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 14.2 The successful bidder shall be responsible for procuring and paying for all necessary permits not issued by Collier County pursuant to the prosecution of the work. Section 15. Use of Subcontractors 15.1 To ensure the work contemplated by this contract is performed in a professional and timely manner, all subcontractors shall be "qualified" as defined in Collier County Ordinance 87-25, meaning a person or entity that has the capability in all respects to perform fully the contract requirements and has the integrity and reliability to assure good faith performance. A subcontractor's disqualification from bidding by the Owner, or other public contracting entity within the past twelve months shall be considered by the Owner when determifling whether the subcontractors are "qualified." 15.2" The Owner may consider the past performance and capability of a subcontractor when evaluating the ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder and its ability to perform the contract within the time required Owner reserves the right to disqualify a Bidder who includes subcontractors in its bid offer which are not "qualified" or who do not meet the legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by this Contract. Section 16. Prohibition of Gifts No organization or individual shall offer or give, either directly or indirectly, any favor, gift, loan, fee, service or other item of value to any County employee, as set forth in Chapter 112, Part III, Florida Statutes, Collier County Ethics Ordinance No. 2003-53, and County Administrative Procedure 5311. Violation of this provision may result in one or more of the following consequences: a. Prohibition by the individual, firm, and/or any employee ofthe firm from contact with County staff for a specified period of time; b. Prohibition by the individual and/or firm from doing business with the County for a specified period of time, including but not limited to: submitting bids, RFP, and/or quotes; and, c. immediate termination of any contract held by the individual and/or firm for cause. WS-IB-6 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 BID PROPOSAL COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building Bid No. 05-3726 Full Name of Bidder Bradanna, Inc. MainBusinessAddress 4901 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34113 Placeof Business 4901 E. Tami ami Trai 1 Naples, FL 34113 State Contractor's License # C Gel 507 3 1 2 Telephone No. :ng-455-8891 Fax No. 239-417-1249 . To: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS. OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT (hereinafter called the Owner). The undersigned, as Bidder declares that the only person or parties interested in this Proposal as principals are those named herein, that this Proposal is made 'i.lithout collusion with any other person, firm or corporation; that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, the proposed forms of Agreement and Bonds, and the Contract Drawings and Specifications, including Addenda issued thereto and acknowledges receipt below: Addendum Number Date Issued Contractor's Initials Bidder proposes, and agrees if this Proposal is accepted, Bidder will contract with the Owner in the form of the copy of the Agreement included in these Contract Documents, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of construction, including utility and transportation services necessary to do all the Work, and furnish all the materials and equipment specified or referred to in the Contract Documents in the manner and time herein prescñbed and according to the requirements of the Owner as therein set forth, furnish the Contractor's Bonds and Insurance specified in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to do all other things required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and that he will take full payment the sums set forth in the following Bid Schedule: NOTE: If you choose to bid, please submit an ORIGINAL and ONE COPY of your proposal pages. WS-P-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 BID SCHEDULE North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building BID NO, 05-3726 Having become- familiar with conditions at the project site and having carefully examined the building and the bidding requirements, including the advertisement, instructions to bidders, and the contract documents including the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Details, Schedules and Drawings, the undersigned proposes to furnish all materials, labor and equipment for the entire work in accordance with the documents and applicable codes and ordinances for the following lump sum oc - Base Bid, the Lump Sum (in words): One _ Hundred Twenty Nine Thousand Eight Hundred & xx/lOa Dollars. $ 129.800.00 Plus Allowance $50.000.00 Total Base Bid $ 179,800.00 WS-P-2 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building -----~-' 16 C5 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS The Bidder is required to state below, material manufacturers he proposes to utilize on this project. No change will be allowed after submittal of Bid. If substitute material proposed and listed below is not approved by Engineer, Bidder shall furnish the manufacturer named in the specification. Acceptance of this Bid does not constitute acceptance of material proposed on this list. THIS LIST MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID WILL BE DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE. MATERIAL MANUFACTURER 1. Concrete Krehling Industries 2. Paint Sherwin Williams 3. Acoustical Ceilinq Tile Armstronq 4. VinYl Strip Curtain Jamison Door Co 5. Hollow Metal Doors Ceca Door Products 6. Panic Door Hardware Van Duprin Dæed October 12. 2004 Bradanna, Inc. ~Q ~~ Brad steinmann - Vice President WS-P-3 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS The undersigned states that the following is a full and complete list of the proposed subcontractors on this Project and the class of work to be performed by each, and that such list will not be added to nor altered without written consent of the Project Manager. The undersigned further acknowtedges its responsibility for ensuring that the subcontractors listed herein are "qualified" (as defined in Ordinance 87-25 and Section" 15 of Instructions to Bidders) and meet all legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by this Agreement, including! but not. limited to proper- licenses, certifications,registrations and insu~ance coverage. The County reserves the right to disqualify any bidder who includes noncompliant and or non-qualified subcontractors in- his/her bid offer. Further, the County may direct the bidder/contractor to remove/replace subcóntractor that is found to be noncompliant with this requirement subsequent to award of the contract at no additional cost tò the County. THIS LIST MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID WILL BE DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE. Subcontractor and address Class of Work to be tierformed 1. Cement Industries C'nnrrp+:p (Prpr;oJ ",t ) Fort Myers, FL 2. Terraco Stuccco & Drywall Stucco Naples, FL & Crowther Roofing Roofing Fort Myers, FL 4. Forbis Electrical Contractors Electrical Naples, FL Environmental Professional Assoc. HVAC 5. Fort Myers, FL 6. Coastal Plumbina & Mechanical Plumbing Naples, FL Dated October 12, 2004 Bradanna, Inc. ~~$inmann~ Vice WS-P-4 President Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 (a) 'Corporation The Bidder is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of F lor i d a , which operates under the legal name of Bradanna, rnc. , and the full names of its officers are as follows: President Joe steinmann' Brad Steinmann Secretary Treasurer Manager and it (does) or (doe$~t) have a corporate seal. The (name) Vice President-Brad . steinmann is authorized to sign construction proposals and contracts for the company by action of its Board of Directors taken October 8, 2004 , -e-eertified-eepy-ef-wh-iei't-is--hereto ..attached.(strike .out..tbis..Jast .se I1tence. if DOt..appJicabJe}. (b) Co-Partnershic The Bidder is a co-partnership consisting of individual partners whose full names are as follows: The co-partnership does business under the legal name af: (c) Individual The Bidder is an individual whose full name is if operating under a trade name, said trade name is and Dated legal entity WS-P-8 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building -- 16 C5 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER The Bidder is required to state below what work of similar magnitude is a Judge of his experience, skill and business stªnding and of his ability to conduct the work' as completely and as rapidly as required under the terms of the contract. Proiect and Location Reference Marco Island, Florida Equity One, Inc. 1696 N.E. Miami Gardens Drive Miami Gardens, FL 1. Marco Town Cen"ter 2. Naples Airport Authori tv Small Metal Naples, Florida Naples Airport Authoritv 160 Aviation Drive Naples, FL 3. American Express Fin. Advisors 5801 Pelican Bay Blvd ste 500 Naples, Florida 4. Mark Singer D.MeD. Office 1890 Health Park Center Naples, Florida American Express Corp 777 American Expressway Ft. Lauderdale, FL Mark Singer D.M.D. 10687 Airport Road Naples, FL Naples, Florida Ash Attia D.M.D. 9160 Galeria Court Naples, FL 5. North Naples Pediatrics Murdock, Florida First Union National Bank 225 Water Street, 4th Floor Jacksonville, FL 6. First Union - Murdock Marco Island. Florida Joe Delate - Collier County 3300 Santa Barbara Naples, FL 7. Tigertail Concession a East Naples-Jeepers Fire Station East Naples Fire Control & Rescue Distric' 4401 Bayshore 4798 Davis Blvd Naples, Florida Naples, FL Dæed October 12, 2004 Bradannê-, Inc. Bidder ~S . Brad Steinmann - vice President WS-P-5 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation FaCility Process Control Building 16 C5 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 1. _ Bidder shall provide full disclosure of information on any work performed for private interests within the past two (2) years, espec!ally work that is not yet completed. 2. Bidder shall provide a declaration of commitment not to pursue any private sector work within the limits of the County project or directly affected by the County project until the County project is completed and accepted by the County; Contractor may request a waiver of this' provision from the Project Manager. A waiver may be granted at the sole discretion of the County. . 3. Bidder shall provide a Cèrtification by a principal of the firm that the firm will comply fully with items 1 and 2 above, and .to certify that no conflict of interest does exist or will arise if firm is ·awarded a County project. If more space is required, please attach additional pages. Failure to provide the documentation requested above may result in the Bid being declared non-responsive. Bradanna, Inc. Contractor ~~ Brad Steinmann ---- Date: October 12, 2004 Its Vice President WS-P-6 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Upon receipt of written notice of the conditional acceptance of this Bid, Bidder will execute the formal Contract attached within 10 calendar days and deliver the Surety Bond or Bonds and Insurance as required by the Contract Documents. The bid security attached in the sum of: wi n~ 'l'hou sand & xx/lOa dollars ($ q. 000.00 .) is to become the property· of the Owner in the event the Contract, Insurance and Bonds are not executed within the time above set forth for the delay and additional expense to the Owner. . . If awarded a contract under this Proposal, the undersigned proposes to commence work at the site within 5 calendar days from the commencement date stipulated in the written Notice to Proceed unless the Project Manager, in writing, subsequently notifies t"e Contractor of a modified (later) commencement date. The undersigned further agrees to sùbstantially complete all work covered by . this Proposal within one hundred eighty (180) consecutive calendar days, computed by excluding the commencement date and including the last day of such period, and to be fully completed to the point of final acceptance by the Owner within two hundred (200) consecutive calendar days, computed by excluding the commencement date and including the last day of such period. Respectfully Submitted: State of Florida County of Collier Brad Steinmann . being first duly sworn on oath deposes and says that the Bidder on the above Proposal is organized as indicated below and that all statemenJs herein made are made on behalf of such Bidder and that this deponent is authorized to make them. , also deposes and says that he has examined and carefully prepared his Bid Proposal from the Contract Drawings and Specifications and has checked the same in detail before submitting this Bid; that the statements contained herein are true and correct. Brad Steinmann WS-P-7 Bid No. Os.:3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 By: Bradanna, Inc. ~Of Bidder (typed) ~ Vice President SignaturelTitle Brad Steinmann [Corporate Seal] STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Collier The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 2004, by Brad steinmann , as Bradanna, Inc. , a Florida corporation. He/she is personally known to me or has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. 12th day of October , Vice President of corporation, on behalf of the My Commission Expires: (SignalJJrel~~ August 11, 2006 Name: Henry S. Fernandez (Legibly Printed) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State of Florida Commission No.: DD126506 .~~..~. HENRY S, FERNANDEZ I ~ Notauy Public - State r:l FIortdII i' . ~ My Canmilllr:l1 &pi,. Ai.tg 11, :æœ - Commmllllon , OD128508 Bonded By NøtlonaJ Notal)' Aun. WS-P-9 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 THIS SHEET MUST BE SIGNED BY VENDOR BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLI~R COUNTY, FLORIDA Purchasing Department BIDDERS CHECK LIST IMP 0 R TAN T: Please read carefully, sign in the spaces indicated and return with your bid proposal. . Bidder should check off each of the following items as the necessary action is completed: 1. The Bid has been signed. 2. The bid prices offered have been reviewed. 3. The price extensions and totals have been checked. 4. The payment terms have been indicated. 5. Any required drawings, descriptive literature, etc. have been included. 6. Any delivery Information required is included. 7. If required, the amount of bid bond has been checked, and the bid bond or cashiers check has been included. 8. Any addenda have been signed and included. 9. The mailing envelope has been addressed to: Purchasing Director Board of County Commissioners Collier County Government Center Purchasing Building 3301 Tamìami Trail, East Naples, Florida 34112 11. The mailing env~lope must be sealed and marked with: ~Bid Number; ~Project Name; ~Opening Date. 12. The bid will be mailed or delivered in time to be received no later than the specified ooening date and time. (Otherwise bid cannot be considered.) ALL COURIER-DELIVERED BIDS MUST HAVE THE BID NUMBER AND PROJECT NAME ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE COURIER PACKET ~~a, Inc. r ~_ Vice President Signature & Title Brad Steinmann October 12, 2004 Date WS-P-12 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building BID BOND This bond complies with the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (TRIA) 16 C5 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Bradanna, Inc. , (herein after called the Principal) and North American Specialty Insurance Company , (herein called the Surety), a corporation chartered and existing under the laws of the state of New Hampshire with its principal offices in the city of Manchester and authorized to do business in the State of Florida are held and firmly bound unto the Collier County Board of County Commissioners (hereinafter called the Owner, in the full and just sum of -- Five Percent of the Amount Bid ------ dollars ($ -----5%----- ) good and lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid upon demand of the Owner, to which payment well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs and executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally and firmly by these presents. Whereas, the Principal is about to submit, or has submitted to the Owner, a proposal for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to fumish and install: Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building Bid No. 05-3726 NOW, THEREFORE: The conditions of this obligation are such that if the Proposal be accepted, the Principal shall, within fifteen days after the date of a written notice of Award, execute a Contract in accordance with the Proposal and upon the terms, conditions and price(s) set forth therein, on the form and manner required by the Owner, and execute a sufficient and satisfactory Contract Performance Bond and Payment Bond payable to the Owner, in an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract price each in form and with security satisfactory to the said owner, then this obligation to be void; otherwise to be and remain in full force and virtue in the law and the Surety shall, upon failure of the Principal to comply with any or all of the foregoing requirements within the time specified above immediately pay to the aforesaid Owner, upon demand, the amount hereof in good and lawful money of the United States of America, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages. WS-P-10 ",", Bid No. 05-3726-Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building pq awv'<t rtll'! 16 C5 IN TESTIMONY Thereof, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this 12th day of October ,2004. Bradanna, Inc. ~ S ------ e,- - ß~("\t'r£l!'\\)- '\!\C~ ~\ò.dvt (Seal) North American Specialty Insurance Company Surety (Seal) Countersigned Local Resident Producing Agent for North American Specialty Insurance Company Inquiries: (407) 834-0022 WS-P-11 Bid No. 05-3726-Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 POLICYHOLDER DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT Coverage for acts of terrorism as defined in § 102(1) of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 ("the Act") is already included in this surety bond. You should know that, effective November 26, 2002, under your existing coverage, any losses caused by certified acts of terrorism would be partially reimbursed by the United States under a _ formula established by federal law. Under this formula, the United States pays 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding the statutorily established deductible paid by the insurance company providing the coverage. The portion of your annual premium that is attributable to coverage for acts of terrorism is iQ. As your insurance/surety company we are sending you this notice to comply with the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002. For questions regarding this notice please visit our website www,nassurety.com or you may call our office at 630-227-4825. - REV: 2/03 agent notice 16 C5 NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City ofItasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: J. W. Guignard, Bryce R. Guignard, M. Gary Francis, Paul L. Ciambriello, April L. Lively, Jennifer McCarta, Brett Ragland, Margie Morris and Katie N. Bird jointly or severally Its true and lawful Attorney(s )-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or pemlitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: TEN MILLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 24th of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, any Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifYing the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." ,"'If","," ~~...~~'tIOHAl/~I'~" ~ r-...,·~;", $:~ ....~.'" ~~...""'-~ f~ ¡ CORPORATE \ ~~ ª~ t SEAL jn$ ~"'1..' I~;: '\ "'?, ~::;:.....,~# '1of",..." * ~~~........ ~'¡''''.'d''\\\ ~,\\\UII" "'IIII. ~'\'~ cll<UTI' I. ~~ #'~~"p:P~"~~ ~~t,j.~.~o "~"~~ §Q{ SEAL \'5ª =a:'" -m= ;¡...¡~ 1973 ~':oE ~~'.~!;. ~·'-o~ ~ ..t:···-'t~M~~··~ ~ ~-T.(~"'''':';,...¡I>'~ ~I. "'uN . f'oJi- ~\~" ~II/II/IJ III\\I\'\~ By K./ ¿) ~/ -- Paul D. Amstutz, President &: Chief Executive Officer of Washington International Insurance Company &. Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company By Steven P. Anderson, Executin Vice President of Washington Intemationallnsurance Company &. Vice President of Nortb American Specialty Insurance Company ac- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this ~day of May ,20--º!.. North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County ofDu Page ss: On this -...!l.. day of May , 20~ before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Paul D. Amstutz , President and CEO of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P. Anderson Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me, who being by me duly sworn, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. QJF~ SEAl.. ... _.....1Ð. J H01IIIIWfIúILfC "S"A'q CI ÞIJ.MCIIS . ......~~,_.... ~ a-¿ý"~ Yasmin A. Patel, Notary Public I, James A. Caroenter , the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 12t~ay of October ,20 04. ~~~~- James A. Carpenter, Vice Presídcnt &: Assistant Sccrctary of Washington International fnsurance Company & Assistant Sccretary of North American Speciaity Insurance Company - 16 C5 ~ CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, Ex-Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District ("Owner"), hereby contracts with Bradanna, Inc. ("Contractor") of 4901 E. Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida 34113 a Florida corporation to perform all work ("Work") in connection with Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building, Bid No. 05-3726 ("Project"), as said Work is set forth in the Plans and Specifications prepared by SchenkelShultz Architecture, the Engineers and/or Architects of Record ("Design Professional") and other Contract Documents hereafter specified. Owner and Contractor, for the consideration herein set forth, agree as follows: Section 1. Contract Documents. A. The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Exhibits described in Section 6 hereof, the Legal Advertisement, the Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal and any duly executed and issued addenda, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and amendments relating thereto. All of the foregoing Contract Documents are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement (all of said documents including the Agreement sometimes being referred to herein as the "Contract Documents" and sometimes as the "Agreement"). A copy of the Contract Documents shall be maintained by Contractor at the Project site at all times during the performance of the Work. B. Owner shall furnish to the Contractor up to five (5) sets of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. Additional copies of the Contract Documents shall be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Section 2. Scope of Work. Contractor agrees to furnish and pay for all management, supervision, financing, labor, materials, tools, fuel, supplies, utilities, equipment and services of every kind and type necessary to diligently, timely, and fully perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner the Work required by the Contract Documents. Section 3. Contract Amount. In consideration of the faithful performance by Contractor of the covenants in this Agreement to the full satisfaction and acceptance of Owner, Owner agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to Contractor the following amount (herein "Contract Amount"), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement: one hundred seventy nine thousand eight hundred dollars and no cents ($179,800.00) WS-CA-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Section 4. Bonds. A Contractor shall provide Performance and Payment Bonds, in theform prescribed in Exhibit A, in the amount of 100% of the Contract Amount, the costs of which to be paid by Contractor. The Performance and Payment Bonds shall be underwritten by a surety authorized to do business in the State of Florida and otherwise acceptable to Owner; provided, however, the surety shall be rated as "A-" or better as to general policy holders rating and Class V or higher rating as to financial size category and the amount required shall not exceed 5% of the reported policy holders surplus, all as reported in the most current Best Key Rating Guide, published by AM. Best Company, Inc. of 75 Fulton Street, New York, New York 10038. Should the contract amount be less than $500,000, the requirements of Section 287.0935, F.S. shall govern the rating and classification of the surety. B. If the surety for any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent, its right to do business is terminated in the State of Florida, or it ceases to meet the. requirements imposed by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, within five (5) calendar days thereafter, substitute another bond and surety, both of which shall be subject to the Owner's approval. Section 5. Contract Time and liquidated Damaaes. A Time of Performance. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work under this Agreement. The "Commencement Date" shall be established in the Notice to Proceed to be issued by the Project Manager. Contractor shall commence the Work within five (5) calendar days from the Commencement Date. No Work shall be performed at the Project site prior to the Commencement Date. Any Work performed by Contractor prior to the Commencement Date shall be at the sole risk of Contractor. The Work shall be substantially completed within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days from the Commencement Date. The date of substantial completion of the Work (or designated portions thereof) is the date certified by the Design Professional when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work (or designated portions thereof) for the use for which it is intended. The Work shall reach final completion and be ready for final acceptance by Owner within two hundred (200) calendar days from the Commencement Date (herein "Contract Time"). B. Liquidated Damages in General. Owner and Contractor recognize that, since time is of the essence for this Agreement, Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not substantially completed within the time specified above, as said time may be adjusted as provided for herein. Should Contractor fail to substantially complete the Work within the number of calendar days for substantial completion established herein, Owner shall be entitled to assess, as liquidated damages, but not ,as a penalty, five hundred forty-four dollars and forty-six cents ($544.46) for each calendar day thereafter until Substantial Completion is achieved. Further, in the event Substantial Completion is reached, but the Contractor fails to reach Final Completion, Owner shall also be entitled to assess, as liquidated damages, but not as a penalty, a sum certain per day, in the amount of two hundred seventy-two dollars and twenty- three cents ($272.23), for each day after the time set for Final Completion, as set forth in paragraph four (4) above, until Final Completion is achieved. The Project shall be deemed to be substantially completed on the date the Project Manager (or at his/her direction, the Design Professional) issues a WS-CA-2 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Certificate of Substantial Completion pursuant to the terms hereof. . Contractor hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any right which it may have to seek to characterize the above noted liquidated damages as a penalty, which the parties agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the Owner's actual damages at the time of contracting if Contractor fails to substantially or finally complete the Work in a timely manner. C. Computation of Time Periods. When any period of time is referenced by days herein, it shall be computed to exclude the first day and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation, and the last day shall become the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday. D. Determination of Number of Days of Default. For all contracts, regardless of whether the Contract Time is stipulated in calendar days or working days, the County will count default days in calendar days. E. Conditions under which Liquidated Damages are Imposed. If the Contractor or, in case of his default, the surety, fails to complete the work within the time stipulated in the Contract for Substantial Completion, or within such extra time that the County may have granted'the Contractor, or in case of his default, the surety, shall pay to the County, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages, the amount of five hundred forty-four dollars and forty-six cents ($544.46) per day for each day the Contractor fails to reach Substantial Completion as required under the terms of the contract. Final Completion shall occur when the contract is completed in its entirety, is accepted by the County as complete and is so stated by the County as complete. If the Contractor reaches Substantial Completion but fails to reach Final Completion, the Contractor, or in the case of his default, the surety, shall pay the sum of two hundred seventy-two dollars and twenty-three cents ($272.23) per day for each day the Contractor fails to reach Final Completion. F. Right of Collection. The County has the right to apply, as payment on such liquidated damages due under the Contract by allowing the Contractor to continue and to finish the work, or any part of it, after the expiration of the Contract Time including granted time extensions. G. Allowing Contractor to Finish Work. The County does not waive its right to liquidated damages due under the Contract by allowing the Contractor to continue and to finish the work, or any part of it, after the expiration of the Contract Time including granted time extensions. . H. Completion of Work by County. In the case of a default of the Contract by the Contractor and the completion of the work by the County, the Contractor and his surety are liable for the liquidated damages under the Contract, but the County will not charge liquidated damages for any delay in the Final Completion of the County's performance of the work due to any unreasonable action or delay on the part of the County. WS-CA-3 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 I. Release of Contractor's Responsibility. The County considers the Contract complete when the Contractor has completed in its entirety all of the work and the County has accepted all of the work and notified the Contractor in writing that the work is complete. The County will then release the Contractor from further obligation except as set forth in his bond and except as provided in the Contract. J. Recovery of Damages Suffered by Third Parties. When the Contractor fails to complete the work within the Contract Time or within such additional time that the County may grant, the County may recover from the Contractor amounts that the County pays for damages suffered by third parties unless the failure to timely complete the work was caused by the County's act or omission. Section 6. Exhibits Incorporated. The following documents are expressly agreed to be incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement. Exhibit A: Performance and Payment Bond Forms Exhibit B: Insurance Requirements Exhibit C: Release and Affidavit Form Exhibit D: Contractor Application for Payment Form Exhibit E: Change Order Form Exhibit F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form Exhibit G: Final Payment Checklist Exhibit H: General Terms and Conditions Exhibit I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions Exhibit J: Technical Specifications Exhibit K: Permits Exhibit L: Plans and Specifications prepared by SchenkelShultz Architecture, and identified as follows North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building, as shown on Plan Sheets A001, A100, A200, A300, S001, S100, S200, S300, M101,-M102, EOOO-E001, and E101-E102 Section 7. Notices. A. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by the Contractor to the Owner shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E-mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following: Phil Gramatges, P.E., Project Manager Public Utilities Engineering Department 3301 Tamiami Trail East Naples, Florida 34112 Telephone: 239-774-8836 Fax: 239-530-5378 E-mail: PhilGramatges@colliergov.net WS-CA-4 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 B. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by Owner to Contractor shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E-mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following: Brad Steinmann-Vice President Bradanna, Inc 4901 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, Florida 34113 Telephone: (239) 455-8891 Facsimile: (239) 417-1249 C. Either party may change its above noted address by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Section 8. Modification. No modification or change to the Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless in writing and executed by the party or parties intended to be bound by it. Section 9. Successors and Assians. Subject to other provisions hereof, the Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to the Agreement. Section 10. Governina Law. The Agreement shall be interpreted under and its performance governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Section 11. No Waiver. The failure of the Owner to enforce at any time or for any period of time anyone or more of the provisions of the Agreement shall not be construed to be and shall not be a waiver of any such provision or provisions or of its right thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. Section 12. Entire Aareement. Each of the parties hereto agrees and represents that the Agreement comprises the full and entire agreement between the parties affecting the Work contemplated, and no other agreement or understanding of any nature concerning the same has been entered into or will be recognized, and that all negotiations, acts, work performed, or payments made prior to the execution hereof shall be deemed merged in, integrated and superseded by the Agreement. Section 13. Severability. Should any provision of the Agreement be determined by a court to be unenforceable, such a determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section or part thereof. WS-CA-5 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Section 14. Chanae Order Authorization. The Project Manager shall have the authority on behalf of the Owner to execute all change orders to the Agreement to the extent provided for under the County's Purchasing Policy and accompanying administrative procedures. Section 15. Construction Any doubtful or ambiguous language contained in this Agreement shall not be construed against the party who physically prepared this Agreement. The rule sometimes referred to as "fortius contra proferentum" (pursuant to which ambiguities in· a contractual term which appears on its face to have been inserted for the benefit of-one of the parties shall be construed against the benefited party) shall not be applied to the construction of this Agreement. Section 16. Order of Precedence In the event of any conflict between or among the terms of any of the Contract Documents, the terms of the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions shall take precedence over the terms of all other Contract Documents. To the extent any conflict in· the terms of the Contract Documents cannot be resolved by application of the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions, the conflict shall be resolved by imposing the more strict obligation under the Contract Documents upon the Contractor. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. ........ ...... WS-CA-6 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 4> . .._-~........_.^..,- .---,-,'-____"""'_,.'"_""'.,_~_.. 16 C5 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date(s) indicated below. TWO WITNESSES: J ATTEST: S tt Teach Assistant County Attorney CONTRACTOR: Bradanna, Inc. ~Qk2S ------ ß(ao ~\\rrfif\{\ \\ \c..e.- ~\eS\(h:-n~ Type/Print Name and title Affix the "(Corporate Seal}" OR type/print "(Corporate Seal)" OWNER: , BOARD OF COUNTY COMMI$$tONERS OF -,;;_ COLLIER COUNTY, FLORID~(EX'9FFICIO' .:: THE GOVERNING BOARD QF-~THE. .'~. COLLIER COUNTY WATER.:.8,E;WER DISTRICT. ;: ~ ' ',' ~ By: mmissioner Donna Fiala, Chairman Item # /(.,t!...5 WS-CA-7 Aç¡enda II I, en J r D~ie 1Wl-( Ode ~ ~,.C."'~ t K'K d çfD'~O~'< ,,¡ 'k . IX.- ,.' t'! .1 ~j \.I¡9( ......,:""--~,-. Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building This Bond Complies With The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act Of 2002 (TRIA) 16 C5 Executed In 7 Counterparts EXHIBIT A PUBLIC PAYMENT BOND Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building Bid No. 05-3726 CONTRACT NO. 05-3726 BOND NO. 2047531 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Bradanna, Inc., 4901 E. Tamiami Tr., Suite 200, Naples, FI 34113, (239) 455-8891 , as Principal, and North American Specialty Insurance Company , as Surety, located at 650 Elm Street, Manchester, NH, 03101-2524 (603) 644-6600 (Business Address) are held and firmly bound to Collier County Board of County Commissioners as Obligee in the sum of ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY NINE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED & NOf100THS ($ 179.800.00 ) for the payment whereof we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the Î to ~ay of ~ 2004, with Obligee for Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building; Bid No. 05·3726 in accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: Promptly makes payment to all claimants as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation under this Bond. The provisions of this bond are subject to the time limitations of Section 255.05(2). In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to claimants for more than the penal sum of this Payment Bond, regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by claimants. ~ I~S WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this 10 #->day of 1 Q , 04, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly signed by its under-signed representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Owner's Address: 3301 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34112-3969 (239) 774-8836 WS-CA-A-1 Street Address of Project: 10500 Goodlette Road Naples, FL Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: PRINCIPAL: ~m Witnesses as to Principal Bradanna, Inc. Name:~~~'\omo "D Its: ~ 'Ce. ~\~s,óe'f\-\- STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF CoD \\-\ e(' The foreQoing instrument was acknowledged before me this ~ day of 3' Gf'\ÚQ. 'y, 2004,E;" by ~,o.d SA·t"\~'N'Y1'('\'\\ ,as \h('~ ?r6;\(>\et1"\- of Bradanna, Inc. , a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He/she is --.personally known to me OR has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: &~ - - - - (Signature of Nary) I ... HENRY S. FERNANDEZ I, \ =~=~=~~~ NAME: ~-e~'\L.,\ S, Ç-(>("(1(l(\ckz.. I ~ Commmlaalon , 00128608 (Legibly Prl'nte~d) I Bonded By National Notary Aun. -- -- -- --- - (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State of ç \()( \ 00 Commission No. \:)"D \'2..lo5óC..o ATTEST: SURETY: North American Specialty Insurance Company (Printed Name) 650 Elm Street Manchester, NH, 03101-2524 (Business Address) (Authorized . Witness as to Suret (Printed Name OR WS-CA-A-2 _ Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building ~ QAA r1J6oX-- --r (lXì rDM W ~« Witnesses C5 act & Florida Licensed Resident Agent of Attorney) Inquiries: (407) 834-0022 650 Elm Street Manchester, NH, 03101·2524 (Business Address) Jennifer McCarta (Printed Name) (603) 644·6600 (Telephone Number) STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Seminole . The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 24th day of Jennifer McCarta , as Attornev in Fact North American Specialtv Insurance Company, Surety, on behalf of personally known to me OR has produced Personallv Known identification and who did (did not) take an oath. November 2004, by of Surety. He/She is as My Commission Expires: KA THLEEN A. CLAWSON Notary Publ ie, State of Florida My comm. expo Aug. 30, 2008 Comm. No. DO 351092 ~~'--' Q. (' Yo A~r-...__ (Signature of Notary) Name: Kathleen A. Clawson (Legibly Printed) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State of Florida Commission No.: August 30,2008 W S-CA-A-3 _ Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building Th;, Bond com!,gh the Ge:¿,m Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (TRIA). EXHIBIT A Executed in 7 Counterparts PUBLIC PERFORMANCE BOND Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building Bid No. 05-3726 BOND NO. 2047531 CONTRACT NO. 05-3726 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Bradanna, Inc., 4901 E. Tamiami Tr., Suite 200, Naples, FL 34113, (239) 455-8891 ,as Principal, and North American Specialtv Insurance Company , as Surety, located at 650 Elm Street, Manchester, NH, 03101-2524, (603) 644-6600 (Business Address) are held and firmly bound to Collier County Board of County Commissioners, as Obligee in the sum of ONE HUNDRED _ SEVENTY NINE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED AND NO/100THS ($ 179.800.00 ) for the payment whereof we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the i b -jÞ day of ~ 2004, with Obligee for Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building, Bid No. 05-3726, 10500 Goodlette Road, Naples, Florida in accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract; and 2. Pays Obligee any and all losses, damages, costs and attorneys' fees that Obligee sustains because of any default by Principal under the Contract, including, but not limited to, all delay damages, whether liquidated or actual, incurred by Obligee; and 3. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the Contract for the time specified in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation under this Bond. WS-CA-A-1 a Owner's Address: 3301 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34112-3969 (239) 774-8836 - Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or other work to be performed hereunder, or the specifications referred to therein shall in anywise affect its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such changes, extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to work or to the specifications. This instrument shall be construed in all respects as a common law bond. It is expressly understood that the time provisions and statute of limitations under Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, shall not apply to this bond. In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to Obligee for more than the penal sum of this Performance Bond regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by Obligee. I)" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this .I 0'-jþ day of ~ ~004, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly signed by its un ersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: ~ Witnesses as to Principal PRINCIPAL: Bradanna, Inc. ~ '-, <S\-r,{"'\tùOt>'C'\ Its: \) \ C' e. \>r e.<\ \ ÖIe '(\{.- STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF 01:) \ h-e.r- The fOr~ing instrument was acknowledged before me this l.\-\t-. day of 3'Q '("\ \)Q.'\t..! , 200~y ("èô ~·\"mC\.f\n , as \J\C:c '\>re~\ c>\e()t- ' of Bradanna, Inc. , a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He/she is personª,JY known to me OR has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. - WS-CÄ-Ä-2a - Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building My Commission Expires: H' HENRY S. FERNANDEZ Œ\ Notary Public - StatB of Florida ª. . æ My CcInrnIIIIa1 Ex¡i- ALG 11. ZØI :~ æ Commm1111on . 001285D6 . .....'W' Bonded By National Notary AIIn. ..i'" (AFFIX ATTEST: :ilAoa6 "'. [0 ::;urety ,~1Y{1~ ~(};f\OJ^A G;yð0w Witnesses Inquiries (407) 834-0022 16 C5 (Signature of ~lfkl" ~ Name: \--\-e"rLl s. ç-f'( nand'LL. (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State of ç \0 c ,do Commission No. \:) 'D \2<.060<.0 SURETY: North American Specialty Insurance Company (Printed Name) 650 Elm Street Manchester, NH, 03101-2524 (Business Address) (Authnri7/id 8i§I'c:1ture) OR ct & Florida Licensed Resident Agent f Attorney) 650 Elm Street Manchester. NH. 03101-2524 (Business Address) Jennifer McCarta (Printed Name) (603) 644-6600 (Telephone Number) WS-CA-A-3a - Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 G5 STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Seminole The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 24th day of November 2004, by Jennifer McCarta ,as Attornev in Fact North American Specialty Insurance Company ,Surety, on behalf of Surety. personally known to me OR has produced Personallv Known identification and who did (did not) take an oath. of He/she is as My Commission Expires: KATHLEEN A. CLAWSON Notary Public, State of Florida My comm. expo Aug. 30, 2008 Comm. No. CD 351092 ~~ Q (' Å1AA~ (SIgnature of Notary) Name: Kathleen A. Clawson (Legibly Printed) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State of Florida Commission No.: DD351092 WS-CA-A-4a _ Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Bond No.: 2047531 POLICYHOLDER DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT Coverage for acts of terrorism as defined in § 102(1) of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 ("the Act") is already included in this surety bond. You should know that, effective November 26,2002, under your existing coverage, any losses caused by certified acts of terrorism would be partially reimbursed by the United States under a formula established by federal law. Under this formula, the United States pays 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding the statutorily established deductible paid by the insurance company providing the coverage. The portion of your annual premium that is attributable to coverage for acts of terrorism is iQ. As your insurance/surety company we are sending you this notice to comply with the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002. For questions regarding this notice please visit our website www.nassuretV.com or you may call our office at 630-227-4825. REV: 2/03 agent notice NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURÞ..NCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY ~ Kl~OW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, lllinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: J. W. Guignard. Bryce R. Guignard, M. Gary Francis, Paul L. Ciambriello, April L. Lively. Jennifer McCarta. Brett Ragland. Margie Morris and Katie N. Bird jointly or severally Its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact. to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its beha[fand as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or pennitted by law, reguIation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: TEN MrLLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by tàcsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 24th of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, any Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by tàcsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or tàcsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." ,...,,,tU',"',,,;, ~..,~"~\\C\,,, \O~! I';'·',,,, ~~;...r- ...~.~..-:,. ;:~.' "i;.~ ff ~ ! CORPORATE \ % S [~l SEAL 19È %.~ \ mzô1iA ......,~ of ""'lI~ .....-.....,.. ~-;....~ ;""#"~h.'"!!:1U\'\\""~ ~\\\\\lIIIIJ/1/1I11 N-'\\'t. G\AUT'f I. í'/~ ~r.,~'<J:.·~p'äi;.·'~~~ ~~/èP ~~'..~~ ~~f SEAL \~ª -C:' 'm- ;;,.¡';~ 1973 ",co;; ~4"'~_~ ~....o§ ~~~:..,!t~L4~~"~ § ~'~iI ,.........~--4Ö ~ ~IIIIII~~ I ~\~\\\\\\,,' By K/ ¿) hÍu4/¥H Paul D. Am5tutz~ President & Chief Executive Officer of \Vashington International Insurance Company & Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company í;ÇiI /7 By l~ Steven P. Anderson, Executive Vice President of 'Washington International Insurance Company & Vice President of North American Specialty Insunnce Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed. and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this -º---day of May , 20~. North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page ss: On this 2 day of May ,20~, before me. a Notary Public personaily appeared Paul D. Amstutz , President and CEO of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P. Anderson Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personalIy known to me, who being by me duly sworn. acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instmment to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. r OO'I'ICW, SEAt. V'-"""AAliTEl ~ HOlNWP'UaIc: -srÞ.1'I' 0# IolUNOl$: ~ .....~EXIIWÞI;s:oa.)1-Oi -4 i t , , , -.~ ~~ c::z - zP'~ Yasmin A. Patel, Notary Public I, James A. Carpenter ,the duly elected Assistant SecretarY of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this _ day of ,20_. ~~>~~- J::¡,m~s A. C:lrpentcr. Vice Prcsidcnr & Assistant Secretary or Washington Intema[JonaJ Insurance Company & .1"ssistant Sccrerary oîNorth Amenc:m Specialty Insurance Company 2005f; 4: 32P~D ICK JOHNSON J EFFER,~.9.~.1 WG MEARS~~~1!.~l~,~:...~...~.~.~.lmf~~. liïõ-ŠíÕ·Š' ~f TRJS CERTIFlCATR IS JSS[JEÐ AS A MAyFINFOIWA110N ONLY AND CONFEaS NO RIGHTS UPO CATE HOLDER. TIllS CERTIFICATE DOP,S NO D, R AI.TEa THE COVERAGE I\FFORDED BY L1 . W. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE ;L.~J a n, PRODUCltR 5. DICK/JOHNSON/JEFFERSON BOX 11270 BRADENTON FL 34282 COMPANY A SOUTHERN-O~ERS INSURANCE CO 1NStIJŒD COM~ANY B O~E~S + NSURANCE. CO BRADANNA INC 4901 E TAMIAMI TRL STE 200 NAPLES FL 34113 COMPANY C OHIO CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY D BRIDGEFIELD EMPLOYERS ~ -w+ ~a~--¡~~~~~~~~~;r-i}=tæ" ~~~=~~~~~'1:~WS~~æ~~~~~~~!:ssæ~~=æ£fE"'"~£~< ~~..~ i+W'il ..........__~:t .........~~.........~~............_ ~"'.......:i:':........._..~pm......................v"'~................._..~......_WAo.»>:<Þ"................ THIS IS TO CI3RTlFY THAT Ttili POLICIES OF INSURANCB LJST1!D BELOW HAV¡,¡ BEEN ISSUED TO THB INSURED NAMED t\ØOYE FOR TIlE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TIlRt.f OR CONDmON OF ANY CON'I"RACT OR OTHER DOCUMF.NT WITH RñSÞ¡¡C;T TO WHICIl THrs CERTIFlCATli MAY BB rSSt11iD OR MAY PERTAIN. mE INSURANCE AFFOIWrID BY THE POUCJr:s DE.~CIW1ED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. ßXCLUSIONS ^ND CONDmONS Of SUCH pOl.lcms. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVI.¡ BEEN REDUCI.JD BY PAID CLAIMS. co 1. 'tit POJ.JCY WUMJlER, I'QUCY EI'I'Ii:C'I'IVI> I'OLICV K"PI,"TJ D~n ¡MMlDDIVY) I)ATE (MMIDDIY'V 'nn: OF 1NS1JR~NCI£ Ci¡NIUW.LIADß,rrV 20590293 - 04 X C:OMM ¡J\CIAt. GI!NP.RA'. LIABILITY .....w. CI-^IM:; MADIi LJ OCCUR OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT a/01 04 GP.N~,"LAGGRnOAT~ PRODUCT$ - CONl'lOr AO(l " - . 1'J;;II,SONAl &. MJV INJURY eAC.Ji OCCURRT!NCI:i 1"Tf( ¡ VAMA? ¡. (Any _I'it~) MP. ) EXI' (Auy """ per<Oll) a/01/0S -'. ~V'I'OMOIIILE u~nn.J1Y 4242 3 4 75 0 0 X ANY Alrro AU. OWNliD ^\rros SCHRI)ULW AUTOS X ItIIUõD AtlTO$ X.. NON.()WNED AtrI'O!I 8/01/04 a/01 05 C:OMRIN ;¡ ) SlNClli f.IMIT JlODILY INJ\lI(Y ¡per person) DDDILYtJllJUKT (Per açcidcru .....- f1l0rERTY DAMAü¡¡ G^.RAC~ LJ.ABJLI1V ANY A \/'1'0 LIMITS 5.2,000, Q.OO. $1 090,000 $l,oqo~ooo sl,OOO,OOO s 5 0 (. 0 0 0 s 5 000 1,000,000 s $ s AUTO ON!.V - f,;A Aq:IDIiNT $ O'I~ TIIAN AU1'O .ONI. Y: :T:::;:::;-;~t~::5:.:::::·:::::;:;:::<:·::::::::·:::: IiACH ACCIQFm: 5 .- ACìORF.GA'fJ;; 1iAc:H OCC\J¡OO¡NC:1i AGCRliOATP. EXOOS53112393 OfIlI!R TIIAN \JMDRm.J.A FORM WOIUU:RS ~SAT1ON AND Ii:MrLOYERS' LrA"IYTY 2 14/05 83031245 2 14/04 THIÒ I'ROl'RlIiTORI 'AIlTNliR"W."b'(~UTIVE OFFICI!1t.~ AI(J;;: ~ INCL ¡,¡xCI. 61. DrS¡¡~~F.""Ol.ICY UMIT 1>1. DISfiASn.I1A P'MrI..OYEE S s2.! 000, Q09_ $ 2 , 0.0 0 , 0 0 Q $ /;:~:..: :::~:~;~::.~.: .~.:. :~~:.::. :.: ':::~?:/: :~:~:: ',::j s 500,000 $ 500,000 s 500,000 DE!ICRTI"flUN OF OPU.~l1OM11LOCA TIOII16/VgHlCL.ES/SPJ:CT"L ITDIJi REF EXPAND NORTH COUNTY WATBR RECLAIMATION FACILITY PROCESS CONTROL BUILDING BID #05-3726 NON-PAY PREMIUM 10 DAY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS ALSO LISTED AS A NAMED INSURED IN RESPECT TO GEN LIAB ~~~~~l~Jil"t~~:$f~~~~mi~~~~~ '.:,: ~~:~..' .Ð1f~~~$i£S~~;~5ª¡:Jt~=-$~~~~~}i$~ªt~~~~1*~ .~~~~.........~""'~:>No.""""""""'~~"""""'"''_~''''''''' ",~"m:o.... ...""......_~'............._..~+:.....oMoI<>............J.'^"#<J"Nto......~ .......~~~.........._......... S.l:lOULD ANY 01' THE ADOVF. lIKSCIWIED P()T.\C.ŒS BE CANC:I!.I,l.&D BEFORE Trrli: COLLIER COUNTY BRD OF COMMISSI ONERS GOV CNTR PUR DEPT BLDG G 3301 TAMIAMI TRAIL EAST NAPLES FL 34112 'li:1Œ'UCATION DATI¡ 1'1ŒREOI', TRF; ISSUING COMI'ANY WILL F.NDI':"VOK TtHAIL ~ DAY!! WJUTnN NOTICE TO Tmt CE.KTJF1CA'I'F. HOWJiJt NAMJtÐ TO l'wt:n·. aUT FAIWKI!; '1'0 MAIL ¡¡'OCt! NOTICE ¡Jr~"L IM1'OSE NO 01ll./CATION OILIAIUI.I'LY , 01' ANY COM1'ANV. ITS ". R RKI'KESENTATlW.s. ~.__m _~__.m~'1?;:e . m~__mm __ ~ _.":^~:i"''*a,'''~.t'<:; ~~~~~~Eæ~~~~~æ~Œ~~.;: ... .~ ........,~~~. ^~-'-_____...,--r'._. ." 16 C5 EXHIBIT B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS (1) The amounts and types of insurance coverage shall conform to the following minimum requirements with the use of Insurance Services Office (ISO) forms and endorsements or their equivalents. . (2) The insurance required by this Agreement shall be written for not less than the limits specified herein or required by law, whichever is greater. . (3) Coverage shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the work until. the date of completion and acceptance of the Project by the Owner or as specified in this Agreement, whichever is longer. (4) Certificates of insurance (3 copies) acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner within ten (10) calendar days after Notice of Award is received by Contractor/Consultant/Professional. (5) The Contractor and/or its insurance carrier shall provide 30 days written notice to the Owner of policy cancellation or non-renewal on the part of the insurance carrier or the Contractor. (6) All insurance coverage of the Contractor/Consultant/Professional shall be primary to any insurance or self insurance program carried by the Owner applicable to this Project. (7) The acceptance by Owner of any Certificate of Insurance does not constitute approval or agreement by the Owner that the insurance requirements have been satisfied or that the insurance policy shown on the Certificate of Insurance is in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement. (8) Contractor/Consultant/Professional shall require each of its subcontractors to procure and maintain, until the completion of the subcontractors work, insurance of the types and to the limits specified in this Section unless such insurance requirements for the subcontractor are expressly waived in writing by the Owner. (9) Should at any time the Contractor/ConsultantIProfessional not maintain the insurance coverage required herein, the Owner may terminate the Agreement or at its sole discretion shall be authorized to purchase such coverage and charge the Contractor for such coverage purchased. The Owner shall be under no obligation to purchase such insurance, nor shall it be responsible for the coverage purchased or the insurance company or companies used. The decision of the Owner to purchase such insurance coverage shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of any of its rights under the Contract Documents. (10) If the initial, or any subsequently issued Certificate of Insurance expires prior to the completion of the Work or termination of the Agreement, the Contractor/Consultant/ Professional shall furnish to the County, renewal or replacement Certificate{s) of Insurance not later than ten (10) calendar days after the date of their expiration. Failure of the Contractor to provide the County with such renewal certificate{s) shall be considered justification for the County to terminate the Agreement. WS-CA-B-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Required by this Agreement? (check one) l Yes _ No (1) Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance shall be maintained by the Contractor/Consuttantl Professional during the term of this Agreement for all employees engaged in . the work under this Agreement in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. The amounts of such insurance shall not be less than: a. Worker's Compensation - Florida Statutory Requirements b. Employers' Liability (check one) $100,000 Each Accident $500,000 Disease Aggregate $100,000 Disease Each Employee -L $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease Aggregate $1,000,000 Disease Each Employee (2) The insurance company shall waive its Rights of Subrogation against the Owner and the policy shall be so endorsed. (3) United States Longshoreman's and Harborworker's Act coverage shall be maintained where applicable to the completion of the work. D Applicable x Not Applicable (4) Maritime Coverage (Jones Act) shall be maintained where applicable to the completion of the work. D Applicable x Not Applicable COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Required by this Agreement? lYes No (1) Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be maintained by the Contractor I Consultant Professional. Coverage will include, but not be limited to, Bodily Injury, Property Damage, Personal Injury, Contractual Liability for this Agreement, Independent Contractors, Broad Form Property WS-CA-B-2 Bid No, 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building ',u,"___" , 16 C5 Damage including Completed Operations and Products and Completed Operations Coverage. Limits of Liability shall not be less than the following: (check one) _ General Aggregate Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Personal and Advertising Injury Each Occurrence Fire Damage _ General Aggregate Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Personal and Advertising Injury Each Occurrence Fire Damage -.X. General Aggregate Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Personal and Advertising Injury Each Occurrence Fire Damage $ 300,000 $ 300,000 $ 300,000 $ 300,000 $ 50,000 $ 500,000 $ 500,000 $ 500,000 $ 500,000 $ 50,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $ 50,000 (2) The General Aggregate Limit shall apply separately to this Project and the policy shall be endorsed using the following endorsement wording. "This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: Commercial General Liability Coverage Part. The General Aggregate Limit under LIMITS OF INSURANCE applies separately to each of your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you." (3) If the General Liability insurance required herein is issued or renewed on a "claims made" basis, as opposed to the "occurrence" form, the retroactive date for coverage shall be no later than the commencement date of the Project and shall provide that in the event of cancellation or non-renewal the Extended Reporting Period (Discovery Period) for claims shall be no less than three (3) years. (4) The Owner shall be named as an Additional Insured and the policy shall be endorsed that such coverage shall be primary to any similar coverage carried by the Owner. (5) Coverage shall be included for explosion, collapse or underground property damage claims. (6) Watercraft Liability coverage shall be carried at the limits shown above if applicable to the completion of the work under this Agreement. o Applicable x Not Applicable (7) Aircraft Liability coverage shall be carried at limits of $1,000,000 each occurrence if applicable to the completion of the work under this Agreement. o Applicable xNot Applicable WS-CA-B-3 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 PROPERTY INSURANCE - BUILDERS RISK (1) The Owner shall purchase and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the State of Fiorida and in Collier County, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required to bè covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and Material Suppliers in the Work. - (2) Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form and, at the Owner's option, shall cover reasonable compensation for Professional's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. At the Owner's option, flood insurance will also be purchased. (3) The property insurance provided by the Owner requires minimum deductibles and the Contractor shall pay costs not covered by the deductibles. The responsibility of the Contractor for any deductible associated with the all-risk policy described above shall be limited to a maximum of $1,000 for each occurrence unless higher deductibles are identified in Exhibit C of the Contract Documents. The responsibility of the Contractor for any deductible associated with the flood insurance identified herein, if purchased by the Owner, shall be limited to a maximum of $1,000 for each occurrence unless higher deductibles are identified in Exhibit C of the Contract Documents. (4) This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit. (5) Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall have the option of purchasing and maintaining boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner. If purchased this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. (6) Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Professional, Professional's consultants, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Exhibit C or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The policies shall provide waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. (7) A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insured, as their interests may appear: WS-CA-B-4 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building _._--_._~ 16 C5 . AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Required by this Agreement? (check one) -1L Yes _ No (1) Automobile Liability Insurance shall be maintained by the Contractor/Consultant/ Professional for the ownership, maintenance or use of any owned, non-owned or hired vehicle with limits of not less than: (check one) _ Bodily Injury & Property Damage - $ 500,000 -X- Bodily Injury & Property Damage - $1,000,000 UMBRELLA LIABILITY (1) Umbrella Liability may be maintained as part of the liability insurance of the Contractor/Consultant/Professional and, if so, such policy may be in addition to and in excess of Employers' Liability, Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability and Professional Liability coverage required herein and shall include all coverage on a "following form" basis. (2) The policy shall contain wording to the effect that, in the event of the exhaustion of any underlying coverage due to the payment of claims, the Umbrella policy will "drop down" to apply as primary insurance. (3) The General Aggregate limit, if applicable, shall apply separately to this project and the policy shall be so endòrsed. WS-CA-B-5 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building ,.--- 16 CS EXHIBIT C RELEASE AND AFFIDAVIT FORM COUNTY OF COLLIER STATE OF FLORIDA Before me, the undersigned authority, personally appeared who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: (1) In accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of $ paid, ("Contractor") releases and waives for itself and - its subcontractors, material men, .successors and assigns, all claims demands, damages, costs and expenses, whether in contract or in tort, against the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, Ex-Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District ("Owner") relating in any way to the performance of the Agreement between Contractor and Owner, dated , 20_, for the period from to (2) Contractor certifies for itself and its subcontractors, material men, successors and assigns, that all charges for labor, materials, supplies, lands, licenses and other expenses for which Owner might be sued or for which a lien or a demand against any payment bond might be filed, have been fully satisfied and paid. (3) Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Owner from all demands or suits, actions, claims of liens or other charges filed or asserted against the Owner arising out of the performance by Contractor of the Work covered by this Release and Affidavit. (4) This Release and Affidavit is given in connection with Contractor's [monthly/final] Application for Payment No. CONTRACTOR: By: Its: President Date: Witnesses [Corporate Seal] WS-CA-C-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 STATE OF COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this ~~, ~ , ~ ,a the corporation. He/she is personally known to day of , of corporation, on behalf of me or has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: (Signature of Notary) Name: (Legibly Printed) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State of Commission No.: WS-CA-C-2 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 EXHIBIT D FORM OF CONTRACT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT (County Project Manager) (County Department) Collier County Board of County Commissioners (the OWNER) or Collier County Water-Sewer District (the OWNER) FROM: (Contractor's Representative) (Contractor's Name) (Contractor's Address) RE: Bid No. . Project No. Application Date Payment Ap·plication No. for Work accomplished through the Date: (Project Name) Original Contract Time: Revised Contract Time: Retainage @ 10% thru[insert date] $ Retainage @ _% after [insert date] $ Percent Work completed to Date: Percent Contract Time completed to Date % % Liquidated Damages to be Accrued $ Original Contract Amount: $ Total Change Orders to Date $ Revised Contract Amount $ Total value of Work Completed and stored to Date $ Less previous payment (s) $ AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $ ATTACH SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION TO THIS APPLICATION CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that: (1) all previous progress payments received from OWN ER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through _ inclusive; (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNERat time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (except such as covered by Bond acceptable to OWNER); (3) all amounts have been paid for work which previous payments were issued and received from the OWNER and that current payment is now due; (4) and CONTRACTOR agrees that all overruns as shown on the monthly estimate summary shall, in fact, be added to the revised contract and shall be incorporated into a future Change Order: By CONTRACTOR: (Contractor's Name) (Signature) DATE: (Type Name & Title) (shall be signed by a duly authorized representative of CONTRACTOR) Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended: (DP's Name) (Signature) DATE: (Type Name & Title) Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is approved: By Design Professional: By OWNER'S Project Manager: WS-CA-D-1 (Signature) DATE: (Type Name and Title) Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 CS' I I II I T.!!TTTTm m ~Willl t!! E _ ::s -- ~'8 . .2 Q --f-- I gm . "t:I0 I ~ 8 o·s ~ 3!~ I i ~ --- ; j 'I ..9!'ã. . I §.!II I --- ,!!.!! Q (II ã."t:I Em __'-I- 8 ~ .!!! .ê I õ(ll I ¡-- (II C I ~.2 ¡ " ~(O . - i I f--- .~ ~ I I ~ '8 ì ii! 1 g~u- 11 - lU ill ~! 1 .c Q 1-01 ~æ I-.s:: ..~~ '" 0 .ê ~ ~:;s 'ã..!! ~~ ~ ~ cD o - ~ à: g.'¡ (¡) c: ~ -g ~ ";; ::s (II 01 '" E c: I c: 0 (II ~!~ I' 8m;; o .,; 8 .! äi .S ~ 8:~ ' ::J!~ .E .!!! CD c.s:: 8: f-- .2 ;;: 111 _ .s:: ~:>'''' e- ~I Q J! I ~ 0.- IT I I I 111...I1~19 ~~w l o-::E: I I-~¡: I !!;IS: ¡- - - ... ... ~ i ~~I! ~ ,--LL _ . ~ I I I I -~'w ~ i I ...~ [I - ii,1 IIIIIII TTfTTl I I r I Tf -'-f---- --- --- _. I-W ffitii 0...1 . ffi~ -t-' Q. 0 í--- 0 00 ...I~WW <wo:::l- M~---; ~tl! ~ ~ I- ~ I I--~ 1/)< I-¡;-'- -- :IE 11 th ~" 10 w -i I ~ mlÞ ::J ~I" ... ::E: 0::: ..J ¥i~.g 0 I-W 0( _ I1.JI ~ W a. > =-1- l- ¡. W o ~ I/) W W :i ~~ ..J 0 I-w ::J 0 ðo CI- ~::¡~ w -0 8:~ ð ~ < W th ~ !;ë 00 I ~ æ ---1--1- - - - Q. ¡: o ~ ~I I ! ~II I! II ~ w o -f-- 1 ___l-~U I '. t - :ç ! c ~ o ,~~. -- I Iii j ulli1u I I 1- ! I ~ 00( b I- II :IE ffi I I I ~; I 1£ II I ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I C) c: :§ .:5 cc N I o <1: (,) I ~ e ë o ü r/) ¡ß o e a. ~ ·õ !U LL. c: .2 ñí E !U "õ Q) 0::: .... .! ~ Þ c::: :J o Ü J::: 1:: o Z "C c::: !U 0- X W I CD N '" C") I II') o ci Z "C Iii EXHIBIT E CHANGE ORDER 16 C5 TO: FROM: Collier COllilty Government Project Name: Construction Agreement Dated: Change Order No.: Bid No.: Date: Change Order Description: Original agreement amollilt ..... ............... ..... .................. .............. ......$ Sum of previous change orders amollilt ............................................$ 11ris Change Order ArnOllilt................................................... ........ ....$ Revised Agreement Amount .... .......... ........................ ......................... $ Original contract time in calendar days .................................................. Adjusted number of calendar days due to previous change orders ......... 11ris change order adjusted time is .......................................................... Revised Contract Time in calendar days ................................................. Original Notice to Proceed date .............................................................. Completion date based on original contract time......................... Revised completion date ....... ........ .... ............... ...... ...... ................ Your acceptance of this change order shall constitute a modification to our Agreement and will be perfonned subject to all the same terms and conditions as contained in our Agreement indicated above, as fully as if the same were repeated in this acceptance. The adjustment, if any, to this Agreement shall constitute a full and final settlement of any and all claims of the Contractor arising out of, or related to, the change set forth herein, including claims for impact and delay costs. Prepared by: Date: PUED Project Manager Recommended by: Date: Design Professional WS-CA-E-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building Accepted by: Contractor Approved by: PUED Director Authorized by: Director (For Use by Owner: Fund: Cost Center: Object Code: G:\Forms\Change Order Master.doc Revised 02/03/98 WS-CA-E-2 Date: Date: Date: Project No.: ) Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 EXHIBIT F 16 C5 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OWNER'S Project No. ENGINEER'S Project No. PROJECT: CONTRACTOR Contract For Contract Date This Certificate of Substantial completion applies to all Work under the Contract documents or to the following specified parts thereof: To OWNER And To The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the contract documents on: DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be aI/-inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete aI/ the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within days of the above date of Substantial Completion. EJCDC NO. 1910-8-0 (1983 Edition) Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General contractors of America. Reprinted 5/85 WS-CA-F-1 Bid No, 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building . '.'" ~~""'"1'--'-------' 16 C5 The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as follows: RESPONSIBILITIES: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Design Professional on ,2004 Design Professional By: Type Name and Title CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on ,2004 CONTRACTOR By: Type Name and Title OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on ,2004 OWNER By: Type Name and Title WS-CA-F-2 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 EXHIBIT G FINAL PAYMENT CHECKLIST Bid No.: Contractor. Project No.: Date: .2004 The following items have been secured by the for the Project known as and have been reviewed and found to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Original Contract Amount: Final Contract Amount: Commencement Date: Substantial Completion Time: Final Completion Time: Calendar Days. Calendar Days. YES NO 1. All Punch List items completed on 2. Warranties and Guarantees assigned to County (attach to this form). 3. Effective date of General one year warranty from Contractor is: 4. 2 copies of Operation and Maintenance manuals for equipment and system submitted (list manuals in attachment to this form). 5. Record drawings obtained and dated: 6. County personnel trained on system and equipment operation. 7. Certificate of Occupancy No.: issued on (attach to this form). 8. Certificate of Substantial Completion issued on 9. Final Payment Application and Affidavits received from Contractor on: 10. Consent of Surety received on 11. Operating Department personnel notified project is in operating phase. 12, Contractor evaluation completed. 13. Other: If any of the above are not applicable, indicate by N/A. If NO is checked for any of the above, attach explanation. Acknowledgments: By Contractor. (Company Name) (Signature) (Typed Name & Title) (Department Name) (Signature) (Name & Title) By Owner: WS-CA-G-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 EXHIBIT H GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.1. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or portion thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Dôcuments as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words which have a well known technical or trade meaning are used to describe work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, law or regulation in effect at the time the Work is performed, except as may be otherwise specifically stated herein. 1.2. If before or during the performance of the Work Contractor discovers a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, Contractor immediately shall report same to Project Manager in writing and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from the Project Manager. Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing any portion of the Work. 1.3. Drawings are intended to show general arrangements, design and extent of Work and are not intended to serve as shop drawings. Specifications are separated into divisions for convenience of reference only and shall not be interpreted as establishing divisions for the Work, trades, subcontracts, or extent of any part of the Work. In the event of a discrepancy between or among the drawings, specifications or other Contract Document provisions, Contractor shall be required to comply with the provision which is the more restrictive or stringent requirement upon the Contractor, as determined by the Project Manager. Unless otherwise specifically mentioned, all anchors, bolts, screws, fittings, fillers, hardware, accessories, trim and other parts required in connection with any portion of the Work to make a complete, serviceable, finished and first quality installation shall be furnished and installed as part of the Work, whether or not called for by the Contract Documents. 2. INVESTIGATION AND UTILITIES. 2.1. Contractor shall have the sole responsibility of satisfying itself concerning the nature and location of the Work and the general and local conditions, and particularly, but without limitation, with respect to the following: those affecting transportation, access, disposal, handling and storage of materials; availability and quality of labor; water and electric power; availability and condition of roads; work area; living facilities; climatic conditions and seasons; physical conditions at the work-site and the WS-CA-H-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 project area as a whole; topography and ground surface conditions; nature and quantity of the surface materials to be encountered; subsurface conditions; equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during performance of the Work; and all other costs associated with such performance. The failure of Contractor to acquaint itself with any applicable conditions shall not relieve Contractor from any of its responsibilities to perform under the Contract Documents, nor shall it be considered the basis for any claim for additional time or compensation. 2.2. Contractor shall locate all existing roadways, railways, drainage facilities and utility services above, upon, or under the Project site, said roadways, railways, drainage facilities and utUities being referred to in this Sub-Section 2.2 as the "Utilities". Contractor shall contact the owners of all Utilities to determine the necessity for relocating or temporarily interrupting any Utilities during the construction of the Project. Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its Work around any such relocation or temporary service interruption. Contractor shall be responsible for properly shoring, supporting and protecting all Utilities at all times during the course of the Work. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all other utility work so as to not interfere with the prosecution of the Work (except those utilities to be coordinated by the Owner as described in other places of the contract documents). 3. SCHEDULE. 3.1. The Contractor, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award, shall preparè and submit to Project Manager, for his/her review and approval, a progress schedule for the Project (herein "Progress Schedule"). The Progress Schedule shall relate to all Work required by the Contract Documents shall utilize the Critical Path method of scheduling and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work within the Contract Time. The Progress Schedule shall indicate the dates for starting and completing the various stages of the Work. 3.2. The Progress Schedule shall be updated monthly by the Contractor. All monthly updates to the Progress Schedule shall be subject to the Project Manager's review and approval. Contractor shall submit the updates to the Progress Schedule with its monthly Applications for Payment noted below. The Project Manager's review and approval of the submitted Progress Schedule updates shall be a condition precedent to the Owner's obligation to pay Contractor. 3.3 All work under this Agreement shall be performed within the requirements of the Collier County Noise Ordinance 93-77, Amended by 96-29, and Article 1, Division 1.5, Section 1.5.5 of the Collier County Land Development Code. Unless otherwise specified, work will generally be limited to the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday, except for County Holidays. No work shall be performed outside the specified hours without the prior approval of the Project Manager. 4. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. 4.1. Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Project Manager, for their review and approval, a schedule of values based upon the Contract Price, listing the major elements of the Work and the dollar value for each element. After its approval by the Project Manager, this schedule of values shall be used as the basis for the Contractor's monthly Applications for Payment. This schedule shall be updated and submitted each month to the Project Manager along with a completed copy of the Application for Payment form signed by the Contractor's authorized representative and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit D. WS-CA-H-2 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building l~ ~ '" 16 C5 4.2. Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Project Manager a complete list of all its proposed subcontractors and material men, showing the work and materials involved and the dollar amount of each proposed subcontract and purchase order. The first Application for Payment shall be submitted no. earlier than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date. 4.3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated into the Project, but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to by the Owner in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that the Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests and encumbrances, together with evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which shall be subject to the Owner's satisfaction. 4.4. Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of its monthly Application for Payment to the Project Manager. Within twenty (20) business days after the date of each Application for Payment is stamped as received, the Project Manager, or Consultant, shall either: 4.4.1 Indicate his approval of the requested payment; 4.4.2 Indicate his approval of only a portion of the requested payment, stating in writing his reasons therefore; or 4.4.3 Return the Application for Payment to the Contractor indicating, in writing, the reason for refusing to approve payment. Payments of proper invoices shall be processed in accordance with Section 218.735, Florida Statutes and the administrative procedures established by the County's Purchasing Department and the Clerk of Courts' Finance Department respectively. In the event of a total denial and return of the Application for Payment by the Project Manager, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. The Owner shall, within ten (10) business days after the Application for Payment is stamped and received and after Project Manager approval of an Application for Payment, pay the Contractor the amounts so approved. 4.5. Owner shall retain ten percent (10%) of the gross amount of each monthly payment request or ten percent (10%) of the portion thereof approved by the Project Manager for payment, whichever is less. Such sum shall be accumulated and not released to Contractor until final payment is due, unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner. The Project Manager shall have the discretion to establish, in writing, a schedule to periodically reduce the percentage of cumulative retainage held through out the course of the project schedule. Collier County shall reserve the right to reduce the amount of the retainage witheld subject to the guidelines as set forth in the County's Purchasing Policy. 4.6. Monthly payments to Contractor shall in no way imply approval or acceptance of Contractor's work. WS-CA-H-3 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 4.7. Each Application for Payment, subsequent to the first pay application, shall be accompanied by a Release and Affidavit, in the form attached as Exhibit C, showing that all materials, labor, equipment and other bills associated with that portion of the Work payment is being requested on have been paid in full. For all payments subsequent to the first payment, the Owner shall not be required to make payment until and unless these affidavits are furnished by Contractor. 4.8. Contractor agrees and understands that funding limitations exist and that the expenditure of funds must be spread over the duration of the Project at regular intervals based on the Contract Amount and Progress Schedule. Accordingly, prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit for Project Manager's review and approval, a detailed Project Funding Schedule, whiçh shall be updated as necessary and approved by Owner to reflect approved adjustments to the Contract Amount and Contract Time. No voluntary acceleration or early completion of the Work shall modify the time of payments to Contractor as set forth in the approved Project Funding Schedule. 4.9. Prior to release of final payment and final retainage, the Contractor's Representative and the Project Manager shall jointly complete the Final Payment Checklist, a representative copy of which is enclosed in the agreement and labeled Exhibit G. 5. PAYMENTS WITHHELD. 5.1. The Project Manager or Owner may decline to approve any Application for Payment, or portions thereof, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections that reveal non- compliance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager may nullify the whole or any part of any approval for payment previously issued and Owner may withhold any payments otherwise due Contractor under this Agreement or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor, to such extent as may be necessary in the Owner's opinion to protect it from loss because of: 5.1.1 Defective Work not remedied; 5.1.2 Third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; 5.1.3 Failure of Contractor to make payment properly to subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; 5.1.4 Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; 5.1.5 Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; 5.1.6 Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor; or WS-CA-H-4 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 5.1.7 any other material breach of the Contract Documents. 5.2. If any conditions described in Subsection 5.1 are not remedied or removed, Owner may, after three (3) days written notice, rectify the same at Contractor's expense. Owner also may offset against any sums due Contractor the amount of any liquidated or unliquidated obligations of Contractor to Owner, whether relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement between Contractor and Owner. 6. FINAL PAYMENT. 6.1. . Owner shall make final payment to Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days after the Work is finally inspected and accepted by the Project Manager in accordance with Section 20.1 herein, provided that Contractor first, and as an explicit condition precedent to the accrual of Contractor's right to final payment, shall have furnished Owner with a properly executed and notarized copy of the Release and Affidavit attached as Exhibit C as well as, a duly executed copy of the Sureties consent to final payment and such other documentation that may be required by the Contract Documents and the Owner. 6.2. Contractor's acceptance of final payment shall constitute a full waiver of any and all claims by Contractor against Owner arising out of this Agreement or otherwise relating to the Project, except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Payment. Neither the acceptance of the Work nor payment by Owner shall be deemed to be a waiver of Owner's right to enforce any obligations of Contractor thereunder or to the recovery of damages for defective Work not discovered by the Design Professional or Project Manager at the time of final inspection. 7 . SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS. 7.1. Contractor shall carefully examine the Contract Documents for all requirements for approval of materials to be submitted such as shop drawings, data, test results, schedules and samples. Contractor shall submit all such materials at its own expense and in such form as required by the Contract Documents in sufficient time to prevent any delay in the delivery of such materials and the installation thereof. 7.2. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted by Owner if sufficient information is submitted by Contractor to allow the Owner to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by Owner from anyone other than Contractor and all such requests must be submitted by Contractor to Project Manager within thirty (30) calendar days after Notice of Award is received by Contractor. WS-CA-H-5 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 7.3. If Contractor wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, Contractor shall make application tó the Project Manager for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute shall adequately perform the functions and' achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application shall state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice Contractor's achievement of substantial completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use by the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service shall be indicated. The application also shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs for redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by the Project Manager in evaluating the proposed substitute. The Project Manager may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense additional data about the proposed substitute. 7.4. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to the Project Manager, if Contractor submits sufficient information to allow the Project Manager to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedures for submission to and review by the Project Manager shall be the same as those provided herein for substitute materials and equipment. 7.5. The Project Manager shall be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute and, if need be, to consult with the Design Professional. No substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without the Project Manager's and the Owner's prior written acceptance which shall be evidenced by either a Change Order, a Work Directive Change, a Field Order or an approved Shop Drawing. The Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. The Project Manager will record time required by the Project Manager and the Owner's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by Contractor and making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not the Owner accepts a proposed substitute, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of the Design Professional and the Design Professional's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. 8. DAILY REPORTS, AS-BUlL TS AND MEETINGS. 8.1. Unless waived in writing by owner, contractor shall complete and submit to Project Manager on a weekly basis a daily log of the contractor's work for the preceding week in a format approved by the Project Manager and Owner. The daily log'~hátl docúment all activities of contractor at the project site including, but not limited to, the following: WS-CA-H-6 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 8.1.1. Weather conditions showing the high and low temperatures during work hours: the amount of precipitation received on the Project site, and any other weather conditions which adversely affect the Work; 8.1.2. Soil conditions which adversely affect the Work; 8.1.3. The hours of operation by Contractor's and subcontractors' personnel; 8.1.4. The number of Contractor's and subcontractors' personnel present and working at the Project site, by subcontract and trade; 8.1.5. All equipment present at ,the Project site, description of equipment use and designation of time equipment was used (specifically indicating any down time); 8.1.6. Description of Work being performed at the Project site; 8.1.7. Any unusual or special occurrences at the Project site; 8.1.8. Materials received at the Project site; 8.1.9. A list of all visitors to the Project site; and 8.1.10. Any problems that might impact either the cost or quality of the Work or the time of performance. The daily log shall not constitute nor take the place of any notice required to be given by Contractor to Owner pursuant to the Contract Documents. 8.2. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Project site one record copy of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, all drawings, specifications, addenda, amendments, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders, as well as all written interpretations and clarifications issued by the Design Professional, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. The annotated drawings shall be continuously updated by the Contractor throughout the prosecution of the Work to accurately reflect all field changes that are made to adapt the Work to field conditions, changes resulting from Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders,and all concealed and buried installations of piping, conduit and utility services. All buried and concealed items, both inside and outside the Project site, shall be accurately located on the annotated drawings as to depth and in relationship to not less than two (2) permanent features (e.g. interior or exterior wall faces). The annotated drawings shall be clean and all changes, corrections and dimensions shall be given in a neat and legible manner in a contrasting color. The "As-Built" record documents, together with all approved samples and a counterpart of all approved shop drawings shall be available to the Project Manager or Design Professional for reference. Upon completion of the Work and as a condition precedent to Contractor's entitlement to final payment, these "As-Built" record documents, samples and shop drawings shall be delivered to Project Manager by Contractor for Owner. WS-CA-H-7 Bid No, 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 8.3. Contractor shall keep all records and supporting documentation which concern or relate to the Work thereunder for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of termination of this Agreement or the date the Project is completed, whichever is later. Owner, or any duly authorized agents or representatives of Owner, shall have the right to audit, inspect and copy all such records and documentation as often as they deem necessary during the period of this Agreement and during the five (5) year period noted above; provided, however, such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours. 9. CONTRACT TIME AND TIME EXTENSIONS. 9.1. Contractor shall diligently pursue the completion of the Work and coordinate the Work being' done on the Project by its subcontractors and material men, as well as coordinating its Work with all work of others at the Project Site, so that its Work or the work of others shall not be delayed or impaired by any act or omission by Contractor. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, as well as coordin~tion of all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents, and the coordination of Owner's suppliers and contractors as set forth in Paragraph 12.2. herein. 9.2. Should Contractor be obstructed or delayed in the prosecution of or completion of the Work as a result of unforeseeable causes beyond the control of Contractor, and not due to its fault or neglect, including but not restricted to acts of Nature or of the public enemy, acts of government, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine regulation, strikes or lockouts, Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing within forty-eight (48) hours after the commencement of such delay, stating the cause or causes thereof, or be deemed to have waived any right which Contractor may have had to request a time extension. 9.3. No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for which Owner may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve Contractor of his duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time; provided, however, the granting of any such time extension shall not be a condition precedent to the aforementioned "No Damage For Delay" provision. This paragraph shall expressly apply to claims for early completion, as well as to claims based on late completion. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK. 10.1. Owner shall have the right at any time during the progress of the Work to increase or decrease the Work. Promptly after being notified of a change, Contractor shall submit an itemized estimate of any cost or time increases or savings it foresees as a result of the change. Except in an emergency endangering life or property, or as expressly set forth herein, no addition or changes to the Work shall be made except upon written order of Owner, and Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any increased compensation without such written order. No officer, employee or agent of Owner is authorized to direct any extra or changed work orally. WS-CA-H-8 Bíd No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 10.2. A Change Order, in the form attached as Exhibit E to this Agreement, shall be issued and . executed promptly after an agreement is reached between Contractor and Owner concerning the requested changes. Contractor shall promptly perform changes authorized by duly executed Change Orders. The Contract Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted in the Change Order in the manner as Owner and Contractor shall mutually agree. . 10.3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a Change Order for the requested change, Contractor shall, nevertheless, promptly perform the change as directed by Owner in a written Work Directive Change. In that event, the Contract Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted as directed by Owner. If Contractor disagrees with the Owner's adjustment determination, Contractor must make a claim pursuant to. Section 11 of these General Conditions or else be deemed to have waived any claim on this matter it might otherwise have had. 10.4. In the event a requested change results in an increase to the Contract Amount, the amount of the increase shall be limited to the Contractor's reasonable direct labor and material costs and reasonable actual equipment costs as a result of the change (including allowance for labor burden costs) plus a maximum ten percent (10%) markup for all overhead and profit. In the event such change Work is performed by a Subcontractor, a maximum ten percent (10%) markup for all overhead and profit for all Subcontractors' and sub-subcontractors' direct labor and material costs and actual equipment costs shall be permitted, with a maximum five percent (5%) markup thereon by the Contractor for all of its overhead and profit, for a total maximum markup of fifteen percent (15%). All compensation due Contractor and any Subcontractor or sub-subcontractor for field and home office overhead is included in the markups noted above. Contractor's and Sub-Contractor's bond costs associated with any change orders shall be included in the overhead and profit expenses and shall not be paid as a separate line item. 10.5. Owner shall have the right to conduct an audit of Contractor's books and records to verify the accuracy of the Contractor's claim with respect to Contractor's costs associated with any Change Order. 10.6. The Project Manager shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be binding on the Contractor. 11. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES. 11.1. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract Documents. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the party making the Claim. WS-CA-H-9 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building ,,__.__.__;__~..""t"_'_"M'_""""_· - 16 C5 11.2. Claims by the Contractor shall be made in writing to the Project Manager within forty-eight (48) hours after the first day of the event giving rise to such Claim or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the Claim. Written supporting data shall be submitted to the Project Manager within .. fifteen (15) calendar days after the occurrence of the event, unless the Owner grants additional time in writing, or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the Claim. Claims not settled by the aforesaid procedure, shall be resolved according to the Dispute Resolution Procedure, copies of which are available in the County Attorney's Office or the Purchasing Department. All claims shall be priced in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 10.4. 11.3. The Contractor shall proceed diligently with its performance as directed by the Owner, regardless of any pending Claim, action, suit or administrative proceeding, unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner in writing. Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents during the pendency of any Claim. 12. OTHER WORK. 12.1. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, have other work performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts. If the fact that such other work is to be performed is not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work. If Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or require additional time, Contractor shall send written notice of that fact to Owner and Design Professional within forty-eight (48) hours of being notified of the other work. If the Contractor fails to send the above required forty-eight (48) hour notice, the Contractor will be deemed to have waived any rights it otherwise may have had to seek an extension to the Contract Time or adjustment to the Contract Amount. 12.2. Contractor shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract (or Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work and shall properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of the Project Manager and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other Contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. 12.3. If any part of Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other contractor or utility owner (or Owner), Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to Project Manager in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Contractor's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work. WS-CA-H-10 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building "1'""--- 16 C5 13. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE. 13.1 IDEMNIFICA TION. The ContractorNendor, in consideration of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), the receipt and sufficiency of which is accepted through the signing of this document, shall hold harmless and defend Collier County and its agents and employees from all suits and actions, including attorneys' fees and all costs of litigation and judgments of any name and description arising out of or incidental to the performance of this contract or work performed thereunder. This provision shall also pertain to any claims brought against the County by any employee of the named ContractorNendor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. The ContractorNendor's obligation under this provision shall not be limited in any way by the agreed upon contract price as shown in this Contract or the ContractorNendor's limit of, or lack of, sufficient insurance protection. The first One Hundred dollars ($100.00) of money received on the contract price is considered as payment of this obligation by the County. This section does not pertain to any incident arising from the sole negligence of Collier County. 13.2. The Contractor's obligation to indemnify and defend the owner shall not be limited in any way by the agreed upon contract price as shown in this contract or the Contractor's limit of, or lack of, sufficient insurance protection. 13.3. Contractor shall obtain and carry, at all times during its performance under the Contract Documents, insurance of the types and in the amounts set forth in Exhibit B to the Agreement. Further, the Contractor shall at all times comply with all of the terms, conditions, requirements and obligations set forth under Exhibit B 14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. 14.1. Contractor agrees to comply, at its own expense, with all federal, state and local laws, codes, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements applicable to the Project, including but not limited to those dealing with taxation, worker's compensation, equal employment and safety (including, but not limited to, the Trench Safety Act, Chapter 553, Florida Statutes). If Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, it shall promptly notify Project Manager in writing. 15. CLEANUP AND PROTECTIONS. 15.1. Contractor agrees to keep the Project site clean at all times of debris, rubbish and waste materials arising out of the Work. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove all debris, rubbish and waste materials from and about the Project site, as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials, and shall leave the Project site clean and ready for occupancy by Owner. WS-CA-H-11 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 G5 15.2. Any existing surface or subsurface improvements, including, but not limited to, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, pipes, utilities, footings, structures, trees and shrubbery, not indicated in the Contract Documents to be removed or altered, shall be protected by Contractor from damage during the prosecution of the Work. Any such improvements so damaged shall be restored by Contractor to the condition equal to that existing at the time of Contractor's commencement of the Work. 16. ASSIGNMENT. 16.1. Contractor shall not assign this Agreement or any part thereof, without the prior consent in writing of Owner. Any attempt to assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, or any part herein, withöut the County's consent, shall be void. If Contractor does, with approval, assign this Agreement or any part thereof, it shall require that its assignee be bound to it and to assume toward Contractor all of the obligations and responsibilities that Contractor has assumed toward OWner. 17. PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES. 17.1 Pursuant to Section 218.80, F .S., Owner will pay for all Collier County permits and fees, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable to the work through an internal budget transfer(s). Contractor is not responsible for paying for permits issued by Collier County, but is responsible for acquiring all permits. Owner may require the Contractor to deliver internal budget transfer documents to applicable Collier County agencies when the Contractor is acquiring permits. 17.2 All permits, fees and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are not issued by Collier County shall be acquired and paid for by the Contractor. 18. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT. 18.1. Contractor shall be considered in material default of the Agreement and such default shall be considered cause for Owner to terminate the Agreement, in whole or in part, as further set forth in this Section, if Contractor: (1) fails to begin the Work under the Contract Documents within the time specified herein; or (2) fails to properly and timely perform the Work as directed by the Project Manager or as provided for in the approved Progress Schedule; or (3) performs the Work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to correct or replace such Work as may be rejected as unacceptable or unsuitable; or (4) discontinues the prosecution of the Work; or (5) fails to resume Work which has been suspended within a reasonable time after being notified to do so; or (6) becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy; or (7) allows any final judgment to stand against it unsatisfied for more than ten (10) days; or (8) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (9) fails to obey any applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations with respect to the Work; or (10) materially breaches any other provision of the Contract Documents. WS-CA-H-12 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building _.,-_..__._.~,",-""...,.._.",., 16 C5 18.2. Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of Contractor's default(s). If Owner determines that Contractor has not remedied and cured the default(s) within seven (7) calendar days following receipt by Contractor of s~id written notice, then Owner, at its option, without releasing or waiving its rights and remedies against the Contractor's sureties and without prejudice to any other right or remedy it may be entitled to hereunder or by law, may terminate Contractor's right to proceed under the Agreement, in whole or in part, and take possession of all or any portion of the Work and any materials, tools, equipment, and appliances of Contractor, take assignments of any of Contractor's subcontracts and purchase orders, and complete all or any portion of Contractor's Work by whatever means, method or agency which Owner, in its sole discretion, may choose. 18.3. If Owner deems any of the foregoing remedies necessary, Contractor agrees that it shall not be entitled to receive any further payments hereunder until after the Project is completed. All moneys expended and all of the costs, losses, damages and extra expenses, including all management, administrative and other overhead and other direct and indirect expenses (including Design Professional and attorney's fees) or damages incurred by Owner incident to such completion, shall be deducted from the Contract Amount, and if such expenditures exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount, Contractor agrees to pay promptly to Owner on demand the full amount of such excess, including costs of collection, attorney's fees (including appeals) and interest thereon at the maximum legal rate of interest until paid. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all such costs, expenditures and damages incurred by the Owner to complete the Work, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be approved by the Project Manager, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Agreement. 18.4. The liability of Contractor hereunder shall extend to and include the full amount of any and all sums paid, expenses and losses incurred, damages sustained, and obligations assumed by Owner in good faith under the belief that such payments or assumptions were necessary or required, in completing the Work and providing labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and other items therefor or re-Ietting the Work, and in settlement, discharge or compromise of any claims, demands, suits, and judgments pertaining to or arising out of the Work hereunder. 18.5. If, after notice of termination of Contractor's right to proceed pursuant to this Section, it is determined for any reason that Contractor was not in default, or that its default was excusable, or that Owner is not entitled to the remedies against Contractor provided herein, then Contractor's remedies against Owner shall be the same as and limited to those afforded Contractor under Section 19 below. 19. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND RIGHT OF SUSPENSION. 19.1. Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon seven (7) calendar days written notice to Contractor. In the event of such termination for convenience, Contractor's recovery against Owner shall be limited to that portion of the Contract Amount earned through the date of termination, together with any retainage withheld and reasonable termination expenses incurred, but Contractor shall not be entitled to any other or further recovery against Owner, including, but not limited to, damages or any anticipated profit on portions of the Work not performed. WS-CA-H-13 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 19.2. Owner shall have the right to suspend all or any portions of the Work upon giving Contractor not less than two (2) calendar days' prior written notice of such suspension. If all or any portion of the Work is so suspended, Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy shall be to seek an extension of time to its schedule in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Contract Documents. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any additional compensation or damages. Provided, however, if the ordered suspension exceeds six (6) months, the Contractor shall have the right to terminate the Agreement with respect to that portion of the Work which is subject to the ordered suspension. 20. COMPLETION. 20.1. When the entire Work (or any portion thereof designated in writing by Owner) is ready for its intended use, Contractor shal,l notify Project Manager in writing that the entire Work (or such designated portion) is substantially complete. Within a reasonable time thereafter, Owner, Contractor and Design Professional shall make an inspection of the Work (or designated portion thereof) to determine the status of completion. If Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, does not consider the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, considers the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall prepare and deliver to Contractor a Certificate of Completion (substantial or final Certificate of Completion) which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion for the entire Work (or designated portion thereof) and include a tentative punch list of items to be completed or corrected by Contractor before final payment. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Work and Project site (or designated portion thereof) after the date of Substantial Completion, but Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative punch list. 20.2. Upon receipt of written certification by Contractor that the Work is completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, Design Professional will make such inspection and, if he finds the Work acceptable and fully performed under the Contract Documents, he shall promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, recommending that, on the basis of his observations and inspections, and the Contractor's certification that the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, that the entire balance found to be due Contractor is due and payable. Neither the final payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable until Contractor submits: (1) The Release and Affidavit in the form attached as Exhibit C. (2) Consent of surety to final payment. WS-CA-H-14 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 (3) If required by Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, arising out of the Contract Documents, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect the Work and make an independent determination as to the Work's acceptability, even though the Design Professional may have issued his recommendations. Unless and until the Owner is completely satisfied, neither the final payment nor the retain age shall become due and payable. 21. WARRANTY. 21.1. Contractor shall obtain and assign to Owner all express warranties given to Contractor or any subcontractors by any material men supplying materials, equipment or fixtures to be incorporated into the project. Contractor warrants to Owner that any materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be new unless otherwise specified, and that all Work shall be of good quality, free from all defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. Contractor further warrants to Owner that all materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers or processors except as otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents. If, within one (1) year after substantial completion, any Work is found to be defective or not in conformance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall. correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner. Contractor shall also be responsible for and pay for replacement or repair of adjacent materials or Work which may be damaged as a result of such replacement or repair. These warranties are in addition to those implied warranties to which Owner is entitled as a matter of law. 21.2. No later than 30 days prior to expiration of the warranty, the Project Manager, or any other representative of the Owner, shall conduct an inspection of the warranted work to verify compliance with the requirements of the Agreement. The Contractor's Representative shall be present at the time of inspection and shall take remedial actions to correct any deficiencies noted in the inspection. Failure of the Contractor to correct the cited deficiencies shall be grounds for the County to disqualify the Contractor from future County bid opportunities. 22. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 22.1. Owner, Design Professional, their respective representatives, agents and employees, and governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Project shall have access at all times to the Work, whether the Work is being peñormed on or off of the Project site, for their observation, inspection and testing. Contractor shall provide proper, safe conditions for such access. Contractor shall provide Project Manager with timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals. 22.2. If the Contract Documents or any codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of any public authority having jurisdiction over the Project requires any portion of the Work to be specifically inspected, tested or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefore, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Project Manager the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. All inspections, tests or approvals shall be peñormed in a manner and by organizations acceptable to the Project Manager. WS-CA-H-15 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 22.3. If any Work that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence from the Project Manager, such work must, if requested by Project Manager, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Project Manager timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Project Manager has not acted with reasonable promptness to respond to such notice. If any Work is covered contrary to written directions from Project Manager, such Work must, if requested by Project Manager, be uncovered for Project Manager's observation and be replaced at Contractor's sole expense. 22.4. The Owner shall charge to Contractor and may deduct from any payments due Contractor all engineering and inspection expenses incurred by Owner in connection with any overtime work. Suèh overtime work consisting of any work during the construction period beyond the regular eight (8) hour day and for any work performed on Saturday, Sunday or holidays. 22.5. Neither observations nor other actions by the Project Manager or Design Professional nor inspections, tests or approvals by others shall relieve Contractor from Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 23. DEFECTIVE WORK. 23.1. Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or any warranties made or assigned by Contractor to Owner shall be deemed defective Work. If required by Project Manager, Contractor shall as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or if the defective Work has been rejected by Project Manager, remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective Work. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such correction or removal (including, but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and. other professionals) made necessary thereby, and shall hold Owner harmless for same. 23.2. If the Project Manager considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Design Professional or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Project Manager's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or tests as Project Manager may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction (including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals), and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If, however ~such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount and/or an extension to the Contract Time, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction. WS-CA-H-16 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building "\'--.. 16 C5 23.3. If any portion of the Work is defective, or if Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers with suitable materials or equipment or fails to finish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Project Manager may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Project Manager to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWner, Project Manager to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other party. 23.4. Should the Owner determine, at its sole opinion, it is in the Owner's best interest to accept defective Work, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept defective Work. If such determination is rendered prior .to final payment, a Change Order shall be executed evidencing such acceptance of such defective Work, incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents and reflecting an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If the Owner accepts such defective Work after final payment, Contractor shall promptly pay Owner an appropriate amount to adequately compensate Owner for its acceptance of the defective Work. 23.5. If Contractor fails, within a reasonable time after the written notice from Project Manager, to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected defective Work as required by Project Manager, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any of the provisions of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from any or all of the Project site, take possession of all or any part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Project site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Project site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Design Professional and their respective representatives, agents, and employees such access to the Project site as may be necessary to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of Owner in exercising such rights and remedies shall be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order shall be issued, incorporating the necessary revisions to the Contract Documents, including an appropriate decrease to the Contract Amount. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs shall include, but not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 24. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENTS. 24.1. Contractor shall plan, organize, supervise, schedule, monitor, direct and control the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall WS-CA-H-17 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building >_·_--"t~'--- 16 C5 be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without prior written notice to Project Manager except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent shall be employed by the Contractor and be the Contractor's representative at the Project site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications give"n to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Owner shall have the right to direct Contractor to remove and replace its Project ~uperintendent, with or without cause. 24.2. Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the project at all times whenever contractor's work crews, or wqrk crews of other parties authorized by the Project Manager are engaged in any activity whatsoever associated with the Project. Should the contractor fail to comply with the above condition, the Project Manager shall, at his discretion, deduct from the Contractor's monthly pay estimate, sufficient moneys to account for the Owner's loss of adequate project supervision, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages, separate from the liquidated damages described in Section 5.8, for services not rendered. 25. PROTECTION OF WORK. 25.1. Contractor shall fully protect the Work from loss or damage and shall bear the cost of any such loss or damage until final payment has been made. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is legally liable for is responsible for any loss or damage to the Work, or other work or materials of Owner or Owner's separate contractors, Contractor shall be charged with the same, and any moneys necessary to replace such loss or damage shall be deducted from any amounts due Contractor. 25.2. Contractor shall not loaçl nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 25.3. Contractor shall not disturb any benchmark established by the Owner or Design Professional with respect to the Project. If Contractor, or its subcontractors, agents or anyone for whom Contractor is legally liable, disturbs the Owner's or Design Professional's benchmarks, Contractor shall immediately notify Project Manager and Design Professional. The Owner or Design Professional shall re-establish the benchmarks and Contractor shall be liable for all costs incurred by Owner associated therewith. 26. EMERGENCIES. 26.1. In the event of an emergency affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Project site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from Owner or Design Professional is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Project Manager written notice within forty-eight (48) hours after the occurrence of the emergency, if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from WS-CA-H-18 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building --,..'"-~-'~_..._. 16 C5 the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Project Manager determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Change Order shall be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. If Contractor fails to provide the forty-eight (48) hour written notice noted above, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived any right it otherwise may have had to seek an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time. 27. USE OF PREMISES. 27.1. Contractor shall maintain all construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other lands and areas permitted by law, rights of way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Project site with construction equipment or other material or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance' of the Work. 28. SAFETY. 28.1. Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 28.1.1. All employees on or about the project site and other persons and/or organizations who may be affected thereby; 28.1.2. All the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Project site; and 28.1.3. Other property on Project site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and any underground structures or improvements not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the Contract Documents. 28.2. Contractor shall comply with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground structures and improvements and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation or replacement of their property. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as the Work is completed and final acceptance of same by Owner has occurred. WS-CA-H-19 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 G5 28.3. Contractor shall designate a responsible representative at the Project site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner. 29. PROJECT MEETINGS. Prior to the commencement of Work, the Contractor shall attend a pre-construction conference with the Project Manager, Design Professional and others as appropriate to discuss the Progress Schedule, procedures for handling shop drawings and other submittals, and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. During the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall attend any and all meetings convened by the Project Manager with respect to the Project, when directed to do so by Project Manager. Contractor shall have its subcontractors and suppliers attend all such meetings (including the pre-construction conference) as may be directed by the Project Manager. 30. VENDOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Collier County has implemented a Vendor Perfo~mance Evaluation System for all contracts awarded in excess of $25,000. To this end, vendors will be evaluated on their performance upon completion/termination of agreement. 31. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC POLICY For all projects that are conducted within a Collier County Right-of-Way, the Contractor shall provide and erect Traffic Control Devices as prescribed in the current edition of the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), where applicable on local roadways and as prescribed in the Florida Department of Transportations Design Standards (OS), where applicable on state roadways. These projects shall also comply with Collier County's Maintenance of Traffic Policy, #5807. Copies are available through Risk Management and/or Purchasing Departments. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining copies of all required manuals, MUTCD, FOOT Roadway & Traffic Design Standards Indexes, or other related documents, so to become familiar with their requirements. Strict adherence to the requirements of the MOT policy will be enforced under this Contract. 32. DIRECT PURÇHASE 32.1 The County reserves the right to require Contractor to assign some or all of its agreements with material suppliers directly to the County. Any such goods and/or materials purchased by the County pursuant to such an assignment of a material supply agreement shall be referred to as "County Furnished Materials" and the responsibilities of both the County and the Contractor relating to said materials shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement which shall take precedence over other conditions and terms of this Agreement where inconsistencies or conflicts exist. WS-CA-H-20 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 Additionally, the County; at it's sole option; may choose to purchase some or all of the goods and/or materials from other suppliers. In either instance the County may require the following information from the Contractor: A. Required quantities of material. B. Specifications relating to goods and/or materials required for job including brand and/or model number or type if applicable C. Pricing and availability of goods and/or materials provided under Contractor's agreements with material suppliers 32.2 Purchasing - . Upon receipt of a proper requisition (including appropriate backup material(s), the Purchasing Department shall issue a Purchase Order for the material required. Each Purchase Order shall contain the County's certificate of exemption number. The Purchase order shall be given to the Project Manager for completion of the ordering process. Unless the following items were included in the quote provided by the vendor to the Project Manager, the Purchase Order shali'also provide for reimbursement of the cost to the supplier for: A. Shipping and handling B. Insurance costs C. Performance Bond 32.3 General Terms and Conditions A. Contractor shall be required to maintain records of all County-furnished materials that it incorporates into the project from the stock of County-furnished materials in its possession. Such records shall be furnished monthly to the Project Manager or their designee and shall include information on materials that have 1. Been delivered into the Contractor's possession and/or 2. been incorporated into the project. B. Notwithstanding the transfer of County-furnished materials by the County to the Contractor's possession, the County shall retain legal and equitable title - to any and all County-furnished materials. C. The transfer of possession of County-furnished materials from the County to the Contractor shall constitute a bailment for the mutual benefit of the County and the Contractor. The County shall be considered the bailor, and the Contractor the bailee fo the County- furnished materials. County-furnished materials shall be considered returned to the County for purposes of their bailment at such time as they are incorporated into the Project. D. The County shall purchase and maintain insurance sufficient to protect against any loss or damage to County-furnished materials. Such insurance shall cover the replacement cost of any County-furnished materials not yet incorporated into the Project during the period between the time the County first takes title to any such materials and the time when the last of said materials are incorporated into the project. WS-CA-H-21 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 E. The County shall in no way be liable for any interruption or delay in the project, for any defects or other problems with the project, or .for any additional costs resulting from any delay in the delivery of, or defects in, County-furnished materials, except in the event of the County's gross negligence or willful misconduct. F. Nothing herein contained shall create or be construed as creating a partnership between the County and the Contractor or to constitute the Contractor as an agent of the County. WS-CA-H-22 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 EXHIBIT I SUPPLEMENTAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. The Notice to Proceed will be issued only after the following documentation has been submitted to Owner: a. Complete contractual documents, including payment and performance bonds and insurance certificate; b. Progress schedule, which shall utilize the Critical Path method of scheduling; c. Submittal schedule; d. Draw (funding) Schedule, which shall consist of a monthly projection of the value of the work to be completed and materials stored for the entire duration of the project; e. Safety Program/Risk Management Program; f. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Program; and g. Security Plan 2. The CPM Schedule and Draw Schedule shall be updated monthly and submitted with each Contractor Application for Payment. If both items are not submitted with Application for Payment, that payment will be withheld until both items are received and accepted by the Owner and Engineer. WS-CA-I-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building .... --'1""--_..~~..'" EXHIBIT J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WS-CA-J-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building -~-.,---~- 16 C5 TITLE PAGE 16 C5 - TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00004 00005 Statement of Compliance Non-Asbestos Certification DIVISION]: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS . 010]0 01040 0]045 0]095 0]200 01300 01380 0]400 01500 0]510 0]600 0]63] 0]700 017]0 Swnmary ofWOTk Project Coordination Cutting and Patching Reference Standards and Defmitions Project Meetings Submittals Pre-Construction Videotapes Quality Control and Testing Laboratory Services Temporary Facilities Temporary Protection Products, Materials, and Equipment Product Substitutions Project Closeout Construction Cleaning DIVISION 2: SITEWORK 02070 02280 02513 Selective Demolition Soil Treatment Asphaltic Concrete Paving . DIVISION 3: CONCRETE 03300 03320 03410 Cast-In-Place Concrete Concrete Topping Plant-Precast Structural Concrete 04810 DIVISION 4: MASONRY Unit Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 5: METALS 055]6 05520 04208]2 Mezzanine Metal Stairs Handrails and Railings TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC- ] 16 DIVISION 6: WOOD AND PLASTICS Not Used DIVISION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07215 Foamed-In-Place Insulation 07920 Sealants and Caulking DIVISION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08710 Finish Hardwar~ DIVISION 9: FINISHES 09200 Stucco 09250 Gypsum Board 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 0%60 Resilient Flooring 09682 Carpet Tile 09900 Painting DIVISION I 0: SPECIALTIES Not Used DIVISION I I: EQUIPMENT Not Used DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS 12310 Plastic Laminate Faced Millwork DIVISION 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14: CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL Not Used TOC-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS C5 " ~ 0420812 16 DIVISION ]6: Electrical 16010 16020 ]6030 16110 16]20 16130 16]40 16450 16470 16476 ]6477 ]6481 ]6500 ]6670 ]670] 16709 0420812 Basic Electrical Requirements Tests and Perfonnance Verification Electrical Identification Raceways and Conduit Wires and Cables (600V and Be]ow) Outlet Boxes Wiring Devices Grounding Pane]boards Safety Switches Individual Enc1O'sed Circuit Breakers Motor Controls Lighting Lightning Protection System Communication General Provisions Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 3 '~_"'^""Ù___'__"_"'_'_'____""'_'_"_"'___"_~'"__._'_._.._____,_,,_,.~ C5 16 C5 SECTION 00004 STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE To the best of my knowledge the Plans and Specifications comply with the applicable minimum building codes and the applicable fire-safety standards as determined by the ·local authority in accordance with this section and 6~3 Florida Statutes. END OF SECTION 0420812 STA TEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 00004-1 16 C5 SECTION 00005 NON-ASBESTOS CERTIFICATION To the best of my knowledge these Contract Documents do not contain any asbestos containing materials intended for use in construction. END OF SECTION 00005 0420812 NON-ASBESTOS CERTIFICATION 00005 - 1 16 C5 Division 1 CJeneralFlequrrenaents 16 Cs SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. The Project consists of renovation to approximately 830 square feet of the North County Water Reclamation Facility as shown on Contract Docwnents prepared by SCHENKELSHULTZ, Orlando, Florida dated August 18, 2004. I. Conversion of shop space to a DX conditioned, self contained. clean room. 2. Chain link storage space 3. Relocation of air compressor 4. remodeling of two second floor offices to a new conference room B. The Work consists of all items as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in the Project Manual and those items of construction not indicated but normal and necessary and usual in the construction industry for construction of a building project. 1.2 WORK UNDER SINGLE CONTRACT A. Section indicates the Work required information regarding the duties, responsibilities, and cooperation required by the Contract Docwnents. B. Contract Type: Single Prime 1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated or as directed by the Owner. 1. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed. 2. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. 3. Burial of Waste Materials: Do not bmy waste materials on the project site. B. Limit use of the premises for work and for storage, to allow for Owner occupancy of adjacent buildings. C. Move stored products that interfere with operation of the Owner. D. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage of work areas needed for operation. 1.4 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during portions of the construction period. Cooperate with the Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations. 0420812 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - I 16 C5 B. A temporary structure will be required during the time the roof is open where the control equipment wiH still be in use. Coordinate with Owner through out this period. ''\ , ~ 1. 5 TAXES A. Taxes which are legaJly enacted at the time bids are received, whether or not effective, shan be paid by the contractor. 1.6 LABOR AND MATERIALS A. Provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of his Work, whether temporary 'or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated at the Work. B. Enforce strict discipline and good working order among employees. or other persons carrying out Work of this Contract. Do not permit employment of unfit person or persons or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to them. 1.7 PROJECT COORDINA nON A. Provide fun-time, on-site supervision including a Superintendent to coordinate aU aspects of his Work through final completion. B. Coordinate the performance of subcontractors in the utilization of the site, as well as in the actual performance of their contractual obJigations. C. Verify aJl dimensions shown on the Drawings and obtain all measurements required for proper execution of Work. D. Special Equipment, Other Equipment 1. Copies of EquipmeÌ1t Specifications and Drawings shall be made available to all tiades for information by which they shan determine the amount of Work to be done. 2. As the building project nears completion, certain rooms may be made ready to accept the equipment intended for them. 3. Cooperate with the suppliers' instaUation personnel by providing unobstructed areas in which they may assemble and instaJl equipment. These areas shall be adequately heated and lighted with temporary or permanent power available for tools or testing purposes. E. Temporary Omission of Work: If any materials and finish are of such nature that it is necessary to temporarily omit certain portions of work (as illustrated on Drawings or specified in Specifications) in order to make fmal installation, omit such parts or finish as necessary until other work or materials have been installed. Coordinate omitted parts of work prior to Substantial Completion. 1.8 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS 01010 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK 0420812 16 C5 A. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested, or approved, give the Architect 48 hours advance notice so he may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests, or approvals conducted by or for public authorities. B. The complete installation of piping, wiring, and working components, including all operating equipment and systems, shall be subjected to test at full operating conditions. Make all necessary adjustments and replacements necessary to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and to comply with all codes and regulations. The complete installation shall be left ready for use by the Owner. C. Bear all costs for scheduled pick ups or tests if the testing agency makes a trip to the site and material or work is not ready for pick up or tests. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Pennit Posting Board: Provide a pennit posting board with weatherproof cover for posting all pennits and other infonnation requested by the Owner. Coordinate size and location with Owner's Representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 0420812 END OF SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 3 -.,....-_.,-,. 16 C5 SECTION 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for Project coordination including, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Coordination 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel 3. General installation provisions 4. CleaniÌ1g and protection B. Coordination meetings and pre-installation conferences are included in Section 01200 - Project Meetings. C. Requirements for the Construction Schedule are included in Section 01300 - Submittals. 1.2 COORDINA TION A. Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of the Project Manual to assure efficient and orderly installation of each portion of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections of the Specifications that are dependent upon each other for installation, connection, and operation. I. Where mstallation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results. 2. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner where coordination is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activIties include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities 3. Delivery and processing of submittals 4. Progress meetings 5. Project Close-out activities D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 0420812 PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 1 16 ç~ 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actualJy incOIporated in, the Work. Refer to other sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare and submit coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is required for installation of productS and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where limited space availability necessitates maximwn utilization of space for efficient installation of different components, and as may be directed or requested by the Architect. 1. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. 2. Indicate required instaIlation sequences. 3. Comply with requirements contained in Section 01300, Submittals. 4. Refer to Division-IS Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements" and Division- 16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements" for specific coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations. B. Staff Names: Within IS days of Notice to Proceed, submit a list of the principal staff assignments, including the Superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the site; identify individuals, their duties and responsibilities; list their addresses and telephone nwnbers. 1. Post copies of the list in the temporary field office and each temporary telephone. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. F. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. 01040 - 2 PROJECT COORDINA nON 0420812 i ., 16 C5 G. lnstaJI each component during weather conditions and Project status that wilJ ensure the best results. Isolate each part of the completed construction from incompab1>le material as necessàry to prevent deterioration. " H. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed work for that purpose. I. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, instalJ individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the 41dustry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect for final decision. . 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection ITom damage or deterioration before or at the Date of Substantial Completion. B. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the folJowing: I. Excessive static or dynamic loading 2. Excessive internal or external pressures 3. Excessively high or low temperatures 4. Thermal shock 5. Excessively high or low humidity 6. Air contamination or polJution 7. Water or ice 8. Solvents 9. Chemicals 10. Light 11. Radiation 12. Puncture 13. Abrasion 14. Heavy traffic 15. Soiling, staining and corrosion 16. Bacteria 17. Rodent and insect infestation 18. Combustion 19. Electrical current 20. High speed operation 21. Improper lubrication 22. Unusual wear or other misuse 23. Contact between incompatible materials 24. Destructive testing 25. Misalignment 26. Excessive weathering 27. Unprotected storage 28. Improper shipping or handling 29. Theft 0420812 PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 3 30. Vandalism 3]. Mold 32. Mildew D. Refer to Section 0] 71 0 for additional construction cleaning requirements. 0]040 - 4 END OF SECTION 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION 16 cst 04208]2 16 cs SECTION 01045 CUITING AND PATCHING PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Divisiòn-15 and Division-l 6 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. C. Demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations is included in Section 02070, Selective Demolition. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal to the Architect describing procedures wen in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed and request approval to proceed. Include the fonowing information, as applicable, in the proposal: 1. Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided. 2. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. List products to be used and firms or entities that wi11 perform Work. 4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed. 5. List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that win be relocated and those that wi1l be temporariJy out-of-service. Indicatè how long service will be disrupted. 6. Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original structure. 7. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. 0420812 CUITING AND PATCHING 01045 - 1 1 I \.0 cs·t C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. " PART 2 - PRODUcrS 2.1 MATERlALS A. Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used ·where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose installed perfonnance wiH equal or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be perfonned. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. 1. Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinateprocedmes and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. ; / 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection rrom adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting arid patching operations. C. A void interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of tree passage to adjoining areas. D. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been' made to bypass them. E. Protect workers and electronics wm dust and weather. Control electronics will require cover dming the period of roof removal. 3.3. PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perfonn cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 01045 - 2 CUITING AND PATCHING 0420812 16 C5 ] . Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or perfonnance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be retained or adjoining construction. Where possible review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with the original instaJIer's recommendations. 1. In general. where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for· sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimWD disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or t"mished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or diamond core drill. 4. Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Division-2 where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. 5. By-pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before cutting, where services are shown or required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter by-passing and cutting. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed fmishes of patched areas and extend fmish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that wiH eliminate evidence of patching and refmishing. 3. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one fmished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of w1ifonn color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve unifonn color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted sWface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. 4. Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of unifonn appearance. 3.4 CLEANING A. Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is perfonned or used as access. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other fmishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECfION 01045 0420812 eDITING AND PATCHING 01045 - 3 ---...-..------ . 16 G5 SECTION 01095 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes basic defmitions of words and terms used within the Project Manual. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. "Approved": The tenn "approved," when used in conjunction with the Architect's!Engineer's action on the' Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect'slEngineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Contractor": The tenn "contractor," "Contractor," "construction manager," or " Construction Manager " describes to entity who has a signed agreement with the Owner as the primary entity contracted to perfonn the Work. The tenns are used interchangably within this document. C. "Directed": Tenns such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "pennitted" mean directed by the ArchitectJEngineer, requested by the ArchitectlEngineer, and similar phrases. D. "Furnish": The tenn "furnish" means to supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. E. "Indicated": The tenn "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings; or to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted", "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference. Location is not limited. F. "Install": The tenn "install" describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. G. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, who performs a particular activity including installation, erection, application, or similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perfonn. H. "Project site" is the space available to the Contractor for perfonning installation activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others perfonning work as part of the Project. L "Provide": The tenn "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. J. "Regulations": The tenn "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the industry that control perfonnance of the Work. 1. The tenn "experienced," when used with the tenn "installer," means having successfully completed a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 0420812 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 1 16 C5 2. Trades: Using tenns such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. '\ K. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 1.3 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's "MasterFormat" system. B. Specification Content: These Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Docmnents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specìfications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when so noted. / 2. a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Docmnents include more stringent requirements, applicable industry standards have the same force and effect as ifbound or copied directly into the Contract Docmnents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Docmnents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with 2 or more standards is specìfied and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimmn quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different but apparently equal to the ArchitectJEngineer for a decision before proceeding. .. 01095 - 2 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 0420812 16 C5 I. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or perfonned. The actual instaUation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified. or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the ArchitectlEngineer for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in installation on the Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its instaUation activity. Copies of applicable standards are not botmd with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perfonn a required installation activity, obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available on request. E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards-generating organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to Gale Research Inc.'s "Encyclopedia of Associations," which is available in most libraries. 1.5 SUBMIIT ALS A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of pennits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on perfonnance of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01095 0420812 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 3 --'---~--"'1"">-"'-~_.' 16 C5 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL J.] SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for: 1. Pre-Construction Conference 2. Pre-Installation Conferences 3. Coordination Meetings 4. Progre~s Meetings 1.2 PRE-CONS1RUCTION CONFERENCE A. Schedule a pre-construction conference and organizational meeting at the Project site no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. Attendees: The Owner, Architect and their consultants, the Contractors and their superintendents, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shan each be represented at the conference by persons familiar wíth and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such topics as: I. Tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical Work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 8. Preparation of record documents. 9. Use of the premises. a. Owner's requirements. 10. Office, Work and storage areas. I l. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 12. Safety procedures. 13. First aid. 14. Security. IS. Housekeeping. 16. Working hours. 1.3 PRE-INST ALLA TION CONFERENCES A. Conduct pre-installation conferences at the site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or wiJI follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 0420812 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 1 16 C5 I . Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each pre-installation conference, including requirements for: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases e. Deliveries. f. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples. g. Possible conflicts. h. Compatibility problems. 1. Time schedules. j. Weather limitations. k. Manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Compatibility of materials. m. Acceptability of substrates. n. Temporary facilities. o. Space and access limitations. p. Governing regulations. q. Safety. r. Inspection and testing requirements. s. Required perfonnance results. t. Recording requirements. u. Protection. 2. Record discussions, agreements, and disagreements of each conference, along with schedule coordination. Distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned including the Owner and Architect. 3. Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. 1.4 COORDINA nON MEETINGS A. Conduct Project Coordination Meetings at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. Project Coordination Meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special pre-installation meetings. B. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the construction activities involved. C. Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting tTom each meeting. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Conduct progress meetings at the Site at regularly scheduled intervals. Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request. 01200 - 2 PROJECT MEETINGS 0420812 16 C5 B. Attendees: Owner, Architect, Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress. C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project. I. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be . expedited; secure commitments fi'om parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as: a. Interface requirements. b. Time. c. Sequences. d. Deliveries. e. Off-site fabrication problems. f. Access. g. Site utilization. h. Temporary facilities and services. I. Hours of Work. J. Hazards and risks. k. Housekeeping. 1. Quality and Work standards. m. Change Orders. n. Documentation of information for payment requests. D. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date, distribute copies of meeting minutes to each party present and to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. I. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 0] 200 04208]2 PROJECT MEETINGS 0]200 - 3 ~--->..,-' 16 C5 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Where a submittal is required and assistance is needed ITom others, coordinate to expedite such submittal. B. Review shop drawings, samples, and other submittals and submit them to the Architect with a letter of transmittal giving approval, comments, and suggestions. Each transmittal shall inClude the following info~ation: 1. Date Submitted 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Identification by Specification Section and quantity submitted for each submittal including name of subcontractors, manufacturer, or supplier 5. Notification of deviations ITom the Contract Documents for each submittal 6. Written approval: Each submittal shall be stamped, initialed, and approved prior to submitting to the Architect. If submittals are not stamped and approved they will be sent back, not reviewed. C. Prepare, review, and submit, with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the Work. 1. If the product is not as specified or approved by Addenda, it will be rejected by the Architect. . Do not make submittals if the product manufacturer is not specified or listed in the Addenda. Schedule will not be extended for improper submittals. D. The Architect will review and take action on submittals with reasonable promptness, so as to cause no delay in the progress of the Work. A reasonable period of time for review of and action taken on submittals shall be as specified herein, but in no case shall it be more than 21 calendar days ITom the time it is received by the Architect until the time the submittal is marked and forwarded or returned. Allow sufficient mailing time for submittals. 1.2 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS A. Construction Schedule 1. A linear bar chart time control schedule a. Work overtime, nights, and weekends, if necessary to maintain schedule. b. Overtime, night, and weekend work will be at no additional cost to the Owner. c. Expedite approvals and deliveries of material so as not to delay job progress. 2. The Project Construction Schedule will be updated reflecting contractor's revised schedule and progress meeting results. 3. Contractor's schedule shall be updated monthly and submitted to the Architect and other involved parties at least 2 days prior to tbe monthly progress meeting. B. Subcontractors and Materials 0420812 SUBMITI ALS 01300 - 1 ,~ 6 C5 * 1. Provide a schedule of subcontractors and material men who will supply labor or materials for Work. Submit within 30 days of Notice to Proceed. a. Include company name, contact name, address, phone number, and function for Work. C. Schedule of Values I. Prepare and submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values for approval within 7 days after notice is given to proceed with Work. The Schedule of Values shall consist of a complete breakdown of the contract sum showing the various items of the Work. divided so as to facilitate the approval of payments to the contractor for Work completed. The Schedule of Values shall be prepared on AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet, showing the breakdown of items of Work and supported by such data to substantiate its correctness as the Architect may require. 2. The contract breakdown shall be the same form as that to be used in submitting request for payments. Each item of work shall have indicated a separate cost for labor and material. This schedule when approved by the Architect shall be used as the basis of approving payments along with establishing percentages of Work: complete. 3. Schedule of Values shall be coordinated with the Construction Schedule such that the percentages of Work completed closely relates to the values for the Work shown on the request for payments. At the beginning of the Project prepare a schedule of monthly progress payments showing the anticipated amount at each requested payment The purpose of this schedule is to allow the Owner to determine what amounts of funds he will be required to have available each month during the progress of the Work. D. Project Use Site Plan I. Prepare a proposed project use of the site plan. 2. Confme operations at the site to areas within the areas indicated and as approved on the use of the site plan. and as permitted by law. ordinances. and permits. Site shall not be unreasonably encumbered with materials, products, or construction equipment. E. Shop Drawings and Product Data I. Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams illustrations. schedules, performance charts, brochures, and other data which are prepared to illustrate some portion of the Work. a. Advertising brochures will not be accepted as shop drawings. b. Erection and setting drawings as referred to in these Specifications will be considered as shop drawings and shall be submitted along with detailed shop drawings. c. Where schedules are required to indicate locations, they shall be submitted as part of the shop drawing package for that item. d. Shop drawings and schedules shall repeat the identification shown in the Contract Documents. 2. Product data are illustrations. standard schedules, performance charts. instructions. brochures. diagrams, and other information furnished to illustrate a material. product. or system for some portion oftbe Work. a. Clearly mark each copy to identifY pertinent materials. b. Show dimensions and clearance required. c. Show performance and characteristics and capacities. 01300 - 2 SUBMITTALS 0420812 0420812 16 C5 d. Show wiring diagrams and controls. e. Note variances fÌ'om the Contract Documents including manufacturer's recormnended changes to sequencing and to piping and control diagrams. 3. Preparation of Submittals: Provide pennanent marking on each submittal to identify project, date, contractor, subcontractor, submittal name, and similar infonnation to distinguish it fÌ'om other submittals. Show executed review and approval marking and provide space for Architect's "Action" marking. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received fÌ'om sources other than through the contractor will be returned Not Reviewed. 4. By approving and submitting shop drawings, the contractor represents that he has verified field measurements,field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, aDd that he has coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents prior to submitting to the Architect. 5. Make corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies until approved. The contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted shop drawings to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Architect on previous submissions. 6. The Architect will review shop drawings only for confonnance with the design concept of the Project and with the infonnation given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of a separate item shall not indicate review of an assembly in which the item functions. 7. The Architect's review of shop drawings shall not relieve the contractor ofresponsibility for any deviation fÌ'om the requirements or the Contract Documents unless the Architect has been infonned in writing of such deviation at the time to submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall the Architect's action relieve responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings. 8. Notations and remarks added to shop drawings by the Architect are to insure compliance with the Contract Documents and do not imply a requested or approved change to contract cost. 9. Should deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between submittals and Contract Documents be discovered, either prior to or after review, Contract Docwnents shall control. 10. The following number of shop drawings and product data submittals shall be made on this Project. Where an insufficient number of copies are submitted, no action will be taken until proper number of copies have been received. Additional copies beyond the nwnber required will be discarded. Schedule of Required Shop Drawings and Product Data 11. ArchitecturaVStructural: - Submit to the Architect: 1 reproducible and 4 copies - Distribution: I copy - Architect's File 1 copy - Consultant's File 1 copy - Owner's File I copy - Construction Manager I reproducible - Contractor (Make additional copies required fTom the reproducible after review.) 12. Shop drawings will be marked as follows: Take the following action for each respective marking: SUBMIIT ALS 01300 - 3 F. Samples I. 2. 3. 4. 01300 - 4 16 C5 .. a. "REVIEWED AND RELEASED" - Copies will be distributed as indicated under above schedule. b. "REVIEWED AND RELEASED WITH CORRECTIONS" - Proceed with fabrication, taking into account the necessary corrections. Corrected shop drawings shaIl be resubmitted before fabrication of this Work is completed Only shop drawings marked "REVIEWED AND RELEASED" by Architect will be pennitted on the project site. c. "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" - Resubmit shop drawings in their entirety. No fabrication or instaIlation shall be started until shop drawings so marked have been completely revised, resubmitted, and marked by Architect according to preceding Paragraphs I. or 2. d. "INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION" - Not enough infonnation has been sent. Resubmit shop drawings in their entirety. 13. Where re-submittal is required, submittal and distribution shall be as specified in subparagraph 11 above. 14. One set of shop drawings marked by Architect "REVIEWED AND RELEASED" be filed on the project site at all times. No installation of equipment, materials, or products is to be incorporated into the Project until shop drawings marked by Architect "REVIEWED AND RELEASED" have been received on the Project. Submit three samples to illustrate materials or workmanship, colors, and textures, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. Approving and submitting samples, represents that materials, catalog numbers, and similar data. has been verified and coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Resubmit the required number of correct or new samples until approved. Direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted samples to revisions other than the changes requested by the Architect on previous submissions. The Architect will review samples but only for confonnance with the design concept of the Project and with the infonnation given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. 5. The Architect's action shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for deviations fiom the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the contractor has infonned the Architect in writing of the deviation at the time of submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall the Architect's action relieve the contractor fonn responsibility for errors or omissions in the samples. 6. Unless otherwise specified, samples shall be of adequate size to show function, equality, type, color, range, fmish, and texture of material. When requested, full technical infonnation and certified test data shall be supplied. a. Each sample shall be labeled, bearing material name and quality, the Contractor's name, date, project name, and other pertinent data. b. Transportation charges to and fiom the Architect's office must be prepaid on samples forwarded. Approved samples shall be retained by the Architect until the Work for which they were submitted has been accepted. 7. Materials shall not be ordered until approval is received. Materials shall be furnished, equal in every respect to approved samples. Where color or shade cannot be guaranteed, the maximum deviation shall be indicated by the manufacturer. Work shall be in accordance with the approved samples. , SUBMITTALS 0420812 16 C5 G. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Typed or printed instruction covering the operation and maintenance of each item of equipment furnished, shall be prepared and place in a notebook and submitted to the Architect for review and transmittal to the Owner. The instructions, as applicable, shall include the following: a. Any schematic piping and wiring diagrams; b. Any valve charts and schedules; c. Any lubrication charts and schedules; d. Guides for troubleshooting; e. Pertinent diagrams of equipment with main parts identification; f. Manufacturer's data on all equipment; g. Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment; h. Manufacturer's parts list; and, i. Any testing procedures for operating tests. (I) Three (3) copies of the above instruction books shall be furnished prior to Final Payment. The books shall describe the information to be covered clearly and in detail and shall be in form and content satisfactory to the Owner. 2. Instruct the Owner's appointed personnel in the proper use, care and emergency repair of all equipment installed prior to Final Payment. Call particular attention to safety measures that should be followed. H. The work shall be provided in accordance with the Contract Documents and as additionally required by the manufacturer's instructions. Where a conflict occurs between the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's instructions, request clarification from the Architect prior to commencing the work. Follow the interpretations given by the Architect. 1.3 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS A. In compliance with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (1910.1200, 08-24-1987) contractors are required to have on the site, MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) for ALL products classified as hazardous that their firm has knowledge that they will be furnishing, using, or storing on the jobsite during the duration of this Project. MSDS are not part of the shop drawing review process. 1. At completion of the Work provide the Owner with the MSDS for the hazardous products used on the Project site during construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01300 0420812 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 5 16 C5 SECTION 01380 PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEOTAPES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Construction videotapes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit two standard size VHS format videotapes of the entire construction site prior to the conunencement . of any work. The videotape shan be reviewed by the ATchitect prior to the conunencement of construction activity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEOTAPES A. Before starting construction, take videotapes of the site and surrounding properties ITom different points of view as selected by the Architect and Owner's Representative. Record pre-existing conditions of the site and abutting properties obtained ITom several perspectives. Provide narrative describing the vantage point and area being photographed. I. Take videotapes in sufficient number to show existing conditions adjacent to the property before starting work. 2. Take videotapes of existing improvement adjoining the property in sufficient detail to record accurately the physical conditions at the start of construction. END OF SECTION 01380 0420812 PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEOTAPES 01380 - 1 16 C5 0]400 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART] - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Definitions: Quality control services include inspections and tests, and sections related thereto including reports, but do not include contract enforcement activities performed directly by Architect. Quality control services include. those inspections and tests and related actions perfonned by independent agencies and governiò.g actions performed by independent agencies and governing authorities, as well as directly by contractor. B. Inspections, testS, and related actions specified in ·this Section and elsewhere in Contract Documents are .not intended to limit contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Requirements for quality control services by contractor, as requested or to be requested by Architect, Owner, governing authorities, or other authorized entities are not limited by provisions of this Section. D. The Owner win employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perfonn specified inspection. satq>ling. and testing services. E. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of public authorities and General Conditions. F. Certification of products and mill test reports: Respective Specification Sections. G. Test, adjust, and balance of equipment. H. Inspection, sampling, and testing: Soils, asphalt, and concrete. ].2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSffiILITIES A. Except where specifically indicated to be provided by another entity as identified, inspections, tests, and similar quality control services including those specified to be perfonned by independent agency (not directly by contractor) are the Owner's responsibility, and costs thereof are not to be included in contract sum. 1. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency to perfonn inspections and tests through the Contractor. B. Retest Responsibility: Where results of required inspection, test, or similar service are unsatisfactory (do not indicate compliance of related work with requirements of Contract Documents), retests are responsibility of contractor; except, first retest is responsible party if retest results are satisfactory. Retesting of work revised or replaced by contractor is contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original work. 04208]2 QUAliTY CONTROL AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 0]400 - ] 16 C5 c. Responsibility for Associated Services: Contractor is required to cooperate with independent agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services. Provide auxiliary services as reasonably requested, including access to work, the taking of samples or assistance with the taking of samples, delivery of samples to test laboratories, and secwity and protection for samples and test equipment at project site. "\ D. Coordination: Coordinate and sequence activities so as to accommodate required services with minùmun delay of work and without the need for removal/replacement of work to accommodate inspections and tests. Scheduling of times for inspections, tests, taking of samples, and similar activities is contractor's responsibility. D. Test procedures to be used shaH be submitted for approval of the Architect where other than those specified are recommended by the testing agency. E. Cooperate with laboratory personnel to provide access to Work and to manufacturer's operations. F. Assist laboratory personnel in obtaining samples at the site. G. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to aHow for his assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. H. Should the contractors fail to schedule laboratory services or fail to cancel laboratory services, if the need arises, all additional cost shaH be borne by the contractors. I. Employ, and pay for, services of a separate, equaHy qualified independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required when initial tests indicate work does not comply with Contract Documents. 1. Separate laboratory shan be approved by the Owner and the Architect. .' 1.3 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY A. ShaH meet "Recommended Requirements of Independent Laboratory Qualifications," published by American Council of Independent Laboratories: For concrete and steel the laboratory shaH comply with the basic requirements of ASTM E 329, "Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction." B. Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent tour of inspection; with memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported by inspection. C. Testing equipment shaH be calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: I. " National Bureau of Standards. 2. Accepted values'ofnatural physical constants. 3. Subnùt copy of certificate of calibration, made by accredited calibration agency. 1.4 SUBMITIALS A. Submit 3 copies of test reports directly to the Architect nom the approved testing services, with one copy to the Contractor. 01400 - 2 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 0420812 16 C5 B. Submit qualifications documentation specified. 1.5 LABORATORY DUTIES, LIMITATIONS OF AUTIIORIIT A. Provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. B. Perform specified inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and methods of construction. 1. Comply with specified standards; ASTM, other recognized authorities and as specified. 2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify Contractor and Architect of irregularities or deficiencies of Work which are observed during performance of services. D. Including the following information on reports of inspections and tests, as applicable: 1. Date issued. 2. Project tit]e and number. 3. Testing laboratory name and address. 4. Name and signature of inspector. 5. Date of inspection or sampling. 6. Record of temperature and weather. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and specification. 9. Location in project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents. E. Perform additional services as required by Owner on a unit cost, as submitted. F. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept portion of Work. 3. Perform duties of the contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking, and similar services, protect work, repair damage and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including defects in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Work disturbed or altered after completion of testing, sample taking and similar service shall be re-inspected or retested by the same testing agency. END OF SECTION 01400 0420812 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01400 - 3 16 C5 SECOON 01500 TEMœORARYFAC~ITŒS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section specifies requirements for temporary services and facilities. B. Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are not limited to: 1. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water. 2. Waste disposal services. 3. Construction aíds and miscellaneous services and facilities. 4. Telephone service. 5. Electric service. C. Temporary facilities shall be installed with minimal disturbance to the environment. 1.2 SUBMIIT ALS A. Implementation and Tennination Schedule: Submit a schedule indicating implementation and termination of each temporary utility within 15 days of the date established for commencement of the Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building Code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 1-2000: 29.1 for safeguards during building construction and 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations", ANSI-AlO Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations. 2. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFP A 70). C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obta.in required certifications and permits. 1.4 PROJECf CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over fÌ'om use of temporary service to use of the permanent service. 0420812 . TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 1 _..""....~".___-.,._._.,,_'._.Æ, .,._ 16 C5 B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fIre prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or pennit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. '\ C. Do not interfere with normal use of roads in vicinity of project site except as authorized by authorities having jurisdiction. 0.5 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Do not interfere with normal use of existing active utility services, except as absolutely necessary to execute required work involving such services, and then oJÙY after proper arrangements have been made through the proper authority. 1. Notification of proposed interruption of service must be made 48 hours in advance with the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended. B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 1. For signs and directory boards, provide 3/4-inch thick, exterior type, Grade B-B High Density Concrete Fonn Overlay Plywood conforming to PS-l, of sizes required for sign size indicated. C. Paint: Comply with requirements of Section 09900, Painting. D. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Architect. undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 ft. long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distn'bution system; provide adjustable shut-off nozzles at hose discharge. . C. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 1 10- 120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment. D. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. 01500 - 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 0420812 16 C5 E. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. F. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained single-occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. G. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION PLANT A. Provide cranes, hoists, and other lifting devices; scaffolding, staging, platfonns, runways, and ladders; temporary flooring as required for the proper execution of Work. - 1. Scaffolding and ladders must meet OSHA requirements. 2. No aluminum ladders are pennitted. B. Provide equipment with proper guys, bracing, guards, railing, and other safety devices as required by governing authority and safety standards. C. Provide suitable means of travel between floor levels of building, including exterior grade levels and to all rooflevels until permanent stair systems are installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modifY facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modifY as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where the company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatJ.òle materials and equipment; comply with the company's reconnnendations. 1. Arrange with the company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for teJ11Porary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility availability, provide trucked-in services. - 3. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities, utilities and services are not chargeable to the Owner or Architect, and will not be accepted as a basis of claims for a Change Order. The cost for all temporary facilities, utilities and services are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 0420812 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 3 16 C5 B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Contractor is required to provide water service if the Utility Co. cannot immediately provide. 1. Sterilization: Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters and main distribution switch gear. I. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. Where permitted, wiring circuits not exceeding 125 Volts, AC 20 ampere rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance. D. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in construction activities, throughout the construction period. Install telephone on a separate line for each temporary office and first aid station. 1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. 2. Provide separate line for facsimile machine. 3.3 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INST ALLA TION A. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds, sized, fiunished and equipped to acconnnodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility service. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the building or elsewhere on the site. " / B. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water fixtures. Comply with regulations and heaJth codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of ïIXtures and facilities. Install where facilities will best serve the Project's needs. I. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material. 2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Use of pit-type privies will not be permitted. 3. Wash Facilities: InstaJI wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel involved in handling materials that require wash-up for a healthy and sanitary condition. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each condition. 4. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap-dispenser bottled-water type drinking water units, including paper supply. a. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F. C. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosure for protection of construction in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations and similar activities. 01500 - 4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 0420812 16 C5 D. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste ftom construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during nonnal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or lUlSanitary waste materials separately ftom other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner . 3.4 OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until remova~. Protect ftom damage by fteezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and similar facilities on a 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Protection: Prevent water filled piping ftom fteezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect ftom damage during excavation operations. C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed smfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. Tbe Owner reserves the right to take possession of Project identification signs. END OF SECTION 01500 0420812 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 5 16 cs SECTION 0]510 TEMœORARYPROTECTION PART] - GENERAL J.1 SUMMARY A. This section specified requirements for protection. B. Protection facilities required include but are not limited to: ] . Barricades, warning signs, Jights. 1.2 QUALITY ASSISTANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building Code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations", ANSI-AIO Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations. 2. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFPA 70). C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect each disconnected utility. Obtain required certifications and permits. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.] EQUIPMENT A. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. B. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carrie", portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, lJL..rated, class "ABC" dry chenúcal extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers for NFPA recommended classes for the exposure. 1. Comply with NFP A 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire exposure. 0420812 TEMPORARY PROTECTION 01510 - 1 16 C5 PART 3 - EXECUTION '-,\ 3.1 PROTECTION FACILITIES INST ALLA TION ;' A. Temporary Fire Protection: Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for PortabJe Fire Extinguishers," and NFP A 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, AJterations, and Demolition Operations. .. I. Locate fIre extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended pmpose, but not Jess than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usabJe stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fIfe-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas. B. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform persormel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. C. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. A void use of tools -and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will nùnimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. END OF SECfION 01510 .J 01510-2 TEMPORARY PROTECTION 0420812 16 C5 SECfION 01600 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedmal requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structures," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms such. are self-explanatory and have well recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether pmchased for the Project or taken fÌom previously pmchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. a. ''Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current at of the date of the Contract Documents. b. "Foreign Products", as distinguished fÌom "domestic products," are. items substantially manufactured (50 percent or more of value) outside of the United States and its possessions; or produced or supplied by entities substantially owned (more than 50 percent) by persons who are not citizens or nor living within the United States and its possessions. 2. "Materials" are products that are shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refmed or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. PART 2 - PRODUCfS 2.1 PRODUCf STANDARD AND QUALITY - SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Contract is based on the materials, equipment, and methods described in the Contract Documents. B. Where in the Drawings and Specifications certain products, manufacturer's tradenames, or catalog numbers are given, it is done for the expressed purpose of establishing a basis of quality, durability, and efficiency of design in harmony with the work outlined and is not intended for the purpose of limiting competition. C. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01631 - Product Substitutions D. Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has been specifically approved for this Work by the Architect. 0420812 PRODUCfS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 01600-1 16 C5 E. "Or equal": 1. Where the phrase "or equal" or "or equal as approved by the Architect" occurs in the Contract Docmnents, do not assmne that material, equipment, or methods will be approved as equal by the Architect unless the item has been specifically approved for this Work by the Architect. The decision of the Architect sha]] be final / 2. F. Availability of Specified Items: 1. Verify prior to bidding that Specified items will be available in time for installation during orderly and timely progress of the Work. 2. In the èvent specified item or items will not be available, notify the Architect ten days prior to receipt of bids. 3. Costs of delays because of non-availability of specified items, when such delays could have been avoided, will be back charged as necessary and shall not be borne by the Owner. G. Where the questions of appearance, artistic effect, or harmony of design are concerned, the Architect reserves the right to refuse approval of substituted products proposed to be substituted for that specified, if in his opinion the item to be substituted is not harmonious to the fInished effect and appearance desired, as portrayed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's refusal to approve, established by this paragraph, is fmal and not subject to arbitration. H. Products of other manufacturers will be considered for acceptance provided they equal or exceed the material requirements and functional qualities of the specified product. Requests for Architect's approval and complete technical data for evaluation must be received at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Additional approved manufacturers will be issued by Addenda. 2.2 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECfIONS A. Manufactured products shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the manufacturer' printed directions, unless specified to the contrary. B. Where specific installation instructions are not part of these Contract Documents, equipment shall be installed in accordance with instructions ñom the respective manufacturers. Where installation instructions included in these Contract Docwnents are at a variance with instructions furnished by the manufacturer, request clarification from the Architect in writing. C. In accepting or assenting to the use of apparatus or material, or make, or arrangement thereof, the Architect in no way waives the requirements of these specifications or the warranty embodied therein. 2.3 WARRANTIES A. Specific warranties or bonds called for in the Contract Docwnents, in addition to that falling under the general warranty, shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications. B. Products provided for the Work shall be warranted for a period of one year, or for longer periods, where specified, ñom the date of Substantial Completion. 01600 - 2 PRODUCfS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 0420812 16 C5 C. Should defects develop in the Work within the specified periods, due to faults in products or their workmanship, make repairs and do necessary work to correct defective Work. to comply with the Contract Documents. Such repairs and corrective Work, including costs of making good other work damaged by or otherwise affected by making repairs or corrective work, shall be done without cost to the Owner and at the entire cost and expense of the contractor within 14 days after written notice by the Owner. D. Warranty shall not apply to Work which has been abused, neglected or improperly maintained by the Owner or his successor in interest. E. Where service on products is required, it shall be provided when notified by the Owner and no additional charg~ shall be made, unIess it can be established that the defect or malfunctioning was caused by abuse or accidental damage not to be expected under normal conditions. F. In the event movement in the adjoining structure or components causes malfunctioning, the contractor responsible for the original installation of the adjoining structure or components shall provide such repair, replacement, or correction necessary to bring the equipment back into the same operating condition as approved at the Date of Substantial Completion. G. Warrant that each item of equipment provided for this Project is suitable for the application shown and specified in the Contract Documents and includes features, accessories, and performing characteristics listed in the manufacturer's catalog in force on the date bids are requested for the Work. This warranty is intended as an assurance by the manufacturer that his equipment is not being misapplied and is fit and sufficient for the service intended. This warranty is in addition to and not in limitation of other warranties or remedies required by law or by the Contract Documents. Obtain manufacturers' warranties in writing. H. In case the Contractor fails to do Work so ordered, the Owner may have work done and charge the cost thereof against monies retained as provided for in the Agreement and, is said retained monies is available, the Contractor and his Sureties shall agree to pay to the Owner the cost of such Work. 2.4 MATERIAL DELIVERY AND RESPONSffiILITIES A. The Owner will not be responsible for deliveries related to the construction or operation. The Owner cannot sign delivery forms. B. Insure that products are delivered to the Project in accordance with the Construction Schedule. In determining date of delivery, sufficient time shall be allowed for shop drawings and sample approvals, including the possibility of having to resubmit improperly prepared submittals or products other than those specified and the necessary fabrication or procurement time along with the delivery method and distance involved. 2.5 PROTECTION A. Protect building elements and products when subject to damage. Repair damages as soon as practicable. B. Storage shaH be dry, clean, and safe. Materials or equipment damaged, deteriorated, rusted or defaced due to improper storage, shaU be repaired, refinished, or replaced, as required by the Architect. Products lost through theft or mishandling shall be replaced. 0420812 PRODUcrs, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 3 <.·_.·.___c..·._,_..'___.~n·.~._.._ __..-'___.....,,; -,,-,.....,~_._-_.. ~. 16 C5 2.6 ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS A. The Owner will not accept the start of the warranty period on systems or equipment until Substantial Completion is issued for occupancy in part or whole. Make provisions as required to extend the manufacturer's warranty from time of initial operation of systems or equipment until Substantial Completion is given in writing. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01600 01600 - 4 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 0420812 16 C5 SECTION 01631 PRODUcr SUBSTITIITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for snbstitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions used in thi~ Article are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor are considered requests for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions: 1. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Docwnents. 3. The Contractor's detennination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Request Submittal: Request for product substitution shall be submitted to the Architect no later than ten (10) days prior to bid due date. 1. Substitutions after the bid date may be considered and accepted but will be reviewed on a case-by- case basis. B. Request for Substitution Form: Submit substitution requests to the Architect (through a bona fide bidder) on the Request for Substitution fonn attached at the end of this Section. C. Substitutions shall include product data, samples and shop drawings as required to evaluate the proposed product Submittals shall also include specified product (some additional engineering may be required with specific materials) with a line-by-line comparison of the products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITIJTIONS A. Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as detennined by the Architect; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1. 2. 3. 4. Extensive revisions to Contract Docwnents are not required. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 0420812 PRODUCT SUBSTITIJTIONS 01631-1 16 C5 5. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Iequest will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of faiJur-e to pmsue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 6. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approv~1 by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. 7. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in tenns of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations. 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the bidder/contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the bidder/contractor demonstrates and certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10, The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Docwnents and where the bidder/contractor demonstrates and certifies that the proposed substitution provide the required warranty. C. Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approvaL PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECfION 01631 01631-2 PRODUCf SUBSTITUTIONS 0420812 16 C5 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION \ PROJECf: DATE: SPECIFICATION SECTION: ITEM(S): SPECIFIED MANUF ACIURER: SPECIFIED MODEL NO: PROPOSED MANUFACIURER: PROPOSED MODEL NO: REASON/S FOR SUBSTfIUTION Attach technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable, in duplicate. A. Will approval affect dimensions shown on Drawings in any way? Explain (Attach drawings if necessary): No Yes B. Will approval affect dimensions shown on Drawings in any way? Explain (Attach drawings ifnecessary): No Yes C. Will the Con~actor pay for any changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the approval? No Yes Explain: D. Will approval affect the work of other trades? Explain: No Yes E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Explain: Same Different F. Does the proposed item meet all applicable Codes, Ordinances and regulations for this specific application? No Yes Explain: 0420812 PRODUCT SUBSTITIJTIONS 01631-3 16 C5 G. Has proposed item been used locally in similar applications? Explain: No Yes ( H. If approved, will the Owner receive a credit for the proposed alternate material? Explain: No_Yes I. Does the proposed alternate material meet the same applicable standards (AS1M, ANSI, UL, FS.) as the specified item? No Yes Explain: -J. Has the line-by-line comparison been included? No Explain Yes Provide aU information necessary to determine the proposed alternate material is equal or better than the spêcified item. This includes any test reports, product data. manufacturer's specifications, color samples, product samples or the like as may be required for an evaluation. The Architect will not be required to prove any product is not equal or suitable to the Project. Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind their firm to the above tenns. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. SUBMITIED BY: Finn: Address: Signature: Date: FOR ARCHlTEGrS USE: Not Acceptable No Exceptions Taken By: Date: 01631-4 PRODUcrSUBSTlTUTIONS 0420812 16 C5 SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Closeout is hereby defmed to include general requirements near the end of Contract Time in preparation for fmal acceptance, fInal payment, normal termination of contract, occupancy by Owner, and similar actions evidencing completion of the work. Specific requirements for individual parts of the Work are specified in Sections of Division 2 through 16. Time of closeout is directly associated to Date of Substantial Completion. 1.2 PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Prior to requesting Architect review for Certificate of Substantial Completion, (for either entire Work or portions thereof), complete the following and list known exceptions in request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, agreements, fmal certifIcations, and other required closeout documents. 3. Obtain and submit release enabling Owner's full and unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities, including occupancy permits, operating certifIcates, and other similar required releases. 4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items as specified to the Owner. Obtain receipts for deliveries. 5. Make fmal changeover oflocks and transmit keys to Owner and advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 6. Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of Owner's operating/maintenance· personnel. Discontinue and remove from project site temporary facilities and service, construction tools and facilities, mock-ups, and other construction elements. 8. Complete final cleaning up requirem.ents as specified in Section 01710. 1.3 PREREQUISITES TO FINAL PAYMENTS A. Prior to requesting Architect fmal review for certification of fmal payment, complete the following: 1. Submit fmal payment request with required closeout attachments. 2. Submit copy of Architect's final punch list of itemized Work to be completed or corrected, stating that each and every item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit certification stating that no materials containing asbestos were incorporated into the Work. 4. Plumbing contractor shall submit certification stating that no flux or solder used for drinking water piping containing more than 0.2 percent lead, and that no pipe or fittings used for drinking water piping contained no more than 0.8 percent lead. 5. Provide 2 copies of Closeout Documents at the time of final completion for review at least five (5) days prior to application for final payment. Closeout Documents include all warranties, users manual, written maintenan"e instructions for all materials and equipment, and Record Documents. All materials except as-built plans shall be organized by specification section number and bound in 3-ring binders. 0420812 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 16 C5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) '" )' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PUNCH LIST A. Prior to the Architect's preparation of a Project Punch List, prepare a completions and corrections list and submit to the Architect. B. Inspection shaH be as thorough as possible for the Work. C. The Architect shaH observe the Work, providing that the Work on the corrections and completions list has been completed, and prepare the Project Punch List for use to expedite proper completion of the Work. 3.2 W ARRAN1Y - CORRECTION OF TIlE WORK A. Prior to the expiration of the one year warranty period, the Architect wiH check to see if additional Work by the contractor(s) is needed to make good the warranties. An itemized list wiU be furnished to the contractor for corrective or replacement work. B. 111is Work shaU be completed immediately by the contractor( s) after receiving notification. 3.3 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS " A. Keep current Project Record Documents during the progress of the Work, and submit updated Project Record Drawings at the completion of the project. Drawings shall incorporate changes made in the Work of the respective trades during the construction period. Such changes shaH be indicated at the time they occur for accuracy. B. Maintain at the job site one copy of Drawings, Project Manual, Addenda, approved shop drawings, change orders, field orders, other Contract modifications, and other approved documents submitted by the contractor(s),in compliance with various Sections of the Project Manual. C. AU Project Record Documents shall be clearly marked "Project Record Copy"; maintained in good condition; available for observation by the Architect; and shaH not be used for construction purposes. Mark up the documents to indicate the following: I. Significant changes and selections made during the construction process; 2. Significant detail not shown in the original Contract Documents including change orders; 3. The location of underground utilities and appurtenances dimensionally referenced to permanent surface improvements; 4. The location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in building structures, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure; 5. When elements are placed exactly as shown on the Drawings, so indicate; otherwise, indicate changed location. D. Keep Project Record Documents current. Do not permanently conceal Work until the required information has been recorded. .-/ 01700 - 2 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 0420812 16 C5 E. Prior to fInal payment on the Project, submit to the Architect the Project Record Drawings for changes recorded for the Work of Divisions 2 through 14. F. Prior to fmal complete and payment, the contractors for Mechanical Work and Electrical Work, Division 15 through 16, shan update their working drawings with changes made in his Work. Submit one complete set of transparencies and 2 complete sets of prints of these changed working drawings to the Architect. I 1. Label each drawing "Project Record Drawing," date, and sign. G. Certify that the Project Record Drawings show complete and accurate as-built conditions, including without limitation, sizes,kinds of materials, vital piping and valves, conduit locations, and other similar and required items. H. IncJude as part of the Project Record Drawings, a current Project Manual, indicating changes made relating to the specifIcations. An requirements for the Project Record Drawings apply to the Project Record Project Manual. I. Maintain an approved Permit Drawings in a manner so as to make them accessible to governmental inspectors and other authorized agencies. An approved Drawings shan be wrapped, marked, and delivered to the Owner within 10 days of thè Date of Substantial Completion. 3.4 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING MANUALS A. Prior to Date of Substantial Completion, and a requirement prior to receiving fmal payment, submit to the Architect three (3) copies of the Maintenance and Operating Manual presenting directions and recommendations for the proper care and maintenance of visible surfaces as well as maintenance and operating instructions for equipment provided. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include the fonowing: L Schematic and piping and wiring diagrams 2. Valve charts and schedules 3. Lubrication charts and schedules 4. Guides for troubleshooting 5. Pertinent diagrams of equipment with main parts identification 6. Manufacturer's data on all equipment 7. Operating and maintenance instructions for an equipment 8. Manufacturer's parts list 9. Any testing procedures for operating tests 10. Roof maintenance manual B. Operating instructions shaH incJude printed directions for operations, adjustments, servicing, and maintenance of movable parts. Also include parts lists, approved shop drawings, and diagrams showing parts location and assembly. C. Upon Architect's approval and prior to issuance offmal payment(s), submit three (3) corrected and completed copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals to the Architect. D. Finished manuals shan be loose-leaf type with hardboard covers and titled tabs identifying each particular portion or item of the Work. E. For each titled item or portion of the Work, manual must provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers of the fonowing parties: 0420812 PROJECf CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 -..,......------ 16 C5 1. 2. 3. 4. Contractor/installer Manufacturer Nearest dealer/supplier Nearest agency capable of supplying parts and service ", F. For each manual label on front cover and spine, indicate the followiDg information: 1. Project name and address 2. Owner's name 3. Name and address of Architect 4. Name and address of all contractors and their contacts 5. Date of submission G. Instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the proper use. care and emergency repair of all equipment installed before final payment. Call particular attention to any safety measures that should be followed The instruction shall be adequate to train the Owner's operating personnel in the proper use. care, and emergency repair of such equipment. H. Refer to Section 01300 for additional requirements. 3.5 CHARTS AND LOCATIONS OF CONCEALED WORK A. Prepare charts identifying and locating each concealed control or other concealed item requiring repair, adjustment, and maintenance. Charts shall be mounted in suitable frames with glass covers secured to wall where directed. B. Charts shall list each item. together with its function, item number and location. " c, J C. Locations, throughout the building shall be identified on the wall or ceiling by permanent. non- obstructive plates, labels, or other approved means secured in a pennanent manner. D. Chart details, identification methods, locations. and methods of attachment shall be specified or approved by the Architect at the jobsite upon full submission of proposed procedures and proper execution of same. END OF SECTION 01700 / 01700 - 4 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 0420812 16 C~5 SECTION 01710 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 PURPOSE A. Remove rubbish and debris nom the construction site to guard against fire and safety hazards as well as to provide a more efficient construction operation. 1.2 RUBBISH CONTAINER A. Provide dmnpster type rubbish container with lid, sized adequate for the Project waste, debris, and rubbish for the life of the Project. B. Dispose of container contents weeldy or at more frequent intervals if required by inadequate container capacity. 1.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Hazards Control I. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from the premises daily. 2. Prevent accumulation of wastes, which create hazardous conditions. 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in stonn or sanitary drains. 3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. . Use only cleaning materials reconimended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materia,ls only on surface reconunended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DAILY CLEANING A. Execute daily cleaning to ensure that building, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accmnulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. 0420812 CONSTRUCTION CLEANrnG 01710 - I 16 C5 C. Daily, during progress of work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish in dumpster type rubbish container provided under this Section. \ / D. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. E. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. F. Place no new work on dirty surfaces. . 3.2 ROUTINE CLEANING . A. Employ experienced workmen for cleaning. B. Remove dirt, mud, and other foreign materials from sight exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Each Friday, or at more frequent intervals, if work activities justify same, perform the following cleaning. This includes all dirt, dust, and debris not identifiable as part of a Contract. Broom clean floor and paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of ground. D. Maintain adjacent roads free from the accumulation of mud, rocks, rubbish, litter and debris resulting from construction activities. E. Remove litter, rubbish and debris from chases, whether the chases will be accessible or not. F Maintain cleaning throughout the duration of the Project. , G. The Owner reserves to provide cleaning services when clean-up has not been provided to the satisfaction of the Owner or the Owner's representative in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract. 3.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Perform final clean-up and leave the Work in clean, neat condition. The following are examples, but not by way oflimitation, of cleaning levels required. 1. Remove labels which are not required as pennanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including ßÙrrors and window/door glass, to a polished condition, removíng substances which are noticeable as vision-obscuring materials. Replace broken glass and damaged transparent materials. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard surfaces to a dirt free condition, free of dust, stains, films, and similar noticeable distracting substances. Except as otherwise indicated, avoid disturbance of natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to original reflective condition. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean; remove excess lubrication and other substances. 5. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces including roofs, plenwns, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. 6. Clean concrete floors in non-occupied spaces broom clean. 7. Vacuum clean carpeted surfaces and similar soft surfaces. 01710 ~ 2 CONSTRUCfION CLEANING 0420812 0420812 16 C5 8. Clean plumbing fIxtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including those resulting from water exposure. 9. Clean food service equipment to a condition, free of stains, including those resulting in water exposure. 10. Clean light fIxtures and lamps so as to function with full efficiency. 11. Clean project site (yard and grounds), including landscape development areas, of litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas to a broom clean condition; remove stains, petro-chemical spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds which are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even textured surface. END OF SECTION 01710 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01710 - 3 ,.._".~.._---~_.__...- 16 C5 Division 2 Sitework 16 C5 SECTION 02070 SELECTNE DEMOLITION PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Selective demolition work requires the selective removal and subsequent off site disposal of the following kinds of elements: 1. Doors and frames 2. Portions of existing building indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction 3. Casework removal and referbishing 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Architect for review prior to start of work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection. I. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site operations. 2. Coordinate with Owner's continuing occupation of portions of existing building and with Owner's partial occupancy of completed new addition. B. Submit photographs of existing conditions of structure surfaces, equipment, and adjacent improvements that might be misconstrued as damage related to removal operations. Photographs are in addition to the required videos of Section 01380 and should be taken during demolition operations for docwnentation purposes. Provide any copies to the Owner upon request. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre-Selective Demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to building demolition including, but not limited to, the following: I. Inspect and discuss conditions of construction to be demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structures. 3. Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review and finalize protection requirements. Include protection of control equipment to be active during construction. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS 0420812 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 1 ____'__~_'_'_..,__"'______:__--.w---. A. 16 C5 Occupancy: Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's nonnal operations. Provide minimwn of 72 hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities that will affect Owner's normal operations. , B. Condition of Structures: Owner asswnes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. C. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure. as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. D. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. 1. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general public to occupied portions of building. Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished and adjacent facilities or work to remain. Protect ITom damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demolition operations. Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary. Construct temporary insulated dustproof partitions where required to separate areas where noisy or extensive dirt or dust operations are performed. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces and installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. Remove protections at completion of work. '. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. E. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition WOlle F. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal to ensure minimwn interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. 1. Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without written pennission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. G. Flame Cutting: Do not use cutting torches for removal until work area is cleared of flannnable materials. At concealed spaces, such as interior of ducts and pipe spaces, verify condition of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. H. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. 02070 - 2 1. Do not interrupt utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities. 2. Maintain fIre protection services during selective demolition operations. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 04208)2 16 C5 I. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other methods to limit dust and dirt migration. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. I. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and poUution. J. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be uennitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT US~D) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. I. Cease operations and notify Architect innnediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. 2. Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures ftom soilage or damage when demolition work is perfonned in areas where such items have not been removed. 3. Erect and maintain dust-proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions ofthe building. . a. Where selective demolition occurs innnediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dust-proof partitions of minimwn 4-inch studs, S/8-inch drywall (joints taped) on occupied side, 112-inch fire-retardant plywood on demolition side. Fill partition cavity with sound-deadening insulation. b. Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting ftom demolition work. 4. Locate, identify, stub off, and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain. a. Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimwn of 72 hours advance norice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during changeover. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Perfonn selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations. 1. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power-driven impact tools. 2. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or ftaming. 0420812 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 3 16 C5 8. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. Demolish fmmdation walls to a depth of not less than 12 inches below existing ground surface. Demolish and remove below-grade wood or metal construction. Break up below-grade concrete slabs. For interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. Use power saw where possible. Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting fÌ'om demolition work. Provide fIll consisting of approved earth, gravel, or sand, fiee of trash and debris, stones over 6 inches in diameter, roots, or other organic matter. ", 3. 4. / 5. 6. 7. B. If unanticipated 'mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Architect in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive fÌ'om Architect, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue delay. 3.3 SALVAGED MATERIALS A. Salvaged Items: Owner has fnst right of refusal of all demolished items 3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove fÌ'om building site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting fiom demolition operations. Transport and legally dispose off site. '. f 1. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable Federal, State, and local regulations,laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. Stop work immediately and notify Architect. 2. Burning of removed materials is not vermitted on project site. 3.5 CLEANUP AND REPAIR A. Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and demolished materials fÌ'om site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean. I. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start operations. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. END OF SECTION 02070 02070 - 4 SELECfIVE DEMOLITION 0420812 16 C5 SECTION 02280 SOIL TREATMENT PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes pre-construction soil treatment for underslab and fmmdation wall perimeters. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Chemicals and products used 2. App]ication instructions 3. Certification that products used comply with U.S. Environmenta] Protection Agency (EP A) regulations for termiticides. 4. Information that soil treatment confonns to specified requirements B. Provide information regarding the type of equipment to be used to apply the soil treatment, size of volume mixing tank, the pump capacity in gallons per minute, and the application tools with in-line flow meter devices attached. C. Certificate of Compliance: Submit as part of the Close-Out Documents the following statement ftom the pest control company: "The areas of displaced concrete has received a complete treatment for the prevention of subterranean termites. Treatment is in accordance with rules and laws established by the Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services." D. Job site log book. E. Sample warranty. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to requirements of these specifications, comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for preparing substrate and application. B. Engage a professional pest control operator who is licensed according to regulations of the State of Florida. C. Use only termiticides that bear a federal registration number of the EPA and are approved by local áuthorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Restrictions: ] . Do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, fù]ing, and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. 2. Do not apply soil treatment at interior areas of displaced concrete during times when building is occupied by Owner.· Coordinate application times with Owner's Representative. 04208]2 SOIL TREATMENT 02280 - 1 "'~."_9.' 16 C5 B. To ensure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soils or during inclement weather. Comply with handling and application instructions of the soil toxicant manufacturer. '\ / 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Mininnun requirements for application as authorized by the State of Florida to fulfIll the work according to manufacturer's specifications. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENT A nON A. Log Book to be kept at job site ad to include: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Project name Company providing treatment Applicator's name Time of arrival and departure Product name Record date of all applications Rate of application to all required areas of the designated site All areas to be treated The soil treatment trade name Quantity of concentrate delivered to the site Quantity used for the designated treated areas The percentage of active ingredient in diluted form Finished gallons of soil treatment for each application Linear and square footage amount to determine total finished soil treatment used , / " B. Owner's representative will observe both the amount of concentrate delivered to the site and the empty units that total the amount used to the treated areas. The Owner's representative shall sign the logbook as noted. 1.7 DELIVERY A. The State Registered products must be delivered to the jobsite in the original sealed and labeled containers of the manufacturer. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Furnish written warranty, executed by Applicator and Contractor, certifying that applied soil termiticide treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If subterranean termite activity is discovered during warranty period, re-treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. B. Warranty Period: 10 years horn Date of Substantial Completion, or the minimum more than 10 years if prevailing local laws require. ' . C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 02280 - 2 ,--""._.,_...."'~<...._~>""""<",."""'~"',";...,-,-"',..._" SOIL TREATMENT 0420812 16 C5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL TREA1MENT SOLUTION A. Use an emulsible, concentrated termiticide that dilutes with water, specially formulated to prevent tennite infestation. Fuel oil will not be pennitted as a dilutent. Provide a solution consisting of one of following chemical elements. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Cbloronicotinyl: Premise 75 by Bayer Corp. www.nobugs.com 2. CbIoropyrifos: Dursban TC by Dow AgroSciences LLC, Indianapolis; IN www.dowagro.com 3. Cypermethrine: Prevail Ff by FMC Corp. www.finc-apl?spec.com 4. Permathrin: a. Dragnet SFR by FMC Corp. www.fìnc-apgspec.com b. Prelude by Zeneca. www.zenecaprofprod.com C. Dilute with water to concentration level reconunended by manufacturer. 2.2 NOTICE OF TERMITE PROTECfION A. Signage: Permanent, identifying the treatment provider and required re-inspection and treatment contract renewal(s). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Surface Preparation: Remove foreign matter that could decrease treatment effectiveness on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. Toxicants may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs if reconunended by toxicant manufacturer. 1. Use a synthetic dye for proper identification of treated surfaces. B. Application Rates: Apply the soil treatment listed above as a water emulsion at not less than the percentage (in [mished solution) designated according to manufacturer's label specification. C. Post signs in areas of application to warn workers that soil tenniticide treatment has been applied. Remove signs after areas are covered .by other construction. D. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, rain, landscape grading, or other construction activities following application. E. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete and total application in every respect F. Spaces in floor slab that are boxed out or cut away shall use a metal form of sufficient depth to eliminate any planned soil disturbances after initial chemical treatment. 0420812 SOIL TREATMENT 02280 - 3 02280 - 4 G. Post Notice of Termite Protection signage near water heater or main electrical panel. END OF SECTION 02280 SOIL TREA lMENT 16 0420812 C5 '\ ,ì j ", ,-/ .I 16 C5 SECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The work shall consist of furnishing all materials, labor and equipment for compacting sub-grade, constructing a base course, priming the base course and constructing an asphaltic concrete surface course. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials provided shall comply with the applicable sections of the Florida Deparbnent of Transportation's (FDOT) "Standard Specifications fòr Road and Bridge Construction", latest edition, which are hereby incorporated into these specifications by reference. B. MATERIALS: Use locally available materials and gradations which exhibit a satisfactory record of previous installations. 1. Sub-grade Stabilizing Material: FDOT Section 160 and Section 914. 2. Base Course: Lime-rock Base Course, FDOT Section 200 and Section 911. 3. Asphaltic Concrete: Comply with FDOT Section 330 requirements and Section 331 for Type S-1 and Type S-3. 4. Prime and Tack Coats: Cut-back asphalt grade RC-70, meeting FDOT Section 300. 5. Lane Marking Paint: FDOT Section 971, color as indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All operations hereunder s~ll be conducted in strict compliance with the requirements of Seminole County standards, and with applicable sections of the FDOT Standard Specifications as follows: B. Sub-grade Stabilization: FDOT Section 160 C. Construction of Base Course: FDOT Section 200, for Lime-rock Base 1. Place in maximwn 8" lifts and compact each lift to a minimwn dry density of 95% of the maximum density (AASHTO T -180). 2. Perform compaction testing the full depth at a fiequency of one test per 10,000 square feet, or at a minimwn of two test locations, whichever is greater. D. Construction of Wearing Course: FDOT Section 330. E. Pavement Markings: FDOT Sections 710 and 711. END OF SECTION 0420812 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513-1 16 C5 Division 3 Concrete 16 C5 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provIsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Footings. 2. Slabs-on-grade. 3. Columns. 4. Concrete toppings. 5. Building frame members. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture identified by use or location submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. TFL-FM-404074 03300-1 July 30, 2004 16 C5 D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. \ / 1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and installing and removing reshoring. E. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: 1. Aggregates F. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form-release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Curing compounds. 6. Floor and slab treatments. 7. Bonding agents. 8. Adhesives. 9. Vapor retarders. 10. Semirigid joint filler. 11. Joint-filler strips. 12. Repair materials. G. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements to determine compliance with specified tolerances. H. Field quality-control test and inspection reports. I. Minutes of pre-installation conference. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI- certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Conèrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. TFL-FM-404074 03300-2 July 30, 2004 16 C5 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Labaratory Testing Technician - Grade II. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer. E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel." F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete". 2. AC I 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." G. Concrete Testing Service: Contractor to engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. H. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality· control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, semirigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and reshoring procedures, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. TFL-FM-404074 03300- 3 July 30, 2004 16 C5'~ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. E. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal. F. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. Go Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. / TFL-FM-404074 03300- 4 July 30, 2004 16 C5 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete suñace. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete suñace. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. B. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcin~ Bars: ASTM A 706, deformed. C. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184, fabricated from ASTM A 615, Grade 60 deformed bars, assembled with clips. D. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82. E. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496. F. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. G. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-:-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless- steel bar supports. 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1111, gray. a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. Fly Ash not allowed in slab topping. b. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. TFL-FM-404074 03300-5 July 30, 2004 ._.--"._'-~.~."._-~ ---"".,,.,"'..,~- 16 C5 B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94 and potable. 2.6 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admi~ure: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 4. High-Range. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017, Type II. 2. 7 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A. recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape. Include manufacturer's 2.8 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic sificate or síliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; colorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces. 2.9 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd when dry. . C. Moisture-Retaining Caver: polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap- TFL-FM-404074 03300- 6 July 3D, 2004 16 C5 E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. F. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 2.10 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids aromatic polyurea with a Type A shore durometer hardness range of 90 to 95 per ASTM D 2240. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D. Reglets: Fabricate reg lets of not less than 0.0217-inch-thick, galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reg let to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. E. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder. ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109. B. Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesse~ from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. TFL -FM-40407 4 03300-7 July 30, 2004 16 C5'1 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. ." 4. '-: / 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. . B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. (0 percent in slab topping). 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. 3. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 25 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 750 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 5. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag, and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent. " C. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by , weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 4. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. E. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.13 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Footings and Slab-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45. j TFL-FM-404074 03300- 8 July 30, 2004 16 C5 3. Slump Limit: 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 3 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 314-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. B. Other Concrete: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.40. 3. Slump Limit: 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 3 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 314-inCh nominal maximum aggregate size 2.14 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.15 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F , reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: . 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. TFL-FM-404074 03300- 9 July 30, 2004 16 C5 E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. '\ 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reg lets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. '.~ -' 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install reg lets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. TFl-FM-404074 03300- 10 July 30, 2004 l'6,C$ 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 2/3 of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI318 and ACI 301 for design. installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. TFL-FM-404074 03300-11 July 30. 2004 16 G5 B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS 01.4, where indicated. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joistS, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam- girder intersection. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near comers, and in concealed locations where possible. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. J '. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows: TFL-FM-404074 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. 03300-12 July 30, 2004 16 C5 D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," are indicated. 3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1 ~ Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. D. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. TFL -FM-40407 4 03300- 13 July 30, 2004 -.,.-,.--,,-.,.- "-" . 16 C5 · 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open- textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. E. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days. maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concre~e on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. F. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade unifonnly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a unifonn color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement TFL-FM-404074 03300- 14 July 30, 2004 16 C5 to one and one-half parts fine sand with a 1: 1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork-Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with a 1: 1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch in 1 direction. 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to receive concrete floor toppings. C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated to receive trowel finish. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish ta surfaces indicated exposed to view. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F{F) 25; and of levelness, F{L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F{F) 17; and of levelness, F{L) 15. b. Specified overall values of flatness, F{F) 35; and of levelness, F{L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F{F) 24; and of levelness, F{L) 17; for slabs-on-grade. TFL-FM-404074 03300- 15 July 30, 2004 16 C5 ~ c. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 15; for suspended slabs. 3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 1 O-foot-Iong straightedge resting on 2 high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 1/4 inch. E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces indicated where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelnes.s tolerances for trowel finished floor surfaces. F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. / B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D. Topping at pre-cast concrete planks: Provide concrete topping at pre-cast hollow planks as noted on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-finish conorete surfaces. E. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-finish concrete surfaces. 3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. . ,,,,'/ TFL-FM-404074 03300- 16 July 30,2004 16 C5 B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. ' C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture- retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. After curing period has elapsed. remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. TFL-FM-404074 03300- 17 July 30, 2004 --r--'--- 16 C5 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. '\ -, ./ 3.13 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete surface repairs. 2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than 28 days' old. 3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry. Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous. B. Sealing Coat Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.14 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semi-rigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete t~at cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. TFL-FM-404074 03300- 18 July 30, 2004 16 C5 C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spa lis , air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4- inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply TFl-FM-404074 03300-19 July 30, 2004 -¡-... 16 C5 ~ bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. -\ / E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CÇ)NTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Contractor to engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. B. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd, plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd.or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd.or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive- strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. J / TFL-FM-404074 03300- 20 July 30, 2004 16 C5' 6: Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 7. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31. a. Cast and laboratory cure five standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 8. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test two field-cured specimens at 7 days and two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 9. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 10. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 11. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect and Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 12. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 13. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect. 14. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractors expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 15. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not comply with the Contract Documents. D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 48 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION 03300 TFL-FM-404074 03300- 21 July 30,2004 ·--T-·· . 16 C5 SECTION 03320 CONCRETE TOPPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes standard aggregate concrete floor toppings applied over previously placed base slabs. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Comply with requirements of Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete, and as herein specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish product data, samples, laboratory test reports, and materials certificates as specified in Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEMENT AND AGGREGATES A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III. 1. Furnish white cement ifrequired to obtain finish color to match Architect's sample. B. Nonnal Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, and as follows: 1. Fine aggregate, consisting of sand or crushed stone screenings, clean, hard, free of deleterious matter. Grade by weight to pass sieves as follows: a. 3/8-inch: 100 percent b. No.4: 95-100 percent c. No.8: 80-90 percent d. No. 16: 50-75 percent e. No. 30: 30-50 percent f. No. 50: 10-20 percent g. No. 100: 2-5 percent 2. Coarse aggregate, consisting of gravel or crushed stone, clean, hard, free of deleterious matter. Grade by weight to pass sieves as follows: a. 1I2-inch: 100 percent b. 3/8-inch: 30-50 percent c. No.4: 0-15 percent d. No.8: 0-5 percent 3. Furnish selected aggregate to match Architect's finish sample. C. Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. 0420812 CONCRETE TOPPING 03320 - 1 l6 C5 f 2.2 TOPPING MIX A. Standard Topping: Design mix to produce topping material with the following characteristics: \ I. Compressive strength: 3500 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump: 8 inches maximum at point of placement for concrete containing high-range water-reducing adnùxture (super-plasticizer) and 3 inches maximum for other concrete. 3. Maximum W/C ratio: 0.51. 2.3 - ~G A. Provide batch type mechanical mixer for mixing topping material at Project site. Equip batch mixer with a suitable charging hopper, water storage tank, and a water measuring device. Use onJy mixers that are capable of mixing aggregates, cement, and water into a uniform mix within specified time, and of discharging mix without segregation. B. Mix each batch of 2 cu. yds. or less for at least 1-1/2 minutes after ingredients are in mixer. Increasè mixing time 15 seconds for each additional cu. yd. or fraction thereof. I. Ready-mixed topping may be used when acceptable to Architect. When acceptable, furnish ready-mixed topping complying with requirements of ASTM C 94. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Topping Applied -to Fresh Concrete: Do not begin placement of topping until water ceases to rise to surface, and water and laitance have been removed from base slab surface. B. Topping Applied to Hardened Concrete: Remove dirt, loose material, oil, grease, paint, or other contaminants, leaving a clean surface. I. When base slab surface is unacceptable for good bonding, roughen surface by chipping or scarifYing before cleaning. Prior to placing topping mixture, thoroughly dampen slab surface but do not leave standing water. Over dampened surface apply specified bonding compound (re-wettable or non-rewettable) or epoxy adhesive. Place topping mix after re- wettable bonding compound has dried or while non-rewettable bonding compound or epoxy adhesive is still tacky. C. For reinforced toppings, provide necessary chairs or supports, and maintain position of reinforcing mesh as shown on drawings. D. Joints: Mark locations of joints in base slab so that joints in top course wiIl be placed directly over them. 3.2 PLACING AND FINISHING J/ 03320 - 2 CONCRETE TOPPING 0420812 16 C5 A. Float Fùrish: Spread toppiIig mixture evenly over prepared base to the required elevation and strike off. Use highway straightedge, bull float, or darby to level surface. After the topping has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation, and water sheen has disappeared, float the surface at least twice to a uniform sandy texture. Restraighten where necessary with highway straightedge. The surface shall achieve an FIF of 20 and F/L of 17 tolerance when tested in accordance with AS1M E 1155. Uniformly slope surface to drains. B. Where joints are required, construct to match and coincide with joints in base slab. Provide other joints as shown. C. Trowel Finish: After floating, begin fIrst trowel fmish operation using power driven trowels. Continue troweling until surface is ready to receive fmal troweling. Begin fmal troweling when a ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. D. Continue final trowel operation to produce fmished surface ftee of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance. Broom fmish fmal surface. E. Fill air holes, pits, and other blemishes with cement grout of same materials as used for topping. Spread grout over surface and work into openings with a steel straight edge. Rub grout into floor surface by using grinding machine. Keep floor moist an additional 3 days before fmal grinding. 3.3 CURING AND PROTECfION A. Cure and protect topping applications and fmishes as specifIed in Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3.4 PERFORMANCES A. Failure of concrete topping to bond to substrate (as evidenced by a hollow sound when tapped), or disintegration or other failure of topping to perform as a floor fmish, will be considered failure of materials and workmanship. Repair or replace toppings in areas of such failures, as directed. END OF SECfION 03320 0420812 CONCRETE TOPPING 03320 - 3 -¡----- 16 C5 SECTION 03410 PLAN~PRECASTSTRUCTURAlCONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provIsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plant-precast structural concrete units, including the following: 1. Hollow-core slab units. B. Related Sections include the following: 1 . Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for joint filler materials for fire-resistance-rated construction. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for elastomeric joint sealants and sealant backings. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide precast structural concrete units and connections capable of withstanding the design loads indicated on the drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. C. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation of precast structural concrete units. Indicate member locations, plans, elevations, dimensions, shapes, cross sections, openings, and types of reinforcement, including special reinforcement. 1. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail loose and cast-in hardware, inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories. 2. Indicate locations and details of anchorage devices to be embedded in other construction. 3. Comprehensive engineering analysis signed and sealed by the Florida registered professional engineer responsible for its preparation (include calculated fire- resistance analysis). TFl-FM-404074 03410- 1 July 30, 2004 16 C5 t D. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. G. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with. requirements: 1. Concrete materials. 2. Reinforcing materials and prestressing tendons. 3. Admixtures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed precast structural concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm that complies with the following requirements and is experienced in manufacturing precast structural concrete units similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1. Assumes responsibility for engineering precast structural concrete units to comply with performance requirements. This responsibility includes preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering analysis by a Florida registered professional engineer. 2. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of precast structural concrete that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. 3. Participates in PCl's Plant Certification program and is designated a PC I-certified plant for Group C, Category C2 4. Has sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. D. Design Standards: Comply with ACI318 and the design recommendations of PCI MNL 120, "PCI Design Handbook-Precast and Prestressed Concrete." ,:.J TFL -FM-40407 4 03410- 2 July 30, 2004 16 C5 E. Quality-Control Standard: For manufacturing procedures and testing requirements, quality-control recommendations, and camber and dimensional tolerances for types of units required, comply with PCI MNL 116, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products." F. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of precast concrete units and are based on the specific types of units indicated. Other fabricators' precast concrete units complying with requirements may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." G. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel"; and AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel." H. Calculated Fire Resistance: Where indicated, provide precast structural concrete units whose fire resistance has been calculated according to PCI MNL 124, "Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Prestressed Concrete," and is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. I. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver precast structural concrete units to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installation. Store units at Project site to prevent cracking, distorting, warping, staining, or other physical damage, and so markings are visible. B. Lift and support units only at designated lifting and supporting points as shown on Shop Drawings. 1.7 SEQUENCING A. Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MOLD MATERIALS A. Molds: Provide molds and, where required, form-facing materials of metal, plastic, wood, or: another material that is nonreactive with concrete and dimensionally stable to produce continuous and true precast concrete surfaces within fabrication tolerances and suitable for required finishes. TFL -FM-40407 4 03410- 3 July 30,2004 - '·-r-··'··· 16 C5 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS , A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, defonned. B. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497, flat sheet. / C. Supports: Manufacturer's bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting. and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place according to CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice," PCI MNL 116, and as follows: 1. For uncoated reinforcement, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected bar supports. 2.3 . PRESTRESSING TENDONS A. Prestressing Strand: ASTM A 416, Grade 250 or 270, uncoated, 7-wire, low-relaxation strand. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type lor Type III, of same type, brand, and source. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: Except as modified by PCI MNL 116, ASTM C 33, with coarse aggregates. C. Water: Potable; free from deleterious material that may affect color stability, setting, or strength of concrete and complying with chemical limits of PCI MNL 116. "-., D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. E. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. F. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type B. G. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. H. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. I. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type G. J. Plasticizing Admixture: ASTM C 1017. K. Fly Ash Admixture: ASTM C 618, Class Cor F. 2.5 STEEL CONNECTION MATERIALS A. Carbon-Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36. -' TFL-FM-404074 03410- 4 July 30, 2004 '1~~ -. 111* b _,"41;'"i""'.;",""""""","""",~,,, . 16 C5 B. Carbon-Steel Headed Studs: ASTM A 108, AISI1018 through AISI1020, cold finished; AWS D1.1, Type A or B, with arc shields. C. Malleable Steel Castings: ASTM A 47. D. Deformed-Steel Wire or Bar Anchors: ASTM A 496 or ASTM A 706. E. Carbon-Steel Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307, Grade A; carbon-steel, hex-head bolts and studs; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers. F. High-Strength Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. G. Shop-Primed Finish: Prepare surfaces of nongalvanized steel itèms, except those surfaces to be embedded in concrete, according to requirements in SSPC-SP 3 and shop-apply lead- and chromate-free, rust-inhibitive primer, complying with performance requirements in SSPC-Paint 25 according to SSPC-PA 1. H. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. L Accessories: Provide clips, hangers, plastic shims, and other accessories required to install precast structural concrete units. ~2.6 BEARING PADS A. Provide bearing pads for precast structural concrete units as follows: 1. Elastomeric Pads: AASHTO M 251, plain, vulcanized, 100 percent polychloroprene (neoprene) elastomer, molded to size or cut from a molded sheet, 50 to 70 Shore A durometer, minimum tensile strength 2250 psi per ASTM D 412. 2. Random-Oriented, Fiber-Reinforced Elastomeric Pads: Preformed, randomly oriented synthetic fibers set in elastomer. Surface hardness of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer. Minimum compressive stress capacity of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) with no cracking, splitting or delaminating in the intemal portions of the pad. One specimen shall be tested for each 200 pads used in the project. 3. Cotton-Duck-Fabric-Reinforced Elastomeric Pads: Preformed, horizontally layered cotton-duck fabric bonded to an elastomer. Surface hardness of 80 to 100 Shore A durometer. 4. Frictionless Pads: Tetrafluoroethylene, glass-fiber reinforced, bonded. to mild- steel plate, of type required for in-service stress. 5. Hardboard: AHA A135.4, Class 1, tempered hardboard strips, smooth on both sides. 6. High-Density Plastic: Multimonomer, nonleaching, plastic strip capable of supporting construction loads with no visible overall expansion. TFL-FM-404074 03410- 5 July 30, 2004 16 C5 2.7 GROUT MATERIALS A. Sand-Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I, and clean. natural sand, ASTM C 144. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application. C. Epoxy Grout: ASTM C 881, 2-component epoxy resin, of type, grade, and class to suit requirements. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required. 1. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed, in aggregate, 25 percent of portland cement by weight. B. Design mixes may be prepared by a qualified independent testing agency or by qualified precast plant personnel at precast structural concrete fabricator's option. C. Limit water-soluble chloride ions to the maximum percentage by weight of cement permitted by ACI 318. " // D. Normal-Weight Concrete: Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field test data methods according to ACI 211.1, with materials to be used on Project, to provide' normal-weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 5000 psi. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.40. 3. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight concrete at point of placement having an air content of 3 percent, with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent: E. Other Admixtures: Use water-reducing, high-range water-reducing, water-reducing and accelerating, or water-reducing and retarding admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Concrete Mix Adjustments: Concrete mix design adjustments may be proposed if characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Formwork: Accurately construct forms, mortar tight, of sufficient strength to withstand pressures due to concrete-placement operations and temperature changes and for pretensioning and detensioning operations. Maintain formwork to provide completed ;/ TFL-FM-404074 03410- 6 July 30,2004 16 CS precast concrete units of shapes, lines, and dimensions indicated, within fabrication tolerances. 1. Coat surfaces of forms with bond-breaking compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial-formula, form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Unless forms for precast, prestressed concrete units are stripped before detensioning, design forms so stresses are not induced in precast concrete units because of deformation or movement of concrete during detensioning. B. Built-in Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect position of main reinforcement or concrete placement. Do not relocate bearing plates in units unless approved by Architect. C. Cast-in openings equal to or larger than 10 inches in diameter or 10 inches square according to Shop Drawings. Smaller holes may be field cut by trades requiring them, as approved by Architect and manufacturer.. D. Reinforcement: Comply with recommendations in CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials that reduce or destroy the bond with concrete. 2. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete-placement operations. Locate and support reinforcement by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as required. 3. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position while placing concrete. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 4. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. E. Prestress tendons for precast structural concrete units by either pretensioning or posttensioning methods. Comply with PCI MNL 116. 1. Delay detensioning until concrete has reached at least 70 percent of its compressive strength as established by test cylinders cured under the same conditions as concrete. 2. If concrete has been heat cured, detension while concrete is still warm and moist to avoid dimensional changes that may cause cracking or undesirable stresses. 3. Detension pretensioned tendons either by gradually releasing tensioning jacks or by heat-cutting tendons, using a sequence and pattern to prevent shock or unbalanced loading. TFL-FM-404074 03410- 7 July 30, 2004 16 C5 F. Mix concrete according to PCI MNl116 and requirements in this Section. After concrete batching, no additional water may be added. G. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent seams or planes of weakness from forming in precast concrete units. Comply with requirements in PCI MNl116 for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. H. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocating or damaging reinforcement and built-in items. Use equipment and procedures complying with PCI MNl116. I. Comply with ACI 30~.1 procedures for cold-weather concrete placement. J. Comply with ACI 305R recommendations for hot-weather concrete placement. K. Identify pickup points of precast concrete units and orientation in structure with permanent markings, complying with markings indicated on Shop Drawings. Imprint casting date on each precast concrete unit on a surface that will not show in finished structure. l. Cure concrete, according to requirements in PCI MNl116, by moisture retention without heat or by accelerated heat curing using low-pressure live steam or radiant heat and moisture. M. Product Tolerances: Fabricate precast structural concrete units straight and true to size and shape with exposed edges and corners precise and true so each finished unit complies with PCI MNl116 product tolerances. / N. Finish formed surfaces of precast structural concrete as indicated for each type of unit, and as follows: 1. Standard Finish: Normal plant-run finish produced in forms that impart a smooth finish to concrete. . Small surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal color variations, form joint marks, and minor chips and spa lis will be tolerated. Major or unsightly imperfections, honeycombs, or structural defects are not permitted. 2. Commercial Finish: Remove fins and large protrusions and fill large holes. Rub or grind ragged edges. Faces are to be true, well-defined surfaces. 3. Grade B Finish: Fill air pockets and holes larger than 1/4 inch in diameter with sand-cement paste matching color of adjacent surfaces. Grind smooth form offsets or fins larger than 1/8 inch. 4. Grade A Finish: Fill air pockets and holes larger than 1/4 inch in diameter with sand-cement paste matching color of precast concrete. Grind smooth form offsets or fins larger than 1/8 inch. Float-apply a neat cement-paste coating to exposed surfaces. Rub dried paste coat with burlap to remove loose particles. O. Screed finish unformed surfaces. Strike off and consolidate concrete with vibrating screeds to a uniform finish. Hand screed at projections. P. Smooth steel trowel finish unformed surfaces. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with straightedge, float, and trowel to a smooth, uniform finish. j TFl-FM-404074 03410- 8 July 30, 2004 16 C5 1. Apply scratch finish to precast concrete units that will receive concrete topping after installation. After initial strikeoff, transversely scarify surface to provide ridges approximately 1/4 inch deep. Q. Recess prestressing tendons a minimum of 1/2 inch, fill recesses with grout, and apply a sack finish to vertical ends of precast concrete units. 2.10 HOllOW-CORE SLAB UNITS A. Type: Precast, prestressed concrete units with open, hollow cores running the full length of the slab units. B. Furnish units free of voids and honeycombs. C. Provide standard finish to precast concrete units. D. Reinforce units to resist transportation and erection stresses. E. Include cast~in weld plates where required. F. Coordinate with other trades for installation of cast-in items. G. Provide solid, monolithic, precast concrete slab units forming an integral part of hollow- core slab unit system. Design and fabricate solid units to dimensions and details indicated for hollow-core slab units. Coordinate opening sizes and locations with MEP and Architectural drawings. H. Coordinate opening sizes and locations with mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and Architectural drawings. I. Provide headers of cast-in-place concrete or structural-steel shapes for openings larger than one slab width according to hollow-core slab unit fabricator's written recommendations. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will employ an. independent testing agency to evaluate precast structural concrete fabricator's quality-control and testing methods. 1. Allow Owner's testing agency access to material storage areas, concrete production equipment, concrete placement, and curing facilities. Cooperate with Owner's testing agency and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes as may be requested for additional testing and evaluation. B. Quality-Control Testing: Test and inspect precast concrete according to PCI MNl 116 requirements. C. Strength of precast concrete units will be considered deficient if units fail to comply with PC I MNl 116 requirements, including the following: TFl -FM-40407 4 03410- 9 July 30, 2004 16 C5 1. 2. Units fail to comply with compressive-strength test requirements. Reinforcement and prestressed tendons of units do not comply with fabrication requirements. Concrete curing and protection of units against extremes in temperature fail to comply with requirements. Units are damaged during handling and erecting. " 3. 4. D. Testing: If there is evidence that the strength of precast concrete units may be deficient or may not comply with PCI MNl116 requirements, Owner will employ an independent testing agency to obtain, prepare, and test cores drilled from hardened concrete to determine compressive strength according to ASTM C 42. 1. A minimum of three representative cores will be taken from units of suspect strength, from locations directed by Architect. 2. Cores will be tested, after immersion in water, in a wet condition per ACI301 if units will be wet under service conditions. 3. Cores will be tested in an air-dry condition per ACI 301 if units will be dry under service conditions. 4. Strength of concrete for each series of 3 cores will be considered satisfactory if the average compressive strength is equal to at least 85 percent of the 28-day design compressive strength and no single core is less than 75 percent of the 28- day design compressive strength. 5. Test results will be made in writing on the same day that tests are performed, with copies to Architect, Contractor, and precast concrete fabricator. Test reports will include the following: a. Project identification name and number. b. Date when tests were performed. c. Name of precast concrete fabricator. d. Name of concrete testing agency. e. Identification letter, name, and type of precast concrete unit or units represented by core tests; design compressive strength; type of break; compressive strength at break, corrected· for length-diameter ratio; and direction of applied load to core in relation to horizontal plane of concrete as placed. E. Patching: If core test results are satisfactory and precast concrete units comply with requirements, clean and dampen core holes and solidly fill with precast concrete mix that has no' coarse aggregate, and finish to match adjacent precast concrete surfaces. F. Dimensional Tolerances: Units with dimensions smaller or larger than required and not complying with tolerance limits may be subject to additional testing. 1. Precast concrete units with dimensions larger than required will be rejected if the appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected or if larger dimensions interfere with other construction. Repair or remove and replace rejected units, as required, to comply with construction conditions. G. Defective Work: Precast concrete units that do not comply with requirements, including strength, manufacturing tolerances, and finishes, are unacceptable. Replace with precast concrete units that comply with requirements. TFl-FM-404074 03410- 10 July 30,2004 16 C5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, true and level bearing surfaces, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Bearing Pads: Install bearing pads as precast concrete units are being erected. Set pads on true, level, and uniform bearing surfaces and maintain in correct position until precast concrete units are placed. B. Install precast structural concrete. Shore and brace precast concrete units to maintain location, stability, and alignment until permanent connections are installed. C. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS 01.1 and AWS 01.4, with qualified welders. 1. Protect precast concrete units and bearing pads from damage by field welding or cutting operations and provide noncombustible shields as required. 2. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of galvanized repair paint to galvanized surfaces. 3. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and repriming damaged painted surfaces. D. Fasteners: Do not use drilled or powder-actuated fasteners for attaching accessory items to precast, prestressed concrete units unless approved by Architect. E. Erection Tolerances: Install precast concrete units level, plumb, square, and true, without exceeding the recommended erection tolerances in PCI MNL 127, "Recommended Practice for Erection of Precast Concrete." F. Grouting Connections and Joints: After precast concrete units have been placed and secured, grout open spaces at keyways. connections. and joints as follows: 1. Provide forms or other approved method. to retain grout in place until hard enough to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, level. and plumb with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections. TFL-FM-404074 03410- 11 July 30, 2004 16 C5 B. Field welds and connections using high-strength bolts will be subject to tests and inspections. /' C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with specified requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of precast concrete units after erection to remove weld marks, other markings, dirt, and stains. 1. Wash and rinse according to precast concrete fabricator's written recommendations. Protect other work from staining or damage due to cleaning operations. 2. Do not use cleaning materials or processes that could change the appearance of exposed concrete finishes. END OF SECTION 03410 TFL-FM-404074 03410-12 July 30, 2004 16 C5 Division 4 Masonry ---~",,_._......, 16 C5 SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provIsIons of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Reinforcing steel. 4. Masonry joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. 6. Embedded flashing. 7. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. 8. Masonry-Cell Insulation B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Water Repellents" for water repellents applied to unit masonry assemblies. 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for exposed sheet metal flashing. 3. Division 7 Section ''Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping at openings in masonry walls. 4. Division 7 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for fire-resistive joint systems at heads of masonry walls. 5. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing control and expansion joints in unit masonry. c. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: 1. Dovetail slots for masonry anchors, installed under Division 3 Section "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 2. Anchor sections of adjustable masonry anchors for connecting to structural frame, installed under Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." D. Products installed, but not furnished, under this Section include the following: TFL-FM-404074 04810- 1 July 30, 2004 16 C5 1. Steel lintels and shelf angles for unit masonry, furnished under Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications." Manufactured reg lets in masonry joints for metal flashing, furnished under Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 2. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. . 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths (f m) at 28 days. B. Determine net-area compressive strength (f m) of masonry from average net-area compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method) according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI530.1/ASCE 6. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For the following: 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. 2. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACt 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." 3. Fabricated Flashing: Detail comer units, end-dam units, and other special applications. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency. D. Material Certificates: Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements including compliance with standards and type designations within standards. Provide for each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. a. Include material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements. b. For masonry units used in structural masonry, include data and calculations establishing average net-area compressive strength of units. 2. . Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer. 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 4. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 5. Reinforcing bars. 6. Joint reinforcement. 7. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. j TFL-FM-404074 04810- 2 July 30,2004 16 C5 E. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports, per ASTM C 780, for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. 2. Include test reports, per ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. F. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI530.1/ASCE 6. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through one source from a single manufacturer for each product required. C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from a single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. D. Preconstruction'Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform þreconstruction testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required, per ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix required, per ASTM C 780. 3. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix required, per ASTM C 1019. 4. Prism Test: For each type of construction required, per ASTM C 1314. E. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. Do not lay block in the rain. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 3 July 30, 2004 16 cst B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. c. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with weatherproof cover. . E. Store masonry açcessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end . of each days work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where 1 wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 4 July 30, 2004 i.""_-..-'.............,_""""_'''"',...,,'~,·''''·~,-,~ 16 C5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. . 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.02 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to exceed tolerances and to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not uses units where such defects, including dimensions that vary from specified dimensions by more than stated tolerances, will be exposed in the completed Work or will impair the quality of completed masonry. 2.03 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUs) A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength of 1900 psi . 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions. 4. Exposed Faces: Provide color and texture matching the range represented by Architect's sample. 5. Faces to Receive Plaster: Where units are indicated to receive a direct application of plaster, provide textured-face units made with gap-graded aggregates. 2.04 CONCRETE AND MASONRY LINTELS A. General: Provide either concrete or masonry lintels, at Contractor's option, complying with requirements below. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 5 July 30, 2004 16 C5 B. Concrete lintels: Precast or formed-in-place concrete lintels complying with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." C. Masonry lintels: Prefabricated or built-in-place masonry lintels made from bond beam concrete masonry units with reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Cure precast lintels before handling and installing. Temporarily support built-in- place lintels until cured. .2.05 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Hydrated lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207, Type S. D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. E. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. F. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. No. 16 sieve. G. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. H. Water: Potable. 2.06 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60. B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951. 1. Interior Walls: Galvanized, carbon steel. 2. Exterior Walls: Galvanized, carbon steel. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 5. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. 6. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units. C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 6 July 30, 2004 16 C5 2.07 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structure: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch-diameter, galvanized steel wire. 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face, made from O.188-inch-diameter, galvanized steel wire. 3. Connector Section for Concrete: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and ·attached to tie section; formed from O.053-inch-thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication. 4. Tie Section for Concrete: Corrugated metal ties with dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and sized to extend to within 1 inch of masonry face. B. Partition Top anchors: O.097-inch-thick metal plate with 3/8-inch-diameter metal rod 6 inches long welded to plate and with dosed-end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel, galvanized after fabrication. 1. Stainless-Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs: Proprietary fastener consisting of carbon-steel drill point and 300 Series stainless-steel shank, complying with ASTM C 954 except manufactured with hex washer head and neoprene washer, No. 10 diameter by length required to penetrate steel stud flange with not less than three exposed threads. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS A. Unit Type Inserts in Concrete: Cast-iron or malleable-iron wedge-type inserts. B. Dovetail Slots in Concrete: Furnish dovetail slots with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from O.034-inch, galvanized steel sheet. C. Anchor Bolts:L-shaped steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153, Class C; of dimensions indicated. D. Postinstalled Anchors: Provide HIL TI brand chemical anchors as indicated. 2.09 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated, complying with Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 7 July 3D, 2004 16 C5 2. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches long mtnlmUm, but not exceeding 12 feet. Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing. Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from stainless steel, with ribs at 3-inch intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond. Fabricate through-wall flashing with snaplock receiver on exterior face where indicated to receive counterflashing. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees. Metal Flashing Terminations: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch and down into joint 3/8 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. . Metal Expansion-Joint Strips: Fabricate from stainless steel to shapes indicated. Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a polyester-reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy as follows: I ., 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. a. Monolithic Sheet: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.040 inch thick. b. Self-Adhesive Sheet: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.025 inch thick, with a 0.015-inch-thick coating of rubberized-asphalt adhesive. c. Self-Adhesive Sheet with Drip Edge: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.025 inch thick, with a 0.015-inch-thick coating of rubberized-asphalt adhesive. Where flashing extends to face of masonry, rubberized-asphalt coating is held back approximately 1-1/2 inches from edge. 1) Color: Gray. J B. Single-Wythe CMU Flashing System: System of CMU cell flashing pans and interlocking CMU web covers made from high-density polyethylene incorporating chemical stabilizers that prevent UV degradation. Cell flashing pans have integral weep spouts that are designed to be built into mortar bed joints and weep collected moisture to the exterior of CMU walls and that extend into the cell to prevent clogging with mortar. C. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: 1. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer. 2. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, chemically curing silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 8 July 30, 2004 16 C5 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A 1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC-65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells with loops for holding reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.142-inch steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units with either two loops or four loops as needed for number of bars indicated. 2.11 MASONRY-CELL INSULATION A. See Division 7, Building Insulation 2.12 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 2.13 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for exterior and reinforced masonry to portland cement and lime. 3. view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 9 July 30, 2004 16 C5 L Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI530.1/ASCE 6 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143. Use of superlasticizer prohibited. J 2. 3. E. Epoxy Pointing Mortar: Mix epoxy pointing mortar to comply with mortar manufacturer's written instructions. 2.14 SOURCE QUALITY. CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform source quality- control testing indicated below: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 2. Retesting of materials failing to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit furnished, per ASTM C 140. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION. GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. / TFL-FM-404074 04810- 10 July 30, 2004 16 C5 C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. 1. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. F. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of existing masonry. G. Comply with construction tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 3.03 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in bond pattern indicated on Drawings; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Worle As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. TFL-FM-404074 04810-11 July 30, 2004 16 C5 H. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. I. Do not lay block in the rain. J. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. Fasten partition top anchors to structure above and build into top of partition. Grout cells of CMUs solidly around plastic tubes of anchors and push tubes down into grout to provide 1/2-inch clearance between end of anchor rod and end of tube. Space anchors 48 inches O.C., unless otherwise indicated. 3. Wedge non-load-bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile, slate, or metal. Fill joint with mortar after dead-load deflection of structure above approaches final position. 4. At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Division 7 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems." K. Lay up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Masonry walls shall be straight, true, and plumb to within 1/4" in 8'-0" when checked with a straightedge in any direction. 3.04 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. c. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated. TFL -FM-40407 4 04810- 12 July 30,2004 16 C5 3.05 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T -shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. E. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at corners, returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.06 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to comply with the following: I. Provide an open space not less than 1/2 inch in width between masonry and structural member, unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches o.c. horizontally. 3.07 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in~plane wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods: 1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of concrete masonry units on one side of control joint. Fill resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of sealant. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant. 4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete for application of sealant. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 13 July 30, 2004 L6 C5t C. Provide horizontal, pressure-relieving joints by either leaving an air space or inserting a compressible tiller of width required for installing sealant and backer rod specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," but not less than 3/8 inch. 1. Locate horizontal, pressure-relieving joints beneath shelf angles supporting masonry. 3.08 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide concrete or masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches fòr brick-size units and 24 inches for block-size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. c. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 3.09 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwark and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not . remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI530.1/ASCE 6. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspectors: Owner will engage qualified independent inspectors to perform inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to perform inspections. 1. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. .. TFL-FM-404074 04810- 14 July 30, 2004 16 C5 B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections indicated below and prepare test reports: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 2. Retesting of materials failing to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. C. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. D. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, per ASTM C 140. E. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, per ASTM C 780. F. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, per ASTM C 1019. G. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, per ASTM C 1314 at 28 days. 3.11 PARGING A. Parge masonry walls, where indicated, in 2 uniform coats to a total thickness of 3/4 inch. Dampen wall before applying first coat and scarify first coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat. B. Use a steel-trowel finish to produce a smooth, flat, dense surface with a maximum surface variation of 1/8 inch per foot. Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at bottom. C. Damp-cure parging for at least 24· hours and protect parging until cured. 3.12 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated. C. Remove all loose mortar and repoint as needed prior to application of finishes D. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. E. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows : TFL-FM-404074 04810- 15 July 30, 2004 16 C5 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel undeaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. Protect adjacent stone and non masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. Clean brick by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20. Clean masqnry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. Clean stone trim to comply with stone supplier's written instructions. Clean limestone units to comply with recommendations in IU's "Indiana Limestone Handbook." '\ 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 3.13 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or / soil-contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches in each dimension. 2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. No masonry waste is to be buried on site. TFL-FM-404074 END OF SECTION 04810 04810- 16 July 30, 2004 16 C5 Division 5 Metals 16 C5 SECTION 05516 MEZZANINE METAL STAIRS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes prefabricated mezzanine stair unit 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturers published infonnation B. Shop Drawings: 1. Plans, elevations, sections, and details 2. Show anchorage 3. Include templates for anchors and bolts 4. Signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Florida 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of A WS m.l "Structural Welding Code--Steel," A WS D1.2 "Structural Welding Code--Aluminwn" I. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed A WS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone re-certification. B. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or buiJt into masonry for instaUation of miscellaneous metal work. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for instaUation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. C. Shop Assembly: Pre-assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for re-assembly and coordinated installation. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Stair Treads: Capable of withstanding a concentrated 1000 pound load without defonnation. B. Handrail: Capable of withstanding a load of 200 pmmds applied in any direction at any point on the rail. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Treads: Stamped and fonned from single piece material. Stock shapes, hand fonning, or welded remnants shall not be pennitted. All stamped parts shall have integrally fonned rigidizing bends and shall be spot welded to stringers oflike material. 0420812 MEZZANINE METAL STAIRS 05516 - I 16· C5 B. Welds: Each weld shall be quaJity controlled and be capable of withstanding a minimUJÏ1 of2800 pounds in shear. C. Pedestrian Surfaces: Punched through with upset non-skid openings. D. Riser Spacing: Equal, to within 3/I6-inch for adjacent risers and to within 3/8-inch for any two non-adjacent risers on a stair. E. Handrails: Contoured for body guidance and underarm support, attached to the outside stringers and landings. 1.6 DIMENSIONS A. Stair Angle: 60 degrees fÌ'om horizontal B. Vertical Drop: the change in elevation, as shown in the drawings, between the upper fmished floor surface where the top landing will be attached and the lower fmished floor surface where the base of the stair will be secured. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design: Model 335 ALACO Ladder Co. www.alacoladder.com B. Products of other manufacturers will be considered provided they equal or exceed the material requirements and design qualities of the specified product. Submit requests for Architect's approval as a substitution request. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: 1. Treads, Landings, and Foot Castings: Aluminum Alloy 6061- T-6 2. Stringer: Aluminum Alloy 6061-T-6, box shape, 1-3/4 inch by 4 inch by 1I8-inch 3. Handrails: Aluminum Alloy 6061- T -6 Tube, 1-114 inch OD by lI8-inch B. Miscellaneous Material: Rubber Foot Divider: Solid neoprene 2.3 FINJSHES A. Aluminum: Mill fmish with clear anodized (Class II) handrails 2.4 F ABRlCA nON A. General: Fabricate alternating tread steel stairs to conform with performance and construction requirements, and in accordance with approved shop drawings or dimensional prints. 05516-2 MEZZANINE METAL STAIRS 0420812 16 C5 B. Alwninwn: All welded construction, using gas metal arc welding or gas tungsten arc welding. Shop weld handrails to stair assembly PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which metal stair items are to be instaHed. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Prepare mounting holes. B. Position stair with top tread at same elevation as upper finished floor or roof surface. c. Verify stairs are properly aligned with building construction, at correct angle, and tree trom distortion. Secure in position using not fewer than two bolts or studs at top and two at bottom. END OF SECTION 05516 0420812 MEZZANINE METAL STAIRS 05516 - 3 16 C5 SECTION 05520 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes both fixed and removable steel pipe railings 1.2 SUBMIITALS A. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevationS, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. B. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. C. QualificatiOJl data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include a list of completed projects with project name, addresses, names of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. Shop drawings shall indicate loading requirements as specified herein and be certified and sealed by a Registered Structural Engineer to be in conformance with all requirements as specified herein and in accordance with all State and local codes and regulations. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Finn experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. B. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of A WS DLl "Structural Welding Code--Steel," AWS D1.2 "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Stee!." 1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed A WS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone re-certification. C. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry for installation of stair work. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 1. See Section 033.00 - Cast-In-Place concrete for installation of inserts an~ anchorage devices. D. Shop Assembly: Pre-assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minirnize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for re-assembly and coordinated installation. 0420812 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS 05520 - 1 16 C5' E. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, and provide railings to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections. ., ./ 1. Handrails: 200 pounds, concentrated load applied at any point in any direction and 50 pounds per linier foot applied in any direction. 2. Guardrails: a. 200 pounds, concentrated load applied at any point in any direction b. 50 pounds per linier foot applied in any direction c. 200 pound, concentrated load applied on a one foot area at any point in the system 3. LOading conditions need not be assumed to act concurrently but each shall be applied to produce the maximmn stress in each respective component or any of the supporting components. 1.4 FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUIWING CONSTRUCTION A. Handrails and railings shall conform with the Accessibility Requirements Manual from the Florida Department of Community Affairs, Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards. B. Handrails and railings shall conform to NFP A 101, 2000, Life Safety Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL PIPE MATERIALS A. Metals 1. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam maries, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. 2. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36. 3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53; type and grade (if applicable) as selected by fabricator and as required for design loading; black fmish unless galvanizing is indicated; standard weight, . unless otherwise indicated. 4. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A48, Class 30. 5. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A47, grade as selected by fabricator. 6. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and fmish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated. B. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. C. Fasteners 1. General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. 2. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields, FS FF-S-325. 05520 - 2 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS 0420812 16 C5 3. Concrete Anchor Bolts: Hexagon head "Kwik Bolt" by HiIti Fastening System, Tulsa, Oklahoma. D. Fabrication and Painting 1. Railings shal1 be galvanized. 2. Finish painting by Section 09900. 2.2 STEEL PIÞE HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS A. Fabricate pipe r!tilings to dimensions and details shown with smooth bends and welded joints ground smooth and flush. Where details are not shown, use 1-1/4 inch minimum O.D. to 1-1/2 inch maximum O.D. standard weight steel pipe. B. Interconnect railing and handrail members by butt-welding or welding with internal connectors, at fabricator's option, unless otherwise indicated. l. At tee and cross intersections, provide coped joints. 2. At bends, interconnect pipe by means of prefabricated elbow fittings or flush radius bends, as applicable, of radiuses indicated. 3. Form bends by use of prefabricated elbow fittings and radius bends or by bending pipe at fabricators option. C. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross-section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, or otherwise defomùDg exposed surfaces of pipe. D. Provide wan returns at end ofwall-mounted handrails, except where otherwise indicated. E. Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/16-inch thick steel plate in place or by use of prefabricated fittings. F. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wan brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnections of pipe and attachment of railings and handrails to other work. Furnish inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings and handrails to concrete or masonry work. 'I. For railings posts set in concrete, provide sleeves of galvanized steel pipe not less than 6 inches long and with an inside diameter not less than 1/2 inch greater than the outside diameter of pipe. Provide steel plate closure welded to bottom of sleeve and of width and length not less than 1 inch greater than outside diameter of sleeve. 2. Provide friction fit, removable covers designed to keep sleeves clean and hold top edge of sleeve 1/2 inch below fmished-surface of concrete. PART 3 - EXEClITlON 3.1 INSTALLA nON OF RAILINGS A. Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated, or if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and railings ends to building construction as follows: 0420812 HANDRAIlS AND RAILINGS 05520 - 3 16.C5 3. Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves, preset and anchored into concrete. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, flU annular space between post and sleeve solid with nonshrink grout. . '>. a. Leave anchorage joint exposed; wipe off excess grout and leave l/8-inch build- up, sloped away ftom post. For installation exposed on exterior or to flow of water, seal grout to comply with grout manufacturer's directions. 4. Anchor posts to steel with steel oval flanges, angle type or floor type as required by conditions, welded to posts and bolted to steel supporting members. 5. Anchor rail ends into concrete and masonry with steel round flanges welded to rail ends and anchored into wall construction with lead expansion shields and bolts. 6. Anchonail ends to steel with steel oval or round flanges welded to rail ends and bolted to structural steel members, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Railings shaH be isolated when mounted to dissimilar materials. B. Provide all items, accessories, bolts and connection hardware, whether or not indicated or specified, for a complete installation in everyrespect. END OF SECTION 05520 i 05520 - 4 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS 0420812 16 C5 , ... Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection _..- , ·0'_ 16 C5 SECTION 07215 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section mcludes foamed-in-place insulation in CMU walls aroood Electronics Shop. 1.2 SUBMITIALS A. Submit manufact~-er's technical data indicating all physical and chemical specifications of products. B. Certified Test Reports: With product data, submit copies of certified test reports showing compliance with specified perfonnance values, :including R-values, fire performance and soood abatement characteristics. C. Installer's certification ftommanufacturer. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: S:ingle source product ftom one manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced dealer/applicator who has been tra:ined and licensed by the product manufacturer and which has not less than ten years direct experience in the installation of the product used. C. Product shall be pre-mixed to ensure consistency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACfURER A. Foamed-in-place insulation shall be Core-Fill-500 by Tailored Chemical Products, Inc., Hickory, North Carolina. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable provided compliance with technical requirements as specified: 1. Tripolymer PRMIU as manufactured by c.P. Chemical Co., Inc., White Plains, New York 2. Subject to compliance with the requirements, products of other manufacturers will be reviewed. 2.2 MATERIAL A. Foamed-in-place insulation shall consist of two components, resin and catalyst with the following physical properties: I. Density: .8 - 1.3 100. per cu.ft. 2. Compressive Strength: 35 psi 3. Thermal Value: R-4.9 per :inch at 32 degrees F, AS1M C 177 4. Fire Characteristics per AS1M E84 0420812 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION 07215 - I ---.,.-.-~._....._..~,. 16 C5 Î a. Flame Spread = 5 b. Smoke = 0 c. Fuel = 0 5. Water Vapor Transmission ASTM C355: 15.5 - 16.9 perms per inch 6. Non-toxic per FHSA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be by a certified insulation applicator. B. Install foamed-in-place insulation from interior, or as specified, prior to installation of interior finish work and after all masonry and structural concrete work is in place. C. Install in strict accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions. D. Fill all open cells and voids in hollow concrete masonry walls where shown on drawings. 1. Insulation shall be pressure injected through a series of holes drilled into every vertical column of block cells and at a minimwn, 10 feet vertical height (i.e.: A 12 foot height will require two holes). E. Patch holes with mortar and score to resemble existing surface. END OF SECTION 07215 / 07215 - 2 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION 04208]2 16 C5 SECTION 07920 SEALANTS AND CAULKING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes interior and exterior sealants. 1. All exterior joints and interior joints where thermal of dynamic movement is anticipated shall be subcontracted to a single finn specializing in sealant installation. B. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: 1. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. 2. Joints between different materials listed above. 3. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. C. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: I. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. 2. Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions. 3. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, and windows. 4. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. D. The Work of this Section also includes the preparation of the sealant joint substrates and the installation of the sealant joint backings. E. Surface Hardness: Provide types of sealant to withstand anticipated abrasive or possible indentation as recommended by manufacturer. F. Compatibility: Provide materials that are compatible with the joint surfaces, joint fillers, and other materials in the joint system. G. VOC limits for sealants and adhesives 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide interior and exterior joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.3 SUBMITI ALS A. Product data for each joint sealant product incijcated B. Certifications: I. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. 2. Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants, primers, and cleaners required for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOC) ifmore stringent than limits specified. 0420812 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 1 16 C5 a. Refer to Section 09900 for VOC limits with regards to paints and coatings -- 3. Certification by sealant manufacturer that sealants, primers, and cleaners comply with Regulation 8, Rule 51 of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District. Certification by adhesive manufacturer that adhesives comply with the South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1168. VQC's shall be higbJighted for each product / 4. 5. c. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. D. Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealant samples' in 112-inch-wide joints fonned between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. E. Qualification data showing compliance with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" article. Include list of completed projects with project names addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified. F. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. Include manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and reconnDendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. G. Product test reports for each type of joint sealants indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified based on comprehensive testing of current product formulations. H. Sample warranties ; 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain elastomeric materials only from manufacturers who will, if required, send a qualified technical representative to project site for the purpose of advising the Installer of procedures and precautions for the use of the materials. B. Installer Qualífications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have re~ulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 1. Installer shall be a sealant and caulking subcontractor with a minimum of 5 years of successful experience in the application of the types of materials required. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. D. Source Limitations: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. E. Product Testing: 1. Provide comprehensive test data for each type of joint sealant based on tests conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory on current product formulations within a 24 month period preceding date of Contractor's submittal oftest results to Architect. 07920 - 2 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 0420812 0420812 16 C5 a. Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement (per ASTM C 719), modulus of elasticity at 100 percent strain, effects of heat aging, and effects of accelerated weathering. b. Include test results performed on joint sealants after they have cured for 1 year. 2. VOC Limits (Regulation 8, Rule 51 of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District. www.baaqmd.gov): a. Sealants 1) Architectural 250 g/L 2) Roadways 250 g/L 3) Roofmg Material Installation 450 gfL 4) PVC Welding 480 gfL 5) Other 420 g/L b. Sealant Primers: 1) Architectural (Non-Porous) 250 gfL 2) Architectural (Porous) 775 g/L 3) Other 750 gfL 3. VOC Limits (South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1168. http://www.aqmd.gov/rulesJhtml/rI168.html): a. Adhesives (Welding and Installation): 1) Non-Vinyl Backed Installation 150 gfL 2) Carpet Pad Installation 150 g/L 3) Wood Flooring Installation 150 gfL 4) Ceramic Tile Installation 130 gfL 5) Dry Wall and Panel Installation 200 g/L 6) Subfloor Installation 200 g/L 7) Rubber Floor Installation 150 g/L 8) vcr and Asphalt floor tile installation 150 g/L 9) PVC Welding 510 g/L 10) CPVC Welding 490 g/L 11) ABS Welding 400 gfL 12) Plastic Cement Welding 350 g/L 13) Cove Base Installation 150 gfL 14) Adhesive Primer for Plastic 650 g/L 15) All Others 250 g/L b. Adhesives (Substrates) 1) Metal to Metal 30 g/L 2) Plastic Foams 120 g/L 3) Porous Material Except Wood 120 gfL 4) Wood 30 g/L 5) Fiberglass 200 g/L SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 3 16 C5 1.5 DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer. product name and designation, color. expiration, pot life. curing time, and núxing instructions for multi-component materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions; I. When joint substrates are wet. 2. Where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. 3. Until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. B. Preparation of joint surfaces, backing, and the conditions under which the sealant and caulking is to be installed shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations. I. Use of bond break tape is prohibited without the expressed permission of the Architect. Each situation will be evaluated with regard to inability to properly use backer rod to prevent adhesion. 1.7 WARRANTY ~. A. All exterior and building envelope weathertight and watertight sealants shall be warranted by the sealant manufacturer for a period of five (5) years from the Date of Substantial Completion. Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve a watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion. and or do not cure. B. All exterior and building envelope weathertight and watertight sealants shall be guaranteed by the installing contractor for a period of five (5) years fÌ'om the Date of Substantial Completion, to be weathertight. watertight and moisture tight. Correct defective or failed joints within the warranty period. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: I. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates fÌ'om natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL ;/ 07920 - 4 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 0420812 16 C5 A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants. joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible under conditions of service and. application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors: By Architect nom manufacturer's full range of standard colors. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General 1. Where .the term "Acceptable Standard" is used within this Section, it refers to the manufacturer and product listed, w}rich is specified as the type and quality required for this Project. 2. Products of other manufacturers will be considered. providing their products equal or exceed the quality specified, and they can provide products of the type and quality required. B. Caulking Compounds (Acrylic Latex Sealant) I. Latex rubber modified. acrylic emulsion polymer sealant compound; manufacturer's standard, one part, non-sag, mildew resistant. acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, reconunended for exposed applications on interior locations involving joint movement of not more than plus or minus 5 percent. 2. Acceptable Standard a. Sonolac; Sonneborn Building Products, Inc. b. Acrylic Latex Caulk; Tremco, Inc. c. Acrylic Latex Caulk with Silicone; DAP, Dayton, Ohio C. One-Part Elastomeric Sealant (Silicone) 1. Comply with ASTM C920, Class 25, Type NS (non-sag), unless Type S (self-leveling) reconunended by manufacturer for the application shown. 2. Acceptable Standard a. Dow Corning 790; Dow Coming COJp. (Dow Corning 791 with Kynar) b. Pecora 864 Architectural Silicone Sealant; Pecora Corp. c. Silpruf; General Electric d. Omniseal; Sonneborn Building Products. Inc. e. Spectrem 1; TretDco Mfg. Co. 3. One-part mildew resistant silicone sealant: (Around countertops and backsplashes and other wet interior locations.) 4. Acceptable Standard a. Rhodorsil 6B White; Rhone-Poulenc Inc. b. Dow Corning 786; Down Corning Corp. c. Sanitary 1700; General Electric d. Proglaze White; Tremco Mfg. Co. D.. One-Part Elastomeric Sealant (polyurethane) 1. Comply with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 (nonsag). 2. Acceptable Standard a. Sonolastic NP 1; Sonneborn Building Products, Inc. b. Dymonic; Tremco Mfg. Co. 0420812 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 5 16 C5 ';,¡ c. Dynatroll; Pecora Corp. E. One-part self-leveling polyurethane sealant, (for traffic areas and slabs-on-grade) " ,''; 1. Comply ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25. 2. Acceptable Standard a. Sonolastic SL I; Sonneborn Building Products, Inc. b. NR-201 Urexpan; Pecora Corp. c. V olkem 45 SSL; Tremco Mfg. Co. 3. Instan in all horizontal control joints in concrete slabs-on-grade. F. Miscellaneous Materials I. Primer: Type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined nom preconstruction joint sealer substrate tests and field tests. 2. Cleaners for Nonporous Suñaces: Non-staining, chemical cleaners of type which are acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials, and which do not leave oily residues or otherwise have a detrimental effect on sealant adhesion or in service performance. 3. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 2.3 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining, compatible with substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers, and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. / B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: ASTM C 1330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce optimum sealant performance: 1. Type C: Closed-cell material with a suñace skin C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer. Provide self adhesive tape where applicable. 2.4 MANUFACTURER'S WEB ADDRESSES A. Web Sites: 1. DAP, Dayton, Ohio; http://www.dap.com/ 2. Dow Corning Corp. http://www.dowcoming.com 3. General Electric Co. http://www.gesilicones.com 4. Pecora Corp. http://www.pecora.com 5. Rhone-Poulenc Inc. 6. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc. http://www.chemrex.com/sonneborn/index.htm 7. Tremco Inc. http://biznet.maximizer.com/roofing/index.html / 07920 - 6 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 0420812 16CS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints to receive joint sealants for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant perfonnance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants Wltil unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants complying with reconnnendations of sealant manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material fiom joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, and surface dirt. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mecl1anical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sOWld substrate capable of developing optinnmi bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining fiom cleaning operations by vacuum or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents fiom concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous surfaces with cleaners that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufactUrer. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confme primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 SELECTION OF MATERIAL A. Caulking compounds shall be used for interior nonmoving joints and at locations specifically indicated on Drawings. B. One component elastomeric silicone sealants shall be used at all exterior joints and interior joints where thermal dynamic movement is anticipated. C. One component elastomeric polyurethane sealants shall be used at interior joints where weatherprooímg is required. D. One part self-leveling polyurethane sealants shall be used for exterior and interior horizontal joints subject primarily to pedestrian traffic and light and moderated vehicular traffic, and in all control joints in slab-on-grade; interior. 0420812 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 7 l6 C5 3.4 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. I. Interior joints which require caulking are to be caulked with the specified caulldng compound, unless noted otherwise. 2. Exterior joints which require sealant are to be filled with one of the specified sealants even though the note may read "Caulked". 3. Joints to be filled shall be thoroughly dry and ftee from dust, dirt, oil, and grease at the time of application or caulks or sealants. 4. Expansion and control joints in exterior walls shall have the joint filler material built into the wall, or between wall and slab, at the time of construction. 5. Masking: Metal shall be masked with masking tape, as well as other surfaces where its required to prevent the sealant smearing the adjacent surface. Upon completion of the caulking, remove the tape. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimwn sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. c. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing unifonn, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. E. Tooling of Non-sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are oot approved by sealant manufacturer. I. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean ofT excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 07920 - 8 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 0420812 16 C5 B. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting nom construction operations or other causes so that they are Without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or dèteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.7 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Comply with mailUfacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Docwnents. C. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for fmal decision. D. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part of the completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. END OF SECTION 07920 0420812 SEALANfS AND CAULKING 07920 - 9 _._~"._.".,-,"-,.."- 16 C5 Division 8 Doors and Windows "~._~.,,~_.~""'-~-~ ._ _---r-.__.. 16 C5 SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Furnish materials and equipment necessary for complete instaIJation ofholJow metal doors, frames, and related items necessary to complete the Work indicated on Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITI ALS A. Product Data: Details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and fmishes. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show' elevations, details and methods of assembling sections, hardware locations and installation methods, dimensions, shapes of materials, anchorage and fastening methods, waIJ opening construction details, and weatherstripping. 2. Shop drawings shaIJ be signed and sealed by a licensed engineer registered in the State of Florida. 3. Calculations for wind load design shall be stamp,eel. sealed and signed by a Professional Engineer in the State of Florida verifying compliance with ASCE 7-98. C. Submit warranty as specified herein. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and names complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI/SDI-l00 and as herein specified. B. Honow metal supplier shaH be a qualified direct distributor of products to be furnished. In addition, the distributor shan have in their regular employment an A.H.C.JC.D.C. who will be available at reasonable times to consult with the Architect regarding matters affecting the door and name openings. 1.4 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and names cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to fmish. B. Inspect doors and names upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and names at building site under cover. Place units on minimwn 4-inches high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters that could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1/4-inches spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. 0420812 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1 lb C5';¡ PART 2 - PRODUCTS '; 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Except as otherwise specified herein or specifically approved by the Architect, hollow metal doors and frames shall be products of one of the following manufacturers subject to compliance with Specification requirements. I. Amweld Building Products, Garrettsville, Ohio. www.amweld.com 2. Ceco Door Products, Brentwood, Tennessee. www.cecodoor.com 3. Steelcraft Door and Frame Products, Cincinnati, Ohio. www.steelcraft.com 4. Curries Company, Mason City, Iowa. www.curries.com 5. Fleming Steel Doors and Frames, Ajax, Ontario, Canada. wwwJ1emingdoor.com 6. Mesker Door, Inc., Huntsville, Alabama. www.meskerdoor.com 7. Firedoor Corp., Miami, Florida. www.firedoorcorp.com 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Connnercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 526, or drawing quality, ASTM A 642, hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 525, with A60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. C. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18-gage galvanized sheet steel. D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot-dip galvanize in compliance with ASTM A 153, Class CorD as applicable. E. Shop Painting: I. Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Shop applied primers shall be compatible with finish paint specifications as specified in Section 09900 - Painting. Primers shall be as specified in Section 09900, or letter of compatibility must accompany the shop drawings. Coordinate all required items for the proper installation of the finish paint and primers as specified. Ascertain compatibility during bidding period. If compatibility is not ascertained, provide all primers as specified. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in the manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at the project site. Lock edges of doors shall be beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inches. B. Panels and edge channels of exterior doors shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel. Panels and edge channels of interior doors shall be fabricated from cold rolled sheet steel. Sizes, types, and assemblies shall be as indicated on the Drawings, Door Hardware Schedule, and as specified. 08110 - 2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 0420812 16 C5 C. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings fiom either cold rolled or hot rolled steel (at fabricator's option). D. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and bolts. E. Door Hardware Preparation: I. Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed door hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling, and tapping in accordance with fmal door hardwarè schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirelJlents of ANSI Al15 "Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation." 2. Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface applied door hardware may be done at project site. 3. Locate finish hardware as shown on fmal shop drawings, or if not shown, in accordance with recommended hardware locations specified in "S.D.I. 100-91, Recommended Specifications, Standard Steel Doors and Frames, n as published by the Steel Door Institute. 4. Reinforce all steel doors and rrames to receive surface mounted closers, whether or not scheduled to receive them. F. Shop Painting 1. Clean, treat, and shop paint all surfaces of fabricated hollow metal doors and fiames, including galvanized surfaces plus back prime of all hollow metal fiames. 2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before the application of the shop coat of paint. 3. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive field applied paint. G. Asphaltic Emulsion Coating: Apply on the rrames in the fabricator's shop; field application is not acceptable. 2.4 DOOR TYPES A. The following door types shall conform to the Steel Door Institute Standards as descn'bed in SDI 100. B. Exterior doors shall be Grade III, 1-3/4 inches extra heavy duty, 16 gauge galvanized, Model 2, seamless design. (Coordinate gage with tested assemblies required for wind loading at exterior locations. ) 1. Door face sheets shall be formed rrom one sheet of metal, with no visible seams on the door face edges. The top of the door shall be closed with a flush steel end cJosure treatment. The bottom of the door shaH be closed with a recessed channel end closure. The interior core of the doors shall be rigid polystyrene slabs bonded to door face sheets. Provide louver in door as shown on Drawings. C. Interior doors shall be Grade II, 1-3/4 inch heavy duty, 18 gauge cold rolled, Model I, full flush, hollow steel construction. 0420812 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3 .....,---_._._-_.~~..."..._'--,..._~-,.,-,._--_._.. 16 C5 1. Door face sheets shaH be formed from one sheet of metal with not face seams. Seams on vertical door edges shall be tight, smooth, and devoid of irregularities. A kraft resin impregnated honeycomb core or rigid polystyrene slab shaJl be permanently bonded to both door skins with adhesive as recommended by the manufactmer. , C. Lock edge of doors shall be beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inches. D. Seamless construction by welding and fiHing at factory only. 2.5 DOOR ACCESSORIES A. GJass: 1/4-inch tempered, clear. B. GJass Stops: ShaH be provided for vision light openings. C. VerifŸ undercut requirements with Section 08710 - Door Hardware, for exterior doors with thresholds. 2.6 FRAME TYPES A. Frames for Exterior Door Openings: 14 gage I. Frames for exterior use shaH be hot-dipped galvanized steel after fabrication. B. Frames for Interior Doors: ] 6 gage, fabricated from cold rolled sheet steel. c. Welded Frames: Fràmes shall be mitered or butted and set-up and welded, "SUW" with welds on exposed surfaces, dressed smooth and flush. Provide a temporary spreader bar securely fastened to the bottom of each frame. I. Welded frames shall be smooth, even, and have no blemishes or irregularities in finish or surface on all exposed sides and planes. 2.7 FRAME ASSEMBUES A. Frame Anchors ] . Wall anchors for frame attachment to masonry construction: Masonry anchors, adjustable, flat, corrugated or perforated 'T' shaped anchors with leg not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long or masonry "wire" type not less than 3/16 inch diameter. 2. Wan anchors for attachment to drywaH partitions. a. Use manufactmer's adjustable type compression anchors at drywall locations. b. Use steel anchörs sized to accommodate frame jamb depth and face dimension on all welded frames. 3. All frame jamb anchors to be provided; on each jamb per 30 inches of frame height or fraction thereof. 4. Floor anchors: Angle clip type a. ] 6 gauge minimum. 08]]0 - 4 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 0420812 16 C5 b. To receive 2 fasteners per jamb. c. Welded to the bottom of each jamb. 5. In place masonry or concrete: a. 3/8 inch countersunk flat head stove bolt expansion shields. b. Weld pipe spacers or other type of spacers per manufacturer's standard design in back of ftame soffit to protect frame profile during tightening of bolts and anchors. 6. Head struts: For ftames not anchored to masonry or concrete construction provide ceiling struts spot welded to jambs each side extending to building structure where called for on schedule. 7. Sleeve anchors shall be fire rated for the types of openings required. B. Plaster Guards: Provide 26 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to the ftame, at back of door hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation. C. Door Silencers: DriJI stops and install 3 silencers on strike jambs of single swing ftames and 2 silencers on heads of double swing frames. 2.8 ASPHALTIC EMULSION COATING A. Emulsion coating for steel door frames shall be water-based, brush applied, emulsion dampproofmg. 1. Hydrocide 700B by Chemrex, Inc., Sonneborn Building Products. www.chemrex.com 2. Sealmastic by W.R. Meadows. www.VVlmeadows.com 3. Kamak #100 by Kamak. Clark, New Jersey. www.kamakcorp.com PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames," unless otherwise indicated. 1. Except for ftames located at existing concrete, masonry or drywall installations, place ftames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until pennanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 2. In masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry Tee anchors. 3. At existing concrete or masonry construction, provide 3 completed opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb, set ftames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices. 04208]2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 5 16 C5 4. In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In closed steel stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. 5. Set frames in position; plumb, align, and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Where frames require ceiling struts or other structural overhead bracing, they shall be anchored securely to ceilings or structural framing above, as inrncated or specified. 6. The fmished work shall be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects. Form molded members straight and true with joints coped or mitered, well formed, and in true alignment. Welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they are invisible after finishing. 7. Spot grouting of metal fÌ"ames in gypsum wallboard partitions is included in the Work of Section 09250. 8. Where ·anchor bolts are used in concrete or masonry openings, the bolt head shall be recessed, filled with bondo and sanded smooth. 9. Provide filler plate at all hardware preps, such as hinge and strike preps, that are unused. C. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accur~tely in frames, within clearances specified in ANSJ/SDI-IOO. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and reconunencIations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. .-' C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immernately prior to fmal inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from prefinjshed doors. C. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL / 08110 - 6 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 0420812 16 C5 A. Damaged work will be rejected and shall be replaced with new work at no additional cost to the Owner or AIchitect. B. After installation, protect doors and frames from damage during subsequent construction activities. END OF SECTION 08110 0420812 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 -7 16 C5 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL l.l SUMMARY A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for complete and proper installation of door hardware including but not limited to locks, levers, pulls, exit devices, closers, butts, weatherstripping, astragals, coordinators, door holders, kick plates, push plates and silencers. All hardware provided shall comply with the requirements of the Vertical Standards for Collier County Govermnent Bui~dings (through Revision V, 2/17/04). B. The intent of.the hardware specification is to specify the hardware for all doors in this project, and to establish a type, continuity, and standard of quality; however, it shall be the door hardware supplier's responsibility for thoroughly reviewing existing and new conditions, schedules, Specifications, Drawings, and other Contract Docmnents to verify the suitability of the hardware specified. The door hardware supplier shall be responsible for furnishing proper hardware for every door opening indicated or scheduled, regardless of whether a hardware set is listed or not. C. No additional monies will be allowed for omissions, changes, or corrections necessary to facilitate proper function and installation of door hardware. D. All door hardware shall be ADA compliant. E. All keys shall be brass composition and shall be stamped "DO NOT DUPLICATE". Discard construction keys and re-key entrance lock after final acceptance. F. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying oflocks has been fulfilled. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: Shall be a recognized door hardware supplier who has in his employment an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available at reasonable times during the course of the Work for project hardware consultation. Supplier shall meet with Owner to finalize keying and hardware requirements and shall have direct experience and knowledge of Collier County's requirements. In addition, the supplier/contractor shall be approved by Co11ier County and have a successful history in previous projects. B. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (i.e., hinges, lock sets, exit devices, and closers) from manufacturers meeting Collier County requirements. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. After door hardware has been installed and before acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall check all items for proper operation, make necessary adjustments, and turn over keys to the Owner after demonstrating the keying system and the proper operation and maintenance of hardware items. 0420812 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-1 .----'-..---.--"--.'1......"~..,,.,'''. . 1.6 C5 ''1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS / 2.1 HARDWARE MATERIALS AND F ABRICA TION A. Fasteners: Furnish hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. B. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Furnish Phillips flat head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed screws to match the hardware fmish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match the fmish of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" on surfaces to receive painted fmish. C. Furnish concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when the door is closed, except to the extent that no standard manufactured units of the type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts with grommet lIDits for installation where the nut on the opposite face is exposed under any condition. In such cases provide sex bolts and machine screws. D. Furnish fasteners which are compatible with both the unit fastened and the substrate and which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware, base material, or fastener. E. Hand of Door: Drawings show the swing or hand of each door leaf (left, right, reverse bevel), fTom key side of door. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of the door swing as shown. 2.2 HARDWARE FINISHES A. All door hardware shall be non-ferrous, commercial grade. Plain or painted steel hardware is not permitted. B. Match the fmish of every hardware unit at each door or opening, to the greatest extent possible, except as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and textures as much as commercially possible where the base metal or metal forming process is different for individual units of hardware exposed at the same door or opening. Match items to the manufacturer's standard finish for latch and lock set for color and texture. C. Standard Finish Designations: The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are those listed in "Materials and Finishes Standard 1301" by BHMA, including coordination with the traditional U.S. finishes shown by certain manufacturers for their products. 2.3 MANUF ACTIJRERS A. Match existing hardware for new and replacement doors. Where matched hardware is not available, provide hardware rrom the manufacturers listed below, subject to the Owner's approval. Approved manufacturers are: Schlage, LCN, Von Duprin, Desco, Hager, Ives, Rockwood and Pemko. Item Acceptable Substitutes Hinges Hager Panic Devices Von Duprin, Number 88, no substitutions. 08710-2 FINISH HARDWARE 0420812 16 C5 Locks & Latches Schlage B-Series, 6-pin cylinder with E-keyway only. Key to match County keying system. C-keyway may not be used. Standard LocksetlLeverset Sch]age D-Series. Use L-Series where required for security or other program requirements. Standard Pulls Rockwood Barrier -Free series or County approved equal. Door Closers LCN Model 404] Super Smoothie series, no substitutions. Adjust to meet ADA and FAC requirements. Exterior Threshòlds Pemko 2005 with raised vinyl seal or exact equal. Do not use flush or saddJe-type thresholds at exterior locations. Weather-stripping Pemko PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.] INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units according to manufacturer's specifications and FBC. B. Drill and countersink units which are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. C. Cut and fit threshold and floor covers to profi)e of door fTames with mitered comers and hairline joints. Join units with concealed welds or concealed mechanical joints. Cut smooth openings for spindles, bolts, and similar items. D. Anchor thresholds to substrate with cadmium plated machine screws. E. At exterior doors and elsewhere as indicated, set thresholds in a bed of either butyl rubber sealant or polyisobutylene mastic sealant to completely fin concealed voids and exclude moisture fTom every source. Do not plug drainage holes or block weeps. Remove excess sealants. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING OF DOOR HARDWARE A. Adjust and clean each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Hardware adjustments shall be compliant with ADA and Florida Accessibility Code requirements. Replace units which cannòt be adjusted to operate fTeelyand smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Continued Maintenance Service: Approximately 6 months after the acceptance of hardware in each area, the Installer shall return to the project and readjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. Replace hardware items which have deteriorated or failed. 3.3 HARDW ARE SCHEDULE A. General: Provide hardware for each door to comply with the following schedule of hardware sets. B. New hardware shall match existing equipment. For specified items without existing precedent on site, provide suitable device fTom one of the approved manufacturers. 0420812 FOOSH HARDWARE 08710-3 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Set # I 1-1/2 PR 1 1 1 1 I 1 5 ea. Set #2 1-1/2 PR 1 1 1 1 5 ea. 08710-4 Hinges Lockset Panic Hardware Closer Threshold Sweep Weatherstrip Silencers Hinges Lockset Threshold Sweep Weatherstrip Silencers 16 C5 " , Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 W' x 4 W' NRP, vandal resistant Rim lock with lever handle Yon Duprin No. 88 Heavy duty, parallel arm with cam type hold open Pemko 2005 Pemko Pemko, perimeter Jamb and head mounted Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 W' x 4 'h" NRP, vandal resistant Rim lock with lever handle and interior override Pemko 2005 Pemko Pemko, perimeter Jamb and head mounted END OF SECTION "/ FINISH HARDWARE 0420812 16 C5 Division 9 Finishes -~-_.._~_."--.,,.~ 16 C5 PART I-GENERAL SECTION 09200 STUCCO 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes portland cement stucco 1.2 SUBMIITALS A. Product Data: Specifications and installation instructions for each product, including material certificates for aggregate showing compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Samples for verification purposes in units at least 12 inches square of finish indicated, in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing full range of variations expected. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source ResponsibiJity: Obtain stucco (cement plaster), Portland cement plaster, and lath nom a single manufacturer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. De1iver manufactured materials in the original packages, containers, or bundles and bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand. Except as otherwise specífied herein, the mixing, installation, and application of manufactured material shall be in strict accordance with the printed directions of the manufacturer. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack self-furring lath flat to prevent defonnation. C. Handle seJf-furring lath to prevent damage to edges, ends, or surfaces. Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after application of plaster. B. Protect contiguous work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration and other harmful effects that might result nom plastering. 1.6 TESTING A. At Architect's discretion, performance testing for strength, fastening, thickness, framing, mixtures, code, standard requirements: Provided to assure specifications compliance. Initial costs will be by the Owner, unless test results are unsatisfactory. 0420812 STUCCO 09200 - 1 16 C5 B. Replace unsatisfactory work at no additional cost. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STUCCO (CEMENT PLASTER) MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Expanded Metal Lath: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO) b. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. c. Unimast, Inc. d. Western Metal Lath Co. 2.2 LATH A. Expanded Metal Lath: Fabricate expanded metal lath fiom uncoated or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet to produce lath complying with ASTM C 847 for type, configuration, and other characteristics indicated below, with uncoated steel sheet painted after fabrication into lath. 1. Diamond Mesh Lath: Comply with the following requirements: a. Configuration: Flat. b. Weight: 3.41bs. per sq. yd. c. Paper Backing: Where paper-backed diamond mesh lath is indicated, provide asphalt-impregnated paper factory-bonded to back and complying with FS UU-B-790, for Type I, Grade D (vapor permeable), Style 2. B. Lath Attachment Devices: Devices of material and type required by referenced standards and recommended by lath manufacturer for secure attachment of lath to framing members and of lath to lath. 1. Lath attachment shall be designed by a structural engineer in the State of Florida. Submit loading requirements and fastening requirements with shop drawing submittals. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. All metal accessories such as metal corner beads, casing beads, and the like are to be solid zinc- alloy. B. Glass fiber mesh shall be Type 207A, PeIma-Tite glass mesh 10 x 10 construction, white resin coated, conforming to ASTM D 1668, Type III, self-adhering. Manufacturer: Penna-Glass-Mesh Corporation, Dover, Ohio. 2.5 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER MA TERlALS A. Base Coat Cements: Masonry cement, ASTM C 91, Type N. 09200 - 2 STUCCO 0420812 16 C5 B. Factory-Prepared Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard requiring addition of water only; white unless otherwise indicated. C. Lime: Special hydrated lime for finishing purposes, ASTM C 206, Type S, or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes, ASlM C 207, Type S. D. Sand Aggregate for Base Coats: ASlM C 897. E. Aggregate for Finish Coats: ASlM C 897, manufactured of natural white sand. F. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant (AR) glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch long, :tree of contaminates, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for MiXÏ11g and Finishing Plaster: Drinkable and :tree of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories. B. Bonding Agent for Portland Cement Plaster: ASTM C 932. 2.7 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS A. Comply with ASTM C 926 for portland cement plaster base and fmish coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, materials, and other requirements indicated. B. Portland Cement Plaster Base Coat Mixes and Compositions: Proportion materials for respective base coats in parts by volume for cementitous materials and in parts by volume per sum of cementitous materials for aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below within limits specified to attain workability. 1. Fiber Content: Add fiber to following mixes after ingredients have mixed at least 2 minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's directions but do not to exceed 2 lbs. per cu. ft. of cementitious materials. Reduce aggregate quantities accordingly to maintain workability. C. Factory-Prepared Portland Cement Finish Coats: Add water only; comply with finish coat manufacturer's directions. 2.8 MIXING A. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be plastered. Do not begin application of plaster until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 0420812 STUCCO 09200 - 3 --".,._,-~---,,-- 16 C5 3.2 INSTALLATION OF LATHING, GENERAL "\ A. Portland Cement Plaster Lathing and Furring Installation Standard: Install lathing and furring materials indicated for portland cement plaster to comply withASTM C 1063. ./ B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fIxtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, and similar work to comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable published recommendations of gypsum plaster manufacturer or, if not available, of "Gypsum Construction Handbook" published by United States Gypsum Co. C. Isolation: Where lathing and metal support system abuts building structure horizontally and where partition/wall work abuts overhead structure, isolate the work from structural movement sufficiently to prevent transfer of loading into the work from the building structure. Install slip- or cushion-type joints to absorb deflections but maintain lateral support. 1. Frame both sides of control and expansion joints independently, and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing òr accessories. 3.3 INST ALLA nON OF PLASTERING ACCESSORIES A. Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at comers; install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories secure1y to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and alignment during plastering. 1. External Comers: Install comer reinforcement at external comers. 2. Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect: a. Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. b. Distance between Control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet in either direction or a length-to-width ratio of 2-112 to I. c. Wall Areas: Not more than 144 sq. ft. d. Horizontal Surfaces: Not more than 100 sq. ft. in area. e. Where plaster pane1 sizes or dimensions change, extend joints full width or height of plaster membrane. 3.4 INSTALLATION (sruCCO) A. Install glass fiber mesh at 45 degree angJe at openings in the plane of the stucco surface such as doors and windows. Mesh strips shall be 4 inches wide and a minimum of 9 inches long, installed in accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions. 3.5 CEMENT (sruCCO) PLASTERING A. Cement (stucco) plastering shall be three coat work 7/8 inch thick. 09200 - 4 STUCCO 0420812 16 C5 B. Mixmg: Use mechanical mixers of approved type. Keep mixer and tools clean. Re-tempering will not be pennitted. C. Scratch Coat: Approximately 3/8 inch thick (or as required), applied with pressure and heavily cross scratched. D. Brown Coat: Approximately 3/8 inch thick (or as required), applied with pressure and brought to an even surface with wood float, then cross scratched. E. Finish Coat: Approximately 1/8 inch thick. Apply with wood float and stucco texture with steel trowel as required. 1. Texture: match existing adjacent surfaces F. Moisture Retention, Curing I. Dampen previous plaster coats which have dried out prior to time for application of next coat. Dampen with water as required for wriform suction. Determine the most effective procedure for curing and time lapse between application of coats based on climatic and job conditions. Plaster which is cracked or crazed due to improper timing and curing will not be accepted. Remove and replace defective plaster base materials if damaged during removal of defective plaster (stucco). 3.6 CUITING AND PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Cut. patch, point up, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore cracks, dents; and imperfections. Repair or replace work to elirrúnate blisters, buckles, excessive crazing and check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to the substrate has failed. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces that are not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces that have been stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during the plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and equipment and clean floors of plaster debris. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer that ensures plaster work being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09200 0420812 STUCCO 09200 - 5 16 C5 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD PART I - GENERAL I.] SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing 2. Gypsum board 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM Cl] and GA-505 for definitions of tenns related to gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. ] 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to "Recommended Specification on Levels of Gypsum Board Finish" as published by the Gypsum Association (and A WCI/CISCAlPDCA) for finish levels required herein. B. Any board that has become wet at any point prior to the Date of Substantial Completion shall be replaced, including board that has been installed and installed and fmished. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. C. Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. D. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal trim accessories. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and fmishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board manufacturer's reconunendations. B. Room Temperatures: Maintain not less than 40 degrees F. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces, as required, for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. 0420812 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 1 -.,..--.-..-- 16 C 5 t¡ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACIDRERS I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Steel Framing and Furring: a. Clark Steel Framing, Middletown, Ohio; http://www.clarksteel.coml b. Consolidated Systems, Inc., Columbia, South Carolina; http://www.consolidatedmetaLcomlweJcome.htm c. . Dale/Incor Industries, Inc., Dearborn, Michigan; http://www.daleincor.coml d. Dietrich Metal FraßÚng, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; http://www.dietrichindustries.coml e. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co., Charlotte, North Carolina; http://www.nationalgypsumcoml f. Unimast Inc.; http://www.unimast.comlindex.html 2. Gypsum Board and Related Products: c. d. Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, Georgia; http://www.gp.coml Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co., Charlotte, North Carolina; http://www.nationalg)'psumcoml Lafarge Gypswn, Herndon, Virginia; http://wwwJafargecoro.coml Fry Reglet, Alpharetta, Georgia; http://www.fryreglet.coml Pittcon Industries, Riverdale, Maryland; http://www.pittconindustries.coml United States Gypsum Company http://www.usg.com a. b. e. f. , 2.2 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND P ARllTIONS A. Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements: 1. Component Sizes and Spacings: As indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM C 754 under the following maximum deflection and lateral loading conditions: a. Maximum Deflection: U240 at 5 pound-foot per square foot. 2. Protective Coating: G-40 hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM C 645. B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 deg and doubled over to form 3/16-inch wide minimum lip (return). C. Steel Rigid Furring (Hat) Channels: ASTM C 645, hat-shaped, 7/8-inch deep, 20 gage. D. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. E. Unless indicated otherwise, metal stud framing shall be formed from the following gauge metal. If two conditions apply in the following listing, use the heavier gauge: 09250 - 2 GYPSUM BOARD 0420812 16 C5 I. Framed openings (heads and jambs of door and wíndow openings) - 16 gage. a. 16 gage studs include both (2) studs at each jamb, full height, and horizontal headers. 2. Remaining metal studs - 20 gage. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUcrS A. Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available, minimizÙlgjoints. I. Thickness: Provide gypsum board 5/8-inch thick to comply with ASTM C 840 for application system and support spacing indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: I. Type X. WR Type X where indicated. 2. Edges: Tapered 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORJES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Corner beads, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: 1. Material: Formed metal, complying with the following requirement: a. Sheet steel zinc-coated by hot-dip process. 2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: a. Comerbead on outside comers, unless otherwise indicated. b. LC-bead with both face and back flanges; face flange fonned to receive joint compound. Use LC-beads for edge trim unless otherwise indicated. c. L-bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L-bead where indicated. d. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated. e. One-piece control joint formed with V-shaped slot, with removable strip covering slot opening. 2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIAlS A. Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the reconunendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. C. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged, job-mixed, chernical- hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. 0420812 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 3 16 C5 * 1. Where setting-type joint compounds are indicated as a taping compound only or for taping and filling only, use formulation that is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. 2. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use fonnulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. 3. For topping compound, use sandable fornmlation. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: 1. Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.03 inch thick. 2. Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board. C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal fiames, cast-in-anchors, and structural fiaming for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to fiaming installation. B. Install supplementary fiaming, blocking, and bracing at terDÚnations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or sinúlar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. . 1. Where metal fiaming is installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall. B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch fiom the plane fonned by the faces of adjacent framing. 09250 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD 0420812 16 C5 C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Cut studs 112 inch short of full height. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. D. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacing indicated but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard to comply with maximum deflection and minimum loading requirements specified. E. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction and so that leading edges or ends of each gypsum board can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. F: Frame door opènings to comply with details indicated, with GA-219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attaèh vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. 2. Extend vertical jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. 3.3 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-21 6. B. Install wal1/partition board panels to mininúze the number of abutting end joints or avoid them entirely. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally with end abutting joints over studs and staggered. C. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intennediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position adjoining panels so that tapered edges abut tapered edges, and field-cut edges abut field-cut edges and ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints at comers of framed openings where possible. E. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so that the leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. F. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. G. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber including floor joists and headers. Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resiliènt channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. H. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. 0420812 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 5 16 C5 3.4 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS '~ A. Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: 1. Partitions/walls: Apply gypsum panels vertically or horizontally. Use maximum length panels to minimize end joints. B. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with screws. 3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. . General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. B. Install comer beads at external comers. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed or semiexposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound except where other types are indicated, I. Install LC-bead where gypswn panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. 2. Install L-bead where edge trims can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. 3. Install V-bead where indicated. D. All trim, accessories and corner beads shall be installed using screws. "Crimping" tool and staple attachment is not allowed 3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of comer bead, edge trim, and control joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypswn board surfaces for decoration and levels of gypswn board fmish indicated. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to trim accessories with concealed face flanges as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer and as required to prevent cracks from developing in joint compound at flange edges. D. Levels of Gypswn Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypswn board finish per GA-214. 1. Level 0: No taping, fmishing, or accessories required. This level of fmish shall be used in temporary construction only. 2. Levell: Joints and interior angles shall have tape einbedded in joint compound. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. This fmish level shall be used in plenwn areas above ceilings, in attics, in areas where the assembly is concealed. ./ 09250 - 6 GYPSUM BOARD 0420812 16 cs 3. Level 2: Joints and interioT angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and one separate coat of joint compound applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Surface shall be free of exceSs joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. This fInish level shall be used where tile backing board (ASTM C630) is used as a substrate fOT tile only. 4. Level 3: Joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Joint compound shall be smooth and fÌee of tool marks and ridges. Note: It is reconnnended that the prepared surface be coated with a primer/sealer prior to the application of fmal fInishes. See painting/wall covering specifIcation in this regard. This fmal level shall be used in areas that are to receive heavy textured, thick (118 inch or greater) wall coverings. 5. Level 4: Joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and three separate coats of joint compound applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Joint compound shall be smooth and free. of tool marks and ridges. Note: Prepare surface to be coated with a primer/sealer prior to the application of final fInishes. This fInish level shaIl be used where textuTed fInishes, wall coverings, and painted fInishes are to be applied. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound fÌom adjacent surfaces. B. Provide fmal protection and maintain conditions to ensure gypsum board assemblies Temain without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09250 0420812 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 7 16 Œ5 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical ceilings and related items 1.2 SUBMITIALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data on lay-in ceiling panels, fasteners, and grid B. Samples: Manufacturer's standard sample size for each panel type specified C. Sample warranty 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed acoustical ceilings sinùlar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project. B. Single-Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling unit trom a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. C. Single-Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of suspension system trom a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. D. Fire Performance Characteristics: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Tested per ASlM E 84 and complying with AsTM E 1264 for Class A products. a. Flame Spread: 25 or less. b. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. 2. Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. E. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them. including light fixtures, HV AC equipment, fire-suppression system components, and partition system. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contanùnation, and other causes. 0420812 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 1 "·____._."__._...__,_____."',w,..._.,'eo...,._... l6 C5. B. Before instaHing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. '~. l C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. D. Packages required under this Section shaH be properly marked on the outside with the identification of the materials contained in the package, so that they may be readily identified with the location to be used. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambieQt conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Attic Stock: one unopened package of ceiling tile 1.7 WARRANTY A. Acoustical Panel: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace acoustical panels that fail within the warranty period. Failures include: sagging and warping, and rusting of the suspension system and components. B. Warranty Periods: 1. Acoustical Panels: Ten (10) years from the Date of Substantial Completion. 2. Grid: Ten (10) years from the Date of Substantial Completion. 3. Acoustical panels and grid system provided by the same manufacturer shall be warranted for fifteen (15) years from the Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUF ACIlJRER A. Armstrong World Industries, Lancaster, Pennsylvania 2.2 MATERIALS A. Acoustical Ceiling Tile: Shall meet Federal Specifications SS-S-118B, Class A flame spread 25, and carry UL label. Tile shall carry the humidity resistant ClimaP Ius performance characteristics. Finish shall be factory applied, washable, white latex paint, unless noted otherwise. 1. Cortega No. 770 square lay-in, medium texture, 5/8-inch thick by 24-inches by 24-inches. B. Standard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by reference to types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectance's, unless otherwise indicated. .J 09510 - 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0420812 16 C5 1. Colors and Patterns: Provide products to match appearance characteristics indicated under each product type. 2.3 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Prelude by Annstrong World Industries, Lancaster, Pennsylvania B. Suspension systems shall meet or exceed the requirements of AS1M C 635 for dimensional tolerances, coatings and 'finishes, and load carrying capabilities. Individual component deflection shall not exceed 1/360 of the span. C. Finishes and Colors: Provide hot-dipped galvanized finish (G-30 minimwn) on all ceiling suspension components. Exposed suñaces of suspension system components shall receive white baked-on enamel paint. 1. High-Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635 requirements for "Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance" where high-humidity fmishes are indicated. 2. Where ClimaPlus is specified, provide heavy duty suspension system suitable for severe environmental conditions of high humidity, according to ASTM C635. Exposed framing shall be extruded aluminum with corrosion resistant fmish such as (202RI) (204RI) anodized finish; concealed framing shall be hot dipped galvanized. D. Acoustical Lay-In System: Grid with 15/16" face. E. Wall channel: Hemmed edge type. F. Rough Suspension Materials 1. Metal Channel Runners: 1-1/2", 475 pounds per thousand lineal feet and 3/4''. 300 ponnds, per thousand lineal feet. cold rolled painted channels. 2. Hanger and Tie Wire: Not less than 12 gauge galvanized soft annealed steel. G. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table I, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMJNATION A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which ceiling system attaches or abuts, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other sections that affect installation and anchorage of ceiling system Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections. 0420812 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 3 16 cs B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half-width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. " , -' C. Application of acoustical treatment shall be done by the manufacturer of his authorized applicator and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications, except as herein modified. E. The installation of the ceiling shaH be done prior to the instaHation of shelving, buiJt-in counters, and fmished floors; but after the other work in the room has been completed, including painting, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install suspension wires 4 foot on centers, maximum, both directions. Secure suspension hangers to building structure above. For lighting fixtures install hanger wires to runners at aH 4 comers of fixtures. Do not attach hanger wire to 1-1/2" metal roof deck, electrical, or mechanical equipment or related support systems. 1. Maximum splay of hanger wire is 10 degrees and must be offset per ASTM C 635. B. Install metal channel by saddle tying hanger wire or with leveling clips to a leveling tolerance of 1/8" in 12 feet each way. C. Install wall angle at intersection of suspended ceiling and vertical surfaces. Where plenum space occurs above ceiling, apply continuous ribbon of acoustical adhesive or caullång compound on top of vertical wall angle after installation. D. Install acoustical units in a true and even plane, in straight line courses following layout pattern shown in reflective ceiling plan. Fit border units neatly against vertical surfaces. E. Just prior to Substantial Completion Inspection, remove and replace skinned, damaged, or dirty tile with new material. G. Install edge moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. I. Screw-attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolenmce of 118 inch in 12'-0". Miter comers accurately and connect securely. H. Refurbish grid where new conference room is built. Save tile from existing offices for reuse in lab as directed by Owller to replace existing damaged or soiled panels. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully c1eaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECfION 09510 ..1 09510- 4 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0420812 16 C5 PART 1 - GENERAL SECIION 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Vinyl composition tile (VCI). 2. Vinyl coved base. 1.2 SUBMIIT ALS A. Product data: Certification by tile manufacturer that products supplied for tile installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). B. Samples: Sections of tiles to match existing as closely as possable. Architect to make final decision. C. Product certificates, in lieu of laboratory test reports when permitted by Architect, signed by manufacturer certifying that each product complies with requirements. D. Installer Statement of Compliance: Certify vcr is installed in accordance with manufacturer's installation manual in order to validate the manufacturer's warranty on installation integrity. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Floor Tile: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. B. Contractor Qualifications: I. Employ contractors skilled in the successful installation of the specified materials and accessories on similar projects for a minimum of five years. 2. Installing company shall employ a nùnimum of three (3) qualified installers with a minimum of two (2) years experience (each) installing vcr flooring. C. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide resilient floor tile with the following fire performance characteristics as detennined by testing products per ASTM test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authQrities having jurisdiction. 1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq. em or more per ASTM E 648. 2. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662. 3. Flame Spread: Less than 75 per ASTM E 84. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver tiles and installation accessories to Project site in original manufacturer's unopened cartons and containers each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. 0420812 RESILIENT FLOORING 09660 - 1 T f 16 C5 B. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected trom the weather with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. " ; C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. Move tiles, base and accessories into spaces wbere they will be installed at least 48 bours in advance of installation. 1.5 PROJECf CONDITIONS A. Maintain a núnimum temperature of 70 degrees F in spaces to receive tiles for at least 48 hours prior to instal1ation, during instal1ation, and for not less than 48 hours after instal1ation. After this period, maintain a tempernture of not less than 55 degrees F. B. Do not install tiles until they have been conditioned to the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during tile instal1ation. 1.6 SEQUENONG AND SCHEDUliNG A. Specified items shal1 not be delivered or installed until building is enclosed, wet work completed and HV AC system is operating and maintaining temperature and bumidity at occupancy level during remainder of construction period. B. Install tiles and accessories after other [wishing operations, including painting, have been completed. C. Do not instal1 tiles over concrete slabs until the slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive as determined by tile manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish to Owner, not less than one box for eacb 50 boxes or traction thereof, of each class, wearing surface, color, pattern and size of resilient floor tile installed. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty covering manufacturing defects and installation integrity shall be for five (5) years. Installation integrity is defined as products instal1ed in accordance with the manufacturer's instal1ation manual. B. Instal1er's Warranty: Fully guarantee installation of VCT and wall base against defects m instaJlation, workmanship and loss of adhesion for a period of one (1) year. C. Warranties shan begin on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCfS 2.1 TILE AND ACCESSORIES ,/ 09660 - 2 RES~IENTFLOORING 0420812 16 C~'5 A. Vinyl Composition Tile: 12 inch by 12 inch by 1I8-inch thick as per FS SS-T-312B Type IV, Composition B. Edge Reducing Strips: Beveled one inch to 1-112 inch wide by lI8-inch thick of vinyl or rubber, same manufacturer as tile; colors as selected by Architect. Use where meeting unfInished floor or flooring of different material. 1. For vcr to carpet transition see Section 09680 - Carpet. 2.2 RESILIENT BASE A. Vinyl Cove Base: 4 inches in height by roll stock and 1I8-inch thick, ribbed back, rounded top, and set on type. (4 foot length base material is not acceptable.) 1. Provide molded comers 4 inches in height by 4 inches in length each way for external comers. B. Include with samples the MiIlworkTM Wall Base from Johnsonite. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Adhesive: As per recommendations of product manufacturer. Water based adhesives are not allowed. B. Subfloor Filler; PortJand cement-based latex underlayment; type recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Cleaner and Floor Polish: Coordinate with Owner and use products currently used by Owner's maintenance staff. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where installation of tiles will occur, with Installer present. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Concrete Sub floors: VerifY that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Dry and ftee of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by tile manufacturer. 2. Finishes of sub floors comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" 'for slabs receiving resilient flooring. 3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any kind. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates to receive tile. 0420812 RESILIENT FLOORING 09660 - 3 16 C5'~ B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile manufacturer's directions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. -" ~, I C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, by using a terrazzo or concrete grinder, a drum sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire brosh. . D. Broom and vacuum substrates immediately before tile installation. Following cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. E. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to applying adhesive. Apply according to manufacturer's directions. ' 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with tile manufacturer's installation directions and other requirements indicated that are applicable to each type of tile installation included in Project. B. Layout tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths at perimeter that equal less than one-half of a tile. Install tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated. I. Install vinyl composition tiles in a parquet pattern. C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken. cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. G. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items occurring within finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. H. Adbere tiles to flooring substrates without producing open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections in completed tile installation. I. Use full spread of adhesive applied to substrate in compliance with tile manufacturer's directions including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. Spray applied adhesives are not allowed. J. Hand roll tiles where required by tile manufacturer. J 09660 - 4 RESILIENT FLOORING 0420812 16 C5 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perfonn the following operations immediately after completing tile installation: 1. Allow adhesive to dry for 48 hours after installation. 2. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile manufacturers. 3. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 4. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by resjlient floor tile manufacturer. 5. Damp-mop tileto remove black marks and soil. 6. Tiles ~th debris trapped underneath, shall be removed and replaced, prior to cleaning. B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage fÌom construction operations . and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended by tile manufacturer. I. Apply protective floor wax to tile surfaces that are nee nom soil, visible adhesive and surface blemishes. 2. Cover tiles with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over tiles. Place plywood or hardboard panels over tiles and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. END OF SECTION 09660 0420812 RESILIENT FLOORING 09660 - 5 _,__"_",...,.~~«__",., -'t .. _'__"'__""'_~'''"''~__~'_M'_ 16 C5 SECTION 09682 CARPET TILE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes carpet tile and accessories 1.2 SUBMITI ALS A. Product Data: 1. Printed data sheets for each type of carpet and accessory specified 2. Installation system proposed 3. Care, cleaning, and maintenance information. Include two copies of each of the following CRI publications: a., "Steps in the right direction, an Owners Manual for Your Carpet" with pertinent treatment highlighted b. Carpet Maintenance Guidelines for Commercial Applications c. Take a Deep Breath and Thank Your Custodian; Tips and Tools for Improving IAQ in Schools 4. Smoke and flammability reports B. Shop Drawings: 1. Working layout for each area to be carpeted. Include location of accent tile. 2. Show pattern, color, trim units, and other pertinent installation details 3. Maintenance training video C. Samples: 1. Manufacturers standard color books of actual samples 2. Manufacturers standard trim chain 3. Three full size samples of each carpet tile pattern submitted 4. Three 12-inch long strips of each trim unit submitted D. CertificatioDS and Testing: 1. Test results of the Bond and Moisture tests 2. Test resuJts fÌom the Calcium Chloride tests E. Sample Warranty 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Commitment to Sustainability: Carpet manufacturer shall have an operational carpet-recycling program for 100 percent of the new carpet product (at the end of its useful life). TIris program shall not consist of incineration. B. Contractor's Qualifications: 0420812 CARPET TILE 09682 - 1 """"---,.,~----_.._...~ 16 C5 L 2. Employ only experienced installers, skilled in installation of the specified systems. InstaIiation company shall employ a minimum of three qualified installers with a minimum of three years experience each of installing similar systems. " "I C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: 1. Employ only manufacturers making the specified materials as a current production item. 2. Manufacturers shall have a minimum of five years of production experience with carpet of similar types to that specified. D. Source Limitations: Obtain carpet from a single source, unless otherwise directed by Architect. E. Install carpet after building is enclosed, wet work complete, and HV AC system operational. I. Maintain temperature and humidity at designed level for the remainder of the construction period. F. Carpeting shall have a minimum critical radiant flux of 0.45 watts per square centimeter (radiant panel test) per ASTM E-648 "Standard Test Methods for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source." G. Carpet Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide carpeting with the following characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by u.L. or another nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. Identify carpet with appropriate markings of applicable agency. l. 2. 3. 4. Surface Flammability: Flam Spread Smoke Development: Static: Passes CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1630 25 or less per ASTM E 84 450 or less per ASTM E 84 Under 3.5 kv. Below the average level of human sensitivity H. Adhesives: VOC levels shall comply with Section 07920 - Sealants. I. Carpet shall have been tested against and passed the Indoor Air Quality Carpet Testing Program requirements ofCRI. J. Calcium CWoride Test: Measure moisture vapor ennsslOns from concrete slab prior to the installation of the carpeting. Maximum moisture emissions levels shall be as recommended by the carpeting manufacturer. K. Bond and Moisture Tests: Provide. bond and moisture tests prior to the installation of the carpet. Tests shall be in accordance with the carþet manufacturer's recommendations. Provide amount of tests as· recommended by the carpet manufacturer. L. The Architect may send samples of materials, taken at random from the jobsite, to an independent testing laboratory. The cost of testing shall be borne by the contractor if the material is fmmd non compliant with specifications. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in the original factory packaging, labeled with identification of manufacturer, brand name, lot number, and test data. 09682 - 2 CARPET TILE 0420812 16 C5 B. Store materials on site, in original packaging, inside a well ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soilage, extreme temperatures, and humidity. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Dimensions supplied in these Specifications and Drawings are approximate. Fie]d verify dimensions and other conditions affecting Work. 1.6 EXTRA STOCK A. one unopened paèkage of carpet tile 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Manufacturer's Warranty: J. Warranty shall be non-prorated against surface pile wear, zippering, edge ravel, excessive static, Joss of resiliency, tough bind, moisture barrier (passes British. Spill Test), and delamination of secondary backing. 2. Surface pile wear for warranty purposes shall be no more than 10% Joss of face fiber. 3. Warranty shall be for a minimum of twenty years. B. Installer's Warranty: Guarantee the installation against defects in workmanship, seaming, and loss of adhesion for a period of three years. C. Warranties shan begin on the date of Substantial Completion. D. Upon written notice from the Architect, correct or replace improper work and materia] that may become apparent within the warranty period. Repairs will be made in accordance with this SJ1ecification. 1. Exception: Any problems ansmg nom improper adherence to the manufacturer's reconnnended maintenance program. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTIJRERS A. Stati- Tuft Modu]ar by Mohawk Carpet 2.2 MA TERlALS A. Carpet shall have been tested against and passed the Indoor Air Quality Carpet Testing Program requirements of CRl. B. Ny]on: An nylon fiber shall be solution dyed branded type 6,6 from DuPont, or Solutia. C. Product Specifications: 0420812 CARPET TILE 09682 - 3 16 C5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Construction: Tufted Textured Loop Gage: lI8 minimum Density 7800 ounces per cubic yard minimwn Formaldehyde or 4-PC Not allowed Antimicrobial: Broad spectrum antimicrobial; permanent application in backing. Application must pass AATCC-J74 '\, --,} D. Vinyl Carpet Trims: Shall be by Johnson Rubber Co., Middlefield, Ohio. Colors as selected by Architect. Provide edge type as follows: 1. Carpet to VCT: CfA-XX-A by 10hnsonite 2. Carpetto Concrete: CfA-XX-I 3. Carpet Termination Reducer: EG-XX-E Johnsonite E. Adhesive: 1. Releasable pressure sensitive type as recommended by the carpet manufacturer which will allow removal of carpet tile at any time without damage or adherence to carpet. a. Grid Set Adhesive 2000 or Spray Adhesive 5400 with Spray System for GlasBac and GlasBac RE 2. Adhesive must contain antimicrobial preservative, have "zero" calculated VOC's and be on "greenlist." PART 3 - EXECUTION , j 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Examine substrate for compliance with the Contract Docwnents. Do not proceed until . WlSatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, dust, dirt, solvents, soaps, silicone, wax, oil, grease, paint, plaster, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives. Allow floors to dry. Apply sealer to prevent dusting. C. Ensure concrete floors are fÌ'ee fÌ'om cracks, ridges, depressions, scaling and irregularities. D. Ensure constant floor height after instaHation with a maxirnwn variation of 1/4-inch per 10 feet non-cwnulative in any direction. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install carpet system ~ accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Carpet coverage shall be complete to edges of space and free of gaps between tiles and at bases of permanent fIXtures within designated areas. 2. Install using direct glue-down method. Comply with CRI 104, Section 8, Direct Glue- Down InstaHation B. Check matching of carpet before cutting and ensure no visible variation between dye lots. 09682 - 4 CARPET TILE 0420812 16 C5 C. Cut carpet Ú1 a manor to allow proper seam and pattern match. Ensure cuts are straight, true, and not frayed. D. Adhesive: Prime substrate as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. Spread adhesive at stipulated rates for full adhesion. E. Install trims where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. Use full-length pieces only. Where splicÚ1g cannot be avoided, butt ends tight and flush. F. Install tile to be free of air pockets. G. Do not place heavy objects such as furniture on carpeted areas for a minimum of 24-Hours after completed instalÌation or until adhesive is set. H. Separate waste Ú1 accordance with the Waste Management Plan. Manufacturer to reclaim all scrap not retaÚ1ed by Owner. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. All scrap carpet shall be palletized and returned to the manufacturer. B. Immediately after installation, remove visible cement, dirt, wrappÚ1gs, cartons, ClipPÚ1gS, and other foreign substances. Vacuum carpet. C. Provide fmal protection and rnaintaÚ1 conditions m a manner acceptable to the manufacturer and installeÌ until the Date of Substantial Completion. D. Conduct an instruction class for the Owner's maÚ1tenance staff prior to the Date of Substantial Completion. 1. Instruct personnel on the proper method of cleaning the material as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Videotape this secession. END OF SECTION 09682 0420812 CARPET TILE 09682 - 5 16 C5 SECfION 09900 PAINTING PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary for complete painting and finishing work as detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein, of swfaces as scheduled throughout the building. B. The type of material to be used and the number of coats to be applied are listed in the "Painting Schedule" in Part 3 of this Section of these Specifications. Also, refer to the Room Finish Schedule. C. The tenn "paint'! as used herein, includes enamels, paints, sealers, stains, fillers, emulsions, and other coatings, whether used as prime, intennediate, or finish coats. D. The Architect shall not be limited in the number of colors selected for single space or for the complete Project. E. The intent is to provide a completely fmished building, interior and exterior, whether or not specifically indicated. Some items may not be specifically indicated to be painted on the Drawings, the schedules, or herein, however, all items shall be fmished and/or painted as directed by the Architect, whether or not specifically scheduled or indicated as such. 1.2 SUBMITI ALS A. Materials List: Prior to the start of Work and before paint materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect a complete list of materials proposed and equivalent to specified paintùÌg schedule, to be provided under this portion of the Work. 1. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution of materials for those specified or approved for this Work by the Architect. B. Color Chip Catalog: Paint manufacturer shall provide Architect with a complete current color chip catalog fiom which he may select colors. Manufacturers may fulfill this requirement by updating catalog that Architect may presently have in his possession. C. Submit two samples 9 x 9 inch in size illustrating selected colors and textures for each color selected. D. Manufacturer's Recommendations: In each case where material proposed is not the material specified or specifically described as an acceptable manufacturer in this Section of these Specifications, submit for the Architect's review the current recommended method of application published by the manufacturer of the proposed material. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Painters: Use only qualified journeyman painters for the mixing and application of paint on exposed swfaces; in the acceptance or rejection of installed painting, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of painters. B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with "Standard (Type I)" as defmed by the Painting and Decorating Contractors of America in their "Modern Guide to Paint Specifications," current edition. 0420812 PAINTING 09900 - 1 ---,..--.,.- 16 C5 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING ." A. Delivery: Deliver paint materials to the job site in their original unopened containers with labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Protection I. Store only the approved materials at the job site and store only in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment. 2. Use means necessary to ensure the safe storage and use of paint materials and the prompt and safe disposal of waste. 3. Use means necessary to protect paint materials before, during, and after application and to protect·the installed work and materials of other trades. 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver to the Owner an extra stock of paint consisting of one gallon of each color used in each coating material used, with such extra stock tightly sealed in clearly labeled containers. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Painting manufacturers and Contractor shall conform to State and local V.O.C. (Volatile Organic Compound) Regulations in area where Project is located. Notify Architect in writing if variations to Specifications herein are required. B. Do not apply materials when the surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. C. Do not apply exterior coating during rain, snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 P AINIlNG MATERIALS MANUF ACTIJRER A. Painting materials shall be the products of the following manufacturers, specified as the type, function, and quality of products to be provided. Paint materials and specification nwnbers listed herein, unless otherwise designated, are the products of Sherwin-Williams and require no further approval as to manufacturer or catalog nwnber. B. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable as equal to Sherwin-Williams providing their products equal or exceed the quality specified, and the material types and composition are the same; and subject to approval by the Architect of the materials list required to be submitted under preceding Part 1 of this Section. 1. 2. 3. 4. Glidden, Cleveland, Ohio Richards Paint Manufacturing Co., Rocldedge, Florida Coronado Paint, Edgewater, Florida Pratt and Lambert, Memphis, Tennessee .J 09900 - 2 PAINTING 0420812 16 C5 5. PPG Coatings, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 6. ICI Devoe, Cleveland, Ohio 7. MAB Paints, M.A. Bruder & Sons, Inc., Brooman, Pennsylvania 8. Benjamin Moore & Company, Montvale, New Jersey 2.2 COMP A TffiILITY A. Paint materials selected for coating systems for each type of surface shan be the product of a single manufacturer. B. Paint materials and equipment shan be compatible in use; fInish coats shan be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be compatible with the surface to be coated; tools and equipment shall be compatible with the coating to be applied. C. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners reconnnended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material to be thinned. 2.3 ACCEPTANCE OF SPECIFICATIONS A. By submitting a proposal, the Contractor has reviewed the bidding documents with the painting subcontractor and accepts the SpecifIcations as sufficient to produce approved painting results. If the painting subcontractor contends that the materials or number of coats specified win not produce satisfactory results, he shaH so notify the Architect directly or indirectly through a Bidding Contractor 10 days prior to receipt of bids for proper action. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Prepare pigments: 1. To a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a hornogeneouscoating. 2. For good flow and brushing properties. 3. Capable of drying or curing tree of streaks or sags. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified; connnercial quality. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Applicator. B. Starting of painting work will be constructed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. 0420812 PAINTING 09900 - 3 16 C5 C. Do not paint over dirt. rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint surface. D. Test shop applied primers for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. E. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes wùess moisture content of surfaces are below the maximums as recommended, for the types of coatings to be used, by the manufacturer. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General 1. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions, and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. 2. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish painted or provide surface applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations; remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. 3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so that contaminates fiom cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly painted surfaces. B. Cementitious Materials 1. Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete block, and cement plaster to be painted by removing effiorescence, chalk. dirt. grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze. 2. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint. correct this condition before application of paint. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. 3. Clean concrete floor surfaces scheduled to be painted with a commercial solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush floor with clean water to neutralize acid and allow to dry before painting. C. Ferrous Metals 1. Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. 2. Touch-up shop applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other Sections or these Specifications. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer. D. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound and spot prime defects after repair. 3.3 MATERlALSPREPARATION A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's direction. 09900 - 4 PAINTING 0420812 16 C5 B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density and stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. 3:4 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through [mal coat of paint, until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to insure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thíckness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and fiuniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently-fixed equipment or fiuniture with prime coat only before [mal installation of equipment. 3. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, nonspecular black paint. 4. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 5. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces unless otherwise indicated. 6. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and befote subsequent surface deterioration. 1. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. 2. Slightly vary the color of succeeding coats. C. Minimum Coating TIrickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate and as specified herein, to establish a total dry film thíckness as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by the coating manufacturer. D. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electricaJ work is limited to items exposed to view in interior occupied spaces and exterior walls and roof Mechanical rooms and electrical rooms are not considered occupied spaces unless specifically noted as such. E. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat of material which is required to be painted or finished and which has not been prime coated by others. I. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a fmish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 0420812 PAINTING 09900 - 5 I ~- """~,,._,".,,-,~,.. '" 16 C5 2. Coordinate manufacturer's prime coats with ftnish coats as specified herein. If compatI'bilitv is not ascertained during the bidding period. and verification submitted with the shop drawings. then prime coat paint system as specifted herein shall be applied to the item prior to finish painting as specified herein. '^', ; F. Pigmented (Opaque), Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surfàce imperfections will not be acceptable. G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.5 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION A. Clean-Up: During progress of Work remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans, and rags at end of each work day. B. Upon completion of painting work clean window glass and other paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. C. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and fmishing work. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. D. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly painted fInishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. E. At the completion of Work of other trades, touch-up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.6 PAINT TYPES AND NUMBER OF COATS A. The following painting schedules are intended to identify the type of fmishes which are required for the various surfaces, and to identify the surfaces to which each finish is to be applíed. Refer to Finish Schedule. B. To define requirements for quality, function, size, gages, textures, and color, the following list of materials designates the manufacturer's brand, types, and number of coats required; and other requirements that are to be furnished to conform to the requirements of this Project. C. Where specific fInishes are called for on the Drawings and in the Finish Schedule by code designation, it shall specifically refer to the following identified types of coatings. D. The primer indicated under Material Identification is intended for the particular substrate surface specified. Where the same numbered fmish is scheduled, but for another substrate, provide the proper primer compatible with substrate and the fmish. E. Where the substrate has a compatible and satisfactory prime coat already on it, the prime coat specified for the numbered fmish may be omitted. Test prime coat for compatIDility before applying additional coats. 09900 - 6 PAINTING 0420812 16 C5 3.7 EXTERIOR P AINUNG SCHEDULE A. Provide the following exterior paint systems based on Sherwin-Williams for substrates indicated: B. Cement Plaster: Provide the following fmish systems over exterior concrete surfaces: I. Acrylic-Latex Finish: a. Primer: Alkali-resistant, exterior, acrylic-latex primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. . 1) Sherwin-Williams: Loxon Acrylic Masonry Primer (A24W300). b. First and Second Coats: Satin, exterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) Sherwin-Williams: A-I00 Acrylic Satin (A82 Series) c. Surfaces: Concrete walls, columns, beams, windowsills, and lintels. Other items as may be indicated, scheduled, or exposed to view. B. Concrete Block: Provide the following fmish systems over exterior concrete block surfaces: 1. Acrylic Latex Finish a. Primer: Applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1) Sherwin- WiUiams: PrepRite BJock Filler (B25W25) b. Surfacer:- Applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1) Sherwin- W ilJiams: Loxon Block Surfacer (A24W200) c. Top Caot: Applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1) Sherwin-Williams: A-I00 Exterior Latex Gloss (A8) d. Surfaces: CMU C. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. 1. High-Build Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel: a. Primer: Metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) SIW: Recoatable Epoxy Primer (B67 Series) b. Second Coat: Epoxy intermediate coat applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. I) SIW: TileClad HS (B62Z Series) 0420812 PAINTING 09900 - 7 ~..",.,._. 16 C5 c. Third Coat: Semigloss, acrylic polyurethane enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. / I) SfW: Acrolon 218 HS with SG Hardner (B6~ Series) d. Primer may not be required on shop primed items is compatibility is confirmed in writing with the manufacturer of the type of shop primer being applied. Verify this during the bidding period, and if primer is not compatible, then primer shall be either field applied or shop applied with type as recommended by the finish coat manufacturer. Type of primer and surface preparation shaH be as recommended by the painting materials manufacturer. e. This paint system shall be spray applied only, brush application is not allowed. f. . Surfaces: Steel doors, names, and other exposed exterior steel. 3.8 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Provide the following interior paint systems based on Sherwin-Williams for substrates indicated. B. Concrete Masonry Units: Provide the following finish systems over interior concrete masonry block units: 1. Epoxy: a. Block Filler: Waterborne epoxy polyamide. 1) 2) Sherwin-Williams : ICI Devoe: Epo-Flex WB Epoxy Block Filler 4010 Tru-Glaze WB Epoxy Primer b. First and Second Coats: Semi-Gloss, Waterborne epoxy polyamide. I) Sherwin-Williams: Water Base Epoxy B 701 B60V25 S/G Hardener 4406 Tru-Glaze WB Epoxy 2) ICI Devoe: c. Surfaces: New masonry walls where epoxy is indicated. C. Gypsum Board: Provide the foHowing finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Acrylic-Latex Finish: a. Primer: Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) 2) Sherwin-Williams: ICI Devoe: Vapor Barrier Primer 154-6407 1060-1200 Ultr-Hide Vapor Barrier Latex Primer-Sealer. b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, acrylic-latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. I) 2) Sherwin-Williams: ICI Devoe: ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss B31 W200 14 1 6-XXX Latex Enamel 09900 - 8 PAINTING 0420812 16 C5 c. Surfaces: Gypsum board walls. E. Ferrous Metal: Pmvide the following fInish systems over interior ferrous metal: 1. High-Build Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel: a. PrÙDer: Metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) S/W: Recoatable Epoxy Primer (B67 Series b. Second Coat: 1) S/W: TileClad HS (B62Z Series) c. Third Coat: SeDÛgloss, acrylic polyurethane enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) S/W: Acrolon 218 HS with SG Hardener (B65 Series) d. Surfaces: Hollow metal doors, fÌ'ames, railings, and miscellaneous steel, where exposed to view. Note: When the manufacturing of paint supplied does not require or recommend a primer, and a single coat will provide required coverage, approval nom the Architect must be obtained to delete second coat; and a credit shall be due the Owner. END OF SECTION 09900 0420812 PAINTING 09900 - 9 16 C5 Division 12 Furnishings --·~T-"·~'··"·-_··"- 16 C5 PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 12305 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK. 1.] SUMMARY A. Section includes: Plastic laminated faced Casework. B. The use of dimensions and specific requirements set forth in the Contract Documents are not intended to preclude the use of other manufacturer's products that may be equivalent, but are given for pmpose of establishing standard of design and quality. C. Installation of èasework by installers other than the manufacturer's own forces is prohibited without written consent of casework manufacturer and Architect. D. Work Specified E]sewhere: Resilient base, general millwork. blocking within walls, floors, or ceilings required for reinforcement and support, stainless steel sinks, fittings, and electrical. E. This Work includes special and modified stock design pre-assembled units for instanation as movable, fixed, or built-in, as noted on the Drawings, or listed in the schedule. F. The catalog numbers of the manufacturer listed on the Equipment Schedule are intended to include a complete and total item, as the catalog number is specified in the manufacturer's current catalog. Although the description in the schedule is brief, the item shan be provided complete with hardware, accessories, features, and components. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed. 2. Bottoms of cases more than 4 feet above floor. 3. Visible members in open cases or behind glass doors B. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: I. Members behind opaque doors, such as shelves, divisions, interior faces of ends, case back, drawer sides, backs and bottoms, and back face of doors. 2. Tops of cases 6'-6" or more above floor. C. Concealed Surfaces: Surfaces not visible after installation. D. The casework manufacturer and supplier shall keep aware of the progress of the Project and shan make sure that shop drawings are furnished in adequate time so that the casework covered thereby can be fabricated and delivered in accordance with the scheduled completion. ] .3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data I . Specification requirements 2. Published construction details 0420812 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK. ]2305- 1 16 C5 ~ C5 , 3. ~aintenancereconnnendations B. Shop Drawings: 1. Details and sizes including methods of attachment 2. Type ànd locations for support within walls 3. Fie]d verified dimensions 4. Indicate utility locations to be coordinated with other trades C. Samples 1. Full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for plastic laminate and edging. 2. Pull D. Sample Guarantee F. Show locations for support within walls. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. DeliveT casework only after wet work is complete and relative humidity is maintained within manufacturer's reconnnended range for one week. Store in ventilated spaces. Protect against damage during installation through the Date of Substantia] Completion. B. Take field measurements for casework items. Show measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Defective workmanship or damaged components shall be corrected, repaired, or replaced as requested by the Architect, without further cost to the Owner. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: ~inimum 7 years experience in the manufacturer and installation of the type of cabinets specified. C. Installer Qualifications: ~inimum 5 years experience in the installation of the type of cabinets specified. D. Coordinate delivery of templates and other similar items from other trades necessary for the construction of required casework units. E. Coordinate submittals with construction schedule ensuring timely review to avoid delays from installation. F. Casework shall be manufactured and install to meet the requirements of the Florida Building Code, 2001 with 2003 revisions and the Florida Fire Prevention Code 2001. G. Comply with Section ]600 - ~odular Cabinets of the Architectural Woodwork Institute's Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. 1.6 GUARANTEE / 12305 - 2 PLASTIC LAMINA TE FACED CASEWORK 04208]2 16 C5 A. 3 years Horn the Date of Substantial Completion against defects in material and workmanship. Cover repair or replacement, without cost to the Owner, of items that become defective within the 3-year period. Exception: Damage caused by improper operation or misuse. 1.7 FLORIDA ACCESSffiILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION A. Casework shall conform with the Accessibility Requirements Manual Horn the Florida Department of Community Affairs, Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable provided they comply with all technical specification requirements, materials, construction, and details in every respect. Standard production casework will not be allowed. Manufacturers shall conform to all requirements as specified herein. - LSI Corporation of America, Minneapolis, Minnesota; http://wwwJsi-casework.coml - Stevens Industries, Inc., Teutopolis, Illinois; http://www.stevensind.coml - TMl Systems, Dickinson, North Dakota; http://www.tIIùsystems.coml - Case Systems, Nonnal Wood Products, Midland, Michigan; http://www.casesystems.coml - Laminique, Lebanon, Indiana; http://wwwJaminique.coml - Commercial Casework, Inc., Orange Park, Florida; http://www.comcasework.com - Fisher Hamilton, Two Rivers, Wisconsin - Sheldon Laboratory Systems, Crystal Springs, Mississippi - Brodart, Williamsport, Pennsylvania. 2.2 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. Machine parts for accurate fit and assemble with appropriate fasteners and adhesives to result in true, square, level, and plumb units. B. Coordinate with other trades for required dimensions of items to be built into casework. C. Provide removable or false backs for access or concealment of heating or plumbing items. D. Scribe tops and backsplashes to walls and other adjoining vertical surfaces. E. Cabinets at end walls shall have minimum scribe unless shown otherwise. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Wilsonart, Pionite, and Nevamar 2. Decorative Laminates a. High-pressure decorative laminate VGS (.028), NEMA ill 3-1995 0420812 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK 12305- 3 l6 C5 b. High-pressure decorative laminate HGS (.048), NEMA LD 3-1995 c. High-pressure cabinet liner CLS (.020), NEMA LD 3-1995 d. High-pressure backer BKH (.028) NEMA ill 3-1995 3. Exposed horizontal surfaces: HGS 4. Exposed, interior and exterior vertical surfaces: VGS 5. Backing sheet for concealed surfaces: BKH or CLS for balanced panel. 6. Backing sheet for semi-exposed surfaces: BKH 7. Color (all surfaces): Selected by Architect. B. Edging Material 1. High impact PVC extrusion, with satin finish 2. Door and Drawer Fronts: 3nun, machine profile to 1/8 inch radius 3. Horizontal and Vertical Front Cabinet Members: Imm thick 4. Colors: Selected by Architect C. Core Materials: I. Particleboard a. Cabinets: Provide Premium Industrial Grade, minimum 47 pound density, conforming to ANSI A208.1- 1999, M3, b. Particle board Specifications I) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) Modules-or Rupture, lb. per sq.in. .............................2500 Modulus of Elasticity, lb. per sq. in. ......................450000 Internal Bond, lb. per sq. in. .........................................100 Thickness Swell (24 hr immerse) ..................................4% Moisture Content % by weight ......................................6.0 Screw Holding Face ...............................................330 Screw Holding Edge............................................... 250 Surface Strength lb. per sq. in. .....................................275 Hardness lb. ........ ......... ... ........... ...... ............- ............... 900 j c. Manufacturer's Option: In lieu of specified particle board, provide agri (ag, wheat, straw, etc.) board manufactured from rapidly renewable resources, and urea fonnaldehyde free. 2. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4, Class I tempered, smooth, 2 sides equal to "Duron" by U.S. Gypsum Company. 3. Hardwood Plywood a. Solid lumber or plywood concealed members; solid wood to be hardwood, kiln dried, select Poplar, Fir, or mill option lumber and plywood shall be Baltic Birch 7-ply, cabinet grade. b. Case members, tops, bottoms, sides, dividers, shelves, doors, and door fronts shall be 3/4 inch, 9-ply thick closed grain hardwood plywood. Plywood shall incorporate Type n water resistant glue. c. Countertops: Plywood and in wet areas marine grade plywood. 2.4 HARDWARE AND MISCELLANEOUS 12305 - 4 PLASTIC LAMINA TE FACED CASEWORK 0420812 A. Hinges: l. 2. 3. 4. B. Pulls: l. 2. 3. 4. 16 C5 SteeJ, institutional 5 knuckle with interJaying leaves, 270-degree swing, hospitaJ tipped with non-removable pins fastened with 4 screws each leaf into faces. No edge fastening allowed. Thickness .090 inch minimwn Doors 48 inches and over shall have 3 hinges per Jeaf Finish: Powder coat baked-on enamel, color as selected by Architect. Bent wire, molded nylon Color: Selected by Architect Accurately position on drawer and door rronts Through fastened with machine screws C. Drawer Slides: I. 2. 3. E. Locks I. Manufacturer's standard, epoxy coated metal, nylon rollers, 100 pounds dynamic load (or) European style, bottom mounted, captive profiJe, epoxy fmished, nylon rollers, and 100 pounds dynamic loading with positive in-stop and out-stop. Provide outstop and outkeeper to maintain drawer in 80 percent open position. File drawers and paper storage drawers: Same as above except fu1l extension and Joad rating static position to be no less than 125 pounds, Blum No. BS 430E. Locks shall be of cylinder type cast with 5-disc tumbler mechanism. Each lock shall be provided with miHed brass key and keying as specified in keyed different and master keyed or keyed alike. Locks shall be provided as shown on equipment drawings or described in cabinet description. 2. Each area or room shaH be keyed alike. 3. Locks shaH be master keyed using the casework manufacturer's keying system (This is independent to the bui1ding master keying system) 4. Provide automatic door bolt on double doors at leaf opposite lock core. D. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Manufacturer's standard, 2 pin, anti-lift, minimum 200 pounds capacity support clip. Support to accept either 3/4 inch or I -inch thick shelf. E. Catches: Magnetic type, adjusted for maximum 5-pound puH. Attach with screws and sJotted for adjustment. 2.5 CABINET CONSTRUCfION A. Cabinet Base: 4-inch high, 3/4 inch CDX plywood. Provide additional center support for cabinets over 24 inches wide. B. Base, Wall, and TaH Cabinet Boxes 1. Sides, bottom, and top: Constructed of glued and spline doweled 3/4 inch particleboard providing balanced construction, surfaced with cabinet liner CLS for semi-exposed and vertical grade laminate for exposed locations. 0420812 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK 12305- 5 16 C5 2. Wall cabinet bottoms and tops: Constructed of glued and spline doweled one inch thick particleboard, providing balanced construction surfaced with vertical grade laminate for exposed locations and cabinet liner CLS for semi-exposed locations. 3. Back panel: Constructed of minimwn 1/4 inch prefmished tempered hard board, surfaced with CLS for semi-exposed and vertical grade laminate for exposed locations, inset and glued into sides, bottom, and top. 4. Exposed backs: COD$tructed of 3/4 inch particleboard, surfaced with vertical grade laminate of balanced construction for semi-exposed locations, glued and spline doweled, and mechanically attached if required. 5. Intermediate support rail: Minimwn 3/4 inch particleboard, surfaced with vertical grade laminate of balanced construction. glued and doweled into cabinet sides. 6. Hanger rails: Two located at top and bottom of cabinet back, 3 on tall cabinets, locate at top, bottom, and center of 3/4 inch particleboard. C. Fixed and Adjustable Shelves and Dividers 1. One inch (particleboard) shelves 2. Exposed Locations: Vertical grade plastic laminate both sides. Color to match cabinet exterior plastic laminate or as selected by Architect. 3. Semi-exposed locations: VGS or CLS 4. Front and back leading edges shall be edged with flat Imm thick high impact PVC edging to match shelf color. 5. Nwnber of adjustable shelves provided, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings or on the Schedule b. Low and tall cabinets I up to 24 inches 2 up to 36 inches 3 up to 60 inches Wall hung cabinets o up to 24 inches 1 up to 30 inches 4 up to72 inches 5 up to 84 inches 6 up to 96 inches a. 2 up to 36 inches 3 up to 40 inches 6. Adjustable dividers: 1/4 inch minimwn thickness, prefmished tempered hardboard or plywood, smooth both faces, retained by molded plastic support clip. 7. Fixed dividers: Constructed of 3/4 inch particleboard, surfaced with vertical grade laminate, providing balanced construction; glued and spline doweled. PVC edged to match laminate or adjacent PVC edging. D. Cabinet Doors I. 3/4 inch particleboard 2. High pressure plastic vertical grade laminate exterior and interior. 3. Doors 48 inches and less in length shall have 2 hinges per door; doors over 48 inches in length shall have 3 hinges per door. 4. Corners: Square with radiused edges, 3mm PVC edging. E. Drawers 1. Manufacturers standard construction of minimum components listed below; or high density fiber board; glued and doweled or dovetail jointed; surfaced with vertical grade laminate of balanced construction. Bottoms constructed of minimwn 1/4-inch tempered hardboard, surfaced to match drawer sides, inset and glued to four sides. 2. Drawer Face 12305 - 6 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK 0420812 16 C5 a. Constructed of minimwn 3/4-inch particleboard, surfaced with VGS, screw attached to the drawer box. I) Comers: To match doors. 2) Edging: To match doors. 3) Plastic Laminate: To match doors. 3. File Drawers: File drawers shall be constructed in accordance with standard drawers specified above with the following: Include front-to-back and side-to-side hanger file capability with hanger channel for letter size files integral with file drawer sides and 3/16- inch by 1/2-inch removable steel channel to span side-to-side for legal size hanging files. F. Counter tops: I. High Pressure Plastic Laminate: GP-50 grade. 2. Plywood concealed members; solid plywood shall be 7 - Ply marine grade boat plywood or Baltic birch marine grade boat plywood. 3. Plywood shaH incorporate Type II water resistant glue. 4. Horizontal work surfaces to be 1-1/2 inch thick unless otherwise noted. 5. Cut openings in countertops for sinks or other items required. Cut to size from template furnished by supplier of sinks or use the designated sinks on job. 6. Refer to Unit Drawings for specific counter top details and dimensions. 7. Edging: Radius, with 3mm PVC 8. Provide balancing sheet on opposite face. 9. Laminate tops shall be continuous in practical lengths. When requiring splice joints, use a combination of splines or dowels for alignment and Tite-Joint fasteners as required to make a unifonn and gapless joint. 10. Backsplash and Endsplashes: Scribable, square set, color matching, and mechanically attached. a. Backsplashes are required at locations where countertops abut walls where indicated on Drawings. b. Edges of back and endsplashes shan be of square edge configuration. G. Sealants: Fully bed and seal splashes to tops and to other splashes with Dow Coming 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant, dear; or Architect approved equa1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine conditions under which casework will be installed. Do not proceed with installation until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Condition casework to conditioned space prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Erect casework, plwnb, level, true, and straight without distortion. 0420812 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK 12305- 7 --"-_._---.------ __-'-,~~.-.-·--.,.'O 16 C5 B. Countertops shall be installed flush against wall. Provide clear sealant at top and around ends of countertops, endsplashes, and backsplashes where they meet wall surlaces. Countertops to be installed to within 1/8-inch oflevel in a lO-foot length in any direction. Seams to be flush. ':). .) C. Use filler sections and scribe panels to fit cabinetwork to required dimensions. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. E. Upper cabinets shall always be aligned with base cabinets unless otherwise approved by Architect. 3.3 ADruSTMENT A. Adjust casework and hardware so that doors and drawers operate smoothly and within accessibility requirements. B. End cabinets placed against comers or wbere they tee into other cabinets or obstacles shall be provided with chain or bracket stops on the inside of the doors to prevent the door or door handles fÌom hitting the obstruction. 3.4 CLEANING A. Exposed surlaces, edges, and cabinet interior shall be cleaned, and construction and installation marks removed prior to acceptance by Owner. 3.5 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. j B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line anod level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for fInal decision. F. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. G. Install each component during Project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part ofthe completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. H. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect for fmal decision. END OF SECTION 12305 12305 - 8 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK. 0420812 16 C5 Division 16 Electrical 16 C5 SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Basic Requirements: The Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. B. General Provisions: Provide aI/labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make ready for use complete electrical systems as specified herein and shown on the drawings. C. Provide and Install: The word "provide" where used on the Drawings or in the Specifications shall mean ''furnish, install, mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for operation". The word "install" where used on the Drawings or in the Specifications shall mean "mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for operation". Perform work required by, and in accordance with, the Contract Documents. D. Installation: Provide and place in satisfactory condition, ready for proper operation, raceways, wires, cables, and other material needed for aI/ complete electrical systems required by the Contract Documents. Additional raceways and wiring shall be provided to complete the installation of the specific equipment provided. Include auxiliaries and accessories for complete and properly operating systems. Provide electrical systems and accessories to comply with the NEC, state and local codes and ordinances. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical systems be suitable in every way for the use intended. Material and work which is incidental to the work of this Contract shall be provided at no additional cost to the Contract. E. Field Connections: Provide field connections to remote equipment and control panels provided under other Divisions of these Specifications. Provide raceway, wire, and interconnections between equipment, transmitters, local indicators, and receivers. Provide 120V and low voltage surge protection equipment in accordance with Section 16709 at equipment as required. Install field connections to "packaged" equipment provided under other Divisions of these Specifications. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. General: Provide labor, materials, permits, inspections and re-inspection fees, tools, equipment, transportation, insurance, temporary protection, temporary power and lighting, supervision and incidental items essential for proper installation and operation of the Electrical systems indicated in the Contract Documents. Provide materials not specifically mentioned or indicated but which are usually provided or are essential for proper installation and operation of the Electrical systems indicated in the contract documents. B. Notices: Give notices, file Plans, pay fees, and obtain permits and approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Include all fees in the Bid Price. TFL-FM-404074 16010-1 8/10/2004 16 C5 1.03 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. General: The Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact locations of Raceway runs, outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc. The locations of ..., equipment, appliances, fixtures, Raceways, outlets, boxes and similar devices shown on j the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined and coordinated in the field. The right is reserved to change, without additional cost, the location of any outlet within the same room or general area before it is permanently installed. Obtain all information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Architect. B. Discrepancies: Notify the Architect of any discrepancies found during construction of the project. The Architect will provide written instructions as to how to proceed with that portion of work. If a conflict exists between the Contract Documents and an applicable code or standard, the most stringent requirement shall apply. C. Wiring: Each three-phase circuit shall be run in a separate Raceway unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise accepted by the Architect, Raceway shall not be installed exposed. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings, supports, and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation. D. Layout: Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. Connections to equipment shall be made as required, and in accordance with the accepted shop and manufacturer's setting drawings. E. Coordination: Coordinate final equipment locations with drawings or other disciplines. Layout before installation so that all trades may install equipment in available space. Provide coordination as required for installation in a neat and workmanlike manner. " ) 1.04 EQUIPMENT SIZE AND HANDLING A. Coordination: Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, ship the equipment in sections of specific sizes to permit the passing through the necessary areas within the structure. B. Handling: Equipment shall be kept upright at all times. When equipment has to be tilted for ease of passage through restricted areas during transportation, the manufacturer shall be required to brace the equipment suitably, to insure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.05 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Production: The Contractor shall provide two (2) sets of black or blue line on white drawings to maintain and submit record "As-Built Documents". Label each sheet of the Record Document set with "Project Record Documents" with company name of the installing contractor in stamped or printed letters. One set shall be maintained at the site and at all times be accurate, clear, and complete. These drawings shall be available at all times to the Architect's field representatives. B. Recording: Record information concurrent with construction progress. Make entries within 24 hours upon receipt of information. The "As-Built" drawings shall accurately reflect installed electrical work specified or shown on the Contract Documents. TFL-FM-404074 16010-2 8/10/2004 16 C5 C. Completion: At the completion of the Work, transfer changes with a colored pencil onto the second set and submit to the Architect. The "As-Built" drawings shall be made available to the Architect to make the substantial completion punch list. D. Final: Upon Contractor's completion of the Engineer's final punch list, transfer all "As- Builf' conditions and all requirements by the Engineer to a reproducible set of drawings and CAD files. Submit drawings and CAD disks for review and acceptance. The Contractor shall provide updated disks which include final As-Built conditions. 1.06 ABBREVIATIONS A. Abbreviations: The following abbreviations or initials may be used: AlC AC ABV CLG ADA AF AFF AFG AHU AIC AL AMP ANSI ASA AT ATS AUX AWG BC BIL BMS BRKR or BKR CAB C CB CBM CCTV CKT CLEC CLG CO COAX COND CONN CPU CRT CT CU CW DC DDC DEG DISC DO TFL-FM-404074 Air Conditioning Alternating Current Above Ceiling Americans with Disabilities Act Ampere Frame Above Finished Floor Above Finished Grade Air Handler Unit Amps Interrupting Capacity Aluminum Ampere American National Standards Institute American Standards Association Ampere Trip Automatic Transfer Switch Auxiliary American Wire Gauge Bare Copper Basic Impulse Level Building Management System Breaker Cabinet Conduit or Raceway Circuit Breaker Certified Ballast Manufacturers Closed Circuit Television Circuit Clock Equipment Cabinet Ceiling Conduit or Raceway Only Coaxial Cable Conductor Connection Central Processing Unit Cathode Ray Terminal (Video display terminal) Current Transformer Copper Cold Water Direct Current Direct Digital Control Degree Disconnect Draw Out 16010-3 8/10/2004 DN DPST EMT EO EOL EWC FAAP FACP FCU FLA FM GF GFCI GND HOA HORIZ HP IC ICU IEEE IES IMC IN IT IPCEA JB KCMIL KV KVA KW LBS LED LT LTD LTT LTG MAX MCB MCC MCP MIC MIN MLO MID MTG MUX MVA N NC NEC NECA NEMA NFPA NIC NF NL TFL-FM-404074 Down Double Pole Single Throw Electrical Metallic Tubing Electrically Operated End of Line Resistor Electric Water Cooler Fire Alarm Annunciator Panel Fire Alarm Control Panel Fan Coil Unit Full Load Amperes Factory Mutual Ground Fault Ground Fault Circuits Interrupter Ground Hand-Oft-Automatic Horizontal Horsepower Intercom Intensive Care Unit Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Illuminating Engineering Society Intermediate Metallic Raceway Inches Instantaneous Trip Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association Junction Box Thousand Circular Mills Kilovolt Kilo-Volt-Amps Kilowatts Pounds Light Emitting Diode Light Long Time Delay Long Time Trip Lighting Maximum Main Circuit Breaker Motor Control Center Motor Circuit Protector Microphone Minimum Main Lugs Only Mounted Mounting Multiplex (Transponder) Panel Mega Volt Amps Neutral Normally Closed National Electrical Code National Electrical Contractors Association National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association Not in Contract Non Fused Non Linear 16010-4 t6 CS- ~, j 8/10/2004 NO # ø OL OSHA P PB PIV PNL PR PWR PF PRI PT PVC REF RGC or GRC RMS RPM RECPT SCA SD SEC SIN SPKR SPST SST ST STD SW SWGR SWBD TEL TIB TIC TVEC TYP UL UON V VFD VSD W WP XFMR 16 C5 Nùmber or Normally Open Number Phase Overload Occupational Safety and Health Administration Pole Pullbox Post Indicator Valve Panel Pair Power Power Factor Primary Potential Transformer Polyvinylchloride Refrigerator Rigid Galvanized Raceway Root-Mean-Square Revolutions Per Minute Receptacle Short Circuit Amps Smoke Detector Secondary Solid Neutral Speaker Single Pole Single Throw Solid State Trip Short Time Trip Short Time Delay Switch Switchgear Switchboard Telephone Telephone Terminal Board Telephone Terminal Cabinet Television Equipment Cabinet Typical Underwriters Laboratories Unless Otherwise Noted Volt Variable Frequency Drive Variable Speed Drive Wire Weatherproof Transformer 1.07 CODES, FEES, AND STANDARDS A. Application: The codes, standards and practices listed herein generally apply to the entire project and specification sections. Other codes, standards or practices that are more specific will be referenced within a particular specification. B. Requirements: All materials and types of construction covered in the specifications will be required to meet or exceed applicable standards of manufacturer, testing, performance, and installation according to the requirements of UL, ANSI, NEMA. IEEE, and NEC referenced documents where indicated and the manufacturer's recommended TFL-FM-404074 16010-5 8/10/2004 16 C5 practices. Requirements indicated on the contract documents that exceed but are not contrary to governing codes shall be followed. C. Compliance and Certification: The installation shall comply with the governing state and local codes or ordinances. The completed electrical installation shall be inspected and certified by applicable agencies that it is in compliance with codes. "\ ) D. Applicability: The codes and standards and practices listed herein, and their respective dates are furnished as the minimum latest requirements. 1. State of Florida. 2. Collier County. E. Utility Company: Comply with latest utility company regulations. F. State Code: Florida Administrative Code G. Building Code: Florida Building Code (2001 with 2003 revisions). H. Labels: Materials and equipment shall be new and free of defects, and shall be U.L. listed, bear the U.L. label or be labeled or listed with an approved, nationally recognized Electrical Testing Agency. Where no labeling or listing service is available or desired for certain types of equipment, test data shall be submitted to validate that equipment meets or exceeds available standards. I. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards NFPA-70 NFPA-72 NFPA-75 (2002) (1999 ) (1999) NFPA-90A (1999) NFPA-101A(1998) NFPA-101B (1999) NFPA-418 (1995) NFPA-780 (1997) 1.08 INVESTIGATION OF SITE National Electrical Code National Fire Alarm Code Standard for the Protection of Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning And Ventilating Systems Guide on Alternative Approaches to Life Safety Standard of Means of Egress Standard for Heliports Installation of Lightning Protection Systems A. General: Before commencing work, verify existing conditions at the premises including, but not limited to, existing structural frame, existing op.enings; existing wall and partition locations, existing mechanical and electrical work, equipment type, and examine adjoining work on which work is in anyway dependent. B. Responsibility: No waiver of responsibility for defective and inadequate work or additional cost as a result of existing conditions which should have been verified shall be considered unless notice of same has been filed by the Contractor and agreed to in writing by the Architect before the bid date. C. Site Renovation: Verify and coordinate existing site raceways and pipes at any excavation on site. Provide hand-digging and required rerouting in areas of existing Raceways and pipes within bid price. TFL -FM-40407 4 16010-6 8/10/2004 D. Renovation: Investigate site thoroughly and reroute raceway and wiring in areal·6, C5 construction in order to maintain continuity of existing circuitry. Existing Raceways shown on plans show approximate locations only. E. Special Considerations: Special attention is called to the fact that there will be piping, fixtures or other items in the existing building which must be removed or relocated in order to perform the alteration work. Include removal and relocation required for completion of the alterations and the new construction. All existing wiring that is to remain in renovated areas shall be made code compliant. F. Power Outage: Special attention is called to the fact that work involved is in connection with existing buildings which shall remain in operation while work is being performed. Work must be done in accordance with the priority schedule. Schedule work for a minimum outage to Owner. Request written permission and receive written acceptance from the Owner no later than 72 hours in advance of power and communication shut- downs. Perform work required at other than standard working hours where outages cannot be accepted by Owner during regular working hours. Protect existing buildings and equipment during construction. 1.09 SUPERVISION OF THE WORK A. Supervision: Provide one field superintendent who has had a minimum of four (4) years previous successful experience on projects of comparable sizes, type and complexity. The Superintendent shall be present at all times when work is being performed. At least one member of the Electrical Contracting Firm shall hold a State Master Certificate of Competency. 1.10 COORDINATION A. General: Compare drawings and specifications with those of other trades and report any discrepancies between them to the Architect. Obtain from the Architect written instructions to make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. Work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, Trades shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Architect. B. Provide all required coordination and supervision where work connects to or is affected by work of others, ~nd comply with all requirements affecting this Division. Work required under other divisions, specifications or drawings to be performed by this Division shall be coordinated with the Contractor and such work performed at no additional cost to Owner including but not limited to electrical work required for: 1. Door hardware 2. Roll-up doors 3. Signage 4. Mechanical Division of the Specifications 5. Millwork design drawings and shop drawings C. Obtain set of Contract Documents from Owner's Authorized Representative or Contractor for all areas of work noted above and include all electrical work in bid whether included in Division 16 Contract Documents or not. D. Secure approved shop drawings from all required disciplines and verify final electrical characteristics before roughing power feeds to any equipment. When electrical data on approved shop drawings differs from that shown or called for in Canstruction Documents, TFL-FM-404074 16010-7 8/10/2004 l~ §§q make adjustments to the wiring, disconnects, and branch circuit protection to match that required for the equipment installed. E. Damage from interference caused by inadequate coordination shall be corrected at no additional cost to the Owner. " F. Adjustments: Locations of raceway and equipment shall be adjusted to accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact routing and location of systems prior to fabrication or installation. G. Priorities: Lines which pitch shall have the right of way over those which do not pitch. For example, plumbing drains shall normally have the right of way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have the right of way over lines whose elevations can be changed. H. Modifications: Offsets and changes of direction in raceway systems shall be made to maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings. Provide elbows, boxes, etc., as required to allow offsets and changes to suit job conditions. I. Replacement: Work shall be installed in a way to permit removal (without damage to other parts) of other system components provided under this Contract requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. Raceway shall be arranged in a manner to clear the openings of swinging overhead access doors as well as ceiling tiles. J. Layout: The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic only intending to show general runs and locations of raceway and equipment, and not necessarily showing required offsets, details and accessories and equipment to be connected. Work shall be accurately laid out with other Trades to avoid confticts and to obtain a neat and workmanlike installation, which will afford maximum accessibility for operation, maintenance and headroom. K. Contract Conflicts: Where discrepancies exist in the Scope of Work as to what Trade provides items such as starters, disconnects, flow switches, etc. such confticts shall be coordinated between the divisions involved. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that all work shall be provided complete as one bid price. L. Drawing Conflicts: Where drawing details, plans or specification requirements are in conflict and where sizes of the same item run are shown to be different within the contract documents, the most stringent requirement shall be included in the Contract. Systems and equipment called for in the specification or as shown on the drawings shall be provided as if it was required by both the drawings and specifications. Prior to ordering or installation of any portion of work, which appears to be in conflict, such work shall be brought to Architect's attention for direction as to what is to be provided. M. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to coordinate the exact required location of floor outlets, floor ducts, floor stub-ups, etc. with Owner's Authorized Representative and Designer (and receive their approval) prior to rough-in. Locations indicated in Contract Documents are only approximate locations. N. The Contract Documents describe specific sizes of switches, breakers, fuses, Raceways, conductors, motor starters and other items of wiring equipment. These sizes are based on specific items of power consuming equipment (heaters, lights, motors for fans, compressors, pumps, etc.). Coordinate the requirements of each load with each load's respective circuitry shown and with each load's requirements as noted on its nameplate data and manufacturer's published electrical criteria. Adjust circuit breaker, fuse, Raceway, and conductor sizes to meet the actual requirements of the equipment being TFL-FM-404074 16010-8 8/10/2004 16 C5 provided and installed and change from single point to multiple points of connection (or vice versa) to meet equipment requirements. Changes shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. O. Working Clearances: Minimum working clearances about electrical equipment shall be as referenced in the applicable edition NEC Article 110, and shall include equipment installed in ceiling spaces. 1.11 DEMOLITION A. General: Relocate existing equipment and reroute existing raceways in areas being renovated as required to facilitate the installation of the new systems. The Owner shall require continuous operation of the existing systems, while demolition, relocation work or new tie-ins are performed. B. Coordination: Prior to any deactivation, relocation or demolition work, arrange a conference with the Architect and the Owner's representative in the field to inspeCt each of the items to be deactivated, removed or relocated. Care shall be taken to protect equipment designated as being relocated and reused or equipment remaining in operation and integrated with the new systems. C. Provisions: Deactivation, relocation, and temporary tie-ins shall be provided by the Contractor. Demolition, removal and the legal disposal of demolished materials shall be provided by the Contractor. D. Owner's Salvage: The Owner reserves the right to inspect the material scheduled for removal and salvage any items he deems usable as spare parts. E. Phasing: The Contractor shall perform work in phases as directed by the Architect to suit the project progress schedule, as well as the completion date of the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Specified Method: Where several brand names, make or manufacturers are listed as acceptable each shall be regarded as equally acceptable, based on the design selection but each must meet all specification requirements. Where a manufacturer's model number is listed, this model shall set the standard of quality and performance required. Where no brand name is specified, the source and quality shall be subject to Engineer's review and acceptance. Where manufacturers are listed, one of the. listed manufacturers shall be submitted for acceptance. No substitutions are permitted. B. Certification: When a product is specified to be in accordance with a trade association or govemment standard requested by the Engineer, Contractor shall provide a certificate that the product complies with the referenced standard. Upon request of Engineer, Contractor shall submit supporting test data to substantiate compliance. C. Basis of Bid: Each bidder represents that his bid is based upon the manufacturer's, materials, and equipment described in the Contract Documents. D. Space Requirements: Equipment or optional equipment shall conform to established space requirements within the project. Equipment which does not meet space requirements, shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Contract. Modifications TFL-FM-404074 16010-9 8/10/2004 16 C5 of related systems shall be made at no additional expense to the Contract. Submit modifications to the Architect/Engineer for acceptance. E. Samples: Samples are to be submitted for items requested within Specification Sections to determine that the item meets specifications and requirements before being accepted ': for use on Project. Samples shall be submitted within 30 days after the award of the j contract. Each sample shall be tagged, labeled, or marked, "Sample of ..... for (Project). Accompany samples with copy, in duplicate of manufacturer's instructions regarding installation, and maintenance. 2.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. General: Shop drawings shall be submitted for every item listed within the Submittals section each individual specification section. One copy shall be submitted to the engineer prior to ord~ring equipment. Refer to Basis of approval paragraph. B. Responsibility: It is the Contractors responsibility to provide material in accordance with the plans and specifications. Material not provided in accordance with the plans and specifications shall be removed and replaced at the Contractors expense. C. Official Record: The shop drawing submittal shall become the official record of the materials to be installed. If materials are installed which do not correspond to the record submittal they shall be removed from the project without any additional cost or delays in construction completion. D. Information: The shop drawing record submittal shall include the following information to the extent applicable to the particular item; 1. Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog number. 2. Standards or specifications of ANSI, ASTM,ICEA, IEEE, ISA, NEMA, NFPA, OSHA, UL, or other organizations, including the type, size, or other designation. 3. Dimensioned plan, sections, and elevations showing means for mounting, raceway connections, and grounding, and showing layout of components. 4. Materials and finish specifications, including paints. 5. List of components including manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. 6. Internal wiring diagram indicating connections to components and the terminals for extemal connections. 7. Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation, operation, and maintenance. 8. Manufacturer's recommended list of spare parts. 9. Provide 112" = 1'-0" enlarged electrical room layout drawings for all electrical rooms. All equipment shall be indicated at actual size of equipment being provided. All dimensions and required working clearances shall be shown. \ ) E. Preparation: Prior to submittal, shop drawings shall be checked for accuracy and contract requirements. Shop drawings shall bear the date checked and shall be accompanied by a statement that the shop drawings have been examined for conformity to Specifications and Drawings. This statement shall also list discrepancies with the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be returned to Contractor unreviewed. F. Basis of Review: Approval ;s only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Contractor is responsible for quantities, dimensions, fabrication processes, and construction techniques. TFL-FM-404074 16010-10 8/10/2004 16 G. Responsibility: The responsibility that dimensions are confirmed and correlated with proper coordination of other trades shall be included as part of the Contract Documents. The responsibility and the necessity of providing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings which may not be indicated on the shop drawings shall be included as part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for any delays in job progress occurring directly or indirectly from late submissions or re- submissions of shop drawings, product data, or samples. C:5 H. Ordering Equipment: No material shall be ordered or shop work started until the Engineer has officially received the shop drawings record submittal and has formally released the Contractor for submittal requirements. I. Brochure Requirements: Submit Technical Information Brochures aUhe start of construction or no later than 30 days after Award of the Contract. Each brochure shall consist of an adequately sized, hardcover, 3-ring binder for 8-1/2" X 11" sheets. Provide correct designation on outside cover and on end of brochure. When one binder is not enough to adequately catalog all data, an additional binder shall be submitted. J. Brochure Contents: First sheet in the brochure shall be a photocopy of the Electrical Index pages in these specifications. Second sheet shall be a list of Project Addresses for this project. Third sheet shall list Project Information. Provide reinforced separation sheets tabbed with the appropriate specification reference number and typed index for each section in the Electrical Schedule. Technical Information consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be inserted in the brochure in proper order on all items specified and shown on drawings. At the end of the brochure, provide and insert a copy of the specifications for this Division and all addenda applicable to this Division. K. Contractor's Review: Review the brochures before submitting to the Engineer. No request for payment shall be considered until the brochure has been reviewed, stamped and submitted for review. L. Cost: Submit cast breakdown on work in the Technicallnformatian Brochures. The cost of material and labor for each item shall be indicated. The cost of fittings and incidentals are not required. M. Title Drawings: Title drawings to include identification of project and names of Architect- Engineer, Engineer, Contractors, and/or supplier, data, number sequentially and indicate in general; 1. Fabrication and Erection dimensions. 2. Arrangements and sectional views. 3. Necessary details, including complete information for making connections with other work. 4. Kinds of materials and finishes. 5. Descriptive names of equipment. 6. Modifications and options to standard equipment required by the contract. 7. Leave blank area, size approximately 4 by 2-1/2 inches, near title block (for Engineer's stamp i.mprint). 8. In order to facilitate review of shop drawings, they shall be noted, indicating by cross-reference the contract drawings, notes, and specification paragraph numbers where items occur in the contract documents. 9. See specific sections of specifications for further requirements. N. Technical Data: Submit technical data verifying that the item submitted complies with the requirements of the specifications. Technical data shall include manufacturer's name and model number, dimensions, weights, electrical characteristics, and clearances TFL-FM-404074 16010-11 8/10/2004 16 C5 required. Indicate optional equipment and changes from the standard item as called for in the specifications. Provide drawings, or diagrams, dimensioned and in correct scale, covering equipment, showing arrangement of components and overall coordination. O. Same Manufacturer: In general, relays, contactors, starters, motor control centers, switchboards, panelboards, dry type transformers, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, manual motor starter switches, etc., shall be supplied and manufactured by the same manufacturer. This requirement shall apply to same type of electrical components specified in other Divisions. '" ) 2.03 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND SUPPORTS A. General: Each item of equipment or material shall be manufactured by a company regularly engaged in the manufacturer of the type and size of equipment, shall be suitable for the environment in which it is to be installed, shall be approved for its purpose, environment, and application, and shall bear the Ullabel. B. Installation Requirements: Each item of equipment or material shall be installed in accordance with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer, however, the methods shall not be less stringent than specified herein. C. Required Accessories: Provide all devices and materials, such as expansion bolts, foundation bolts, screws, channels, angles, and other attaching means, required to fasten enclosures, raceways, and other electrical equipment and materials to be mounted on structures which are existing or new. D. Protection: Electrical equipment shall at all times during construction be adequately protected against mechanical injury or damage by the elements. Equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. If apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired at no additional cost or time extension to the Contract. If apparatus has been subject to possible injury, it shall be thoroughly cleaned, dried out and put through tests as directed by the Manufacturer and Engineer, or shall be replaced, if directed by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contract. / 2.04 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT A. General: Electrical items shall be identified as specified in the Contract Documents. Such identification shall be in addition to the manufacturer's nameplates and shall serve to identify the item's function and the equipment or system, which it serves or controls. Refer to Identification Section of the specifications for additional information. B. 2.05 SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT A. General: Surface mounted fixtures, outlets, cabinets, panels, etc. shall have a factory- applied finish or shall be painted as accepted by Engineer. Raceways and fittings, where allowed to be installed surface mounted, shall be painted to match the finish on which it was installed. Paint shall be in accordance with other applicable sections of these specifications. 2.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Core Drilling: The Contractor shall be responsible for core drilling as required for work under this section, but in no case shall the Contractor cut into or weld onto any structural element of the project without the written approval of the Architect. TFl-FM-404074 16010-12 8/10/2004 B. Cutting and Patching: Cutting, rough patching and finish patching shall beléed C 5 specified in the contract documents. Cutting and patching shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Upon completion, the patched area shall match adjacent surfaces. C. Openings and Sleeves: Locate openings required for work performed under this section. Provide sleeves, guards or other accepted methods to allow passage of items installed under this section. D. Roof Penetration: Provide roofer with pitch pans, fittings, etc., required for electrical items which penetrate the roof. Roof penetrations are to be waterproofed in such a manner that roofing guarantees are fully in force. Roof penetrations shall be coordinated with other Trades to ensure that roof warranty is not invalidated. .2.07 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A. Sleeves: Provide sleeves for Raceways penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc. Locate necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. Watertight sleeves shall be line seal type WS. Fire rated partition sleeves shall be mild steel. Size shall be one standard diameter larger than pipe being installed or of a larger diameter to below 1/4" minimum clearance. B. Forms: Provide boxed out forms for Raceway penetrations only where allowed by the Architect. Fill opening after Raceway installation, with equivalent material. 2.08 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. General: Thoroughly instruct the Owner's Representative, to the complete satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer, in the proper operation of all systems and equipment provided. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, via the Architect. as to whom the instructions are to be given in the operation of the systems and the period of time in which they are to be given. The Architect shall be completely satisfied that the Owner's Representative has been thoroughly and completely instructed in the proper operation of all systems and equipment before final payment is made. If the Architect determines that complete and thorough instructions have not been given by the Contractor to the Owner's Representative, then the Contractor shall be directed by the Architect to provide whatever instructions are necessary until the intent of this paragraph of the Specification has been complied with. B. Submittals: Submit to the Architect for approval five (5) typed sets, bound neatly in loose- leaf binders, of instructions for the installation, operation, care and maintenance of equipment and systems, including instructions for the ordering and stocking of spare parts for equipment installed under this contract. The lists shall include part number and suggested suppliers. Each set shall also include an itemized list of component parts that should be kept on hand and where such parts can be purchased. C. Information Requirements: Information shall indicate possible problems with equipment and suggested corrective action. The manuals shall be indexed for each type of equipment. Each section shall be clearly divided from the other sections. A sub index for each section shall also be provided. D. Instructions: The instructions shall contain information deemed necessary by the Architect and include but not limited to the following: 1. Introduction: a. Explanation of Manual and its use. TFL-FM-404074 16010-13 8/10/2004 16 C5 b. Summary description of the Electrical Systems. c. Purpose of systems. 2. System: a. Detailed description of all systems. b. Illustrations, schematics, block diagrams, catalog cuts and other exhibits. 3. Operations: a. Complete detailed, step by step, sequential description of all phases of . operation for all portions of the systems, including start up, shutdown and balancing. Include posted instruction charts. 4. Maintenance: a. Parts list é!nd part numbers. b. Maintenance and replacement charts and the Manufacturer's recommendations for preventive maintenance. c. Trouble shooting charts for systems and components. d. Instructions for testing each type of part. e. Recommended list of on-hand spare parts. f. Complete calibration instructions for all parts and entire systems. g. General and miscellaneous maintenance notes. 5. Manufacturer's Literature: a. Complete listing for all parts. b. Names, addresses and telephone numbers. c. Care and operation. d. All pertinent brochures, illustrations, drawings, cuts, bulletins, technical data, certified performance charts and other literature with the model actually furnished to be clearly and conspicuously identified. e. Internal wiring diagrams and Engineering data sheets for all items and/or equipment fumished under each Contract. f. Guarantee and warranty data. \ ,5 F. Provide transformer pad per Utility Company requirements. E. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER F. Capacity: Make arrangements with the Owner for existing temporary service and pay all related expenses. Temporary light and power shall be provided constantly during the project dependent upon Owner's safety requirements. G. Lighting: Temporary light shall be based on one 200 watt lamp covering each 1,000 square foot of floor area in the building. Each room 100 square foot and over shall have a minimum of one 100-watt lamp with guards. Provide power for motors up to 3/4 horsepower only. Provisions are to be made for electric welders, if required. H. Outlets: Provide outlets located at convenient points so that extension cords of not over fifty (50) feet will reach work requiring artificial light or power. I. Other Connections: Contractors of other trades shall furnish their own cords and sockets, as may be required for their work and shall also pay for cost of temporary wiring of construction offices and shanties used by them. TFL -FM-40407 4 16010-14 8/1012004 16 C5 J. New Fixtures: Permanently installed lighting fixtures may be used for temporary lighting at the Contractor's option with the provision that cool white lamps for fluorescent, clear lamps for incandescent and marked temporary for other types shall be installed. At job completion, lamps shall be replaced with permanent lamps specified. K. Wiring: Temporary electrical work shall be furnished and installed in conformity with the National Electrical Code and in accordance with the requirements of the local ordinances and shall be maintained in a workmanlike manner throughout their entire construction period and shall be removed after installation of the permanent electrical systems. Extension cords shall be GFCI protected or shall be fed from GFCI circuit breakers. 2.09 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Support: Existing Raceway and cables within the area of renovation shall be provided with proper supports as specified for new work in other sections of this specification. B. Installation: Existing electrical which is designated for reworking or requires relocation, repair or adjustment shall conform to applicable codes and shall be treated as new work complying to all sections of this specification. C. Violations: Where existing conditions are discovered which are not in compliance with the codes and standards, the Contractor shall submit proper documentation to the Architect for clarification and corrective work direction. Existing conditions shall not remain which will create a disapproval of the renovated area. D. Patching: Existing Raceway and cable penetrations shall be properly fire treated per code and specification requirements. The Contractor shall thoroughly inspect existing locations and include the cost of patching and repair in his proposed construction cost. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHip A. General: The installation of materials and equipment shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike and timely manner by an adequate number of craftsmen knowledgeable of the requirements of the Contract Documents. They shall be skilled in the methods and craftsmanship needed to produce a quality level of workmanship. Personnel who install materials and equipment shall be qualified by training and experience to perform their assigned tasks. B. Acceptable Workmanship: Acceptable workmanship is characterized by first-quality appearance and function, conforming to applicable standards of building system construction, and exhibiting a high degree of quality and proficiency which is judged by the Architect as equivalent or better than that ordinarily produced by qualified industry tradesmen. C. Performance: Personnel shall not be used in the performance of the installation of material and equipment who, in the opinion of the Architect, are deemed to be careless or unqualified to perform the assigned tasks. Material and equipment installations not in compliance with the Contract Documents, or installed with substandard workmanship and not acceptable to the Architect, shall be removed and reinstalled by qualified craftsmen, at no change in the contract price. 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP TFL -FM-40407 4 16010-15 8/10/2004 16 C5 A. Protection and Restoration: Suitably protect equipment provided under this Division during construction. Restore damaged surfaces and items to "like new" condition before a request for substantial completion inspection. B. Handling: Materials shall be properly protected and Raceway openings shall be temporarily closed by the Contractor to prevent obstruction and damage. Post notice prohibiting the use of systems provided under this Contract, prior to completion of work and acceptance of systems by the Owner's representative. The Contractor shall take precautions to protect his materials from damage and theft. '\ j' C. Safeguards: The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain proper safety guards for the prevention of accidents that might be caused by the workmanship. materials, equipment or systems provided under this contract. D. Cleanup: Keep the job site free from debris and rubbish. Remove debris and rubbish from the site and leave premises in clean condition on a daily basis. 3.03 SYSTEMS GUARANTEE A. General: Provide a one-year guarantee. This guarantee shall be by the Contractor to the Owner for any defective workmanship or material, which has been provided under this Contract at no cost to the Owner for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion of the System. The guarantee shall include lamps, for ninety days after date of Substantial Completion of the System. Explain the provisions of guarantee to the Owner at the "Demonstration of Completed System". 3.04 FINAL OBSERVATION A. General: Work shall be completed, and forms and other information shall be submitted for acceptance one week prior to the request for final observation of the installation. 3.05 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS A. Comply with special requirements imposed at site by Owner. This may include badging of employees, prohibition of smoking, special working hours, or special working conditions. END OF SECTION -_"0/ TFL-FM-404074 16010-16 8/10/2004 16 C5 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETED DEMONSTRATION MEMO Note to Contractor: Do not submit this form at the time T echnicallnformation Brochure is submitted. Submit five copies of information listed below for checking at least one week before scheduled completion of the building. After information has been accepted and inserted in each brochure, give the Owner a Demonstration of the Completed Electrical Systems and have the Owner sign five copies of this form. Provide one signed copy for each brochure. After this has been done, a written request for a final inspection of the System shall be made. Re: (Name of Project) (Division Number and Name) This memo is for the information of all concerned that the Owner has been given a Demonstration of the Completed Electrical Systems on the work covered under this Division. This conference consisted of the system operation, a tour on which all major items of equipment were pointed out, and the following items were given to the Owner; (a) Owner's copy of Technical Information Brochure containing approved submittal sheets on all items, including the following; (To be inserted in the Technical Information Brochure after the correct tab). (1) Maintenance Information published by manufacturer on equipment items. (2) Printed Warranties by manufacturers on equipment items. (3) Performance verification information as recorded by the Contractor. (4) Check-out Memo on equipment by manufacturer's representative. (5) Written operating instructions on any specialized items. (6) Explanation of the one-year guarantee on the system. (b) "As-Built" conditions as described in the record drawing specifications. (c) A demonstration ofthe System in Operation and of the maintenance procedures which shall be required. (Name of General Contractor) By: (Authorized Signature, Title & Date) (Name of SubContractor) By: (Authorized Signature, Title & Date) Brochure, Instruction, Prints, Demonstration & Instruction in Operation Received: (Name of Owner) By: (Authorized Signature, Title, Date) cc: Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor, Sub Contractor and General Contractor (List names as stated in cc: above) TFL -FM-40407 4 16010-17 8/10/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16020 TESTS AND PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Time: Perform verification work as required to show that the System is operating correctly in accordance with contract documents and manufacturer's literature. All verification shall be done after 3-day full operational period. B. Submission: Submit check out memos and completed testing results of all systems, cable, equipment, devices, etc., for acceptance prior to being energized or utilized. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compliance: Testing shall comply to the following standards; 1. NEMA 2. ASTM 3. NET A 4. ANSI C2 5. ICEA 6. NFPA 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING FIRM A. Qualification: The testing firm shall be an independent testing organization which can function as an unbiased testing authority, professionally independent of the manufacturers, supplier, and installers of equipment or systems evaluated by the testing firm. B. Experience: The testing firm shall be regularly engaged in the testing of electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems. C. Accreditation: The testing firm shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, or be a Full Member company of the International Electrical Testing Association. D. Certification: The lead, on-site, technical person shall be currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association (lET A) or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) in electrical power distribution system testing. E. Personnel: The testing firm shall utilize engineers and technicians who are regularly employed by the firm for testing services. F. Proof of Qualifications: The testing firm shall submit proof of the above qualifications when requested. TFL -FM-40407 4 16020 - 1 8/10/2004 .-."--------.--- '.'-,~,-~-"",,,,......,,,,,- 16 C5 G. Companies: NET A certified pre-qualified testing firms for this project are; 1. Electro Test Inc. (941) 693-7100 Fax: (941) 693-7772 2. Industrial Electrical Testing, Inc. (904) 260-8378 Fax: (904) 260-0737 3. Electric Power Systems (407) 578-6424 Fax: (407) 578-6408 4. PQ Testing and Rentals, Inc. (407) 370-6655 Fax: (407) 363-4675 PART 2 - TESTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Instruments: Supply all instruments required to read and record data. Calibration date shall be submitted on test reports. All instruments shall be certified per NETA standards. B. Adjustments: Adjust 'system to operate at the required performance levels and within all tolerances as required by NET A Standards. 2.02 APPLICATIONS A. Switchboards, Panelboards and Mechanical Equipment Feeders: After feeders are in place, but before being connected to devices and equipment, test for shorts, opens, and for intentional and unintentional grounds. B. Cables 600 Volts or Less: Cables 600 volts or less in size #1/0 and larger shall be meggered using an industry approved "megger" with 1 OOOV internal generating voltage. Readings shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to energizing same. If values are less than recommended NETA values notify Engineer. Submit 5 copies of tabulated megger test values for all cables. ". C. Ratings 250V or Less: Cables 250V or less in size #1/0 and larger shall be meggered using an industry approved "megger" with 500V internal generating voltage. Readings shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to energizing same. Submit (5) copies of tabulated megger test values for all cables. D. Ratings 600 Volts or Less: Cables 600 volts or less in size #1/0 AWG and larger shall be meggered using an industry approved "megger" with 500V internal generating voltage. Readings shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to energizing same. Submit 5 copies of tabulated megger test values for all cables. E. Main circuit breakers and feeder circuit breakers 200 amps and greater shall be tested using primary injection testing as per NET A Specifications. Reports to include manufacturer's time current curve number and trip time. Submit five (5) copies to the Engineer at substantial completion. F. Transformers (75) t<NA and larger. Perform Insulation resistance test and turns ratio test. Submit five (5) copies to Engineer at substantial completion. 2.03 MOTORS A. Procedure: Test run each motor, (5 HP) and larger. Tabulate and submit 5 copies of the Test Information at substantial completion for final inspection. Refer to form at the end of this Section. TFL-FM-404074 16020 - 2 8/10/2004 16 C5 B. Provisions: With the system energized, line-to-line voltage and line current measurements shall be made at the motors under full load conditions. The condition shall be corrected when measured values deviate plus or minus 1 0% from the nameplate ratings. C. Insulation: Test the insulation resistance's of all motor windings to ground with an appropriate test instrument as recommended by the motor manufacturer, ~efore applying line voltage to the motors. If these values are less than the manufacturer's recommended values, notify the contractor providing the motor for correction before initial start up. D. Power Factor: Check power factor of all motors (5 HP) and larger while driving it's intended load, and at all operating speeds. E. Electrode Ground: The resistance of electrodes (main service, generators, transformer, etc.) shall not exceed 5 ohms and shall be measured by The Contractor before equipmerit is placed in operation. Testing shall be performed on all grounding electrode installations. Testing shall be 2 point method in accordance with IEEE Standard 81. Submit all ground test readings to the Engineer in tabulated format at substantial completion. - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTALS A. Cable Test Report: Submit Cable Test Report in Triplicate. B. Check Out Memos: Complete all information on forms at the end of this specification, project information, and certificate of completed demonstration memo. Submit data for examination and acceptance prior to final inspection request. C. Tabulated Data: Submit data on 8-112 x 11 inch sheets with names of the personnel who performed the test. D. Final: Submit accepted memos before a request for final inspection. 3.02 QUANTITIES A. Quantity: Submit 5 copies of the check out memo on each major item of equipment. Insert accepted memos in each brochure with the performance verification information and submittal data. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16020 - 3 8/10/2004 -~.".."." ""-"-~-"'",." ,..-...~"-...._._~.<--,,.._.._--._".",- PROJECT NAME: l" C5 :) MOTOR TEST INFORMATION Name of Checker: "' ) Date Checked: (a) Name and identifying mark of motor (b) Manufacturer (c) Model Number (d) Serial Number (e) RPM (f) Frame Size (g) Code Letter (h) Horsepower (i) Nameplate Voltage and Phase m Nameplate Amps (k) Actual Voltage (I) Actual Amps (m) Starter Manufacturer (n) Starter Size (0) Heater Size, Catalog No. and Amp Rating (p) Manufacturer of dual-element fuse (q) Amp rating of fuse (r) Power Factor at Speed (For variable speed motors provide recording chart over operating range) TFL -FM-40407 4 16020 - 4 ') ./ 8/10/2004 16 C5 TABULATED DATA VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS SWITCHGEAR OR PANELBOARD FULL LOAD AMPERAGE READINGS: DATE TIME PHASE A. B. C. N. FULL LOAD VOLTAGE READINGS: DATE TIME PHASE A TO N BTON CTON NO LOAD VOLTAGE READINGS DATE TIME PHASE A TO N BTON CTON ATOB ATOC BTOC ATOB ATOC BTOC ENGINEERS REPRESENTATIVE CONTRACTORS REPRESENTATIVE TFL-FM-404074 16020 - 5 8/1 0/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16030 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Extent: Electrical identification work as required by the Contract Documents or other specifications. B. Types: Electrical identification work specified in the Contract Documents include the following; 1. Electrical power, control and communication conductors. 2. Operational instructions and warnings. 3. Danger signs. 4. Conduits, boxes, etc. 5. Distribution Equipment. 6. Cabinets. 7. Equipment/system identification signs and tags. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of electrical identification products of types required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels and markers for wiring and equipment. C. Ul Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of Ul Standard 969, "Marking and labeling Systems", pertaining to electrical identification systems. D. ANSI Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI Standard A 13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems", and ANSI Standard 253.1 "Color Designation." E. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Standard No's. WC-1 and WC-2 pertaining to identification of power and control conductors. F. ADA Compliance: All signage shall meet ADA standards. Identification" for maintenance purposes shall be as specified herein. G. Facility Compliance: All identification methods currently utilized by the facility shall be strictly adhered to, and shall take precedence over the identification requirements listed. TFl-FM-404074 16030-1 8/10/2004 16 C5 t 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit shop drawings of all identification materials to be used for this project. Submit one sample of each item with the shop drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE SUPPLIERS OR MANUFACTURERS ~ ) A. General: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering electrical identification products which may be incorporated in the work include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Alarm Supply Co, Inc. 2. Direct Safety Co. 3. Ideal Industries, 'Inc. 4. LEM Products, Inc. 5. Markal Company 6. National Band and Tag Co. 7. Panduit Corp. 8. Seton Name Plate Co. 9. Thomas and Betts Co. 10. Carlton Industries, Inc. 2.02 LANGUAGE A. General: Provide all products in this section in English. 2.03 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection shall be at the installer's option, however, provide a single selection for each application. ", > / B. Conduit System Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, flexible, permanent, conduit markers, extending 360 degrees around conduits. Markers shall be designed for attachment to conduit by adhesive, adhesive lap joint, matching adhesive plastic tape at each end of marker, or pretensioned snap-on. Color shall match system printing requirements. C. Voltage Marking: Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering which indicates voltage of the conductor{s) in conduit. Provide 4 inch minimum length with 7/8 inch minimum lettering for 2 inch and smaller conduit. Provide 8 inch minimum length with 1- 1/4 inch minimum lettering for larger than 2 inch conduit. Provide one marker for each 20' section of conduit. Color shall match system printing requirements. D. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands: Provide manufacturer's standard aluminum wrap- around cable/conductor markers, of size required for proper application, and numbered to show circuit identification. E. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl cloth self- adhesive cable/conductor markers of the wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show circuit identification. TFL-FM-404074 16030-2 8/10/2004 16 C5 F. Plasticized Tags: Manufacturer's standard preprinted or partially preprinted accident prevention and operation tags, of plasticized card stock with matt finish suitable for writing, approximately 3-1/4 x 5-5/8 inch, with brass grommets and wire fasteners, and with appropriate pre-printed wording including large size primary wording, e.g., DANGER, CAUTION, DO NOT OPERATE. G. Baked Enamel Danger Signs: Provide manufacturer's standard "DANGER" signs of baked enamel finish on 20 gauge steel; of standard red, black and white graphics; 14 x 10 inch size except where 10 x 7 inch is the largest size which can be applied where needed, and except where larger size is needed for adequate vision; with recognized standard explanation wording, and subsequent directive e.g. HIGH VOLTAGE, KEEP OUT; BURIED CABLE, DO NOT DIG; LIVE PARTS, DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH. H. Engraved Plastic Laminate Nameplates: Provide engraving phenolic plastic laminate, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with 1/16 inch thick lines with square standard pica lettering and wording as specified herein, black face and white core plies (letter color) for normal systems, kelly green and white for equipment, bright orange and white for critical, bright yellow and black for life safety, and red and white for fire alarm and where noted in the specifications. Punch for mechanical fastening, except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Material thickness shall be 1/16 inch. Provide beveled edge in order to eliminate sharp corners. Provide self-tapping stainless steel round head screws. Provide contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or shall not penetrate the substrate. Adhesive nameplate shall be permanently installed. Titles shall be 1/2 inch high and all other lettering shall be 1/4 inch high. I. Underground Type Plastic Line Marker: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright colored, continuous printed, metal backed plastic tape, intended for direct burial service; not less than 6 inches wide x 4 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates the type of service or type of buried cable. J. Junction Box Identification: Provide neat indelible felt tip, stenciled marking on junction box and pullbox covers indicating panel and circuit numbers contained in the box. Letter sizes shall be 1 inch high minimum. Provide non-stenciled markings inside the junction box and on the exterior edge to match the cover markings. 2.04 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used in electrical identification work, with corresponding designations specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by the manufacturer and as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of the electrical system equipment. Comply with ANSI A 13.1 pertaining to minimum sizes for letters and numbers. B. Size: System identification labeling consists of providing minimum 1/2 inch high stenciled black letters for raceway systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. Installation: Install electrical identification products as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, as required by the NEC and as specified herein. TFL -FM-40407 4 16030-3 8/10/2004 16 C5 B. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require a field finish application, install identification after completion of such application. C. Regulations: Comply with governing regulations and requests of governing authorities for the identification of electrical work. D. Hazards: Identify all rooms, spaces, and equipment that house potential electrical hazards, and label with appropriate signage or indicators. 3.02 RACEWAY SYSTEM IDENTIFICA nON A. Color Coding: All electrical conduit shall be identified by color-coding. Apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in a neat and workmanlike manner. Utilize a stencil for application of paint. B. Identification: Identify all raceways provided or utilized as part of this project as follows; 1. Apply bands 10 feet on center along the raceway system and at each side of walls or floors, and at branches from mains. 2. Identify the following services: Service a. Low Voltage b. High Voltage c. Fire Alarm d. Alarm Monitoring e. Telephone f. Computer g. Emergency Label 120/208 Voltage 277/480 Voltage Fire Alarm Alarm Telephone Computer Emergency 3. Spot Painting on Rough-in: a. Conduit, raceways, boxes, backboxes, panelboards. etc. shall be spot painted. Conduit shall be identified within 6 inches of the box or enclosure. The entire box and coverplate shall be painted. b. Use following colors for color bands and for color coding: System (1) Life Safety (2) Normal Power (3) Miscellaneous Communications (4) Fire Alarm (5) Telephone\Computer Color Bright Yellow Royal Blue Brown Red Black TFL-FM-404074 16030-4 8/10/2004 16 C5 3.03 CABLE/CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. General: Apply cable/conductor identification, including voltage, phase and feeder number, on each cable/conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where conductors of more than one circuit or communication (such as color coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for the project's electrical work. B. Color Coding: Color code all power and lighting cable. Use wire colored by integral pigmentation, making the wire 100 percent colored. Where not practicable or available (in larger conductor sizes), color code the wire by using colored plastic tape, painting the ends accessible at junction or pull boxes, or other method acceptable to the Engineer. Use the following chart as applicable; CONDUCTOR Phase A Phase B Phase C Neutral Equip.Ground 120/208 VOLTS Black Red Blue White Green 3.04 OPERATIONAL IDENTIFICATION AND WARNINGS A. General: Provide identification and warning wherever reasonably required to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of the electrical systems. Provide identification and warning identification if necessary for signage to help prevent misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel. B. Plasticized signs: Install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for the intended purposes. C. Locations: In addition to installation of danger signs required by governing regulations and authorities, install appropriate danger signs at locations indicated and at locations subsequently identified as constituting dangers for persons in or about the project. D. High Voltage: Install danger signs wherever it is practicable, for persons to come into contact with electrical power of voltages higher than 277 volts to ground. E. Critical Switches/Controls: Install danger signs on switches and similar controls, regardless of whether concealed or locked up, where untimely or inadvertent operation (by anyone) could result in significant danger to persons, or damage to or loss of property. F. Electrical Equipment Rooms: Provide warning signage at the entrance to each such room; identify the hazard, and direct non-qualified personnel to stay away. G. Equipment Identification: TFL-FM-404074 16030-5 8/10/2004 16 C5 1. Nameplates: Install an engraved phenolic plastic laminate nameplate on each unit of electrical equipment in the building, including central or master unit of each electrical system unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. 2. Locations: Provide nameplates for each unit of the following categories of electrical work: a. Switchboard, panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. (1) Provide a nameplate outside above the door (if equipped with one) listing its designation, voltage, source and circuit number. b. Access panel/doors to electrical facilities. c. Major electrical switchgear and switchboards. d. Electrical Substations. e. Motor Control Centers. f. Power Transfer Equipment. g. Transformers. h. Inverters. i. Rectifiers. j. Frequency Converters. k. Motor starters. I. Disconnect switches. m. Enclosed circuit breakers. n. Receptacle coverplate o. Communication Control Panels. Terminal Cabinets and Equipment Cabinets. p. Telephone Switching Equipment q. Remote Annunciators r. Terminal Boards s. Security CCTV Cameras t. Other similar equipment as designated by the Engineer. 3. Viewing: Install nameplates at locations indicated and where not otherwise indicated at a location for the best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. a. Secure to substrate with rigid fasteners. Utilize adhesive where fasteners cannot penetrate substrate. 4. Names: The names or wording used for a particular machine shall be the same as the one used on all motor starters, disconnects and remote button statians nameplates for that machine. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16030-6 8/10/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide all supports, hangers and inserts required to mount raceways, pullboxes and other equipment provided under this Division. B. Support: All items shall be supported from the structural portion of the building. Supports and hangers shall be of a type approved by Underwriters' Laboratories. Wire shall not be used as a support. Boxes and raceways shall not be supported or fastened to ceiling suspension wires or to ceiling channels. Do not install any devices supported by ceiling tiles. C. Installation: The Contractor shall lay out and provide his work in advance of the laying of floors or walls, and shall provide all sleeves that may be required for openings through floors, walls, etc. Where plans call for raceway to be run exposed, provide all inserts and clamps for the supporting of conduit. D. Systems: Provide raceway system of empty raceways including terminal cabinets, backboards and outlets as described and specified herein. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of raceway systems and fittings of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA. B. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the latest edition of the following standards as they apply to the different raceway types specified herein; 1. ANSI: a. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC) b. ANSI C80.3: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 2. UL: a. UL 1: Flexible Metal Conduit b. UL 6: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC) c. UL 360: Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit d. UL 514: Fittings for Metal Conduit e. UL 651: Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC) f. UL 797: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) g. UL 886: Fittings for Hazardous Locations h. UL 1242: Intermediate Metal Conduit (lMC) TFL-FM-404074 1611 0-1 8/10/2004 16 C5 3. NEMA: a. NEMA TC2: Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC) b. NEMA TC3: Fittings for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNMC) c. NEMA RN1: Plastic Coated Metal Conduit -'::-', / 4. Federal Specifications: a. WW-C-581: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC) b. WW-C-563: Electrical Metallic Conduit (EMT) c. WW-C-566: Flexible Steel Conduit d. WW-C-581E: Intermediate Metallic Conduit (IMC) e. WC-1094A: Nonmetallic Rigid Conduit (PVC) f. WC-582A Conduit, Raceway, Metal and Fittings; surface . 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Products: Submit manufacturer's product data, including technical information on each type of raceway system; 1.05 RACEWAYS A. General: Provide a complete and continuous system of raceways to maintain a protected path for wires and cables to distribute electric power, throughout the project, utilizing U.L. listed and labeled materials. B. Accessories: Provide raceway accessories of types, sizes, and materials, as specified herein complying with manufacturers published product information, which match and mate conduit and tubing. C. Interior Minimum Size: Minimum conduit size for light and power systems shall be 3/4 inch raceway for all power and lighting circuitry homeruns from panelboard to outlet box at first power consuming devices. The remainder of circuitry may be in 1/2 inch raceway, if it contains no more than 4 conductors per raceway (excluding the equipment grounding conductor), and phase conductors no larger than #12 AWG. Switch legs may be 1/2inch conduit unless otherwise noted on drawings. D. System Raceway: Provide end bushings on all conduits. E. Pull Strings: Provide pull strings in all empty raceways. Pull strings shall be nylon and shall be impervious to moisture. Pull strings installed in one inch and smaller conduits shall have a tensile strength of not less than 30 Ibs. Pull strings installed in conduits larger than 1 inch shall a tensile strength not less than 200 Ibs. F. Conduit Bends: The use of NEC Table 344.24 Exception is not allowed. 1.06 LOCATIONS A. Materials Above Grade: The following conduit types are to be installed above grade where specifically noted herein; 1. Electrical metallic tubing (thin wall) 2. Intermediate metallic conduit 3. Flexible metal conduit TFL-FM-404074 16110-2 8/10/2004 16 C5 4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit 5. Heavy wall Schedule 40 PVC 6. Galvanized rigid steel conduit 7. Extra heavy wall Schedule 80 PVC B. Materials Below Grade: The following conduit types are to be installed below grade where specifically noted herein; 1. Rigid galvanized conduit (heavy wall) C. Materials on Roofs: The following conduit types are to be installed on roofs where specifically noted herein; 1. Rigid steel conduit 2. Intermediate grade conduit PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING A. Fittings: Provide steel compression type fittings. Steel fittings shall be fitted with nonremovable insulated throats, and male threaded ends provided with a locknut. B. Locknuts: Provide locknuts for securing conduit to enclosures with sharp edges for digging into metal, and ridged outside circumference for proper fastening. 2.02 BUSHINGS A. Bushings: Bushings shall be provided on all terminations, mounted on the ends of all EMT connectors 1-1/4 inches and larger and within all equipment. B. Construction: Bushings shall have a flared bottom and ribbed sides, with smooth insides to prevent damage to cable insulation. C. Insulating Ring: Mold a phenolic insulating ring into sizes 1-1/4 inches and larger. D. Grounding: Provide a screw type grounding terminal on all sizes. 2.03 RIGID METAL CONDUIT A. Conduit: Conduit ends shall have precision cut hi-torque threads. One end of the conduit shall have a coupling and the other shall be covered with a color-coded plastic thread protector. Conduit shall be manufactured in 10 foot lengths. B. Fittings: Fittings shall be cut groove steel. Cast fittings are not acceptable. TFL-FM-404074 16110-3 8/10/2004 16 C5 2.04 FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT A. Conduit and Standards: A continuous length, spirally wound steel strip, zinc-coated, each convolution interlocked with following convolution into a helix form. Product shall meet Federal Specification WW-C-566 and UL 1242. ') ) B. Fittings: Provide conduit fittings for use with flexible steel conduit of the threadless hinged clamp type, and a male threaded end provided with a locknut. 1. Straight terminal connectors shall be one piece body, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit. 2. 45 and 90 degree terminal angle connectors shall be 2 piece body, with removable upper section, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit. 2.05 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT A. Conduit: Plastic jacketed (PVe) liquid-tight flexible steel conduit with copper bonding conductor, and steel material galvanized inside and outside. B. Fittings: Provide cadmium plated, malleable iron fittings with compression type steel ferrule and neoprene gasket sealing rings with insulated throat. 2.06 HEAVY WALL PVC CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 40) A. Conduit: Schedule 40, 90 degrees C. UL rated, PVC conduit shall be composed of High Impact PVC (polyvinyl chloride C-2000 Compound), and shall conform to industry standards, and be UL listed in accordance with Article 347 of National Electrical Code for underground and exposed use. Materials must have tensile strength of 55 PSI, at 70 degrees F., flexural strength of 11,000 psi, compression strength of 8600 psi. Manufacturer shall have five years extruding PVC experience. \ 2.07 EXTRA HEAVY WALL PVC CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 80) A. Conduit: Schedule 80, 90 degrees C. UL rated, PVC conduit shall be composed of High Impact PVC (polyvinyl chloride C-2000 Compound), and shall conform to industry standards, and be UL listed in accordance with Article 347 of National Electrical Code for underground and exposed use. Materials must have tensile strength of 5500 PSI, at 73.4 degree F., flexural strength of 12,500 psi, compression strength of 9000 psi. Manufacturer shall have five years extruding PVC experience. 2.08 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT A. General: Conduit ends shall have precision cut hi-torque threads. One end of the conduit shall have a coupling and the other shall be covered with a color-coded plastic thread protector. Conduit shall be manufactured in 10 foot lengths. B. Finish: The electro-galvanized zinc finish shall be corrosion resistant and shall not crack or flake. A chromate conversion coating shall be applied over the entire tube as an additional corrosive preventative. The interior shall be protected and lubricated with a special silicone hard finish enamel. 2.09 MALLEABLE IRON EXPANSION FITTINGS ~ . TFL-FM-404074 16110-4 8/10/2004 A. Type: Conduit expansion fillings shall be malleable iron (hot dipped galvanized il~ and outside). C5 B. Fittings: These fittings shall have a 4 inch expansion chamber to allow approximately 2 inch movement parallel to conduit run in either direction from normal. C. Internal Bonding: Fittings shall have factory-installed packing and internal tinned copper braid packing to serve as a bonding jumper. D. External Bonding: Unless the fitting used is listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use "without external bonding jumpers". an extemal copper bonding jumper shall be installed with each metal expansion fitting. One end of the fitting shall be clamped on each conduit entering fitting. 2.10 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Hangers: Hangers shall be made of durable materials suitable for the application involved. Where excessive corrosive conditions are encountered, hanger assemblies shall be protected after fabrication by galvanizing, or approved suitable preservative methods. B. Materials: Insert anchors shall be installed on concrete or brick construction, with hex head machine screws. Recessed head screws shall be used in wood construction. An electric or hand drill shall be used for drilling holes for all inserts in concrete or similar construction. Installed inserts, brick, shall be near center of brick, not near edge or in joint. Drilled and tapped, and round head machine screws shall be used where steel members occur. All screws, bolts, washers, etc., used for supporting raceways or outlets shall be fabricated from rust-resisting metal, or accepted substitution. Gunpowder set anchors are not permitted. C. Exterior: Supporting devices for exterior use shall be 316 stainless steel unless otherwise noted on drawings. D. PVC Coated Conduit: Supporting devices for pve coated conduit shall be as manufactured by the PVC coated conduit manufacturer and shall match in color and appearance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUITS A. Unless noted otherwise, provide as a minimum 3/4 inch raceway from each of the following device locations to cable tray. j-hooks, or corridor ceiling cavity when cable tray, or j-hooks are not available. Provide insulated bushings at ends of all raceways. 1. Telephone (1"C. min) 2. DDC 3. Data (1" C. min) B. All fire alarm wiring shall be run in conduit. C. Provide plenum-rated cable for all systems conductors. D. All wiring above non-accessible ceilings shall þe installed in raceways. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION OF BOXES TFL-FM-404074 16110-5 8/10/2004 16 C5 A. Tags: During installation of pull strings all pull strings shall be marked with vinyl tags indicating where the opposite end may be found. 3.03 BLANK PLATES A. Plates: Unless otherwise noted all outlet boxes shall receive blank plates matching the finish of plates on electrical devices in the same room. ., / 3.04 RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Support: All raceways shall be run in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be properly supported and in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC. Supporting conduit and boxes with wire is not acceptable. Exposed raceways where allowed, shall be supported with clamp fasteners with toggle bolt on hollow walls, and with lead expansion shields on masonry. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place with at least one support per" eight foot section. Support within one foot of changes in direction. All required hangers, supports and fastenings shall be provided at each elbow and at no more than one foot from the end of each straight run terminating at a box or cabinet. The use of perforated iron for supporting conduits shall not be permitted. The required strength of the supporting equipment and size and type of anchors shall be based on the combined weigbt of conduit, hanger and cables. Horizontal and vertical conduit runs may be supported by one-hole malleable straps, clamp-backs, or other accepted devices with suitable bolts, expansion shields (where needed) or beam-clamps for mounting to building structure or special brackets. B. Hanger Installation: Where 2 or more raceways 1 inch or larger run parallel trapeze hangers may be used consisting of concrete inserts, threaded solid rods, washers, nuts and galvanized "l" angle iron, or Unistrut cross members. These raceways shall be individually fastened to the cross member of every other trapeze hanger with galvanized cast one hole straps, clamp backs, bolted with proper size cadmium machine bolts, washers and nuts. If adjustable trapeze hangers are used to support groups of parallel conduits, U-bolt type clamps shall be used at the end of a raceway run and at each " elbow. J-bolls, or approved clamps, shall be installed on each third intermediate trapeze hanger to fasten each raceway. C. Sealant: Provide a closed cell silicone foam sealant rated to provide a rating equal to the wall, ceiling, or floor assembly rating. Provide seals for the exterior of conduit penetrations consisting of a cast-in-place sleeve with a compressible rubber gasket between the conduit and the sleeve. Provide seals for the interior of the conduit penetrations consisting of gland type sealing bushing or closed cell silicone foam. Provide duct seal inside an appropriate seal-off fitting to seal the interior of the conduit system from water seepage or hazardous gases. D. Routing: Raceways shall be run parallel to building walls wherever possible, exposed or concealed as specified, and shall be grouped in workmanlike fashion. Crisscrossing of conduits shall be minimized. E. location: All raceways except those from surface-mounted switches, outlet boxes or panels shall be run concealed from view. Surface mounted devices and equipment shall be specifically noted on the contract drawings. It is the intent that all raceways shall be run concealed unless specifically noted. F. Protection: All raceway runs, whether terminated in boxes or not, shall be capped during the course of construction until wires are pulled in and covers are in place. No conductors shall be pulled into raceways until the raceway system is complete. / TFL-FM-404074 16110-6 8/10/2004 G. Coordinatioo: All raceways shall be kept clear of mechanical equipment and p,umlÞ fixtures to facilitate future repair or replacement of said fixtures without disturbing wiring. Except where it is necessary for control purposes, all raceways shall be kept away from items producing heat. C5 H. Masonry Installation: All raceway runs in masonry shall be installed at the same time as the masonry so that no face cutting is required, except to accommodate boxes. I. Arrangement: All raceways shall be run connecting outlet to circuits generally as shown on the drawings. Provide circuit connection arrangement shown. Actual final arrangement shall be in accordance with the record drawings section as specified herein. J. Grounding: All branch circuit and feeder raceways shall have a copper system ground conductor within the conduit throughout the entire length of the circuit. All conduit shall be electrically continuous to establish redundant grounding. 1. Branch circuit raceways shall have an insulated equipment grounding conductor installed within the conduit raceway system. 2. Grounding conductor shall be included in total conduit fill determining conduit sizes, even though not shown on drawings. 3. Grounding conductors run with feeders may be bare. K. Empty Raceways: Raceways which do not have conductors provided under this Division of the specifications shall be left with an acceptable nylon pullcord in raceway. L. Manufacturer: Rigid Metallic Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, Flexible Steel Conduit, Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit, and PVC Conduit shall be manufactured within the United States, and each shall be as manufactured by one manufacturer. M. Roof Installation: Raceway installations on roofs shall be kept to a bare minimum. Raceway shall be supported above roof at least 6 inches using approved raceway supporting devices. Supports shall be fastened to roof using roofing adhesive as specified in other sections of this specification. N. Firewall Installation: Provide pullboxes, junction boxes, fire barrier at fire rated walls etc., as required by NEC Article 300 where required. o. Dissimilar Metals: Avoid the use of dissimilar metals to reduce the possibility of electrolysis. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, coat all surfaces with corrosion inhibiting compound before assembling. P. Sealoff Fittings: Provide raceway sealoffs wherever the raceway system enters a hazardous or wet area or areas of drastic temperature change such as coolers, freezers, etc. as required. Q. Identification: Provide appropriate identification as required by codes and as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the methods specified herein. R. Anchors: Raceways shall be anchored down to prevent floating while pouring ín concrete. 3.05 RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT A. Locknuts: Rigid steel box connections shall be made with double locknuts and bushings. Turn down on threads to solidly connect raceway to box or enclosure. TFL-FM-404074 16110-7 8/10/2004 16 C5 B. Bushings: Grounded insulated bushings shall be used on all rigid steel conduits terminating in panels, wire gutters, or cabinets. Bushing shall be impact resistant plastic molded in an irregular shape at the top to provide smooth insulating surface at top and inner edge. Material in these bushings must not melt or support flame. 3.06 PVC RACEWAYS '1 / A. Floor Penetrations Exposed: Where PVC penetrates a floor in an exposed location from underground or in slab, a black mastic coated steel conduit elbow shall be used. B. Location: No PVC shall be allowed anywhere except underground or in slab, with the exception that PVC conduit may be used in non-fire rated poured block walls and poured in place columns. C. Floor Penetrations in Block: PVC may also be used for penetrations of floor into concrete block or hollow walls up to first outlet box provided outlet box is at a maximum height of 48 inches above finished floor. D. Ground Conductor Installation: All individual bare copper ground conductors (Le. service, transformer, or lightning protection grounds) shall be installed in PVC raceway. E. Joints: PVC jaints shall be solvent welded. Threads shall not be permitted on PVC raceway and fittings, except for rigid steel to pve couplings. Installation of PVC raceway shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Restrict Support: PVC raceway shall not be used to support fixture or equipment. G. Bends: Field bends shall be made with an approved hotbox. Heating with flame and hand held dryers are prohibited. 3.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Vibrating Equipment Connection: All connections to motors or other vibrating equipment (except dry type transformers) or at other locations where required shall be made with not less than 12 inches of flexible liquid-tight steel conduit, using special type of connectors with strain relief fittings at both terminations of conduit, Kellems Type 074-09 Series or accepted substitution. B. Normal Type: Flex connectors shall have insulated throat and shall be T & B 3100 Series or accepted substitution. C. Angle Type: Use angle connectors wherever necessary to relieve angle strain on flex conduit. D. Transformer Connection: Connections to dry type transformers shall be made with flexible conduit. 3.08 EXPANSION FIITINGS A. Installation: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run wherever it crosses an expansion joint. Install the fitting on one side of the joint with its sliding sleeve end flush with joint, and with a length of bonding jumper in expansion equal to at least three times the normal width of joints. / TFL-FM-404074 16110-8 8/10/2004 16 C5 B. Location: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run which is mechanically attached to separate structures to relieve strain caused by shift on one structure in relation to the other. C. Length: Provide expansion fittings in straight raceway runs above ground which are more than ane hundred feet long. 3.09 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING A. Location: Install Electrical Metallic Tubing (thin wall) inside buildings, above the ground floor where not subject to mechanical injury. B. Handling: All cut ends shall be reamed to remove rough edges. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16110-9 8/10/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES (600V AND BELOW) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 WIRES AND CABLES A. Description: Provide a complete and continuous system of conductors as specified herein. All conductors shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of wire systems and fittings of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA. B. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the following codes and standards, current edition as adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, as they apply to the different wire types specified herein. 1. UL: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. 2. NFPA: 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wire and Cables 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables 486A - Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors 486B - Wire Connectors for Use with Aluminum Conductors 486C - Splicing Wire Connections 493 - Thennoplastic-Insulated Underground Feeder and Branch Circuit Cables 514 - Standard for Fittings for Cable and Conduit 854 - Service Entrance Cables 1479 - Through Penetration Fire Rating (MC Cable) 1569 - Metal Clad Cables 1581 - Standard for Reference Standard for Electrical Wires, Cables, and Flexible Cords a. 70 NEC 1.04 SUBMITTALS 3. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) A. General: Submit product data on all different types of conductors specified, induding splicing tape, and terminating/splicing lugs or connectors and cable sleeves. 1.05 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEMS TFL-FM-404074 16120-1 8/10/2004 --"-~,._--_.~._...... '~------"~-_____"f'"'_____" 16 G5 :...~ A. General: Provide a flexible wiring system used to supply power to lighting fIXtures, poke- thru power outlets and wall receptacles as shown on the contract documents. B. Description: The prefabricated system shall be complete with all 120 and/or 277 volt 3 and/or 4 wire power getaway boxes, fixture adapters, jumper cable sets, wall switch boxes, wall power boxes, poke-thru power outlets etc. J C. Compliance: The system and its components shall comply with the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and shall be U.L.listed or labeled for intended use on this project and UL listed and labeled for use in retum air plenum and rated to make and break under rated load. All work and materials shall comply with the National Electrical Code and applicable state and local building codes. D. Final Condition: The system shall be of construction such that when installation is complete all system components shall be metal enclosed, in a locked mode and shall comprise a fully grounded system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Material: All conductors shall be copper. B. Material: Branch circuit and feeder conductors size #1 and smaller shall be copper type. Branch circuit and feeder conductors size #1/0 and larger shall be aluminum. C. Size and Insulation: Utilize THHNrrHWN-2 insulation for branch circuits and THHNrrHWN-2 or XHHW-2 insulation for feeders, unless otherwise noted. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid, #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. All wire shall be sized as shown on the drawings. If no size is shown, wire shall be #12 AWG, except that branch homeruns" over 100 ft. in length shall be #10 AWG for 120/208V circuits, and homeruns over 200' in length shall be #10 AWG for 277/480V circuits. Wire in vicinity of heat-producing equipment shall be type XHHW insulation. All wiring shall be manufactured in the USA and of 98 percent conductivity. D. Taps and Splices: 1. All copper taps and splices #8 AWG or smaller wire shall be fastened together by means of ''wirenuf' connectors with pre-insulated spring connectors encased in a steel shell and rated at not less than 1 05 degrees C. A minimum of 3/8-inch skirt shall cover the bare wires. The connector shall meet with UL approval for fixture and pressure work, and shall be "Scotch Lok" Type Y, Rand B electrical spring connectors as manufactured by the 3M Company or approved equal. 2. All taps and splices in wire larger than #8 AWG shall be made with compression type connectors and taped to provide insulation equal to wire. 3. All taps and splices in manholes or in ground pull box shall be made with compression type'connectors and covered with Raychem heavywall cable sleeves (type CTE or WCS) with type "S" sealant coating. Provide sleeve kits as per manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Color Coding, General: All power feeders, grounding conductors and branch circuits #6 AWG and smaller shall be installed with color-coded wire with the same color used for a system throughout the building. Conductors above #6 AWG shall either be fully color- coded or shall have black insulation and be similarly color-coded with tape in all junction TFL -FM-40407 4 16120-2 8110/2004 16 C5 boxes and panels in accordance with NEC 31 0-12. Tape shall cover the conductor insulation within the box or panel in such a manner so as to allow standard markings to be readily observed. Unless otherwise accepted, color-code shall be as indicated in specification section 16030 - Electrical Identification. Switchlegs shall be a different color than phase or neutral conductors. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Branch circuit and feeder conductors shall be as manufactured by one of the following: General Cable Co., Pirelli, Rome Cable Corporation, Southwire, or American Insulated Wire Corporation. .... B. MC Cable shall be as manufactured by AFC Cable Systems. ...... 2.03 METAL CLAD (MC) CABLE A. General: MC Cable may be utilized for lighting and receptacle branch circuit wiring only, where not restricted by NEC. MC cable shall not be used for branch circuit homeruns. B. Construction: MC Cable shall have galvanized steel armor. Conductors shall be THHN or XHHW type. A green insulated grounding conductor shall be included in all MC Cables. Where circuiting on drawings calls for dedicated neutrals and/or isolated ground conductors, MC Cables, if used for these circuits, shall have dedicated neutrals and/or isolated ground conductors. C. MC Cable shall be color-coded for cable type (standard, oversized neutral, isolated ground), conductor configuration, and circuit voltage. 2.04 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEM A. Power Getaway Plates and Boxes: All power getaway plates and boxes shall be factory assembled and shall be clearly marked for designation of service, voltage and connector identification. Boxes or plates shall be of 1, 2, 3 or 4-receptacle construction as specìfied on the drawings. B. Conduit Entry: Boxes shall have provisions for 1/2 or 314-inch conduit entry. All ceiling mounted outlet boxes shall be as noted on drawings (size shall be coordinated with system being installed) and shall contain three (minimum) getaway receptacles. C. Receptacles: All box receptacles shall be prewired with #12 AWG stranded copper conductors, type TW, 600 volts rated, consisting of 1 or 2 phase conductors, a common neutral, plus an equipment grounding conductor connected to the metal box. Receptacles shall be uniquely polarized for service and function and shall be flush mounted into individual metal cavities. The metal cavities shall receive the power heads of the cable sets by a positive mating engagement. D. Circuits: The maximum connected load per branch circuit shall be as indicated on the drawings and specifications. In no instance shall the connected loads exceed 20 amperes per circuit. Two different circuits of the same electrical phase shall not be connected to the same connector sharing a common neutral conductor. E. Connectors: The connectors of the system shall be of 3 and/or 4 wire construction molded from U.L. listed material and so color coded and keyed that only units of the same service and voltage and function can be physically mated and electrically connected. Color-coding shall comply with Section 16120 to the extent feasible. TFL-FM-404074 16120-3 8/10/2004 16 C5 F. Rating: Entire system shall be 20 ampere rated and shall be U.L. listed for disconnect under maximum rated load. G. Manufacturer: System shall be as manufactured by Hubbell, Metalux, or Walker. ~\ H. Lighting Fixture Adapters: Adapter assemblies shall be provided in the lighting fixtures. Fixture adapters shall be prewired and U.L. listed. Each fixture adapter shall be wired per fixture type and ballast circuit designation. " I. Jumper Cable Sets: All jumper cable sets shall have factory prewired, locking, metal· enclosed power head and receptacle connector assemblies. The double receptacle box assembly on cable sets shall be encased within an assembly of two 16 gauge steel stampings. Each cable head shall have a pair of positive-acting spring steel latches. The latches shall engage the metal opening of receptacles in system components such as distribution boxes,. tap boxes and lighting fixtures. The steel latches of cable heads shall provide grounding of non-current carrying metal equipment by bonding mated components of the system. The mating connections shall be U.L. approved for disconnect under load. All cables shall be clearly marked and color-coded for designation of service and voltage, catalog number and length. Line voltage branch circuit cable sets shall have 2 or 3 #12 AWG stranded copper conductors, type TW, 600 volts, plus and equipment grounding conductor with galvanized steel armor interlocked overall. The equipment grounding conductor shall be in contact with armor over the length of the cable. This conductor shall terminate in connectors at both ends of cable sets and shall be bonded to the steel stampings of connector heads. Cable sets shall be prewired for distribution of one or two circuits with a common neutral. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. General: All wiring shall be installed in raceways (power, low voltage and control wiring), unless otherwise indicated or specified under other Sections of this specification. B. Connections: Conductors #10 and #12 AWG shall be connected with pre-insulated spring connectors encased in a steel shell and rated at not less than 105 degrees C. A minimum of 3/8-inch skirt shall cover the bare wires. The connector shall meet with UL approval for fixture and pressure work, and shall be "Scotch Lok" Type Y, Rand B electrical spring connectors as manufactured by the 3M Company or approved equal. C. Connector Manufacturers: Lugs and wire connectors shall be one of the following: Bumdy Corporation, Thomas & Betts, Co., Appleton or ILSCO. D. Equipment Installations: Neatly form, train and tie the cables in panelboards, cabinets, wireways, switches and equipment assemblies. 3.02 MC CABLE INSTALLATION A. MC Cables shall be provided in concealed locations only, not exposed. B. MC Cables shall be supported and secured at intervals directed by NEC 334. C. Connectors for MC Cables shall be manufactured by the MC Cable manufacturer, and shall have insulated throat. 3.03 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEM INSTALLATION TFL-FM-404074 16120-4 8/10/2004 16 C:"5 A. Flexible Wiring Installation: Examine area to receive system to assure adequate clearance for installation. Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. The electrical Contractor shall be responsible for properly interfacing the system with the conventional wiring system components, raceways and conductors. Provide all necessary out-of-system components, raceways, conductors, boxes and other equipment or devices to make a complete operable system. B. Location: The locations of system components, including cable routings shown on the plans, are approximate and workmen shall use good judgement in their placements to eliminate all interference with ducts, piping, etc. C. Workmanship: All cable routing shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner consistent with recognized good practice and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION' TFL-FM-404074 16120-5 8/10/2004 SECTION 16130 OUTLET BOXES 16 C5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work. specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. General: Outlet boxes shall be of such form and dimensions as to be adapted to the specific use and location, type of device or fixtures to be used, and number and size of conductors and arrangement, size and number of conduits connecting thereto. B. Ceiling Size: Ceiling outlet boxes shall be 4 inch octagonal or 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inches deep or larger as required for number and size of conductors and arrangement, size and number of conduits terminating at them. C. Wall Size: Switch, wall receptacle, telephone and other wall outlet boxes in drywall shall be 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inches deep. For exposed masonry, provide one piece 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inches deep wall boxes with appropriate 4 inches square cut tile wall covers Steel City series #52-C-49/52-C-52 or accepted substitution. For furred-out block walls, provide 4 inch square box with required extension for block depth and required extension for drywall depth. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of conduit systems and fittings of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA. B. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the following standards as they apply to the different raceway types specified herein. 1. UL-50 & UL-514 2. NEC 70 1.04 FLOOR OUTLETS A. General: Provide floor outlet boxes as shown on the plans. Installation shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code, and shall be complete with service fittings as indicated. Equipment shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 1.05 SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLETS A. Location: Locate special purpose outlets as indicated on the drawings for the equipment served. Location and type of outlets shall be coordinated with appropriate trades involved. The securing of complete information for proper electrical roughing-in shall be included as work required under this section of specifications. TFL-FM-404074 16130-1 8/10/2004 1.06 SUBMITTALS 1.6 C5 A. Submittals: Submit product data on all different types of outlet boxes and associated trim/plaster rings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ",\ ) 2.01 GENERAL PURPOSE BOXES A. General: Provide standard galvanized one-piece steel outlet boxes at all concealed outlets for electric lights, switches, convenience receptacles, telephone outlets, etc. Acceptable manufacturers shall be T&B, Steel City, Raco. Surface outlet boxes and conduit bodies shall be the heavy cast aluminum or iron with external raised hubs - Appleton, Crouse Hinds or Steel City or accepted substitution. Trim rings shall also be of one piece construction. 2.02 FLOOR OUTLET BOXES A. Standards: Outlets in slab on grade shall conform to Federal Specifications No. WC-526b, Type 1, with threaded conduit hubs. B. Carpet Locations: In carpeted areas, Lexan carpet flanges shall be installed to protect carpet edges where flush floor boxes are installed. C. Construction: All assemblies shall be designed and installed to maintain grounding continuity, fireproofing and watertight integrity. Connections to boxes in slabs on grade shall be made tight or sealed to prevent entrance of moisture. D. Accessories: Box trim, service fittings and accessories shall be as required to provide a complete installation. ;, ./ E. Special Consideration: Flush caps removed to provide service fittings shall be turned over to the Owner. Approved manufacturer is Walkerduct. F. Manufacturer: Approved manufacturer is Walker, Raco, Steel City or Hubbell. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES A. Installation: All flush outlets shall be mounted so that covers and plates shall finish flush with finished surfaces without the use of shims, mats or other devices not submitted or accepted for the purpose. Add-a-Depth ring or switch box extension rings (Steel City #SBEX) are not acceptable. Plates shall not support wiring devices. Gang switches with common plate where two or more are indicated in the same location. Wall-mounted devices of different systems (switches, thermostats, etc.) shall be coordinated for symmetry when located near each other on the same wall. Outlets on each side of walls shall have separate boxes. Through-wall type boxes shall not be permitted. Back-to- back mounting shall not be permitted. Trim rings shall be extended to within 1/8 inch of finish wall surface. B. Stud Walls: Outlet boxes mounted in metal stud walls, shall be supported to studs with 2 screws inside of outlet box to a horizontal stud brace between vertical studs. C. Blank Covers: All outlet boxes that do not receive devices in this contract are to have blank plates installed matching wiring device plates. TFL-FM-404074 16130-2 8/10/2004 16 C5 3.02 MOUNTING HEIGHT A. Mounting Height: Height of wall outlets to center or bottom of box above finished floor shall be as follows, unless specifically noted otherwise. Verify all heights with the architectural plans and shop drawings for installation. The following dimensions are a guide only. Specific heights required by goveming institutions and laws shall apply. Switches & Dimmers Receptacles Branch Panelboards Telephone & Data Outlets 4 foot 0 inches to centerline 1 foot 6 inches to centerline 6 foot 6 inches top of panel trim 1 foot 6 inches to centerline B. Counter Tops: Bottoms of outlets above counter tops or base cabinets shall be minimum 2 inches above counter top or backsplash, whichever is highest. Outlets may be raised so that bottom rests on top of concrete block course, but all outlets above counters in same area shall be at same height. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to secure cabinet drawings and coordinate outlet locations in relation to all cabinets as shown on Architectural plans, prior to rough-in, regardless of height shown on documents. C. Wall Outlets: Height of wall-mounted fixtures shall be as shown on the drawings or as required by Architectural plans and conditions. Fixture outlet boxes shall be equipped with fixture studs when supporting fixtures. 3.03 FLOOR OUTLET BOXES A. Adjustment: Where floor or fill depth is 3 inches or more, adjustable boxes with maximum vertical and angular adjustment for after concrete pour shall be used. After pour is complete, boxes shall be set and readjusted to provide a smooth surface conforming to the elevation and slope of the surrounding finished floor. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16130-3 8/10/2004 SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16 C5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide factory fabricated wiring devices in type, color and electrical rating for the service indicated ~o provide convenient access to the electrical system for portable and permanent connections, and control of fIXed outlets. B. Ratings: Voltage and ampere rating of switches and receptades shall be marked on the device, and shall conform to Voltage and Ampacity of system to which applied. C. Hardware: Devices consist of all the necessary hardware to complete an installation and provide a margin of safety by inaccessibility of live electrical components. 1.03 RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Manufacturers shall be companies regularly engaged in manufacture of wiring devices, of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer: A firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with electrical installation work similar to that required for the project. C. Compliance: Comply with the latest edition of the following standards; 1. NEMA WD1, WD3 and WD5 2. UL 5, 20 and 231 3. UL 1449 4. ANSI/IEEE Standard C62.41-1980 (Formerly IEEE 587) a. Test withstand voltage surges of up to 6000 volts and current surges of up to 200 amperes without damage. D. Warranty: Provide a minimum one-year warranty from time of final acceptance. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Wiring Devices: Submit manufacturer's product data on all wiring devices listed on the drawings including; 1. Colors 2. Dimensions 3. U.L. Label 4. Finish 5. Voltage 6. Wiring diagrams 7. Application information TFL-FM-404074 16140-1 8/10/2004 , ") C5 B. Coverplates and Identification: Submit type of identification used for coverplates to comply with the Identification Section as specified herein. Screws to match coverplate color. -" 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING / A. Coordination: Coordinate with other work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and fittings, and raceways. to properly interface installation of all wiring devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES A. Color: Devices connècted to the normal system shall be ivory in color, unless otherwise noted. B. Emergency Color: Devices connected to the emergency system shall be red in color unless otherwise noted. C. Device Type: Unless otherwise noted, in all public areas, provide all receptacles as the duplex modular type. Provide standard devices in non-public areas such as storage rooms, janitor's closet, penthouses & mechanical spaces, and electrical rooms. D. Construction: Heavy duty nylon face and wraparound mounting strap, locked into and on the body. utilizing heavy-gauge brass ground contacts riveted to strap. Include automatic self-grounding spring to assure ground continuity between mounting strap and metal wall box. T-slot one piece copper alloy contact wipes which interface with plug blades inserted at 3 points. Line terminals shall. be screw terminals and accept #14 to #10 AWG copper conductors. \ j E. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter: Provide commercial specification grade, duplex. ground fault circuit interrupter receptacles. grounding type, UL rated Class A, Group 1, 15 ampere ratings, 125 volts, 60 Hz; with solid state ground fault sensing and signaling; with 5 milliampere ground fault trip level; equipped with 15 ampere receptacle configuration, NEMA 5-15R. Device shall contain test and reset push buttons. with a visual display of the tripped position. All outside receptacles (weatherproof) shall be duplex G.F.C.I. type. Interrupter shall resist tripping from the effects of radio frequency (RF) signals from 10 to 450 MHz. 2.02 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR RECEPTACLE A. Modes of Protection: Surge suppression devices shall supervise Line to Neutral, Line to Ground, and Neutral to Ground conditions. B. Energy Capacities: The surge suppression device shall have equal surge protection of not more than 140 Joules of energy absorption in each mode. 3,000 amperes current handing in each mode, and 6000 volts protection in each mode. C. Noise Reduction: Provide device with EMI and RFI noise filters at an average of 7:1 noise reduction from 500 KHz to 30 MHz. D. Modular: Construct as a modular, heavy duty. Hospital Grade device. TFL-FM-404074 16140-2 8/10/2004 16 C5 E. Identification: Each device shall have a long life LED diode covered by a wide angle viewing lens for positive identification of surge protection. Provide a zig-zag symbol on the face of the device. F. Response Time: Response time shall be not more than 5 Nanoseconds. G. Attenuation: Common mode noise attenuation shall be 500 KHz to 30 MHz; up to 35 db (50 ohm source impedance). H. Operating Temperature: Operating temperature shall be -20 to 55 degree C. (-4 to 131 degrees F.) I. Color: Match the color of other devices listed elsewhere in this Specification. J. Manufacturer: Manufacturer shall be Pass & ?eymour, Leviton or Hubbell 2.03 SWITCHES A. Toggle Switches: Provide specification grade, fast-make positive-break, flush single-pole, three and four way, silent operation toggle switches, 20 ampere, 120 volt AC or 277 volt AC as required, with mounting yoke insulated from mechanism, equipped with plaster ears, and side-wired screw terminals. Switches connected to the normal system shall be ivory; red for emergency system. B. Two Pole Switches: Provide two pole switches where drawings indicate the switching of 208 volt systems consisting of two phase conductors. C. Security Key Switches: Provide key switches where drawings indicate, where a degree of security requires limited access to control of the lighting system. D. Pilot Light Handle: Handle glows when switch is on. Handle color shall be clear, unless otherwise indicated. E. Thermal Switch: Provide fractional horsepower switch with melting alloy type overload relay, with number of poles to coordinate with the equipment being controlled. Surface or flush mounted cover, as required, equipped with padlocking device and pilot light. Provide overload relay heaters for each pole of the switch, sized per the manufacturer's instruction, and adjust heater size to permit normal operation of the motor. F. Color: Provide red switches for emergency circuits. Match receptacle devices for normal circuits. G. Manufacturer: Manufacturer shall be Pass & Seymour, Leviton or Hubbell 2.04 PLUGS AND CONNECTORS A. Standard: Comply with NEMA Standards Pub. No. WD1. 2.05 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES A. Faceplates: Unless otherwise noted, provide smooth faced nylon, single and ganged switch, receptacle, telephone, blank and other outlet wall plates for wiring devices, with ganging and cutouts as required B. Multigang: Provide all necessary hardware and frames to properly mount various devices in combinations. TFL-FM-404074 16140-3 8/1 0/2004 :) C5 C. Weatherproof Device Covers: For all receptacles installed outdoors and/or in wet locations. provide a weatherproof enclosure in full compliance with NEC Article 406.8B. Enclosure shall be weatherproof, whether or not the attachment plug cap is inserted. The use of "flapper-type" covers is not permitted. D. Color: Unless otherwise noted, provide colored faceplates to match devices listed elsewhere in these specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. General: Provide wiring devices, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and National Electrical Contractors Associations "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function. B. Completion: Delay installation of devices until wiring and wall finish is completed. C. Support: Devices shall be securely supported to box, not supported to device plate. Device shall trim out flush with front of plate. Do not support the device by loosening device mounting screws and attaching the coverplate for leveling. D. Adjustment: Provide receptacles and switches only in electrical boxes which are clean, free from excess building materials, debris, etc. Adjust devices to plumb when tightened, and in position to receive faceplate. Devices shall not be leveled by using the mounting screws, outlet boxes shall be flush to wall finish prevent leveling problems. Tighten devices and provide securely, so that there shall be no movement during usage. E. Position: Position ground pin at the top of the device in vertical application, unless otherwise noted~ F. Wiring: Provide screw terminal connections using a single conductor only. Do not "back- stab" devices. Provide single whips for all multiple conductor connections within each box. 3.02 CLEANING A. Soiled Devices: Clean devices soiled prior to acceptance inspection, to remove all debris and foreign materials, such as paint, varnish, drywall compound, etc. B. Solutions: Do not use liquid cleaning solutions, etc. on the face of the devices without written direction from the Engineer/Architect. 3.03 TESTING A. Ground testing: Provide ground testing procedures as specified herein. Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring devices for electrical continuity, and for short circuits. B. Polarity: Subsequent to energization, test wiring devices for proper polarity, and to demonstrate operations as required in this and other sections of this Specification. C. Recording: Record all tests as required in other sections of this specification. ,; TFL -FM-40407 4 END OF SECTION 16140-4 8/10/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections. apply to work specified in this section 1.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. General: Provide a grounding electrode system, as described in NEC 250. as specified herein and as indicated on plans. B. Ground Field / Ground Rods: The ground field shall consist of three 20 ft long vertically driven ground rods arranged in a triangular pattern spaced 20 feet apart. Additional ground rods shall be added as necessary to achieve the desired resistance. C. Main Metallic Water Pipe: The building's main metallic underground water piping shall be utilized as a grounding electrode, provided the metal pipe is installed in direct contact with the earth for a minimum of 10 feet. Bond the main metallic water service within 5 ft. of the entrance of the water pipe into the building. D. Building Steel: The building steel shall be utilized as a grounding electrode, provided the steel is in direct contact with the earth or is otherwise effectively grounded. E. Rebar: In concrete buildings, provide bond to rebar in concrete. F. Resistance: Grounding electrode resistance shall not exceed 10 ohms. Overall resistance of the entire grounding electrode system shall not exceed 5 ohms. Provide additional grounding electrodes as required to meet this value. Refer to Section 16020 for testing requirements. 1.03 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR A. Grounding Electrode Conductor. A main grounding electrode conductor, bare copper, sized per NEC, shall be run in PVC conduit from main service equipment to the grounding electrodes. This conductor shall also be bonded to the following: 1. Telecommunications service ground within 20' of the electrical service 2. Lightning protection system. 3. Gas and other interior metal piping - refer to NEC. 1.04 SEPARATELY DERIVED GROUNDING SYSTEMS . A. Description: Provide a separately derived grounding system where indicated herein and as required by the National Electrical Code. Bond neutral and ground busses together. B. Services: Provide a separately derived grounding system for all building electrical services and step-down transformers. TFL-FM-404074 16450-1 8/10/2004 16 C5 C. Emergency Generator: Provide a separately derived grounding system for the emergency system where 4-pole transfer switches are used (neutral and phase conductors switched). D. Multiple Buildings: Multiple buildings fed from the same electrical service shall be provided with separate grounding electrode systems, as required by the NEC and specified herein. "\ } 1.05 BONDING AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Description of System: In general, all electrical equipment (metallic conduit, motor frames, panelboards, etc.) shall be bonded together with a green insulated copper system grounding conductor in accordance with specific rules of Article 250 of the NEC Equipment grounding conductors through the raceway system shall be continuous from main switch ground b.us to panel ground bar of each panelboard, and from panel grounding bar of each panelboard to branch circuit equipment and devices. B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: All raceways shall have an insulated copper system ground conductor run throughout the entire length of circuit installed within conduit in strict accordance with NEC. Grounding conductor shall be included in total conduit fill when determining conduit sizes, even though not included or shown on drawings. C. Redundant Grounding: In general all branch circuits shall be provided with a redundant grounding system through the use of grounding conductors and metallic conduit. D. Bonding: Provide bonding of the equipment grounding terminal busses of normal and essential branch circuit panelboards serving the same patient area with a continuous #10 AWG copper green insulated conductor, in compliance with NEC 517-14. '. E. Bonding: In addition to connections to grounding electrodes, the main service ground shall be bonded to the lightning protection system and other underground metal piping. ./ F. Light Poles: All exterior light poles shall have their enclosures grounded directly to a separate driven ground at the light pole in addition to the building ground connection, via the circuit equipment ground conductor. G. Bushings: Provide insulated grounding bushings on all metallic feeder conduits terminated within panelboards, switchboards or enclosed overcurrent devices. Provide insulated grounding bushings on all branch circuit conduits where concentric knockouts are used. H. Connection to Other Systems: Provide all required graunding and bonding connections as specified herein and as required by the National Electrical Code. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit product data on ground rods, ground wire, ground connectors, ground bars, and data on exothermic welds. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compliance: The entire ground system shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements NEC 250 and IEEE Std. 142 (green book). PART 2 - PRODUCTS TFL-FM-404074 16450-2 8/10/2004 16 C5 2.01 GROUNDING ELECTRODE AND BONDING CONDUCTORS A. General: Except as specified in C below, provide UL and NEC approved types of copper with THWN, THHN, or XHHW with green insulation or green tape on black insulation the entire length of conductor not in conduit. B. Size: Grounding electrode conductors shall be sized as specified herein and on the drawings, but in no case shall be smaller than required by NEC 250. C. Insulation: Conductors above ground shall be insulated, conductors run below grade shall be bare. 2.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Provide copperclad steel, 5/8 inch diameter by 20 feet long vertically driven ground rods. Use of multiple 10 feet sectional ground rods is acceptable. 2.03 CONNECTIONS A. Bonding: One piece mechanical lugs or wire terminals, properly sized and approved by the local authority having jurisdiction shall be used to bond ground wires together or to junction boxes and panel cabinets. B. Underground: All connections and bonds made underground and to building steel shall be exothermic weld type-connections. 2.04 INSPECTION WELLS A. Location: Provide inspection wells for all ground rods covered by concrete, paving, or other permanent materials that prevent access to ground rods. B. Description: Inspection well shall be provided with circular, flush traffic rated, grade mounted, twist lock traffic cover with the word "ground" (or similar) on the cover. Inspection test well shall allow clear access to the ground rod and exothermic weld connection of conductor to ground rod. Clearly mark. ground rod locations on as-built drawings. 2.05 GROUND BAR A. Location: Provide a ground bar connected to the main service ground via a #4/0 grounding conductor in all electrical rooms with step-down transformers and in all communications rooms, or rooms with telephone distribution equipment or network electronics equipment. B. Description: Ground bar shall be 12" x 2" x Y-a" (minimum) copper bus mounted to wall 24" AFF via insulated standoffs. All connections to ground bar shall be made via approved mechanical connections. C. Interconnection: In addition to'the main service ground, all ground bars shall be interconnected to each other via #4/0 insulated grounding conductor. Each ground bar shall also be bonded to local metallic water piping and building steel via #6 insulated grounding conductor. TFL-FM-404074 16450-3 8/10/2004 ~-_.,_....._- 16 C5 PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.01 EXTERIOR A. Connection: The main grounding electrode conductor shall be exothermically welded to ground rods and other main system electrodes. " "\ ., , / 3.02 INTERIOR A. Installation: Equipment grounding conductors shall be installed as follows: 1. Where installed in metal conduit, both conductor and conduit shall be bonded at each end. 2. Have connections accessible for inspection and made with approved solderless connectors brazed (or bolted) to the equipment or structure to be grounded. 3. Shall in NO case be a current carrying conductor. 4. Have green insulation. except that grounding electrode conductors may be bare. B. Water Meter: Provide properly sized bonding shunt around water meter and/or dielectric unions in the water pipe. C. Cable Tray: Provide a #10 bond from all metallic system conduits to the cable tray. D. Bushings: Bond all grounding bushings to the equipment ground bus of the panel or switchboard, or overcurrent device in which it is located. Bond shall be made via an insulated bonding conductor of same size as equipment ground conductor run in the circuit. 3.03 TESTING A. Testing: Provide testing as required in other sections of this specification, including but not limited to sections 16010 and 16020. B. Reports: Submit impedance test reports for all separately derived services to the Engineer prior to project completion. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Preparation: All contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned before connections are made, to ensure good metal to metal contact. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16450-4 8/10/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16470 PANElBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Description: Provide panel boards with main breaker or main lugs where shown on the drawings, of a dead front, distributed phase sequence design. Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers with frame and trip ratings as indicated in the schedules. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI: the latest edition of the Reference Standards for the American National Standards Institute shall apply as follows; 1. ANSI Y32.2 - Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams. 2. ANSI 255.1 - (R1973) Gray finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment. B. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association shall apply as follows; 1. NEMA PB 1-1984 Panelboards 2. NEMA PB1-57 Gutter space C. NFPA: The latest edition of the National Fire Protection Association shall apply as follows; 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). D. Ul: The latest edition of the Underwriters' laboratories, Incorporated shall apply as follows; 1. Ul Electrical Construction Materials list, panelboards-dead front type. 2. UL 67 Panelboard wiring gutter space, bus heat rise test. 3. UL 50 Cabinets - Rigidity and gauge of steel. E. listing: Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters laboratories and bear the Ul or other nationally recognized testing laboratory label. Where required, panelboards shall be listed for use as service entrance equipment. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Product data shall be submitted on: a. Panel b. Cabinet TFl-FM-404074 16470-1 8/1012004 16 C5 c. Bus d. Construction e. Dimensions 2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for every panel, and shall clearly indicate all af the following information: a. U.L Label b. Each circuit breaker amperage rating, circuit number and positionllocation in panel . c. Electrical characteristics of panel d. Main bus rating e. Main device rating f. Mounting type g. Dimensions, (width, depth, height, weight) h. Bus material i. Interrupting capacity of minimum rated breaker j. Panelboard classification k. Submit coordination curves on log-log paper for all breakers, fuses, transformers, etc. I. If dimensions for equipment proposed in submitted shop drawings are different than was shown on drawings, contractor shall submit sketches showing layout of proposed equipment. 3. Coordination Study: The Contractor shall expect an additional 10 working days for panelboard and switchboard review to allow the Engineer to design the coordination study. 1.05 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES - DESCRIPTION A. Description of System: Connections of all items using electric power shall be included under this division of the specifications, including necessary wire, conduit, circuit protection, disconnects and accessories. Securing of roughing-in drawings and connection information for equipment involved shall also be included under this division. See other divisions for specifications for electrically operated equipment. Provide overcurrent protection for all wiring and equipment in accordance with the NEC, all federal, state and local codes as required and/or as shown on the drawings. 1.06 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES - SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and product data: Shop drawings shall clearly indicate; 1. Frame sizes and interrupting capacity of all circuit breakers. 2. Horsepower ratings of rated voltage of fused switches and/or circuit breakers. 3. Size and type of fuses being provided. 4. Device is U.L. Listed, and bears the U.L. Label. 5. Device complies with these specifications, drawings, and applicable standards of NEMA, IEEE, ANSI, and ASA. TFL-FM-404074 16470-2 8/1012004 16C5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS A. Equipment: The panelboard bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet and shall be surface or flush mounted as shown in the schedules. The box shall be fabricated from galvanized steel with standard baked enamel finish. Panelboard front shall include a door and shall have a flush, cylinder tumbler-type lock with catch and spring-loaded stainless steel door pull. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. All panel cabinets shall be a minimum of 20 inches wide. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim clamps which shall be completely concealed when the doors are closed. Doors shall be mounted with completely concealed steel hinges. Panel front shall not be removable with door in the locked position. B. Bus: Panelboard bus structure and main lugs or main circuit breaker shall have current ratings as shown on the panel board schedule. Bus shall be insulated and bus bar connections to the branch circuit breakers shall be of the "distributed phase" or phase sequence type. All current carrying parts of the bus structure shall be tin plated copper. A full size insulated neutral bus bar shall be provided. Provide system grounding tin plated copper bus bar bonded to the panelboard cabinet for connection of system grounding conductors. This bar shall be mechanically and electrically isolated from the neutral bar except where panelboard is used as service entrance equipment. C. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: All panelboard branch circuit breakers shall be bolt-on thermal-magnetic molded case type. Breakers shall be 1, 2 or 3 pole with an integral crossbar to assure simultaneous opening of all poles in multi-pole circuit breakers. Breakers shall have an overcenter, trip-free, toggle-type operating mechanism with quick-make, quick-break action and active handle indication. Handles shall have "ON", "OFF", and ''TRIPPED'' positions. Bolt-on circuit breakers shall be able to be installed in the panelboard without requiring additional mounting hardware. D. Solid State Circuit Breakers: Provide solid state circuit breakers for all breakers 400 amperes and above. Breakers shall have adjustable settings for long time pickup, long time delay, short-time pickup and short time delay. E. 120/208 Rating: 120/208 volt circuit breakers shall have interrupting ratings a minimum of 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 240 volts AC maximum. F. 277/480 Rating: 277/480 volt circuit breakers shall have interrupting ratings a minimum of 14,000 rms symmetrical amperes minimum at 277 volts AC (single pole) or 480Y/277 volts AC 2 and 3 pole. G. Switching Type: Single pole, 15 and 20 ampere circuit breakers intended to switch fluorescent lighting loads on a regular basis shall carry the SWD marking. H. Directories: A typed panel board directory shall be provided for each panelboard and shall indicate the actual circuit number used, room name and type of load. Room names shall be the actual name or room number used not necessarily as shown on the drawing. Panel directories shall include all room numbers and names. Where panel schedules are indicated on the drawings as "receptacles or "lighting", etc., it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to include the specific area served. I. Bracing: Panelboard as a complete unit shall be braced for a minimum short circuit rating equal to or greater than the lowest breaker symmetrical interrupting capacity as TFL-FM-404074 16470-3 8/10/2004 shown on the schedule. However, all panelboards shall be fully rated. No selRatinJ; 5, are allowed. J. Grounding: All panelboard cabinets shall have a system grounding bar bonded to the panelboard cabinet for connection of system grounding conductors. This bar shall be mechanically and electrically isolated from the neutral bar. K. Stubs: Provide four 3/4 inch conduits from all flush mounted panels to adjacent accessible ceiling space and mark "for future use". Provide pull cord in all empty conduits and provide plastic end bushing. L. Design Selection: 120/208V 480/277V Square "0", NQOO Cutler-Hammer: Pow-R-Line 1 General Electric: A-Series Siemens: S1 Series Square "0", N F Series Cutler-Hammer: Pow-R-Line 2 General Electric: A-Series Siemens: SUSE Series 600A thru 1200A Square "0": I-Line Cutler-Hammer: Pow-R-Line 4 General Electric: Spectra Series Siemens: 84/S5 Series Square "0": I-line Cutler-Hammer: Pow-R-Line 4 General Electric: Spectra Series Siemens: 84/S5 Series PART 3 - EXECUTION ~ / 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine area to receive panel board and assure that there is adequate clearances to meet NEC requirements and normal maintenance issues. B. Correction: Start work only after any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide panelboards in complete accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and all applicable codes. B. Support: Panelboards shall be rigidly supported and installed per manufacturers recommended supporting instructions, with beams provided if necessary, to suit actual site conditions. Panels shall not be directly mounted to masonry walls. Use kindorf or similar channel. C. Storage and Delivery: Panelboards shall be delivered to the site during that phase of panel board installation in order to avoid storing panels on site where damage may occur. Replace any damaged parts prior to energizing panel. Cover panelboard to avoid damage to finish. O. Mounting: Do not mount equipment directly to masonry or concrete walls. Provide two uni-strut spacers between wall and panelboard. TFL-FM-404074 16470-4 8/10/2004 16 C5 E. Operations and Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions for tightening bus connections, cleaning, operation and maintenance. 3.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Field test prior to energization; 1. Megger check, and record all data, of phase to phase and phase to ground insulation levels. 2. Continuity. 3. Proper phase relationship. 3.04 CHECK-OUT MEMO. A. General: Submit check-out memo from panelboard representative. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16470-5 8/10/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16476 SAFETY SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. . 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Switches and all components shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable standards of NEMA and UL. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Product data shall be submitted on: 1. Switch rating, including voltage, continuous current, short-circuit. 2. Fuse ratings, when applicable. 3. Cable terminal sizes. 4. Enclosure type. 5. Conduit entry/exit locations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES A. General: All disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty type, unless specifically noted otherwise. Switches shall be fusible or non-fusible and sized as noted on the drawings. Provide units manufactured by Siemens, GE, Square D or Cutler Hammer. B. Switches shall be 240 volt rated on systems up to and including 120/240V and 600V rated on higher voltage systems. All switches serving motor loads or 600V rated shall be horsepower rated. C. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure, unless otherwise noted. All switches mounted outdoors shall be NEMA Type 4X, stainless steel. D. Provide lugs on disconnect switch as required to accept conductors called for on drawings. E. Provide switches with an externally operated handle; quick make quick break mechanism; the handle shall be interlocked with the switch cover by means of a defeatable interlock device. The switch shall be lockable in the "off'position with a padlock. F. Switches shall have arc suppressors and pin hinges. Switch blades shall be readily visible in the OFF position. Switch blades and jaws shall be plated copper. Provide with line side terminal shields. TFL-FM-404074 16476 - 1 8/10/2004 16 GS. 2.02 FUSES A. General: All fuses shall be of the same manufacture to retain selectability as designed. No fuse shall be installed until equipment is ready to be energized and after tightening of all electrical connections, inspection of all ground and grounding conductors and a " megger test of adequate insulation to ground of all circuits. B. Current Limiting: All fuses shall be current-limiting with 200,000 amperes interrupting capacity. C. 601 Amps and Above: Fuses rated 601 amperes and larger shall be UL Class Land have a minimum time-delay of 45 seconds at 300% rating and have O-ring gas seals at the end bells. D. 600 Amps and Below.: Fuses rated 600 amperes or less, installed ahead of circuit breakers or circuit breaker panels, shall be UL Class K-1. Fuses rated 600 amperes or less for all general power circuits shall be dual-element, UL Class K-5 time-delay type. They shall be self protecting from extraneous heat. E. Motor Circuits: Fuses installed in individual motor circuits shall be dual element time- delay type, UL Class K-5. Use fuse reducers when fuse clip spacing is larger than the fuse dimension. F. Rejection Fuses: Fuses called for to be rejection type are to have rejection fuse holders. G. Spare Fuses: Ten percent or minimum of three, whichever is greater, of each size and type of fuse, including control power or control transformer fuses, shall be placed in a spare fuse cabinet, wall mounted near the electric service. H. Spare Fuse Cabinet: Cabinet shall be sized as required to store all fuses neatly. Cabinet shall contain shelves and/or slots as required to separate types of fuses. Cabinet door shall be hinged with latch. I. Identification Label: A fuse identification label, showing type and size, shall be placed inside the door of each fused switch. Labeling for rejection type fused switches shall read 'Warning-Use Only Current Limiting Fuses Class _ . Type _ , MFR _ ," engraved in red laminated plastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine area to receive safety switch and assure that there is adequate clearances to meet NEC requirements and normal maintenance issues. B. Correction: Start work only after any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide safety switches in complete accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and all applicable codes. TFL-FM-404074 16476 - 2 8/10/2004 B. Support: Switches shall be rigidly supported and installed per manufacturers recommended supporting instructions. Switches shall not be directly mounted to masonry walls; Use Kindorf, uni-strut or similar support. 16 CS C. Storage and Delivery: Safety switches shall be delivered to the site during that phase of installation in order to avoid storing switches on site where damage may occur. Replace any damaged parts prior to energizing. Cover to avoid damage to finish. J. Operations and Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions for tightening connections, cleaning, operation and maintenance. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. General: Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. B. Connections: Tighten lug connections and mechanical fasteners. C. Finish: Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. END OF SECTION TFl-FM-404074 16476 - 3 8/10/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16477 INDIVIDUALLY ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply towork specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Description of System: Provide enclosed unit-mounted overcurrent protection devices for all wiring and equipment in accordance with the NEC, all federal, state and locaf codes as required and/or as shown on the drawings. B. Discrepancies: If there are any conflicts or discrepancies in the construction documents or should the contractor disagree with the size of or application of, an overcurrent protection device called for on the drawings. the contractor shall bring it to the attention of the Engineer immediately. C. Manufacturer: All breakers shall be of the same manufacturer: Cutler Hammer, Square "D", General Electric, or Siemens. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Shop drawings shall clearly indicate: 1. Frame sizes and interrupting capacity of all circuit breakers. 2. Horsepower ratings of rated voltage of fused switches and/or circuit breakers. 3. Size and type of fuses being furnished. 4. Device is U.L. Listed, and bears the U.L. Label. 5. Device complies with these specifications, drawings, and applicable standards of NEMA, IEEE, ANSI, and ASA. 6. Submit coordination curves on log-log paper for all breakers. 7. Enclosure type and size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: All circuit breakers shall be molded-case, quick-make, quick-break, thermal- magnetic type. and shall be U.L. listed and rated for voltage and class of service to which applied. B. Multi-Pole Breakers: Double and triple pole breakers shall be of the common trip, single handle type. TFL-FM-404074 16477 -1 8/10/2004 , ... þ <>----- 16 C5 C. Fault Rating: Circuit breakers shall have a rating equal to or greater than the fault current available but in no case less than 10.000 amp interrupting capacity (AIC) at 240V and 14.000 AIC at 480V. Circuit breakers shall be fully rated for the available fault; Series rating is not allowed. ." ~ / D. Arc Fault: Arc-fault circuit interrupter device shall be provided where indicated on the drawings, and where required by NEC. Device shall be UL listed for operation required in recognizing characteristics unique to arcing. functioning to de-energize circuit when arc fault is detected. E. Shunt Trip: Shunt trip device shall be provided as breaker accessory. where indicated on drawings. Device shall trip breaker from remote location. via trip coil. For use with momentary or maintained push button. F. Ground Fault: Ground fault trip shall be provided as breaker accessory, where indicated on drawings. Device shall trip breaker electrically via ground fault sensing module. G. Solid State Circuit Breakers: Provide solid state circuit breakers for all breakers 400 amperes and above. Breakers shall have adjustable settings for long time pickup,long time delay, short-time pickup and short time delay. H. Enclosures: Provide NEMA 1 enclosure, unless otherwise noted. All breakers mounted outdoors shall be NEMA Type 3R or as noted NEMA Type 4X, stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine area to receive device and assure that there is adequate clearances to meet NEC requirements and normal maintenance issues. B. Correction: Start work only after any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide in complete accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and all applicable codes. B. Support: Enclosure shall be rigidly supported and installed per manufacturers recommended supporting instructions. Panels shall not be directly mounted to masonry walls; Use Kindorf, uni-strut or similar support. C. Storage and Delivery: Overcurrent device shall be delivered to the site during that phase of installation in order to avoid storing device on site where damage may occur. Replace any damaged parts prior to energizing panel. Cover enclosure to avoid damage to finish. D. Operations and Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions for tightening connections, cleaning, operation and maintenance. E. Work in Existing Distribution Equipment: Where drawings indicate new overcurrent protection devices to be installed in existing equipment, provide devices that match existing overcurrent device manufacturer. type. and mounting method. Match existing TFL-FM-404074 16477 - 2 8/10/2004 AIC ratings. 16 C5 3.03 TESTING A. Refer to section 16020 for requirements of testing by independent testing contractor, prior to energizing overcurrent devices. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16477 - 3 8/10/2004 _____·_.n..,,_... SECTION 16481 16 C5 MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the latest edition of the following standards as they apply to the different motor control types. B. ANSI: The latest edition of the Reference Standards for the American National Standards Institute shall apply as follows; 1. ANSI Y32.2, Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams. 2. ANSI Z55.1 (R1973) Gray finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment. C. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association shall apply as follows: 1. NEMA ICS-1, 2, 3, 4. 5, 6. controls and systems. D. NFPA: The latest adopted edition of the National Fire Protection Association shall apply as follows: 1. NFPA 70, National Electric Code (NEC). E. UL: The latest edition of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated shall apply as follows: 1. UL Electrical Construction Materials List, motor controllers. 1.03 INSTALLATION OF MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT A Responsibility: Unless specifically noted otherwise, motor controllers for all equipment requiring them shall be installed as part of this Division in conformance with other Sections of the specifications. Mechanical equipment, which has packaged starters, shall have controllers supplied with the mechanical equipment. B. Manufacturer: All starters shall be of the same manufacturer Cutler Hammer, Square "D", General Electric, or Siemens. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A Description: Motor controllers shall be factory-assembled. metal-enclosed motor control units for distribution and control of power from incoming line terminals to outgoing feeder terminals, installed and tested in place. TFL-FM-404074 16481-1 8/10/2004 ~ '-"~--..,....---~~..~.."- L6 C5 « B. Provisions: Motor Controllers shall include all protective devices and equipment as listed on drawings or as included in these specifications, with necessary interconnections, instrumentation, and control wiring. 1.05 SUBMITTALS "\ / A. Products: Submit manufacturer's product data, including technical information on each type of motor control as follows; 1. Individually mounted AC Magnetic Starters: Shop Drawings shall clearly indicate: a. Frame sizes and Interrupting Capacity of starter and/or disconnect unit. b. Horsepower rating at rated voltage of starter and/or disconnect unit. c. Electrical ratings. d. Single lin~ diagram for power and control connections with numbered terminals and all required accessories. e. All required accessories. f. Manufacturer's written recommendation for storage and protection, installation instructions and field test requirements. B. Test Reports: Provide reports of all production and field tests. Tests shall include rated continuous and short circuit currents. dielectric, grounding, operation and control. C. Operations and Maintenance Data: Provide manufacturer's instructions for tightening bus connections, performing cleaning, and operating and maintaining motor control unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Accessories: Controllers shall be equipped with auxiliary contacts, as required for proper control functiáns, minimum of two normally open auxiliary contacts, in addition to the normally open auxiliary seal-in interlock and shall be suitable for the addition of at least two additional external electrical interlocks, one normally open and one normally closed. All starters shall have green "run" and red "off' pilot lights, "Hand-Oft-Auto" selector switch, and nameplate. Control voltage shall be as required. Starters shall contain fused control transformers to provide correct control voltage. B. Power Monitor: For 3-phase motors mIl and above, controller shall include three-phase power monitor equal to Time Mark Corporation (Model #A258B, for 480V, 3 phase systems) (Model #2588 for 208V/240V, 3 phase systems) providing solid-state protection by opening starter for loss of any phase, low voltage of any or all phases, and phase reversal. Monitor shall be field adjustable for drop-out voltage of (340-480 V AC)( 160-240 V AC). Provide monitor with auto-reset. TFL-FM-404074 16481-2 8/10/2004 16·C5 C. Doors and Interlocks: Controller doors shall be interlocked mechanically with the unit disconnect device to prevent unintentional opening of the door while energized and unintentional application of power when door is open. Means shall be provided for releasing the interlock for intentional access to the interior at any time and intentional application of power, if desired, while door is open. Padlocking arrangements shall permit locking the disconnect device OFF with at least three padlocks with door closed or open. Unit disconnect operating handle shall be mounted on the disconnect, not on the unit door and shall indicate ON and OFF with door open or closed. Overload relays shall be reset from outside the enclosure by means of an insulated bar or button. Auxiliary switch shall be included with the disconnect switch to disconnect control circuit when the disconnect is opened. D. .Controller Ratings: Controllers shall be rated in accordance with NEMA sizes and horsepower ratings. All controllers shall be gravity dropout. All controllers size 5 and smaller shall have double break silver alloy contacts; starters size 6 and larger shall employ single break contacts. All contacts must be capable of being inspected, and must be removable, without removing line or load wiring. Coils on starters, size 5 and smaller, shall be molded construction. On size 6 and larger, coils may be form wound, taped, varnished and baked. E. Control Voltage: Each controller shall contain fused control transformer to provide correct control voltage. Control voltage shall be as required. Furnish control transformers as required. F. Internal Control Wiring: Each control wiring conductor shall have heat shrink identification labels on each end of termination. Terminations shall be made to screw terminal strips. All points of terminal strips are to be labeled to match conductor labeling. G. Withstand ratings: Complete controller assemble shall have rating equal to or greater than available fault current, but in no case less than 35,000 amperes for 3-cycles. 2.02 ACROSS-THE-LlNE MAGNETIC CONTROLLERS A. Combination Starter and Disconnect: Combination starters and disconnect switches shall be a combination across-the-line magnetic type starter with motor short-circuit protector (magnetic only breaker) disconnect, rated in accordance with NEMA Standards, sizes and horsepower rating. Final magnetic setting of MCP shall be field set and recorded. Unit shall be mounted on NEMA I enclosures, unless otherwise noted. B. Individual Starter Without Disconnect: Individually mounted starters shall be across-the- line magnetic type rated in accordance with NEMA Standards, sizes, and horsepower ratings. Unit shall be mounted on NEMA I enclosure, unless otherwise noted. C. General: Starters shall be equipped with double break silver alloy contacts. All contacts shall be replaceable from front without removing starter from enclosure. Overload relays shall be provided in each phase, and shall be alloy or bimetallic type. Thermal units shall be of the one-piece construction and interchangeable. 2.07 ENCLOSURES A. Two (2) ground lugs shall be furnished, one (1) for incoming and one (1) for outgoing ground connections. B. Power terminations shall consist of pressure-type terminals for top or bottom entrance. TFL-FM-404074 16481-3 8/10/2004 16 C5·j B. Nema Rating: Unit shall be supplied as NEMA 1 enclosed, unless otherwise noted. All enclosures mounted outdoors shall be NEMA Type 4R or as noted NEMA Type 4X, stainless steel. C. Gauge: Enclosures shall not be less than 16-gauge steel. Type 12 enclosures shall be of welded construction with gasketed heat sink and doors. '~ , D. Operating Handle: The operating handle of the disconnect, when supplied, shall always remain connected to the breaker or switch. The operating handle shall not be mounted on the door of the enclosure, but on the controller for safe "stand-aside" operation. The position of the operating handle will indicate ON or OFF position of switch or circuit breaker and include provision for padlocking in the OFF position. E. Door Interlock: Interlock provisions shall prevent unauthorized opening or closing of the starter door with the disconnect in the ON position. F. Lifting Means: The structure, when floor-mounted, shall be provided with adequate lifting means and shall be capable of being rolled or lifted into installation position and bolted to the floor. G. Status Panel: A door-mounted status panel shall provide individual light emitting diodes (LEDs) to indicate run, undervoltage, phase loss, phase current unbalance, overcurrent trip, over-temperature, current limit, end of ramp, and incorrect phase rotation. H. Devices in Motor Control Centers: Units enclosed in motor control centers shall be of the same manufacturer as that of the circuit breaker and motor control center for coordination and design issues. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Coordination: Examine area to receive motor-control units to assure adequate clearance for motor control unit installation. B. Provision: Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage: Do not store indoor motor control units exposed to weather. B. Protection: Physically protect motor control units against damage from work of other trades. Cover motor control units with suitable material to avoid damage to finish. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide motor control units in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and the NEC. TFL-FM-404074 16481-4 8/10/2004 16 C ~5 3.04 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing: Perform tests according to motor control unit manufacturer's instructions. Field tests prior to energizing as follows; 1. Megger check of phase to phase to ground insulation levels. 2. Continuity. 3. Short Circuit. 3.05 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. General: Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. B. Connections: Tighten bus connections and mechanical fasteners. C. Finish: Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. 3.06 CHECK-OUT MEMO A. General: Submit check-out memo from motor controller manufacturer's representative. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16481-5 8/10/2004 .16 C5 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Description of System: Light fixtures provided under this Division shall·be provided complete with lamps and all necessary trim and mounting hardware, and installed as shown on the drawings. Light fixtures shall be neatly and firmly mounted, using standard supports for outlets and fixtures. Lamps shall be included in the system guarantee for a period of 90 days after final acceptance of the building. All fixtures and associated products shall be UL listed for the application intended. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted for all fixtures ballasts, lamps, special accessories, etc. Submittals for fixtures that require modifications either as specified or as required to fit this projects' architectural field conditions (Le. luminous ceiling, wall/slot fixtures, special fixtures) shall also be provided. 1. Shop drawings shall be complete showing all dimensions and installation instructions required for this project's architectural/field conditions. 2. Shop drawings for exterior post/pole mounted light fixtures shall be provided and shall clearly indicate hand hole and lightning protection ground lug mounted to post/pole at handhole inside post/pole. Submit information on pole mounting, concrete base, etc. B. Product Data: Product data shall be submitted for all light fixtures showing: 1. dimensions 2. U.L. Label 3. fusing 4. metal gauge 5. lens/louver thickness 6. finish 7. voltage 8. lamps 9. ballasts C. Product data shall be submitted showing manufacturer's written recommendations for storage and protection. and installation instructions. 1.04 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protection: Physically protect fixtures against damage as recommended by manufacturer. TFL-FM-404074 16500-1 8/10/2004 16 C5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Fusing: All fluorescent fixtures provided under this Division which do not have electronic ballasts shall be individually fused with a renewable fuse in an external GLR holder. All fluorescent ballasts shall be CBM-ETL accepted, and shall be of the automatic thermal resetting type Class P. Provide ten extra renewable fuses to the Owner. B. Testing: All fixtures shall adhere to UL Test Standard No. 1571 and Section 410-65(c) of the National Electrical Code. C. Mounting: The contractor shall provide fixture trims and supports as required to match type of ceiling system. No ceiling fixture shall be ordered until the Ceiling System Installer has given written acceptance of the method and location of fixture hanging and fixture type. Fixtures shall be supported independent of the suspended ceiling system. Provide closed link jack chain at all four comers of fixtures utilizing a trapeze inverted "Y" connection. Provide individual supports at all four comers when trapeze connections conflict with mechanical work. D. Labels: All light fixtures and ballasts shall be UL listed. All light fixtures shall not have any labels exposed to normal viewing angles. This includes manufacturer labels and U.L. labels. All labels shall be concealed within the body of the fixture. No manufacturers name or logo shall appear on the exterior of any light fixtures unless accepted in writing by the engineer. 2.02 ELECTRONIC BALLAST A. General: Ballast shall be electronic type, high power factor and shall be covered by a five-year warranty against defects. Warranty shall include payment for normal labor costs of replacements of inoperative in-warranty ballasts. Ballast shall be rated for voltage system to which applied. The electronic ballast shall incorporate the following min. features: 1. Solid state ballast shall be compatible for use with F-32(32W), F-25(25W) and F- 17(17W) straight biax-type lamps. 2. Ballast shall be high frequency (20-62.5 KHz) and operate without detectable flicker. 3. Ballast shall be constant current rated 95 percent power factor. 4. Ballast shall have a thermo-setting, non-toxic, fire retardant partial filler to serve as a conformal coating and protective insulator against both internal and external damage. 5. Ballast shall have internal regulation of power consumption and light output under input line voltage fluctuations. 6. Ballast shall be minimum "A" sound rated and operate quiet. 7. Ballast case temperature shall not exceed 90 degrees C. 8. Ballast shall contain MOV transient surge protection. 9. Ballast shall not cause RFI interference. 10. Ballast shall have total harmonic distortion of less than 20 percent. 11.Ballasts (including compact fluorescent ballasts) shall be Instant Start Type B. Manufacturers: All ballasts shall be compatible to lamps provided. Ballasts shall be provided by one of the following manufacturers. No substitutions are allowed: 1. Advance 2. Osram/Sylvania 3. Universal Lighting Products (ULP) TFL-FM-404074 16500-2 8/10/2004 16 C5 2.05 T -8 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. General: Provide lamps as follows: 1. 4 foot lamps, T-8, 32 watts, 4100 degrees K, 80 minimum CRI, 2850 minimum initial lumens, 20,000 average life. B. Design Selection: OSRAM-Sylvania, GE, or Philips. 2.08 COMPACT FLUORESCENT A. Lamps shall be 4100 degrees K, CRI of 82 minimum. Lamps 13 watts and below shall be rated minimum 10,000 hours life. Lamps 18 watts and above shall be rated minimum . 10,000 hours life. Refer to light fixtures schedule for wattage of lamps. B. Design Selection: 1. OSRAM-Sylvania 2. GE 3. Philips 2.09 INCANDESCENT LAMPS A. General: Incandescent lamps shall be rated 130 volts. Average minimum rated lamp life shall be 2500 hours. B. Design Selection: SuperSaver by OSRAM-Sylvania, Watt-miser by GE, or Econo-watt by Philips. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sealing: Ducseal shall be installed to seal all conduits entering exterior light fixtures from underground. B. Instructions: Install all fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and NEC. C. Suspended Installation: Pendant mounted fluorescent fixtures installed in exposed ceiling areas are to be suspended from structure with all-thread rods and 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch Kindorf channels, full length of fixturelrow. Mount outlet box at structure with flexible connection to fixture. D. Coordination: Coordinate fixtures installed in mechanical rooms with piping and ductwork prior to installation and relocate fixtures as required to provide proper illumination and access. E. All ballasts shall be securely mounted to eliminate resonate humming. 3.02 LAMPS A. Lamps: Provide two extra lamps for every HID lamp type. Provide ten extra lamps for every incandescent lamp type. Provide ten extra lamps for every fluorescent lamp type. TFL-FM-404074 16500-3 8/10/2004 16 C5 B. Lamps shall be "burned in" for a period of 30 days prior to substantial completion of the project. All lamps requiring replacement (flickering, bum out, etc.) during this period through 90 days after Owner Acceptance shall be done so at no additional cost. 3.03 CLEAN-UP "'. i A. Luminaires: Prior to the Owner move-in, the Contractor shall clean all fixtures and remove any dust or dirt. Wash lens and glassware using cleaner such as "Windex" and dry with absorbent cloth. Clean plastic per manufacturer's recommendations; do not wipe. Clean "Alzak" aluminum surfaces (reflectors, fixture cones and the like) per manufacturer's recommendations being careful to remove fingerprints and smudges. END OF SECTION J TFL-FM-404074 16500-4 8/10/2004 16 C5 SECTION 16701 COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 SUBMITTAL A. Scope: TechnicallnfDrmatíon brochures shall be submitted for approval before the start of construction as noted in other Sections of these specifications. The brochure shall be a part of the brochure as submitted by Division 16, shall contain the following additional information, and shall be prepared as fallows~ 1. Provide complete front panel equipment fabrication dimensions with equipment locations of equipment racks and cabinets. 2. Submittal shall include equipment wiring terminal point-to-point color coded wiring diagrams. Drawings shall show each item of equipment, locations, all wiring, and all connections. Drawings shall be the same size as contract drawings. Wiring shall be as described by the specifications or if no color code is specifically mentioned, the color code shall be as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. All sheets shall include a right hand margin title block (see contract drawings). All devices schematically represented on wiring diagrams shall be identified with room numbers corresponding to equipment locations in the building. 3. Submittal shall include block-diagram of equipment to show equipment relationship and signal flow paths. 4. Fire alarm system drawings shall show the current requirements of each device in each circuit and the total required for each circuit module for supervisory current status, alarm current requirements, battery standby current and the calculations, and transformer size selection calculations. 5. Submittal information shall include the following manufacturer's published data and specific data for the system or equipment submittal for approval: (1) Complete operating instructions, (2) Complete schematic drawings for each item of equipment, (3) Complete maintenance instructions. 6. The Contractor shall submit with equipment submittal a complete resume of systems installed during the past five years of this type and size. 7. A resume outlining the technical background of the system contractor foreman for this project shall be provided. 8. license: Contractor shall submit a copy of state of Florida license. 1.03 QUALITY A. Substituted Materials: The Contractor is expected to base his bid on màterials and equipment complying fully with the drawings and specification. In the evént he bases his TFl-FM-404074 16701-1 8/10/2004 --,..----- 16 C5 bid on materials or equipment which do not conform, he shall be responsible for providing materials and equipment which fully conform at no change in his contract price. In any case, where a specific specification for any item that is required is not shown, the Contractor shall provide only the best quality equipment or material consistent with the quality of other specified equipment and material. The items of equipment shall be provided in the quantity as shown by the drawings or in the quantity as specified herein. .'. B. Responsibility of Substitutions: The use of acceptable equipment does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the substituted equipment. The Contractor, at no cost to the Owner, shall remove and replace with the specified equipment any equipment or system that shows evidence of improper operation, function, or size. C. Responsibility: It is the responsibility of the Contractor to supply a working overall system. All equipment and material as well as labor must be provided whether or not specifically mentioneçi in the specification or shown by the drawings. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Authorized Distributor: Proof shall be required at the time of equipment submittal for acceptance. that the Company or Firm is an accepted representative for the sale, installation, and service of the equipment submitted for acceptance. B. Qualifications of Distributor: Proof shall be required at the time of submittal acceptance that the Firm or Company is an established organization, within (100) miles of the project, and has successfully completed projects of this type and has an acceptable reputation for service to installations of this type. Distributor, if requested, shall submit the name and location of similar project and dates of completion. Distributor must maintain a fully- staffed and equipped service organization, and must regularly offer maintenance service for systems of this type and size. C. Contractor Qualifications: The Contractor directly responsible for this work shall be a "Systems Contractor" who is, and who has been, regularly engaged in the providing and installation of commercial and industrial communication systems of this type and size for at least the immediate past fIVe years. D. Training: All equipment shall be installed by a technician trained by the equipment manufacturer or a recognized training school or course for the installations of this type system. The Contractor shall, if requested by the Engineer, show proof of a specific individual's training. E. Installers: The Systems Contractor shall directly employ a suitable number of skilled systems installers whose normal work is systems installation, who shall provide all systems equipment and who shall make the wire and cable connections thereto. F. Provisions: As part of the project submittal it shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the Contractor has: 1. Adequate plant and equipment to do the work properly and expeditiously. 2. Adequate staff and technical experience. 1.05 WARRANTY, SERVICE AND INSTRUCTION A. Warranty: The System Contractor shall provide, at no cost to the Owner, a one year warranty to replace or repair any parts or units that may fail or prove to be inoperative by normal use. '-"----> TFL-FM-404074 16701-2 8/10/2004 16 C~5 B. Service: Contractor shall provide service within 24 hours of request for service, and between 8 A.M. to 5 P.M. Monday through Friday. C. Instruction: The Systems Contractor shall provide a one time, minimum four-hour period of instruction to the Owner, at no cost to the Owner, between 8 A.M. to 5 P.M. Monday through Friday. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS OF EQUIPMENT A. General: In order for systems or equipment substitutions to be accepted, complete catalog data proving that the proposed equipment and design is equal to the equipment and design as specified shall be submitted for acceptance. All systems, except the systems used for design criteria as indicated by model number and/or name of manufacturer, shall be submitted for acceptance not less than 10 days prior to bid date, complete with engineering data including signal flow, diagrams, for system analysis. The submittals shall be reviewed, and if acceptable, an addendum shall be issued indicating specific acceptability. B. Manufacturers: Any Model number or manufacturer's name shown without an additional accepted substitution model number or manufacturer's name shall be as specified and substitutions shall not be accepted. C. Testing of Samples: Where, in the Engineers opinion. the submittal data or the manufacturer's literature is insufficient for purposes of an evaluation, the individual or firm making the submittal shall arrange for sample items of equipment to be delivered to the Engineer for his inspection and evaluation or the Contractor shall arrange for a field test of the equipment, as may be requested by the Engineer. 1.07 EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION A. Underwriters laboratories, Inc.: All fire alarm equipment, including accessories to the system and including all wire and cable, shall be listed by the Underwriters' laboratories product directory called "Fire Protection Equipment" and/or "The Electrical Construction Materials list." B. Factory Mutual, Inc.: An equivalent listing by Factory Mutual shall be required for fire alarm system equipment. 1.08 CODES AND STANDARDS A. National Fire Protection Association: Fire alarm system devices shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70, 72, 90A, 101, and all additional applicable codes. B. local Authority having Jurisdiction: Equipment shall be installed in accordance with requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. General: Products shall be as specified in the appropriate section of the specifications as specified herein. TFl-FM-404074 16701-3 8/10/2004 "'-- PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 C5 3.01 EXECUTION OF THE WORK A. Drawings: The drawings are diagrammatic. The Contractor shall correlate final equipment locations with governing Architectural and all engineering drawings and lay out all work before installation so that all trades may provide equipment in spaces available. The Contractor shall provide coordination as required for the installation ofthe system in a neat and workmanlike manner. " B. Existing Conditions: The Contractor shall check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding and advise Engineer of discrepancies prior to bid. C. Coordination: The Contractor shall provide all required coordination and supervision where work connects. to or is affected by work of others, and comply with all requirements affecting this Division. Work required under other divisions, specifications, or drawings to be performed by this section shall be coordinated by the Contractor. D. Wiring: All wiring unless otherwise noted, shall be of the same accepted type as used for electric light power wiring. Wiring shall meet the requirements of all National, State and local electrical codes and NFPA. The sizes of the wires shall be those specified. Color code shall be used throughout. All wires shall be test free from ground, crosses between conductors, and shorts. E. Connections: All connections of stranded wire to screw terminals shall be by insulated spade lugs, crimp fastened to wire. No splices shall be made within a conduit run. All non-terminal block connections shall be made with mechanical connectors or rosin core solder, with insulation equal to conductor insulation and as accepted by the Engineer. F. Wiring: All conductors shall be marked with wrap type (Brady labels. All terminal block terminations shall be labeled. The inside portion of the terminal cabinet doors shall display a protected terminal cabinet drawing with all connections shown and described as to color code, number assigned to connection function of conductor and destination. Wire shall be guided within terminal cabinets by cable supports. All conductors shall be neatly led to terminations. G. Cabinets: All communication cabinets shall be labeled with an engraved plastic laminate label riveted to the door. Cabinet designation shall be as shown on the contract drawings. H. Equipment Installation: All equipment shall be mounted flush to the mounting surface and shall be plumb. The Contractor shall coordinate the location of all conduit, boxes and requirements. The Contractor shall examine boxes at the proper time to assure correct box alignment and type. All screws shall be of the correct type for each device as to head size, material and slot type. I. Standards: Installation shall conform to the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. Workmanship shall be of the highest quality. All connections and equipment installation and ådjustment shall be made by or supervised by a Journeyman Electronic Technician. J. Final: The systems upon completion, shall be complete in every respect-clean, operating and properly adjusted and in perfect operating condition. TFL-FM-404074 16701-4 8/10/2004 16 C5 3.02 ENGINEER'S FINAL INSPECTION A. Scheduling: Before requesting a final inspection, all systems shall be inspected by the equipment manufacturer's representative. When the system and all equipment is in place and is operating properly, the manufacturer's representative shall complete the check-out memo and have all equipment ready for final inspection. Final as-built drawings and brochures shall be provided to the Engineer one week prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404074 16701-5 8/10/2004 SECTION 16709 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS . 16 C5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Surge Suppressors for AC Power Systems B. Surge Suppressors Communication Circuits 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16110: Raceways and Conduits 1.03 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS . A. General: The latest edition of the following standards and publications shall apply to the work of this section; 1. ANSIIIEEE C62.33 IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Varistor Surge Protective Devices. 2. ANSI/IEEE C62.35 IEEE Standard Test Specification for Avalanche Junction Semiconductor Surge Protective Devices. 3. ANSI/IEEE C62.36 IEEE Standard Test Methods for Surge Protectors Used in Low- Voltage AC Power Circuits. 4. ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1 - 2002 IEEE Guide on the surge environment in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits, including a broad database. 5. IEEE C62.41.2 - 2002 - IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage (1000V and less) AC Power Circuits. 6. ANSI/IEEE C62.45 - 2002 Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 7. IEEE Standard 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding 8. IEEE Standard 518 Recommended Guide on Electrical Noise 9. UL-1283 Standard for Safety - Electromagnetic Interference Filters 10. UL-1449, 2nd Edition Standard for Safety - Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors 11. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 12. NFPA 75 Standard for Protection of Electronic Computer Systems 13. NFPA 780 Standard fo~ the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems 14. Military Standard (MIL Std.) 220A TFL-FM-404074 16709-1 8/10/2004 -.,.-_......-w_"~"..<' 16 C5 15. Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) Publication 94 a. CCITT Rec. K-17 Waveform specification for electronic systems 16. NEMA LS-1 Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices J 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Transient voltage surge suppressor (TVSS) or Surge Protective Device (SPD) is the equipment required for the protection, within specified and tested limits, of AC electrical circuits and electronic equipment from the effects of lightning induced voltages, external switching transients and internally generated switching transients. Individual suppressors shall be provided where shown on the drawings. 1.05 SUBMITIALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 16010, Basic Electrical Requirements. B. Submit installation details for all suppressors demonstrating mechanical and electrical connections to equipment being protected. C. Submit specific test data for the actual method of installation proposed. Submittals will not be reviewed unless they include proper project related data. Interpretation of standard manufacturers published data will not be acceptable unless the data coincides with the actual installation procedure, including wiring lengths, overcurrent and short circuit protection, clearances and space requirements. D. Submittals shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following data; 1. Complete data for each suppressor type indicating conductor sizes, conductor types, connection configuration, lead lengths and all appropriate dimensions. 2. Dimensions for each suppressor type indicating mounting dimensions and required accessory hardware. 3. Certified test data from a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory indicating the ability of the product to meet or exceed all requirements of this specification. Tested units shall survive all testing and be fully functional without damage. 4. If requested, a sample, which will be returned, of each suppressor type to be used shall be submitted. 5. Drawings shall be provided indicating suppressor mounting arrangement and lead length configuration, and mounting arrangement of remote diagnostic equipment and assemblies. 6. List and detail all protection systems such as fuses, disconnecting means and protective materials. 7. Documentation of type of suppression components utilized within the TVSS to perform the rated and tested purpose. Documentation provided to UL for listing purposes is acceptable. Confidentiality agreements will be signed as required for access to this documentation. TFL -FM40407 4 16709-2 8/10/2004 16 C5 8. Listing to UL 1449, 2nd Edition and include UL 1449 2nd Edition listing/classification page verifying UL clamping voltage stated on catalog data. 9. Conformance to appropriate referenced standards and publications listed in paragraph 1.03A. 10. The submittal shall include a listed comparison and proof of compliance with each paragraph of these specifications. E. Submitted components shall comply through verified testing to the minimum and maximum values listed and shall be equal to or better than the characteristics specified herein. 1.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Submit in accordance with Section 16010, Basic Electrical Requirements. 1.07 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record actual locations of suppressors, grounding terminations, bonding connections, and routing of system conductors in project record documents. B. Installation Certification: After installation, the manufacturer shall furnish a letter indicating that the installation was inspected by a factory authorized representative, the date of inspection, date equipment was put into service, and that it meets all of the manufacturer's wiring and installation requirements. Submit three copies to the Engineer for review. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surge suppression, grounding and bonding shall effectively protect within tested limits, the systems to which applied against lightning transients, internal and external switching transients. and other surge transients throughout a ten year unconditional warranty period. Surge Protective devices (SPD) and related grounding and bonding systems shall be designed and installed in such a manner that normal operation, performance ratings, and listing of the system is not impaired by the installation of such devices, wiring or connections. B. Any SPD which shows evidence of failure or incorrect operation during the ten year warranty period shall be repaired or replaced at no expense to Owner including labor and materials. Since "Acts of Nature" or similar statements include the lightning threat to which these suppression devices shall be exposed, any such general clause limiting warranty responsibility in the general conditions of this specification shall not apply to this section. The warranty shall cover the entire device not just the modules. C. Installation of SPD in or on electrical or electronic distribution systems and equipment shall in no way compromise or violate equipment listing, function, labeling, or warranty of the distribution equipment. D. All surge protective devices (SPD) and supporting components shall be guaranteed by the installing contractor to be f(ee of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ten years from the date of substantial completion for the system to which the SPD is attached. Suppressors or components damaged prior to substantial completion shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS ,. ., A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in surge suppression equipment of the type herein specified with minimum ten years documented experience. TFL-FM-404074 16709-3 8/10/2004 ~6 C5 B. Installer: Installation shall be by the manufacturer or a duly licensed electrical contractor. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work with electrical installations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A The intent of this specification is to allow manufacturers with similar equipment utilizing silicon avalanche diode or metal oxide varistor (MOV) technology to provide transient voltage surge suppression which will adequately protect equipment within the guidelines set forth herein. B. The surge protective devices manufacturer shall offer factory repair service and replacement for all units. The manufacturer shall provide this service within four working days, and provide replacement components shipped to the Owner for installation within the allocated response time. C. Single Sources of Supply: All AC power suppressors (SPD) shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer - Advanced Protection Technology (APT). Leviton. EFI Electronics Corp., G.E.,Cutler Hammer and Atlantic Scientific. All electronic system suppressors shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer, Transtector, Northern Technologies, Ditek, Cutler Hammer. EDCO, Phoenix, Polyphaser or Atlantic Scientific. Manufacturers listed herein have demonstrated that they can provide equipment that meets or exceeds all specification requirements with specific models tested. Specific demonstration of meeting all specification requirements is required for any submitted equipment even though listed herein. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Main Service and Distribution Equipment Suppressors (SPD): The AC. Voltage Surge Protective Devices shall be a high speed, high current solid-state device designed to protect electronic equipment and electrical systems from transient over voltages. It shall safely limit the magnitude of a transient overvoltage present on the AC. service or distribution power lines. The suppressor shall provide continuous bi-polar. bi-directional. non-interrupting protection and be capable of instant automatic reset with a maximum of 0.5% degradation in protection capabilities. Gas tubes are not acceptable. The suppressor shall be solid state, utilizing silicon junction avalanche diodes or MOV's. At maximum surge current dissipation. the device shall not exceed the maximum voltage protection level (MXVPL). The suppressor assembly shall be installed on the load side and in parallel with the service main disconnect, distribution or branch panel main lugs or breaker as shown. Connect suppressor to over current protection sized as shown with an AIC rating equal to panel or switch gear rating. The suppressor shall be contained in an enclosure appropriate for the environmental application in accordance with paragraph 2.02C. In addition, it shall have status indicator lights, dry contacts with remote alarm capabilities and an audible alarm. Suppressors shall be assembled as modular units to permit quick. easy replacement of failed components. Provide one spare "module" of each type suppressor for Owner's use. If entire suppressor is one module, provide one complete spare. TFL-FM-404074 16709-4 8/10/2004 16 C5 1. Electrical Characteristics a. Voltage 480/277 V AC 120/208 VAC b. Frequency 50160 Hz 50/60 Hz c. Phases 3 phase 3 phase d. Wiring configuration 4 wire, Wye 4 wire, Wye e. IEEE 62.41.2-20Ò2 (Tables 2,3, and 4) categories unless otherwise indicated on the drawings: Service Entrance Sizes ~ 600A C low (6kv/3ka) C low (6kv/3ka) including optional 1 OOk including optional 100k . H~ ring wave test H~ ring wave test > 600 A C high (20kv/10ka) C high (20kv/10ka) including optional 1 OOK including optional 1 OOk H~ ring wave test H~ ring wave test Distribution or Sub -panels C low(6kv/3ka) including C low(6kv/3ka) including optional100k optional100k H~ ring wave test Hi! ring wave test f. IEEE 62.41.2-2002 (Table 7) 10/1000 µs long wave requirements. Use "High Exposure" level for all suppressor locations. 1 kV & 4 kA 0.5 kV & 2 kA 2. Electrical Performance a. Max. Voltage Protection Level 750 volts 400 volts (MXVPl)(l-N)(1 Ox1000 µsec peak peak long wave) b. Max. Voltage Protection Level per IEEE 62.41.2-2002 900 volts 450 volts (6kv 1.2J50µS, peak peak 3 ka 8/20µS) C low (20KV 1.2/50µS; 10KA 8/20µs) 900 volts 500 volts Chigh peak peak Ul1449 2nd Edition SVR's 800 volts 400 volts (6 kv, 1.2/50µs;0.5 ka 8/20µs) peak peak c. Max. Continuous Operating 115% 115% Voltage (MCOV) of nominal minimum minimum line TFl-FM-404074 16709-5 8/10/2004 16 C5 d. Max. Surge Current Dissipation See 2.02.A.1.e & f See 2.02.A.1.e & f per Phase per Polarity (the voltage protection levels per paragraphs 2.02.A.2.a & b shall not be '\ exceeded during this performance test.) J / e. Response Time 55 ns ~5ns f. Min. Service Life The suppressor shall be provided with a 10 year unconditional warranty or shall meet the following surge tests without being damaged or changing the voltage protection level (clamping voltage) by ±10% of initial value provided. Maximum 50-60 seconds between pulses. (1 ) Shortwave Test - surge current and voltage 1000 surges 1000 surges (6kV, 1.2I50µs; 3kA, 8/20µS) Clow (20kv, 1.2/50µS; 10ka, 8/20µS) C high (2) Longwave - surge current 5000 surges 5000 surges (10 x 1000 µs) (1kv & 4 kA@ 277V 0.5 kV & 2 kA @ 120V) h. Temperatures - (1 ) Operating ODC to +50°C. O°C to +50DC. (2) Storage -20°C to +65°C. -20°C to +65DC. i. Electrical Safety UL 1449 UL 1449 2nd Edition Lst. 2nd Edition Lst. including AIC rating including AIC rating j. Suppression system shall be normal mode (L-N) only (for 480/277V AC & 208/120 VAC services). L-G & N-G may be provided only where filtering circuitry is NOT included in these modes. k. Power On Indicators and Failure Detection (for 480/277V AC & 208/120 V AC): A lighted panel on the cover shall provide indication that the suppressor is properly activated and shall also indicate mode failure. If the suppressor fails, an isolated 2 amp 120 VAC contact shall close. In addition, an audible alarm with manual silence and reset provisions shall be provided. I. Failure mode - SPD's shall be designed to fail shorted. Any fuses in series with the SPD's shall not open during a surge event. Fuses shall only operate during a fault condition. TFL-FM-404074 16709-6 8/10/2004 16 C5 B. Disconnect: Main service suppressors shall be provided with an integral fused disconnect switch or external branch circuit breaker as shown or required by UL Breakers and suppressors shall have an AIC fault interrupting rating (AIC) equal or greater than the AIC rating of the equipment to which it is connected. The length of wiring from the tap at the service conductors to the suppressor being protected, however, shall not exceed the maximum length permitted by manufacturer, to maintain the maximum voltage protection level. Suppressors may be installed within switchgear or panelboards where permitted under UL label or listing, provisions, suppressors are completely and easily accessible for replacement of module(s), indicator lights are visible exterior to the enclosure and audible alarm can be easily heard. C. Enclosures: Enclosures for main service suppressors shall be as follows; 1. Minimum 14 gauge painted steel or suitable enclosure to meet the NEMA selected requirements as listed with fully hinged door and lockable latch. a. NEMA 1 (General Purpose). b. NEMA 4 Watertight, and dust-tight. c. NEMA 4X Watertight, dust-tight and corrosion resistant. d. NEMA 12 Dust-tight and drip-tight (where specified on drawings). D. Operation Status Indicator, Audible remote signaling and Visual Systems for service entrance equipment: 1. Install in front enclosure of equipment a. Visual System Equipment with LED indicator lights per phase. 1. Protection: Suppressor Working - Green LED's. 2. Warning/Fault: Suppressor Burnout - Red LED's. 3. LED's shall be field replaceable. 4. Other visual indicators where approved. b. Remote Signaling (1) Relay with Auxiliary Form C contacts: Two sets @ 2 ampere, 120 volts each. 1 Set N.D. and 1 set N.C. to operate upon failure of suppression module, blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker in suppressor module or in disconnect switch for alarm connection to remote location. c. Audible - The audible alarm shall activate upon a fault condition within the suppressor. An alarm silence/reset switch and push-to-test switch shall be provided. E. Plug-in Receptacle SPD Devices: (Receptacles Suppressor) - Unit shall include the following features: 1. Instant automatic reset after safely eliminating transient surges from switching transients. induced lightning, inductive motor switching and other forms of transient over voltages in normal mode (L-N) only. TFL-FM-404074 16709-7 8/1012004 -...---_._-- 6 C5" 2. Designed for 120 VAC, 1 phase (3 wire service), plug-in applications arranged to plug into any 15 or 20 amp, duplex, grounded receptacle. 3. A minimum of two single or one duplex, grounded 20 amp receptacles. 4. To be connected in parallel. 5. Employ only solid-state, silicon avalanche junction diode suppressors or metal oxide varistors. 6. Response time: less than 5 nanoseconds. 7. Suppression power: Minimum 12,000 watts or 12 joules. (10 x1000 µS pulse), at a max.VPL of 300Vpeak. 8. Operating temperature: -O°C to 50°C. 9. Voltage (1/ peak) protection level: 220 Minimum, 300 Maximum (10x1000 µS pulse). 330 maximum per UL 1449. 2nd Edition. 10. Service Frequency: 50/60 Hertz. 11. Life expectancy: 10 years plus. Minimum 10 year unconditional warranty. 12. Indicator light to turn on when unit is non-operational. (Usually Off) 13. Internally fused to take unit off-line· if it self-sacrifices to protect against catastrophic power failure. Equipment plugged into suppressor shall continue to operate. 14. Warranty: 3 year guarantee to be repaired or replaced at no cost if damaged by normal operating use during the warranty period. 15. U.L. 1449, 2nd Edition listed (6kV 1.2/50 µs; 500 A 8/20 µS). 16. IEEE C62.41.2 - 2002 Cat. A and B tests for tables 2 and 3 ring wave and combination wave tests. Select category based on locations as defined in IEEE C62.41.2 - 2002. F. Receptacle suppressor with one input and one output RJ-11 jacks: Unit shall be same as in paragraph 'E' above with the addition of 1-telephone protector and 2-RJ-11 (input and output) jacks with common grounds with the AC power. Telephone protector shall have the fonowing characteristics and shall provide common and normal mode protection. 1. D-C Protective Level voltage (maximum) T-R .. ......... .... ......................300-380V T -G.. ........ ......... ....... ........ ... .300-380V R-G..................................... .300-380V 2. Leakage Current {max @ 60HZ).............<10µa 3. Holding current {min.)...................260 ma 4. Peak On-State Voltage h = 1A............3V TFL-FM-404074 16709-8 8/10/2004 16 C5 5. Response time............................<1ns 6. Peak Pulse Current (10x1000µs) a. Applied between T-R, T-G, R-G.......100A b. Applied simultaneously T-G and R-G.......200A 7. Capacitance.............................. <1 OOpf G. 120V direct nipple-connected Hard Wired suppressors shall be provided with mounting provisions and wire leads for hardwire connection. Suppressors shall have the same characteristics as the above specified receptacle suppressors (E). H. Bonding and Grounding Conductors and Materials for Main Service Suppressors: 1. Size: Conductors utilized for surge suppressor connections to service conductors or overcurrent devices shall be a minimum of #6 AWG stranded insulated copper unless otherwise specified or required by the manufacturer. 2. Bus: Ground bus or strip material where used shall be copper, a minimum of 1/4 inch thickness and two inches wide unless otherwise specified. Bus materials shall be secured to surfaces with a appropriate insulators and mechanical fasteners. Bus connections shall be bolted and reinforced as necessary to provide a permanent and secure connection. 3. Connections Compliance: Connectors, splices, and other fittings used to interconnect grounding conductors, bonding to equipment or ground bars, shall comply with requirements of the National Electric Code and be accepted by Underwriters' Laboratories for the purpose. 4. Connectors: Connectors and fittings for grounding and bonding conductors shall be of the compression type in above grade locations. Connections below grade shall be exothermically welded. 5. Dissimilar Materials: Bonding connections between electrically dissimilar metals shall be made using exothermic welds or using bi-metal connectors designed to prevent galvanic corrosion. I. Communication Lines: The following standard for separately mounted telephone and signal line suppressors shall apply. All protectors shall be securely mounted at protected equipment location. All suppressors shall provide common (L-G) and normal (L-L) protection. Suppressors shall be tested in accordance with IEEE C62.36-1994 or later edition as a minimum. Protective interfacing with the telephone wire pairs shall be listed to UL 497 A. J. Data Line Protection: Solid state, silicon avalanche diode circuitry for protection from over voltages on long cable runs employing standard RS-232, 9, 15, or 25-pin "0" connectors utilized to interface a remote station with a host CPU. Unit shall have 2 built-in or ribbon cable attached connectors (in and out) and an extemal ground lug or cable. Connect ground lug or cable to CPU or terminal grounding system with a No. 12 copper green insulated stranded ground wire as short as possible. Select pins requiring protection based on protected equipment wiring requirements. Protectors shall be designed to be easily installed on multiplex panels with connector spacing at a minimum of 1.0 inch centers. TFL-FM-404074 16709-9 8/10/2004 L6 C5 1. Signal line voltage (max).........................15v peak 2. Leakage at signal voltage........................<5m amp 3. Voltage protection level. .........................16v peak 4. Response time...................................5 nanoseconds or less 5. Impedance per line................................40 OHM max. 6. Peak power dissipation.......................... 15,000watts (10/1000 Test Wave form) 7. Temperature range...............................-20°C to +65°C 8. Capacitance: a. data rates <20,000 baud - <2,000 pf b. data rates 20,000 baud to 2Mhz - <100 pf c. data rates >2MHz to 100 Mhz - <40 pf 9. UL 4978 listed. -" . K. SiQnalline protection (telephone) - solid state, silicon avalanche diode circuitry for protection from over voltages on 2 or 4 wire signal lines such as balanced pair telephone, metallic pair telephone, buried and overhead field cable, remote radio equipment. and control systems. Unit shall have an external ground lug or wire. Connect ground lug or wire to protected equipment grounding system with a No. 12 green insulated stranded ground wire as short as possible. 1. L-L & L-G voltage (peak) 13 27 54 120 160 L-L & L-G Voltage Protection Level 16 33 67 150 200 2. L-L and L-G Leakage @ max L-L and L-G voltage...<5µa 3. Response time........................................<5 nanoseconds 4. Series impedance(each line)........................33 Ohm max. j 5. Peak power dissipation (L-L) or (L-G)......15,OOO watts (10 x 1000 Test Wave Form) 6. Temperature Range...............................-20°C to +65°C 7. U.L. 4978 listed L. Modem protector for leased lines - solid state silicon avalanche diode circuitry for non-faulting/non-interrupting protection from over voltages on leased phone lines. Full duplex protection shall be provided for both send and receive channels. Terminals shall be provided for 4-wire leased line input and output to equipment plus ground. Connect ground terminal to equipment ground. 1. Signal line voltage (max)...................160V peak 2. Leakage @ signal voltage............................5µa 3. Clamp point.......................................200V peak 4. Response time............................... <5 nanoseconds. 5. Series impedance..........................33 Ohm max. 6. Peak power dissipation...................15.000 watts 7. Operating Temperature................-20°C to +65°C M. Modular, twisted pair protection - solid state, silicon avalanche diode circuitry for protection from over voltages on twisted pair data or audio lines. Protectors shall clip mount on 66 punch down blocks furnished with grounding bar or studs and shall be totally enclosed. Units shall be securely mounted at terminal locations where shown and shall be grounded to the main building ground with a minimum NO.8 stranded copper green insulated ground conductor as short as possible. Terminals shall be screw insertion lug type. No crimp fork or ring type permitted. TFL-FM-404074 16709-10 8/10/2004 16 G":5 1. Response time.............................. <5 nanoseconds 2. Peak power dissipation (1ms)...............15.000 watts 3. Temperature range..........................-200 C to +500 C 4. Maximum voltage protection levels (peak) utilizing a 10 x 1000µs waveform for normal and common mode protection shall be 240-380V or 45V as indicated on the drawings. 5. Peak repetitive pulse current. a. 1. x 2. µsec - 225 amp b. 8 x 20µsec - 150 amp c. 10 x 1000µsec -100 amp N. 75 ohm coaxial cable protectors - Solid state, silicon avalanche diode circuitry for non-interrupting overvoltage protection of RG- 59/U coaxial cable. Unit shall be provided with òne female input connector for "F" series male connector, one output RG-59/U coax cable terminated with an "F" series male cable end connector and A #16 stranded, 18 inch long grounding wire on output end of unit or similar arrangement. Securely mount adjacent to protection equipment and ground to equipment or local building ground if an equipment ground is not available. 1. Normal Operating Characteristics a. Voltage .........................5.8V max b. Current.......................500ma max c. Frequency.....................DC to 10 Mhz d. Insertion Loss................3.5db @ 4Mhz 2. Protection Requirements a. Transient suppression level.........7.5v Voltage Protection Level b. Transient response............<5 nanoseconds c. Operating temp................-200 C to +500 C d. Energy dissipation............15,000 watts (10X1 000 Test Wave) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF MAIN SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SURGE SUPPRESSORS A. Suppressors shall be installed at Service Entrance switchboards and distribution equipment where shown as close as practical to equipment to be protected consistent with the available space. Where installation space permits and where no code restrictions apply, suppressors may be installed within protected equipment. Suppressors installed in this manner shall utilize the equipment ground bus or enclosure as a medium for bonding of their ground terminals. Bonding jumpers not exceeding two inches in length shall be installed between the ground bus or enclosure and suppressor ground terminals. Bolted connections with star washers shall be used to insure electrical and mechanical integrity of connections to the ground bus or enclosure. Remove paint where connections are made to the enclosure. Conductors from suppressors shall attach to main service bus in the service entrance equipment on the load side of the main overcurrent device and ef any electrical metering equipment. B. Suppressors shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner. Lead dress shall be consistent with recommended industry practices for the system on which these devices are installed. TFL -FM-40407 4 16709-11 8/10/2004 16 C5 C. All system wiring shall be classified into protected and non-protected categories. Wiring on the exposed side of suppression devices shall be considered unprotected. Surge suppressor grounding and bonding conductors shall also fall into this category. D. All wiring between surge suppressors and protected. equipment shall be considered protected and connected in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC. " , E. A minimum of three inches of separation shall be provided between parallel runs of protected and unprotected wiring in control panels, terminal cabinets, terminal boards and other locations. In no case shall protected and unprotected wiring be bundled together or routed through the same conduit. Where bundles of protected and unprotected wiring cross, such crossings shall be made at right angles. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Disconnect suppressor prior to megger testing of service entrance distribution equipment and panelboards. B. Supply certified test reports for all tested parts, elements and/or systems or where required by the Owner to substantiate published ratings of claims. END OF SECTION -..,,: TFL-FM-404074 16709-12 8/10/2004 SURGE SUPPRESSORS APPROVED BY TlC PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 16709 (Specific unit must meet all specification items) Carefully check shop drawings REVISED on MARCH 25, 2004 A. EFI- 120/208V: HBl4P160 HBl 4P 320 TSE 022-2M TSE 022-4M (160 KA, Modular) (TSE/lM Series) (320 KA, Modular) (TSE/lM Series) (240 KA, 2 Modular 1 Phase) (480 KA, 4 Modular 1 Phase) 277/480V: HBl8 P 160 (160 KA, Modular) ( 160P Series) *EFI manufactures the HBl 4P160 and 320 units for Hubbel also. B. APT- 120V: TE/2HPS 277V: TEJ4 HP/Cl C. Leviton - 120V: 52120 - M3 277V: 52277 -M3 D. Cutler Hammer Clipper CPS 100208 (120/208V unit). Cutler Hammer Clipper CPS 100480 (277/480V unit). E. Atlantic Scientific - · Zone Sentinal Series (aka ZS) #12101 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire. · Zone Master 150 Series (aka ZMS or ZM 150) · #11201 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #11201X - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · 11204 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · 11204X - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 150 Disconnect (aka ZMSD or ZMS Disconnect) · 11201 D - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #11204D - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 300 PE Series (aka PE, ZM300PE or PE300) . · #15201 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 250 Series (aka ZMS 250) · #17001 - 1Z0/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #17004 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 300 Series (aka ZMS 300) · #17101 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #17104 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 300 all mode (aka ZM300AM, ZM All Mode 300) · #17301 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire TFl-FM-404074 16709-13 16 C5 8/10/2004 16 C5 · Zone Master Plus 150 (aka ZMP 150 and ZM Plus 150) · #18101 -1201208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #18101X - 1201208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master Plus 250 (aka ZMP 250, ZM Plus 250) · #18201 - 1201208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master Plus 300 (aka ZMP 300, ZM Plus 300) · #18301 - 1201208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master Plus 450 (aka ZMP 450, ZM Plus 450) · #18401 - 1201208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #18401X -1201208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #18404X - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master Plus 600 (aka ZMP 600, ZM Plus 600) · #18501 - 1201208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #18504 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire F. General Electric: Part Number TME 120Y1 OOASNC TME120Y065WM TME120Y065WMN1 TME120Y065WMN4 TME120Y065PP TME277Y100ASNC TME277Y065WM TME277Y065PP TME277Y065WMN 1 TME277Y065WMN4 G. Square D Surgelogic: ) VoltaQe 1201208V 1201208V 1201208V 1201208V 1201208V 277/480V 277/480V 277/480V 277/480V 277/480V Internal Modular TVSS Models (Switchgear, Switchboards, Panelboards, Plug-on Units for Busway, Motor Control Centers, I-line and OMB Panelboards). Note: A "C" is added on the end of the Model Designation for the Surge Counter Option. Dry Contacts and Audible Alarm are standard with all units. Internal Modular TVSS Model Desi nation* TVS11MA16 TVS21MA 16 TVS4IMA16 *The TVS prefix is used for TVSS in Switchgear, Switchboards and NF or NOOD panelboards. The TVS prefix is replaced by PIU for Busway Units; MCC for Motor Control Centers; FC or FI for I-line Panelboards; and OMB for QMB Panelboards. TFL-FM-404074 16709-14 8/1012004 16 C5 External Modular TVSS Models: Note: Þ.n "I" is added on the end of the Model Designation for the Integral Disconnect Option. A "C" is added on the end of the Model Designation for the Counter Option. Dry Contacts and Audìble Alarm are standard with all units. If the 4X housing option is required, the "A" in the Model Designation is replaced with an "S". External Modular TVSS Model System Voltage (Vac) Desiqnation* TVS1EMA16A 120/240 TVS2EMA 16A 208Y/120 TVS4EMA 16A 480Y/277 Special Note: I have approved some neutral to ground modules on some of the above modules when filtering is not included. I have modified the Specifications to permit this option. All above models for all above manufactures are acceptable. TFL-FM-404074 16709-15 8/10/2004 16 C5 EXHIBIT K PERMITS WS-CA-K-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16 C5 EXHIBIT L PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY SCHENKELSHUL TZ ARCHITECTURE AND IDENTIFIED AS FOLLOWS: NORTH COUNTY WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PROCESS CONTROL BUILDING AS SHOWN ON SHEETS A001, A100. A200, A300.S001. S100. S200. S300, M101,-M102, EOOO- E001. and E101-E102 WS-CA-L-1 Bid No. 05-3726 - Expand North County Water Reclamation Facility Process Control Building 16C64, MEMORANDUM Date: December 8, 2004 TO: Lynn Wood Purchasing FROM: Linda A. Houtzer, Deputy Clerk Minutes and Records Re: Contract #04-33724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building Contractor: EHC, Inc. Enclosed are three (3) original documents, as referenced above (Agenda Item #16C6), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16,2004. Kindly forward the documents to the appropriate parties for their records. The Finance Department and Minutes & Records Department have their copies. If you should have any questions, you may contact me at extension #8411. Thank you, Enclosures (3) ,....',.. .............,..-........... ....¡'''~~~~.;ì¡\v.;:¡,~,\~'~,~ ~ .F"".i4"ì':·~,~~.:"';'.~·~··- ~:,1i~...;::.,....¡:'>..-"~{~ ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP16 C .6 · TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO . THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (print on pink paper. Attach to original document. qriginal documents should be hand delivered to tþe Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are tö be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Bòard has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complerç the checklist, and forward to Sue Fùson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin order) 1. - 2. .-- 3. 4·Sc:..O \\ \" ~a.~ 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager P~RYCONTACTThœORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Rlson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee bas acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number Agenda Item Number \ S Number of Original Documents Attached Initial the Yes column or mark "N! A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N!A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, ~ 1-'< resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's <tx Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date of BCC approval of the ~~ document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the-appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's 5'l.--t signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. ø Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms! eounty Forms! Bee Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 --...,---,-"--~,- 16C6 EXPAND SOUTH COUNTY WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY 2ND FLOOR PROCESS CONTROL BUILDING Collier County Wastewater Department COLLIER COUNTY BID NO. 04-3724 COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT Design Professional: ShenkleSchultz Architecture 8250 College Parkway, Suite 203 Fort Myers, Florida 33919 COLLIER COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 3301 Tamiami Trail, East Naples, Florida 34112 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building .-.-.------.......... ~-- -." TABLE OF CONTENTS 16C6 A. PUBLIC NOTICE/LEGAL ADVERTISEMENT (PAGE ONE ONLY) B. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS C. BID PROPOSAL, BID SCHEDULE AND OTHER PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS D. AGREEMENT E. AGREEMENT EXHIBITS EXHIBIT A: Performance and Payment Bond Forms EXHIBIT B: Insurance Requirements EXHIBIT C: Release and Affidavit Form EXHIBIT D: Contractor Application for Payment Form EXHIBIT E: Change Order Form EXHIBIT F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form EXHIBIT G: Final Payment Checklist EXHIBIT H: General Terms and Conditions EXHIBIT I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions EXHIBIT J: Technical Specifications EXHIBIT K: Permits EXHIBIT L: Plans and Specifications prepared by SchenkleSchultz Architecture, and identified as follows Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility, as shown on Plan Sheets A001 A 100, A200, A300, A400, A500, SC01-SC02, S100-S102, S200-S201, S300-S301, S400, M001, M100-M102, M201, M301, P100-P103, EOOO-E001, E101-E102, E201-E202, E301, E401, E501, E601- E602. Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16G6 PUBLIC NOTICE INVITATION TO BID COLLIER COUNTY WATER - SEWER DISTRICT COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building COUNTY BID NO. 04-3724 Separate sealed proposals for the construction of the expansion of the South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building, addressed to Mr. Steve Carnell, Purchasing Director, will be received at the Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Purchasing Building, Purchasing Department, Naples, Florida 34112, until 2:30 P.M. LOCAL TIME, on the 28th day of September, 2004, at which time all proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud. Any bids received after the time and date specified will not be accepted and shall be returned unopened to the Bidder. A mandatory pre-bid conference shall be held at the South County Water Reclamation Facility Conference Room, 5600 Warren Street, Naples, Florida, at 11 :00 A.M. LOCAL TIME on the 13th day of September, 2004, at which time all prospective Bidders may have questions answered regarding the Bidding Documents for this Project. In instances where the County has deemed the pre-bid to be Mandatorv. the Bidder's failure to attend the pre-bid conference shall result in the rejection of his bid. Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be marked or endorsed "Proposal for Coun~ Water-Sewer District, Collier County, Florida, Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2n Floor Process Control Building, for the Collier County Wastewater Department, County Bid No.04-3724, and Bid Date of September 28, 2004". No bid shall be considered unless it is made on the Bid Proposal which is included in the Bidding Documents. The Bid Schedule (WS-P-1 through WS-P-12) shall be removed from the Bidding Documents prior to submittal. One contract will be awarded for all Work. Bidding Documents may be examined in the office of the Purchasing Department, Purchasing Building, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112. Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained only at the offices of the Purchasing Department, upon payment of $75.00 for each set of documents to offset the cost of reproduction. Return of the documents is not required, and the amount paid for the documents is non-refundable. The following plan room services may have obtained copies of the Bidding Documents for the work contemplated herein: McGraw-Hili Construction Dodge 2830 Winkler Avenue, Suite 104A Ft. Myers, FL 33916 WS-PN-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 '4 Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total Bid to be retained as liquidated damages in the event the successful Bidder fails to execute the Agreement and file the required bonds and insurance within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of the Notice of Award. The successful Bidder shall be required to furnish the necessary Performance and Payment Bonds, as prescribed in the General Conditions of the Contract Documents. All Bid Bonds, Performance and Payment Bonds, Insurance Contracts and Certificates of Insurance shall be either executed by or countersigned by a licensed resident agent of the surety or insurance company having its place of business in the State of Florida. Further, the said surety or insurance company shall be duly licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Attorneys-in-fact that sign Bid Bonds or Performance and Payment Bonds must file with each bond a certified and effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney. In order to perform public work, the successful Bidder shall, as applicable, hold or obtain such contractor's and business licenses, certifications and registrations as required by State statutes and County ordinances. Before a contract will be awarded for the work contemplated herein, the County shall conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the performance record and ability of the apparent low Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified in the Bidding Documents. Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information as deemed necessary by the County to evaluate the Bidder's qualifications. The Successful Bidder shall be required to finally complete all Work within two hundred (200) calendar days from and after the Commencement Date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The County reserves the right to reject all Bids or any Bid not conforming to the intent and purpose of the Bidding Documents, and to postpone the award of the contract for a period of time which, however, shall not extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days from the bid opening date. Dated this 30th day of October, 2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, NAPLES, FLORIDA BY: Stephen Y. Carnell Purchasing Director WS-PN-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building PART B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 1. Definitions 16C6 ;1 1 1.1 The term "Owner" used herein refers to the Board of County Commissioners, Ex-Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District or its duly authorized representative. 1.2 The term "Project Manager" used herein refers to the Owner's duly authorized representative and shall mean a Division Administrator or Department Director acting directly or through duly authorized representatives. 1.3 The term "Design Professional" refers to the licensed professional engineer or architect who is in privity with the Owner for the purpose of designing and/or monitoring the construction of the project. Any or all duties of the Design Professional referenced under this Agreement may be assumed at any time by the Project Manager on behalf of the Owner. Conversely, the Project Manager may formally assign any of his/her duties specified in this agreement to the Design Professional. 1.4 The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Legal Advertisement, these Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Schedule and the Contract Documents as defined in the Agreement. 1.5 The term "Bid" shall mean a completed Bid Schedule, bound in the Bidding Documents, properly signed, providing the Owner a proposed cost for providing the services required in the Bidding Documents. Section 2. Preparation of Bids 2.1 The Bids must be submitted on the standard form herein furnished by the Owner (pages WS- P-1 through WS-P-12 as bound in these Bidding Documents). The Bidder shall complete the Bid in ink or by typewriter and shall sign the Bid correctly. Bid Schedules submitted on disk/CD shall be accompanied by a hard copy of the completed Bid Schedule which shall be signed and dated by the Bidder. The Bid may be rejected if it contains any omission, alteration of form, conditional bid or irregularities of any kind. Bids must be submitted in sealed envelopes, marked with the Bid Number, Project Name, Bid Opening Date and Time, and shall be addressed to the Collier County Purchasing Department, Purchasing Building, Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in another sealed envelope addressed as above. Bids received at the location specified herein after the time specified for bid opening will be returned to the bidder unopened and shall not be considered. WS-I B-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building Section 3. Bid Deposit Reauirements 16C6 3.1 No Bid shall be considered or accepted unless at the time of Bid filing the same shall be accompanied by a cashiers check, a cash bond posted with the County Clerk, a certified check payable to Owner on some bank or trust company located in Naples, Florida insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or Bid Bond, in an amount not less than 5% of the Bidder's maximum possible award (base bid plus all add alternates) (collectively referred to herein as the "Bid Deposit"). The Bid Deposit shall be retained by Owner as liquidated damages if the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver to County the Agreement, or fails to deliver the required Performance and Payment Bonds or Certificates of Insurance, all within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award. Bid Bonds shall be executed by a corporate surety licensed under the laws of the State of Florida to execute such bonds, with conditions that the surety will, upon demand, forthwith make payment to Owner upon said bond. Bid Deposits of the three (3) lowest Bidders shall be held until the Agreement has been executed by the Successful Bidder and same has been delivered to Owner together with the required bonds and insurance, after which all three (3) Bid Deposits shall be returned to the respective Bidders. All other Bid Deposits shall be released within ten (10) working days of the Bid Opening. No Bid including alternates, shall be withdrawn within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the public opening thereof. If a Bid is not accepted within said time period it shall be deemed rejected and the Bid Deposit shall be returned to Bidder. In the event that the Owner awards the contract prior to the expiration of the one hundred twenty (120) day period without selecting any or all alternates, the Owner shall retain the right to subsequently award said alternates at a later time, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days from opening, unless otherwise authorized by the Purchasing Director. 3.2 The Successful Bidder shall execute five (5) copies of the Agreement and deliver same to Owner within the time period noted above. The Owner shall execute all copies and return one fully executed copy of the Agreement to Successful Bidder within thirty (30) working days after receipt of the executed Agreement from Successful Bidder unless any governmental agency having funding control over the Project requires additional time, in which event the Owner shall have such additional time to execute the Agreement as may be reasonably necessary. Section 4. Riaht to Reiect Proposals 4.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or to waive informalities and negotiate with the apparent lowest, qualified Bidder to such extent as may be necessary for budgetary reasons. Section 5. Sianina of Bids 5.1 Bids submitted by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice president, and a corporate seal must be affixed and attested to by the secretary or assistant secretary of the corporation. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 5.2 Bid proposals by a partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below said signature. 5.3 If Bidder is an individual, his signature shall be inscribed. WS-I B-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 5.4 If signature is by an agent or other than an officer of corporation or general partner of partnership, a properly notarized power of attorney must be submitted with the Bid. 5.5 All Bids shall have names typed or printed below all signatures. 16C6 5.6 All Bids shall state the Bidder's contractor license number. 5.7 Failure to follow the provisions of this section shall be grounds for rejecting the Bid as irregular or unauthorized. Section 6. Withdrawal of Proposals Any Bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the hour fixed in the Legal Advertisement for the opening of Bids, provided that the withdrawal is requested in writing, properly executed by the Bidder and received by Owner prior to Bid Opening. The withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the right of a Bidder to file a new Bid prior to the time specified for Bid opening. Section 7. Late Bids No Bid shall be accepted that fails to be submitted prior to the time specified in the Legal Advertisement. Section 8. Interpretation of Contract Documents 8.1 No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other Bidding Documents shall be made to a Bidder orally. Any such oral or other interpretations or clarifications shall be without legal effect. All requests for interpretations or clarifications shall be in writing, addressed to the Purchasing Department, to be given consideration. All such requests for interpretations or clarification must be received at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the Bid opening date. Any and all such interpretations and supplemental instructions shall be in the form of written addendum which, if issued, shall be sent by mail or fax to all known Bidders at their respective addresses furnished for such purposes no later than three (3) working days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. Such written addenda shall be binding on Bidder and shall become a part of the Bidding Documents. 8.2 It shall be the responsibility of each Bidder to ascertain, prior to submitting his Bid, that he has received all addenda issued and he shall acknowledge same in his Bid. 8.3 As noted in the Legal Advertisement, attendance by all bidders at the Pre-Bid Conference is mandatory. In instances were the County has deemed the pre-bid to be mandatory. the Bidder's failure to attend the pre-bid conference shall result in the rejection of his bid. Section 9. Examination of Site and Contract Documents 9.1 By executing and submitting his Bid, each Bidder certifies that he has: a. Examined all Bidding Documents thoroughly; WS-I B-3 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 b. Visited the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect performance of the Work; c. Become familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations affecting performance of the Work; and d. Correlated all of his observations with the requirements of bidding documents. No plea of ignorance of conditions or difficulties that may exist or conditions or difficulties that may be encountered in the execution of the Work pursuant to these Bidding Documents as a result of failure to make the necessary examinations and investigations shall be accepted as an excuse for any failure or omission on the part of the Successful Bidder, nor shall they be accepted as a basis for any claims whatsoever for extra compensation or for an extension of time. 9.2 The Owner will make copies of surveys and reports performed in conjunction with this Project available to any Bidder requesting them at cost; provided, however, the Owner does not warrant or represent to any Bidder either the completeness or accuracy of any such surveys and reports. Before submitting his Bid, each Bidder shall, at his own expense, make such additional surveys and investigations as may be necessary to determine his Bid price for the performance of the Work within the terms of the Bidding Documents. Section 10. Material Requirements It is the intention of these Bidding Documents to identify standard materials. When space is provided on the Bid Schedule, Bidders shall specify the materials which they propose to use in the Project. The Owner may declare any Bid non-responsive or irregular if such materials are not specifically named by Bidder. Section 11. Bid Quantities Quantities given in the Bid Schedule, while estimated from the best information available, are approximate only. Payment for unit price items shall be based on the actual number of units installed for the Work. Bids shall be compared on the basis of number of units stated in the Bid Schedule as set forth in the Bidding Documents. Said unit prices shall be multiplied by the bid quantities for the total Bid price. Any Bid not conforming to this requirement may be rejected. Special attention to all Bidders is called to this provision, for should conditions make it necessary or prudent to revise the unit quantities, the unit prices will be fixed for such increased or decreased quantities. Compensation for such additive or subtractive changes in the quantities shall be limited to the unit prices in the Bid. Subsequent to the issuance of a notice to proceed, the Project Manager shall have the discretion to fe-negotiate any unit price(s) where the actual quantity varies by more than 25% from the estimate at the time of bid. Section 12. Award of Contract Any prospective bidder who desires to protest any aspect(s) or provision(s) of the bid invitation shall file his protest with the Purchasing Director in writing prior to the time of the bid opening. WS-IB-4 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building Award of contract shall be made to the lowest, responsive and qualified Bldp d~egined oh the basis of the entire Bid and the Owner's investigations of the Bidder. In determining the lowest, responsive and qualified bidder, the Owner shall consider the capability of the Bidder to perform the contract in a timely and responsible manner through its use of subcontractors. The Owner may reject all bids proposing the use of any subcontractors who have been disqualified from bidding the County, disqualified or de-certified for bidding purposes by any public contracting entity, or who has exhibited an inability to perform through any other means. When the contract is awarded by Owner, such award shall be evidenced by a Notice of Award, signed by the Project Manager of Owner and delivered to the intended awardee or mailed to awardee at the business address shown in the Bid. Award of Contract will be made by the Board of County Commissioners in public session. Award recommendations will be posted outside the offices of the Purchasing Department generally on Wednesdays and Thursdays. Any actual or prospective bidder who desires to formally protest the recommended contract award must file a notice of intent to protest with the Purchasing Director within two (2) calendar days (excluding weekends and holidays) of the date that the recommended award is posted. Upon filing of said notice, the protesting party will have five (5) days to file a formal protest and will be given instructions as to the form and content requirements of the formal protest. A copy of the "Protest Policy" is available at the offices of the Purchasing Director. For Bidders who may wish to receive copies of Bids after the Bid opening, The County reserves the right to recover all costs associated with the printing and distribution of such copies. Section 13. Sales Tax Collier County, Florida as a political subdivision of the State of Florida, is exempt from the payment of Florida sales tax to its vendors under Chapter 212, Florida Statutes. All successful bidders will be provided a copy of Collier County's Certificate of Exemption (#21-07-019995-53c) upon contract award. Corporations, Individuals and other entities are impacted by Chapter 212, Florida Statutes according to the type of service, sale of commodity or other contractual arrangement to be made with Collier County. By submittal of a properly executed response to a Bid Proposal from Collier County, Florida the Bidder is acknowledging that he is aware of his statutory responsibilities for sales tax under Chapter 212, Florida Statutes. Collier County is also exempt from most Federal excise taxes. By submittal of a properly executed response to a Bid Proposal from Collier County, Florida, the Bidder is acknowledging that he is aware of his responsibilities for Federal excise taxes. Section 14. Exclusion of County Permits in Bid Prices 14.1 To ensure compliance with Section 218.80, F.S., otherwise known as "The Public Bid Disclosure Act", Collier County will pay for all Collier County permits and fees, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable to this work through an internal budget transfer(s). Hence, bidders shall not include these permit/fee amounts in their bid offer. However, the successful bidder shall retain the responsibility to initiate and complete all necessary and appropriate actions to obtain the required permits other than payment for the items identified in this section. WS-IB-5 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16 C6 · ~ 14.2 The successful bidder shall be responsible for procuring and paying for all necessary permits not issued by Collier County pursuant to the prosecution of the work. Section 15. Use of Subcontractors 15.1 To ensure the work contemplated by this contract is performed in a professional and timely manner, all subcontractors shall be "qualified" as defined in Collier County Ordinance 87-25, meaning a person or entity that has the capability in all respects to perform fully the contract requirements and has the integrity and reliability to assure good faith performance. A subcontractor's disqualification from bidding by the Owner, or other public contracting entity within the past twelve months shall be considered by the Owner when determining whether the subcontractors are "qualified." 15.2 The Owner may consider the past performance and capability of a subcontractor when evaluating the ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder and its ability to perform the contract within the time required Owner reserves the right to disqualify a Bidder who includes subcontractors in its bid offer which are not "qualified" or who do not meet the legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by this Contract. Section 16. Prohibition of Gifts No organization or individual shall offer or give, either directly or indirectly, any favor, gift, loan, fee, service or other item of value to any County employee, as set forth in Chapter 112, Part III, Florida Statutes, Collier County Ethics Ordinance No. 2003-53, and County Administrative Procedure 5311. Violation of this provision may result in one or more of the following consequences: a. Prohibition by the individual, firm, and/or any employee of the firm from contact with County staff for a specified period of time; b. Prohibition by the individual and/or firm from doing business with the County for a specified period of time, including but not limited to: submitting bids, RFP, and/or quotes; and, c. immediate termination of any contract held by the individual and/or firm for cause. WS-I B-6 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ~ COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 3301 EAST TAMIAMI TRAIL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DIVISION PURCHASING BUILDING NAPLES, FLORIDA 34112 (239) 732-2667 FAX (239) 732-0844 16C6 http://co.collier.fl.us ADDENDUM DATE: October 4, 2004 TO: Interested Bidders \ Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M. ,j).J Purchasing Agent \)./v SUBJECT: Addendum #6 - Bid #04-3724 - ""Expand South County \/Vater Reciamation Facility 2i1C Floor Process Control Building" FROM: Addendum #6 covers the following clarification for the referenced Bid: Daybar will be included as an approved manufacturer in Specification 08110. If you require additional information please call Phil Gramatges, Public Utilities Engineering Department at 239/774-8836 or me at 239/732-2667or bye-mail atLynWood@colliergov.net. cc: Phil Gramatges, PUED John Dorsett, SchenkelShultz ~ COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 3301 EAST TAMIAMI TRAIL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DIVISION PURCHASING BUILDING NAPLES, FLORIDA 34112 (239) 732-2667 FAX (239) 732-0844 16C6 http://co.collier.fl.us ADDENDUM DATE: October 4, 2004 TO: I nterested Bidders dJ, \ Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M. Purchasing Agent \ SUBJECT: Addendum # 5 - Bid #04-3724 - ""Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building" FROM: Addendum #5 covers the following clarification for the referenced Bid: 1. Specification section 10500-2, 2.3 Standard Lockers, paragraph G calls for a Single Point Latching System without moving parts. This is known as a SPL locker which is different than a standard locker and more costly. Paragraph E of the same specification section calls for Latch Hooks; paragraph I calls for a Lock Bar. All these items come on standard lockers but not on SPL lockers. What is required, standard lockers or SPL lockers? Disreagard specification paragraphs E and I and provide SPL lockers. SPL lockers have a considerably longer life span than those with moving parts particularly in a wet environment. 2. With regard to the requested additional $3,500.00 allowance for the relocation of the telemetry unit, no additional allowance will be offered. This work would fall under the scope of the $50,000.00 contingency and would require submission of appropriate documentation for actual costs incurred. If you require additional information please call Phil Gramatges, Public Utilities Engineering Department at 239/774-8836 or me at 239n32-26670r bye-mail atLynWood@colliergov.net. cc: Phil Gramatges, PUED John Dorsett, SchenkelShultz ~ COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT 16 C 6 PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 3301 EAST TAMIAMI TRAIL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DIVISION PURCHASING BUILDING NAPLES, FLORIDA 34112 (239) 732-2667 FAX (239) 732-0844 www.colliergov.net ADDENDUM DATE: October 1, 2004 TO: Interested Bidders FROM: Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M. Purchasing Agent SUBJECT: Addendum #4 - Bid #04-3724 - "Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building" Addendum #4 covers the following clarifications and changes for the referenced Bid: Change: Clarifications: 1. Specification section 10500-2, 2.2 Locker Types, paragraph A calls for 30" H x 12" W x 12" D lockers. Drawings A 100 and A300 seem to indicate wider and deeper lockers. Please clarify. D Provide double tier 30" H x 12" W x 22" D lockers (total locker height 60" without base or top). 2. Drawings A 100 and A300, room 204 (Men's Locker), indicates that the locker opening is 14'-0" but only 12 lockers are depicted. Please clarify. D In Men's Locker room 204, provide 13 each double tier 30" H x 12" W x 22" D lockers (total room locker count 26). Provide 6" filler panels on each end of locker bank for closure to side walls. Page lof2 o In Women's Locker room 207, provide 6 each double tier 30" H x 1,,6'c!> D lockers (total room locker count 12). Provide end panel on east side and 3" filler at west end for door clearance at wall or hinge doors on left jamb in this room. 3. In Men's Locker room 204, the bench is shown 6'-0" long. In Women's Locker room 207, the bench is shown 3'-0" long. Specification section 10500-3,2.4 Locker Benches, paragraph A calls for 4'-0" long benches. Please clarify. o Disregard bench length reference in specification and provide benches as shown on drawings: in Men's Locker room 204, 6'-0"; in Women's Locker room 207, 3'-0", 4. What kind of base is required for lockers? o Provide a 4" H x 20" D concrete base for the full length of the lockers. 5. Disregard angle reference for sloped locker tops in specification section 10500-3, Standard Lockers, paragraph O. A 30-degree slope will not clear the window sill. Slope tops 15-20 degrees. 6. A copy of the minutes of the pre-bid meeting is enclosed. 7. A copy of the pre-bid sign-in sheets are enclosed. 8. The "Allowance" of $50,000 on the proposal page is a contingency amount for the project that will only be spent at the County's discretion to be indicated in writing. Change: The bid due date from October 7, 2004 to October 11, 2004 at 2:30 pm. If you require additional information please call Phil Gramatges, Public Utilities Engineering Department at 239/774-8836 or me at 239/732-2667or bye-mail at LynWood@colliergov.net. cc: Phil Gramatges, PUED John Dorsett, SchenkelShultz Page 2 of2 ~<-~_.._._"-_._--- SCHENKELSHULTZ [JOu ARCHITECTURE 1]00 16C6 PRE-BID MEETING NOTES EXPAND SCRWRP 2nd FLOOR PROCESS CONTROL BUILDING September 20, 2004 Commission No. 0420809 Those present Phil Gramatges/Collier County Public Utilities Dennis McGee/Collier County Public Utilities Paul Brower/Collier County Public Utilities Brenda BrilhamlColIier County Government Terri Nickle/Lodge Construction Bob Reiter/Interior Inc. John DavisIBradanna Inc. Andrew Starnes/EHC Inc. Ray MuslimanifNR Contractors Inc. Marty Rogers/Gulf States, Inc. Alec RabneyNanderbilt Bay Construction Vic RebmannlFire Alarm System & Security Chris Schanbeck/TLC Engineering David Southwick/TLC Engineering Jon DorsettJSCHENKELSHUL TZ A pre-bid meeting was held at the South County Water Reclamation Facility (SCWRF) on September 20,2004 to discuss the SCWRF Control Room Expansion and Renovation Project. Items discussed at the meeting are as follows. Should anyone have additions, deletions or corrections to these minutes please advise SCHENKELSHUL TZ in writing. Items Discussed 1. Introductions included: a. Brenda Brilham representing Collier County Government Purchasing Department b. Paul Brower, Senior Operator, in attendance for Jon Pratt, Plant Superintendent, who is on vacation 2. Mr. Gramatges informed us that Ms. Brilham would be recording meeting. 3. Mr. Gramatges mentioned that the date for receipt of bids had been extended to 2:30 PM, October 5th by Addendum No.2. 4. Mr. Gramatges gave a brief overview ofthe project scope and then opened the floor for questions. a. Expansion of the second floor control room with an extension out over the adjacent abandoned transformer building b. Addition of staff lockers on the second floor c. Remodeling and expansion of the transformer building to create office, record storage and toilet rooms d. Facility is to remain fully operational throughout construction period 5. Mr. Dorsett emphasized the importance of phasing and sequencing in this project. The existing roof will be removed but control room must remain operational. Other issues will include coordinating the relocation of electronics and provision of toilet facilities during construction. 6. The smart board in the new conference/training room is included under the base contract. At this time the meeting relocated from the Administration building to the Process Control building to allow the prospective contractors to see the project site and observe existing conditions. Dennis McGee, InstrumentationlSCADA Manager with Collier County Public Utilities and David Southwick with TLC Engineering both joined the meeting at this point. 7. From the second floor control room Mr. Dorsett elaborated on the project scope. a. The second floor expansion will more than double the existing control room area with the addition of staff locker rooms. The control room will have glass on three sides for view of the facility. b. The new control room will straddle the old transformer vault. The roof of the transformer vault will be modified as required for clearance of the floor system. c. New windows will use impact glass rather than shutters for storm protection. d. The roof insulation will be spray applied to the underside of the roof sheathing; soffits will be sealed. e. Caution is advised for all excavation due to the extent of existing underground work; as-builts are never completely correct. Phi1l1( '~t \ ;, IISs-ftmIFTM-Projects\0420000\0420809 Expand SCWRF 2nd FIr Process Control BldglDp\Meeting NoteslMeeting Notes 092004 JAD 0420809.doc Page I of2 16C6 Pre-bid Meeting Notes Expand SCR WRP 2nd Floor Process Control Building September 20, 2004 8. Mr. Brower and Mr. McGee explained that the large instrument panel in the control room has little operational equipment in place. One telemetry panel will need to be relocated at some point in the project. There are still many live circuits in the panel and all wiring will need to be deactivated and taken back to a termination point. The panel will be removed and discarded after all circuits are deactivated. 9. Contractor will closely coordinate all work on the panel with the Plant Electrician, Bob Gallaher. 10. Mr. McGee provided contact information for the telemetry equipment: Call Vince Sankoe with Goff Communications at (239) 633-0001 cell or (941) 955-7106 Sarasota office. 11. The plant superintendent will coordinate relocation of computer equipment with the arrival and installation of new office furniture or with temporary furniture as required. 12. Mr. Gramatges said that the building permit is ready to be picked up and that work should begin as soon as possible. NOTE: Permit status needs to be verified as SCHENKELSHUL TZ has not yet seen plan review comments on this project. 13. All questions are to be directed to SCHENKELSHUL TZ in the form of a pre-construction RFI and copied to Phil Gramatges. At this time the meeting relocated trom the control room to the transformer vault on the ground floor. 14. Mr. Brower explained that the small building is actually an abandoned transformer vault, not a generator enclosure as previously though. 15. It was noted that the floor of the transformer vault drops down and will have to be raised to match the fmished floor elevation of the main building. 16. Mr. Southwick noted that neither the building nor the plant have a fire alarm system. 17. Ms. Brilham reminded all attendees that this was a mandatory pre-bid conference and if a contractor's name did not appear on the attendance sheet, they would not be allowed to bid the project. These notes set forth the understanding of the parties. The parties shall rely on the contents unless the writer receives written notice of specific discrepancies for the proposed revised wording within two weeks of the date of mailing or transmission of these notes. Submitted by: SCHENKELSHUL TZ ~~ Jon A. Dorsett Project Manager JAD/cfm Attachment cc: Those present Jon Pratt/Collier County Public Utilities 0420809/meeting notes I\Ss-ftmIFTM-Proje<:tsl042000010420SQ9 Expand SCWRF 2nd Fir Process Control BldglDplMeeting NoteslMeeting Notes 092004 JAD 0420S09.doc Page 2 of2 &wrn~[Q)&~@rn ©C={]rn~u 16C6 MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE BID NO. 04-3724 "Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building" 10:30 am on September 20, 2004 SOUTH COUNTY WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PLEASE PRINT Name: IE..RRi N¡CJ<-~ Company: , . loci e CDrófRucft On I / nc, Mailing Address: allol- ~ City, State: ï=t ~ Tele hone: ( ) Fax Number: (a.3=¡ ) Email Address: , CDrY1 Name: \ \-.. r- '\ Company: ..l...- ---:S::'(""\ \è.r \ t:) ( Mailing Address: Q. ~OS -::I: Y'\ ~ E . ~,-,>\:>øð\ \:>4". City, State: ~\~ \ . Zi : J 3'90;# Tele hone: (9~) b\...t. D- BsQS' Fax Number: ( ) Email Address: \3d? A 12- ~í~(' ~ ~\. Cb "'"" Name: DlA ý1'~ Name: <-. Mailing Address: Zi .I Name: I ..--""': r1d,e,^f J ..l-c:::llý) e5 Company: ~ H C J t rJC. Mailing Address: II r I ì "'3(gG KQ.~ \ V\ eo.. d 151 Vel City, State: e::s"F"L- Zi : 3-f I/O Tele hone: ( 23q ) SCf2 -082<3 ed.31 Fax Number: ('23Q) 5Qz..0877 Email Address: a5¡"=rr7~ @ elr\c~l"\ct-Veh.C'otYI Name: á/((l5 XH~~,H1~ Company: ll-L s.~w IJG:-GILI fJÌt Mailing Address: I '1.00 é..owt-t{ (L iÂ' /).. " Cit , State: ç:",,~{..:í Tele hone: (~ ) Fax Number: ( ) Email Address: Name: Department: Name: Department: Name: Department: COUNTY DEPARTMENTS REPRESENTED &W~~[Q)&~@~ ®[X]~~u 16C6 MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE BID NO. 04-3724 "Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building" 10:30 am on September 20,2004 SOUTH COUNTY WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PLEASE PRINT Name: Company: c.. Mailing Address: Zi : ) ) $ S-I- ~ -t é~ Mailing Addr~s: r~-f55 rrt I\'es..$ Iii/'€... City, State: , Ä.. 1- 7" S; c:. Telephone: (.2 ' ) .:2 ~ '5 -ì I ~ Fax Number: (~? '}:) <3 -. =3~? Email Address: c,<.),' -E"-e.v.. Ù +~ q¿." / . c: ð . V\. Name: Company: Mailing Address: City, State: Tele hone: ( ) Fax Number: ( ) Email Address: Name: Company: Mailing Address: City, State: Tele hone: ( ) Fax Number: ( ) Email Address: Name: Company: Mailing Address: Zi ()¡~ Zi : Name: 1/ ð I t//¿~n-r~ Compan~ ræ=-~/Z/.tt;( 57'}~ -r--". ¿C Mailing Address: 77':7 r4"77-?/~.;· r,...-z 676 6, City, State: ¡ ~C;. .,,:::. Zi: '7J5" Tele hone: (~;r// ) - ¡c/o Fax Number: (9'1"/ ) 74--6·' / /G' 3 Email Address: l/?:t:6en?~ -;;:;; 4~9é>¿/;;? Zi : ) .~£7 ~ COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT 16 C 6 PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 3301 EAST TAMIAMI TRAIL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DIVISION PURCHASING BUILDING NAPLES, FLORIDA 34112 (239) 732-2667 FAX (239) 732-0844 http://co.collier.fl.us ADDENDUM DATE: September 15, 2004 TO: Interested Bidders FROM: Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M. PI ~ Purchasing Agent CLV'V Addendum # 3 - Bid #04-3724 - "Expand SCWRF 2nd Floor Process Control Room" SUBJECT: Addendum #3 covers the following change for the referenced Bid: Change: The due date has been chanaed to Tuesday. October 5. 2004. If you require additional information please call Phil Gramatges, Public Utilities Engineer Department at 239/774-8836 or me at 239/732-2667or bye-mail at LvnWood@colliergov.net. cc: Phil Gramatges, PUED ~ COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT 16 C 6 PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 3301 EAST TAMIAMI TRAIL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DIVISION PURCHASING BUILDING NAPLES, FLORIDA 34112 (239) 732-2667 FAX (239) 732-0844 http://co.collier.fl.us ADDENDUM DATE: September 10, 2004 TO: I nterested Bidders FROM: Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M. \ Purchasing Agent SUBJECT: Addendum # 2 - Bid #04-3724 - "Expand SCWRF 2nd Floor Process Control Room" Addendum #2 covers the following change for the referenced Bid: Change: The mandatory pre-bid is changed from 11 :00 am on Monday, September 13, 2004 to 10:30 am on Monday, September 20, 2004. In instances where the County has deemed the pre-bid to be Mandatory. the Bidder's failure to attend the pre-bid conference shall result in the reiection of his bid. If you require additional information please call Phil Gramatges, Public Utilities Engineer Department at 239/774-8836 or me at 239/732-2667or bye-mail at L ynWood@colliergov.net. cc: Phil Gramatges, PUED ._____".·__"·__0____ ~ 16C6 , COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 3301 EAST TAMIAMI TRAIL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES DIVISION PURCHASING BUILDING NAPLES, FLORIDA 34112 (239) 732-2667 FAX (239) 732-0844 http://co.collier.fl.us ADDENDUM DATE: August 30, 2004 TO: Interested Bidders ~ FROM: Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M. Purchasing Agent SUBJECT: Addendum # 1 - Bid #04-3724 - "Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building" Addendum #1 covers the following change for the referenced Bid: The pre-bid meeting on September 13, 2004 is mandatory. In instances where the County has deemed the pre-bid to be Mandatory. the Bidder's failure to attend the pre-bid conference shall result in the rejection of his bid. If you require additional information please call Phil Gramatges, Public Utilities Engineering Department at 239/774-8836 or me at 239/732-2667or bye-mail at LynWood@colliergov. net. cc: Phil Gramatges, PUED ~._-_...- BID PROPOSAL COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT COLLIER COUNTY. FLORIDA 16C6 Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building Bid No. 04-3724 Full Name of Bidder EHC. Inc. Main Business Address 1360 Railhead Blvd., Naples, FL 34110 Place of Business Same as above State Contractor's License # CGC014953 Telephone No. (239) 592-0828 ext. 32 Fax No. (239) 592-0877 To: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA EX-OFFICIO THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT (hereinafter called the Owner). The undersigned, as Bidder declares that the only person or parties interested in this Proposal as principals are those named herein, that this Proposal is made without collusion with any other person, firm or corporation; that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, the proposed forms of Agreement and Bonds, and the Contract Drawings and Specifications, including Addenda issued thereto and acknowledges receipt below: Contractor's Date Issued Initials . August 30, 2004 (""'--.. ¡ ~ September 10, 2004"-','- .. September 15, 2004 ~_.....' .. October 1, 2004 October 4, 2004 r-. I_A October 4, 2004 ~. Addendum Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bidder proposes, and agrees if this Proposal is accepted, Bidder will contract with the Owner in the form of the copy of the Agreement included in these Contract Documents, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of construction. including utility and transportation services necessary to do all the Work, and furnish all the materials and equipment specified or referred to in the Contract Documents in the manner and time herein prescribed and according to the requirements of the Owner as therein set forth, furnish the Contractor's Bonds and Insurance specified in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to do all other things required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and that he will take full payment the sums set forth in the following Bid Schedule: NOTE: If you choose to bid, please submit an ORIGINAL alJd ONE COpy of your proposal pages. WS-P-1 . . Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility ~ Floor Process Control Building BID SCHEDULE 16C6 . 1 South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building BID NO. 04-3724 Having become familiar with conditions at the project site and having carefully examined the building and the bidding requirements, including the advertisement, instructions to bidders, and the contract' documents including the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Details, Schedules and Drawings, the undersigned proposes to furnish all materials, labor and equipment for the entire work in accordance with the documents and applicable codes and ordinances for the following lump sum of: Base Bid, th~ Lump Sum (in words): (t,'\\, - < >_..' '--.1- \ c?" \ ) .~ ~ , I . ~ i<' ,,\(~\ r'J {~\',,\ ~ -' t'\ \ (\ (~ .-- \, <-""? L\, ""~) (:1 V,(_~ Dollars, $ C~:3(i, 0'"' c· . c' ( Plus Allowance $50,000.00 Total Base Bid $ {",p-c¡ C'CK\ .ec' I WS-P-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS 16C6 The Bidder is required to state below, material manufacturers he proposes to utilize on this project. No change will be allowed after submittal of Bid. If substitute material proposed and listed below is not approved by Engineer, Bidder shall furnish the manufacturer named in the specification. Acceptance of this Bid does not constitute acceptance of material proposed on this list. THIS LIST MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID WILL BE DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE. MATERIAL MANUFACTURER 1. / / 1 /-1':, ?=~:-,<-...-~ /,' "... ,\-~V// 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Dated October 11, 2004 ERe, Inc. Bidder By: WS-P-3 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building . .--------- LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 16C6 The undersigned states that the following is a full and complete list of the proposed subcontractors on this Project and the class of work to be performed by each, and that such list will not be added to nor altered without written consent of the Project Manager. The undersigned further acknowledges its responsibility for ensuring that the subcontractors listed herein are "qualified" (as defined in Ordinance 87-25 and Section 15 of Instructions to Bidders) and meet all legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by this Agreement, including, but not limited to proper licenses, certifications, registrations and insurance coverage. The County reserves the right to disqualify any bidder who includes noncompliant and or non-qualified subcontractors in his/her bid offer. Further, the County may direct the bidder/contractor to remove/replace subcontractor that is found to be noncompliant with this requirement subsequent to award of the contract at no additional cost to the County. THIS LIST MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID WILL BE DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE. Subcontractor and address 1. I 1'-0",,;;, lvi";,:'!,,o/ ..--; Class of Work to be performed .¡' //1/·?~.~../-(c.".-/ ,r ('/ J -- I i:.,., , ¡,vl.l ~ ,Þ,' .:, ( t:- L 2. J k t" /\ - <. :-.. - t.. . \ : r...-,t \rf\ \ \ -{\(: ,( ',' \-.) (J " \ r l \ J - u' ,,\ /" ',' - ~/ / -.' . (c-t" ¡.>{., I <, ,> ,- . ," I' ¡ 1<, ~ 77 c." . J T:~'( \ ".~ l (' '> I CL A (~G:~ I" 'j -:,;; ".\ ~f' ,'j (:'" \, f\'~ \ ("J ".;,/ ,/ .'? . ),."c-~:; 3. -';':~nt(·, ('ICo,CC\C, tL (" \ \ ..,..... I 4. ''''':::C~/"\'v\('\' Kc(O\..c,(,\ ~~:~. \ )\i:\ l j~' 'J, \:- L ,', ;/ /';'ð .·.-kO;' , -'"/ 5. b· ,('(" l t\:')( \\ c'. \',0.,,\ ~.7 . Y' (- I \ (\ ) ') / ¡ ,,' /. / ../ //>,-,!" /) , cr /' ; . r/'. ¿/ /~ ,/, 0.-¡ '--6~",~'\ - -;'J::" (\ C,\';; F-- l ... I __.J 1 6. .' ;;,; 7' ./.) 'r _ (~;;I I- 'c,' /:~ .. ) ~/ i. /' Ii: /1"16· ./ t{ .-/ ,'" /A/'~.( (- I~-;-I ~/~~C" /" ~, (:-¿ ~y /~/?/ ," / 7 //¿~c;··'.~rl~~ t'~-:{~r#"/;-/~'-' . I -r--/ /. L: /e'~ (-...... .I r f (" -:-, ,/ /(~ k5( /.-;: Dated October 11, 2004 ~) By: Jeffrey A. Hunt, Prè ident WS-P-4 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER 16C6 , l The Bidder is required to state below what work of similar magnitude is a judge of his experience, skill and business standing and of his ability to conduct the work as completely and as rapidly as required under the terms of the contract. rb ./ 0'-/ ~o/ 0-/ .// 0/ Ce...· / 'Î/ ./ //'F ;/ ,// / ./ Proiect and Location Reference 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ; 7. 8. / // I' ./ // // " / /' Dated October 11. 2004 ERG, Inc. By; Bidde~ Jeffrey A. Hunt WS-P-5 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 1~!lJ;1 GENERAL CONTRACTORS 16C6 "~ 1360 Railhead Blvd Naples. FI . 341 ](J (239) 592..0828 (239) 592..0877 Job Buildin2 Division Agostino's Village Square Baytos Remodel Beach House at Naples Cay Garage Renovation ButlerITrigo Office Building C. Broce Priest Residence Clennont @ Pelican Marsh Chili Estates - Gatehouse & Entry Features Concord at the Vineyards - Building #9 EHC Home Office Remodel (T &M) .Eberhard Addition Ericksen Residence Gifford Residence Grabner Residence Grabner Residence #2 GrissolBuckley Residence Haleakala Office Building Horseshoe Square Kelley Residence Ketch Cay at Windstar, (22) Custom Homes Knopp Residence Krog Addition Lakeside Courtyard Homes Loft Residence Lopez Residence Lopez Remodel McCabe Residence Media One Offices Renovations (various) Mitchell Residence Mitchell Home Remodel (T &M) Morris Residence (Glenville) Nelson Residence Ostego Bay n Condominiwns Scott Remodel Site Division 5/3rd bank-Signature Building 7-11 Commercial Boulevard 7-11 Kings Highway 7-11 Metro Parkway 7-11 Pine Ridge Road Agostino's Village Square Albertson's Store #4427 Albertson's Store #4458 Allied Doors Contract Amount COMPLETED JOBS December 31, 2003 OWnerl General Contractor $ 170,385 $ 84,295 651,000 282,856 210,000 1,741,000 282,751 1,125,000 50,000 45,750 412,850 1,173,176 185,000 245,000 136,000 143,000 1,235,615 165,000 3,300,000 1,847,396 11,800 2,102,282 1,566,655 1,350,703 98,992 240,000 112,835 1,125,000 30,000 1,724,014 118,717 2,758,243 12,435 Gus Scíacqua Mr. & Mrs. Lawrence Baytos Bill Scruggs, President A. Trigo/Gary Butler C. Bruce Priest EricksenlMarsh Associates, L TO The Club Estates, L. C. Ericksen/Concord Corp. H3, Inc. Mr. & Mrs. 1. Peter Eberhard Mr. & Mrs. Grover Ericksen Mr. & Mrs. Michael Gifford Robert & Cindy Grabner Robert & Cindy Grabner Judith Buckley Timothy 1. Mitchell Horseshoe Square Developments John & Michelle Kelley EricksenlKetch Cay, Inc. Mr. & Mrs. David Knopp Mr. & Mrs. Donald Krog Radnor/Lakeside Corp. Mr. & Mrs. Jon Loft Dr & Mrs. Jeff Lopez Dr & Mrs. Jeff Lopez Ericksen Communities Media One, Inc. Timothy 1. Mitchell, Jr. Timothy 1. Mitchell, Jr. I. L. Morris Mr. & Mrs. Tony Nelson Lany Pearce Dr. & Mrs. Norman Scott $444,266 49,499 55,657 119,000 69,000 209,926 449,152 974,636 38,078 Kraft Major Builder Corporation Major Builder Corporation Major Builder Corporation Major Builder Corporation Gus SciaaJ.ua Wright Construction, Inc. The Don Casto Organization Alderuccio Corporation IFAlI _IØIRUIDRI 16C6 Job Artbrex Building Atby's Corkscrew Road AsWar Apartments, Phase II Atlantic State Bank, Naples Atlantic State Bank, Summerlin Bayshore Place Condominiums Bequia Bear's Paw Country Club Entrance Briarwood Subdivision, Unit 3 Briatwood Subdivision, Units 4 & 5 Briatwood Unit 6 Brairwood Unit 7,9 & 10 Briatwood Subdivision, Units 8 Brighton Gardens Bonita Community Health Center Buca di Beppo Restaurant Caribe Clermont @ Pelican Marsh Community Bank of Naples Community Congregational United Church of Christ Cape Coml Middle School Cape Coml National Bank Cape Marco Sales Capri Commercial Center City of Ft. Myers Parlcing Lot Chuck Ross Ball Field Clermont Entrance & Sales Facility Clipper Cove Subdivision Las Brisas Phase II Colonial Square Colony Royal Concord at the Vineyards Courthouse Shadows Cozumel Excavation Creekside Commercial Park Crossings at Bonita Crystal Lake at Eagle Creek Cypress Lake Presbyterian Cypress Woods R V. Resort, Phase I & II Danforth Lakes Dover Place @ Briarwood Phase I Dover Place @ Briatwood Phase II Dunbar Middle School East Point Commercial Park East Point Medical Center Encore Assisted Living FGCU Student Support Center Fiddlesticks Country Club FPL Substation Fidelity Investments First Union Bank Pelican Strand Contract Amount 149,850 91,855 283,300 121,103 203,462 217,666 58,536 54,708 318,446 299,626 567,738 788,197 220,722 405,715 489,802 130,235 115,597 588,488 45,706 181,833 596,447 64,567 127,028 380,483 117,750 222,225 46,800 234,537 770,000.00 11,100 19,100 602,827 12,904 23,500 337,436 34,000 43,218 5,400 195,952 3,040,122.10 252,660 84,186 423,411 369,390 80,413 289,467 706,662.00 61,657 165,535 80,000 87,745 2of4 Ownerl General Contractor Kraft Constmction Company, Inc. 1. L. Wallace, Inc. Basic Engineering, Inc. Hickory Constroction, Inc. Hickory Constroction, Inc. Kraft Constmction Company, Inc. Kraft Constmction Company, Inc. Bear's Paw Country Club Royal Palms @ Briarwood, Inc. Briarwood Development, Inc. Briarwood Development, Inc. Briatwood Development, Inc. Briarwood Development, Inc. Marriott Senior Living, Inc. Kraft Constmction Company, Inc. Parlmay Constroction Kraft Constroction Company, Inc. EricksenlMarsh Partnership, Ltd. Gulf Coast constroction, Inc. Owen Ames and Kimball O-A-K/Florida, Inc. Nu Cape Constroction, Inc. Kraft Constmction Company, Inc. LCI Constroction of South Florida, Inc. City ofFt. Myers Wright Constmction, Inc. Ericksen Marsh Partnership, Ltd. ARBC Corporation Engle Homes Kraft Constroction Company, Inc. Kraft Constmction Company, Inc. Ericksen/Concord Corporation Haleaka1a Constroction, Inc. Antaranium Development Barron Collier Corporation American Underground Utilities, Inc. Haleaka1a Constmction, Inc. Wallace-Wilkes Constroction Lance Jackson Constmction Beazer Homes (through Haleaka1a) Briarwood Development, Inc. Briarwood Development, Inc. Wright Construction, Inc. L & L Partnership, Inc. L & L Partnership, Inc. Haleaka1a Constmction, Inc. Florida Gulf Coast University Kraft Constmction Company Overholt Constmction, Inc. Barron Collier Companies D. Garrett Constroction 1f.l1 _1DII111I111R11 16Cé Job Florida Irrigation Supply Ft. Myers Police Academy Gateway Apartments Golden Gate Conununity Center Gulf Coast High School Gulf Waters RV Park Health Patk Senior Assisted Living Hidden Links Horseshoe Square IonalMcGregor Fire House #2 Ketch Cay at Windstar Las Brisas Phase II Lakeside Paving/Site Work Lee County Sidewalks Liberty Aluminum Livingston Road Extension Lopez Residence Lutgert Cancer Center Lely Classics Clubhouse Livingston Road Extension Metro Plex Middle School "AA" Muirfield at the Marsh Nations Bank - Whiskey Creek Nations Bank, Cape Coral Nations Bank, North Fort Myers Nations Bank, Summerlin North Naples Emergency Service Center Our Savior Lutheran Church Ortiz Correctional Facility Ostego Bay II Palm Harbor Club Palmero De-Mucking Parkcrest Apartments Pier 81 Pine Ridge Crossings Shopping Center Pinecrest Elemen1ary School Poinciana Elemen1ary School Pondella Conunerce Park Ready Office Building Regent Lakes San Miguel - The Vineyards Sea Chase Shannon Pines Subdivision Shaw Aero Shell Point Village Entrance Sims Intertech Sitework For New Facility Sims Intertech Turn Lane Sorrento South Trust Bank of Florida, N.A. Storage World 30f4 Contract Amount 29,750 78,225 391,225 163,115 1,343,550 170,400 217,768 622,706 282,955 92,968 488,861 770,000.00 70,023 1,071,337 143,275 1,088,698 34,000 38,720 75,000 71,565 35,995 552,500 563,740 10,791 4,500 61,474 52,670 57,875 34,556 200,605 457,148 276,708 95,000 864,545 317,556 1,686,913 287,210 280,000 247,878 59,000 705,197 51,186 89,155 188,497 564,019 69,250 158,281 41,475 204,230 70,730 162,473 Owner! General Contractor Rascon, Inc. Wright Construction, Inc. Haleakala Construction Inc. Chris-Tel Construction Kraft Construction, Inc. Harper Brothers, Inc. Haleakala Construction, Inc. Haleakala Horseshoe Square Developments Wallace-Wilkes Construction Ericksen/Ketch Cay Corporation 20% RadnorlLakeside Corporation Lee County Buccaneer Holdings Better Roads, Inc. EHC, Inc. Kraft Construction Company, Inc. Kraft Construction Company, Inc. Better Roads, Inc Gatco Construction Company Kraft Construction Company, Inc. Muirfield at the Marsh, Inc. Surety Construction Company Surety Construction Company Surety Construction Company D. Garrett Construction Surety Construction Company Apple Construction, Inc. Better Roads, Inc. Lennell II, Ltd. Larty Pearce Kraft Basic Engineering, Inc. Kraft Brice Building Company, Inc. Wright Construction, Inc. Kraft W. Kirk Beck Harmony and Associates Transeastem Properties Inc. Haleakala Construction, Inc. Kraft Construction Company, Inc. W. Kirk Beck & L. Wilson Cook Owen Ames and Kimball Wright Construction, Inc. Wright Construction, Inc. Sims Intertech Kraft Construction Company, Inc. Wallace-Wilkes Construction Gatco Construction Company .1 IIIIIW.CIIJIR1I1IH!1 Job St Anns School Addition Summerlin Lakes Sun Bank, 5th Ave. South Sundial Building Sunshine Plaza Parking Lot Tamiami Professional Center Tampico Building Terrace Avenue Properties Terranova Terranova Phase n The Point @ Pelican Landing Titan Homes Touchtone GoJf Cart Box Culvert Earth Worl,( Vanderbilt Lakes Veteran's Parlm'ay Villages of Bonita World Savin Bank Contract Amount 109,505 196,774 16,200 150,192 26,400 131,762 113 ,209 146,475 92,040 91,266 597,045 68,658 125,000 103,174 39,000 75,135 66,234 4of4 16C6 .¡;,i; ." er: General Contractor Compass Construction Haleaka1a Construction, Inc. Kraft Construction Company, Inc. Wright Construction, Inc. Surety Construction Company Hole Montes & Associates Kraft Construction Company, Inc. Haleakala Construction, Inc. Kraft Construction Company, Inc. Haleaka1a Construction, Inc. EricksenIPoint, Ltd. Titan Homes David Baron Land Developement EricksenIVanderbilt Corporation Ajax Paving, Inc. Haleakala Construction, Inc. D. Garrett Construction CONFLICT OF INTEREST 16C6 1. Bidder shall provide full disclosure of information on any work performed for private interests within the past two (2) years, especially work that is not yet completed. 2. Bidder shall provide a declaration of commitment not to pursue any private sector work within the limits of the County project or directly affected by the County project until the County project is completed and accepted by the County. Contractor may request a waiver of this provision from the Project Manager. A waiver may be granted at the sole discretion of the County. 3. Bidder shall provide a certification by a principal of the firm that the firm will comply fully with items 1 and 2 above. and to certify that no conflict of interest does exist or will arise if firm is awarded a County project. If more space is required. please attach additional pages. Failure to provide the documentation requested above may result in the Bid being declared non-responsive. ERC. Inc. Contractor By: ~ > ~- Jeffrh .:?\ October 11, 2004 Its President Date: WS-P-6 . Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 Upon receipt of written notice of the conditional acceptance of this Bid, Bidder will execute the formal Contract attached within 10 calendar days and deliver the Surety Bond or Bonds and Insurance as required by the Contract Documents. The bid security attached in the sum of: Five Percent dollars ($ 5 % ) is to become the property of the Owner in the event the Contract, Insurance and Bonds are not executed within the time above set forth for the delay and additional expense to the Owner. If awarded a contract under this Proposal, the undersigned proposes to commence work at the site within 5 calendar days from the commencement date stipulated in the written Notice to Proceed unless the Project Manager, in writing, subsequently notifies the Contractor of a modified (later) commencement date. The undersigned further agrees to substantially complete all work covered by this Proposal within one hundred eighty (180) consecutive calendar days, computed by excluding the commencement date and including the last day of such period, and to be fully completed to the point of final acceptance by the Owner within two hundred (200) consecutive calendar days, computed by excluding the commencement date and including the last day of such period. Respectfully Submitted: State of Florida County of Collier Jeffrey A. Runt, President of ERC, rne. . being first duly sworn on oath deposes and says that the Bidder on the above Proposal is organized as indicated below and that all statements herein made are made on behalf of such Bidder and that this deponent is authorized to make them. Jeffrey A. Runt, President of ERC, rne. , also deposes and says that he has examined and carefully prepared his Bid Proposal from the Contract Drawings and Specifications and has checked the same in detail before submitting this Bid; that the statements contained herein are true and correct. WS-P-7 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building (a) Corporation 16C6 The Bidder is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida I which operates under the legal name of EHC. Inc. I and the full names of its officers are as follows: President Jpffn:>y A _ Hunt Secretary KRthprinp M. Hunt Treasurer KRthprinp M. Hunt Manager N/A and it (does) or (does not) have a corporate seal. The (name) is authorized to sign construction proposals and contraGts for the company by action of its Board of Direotors taken . I a certified copy of which is hereto attached (strike Ol:lt this last sentence if not applicable). (b) Co-PartnershiD The Bidder is a co-partnership consisting of individual partners whose full names are as follows: N/A The co-partnership does business under the legal name of: N/A (c) Individual N/ A The Bidder is an individual whose full name is if operating under a trade name. said trade name is I and Dated legal entity WS-P-8 . Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2M Floor Process Control Building Itbw·¿ ~ Wo~ .------ ~~~~:~~p ~~~S' 16C6 :\ t I (I. l:". ,'\ \.. .." .......: <:.. \ 't ¡~/ (,"") :1('",... ..::::'" .~ . . It e - . . ... ....."':, ..-::- . ., " ,) 'µ '....¡ ...., . ..r ". . ..,\,\ 1".('.1 Ì' . :.:: . 0v . /:' . '... . \ ., - . ; i. [cfèifþc4We s.¿aIL ~ . ... ... '. 1990 .. ..:./ .0:,... . ,'" ~, -·10. ..".. ~' "",/ ~(OR\O~ \,......' I//IIIIIII'~\\\\ STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Collier The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 2004, by Tl2ffl"E'Y AT-Tllnt- I as EHC. Ine. I a Flori cJR corporation. He/she is personally known to me or has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. 1] day of O('tnnl3r , PrPRinpnt of corporation, on behalf of the My Commission Expires: '~N¡'KÁ (,\)~ ~Of Notary) July 31. 2008 ~ . Katherine Wood t~'. My commissIOn 00327539 ''1'"',.,1 Expires July 31 2008 (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Name: Katherine Wood (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State of Florida Commission No.: DD327539 WS-P-9 , Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building This Bond complies with t} Terrorism Risk Insurance t £. C 6 2002 (TRIA) 0 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we EHC, Inc. , (herein after called the Principal) and United States Fire Insurance Company, (herein called the Surety), a corporation chartered and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with its principal offices in the city of Morristown, New Jersey and authorized to do business in the State of Florida are held and firmly bound unto the Collier County Board of County Commissioners (hereinafter called the Owner, in the full and just sum of Five Percent of the Amount Bid dollars ($ 5% ) good and lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid upon demand of the Owner, to which payment well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, and executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally and firmly by these presents. Whereas, the Principal is about to submit, or has submitted to the Owner, a proposal for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to fumish and install: Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building Bid No. 04·3724 NOW, THEREFORE: The conditions of this obligation are such that if the Proposal be accepted, the Principal shall, within fifteen days after the date of a written Notice of Award, execute a Contract in accordance with the Proposal and upon the terms, conditions and price(s) set forth therein, of the form and manner required by the Owner, and execute a sufficient and satisfactory Contract Performance Bond and Payment Bond payable to the" Owner, in an amount of one hundred percent (100%) Percent of the total Contract price each in a form and with security satisfactory to the said Owner, then this obligation to be void; otherwise to be and remain in full force and virtue in the law; and the Surety shall, upon failure of the Principal to comply with any or all of the foregoing requirements within the time specified above, immediately pay to the aforesaid Owner, upon demand, the amount hereof in good and lawful money of the United States of America, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages. WS-P-10 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 IN TESTIMONY Thereof, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this aw\1lillll "'li. day of September , 2004. _;"..:;, '-(\(,. Itv"'",, <..... «, ............. " .«~ . . .. ~ .::' ..~~~OR;1 J": ·0 ':. .: ~.. -:. :: E , nc. . ~ :PriÄcip :: . - .- -:. . By: -; .. ~ .... .... " ~~II ..<:tOR\O~ \", 111111", "" \\~,\\\ (Seal) United States Fire Insurance Company Surety ;f();tlj n ISud (Seal) Katie N. Bird, Attorney in Fact Countersigned ){rltJ f). 6aCf I Katie N. Bird, Florida Licensed Resident Agent Local Resident Producing Agent for United States Fire Insurance Company Inquiries: (407) 834-0022 WS-P-11 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 'Jt-, . . POWER OF ATTORNEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY PRINCIPAL OFFICE, WILMINGTON, DELAWARE fb~6 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and having its administrative offices in the Township of Morris, New Jersey, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint J. W. Guignard, Bryce R. Guignard, M. Gary Francis, April L. Lively, Paul J. CiambrieUo, Katie N. Bird, Margie Morris, Brett Ragland, and Jennifer L. McCarta, of Longwood, Florida, each its true and lawful Agent(s) and Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver: Any and all bonds and undertakings--------- -------------------------- -------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Corporation at its offices in Morris Township, New Jersey, in their own proper persons. This Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf ofthe attomey(s)-in-fact named above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 9th day of July, 2004. CECOMPANY STATE OF NEW JERSEY) COUNTY OF MORRIS .) ss.: On this 9th day of July, 2004, before the subscriber, a duly qualified Notary Public of the State of New Jersey, came the above-mentioned Vice President and Assistant Secretary of United States Fire Insurance Company, to me personally known to be the officers described in, and who executed the preceding instrument, and they acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, deposed and said, that they are the officers of said Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company and the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my seal at the Township of Morris, the day and year flIst above written. . ~\\\,\\"UI''''IIJll #' ~~ A. S,4I. q~ ~ &~'.....".... "1? ~ ~ ~.·~O T A/YJ-··.. ~ ~ ;::: :"t" · "'" . ,~) ~ :::0: ' ..t1'~ = . . = =*: -e- :*= s ~ : ~ -::;:. . A. r.·_ ~ .. 'VJ . \"'-1 o· ~ ....: . VB \.. . '" ~ A..··. ... \ § ~ .V~ ·......c· ~----. ~ ~/l L1' JE?S.~\~" :111111" i II U i \\\\\ (Signed) (Seal) @.I Q~ ~~ .(\ ~ Notary Public ¥ CIdhIdne A "I. 'III ~ PubIool....= M, COnImTII1D11 lEI ....1... .._ 16 C 6 <. ..~\ This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article IV of the By-Laws of the UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY as now in full force and effect. ARTICLE IV Execution of Instruments. "The Chairman of the Board. Vice-Chairman of the Board, President, or any Vice-President, in conjunction with the Secretary, or any Secretary, if more than one shall be appointed by the Board, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have power on behalf of the Corporation: (a) to execute, affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to, acknowledge, verify and deliver any contracts, obligations, instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including. without limiting the foregoing. any bonds. guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations. policies of insurance. deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint. in writing, one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph (a), including affixing the seal of the Corporation." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed under and by the authority of Article ill, Section 9 of the By-Laws of the UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY as now in full force and effect. ARTICLE ill Section 9 Facsimile Signatures. "The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances. stipulations, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed facsimile, lithographed, or otherwise produced. .. The Corporation may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Corporation, notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued." CERTIFICATE State of New Jersey County of Morris I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing POWER OF A TIORNEY remains in full force and effect and has not been revoked and furthermore that the above quoted abstracts of Article IV and Article ill, Section 9 of the By-Laws of the Corporation are now in full force and effect. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this _28th day of September , 2004 'IF.... It ..Ih~&:) ~....Io oIduq '(1810\.1 _........,eM11p3 noiæimmo:> '[M BY~~~ Assistant Secretary David Pesce 16C6 POLICY NUMBER: IL 09 85 01 03 THIS ENDORSEMENT IS ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF YOUR POLICY IN RESPONSE TO THE DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS OF THE TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002. THIS ENDORSEMENT DOES NOT GRANT ANY COVERAGE OR CHANGE THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ANY COVERAGE UNDER THE POLICY. DISCLOSURE PURSUANT TO TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002 SCHEDULE* Terrorism Premium (Certified Acts) $ 0 Additional information, if any, concerning the terrorism premium: * Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown on this endorsement, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Disclosure Of Premium In accordance with the federal Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, we are required to provide you with a notice disclosing the portion of your premium, if any, attributable to coverage for terrorist acts certified under that Act. The portion of your premium attributable to such coverage is shown in the Schedule of this endorsement or in the policy Declarations. B. Disclosure Of Federal Participation In Payment Of Terrorism Losses The United States Government, Department of the Treasury, will pay a share of terrorism losses insured under the federal program. The federal share equals 90% of that portion of the amount of such insured losses that exceeds the applicable insurer retention. IL 09 85 01 03 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 1 of 1 o _. THIS SHEET MUST BE SIGNED BY VENDOR 16C6 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Purchasing Department BIDDERS CHECK LIST IMP 0 R TAN T: Please read carefully, sign in the spaces indicated and return with your bid proposal. Bidder should check off each of the following items as the necessary action is completed: 1. The Bid has been signed. 2. The bid prices offered have been reviewed. 3. The price extensions and totals have been checked. 4. The payment terms have been indicated. 5. Any required drawings, descriptive literature, etc. have been included. 6. Any delivery information required is included. 7. If required, the amount of bid bond has been checked, and the bid bond or cashiers check has been included. 8. Any addenda have been signed and included. 9. The mailing envelope has been addressed to: Purchasing Director Board of County Commissioners Collier County Government Center Purchasing Building 3301 Tamiami Trail, East Naples, Florida 34112 11. The mailing envelope must be sealed and marked with: ¢:)Bid Number; ¢:)Project Name; ¢:)Opening Date. 12. The bid will be mailed or delivered in time to be received no later than the specified ocenina date and time. (Otherwise bid cannot be considered.) ALL COURIER-DELIVERED BIDS MUST HAVE THE BID NUMBER AND PROJECT NAME ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE COURIER PACKET Signature & Title October 11, Date Hunt, President WS-P-12 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT 16Cb THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, Ex-Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District ("Owner"), hereby contracts with EHC, Inc. ("Contractor") of 1360 Railhead Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34110 a Florida corporation to perform all work ("Work") in connection with the Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building, Bid No. 04-3724 ("Project"), as said Work is set forth in the Plans and Specifications prepared by ShenkleShultz Architecture, the Engineers and/or Architects of Record (" Design Professional") and other Contract Documents hereafter specified. Owner and Contractor, for the consideration herein set forth, agree as follows: Section 1. Contract Documents. A. The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Exhibits described in Section 6 hereof, the Legal Advertisement, the Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal and any duly executed and issued addenda, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and amendments relating thereto. All of the foregoing Contract Documents are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement (all of said documents including the Agreement sometimes being referred to herein as the "Contract Documents" and sometimes as the "Agreement"). A copy of the Contract Documents shall be maintained by Contractor at the Project site at all times during the performance of the Work. B. Owner shall furnish to the Contractor up to five (5) sets of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. Additional copies of the Contract Documents shall be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Section 2. Scope of Work. Contractor agrees to furnish and pay for all management, supervision, financing, labor, materials, tools, fuel, supplies, utilities, equipment and services of every kind and type necessary to diligently, timely, and fully perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner the Work required by the Contract Documents. Section 3. Contract Amount. In consideration of the faithful performance by Contractor of the covenants in this Agreement to the full satisfaction and acceptance of Owner, Owner agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to Contractor the following amount (herein "Contract Amount"), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement: six hundred eighty nine thousand dollars and zero cents ($689,000.00). WS-CA-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ^.,..-....- Section 4. Bonds. 16C6 A. Contractor shall provide Performance and Payment Bonds, in the form prescribed in Exhibit A, in the amount of 100% of the Contract Amount, the costs of which to be paid by Contractor. The. Performance and Payment Bonds shall be underwritten by a surety authorized to do business in the State of Florida and otherwise acceptable to Owner; provided, however, the surety shall be rated as "A-" or better as to general policy holders rating and Class V or higher rating as to financial size category and the amount required shall not exceed 5% of the reported policy holders surplus, all as reported in the most current Best Key Rating Guide, published by A.M. Best Company, Inc. of 75 Fulton Street, New York, New York 1 0038. Should the contract amount be less than $500,000, the requirements of Section 287.0935, F.S. shall govern the rating and classification of the surety. B. If the surety for any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent, its right to do business is terminated in the State of Florida, or it ceases to meet the requirements imposed by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, within five (5) calendar days thereafter, substitute another bond and surety, both of which shall be subject to the Owner's approval. Section 5. Contract Time and Liauidated Damaaes. A. Time of Performance. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work under this Agreement. The "Commencement Date" shall be established in the Notice to Proceed to be issued by the Project Manager. Contractor shall commence the Work within five (5) calendar days from the Commencement Date. No Work shall be performed at the Project site prior to the Commencement Date. Any Work performed by Contractor prior to the Commencement Date shall be at the sole risk of Contractor. The Work shall be substantially completed within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days from the Commencement Date. The date of substantial completion of the Work (or designated portions thereof) is the date certified by the Design Professional when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work (or designated portions thereof) for the use for which it is intended. The Work shall reach final completion and be ready for final acceptance by Owner within two hundred (200) calendar days from the Commencement Date (herein "Contract Time"). B. Liquidated Damages in General. Owner and Contractor recognize that, since time is of the essence for this Agreement, Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not substantially completed within the time specified above, as said time may be adjusted as provided for herein. Should Contractor fail to substantially complete the Work within the number of calendar days for substantial completion established herein, Owner shall be entitled to assess, as liquidated damages, but not as a penalty, six hundred thirty-four dollars and thirty-two cents (634.32) for each calendar day thereafter until Substantial Completion is achieved. Further, in the event Substantial Completion is reached, but the Contractor fails to reach Final Completion, Owner shall also be entitled to assess, as liquidated damages, but not as a penalty, a sum certain per day, in the amount of three hundred seventeen dollars and sixteen cents (317.16), for each day after the time set for Final Completion, as set forth in paragraph four (4) above, until Final Completion is achieved. The Project shall be deemed to be substantially completed on the date the Project Manager (or at his/her direction, the Design Professional) issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion pursuant to the terms hereof. Contractor hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any right which it may have to seek to characterize the above noted liquidated damages as a penalty, WS-CA-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 which the parties agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the Owner's actual damages at the time of contracting if Contractor fails to substantially or finally complete the Work in a timely manner. C. Computation of Time Periods. When any period of time is referenced by days herein, it shall be computed to exclude the first day and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation, and the last day shall become the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday. D. Determination of Number of Days of Default. For all contracts, regardless of whether the Contract Time is stipulated in calendar days or working days, the County will count default days in calendar days. E. Conditions under which Liquidated Damages are Imposed. If the Contractor or, in case of his default, the surety, fails to complete the work within the time stipulated in the Contract for Substantial Completion, or within such extra time that the County may have granted the Contractor, or in case of his default, the surety, shall pay to the County, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages, the amount of six hunted thirty-four dollars and thirty-two cents ($634.32) per day for each day the Contractor fails to reach Substantial Completion as required under the terms of the contract. Final Completion shall occur when the contract is completed in its entirety, is accepted by the County as complete and is so stated by the County as complete. If the Contractor reaches Substantial Completion but fails to reach Final Completion, the Contractor, or in the case of his default, the surety, shall pay the sum of three hundred seventeen dollars and sixteen cents ($317.16) per day for each day the Contractor fails to reach Final Completion. F. Right of Collection. The County has the right to apply, as payment on such liquidated damages due under the Contract by allowing the Contractor to continue and to finish the work, or any part of it, after the expiration of the Contract Time including granted time extensions. G. Allowing Contractor to Finish Work. The County does not waive its right to liquidated damages due under the Contract by allowing the Contractor to continue and to finish the work, or any part of it, after the expiration of the Contract Time including granted time extensions. H. Completion of Work by County. In the case of a default of the Contract by the Contractor and the completion of the work by the County, the Contractor and his surety are liable for the liquidated damages under the Contract, but the County will not charge liquidated damages for any delay in the Final Completion of the County's performance of the work due to any unreasonable action or delay on the part of the County. WS-CA-3 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16Cb I. Release of Contractor's Responsibility. The County considers the Contract complete when the Contractor has completed in its entirety all of the work and the County has accepted all of the work and notified the Contractor in writing that the work is complete. The County will then release the Contractor from further obligation except as set forth in his bond and except as provided in the Contract. J. Recovery of Damages Suffered by Third Parties. When the Contractor fails to complete the work within the Contract Time or within such additional time that the County may grant, the County may recover from the Contractor amounts that the County pays for damages suffered by third parties unless the failure to timely complete the work was caused by the County's act or omission. Section 6. Exhibits Incorporated. The following documents are expressly agreed to be incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement. Exhibit A: Performance and Payment Bond Forms Exhibit B: Insurance Requirements Exhibit C: Release and Affidavit Form Exhibit D: Contractor Application for Payment Form Exhibit E: Change Order Form Exhibit F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form Exhibit G: Final Payment Checklist Exhibit H: General Terms and Conditions Exhibit I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions Exhibit J: Technical Specifications Exhibit K: Permits Exhibit L: Plans and Specifications prepared by ShenkleShultz Architecture, and identified as follows Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building, as shown on Plan Sheets A001 , A 100, A200, A300, A400, A500, SC01-SC02, S1 00-S1 02, S200-S201, S300-S301, S400, M001, M100- M102, M201, M301, P100-P103, EOOO-E001, E101-E102, E201-E202, E301, E401, E501, E601-E602. Section 7. Notices. A. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by the Contractor to the Owner shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E-mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following: Phil Gramatges, P.E. Public Utilities Engineering Department 3301 Tamiami Trail East Naples, Florida 34112 Telephone: 239-774-8836 Fax: 239-530-5378 E-mail: PhilGramatges@colliergov.net WS-CA-4 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building B. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by Owner to Contractor shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E-mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following: 16 C 6 Jeffrey A. Hunt, President EHC, Inc. 1360 Railhead Boulevard Naples, Florida 34110 Telephone: 239-592-0828 Fax: 239-592-0877 C. Either party may change its above noted address by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Section 8. Modification. No modification or change to the Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless in writing and executed by the party or parties intended to be bound by it. Section 9. Successors and Assians. Subject to other provisions hereof, the Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to the Agreement. Section 10. Governina Law. The Agreement shall be interpreted under and its performance governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Section 11. No Waiver. The failure of the Owner to enforce at any time or for any period of time anyone or more of the provisions of the Agreement shall not be construed to be and shall not be a waiver of any such provision or provisions or of its right thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. Section 12. Entire Aareement. Each of the parties hereto agrees and represents that the Agreement comprises the full and entire agreement between the parties affecting the Work contemplated, and no other agreement or understanding of any nature concerning the same has been entered into or will be recognized, and that all negotiations, acts, work performed, or payments made prior to the execution hereof shall be deemed merged in, integrated and superseded by the Agreement. Section 13. Severabilitv. Should any provision of the Agreement be determined by a court to be unenforceable, such a determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section or part thereof. WS-CA-5 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building Section 14. Chanae Order Authorization. 16G6 The Project Manager shall have the authority on behalf of the Owner to execute all change orders to the Agreement to the extent provided for under the County's Purchasing Policy and accompanying administrative procedures. Section 15. Construction Any doubtful or ambiguous language contained in this Agreement shall not be construed against the party who physically prepared this Agreement. The rule sometimes referred to as "fortius contra proferentum" (pursuant to which ambiguities in a contractual term which appears on its face to have been inserted for the benefit of one of the parties shall be construed against the benefited party) shall not be applied to the construction of this Agreement. Section 16. Order of Precedence In the event of any conflict between or among the terms of any of the Contract Documents, the terms of the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions shall take precedence over the terms of all other Contract Documents. To the extent any conflict in the terms of the Contract Documents cannot be resolved by application of the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions, the conflict shall be resolved by imposing the more strict obligation under the Contract Documents upon the Contractor. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. :. ........ . . . . . . W8-CA-6 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date(s) indicated below. CONTRACTOR: 16C6 TWO WITNESSES: EH;:~ ~<,~...,~ -~~S_~\çcc=, FIRST WITNESS jlcl-é/V' I ~~fc.""- í1~' s ~Type/print Name Á ~¿/~ $/( ECOND WITNESS tD1r/le K ß'd ype/Pnnt Name Date: \ \ \ \t.o \D~ By: .Ie ç~,:h,þ.., tI.M-f-? (eo, (áeJ Type/Print Na e and title I ~~. ;'···~·';~i¡,[. Affix the "(Corporate Seal}" OR type/print "(Corporate Seal)" il,r ~r,;~~~ ~ ," ~ -$ '":. .. - '" Ii) í.".:' ".'. ~¡ ...' }~j " '" ~ ,. OWNER: .... " .. ... ," ...... ... .".... \\"}Ò\ ~ J ~ .~,\ ',I II 'tI, ATTEST: \ ('~ q .":~ . VI? '^·,~'t4) ....~. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONER$"Qt" COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, EX-"Q.&f\Þ:id;;"lf'I'<r . THE GOVERNING BOARD OF TbfË/:>" ':", .'~,~, . ,,' ... COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWjR QISTRICT ,\ :~. ~ I:'~ :.::.," ;," : ft. ~ d'~:: ,:- -;. '-!!'"" . ~~~..':' " ::'- - . . D ight E. Brock, Cler~}}~., '\;' 1.:~..Ii; ;', ' ~ '\.'.',~,J;"'" ,......: .,' .~..'" Attest as to Chaf-··.·· ::, (,<:':J'" ',:,\. ,:,; ,__ ',Vl./i...t,· /I \ ,~. s1gaatwrt OR1]. '. Approved As To Form and al Sufficienc . By: . ~. .' - " ~.... . c:: ~. . : <: ".<" > ,~~:.: Commissioner Donna Fiará-,J . frairmát1';,""" 1IIIItf' j~i_'\~\\.Y' )~ Sco each Assistant County Attorney Item # ~~~ //-/10' ()t.f U¿~tj D'·:~e 12.~tf Rec'd WS-CA-7 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building This Bond Complies With The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act Of 2002 (TRIA) 16C6 Executed In 2 Counterparts EXHIBIT A PUBLIC PAYMENT BOND Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building Bid No. 04-3724 CONTRACT NO. 04-3724 BOND No. 6102430047 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That EHC, Inc., 1360 Railhead Blvd., Naples, FL 34110, (239) 592-0828 , as Principal, and United States Fire Insurance Companv , as Surety, located at 305 Madison Ave.,Morristown, NJ, 07960-1973, (973) 490-6600 (Business Address) are held and firmly bound to Collier County Board of County Commissioners as Obligee in the sum of SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY-NINE THOUSAND AND NO/100THS ($ 689,000.00 ) for the payment whereof we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the /~ day of ¡Jo-')E..VI.\~~ 2004, with Obligee for Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building; 04·3724 in accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: Promptly makes payment to all claimants as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation under this Bond. The provisions of this bond are subject to the time limitations of Section 255.05(2). In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to claimants for more than the penal sum of this Payment Bond, regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by claimants. ¿t- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this I L day of ~ 2004, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly signed by its under-signed representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Owner's Address: 3301 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34112-3969 (239) 774-8407 WS-CA-A-1 Street Address of Project: 5600 Warren Street Naples, FL Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: PRINCIPAL: EHC, Inc. / itnesses as to Principal By: Name: Its: STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this f~ day of J:ecfM \y:>( , 2004, by 3ci+f~ A. Hv nt ,as '~esìdcV\t of EHC, Inc. , a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation. @she is personallv known Jº__-'!1e OR has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission EX-R~ms; í ( ,,\ "......"\ "'"-." ,.... ~ ~ ... .::: ,P " (Signature of Notary) NAME:~fue(ì V\~ (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State of rlcx-¡'~ Kathel'ine Wood . . My commiUlOf' 539 ~r~ Expirea July 31 2008 WCXXJ " c . !/¡r ,~ /.1' '" ~ ~ (AFFIX OFF4CLh SSE~LJ ~ ~ :;~~" ',~ ~ r ;J ~1l} þ~ ~, þ~. ~ ,ì!1f¡. , ,..",,, "'f, , . \" , I'f~,gnlí"·~· ATTEST: Commission No. 1Jb 327 S 3C¡ SURETY: United States Fire Insurance Company (Printed Name) 305 Madison Ave. Morristown, NJ, 07960-1973 (Business Address) (Authorized . Witness as to Suret (Printed Name OR WS-CA-A-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ~(UIÚ løYðLW :Ju- rlOû/JL Witnesses 16C6 As ttorney in Fact & Florida Licensed Resident Agent (Attach Power of Attorney) 305 Madison Ave. Inquiries: (407) 834-0022 Morristown, NJ, 07960-1973 (Business Address) Katie N. Bird (Printed Name) (973) 490-6600 (Telephone Number) STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Seminole The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 22nd day of Katie N. Bird I as Attornev in Fact United States Fire Insurance ComDany , Surety, on behalf of personally known to me OR has produced Personallv Known identification and who did (did not) take an oath. November, 2004, by of Surety. He/She is as My Commission Expires: KATHLEEN A. CLAWSON Notary Public, State of Florida My comm. exp. Aug. 30, 2008 Comm. No. DO 351092 J{~ a. CQ~~ (Signature of Notary) Name: Kathleen A. Clawson (Legibly Printed) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State of Florida Commission No.: A~gust 30, 2008 W S-CA-A-3 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building This Bond Complies with the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (TRIA). EXHIBIT A Executed in 2 counlpat C 6 .. PUBLIC PERFORMANCE BOND 0 Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building Bid No. 04-3724 BOND NO. 6102430047 CONTRACT NO. 04-3724 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That EHC, Inc., 1360 Railhead Blvd., Naples, FL 34110, (239) 592-0828 , as Principal, and United States Fire Insurance Company , as Surety, located at 305 Madison Ave., Morristown, NJ, 07960-1973, (973) 490-6600 (Business Address) are held and firmly bound to Collier County Board of County Commissioners, as Obligee in the sum of SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY-NINE THOUSAND AND NO/100THS($ 689.000.00 ) for the payment whereof we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the ILP day of tv c \)~V'f'.~etL , 2004, with Obligee for Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building, Bid No. 04-3724, 5600 Warren Street, Naples, Florida in accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract; and 2. Pays Obligee any and all losses, damages, costs and attorneys' fees that Obligee sustains because of any default by Principal under the Contract, including, but not limited to, all delay damages, whether liquidated or actual, incurred by Obligee; and 3. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the Contract for the time specified in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation under this Bond. W S-CA-A-1 a Owner's Address: 3301 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34112-3969 (239) 774-8407 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, extliD. C 6." alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or other work to be performed hereunder, or the specifications referred to therein shall in anywise affect its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such changes, extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to work or to the specifications. This instrument shall be construed in all respects as a common law bond. It is expressly understood that the time provisions and statute of limitations under Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, shall not apply to this bond. In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to Obligee for more than the penal sum of this Performance Bond regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by Obligee. ,?+ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this ---' - day of 'DpcQl4loer ,2004, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: i:L~!- Witnesses as tõf5ilñCipal By: Name: Its: PRINCIPAL: EH~_,. ~,L \ J e~ :d e ..cr STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Qo \ ) ¡ e( The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this i ~T day of DeceM. \:::eo( 2004, by '7eU(c~ A H v V\t , as Pyc:::,;d en t of EHC, Inc. , a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation. @she 1s personally known to me OR has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. WS-CÄ-Ä-2a Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building My Commission Expires: \\\\\11111101(" "," ù" C fA, 1,_,. ,".~ ..., '\' ", , . !,} r '.' \~,:", ~.~ ~ 'If) !\1 ;~, @ ~ ,,:"! \, "'p~ .~~ ',~' ~ø' ,P .,Þ (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL.l1 ',) ,;" ~ " ~ " ,..... ~ ~ "'~ ....' '!I.'''' ,\' if'UíIH\\\ ATTEST: ~ilne.. ä" to ::;urely ~CU'1GÆd Cør~ ~ ¡lame- Witnesses Inquiries (407) 834-0022 - 6 (Signature of Notary) ~c· My CommiIIIOn 00327538 , I'" t;I Expires July 31 2008 Name: ~t1\e{¡ At' W QXj (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State of _F' C){ ¡do.. Commission No. ~b 327539, - SURETY: United States Fire Insurance Company (Printed Name) 305 Madison Ave. Morristown, NJ, 07960-1973 (Business Address) (Authnri7~g 8i§lldlure) (Printed Name) OR As ttorney in Fact & Florida Licensed Resident Agent (Attach Power of Attorney) 305 Madison Ave. Morristown. NJ. 07960-1973 (Business Address) Katie N. Bird (Printed Name) (973) 490-6600 (Telephone Number) WS-CA-A-3a _ Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Seminole 16C6 The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 22nd day of November 2004, by Katie N. Bird as Attornev in Fact United States Fire Insurance Company , Surety, on behalf of Surety. personally known to me OR has produced Personallv Known identification and who did (did not) take an oath. of He/she is as My Commission Expires: KATHLEEN A. CLAWSON Notary Publ ic, State of Florida My comm. expo Aug. 30, 2008 CQmm. No. DO 351092 ~CCC--~~ a ~~ (Signature of Notary) Name: Kathleen Ä. Clawson (Legibly Printed) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State of Florida Commission No.: DD351 092 WS-CA-A-4a Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building POLICY NUMBER: 6102430047 16 O~8501 03 THIS ENDORSEMENT IS ATTACHED TO AND MADE PART OF YOUR POLICY IN RESPONSE TO THE DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS OF THE TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002. THIS ENDORSEMENT DOES NOT GRANT ANY COVERAGE OR CHANGE THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ANY COVERAGE UNDER THE POLICY. DISCLOSURE PURSUANT TO TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002 SCHEDULE* Terrorism Premium (Certified Acts) $ 0 Additional information, if any, concerning the terrorism premium: * Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown on this endorsement, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Disclosure Of Premium In accordance with the federal Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, we are required to provide you with a notice disclosing the portion of your premium, if any, attributable to coverage for terrorist acts certified under that Act. The portion of your premium attributable to such coverage is shown in the Schedule of this endorsement or in the policy Declarations. B. Disclosure Of Federal Participation In Payment Of Terrorism Losses The United States Government, Department of the Treasury, will pay a share of terrorism losses insured under the federal program. The federal share equals 90% of that portion of the amount of such insured losses that exceeds the applicable insurer retention. IL 09 85 01 03 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 1 of 1 o POWER OF ATTORNEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY 22311 0 PRINCIPAL OFFICE, WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 1 he" KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE coJr'ANY a'torporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. and having its administrative offices in the Township of Morris, New Jersey, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint J. W. Guignard, Bryce R. Guignard, M. Gary Francis, April L. Lively, Paul J. Ciambriello, Katie N. Bird, Margie Morris, Brett Ragland, and Jennifer L. McCarta, of Longwood, Florida, each its true and lawful Agent(s) and Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver: Any and all bonds and undertakings-- --------------- ---------------- .-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------- ----- and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Corporation at its offices in Morris Township, New Jersey, in their own proper persons. This Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf of the attorney(s)-in-fact named above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 9th day of July, 2004. STATE OF NEW JERSEY) COUNTY OF MORRIS ) ss.: On this 9th day of July, 2004, before the subscriber, a duly qualified Notary Public of the State of New Jersey, came the above-mentioned Vice President and Assistant Secretary of United States Fire Insurance Company, to me personally known to be the officers described in, and who executed the preceding instrument, and they acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, deposed and said, that they are the officers of said Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my seal at the Township of Morris, the day and year first above written. ~\\,\\\Umlllllll ..~"\ L'C: A. SI. ;t14~ ~ &~~....... 11t°11 ~ #!§ .L~".··O"AJ:-:·.. 'J,.. ~ ;::.....~ ·TJ-·~~ !'oò :"t". ~ . ...~ .... :::0." . e.t1'~ = . . = :: * : -e- : * == :: . . :: ..,. . . ... ~ .. ^ r.....::: ~ . ,v,. \V . ~ ~ .11:-.. vB\.. .... \ ~ ~ ~v~ ·......0· ~~ ~ ~.Ill LlI J E?'S .~\.\.-$' 1111;11/ iII"" ¡\\\\. (Signed) (Seal) Q Qk ~ .r í!:U Notary Public ¥ Catherine A SIncavage Notary Public of New ...., My Commission Expires July 12, 2009 16C6·' This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article IV of the By-Laws of the UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY as now in full force and effect. ARTICLE IV Execution of Instruments. "The Chainnan of the Board, Vice-Chairman of the Board, President, or any Vice-President, in conjunction with the Secretary, or any Secretary, if more than one shall be appointed by the Board, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have power on behalf of the Corporation: (a) to execute, affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to, acknowledge, verify and deliver any contracts, obligations, instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including, without limiting the foregoing, any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations, policies of insurance, deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint, in writing, one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph (a), including affixing the seal of the Corporation." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed under and by the authority of Article ill, Section 9 of the By-Laws of the UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY as now in full force and effect. ARTICLE III Section 9 Facsimile Signatures. "The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed facsimile, lithographed, or otherwise produced. . . The Corporation may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Corporation, notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued. " CERTIFICATE State of New Jersey County of Morris I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing POWER OF ATTORNEY remains in full force and effect and has not been revoked and furthennore that the above quoted abstracts of Article IV and Article ill, Section 9 of the By-Laws of the Corporation are now in full force and effect. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this day of ..."A~ =... lit oIdIA yunot.1 __ . I~ S noiaimmo~ '1M By 0~~ Assistant Secretary David Pesce CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 16C6 The company indicated below certifies that the insurance afforded by the policy or policies numbered and described below is in force as of the effective date of this certificate. This Certificate of Insurance does not amend, extend, or otherwise alter the Terms and Conditions of Insurance coverage contained in any policy numbered and described below. CERTIFICATE HOLDER & ADDITIONAL INSURED: Collier County 3301 East Tamiami Trail Naples. FL 34112 INSURED: EHC, Inc. 1360 Railhead Blvd. Naples FL 34110 Re: Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility, Contract # 04-3724 I TYPE OF INSURANCE I I I [x] Liability and Medical Expense POLICY I EXP. DATE I I 5/20/05 I I I I I Any One Person...........$ 5.000 I Any One Fire/Explosion...$ 100.000 I I I I 5/20/05 I I [x] Owned I [x] Hired I [x] Non-Owned I I ~~ I I [X] All-Risk. Special 77PR593457000l 5/20/04 5/20/05 I Business Property........$ I Form. I Deductible .......$ I I I I EXCESS LIABILITY I---~-----I Each Occurrence..........$5,OOO,OOO I [x] Umbrella Form 77CU5934570003 5/20/04 I 5/20/05 I Prod/Comp Ops/Disease Iii Aggregate................$5,OOO,OOO Should any of the above described policies be cancened before DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/ the expiration date, the insurance company will endeavor to mail VEIllCLES/RESTRICTIONS/SPECIAL ITEMS 30 days written notice to the above-named certificate holder, Contractor/above and temporary work but failure to mail such notice shan impose no obligation or sites in the State of FL/per liability upon the company, its agents, or representatives. policy/None/None POLICY EFF. DATE LIMITS OF LIABILITY [x] [x] I I I I I Personal & I Advertising Injury I Medical Expenses I Fire Legal I Liability I I POLICY NO LIABILITY 77PR5934570001 5/20/04 Any One Occurrence.......$1.000.000 Incl in Above-Any One Person or Organization --- General Aggregate........$2,OOO.000 Prod/Comp Ops Aggregate..$l.OOO.OOO Bodily Injury Each Person............. $ Each Accident...........$ Property Damage Each Accident...........$ Combined Single Limit....$l,OOO.OOO AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY [x] Business Auto 77BA5934570002 5/20/04 50,000 250 Insurer: Nationwide Insurance Co PO Box 147080 Gainesville, FL 32614 Effective Date of Certificate: 5/20/04 Date Certificate Issued: 11 /22/04 Authorized Representative: BARTON INSURANCE AGENCY Countersigned at: 447 CAPE CORAL PKWAY CAPE CORAL, FL 33904 '-'-" .... JJ- ~(239)542-5300 ". -"- 0 t2 ''"'{/ , ."." (., i " \/ >\........."'"'- v / Client#: 20180 EHCINC89 A'CORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE TE (MM/DDIYYYY) 1119104 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND. EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. - PRODUCER Brown & Brown, Inc. - Naples 801 Anchor Rode Dr., Suite 300 J Naples, Fl 34103 239262-5143 INSURED j EHC, Inc 1360 Rail Head Blvd Naples, Fl 34110 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A: American International Companies INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: NAIC# COVERAGES "1 THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH I POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ILTR NSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER PJ>,t+~~ti~¡88~~f Pg~¥J I¡'~~Ó'~~N LIMITS ~ERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO RENTED $ J I CLAIMS MADE D OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $ - PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ - GENERAL AGGREGATE $ J GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ I 'nPRO- n POLICY J ECT LOC ~TOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ J ANY AUTO (Ea accident) - - ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) - - HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY J $ NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) - - PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) J ~AGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ J ~ESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR 0 CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ $ I R DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ -'A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC7688556 . 06/26104 06126/05 X I T;l.~l[~\¥~ i IO~~- EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY $1,000,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE EL. EACH ACCIDENT J OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? EL. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes, describe under EL. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 SPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS land Improvement & General Contracting J I CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION J Collier County 3301 E Tamiami Trail Naples, Fl 34112 Fax #: 592-0877 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL --1.0.- DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. A)(THORIZED RE!jESENTATIVE fl lJ - if· 8~ J ACORD 25 (2001/08) 1 of 2 #59271 JSB @ ACORD CORPORATION 1988 J 16C6 J IMPORTANT J If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). J If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s), ..1. J DISCLAIMER J The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. J J J J J J J I J J ACORD 25-8 (2001/08) 2 of 2 #59271 EXHIBIT B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 16C6 (1) The amounts and types of insurance coverage shall conform to the following minimum requirements with the use of Insurance Services Office (ISO) forms and endorsements or their equivalents. (2) The insurance required by this Agreement shall be written for not less than the limits specified herein or required by law, whichever is greater. (3) Coverage shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the work until the date of completion and acceptance of the Project by the Owner or as specified in this Agreement, whichever is longer. (4) Certificates of insurance (3 copies) acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner within ten (10) calendar days after Notice of Award is received by Contractor/Consultant/Professional. (5) The Contractor and/or its insurance carrier shall provide 30 days written notice to the Owner of policy cancellation or non-renewal on the part of the insurance carrier or the Contractor. (6) All insurance coverage of the Contractor/Consultant/Professional shall be primary to any insurance or self insurance program carried by the Owner applicable to this Project. (7) The acceptance by Owner of any Certificate of Insurance does not constitute approval or agreement by the Owner that the insurance requirements have been satisfied or that the insurance policy shown on the Certificate of Insurance is in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement. (8) Contractor/Consultant/Professional shall require each of its subcontractors to procure and maintain, until the completion of the subcontractors work, insurance of the types and to the limits specified in this Section unless such insurance requirements for the subcontractor are expressly waived in writing by the Owner. (9) Should at any time the Contractor/Consultant/Professional not maintain the insurance coverage required herein, the Owner may terminate the Agreement or at its sole discretion shall be authorized to purchase such coverage and charge the Contractor for such coverage purchased. The Owner shall be under no obligation to purchase such insurance, nor shall it be responsible for the coverage purchased or the insurance company or companies used. The decision of the Owner to purchase such insurance coverage shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of any of its rights under the Contract Documents. (10) If the initial, or any subsequently issued Certificate of Insurance expires prior to the completion of the Work or termination of the Agreement, the Contractor/Consultant/ Professional shall furnish to the County, renewal or replacement Certificate(s) of Insurance not later than ten (10) calendar days after the date of their expiration. Failure of the Contractor to provide the County with such renewal certificate(s) shall be considered justification for the County to terminate the Agreement. WS-CA-B-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 16C6 Required by this Agreement? (check one)..lL Yes _ No (1) Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance shall be maintained by the Contractor/Consultantl Professional during the term of this Agreement for all employees engaged in the work under this Agreement in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. The amounts of such insurance shall not be less than: a. Worker's Compensation - Florida Statutory Requirements b. Employers' Liability (check one) $100,000 Each Accident $500,000 Disease Aggregate $100,000 Disease Each Employee 1- $1 ,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease Aggregate $1,000,000 Disease Each Employee (2) The insurance company shall waive its Rights of Subrogation against the Owner and the policy shall be so endorsed. (3) United States Longshoreman's and Harborworker's Act coverage shall be maintained where applicable to the completion of the work. o Applicable x Not Applicable (4) Maritime Coverage (Jones Act) shall be maintained where applicable to the completion of the work. o Applicable x Not Applicable COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Required by this Agreement? ..lL Yes No (1) Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be maintained by the Contractor / Consultant Professional. Coverage will include, but not be limited to, Bodily Injury, Property Damage, Personal Injury, Contractual Liability for this Agreement, Independent Contractors, Broad Form Property WS-CA-B-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 Damage including Completed Operations and Products and Completed Operations Coverage. Limits of Liability shall not be less than the following: (check one) _ General Aggregate Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Personal and Advertising Injury Each Occurrence Fire Damage _ General Aggregate Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Personal and Advertising Injury Each Occurrence Fire Damage L General Aggregate Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Personal and Advertising Injury Each Occurrence Fire Damage $ 300,000 $ 300,000 $ 300,000 $ 300,000 $ 50,000 $ 500,000 $ 500,000 $ 500,000 $ 500,000 $ 50,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $ 50,000 (2) The General Aggregate Limit shall apply separately to this Project and the policy shall be endorsed using the following endorsement wording. "This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: Commercial General Liability Coverage Part. The General Aggregate Limit under LIMITS OF INSURANCE applies separately to each of your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you." (3) If the General Liability insurance required herein is issued or renewed on a "claims made" basis, as opposed to the "occurrence" form, the retroactive date for coverage shall be no later than the commencement date of the Project and shall provide that in the event of cancellation or non-renewal the Extended Reporting Period (Discovery Period) for claims shall be no less than three (3) years. (4) The Owner shall be named as an Additional Insured and the policy shall be endorsed that such coverage shall be primary to any similar coverage carried by the Owner. (5) Coverage shall be included for explosion, collapse or underground property damage claims. (6) Watercraft Liability coverage shall be carried at the limits shown above if applicable to the completion of the work under this Agreement. o Applicable x Not Applicable (7) Aircraft Liability coverage shall be carried at limits of $1,000,000 each occurrence if applicable to the completion of the work under this Agreement. o Applicable x Not Applicable WS-CA-B-3 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ~_..._------ PROPERTY INSURANCE - BUILDERS RISK 16C6 (1) The Owner shall purchase and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the State of Florida and in Collier County, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and Material Suppliers in the Work. (2) Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form and, at the Owner's option, shall cover reasonable compensation for Professional's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. At the Owner's option, flood insurance will also be purchased. (3) The property insurance provided by the Owner requires minimum deductibles and the Contractor shall pay costs not covered by the deductibles. The responsibility of the Contractor for any deductible associated with the all-risk policy described above shall be limited to a maximum of $1,000 for each occurrence unless higher deductibles are identified in Exhibit C of the Contract Documents. The responsibility of the Contractor for any deductible associated with the flood insurance identified herein, if purchased by the Owner, shall be limited to a maximum of $1,000 for each occurrence unless higher deductibles are identified in Exhibit C of the Contract Documents. (4) This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit. (5) Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall have the option of purchasing and maintaining boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner. If purchased this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. (6) Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Professional, Professional's consultants, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Exhibit C or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The policies shall provide waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. (7) A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insured, as their interests may appear. WS-CA-B-4 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 16C6 Required by this Agreement? (check one) l Yes _ No (1) Automobile Liability Insurance shall be maintained by the Contractor/Consultant/ Professional for the ownership, maintenance or use of any owned, non-owned or hired vehicle with limits of not less than: (check one) _ Bodily Injury & Property Damage - $ 500,000 ~ Bodily Injury & Property Damage - $1,000,000 UMBRELLA LIABILITY (1) Umbrella Liability may be maintained as part of the liability insurance of the Contractor/Consultant/Professional and, if so, such policy may be in addition to and in excess of Employers' Liability, Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability and Professional Liability coverage required herein and shall include all coverage on a "following form" basis. (2) The policy shall contain wording to the effect that, in the event of the exhaustion of any underlying coverage due to the payment of claims, the Umbrella policy will "drop down" to apply as primary insurance. (3) The General Aggregate limit, if applicable, shall apply separately to this project and the policy shall be so endorsed. WS-CA-B-5 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building EXHIBIT C RELEASE AND AFFIDAVIT FORM 16C6 COUNTY OF COLLIER STATE OF FLORIDA Before me, the undersigned authority, personally appeared who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: (1) In accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of $ paid, ("Contractor") releases and waives for itself and its subcontractors, material men, successors and assigns, all claims demands, damages, costs and expenses, whether in contract or in tort, against the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, Ex-Officio the Governing Board of the Collier County Water-Sewer District ("Owner") relating in any way to the performance of the Agreement between Contractor and Owner, dated ,20_, for the period from to (2) Contractor certifies for itself and its subcontractors, material men, successors and assigns, that all charges for labor, materials, supplies, lands, licenses and other expenses for which Owner might be sued or for which a lien or a demand against any payment bond might be filed, have been fully satisfied and paid. (3) Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Owner from all demands or suits, actions, claims of liens or other charges filed or asserted against the Owner arising out of the performance by Contractor of the Work covered by this Release and Affidavit. (4) This Release and Affidavit is given in connection with Contractor's [monthly/final] Application for Payment No. CONTRACTOR: By: Its: President Date: Witnesses [Corporate Seal] WS-CA-C-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building STATE OF 16C6 COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 2004, by , as , a the corporation. He/she is personally known to day of of corporation, on behalf of me or has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: (Signature of Notary) Name: (Legibly Printed) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State of Commission No.: WS-CA-C-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ~, --,,,.....'''''-....''''''',....---'.-.-....-. EXHIBIT D FORM OF CONTRACT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 16C6 (County Project Manager) (County Department) Collier County Board of County Commissioners (the OWNER) or Collier County Water-Sewer District (the OWNER) FROM: (Contractor's Representative) (Contractor's Name) (Contractor's Address) RE: Bid No. Project No, Application Date Payment Application No. for Work accomplished through the Date: (Project Name) Original Contract Time: Revised Contract Time: Retainage @ 10% thru[insert date] $ Retainage @ _ % after [insert date] $ Percent Work completed to Date: Percent Contract Time completed to Date % % Liquidated Damages to be Accrued $ Original Contract Amount: $ Total Change Orders to Date $ Revised Contract Amount $ Total value of Work Completed and stored to Date $ Less previous payment (s) $ AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $ ATTACH SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION TO THIS APPLICATION CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that: (1) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through _ inclusive; (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (except such as covered by Bond acceptable to OWNER); (3) all amounts have been paid for work which previous payments were issued and received from the OWNER and that current payment is now due; (4) and CONTRACTOR agrees that all overruns as shown on the monthly estimate summary shall, in fact, be added to the revised contract and shall be incorporated into a future Change Order: By CONTRACTOR: (Contractor's Name) (Signature) DATE: (Type Name & Title) (shall be signed by a duly authorized representative of CONTRACTOR) Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended: (DP's Name) (Signature) DATE: (Type Name & Title) Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is approved: By Design Professional: By OWNER'S Project Manager: (Signature) DATE: (Type Name and Title) WS-CA-D-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building -- - - ---. I i -- i -----, I , 1 i I i I I "---- , I I - -- ---~ -,-_.~ ,----- --- ~..._-- I I I Wi'l:o O...J :;¡! ~ ~I I- - J:I g~!::: ~ ~¡ W'_ o .II < I! ~,z 1 I'ce u It- ::I WI~ 11::' -, W' o ~ ~ ! 0- , "" ~ ! I,~ I W J:' 01/) :i~ ...JII.. ~g I- W ¡ Zl- WW ~~ w== 0.0 o i@O w :;¡!tü~!;¡: I- ...JO.o g !i:ñ:O 8oðl- I/) O...J w< ~52 I-w 1/)1- ,;¡ i L: .. .Q ° E (/)0 '" ö (f) Z I- :¡:æ ... w " .., I-i~ :J .. .. 0 ,- .s 'I: ° ..J £ .!3:' w , c( -- ---.-.---- - I- > W IJ W --1 zl- u.. I Q. 0< 0 :E _0 0 I-w W () <0 ..J ~ !dz :J ...J- a:: o.lJ C ¡ -~ a. W <w iJ: 1/)1- :::1< 0 00 (f) >:::1 , WII:: II::J: i I 0.1- ,---- , I I 01 I I ~w :::1:::1 o ...J¡ ~ ~I o IJ ¡ I i z 0 ~I 52! 01 I 1/), 'â W 1 0 CD ::I 'I: ! ;; I I I: 0 I I () I - I åi 0-' I i I- I E ,II:: It ==I:ä iD z :¡: iI' ~== I >< I -I! w ~ I 8 ( m : ¡¡¡ *1 i .~_ enl ----- I~.~I' e: ,I- :§: ¿ ~I E I õo21 I c: 8 '---r I~I*I -6',Oi I I ~I~' , lol~i I, - , ~ ~ r-r I I ¡ ~c:i I~lu' i ro ~' i ~i rol i ( ë., c:¡ rIJ'---- ~¡.- ( .9:! ! 1]1 .§, '0.._1 I g.ê ' i I u ::1 .m ~, 'Ü,ro' lroie: l:; 0 , c: ,".;:; I is'Ë ~ 0 :::::§ i'Ë, . :::>e: 12i~ ro u IE .9:! '~ ~ .- I =,21 i ro,.c ! I ~I-i I' i.!!1'~ I c..,.... I i' -, e: ur~uc- -~-- ð ~' I i >o-.!!11 I ( i. c.. Qi:.~ I I~I.&: m ro 1~'~¡- 0.... I ~,'~I 11-10)1 ( ¡ æl I I¡::£ I Uil~ .ª~i I ri,õl !::: I ( ' 0.1.... ~.§ I I m I ( oj, :::>I.c 0)1 -I·Q!~· ê- >....H ~ a.,S Q.:::>I ~I i ã;1§::-5' -gif6! CD I 1:::>1 ¡::', 0), eI) 'I t: I æ i ¡ E.E £1 ¡ ·I:::>I~( , õ'iiiI:51 u _, ( ~Iêig I: 8:1;i 1::1.ê ~'. Oel) Q) '-1-- a. I c:·:5I' a. 1--1 ~ '::: ~ ~t¡I'~ ~I.s·.ê . .c: 3: I i II I I 1 ~) i-- - i I I + I I I I I I I I ~ -- I 0 I I <!: I u I Cf) i S I i I ! 1 ¡ i ___,_ I ~ < I- o I- ! I I ! i I, ! I I 1 C6 -- C) c:: ;g :J CD o ... 'E o t) I/) (J) ill Ü o ... a. ... o o ü: '0 c: N ~ '13 t'O u.. c:: o :¡:; t'O E t'O C3 ill a:::: I ... 2 t'O 3: ~ c:: :J o t) .s::. - :J o C/) "C c:: t'O C. X UJ I "<:t N I"- M I "<:t o Ó Z "C ã5 16C6 EXHIBIT E CHANGE ORDER TO: FROM: Collier County Government Project Name: Construction Agreement Dated: Change Order No.: Bid No.: Date: Change Order Description: Original agreement amount .................. .,. ..........................................$ Sum of previous change orders amount ............................................$ This Change Order Amount ............. ............ .... .................. ...... .... ......$ Revised Agreement Amount ............................................................... $ Original contract time in calendar days .................................................. Adjusted number of calendar days due to previous change orders ......... This change order adjusted time is .......................................................... Revised Contract Time in calendar days ................................................. Original Notice to Proceed date .............................................................. Completion date based on original contract time......................... Revised completion date.......................................······..·..·····..·..·· Your acceptance of this change order shall constitute a modification to our Agreement and will be perfonned subject to all the same tenns and conditions as contained in our Agreement indicated above, as fully as if the same were repeated in this acceptance. The adjustment, if any, to this Agreement shall constitute a full and final settlement of any and all claims of the Contractor arising out of, or related to, the change set forth herein, including claims for impact and delay costs. Prepared by: Date: PUED Project Manager Recommended by: Date: Design Professional WS-CA-E-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ._......_-------"-<"._._.-...,,-,_._-~--'_._~ 16C6 Accepted by: Date: Contractor Approved by: Date: PUED Director Authorized by: Date: Director (For Use by Owner: Fund: Cost Center: Object Code: G:\Forms\Change Order Master.doc Revised 02/03/98 Project No.: ) WS-CA-E-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building EXHIBIT F 16C6 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OWNER'S Project No. ENGINEER'S Project No. PROJECT: CONTRACTOR Contract For Contract Date This Certificate of Substantial completion applies to all Work under the Contract documents or to the following specified parts thereof: To OWNER And To The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the contract documents on: DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within days of the above date of Substantial Completion. EJCDC NO. 1910-8-0 (1983 Edition) Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General contractors of America. Reprinted 5/B5 WS-CA-F-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building RESPONSIBILITIES: OWNER: maintenance, heat, 16C6 utilities, The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, insurance and warranties shall be as follows: CONTRACTOR: The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Design Professional on ,2004 Design Professional By: Type Name and Title CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on ,2004 CONTRACTOR By: Type Name and Title OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on ,2004 OWNER By: Type Name and Title WS-CA-F-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building EXHIBIT G FINAL PAYMENT CHECKLIST 16C6 Project No.: Date: ,2004 Bid No.: Contractor: The following items have been secured by the for the Project known as and have been reviewed and found to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Original Contract Amount: Final Contract Amount: Commencement Date: Substantial Completion Time: Final Completion Time: Calendar Days. Calendar Days. YES NO 1. All Punch List items completed on 2. Warranties and Guarantees assigned to County (attach to this form). 3. Effective date of General one year warranty from Contractor is: 4. 2 copies of Operation and Maintenance manuals for equipment and system submitted (list manuals in attachment to this form). 5. Record drawings obtained and dated: 6. County personnel trained on system and equipment operation. 7. Certificate of Occupancy No.: issued on (attach to this form). 8. Certificate of Substantial Completion issued on 9. Final Payment Application and Affidavits received from Contractor on: 10. Consent of Surety received on 11. Operating Department personnel notified project is in operating phase. 12. Contractor evaluation completed. 13. Other: If any of the above are not applicable, indicate by N/A. If NO is checked for any of the above, attach explanation. Acknowledgments: (Company Name) (Signature) (Typed Name & Title) (Department Name) (Signature) (Name & Title) By Contractor: By Owner: WS-CA-G-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building EXHIBIT H GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 16C6 1. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.1. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or portion thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words which have a well known technical or trade meaning are used to describe work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, law or regulation in effect at the time the Work is performed, except as may be otherwise specifically stated herein. 1.2. If before or during the performance of the Work Contractor discovers a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, Contractor immediately shall report same to Project Manager in writing and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from the Project Manager. Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing any portion of the Work. 1.3. Drawings are intended to show general arrangements, design and extent of Work and are not intended to serve as shop drawings. Specifications are separated into divisions for convenience of reference only and shall not be interpreted as establishing divisions for the Work, trades, subcontracts, or extent of any part of the Work. In the event of a discrepancy between or among the drawings, specifications or other Contract Document provisions, Contractor shall be required to comply with the provision which is the more restrictive or stringent requirement upon the Contractor, as determined by the Project Manager. Unless otherwise specifically mentioned, all anchors, bolts, screws, fittings, fillers, hardware, accessories, trim and other parts required in connection with any portion of the Work to make a complete, serviceable, finished and first quality installation shall be furnished and installed as part of the Work, whether or not called for by the Contract Documents. 2. INVESTIGATION AND UTILITIES. 2.1. Contractor shall have the sole responsibility of satisfying itself concerning the nature and location of the Work and the general and local conditions, and particularly, but without limitation, with respect to the following: those affecting transportation, access, disposal, handling and storage of materials; availability and quality of labor; water and electric power; availability and condition of roads; work area; living facilities; climatic conditions and seasons; physical conditions at the work-site and the WS-CA-H-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16G6 project area as a whole; topography and ground surface conditions; nature and quantity of the surface materials to be encountered; subsurface conditions; equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during performance of the Work; and all other costs associated with such performance. The failure of Contractor to acquaint itself with any applicable conditions shall not relieve Contractor from any of its responsibilities to perform under the Contract Documents, nor shall it be considered the basis for any claim for additional time or compensation. 2.2. Contractor shall locate all existing roadways, railways, drainage facilities and utility services above, upon, or under the Project site, said roadways, railways, drainage facilities and utilities being referred to in this Sub-Section 2.2 as the "Utilities". Contractor shall contact the owners of all Utilities to determine the necessity for relocating or temporarily interrupting any Utilities during the construction of the Project. Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its Work around any such relocation or temporary service interruption. Contractor shall be responsible for properly shoring, supporting and protecting all Utilities at all times during the course of the Work. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all other utility work so as to not interfere with the prosecution of the Work (except those utilities to be coordinated by the Owner as described in other places of the contract documents). 3. SCHEDULE. 3.1. The Contractor, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award, shall prepare and submit to Project Manager, for his/her review and approval, a progress schedule for the Project (herein "Progress Schedule"). The Progress Schedule shall relate to all Work required by the Contract Documents shall utiJize the Critical Path method of scheduling and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work within the Contract Time. The Progress Schedule shall indicate the dates for starting and completing the various stages of the Work. 3.2. The Progress Schedule shall be updated monthly by the Contractor. All monthly updates to the Progress Schedule shall be subject to the Project Manager's review and approval. Contractor shall submit the updates to the Progress Schedule with its monthly Applications for Payment noted below. The Project Manager's review and approval of the submitted Progress Schedule updates shall be a condition precedent to the Owner's obligation to pay Contractor. 3.3 All work under this Agreement shall be performed within the requirements of the Collier County Noise Ordinance 93-77, Amended by 96-29, and Article 1, Division 1.5, Section 1.5.5 of the Collier County Land Development Code. Unless otherwise specified, work will generally be limited to the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday, except for County Holidays. No work shall be performed outside the specified hours without the prior approval of the Project Manager. 4. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. 4.1. Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Project Manager, for their review and approval, a schedule of values based upon the Contract Price, listing the major elements of the Work and the dollar value for each element. After its approval by the Project Manager, this schedule of values shall be used as the basis for the Contractor's monthly Applications for Payment. This schedule shall be updated and submitted each month to the Project Manager along with a completed copy of the Application for Payment form signed by the Contractor's authorized representative and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit D. WS-CA-H-2 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 4.2. Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Project Manager a complete list of all its proposed subcontractors and material men, showing the work and materials involved and the dollar amount of each proposed subcontract and purchase order. The first Application for Payment shall be submitted no earlier than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date. 4.3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated into the Project, but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to by the Owner in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that the Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests and encumbrances, together with evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which shall be subject to the Owner's satisfaction. 4.4. Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of its monthly Application for Payment to the Project Manager. Within twenty (20) business days after the date of each Application for Payment is stamped as received, the Project Manager, or Consultant, shall either: 4.4.1 Indicate his approval of the requested payment; 4.4.2 Indicate his approval of only a portion of the requested payment, stating in writing his reasons therefore; or 4.4.3 Return the Application for Payment to the Contractor indicating, in writing, the reason for refusing to approve payment. Payments of proper invoices shall be processed in accordance with Section 218.735, Florida Statutes and the administrative procedures established by the County's Purchasing Department and the Clerk of Courts' Finance Department respectively. In the event of a total denial and return of the Application for Payment by the Project Manager, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. The Owner shall, within ten (10) business days after the Application for Payment is stamped and received and after Project Manager approval of an Application for Payment, pay the Contractor the amounts so approved. 4.5. Owner shall retain ten percent (10%) of the gross amount of each monthly payment request or ten percent (10%) of the portion thereof approved by the Project Manager for payment, whichever is less. Such sum shall be accumulated and not released to Contractor until final payment is due, unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner. The Project Manager shall have the discretion to establish, in writing, a schedule to periodically reduce the percentage of cumulative retainage held through out the course of the project schedule. Collier County shall reserve the right to reduce the amount of the retainage witheld subject to the guidelines as set forth in the County's Purchasing Policy. 4.6. Monthly payments to Contractor shall in no way imply approval or acceptance of Contractor's work. WS-CA-H-3 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 .~ ; 4.7. Each Application for Payment, subsequent to the first pay application, shall be accompanied by a Release and Affidavit, in the form attached as Exhibit C, showing that all materials, labor, equipment and other bills associated with that portion of the Work payment is being requested on have been paid in full. For all payments subsequent to the first payment, the Owner shall not be required to make payment until and unless these affidavits are furnished by Contractor. 4.8. Contractor agrees and understands that funding limitations exist and that the expenditure of funds must be spread over the duration of the Project at regular intervals based on the Contract Amount and Progress Schedule. Accordingly, prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit for Project Manager's review and approval, a detailed Project Funding Schedule, which shall be updated as necessary and approved by Owner to reflect approved adjustments to the Contract Amount and Contract Time. No voluntary acceleration or early completion of the Work shall modify the time of payments to Contractor as set forth in the approved Project Funding Schedule. 4.9. Prior to release of final payment and final retainage, the Contractor's Representative and the Project Manager shall jointly complete the Final Payment Checklist, a representative copy of which is enclosed in the agreement and labeled Exhibit G. 5. PAYMENTS WITHHELD. 5.1. The Project Manager or Owner may decline to approve any Application for Payment, or portions thereof, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections that reveal non- compliance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager may nullify the whole or any part of any approval for payment previously issued and Owner may withhold any payments otherwise due Contractor under this Agreement or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor, to such extent as may be necessary in the Owner's opinion to protect it from loss because of: 5.1.1 Defective Work not remedied; 5.1.2 Third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; 5.1.3 Failure of Contractor to make payment properly to subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; 5.1.4 Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; 5.1.5 Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; 5.1.6 Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor; or WS-CA-H-4 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 5.1.7 any other material breach of the Contract Documents. 5.2. If any conditions described in Subsection 5.1 are not remedied or removed, Owner may, after three (3) days written notice, rectify the same at Contractor's expense. Owner also may offset against any sums due Contractor the amount of any liquidated or unliquidated obligations of Contractor to Owner, whether relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement between Contractor and Owner. 6. FINAL PAYMENT. 6.1. Owner shall make final payment to Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days after the Work is finally inspected and accepted by the Project Manager in accordance with Section 20.1 herein, provided that Contractor first, and as an explicit condition precedent to the accrual of Contractor's right to final payment, shall have furnished Owner with a properly executed and notarized copy of the Release and Affidavit attached as Exhibit C as well as, a duly executed copy of the Sureties consent to final payment and such other documentation that may be required by the Contract Documents and the Owner. 6.2. Contractor's acceptance of final payment shall constitute a full waiver of any and all claims by Contractor against Owner arising out of this Agreement or otherwise relating to the Project, except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Payment. Neither the acceptance of the Work nor payment by Owner shall be deemed to be a waiver of Owner's right to enforce any obligations of Contractor thereunder or to the recovery of damages for defective Work not discovered by the Design Professional or Project Manager at the time of final inspection. 7 . SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS. 7.1. Contractor shall carefully examine the Contract Documents for all requirements for approval of materials to be submitted such as shop drawings, data, test results, schedules and samples. Contractor shall submit all such materials at its own expense and in such form as required by the Contract Documents in sufficient time to prevent any delay in the delivery of such materials and the installation thereof. 7.2. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted by Owner if sufficient information is submitted by Contractor to allow the Owner to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by Owner from anyone other than Contractor and all such requests must be submitted by Contractor to Project Manager within thirty (30) calendar days after Notice of Award is received by Contractor. WS-CA-H-5 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ....---.-,-------.-.-.-. 16C6 7.3. If Contractor wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, Contractor shall make application to the Project Manager for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute shall adequately perform the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application shall state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice Contractor's achievement of substantial completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use by the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service shall be indicated. The application also shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs for redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by the Project Manager in evaluating the proposed substitute. The Project Manager may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense additional data about the proposed substitute. 7.4. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to the Project Manager, if Contractor submits sufficient information to allow the Project Manager to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedures for submission to and review by the Project Manager shall be the same as those provided herein for substitute materials and equipment. 7.5. The Project Manager shall be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute and, if need be, to consult with the Design Professional. No substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without the Project Manager's and the Owner's prior written acceptance which shall be evidenced by either a Change Order, a Work Directive Change, a Field Order or an approved Shop Drawing. The Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. The Project Manager will record time required by the Project Manager and the Owner's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by Contractor and making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not the Owner accepts a proposed substitute, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of the Design Professional and the Design Professional's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. 8. CAlLY REPORTS, AS-BUlL TS AND MEETINGS. 8.1. Unless waived in writing by owner, contractor shall complete and submit to Project Manager on a weekly basis a daily log of the contractor's work for the preceding week in a format approved by the Project Manager and Owner. The daily log shall document all activities of contractor at the project site including, but not limited to, the following: WS-CA-H-6 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building _._---_.,._._-""'._.._-~,~---.,~....,--- 16C6 8.1.1. Weather conditions showing the high and low temperatures during work hours, the amount of precipitation received on the Project site, and any other weather conditions which adversely affect the Work; 8.1.2. Soil conditions which adversely affect the Work; 8.1.3. The hours of operation by Contractor's and subcontractors' personnel; 8.1.4. The number of Contractor's and subcontractors' personnel present and working at the Project site, by subcontract and trade; 8.1.5. All equipment present at the Project site, description of equipment use and designation of time equipment was used (specifically indicating any down time); 8.1.6. Description of Work being performed at the Project site; 8.1.7. Any unusual or special occurrences at the Project site; 8.1.8. Materials received at the Project site; 8.1.9. A list of all visitors to the Project site; and 8.1.10. Any problems that might impact either the cost or quality of the Work or the time of performance. The daily log shall not constitute nor take the place of any notice required to be given by Contractor to Owner pursuant to the Contract Documents. 8.2. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Project site one record copy of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, all drawings, specifications, addenda, amendments, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders, as well as all written interpretations and clarifications issued by the Design Professional, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. The annotated drawings shall be continuously updated by the Contractor throughout the prosecution of the Work to accurately reflect all field changes that are made to adapt the Work to field conditions, changes resulting from Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders, and all concealed and buried installations of piping, conduit and utility services. All buried and concealed items, both inside and outside the Project site, shall be accurately located on the annotated drawings as to depth and in relationship to not less than two (2) permanent features (e.g. interior or exterior wall faces). The annotated drawings shall be clean and all changes, corrections and dimensions shall be given in a neat and legible manner in a contrasting color. The "As-Built" record documents, together with all approved samples and a counterpart of all approved shop drawings shall be available to the Project Manager or Design Professional for reference. Upon completion of the Work and as a condition precedent to Contractor's entitlement to final payment, these "As-Built" record documents, samples and shop drawings shall be delivered to Project Manager by Contractor for Owner. WS-CA-H-7 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building .__ '''~_~__"''"'"''___'''_''_'__''_'"'''~''v_""__."",,._._~"~ 16C6 8.3. Contractor shall keep all records and supporting documentation which concern or relate to the Work thereunder for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of termination of this Agreement or the date the Project is completed, whichever is later. Owner, or any duly authorized agents or representatives of Owner, shall have the right to audit, inspect and copy all such records and documentation as often as they deem necessary during the period of this Agreement and during the five (5) year period noted above; provided, however, such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours. 9. CONTRACT TIME AND TIME EXTENSIONS. 9.1. Contractor shall diligently pursue the completion of the Work and coordinate the Work being done on the Project by its subcontractors and material men, as well as coordinating its Work with all work of others at the Project Site, so that its Work or the work of others shall not be delayed or impaired by any act or omission by Contractor. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, as well as coordination of all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents, and the coordination of Owner's suppliers and contractors as set forth in Paragraph 12.2. herein. 9.2. Should Contractor be obstructed or delayed in the prosecution of or completion of the Work as a result of unforeseeable causes beyond the control of Contractor, and not due to its fault or neglect, including but not restricted to acts of Nature or of the public enemy, acts of government, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine regulation, strikes or lockouts, Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing within forty-eight (48) hours after the commencement of such delay, stating the cause or causes thereof, or be deemed to have waived any right which Contractor may have had to request a time extension. 9.3. No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for which Owner may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve Contractor of his duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time; provided, however, the granting of any such time extension shall not be a condition precedent to the aforementioned "No Damage For Delay" provision. This paragraph shall expressly apply to claims for early completion, as well as to claims based on late completion. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK. 10.1. Owner shall have the right at any time during the progress of the Work to increase or decrease the Work. Promptly after being notified of a change, Contractor shall submit an itemized estimate of any cost or time increases or savings it foresees as a result of the change. Except in an emergency endangering life or property, or as expressly set forth herein, no addition or changes to the Work shall be made except upon written order of Owner, and Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any increased compensation without such written order. No officer, employee or agent of Owner is authorized to direct any extra or changed work orally. WS-CA-H-8 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building "'....._.,-<.,.,~.._._,-~-,----,~~--~-_.,~^-~--_.~~------.,----"-< 16C6 10.2. A Change Order, in the form attached as Exhibit E to this Agreement, shall be issued and executed promptly after an agreement is reached between Contractor and Owner concerning the requested changes. Contractor shall promptly perform changes authorized by duly executed Change Orders. The Contract Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted in the Change Order in the manner as Owner and Contractor shall mutually agree. 10.3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a Change Order for the requested change, Contractor shall, nevertheless, promptly perform the change as directed by Owner in a written Work Directive Change. In that event, the Contract Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted as directed by Owner. If Contractor disagrees with the Owner's adjustment determination, Contractor must make a claim pursuant to Section 11 of these General Conditions or else be deemed to have waived any claim on this matter it might otherwise have had. 10.4. In the event a requested change results in an increase to the Contract Amount, the amount of the increase shall be limited to the Contractor's reasonable direct labor and material costs and reasonable actual equipment costs as a result of the change (including allowance for labor burden costs) plus a maximum ten percent (10%) markup for all overhead and profit. In the event such change Work is performed by a Subcontractor, a maximum ten percent (10%) markup for all overhead and profit for all Subcontractors' and sub-subcontractors' direct labor and material costs and actual equipment costs shall be permitted, with a maximum five percent (5%) markup thereon by the Contractor for all of its overhead and profit, for a total maximum markup of fifteen percent (15%). All compensation due Contractor and any Subcontractor or sub-subcontractor for field and home office overhead is included in the markups noted above. Contractor's and Sub-Contractor's bond costs associated with any change orders shall be included in the overhead and profit expenses and shall not be paid as a separate line item. 10.5. Owner shall have the right to conduct an audit of Contractor's books and records to verify the accuracy of the Contractor's claim with respect to Contractor's costs associated with any Change Order. 10.6. The Project Manager shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be binding on the Contractor. 11. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES. 11.1. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract Documents. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the party making the Claim. WS-CA-H-9 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building "-<- 16C6 11.2. Claims by the Contractor shall be made in writing to the Project Manager within forty-eight (48) hours after the first day of the event giving rise to such Claim or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the Claim. Written supporting data shall be submitted to the Project Manager within fifteen (15) calendar days after the occurrence of the event, unless the Owner grants additional time in writing, or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the Claim. Claims not settled by the aforesaid procedure, shall be resolved according to the Dispute Resolution Procedure, copies of which are available in the County Attorney's Office or the Purchasing Department. All claims shall be priced in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 10.4. 11.3. The Contractor shall proceed diligently with its performance as directed by the Owner, regardless of any pending Claim, action, suit or administrative proceeding, unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner in writing. Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents during the pendency of any Claim. 12. OTHER WORK. 12.1. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, have other work performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts. If the fact that such other work is to be performed is not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work. If Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or require additional time, Contractor shall send written notice of that fact to Owner and Design Professional within forty-eight (48) hours of being notified of the other work. If the Contractor fails to send the above required forty-eight (48) hour notice, the Contractor will be deemed to have waived any rights it otherwise may have had to seek an extension to the Contract Time or adjustment to the Contract Amount. 12.2. Contractor shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract (or Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work and shall properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of the Project Manager and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other Contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. 12.3. If any part of Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other contractor or utility owner (or Owner), Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to Project Manager in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Contractor's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work. WS-CA-H-10 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building .--_w_'_____.____ u 16C6 13. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE. 13.1 IDEMNIFICATION. The ContractorNendor, in consideration of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), the receipt and sufficiency of which is accepted through the signing of this document, shall hold harmless and defend Collier County and its agents and employees from all suits and actions, including attorneys' fees and all costs of litigation and judgments of any name and description arising out of or incidental to the performance of this contract or work performed thereunder. This provision shall also pertain to any claims brought against the County by any employee of the named ContractorNendor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. The ContractorNendor's obligation under this provision shall not be limited in any way by the agreed upon contract price as shown in this Contract or the ContractorNendor's limit of, or lack of, sufficient insurance protection. The first One Hundred dollars ($100.00) of money received on the contract price is considered as payment of this obligation by the County. This section does not pertain to any incident arising from the sole negligence of Collier County. 13.2. The Contractor's obligation to indemnify and defend the owner shall not be limited in any way by the agreed upon contract price as shown in this contract or the Contractor's limit of, or lack of, sufficient insurance protection. 13.3. Contractor shall obtain and carry, at all times during its performance under the Contract Documents, insurance of the types and in the amounts set forth in Exhibit 8 to the Agreement. Further, the Contractor shall at all times comply with all of the terms, conditions, requirements and obligations set forth under Exhibit 8 14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. 14.1. Contractor agrees to comply, at its own expense, with all federal, state and local laws, codes, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements applicable to the Project, including but not limited to those dealing with taxation, worker's compensation, equal employment and safety (including, but not limited to, the Trench Safety Act, Chapter 553, Florida Statutes). If Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, it shall promptly notify Project Manager in writing. 15. CLEANUP AND PROTECTIONS. 15.1. Contractor agrees to keep the Project site clean at all times of debris, rubbish and waste materials arising out of the Work. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove all debris, rubbish and waste materials from and about the Project site, as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials, and shall leave the Project site clean and ready for occupancy by Owner. WS-CA-H-11 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ------..- 16C6 15.2. Any existing surface or subsurface improvements, including, but not limited to, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, pipes, utilities, footings, structures, trees and shrubbery, not indicated in the Contract Documents to be removed or altered, shall be protected by Contractor from damage during the prosecution of the Work. Any such improvements so damaged shall be restored by Contractor to the condition equal to that existing at the time of Contractor's commencement of the Work. 16. ASSIGNMENT. 16.1. Contractor shall not assign this Agreement or any part thereof, without the prior consent in writing of Owner. Any attempt to assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, or any part herein, without the County's consent, shall be void. If Contractor does, with approval, assign this Agreement or any part thereof, it shall require that its assignee be bound to it and to assume toward Contractor all of the obligations and responsibilities that Contractor has assumed toward Owner. 17. PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES. 17.1 Pursuant to Section 218.80, F.S., Owner will pay for all Collier County permits and fees, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable to the work through an internal budget transfer(s). Contractor is not responsible for paying for permits issued by Collier County, but is responsible for acquiring all permits. Owner may require the Contractor to deliver internal budget transfer documents to applicable Collier County agencies when the Contractor is acquiring permits. 17.2 All permits, fees and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are not issued by Collier County shall be acquired and paid for by the Contractor. 18. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT. 18.1. Contractor shall be considered in material default of the Agreement and such default shall be considered cause for Owner to terminate the Agreement, in whole or in part, as further set forth in this Section, if Contractor: (1) fails to begin the Work under the Contract Documents within the time specified herein; or (2) fails to properly and timely perform the Work as directed by the Project Manager or as provided for in the approved Progress Schedule; or (3) performs the Work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to correct or replace such Work as may be rejected as unacceptable or unsuitable; or (4) discontinues the prosecution of the Work; or (5) fails to resume Work which has been suspended within a reasonable time after being notified to do so; or (6) becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy; or (7) allows any final judgment to stand against it unsatisfied for more than ten (10) days; or (8) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (9) fails to obey any applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations with respect to the Work; or (10) materially breaches any other provision of the Contract Documents. WS-CA-H-12 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building __",~_.,,"__A'_..._,.,_.·_,,~··"··'··- ,.~ .. 16C6 18.2. Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of Contractor's default(s). If Owner determines that Contractor has not remedied and cured the default(s) within seven (7) calendar days following receipt by Contractor of said written notice, then Owner, at its option, without releasing or waiving its rights and remedies against the Contractor's sureties and without prejudice to any other right or remedy it may be entitled to hereunder or by law, may terminate Contractor's right to proceed under the Agreement, in whole or in part, and take possession of all or any portion of the Work and any materials, tools, equipment, and appliances of Contractor, take assignments of any of Contractor's subcontracts and purchase orders, and complete all or any portion of Contractor's Work by whatever means, method or agency which Owner, in its sole discretion, may choose. 18.3. If Owner deems any of the foregoing remedies necessary, Contractor agrees that it shall not be entitled to receive any further payments hereunder until after the Project is completed. All moneys expended and all of the costs, losses, damages and extra expenses, including all management, administrative and other overhead and other direct and indirect expenses (including Design Professional and attorney's fees) or damages incurred by Owner incident to such completion, shall be deducted from the Contract Amount, and if such expenditures exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount, Contractor agrees to pay promptly to Owner on demand the full amount of such excess, including costs of collection, attorney's fees (including appeals) and interest thereon at the maximum legal rate of interest until paid. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all such costs, expenditures and damages incurred by the Owner to complete the Work, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be approved by the Project Manager, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Agreement. 18.4. The liability of Contractor hereunder shall extend to and include the full amount of any and all sums paid, expenses and losses incurred, damages sustained, and obligations assumed by Owner in good faith under the belief that such payments or assumptions were necessary or required, in completing the Work and providing labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and other items therefor or re-Ietting the Work, and in settlement, discharge or compromise of any claims, demands, suits, and judgments pertaining to or arising out of the Work hereunder. 18.5. If, after notice of termination of Contractor's right to proceed pursuant to this Section, it is determined for any reason that Contractor was not in default, or that its default was excusable, or that Owner is not entitled to the remedies against Contractor provided herein, then Contractor's remedies against Owner shall be the same as and limited to those afforded Contractor under Section 19 below. 19. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND RIGHT OF SUSPENSION. 19.1. Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon seven (7) calendar days written notice to Contractor. In the event of such termination for convenience, Contractor's recovery against Owner shall be limited to that portion of the Contract Amount earned through the date of termination, together with any retainage withheld and reasonable termination expenses incurred, but Contractor shall not be entitled to any other or further recovery against Owner, including, but not limited to, damages or any anticipated profit on portions of the Work not performed. WS-CA-H-13 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building .----.-- 16C6 19.2. Owner shall have the right to suspend all or any portions of the Work upon giving Contractor not less than two (2) calendar days' prior written notice of such suspension. If all or any portion of the Work is so suspended, Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy shall be to seek an extension of time to its schedule in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Contract Documents. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any additional compensation or damages. Provided, however, if the ordered suspension exceeds six (6) months, the Contractor shall have the right to terminate the Agreement with respect to that portion of the Work which is subject to the ordered suspension. 20. COMPLETION. 20.1. When the entire Work (or any portion thereof designated in writing by Owner) is ready for its intended use, Contractor shall notify Project Manager in writing that the entire Work (or such designated portion) is substantially complete. Within a reasonable time thereafter, Owner, Contractor and Design Professional shall make an inspection of the Work (or designated portion thereof) to determine the status of completion. If Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, does not consider the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, considers the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall prepare and deliver to Contractor a Certificate of Completion (substantial or final Certificate of Completion) which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion for the entire Work (or designated portion thereof) and include a tentative punch list of items to be completed or corrected by Contractor before final payment. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Work and Project site (or designated portion thereof) after the date of Substantial Completion but Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative punch list. 20.2. Upon receipt of written certification by Contractor that the Work is completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, Design Professional will make such inspection and, if he finds the Work acceptable and fully performed under the Contract Documents, he shall promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, recommending that, on the basis of his observations and inspections, and the Contractor's certification that the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, that the entire balance found to be due Contractor is due and payable. Neither the final payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable until Contractor submits: (1) The Release and Affidavit in the form attached as Exhibit C. (2) Consent of surety to final payment. WS-CA-H-14 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building -_.._"---".--,._--~-_..^-_.---_.._-' 16C6'-1 (3) If required by Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, arising out of the Contract Documents, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect the Work and make an independent determination as to the Work's acceptability, even though the Design Professional may have issued his recommendations. Unless and until the Owner is completely satisfied, neither the final payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable. 21. WARRANTY. 21.1. Contractor shall obtain and assign to Owner all express warranties given to Contractor or any subcontractors by any material men supplying materials, equipment or fixtures to be incorporated into the Project. Contractor warrants to Owner that any materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be new unless otherwise specified, and that all Work shall be of good quality, free from all defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. Contractor further warrants to Owner that all materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers or processors except as otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents. If, within one (1) year after substantial completion, any Work is found to be defective or not in conformance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner. Contractor shall also be responsible for and pay for replacement or repair of adjacent materials or Work which may be damaged as a result of such replacement or repair. These warranties are in addition to those implied warranties to which Owner is entitled as a matter of law. 21.2. No later than 30 days prior to expiration of the warranty, the Project Manager, or any other representative of the Owner, shall conduct an inspection of the warranted work to verify compliance with the requirements of the Agreement. The Contractor's Representative shall be present at the time of inspection and shall take remedial actions to correct any deficiencies noted in the inspection. Failure of the Contractor to correct the cited deficiencies shall be grounds for the County to disqualify the Contractor from future County bid opportunities. 22. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 22.1. Owner, Design Professional, their respective representatives, agents and employees, and governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Project shall have access at all times to the Work, whether the Work is being performed on or off of the Project site, for their observation, inspection and testing. Contractor shall provide proper, safe conditions for such access. Contractor shall provide Project Manager with timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals. 22.2. If the Contract Documents or any codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of any public authority having jurisdiction over the Project requires any portion of the Work to be specifically inspected, tested or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefore, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Project Manager the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. All inspections, tests or approvals shall be performed in a manner and by organizations acceptable to the Project Manager. WS-CA-H-15 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ~'_""'e..__._._·.,._....'·b_________··_···_ 16C6 ;-}"f' J 22.3. If any Work that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence from the Project Manager, such work must, if requested by Project Manager, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Project Manager timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Project Manager has not acted with reasonable promptness to respond to such notice. If any Work is covered contrary to written directions from Project Manager, such Work must, if requested by Project Manager, be uncovered for Project Manager's observation and be replaced at Contractor's sole expense. 22.4. The Owner shall charge to Contractor and may deduct from any payments due Contractor all engineering and inspection expenses incurred by Owner in connection with any overtime work. Such overtime work consisting of any work during the construction period beyond the regular eight (8) hour day and for any work performed on Saturday, Sunday or holidays. 22.5. Neither observations nor other actions by the Project Manager or Design Professional nor inspections, tests or approvals by others shall relieve Contractor from Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 23. DEFECTIVE WORK. 23.1. Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or any warranties made or assigned by Contractor to Owner shall be deemed defective Work. If required by Project Manager, Contractor shall as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or if the defective Work has been rejected by Project Manager, remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective Work. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such correction or removal (including, but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) made necessary thereby, and shall hold Owner harmless for same. 23.2. If the Project Manager considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Design Professional or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Project Manager's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or tests as Project Manager may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction (including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals), and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount and/or an extension to the Contract Time, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction. WS-CA-H-16 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ~---"----_.,-' 16C6 23.3. If any portion of the Work is defective, or if Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers with suitable materials or equipment or fails to finish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Project Manager may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Project Manager to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner, Project Manager to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other party. 23.4. Should the Owner determine, at its sole opinion, it is in the Owner's best interest to accept defective Work, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept defective Work. If such determination is rendered prior to final payment, a Change Order shall be executed evidencing such acceptance of such defective Work, incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents and reflecting an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If the Owner accepts such defective Work after final payment, Contractor shall promptly pay Owner an appropriate amount to adequately compensate Owner for its acceptance of the defective Work. 23.5. If Contractor fails, within a reasonable time after the written notice from Project Manager, to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected defective Work as required by Project Manager, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any of the provisions of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from any or all of the Project site, take possession of all or any part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Project site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Project site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Design Professional and their respective representatives, agents, and employees such access to the Project site as may be necessary to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of Owner in exercising such rights and remedies shall be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order shall be issued, incorporating the necessary revisions to the Contract Documents, including an appropriate decrease to the Contract Amount. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs shall include, but not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 24. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENTS. 24.1. Contractor shall plan, organize, supervise, schedule, monitor, direct and control the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall WS-CA-H-17 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building -~_..,.,,"..,_..._.._- 16C6 be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without prior written notice to Project Manager except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent shall be employed by the Contractor and be the Contractor's representative at the Project site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Owner shall have the right to direct Contractor to remove and replace its Project superintendent, with or without cause. 24.2. Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the project at all times whenever contractor's work crews, or work crews of other parties authorized by the Project Manager are engaged in any activity whatsoever associated with the Project. Should the contractor fail to comply with the above condition, the Project Manager shall, at his discretion, deduct from the Contractor's monthly pay estimate, sufficient moneys to account for the Owner's loss of adequate project supervision, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages, separate from the liquidated damages described in Section 5.8, for services not rendered. 25. PROTECTION OF WORK. 25.1. Contractor shall fully protect the Work from loss or damage and shall bear the cost of any such loss or damage until final payment has been made. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is legally liable for is responsible for any loss or damage to the Work, or other work or materials of Owner or Owner's separate contractors, Contractor shall be charged with the same, and any moneys necessary to replace such loss or damage shall be deducted from any amounts due Contractor. 25.2. Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 25.3. Contractor shall not disturb any benchmark established by the Owner or Design Professional with respect to the Project. If Contractor, or its subcontractors, agents or anyone for whom Contractor is legally liable, disturbs the Owner's or Design Professional's benchmarks, Contractor shall immediately notify Project Manager and Design Professional. The Owner or Design Professional shall re-establish the benchmarks and Contractor shall be liable for all costs incurred by Owner associated therewith. 26. EMERGENCIES. 26.1. In the event of an emergency affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Project site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from Owner or Design Professional is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Project Manager written notice within forty-eight (48) hours after the occurrence of the emergency, if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from WS-CA-H-18 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ......-.-----.- 16C6 the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Project Manager determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Change Order shall be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. If Contractor fails to provide the forty-eight (48) hour written notice noted above, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived any right it otherwise may have had to seek an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time. 27. USE OF PREMISES. 27.1. Contractor shall maintain all construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other lands and areas permitted by law, rights of way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Project site with construction equipment or other material or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. 28. SAFETY. 28.1. Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 28.1.1. All employees on or about the project site and other persons and/or organizations who may be affected thereby; 28.1.2. All the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Project site; and 28.1.3. Other property on Project site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and any underground structures or improvements not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the Contract Documents. 28.2. Contractor shall comply with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground structures and improvements and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation or replacement of their property. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as the Work is completed and final acceptance of same by Owner has occurred. WS-CA-H-19 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 28.3. Contractor shall designate a responsible representative at the Project site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner. 29. PROJECT MEETINGS. Prior to the commencement of Work, the Contractor shall attend a pre-construction conference with the Project Manager, Design Professional and others as appropriate to discuss the Progress Schedule, procedures for handling shop drawings and other submittals, and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. During the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall attend any and all meetings convened by the Project Manager with respect to the Project, when directed to do so by Project Manager. Contractor shall have its subcontractors and suppliers attend all such meetings (including the pre-construction conference) as may be directed by the Project Manager. 30. VENDOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Collier County has implemented a Vendor Performance Evaluation System for all contracts awarded in excess of $25,000. To this end, vendors will be evaluated on their performance upon completion/termination of agreement. 31. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC POLICY For all projects that are conducted within a Collier County Right-of-Way, the Contractor shall provide and erect Traffic Control Devices as prescribed in the current edition of the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), where applicable on local roadways and as prescribed in the Florida Department of Transportations Design Standards (OS), where applicable on state roadways. These projects shall also comply with Collier County's Maintenance of Traffic Policy, #5807. Copies are available through Risk Management and/or Purchasing Departments. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining copies of all required manuals, MUTCD, FOOT Roadway & Traffic Design Standards Indexes, or other related documents, so to become familiar with their requirements. Strict adherence to the requirements of the MOT policy will be enforced under this Contract. 32. DIRECT PURCHASE 32.1 The County reserves the right to require Contractor to assign some or all of its agreements with material suppliers directly to the County. Any such goods and/or materials purchased by the County pursuant to such an assignment of a material supply agreement shall be referred to as "County Furnished Materials" and the responsibilities of both the County and the Contractor relating to said materials shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement which shall take precedence over other conditions and terms of this Agreement where inconsistencies or conflicts exist. WS-CA-H-20 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building ~..,,-_.~.__._-,._,. ,.,~.,-"--~..^,-~,.~.~,< 16C6 Additionally, the County; at it's sole option; may choose to purchase some or all of the goods and/or materials from other suppliers. In either instance the County may require the following information from the Contractor: A. Required quantities of material. B. Specifications relating to goods and/or materials required for job including brand and/or model number or type if applicable C. Pricing and availability of goods and/or materials provided under Contractor's agreements with material suppliers 32.2 Purchasing Upon receipt of a proper requisition (including appropriate backup material(s), the Purchasing Department shall issue a Purchase Order for the material required. Each Purchase Order shall contain the County's certificate of exemption number. The Purchase order shall be given to the Project Manager for completion of the ordering process. Unless the following items were included in the quote provided by the vendor to the Project Manager, the Purchase Order shall also provide for reimbursement of the cost to the supplier for: A. Shipping and handling B. Insurance costs C. Performance Bond 32.3 General Terms and Conditions A. Contractor shall be required to maintain records of all County-furnished materials that it incorporates into the project from the stock of County-furnished materials in its possession. Such records shall be furnished monthly to the Project Manager or their designee and shall include information on materials that have 1. Been delivered into the Contractor's possession and/or 2. been incorporated into the project. B. Notwithstanding the transfer of County-furnished materials by the County to the Contractor's possession, the County shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all County-furnished materials. C. The transfer of possession of County-furnished materials from the County to the Contractor shall constitute a bailment for the mutual benefit of the County and the Contractor. The County shall be considered the bailor, and the Contractor the bailee fo the County- furnished materials. County-furnished materials shall be considered returned to the County for purposes of their bailment at such time as they are incorporated into the Project. D. The County shall purchase and maintain insurance sufficient to protect against any loss or damage to County-furnished materials. Such insurance shall cover the replacement cost of any County-furnished materials not yet incorporated into the Project during the period between the time the County first takes title to any such materials and the time when the last of said materials are incorporated into the project. WS-CA-H-21 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building 16C6 E. The County shall in no way be liable for any interruption or delay in the project, for any defects or other problems with the project, or for any additional costs resulting from any delay in the delivery of, or defects in, County-furnished materials, except in the event of the County's gross negligence or willful misconduct. F. Nothing herein contained shall create or be construed as creating a partnership between the County and the Contractor or to constitute the Contractor as an agent of the County. WS-CA-H-22 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building EXHIBIT I SUPPLEMENTAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 16C6 1 . The Notice to Proceed will be issued only after the following documentation has been submitted to Owner: a. Complete contractual documents, including payment and performance bonds and Insurance certificate; b. Progress schedule, which shall utilize the Critical Path method of scheduling; c. Submittal schedule; d. Draw (funding) Schedule, which shall consist of a monthly projection of the value of the work to be completed and materials stored for the entire duration of the project; e. Safety Program/Risk Management Program; f. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Program; and g. Security Plan 2. The CPM Schedule and Draw Schedule shall be updated monthly and submitted with each Contractor Application for Payment. If both items are not submitted with Application for Payment, that payment will be withheld until both items are received and accepted by the Owner and Engineer. WS-CA-I-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building EXHIBIT J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 16C6 WS-CA-J-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building EXHIBIT K PERMITS 16C6 WS-CA-K-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building __---".-"'P---.--.~~ 16C6 EXHIBIT l PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY SHENKlESCHUl TZ ARCHITECTS AND IDENTIFIED AS FOLLOWS: EXPAND SOUTH COUNTY WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY 2ND FLOOR PROCESS CONTROL BUilDING AS SHOWN ON SHEETS A001, A100, A200, A300. A400. A500, SC01-SC02, S100-S102, S200- S201, S300-S301. S400. M001, M1 OO-M1 02, M201. M301, Pi OO-P1 03, EOOO- E001,E101-E102.E201-E202.E301.E401.E501.E601-E602. WS-CA-L-1 Bid No. 04-3724 - Expand South County Water Reclamation Facility 2nd Floor Process Control Building TITLE PAGE 16Ct; TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00004 00005 Statement of Compliance Non-Asbestos Certification DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 01040 01045 01095 01200 01300 01380 01400 0]500 0]510 01600 01631 01700 01710 Summary of Work Project Coordination Cutting and Patching Reference Standards and Defmitions Project Meetings Submittals Pre-Construction Videotapes Quality Control and Testing Laboratory Services Temporary Facilities Temporary Protection Products, Materials, and Equipment Product Substitutions Project Closeout Construction Cleaning DIVISION 2: SITEWORK 02070 02280 02513 Selective Demolition Soil Treatment Asphaltic Concrete Paving DIVISION 3: CONCRETE 03300 03320 03410 03412 Cast-In-Place Concrete Concrete Topping Plant-Precast Structural Concrete Architectural Precast Concrete 04810 DIVISION 4: MASONRY Unit Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 5: METALS Not Used 0420809 TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1 16Cb .. DIVISION 6: WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 06176 Rough Carpentry Metal-Plate Connected Wood Trusses DIVISION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 07215 07220 07320 07531 07920 Building Insulation Foamed-In-Place Insulation Roof and Deck Insulation Concrete Roof Tile Fully Adhered Flexible Sheet Roofmg Sealants and Caulking DIVISION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 08120 08210 08522 08710 08800 Steel Doors and Frames Aluminum Doors and Frames Wood Doors Pass Through Windows Finish Hardware Glazing DIVISION 9: FINISHES 09200 09250 09300 09510 09660 09675 09682 09701 09900 Stucco Gypsum Board Tile Acoustical Ceilings Resilient Flooring Rubber Athletic Flooring Carpet Tile Epoxy Flooring Coating Painting DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES 10100 10165 10500 10520 10650 10810 Visual Display Boards Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments Standard Lockers Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, and Accessories Operable Partitions Toilet Accessories 11450 DIVISION 11: EOUIPMENT TOC-2 Residential Equipment TABLE OF CONTENTS 0420809 16C6: DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS 12310 ]2500 Plastic Laminate Faced Millwork Window Treatment DIVISION 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14: CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15: Mechanical 15010 ]5030 ]5050 ]5060 ] 5100 15240 15250 15410 ]5440 15450 ]5530 15760 15860 15880 15890 159]0 15990 Basic Mechanical Requirements Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Pipe and Fittings Valves Vibration Isolation Thermal Insulation Plumbing Piping System PlurnbingFixtures Plumbing Equipment Refrigeration Piping System Split Packaged Air Conditioning Equipment Fans Air Distribution Ductwork Ductwork Specialties Performance Verification DIVISION ]6: Electrical 16010 16020 16030 ]6110 16120 ]6]30 16140 16450 16470 16476 16477 16481 ]6500 ]6670 ]670] 16709 0420809 Basic Electrical Requirements Tests and Performance Verification Electrical Identification Raceways and Conduit Wires and Cables (600V and Below) Outlet Boxes Wiring Devices Grounding Panelboards Safety Switches Individual Enclosed Circuit Breakers Motor Controls Lighting Lightning Protection System Communication General Provisions Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 3 16C6 Bidding Requirements and Contract Requirements -. ._.~,.",.."_._~~~.-~,"--'" -_._------,.'"._...,'~.._. .._"---_.... _".,--"-W--·-"-'"'"--,·----~ 16C6 SECTION 00004 STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE To the best of my knowledge the Plans and Specifications comply with the applicable minimum building codes and the applicable fire-safety standards as determined by the local authority in accordance with this section and 633 Florida Statutes. END OF SECTION 0420809 STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 00004-1 SECTION 00005 NON-ASBESTOS CERTIFICATION To the best of my knowledge these Contract Documents do not contain any asbestos containing materials intended for use in construction. END OF SECTION 00005 0420809 NON-ASBESTOS CERTIFICATION 00005 - 1 16Gb Division 1 General Requirements -~.,~-,._-"~--,---- 16C6 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. The Project consists of renovation to approximately 2,400 square feet of the South County Water Reclamation Facility as shown on Contract Documents prepared by SCHENKELSHUL TZ, Orlando, Florida dated July 30, 2004. 1. Expansion of existing Control Room 2. Asphalt paving 3. Remodel of separate storage building 4. Shell construction of future men's and women's locker rooms B. The Work consists of all items as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in the Project Manual and those items of construction not indicated but normal and necessary and usual in the construction industry for construction of a building project. 1.2 WORK UNDER SINGLE CONTRACT A. Section indicates the Work required information regarding the duties, responsibilities, and cooperation required by the Contract Documents. B. Contract Type: Single Prime 1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated or as directed by the Owner. 1. Confme operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed. 2. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. 3. Burial of Waste Materials: Do not bury waste materials on the project site. B. Limit use of the premises for work and for storage, to allow for Owner occupancy of adjacent buildings. C. Move stored products that interfere with operation of the Owner. D. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage of work areas needed for operation. 1.4 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during portions of the construction period. Cooperate with the Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations. 0420809 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 1 16C6 ,j' I B. A temporary structure will be required during the time the roof is open where the control equipment will still be in use. Coordinate with Owner through out this period. 1.5 TAXES A. Taxes which are legally enacted at the time bids are received, whether or not effective, shall be paid by the contractor. 1.6 LABOR AND MATERIALS A. Provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of his Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated at the Work. B. Enforce strict discipline and good working order among employees or other persons carrying out Work of this Contract. Do not permit employment of unfit person or persons or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to them. 1.7 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Provide full-time, on-site supervision including a Superintendent to coordinate all aspects of his Work through final completion. B. Coordinate the performance of subcontractors in the utilization of the site, as well as in the actual performance of their contractual obligations. C. Verify all dimensions shown on the Drawings and obtain all measurements required for proper execution of Work. D. Special Equipment, Other Equipment I. Copies of Equipment Specifications and Drawings shall be made available to all trades for information by which they shall determine the amount of Work to be done. 2. As the building project nears completion, certain rooms may be made ready to accept the equipment intended for them. 3. Cooperate with the suppliers' installation personnel by providing unobstructed areas in which they may assemble and install equipment. These areas shall be adequately heated and lighted with temporary or permanent power available for tools or testing purposes. E. Temporary Omission of Work: If any materials and fmish are of such nature that it is necessary to temporarily omit certain portions of work (as illustrated on Drawings or specified in Specifications) in order to make final installation, omit such parts or fmish as necessary until other work or materials have been installed. Coordinate omitted parts of work prior to Substantial Completion. 1.8 TESTS AND ADmSTMENTS 01010 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK 0420809 16C6 A. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested, or approved, give the Architect 48 hours advance notice so he may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests, or approvals conducted by or for public authorities. B. The complete installation of piping, wiring, and working components, including all operating equipment and systems, shall be subjected to test at full operating conditions. Make all necessary adjustments and replacements necessary to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and to comply with all codes and regulations. The complete installation shall be left ready for use by the Owner. C. Bear all costs for scheduled pick ups or tests if the testing agency makes a trip to the site and material or work is not ready for pick up or tests. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Permit Posting Board: Provide a permit posting board with weatherproof cover for posting all permits and other information requested by the Owner. Coordinate size and location with Owner's Representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01010 0420809 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 3 _...",,----- 16C6 SECTION 01040 PROJECT COORDINA nON PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for Project coordination including, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Coordination 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel 3. General installation provisions 4. Cleaning and protection B. Coordination meetings and pre-installation conferences are included in Section 01200 - Project Meetings. C. Requirements for the Construction Schedule are included in Section 01300 - Submittals. 1.2 COORDINA nON A. Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of the Project Manual to assure efficient and orderly installation of each portion of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections of the Specifications that are dependent upon each other for installation, connection, and operation. 1. Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results. 2. . Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation, B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner where coordination is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities 3. Delivery and processing of submittals 4. Progress meetings 5. Project Close-out activities D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 0420809 PROJECT COORDINA nON 01040 - 1 16C6~" 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in, the Work. Refer to other sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare and submit coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components, and as may be directed or requested by the Architect. I. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. 2. Indicate required installation sequences. 3. Comply with requirements contained in Section 01300, Submittals. 4. Refer to Division-IS Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements" and Division-16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements" for specific coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations. B. Staff Names: Within 15 days of Notice to Proceed, submit a list of the principal staff assignments, including the Superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the site; identify individuals, their duties and responsibilities; list their addresses and telephone numbers. I. Post copies of the list in the temporary field office and each temporary telephone. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Apolicable). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for fmal decision. F. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. 01040 - 2 PROJECT COORDINATION 0420809 16C6 G. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure the best results. Isolate each part of the completed construction ftom incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. H. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed work for that purpose. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect for fmal decision. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection ftom damage or deterioration before or at the Date of Substantial Completion. B. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Excessive static or dynamic loading 2. Excessive internal or external pressures 3. Excessively high or low temperatures 4. Thermal shock 5. Excessively high or low humidity 6. Air contamination or pollution 7. Water or ice 8. Solvents 9. Chemicals 10. Light 11. Radiation 12. Puncture 13. Abrasion 14. Heavy traffic 15. Soiling, staining and corrosion 16. Bacteria 17. Rodent and insect infestation 18. Combustion 19. Electrical current 20. High speed operation 21. Improper lubrication 22. Unusual wear or other misuse 23. Contact between incompatible materials 24. Destructive testing 25. Misalignment 26. Excessive weathering 27. Unprotected storage 28. Improper shipping or handling 29. Theft 0420809 PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 3 01040 - 4 30. 31. 32. Vandalism Mold Mildew 16C6'~ 'I D. Refer to Section 01710 for additional construction cleaning requirements. END OF SECTION 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION 0420809 16C6 SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division-IS and Division-l 6 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. C. Demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations is included in Section 02070, Selective Demolition. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal to the Architect describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: 1. Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided. 2. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work. 4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed. 5. List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out-of-service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. 6. Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original structure. 7. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. 0420809 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-1 16C6 .. , C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. I. Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption offree passage to adjoining areas. D. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. E. Protect workers and electronics from dust and weather. Control electronics will require cover during the period of roof removal. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 01045 - 2 CUTTING AND PATCHING 0420809 16C6 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be retained or adjoining construction. Where possible review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with the original installer's recommendations. I. In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing fmished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or fmished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or diamond core drill. 4. Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Division-2 where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. 5. By-pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before cutting, where services are shown or required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter by-passing and cutting. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed fmishes of patched areas and extend fmish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refmishing. . 3. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. 4. Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.4 CLEANING A. Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as access. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01045 0420809 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 3 16C6 SECTION 01095 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes basic defmitions of words and terms used within the Project Manual. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. "Approved": The term "approved," when used in conjunction with the Architect'sÆngineer's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect'sÆngineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions ofthe Contract. B. "Contractor": The term "contractor," "Contractor," "construction manager," or " Construction Manager " describes to entity who has a signed agreement with the Owner as the primary entity contracted to perform the Work. The terms are used interchangably within this document. C. "Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by the ArchitectJEngineer, requested by the ArchitectJEngineer, and similar phrases. D. "Furnish": The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. E. "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings; or to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted", "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference. Location is not limited. F. "Install": The term "install" describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, fmishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. G. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, who performs a particular activity including installation, erection, application, or similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. H. "Project site" is the space available to the Contractor for performing installation activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing work as part of the Project. I. "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. J. "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the industry that control performance of the Work. 1. The term "experienced," when used with the term "installer," means having successfully completed a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 0420809 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095-1 16Cb .~ 2. Trades: Using tenns such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be perfonned by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. K. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perfonn specific inspections or tests, either at the Project site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 1.3 SPECIFICA nON FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANA nON A. Specification Fonnat: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's "MasterFonnat" system. B. Specification Content: These Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain tenns, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be perfonned by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with 2 or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different but apparently equal tq the ArchitectJEngineer for a decision before proceeding. 01095 - 2 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 0420809 16C6 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the ArchitectJEngineer for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in installation on the Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its installation activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. I. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required installation activity, obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available on request. E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards-generating organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to Gale Research Inco's "Encyclopedia of Associations," which is available in most libraries. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01095 0420809 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 3 ,-_.__."--~,-,".__.._~.."_.~"._-_..__.~,."_.,,.._-,.,.,._^.._~~..,.--.~ .-.,,- 16C6 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for: 1. Pre-Construction Conference 2. Pre-InstaHation Conferences 3. Coordination Meetings 4. Progress Meetings 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Schedule a pre-construction conference and organizational meeting at the Project site no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. Attendees: The Owner, Architect and their consultants, the Contractors and their superintendents, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such topics as: 1. Tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical Work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 8. Preparation ofrecord documents. 9. Use of the premises. a. Owner's requirements. 10. Office, Work and storage areas. 11. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 12. Safety procedures. 13. First aid. 14. Security. 15. Housekeeping. 16. Working hours. 1.3 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. Conduct pre-installation conferences at the site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will foHow, shaH attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 0420809 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 1 16 C 6 L1 1. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each pre-installation conference, including requirements for: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases e. Deliveries. f. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples. g. Possible conflicts. h. Compatibility problems. 1. Time schedules. J. Weather limitations. k. Manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Compatibility of materials. m. Acceptability of substrates. n. Temporary facilities. o. Space and access limitations. p. Governing regulations. q. Safety. r. Inspection and testing requirements. s. Required performance results. t. Recording requirements. u. Protection. 2. Record discussions, agreements, and disagreements of each conference, along with schedule coordination. Distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned including the Owner and Architect. 3. Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. 1.4 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Conduct Project Coordination Meetings at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. Project Coordination Meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special pre-installation meetings. B. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the construction activities involved. C. Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Conduct progress meetings at the Site at regularly scheduled intervals. NotifY the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request. 01200 - 2 PROJECT MEETINGS 0420809 16C6 B. Attendees: Owner, Architect, Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or perfonnance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress. C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status ofthe Project. 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Detennine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Detennine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as: a. Interface requirements. b. Time. c. Sequences. d. Deliveries. e. Off-site fabrication problems. f. Access. g. Site utilization. h. Temporary facilities and services. I. Hours of Work. J. Hazards and risks. k. Housekeeping. l. Quality and Work standards. m. Change Orders. n. Documentation of infonnation for payment requests. D. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date, distribute copies of meeting minutes to each party present arid to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. 1. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01200 0420809 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 3 __--H--'.-"--~.-"--,.--~~· 16C6 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Where a submittal is required and assistance is needed from others, coordinate to expedite such submittal. B. Review shop drawings, samples, and other submittals and submit them to the Architect with a letter of transmittal giving approval, comments, and suggestions. Each transmittal shall include the following information: 1. Date Submitted 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Identification by Specification Section and quantity submitted for each submittal including name of subcontractors, manufacturer, or supplier 5. Notification of deviations from the Contract Documents for each submittal 6. Written approval: Each submittal shall be stamped, initialed, and approved prior to submitting to the Architect. If submittals are not stamped and approved they will be sent back, not reviewed. C. Prepare, review, and submit, with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the Work. 1. If the product is not as specified or approved by Addenda, it will be rejected by the Architect. Do not make submittals if the product manufacturer is not specified or listed in the Addenda. Schedule will not be extended for improper submittals. D. The Architect will review and take action on submittals with reasonable promptness, so as to cause no delay in the progress of the Work. A reasonable period of time for review of and action taken on submittals shall be as specified herein, but in no case shall it be more than 21 calendar days from the time it is received by the Architect until the time the submittal is marked and forwarded or returned. Allow sufficient mailing time for submittals. 1.2 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS A. Construction Schedule 1. A linear bar chart time control schedule a. Work overtime, nights, and weekends, if necessary to maintain schedule. b. Overtime, night, and weekend work will be at no additional cost to the Owner. c. Expedite approvals and deliveries of material so as not to delay job progress. 2. The Project Construction Schedule will be updated reflecting contractor's revised schedule and progress meeting results. 3. Contractor's schedule shall be updated monthly and submitted to the Architect and other involved parties at least 2 days prior to the monthly progress meeting. B. Subcontractors and Materials 0420809 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 1 01300 - 2 16C6' I. Provide a schedule of subcontractors and material men who will supply labor or materials for Work. Submit within 30 days of Notice to Proceed. a. Include company name, contact name, address, phone nwnber, and function for Work. C. Schedule of Values 1. Prepare and submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values for approval within 7 days after notice is given to proceed with Work. The Schedule of Values shall consist of a complete breakdown of the contract swn showing the various items of the Work, divided so as to facilitate the approval of payments to the contractor for Work completed. The Schedule of Values shall be prepared on AlA Document G703, Continuation Sheet, showing the breakdown of items of Work and supported by such data to substantiate its correctness as the Architect may require. 2. The contract breakdown shall be the same form as that to be used in submitting request for payments. Each item of work shall have indicated a separate cost for labor and material. This schedule when approved by the Architect shall be used as the basis of approving payments along with establishing percentages of Work complete. 3. Schedule of Values shall be coordinated with the Construction Schedule such that the percentages of Work completed closely relates to the values for the Work shown on the request for payments. At the beginning of the Project prepare a schedule of monthly progress payments showing the anticipated amount at each requested payment. The purpose of this schedule is to allow the Owner to determine what amounts of funds he will be required to have available each month during the progress of the Work. D. Project Use Site Plan 1. Prepare a proposed project use of the site plan. 2. Confine operations at the site to areas within the areas indicated and as approved on the use of the site plan, and as permitted by law, ordinances, and permits. Site shall not be unreasonably encumbered with materials, products, or construction equipment. E. Shop Drawings and Product Data I. Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures, and other data which are prepared to illustrate some portion of the Work. a. Advertising brochures will not be accepted as shop drawings. b. Erection and setting drawings as referred to in these Specifications will be considered as shop drawings and shall be submitted along with detailed shop drawings. c. Where schedules are required to indicate locations, they shall be submitted as part of the shop drawing package for that item. d. Shop drawings and schedules shall repeat the identification shown in the Contract Documents. 2. Product data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished to illustrate a material, product, or system for some portion of the Work. a. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials. b. Show dimensions and clearance required. c. Show performance and characteristics and capacities. SUBMITTALS 0420809 0420809 16C6 d. Show wiring diagrams and controls. e. Note variances from the Contract Documents including manufacturer's recommended changes to sequencing and to piping and control diagrams. 3. Preparation of Submittals: Provide pennanent marking on each submittal to identify project, date, contractor, subcontractor, submittal name, and similar infonnation to distinguish it from other submittals. Show executed review and approval marking and provide space for Architect's "Action" marking. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received from sources other than through the contractor will be returned Not Reviewed. 4. By approving and submitting shop drawings, the contractor represents that he has verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that he has coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents prior to submitting to the Architect. 5. Make corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies until approved. The contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted shop drawings to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Arc~itect on previous submissions. 6. The Architect will review shop drawings only for confonnance with the design concept of the Project and with the infonnation given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of a separate item shall not indicate review of an assembly in which the item functions. 7. The Architect's review of shop drawings shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements or the Contract Documents unless the Architect has been infonned in writing of such deviation at the time to submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall the Architect's action relieve responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings. 8. Notations and remarks added to shop drawings by the Architect are to insure compliance with the Contract Documents and do not imply a requested or approved change to contract cost. 9. Should deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between submittals and Contract Documents be discovered, either prior to or after review, Contract Documents shall control. 10. The following number of shop drawings and product data submittals shall be made on this Project. Where an insufficient number of copies are submitted, no action will be taken until proper number of copies have been received. Additional copies beyond the number required will be discarded. Schedule of Required Shop Drawings and Product Data 11. Architectural/Structural: - Submit to the Architect: 1 reproducible and 4 copies - Distribution: 1 copy - Architect's File 1 copy - Consultant's File 1 copy - Owner's File 1 copy - Construction Manager 1 reproducible - Contractor (Make additional copies required from the reproducible after review.) 12. Shop drawings will be marked as follows: Take the following action for each respective marking: SUBMITTALS 01300 - 3 01300 - 4 16C6 f a. "REVIEWED AND RELEASED" - Copies win be distributed as indicated under above schedule. b. "REVIEWED AND RELEASED WITH CORRECTIONS" - Proceed with fabrication, taking into account the necessary corrections. Corrected shop drawings shall be resubmitted before fabrication of this Work is completed. Only shop drawings marked "REVIEWED AND RELEASED" by Architect will be permitted on the project site. c. "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" - Resubmit shop drawings in their entirety. No fabrication or installation shall be started until shop drawings so marked have been completely revised, resubmitted, and marked by Architect according to preceding Paragraphs I. or 2. d. "INSUFFICIENT INFORMA nON" - Not enough information has been sent. Resubmit shop drawings in their entirety. 13. Where re-submittal is required, submittal and distribution shall be as specified in subparagraph II above. 14. One set of shop drawings marked by Architect "REVIEWED AND RELEASED" be filed on the project site at all times. No installation of equipment, materials, or products is to be incorporated into the Project until shop drawings marked by Architect "REVIEWED AND RELEASED" have been received on the Project. F. Samples 1. Submit three samples to illustrate materials or workmanship, colors, and textures, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 2. Approving and submitting samples, represents that materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, has been verified and coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 3. Resubmit the required number of correct or new samples until approved. Direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted samples to revisions other than the changes requested by the Architect on previous submissions. . 4. The Architect will review samples but only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. 5. The Architect's action shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the contractor has informed the Architect in writing of the deviation at the time of submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall the Architect's action relieve the contractor form responsibility for errors or omissions in the samples. 6. Unless otherwise specified, samples shall be of adequate size to show function, equality, type, color, range, fmish, and texture of material. When requested, full technical information and certified test data shall be supplied. a. Each sample shall be labeled, bearing material name and quality, the Contractor's name, date, project name, and other pertinent data. b. Transportation charges to and from the Architect's office must be prepaid on samples forwarded. Approved samples shall be retained by the Architect until the Work for which they were submitted has been accepted. 7. Materials shall not be ordered until approval is received. Materials shall be furnished, equal in every respect to approved samples. Where color or shade cannot be guaranteed, the maximum deviation shall be indicated by the manufacturer. Work shall be in accordance with the approved samples. SUBMITTALS 0420809 16C6 G. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Typed or printed instruction covering the operation and maintenance of each item of equipment furnished, shall be prepared and place in a notebook and submitted to the Architect for review and transmittal to the Owner. The instructions, as applicable, shall include the following: a. Any schematic piping and wiring diagrams~ b. Any valve charts and schedules; c. Any lubrication charts and schedules~ d. Guides for troubleshooting~ e. Pertinent diagrams of equipment with main parts identification; f. Manufacturer's data on all equipment; g. Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment; h. Manufacturer's parts list; and, i. Any testing procedures for operating tests. (1) Three (3) copies of the above instruction books shall be furnished prior to Final Payment. The books shall describe the information to be covered clearly and in detail and shall be in form and content satisfactory to the Owner. 2. Instruct the Owner's appointed personnel in the proper use, care and emergency repair of all equipment installed prior to Final Payment. Call particular attention to safety measures that should be followed. H. The work shall be provided in accordance with the Contract Documents and as additionally required by the manufacturer's instructions. . Where a conflict occurs between the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's instructions, request clarification from the Architect prior to commencing the work. Follow the interpretations given by the Architect. 1.3 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS A. In compliance with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (1910.1200, 08-24-1987) contractors are required to have on the site, MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) for ALL products classified as hazardous that their firm has knowledge that they will be furnishing, using, or storing on the jobsite during the duration of this Project. MSDS are not part of the shop drawing review process. 1. At completion of the Work provide the Owner with the MSDS for the hazardous products used on the Project site during construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01300 0420809 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 5 16C6 SECTION 01380 PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEOTAPES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Construction videotapes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit two standard size VHS format videotapes of the entire construction site prior to the commencement of any work. The videotape shall be reviewed by the Architect prior to the commencement of construction activity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEOTAPES A. Before starting construction, take videotapes of the site and surrounding properties from different points of view as selected by the Architect and Owner's Representative. Record pre-existing conditions of the site and abutting properties obtained from several perspectives. Provide narrative describing the vantage point and area being photographed. 1. Take videotapes in sufficient number to show existing conditions adjacent to the property before starting work. 2. Take videotapes of existing improvement adjoining the property in sufficient detail to record accurately the physical conditions at the start of construction. END OF SECTION 01380 0420809 PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEOTAPES 01380 - 1 16C6 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Definitions: Quality control services include inspections and tests, and sections related thereto including reports, but do not include contract enforcement activities performed directly by Architect. Quality control services include those inspections and tests and related actions performed by independent agencies and governing actions performed by independent agencies and governing authorities, as well as directly by contractor. B. Inspections, tests, and related actions specified in this Section and elsewhere in Contract Docwnents are not intended to limit contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Requirements for quality control services by contractor, as requested or to be requested by Architect, Owner, governing authorities, or other authorized entities are not limited by provisions of this Section. D. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection. sampling. and testing services. E. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of public authorities and General Conditions. F. Certification of products and mill test reports: Respective Specification Sections. G. Test, adjust, and balance of equipment. H. Inspection, sampling, and testing: Soils, asphalt, and concrete. 1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSffiILITIES A. Except where specifically indicated to be provided by another entity as identified, inspections, tests, and similar quality control services including those specified to be performed by independent agency (not directly by contractor) are the Owner's responsibility, and costs thereof are not to be included in contract sum. 1. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests through the Contractor. B. Retest Responsibility: Where results of required inspection, test, or similar service are unsatisfactory (do not indicate compliance of related work with requirements of Contract Documents), retests are responsibility of contractor, except, first retest is responsible party ifretest results are satisfactory. Retesting of work revised or replaced by contractor is contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original work. 0420809 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01400 - I ------_.~~.,~---_.'"'-..,,<.*- 16 Cb t C. Responsibility for Associated Services: Contractor is required to cooperate with independent agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services. Provide auxiliary services as reasonably requested, including access to work, the taking of samples or assistance with the taking of samples, delivery of samples to test laboratories, and security and protection for samples and test equipment at project site. D. Coordination: Coordinate and sequence activities so as to accommodate required serVices with minimum delay of work and without the need for removal/replacement of work to accommodate inspections and tests. Scheduling of times for inspections, tests, taking of samples, and similar activities is contractor's responsibility. D. Test procedures to be used shall be submitted for approval of the Architect where other than those specified are recommended by the testing agency. E. Cooperate with laboratory personnel to provide access to Work and to manufacturer's operations. F. Assist laboratory personnel in obtaining samples at the site. G. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for his assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. H. Should the contractors fail to schedule laboratory services or fail to cancel laboratory services, if the need arises, all additional cost shall be borne by the contractors. 1. Employ, and pay for, services of a separate, equally qualified independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required when initial tests indicate work does not comply with Contract Documents. I . Separate laboratory shall be approved by the Owner and the Architect. 1.3 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY A. Shall meet "Recommended Requirements ofIndependent Laboratory Qualifications, tI published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. For concrete and steel the laboratory shall comply with the basic requirements of ASTM E 329, "Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction." B. Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent tour of inspection; with memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported by inspection. C. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: 1. National Bureau of Standards. 2. Accepted values of natural physical constants. 3. Submit copy of certificate of calibration, made by accredited calibration agency. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 3 copies of test reports directly to the Architect from the approved testing services, with one copy to the Contractor. 01400 - 2 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 0420809 16C6 B. Submit qualifications documentation specified. 1.5 LAB ORA TORY DUTIES, LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY A. Provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. B. Perform specified inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and methods of construction. ] . Comply with specified standards; ASTM, other recognized authorities and as specified. 2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify Contractor and Architect of irregularities or deficiencies of Work which are observed during performance of services. D. Including the following information on reports of inspections and tests, as applicable: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing laboratory name and address. 4. Name and signature of inspector. 5. Date of inspection or sampling. 6. Record oftemperature and weather. 7. Date oftest. 8. Identification of product and specification. 9. Location in project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents. E. Perform additional services as required by Owner on a unit cost, as submitted. F. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept portion of Work. 3. Perform duties of the contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking, and similar services, protect work, repair damage and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including defects in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Work disturbed or altered after completion of testing, sample taking and similar service shall be re-inspected or retested by the same testing agency. END OF SECTION 01400 0420809 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01400 - 3 16C6 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section specifies requirements for temporary services and facilities. B. Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are not limited to: 1. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water. 2. Waste disposal services. 3. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. 4. Telephone service. 5. Electric service. C. Temporary facilities shall be installed with minimal disturbance to the environment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Submit a schedule indicating implementation and termination of each temporary utility within 15 days of the date established for commencement of the Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building Code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 1-2000: 29.1 for safeguards during building construction and 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations", ANSI-AI0 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations. 2. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFP A 70). C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over iTom use of temporary service to use of the permanent service. 0420809 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 1 16 C6 ~ B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fIre prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. C. Do not interfere with normal use of roads in vicinity of project site except as authorized by authorities having jurisdiction. 0.5 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Do not interfere with normal use of existing active utility services, except as absolutely necessary to execute required work involving such services, and then only after proper arrangements have been made through the proper authority. I. NotifIcation of proposed interruption of service must be Iilade 48 hours in advance with the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended. B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 1. For signs and directory boards, provide 3/4-inch thick, exterior type, Grade B-B High Density Concrete Form Overlay Plywood conforming to PS-I, of sizes required for sign size indicated. C. Paint: Comply with requirements of Section 09900, Painting. D. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 ft. long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system; provide adjustable shut-off nozzles at hose discharge. C. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- 120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment. D. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths win not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. 01500 - 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 0420809 16C6 E. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. F. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained single-occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. G. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION PLANT A. Provide cranes, hoists, and other lifting devices; scaffolding, staging, platfonns, runways, and ladders; temporary flooring as required for the proper execution of Work. 1. Scaffolding and ladders must meet OSHA requirements. 2. No aluminum ladders are pennitted. B. Provide equipment with proper guys, bracing, guards, railing, and other safety devices as required by governing authority and safety standards. C. Provide suitable means of travel between floor levels of building, including exterior grade levels and to all rooflevels until pennanent stair systems are installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with perfonnance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use of completed pennanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where the company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment; comply with the company's recommendations. .. I. Arrange with the company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary ùtility availability, provide trucked-in services. 3. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities, utilities and services are not chargeable to the Owner or Architect, and will not be accepted as a basis of claims for a Change Order. The cost for all temporary facilities, utilities and services are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 0420809 TEMœORARYFACILITIES 01500 - 3 16C6 ~ B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction until penn anent water service is in use. Contractor is required to provide water service if the Utility Co. cannot immediately provide. I. Sterilization: Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transfonners, overload protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters and main distribution switch gear. 1. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. Where pennitted, wiring circuits not exceeding 125 Volts, AC 20 ampere rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance. D. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in construction activities, throughout the construction period. Install telephone on a separate line for each temporary office and fIrst aid station. 1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. 2. Provide separate line for facsimile machine. 3.3 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds, sized, furnished and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility service. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the building or elsewhere on the site. B. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water fIxtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will best serve the Project's needs. 1. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material. 2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Use of pit-type privies will not be pennitted. 3. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel involved in handling materials that require wash-up for a healthy and sanitary condition. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each condition. 4. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap-dispenser bottled-water type drinking water units, including paper supply. a. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F. C. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosure for protection of construction in progress and completed, trom exposure, foul weather, other construction operations and similar activities. 01500 - 4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 0420809 16C6 D. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste rrom construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFP A 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately rrom other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner. 3.4 OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect rrom damage by rreezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and similar facilities on a 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Protection: Prevent water filled piping rrom rreezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect rrom damage during excavation operations. C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of Project identification signs. END OF SECTION 01500 0420809 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500-5 16C6 SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section specified requirements for protection. B. Protection facilities required include but are not limited to: 1. Barricades, warning signs, lights. 1.2 QUALITY ASSISTANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: 1. Building Code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations", ANSI-AIO Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations. 2. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFPA 70). C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect each disconnected utility. Obtain required certifications and pennits. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. B. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers for NFPA recommended classes for the exposure. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire exposure. 0420809 TEMPORARY PROTECTION 01510-1 16Cb -I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Fire Protection: Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers," and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations." 1. Locate fIre extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fIfe-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fIfe extinguishers, fIfe hydrants, temporary fue protection facilities, stairways and other access routes for fIghting fues. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fIfe exposure areas. B. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to infonn personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. C. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. A void use of tools and equipment which produce hannful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or finns near the site. END OF SECTION 01510 01510-2 TEMPORARY PROTECTION 0420809 16C6 SECTION 01600 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Defmitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structures," "fmishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms such are self-explanatory and have well recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. a. "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current at of the date ofthe Contract Documents. b. "Foreign Products" , as distinguished from "domestic products," are items substantially manufactured (50 percent or more of value) outside of the United States and its possessions; or produced or supplied by entities substantially owned (more than 50 percent) by persons who are not citizens or nor living within the United States and its possessions. 2. "Materials" are products that are shaped, cut, worked, mixed, fmished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or instaUed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT STANDARD AND QUALITY - SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Contract is based on the materials, equipment, and methods described in the Contract Documents. B. Where in the Drawings and Specifications certain products, manufacturer's tradenames, or catalog numbers are given, it is done for the expressed purpose of establishing a basis of quality, durability, and efficiency of design in harmony with the work outlined and is not intended for the purpose of limiting competition. C. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01631 - Product Substitutions D. Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has been specificaUy approved for this Work by the Architect. 0420809 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 1 E. "Or equal": 16C6 l. Where the phrase "or equal" or "or equal as approved by the Architect" occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that material, equipment, or methods wi]] be approved as equal by the Architect unless the item has been specifically approved for this Work by the Architect. 2. The decision of the Architect shall be final. F . Availability of Specified Items: l. Verify prior to bidding that specified items will be available in time for mstallation during orderly and timely progress of the Work. 2. In the event specified item or items will not be avaiIable, notify the Architect ten days prior to receipt of bids. 3. Costs of delays because of non-availability of specified items, when such delays could have been avoided, will be back charged as necessary and shall not be borne by the Owner. G. Where the questions of appearance, artistic effect, or hannony of design are concerned, the Architect reserves the right to refuse approval of substituted products proposed to be substituted for that specified, if in his opinion the item to be substituted is not hannonious to the fmished effect and appearance desired, as portrayed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's refusal to approve, established by this paragraph, is fmal and not subject to arbitration. H. Products of other manufacturers wi]] be considered for acceptance provided they equal or exceed the material requirements and functional qualities of the specified product. Requests for Architect's approval and complete technical data for evaluation must be received at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Additional approved manufacturers will be issued by Addenda. 2.2 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS A. Manufactured products shaH be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the manufacturer' printed directions, unless specified to the contrary. B. Where specific installation instructions are not part of these Contract Documents, equipment shaH be installed in accordance with instructions trom the respective manufacturers. Where installation instructions included in these Contract Documents are at a variance with instructions furnished by the manufacturer, request clarification trom the Architect in writing. C. In accepting or assenting to the use of apparatus or material, or make, or arrangement thereof, the Architect in no way waives the requirements of these specifications or the warranty embodied therein. 2.3 WARRANTIES A. Specific warranties or bonds caUed for in the Contract Documents, in addition to that falling under the general warranty, shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications. B. Products provided for the Wark shaH be warranted for a period of one year, or for longer periods, where specified, trom the date of Substantial Completion. 01600 - 2 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 0420809 16C6 C. Should defects develop in the Work within the specified periods, due to faults in products or their workmanship, make repairs and do necessary work to correct defective Work to comply with the Contract Documents. Such repairs and corrective Work, including costs of making good other work damaged by or otherwise affected by making repairs or corrective work, shall be done without cost to the Owner and at the entire cost and expense of the contractor within 14 days after written notice by the Owner. D. Warranty shall not apply to Work which has been abused, neglected or improperly maintained by the Owner or his successor in interest. E. Where service on products is required, it shall be provided when notified by the Owner and no additional charge shall be made, unless it can be established that the defect or malfunctioning was caused by abuse or accidental damage not to be expected under normal conditions. F. In the event movement in the adjoining structure or components causes malfunctioning, the contractor responsible for the original installation of the adjoining structure or components shall provide such repair, replacement, or correction necessary to bring the equipment back into the same operating condition as approved at the Date of Substantial Completion. G. Warrant that each item of equipment provided for this Project is suitable for the application shown and specified in the Contract Documents and includes features, accessories, and performing characteristics listed in the manufacturer's catalog in force on the date bids are requested for the Work. This warranty is intended as an assurance by the manufacturer that his equipment is not being misapplied and is fit and sufficient for the service intended. This warranty is in addition to and not in limitation of other warranties or remedies required by law or by the·· Contract Documents. Obtain manufacturers' warranties in writing. H. In case the Contractor fails to do Work so ordered, the Owner may have work done and charge the cost thereof against monies retained as provided for in the Agreement and, is said retained monies is available, the Contractor and his Sureties shall agree to pay to the Owner the cost of such Work. 2.4 MATERIAL DELIVERY AND RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Owner will not be responsible for deliveries related to the construction or operation. The Owner cannot sign delivery forms. B. Insure that products are delivered to the Project in accordance with the Construction Schedule. In determining date of delivery, sufficient time shall be allowed for shop drawings and sample approvals, including the possibility of having to resubmit improperly prepared submittals or products other than those specified and the necessary fabrication or procurement time along with the delivery method and distance involved. 2.5 PROTECTION A. Protect building elements and products when subject to damage. Repair damages as soon as practicable. B. Storage shall be dry, clean, and safe. Materials or equipment damaged, deteriorated, rusted or defaced due to improper storage, shall be repaired, refinished, or replaced, as required by the Architect. Products lost through theft or mishandling shall be replaced. 0420809 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 3 2.6 ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS 16C6 .ì A. The Owner will not accept the start of the warranty period on systems or equipment until Substantial Completion is issued for occupancy in part or whole. Make provisions as required to extend the manufacturer's warranty ITom time of initial operation of systems or equipment until Substantial Completion is given in writing. PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01600 01600 - 4 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 0420809 16C6 SECTION 01631 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Defmitions used in this Article are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor are considered requests for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions: 1. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor's detennination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. 1.3 SUBMITI ALS A. Substitution Request Submittal: Request for product substitution shall be submitted to the Architect no later than ten (10) days prior to bid due date. 1. Substitutions after the bid date may be considered and accepted but will be reviewed on a case-by- case basis. B. Request for Substitution Fonn: Submit substitution requests to the Architect (through a bona fide bidder) on the Request for Substitution fonn attached at the end of this Section. C. Substitutions shall include product data, samples and shop drawings as required to evaluate the proposed product. Submittals shall also include specified product (some additional engineering may be required with specific materials) with a line-by-line comparison of the products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as detennined by the Architect; otherwise requests will be returned without action t;xcept to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1. 2. 3. 4. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 0420809 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01631-1 16C6 1 1 5. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 6. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. 7. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in tenns of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations. 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the bidder/contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the bidder/contractor demonstrates and certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the bidder/contractor demonstrates and certifies that the proposed substitution provide the required warranty. C. Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01631 01631-2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 0420809 16C6 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION PROÆCT: DATE: SPECIFICATION SECTION: ITEM(S): SPECIFIED MANUF ACTIJRER: SPECIFIED MODEL NO: PROPOSED MANUFACTURER: PROPOSED MODEL NO: REASON/S FOR SUBSTITUTION Attach technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable, in duplicate. A. Will approval affect dimensions shown on Drawings in any way? Explain (Attach drawings if necessary): No Yes B. Will approval affect dimensions shown on Drawings in any way? Explain (Attach drawings if necessary): No Yes C. Will the Contractor pay for any changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the approval? No Yes Explain: D. Will approval affect the work of other trades? Explain: No Yes E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Explain: Same Different F. Does the proposed item meet all applicable Codes, Ordinances and regulations for tlús specific application? No Yes Explain: 0420809 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01631-3 16C6 G. Has proposed item been used locally in similar applications? Explain: No Yes H. If approved, will the Owner receive a credit for the proposed alternate material? Explain: No_Yes I. Does the proposed alternate material meet the same applicable standards (ASTM, ANSI, UL, FS.) as the specified item? No Yes Explain: J. Has the line-by-line comparison been included? No Explain Yes Provide all infonnation necessary to detennine the proposed alternate material is equal or better than the specified item. This includes any test reports, product data, manufacturer's specifications, color samples, product samples or the like as may be required for an evaluation. The Architect will not be required to prove any product is not equal or suitable to the Project. Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind their firm to the above tenns. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. SUBMITIED BY: Firm: Address: Signature: Date: FOR ARCHITECTS USE: Not Acceptable No Exceptions Taken By: Date: 01631-4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 0420809 16C6 SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Closeout is hereby defmed to include general requirements near the end of Contract Time in preparation for fmal acceptance, fmal payment, normal termination of contract, occupancy by Owner, and similar actions evidencing completion of the work. Specific requirements for individual parts of the Work are specified in Sections of Division 2 through 16. Time of closeout is directly associated to Date of Substantial Completion. 1.2 PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Prior to requesting Architect review for Certificate of Substantial Completion, (for either entire Work or portions thereof), complete the following and list known exceptions in request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, agreements, final certifications, and other required closeout documents. 3. Obtain and submit release enabling Owner's full and unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities, including occupancy permits, operating certificates, and other similar required releases. 4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items as specified to the Owner. Obtain receipts for deliveries. 5. Make final changeover of locks and transmit keys to Owner and advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 6. Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of Owner's operating/maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove from project site temporary facilities and service, construction tools and facilities, mock-ups, and other construction elements. 8. Complete fmal cleaning up requirements as specified in Section 01710. 1.3 PREREQUISITES TO FINAL PAYMENTS A. Prior to requesting Architect fmal review for certification of final payment, complete the following: 1. Submit fmal payment request with required closeout attachments. 2. Submit copy of Architect's final punch list of itemized Work to be completed or corrected, stating that each and every item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit certification stating that no materials containing asbestos were incorporated into the Work. 4. Plumbing contractor shall submit certification stating that no flux or solder used for drinking water piping containing more than 0.2 percent lead, and that no pipe or fittings used for drinking water piping contained no more than 0.8 percent lead. 5. Provide 2 copies of Closeout Documents at the time of final completion for review at least five (5) days prior to application for final payment. Closeout Documents include all warranties, users manual, written maintenance instructions for all materials and equipment, and Record Documents. All materials except as-built plans shall be organized by specification section number and bound in 3-ring binders. 0420809 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - I "'-_.---~._~.,-~------ PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 16C6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PUNCH LIST A. Prior to the Architect's preparation of a Project Punch List, prepare a completions and corrections list and submit to the Architect. B. Inspection shall be as thorough as possible for the Work. C. The Architect shall observe the Work, providing that the Work on the corrections and completions list has been completed, and prepare the Project Punch List for use to expedite proper completion of the Work. 3.2 WARRANTY - CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Prior to the expiration of the one year warranty period, the Architect will check to see if additional Work by the contractor(s) is needed to make good the warranties. An itemized list will be furnished to the contractor for corrective or replacement work. B. This Work shall be completed immediately by the contractor(s) after receiving notification. 3.3 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS A. Keep current Project Record Documents during the progress of the Work, and submit updated Project Record Drawings at the completion of the project. Drawings shall incorporate changes made in the Work of the respective trades during the construction period. Such changes shall be indicated at the time they occur for accuracy. B. Maintain at the job site one copy of Drawings, Project Manual, Addenda, approved shop drawings, change orders, field orders, other Contract modifications, and other approved documents submitted by the contractor(s), in compliance with various Sections of the Project Manual. C. All Project Record Documents shall be clearly marked "Project Record Copy"; maintained in good condition; available for observation by the Architect; and shall not be used for construction purposes. Mark up the documents to indicate the following: 1. Significant changes and selections made during the construction process; 2. Significant detail not shown in the original Contract Documents including change orders; 3. The location of underground utilities and appurtenances dimensionally referenced to permanent surface improvements; 4. The location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in building structures, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure; 5. When elements are placed exactly as shown on the Drawings, so indicate; otherwise, indicate changed location. D. Keep Project Record Documents current. Do not permanently conceal Work until the required. information has been recorded. 01700 - 2 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 0420809 16C6 E. Prior to final payment on the Project, submit to the Architect the Project Record Drawings for changes recorded for the Work of Divisions 2 through 14. F. Prior to fmal complete and payment, the contractors for Mechanical Work and Electrical Work, Division 15 through 16, shall update their working drawings with changes made in his Work. Submit one complete set of transparencies and 2 complete sets of prints of these changed working drawings to the Architect. I. Label each drawing "Project Record Drawing," date, and sign. G. Certify that the Project Record Drawings show complete and accurate as-built conditions, including without limitation, sizes, kinds of materials, vital piping and valves, conduit locations, and other similar and required items. H. Include as part of the Project Record Drawings, a current Project Manual, indicating changes made relating to the specifications. All requirements for the Project Record Drawings apply to the Project Record Project Manual. 1. Maintain all approved Permit Drawings in a manner so as to make them accessible to governmental inspectors and other authorized agencies. All approved Drawings shall be wrapped, marked, and delivered to the Owner within 10 days of the Date of Substantial Completion. 3.4 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING MANUALS A. Prior to Date of Substantial Completion, and a requirement prior to receiving fmal payment, submit to the Architect three (3) copies of the Maintenance and Operating Manual presenting directions and recommendations for the proper care and maintenance of visible surfaces as well as maintenance and operating instructions for equipment provided. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include the following: 1. Schematic and piping and wiring diagrams 2. Valve charts and schedules 3. Lubrication charts and schedules 4. Guides for troubleshooting 5. Pertinent diagrams of equipment with main parts identification 6. Manufacturer's data on all equipment 7. Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment 8. Manufacturer's parts list 9. Any testing procedures for operating tests 10. Roof maintenance manual B. Operating instructions shall include printed directions for operations, adjustments, servicing, and maintenance of movable parts. Also include parts lists, approved shop drawings, and diagrams showing parts location and assembly. C. Upon Architect's approval and prior to issuance offmal payment(s), submit three (3) corrected and completed copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals to the Architect. D. Finished manuals shall be loose-leaf type with hardboard covers and titled tabs identifying each particular portion or item of the Work. E. For each titled item or portion of the Work, manual must provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers of the following parties: 0420809 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 ~-,..."..,.,_...,,~~,....-._--~ 16r6 v... I. Contractor/installer 2. Manufacturer 3. Nearest dealer/supplier 4. Nearest agency capable of supplying parts and service F. For each manual label on &ont cover and spine, indicate the following infonnation: I. Project name and address 2. Owner's name 3. Name and address of Architect 4. Name and address of all contractors and their contacts 5. Date of submission G. Instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the proper use, care and emergency repair of all equipment installed before fmal payment. Call particular attention to any safety measures that should be followed. The instruction shall be adequate to train the Owner's operating personnel in the proper use, care, and emergency repair of such equipment. H. Refer to Section 01300 for additional requirements. 3.5 CHARTS AND LOCATIONS OF CONCEALED WORK A. Prepare charts identifYing and locating each concealed control or other concealed item requiring repair, adjustment, and maintenance. Charts shall be mounted in suitable ftames with glass covers secured to wall where directed. B. Charts shall list each item, together with its function, item number and location. C. Locations throughout the building shall be identified on the wall or ceiling by pennanent, non- obstructive plates, labels, or other approved means secured in a penn anent manner. D. Chart details, identification methods, locations, and methods of attachment shall be specified or approved by the Architect at the jobsite upon full submission of proposed procedures and proper execution of same. END OF SECTION 01700 01700 - 4 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 0420809 16C6 SECTION 01710 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 PURPOSE A. Remove rubbish and debris from the construction site to guard against ftre and safety hazards as well as to provide a more efficient construction operation. 1.2 RUBBISH CONTAINER A. Provide dumpster type rubbish container with lid, sized adequate for the Project waste, debris, and rubbish for the life of the Project. B. Dispose of container contents weekly or at more frequent intervals if required by inadequate container capacity. 1.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Hazards Control 1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from the premises daily. 2. Prevent accumulation of wastes, which create hazardous conditions. 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws. 1. Do not bum or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in stonn or sanitary drains. 3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surface recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DAILY CLEANING A. Execute daily cleaning to ensure that building, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. 0420809 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01710 - 1 16C6 C. Daily, during progress of work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish in dumpster type rubbish container provided under this Section. D. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. E. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting ITom cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. F. Place no new work on dirty surfaces. 3.2 ROUTINE CLEANING A. Employ experienced workmen for cleaning. B. Remove dirt, mud, and other foreign materials from sight exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Each Friday, or at more frequent intervals, if work activities justifY same, perfonn the following cleaning. This includes all dirt, dust, and debris not identifiable as part of a Contract. Broom clean floor and paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of ground. D. Maintain adjacent roads free from the accumulation of mud, rocks, rubbish, litter and debris resulting from construction activities. E. Remove litter, rubbish and debris from chases, whether the chases will be accessible or not. F Maintain cleaning throughout the duration of the Project. G. The Owner reserves to provide cleaning services when clean-up has not been provided to the satisfaction of the Owner or the Owner's representative in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract. 3.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Perfonn fmal clean-up and leave the Work in clean, neat condition. The following are examples, but not by way of limitation, of cleaning levels required. I. Remove labels which are not required as pennanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and window/door glass, to a polished condition, removing substances which are noticeable as vision-obscuring materials. Replace broken glass and damaged transparent materials. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard surfaces to a dirt free condition, free of dust, stains, films, and similar noticeable distracting substances. Except as otherwise indicated, avoid disturbance of natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to original reflective condition. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean; remove excess lubrication and other substances. 5. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. 6. Clean concrete floors in non-occupied spaces broom clean. 7. Vacuum clean carpeted surfaces and similar soft surfaces. 01710 - 2 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 0420809 0420809 16C6 8. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including those resulting from water exposure. 9. Clean food service equipment to a condition, free of stains, including those resulting in water exposure. 10. Clean light fixtures and lamps so as to function with full efficiency. 11. Clean project site (yard and grounds), including landscape development areas, of litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas to a broom clean condition; remove stains, petro-chemical spi11s, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds which are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even textured surface. END OF SECTION 01710 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01710 - 3 16C6 ~.~ Division 2 Sitework .._-,.~-""_.-_. .- 16C6 SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Selective demolition work requires the selective removal and subsequent off site disposal of the following kinds of elements: 1. Wood trusses and roof tile 2. Louvers, doors and frames 3. Portions of existing building indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction 4. Window systems 5. HV AC closet 6. Restroom and associated plumbing 7. Carpet and quarry tile 8. Hand digging excavation 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Architect for review prior to start of work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection. 1. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site operations. 2. Coordinate with Owner's continuing occupation of portions of existing building and with Owner's partial occupancy of completed new addition. B. Submit photographs of existing conditions of structure surfaces, equipment, and adjacent improvements that might be misconstrued as damage related to removal operations. Photographs are in addition to the required videos of Section 01380 and should be taken during demolition operations for documentation purposes. Provide any copies to the Owner upon request. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre-Selective Demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordu;.ation." Review methods and procedures related to building demolition including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss conditions of construction to be demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structures. 3. Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review and fmalize protection requirements. Include protection of control equipment to be active during construction. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS 0420809 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 1 ~--,----~..__..._-". "_..._,.__.,-_.__.._---'....--~- 16,C6~··~ A. Occupancy: Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's nonnal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities that will affect Owner's nonnal operations. B. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. C. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. D. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other fonns of protection to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. I. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general public to occupied portions of building. 2. Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished and adjacent facilities or work to remain. 4. Protect from damage existing fmish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demolition operations. 5. Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary. 6. Construct temporary insulated dustproofpartitions where required to separate areas where noisy or extensive dirt or dust operations are perfonned. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 7. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces and installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. 8. Remove protections at completion of work. E. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work. F. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal to ensure mmmmm interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. I. Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without written pennission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. G. Flame Cutting: Do not use cutting torches for removal until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as interior of ducts and pipe spaces, verify condition of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable ftre suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. H. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities. 2. Maintain fire protection services during selective demolition operations. 02070 - 2 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 0420809 16C6 I. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other methods to limit dust and dirt migration. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. 1. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. J. Explosives: Use of explosives wi1l not be permitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. 1. Cease operations and notify Architect immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. 2. Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures from soilage or damage when demolition work is performed in areas where such items have not been removed. 3. Erect and maintain dust-proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building. a. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dust-proof partitions of minimum 4-inch studs, 5/8-inch drywall Goints taped) on occupied side, 1/2-inch fire-retardant plywood on demolition side. FiB partition cavity with sound-deadening insulation. b. Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from demolition work. 4. Locate, identify, stub off, and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain. a. Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during changeover. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations. 1. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power-driven impact tools. 2. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 0420809 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 3 16C6 3. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Demolish foundation walls to a depth of not less than 12 inches below existing ground surface. 5. Demolish and remove below-grade wood or metal construction. 6. Break up below-grade concrete slabs. 7. For interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or structuraHy disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. Use power saw where possible. 8. Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting trom demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel, or sand, fTee of trash and debris, stones over 6 inches in diameter, roots, or other organic matter. B. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Architect in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive fTom Architect, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue delay. 3.3 SALVAGED MATERIALS A. Salvaged Items: Owner has first right of refusal of all demolished items 3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove trom building site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting trom demolition operations. Transport and legally dispose off site. 1. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable Federal, State, and local regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. Stop work immediately and notifY Architect. 2. Burning of removed materials is not pennitted on project site. 3.5 CLEANUP AND REPAIR A. Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and demolished materials trom site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean. I. Repair demolition perfonned in excess of that required. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start operations. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. END OF SECTION 02070 02070 - 4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 0420809 lbL /""'";', \"'1' SECTION 02280 SOIL TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes pre-construction soil treatment for underslab and foundation wall perimeters. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Chemicals and products used 2. Application instructions 3. Certification that products used comply with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations for termiticides. 4. Information that soil treatment conforms to specified requirements B. Provide information regarding the type of equipment to be used to apply the soil treatment, size of volume mixing tank, the pump capacity in gallons per minute, and the application tools with in-line flow meter devices attached. C. Certificate of Compliance: Submit as part of the Close-Out Documents the following statement from the pest control company: "The areas of displaced concrete has received a complete treatment for the prevention of subterranean termites. Treatment is in accordance with rules and laws established by the Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services." D. Job site log book. E. Sample warranty. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to requirements of these specifications, comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for preparing substrate and application. B. Engage a professional pest control operator who is licensed according to regulations of the State of Florida. C. Use only termiticides that bear a federal registration number of the EPA and are approved by local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Restrictions: 1. Do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling, and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. 2. Do not apply soil treatment at interior areas of displaced concrete during times when building is occupied by Owner. Coordinate application times with Owner's Representative. 0420809 SOIL TREATMENT 02280 - 1 ____",.~~.~._.,_,.,~.~_.__'~.___'_""'V"'._,.. 16 p .:,-"~ uU B. To ensure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soils or during inclement weather. Comply with handling and application instructions of the soil toxicant manufacturer. 1.5 REGULA TORY REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum requirements for application as authorized by the State of Florida to fulfill the work according to manufacturer's specifications. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENT A nON A. Log Book to be kept at job site ad to include: I. Project name 2. Company providing treatment 3. Applicator's name 4. Time of arrival and departure 5. Product name 6. Record date of all applications 7. Rate of application to all required areas of the designated site 8. All areas to be treated 9. The soil treatment trade name ] O. Quantity of concentrate delivered to the site I ] . Quantity used for the designated treated areas ]2. The percentage of active ingredient in diluted fonn 13. Finished gallons of soil treatment for each application 14. Linear and square footage amount to detennine total fmished soil treatment used B. Owner's representative will observe both the amount of concentrate delivered to the site and the empty units that total the amount used to the treated areas. The Owner's representative shall sign the logbook as noted. 1. 7 DELIVERY A. The State Registered products must be delivered to the jobsite in the original sealed and labeled containers of the manufacturer. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Furnish written warranty, executed by Applicator and Contractor, certifying that applied soil tenniticide treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean tennites. If subterranean tennite activity is discovered during warranty period, re-treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by tennite infestation. B. Warranty Period: ] 0 years trom Date of Substantial Completion, or the minimum more than 10 years if prevailing local laws require. C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 02280 - 2 SOIL TREATMENT 0420809 16G6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL TREATMENT SOLUTION A. Use an emulsible, concentrated tenniticide that dilutes with water, specially fonnulated to prevent tennite infestation. Fuel oil will not be pennitted as a dilutent. Provide a solution consisting of one of following chemical elements. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Chloronicotinyl: Premise 75 by Bayer Corp. www.nobugs.com 2. Chloropyrifos: Dursban TC by Dow AgroSciences LLC, Indianapolis, IN www.dowaf?ro.com 3. Cypennethrine: Prevail FT by FMC Corp. www.fmc-apgspec.com 4. Pennathrin: a. Dragnet SFR by FMC Corp. www.fmc-apgspec.com b. Prelude by Zeneca. www.zenecaprofprod.com C. Dilute with water to concentration level recommended by manufacturer. 2.2 NOTICE OF TERMITE PROTECTION A. Signage: Pennanent, identifying the treatment provider and required re-inspection and treatment contract renewal(s). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Surface Preparation: Remove foreign matter that could decrease treatment effectiveness on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. Toxicants may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs if recommended by toxicant manufacturer. 1. Use a synthetic dye for proper identification of treated surfaces. B. Application Rates: Apply the soil treatment listed above as a water emulsion at not less than the percentage (in fmished solution) designated according to manufacturer's label specification. C. Post signs in areas of application to warn workers that soil tenniticide treatment has been applied. Remove signs after areas are covered by other construction. D. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, rain, landscape grading, or other construction activities following application. E. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete and total application in every respect. F. Spaces in floor slab that are boxed out or cut away shall use a metal fonn of sufficient depth to eliminate any planned soil disturbances after initial chemical treatment. 0420809 SOIL TREATMENT 02280 - 3 ~'._.M___,·","'__~"k""'.__··~¢___·_··_··_·'^· 02280 - 4 16C6 .~ ~ G. Post Notice of Termite Protection signage near water heater or main electrical panel. END OF SECTION 02280 SOIL TREATMENT 0420809 16C6 ~ ~¡ SECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The work shall consist of furnishing all materials, labor and equipment for compacting sub-grade, constructing a base course, priming the base course and constructing an asphaltic concrete surface course. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials provided shall comply with the applicable sections of the Florida Department of Transportation's (FDOT) "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction", latest edition, which are hereby incorporated into these specifications by reference. B. MATERIALS: Use locally available materials and gradations which exhibit a satisfactory record of previous installations. 1. Sub-grade Stabilizing Material: FDOT Section 160 and Section 914. 2. Base Course: Lime-rock Base Course, FDOT Section 200 and Section 911. 3. Asphaltic Concrete: Comply with FDOT Section 330 requirements and Section 331 for Type S-1 and Type S-3. 4. Prime and Tack Coats: Cut-back asphalt grade RC-70, meeting FDOT Section 300. 5. Lane Marking Paint: FDOT Section 971, color as indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All operations hereunder shall be conducted in strict compliance with the requirements of Seminole County standards, and with applicable sections of the FDOT Standard Specifications as follows: B. Sub-grade Stabilization: FDOT Section 160 C. Construction of Base Course: FDOT Section 200, for Lime-rock Base 1. Place in maximum 8" lifts and compact each lift to a minimum dry density of95% of the maximum density (AASHTO T-180). 2. Perform compaction testing the full depth at a frequency of one test per 10,000 square feet, or at a minimum of two test locations, whichever is greater. D. Construction of Wearing Course: FDOT Section 330. E. Pavement Markings: FDOT Sections 710 and 711. END OF SECTION 0420809 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513-1 16C6 Division 3 Concrete 16Gb SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provIsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Footings. 2. Slabs-an-grade. 3. Columns. 4. Concrete toppings. 5. Building frame members. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture identified by use or location submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 1 July 30,2004 ~.~.___>._._~._.,._._w_, 16 C6 .. , D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. 1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and installing and removing reshoring. E. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: 1. Aggregates F. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form-release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Curing compounds. 6. Floor and slab treatments. 7. Bonding agents. 8. Adhesives. 9. Vapor retarders. 10. Semirigid joint filler. 11. Joint-filler strips. 12. Repair materials. G. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements to determine compliance with specified tolerances. H. Field quality-control test and inspection reports. I. Minutes of pre-installation conference. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI- certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 2 July 30, 2004 16C6 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer. E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing SteeL" F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete". 2. ACI117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." G. Concrete Testing Service: Contractor to engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. H. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, semirigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and reshoring procedures, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 3 July 30, 2004 ---,,".,._-~_..,-,-_""" 16C6.o· PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. E. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal. F. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. G. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 4 July 30, 2004 16C6 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. B. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706, deformed. C. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184, fabricated from ASTM A 615, Grade 60 deformed bars, assembled with clips. D. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82. E. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496. F. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. G. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless- steel bar supports. 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1111, gray. a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. Fly Ash not allowed in slab topping. b. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. TFL -FM-404042 03300- 5 July 30, 2004 _--~-'---..w.,_. 16C6 B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94 and potable. 2.6 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017, Type II. 2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A. recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape. Include manufacturer's 2.8 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; colorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces. 2.9 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz.lsq. yd when dry. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: polyethylene sheet. ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap- D. Water: Potable. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 6 July 30, 2004 16Gb E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1 r Class B, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. F. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 2.1 0 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids aromatic polyurea with a Type A shore durometer hardness range of 90 to 95 per ASTM D 2240. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D. Reg lets: Fabricate reg lets of not less than 0.0217-inch-thick, galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reg let to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. E. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109. B. Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 7 July 30 I 2004 16C6 '~ 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. (0 percent in slab topping). 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. 3. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 25 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 750 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 5. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag, and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 4. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. E. Color Pigment: . Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.13 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Footings and Slab-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 8 July 30, 2004 16C6 3. Slump Limit: 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 3 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 314-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. B. Other Concrete: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: OAO. 3. Slump Limit: 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 3 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size 2.14 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.15 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F , reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of AC1117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. TFL-FM-404042 03300-9 July 30, 2004 "'.....~~-'-"""""'._...- 16C6 E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reg lets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reg lets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. . Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. TFL-FM-404042 03300-10 July 30, 2004 16C6 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 2/3 of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. TFL-FM-404042 03300-11 July 30, 2004 ""._--_.~.~._..._..._-_..^".._---'''"''_..<'>,-,_.._----,~ -_.,,"_.,_..,,~.";>.._~._- 16C6 B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS 01.4, where indicated. O. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam- girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-an-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1 . Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after appiying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. TFL-FM-404042 03300-12 July 30, 2004 16C6 D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," are indicated. 3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. . D. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. TFL-FM-404042 03300-13 July 30, 2004 ~----~""~,-,-~.~,-,_..._.__._----,,-,,---'''~..,_.,.... 16C6 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open- textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. E. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. F. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day aftèr form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement TFL-FM-404042 03300- 14 July 30, 2004 16C6 to one and one-half parts fine sand with a 1: 1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork-Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with a 1: 1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch in 1 direction. 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to receive concrete floor toppings. C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated to receive trowel finish. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated exposed to view. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and of levelness, F(L) 15. b. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs-on-grade. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 15 July 30, 2004 ._."w,____"".~ 16C6 c. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 15; for suspended slabs. 3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10-foot- long straightedge resting on 2 high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 1/4 inch. E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces indicated where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel finished floor surfaces. F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D. Topping at pre-cast concrete planks: Provide concrete topping at pre-cast hollow planks as noted on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-finish concrete surfaces. E. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-finish concrete surfaces. 3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 16 July 30, 2004 16C6 B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture- retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. TFL-FM-404042 03300- 17 July 30, 2004 "'~--'._--., 16C6 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.13 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete surface repairs. 2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than 28 days' old. 3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry. Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous. B. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.14 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semi-rigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. TFL-FM-404042 03300-18 July 30, 2004 16C6 C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4- inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply TFl-FM-404042 03300- 19 July 30,2004 16C6'· , bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Contractor to engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. B. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd, plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd.or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd.or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive- strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. TFL -FM-404042 03300- 20 July 30,2004 16C6 6. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 7. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31. a. Cast and laboratory cure five standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 8. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test two field-cured specimens at 7 days and two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 9. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 10. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 11. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect and Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 12. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 13. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect. 14. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 15. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not comply with the Contract Documents. D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 48 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION 03300 TFL-FM-404042 03300- 21 July 30, 2004 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 03320 CONCRETE TOPPING 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes standard aggregate concrete floor toppings applied over previously placed base slabs. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Comply with requirements of Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete, and as herein specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish product data, samples, laboratory test reports, and materials certificates as specified in Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEMENT AND AGGREGATES A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III. 1. Furnish white cement if required to obtain fmish color to match Architect's sample. B. Nonnal Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, and as follows: 1. Fine aggregate, consisting of sand or crushed stone screenings, clean, hard, rree of deleterious matter. Grade by weight to pass sieves as follows: a. 3/8-inch: 100 percent b. No.4: 95-100 percent c. No.8: 80-90 percent d. No. 16: 50-75 percent e. No. 30: 30-50 percent f. No. 50: 10-20 percent g. No. 100: 2-5 percent 2. Coarse aggregate, consisting of gravel or crushed stone, clean, hard, rree of deleterious matter. Grade by weight to pass sieves as follows: a. I/2-inch: 100 percent b. 3/8-inch: 30-50 percent c. No.4: 0-15 percent d. No.8: 0-5 percent 3. Furnish selected aggregate to match Architect's finish sample. C. Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. 0420809 CONCRETE TOPPING 03320 - I 16C64 '" , 2.2 TOPPING MIX A. Standard Topping: Design mix to produce topping material with the following characteristics: 1. Compressive strength: 3500 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump: 8 inches maximum at point of placement for concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (super-plasticizer) and 3 inches maximum for other concrete. 3. Maximum W/C ratio: 0.51. 2.3 MIXING A. Provide batch type mechanical mixer for mixing topping material at Project site. Equip batch mixer with a suitable charging hopper, water storage tank, and a water measuring device. Use only mixers that are capable of mixing aggregates, cement, and water into a uniform mix within specified time, and of discharging mix without segregation. B. Mix each batch of 2 cu. yds. or less for at least 1-1/2 minutes after ingredients are in mixer. Increase mixing time IS seconds for each additional cu. yd. or fraction thereof. 1. Ready-mixed topping may be used when acceptable to Architect. When acceptable, furnish ready-mixed topping complying with requirements of ASTM C 94. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Topping Applied to Fresh Concrete: Do not begin placement of topping until water ceases to rise to surface, and water and laitance have been removed from base slab surface. B. Topping Applied to Hardened Concrete: Remove dirt, loose material, oil, grease, paint, or other contaminants, leaving a clean surface. I. When base slab surface is unacceptable for good bonding, roughen surface by chipping or scarifying before cleaning. Prior to placing topping mixture, thoroughly dampen slab surface but do not leave standing water. Over dampened surface apply specified bonding compound (re-wettable or non-rewettable) or epoxy adhesive. Place topping mix after re- wettable bonding compound has dried or while non-rewettable bonding compound or epoxy adhesive is still tacky. C. For reinforced toppings, provide necessary chairs or supports, and maintain position of reinforcing mesh as shown on drawings. D. Joints: Mark locations of joints in base slab so that joints in top course will be placed directly over them. 3.2 PLACING AND FINISHING 03320 - 2 CONCRETE TOPPING 0420809 16C6 A. Float Finish: Spread topping mixture evenly over prepared base to the required elevation and strike off. Use highway straightedge, bull float, or darby to level surface. After the topping has stiffened sufficiently to pennit the operation, and water sheen has disappeared, float the surface at least twice to a unifonn sandy texture. Restraighten where necessary with highway straightedge. The surface shall achieve an F/F of 20 and F/L of 17 tolerance when tested in accordance with ASTM E 1155. Unifonnly slope surface to drains. B. Where joints are required, construct to match and coincide with joints in base slab. Provide other joints as shown. C. Trowel Finish: After floating, begin first trowel [mish operation using power driven trowels. Continue troweling until surface is ready to receive [mal troweling. Begin [mal troweling when a ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. D. Continue [mal trowel operation to produce [mished surface free of tròwel marks, unifonn in texture and appearance. Broom finish [mal surface. E. Fill air holes, pits, and other blemishes with cement grout of same materials as used for topping. Spread grout over surface and work into openings with a steel straight edge. Rub grout into floor surface by using grinding machine. Keep floor moist an additional 3 days before final grinding. 3.3 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Cure and protect topping applications and [mishes as specified in Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3.4 PERFORMANCES A. Failure of concrete topping to bond to substrate (às evidenced by a hollow sound when tapped), or disintegration or other failure of topping to perfonn as a floor finish, will be considered failure of materials and workmanship. Repair or replace toppings in areas of such failures, as directed. END OF SECTION 03320 0420809 CONCRETE TOPPING 03320 - 3 16G6 SECTION 03410 PLANT-PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provIsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plant-precast structural concrete units, including the following: 1. Hollow-core slab units. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for joint filler materials for fire-resistance-rated construction. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for elastomeric joint sealants and sealant backings. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide precast structural concrete units and connections capable of withstanding the design loads indicated on the drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. C. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation of precast structural concrete units. Indicate member locations, plans, elevations, dimensions, shapes, cross sections, openings, and types of reinforcement, including special reinforcement. 1. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail loose and cast-in hardware, inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories. 2. Indicate locations and details of anchorage devices to be embedded in other construction. 3. Comprehensive engineering analysis signed and sealed by the Florida registered professional engineer responsible for its preparation (include calculated fire- resistance analysis). TFL-FM-404042 03410- 1 July 30, 2004 16C6 D. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. G. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements: 1. Concrete materials. 2. Reinforcing materials and prestressing tendons. 3. Admixtures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed precast structural concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm that complies with the following requirements and is experienced in manufacturing precast structural concrete units similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1. Assumes responsibility for engineering precast structural concrete units to comply with performance requirements. This responsibility includes preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering analysis by a Florida registered professional engineer. 2. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of precast structural concrete that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. 3. Participates in PCl's Plant Certification program and is designated a PC I-certified plant for Group C, Category C2 4. Has sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. D. Design Standards: Comply with ACI318 and the design recommendations of PCI MNL 120, "PCI Design Handbook--Precast and Prestressed Concrete." TFL-FM-404042 03410- 2 July 30,2004 16G6 E. Quality-Control Standard: For manufacturing procedures and testing requirements, quality-control recommendations, and camber and dimensional tolerances for types of units required, comply with PCI MNL 116, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products." F. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of precast concrete units and are based on the specific types of units indicated. Other fabricators' precast concrete units complying with requirements may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." G. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel"; and AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel." H. Calculated Fire Resistance: Where indicated, provide precast structural concrete units whose fire resistance has been calculated according to PCI MNL 124, "Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Prestressed Concrete," and is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. I. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver precast structural concrete units to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installation. Store units at Project site to prevent cracking, distorting, warping, staining, or other physical damage, and so markings are visible. B. Lift and support units only at designated lifting and supporting points as shown on Shop Drawings. 1.7 SEQUENCING A. Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FABRICATORS A. Available Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, fabricators offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: TFL-FM-404042 03410- 3 July 30,2004 -------- --.'---.,..---.-- 16C6 -' l 2.2 MOLD MATERIALS A. Molds: Provide molds and, where required, form-facing materials of metal, plastic, wood, or another material that is nonreactive with concrete and dimensionally stable to produce continuous and true precast concrete surfaces within fabrication tolerances and suitable for required finishes. 2.3 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. B. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497, flat sheet. C. Supports: Manufacturer's bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place according to CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice," PCI MNL 116, and as follows: 1. For uncoated reinforcement, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected bar supports. 2.4 PRESTRESSING TENDONS A. Prestressing Strand: ASTM A 416, Grade 250 or 270, uncoated, 7-wire, low-relaxation strand. 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, of same type, brand, and source. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: Except as modified by PCI MNL 116, ASTM C 33, with coarse aggregates. C. Water: Potable; free from deleterious material that may affect color stability, setting, or strength of concrete and complying with chemical limits of PCI MNL 116. D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. E. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. F. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type B. G. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. H. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. I. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type G. J. Plasticizing Admixture: ASTM C 1017. TFL-FM-404042 03410- 4 July 30, 2004 16C6 K. Fly Ash Admixture: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. 2.6 STEEL CONNECTION MATERIALS A. Carbon-Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36. B. Carbon-Steel Headed Studs: ASTM A 108, AISI 1018 through AISI 1020, cold finished; AWS 01.1, Type A or B, with arc shields. C. Malleable Steel Castings: ASTM A 47. D. Deformed-Steel Wire or Bar Anchors: ASTM A 496 or ASTM A 706. E. Carbon-Steel Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307, Grade A; carbon-steel, hex-head bolts and studs; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers. F. High-Strength Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. G. Shop-Primed Finish: Prepare surfaces of nongalvanized steel items, except those surfaces to be embedded in concrete, according to requirements in SSPC-SP 3 and shop-apply lead- and chromate-free, rust-inhibitive primer, complying with performance requirements in SSPC-Paint 25 according to SSPC-PA 1. H. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. I. Accessories: Provide clips, hangers, plastic shims, and other accessories required to install precast structural concrete units. 2.7 BEARING PADS A. Provide bearing pads for precast structural concrete units as follows: 1. Elastomeric Pads: AASHTO M 251, plain, vulcanized, 100 percent polychloroprene (neoprene) elastomer, molded to size or cut from a molded sheet, 50 to 70 Shore A durometer, minimum tensile strength 2250 psi per ASTM 0412. 2. Random-Oriented, Fiber-Reinforced Elastomeric Pads: Preformed, randomly oriented synthetic fibers set in elastomer. Surface hardness of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer. Minimum compressive stress capacity of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) with no cracking, splitting or delaminating in the internal portions of the pad. One specimen shall be tested for each 200 pads used in the project. 3. Cotton-Duck-Fabric-Reinforced Elastomeric Pads: Preformed, horizontally layered cotton-duck fabric bonded to an elastomer. Surface hardness of 80 to 100 Shore A durometer. 4. Frictionless Pads: Tetrafluoroethylene, glass-fiber reinforced, bonded to mild- steel plate, of type required for in-service stress. 5. Hardboard: AHA A 135.4, Class 1, tempered hardboard strips, smooth on both sides. TFL-FM-404042 03410- 5 July 30, 2004 16C6 '.- , 6. High-Density Plastic: Multimonomer, nonleaching, plastic strip capable of supporting construction loads with no visible overall expansion. 2.8 GROUT MATERIALS A. Sand-Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I, and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 144. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application. C. Epoxy Grout: ASTM C 881, 2-component epoxy resin, of type, grade, and class to suit requirements. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required. 1. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed, in aggregate, 25 percent of portland cement by weight. B. Design mixes may be prepared by a qualified independent testing agency or by qualified precast plant personnel at precast structural concrete fabricator's option. C. Limit water-soluble chloride ions to the maximum percentage by weight of cement permitted by ACI 318. D. Normal-Weight Concrete: Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field test data methods according to ACI 211.1, with materials to be used on Project, to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 5000 psi. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.40. 3. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight concrete at point of placement having an air content of 3 percent, with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent: E. Other Admixtures: Use water-reducing, high-range water-reducing, water-reducing and accelerating, or water-reducing and retarding admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Concrete Mix Adjustments: Concrete mix design adjustments may be proposed if characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. TFL-FM-404042 03410- 6 July 30, 2004 16G6 2.10 FABRICATION A. Formwork: Accurately construct forms, mortar tight, of sufficient strength to withstand pressures due to concrete-placement operations and temperature changes and for pretensioning and detensioning operations. Maintain formwork to provide completed precast concrete units of shapes, lines, and dimensions indicated, within fabrication tolerances. 1. Coat surfaces of forms with bond-breaking compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial-formula, form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Unless forms for precast, prestressed concrete units are stripped before detensioning, design forms so stresses are not induced in precast concrete units because of deformation or movement of concrete during detensioning. B. Built-in Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect position of main reinforcement or concrete placement. Do not relocate bearing plates in units unless approved by Architect. C. Cast-in openings equal to or larger than 10 inches in diameter or 10 inches square according to Shop Drawings. Smaller holes may be field cut by trades requiring them, as approved by Architect and manufacturer.. D. Reinforcement: Comply with recommendations in CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials that reduce or destroy the bond with concrete. 2. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete-placement operations. Locate and support reinforcement by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as required. 3. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position while placing concrete. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 4. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. E. Prestress tendons for precast structural concrete units by either pretensioning or posttensioning methods. Comply with PCI MNL 116. 1. Delay detensioning until concrete has reached at least 70 percent of its compressive strength as established by test cylinders cured under the same conditions as concrete. 2. If concrete has been heat cured, detension while concrete is still warm and moist to avoid dimensional changes that may cause cracking or undesirable stresses. TFL-FM-404042 03410- 7 July 30, 2004 16C6~' '~ 3. Detension pretensioned tendons either by gradually releasing tensioning jacks or by heat-cutting tendons, using a sequence and pattern to prevent shock or unbalanced loading. F. Mix concrete according to PCI MNL 116 and requirements in this Section. After concrete batching, no additional water may be added. G. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent seams or planes of weakness from forming in precast concrete units. Comply with requirements in PCI MNL 116 for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. H. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocating or damaging reinforcement and built-in items. Use equipment and procedures complying with PCI MNL 116. I. Comply with ACI 306.1 procedures for cold-weather concrete placement. J. Comply with ACI 305R recommendations for hot-weather concrete placement. K. Identify pickup points of precast concrete units and orientation in structure with permanent markings, complying with markings indicated on Shop Drawings. Imprint casting date on each precast concrete unit on a surface that will not show in finished structure. L. Cure concrete, according to requirements in PCI MNL 116, by moisture retention without heat or by accelerated heat curing using low-pressure live steam or radiant heat and moisture. M. Product Tolerances: Fabricate precast structural concrete units straight and true to size and shape with exposed edges and corners precise and true so each finished unit complies with PCI MNL 116 product tolerances. N. Finish formed surfaces of precast structural concrete as indicated for each type of unit, and as follows: 1. Standard Finish: Normal plant-run finish produced in forms that impart a smooth finish to concrete. Small surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal color variations, form joint marks, and minor chips and spalls will be tolerated. Major or unsightly imperfections, honeycombs, or structural defects are not permitted. 2. Commercial Finish: Remove fins and large protrusions and fill large holes. Rub or grind ragged edges. Faces are to be true, well-defined surfaces. 3. Grade B Finish: Fill air pockets and holes larger than 1/4 inch in diameter with sand-cement paste matching color of adjacent surfaces. Grind smooth form offsets or fins larger than 1/8 inch. 4. Grade A Finish: Fill air pockets and holes larger than 1/4 inch in diameter with sand-cement pàste matching color of precast concrete. Grind smooth form offsets or fins larger than 1/8 inch. Float-apply a neat cement-paste coating to exposed surfaces. Rub dried paste coat with burlap to remove loose particles. o. Screed finish unformed surfaces. Strike off and consolidate concrete with vibrating screeds to a uniform finish. Hand screed at projections. TFL-FM-404042 03410- 8 July 30, 2004 16G6 P. Smooth steel trowel finish unformed surfaces. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with straightedge, float, and trowel to a smooth, uniform finish. 1. Apply scratch finish to precast concrete units that will receive concrete topping after installation. After initial strikeoff, transversely scarify surface to provide ridges approximately 1/4 inch deep. Q. Recess prestressing tendons a minimum of 1/2 inch, fill recesses with grout, and apply a sack finish to vertical ends of precast concrete units. 2.11 HOllOW-CORE SLAB UNITS A. Type: Precast, prestressed concrete units with open, hollow cores running the full length of the slab units. B. Furnish units free of voids and honeycombs. C. Provide standard finish to precast concrete units. D. Reinforce units to resist transportation and erection stresses. E. Include cast-in weld plates where required. F. Coordinate with other trades for installation of cast-in items. G. Provide solid, monolithic, precast concrete slab units forming an integral part of hollow- core slab unit system. Design and fabricate solid units to dimensions and details indicated for hollow-core slab units. Coordinate opening sizes and locations with MEP and Architectural drawings. H. Coordinate opening sizes and locations with mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and Architectural drawings. I. Provide headers of cast-in-place concrete or structural-steel shapes for openings larger than one slab width according to hollow-core slab unit fabricator's written recommendations. 2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will employ an independent testing agency to evaluate precast structural concrete fabricator's quality-control and testing methods. 1. Allow Owner's testing agency access to material storage areas, concrete production equipment, concrete placement, and curing facilities. Cooperate with Owner's testing agency and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes as may be requested for additional testing and evaluation. B. Quality-Control Testing: Test and inspect precast concrete according to PCI MNl 116 requirements. TFl-FM-404042 03410- 9 July 30,2004 16C6 C. Strength of precast concrete units will be considered deficient if units fail to comply with PCI MNL 116 requirements, including the following: 1. Units fail to comply with compressive-strength test requirements. 2. Reinforcement and prestressed tendons of units do not comply with fabrication requirements. 3. Concrete curing and protection of units against extremes in temperature fail to comply with requirements. 4. Units are damaged during handling and erecting. D. Testing: If there is evidence that the strength of precast concrete units may be deficient or may not comply with PCI MNL 116 requirements, Owner will employ an independent testing agency to obtain, prepare, and test cores drilled from hardened concrete to determine compressive strength according to ASTM C 42. 1. A minimum of three representative cores will be taken from units of suspect strength, from locations directed by Architect. 2. Cores will be tested, after immersion in water, in a wet condition per ACI 301 if units will be wet under service conditions. 3. Cores will be tested in an air-dry condition per ACI 301 if units will be dry under service conditions. 4. Strength of concrete for each series of 3 cores will be considered satisfactory if the average compressive strength is equal to at least 85 percent of the 28-day design compressive strength and no single core is less than 75 percent of the 28- day design compressive strength. 5. Test results will be made in writing on the same day that tests are performed, with copies to Architect, Contractor, and precast concrete fabricator. Test reports will include the following: a. Project identification name and number. b. Date when tests were performed. c. Name of precast concrete fabricator. d. Name of concrete testing agency. e. Identification letter, name, and type of precast concrete unit or units represented by core tests; design compressive strength; type of break; compressive strength at break, corrected for length-diameter ratio; and direction of applied load to core in relation to horizontal plane of concrete as placed. E. Patching: If core test results are satisfactory and precast concrete units comply with requirements, clean and dampen core holes and solidly fill with precast concrete mix that has no coarse aggregate, and finish to match adjacent precast concrete surfaces. F. Dimensional Tolerances: Units with dimensions smaller or larger than required and not complying with tolerance limits may be subject to .additional testing. 1. Precast concrete units with dimensions larger than required will be rejected if the appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected or if larger dimensions interfere with other construction. Repair or remove and replace rejected units, as required, to comply with construction conditions. TFL-FM-404042 03410- 10 July 30, 2004 16C6 G. Defective Work: Precast concrete units that do not comply with requirements, including strength, manufacturing tolerances, and finishes, are unacceptable. Replace with precast concrete units that comply with requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, true and level bearing surfaces, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Bearing Pads: Install bearing pads as precast concrete units are being erected. Set pads on true, level, and uniform bearing surfaces and maintain in correct position until precast concrete units are placed. B. Install precast structural concrete. Shore and brace precast concrete units to maintain location, stability, and alignment until permanent connections are installed. C. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS 01.1 and AWS 01.4, with qualified welders. 1. Protect precast concrete units and bearing pads from damage by field welding or cutting operations and provide noncombustible shields as required. 2. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of galvanized repair paint to galvanized surfaces. 3. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and repriming damaged painted surfaces. D. Fasteners: Do not use drilled or powder-actuated fasteners for attaching accessory items to precast, prestressed concrete units unless approved by Architect. E. Erection Tolerances: Install precast concrete units level, plumb, square, and true, without exceeding the recommended erection tolerances in PCI MNL 127, "Recommended Practice for Erection of Precast Concrete." F. Grouting Connections and Joints: After precast concrete units have been placed and secured, grout open spaces at keyways, connections, and joints as follows: 1. . Provide forms or other approved method to retain grout in place until hard enough to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, level, and plumb with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. TFL-FM-404042 03410- 11 July 30, 2004 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 16 t'>,.f . ~ ',;'~'\ ; \..1. \.zt A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections. B. Field welds and connections using high-strength bolts will be subject to tests and inspections. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with specified requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of precast concrete units after erection to remove weld marks, other markings, dirt, and stains. 1. Wash and rinse according to precast concrete fabricator's written recommendations. Protect other work from staining or damage due to cleaning operations. 2. Do not use cleaning materials or processes that could change the appearance of exposed concrete finishes. END OF SECTION 03410 TFL-FM-404042 03410- 12 July 30, 2004 --~-~~"'-'-" --'''~'--''-~-''.~-'-- 16C6 Division 4 Masonry 16C6 SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provIsIons of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Reinforcing steel. 4. Masonry joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. 6. Embedded flashing. 7. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. 8. Masonry-Cell Insulation B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Water Repellents" for water repellents applied to unit masonry assemblies. 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for exposed sheet metal flashing. 3. Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping at openings in masonry walls. 4. Division 7 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for fire-resistive joint systems at heads of masonry walls. 5. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing control and expansion joints in unit masonry. C. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: 1. Dovetail slots for masonry anchors, installed under Division 3 Section "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 2. Anchor sections of adjustable masonry anchors for connecting to structural frame, installed under Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." D. Products installed. but not furnished, under this Section include the following: TFL-FM-404042 04810- 1 July 30, 2004 .-.. - ~._..,.__.,,~_.._--- 16C6 1. Steel lintels and shelf angles for unit masonry, furnished under Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications." 2. Manufactured reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing, furnished under Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths (f m) at 28 days. B. Determine net-area compressive strength (f m) of masonry from average net-area compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method) according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For the following: 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. 2. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." 3. Fabricated Flashing: Detail corner units, end-dam units, and other special applications. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency. D. Material Certificates: Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements including compliance with standards and type designations within standards. Provide for each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. a. Include material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements. b. For masonry units used in structural masonry, include data and calculations establishing average net-area compressive strength of units. 2. Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer. 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 4. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 5. Reinforcing bars. 6. Joint reinforcement. 7. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 2 July 30, 2004 16C6 E. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports, per ASTM C 780, for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. 2. Include test reports, per ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. F. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI530.1/ASCE 6. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through one source from a single manufacturer for each product required. C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from a single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. D. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required, per ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix required, per ASTM C 780. 3. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix required, per ASTM C 1019. 4. Prism Test: For each type of construction required, per ASTM C 1314. E. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. Do not lay block in the rain. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 3 July 30, 2004 ,..._--~---"".".,.-""-_....."'-_.._-- 16C6 B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery Containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with weatherproof cover. E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where 1 wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Tum scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI530.1/ASCE 6. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 4 July 30, 2004 16C6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to exceed tolerances and to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not uses units where such defects, including dimensions that vary from specified dimensions by more than stated tolerances, will be exposed in the completed Work or will impair the quality of completed masonry. 2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUs) A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength of 1900 psi . 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions. 4. Exposed Faces: Provide color and texture matching the range represented by Architect's sample. 5. Faces to Receive Plaster: Where units are indicated to receive a direct application of plaster, provide textured-face units made with gap-graded aggregates. 2.4 CONCRETE AND MASONRY LINTELS A. General: Provide either concrete or masonry lintels, at Contractor's option, complying with requirements below. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 5 July 30, 2004 '____·~_.".·,___.·.'_'·_"4,·.;~_- 16C6 B. Concrete Lintels: Precast or formed-in-place concrete lintels complying with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." C. Masonry Lintels: Prefabricated or built-in-place masonry lintels made from bond beam concrete masonry units with reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Cure precast lintels before handling and installing. Temporarily support built-in- place lintels until cured. 2.5 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207, Type S. D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. E. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. F. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. No. 16 sieve. G. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. H. Water: Potable. 2.6 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60. B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951. 1. Interior Walls: Galvanized, carbon steel. 2. Exterior Walls: Galvanized, carbon steel. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148-inch diameter. 5. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. 6. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units. C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 6 July 30,2004 16C6 2.7 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structure: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch-diameter, galvanized steel wire. 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face, made from 0.188-inch-diameter, galvanized steel wire. 3. Connector Section for Concrete: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached to tie section; formed from 0.053-inch-thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication. 4. Tie Section for Concrete: Corrugated metal ties with dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and sized to extend to within 1 inch of masonry face. B. Partition Top anchors: 0.097-inch-thick metal plate with 3/8-inch-diameter metal rod 6 inches long welded to plate and with closed-end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel, galvanized after fabrication. 1. Stainless-Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs: Proprietary fastener consisting of carbon-steel drill point and 300 Series stainless-steel shank, complying with ASTM C 954 except manufactured with hex washer head and neoprene washer, No. 10 diameter by length required to penetrate steel stud flange with not less than three exposed threads. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS A. Unit Type Inserts in Concrete: Cast-iron or malleable-iron wedge-type inserts. B. Dovetail Slots in Concrete: Furnish dovetail slots with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from 0.034-inch, galvanized steel sheet. C. Anchor Bolts:L-shaped steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153, Class C; of dimensions indicated. D. Postinstalled Anchors: Provide HIL TI brand chemical anchors as indicated. 2.9 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated, complying with Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 7 July 30, 2004 16C6 2. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches long minimum, but not exceeding 12 feet. Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing. 3. Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from stainless steel, with ribs at 3-inch intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond. 4. Fabricate through-wall flashing with snaplock receiver on exterior face where indicated to receive counterflashing. 5. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees. 6. Metal Flashing Terminations: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch and down into joint 3/8 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. 7. Metal Expansion-Joint Strips: Fabricate from stainless steel to shapes indicated. 8. Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a polyester-reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy as follows: a. Monolithic Sheet: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.040 inch thick. b. Self-Adhesive Sheet: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.025 inch thick, with a 0.015-inch-thick coating of rubberized-asphalt adhesive. c. Self-Adhesive Sheet with Drip Edge: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.025 inch thick, with a 0.015-inch-thick coating of rubberized-asphalt adhesive. Where flashing extends to face of masonry, rubberized-asphalt coating is held back approximately 1-1/2 inches from edge. 1) Color: Gray. B. Single-Wythe CMU Flashing System: System of CMU cell flashing pans and interlocking CMU web covers made from high-density polyethylene incorporating chemical stabilizers that prevent UV degradation. Cell flashing pans have integral weep spouts that are designed to be built into mortar bed joints and weep collected moisture to the exterior of CMU walls and that extend into the cell to prevent clogging with mortar. C. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: 1. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer. 2. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, chemically curing silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 8 July 30, 2004 16C6 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM 0 1056, Grade 2A 1 ; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from PVC, complying with ASTM 0 2287, Type PVC-65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM 0 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells with loops for holding reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.142-inch steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units with either two loops or four loops as needed for number of bars indicated. 2.11 MASONRY-CELL INSULATION A. See Division 7, Building Insulation 2.12 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 2.13 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for exterior and reinforced masonry to portland cement and lime. 3. view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 9 July 30, 2004 ~._---~ ·_M_···.··..,__.._~'"~_.,,·.,,·..·_~"_.M'.,.__., .. ._...._'_~..____,_~.'_".~......"_ 16C6 )í!' .~ ;r-: :,1 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI530.1/ASCE 6 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143. 3. Use of superlasticizer prohibited. E. Epoxy Pointing Mortar: Mix epoxy pointing mortar to comply with mortar manufacturer's written instructions. 2.14 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform source quality- control testing indicated below: 1 . Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 2. Retesting of materials failing to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit furnished, per ASTM C 140. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. TFL -FM-404042 04810- 10 July 30, 2004 160/ 0~) C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. 1. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. F. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of existing masonry. G. Comply with construction tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in bond pattern indicated on Drawings; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 11 July 30,2004 16 C6~.' H. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. I. Do not lay block in the rain. J. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. Fasten partition top anchors to structure above and build into top of partition. Grout cells of CMUs solidly around plastic tubes of anchors and push tubes down into grout to provide 1/2-inch clearance between end of anchor rod and end of tube. Space anchors 48 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 3. Wedge non-load-bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile, slate, or metal. Fill joint with mortar after dead-load deflection of structure above approaches final position. 4. At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Division 7 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems." K. Lay up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Masonry walls shall be straight, true, and plumb to within 1/4" in 8'-0" when checked with a straightedge in any direction. 3.4 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 12 July 30, 2004 16C6 3.5 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. E. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at corners, returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.6 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space not less than 1/2 inch in width between masonry and structural member, unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches o.c. horizontally. 3.7 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods: 1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of concrete masonry units on one side of control joint. Fill resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of sealant. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant. 4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete for application of sealant. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 13 July 30, 2004 16C6'. C. Provide horizontal, pressure-relieving joints by either leaving an air space or inserting a compressible filler of width required for installing sealant and backer rod specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," but not less than 3/8 inch. 1. Locate horizontal, pressure-relieving joints beneath shelf angles supporting masonry . 3.8 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide concrete or masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches for brick-size units and 24 inches for block-size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. C. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 3.9 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspectors: Owner will engage qualified independent inspectors to perform inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to perform inspections. 1. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. TFL-FM-404042 04810- 14 July 30, 2004 ~ \ B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections indicated below and prepare test reports: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 2. Retesting of materials failing to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. C. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. D. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, per ASTM C 140. E. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, per ASTM C 780. F. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, per ASTM C 1019. G. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, per ASTM C 1314 at 28 days. 3.11 PARGING A. parge masonry walls, where indicated, in 2 uniform coats to a total thickness of 3/4 inch. Dampen wall before applying first coat and scarify first coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat. B. Use a steel-trowel finish to produce a smooth, flat, dense surface with a maximum surface variation of 1/8 inch per foot. Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at bottom. C. Damp-cure parging for at least 24 hours and protect parging until cured. 3.12 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated. C. Remove all loose mortar and repoint as needed prior to application of finishes D. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progrésses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. E. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: TFL-FM-404042 04810- 15 July 30,2004 1 f.. C6 ~'·I'. ,;II' ' -;;; ¡ \.,.....}', . . 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and non masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean brick by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20. 6. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. 8. Clean stone trim to comply with stone supplier's written instructions. 9. Clean limestone units to comply with recommendations in Ill's "Indiana Limestone Handbook." 3.13 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil-contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches in each dimension. 2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. No masonry waste is to be buried on site. END OF SECTION 04810 TFL-FM-404042 04810- 16 July 30, 2004 16C6 Division 6 Wood and Plastics 16C6 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provIsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Framing with timber. 3. Framing with engineered wood products. 4. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 5. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 6. Wood furring. 7. Sheathing. 8. Plywood backing panels. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Heavy Timber Construction." 2. Division 6 Section "Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses." 3. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise indicated. B. Exposed Framing: Dimension lumber not concealed by other construction. C. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. 4. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 5. WCLlB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 6. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. TFL-FM-404042 06100- 1 July 30, 2004 1.4 SUBMITTALS 16C6 (... ~ A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials, both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures when tested according to ASTM D 5516 and ASTM D 5664. 3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 4. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. B. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Preservative-treated wood. 2. Fire-retardant-treated wood. 3. Engineered wood products. 4. Foam-plastic sheathing. 5. Power-driven fasteners. 6. Powder-actuated fasteners. 7. Expansion anchors. 8. Metal framing anchors. 9. Building wrap. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. B. Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Fire-Retardant- Treated Wood: Obtain each type of fire- retardant-treated wood product through one source from a single producer. TFL-FM-404042 06100- 2 July 30, 2004 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 16C6 A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Gypsum Sheathing Board: a. American Gypsum Co. b. G-P Gypsum Corporation. c. National Gypsum Company. d. United States Gypsum Co. 2. Metal Framing Anchors: a. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. b. Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc. c. KC Metals Products, Inc. d. USP Lumber Company, Inc. 2.2 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. B. Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project and that meets all requirements shown on project drawings. TFL-FM-404042 06100- 3 July 30, 2004 16C6 1. Allowable Design Stresses: Provide engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Plywood: DOC PS 1. 2. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2. 3. Thickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified but not less than thickness indicated. 4. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial." 5. Factory mark panels according to indicated standard. 2.3 WOOD-PRESERV A TlVE- TREA TED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and one of the following: a. Chromated copper arsenate (CCA). b. Ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA). c. Ammoniacal, or amine, copper quat (ACQ). d. Copper bis (dimethyldithiocarbamate) (CDDC). e. Ammoniacal copper citrate (CG). f. Copper azole, Type A (CBA-A). g. Oxine copper (copper-8-quinolinolate) in a light petroleum solvent. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece, or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: TFL -FM-404042 06100- 4 July 30, 2004 16C6 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.4 FIRE-RETARDANT - TREA TED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire-retard ant-treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Use treatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated wood after exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM 0 5664, for lumber and ASTM 05516, for plywood. 2. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 3. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 4. Use Interior Type A High Temperature (HT), unless otherwise indicated. B. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. 2.5 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated. See the structural drawings for additional design requirements. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Blocking. 3. Cants. 4. Nailers. 5. Furring. 6. Grounds. TFL -FM-404042 06100- 5 July 30, 2004 16Cb B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide No.2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species: 1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Mixed southern pine, NO.2 grade; SPIB. D. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. 2.7 SHEATHING A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing. 1. Span Rating: Not less than 40/20. 2. Thickness: Not less than 3/4 inch. 2.8 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch thick. 2.9 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.. G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when TFL-FM-404042 06100- 6 July 30, 2004 16C6 installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2. 2.1 0 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. General: Provide framing anchors made from metal indicated, of structural capacity, type, and size indicated, and as follows: 1. Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which model code research/evaluation reports exist that show compliance of metal framing anchors, for application indicated, with building code in effect for Project. 2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 coating designation. C. Rafter Tie-Downs: Bent strap tie for fastening rafters or roof trusses to wall studs below, as indicated on the structural drawings. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Building Paper: Asphalt-saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphaltfelt), unperforated. B. Sheathing Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape for sealing joints and penetrations in sheathing and recommended by sheathing manufacturer for use with type of sheathing required. C. Water-Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate, combined with an insecticide containing chloropyrifos as its active ingredient. TFL -FM-404042 06100- 7 July 30, 2004 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16C6 "" 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. C. Do not use warped members. D. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood. E. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 2. Table 2306.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the Florida Building Code. F. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. G. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. H. Stud framing and furring shall be not more than 16" o.c. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build anchor bolts into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressu, re-preservative-treated key-beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. TFL-FM-404042 06100- 8 July 30, 2004 16C6 D. Provide blocking for all accessories, grab bars, etc. Provide all necessary hardware such as nails, bolts, anchors, ties, etc., required for a complete and proper installation. Bolts, washers, nuts, etc., shall be noncorrosive material. Isolate dissimilar metals. E. Provide solid wood blocking and/or shims for finish materials as required to maintain a tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10'-0" when measured with a 10'-0" straightedge, plumb and true, for all substrate framing where finish materials will be exposed to view. F. Interior Door Frame Blocking: 1. Metal Stud Partitions: Provide cont. 2 x 4 blocking fastened to 20gauge stud at the jambs of all interior door frames. 2. Wood Stud Partitions: Provide double 2 x 4 studs at the jambs of all inte- rior door frames. 3. Vertical blocking at door jambs shall be full-height of partition, securely braced to the structure above. 4. Provide horizontal 2 x 4 cont. blocking at the head of all door frames 5. Increase size of blocking to 2 x 6 or larger as required to match size of partition studs. 3.3 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. General: Fasten gypsum sheathing to supports with galvanized roofing nails or divergent point galvanized staples; comply with GA-253 and manufacturer's recommended spacing and referenced fastening schedule. Keep perimeter fasteners 3/8 inch from edges and ends of units. B. Install 24-by-96-inch sheathing horizontally with long edges at right angles to studs with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent board without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of studs and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing, two where possible. C. Install 48-by-96-inch and longer sheathing vertically with long edges parallel to, and centered over, studs. Install solid wood blocking where end joints do not occur over framing. Fit units tightly against each other. END OF SECTION 06100 TFL -FM-404042 06100- 9 July 30, 2004 16C6 SECTION 06176 MET AL-PLA TE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provIsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes wood roof and girder trusses and truss accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for roof sheathing and subflooring and dimension lumber for supplementary framing and permanent bracing. 2. Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry" for roof sheathing and subflooring and dimension lumber for supplementary framing and permanent bracing. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses: Planar structural units consisting of metal- plate-connected members fabricated from dimension lumber and cut and assembled before delivery to Project site. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. WCLlB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 5. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions as indicated on the drawings. TFL-FM-404042 06176- 1 July 30, 2004 16C6A~ 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For metal-plate connectors, metal framing anchors, bolts, and fasteners. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and. chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements, including bending strength, stiffness, and fastener-holding capacity. Include physical properties of treated materials, both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures when tested according to ASTM D 5664. 3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 4. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. B. Shop Drawings: Show location, pitch, span, camber, configuration, and spacing for each type of truss required; species, sizes, and stress grades of lumber; splice details; type, size, material, finish, design values, orientation, and location of metal connector plates; and bearing details. 1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the Florida registered professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Contractor shall provide truss shop drawings and sealed truss design calculations within 14 days of notice to proceed. Failure to do so will not be accepted as a reason for an extension of the contract time. C. Product Certificates: For metal-plate-connected wood trusses, signed by officer of truss fabricating firm. D. Qualification Data: For fabricator and Installer. E. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. F. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Preservative-treated wood. 2. Fire-retardant-treated wood. 3. Metal-plate connectors. 4. Metal framing anchors. TFL -FM-404042 06176- 2 July 30, 2004 16C6 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Metal Connector-Plate Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer that is a member of TPI and that complies with TPI quality-control procedures for manufacture of connector plates published in TPI 1. 1. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that participates in a recognized quality-assurance program that involves inspection by SPIB, Timber Products Inspection, TPI, or other independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. C. Source Limitations for Connector Plates: Obtain metal connector plates through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Source Limitations for Fire-Retardant- Treated Wood: Obtain each type of fire- retardant-treated wood product through one source from a single producer. E. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications: 1. TP1 1, "National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. " 2. TPI DSB, "Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." 3. TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." F. Wood Structural Design Standard: Comply with applicable requirements in AFPA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and it's "Supplement." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with TPI recommendations to avoid damage and lateral bending. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B. Inspect trusses showing discoloration, corrosion, or other evidence of deterioration. Discard and replace trusses that are damaged or defective. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying progress of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses. TFL-FM-404042 06176- 3 July 30, 2004 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16C6 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Metal Connector Plates: a. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. b. CompuTrus, Inc. c. Eagle Metal Products. d. Mitek Industries, Inc. e. Robbins Engineering, Inc. f. Truswal Systems Corporation. 2. Metal Framing Anchors: a. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. b. Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc. c. United Steel Products Company, Inc. d. USP Lumber Connectors 2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive natural or stained finish, omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, manufactured to actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. 4. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing. B. Grade and Species: Provide dimension lumber of any species for truss chord and web members, graded visually or mechanically, and capable of supporting required loads without exceeding allowable design values according to AFPA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and its "Supplement." TFL-FM-404042 06176- 4 July 30, 2004 16C6- " 2.3 WOOD-PRESERV A TIVE- TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2, except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and one of the following: a. Chromated copper arsenate (CCA). b. Ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA). c. Ammoniacal, or amine, copper quat (ACQ). d. Copper bis (dimethyldithiocarbamate) (CDDC). e. Ammoniacal copper citrate (CC). f. Copper azole, Type A (CBA-A). g. Oxine copper (copper-8-quinolinolate) in a light petroleum solvent. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat trusses where indicated on Drawings. 2.4 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated wood is indicated, provide wood that complies with performance requirements in AWPA C20. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Use treatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated wood after exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664. 2. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 3. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 4. Use Interior Type A High Temperature (HT), unless otherwise indicated. B. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. TFL-FM-404042 06176- 5 July 30, 2004 2.5 METAL CONNECTOR PLATES 16Cb :~ A. General: Fabricate connector plates to comply with TPI1 from metal complying with requirements indicated below: B. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653, G60 coating designation; Designation SS, Grade 33, and not less than 0.036 inch thick. 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2. 2.7 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. General: Provide framing anchors made from metal indicated, of structural capacity, type, and size indicated, and as follows: 1. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A653, G60 coating designation. TFL-FM-404042 06176- 6 July 30,2004 16C6 C. Truss Tie-Downs (Hurricane Ties): Bent strap tie for fastening roof trusses to wall below, 2-1/2 inches wide by 0.062 inch thick. Tie fits over top of truss and fastens to both sides of truss, inside face of top plates, and wall below. D. Roof Truss Clips: Angle clips for bracing bottom chord of roof trusses at non-Ioad- bearing walls, 1-1/4 inches wide by 0.050 inch thick. Clip is fastened to truss through slotted holes to allow for truss deflection. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. B. Protective Coatings: SSPC-Paint 22, epoxy-polyamide primer. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Cut truss members to accurate lengths, angles, and sizes to produce close-fitting joints. B. Fabricate metal connector plates to sizes, configurations, thicknesses, and anchorage details required to withstand design loads for types of joint designs indicated. C. Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated; use jigs or other means to ensure uniformity and accuracy of assembly with joints closely fitted to comply with tolerances in TPI 1. Position members to produce design camber indicated. 1. Fabricate wood trusses within manufacturing tolerances in TPI 1. D. Connect truss members by metal connector plates located and securely embedded simultaneously in both sides of wood members by air or hydraulic press. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wood trusses only after supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured. B. Before installing, splice trusses delivered to Project site in more than one piece. C. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required, exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes. D. Install and brace trusses according to TPI recommendations and as indicated. TFL -FM-404042 06176- 7 July 30, 2004 1, ~ C6~ E. Install trusses plumb, square, and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction. F. Space trusses as indicated; adjl:jst and align trusses in location before permanently fastening. G. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points; use metal framing anchors. Install fasteners through each fastener hole in metal framing anchor according to manufacturer's fastening schedules and written instructions. H. Securely connect each truss ply required for forming built-up girder trusses. 1. Anchor trusses to girder trusses as indicated. I. Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams. J. Install wood trusses within installation tolerances in TPI 1. K. Do not cut or remove truss members. L. Replace wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements. 1. Do not alter trusses in field. 3.2 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Protective Coating: Clean and prepare exposed surfaces of metal connector plates. Brush apply primer, when part of coating system, and one coat of protective coating. 1. Apply materials to provide minimum dry film thickness recommended by coating system manufacturer. END OF SECTION 06176 TFL-FM-404042 06176- 8 July 30, 2004 16C6 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 16C6 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART I-GENERAL l.l SUMMARY A. Section includes: Polyicynene spray insulation B. . Other insulations are specified in the following Sections: I. Section 07215 for foamed-in place insulation. 2. Section 07220 for roof and deck insulation 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each product indicated including installation instructions B. Manufacturer's certificate certifYing that insulation meets or exceeds specified requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Insulation shall be legibly marked with the following data: 1. R-value per inch and the mean test temperature 2. Manufacturer's name 3. Insulation type and trade name 4. Water vapor transmission (penn inch average) 5. UL rating - flame spread, fuel contribution, smoke developed (ASTM E84 and DI692) B. The "R" values indicated are for the insulation tested at 75 degrees F mean temperature. It shall be for the total thickness of the insulation and shall exclude surface resistance. C. Insulation delivered to the job without this identification or being less efficient than the insulation is subject to rejection. D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the frre-test- response characteristics indicated, as detennined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. IdentifY materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. E. Toxicity/Hazardous Materials 1: Fonnaldehyde: Products containing urea-fonnaldehyde will not be pennitted 2. Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)/HCFCs: Products and equipment requiring or using CFCs or HCFCs during the manufacturing process will not be pennitted 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 0420809 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 1 16 C6 · , A. Protect insulation materials trom physical damage and trom deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MISCELLANEOUS STUFFING INSULATION A. Shall be inorganic (nonasbestos) mineral wool insulation without facing, for the purpose of filling and stuffmg openings in walls around pipes, structural components, conduits, expansion joints to eliminate noise transfer and to insulate. Use to seal top of interior walls, not tire rated walls, between masonry and roof deck, or as otherwise indicated. Use at expansion joints as detailed or as otherwise indicated. Insulation shall have a flame spread rating of 15 or less, and a smoke development rating of 0; per ASTM E 84. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company, Leeds, Alabama; http://www.deltainsulation.com! 2. Industrial Bulk Wool by Thennatiber Corporation, Wabash, Indiana; http://www.thennatiber.com! 3. Roxul AFB, Milton, Ontario, www.roxul.com 2.2 POL YICYNENE SPRAY INSULATION A. Hydrophobic, low-density, open-cell modi tied polyicynene; confonning to the following 1. Thennal Resistance (R-Value/inch): ASTM C518; 3.6 hr/sq ftJdegree F/BTU.In. 2. Air Penneance (for 5.25 inches of material): ASTM E283; 0.00491/m2/second 3. Water Vapor Transmission (for 5 inches of material): ASTM E96; 10 penns 4. Corrosion: No signiticant corrosion when in contact with steel under 85 percent relative humidity 5. Bacterial or Fungal Growth: No growth; no material deterioration 6. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed Rating: ASTM E84 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces and areas to receive insulation material as required by the manufacturer. Do not install materials in unsatisfactory areas or to improperly prepared surfaces. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Coordinate application of insulation with the appropriate building trades involved. B. The installer doing the insulation work shall furnish adhesives or attaching means, if required, so that insulation material will be properly held in alignment and pennanently attached to the surfaces which they are to be applied without damaging surface. 07210 - 2 BUILDING INSULATION 0420809 16C6 3.3 MINERAL WOOL INSULATION A. Where the Drawings call for interior walls to extend to deck or roof, openings in walls between rooms above the ceiling shall be sealed with mineral wool placed or stuffed in openings to eliminate noise transfer and air movement. Mineral wool insulation shall be provided at other building locations indicated or requiring minor fill to eliminate air movement. 1. Also use mineral wool stuffmg at the transition between rigid and semi-rigid insulations where the GWB ends within the interstitial space above the ceiling on exterior tilt wall applications 3.4 POL YICYNENE SPRAY INSULA nON A. Apply insulation to a reasonably unifonn monolithic density without voids. B. Apply to minimum cured thickness of 4-inches. C. Fill voids around service and equipment penetrations. D. Seal voids at truss ends. E. Seal plumbing stacks, electrical wiring and other penetrations into attic or above ceiling spaces. END OF SECTION 07210 0420809 BUILDING INSULA nON 07210 - 3 16Cb SECTION 07215 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes foamed-in-place insulation in exterior CMU walls and elsewhere as detailed. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's technical data indicating all physical and chemical specifications of products. B. Certified Test Reports: With product data, submit copies of certified test reports showing compliance with specified perfonnance values, including R-values, fire perfonnance and sound abatement characteristics. C. Installer's certification from manufacturer. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Single source product from one manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced dealer/applicator who has been trained and licensed by the product manufacturer and which has not less than ten years direct experience in the installation of the product used. C. Product shall be pre-mixed to ensure consistency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Foamed-in-place insulation shall be Core-Fill-SOO by Tailored Chemical Products, Inc., Hickory, North Carolina. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable provided compliance with technical requirements as specified: 1. Tripolymer PRMIU as manufactured by C.P. Chemical Co., Inc., White Plains, New York 2. Subject to compliance with the requirements, products of other manufacturers will be reviewed. 2.2 MATERIAL A. Foamed-in-place insulation shall consist of two components, resin and catalyst with the following physical properties: 1. Density: .8 - 1.3 Ibs. per cU.ft. 2. Compressive Strength: 35 psi 3. Thermal Value: R-4.9 per inch at 32 degrees F, ASTM C 177 4. Fire Characteristics per ASTM E84 0420809 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION 07215 - 1 16C6 a. Flame Spread = 5 b. Smoke = 0 c. Fuel = 0 5. Water Vapor Transmission ASTM C355: 15.5 - 16.9 penns per inch 6. Non-toxic per FHSA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be by a certified insulation applicator. B. Install foamed-in-place insulation trom interior, or as specified, prior to installation of interior finish work and after all masonry and structural concrete work is in place. C. Install in strict accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions. D. Fill all open cells and voids in hollow concrete masonry walls where shown on drawings. ]. Insulation shall be pressure injected through a series of holes drilled into every vertical column of block cells and at a minimum, IO feet vertical height (i.e.: A 12 foot height will require two holes). E. Patch holes with mortar and score to resemble existing surface. END OF SECTION 07215 07215 - 2 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION 0420809 16C6 SECTION 07220 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes tapered and parallel polyisocyanurate roof insulation and accessories. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere I. Concrete Roof Tile, Section 07320 2. Fully adhered flexible sheet roofIng, Section 07531 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Insulation layout and attachment patterns for roof system and saddles. B. Product data: 1. Roof insulation boards 2. Fasteners 3. Installation instructions for HCFC FREE Polyiso insulation board 4. Product Data as per ASTM 2129 Standard for Data Collection for Sustainability Assessment of Building Products C. Insulation manufacturer's certification that HCFC FREE Polyiso materials meet Zero ODP (Ozone Depletion Potential) and Zero GWP (Global Warming Potential) specification requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The insulation is to meet the physical properties of ASTM C 1289, Type II; Class 1. The insulation shall provide a minimum Long Term Thermal Resistance (L TTR) value of 6.0 per inch. 6.0 per inch shall be the basis for establishing thickness in inches required. The use of aged R- values based on the RIC-TIMA conditioning procedure 281-1 is not acceptable. B. Hydrocarbon blowing agents: Third generation, using Zero Ozone Depletion (ODP) as in compliance with the US EPA requirements of January 1,2003 requirement to eliminate production ofHCFC l41b. C. Roof system shall be designed to meet wind-loading requirements for Florida Building Code, 2001 with 2003 revisions. Refer to Structural Drawings for wind velocity 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original packaging, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels intact. B. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture, and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Protect from direct exposure to sunlight. 0420809 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION 07220 - 1 16C6 D. Do not install insulation that has become wet or damaged. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Refer to Section 07320, 07531, and 07600 for required system warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Products of the following manufacturers will be considered for polyisocyanurate roof insulation providing they can furnish products equal to those specified and are approved by the membrane manufacturer, and does not restrict the terms of the roofmg warranty. 1. Atlas Roofmg Corp. www.atlasroofing.com 2. Celotex, Tampa, Florida; http://www.celotex.comJ 3. Firestone Building Products, Carmel, Indiana 4. Hunter Panels, Chicago, Illinois; http://www.hpanels.comJ 5. Johns Manville, Denver, Colorado; http://www.iohnsmanville.comJ 6. Rmax, Inc., Dallas, Texas; htq:>://www.rmaxinc.comJ B. Parallel and Tapered Roof Insulation: Insulation shall have glass fiber reinforced facer sheets on both sides integrally laminated to the polyisocyanurate core material. Insulation shall meet FM Class I construction. 1. Total LTTR value shall be minimum 20, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Achieve LTTR by a minimum assembly of two layers totaling 4-inches in thickness. Use additional layers depending on board thickness 3. Cover Board: Glass mat faced gypsum board with water resistant core, 1/2-inch thickness. Dens Deck roof board by Georgia Pacific. Cover board shall be as tested when a tested assembly is required. 4. Compressive Strength: 25 pounds per square inch minimum. 5. Board Size: 4' x 8' maximum C. Roof Saddle System: Saddles shall have glass fiber reinforced face sheets on both sides with iso core. System shall conform to ASTM C728. D. Cants and Edge Strips: Fiberboard E. Fasteners: Metal fasteners and the insulation shall be approved by the membrane manufacturer to assure that required conditions are met to provide a membrane manufacturer's roof warranty. The type of fastener shall be appropriate for the substrate to achieve maximum withdraw and anti- corrosion characteristics. The membrane manufacturer approved fasteners shall also meet the following requirements: 1. FM 4470 SPRI Corrosion Test Procedure for Roofmg Fasteners. To pass, the fasteners shall not accumulate more that 15 percent red rust after the "required number cycles" in the Kestemich cabinet. a. The required number of cycles is as currently recommended by FM and SPRI, but in no case shall it be less than 15. 07220 - 2 ROOF AND DECK INSULA nON 0420809 16C6 F. Adhesives: Shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations. 2.2 COMPATIBILITY OF PRODUCTS A. Verify the compatibility of products specified in this Section with products specified in Section 07320, 07531and 07600. Substitution of and components that would restrict or limit the Roof Guarantee will not be accepted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for the handling, installation, and bonding or anchorage or insulation to substrate. B. Areas to be re-roofed shall have the existing roof and insulation removed down to the substrate. Substrate shall be c1eaned prior to laying the new insulation. C. Roof Insulation: Lay in multiple courses. Edges shall be butted to provide moderate contact but not deformed or placed in surface compression. Neatly cut and fit insulation around projections and vertical surfaces. Edges shall be mitered at ridges and elsewhere to prevent open joints or irregular surfaces. Stagger end joints in adjoining courses or base course. Stagger joints in succeeding layers with joints oflayer below. D. All rigid roof insulation shall be attached to the roof deck in strict accordance with ASCE 7-98 requirements. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Installation of insulation shall be coordinated with other relative work preceding and subsequent to actual installation of insulation. This inc1udes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Installation of nailers, blocking, and insulation strips. 2. Installation of roof curbs. 3. Installation of flashings. 4. Installation of roof membrane. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. 0420809 ROOF AND DECK INSULA nON 07220 - 3 16C6'" D. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part of the completed construction ftom incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. END OF SECTION 07220 07220 - 4 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION 0420809 16C6 SECTION 07320 CONCRETE ROOF TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY This section specifies concrete tile roofmg and underlayment. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Florida Building Code B. Concrete and Clay Roof Tile Installation Manual published by FRSA/RTI C. Monier Lifetile Installation Manual D. SBCCI Report No. 9822B E. Miami Dade Product Control Notice of Acceptance No. 01-0521.02 1.3 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A. Roof tile installer must be a Roofing Contractor with at least 4 years of contracting experience in the type of work involved in this project, and must have performed work similar in scope to the work proposed in this project. Evidence of qualifications must be available upon request by Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate the schedule for submittal of shop drawings and samples with Contractor's progress schedule and the requirements of the Contract. Failure of Contractor to schedule and submit shop drawings and samples in ample time for checking, correction and rechecking will not justify any delay in the timely performance of the work. All shop drawings and samples shall bear the following information and shall be submitted by transmittal form: 1. Owner's, Architect's, and Engineer's respective project numbers 2. Date of submittal 3. Submittal number 4. Title of project 5. Name of Contractor and date of Contractor's approval 6. Name of Subcontractor or supplier and date of submittal to Contractor. 7. Reference to Specification Section and Paragraph and/or Drawing Numbers(s) 8. The specific location of that portion of the work covered by the submission. 9. Any qualification, departure or deviation from the requirements of the Contact. 10. Any additional information required by the Specifications for the particular material being furnished. B. Provide copies of test reports performed by an independent testing agency that demonstrate that the proposed roof system assembly (metal roof deck, insulation, sheathing, underlayment, foam adhesive, and concrete roof tile) exceeds the structural requirements of this specification and the Florida Building Code. C. Provide written notification ofthe brand name and manufacturer of each material proposed for use and include a statement that all proposed materials meet the specification requirements. Obtain Owner's approval prior to placing orders. D. Furnish Manufacturer's Certificates of Compliance with materials' specifications, for materials incorporated into the work, signed by a responsible officer of the manufacturing firm and notarized. E. Upon completion of the work, and before final payment, Contractor shall furnish Owner a Manufacturer's Certificate clearly stating that the specified roof covering meets the requirements for an Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Class A roof covering. F. Provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all roofmg system components. 0420809 CONCRETE ROOF TILE 07320 - 1 1.5 1.6 07320 - 2 16Cb G. No portion of the work requiring a shop drawing or sample submission shall be commenced until the submission has been approved by the Engineer. All such portions of the work shall be in accordance with approved shop drawings and samples. H. Brand or manufacturer names are used as standards of quality where no other appropriate reference is available. The Engineer will consider substitution of materials of equal quality and properties provided a written request accompanied by substantiating data is received by him at least 10 days prior to bid date. I. All materials used in systems to be covered by a Manufacturer's Guarantee must be supplied by the same manufacturer, unless the manufacturer issuing the guarantee waives this requirement in writing. Where a generic product or a general manufacturer's product is specified and more than one such product is offered by the manufacturer, it is understood that only the manufacturer's premium materials are approved for this project. J. Shop drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor which illustrate some portion of the work. Samples are physical examples furnished by Contractor to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards for the work. K. Submit sufficient roof tiles to show entire range of colors. Submit samples and color chart of grout to be used in project. L. Prior to final payment, Contractor shall provide Owner an additional 112 pallet of new field tiles in original wrappers for Owner's use. This tile is to be stored on the roof in a sheltered location on pallets. INSPECTION A. Before work under this Specification is started the Roofing Contractor, Deck Contractor, General Contractor and Engineer shall jointly inspect the deck and surfaces. Corrections necessary to make them acceptable will be made prior to start of work. B. Owner will provide inspection during the work. Such inspection may be periodic or daily. c. The words "supervise" and "inspect" wherever used herein in connection with the duties or activity of the Engineer shall in no way, expressed or implied, relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities for the safety of the workmen, the preservation of the work or proper performance under this Contract. The Engineer shall not be responsible for the safety of the workmen, the safeguarding of the work, or the proper performance of the Contractor. D. No Inspector shall have the power to waive the obligations resting upon the Contractor to furnish good material and do good work as herein prescribed. Any failure or omission on the part of any Inspector or the Engineer to condemn any defective material or work shall not release the Contractor from the obligation to at once tear out, remove, and properly replace or rebuild the same at any time upon discovery of the defect and upon notice from the Owner or Engineer to do so. TESTING A. Test cuts may be made to determine quantity and quality of materials and workmanship. The Contractor shall provide all labor and material necessary to make cuts and for restoring all sample openings to a condition equivalent to that of the surrounding area in a manner compatible with the existing membrane. B. Work found to be in violation of specifications or not in accordance with established workmanship practices and standards will be subject to complete removal and proper replacement with new materials at Contractor's expense. CONCRETE ROOF TILE 0420809 1.7 16C6 c. Failure of Owner or Engineer to discover or reject defective work, or work not in accordance with the Contract, shall not be deemed an acceptance thereof, nor a waiver of Owner's rights to Contractor's compliance with the Contract or performance of the work, or any part thereof. No partial or fmal payment, or partial or entire occupancy, by Owner shall be deemed to be an acceptance of work or of material which is not strictly in accordance with the Contract, nor shall it be deemed to be a waiver by Owner of any of Owner's rights pursuant to this Contract or otherwise. GUARANTEES AND WARRANTY A. Upon completion of the work, and before fmal payment, Contractor shall furnish Owner a Warranty (of the form included herein), properly executed and printed on the Contractor's standard letterhead form. B. Upon completion of the work, and before final payment, Contractor shall furnish Owner an unlimited ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE with flashing endorsement covering all workmanship and materials issued by the roofing materials manufacturers for a period of 20 years from date of substantial completion. Concrete roof tile materials shall have a 50-year manufacturers warranty. c. Upon completion of the work, and before final payment and/or release of retainage, Contractor shall submit and shall obtain from each subcontractor, material supplier, and equipment manufacturer and submit, an ASBESTOS FREE WARRANTY, properly executed and printed on Contractor's, subcontractors', material suppliers' and equipment manufacturers' standard letterhead form. The ASBESTOS FREE WARRANTY shall be in the form included herein and signed by a responsible officer of the Contractor, subcontractor, material supplier and equipment manufacturer and notarized. 2.1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS ROOFING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 0420809 A. Lumber: All lumber shall be No.2 grade (or better) southern yellow pine or douglas fir unless specifically noted otherwise. Each piece of lumber shall bear the inspection stamp of the Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB) or the Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) indicating the grade and type oflumber. All lumber shall be preservative treated with Chromated Copper Arsenate (CCA) as produces by Wolman, Osmose, Boliden or approved equivalent and shall conform to A WPA Standard C-2 (soil contact). Retention of preservative shall be 0.4 pcf. If lumber thickness exceeds 2-inches, field cuts and holes shall be treated at the job site in accordance with A WP A Standard M-4. B. Sheathing.: One-half inch thick, glass mat-faced, noncombustible, nonstructural, water-resistant, treated gypsum core panel known as DensDeck Prime Roof Guard manufactured by Georgia Pacific. C. Polvisocyanurate RoofInsulation: Rigid polyisocyanurate, ASTM CI289-0I, Type II, Class I, Grade 2, such as Johns-Manville ENRGYTM 3 25 PSI. Board size shall not exceed 4 feet by 4 feet, 2 layers of I.5-inch thickness D. Sheathing Fastener: Steel screw fasteners with 3-inch diameter round or 3-inch by 3-inch square steel plates manufactured or specifically recommended by the roof membrane system manufacturer. Screw material must be corrosion resistant and compatible with metal deck material. E. Galvanized and Stainless Steel Roofing Nails: 11 or 12 gauge hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel ring shank roofing nails, minimum 3/8 inch diameter head as manufactured by W. H. Maze Company. Minimum length 1-1/2 inches. F. Roof Tile: Concrete roof tile system manufactured by Monier Lifetile. Color and profile (Espana) shall match the existing roof tile at Building No. I, Osceola Campus. CONCRETE ROOF TILE 07320 - 3 2.2 16 C6 ,. ~ G. Roof Tile Adhesive: Two component polyurethane roof tile adhesive system known as Polypro AH- 160 roof tile adhesive manufactured by Polyfoam Products, Inc. H. Roof Tile Mortar: Prepared mortar mix specifically designed for concrete roof tile applications, furnished by the roof tile manufacturer. I. Underlavment: Self-adhering modified bitumen underlayment with polyester fabric or fiberglass mat reinforcement, 40 mil minimum thickness, ASTM D 1970, such as Weather Watch by GAF or Jiffy Seal Ice and Water Guard by Protecto Wrap. Provide primer when recommended by the underlayment manufacturer. DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver all materials to site in original containers bearing manufacturer's name and type of material. All materials used in roof membrane must have appropriate UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. labels. B. Deliver and keep all materials dry at all times prior to application. C. Store all sheathing in dry, covered storage, or on platforms, and with weatherproof coverings. D. Store all roll goods on end on clean floors or platforms. Do not use flattened rolls or rolls with ends damaged. E. Store solvent bearing materials in dry, cool storage and keep lids tight on partially used containers to prevent escape of solvents. Store materials away ftom open flames, sparks or excessive heat. F. When stacking tile on roof top prior to installation, install membrane protection and blocking under nose of tile stacks. Distribute stacks of tile on roof uniformly, not in concentrated loads. Care shall be taken to protect the underlayment during the tile loading and stacking process. 3.1 PART 3 - EXECUTION INST ALLA TION 3.2 07320 - 4 A. Inspect all surfaces to receive work specified herein. Application of materials constitutes approval of the substrate as being satisfactory. B. Do not apply materials on wet or damp surfaces, over dust, dirt, or other foreign matter. C. Do not apply bituminous materials when ambient air temperature is below 40-degrees F unless equipment can be operated and materials handled without exceeding maximum allowable temperatures and without damage to materials, and then only with approval of the Engineer or Owner. D. Protect edges and incomplete flashings against water entry at all times. Remove cut-otIs and temporary protection prior to resumption of work. INSULATION AND SHEATHING APPLICATION A. Clean deck surfaces of all dirt, dust, and other foreign matter. Furnish and install new nominal 6 inch wide wood blocking at all eaves, edges, openings, hips and ridges as required for blocking to finish flush with the top of the roof insulation. Secure nailers to the structural metal deck below with self- drilling, self-tapping screw fasteners with countersinking heads. CONCRETE ROOF TILE 0420809 3.3 3.4 0420809 16C6 B. For roof areas above air conditioned space, furnish and install 2 layers of 1.5-inch thick rigid polyisocyanurate insulation. Apply insulation with end joints staggered approximately one-half the length of units. Mechanically fasten each board to the metal deck below. C. Install new 112-inch DensDeck Prime sheathing with long direction perpendicular to metal deck direction. Edges of sheathing must bear on upper flat surface of metal deck. D. Apply sheathing with end joints staggered approximately one-half the length of units. E. Secure panels to metal deck with specified fasteners. At the 4-foot wide perimeter and comer zones, provide I fastener per 1.5 square foot of sheathing (20 fasteners per 32 square foot panel). For the field of the roof, provide I fastener per 2.0 square feet (16 fasteners per 32 square foot panel). Steel fastener plates shall allow fastener to countersink into the plate and be flush with the plate. UNDERLA YMENT MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Install metal drip edge prior to installation of underlayment membrane. Prime edge of metal to provide bond to self-adhering membrane. Secure edge metal to the wood nailers with stainless steel ring shank nails. Fasteners shall be staggered and spaced 3-inches on center. B. Starting at the eave of each roof area, apply one ply of self-adhering underlayment perpendicular to the slope, lapped at least 4 inches at sides and 6 inches at the ends. c. Thoroughly hand-broom all underlayment sheet so that no voids exist underneath. D. Install ridge and hip nailer boards secured with metal strapping spaced no more than 24-inches on center. Waterproof each side of the ridge and hip boards by installing a continuous sheet of self- adhering modified bituminous underlayment sheet lapping the field sheet 6-inches on each side of the board. CONCRETE TILE APPLICATION A. Apply new tile in strict accordance with manufacturer's latest printed instructions. B. Provide and install new eave closures, hip tile, ridge tile and gable rake tile in strict accordance with manufacturer's latest printed instructions. c. Secure eave closure pieces to the structural metal deck below with self-drilling, self-tapping screw fasteners. D. Secure all tile with polyurethane foam adhesive using the "Large Paddy Placement" method described for high profile tile on page 12 of SBCCI Report No. 9822B. Provide a minimum 3 inch lap for each tile. E. Install hip, ridge and gable tile in a continuous bed of color-coordinated mortar per manufacturer's instructions. Point mortar and fmish to match tile surface. CONCRETE ROOF TILE 07320 - 5 16C6 WARRANTY Owner: Contractor: Location of Building: Name of Building: Roof Areas: Date of Final Acceptance by Owner: Know all men by these presents, that we, (Contractor as defined above), having installed insulation, roofmg, flashings, and sheet metal work, and having accomplished certain other work on the roof areas identified above under contract between Owner and Contractor, warrant to Owner, with respect to said work that for a period of two years from date offmal acceptance of said work by Owner, the roofing including underlayment, tile roofmg, flashings, and sheet metal work, shall be absolutely watertight and free from all leaks, provided however that the following are excluded from this warranty: a. Defects or failures resulting from abuse by the Owner. b. Defects in design involving failure of(1) structural frame, (2) load-bearing walls, and (3) foundations. c. Damage caused by fire, tornado, hail, hurricane, acts of God, wars, riots, or civil commotion. We (Contractor), agree that should any leaks occur in the roofing we will promptly remedy said leaks in a manner to restore the roof to a watertight condition by methods compatible to the system and acceptable under industry standards and general practice. We, (Contractor), further agree that for a period of two years from date of final acceptance referred to above, we will make repairs at no expense to the Owner, to any defects which may develop in the work including but not limited to loose or cracked tiles and loose flashings, in a manner compatible to the system and acceptable under industry standards and general practice. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have caused this instrument to be duly executed, this _ day of -,20_. (Contractor) by President WITNESS: Notary Public END OF SECTION 07320 07320 - 6 CONCRETE ROOF TILE 0420809 16C6 SECTION 07531 FULLY ADHERED FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fully adhered single ply roofmg membrane. 1.2 SUBMlTT ALS A. Product data shall be submitted so that it can be established that the roofing subcontractor has clear understanding as to what was specified. B. When warranties are delivered to the Owner, a cover letter shall be included directing the Owner to inform (copy) the manufacturer as well as the Roofing Contractor when reporting roofmg problems, regardless of when they occurred during the warranty period. C. Submit shop drawings for ordering, manufacturing, and fmal inspection of the Roofmg System. Drawings shall include roof outline, roof dimensions, roof penetrations, insulation type and thickness, piece layout, parapet size and location, and other information that may affect the suitability and installation of the Roofmg System on the respective project. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Roofmg Contractor shall obtain trom the roofmg manufacturer copies of each roof inspection and furnish a copy to the Architect. The Contractor shall inform the roofmg manufacturer, with regard to warranties, that warranties shall be issued, based upon the acceptance of the roofmg work, and that deficiencies noted on inspection reports have been corrected. The manufacturer shall not refuse or restrict the provisions of its warranty, based upon deficiencies noted on inspection reports, especially any report that may not have been furnished to the Architect. Inspections shall be a minimum of 3 and scheduled randomly (no prior notification) and selection of the inspector(s) shall not be influenced by the roofmg subcontractors preferences. The Architect will not approve fmal payment of roofing work until fmal and interim inspection reports and warranty are in hand. The Architect's representative shall accompany the manufacturer's inspector and Roofmg Installer during fmal inspection prior to issuing manufacturer's warranty. 1. The roofmg manufacturer's representative shall inspect the roof within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion. B. Roofmg firm (installer) must have a least 5 years successful experience in the type of roofing system specified. C. The roofmg installer shall have on the job whenever roofmg work is being done, a foreman/supervisor with a minimum 3 years experience in the type of roofing specified or the roofmg manufacturer's technical field representative. D. Roofing and associated work shall be perfonned by a single finn called "the "Installer" in this Section, so that there will be undivided responsibility for the specified perfonnance of components including, but not limited to, the following (even though some parts may be subcontracted to others): I. Provide wood nailers, and blocking required for installation of new roof in conformance with requirements of Section 06100. 0420809 FULLY ADHERED FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING 07531 - 1 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 16C6 A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and rolls with labels intact and legible. Materials having fIre resistance classifications shall be delivered to the Project with labels attached as required. Deliver materials in sufficient quantity to allow continuity of work. B. Product shall be stored indoors or in properly protected areas outdoors to provide continuous protection against wetting and moisture absorption. Adhesive shall be stored in temperature above 40 degrees F. 1. Materials stored outdoors shall be on raised platforms and cover top and sides with waterproofed materials properly tied down. Remove wet products from project site. 2. Handle roll goods as to prevent damage to edge or ends. 3. Provide continuous protection of products during delivery, storage, handling, and application. 4. Do not store roofmg materials in concentrated areas of roof deck. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Weather Condition Limitations 1. Proceed with roofing and associated work only when weather conditions will permit unrestricted use of materials and quality control of the Work being installed, complying with the requirements and with the recommendations of the roofmg materials manufacturer. a. Proceed only when the Installer is willing to guarantee the work as required and without additional reservations and restrictions. 2. Apply in dry weather on a dry deck only. Where rain or inclement weather occur during application, the Work shall stop and not resume until the weather has cleared and the deck is properly dry. 1.6 ROOF MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Roofing membrane manufacturer shall submit a Roof Maintenance and Inspection Manual with warranties and project closeout submittals. (Final payment will not be made until roof maintenance manual is submitted). B. Roof Maintenance and Inspection Manual shall be bound in a 3 ring binder with name of project, Owner, Architect, and Contractor on front cover. C. Roof Maintenance and Inspection Manual shall include: 1. Cover letter recommending to the Owner that 2 roof maintenance inspections should be conducted per year. 2. Table of Contents. 3. Visual inspection checklist indicating specific flashings and details to be inspected. Include items such as base flashing seams, reglets and counterflashings, roof edge flashings, roof penetration flashings, roof curb flashings, boot flashings, roof drain areas, parapet wall flashings, copings, roof membrane seams, skylight flashings, etc. Applicable items shall be listed per project. 07531 - 2 FULLY ADHERED FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING 0420809 16C6 .... ~. 4. Copies of as-built roofmg details. 5. Roof plan indicating penetrations, detail locations, roof drains, and seams. 1.7 W ARRANTlES A. Furnish to the Owner a written guarantee warranting the roofmg insulation and flashing work, including the installation of products furnished by others and installed under this Section of the Work, against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 2 years from the Date of Substantial Completion. 1. Guarantee shall include, but not be limited to, roofmg, roof insulation, sheet metal flashings and gravel stops, gutters and downspouts, flexible flashings, expansion joints, control joints, and curbs at roof openings. 2. Guarantee period shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion. 3. Repairs required, either pennanent or temporary, to roofing or roof flashings under this guarantee to keep the roof watertight shall be made within 3 days after notice of the need for repairs. Should the Contractor fail to make such repairs within the time period, the Owner may have such repairs made and charge the cost to the Contractor. B. In addition to the guarantee above, provide to the Owner a written warranty trom the roofmg membrane manufacturer, warranting the roofing system membrane, insulation, flashing, walkways, and expansion joint covers against leaks and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 10 years, starting the day of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING SYSTEM A. Basis of Design: Fibertite-FB by Seaman Corporation 1. Johns Manville International, Inc. 2. Sarnafil Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Membrane 1. Type: Fleece Back, EPI 2. Thickness: Minimum .040 inch (nominal), reinforced 3. Tensile Strength (ASTM D882): 8500 psi. 4. Elongation (ASTM D75I) percent: 15 warp x 15 fill 5. Tear Resistance (ASTM D751): 50 pounds 6. Underwriters Laboratory: Roof system shall be a U.L Class nAn roof. B. Related Materials I. Bonding adhesives: FRT-290, Solvent based, one side application type. 2. Flashings: Nominal 0.036 inch 3. Tennination bar: 1/8-inch by I-inch, 6060-T5 aluminum 0420809 FULLY ADHERED FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING 07531 - 3 ---~,_.._--- 16Cb PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify deck condition is suitable for the specified installation of roofing system. Do not proceed with application until all defects have been corrected. B. Decking should be installed to provide positive slope and subsequent positive drainage of new Roofmg System. C. Finished surface(s) to receive new roof system shall be smooth and level without significant surface depressions or irregularities. Camber differentials greater than 3/16 inch must be leveled using a cementitious grout.\ D. Finished surfaces shall be fiee of moisture, dust, loose debris and any other irregularity that may hinder the proper perfonnance of Roofmg System 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Start installation only in presence of membrane manufacturer's technical representative, when specified as a condition of warranty. 2. Base sheets shall be installed starting at the low point of the roof deck. 3. Base sheet shall be side lapped, properly shingled to shed water, a minimum of 3 inches, leaving an exposure of approximately 33 inches. B. Membrane Installation 1. All work shall be coordinated to insure that the sequencing of the installation will allow for a 100% watertight installation at the end of each workday. 2. Outside ambient air temperature must be above 40°F to insure proper bonding. a. Drying time of the adhesive(s) will be affected by ambient temperatures and must be taken into consideration when detennining daily production schedules. 3. Un-roll approximately 30 feet of membrane and position the roll over substrate. Pull the tail back over the roll to expose a workable area of approximately 30-feet. 4. Apply a 100% continuous coat of adhesive to the substrate. a. FTR-290 adhesive may be applied by roller or spraying\ b. Roller applied adhesive should utilize a solvent resistant 1/2" nap roller c. Spray applied adhesive must be spread out by roller to insure a smooth, even, 100% coverage of the substrate with no holidays, globs, puddles or similar irregularities. d. Allow the solvents in the adhesive to dissipate only to the point that the adhesive has reached finger tack. Do not allow adhesive to "dry out". 5. Carefully maneuver the membrane into the "wet" adhesives over the substrate surface, avoiding any wrinkles or air pockets. 6. Broom the adhered portion of the membrane to insure full contact and complete the bonding process by fmnly pressing the bonded membrane into place with a weighted, foam-covered roller. 07531 - 4 FULLY ADHERED FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING 0420809 7. 8. e. Flashing 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 3.2 CLEAN-UP 16G6 Continue to repeat the process for the remainder of the roll, lapping subsequent, adjacent rolls of membrane a minimum of 3 inches, insuring proper shingling of the membrane to shed water along the laps. Do not allow adhesives to contaminate the lap "seam" areas of the membrane. Contaminated areas will inhibit proper welding of the seams. Clean all vents, pipes, conduits, tubes and stacks to bare metal. All protrusions must be properly secured to the roof deck with approved fasteners. Remove and discard all lead, pipe and drain flashing. Flash all penetrations according to approved details. Remove all loose and / or deteriorated cant strips and flashing. Flash all curbs, parapets and interior walls in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All flashing shall be fully adhered with adhesive mastic applied in sufficient quantity to insure adhesion. The base flange of all membrane flashing shall extend out on to the plane of the deck, beyond the wood nailer to a maximum width of 8 inches. Vertical flashing shall be terminated no less than 8 inches above the plane of the deck with approved termination bar and counter-flashing or metal cap flashing. Vertical wall flashing termination shall not exceed 30 inches without supplemental mechanical attachment of the flashing between the deck and the termination point of the flashing. Complete all inside and outside comer flashing details with pre-formed comers or an approved field fabrication detail. Probe all seams with a dull pointed probe to insure the weld has created a homogeneous bond. Install penetration accessories in strict accordance with approved details. Insure penetration accessories have not impeded in any way the working specification. (Coordinate with related trade for the technical specification). A. Remove masking, protection, equipment, materials, and debris from the work and storage areas and leave areas in an undamaged and acceptable condition. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the Work and prior to fmal payment, the membrane manufacturer's representative, in the presence of the Owner, Architect, and Construction Manager shall inspect the Work. Discrepancies shall be recorded and immediately rectified. Final payment will not be issued until the manufacturer's representative has given his approval for the Work. 0420809 END OF SECTION 07531 FULLY ADHERED FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING 07531 - 5 16C6 SECTION 07920 SEALANTS AND CAULKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes interior and exterior sealants. ] . All exterior joints and interior joints where thennal of dynamic movement is anticipated shall be subcontracted to a single fInn specializing in sealant installation. B. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: 1. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. 2. Joints between different materials listed above. 3. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and ftames of doors and windows. C. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: 1. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. 2. Tile control and expansion joints. 3. Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions. 4. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and ftames of interior doors, and windows. 5. Joints between plumbing fIxtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. D. The Work of this Section also includes the preparation of the sealant joint substrates and the installation of the sealant joint backings. E. Surface Hardness: Provide types of sealant to withstand anticipated abrasive or possible indentation as recommended by manufacturer; F. Compatibility: Provide materials that are compatible with the joint surfaces, joint fIllers, and other materials in the joint system. G. VOC limits for sealants and adhesives 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide interior and exterior joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. I .3 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each joint sealant product indicated B. CertifIcations: I. CertifIcates ftom manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specifIcation requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. 0420809 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - ] 16C64t 2. Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants, primers, and cleaners required for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOC) if more stringent than limits specified. a. Refer to Section 09680 for VOC limits with regards to adhesives for use with carpet products b. Refer to Section 09900 for VOC limits with regards to paints and coatings 3. Certification by sealant manufacturer that sealants, primers, and cleaners comply with Regulation 8, Rule 5 I of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District. 4. Certification by adhesive manufacturer that adhesives comply with the South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1168. 5. VOC's shall be highlighted for each product C. Samples for initial selection purposes in fonn of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to vIew. D. Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealant samples in l/2-inch-wide joints fonned between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. E. Qualification data showing compliance with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" article. Include list of completed projects with project names addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other infonnation specified. F. Compatibility and adhesion test reports fTom sealant manufacturer indicating that materials fonning joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. Include manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant perfonnance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. G. Product test reports for each type of joint sealants indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified based on comprehensive testing of current product fonnulations. H. Sample warranties 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain elastomeric materials only fTom manufacturers who will, if required, send a qualified technical representative to project site for the purpose of advising the Installer of procedures and precautions for the use of the materials. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service perfonnance. I. Installer shall be a sealant and caulking subcontractor with a minimum of 5 years of successful experience in the application of the types of materials required. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 07920 - 2 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 0420809 16C6 D. Source Limitations: Obtain joint sealant materials tTom a single manufacturer for each different product required. E. Product Testing: 1. Provide comprehensive test data for each type of joint sealant based on tests conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory on current product formulations within a 24 month period preceding date of Contractor's submittal of test results to Architect. a. Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement (per ASTM C 719), modulus of elasticity at 100 percent strain, effects of heat aging, and effects of accelerated weathering. b. Include test results performed on joint sealants after they have cured for 1 year. 2. VOC Limits (Regulation 8, Rule 51 of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District. www.baaqmd.gov): a. Sealants 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Architectural Roadways Roofmg Material Installation PVC Welding Other b. Sealant Primers: 1) 2) 3) Architectural (Non-Porous) Architectural (Porous) Other 250 gIL 250 gIL 450 glL 480 gIL 420 gIL 250 glL 77 5 gIL 750 gIL 3. VOC Limits (South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1168. http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/html/rI168.html): a. Adhesives (Welding and Installation): 1 ) Non-Vinyl Backed Installation 2) Carpet Pad Installation 3) Wood Flooring Installation 4) Ceramic Tile Installation 5) Dry Wall and Panel Installation 6) Subfloor Installation 7) Rubber Floor Installation 8) VCT and Asphalt floor tile installation 9) PVC Welding 10) CPVC Welding 11) ABS Welding 12) Plastic Cement Welding 13) Cove Base Installation 14) Adhesive Primer for Plastic 15) All Others 0420809 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 150 gIL 150 gIL 150 gIL 130 gIL 200 gIL 200 gIL 150 gIL 150 gIL 510 gIL 490 gIL 400 gIL 350 gIL 150 gIL 650 gIL 250 gIL 07920 - 3 16C6 ,.¢~ b. Adhesives (Substrates) I) 2) 3) 4) 5) Metal to Metal Plastic Foams Porous Material Except Wood Wood Fiberglass 30 gIL 120 gIL 120 gIL 30 gIL 200 gIL F. Field-Constructed Mock-Ups: Prior to installation of joint sealants, apply elastomeric sealants as follows to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution: I. Joints in field-constructed mock-ups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants specified in this Section. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: I. When ambient and substrate temperature (or below 40 deg F) conditions are outside the limits pennitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. 4. Until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. B. Preparation of joint surfaces, backing, and the conditions under which the sealant and caulking is to be installed shall confonn to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Use of bond break tape is prohibited without the expressed pennission of the Architect. Each situation will be evaluated with regard to inability to properly use backer rod to prevent adhesion. I. 7 WARRANTY A. All exterior and building envelope weathertight and watertight sealants shall be warranted by the sealant manufacturer for a period of five (5) years from the Date of Substantial Completion. Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve a watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, and or do not cure. 07920 - 4 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 0420809 16C6 .~ ~~ B. All exterior and building envelope weathertight and watertight sealants shall be guaranteed by the installing contractor for a period of five (5) years ÍÌ"om the Date of Substantial Completion, to be weathertight, watertight and moisture tight. Correct defective or failed joints within the warranty period. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants ÍÌ"om the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates ÍÌ"om natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors: By Architect ÍÌ"om manufacturer's full range of standard colors. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General 1. Where the tenn "Acceptable Standard" is used within this Section, it refers to the manufacturer and product listed, which is specified as the type and quality required for this Project. 2. Products of other manufacturers will be considered, providing their products equal or exceed the quality specified, and they can provide products of the type and quality required. B. Caulking Compounds (Acrylic Latex Sealant) 1. Latex rubber modified, acrylic emulsion polymer sealant compound; manufacturer's standard, one part, non-sag, mildew resistant, acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, recommended for exposed applications on interior locations involving joint movement of not more than plus or minus 5 percent. 2. Acceptable Standard a. Sonolac; Sonneborn Building Products, Inc. b. Acrylic Latex Caulk; Tremco, Inc. c. Acrylic Latex Caulk with Silicone; DAP, Dayton, Ohio C. One-Part Elastomeric Sealant (Silicone) 3. Comply with ASTM C920, Class 25, Type NS (non-sag), unless Type S (self-leveling) recommended by manufacturer for the application shown. 2. Acceptable Standard 0420809 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 5 16C6 ..~ ~ a. Dow Coming 790; Dow Coming Corp. (Dow Coming 791 with Kynar) b. Pecora 864 Architectural Silicone Sealant; Pecora Corp. c. Silpruf; General Electric d. Omniseal; Sonneborn Building Products, Inc. e. Spectrem 1; Tremco Mfg. Co. 3. One-part mildew resistant silicone sealant: (Around countertops and backsplashes and other wet interior locations.) 4. Acceptable Standard a. Rhodorsil 6B White; Rhone-Poulenc Inc. b. Dow Coming 786; Down Coming Corp. c. Sanitary 1700; General Electric d. Proglaze White; Tremco Mfg. Co. D. One-Part Elastomeric Sealant (Polyurethane) I. Comply with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 (nonsag). 2. Acceptable Standard a. Sonolastic NP 1; Sonneborn Building Products, Inc. b. Dymonic; Tremco Mfg. Co. c. Dynatrol I; Pecora Corp. E. One-part self-leveling polyurethane sealant, (for traffic areas and slabs-on-grade) 1. Comply ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25. 2. Acceptable Standard a. Sonolastic SL 1; Sonneborn Building Products, Inc. b. NR-201 Urexpan; Pecora Corp. c. Volkem 45 SSL; Tremco Mfg. Co. 3. Install in all horizontal control joints in concrete slabs-on-grade. F. Miscellaneous Materials 1. Primer: Type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined trom preconstruction joint sealer substrate tests and field tests. 2. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Non-staining, chemical cleaners of type which are acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials, and which do not leave oily residues or otherwise have a detrimental effect on sealant adhesion or in service performance. 3. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 2.3 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining, compatible with substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers, and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: ASTM C 1330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce optimum sealant performance: 07920 - 6 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 0420809 16C6 1. Type C: Closed-cell material with a surface skin C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer. Provide self adhesive tape where applicable. 2.4 MANUFACTURER'S WEB ADDRESSES A. Web Sites: 1. DAP, Dayton, Ohio; http://www.dap.com/ 2. Dow Coming Corp. http://www.dowcorning.com 3. General Electric Co. http://www.gesilicones.com 4. Pecora Corp. http://www.pecora.com 5. Rhone-Poulenc Inc. 6. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc. http://www.chemrex.com/sonneborn/index.htm 7. Tremco Inc. http://biznet.maximizer.com/roofmg/index.html PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints to receive joint sealants for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants complying with recommendations of sealant manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, and surface dirt. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operations by vacuum or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous surfaces with cleaners that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 0420809 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 7 16C6 C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be pennanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 SELECTION OF MATERIAL A. Caulking compounds shall be used for interior nonmoving joints and at locations specifically indicated on Drawings. B. One component elastomeric silicone sealants shall be used at all exterior joints and interior joints where thennal dynamic movement is anticipated. C. One component elastomeric polyurethane sealants shall be used at interior joints where weatherproofing is required. D. One part self-leveling polyurethane sealants shaIl be used for exterior and interior horizontal joints subject primarily to pedestrian traffic and light and moderated vehicular traffic, and in all control joints in slab-on-grade; interior. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed instaIlation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. I. Interior joints which require caulking are to be caulked with the specified caulking compound, unless noted otherwise. 2. Exterior joints which require sealant are to be filled with one of the specified sealants even though the note may read "Caulked". 3. Joints to be filled shall be thoroughly dry and free from dust, dirt, oil, and grease at the time of application or caulks or sealants. 4. Expansion and control joints in exterior walls shaIl have the joint fiIler material built into the waIl, or between wall and slab, at the time of construction. 5. Masking: Metal shall be masked with masking tape, as weIl as other surfaces where its required to prevent the sealant smearing the adjacent surface. Upon completion of the caulking, remove the tape. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C I 193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. InstaIlation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: I. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of instaIled sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fiIlers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fiIlers. c. Remove absorbent joint fiIlers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 07920 - 8 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 0420809 16C6 D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. E. Tooling of Non-sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. B. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.7 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for fmal decision. D. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part of the completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. END OF SECTION 07920 0420809 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 9 16C6 Division 8 Doors and Windows 16C6 SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL I.l SUMMARY A. Furnish materials and equipment necessary for complete installation of hollow metal doors, trames, and related items necessary to complete the Work indicated on Drawings and specified herein. B. Refer to Section 08800 - Glazing for glass thickness and stops requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and fmishes. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show elevations, details and methods of assembling sections, hardware locations and installation methods, dimensions, shapes of materials, anchorage and fastening methods, wall opening construction details, and weatherstripping. 2. Provide schedule of doors and trames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings and Schedules. C. Obtain approval of shop drawings prior to proceeding with manufacturing. D. Submit warranty as specified herein. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and trames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSIISDI-I00 and as herein specified. B. Hollow metal supplier shall be a qualified direct distributor of products to be furnished. In addition, the distributor shall have in their regular employment an A.H.C./C.D.C. who will be available at reasonable times to consult with the Architect regarding matters affecting the door and trame openings. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and trames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to fmish. B. Inspect doors and ftames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and ftames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inches high wood blocking. A void use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters that could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide II4-inches spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. 0420809 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1 16C6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Except as otherwise specified herein or specifically approved by the Architect, hollow metal doors and trames shall be products of one of the following manufacturers subject to compliance with Specification requirements. 1. Amweld Building Products, Garrettsville, Ohio. www.amweld.com 2. Ceco Door Products, Brentwood, Tennessee. www.cecodoor.com 3. Steelcraft Door and Frame Products, Cincinnati, Ohio. www.steelcraft.com 4. Curries Company, Mason City, Iowa. www.curries.com 5. Fleming Steel Doors and Frames, Ajax, Ontario, Canada. www.tlemingdoor.com 6. Mesker Door, Inc., Huntsville, Alabama. www.meskerdoor.com 7. Firedoor Corp., Miami, Florida. www.firedoorcorp.com 2.2 MA TERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 526, or drawing quality, ASTM A 642, hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 525, with A60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. C. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18-gage galvanized sheet steel. D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot-dip galvanize in compliance with ASTM A 153, Class C or 0 as applicable. E. Shop Painting: I. Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.I, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Shop applied primers shall be compatible with finish paint specifications as specified in Section 09900 - Painting. Primers shall be as specified in Section 09900, or letter of compatibility must accompany the shop drawings. Coordinate all required items for the proper installation of the fmish paint and primers as specified. Ascertain compatibility during bidding period. If compatibility is not ascertained, provide all primers as specified. 2.3 F ABRICA nON, GENERAL A. Fabricate steel door and trame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and tree trom defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately fonn metal to required sizes and profiles. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in the manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be pennanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at the project site. Lock edges of doors shall be beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 08110-2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 0420809 16C6 B. Panels and edge channels of interior doors shall be fabricated from cold rolled sheet steel. Sizes, types, and assemblies shall be as indicated on the Drawings, Door Hardware Schedule, and as specified. C. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings from either cold rolled or hot rolled steel (at fabricator's option). D. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and bolts. E. Door Hardware Preparation: 1. Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed door hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling, and tapping in accordance with fmal door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI AII5 "Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation." 2. Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface applied door hardware may be done at project site. 3. Locate finish hardware as shown on final shop drawings, or if not shown, in accordance with recommended hardware locations specified in "S.D.I. 100-9], Recommended Specifications, Standard Steel Doors and Frames," as published by the Steel Door Institute. 4. Reinforce all steel doors and frames to receive surface mounted closers, whether or not scheduled to receive them. F. Shop Painting 1. Clean, treat, and shop paint all surfaces of fabricated hollow metal doors and frames, including galvanized surfaces plus back prime of all hollow metal frames. 2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before the application of the shop coat of paint. 3. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a unifoOllly finished surface ready to receive field applied paint. G. Asphaltic Emulsion Coating: Apply on the frames in the fabricator's shop; field application is not acceptable. 2.4 DOOR TYPES A. The following door types shall confoOll to the Steel Door Institute Standards as described in SDI 100. B. Interior doors shall be Grade II, 1-3/4 inch heavy duty, 18 gauge cold rolled, Modell, full flush, hollow steel construction. 1. Door face sheets shall be foOlled from one sheet of metal with not face seams. Seams on vertical door edges shall be tight, smooth, and devoid of irregularities. A kraft resin impregnated honeycomb core or rigid polystyrene slab shall be peOllanently bonded to both door skins with adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Lock edge of doors shall be beveled 118 inch in 2 inches. D. Seamless construction by welding and filling at factory only. 0420809 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3 2.5 DOOR ACCESSORIES 16C6 A. Glass Stops: Shall be provided for vision light openings. B. VerifY undercut requirements with Section 08710 - Door Hardware, for exterior doors with thresholds. Standard undercut will not be acceptable for low profile handicap thresholds. 2.6 FRAME TYPES A. Frames for Interior Door and Window Openings: 16 gage, fabricated from cold rolled sheet steel. B. Welded Frames: Frames shall be mitered or butted and set-up and welded, "SUW" with welds on exposed surfaces, dressed smooth and flush. Provide a temporary spreader bar securely fastened to the bottom of each frame. I. Welded frames shall be smooth, even, and have no blemishes or irregularities in fmish or surface on all exposed sides and planes. 2.7 FRAME ASSEMBLIES A. Frame Anchors 1. Wall anchors for frame attachment to masonry construction: Masonry anchors, adjustable, flat, corrugated or perforated 'T' shaped anchors with leg not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long or masonry "wire" type not less than 3/1 6 inch diameter. 2. Wall anchors for attachment to drywall partitions. a. Use manufacturer's adjustable type compression anchors at drywall locations. b. Use steel anchors sized to accommodate frame jamb depth and face dimension on all welded frames. 3. All frame jamb anchors to be provided; on each jamb per 30 inches of frame height or fraction thereof. 4. Floor anchors: Angle clip type a. 16 gauge minimum. b. To receive 2 fasteners per jamb. c. Welded to the bottom of each jamb. 5. In place masonry or concrete: a. 3/8 inch countersunk flat head stove bolt expansion shields. b. Weld pipe spacers or other type of spacers per manufacturer's standard design in back of frame soffit to protect frame profile during tightening of bolts and anchors. 6. Head struts: For frames not anchored to masonry or concrete construction provide ceiling struts spot welded to jambs each side extending to building structure where called for on schedule. 7. Sleeve anchors shall be fIre rated for the types of openings required. 08110 - 4 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 0420809 16C6 B. Stops and Beads: Furnish 20 gauge metal glazing beads with the hollow metal frames and transoms, side lights, interior glazed panels, and other locations where beads are indicated in pressed steel frames. Glazing beads shall be on the interior side of exterior frames of transoms and side lights. C. Plaster Guards: Provide 26 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to the frame, at back of door hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation. D. Door Silencers: Drill stops and install 3 silencers on strike jambs of single swing frames and 2 silencers on heads of double swing frames. 2.8 ASPHALTIC EMULSION COATING A. Emulsion coating for steel door frames shall be water-based, brush applied, emulsion dampproofmg. 1. Hydrocide 700B by Chernrex, Inc., Sonneborn Building Products. www.chemrex.com 2. Sealmastic by W.R. Meadows. www.wnneadows.com 3. Karnak #100 by Karnak, Clark, New Jersey. www.karnakcorp.com PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with fmal shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-I05 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames," unless otherwise indicated. 1. Except for frames located at existing concrete, masonry or drywall installations, place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until pennanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 2. In masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry Tee anchors. 3. At existing concrete or masonry construction, provide 3 completed opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb, set frames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices. 4. In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In closed steel stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. 5. Set frames in position; plumb, align, and brace securely until pennanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Where frames require ceiling struts or other structural overhead bracing, they shall be anchored securely to ceilings or structural framing above, as indicated or specified. 0420809 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-5 16C6 ~-+i ~;;. .~ 6. The fmished work shall be rigid, neat in appearance, and tree trom defects. Fonn molded members straight and true with joints coped or mitered, well fonned, and in true alignment. Welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they are invisible after fmishing. 7. Spot grouting of metal trames in gypsum wallboard partitions is included in the Work of Section 09250. 8. Where anchor bolts are used in concrete or masonry openings, the bolt head shall be recessed, filled with bondo and sanded smooth. 9. Provide filler plate at all hardware preps, such as hinge and strike preps, that are unused. C. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in trames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI-IOO. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. 3.3 GENERAL INST ALLA TION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be perfonned. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide unifonn joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings trom prefmished doors. C. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and trames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Damaged work will be rejected and shall be replaced with new work at no additional cost to the Owner or Architect. B. After installation, protect doors and frames trom damage during subsequent construction activities. END OF SECTION 08110 08110 - 6 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 0420809 1 l~ C 6 '.", SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes aluminum doors and rrame storerront systems. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data for specified system B. Shop Drawings: I. Show elevations, details and methods of assembling sections, hardware locations and installation methods, dimensions, shapes of materials, anchorage and fastening methods, , wall opening construction details, and weatherstripping. 2. Provide schedule of doors and rrames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings and Schedules. 3. Shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by a licensed engineer registered in the State of Florida. 4. Calculations for wind load design shall be stamped, sealed and signed by a Professional Engineer in the State of Florida verifying compliance with ASCE 7-98. C. Certifications: I. Provide test reports rrom AAMA accredited laboratories certifying the performance as specified. 2. Test reports shall be accompanied by the storerront manufacturer's letter of certification stating that the tested storerront meets or exceeds the referenced criteria for the appropriate storerront type. 3. Sample of Approved Product Label and location of attachment to assembly. D. Obtain approval of Drawings prior to proceeding with manufacturing. E. Sample warranty F. Submit AAMA test reports as specified herein 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design aluminum door and rrame assemblies in accordance with the Florida Building Code, 200 I revision 2003. Refer to structural drawings for wing velocity. I. System shall be protected to withstand impacts rrom wind-borne debris in accordance with FBC Section 1606.1.4 plus 25%. 2. Window Assembly Labeling: Each exterior window assembly shall be tested by an approved independent testing laboratory and have an "approved product label" affixed to the assembly per FBC Chapter 17. B. Deflection: Limit mullion deflection to 1/200 of span with full recovery of glazing materials. 0420809 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 08120 - I 16C6 C. System Assembly: Accommodate without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement within system, movement between system and peripheral construction, dynamic loading and release of loads, deflection of structural support framing. D. Air Infiltration: Limit air leakage through assembly to 0.06 cfm/minlsq ft of wall area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 6.24 psf as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. E. Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glass and heel bead of glazing compound. F. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E33] with a test pressure difference of 6.24 Ibfïsq ft. G. Expansion / Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by cycling temperature range of 180 degrees F over a 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components and anchorage. ] . Ensure doors function nonnally within limits of specified temperature range. H. System Internal Drainage: Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to the exterior by a weep drainage network. 1.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Design Requirements: I. Drawings are diagrammatic and do not purport to identify nor solve problems of thennal or structural movement, glazing, anchorage, or moisture disposal. 2. Requirements shown by details are intended to establish basic dimension of units, sight lines and profiles of members. 3. Provide concealed fastening. 4. Provide storefront systems, including necessary modifications, to meet specified requirements and maintaining visual design concepts. 5. Attachment considerations are to take into account site peculiarities and expansion and contraction movements so there is no possibility of loosening, weakening or fracturing connection between units and building structure or between units themselves. 6. Anchors, fasteners and braces shall be structurally stressed not more than 50% of allowable stress when maximum loads are applied. 7. Provide for expansion and contraction due to structural movement without detriment to appearance or perfonnance. 8. Assemblies shall be free from rattles, wind whistles and noise due to thennal and structural movement and wind pressure. 9. Not Pennitted: Vibration hannonics, wind whistles, noises caused by thennal movement, thennal movement transmitted to other building elements, loosening, weakening, or fracturing of attachments or components of system. B. Testing Requirements: Provide components that have been previously tested by an independent testing laboratory. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 08]20 - 2 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 0420809 16C6 A. Perfonn Work in accordance with AAMA SFM-I and AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. B. Confonn to requirements of ANSI Al 17.1. C. Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing aluminum glazing systems with minimum ten (10) years documented experience. 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Meet at the project site with the contractor, installers, and Architect prior to beginning installation of aluminum frames. Record meeting minutes and submit to the Architect for review. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Handle Products of this section in accordance with AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10. B. Protect finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the Work with installation of all adjoining components and materials. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty in fonn acceptable to Owner jointly signed by manufacturer, installer and Contractor warranting work to be watertight, free from deflective materials, defective workmanship, glass breakage due to defective design, and agreeing to replace components which fail within one (1) year from date of Substantial Completion. B. Warranty shall cover following: 1. Complete watertight and airtight system installation within specified tolerances. 2. Completed installation will remain free from rattles, wind whistles and noise due to thennal and structural movement and wind pressure. 3. System is structurally sound and free from distortion. 4. Glass and glazing gaskets will not break or "pop" from frames due to design wind, expansion or contraction movement or structural loading. 5. Glazing sealants and gaskets will remain free from abnonnal deterioration or dislocation due to sunlight, weather or oxidation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design: YKK AP America Inc., Atlanta, Georgia. www.vkkamerica.com 0420809 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 08120 - 3 16C6 B. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable, providing their products equal or exceed the quality specified; and they can provide products of the type, size, function, and arrangement required. 1. Cross Aluminum Products, Dowagiac, Michigan. www.crossaluminum.com 2. EFCO, Monet, Missouri www.efcocorp.com 3. Vistawall, Terrell, Texas. www.vistawall.com 4. United States Aluminum Commercial Products Group, Waxahachie, Texas. www.usalum.com 5. Tubelite, Reed City, Michigan. www.tubeliteinc.com C. If, Due to wind loading, a curtain wall system is required, the Basis of Design will be YHC 300 OG by YKK AP America Inc., Atlanta, Georgia. 2.2 TYPE A. Doors: 35H B. StoretTont: YHS 50 2.3 HARDWARE A. Heavy-duty units required for operation; fmish to match door. Install reinforcing for hardware and as necessary for performance requirements, sag resistance and rigidity. 1. Offset Pivot Sets: Comply with ANSI A 156.4, Grade I; exposed parts of cast aluminum alloy; provide intermediate pivot for doors. 2. Overhead Closers: LCN 4040 Smoothee Surface Closer; or Architect approved equal. Provide parallel anns only. 3. Cylinders are supplied under Section "08710 - Door Hardware." 4. Exit Device: Concealed Rod Device for double door set. 5. Pull Handles: Pulls with stainless steel US32D dull finish. 6. Thresholds: Provide thennal thresholds for system specified that meet ADA requirements. 7. Weatherstripping as required for single or double door sets. 2.4 DOOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Extrusions: ASTM B 209, 6063- T5 aluminum alloy B. Major portions of the door stiles shall be .125 inch in thickness, and glazing molding shall be .050 inch thick. C. Screws, miscellaneous fastening devices, and internal components: Stainless steel of sufficient strength to perform the functions for which they are used. D. Comer construction shall consist of both sigma deep penetration and sigma fillet welds and mechanical fastening. Interior glazing stops shall be square snap-in type with neoprene bulb type glazing. Square stops on exterior side shall be lock-in tamperprooftype. No exposed screws shall be required to secure stops. 08120 - 4 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 0420809 16C6 E. Door shall be weatherstripped on 3 sides with metal backed pile cloth installed in the door or frame. An adjustable weatherstrip astragal with stainless steel backing shall be provided at the meeting stiles of a pair of doors. 2.5 FRAMING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Framing members shall provide for flush glazing of 114 inch tempered glass, by use of elastomeric gaskets on both sides of the glass, with no projecting stops. Framing members shall incorporate a two-part chemically curing high density polyurethane thermal barrier. Vertical and horizontal framing members shall have a nominal face dimension of 1-3/4 inches with an overall depth of 4- 1/2 inches. All single acting entrance frames shall include the positive barrier weathering. B. Framing members, transition members, mullions, sills, adapters, and mountings (including sill anchors, frame receptors at jambs, and other frame trim and accessories shown on Drawings), shall be extruded aluminum with alloy and temper consistent with the method of manufacturer. These members shall be of 6063-T5 with extruded aluminum alloy (ASTM B221-54T alloy G.S. 10A- T5). 1. Provide sill flashing and receptor, jamb receptors, intermediate horizontal members, head receptors and flashings, mullions, horizontal shear blocks, tube columns, comers, and all accessories for a complete and watertight installation in every respect. C. Screws, miscellaneous fastening devices, and internal components shall be of stainless steel or plated of corrosion resistant materials of sufficient strength to perform the functions for which they are used. 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISH A. Anodized Finish I. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of fmishes. 2. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. 3. Dark bronze anodized, 0.7 mil minimum thickness per AAMA. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Openings for aluminum framing shall be prepared to the proper size, plumb, square, level, and in the proper location and alignment as shown on the Architect's Drawings and the approved shop drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Aluminum frames shall be securely installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 0420809 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 08120 - 5 16C6 B. Protect the aluminum ftames and [mishes against damage from construction activities and hannful substances. Clean the aluminum surfaces as recommended for the type of [mish applied. C. Install all items in strict accordance with the manufacturers written installation instructions. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete and weathertight installation in every respect. E. Use only skilled tradesmen with work done in accordance with Architect reviewed shop drawings and specifications. F. Storefront system shall be erected plumb and true, in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades. G. Furnish and apply sealing materials to provide a weather tight installation at all joints and intersections and at opening perimeters. H. Sealing materials specified shall be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, and shall be applied only by mechanics specially trained of experienced in their use. All surfaces must be clean and free of foreign matter before applying sealing materials. Sealing compounds shall be tooled to fill the joint and provide a smooth finished surface. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be perfonned. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. 'Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. C. Visual Effects: Provide unifonn joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. END OF SECTION 08120 08120 - 6 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 0420809 16C6 SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install wood doors and transom panels shown on the Drawings, listed in the Door Schedule, and specified herein. B. Provide factory preparation of wood doors for hardware as specified in Section 08710. C. Doors shall be factory fmished. 1.2 REFERENCES A. References: 1. ASTM E90 - Measurements of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions 2. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 3. ASTM E413 - Classification for Detennination of Sound Transmission Class 4. A WI - Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data for each type of door, including details of core and edge construction, trim for openings and louvers, and factory-fmishing specifications B. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking. 2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts for locksets and other cutouts adjacent to light and louver openings. 3. Provide schedule of doors and ftames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings and Schedules. C. Samples: 1. Doors for Transparent Finish: 12 inch by 12 inch section of door faces with solid wood edging, showing factory fmish and representing typical range of color and grain for veneer and solid lumber required. 2. Metal Louvers: Blade and ftame in 6" lengths 3. Metal Frames for Light Openings: Metal light ftames in 6" lengths D. Sample warranty 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standards: Comply with the following standards: 0420809 WOOD DOORS 08210 - 1 16C6 1. WDMA Quality Standard: I.S.l "Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors", of National Window and Door Manufacturer's Association (WDMA). 2. A WI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards"; including Section 1300 "Architectural Flush Doors", of Architectural Woodwork Institute (A WI) for grade of door, core construction, finish and other requirements exceeding those of WDMA quality standard. B. WDMA Quality Marking: Mark each wood door with WDMA Wood Flush Door Certification Hallmark certifying compliance with applicable requirements of WDMA I.S. I Series. I. For manufacturers not participating in WDMA Hallmark Program, a certification of compliance may be substituted for marking of individual doors. C. Manufacturer: Obtain doors ITom a single manufacturer. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of WDMA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors," as well as with manufacturer's instructions. B. IdentifY each door with individual opening numbers which correlate with designation system used on shop drawings for door, ITames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. C. Polybag protect each door for shipment and handling. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of construction period to comply with the following requirements applicable to project's geographical location: I. Referenced A WI quality standard including Section 100-S-3 "Moisture Content". 1.7 WARRANTY A. Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents. B. The manufacturer shall warrant each separate door installation against manufacturing defects for the "lifetime of original installation", including cost of refmishing and rehanging if doors do not comply with specified tolerances. Include coverage for delamination, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials and telegraphing core construction. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: Replace all doors where Contractor's work contributed to rejection or to voiding of manufacturer's warranty or where doors have been damaged due to construction activities. 08210 - 2 WOOD DOORS 0420809 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16C6 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable, providing their products equal or exceed the quality specified, and they can provide products of the type, size, function, and arrangement required. 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., Algoma, Wisconsin. www.algomahardwoods.com 2. Marshfield DoorSystems, Inc., Marshfield, Wisconsin. www.marshfielddoors.com 3. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc., Northumberland, Pennsylvania. www.mohawkdoors.com 4. Oshkosh Architectural Wood Door Company, Oshkosh, Wisconsin. www.oshkoshdoor.com 5. VT Industries, Inc., Holstein, Iowa. www.vtindustries.com 2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Provide interior flush wood doors confonning to the following requirements: 1. Faces: Rotary Cut, Birch veneer. 2. Grade: "A" Grade per AWl Quality Standards, latest edition. 3. Core Construction: particleboard, A WI Type PC-5 (PC-7 not acceptable). Particleboard shall be 32 lb density minimum. 4. Edges: Provide solid hardwood edges- 5/8" thick over mill option hardwood stiles. Veneer applied to the hardwood edges is not acceptable. The hardwood edges shall be hardwood that matches the face veneer, sanded and fmished to match the door faces. 5. Face Panels: Manufacturer's standard 2 ply hot pressed panels with Type I glue. 6. Matching: Pairs of doors shall be book matched grain as pairs on both sides. Provide end matched transoms. 7. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches, unless noted otherwise. B. Door Accessories shall be as follows: Door supplier shall provide wood stops for glass. 2.4 PREFITTING AND PREP ARA nON FOR HARDWARE A. Pre-fit and pre-machine wood doors at factory, including beveling both edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches. B. Comply with tolerance requirements of AWl for pre-fitting. Machine doors for hardware requiring cutting doors. Comply with fmal hardware schedules and door frame shop drawings and with hardware templates and other essential infonnation required to ensure proper fit of doors and hardware. C. Coordinate with the metal frame supplier the locations of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with machining in factory. D. Light openings and other detail work shown shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standard details or as detailed by the Architect. Exception to details as shown on Drawings that may affect the manufacturer's warranty of these doors shall be brought to the attention of the Architect in writing at the time of submission of shop drawings and manufacturer's statement of confonnity to specification requirements. 0420809 WOOD DOORS 08210 - 3 LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES 16C64 i?:: 2.5 .¡~ A. Metal Louvers Size, type and profile shown and fabricated trom the following I. Steel: 20-gage, galvanized and factory primed for paint fmish. B. Metal Frames for Light Openings: Manufacturer's standard ITame. 1. Field painted: Color as selected by Architect. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Fabricate flush wood doors to produce doors complying with following requirements: 1. Factory-prefit and pre-machine doors to fit fÌ'ame opening sizes indicated with the following unifonn clearances and bevels: a. Comply with tolerance requirements of A WI for pre-fitting. Comply with fmal hardware schedules and door frame shop drawings and with hardware templates. b. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verifY dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory pre-machining. B. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of doors required. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. 2.7 FACTORY FINISHING A. Comply with referenced A WI quality standard including Section 1500 "Factory Finishing". B. Prefinish wood doors at factory. D. Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated for grade, fmish system, staining effect and sheen. 1. A WI Grade: Custom 2. Finish: A WI System #TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane. 3. Staining: None required. 4. Effect: Open grain fmish. E. Factory finished doors damaged after installation shall be replaced with factory fmished doors at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. Field repair of doors will not be allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 08210 - 4 WOOD DOORS 0420809 A. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door: 16C6'~ ..:j 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWl standard and as indicated. B. Prefit Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. C. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation, if fitting or machining is required at the job site. 3.3 WOOD DOOR INSTALLATION A. Installation: 1. Pre-fit Doors: Fit to frames and machine for hardware to whatever extent not previously worked at factory as required for proper fit and uniform clearance at each edge. a. Install non-rated wood doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown. 2. Clearance: For non-rated doors provide clearances of 1/8-inch at jambs and heads; 1/8- inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/2-inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor fmish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4- inch clearance from bottom of door to top ofthreshold. B. Quality Assurance 1. Wood doors having any of the following defective conditions will not be accepted: a. Not operating properly, such as swinging, sliding, latching, etc. b. Damaged face or edge. c. Unsealed edges, tops and bottoms. d. Irregularities in surface fmish, such as roughness, "skips", "runs" or other Blemishes in color or gloss. 2. If operation defects cannot be corrected by repairing or rehanging, replace door with new unit. 3. Doors damaged prior to or during installation shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 3.4 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 0420809 WOOD DOORS 08210 - 5 B. ",' Comply w;th manuf""turer's ;ostallat;on instructions and reco.1b.c.J~e exteot that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for [mal decision. F. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08210 08210 - 6 WOOD DOORS 0420809 16 SCc6N 08522 PASS THROUGH WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Pass through windows 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Construction details and fabrication methods 2. Profiles and dimensions of individual components 3. Data on hardware, accessories, and fmishes 4. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces B. Shop Drawings: 1. Layout and installation details, including anchors 2. Typical window unit elevations at 3/4-inch scale 3. Full-size section details of typical composite members, including reinforcement 4. Hardware including operators 5. Glazing details 6. Accessories C. Sample warranty 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed installation of pass through windows similar in design and extent to those required for the project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check actual window openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on fmal shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of work. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Submit a written warranty, agreeing to repair or replace window units that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include but are not limited to: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration. 2. Faulty operation of sash and hardware. B. Warranty Period: Five (5) years from the Date of Substantial Completion. 0420809 PASS THROUGH WINDOWS 08522 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 Ch- 2. ] ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Mode] #SW A (Window Size) by Creative Industries, Inc., Indianapo]is, Indiana. Refer to Drawings for window size. www.creativeind.com B. Products of the following companies are also acceptable provided compliance with all technical requirements as specified herein: ]. Nissen & Company, Inc., South E] Monte, California. 2.2 PRODUCTSIMA TERlALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: Provide alloy and temper recommended by the window manufacturer for the strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required fmish, but not less than 22,000-psi ultimate tensile strength and not less than 0.062 inch thick. B. Provide with stainless steel shelf and built in tray. C. Glass: l/4-inch tempered. If tempered glass is not available in the unit submitted, provide the least bullet resistant glazing 2.3 HARDWARE A. Manufacturer's standard for unit provided including deal tray closure and draft :tree talk-through. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Pre-glazed Fabrication: Pre-glaze window units at the factory. Comply with glass and glazing requirements of Section 08800 of these specifications and AAMA ] 0] . B. All tTame and vent joints shall be factory sealed with sealant confonning to AAMA 800. 2.5 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. Apply on clean extrusions :tree :trom surface blemishes or scratches. B. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" confonn to the system established by the A]uminum Association for designating aluminum fmishes. C. AAMA 607 clear anodized fmish confonning to AAMIOC22A4] Class I, .7 mils thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.] INSPECTION 08522 - 2 PASS THROUGH WINDOWS 0420809 16C6 A. Inspect openings before beginning installation. Verify that rough or masonry opening is correct and the sill plate is level. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Compounds, joint fillers, and gaskets to be installed after installation of window units are specified as work in another section in Division 7. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of windows. Exercise care to avoid damage to protective coatings and fmishes. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. B. Clean glass of pre glazed units promptly after installation of windows. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Initiate and maintain protection and other precautions required through the remainder of the construction period, to ensure that, except for normal weathering, window units will be free of damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08522 0420809 PASS THROUGH WINDOWS 08522 - 3 -_.,.,~_.__. 16C6 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for complete and proper installation of door hardware including but not limited to locks, levers, pulls, exit devices, closers, butts, weatherstripping, astragals, coordinators, door holders, kick plates, push plates and silencers. All hardware provided shall comply with the requirements of the Vertical Standards for Collier County Government Buildings (through Revision V, 2/17/04). B. The intent of the hardware specification is to specify the hardware for all doors in this project, and to establish a type, continuity, and standard of quality; however, it shall be the door hardware supplier's responsibility for thoroughly reviewing existing and new conditions, schedules, Specifications, Drawings, and other Contract Documents to verify the suitability of the hardware specified. The door hardware supplier shall be responsible for furnishing proper hardware for every door opening indicated or scheduled, regardless of whether a hardware set is listed or not. C. No additional monies will be allowed for omissions, changes, or corrections necessary to facilitate proper function and installation of door hardware. D. All door hardware shall be ADA compliant. E. All keys shall be brass composition and shall be stamped "DO NOT DUPLICATE". Discard construction keys and re-key entrance lock after final acceptance. F. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: Shall be a recognized door hardware supplier who has in his employment an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available at reasonable times during the course of the Work for project hardware consultation. Supplier shall meet with Owner to finalize keying and hardware requirements and shall have direct experience and knowledge of Collier County's requirements. In addition, the supplier/contractor shall be approved by Collier County and have a successful history in previous projects. B. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (i.e., hinges, lock sets, exit devices, and closers) from manufacturers meeting Collier County requirements. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. After door hardware has been installed and before acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall check all items for proper operation, make necessary adjustments, and turn over keys to the Owner after demonstrating the keying system and the proper operation and maintenance of hardware items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HARDWARE MATERIALS AND FABRICATION 0420809 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-1 .._~,,-,.._-----"-..-'..- A. Fasteners: Furnish hardware manufactured to conform to published temPlat~ 4-~ éa21 for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepar~r self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. B. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Furnish Phillips flat head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed screws to match the hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match the fmish of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" on surfaces to receive painted finish. C. Furnish concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when the door is closed, except to the extent that no standard manufactured units of the type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts with grommet units for installation where the nut on the opposite face is exposed under any condition. In such cases provide sex bolts and machine screws. D. Furnish fasteners which are compatible with both the unit fastened and the substrate and which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware, base material, or fastener. E. Hand of Door: Drawings show the swing or hand of each door leaf (left, right, reverse bevel), from key side of door. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of the door swing as shown. 2.2 HARDWARE FINISHES A. All door hardware shall be non-ferrous, commercial grade. Plain or painted steel hardware is not permitted. B. Match the finish of every hardware unit at each door or opening, to the greatest extent possible, except as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and textures as much as commercially possible where the base metal or metal forming process is different for individual units of hardware exposed at the same door or opening. Match items to the manufacturer's standard fmish for latch and lock set for color and texture. C. Standard Finish Designations: The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware fmishes are those listed in "Materials and Finishes Standard 1301" by BHMA, including coordination with the traditional U.S. fmishes shown by certain manufacturers for their products. 2.3 MANUFACTURERS A. Match existing hardware for new and replacement doors. Where matched hardware is not available, provide hardware from the manufacturers listed below, subject to the Owner's approval. Approved manufacturers are: Schlage, LCN, Von Duprin, Desco, Hager, Ives, Rockwood and Pemko. Item Acceptable Substitutes Hinges Hager Panic Devices Yon Duprin, Number 88, no substitutions. Locks & Latches Schlage B-Series, 6-pin cylinder with E-keyway only. Key to match County keying system. C-keyway may not be used. Standard Lockset/Leverset Schlage D-Series. Use L-Series where required for security or 08710-2 FINISH HARDWARE 0420809 16C6 other program requirements. Standard Pulls Rockwood Barrier -Free series or County approved equal. Door Closers LCN Model 4041 Super Smoothie series, no substitutions. Adjust to meet ADA and F AC requirements. Exterior Thresholds Pemko 2005 with raised vinyl seal or exact equal. Do not use flush or saddle-type thresholds at exterior locations. Weather-stripping Pemko PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units according to manufacturer's specifications and FBC. B. Drill and countersink units which are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. c. Cut and fit threshold and floor covers to profile of door frames with mitered comers and hairline joints. Join units with concealed welds or concealed mechanical joints. Cut smooth openings for spindles, bolts, and similar items. D. Anchor thresholds to substrate with cadmium plated machine screws. E. At exterior doors and elsewhere as indicated, set thresholds in a bed of either butyl rubber sealant or polyisobuylene mastic sealant to completely fill concealed voids and exclude moisture from every source. Do not plug drainage holes or block weeps. Remove excess sealants. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING OF DOOR HARDWARE A. Adjust and clean each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Hardware adjustments shall be compliant with ADA and Florida Accessibility Code requirements. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Continued Maintenance Service: Approximately 6 months after the acceptance of hardware in each area, the Installer shall return to the project and readjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. Replace hardware items which have deteriorated or failed. 3.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. General: Provide hardware for each door to comply with the following schedule of hardware sets. B. New hardware shall match existing equipment. For specified items without existing precedent on site, provide suitable device from one of the approved manufacturers. 0420809 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-3 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 16 C6-"1 .<1; t Set #1 1-112 PR 1 1 1 1 I 1 Set #2 1-112 PR 1 5 ea. Set #3 1-1/2 PR 1 I 5 ea. Set #4 1-1/2 PR I 1 I 5 ea. I Set #5 1-1/2 PR 1 5 ea. I Set #6 1-1/2 PR 1 1 I 5 ea. 1 08710-4 Hinges Lockset Panic Hardware Closer Threshold Sweep Weatherstrip Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 ~" x 4 W', vandal resistant Rim lock with thumb lever Von Duprin No. 88 Heavy duty, parallel ann with cam type hold open Pemko 2005 Pemko Pemko, perimeter Hinges Lockset Silencers Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 W' x 4 W' NRP Keyed office set Jamb and head mounted Hinges Lockset Closer Silencers Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 W' x 4 W' NRP Privacy set Heavy duty, parallel ann with cam type hold open Jamb and head mounted Hinges Push Pull Closer Silencers Mop Plate Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 W' x 4 ~" NRP Stainless plate Rockwood Barrier Free Heavy duty, parallel ann with cam type hold open Jamb and head mounted Stainless Hinges Lockset Silencers Mop Plate Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 W' x 4 W' NRP Store room set with interior thumb turn or override Jamb and head mounted Stainless Hinges Push Pull Closer Silencers Kick Plate Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 W' x 4 W' NRP Stainless plate Rockwood Barrier Free Heavy duty, parallel ann with cam type hold open Jamb and head mounted Stainless FINISH HARDWARE 0420809 Set #7 1-1/2 PR 1 1 2 1 1 1 0420809 16C6 Hinges Lockset Panic Hardware Closer Threshold Sweep Weatherstrip Heavy duty, ball bearing, butt type, 4 W' x 4 W', vandal resistant Storefront keyed rim lock Storefront lever bar type with dogging device Heavy duty, parallel arm with cam type hold open Pemko 2005 Pemko Pemko, perimeter END OF SECTION FINISH HARDWARE 08710-5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1 " ,S"E, CTION 08800 6 C 6 ¥" t.'" GLAZING w·· ,,". 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. 1 inch insulated units 2. 1/4 inch tinted tempered glass 3. 1/4 inch clear tempered glass 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. B. Deterioration of Insulated Glass: Failure of the hermetic seal under normal use due to causes other than glass breakage and improper practices for maintaining, and cleaning insulating glass. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on the interior surfaces of glass. Improper practices for maintaining and cleaning glass do not comply with the manufacturer's directions. B. Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated glass standard. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated on Drawings are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat-treated) to meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Minimum glass thickness, nominally, ofIites in exterior walls is 6.0 mm (0.23 inch). 2. Tinted and heat-absorbing glass thicknesses for each tint indicated are the same throughout Project. 3. Minimum glass thicknesses of lites, whether composed of annealed or heat-treated glass, are selected so the worst-case probability of failure does not exceed the following: a. 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically and under wind action. Determine minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass according to ASTM E 1300. For other than monolithic annealed glass, determine thickness per glass manufacturer's standard method of analysis including applying adjustment factors to ASTM E 1300 based on type of glass. 0420809 GLAZING 08800 - I c. l.h (' L",\ Nonnal thennal movement results from the following maximum change (range) i ~t ~ Qacc4 " temperatures acting on glass-framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation " on materials' actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): ]20 deg F, ambient; ]80 deg F, material surfaces. ] .4 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Samples for verification purposes of 12-inch-square samples of each type of glass indicated except for clear monolithic glass products, and 12-inch-long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. C. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifYing that their products comply with specified requirements. 1. Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's penn anent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. E. Compatibility test report from manufacturer of insulating glass edge sealant indicating that glass edge sealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials including sealants, glazing tape, gaskets, setting blocks, and edge blocks. F. Product test reports for each type of glazing sealant and gasket indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. G. Maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. H. Submit warranties as specified herein. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations and with the Consumer Product Safety Commission CPSC 16 CFR 1201 and with applicable recommendations of Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) "Glazing Manual." B. Provide labels showing glass manufacturer's identity, type of glass, thickness, and quality. Labels shall remain on glass until it has been set and approved by the Architect. C. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing tenns not otherwise defmed in this Section or in referenced standards. 08800 - 2 GLAZING 0420809 16C6 .~ 1. FGMA Publications: "FGMA Glazing Manual." 2. LSGA Publications: "LSGA Design Guide." 3. SIGMA Publications: TM-3000 "Vertical Glazing Guidelines" and TB-3001 "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." D. Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.l and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently marked either on spacers or at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: 2. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). 3. Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALl). 4. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL). F. Glazier Qualifications: Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in-service performance. G. Single-Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product indicated below: 1. Primary glass of each (ASTM C 1036) type and class indicated. 2. Heat-treated glass of each (ASTM C 1048) condition indicated. 3. Laminated glass of each (ASTM C 1172) kind indicated. 4. Insulating glass of each construction indicated. G. Single-Source Responsibility for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver glass to site in suitable containers that will protect glass from the weather and from breakage. Carefully store material, as directed, in a safe place where breakage can be reduced to a minimum. Deliver sufficient glass to allow for normal breakage. Glazing compounds shall arrive at the project site in labeled containers which have not been opened. B. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 0420809 GLAZING 08800 - 3 -,_.~_.~'-~ 16C6 I. Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 40 deg F. I .8 WARRANTY A. Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Warranty on Laminated Glass: Submit written warranty signed by insulating glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those laminated glass units that deteriorate as defined in the "Defmitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture, fi-eight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Warranty on Insulating Glass: Submit written warranty signed by manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating glass units that deteriorate as defmed in "Defmitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture, fi-eight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. l. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years fi-om the Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Primary Glass: Provide products fi-om one of the following: I. PPG; http://www.ppg.comlglsppgglass/main.htm 2. Guardian; http://www.guardian.comlindex.htm 3. Pilkington; http://buildingproducts.us.pilkington.comlsunmanagementlindex.htm 4. AFGD (American Flat Glass Distributors); http://www.afgd.coml B. Architectural Glass Fabricators: Provide products fi-om one of the following: I. All of the above primary glass manufacturers. 2. Globe-Amerada Glass; http://www.globeamerada.coml 3. Interpane High-Performance Glass Products; http://www.interpane.coml 4. Tempglass; http://www.hgp.comlmainfi-ame.htm?tempglass.htm 5. Viracon; http://www.viracon.coml 6. Laminated Glass Corporation; http://www.laminatedglass.coml 7. Arch Amarlite; http://www.amarlite.coml 2.2 GLASS TYPES AND USAGE 08800 - 4 GLAZING 0420809 16C6 ...,....,."'" ~. A. Exterior: . 1. Glass for Doors: 114-inch clear, tempered 2. Glass for Windows: 1 inch insulated, tinted solargray B. Interior: 1/4 inch thick clear tempered 2.3 PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class as indicated below, and Quality q3 (glazing select). 1. Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Class 2 (tinted, heat-absorbing, and light-reducing) where indicated. 2.4 HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS A. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. B. Uncoated, Clear, Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class I (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), kind as indicated below. 1. Kind FT (fully tempered) where indicated. C. Uncoated, Tinted, Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 2 (tinted heat-absorbing and light-reducing), Quality q3 (glazing select), with tint color and perfonnance characteristics for 6.0-mm-thick (0.23-inch-thick) glass matching those indicated for annealed primary tinted float glass; kind as indicated below: 1. Kind FT (fully tempered) where indicated. 2.5 LAMINATED GLASS PRODUCTS A. Laminated Glass Products: Comply with ASTM C 1 172 for kinds of laminated glass indicated and other requirements specified, including those in Laminated Glass Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. Refer to primary and heat-treated glass requirements relating to properties of glass products comprising laminated glass products. B. Interlayer: Interlayer material as indicated below, in clear or colors, and of thickness indicated with a: proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after laminating glass lites and installation. 1. Interlayer Material: Urethane acrylate resin. 2. A vailable Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, the plastic interlayer products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: C. Laminating Process: Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign substances and air or glass pockets as follows: 0420809 GLAZING 08800 - 5 ... 111' ¡. _" .,,"'-,-«-,~.~ _...-"--'''~' ~...._..,..,-"...~. 16C6 I. Laminate lites with urethane acrylate resin by exposing assembled units to ultraviolet light after pumping interlayer material into space between lites. D. Laminated Glass shall meet Miami-Dade County, Florida wind Loading criteria for impact resistance, latest edition. Submit written verification that Laminated glass has south Florida approvals. 2.6 INSULATING GLASS PRODUCTS A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Pre-assembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of glass separated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASTM E 774 and with other requirements indicated. I. For properties of individual glass lites making up units, refer to requirements specified elsewhere in this Section applicable to types, classes, kinds, and conditions of glass products comprising lites of insulating glass units. 2. Provide laminated, tinted glass on exterior pane. Interior to be 1/4-inch clear tempered 3. Full thickness of insulated unit to be 1 inch. 2.7 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS A. Provide materials as recommended by the manufacturer for the required application and condition of installation in each case. Provide only compounds which are proven to be fully compatible with surfaces contacted. B. Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant: Shall be silicon rubber, one part elastomeric sealant complying with FS TT-S-001543, Class A. Provide acid type for nonporous channel surfaces and provide nonacid medium-modulus type for porous channel surfaces. C. Prefonned Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant: Shall be tape or ribbon (coiled on release paper) of polymerized butyl or mixture of butyl and polisobutylene, compounded with inert fillers and pigments, solven-based with minimum of 95 percent solids with thread or fabric reinforcement, tack-free within 24 hours, paintable, nonstaining. 1. Provide combination tape and encased continuous rubber shim of approximately 50 durometer hardness. 2.8 GLAZING GASKETS A. Lock-Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded comer units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C 542, black. B. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 2. Neoprene, ASTM C 864. 3. Silicone, ASTM C 1115. 3. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C 1115. 4. Any material indicated above. 08800 - 6 GLAZING 0420809 16C6 'IIif' ~trj C. Manufacturers: 1. Lock-Strip Gaskets: Stanlock Div., Griffith Rubber Mills 2. Prefonned Gaskets: a. Advanced Elastomer Systems, L.P. b. Schnee-Morehead, Inc. c. Tremco, Inc. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side-walking). F. Compressible Filler Rod: Shall be closed-cell or waterproof jacketed rodstock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam with proven compatibility with sealants used. Rod shall be flexible and resilient with 5-10 PSI compression strength for 25 percent deflection. 2.8 F ABRlCA TION OF GLASS A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system perfonnance requirements. B. Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with indoor and outdoor faces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass required, except as otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand nonnal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating sash and doors) without failure, including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and air tight, deterioration of glazing materials, and other defects in the Work. 0420809 GLAZING 08800 - 7 16Cb ~,. B. Protect glass from edge damage at all times during handling, installation, and operation of the building. C. Glazing channel dimensions as shown are intended to provide for necessary minimum bite on the glass, minimum edge clearance, and adequate sealant thicknesses with reasonable tolerances. The glazier is responsible for correct glass size for each opening within the tolerances and necessary dimensions established. D. Comply with combined recommendations of glass manufacturer and manufacturer of sealants and other materials used in glazing and their technical representatives except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. E. Comply with "Glazing Manual" by Flat Glass Marketing Association and the manufacturers of the glass and glazing materials except as shown and specified otherwise. F. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation and eliminate those which have observable edge damage or face imperfections. G. Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattern, draw, and blow oriented in the same direction as other pieces. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following: I. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at comers. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.4 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Glazing channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass, minimum' edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. C. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: 08800 - 8 GLAZING 0420809 16C6 1. Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass comers. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings; do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. Rotate glass lites with flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges are located at top of opening, unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's label. 2. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant-substrate testing. E. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing standard, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches (length plus height) as follows: 1. Locate spacers inside, outside, and directly opposite each other. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide lI8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. 1. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at comers and instal1 gaskets in manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent comers from pulling away; seal comer joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.5 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation. B. Secure compression gaskets in place with joints located at comers to compress gaskets producing a . weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. C. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 0420809 GLAZING 08800 - 9 16C6"J 3.6 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant fTom extruding into glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant perfonnance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away fTom glass. Install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 3.7 LOCK-STRIP GASKET GLAZING A. Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's printed recommendations. Provide supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect exterior glass fTom breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to fTaming held away fTom glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpennanent labels, and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass fTom contact with contaminating substances resulting fTom construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at fTequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove as recommended by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period. E. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08800 08800 - 10 GLAZING 0420809 1 t} Division 9 Finishes 16C6 SECTION 09200 STUCCO PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes portland cement stucco 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Specifications and installation instructions for each product, including material certificates for aggregate showing compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Samples for verification purposes in units at least 12 inches square of fmish indicated, in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing full range of variations expected. ] .3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain stucco (cement plaster), Portland cement plaster, and lath from a single manufacturer. B. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of suspension system components for suspended ceilings with other work supported by or penetrating through ceiling. ].4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver manufactured materials in the original packages, containers, or bundles and bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand. Except as otherwise specified herein, the mixing, installation, and application of manufactured material shall be in strict accordance with the printed directions of the manufacturer. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack self-furring lath flat to prevent deformation. C. Handle self-furring lath to prevent damage to edges, ends, or surfaces. Protect metal comer beads and trim from being bent or damaged. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after application of plaster. B. Protect contiguous work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration and other harmful effects that might result from plastering. ].6 TESTING 0420809 STUCCO 09200 - 1 16C6 A. At Architect's discretion, performance testing for strength, fastening, thickness, framing, mixtures, code, standard requirements: Provided to assure specifications compliance. Initial costs will be by the Owner, unless test results are unsatisfactory. B. Replace unsatisfactory work at no additional cost. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STUCCO (CEMENT PLASTER) MA TERlALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Expanded Metal Lath: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO) b. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. c. Unimast, Inc. d. Western Metal Lath Co. 2.2 LATH A. Expanded Metal Lath: Fabricate expanded metal lath from uncoated or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet to produce lath complying with ASTM C 847 for type, configuration, and other characteristics indicated below, with uncoated steel sheet painted after fabrication into lath. I. Diamond Mesh Lath: Comply with the following requirements: a. Configuration: Flat. b. Weight: 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd. c. Paper Backing: Where paper-backed diamond mesh lath is indicated, provide asphalt-impregnated paper factory-bonded to back and complying with FS UU-B-790, for Type I, Grade D (vapor permeable), Style 2. B. Lath Attachment Devices: Devices of material and type required by referenced standards and recommended by lath manufacturer for secure attachment of lath to framing members and of lath to lath. I. Lath attachment shall be designed by a structural engineer in the State of Florida. Submit loading requirements and fastening requirements with shop drawing submittals. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. All metal accessories such as metal comer beads, casing beads, and the like are to be solid zinc- alloy. B. Glass fiber mesh shall be Type 207 A, Perma- Tite glass mesh 10 x 10 construction, white resin coated, conforming to ASTM D1668, Type III, self-adhering. Manufacturer: Perma-Glass-Mesh Corporation, Dover, Ohio. 09200 - 2 STUCCO 0420809 16C6~{~i 2.5 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER MA TERlALS A. Base Coat Cements: Masonry cement, ASTM C 91, Type N. B. Factory-Prepared Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard requiring addition of water only; white unless otherwise indicated. c. Lime: Special hydrated lime for fmishing purposes, ASTM C 206, Type S, or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes, ASTM C 207, Type S. D. Sand Aggregate for Base Coats: ASTM C 897. E. Aggregate for Finish Coats: ASTM C 897, manufactured of natural white sand. F. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant (AR) glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch long, rree of contaminates, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Drinkable and rree of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories. B. Bonding Agent for Portland Cement Plaster: ASTM C 932. 2.7 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS A. Comply with ASTM C 926 for portland cement plaster base and fmish coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, materials, and other requirements indicated. B. Portland Cement Plaster Base Coat Mixes and Compositions: Proportion materials for respective base coats in parts by volume for cementitous materials and in parts by volume per sum of cementitous materials for aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below within limits specified to attain workability. 1. Fiber Content: Add fiber to following mixes after ingredients have mixed at least 2 minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's directions but do not to exceed 2 lbs. per cu. ft. of cementitious materials. Reduce aggregate quantities accordingly to maintain workability. C. Factory-Prepared Portland Cement Finish Coats: Add water only; comply with finish coat manufacturer's directions. 2.8 MIXING A. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 0420809 STUCCO 09200 - 3 3.1 INSPECTION 16C6 ..~ ~~ :¡~i A. Examine surfaces to be plastered. Do not begin application of plaster until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF LATHING, GENERAL A Portland Cement Plaster Lathing and Furring Installation Standard: Install lathing and furring materials indicated for portland cement plaster to comply with ASTM C 1063. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at tenninations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, and similar work to comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable published recommendations of gypsum plaster manufacturer or, if not available, of "Gypsum Construction Handbook" published by United States Gypsum Co. C. Isolation: Where lathing and metal support system abuts building structure horizontally and where partition/wall work abuts overhead structure, isolate the. work from structural movement sufficiently to prevent transfer of loading into the work from the building structure. Install slip- or cushion-type joints to absorb deflections but maintain lateral support. I. Frame both sides of control and expansion joints independently, and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORlES A. Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at comers; install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and alignment during plastering. I. External Comers: Install comer reinforcement at external comers. 2. Tenninations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect: a. Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. b. Distance between Control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet in either direction or a length-to-width ratio of 2-1/2 to 1. c. Wall Areas: Not more than 144 sq. ft. d. Horizontal Surfaces: Not more than 100 sq. ft. in area. e. Where plaster panel sizes or dimensions change, extend joints full width or height of plaster membrane. 3.4 INSTALLATION (STUCCO) A Install glass fiber mesh at 45 degree angle at openings in the plane of the stucco surface such as doors and windows. Mesh strips shall be 4 inches wide and a minimum of 9 inches long, installed in accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions. 09200 - 4 STUCCO 0420809 16C6 3.5 CEMENT (STUCCO) PLASTERING A. Cement (stucco) plastering shall be three coat work 7/8 inch thick. B. Mixing: Use mechanical mixers of approved type. Keep mixer and tools clean. Re-tempering will not be permitted. C. Scratch Coat: Approximately 3/8 inch thick (or as required), applied with pressure and heavily cross scratched. D. Brown Coat: Approximately 3/8 inch thick (or as required), applied with pressure and brought to an even surface with wood float, then cross scratched. E. Finish Coat: Approximately 118 inch thick. Apply with wood float and stucco texture with steel trowel as required. 1. Texture: match existing adjacent surfaces F. Moisture Retention, Curing 1. Dampen previous plaster coats which have dried out prior to time for application of next coat. Dampen with water as required for uniform suction. Determine the most effective procedure for curing and time lapse between application of coats based on climatic and job conditions. Plaster which is cracked or crazed due to improper timing and curing will not be accepted. Remove and replace defective plaster base materials if damaged during removal of defective plaster (stucco). 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Cut, patch, point up, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore cracks, dents, and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, excessive crazing and check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to the substrate has failed. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces that are not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces that have been stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during the plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and equipment and clean floors of plaster debris. B. Provide fmal protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer that ensures plaster work being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09200 0420809 STUCCO 09200 - 5 16C6 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing 2. Gypsum board 3. Exterior gypsum soffit board 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM Cl1 and GA-505 for defmitions of terms related to gypsum board assemblies not defmed in this Section or in other referenced standards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data on wall boards, metal studs, deflection track, and other shapes, fasteners, and finishing materials. B. Shop Drawings: Show both rated ad non-rated deflection track details. Include testing laboratory's assembly number for the rated conditions. c. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of gypsum board assembly components certifying that products comply with specified requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to "Recommended Specification on Levels of Gypsum Board Finish" as published by the Gypsum Association (and A WCI/CISCAlPDCA) for fmish levels required herein. B. Single-Source Responsibility: 1. Obtain steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies from a single manufacturer. 2. Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. 3. Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer. C. Any board that has become wet at any point prior to the Date of Substantial Completion shall be replaced, including board that has been installed and installed and finished. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. 0420809 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 1 16C6'~ -1 B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage ITom weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. C. Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. D. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal trim accessories. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations. B. Room Temperatures: Maintain not less than 40 degrees F. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces, as required, for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot dry weather to prevent fmishing materials from drying too rapidly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. I MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Steel Framing and Furring: a. Clark Steel Framing, Middletown, Ohio; http://www.clarksteel.coml b. Consolidated Systems, Inc., Columbia, South Carolina; http://www.consolidatedmetal.comlwelcome.htm c. Dale/Incor Industries, Inc., Dearborn, Michigan; http://www.daleincor.coml d. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; http://www.dietrichindustries.coml e. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co., Charlotte, North Carolina; http://www.nationalgvpsum.coml f. Unimast Inc.; http://www.unimast.comlindex.html 2. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. Georgia-Pacific Corp., Atlanta, Georgia; http://www.gp.coml b. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co., Charlotte, North Carolina; http://www.nationalgypsum.coml c. Lafarge Gypsum, Herndon, Virginia; http://www.lafargecorp.coml d. Fry Reglet, Alpharetta, Georgia; http://www.ftvreglet.coml e. Pittcon Industries, Riverdale, Maryland; http://www.pittconindustries.coml f. United States Gypsum Company http://www.usg.com 2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS 09250 - 2 GYPSUM BOARD 0420809 16C6 '" ~ A. Provide components of sizes indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. B. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 1. Tie wire shall be 18 gage galvanized annealed wire. 2. Hanger wire shall be 8 gage galvanized annealed wire. C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel and zinc-coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. D. Flat Hangers: Mild steel and zinc-coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. E. Angle-Type Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8-inch wide, fonned from 0.0635-inch thick galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 446 Coating Designation G90, with bolted connections and 5/16-inch diameter bolts. F. Channels: Cold-rolled steel, 0.05980-inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7/16- inch wide flanges, and as follows: 1. Carrying Channels: 1-1/2 inch deep, 475 pounds per 1000 feet, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Furring Channels: 7/8-inch deep, 325 pounds per 1000 feet, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Finish: G-90 hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM A 525 for framing for exterior soffits and where indicated. G. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat-shaped, depth of 7/8-inch, and minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal as follows: 1. Thickness: 0.0329-inch, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: G40 hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM A 525. J. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to fonn 3/16-inch wide minimum lip (return), 20 gage. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements: I. Component Sizes and Spacings: As indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM C 754 under the following maximum deflection and lateral loading conditions: a. Maximum Deflection: L/240 at 5 pound-foot per square foot. 2. Protective Coating: G-40 hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM C 645. B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 deg and doubled over to fonn 3/16-inch wide minimum lip (return). C. Steel Rigid Furring (Hat) Channels: ASTM C 645, hat-shaped, 7/8-inch deep, 20 gage. 0420809 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 3 16C6". ; D. Furring Brackets: Serrated-arm type, adjustable, fabricated from corrosion-resistant steel sheet complying with ASTM C 645, minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal of 0.0329 inch, designed for screw attachment to steel studs and steel rigid furring channels used for furring. E. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. F. Unless indicated otherwise, metal stud framing shall be fonned from the following gauge metal. If two conditions apply in the following listing, use the heavier gauge: 1. Framed openings (heads and jambs of door and window openings) - 16 gage. a. 16 gage studs include both (2) studs at each jamb, full height, and horizontal headers. 2. Remaining metal studs - 20 gage. G. Shaft Wall: Refer to referenced UL assembly for size and profile. 2.4 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS A. Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available, minimizing joints. 1. Thickness: Provide gypsum board SIB-inch thick to comply with ASTM C 840 for application system and support spacing indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: 1. Type X. WR Type X where indicated. 2. Edges: Tapered C. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Sl8-lnch FireCode Ceiling Board by United States Gypsum Company. Soffit panels shall be surfaced with water repellant paper on front, back and along edges, complying with ASTM C93 I, Type X. I. 5/8-lnch Fire-Shield Soffit Board by Gold Bond, National Gypsum Company is also acceptable. 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Comer beads, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: I. Material: Fonned metal, complying with the following requirement: a. Sheet steel zinc-coated by hot-dip process. 2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. I designations in ASTM C 1047: a. Comerbead on outside comers, unless otherwise indicated. 09250 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD 0420809 " .!,¡ b. LC-bead with both face and back flanges; face flange fonned to receive joint compound. Use LC-beads for edge trim unless otherwise indicated. c. L-bead with face flange only; face flange fonned to receive joint compound. Use L-bead where indicated. d. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange fonned to be left without application of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated. e. One-piece control joint fonned with V-shaped slot, with removable strip covering slot opening. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. C. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged, job-mixed, chemical- hardening powder products fonnulated for uses indicated. 3. Where setting-type joint compounds are indicated as a taping compound only or for taping and filling only, use fonnulation that is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. 4. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use fonnulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. 5. For topping compound, use sandable fonnulation. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: I. Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.03 inch thick. 2. Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board. C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal frames, cast-in-anchors, and structural fTaming for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting perfonnance of assemblies. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION 0420809 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 5 -<.,'-_.._-~.~~._<---- .""'~'-"..'--~_.....~-_.'~-"--"<'". - 16C6 :. A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings. I. Furnish devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination with other construction. 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel !Taming to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to !Taming installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. C. Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. Use vertical sliding slide clip application or use of deflection track and plate track two-piece system, or slip-joint with U-channel. I . Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. 2. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, including steel beams, steel joists, at bottom of roof decks and floor decks, except at floor. a. Provide slip-type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. 3. Rated Deflection Track: Maintain continuity offrre-resistance-rated assembly indicated. D. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members. Independently !Tame both sides of joints with !Taming or furring members as indicated. E. Provide all required accessories for a complete installation in every respect. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows: I. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system .members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 09250 - 6 GYPSUM BOARD 0420809 î ,1.'''';;;'1..) ~. ~. ~ ! : ¿ ~1J t;;t!J 4. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 7. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes or conduit. B. Sway-brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. C. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard. 1. Wire Hangers: 0.1 620-inch (8-gage) diameter, 4 feet o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 1-]/2 inch, 4 feet o.c. 3. Rigid Furring Channels (Furring Members): ]6 inches o.c. D. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross-furring members or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in ]2 feet as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. E. Wire-tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. 3.5 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. I. Where metal framing is installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall. a. Metal framing includes Z-furring channels, hat-shaped furring, and metal studs. B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Cut studs 1/2 inch short of full height. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. D. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacing indicated but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard to comply with maximum deflection and minimum loading requirements specified. E. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction and so that leading edges or ends of each gypsum board can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 0420809 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 7 16C6 :4 F. Frame door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA-219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to fi:ames or to jamb anchor clips on door fi:ames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. 2. Extend vertical jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. G. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, ifnone indicated, in same manner as required for door openings. Install fi:aming below sílls of openings to match fi:aming required above door heads. 3.6 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-2l6. B. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one fi-aming member. C. Install wall/partition board panels to minimize the number of abutting end joints or avoid them entirely. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one fi:aming member in alternate courses of board. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontaJly with end abutting joints over studs and staggered. D. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. E. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position adjoining panels so that tapered edges abut tapered edges, and field-cut edges abut field-cut edges and ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints at comers offi-amed openings where possible. E Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so that the leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. G. Attach gypsum panels to fi:aming provided at openings and cutouts. H. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber including floor joists and headers. Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. I. Spot grout hollow metal door fi-ames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. . J. Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting fi:aming behind gypsum panels. Provide vertical control joints spread not more than 30 feet on center in partitions. 09250 - 8 GYPSUM BOARD 0420809 16C6 1. Control Joint: Apply over face of gypsum board where specified. Cut to length with a fine-toothed hacksaw (32 teeth per inch). Cut end joints square, butt together and align to provide neat fit. Attach control joint to gypsum board with fasteners spaced 6 inches o.c. maximum along each flange. Remove plastic tape after fmishing with joint compound or veneer fmish. b. Leave a I/2-inch continuous opening between gypsum boards for insertion of surface-mounted joint. c. Interrupt wood floor and ceiling plates with a I/2-inch gap, wherever there is a control joint in the structure. d. Do not attach gypsum board to steel studs on one side of control joint. e. Provide separate supports for each control joint flange. f. Provide an adequate seal and an additional layer of Type "X" gypsum board behind control joints where sound or fire ratings are prime considerations. K. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (Le. above ceilings), except in chase walls that are braced internally. 2. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 3. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 4. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile fonned by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4 to 112-inch wide joints to install sealant. L. Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1I4-inch to 112-inch wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. M. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and fmishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 3.7 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS A. Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: 5. Ceilings: Apply gypsum panels prior to walllpartition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Partitions/walls: Apply gypsum panels vertically or horizontally. Use maximum length panels to minimize end joints. 3. Z-furring: Apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. B. Wall Tile Substrates: For substrates indicated to receive thin-set ceramic tile and similar rigid applied wall finishes, comply with manufacturer's installation directions. C. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with screws. D. Interior GWB Ceilings: Apply exterior gypsum soffit board panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered over supports. Install with 1I4-inch open space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations. 0420809 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 9 '"...,"_.,....,._<-_.._<..._--,--_..""'.--_.."'.~ 1. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws. 16C6!11 3.8 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to traming with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. B. Install comer beads at external comers. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed or semiexposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange fonned to receive joint compound except where other types are indicated. 1. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to traming or supporting substrate. 2. Install L-bead where edge trims can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. 3. Install U-bead where indicated. D. Install control joints at locations indicated, and where not indicated according to ASTM C 840, and in locations approved by Architect for visual effect. E. All trim, accessories and comer beads shall be installed using screws. "Crimping" tool and staple attachment is not allowed. 3.9 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of comer bead, edge trim, and control joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration and levels of gypsum board fmish indicated. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to trim accessories with concealed face flanges as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer and as required to prevent cracks trom developing in joint compound at flange edges. D. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board fmish per GA-214. 1. Level 0: No taping, finishing, or accessories required. This level of fmish shall be used in temporary construction only. 2. Level I: Joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound. Surface shall be tree of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. This fmish level shall be used in plenum areas above ceilings, in attics, in areas where the assembly is concealed. 3. Level 2: Joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and one separate coat of joint compound applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Surface shall be tree of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. This finish level shall be used where tile backing board (ASTM C630) is used as a substrate for tile only. 09250 - 10 GYPSUM BOARD 0420809 16C6 4. Level 3: Joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Note: It is recommended that the prepared surface be coated with a primer/sealer prior to the application of fmal finishes. See painting/wall covering specification in this regard. This fmal level shall be used in areas that are to receive heavy textured, thick (l/8 inch or greater) wall coverings. 5. Level 4: Joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and three separate coats of joint compound applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Note: Prepare surface to be coated with a primer/sealer prior to the application of final fmishes. This finish level shall be used where textured finishes, wall coverings, and painted finishes are to be applied. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Provide fmal protection and maintain conditions to ensure gypsum board assemblies remain without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09250 0420809 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 11 16C6 SECTION 09300 TILE PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Quarry tile 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Actual tile section and grout sample for color match confIrmation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work done under this Section of the SpecifIcations shall be performed by mechanics skilled and experienced in the class of Work involved. Workmanship shall be in accordance with best trade practices, and surface shall be true to line and free from waves and other imperfections. Joints between tiles shall be maintained uniform and even and properly grouted. 1.4 PROJECT COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Colors, surface textures, and other appearance characteristics shall match the existing tile to the fullest extent possible. Architect will have fInal approval. 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A. Return all unused whole tile to Owner for attic stock PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers Quarry tile 1. American Olean Tile Co. Inc., Lansdale, Pennsylvania 2. Summitville Tiles, Inc., SummitviIle, Ohio 3. Dal-Tile Corporation, Dallas, Texas 4. Metropolitan Ceramics, Canton, Ohio 5. United States Ceramics, East Sparta, Ohio 6. Interceramic Tile Company, Garland, Texas 7. Lonestar Mosaics, Dallas, Texas B. Manufacturers of mortars and grouts 1. American Olean Tile Co., Inc. 2. H. B. Fuller Co. 3. Laticrete International, Inc. 4. Mapei Corporation 0420809 TILE 09300 - 1 _.;-~"~..~.._"'~""-_....~,-,~---~,_..._--_... 16C6 5. Summitville Tiles, Inc. 6. Upco Co. Div., Emhart Corp. 2.2 QUARRY TILE A. Provide special shapes such as cove base to match existing construction. 2.3 SETTING MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM CI50 Type I. B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI AI18.4. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C206 or C207 Type S. D. Sand: ASTM C144. E. Water: Clean and drinkable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL A. Latex Underlayment: Quick set type, as recommended by membrane manufacturer, as required for leveling existing slab. B. Expansion Joints I. If not indicated on the Drawings, expansion joints shall be installed in accordance with the Tile Council of America, Inc., Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, latest edition, as follows: a. Interior: 24' to 36' in each direction. b. Interior tilework exposed to direct sunlight or moisture: 12' to 16' in each direction. c. Where tilework abuts restraining surfaces such as perimeter walls, dissimilar floors, curbs, columns, pipes, ceilings, and where changes occur in backing materials. d. All expansion, control, construction, cold and seismic joints in the structure shall continue through the tilework including such joints at vertical surfaces. e. Joints through tilework directly over structural joints shall never be narrower than the structural joint. 2.5 CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE A. Cleavage membrane shall comply with ANSI AI08.1. One layer of 15# felts, with 3" overlaps at all seams. 09300 - 2 TILE 0420809 16C6 ~. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Prior to installing tile, inspect new surfaces which are to receive tile covering. Do not proceed with installation until such defects or conditions have been corrected. 3.2 LAYOUT A. Match existing grout pattern. 3.3 SETTING METHODS A. Method and typical detailing for tile Work shall be in accordance with the following TCA alphanumeric method, listing from the "2001 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" by the Tile Council of America. B. Concrete Subfloors: New slabs on Grade (Thin-Set Method): TCA FII3 dry-set mortar with Tile Installation Specification ANSI AI08.5. C. Sound each tile after set. Replace all hollow sounding tile. 3.4 GROUTING A. Grouting shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A I 08.1 0 (A 108.6 for epoxy) and the manufacturer's recommended procedures and precautions during application and cleaning. B. Rinse tile work thoroughly with clean water before and after using chemical cleaners. END OF SECTION 09300 0420809 TILE 09300 - 3 16C6 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical ceilings and related items B. Review "Room Finish Schedule" and Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for layout, and pattern of acoustical units, location of recessed light fixtures, ceiling diffusers and grilles, details of suspension system, details at change of level, details at ceiling penetrations, details of fire rated acoustical treatment, access doors, special edge treatment, and necessary connections to work of other trades. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data on lay-in ceiling panels, fasteners, and grid B. Samples: 1. Manufacturer's standard sample size for each panel type specified. 2. Manufacturer's standard sample for grid showing all components in grid system. C. Qualification data for finns and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, and other infonnation specified. D. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that show compliance of acoustical ceiling system and components with building code in effect for Project. E. Sample warranty 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed acoustical ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project. B. Single-Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling unit from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. C. Single-Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of suspension system from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. D. Fire Perfonnance Characteristics: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A products. a. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 0420809 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 1 16C6 b. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. 2. Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. E. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HV AC equipment, fITe-suppression system components, and partition system. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage trom moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. D. Packages required under this Section shall be properly marked on the outside with the identification of the materials contained in the package, so that they may be readily identified with the location to be used. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Attic Stock: one unopened package of ceiling tile 1.7 WARRANTY A. Acoustical Panel: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace acoustical panels that fail within the warranty period. Failures include: sagging and warping, and rusting of the suspension system and components. B. Warranty Periods: 1. Acoustical Panels: Ten (10) years trom the Date of Substantial Completion. 2. Grid: Ten (10) years trom the Date of Substantial Completion. 3. Acoustical panels and grid system provided by the same manufacturer shall be warranted for fifteen (J 5) years trom the Date of Substantial Completion. 09510 - 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0420809 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16C6 ø ,.r.t' 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Annstrong World Industries, Lancaster, Pennsylvania 2.2 MATERIALS A. Acoustical Ceiling Tile: Shall meet Federal Specifications SS-S-118B, Class A flame spread 25, and carry UL label. Tile shall carry the humidity resistant ClimaPlus perfonnance characteristics. Finish shall be factory applied, washable, white latex paint, unless noted otherwise. 1. Cortega No. 770 square lay-in, medium texture, 5/8-inch thick by 24-inches by 24-inches. B. Standard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by reference to types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectance's, unless otherwise indicated. I. Colors and Patterns: Provide products to match appearance characteristics indicated under each product type. 2.3 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Prelude by Annstrong World Industries, Lancaster, Pennsylvania B. Suspension systems shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 635 for dimensional tolerances, coatings and fmishes, and load carrying capabilities. Individual component deflection shall not exceed 1/360 of the span. C. Finishes and Colors: Provide hot-dipped galvanized fmish (G-30 minimum) on all ceiling suspension components. Exposed surfaces of suspension system components shall receive white baked-on enamel paint. 1. High-Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635 requirements for "Coating Classification for Severe Environment Perfonnance" where high-humidity fmishes are indicated. 2. Where ClimaPlus is specified, provide heavy duty suspension system suitable for severe environmental conditions of high humidity, according to ASTM C635. Exposed framing shall be extruded aluminum with corrosion resistant fmish such as (202Rl) (204RI) anodized fmish; concealed framing shall be hot dipped galvanized. D. Acoustical Lay-In System: Grid with 15/16" face. E. Wall channel: Hemmed edge type. F. Rough Suspension Materials 1. Metal Channel Runners: 1-1/2", 475 pounds per thousand lineal feet and 3/4", 300 pounds, per thousand lineal feet, cold rolled painted channels. 2. Hanger and Tie Wire: Not less than 12 gauge galvanized soft annealed steel. G. Attachment Devices: ,Size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. 0420809 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 3 ___..~_w_..·._ PART 3 - EXECUTION 16C6 ,',,* 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which ceiling system attaches or abuts, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other sections that affect installation and anchorage of ceiling system. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination of other work. B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half-width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. C. Refer to Room Finish Schedule and Legend for spaces to receive acoustical ceiling tile. Grid shall be laid out and coordinated for lighting fixtures and mechanical system items. D. Application of acoustical treatment shall be done by the manufacturer of his authorized applicator and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications, except as herein modified. E. The installation of the ceiling shall be done prior to the installation of shelving, built-in counters, and finished floors; but after the other work in the room has been completed, including painting, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install suspension wires 4 foot on centers, maximum, both directions. Secure suspension hangers to building structure above. For lighting fixtures install hanger wires to runners at all 4 comers of fixtures. Do not attach hanger wire to 1-1/2" metal roof deck, electrical, or mechanical equipment or related support systems. I. Maximum splay of hanger wire is 10 degrees and must be offset per ASTM C 635. B. Install metal channel by saddle tying hanger wire or with leveling clips to a leveling tolerance of 1/8" in 12 feet each way. C. Install grid suspension system in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Install wall angle at intersection of suspended ceiling and vertical surfaces. Where plenum space occurs above ceiling, apply continuous ribbon of acoustical adhesive or caulking compound on top of vertical wall angle after installation. E. Install acoustical units in a true and even plane, in straight line courses following layout pattern shown in reflective ceiling plan. Fit border units neatly against vertical surfaces. 09510 - 4 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0420809 16C6 ;,;; " ,,it;. ,;, ,,¡fi1, ~. F. Just prior to Substantial Completion Inspection, remove and replace skinned, damaged, or dirty tile with new material. G. Install edge- moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. 1. Screw-attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12'-0". Miter comers accurately and connect securely. I. Install acoustical tile in coordination with suspension system. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to pennanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09510 0420809 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 5 16C6 SECTION 09660 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Vinyl composition tile (VCT). 2. Vinyl coved base. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: Certification by tile manufacturer that products supplied for tile installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOC's). B. Samples: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual tiles or sections of tiles showing full range of colors and patterns available for each type ofresilient floor tile and base indicated. C. Product certificates, in lieu of laboratory test reports when pennitted by Architect, signed by manufacturer certifying that each product complies with requirements. D. Submit results from Calcium Chloride Test and Bond and Moisture Test. E. Installer Statement of Compliance: Certify VCT is installed in accordance with manufacturer's installation manual in order to validate the manufacturer's warranty on installation integrity. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Floor Tile: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress ofthe Work. B. Contractor Qualifications: 1. Employ contractors skilled in the successful installation of the specified materials and accessories on similar projects for a minimum offive years. 2. Installing company shall employ a minimum of three (3) qualified installers with a minimum of two (2) years experience (each) installing VCT flooring. C. Fire Perfonnance Characteristics: Provide resilient floor tile with the following fire perfonnance characteristics as detennined by testing products per ASTM test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq. cm or more per ASTM E 648. 2. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662. 3. Flame Spread: Less than 75 per ASTM E 84. D. Calcium Chloride Test: Provide a calcium chloride test to measure moisture vapor emissions from the concrete slab on grade, prior to the installation of the resilient flooring. Maximum moisture emissions levels shall be as recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer. 0420809 RESILIENT FLOORING 09660 - 1 16C6 E. Bond and Moisture Tests: Provide bond and moisture tests prior to the installation of the resilient flooring. Bond and moisture tests shall be in strict accordance with the resilient flooring manufacturer's recommendations. Provide ftequency of tests as recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer. I. Test concrete slabs in accordance with ASTM F 1869 Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Sub floor to ensure emission of no more than 3 Ibs of water/ 1000 sf of slab in 24-hour period. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver tiles and installation accessories to Project site in original manufacturer's unopened cartons and containers each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected ftom the weather with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. Move tiles, base and accessories into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 degrees F in spaces to receive tiles for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 degrees F. B. Do not install tiles until they have been conditioned to the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during tile installation. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Specified items shall not be delivered or installed until building is enclosed, wet work completed and HV AC system is operating and maintaining temperature and humidity at occupancy level during remainder of construction period. B. Install tiles and accessories after other fmishing operations, including painting, have been completed. C. Do not install tiles over concrete slabs until the slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive as detennined by tile manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish to Owner, not less than one box for each 50 boxes or ftaction thereof, of each class, wearing surface, color, pattern and size of resilient floor tile installed. 1.8 WARRANTY 09660 - 2 RESILIENT FLOORING 0420809 16C6 A. Manufacturer's Warranty covering manufacturing defects and installation integrity shall be for five (5) years. Installation integrity is defined as products installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation manual. B. Installer's Warranty: Fully guarantee installation of VCT and wall base against defects in installation, workmanship and loss of adhesion for a period of one (l) year. C. Warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. I TILE AND ACCESSORIES A. Vinyl Composition Tile: 12 inch by 12 inch by 1/8-inch thick as per FS SS-T-312B Type IV, Composition 1. Patterns and colors as selected by the Architect. 2. The following manufacturers and types will be acceptable: a. b. c. d. Basis of Design: Tarkett: Kentile: Mannington: Annstrong: "Imperial Texture, Standard Excelon". Product equal to basis of design. Product equal to basis of design. Product equal to basis of design. B. Edge Reducing Strips: Beveled one inch to 1-112 inch wide by 1/8-inch thick of vinyl or rubber, same manufacturer as tile; colors as selected by Architect. Use where meeting unfinished floor or flooring of different material. I. For VCT to carpet transition see Section 09680 - Carpet. 2.2 RESILIENT BASE A. Products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable, providing they equal or exceed the quality specified. I. Johnsonite, Chagrin Falls, Ohio, www.iohnsonite.com 2. Burke Flooring Products, San Jose, California, 3. Roppe Rubber Corporation, Fostoria, Ohio, www.roppe.com 4. Flexco Co., Tuscurnbia, Alabama, www.marlevflexco.com 5. Annstrong, Toledo, Ohio, www.annstrong.com 6. Mannington, Salem, New Jersey, www.mannington.com 7. Mercer, Eustis, Florida, B. Vinyl Cove Base: 4 inches in height by roll stock and 118-inch thick, ribbed back, rounded top, and set on type. (4 foot length base material is not acceptable.) 1. Provide molded comers 4 inches in height by 4 inches in length each way for external comers. C. Include with samples the Millwork™ Wall Base from Johnsonite. 0420809 RESILIENT FLOORING 09660 - 3 16C6 tt . 4/ ".1'-."'· . ., .'. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Adhesive: As per recommendations of product manufacturer. Water based adhesives are not allowed. B. Subfloor Filler: Portland cement-based latex underlayment; type recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Cleaner: "Spal Concentrate" by Huntington Laboratories or approved equal, required for vinyl composition tile. D. Floor Polish: Equinox by PioneerÆclipse. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where installation of tiles will occur, with Installer present. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Dry and tree of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Detennine adhesion and dryness characteristics by perfonning bond and moisture tests recommended by tile manufacturer. 2. Finishes of subfloors comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring. 3. Subfloors are tree of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any kind. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates to receive tile. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile manufacturer's directions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, by using a terrazzo or concrete grinder, a drum sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire brush. D. Broom and vacuum substrates immediately before tile installation. Following cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. E. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to applying adhesive. Apply according to manufacturer's directions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with tile manufacturer's installation directions and other requirements indicated that are applicable to each type of tile installation included in Project. 09660 - 4 RESILIENT FLOORING 0420809 16C6 B. Layout tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths at perimeter that equal less than one-half of a tile. Install tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install vinyl composition tiles in a parquet pattern. C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. I. Lay tiles in pattern with respect to location of colors, patterns, and sizes as indicated on Drawings. D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. G. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items occurring within fmished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. H. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates without producing open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections in completed tile installation. 1. Use full spread of adhesive applied to substrate in compliance with tile manufacturer's directions including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. Spray applied adhesives are not allowed. J. Hand roll tiles where required by tile manufacturer. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing tile installation: I. Allow adhesive to dry for 48 hours after installation. 2. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile manufacturers. 3. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 4. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by resilient floor tile manufacturer. 5. Damp-mop tile to remove black marks and soil. 6. Tiles with debris trapped underneath, shall be removed and replaced, prior to cleaning. B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended by tile manufacturer. 0420809 RESILIENT FLOORING 09660 - 5 16C6 1. Apply protective floor wax (three coats) to tile surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive and surface blemishes. a. Use commercially available, metal, cross-linked acrylic product acceptable to tile manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. 2. Cover tiles with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over tiles. Place plywood or hardboard panels over tiles and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. C. Clean tiles not more than 4 days prior to dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean tiles using method recommended by manufacturer. 1. Strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing installation prior to cleaning. 2. Reapply floor polish after cleaning. END OF SECTION 09660 09660 - 6 RESILIENT FLOORING 0420809 11 SECTION 09682 CARPET TILE PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes carpet tile and accessories I .2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Printed data sheets for each type of carpet and accessory specified 2. Installation system proposed 3. Care, cleaning, and maintenance infonnation. Include two copies of each of the following CRI publications: a. "Steps in the right direction, an Owners Manual for Your Carpet" with pertinent treatment highlighted b. Carpet Maintenance Guidelines for Commercial Applications c. Take a Deep Breath and Thank Your Custodian; Tips and Tools for Improving IAQ in Schools 4. Smoke and flammability reports B. Shop Drawings: 1. Working layout for each area to be carpeted. Include location of accent tile. 2. Show pattern, color, trim units, and other pertinent installation details 3. Maintenance training video C. Samples: 1. Manufacturers standard color books of actual samples 2. Manufacturers standard trim chain 3. Three full size samples of each carpet tile pattern submitted 4. Three 12-inch long strips of each trim unit submitted D. Certifications and Testing: 1. Test results of the Bond and Moisture tests 2. Test results ITom the Calcium Chloride tests E. Sample Warranty 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Commitment to Sustain ability: Carpet manufacturer shall have an operational carpet-recycling program for 100 percent of the new carpet product (at the end of its useful life). This program shall not consist of incineration. B. Contractor's Qualifications: 0420809 CARPET TILE 09682 - 1 16Gb.... 1. Employ only experienced installers, skilled in installation of the specified systems. 2. Installation company shall employ a minimum of three qualified installers with a minimum of three years experience each of installing similar systems. C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: 1. Employ only manufacturers making the specified materials as a current production item. 2. Manufacturers shall have a minimum of five years of production experience with carpet of similar types to that specified. D. Source Limitations: Obtain carpet from a single source, unless otherwise directed by Architect. E. Install carpet after building is enclosed, wet work complete, and HV AC system operational. I. Maintain temperature and humidity at designed level for the remainder ofthe construction period. F. Carpeting shall have a minimum critical radiant flux of 0.45 watts per square centimeter (radiant panel test) per ASTM E-648 "Standard Test Methods for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source." G. Carpet Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide carpeting with the following characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by u.L. or another nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. Identify carpet with appropriate markings of applicable agency. 1. 2. 3. 4. Surface Flammability: Flam Spread Smoke Development: Static: Passes CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1630 25 or less per ASTM E 84 450 or less per ASTM E 84 Under 3.5 kv. Below the average level of human sensitivity H. Adhesives: VOC levels shall comply with Section 07920 - Sealants. I. Carpet shall have been tested against and passed the Indoor Air Quality Carpet Testing Program requirements of CRI. J. Calcium Chloride Test: Measure moisture vapor emISSIons from concrete slab prior to the installation of the carpeting. Maximum moisture emissions levels shall be as recommended by the carpeting manufacturer. K. Bond and Moisture Tests: Provide bond and moisture tests prior to the installation of the carpet. Tests shall be in accordance with the carpet manufacturer's recommendations. Provide amount of tests as recommended by the carpet manufacturer. L. The Architect may send samples of materials, taken at random from the jobsite, to an independent testing laboratory. The cost of testing shall be borne by the contractor if the material is found non compliant with specifications. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in the original factory packaging, labeled with identification of manufacturer, brand name, lot number, and test data. 09682 - 2 CARPET TILE 0420809 16C6 B. Store materials on site, in original packaging, inside a well ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soilage, extreme temperatures, and humidity. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Dimensions supplied in these Specifications and Drawings are approximate. Field verifY dimensions and other conditions affecting Work. 1.6 EXTRA STOCK A. one unopened package of carpet tile 1. 7 WARRANTIES A. Manufacturer's Warranty: 1. Warranty shall be non-prorated against surface pile wear, zippering, edge ravel, excessive static, loss of resiliency, tough bind, moisture barrier (passes British Spill Test), and delamination of secondary backing. 2. Surface pile wear for warranty purposes shall be no more than 10% loss of face fiber. 3. Warranty shall be for a minimum of twenty years. B. Installer's Warranty: Guarantee the installation against defects in workmanship, seaming, and loss of adhesion for a period of three years. C. Warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion. D. Upon written notice from the Architect, correct or replace improper work and material that may become apparent within the warranty period. Repairs will be made in accordance with this specification. 1. Exception: Any problems arising from improper adherence to the manufacturer's recommended maintenance program. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Stati- Tuft Modular by Mohawk Carpet 2.2 MATERIALS A. Carpet shall have been tested against and passed the Indoor Air Quality Carpet Testing Program requirements of CRI. B. Nylon: All nylon fiber shall be solution dyed branded type 6,6 from DuPont, or Solutia. C. Product Specifications: 0420809 CARPET TILE 09682 - 3 '16Cb ,I#' ' '.' .¿~ '~. 1. Construction: Tufted Textured Loop 2. Gage: 1/8 minimum 3. Density 7800 ounces per cubic yard minimum 4. Fonnaldehyde or 4-PC Not allowed 5. Antimicrobial: Broad spectrum antimicrobial; pennanent application in backing. Application must pass AATCC-174 D. Vinyl Carpet Trims: Shall be by Johnson Rubber Co., Middlefield, Ohio. Colors as selected by Architect. Provide edge type as follows: 1. Carpet to VCT: CT A-XX-A by Johnsonite 2. Carpet to Concrete: CTA-XX-I 3. Carpet Tennination Reducer: EG-XX-E Johnsonite E. Adhesive: 1. Releasable pressure sensitive type as recommended by the carpet manufacturer which will allow removal of carpet tile at any time without damage or adherence to carpet. a. Grid Set Adhesive 2000 or Spray Adhesive 5400 with Spray System for GlasBac and GlasBac RE 2. Adhesive must contain antimicrobial preservative, have "zero" calculated VOC's and be on "greenlist." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Examine substrate for compliance with the Contract Documents. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, dust, dirt, solvents, soaps, silicone, wax, oil, grease, paint, plaster, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives. Allow floors to dry. Apply sealer to prevent dusting. C. Ensure concrete floors are free from cracks, ridges, depressions, scaling and irregularities. D. Ensure constant floor height after installation with a maximum variation of 1/4-inch per 10 feet non-cumulative in any direction. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install carpet system in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Carpet coverage shall be complete to edges of space and free of gaps between tiles and at bases of pennanent fixtures within designated areas. 2. Install using direct glue-down method. Comply with CRl 104, Section 8, Direct Glue- Down Installation B. Check matching of carpet before cutting and ensure no visible variation between dye lots. 09682 - 4 CARPET TILE 0420809 16C6 C. Cut carpet in a manor to allow proper seam and pattern match. Ensure cuts are straight, true, and not ftayed. D. Adhesive: Prime substrate as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. Spread adhesive at stipulated rates for full adhesion. E. Install trims where carpet tenninates at other floor coverings. Use full-length pieces only. Where splicing cannot be avoided, butt ends tight and flush. F. Install tile to be ftee of air pockets. G. Do not place heavy objects such as furniture on carpeted areas for a minimum of 24-Hours after completed installation or until adhesive is set. H. Separate waste in accordance with the Waste Management Plan. Manufacturer to reclaim all scrap not retained by Owner. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. All scrap carpet shall be palletized and returned to the manufacturer. B. Immediately after installation, remove visible cement, dirt, wrappings, cartons, clippings, and other foreign substances. Vacuum carpet. C. Provide fmal protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to the manufacturer and installer until the Date of Substantial Completion. D. Conduct an instruction class for the Owner's maintenance staff prior to the Date of Substantial Completion. I. Instruct personnel on the proper method of cleaning the material as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Videotape this secession. END OF SECTION 09682 0420809 CARPET TILE 09682 - 5 16C6 SECTION 09701 EPOXY FLOOR COATING PART I-GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Section includes epoxy floor coating system. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specification or specific products of the epoxy flooring, including physical properties and performance properties and all tests described herein and submit all Material Safety Data sheets. Each individual component of the system will be evaluated on the basis of these standards. For any of the tests not listed in the manufacturer's standard nationally published data, the manufacturer must supply the missing data fTom an independent test laboratory tested according to the referenced standard. Manufacturer's standard color chart shall also be submitted and must afford the Architect color selection fTom at least 12 standard colors. B. Submit a 6 inch x 12 inch system sample for verification purposes and [mish texture approval. C. Contractor Experience: Furnish a list of three (3) projects using either specified material or another material pre-approved for this project that they have installed during the last five years. Information shall include: project name, square footage, contract name with owner's address and phone number. Also, the industrial epoxy flooring specialist shall furnish resumes detailing the experience of key project personnel including supervisors and technicians. D. Sample warranty 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Obtain epoxy flooring materials fTom a single manufacturer. B. Applicator's Qualifications: Installation shall be performed by an industrial epoxy flooring specialist with skilled mechanics having not less than three (3) years of satisfactory experience in the application of the type and complexity of system as specified in this section. The industrial epoxy flooring specialist shall be approved in writing by the manufacturer of the epoxy flooring as specified herein. 1.4 WARRANTY A. The industrial epoxy floor specialist shall furnish a standard guarantee of the epoxy flooring for a period of one (I) year after installation. This labor guarantee shall include loss of bond and wear- through in the concrete substrate, through normal wear and tear. 1.5 MATERIAL DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Primary system materials shall be delivered in the manufacturer's undamaged, unopened containers. Each container shall be clearly marked with the following: l. Product Name 0420809 EPOXY FLOOR COATING 09701 - 1 16C6 2. Manufacturer's Name 3. Component designation (A or B, etc.) 4. Ratio of component mixture B. Inspect deliveries to assure that quantities are correct and materials comply with requirements. C. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Review, with installers, substrate condition, including substrate moisture content, and the extent of repairs required, if any. Concrete subfloors shall be tested to verify that the moisture content of the substrate doors not exceed that as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Subfloor tolerances are specified in Section 03300. Coordinate installation with floor drains. C. Keep area rree of traffic for a period of 24 hours after installation. E. Where natural ventilation is inadequate, provide ventilation by use offans or other devices. F. Maintain lighting at a minimwn unifonn level of 50-60 foot candles in all areas where epoxy flooring system is being installed. It is the recommendation of the Designer that pennanent lighting be in place and working during the installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Series 222, "Deco-Tread" by Tnemec Company, Inc., Kansas City, Missouri. B. Products of the following manufacturers are approved provided compliance with all technical requirements as specified herein I. Omega Coatings, Defiance, Ohio 2. Dur-A-Flex, Inc., East Hartford, Connecticut 3. Carboline Coatings, St. Louis, Missouri 4. MasterShield, Polymerica, Inc., Carrollton, Georgia 5. Stonhard, Maple Shade, New Jersey 2.2 MATERIALS A. Primer: 1. Tnemec Series 201, "Epoxoprime", two component, 96% solids, penetrating polyamine cured epoxy primer 2. Recommended Dry Film Thickness: 10.0 to 12.0 mils per coat; or as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer 3. Volatile Organic Compounds: .33 lbs/gallon, un-thinned; .68 Ibs/gallon thinned 5% 4. Nwnber of Components: Two (2) 5. Net Weight Per Gallon: 8.88 Ibs, mixed. 09701 - 2 EPOXY FLOOR COATING 0420809 16C6 6. Storage Temperature: 70° - 90° F for at least 48 hours prior to use. B. Epoxy Flooring: 1. Tnemec Series 222, "Deco-Tread", broadcast laminated epoxy coating system, three component, 95% solids, ceramic filled polyamine epoxy. 2. Recommended Dry Film Thickness: Minimum 118". Requires two broadcast applications at 1116" each or applied as a slurry. 3. Volatile Organic Compounds: 1.04Ibs/gallon, un-thinned. 4. Number of Components: Three (3). Two liquid and one color quartz. 5. Net Weight per Gallon: 9.06Ibs, mixed liquids. 6. Storage Temperature: 40° - 90° F. C. Sealer Coat: 1. Tnemec Series 284, "Deco-Clear", two component, 86% solids, polyamine epoxy. 2. Recommended Dry Film Thickness: 8.0 to 10.0 mils, per coat; or as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Volatile Organic Compounds: 1.04Ibs/gallon. 4. Number of Components: Two (2). 5. Net Weight per Gallon: 9.05 lbs, mixed. 6. Storage Temperature: 40° - 90° F. D. Glaze Coat: 1. Tnemec Series 285, "Satinglaze", two component, 92% solids, polyamine epoxy. 2. Recommended Dry Film thickness: 4.0 to 6.0 mils, per coat; or as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Volatile Organic Compounds: 0.63Ibs/gallon. 4. Number of Components: Two (2). 5. Net Weight per Gallon: 9.l81bs/gallon. 6. Storage Temperature: 40° - 90° F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all items at thicknesses and in strict accordance with the manufacturers written installation instructions. B. Coordinate installation of floor drains with the Division 15 plumbing contractor. END OF SECTION 09701 0420809 EPOXY FLOOR COATING 09701 - 3 16C6 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary for complete painting and fmishing work as detailed on the Drawings and as specified herein, of surfaces as scheduled throughout the building. B. The type of material to be used and the number of coats to be applied are listed in the "Painting Schedule" in Part 3 of this Section of these Specifications. Also, refer to the Room Finish Schedule. C. The term "paint" as used herein, includes enamels, paints, sealers, stains, fillers, emulsions, and other coatings, whether used as prime, intermediate, or fmish coats. D. The Architect shall not be limited in the number of colors selected for single space or for the complete Project. E. The intent is to provide a completely finished building, interior and exterior, whether or not specifically indicated. Some items may not be specifically indicated to be painted on the Drawings, the schedules, or herein, however, all items shall be fmished and/or painted as directed by the Architect, whether or not specifically scheduled or indicated as such. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List: Prior to the start of Work and before paint materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect a complete list of materials proposed and equivalent to specified painting schedule, to be provided under this portion of the Work. 1. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution of materials for those specified or approved for this Work by the Architect. B. Color Chip Catalog: Paint manufacturer shall provide Architect with a complete current color chip catalog from which he may select colors. Manufacturers may fulfill this requirement by updating catalog that Architect may presently have in his possession. C. Submit two samples 9 x 9 inch in size illustrating selected colors and textures for each color selected. D. Manufacturer's Recommendations: In each case where material proposed is not the material specified or specifically described as an acceptable manufacturer in this Section of these Specifications, submit for the Architect's review the current recommended method of application published by the manufacturer of the proposed material. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Painters: Use only qualified journeyman painters for the mixing and application of paint on exposed surfaces; in the acceptance or rejection of installed painting, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of painters. B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with "Standard (Type 1)" as defmed by the Painting and Decorating Contractors of America in their "Modern Guide to Paint Specifications," current edition. 0420809 PAINTING 09900 - 1 16C6 ·11; 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver paint materials to the job site in their original unopened containers with labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Protection I. Store only the approved materials at the job site and store only in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment. 2. Use means necessary to ensure the safe storage and use of paint materials and the prompt and safe disposal of waste. 3. Use means necessary to protect paint materials before, during, and after application and to protect the installed work and materials of other trades. 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver to the Owner an extra stock of paint consisting of one gallon of each color used in each coating material used, with such extra stock tightly sealed in clearly labeled containers. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Painting manufacturers and Contractor shall conform to State and local V.O.C. (Volatile Organic Compound) Regulations in area where Project is located. Notify Architect in writing if variations to Specifications herein are required. B. Do not apply materials when the surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. C. Do not apply exterior coating during rain, snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINTING MATERIALS MANUFACTURER A. Painting materials shall be the products of the following manufacturers, specified as the type, function, and quality of products to be provided. Paint materials and specification numbers listed herein, unless otherwise designated, are the products of Sherwin-Williams, Tnemec Company, and require no further approval as to manufacturer or catalog number. B. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable as equal to Sherwin-Williams providing their products equal or exceed the quality specified, and the material types and composition are the same; and subject to approval by the Architect ofthe materials list required to be submitted under preceding Part 1 of this Section. I. Glidden, Cleveland, Ohio 2. Richards Paint Manufacturing Co., Rockledge, Florida 3. Coronado Paint, Edgewater, Florida 4. Pratt and Lambert, Memphis, Tennessee 09900 - 2 PAINTING 0420809 16C6 5. PPG Coatings, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 6. ICI Devoe, Cleveland, Ohio 7. MAB Paints, M.A. Bruder & Sons, Inc., Broomall, Pennsylvania 8. Benjamin Moore & Company, Montvale, New Jersey 2.2 COMPATIBILITY A. Paint materials selected for coating systems for each type of surface shall be the product of a single manufacturer. B. Paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use; fmish coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be compatible with the surface to be coated; tools and equipment shall be compatible with the coating to be applied. C. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material to be thinned. 2.3 ACCEPTANCE OF SPECIFICATIONS A. By submitting a proposal, the Contractor has reviewed the bidding documents with the painting subcontractor and accepts the Specifications as sufficient to produce approved painting results. If the painting subcontractor contends that the materials or number of coats specified will not produce satisfactory results, he shall so notify the Architect directly or indirectly through a Bidding Contractor 10 days prior to receipt of bids for proper action. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Prepare pigments: 1. To a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. 2. For good flow and brushing properties. 3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified; commercial quality. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Applicator. B. Starting of painting work will be constructed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. 0420809 PAINTING 09900 - 3 -------- 16C6~. C Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint surface. D. Test shop applied primers for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. E. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply [mishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the maximums as recommended, for the types of coatings to be used, by the manufacturer. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General I. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions, and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. 2. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish painted or provide surface applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations; remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. 3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so that contaminates from cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly painted surfaces. B. Cementitious Materials 1. Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete block, and cement plaster to be painted by removing efflorescence, chalk, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze. 2. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of [mish paint, correct this condition before application of paint. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. 3. Clean concrete floor surfaces scheduled to be painted with a commercial solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush floor with clean water to neutralize acid and allow to dry before painting. C Ferrous Metals 1. Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. 2. Touch-up shop applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other Sections or these Specifications. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer. D. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound and spot prime defects after repair. 3.3 MATERIALS PREPARATION A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's direction. 09900 - 4 PAINTING 0420809 16C6 B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density and stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. 3.4 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. I. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to insure that surfaces, including edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently-fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. 3. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, nonspecular black paint. 4. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 5. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces unless otherwise indicated. 6. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. I. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels finn, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. 2. Slightly vary the color of succeeding coats. C. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate and as specified herein, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by the coating manufacturer. D. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed to view in interior occupied spaces and exterior walls and roof. Mechanical rooms and electrical rooms are not considered occupied spaces unless specifically noted as such. E. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat of material which is required to be painted or finished and which has not been prime coated by others. 1. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no bum through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 0420809 PAINTING 09900 - 5 16C6 2. Coordinate manufacturer's prime coats with finish coats as specified herein. If compatibility is not ascertained during the bidding period. and verification submitted with the shop drawings. then prime coat paint system as specified herein shall be applied to the item prior to finish painting as specified herein. F. Pigmented (Opaque), Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of unifonn fmish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refmish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.5 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION A. Clean-Up: During progress of Work remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans, and rags at end of each work day. B. Upon completion of painting work clean window glass and other paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. C. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and fmishing work. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. D. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly painted fmishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. E. At the completion of Work of other trades, touch-up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.6 PAINT TYPES AND NUMBER OF COATS A. The following painting schedules are intended to identify the type of fmishes which are required for the various surfaces, and to identify the surfaces to which each finish is to be applied. Refer to Finish Schedule. B. To defme requirements for quality, function, size, gages, textures, and color, the following list of materials designates the manufacturer's brand, types, and number of coats required; and other requirements that are to be furnished to confonn to the requirements ofthis Project. C. Where specific finishes are called for on the Drawings and in the Finish Schedule by code designation, it shall specifically refer to the following identified types of coatings. D. The primer indicated under Material Identification is intended for the particular substrate surface specified. Where the same numbered fmish is scheduled, but for another substrate, provide the proper primer compatible with substrate and the fmish. E. Where the substrate has a compatible and satisfactory prime coat already on it, the prime coat specified for the numbered finish may be omitted. Test prime coat for compatibility before applying additional coats. 09900 - 6 PAINTING 0420809 16CE: 3.7 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Provide the following exterior paint systems based on Sherwin-Williams for substrates indicated: B. Cement Plaster: Provide the following fmish systems over exterior concrete surfaces: 1. Acrylic-Latex Finish: a. Primer: Alkali-resistant, exterior, acrylic-latex primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. I) Sherwin-Williams: Loxon Acrylic Masonry Primer (A24W300). b. First and Second Coats: Satin, exterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) Sherwin-Williams: A-toO Acrylic Satin (A82 Series) c. Surfaces: Concrete walls, columns, beams, windowsills, and lintels. Other items as may be indicated, scheduled, or exposed to view. C. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following fmish systems over exterior ferrous metal. I. High-Build Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel: a. Primer: Metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) S/W: Recoatable Epoxy Primer (B67 Series) b. Second Coat: Epoxy intermediate coat applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. I) S/W: TileClad HS (B62Z Series) c. Third Coat: Semigloss, acrylic polyurethane enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. I) S/W: Acrolon 218 HS with SG Hardner (B65 Series) d. Primer may not be required on shop primed items is compatibility is confmned in writing with the manufacturer of the type of shop primer being applied. Verify this during the bidding period, and if primer is not compatible, then primer shall be either field applied or shop applied with type as recommended by the fmish coat manufacturer. Type of primer and surface preparation shall be as recommended by the painting materials manufacturer. e. This paint system shall be spray applied only, brush application is not allowed. 3.8 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Provide the following interior paint systems based on Sherwin-Williams for substrates indicated. 0420809 PAINTING 09900 - 7 '16Cb B. Concrete Masonry Units: Provide the following fmish systems over interior concrete masonry block units: ]. Acrylic-Latex Finish: a. Block Filler: High-performance, latex-based, block filler applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) 2) Sherwin- Williams: lCI Devoe: PrepRite Block Fillere B25W25 1030-1200 Ultra-Hide PVA Interior Primer- Sealer b. First and Second Coats: Semi-Gloss, acrylic-latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. ]) 2) Sherwin- Williams: ICI Devoe: ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss B31 W200 14]6-XXXX Latex Enamel c. Surfaces: New masonry walls, where epoxy is not indicated. 2. Epoxy: a. Block Filler: Waterborne epoxy polyamide. ]) 2) Sherwin- Williams: ICI Devoe: Epo-Flex WB Epoxy Block Filler 4010 Tru-Glaze WB Epoxy Primer b. First and Second Coats: Semi-Gloss, Waterborne epoxy polyamide. I) Sherwin-Williams: Water Base Epoxy B 70/ B60V25 S/G Hardener 4406 Tru-Glaze WB Epoxy c. Surfaces: New masonry walls where epoxy is indicated. 2) ICI Devoe: C. Gypsum Board: Provide the following fmish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: I. Acrylic-Latex Finish: a. Primer: Latex-based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) 2) Sherwin-Williams: lCI Devoe: Vapor Barrier Primer 154-6407 1060-]200 Ultr-Hide Vapor Barrier Latex Primer-Sealer. b. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, acrylic-latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. ]) 2) Sherwin- Williams: ICI Devoe: ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss B3 ] W200 ]4]6-XXX Latex Enamel c. Surfaces: Gypsum board walls, bulkheads, ceilings, where epoxy IS not indicated. 09900 - 8 PAINTING 0420809 0420809 j~ -" 2. Epoxy: a. Primer: Waterborne epoxy polyamide. 1) 2) Sherwin- Williams: ICI Devoe: 154-6407 1060 Ultra-Hide Vapor Barrier Latex Primer/Sealer b. First and Second Coats: Semi-Gloss, Waterborne epoxy polyamide. 1) Sherwin- Williams: Water Base Epoxy B70 Series, Semi-Gloss Hardener B60V25. 4406 Tru-Glaze WB Epoxy 2) ICI Devoe: c. Surfaces: Gypsum board walls, bulkheads, ceilings where epoxy is indicated. E. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following fmish systems over interior ferrous metal: 1. High-Build Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel: a. Primer: Metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) S/W: Recoatable Epoxy Primer (B67 Series b. Second Coat: 1) S/W: TileClad HS (B62Z Series) c. Third Coat: Semigloss, acrylic polyurethane enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer. 1) S/W: Acrolon 218 HS with SG Hardener (B65 Series) d. Surfaces: Hollow metal doors, frames, and railings, exposed steel joists, steel deck, steel trusses, miscellaneous steel, etc. where scheduled, noted to be painted, or exposed to view. Note: When the manufacturing of paint supplied does not require or recommend a primer, and a single coat will provide required coverage, approval from the Architect must be obtained to delete second coat; and a credit shall be due the Owner. END OF SECTION 09900 PAINTING 09900 - 9 16C6 Division 10 Specialties -.-.-....-,....-"----,- 16C6 ~-<., SECTION 10100 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: I. Porcelain enamel markerboards. 2. Vinyl face tackboards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data substantiating that tack board materials comply with requirements indicated B. Samples: Provide the following samples of each product for initial selection of colors, patterns, and textures, as required, and for verification of compliance with requirements indicated. 1. Vinyl Faced Tack Boards: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual sections of vinyl fabric, showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of vinyl faced tack board indicated. B. Certificates: In lieu of laboratory test reports, when permitted by the Architect, submit manufacturer's certification that vinyl-fabric-faced cork tack board materials furnished comply with requirements specified for flame spread ratings. E. Sample warranties 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is an authorized representative ofthe markerboard manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of the type of chalkboard and markerboard units required for this Project. I. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than 4 hours normal travel time from the Installer's place of business to the Project site. B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide vinyl-fabric-faced tackboards with surface burning characteristics indicated below, as determined by testing assembled materials composed of facings and backings identical to those required in this section, in accordance with ASTM E 84, by a testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. I. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 10 or less. C. Design Criteria: The drawings indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements of visual display boards. Other visual display boards having equal performance characteristics with deviations ITom indicated dimensions and profiles may be considered, provided deviations do not change the design concept or intended performance. The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer. 0420809 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10100 - I 16C64¡J 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Show recorded measurements on [mal shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay. ] . Allow for trimming and fitting wherever taking field measurements before fabrication might delay the Work. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Porcelain Enamel Markerboard Warranty: Manufacturer's written warranty, agreeing to replace porcelain enamel markerboards that do not retain their original writing and erasing qualities, become slick and shiny, or exhibit crazing, cracking, or flaking, provided the manufacturer's instructions with regard to handling, installation, protection, and maintenance have been followed. ]. Warranty Period: Lifetime of the building PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ] . PolyVision Corporation, Plant City, Florida www.polvvision.com 2. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. www.claridgeproducts.com 3. Marsh Industries Inc., New Philadelphia, Ohio 2.2 MATERIALS A. Porcelain Enamel Markerboards: Provide balanced, high-pressure laminated porcelain enamel markerboards of three ply construction consisting of face sheet, core material, and backing. 1. Face Sheet: Provide face sheet of 24 gage enameling grade steel especially processed for temperatures used in coating porcelain on steel. Coat the exposed face and exposed edges with a three coat process consisting of primer, ground coat, and color cover coat, and the concealed face with a two coat process consisting of primer and ground coat. Fuse cover and ground coats to steel at the manufacturer's standard firing temperatures, but not less than ]200 degrees F. Color: Low Gloss White. 2. Core: Provide ]/2-inch thick core material complying with the requirements of ANSI A208.], Grade L-M-3. 3. Backing Sheet: Provide the manufacturer's standard 0.015-inch thick aluminum sheet backing. 4. Laminating Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard meeting VOC requirements specified in Section 07920 - Sealants. 10100 - 2 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 0420809 16C6 B. Vinyl-Fabric-Faced Tack boards: Provide mildew-resistant, washable, vinyl fabric complying with FS CCC-W-408, Type II, weighing not less than 13 ounces per square yard, laminated to lI8-inch thick cork sheet. Provide fabric that has a flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. Provide color and texture as scheduled or as selected rrom the manufacturer's standards. 1. Backing: Make panels rigid by factory laminating lI8-inch thick cork face sheet under pressure to 3/8-inch thick fiberboard backing. 2.3 ACCESSORJES A. Metal Trim and Accessories: Fabricate frames and trim of not less than 0.062-inch-thick aluminum alloy, size and shape as indicated, to suit type of installation. Provide straight, single-length units wherever possible; keep joints to a minimum. Miter comers to a neat, hairline closure. I. Where the size of boards or other conditions exist that require support in addition to the normal trim, provide structural supports or modify the trim as indicated or as selected by the Architect 1Tom the manufacturer's standard structural support accessories to suit the condition indicated. 2. Chalktray: Furnish manufacturer's standard continuous box-type aluminum chalktray with slanted rront and cast aluminum end closures for each chalkboard. 3. Map Rail: Furnish map rail at the top of each unit, complete with the following accessories: a. Display Rail: Provide continuous cork display rail approximately 1 inch wide, as indicated, integral with the map rail. b. End Stops: Provide one end stop at each end of the map rail. c. Map Hooks: Provide 2 map hooks for each 4 feet of map rail or traction thereof. 2.4 FABRJCATION A. Porcelain Enamel Markerboards: Laminate facing sheet and backing sheet to core material under pressure with manufacturer's recommended flexible, waterproof adhesive. B. Assembly: Provide factory-assembled markerboard and tack board units, except where field-assembled units are required. I. Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length. Fabricate with the minimum number of joints, balanced around the center of the board, as acceptable to the Architect. 2. Provide the manufacturer's standard vertical joint system between abutting sections of markerboard. 3. Provide manufacturer's standard mullion trim at joints between markerboard and tack board. 2.5 FINISHES A. Class II Clear Anodized Finish: AA-M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, nonspecular; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Class II Architectural, clear film thicker than 0.4 mil). 0420809 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10100 - 3 16C6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Deliver factory-built, markerboard and tack board units completely assembled in one piece without joints, wherever possible. Where dimensions exceed panel size, provide 2 or more pieces of equal length as acceptable to the Architect. When overall dimensions require delivery in separate units, prefit components at the factory, disassemble for delivery, and make fmal joints at the site. Use splines at joints to maintain surface alignment. B. Install units in locations and at mounting heights indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Keep perimeter lines straight, plumb, and level. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and accessories necessary for a complete installation. C. Coordinate job-site assembled units with grounds, trim, and accessories. Join parts with a neat, precision fit. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Verify that accessories required for each unit have been properly installed and that operating units function properly. B. Clean units in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Break in markerboards only as recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 10 I 00 10100 - 4 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 0420809 16C6 SECTION 10165 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes toilet partitions, urinal screens and accessories. Refer to Drawings for location, size, and quantity required. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Fabrication and installation drawings. Include appurtenances, cutouts, and all accessories. Provide template layouts and installation instructions for anchorage devices built into other work. B. Complete suitable color selection materials for components (actual samples) in triplicate quantity, for all available color groups. C. Sample warranty 1.3 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall warrant plastic panels for 15 years against warping and manufacturers defect from Date of Substantial Completion. 1.4 FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION A. Partition system shall confonn with the Accessibility Requirements Manual from the Florida Department of Community Affairs, Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design: Toilet partitions compartments shall be the products of "Poly-Mar HD", solid one inch thick plastic as manufactured by Santana Products Company, Scranton, Pennsylvania; specified as the type, size, function, and quality of equipment. B. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable, providing their equipment equals or exceeds the quality specified; and they can provide equipment of the type, size, function, and arrangement required. 1. Comtec Industries, Inc., Scranton, Pennsylvania 2. Rockville Partitions, Incorporated, Henagar, Alabama 3. Sanymetal, Div. of Crane. C. Type: Floor supported with overhead top rail bracing, solid plastic partitions in colors as selected by the Architect. 0420809 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10165 - 1 ~" OF ~ """__- 1,... 16C6 4 I. Provide floor/ceiling braced pilaster at accessible stall at connection to other compartments for tennination of overhead bracing. 2. Urinal screens to be wall mounted. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Materials, panels, doors, pilasters, and screens shall be fabricated from polymer resins High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) manufactured under high pressure fonning a single component section which is waterproof, corrosionproof, impact resistant nonabsorbent, and has a self lubricating Poly-Glaze "280" surface that resists marking with pens, pencils, lipstick, and other writing or marking utensils. l. HDPE product must contain a minimum of75 percent recycled material 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. Partitions shall have edges machined to a radius of .250 inch and sharp comers removed. Dividing toilet partition panels and doors shall be 55 inches high and mounted 14 inches above fmished floor. I. Urinal Screen: 16-inch by 48-inch mounted at 1'-0 AFF B. Pilasters for the toilet partitions shall be 82 inches high and fastened to 3 inches high stainless shoes with theftproof stainless steel sex bolts. l. Pilaster Shoe: Fonned, ASTM AI67 type 304 stainless steel with No.4 fmish, 3 inch high, with adjustable screw jack. C. Unless dimensioned otherwise on Drawings, toilet partitions are to be 60 inches deep and 36 inches wide. Outswinging doors (for handicapped) are to be 34 inches wide. Inswinging doors (for handicapped) are to be 34 inches wide (if compartment has side entry, minimum is 36 inches), and other (inswinging) doors to be either 24 inches or 26 inches wide for each run. D. Provide internal reinforcement for all accessories. E. Refer to the Drawings for the heights and configurations of the toilet compartments. F. Properties: I. Dual component compression molded High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) of solid Poly- Mar HD, Poly-Marble HD, or Poly-Granite HD virgin resin materials in colors that extend throughout the surface; the panels, doors, and pilasters shall have combined recycled and virgin material (HOPE) as the core material. 2. Doors and panels: a. Thickness: I inch b. Edge radius: .250 inch c. all exposed surfaces to be free of saw marks 2.4 HARDWARE 10165 - 2 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 0420809 A. Door hardware shall be as follows: 16C6 i 1. Hinges shall be integral hinge system. Pilaster to be machined to accept door and hinge mechanism. Hinge mechanism consists of a 2 piece 1/2" diameter nylon pin with "Cam Action" and a 3/16" stainless steel pin inserted into lower portion of pilaster and door. A one-piece 1/2" diameter, 4" long nylon pin to be inserted into the top portion of the pilaster and door. Door closers to be factory set to accommodate all conditions and allow for a positive opening and closing action free of impediment. 2. Each handicapped door to include: (1) door pull (I) wall stop. 3. Door strike and keeper shall be fabricated from heavy aluminum extrusion (6364- T5 Alloy) with clear anodized fmish with wrap around flange surface mounted and thru- bolted to pilaster with one-way sex bolts. Size of strike shall be 6" in length. 4. Door latch housing shall be fabricated from heavy aluminum extrusion (6364-T5 Alloy) with clear anodized fmish, surface mounted and thru-bolted to door with one-way sex bolts. Slide bolt and button shall be heavy aluminum with black anodized finish. B. Full length continuous plastic wall brackets (shall be solid color) weighing not less than .822 Ibs. per linear foot. Brackets shall be used for all panels to pilaster, pilasters to wall and panel to wall connections. Wall brackets shall be thru-bolted to panels and pilasters with one-way sex bolts. Attachment of brackets to adjacent wall construction shall be accomplished by #14 x 1-1/2" stainless steel Phillips head screws anchored directly behind the vertical edge of panels and pilasters at 13" intervals along the full length of bracket and at each 13" interval alternately spaced between anchor connections. C. Bottom of partition panels and doors are to be fitted with bright dipped, anodized aluminum, heavy duty continuous channel. Channel shall match thickness of door or panel and turn up each side a minimum of 3/4 inch. Attach per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Urinal Screens: Supported floor to ceiling with continuous bracket supports for full length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units as shown in true and plumb condition. B. Anchor brackets securely with fasteners indicated on approved Shop Drawings. C. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions and approved Shop Drawings. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete and total installation in every respect. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT A. Doors are to be adjusted so that they are approximately 3 inches open when cubicle is unoccupied. B. Door at handicapped cubicles shall be easily removable from exterior side when locked. END OF SECTION 10165 0420809 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10165 - 3 16C6. SECTION 10500 STANDARD LOCKERS PART I -GENERAL l.l SUMMARY A. Section includes standard lockers. I .2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall indicate type of material, gauges of metal, reinforcement, filler, fmishing strips, and other details of construction. Include methods and details of attachment, layout of the lockers, and devices to be furnished by others. 1. Shop drawings shall identifY the locations where each series is to be installed, include actual numbering when documented. B. Samples: Manufacturer's full color line, including standard and optional colors (minimum of 15 colors). F. Sample warranty 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturing Standard: Provide metal lockers that are standard products of a single manufacturer, with interchangeable like parts. Include necessary mounting accessories, fittings, and fastenings. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experience (minimum 5 years) in successfully producing the type of metal lockers indicated for this project, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the work. C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced (minimum 2 years) installer who has successfully completed installation of the type of metal lockers and extent to that indicated for this project. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Package in the manufacturer's standard packaging and bear the manufacturer's label. B. Storage: Store all materials in a dry and ventilated place adequately protected from the elements. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Submit the manufacturer's standard warranty cov.ering all defects in materials and workmanship excluding fmish, damage resulting trom deliberate destruction and vandalism under this section for a period of two (2) years trom the Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 0420809 STANDARD LOCKERS 10500 - 1 2.] MANUFACTURER 6- . . 16 c~~. A. The following manufacturers are acceptable, providing their product equals or exceeds the quality specified; and they can provide products ofthe type, size, function, and arrangement required: I. Art Metal Products (AMP 1005 Bulldog Corridor Locker) 2. DeBourgh All American Lockers (Corregidor Locker) 3. List Industries, Inc. (Marquis™ Booksafe II) 4. Lyon Metal Products (All Welded Lockers) 5. Penco Products, Inc. (All-Welded) 6. Republic Storage Systems Company (Single Point Locker) 2.2 LOCKER TYPES A. Two tier lockers are required, 30 inches high, 12 inches wide by ]2 inches deep. B. Lockers shall have a "quiet" lock bar assembly. Moving parts within door shall be cushioned by rubber or other means to achieve maximum sound suppression. 2.3 STANDARD LOCKERS A. Materials: Sheet steel shall be prime grade, mild annealed, cold rolled steel, tree trom scale and imperfections. Installation hardware shall be zinc or cadmium plated. B. Body: 24 gauge steel, flanged to give double thickness of metal at back vertical comers. Bottom shall be 20 gauge. C. Door Frame: ]6 gauge fonned steel channels. Vertical members shall have an additional flange to fonn continuous door strike. Comers shall be lapped and welded into a rigid assembly. Top and bottom cross members shall provide support for tront edge of locker top and locker bottom. Top and bottom cross members shall have tong at each end which fits through slot in rear flange of upright trame member to prevent twisting out of alignment. D. Door: One piece ]6 gauge steel with both vertical edges fonned into channel shaped fonnation; top and bottom shall be flanged at 90 degree angle. Provide louvers at top and bottom of doors. E. Door Jambs: Single tier lockers to have 3 latch hooks 2 inches high, welded to side of door trames to engage locking device. Design and gauge of jamb shall prevent treeing of locking device by prying. Each jamb shall have easily replaced soft rubber silencers. F. Hinges: Shall be not less than 2 inches high, .073 inch steel (each leaf 14 gauge), 5 knuckle or full loop fonning double thickness on each leaf. Hinges to be set in slot of trame and projection welded to trame, securely attached to door with minimum of 2 fasteners per hinge. Hinge pin to be spun over at ends to prevent removal. G. Locking Device: Door shall be provided with recessed stainless steel cup complete with integral pull and single point latching system without moving parts for student-furnished pad lock. ]. Provide provisions for accepting padlocks. H. Handles: Manufacturer's standard recessed stainless steel recessed assembly with bright nickel plated steel trigger. 10500 - 2 STANDARD LOCKERS 0420809 16C6 I. Lock bar lift shall be fully protected from below by fixed handle case. No moving parts are to operate against outside surface of locker. Padlock attachment to be integral part of lift which shall be attached directly to locking bar. Handle to provide built-in padlock strike. I. Coat Hooks: Provide manufacturers standard. J. Number Plates: Aluminum, with figures at least 3/8-inches high (embossed or etched) attached near top of door. Numbering system will be provided at a later date. K. Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked-polymer fmish consisting of a thennosetting powder topcoat. L. Anchoring: Provide correct fittings to properly anchor locker to assure neat, rigid installation. M. Finishing Strips: End finishing strips shall be bolted to sides of locker frames. Provide fonned comer covers or notch and fonned splice caps which maintain trim alignment at joints. End finishing strips to accept telescopic top fmishing strips and fonned splice caps or channels which maintain alignment at joints. N. Closures and Fillers: Provide two piece 20 gauge slip joint angle fillers to close gaps between locker run ends and building wing walls, finished to match lockers. Make fillers at each end of a locker run equally wide. Attachment to be made to lockers and walls without use of exposed fastener. O. Sloping Hoods: Provide 30 degree (low slope) sloping hoods to be mounted on standard flat top lockers, fabricated in multiples of lockers specified. Sloping tops to extend back full distance to wall surface. P. End Finishing Panels (where required): Field applied separate (no penetrations or exposed fasteners) end cover. 2.4 LOCKER BENCHES A. Provide 9-1/2" wide by 18" high by 48" long. Solid or laminated maple locker bench. Provide stainless steel pedestals in number as recommended by the manufacturer. Surface mount with surface flange. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The Installer for the Work under this Section shall install the lockers in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications, instructions, and recommendations. I. This shall include the proper assembly of lockers and their installation in accurate position and alignment. Screws and other assembly devices shall be properly installed and tightly drawn. 2. Install end panels and filler plates to complete each section of the assembly. 3. Install finishing strips required to bring the completed assembly into proper finished condition, as called for on the Drawings. 0420809 STANDARD LOCKERS 10500 - 3 16C6·iI B. Lockers shall be securely attached to the wall, to the base, and to each other. Lockers shall be leveled with cedar shims, where necessary, to provide for irregularities in the base. C. Lockers shall be protected against scratches and damage until Date of Substantial Completion. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. E. Placement: Lockers shall be set in place, plumb, level, rigid, flush and securely attached to the wall (or bolted together if back-to-back) and anchored to the floor or base according to manufacturer's specifications. F. Anchorage: About 48" o.c., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer, and apply where necessary to avoid metal distortion, using concealed fasteners. Friction cups are not acceptable. G. Trim: Sloping tops, metal fillers and end panels shall be installed using concealed fasteners. Provide flush, hairline joints against adjacent surfaces. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT A. Inspect lockers and adjust as necessary for proper door operation prior to the date of Substantial Completion. Touch-up scratches and abrasions to match original fmish. END OF SECTION] 0500 ]0500 - 4 STANDARD LOCKERS 0420809 16C6 SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: I. Fire extinguishers 2. Fire extinguisher mounting brackets 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for cabinets include rough-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style, door construction, panel style, and materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain extinguishers and cabinets from one source from a single Manufacturer. B. Coordination: Verify that cabinets are sized to accommodate type and capacity of extinguishers indicated and provided by Owner under separate Contract. C. UL-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. J.L. Industries 2. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 3. Potter-Roemer, Inc. 2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Provide fIre extinguishers for each cabinet and other locations indicated, in colors and fmishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard, that comply with authorities having jurisdiction. I. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated 4-A:60-B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity, in enameled steel container. B. All fire extinguishers shall have an expiration date of at least eleven months after the Date of Substantial Completion. 0420809 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10520 - I 16 C6 ~ ,'~ ..",fí."'""'·. f.\iJI 2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Brackets: Designed to prevent accidentally dislodging extinguisher, of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated, in plated fmish, ] , Provide brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3,] INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. I. Mounting Height: 54 inches maximum above finished floor to the top of extinguishers. C. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. END OF SECTION] 0520 10520 - 2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 0420809 16C6 SECTION 10650 OPERABLE PARTITIONS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: Manually operated, paired panel partitions. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Acoustical Performance: Provide operable panel walls tested by a qualified independent testing agency for the following acoustic properties according to following test method: I. Sound Transmission Requirements: Operable panel partition assembly tested in a full-scale opening (14 feet by 9 feet) for laboratory sound transmission loss performance according to ASTM E 90, determined by ASTM E 413 and rated for an STC plus or minus I as follows: a. Sound Transmission Class (STC): 48-49. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product data on physical characteristics, durability, and surface-burning characteristics for each type of operable panel wall and accessory specified. B. Shop drawings showing large-scale details of anchorages, and accessory items. Indicate unit conditions at openings, location and installation requirements for hardware, and direction of travel. C. Template drawings prepared by manufacturer showing location of items supported or anchored by permanent construction. D. Samples for selection purposes in the form of manufacturer's color charts showing a full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type panel fmish face indicated. I. Include similar samples of material for panel edges and accessories involving color selection. E. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of operable panel partitions certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. F. Maintenance data for panel fmish face to include in the "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1. 1. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to fmishes and performance. 2. Instructions for re-stretching, sagging or distorted fmish face. G. Acoustical test reports from and based on tests performed by a qualified independent testing agency certifying that the product and materials furnished comply with specified requirements. H. Submit warranties as specified herein. 0420809 OPERABLE PARTITIONS 10650 - I 16C6 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified in writing by the operable panel partition manufacturer as qualified to install the manufacturer's partition systems. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to the Architect's satisfaction, based on an evaluation of agency-submitted criteria confonning to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying progress of the Work. C. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide panel fmish face, Class A rated, with the following surface-burning characteristics as detennined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or other testing and inspecting agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. I. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 25 or less. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturers two (2) year limited warranty from the Date of Substantial Completion that each operable wall and its component parts will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Warranty shall include the panels, trolleys, reinforcing, trim, and all accessories in every respect. B. Provide manufacturers five (5) year warranty from the Date of Substantial completion that each track system will be free from defects in material and workmanship and will not twist, warp, bind, or jamb. Warranty shall include the track and all its accessories. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Basis of Design: Hufcor, Hanesville, Wisconsin 2. Modernfold, Inc., New Castle, Indiana 3. Kwik-Wall Company, Springfield, Illinois 4. Panelfold, Miami, Florida 5. Moderco Partitions, Montreal, Canada 2.2 OPERABLE PARTITIONS A. Panel Configuration: Manually operated, paired panels equal to Series 5560-R by Hufcor. B. 'Panel Construction: Top reinforcing as required to support suspension components and as follows: I. Frame: 18 gage roll fonned or extruded aluminum 2. Steel on gypsum face sheets: Not less than 0.0478 inch (18 gage). C. Panel Thickness: 2-3/4 inches, minimum; 3 inches maximum. 10650 - 2 OPERABLE PARTITIONS 0420809 16C6 D. Panel Weight: 10 psfmaximum. E. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard, [mished to match exposed hardware on partition. 2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Carriers: Steel trolley system as required for type, size, and weight of partition for ease of operation. B. Suspension Tracks: Aluminum with overhead supports of adjustable steel hanger rods designed for size and type of operable panel partition assembly indicated. Track deflection shall be no more than 0.10 inch between bracket supports. 1. Hufcor Type 40 track; or equal. 2.4 FINISH SURFACE A. Materials: Manufacturer's standard mildew-resistant vinyl, complying with CFFA-W-IOI-A for Type II material, Class A rated. 2.5 SEALS A. Vertical Seals: Deep nesting, interlocking astragals mounted on each edge of panel with continuous vinyl acoustical seal. B. Horizontal Top Seals: Continuous-contact extruded vinyl seal exerting consistent pressure on track when extended. C. Horizontal Bottom Seals: Retractable seal exerting positive pressure downward ensuring horizontal and vertical sealing and resisting panel movement. 1. Extension/retraction of bottom seal by operating handle or built-in operating mechanism. Clearance between retracted seal and floor finish shall be not less than I inch. D. Final Closure: Positive lever activated mechanical closure expanding ITom panel edge to create a positive acoustical seal. I. Jamb hinged closure. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Pass door at location shown on Drawings B. One panel to have dry erase markable surface on each side of panel at location shown on Drawings PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 0420809 OPERABLE PARTITIONS 10650 - 3 16C6 A. Examine flooring, structural support, and opening for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of operable panel partitions. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 rNSTALLATION A. Install operable panel walls and accessories complying with ASTM E 557 after other fmishing operations including painting, have been completed. B. Install operable panel walls that conform to Drawings and approved shop drawings and in strict compliance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. C. Match operable panel walls for color and pattern by installing walls trom cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed panels are not acceptable. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for complete and operational installations in every respect. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust to ensure smooth, easy operation. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate operable wall operation to Owner's representative. END OF SECTION 10650 10650 - 4 OPERABLE PARTITIONS 0420809 16C6 SECTION 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes toilet accessory items as scheduled and specified. Refer to the Toilet Accessory Schedule on the Drawings, for product numbers. 1.2 SUBMlTT ALS A. Product data for each toilet accessory item specified, including construction details relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting method, specified options, and fmishes. B. Schedule indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations (by room) for each toilet accessory item to be provided, for project. C. Setting Drawings where cutouts are required in other Work, including templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and instaIling anchorage devices. D. Maintenance instructions including replaceable parts and service recommendations. E. Submit warranty as specified herein. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish accessory Manufacturers' standard inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. Coordinate delivery with other Work to avoid delay. B. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide products of same Manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate accessory locations, installation, and sequencing with other Work to avoid interference with and ensure proper installation, operation, adjustment, cleaning, and servicing of toilet accessory items. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Toilet Accessory Warranty: Provide manufacturers one (1) year warranty ITom the Date of Substantial Completion, against defects in material and workmanship. B. Mirror Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by mirror manufacturer, agreeing to replace any mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within 15 years ITom the Date of Substantial Completion. 0420809 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10810 - 1 16C6 ...~¡ .';'1. ,$ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TOILET ACCESSORY MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of the following: I. Basis of Design: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., Cliffion Park, NY 2. Bradley Corporation, Menomonee Falls, WI 3. American Specialties, Inc., Yonkers, New York 4. A&J Washroom Accessories, New Windsor, New York B. Products on the Toilet Accessory Schedule are based on Bobrick. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No.4 finish, 0.034-inch (22-gage) minimum thickness. B. Brass: Leaded and unleaded, flat products, ASTM B ] 9; rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with [mished edges, ASTM B 16; Castings, ASTM B 30. C. Sheet Steel: Cold-rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366, 0.04-inch (20-gage) minimum. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. E. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC2. F. Mirror Glass: NominaI6.0-mm (0.23-inch) thick, conforming to ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class I, Quality q2, and with silvering, electro-plated copper coating, and protective organic coating. G. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. I. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or of galvanized steel where concealed. 2.3 FABRICATION A. No names or labels are permitted on exposed faces of toilet and bath accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface, provide identification of each accessory item either by a printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate indicating Manufacturer's name and product model number. B. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. C. Recessed Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all-welded construction, without mitered comers. Hang doors or access panels with full-length, stainless steel piano hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed. 10810 - 2 TOILET ACCESSORIES 0420809 16C6 D. Framed Mirror Units, General: Fabricate frames for glass mirror units to accommodate wood, felt, plastic, or other glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that will permit rigid, tamperproof glass installation and prevent moisture accumulation, as follows: I. Provide galvanized-steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch (22 gage) and full mirror size, with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. E. Mirror Unit Hangers: Provide system for mounting mirror units that will permit rigid, tamperproof, and theftproof installation, as follows: 1. One-piece, galvanized-steel, wall-hanger device with spring-action locking mechanism to hold mirror unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts. 2. Heavy-duty wall brackets of galvanized steel, equipped with concealed locking devices requiring a special tool to remove. F. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for servicing, resupply, etc. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, fmoly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, according to Manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, complying with ASTM F 446. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete and total installation in every respect, whether or not specified or indicate don the Drawings. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 0420809 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10810 - 3 16Cb B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide unifonn joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for fmal decision. F. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. G. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within thè industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect for fmal decision. END OF SECTION 10810 10810 - 4 TOILET ACCESSORIES 0420809 -- 16C6 Division 11 Equipment 16G6 SECTION 11450 RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. RefTigerator 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: I. Catalog brochures of equipment specified 2. Model number and technical requirements of each unit 3. Manufacturers written installation instructions 4. Rough-in dimensions 5. Color selections (if not specified) B. Sample warranties 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver in manufacturers unopened containers with model numbers on equipment packaging. B. Store up off floor on wood skids. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: GE Appliances by General Electric Company, Louisville, Kentucky. B. The following manufacturers are also acceptable provided compliance with technical specifications of specified products. 1. Hotpoint, Louisville, Kentucky 2. Magic Chef, Cleveland, Tennessee 3. Frigidaire, Dublin, Ohio 4. Amana/Speed Queen, Amana, Iowa 2.2 RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT A. RefTigerator 1. GE# PTS22LBMWW 2. Capacity: 21 Cubic feet 3. Frost Free 0420809 RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT 11450 - I 16C6 -.,:;jI 4. 5. 6. Ice trays Gallon door storage Ice maker option ~, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. B. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. C. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. END OF SECTION 11450 1]450 - 2 RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT 0420809 Division 12 Furnishings 16C6 SECTION 12305 PLASTIC LAMINA TE FACED CASEWORK PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Plastic laminated faced Casework. B. The use of dimensions and specific requirements set forth in the Contract Documents are not intended to preclude the use of other manufacturer's products that may be equivalent, but are given for purpose of establishing standard of design and quality. C. Installation of casework by installers other than the manufacturer's own forces is prohibited without written consent of casework manufacturer and Architect. D. Work Specified Elsewhere: Resilient base, general millwork, blocking within walls, floors, or ceilings required for reinforcement and support, stainless steel sinks, fittings, and electrical. E. This Work includes special and modified stock design pre-assembled units for installation as movable, fixed, or built-in, as noted on the Drawings, or listed in the schedule. F. The catalog numbers of the manufacturer listed on the Equipment Schedule are intended to include a complete and total item, as the catalog number is specified in the manufacturer's current catalog. Although the description in the schedule is brief, the item shall be provided complete with hardware, accessories, features, and components. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Surfaces: I. Surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed. 2. Bottoms of cases more than 4 feet above floor. 3. Visible members in open cases or behind glass doors B. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: I. Members behind opaque doors, such as shelves, divisions, interior faces of ends, case back, drawer sides, backs and bottoms, and back face of doors. 2. Tops of cases 6'-6" or more above floor. C. Concealed Surfaces: Surfaces not visible after installation. D. The casework manufacturer and supplier shall keep aware of the progress of the Project and shall make sure that shop drawings are furnished in adequate time so that the casework covered thereby can be fabricated and delivered in accordance with the scheduled completion. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data I. Specification requirements 2. Published construction details 0420809 PLASTIC LAMINA TE FACED CASEWORK 12305- I 3. Maintenance recommendations 16C6~. B. Shop Drawings: I. Details and sizes including methods of attachment 2. Type and locations for support within walls 3. Field verified dimensions 4. Indicate utility locations to be coordinated with other trades C. Samples I. Full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for plastic laminate and edging. 2. Pull D. Sample Guarantee F. Show locations for support within walls. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Deliver casework only after wet work is complete and relative humidity is maintained within manufacturer's recommended range for one week. Store in ventilated spaces. Protect against damage during installation through the Date of Substantial Completion. B. Take field measurements for casework items. Show measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Defective workmanship or damaged components shall be corrected, repaired, or replaced as requested by the Architect, without further cost to the Owner. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 7 years experience in the manufacturer and installation of the type of cabinets specified. C. Installer Qualifications: Minimum 5 years experience in the installation of the type of cabinets specified. D. Coordinate delivery of templates and other similar items from other trades necessary for the construction of required casework units. E. Coordinate submittals with construction schedule ensuring timely review to avoid delays from installation. F. Casework shall be manufactured and install to meet the requirements of the Florida Building Code, 2001 with 2003 revisions and the Florida Fire Prevention Code 200 I. G. Comply with Section 1600 - Modular Cabinets of the Architectural Woodwork Institute's Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. 1.6 GUARANTEE 12305 - 2 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK 0420809 16C6 .. A. 3 years from the Date of Substantial Completion against defects in material and workmanship. Cover repair or replacement, without cost to the Owner, of items that become defective within the 3-year period. Exception: Damage caused by improper operation or misuse. 1.7 FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION A. Casework shall conform with the Accessibility Requirements Manual from the Florida Department of Community Affairs, Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable provided they comply with all technical specification requirements, materials, construction, and details in every respect. Standard production casework will not be allowed. Manufacturers shall conform to all requirements as specified herein. - LSI Corporation of America, Minneapolis, Minnesota; http://www.lsi-casework.com! - Stevens Industries, Inc., Teutopolis, Illinois; http://www.stevensind.com! - TMI Systems, Dickinson, North Dakota; http://www.tmisystems.com! - Case Systems, Normal Wood Products, Midland, Michigan; http://www.casesystems.com! - Laminique, Lebanon, Indiana; http://www.laminique.com/ Commercial Casework, Inc., Orange Park, Florida; http://www.comcasework.com - Fisher Hamilton, Two Rivers, Wisconsin - Sheldon Laboratory Systems, Crystal Springs, Mississippi - Brodart, Williamsport, Pennsylvania. 2.2 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. Machine parts for accurate fit and assemble with appropriate fasteners and adhesives to result in true, square, level, and plumb units. B. Coordinate with other trades for required dimensions of items to be built into casework. C. Provide removable or false backs for access or concealment of heating or plumbing items. D. Scribe tops and backsplashes to walls and other adjoining vertical surfaces. E. Cabinets at end walls shall have minimum scribe unless shown otherwise. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Wilsonart, Pionite, and Nevamar 2. Decorative Laminates a. High-pressure decorative laminate VGS (.028), NEMA LD 3-1995 0420809 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK 12305- 3 16Cb b. High-pressure decorative laminate HGS (.048), NEMA LD 3-1995 c. High-pressure cabinet liner CLS (.020), NEMA LD 3-1995 d. High-pressure backer BKH (.028) NEMA LD 3-1995 3. Exposed horizontal surfaces: HGS 4. Exposed, interior and exterior vertical surfaces: VGS 5. Backing sheet for concealed surfaces: BKH or CLS for balanced panel. 6. Backing sheet for semi-exposed surfaces: BKH 7. Color (all surfaces): Selected by Architect. B. Edging Material 1. High impact PVC extrusion, with satin finish 2. Door and Drawer Fronts: 3mm, machine profile to 1/8 inch radius 3. Horizontal and Vertical Front Cabinet Members: Imm thick 4. Colors: Selected by Architect C. Core Materials: 1. Particleboard a. Cabinets: Provide Premium Industrial Grade, mInImum 47 pound density, confonning to ANSI A208.1 - 1999, M3. b. Particle board Specifications 1) Modules or Rupture, lb. per sq.in. .............................2500 2) Modulus of Elasticity, lb. per sq. in. ......................450000 3) Internal Bond, lb. per sq. in. .........................................100 4) Thickness Swell (24 hr immerse) ..................................4% 5) Moisture Content % by weight ......................................6.0 6) Screw Holding Face ...............................................330 7) Screw Holding Edge...............................................250 8) Surface Strength lb. per sq. in. .....................................275 9) Hardness lb. ................................................................. 900 c. Manufacturer's Option: In lieu of specified particle board, provide agri (ag, wheat, straw, etc.) board manufactured rrom rapidly renewable resources, and urea fonnaldehyde rree. 2. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4, Class 1 tempered, smooth, 2 sides equal to "Duron" by u.S. Gypsum Company. 3. Hardwood Plywood a. Solid lumber or plywood concealed members; solid wood to be hardwood, kiln dried, select Poplar, Fir, or mill option lumber and plywood shall be Baltic Birch 7-ply, cabinet grade. b. Case members, tops, bottoms, sides, dividers, shelves, doors, and door rronts shall be 3/4 inch, 9-ply thick closed grain hardwood plywood. Plywood shall incorporate Type II water resistant glue. c. Countertops: Plywood and in wet areas marine grade plywood. 2.4 HARDWARE AND MISCELLANEOUS 12305 - 4 PLASTIC LAMINA TE FACED CASEWORK 0420809 A. Hinges: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Pulls: 1. 2. 3. 4. 16G6 " Steel, institutional 5 knuckle with interlaying leaves, 270-degree swing, hospital tipped with non-removable pins fastened with 4 screws each leaf into faces. No edge fastening allowed. Thickness .090 inch minimum Doors 48 inches and over shall have 3 hinges per leaf Finish: Powder coat baked-on enamel, color as selected by Architect. Bent wire, molded nylon Color: Selected by Architect Accurately position on drawer and door fTonts Through fastened with machine screws C. Drawer Slides: 1. 2. 3. E. Locks 1. Manufacturer's standard, epoxy coated metal, nylon rollers, 100 pounds dynamic load (or) European style, bottom mounted, captive profile, epoxy [mished, nylon rollers, and 100 pounds dynamic loading with positive in-stop and out-stop. Provide outstop and outkeeper to maintain drawer in 80 percent open position. File drawers and paper storage drawers: Same as above except full extension and load rating static position to be no less than 125 pounds, Blum No. BS 430E. Locks shall be of cylinder type cast with 5-disc tumbler mechanism. Each lock shall be provided with milled brass key and keying as specified in keyed different and master keyed or keyed alike. Locks shall be provided as shown on equipment drawings or described in cabinet description. 2. Each area or room shall be keyed alike. 3. Locks shall be master keyed using the casework manufacturer's keying system. (This is independent to the building master keying system.) 4. Provide automatic door bolt on double doors at leaf opposite lock core. D. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Manufacturer's standard, 2 pin, anti-lift, minimum 200 pounds capacity support clip. Support to accept either 3/4 inch or I-inch thick shelf. E. Catches: Magnetic type, adjusted for maximum 5-pound pull. Attach with screws and slotted for adjustment. 2.5 CABINET CONSTRUCTION A. Cabinet Base: 4-inch high, 3/4 inch CDX plywood. Provide additional center support for cabinets over 24 inches wide. B. Base, Wall, and Tall Cabinet Boxes 1. Sides, bottom, and top: Constructed of glued and spline doweled 3/4 inch particleboard providing balanced construction, surfaced with cabinet liner CLS for semi-exposed and vertical grade laminate for exposed locations. 0420809 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CASEWORK 12305- 5 ']" 6 C6 2. Wall cabinet bottoms and tops: Constructed of glued and spline doweled one inch thick particleboard, providing balanced construction surfaced with vertical grade laminate for exposed locations and cabinet liner CLS for semi-exposed locations. 3. Back panel: Constructed of minimum 1/4 inch prefmished tempered hard board, surfaced with CLS for semi-exposed and vertical grade laminate for exposed locations, inset and glued into sides, bottom, and top. 4. Exposed backs: Constructed of 3/4 inch particleboard, surfaced with vertical grade laminate of balanced construction for semi-exposed locations, glued and spline doweled, and mechanically attached if required. 5. Intennediate support rail: Minimum 3/4 inch particleboard, surfaced with vertical grade laminate of balanced construction, glued and doweled into cabinet sides. 6. Hanger rails: Two located at top and bottom of cabinet back, 3 on tall cabinets, locate at top, bottom, and center of 3/4 inch particleboard. C. Fixed and Adjustable Shelves and Dividers I. One inch (particleboard) shelves 2. Exposed Locations: Vertical grade plastic laminate both sides. Color to match cabinet exterior plastic laminate or as selected by Architect. 3. Semi-exposed locations: VGS or CLS 4. Front and back leading edges shall be edged with flat hum thick high impact PVC edging to match shelf color. 5. Number of adjustable shelves provided, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings or on the Schedule a. Low and tall cabinets 1 up to 24 inches 2 up to 36 inches 3 up to 60 inches Wall hung cabinets o up to 24 inches 1 up to 30 inches 4 up to 72 inches 5 up to 84 inches 6 up to 96 inches b. 2 up to 36 inches 3 up to 40 inches 6. Adjustable dividers: 1/4 inch minimum thickness, prefmished tempered hardboard or plywood, smooth both faces, retained by molded plastic support clip. 7. Fixed dividers: Constructed of 3/4 inch particleboard, surfaced with vertical grade laminate, providing balanced construction; glued and spline doweled. PVC edged to match laminate or adjacent PVC edging. D. Cabinet Doors 1. 3/4 inch particleboard 2. High pressure plastic vertical grade laminate exterior and interior. 3. Doors 48 inches and less in length shall have 2 hinges per door; doors over 48 inches in length shall have 3 hinges per door. 4. Comers: Square with radiused edges, 3mm PVC edging. E. Drawers 1. Manufacturers standard construction of minimum components listed below; or high density fiber board; glued and doweled or dovetail jointed; surfaced with vertical grade laminate of balanced construction. Bottoms constructed of minimum 1/4-inch tempered hardboard, surfaced to match drawer sides, inset and glued to four sides. 2. Drawer Face 12305 - 6 PLASTIC LAMINA TE FACED CASEWORK 0420809 16C6 a. Constructed of minimum 3/4-inch particleboard, surfaced with VGS, screw attached to the drawer box. 1) Comers: To match doors. 2) Edging: To match doors. 3) Plastic Laminate: To match doors. 3. File Drawers: File drawers shall be constructed in accordance with standard drawers specified above with the following: Include £Tont-to-back and side-to-side hanger file capability with hanger channel for letter size files integral with file drawer sides and 3/16- inch by 1/2-inch removable steel channel to span side-to-side for legal size hanging files. F. Counter tops: 1. High Pressure Plastic Laminate: GP-50 grade. 2. Plywood concealed members; solid plywood shall be 7 - Ply marine grade boat plywood or Baltic birch marine grade boat plywood. 3. Plywood shall incorporate Type II water resistant glue. 4. Horizontal work surfaces to be 1-1/2 inch thick unless otherwise noted. 5. Cut openings in countertops for sinks or other items required. Cut to size £Tom template furnished by supplier of sinks or use the designated sinks on job. 6. Refer to Unit Drawings for specific counter top details and dimensions. 7. Edging: Radius, with 3mm PVC 8. Provide balancing sheet on opposite face. 9. Laminate tops shall be continuous in practical lengths. When requiring splice joints, use a combination of splines or dowels for alignment and Tite-Joint fasteners as required to make a uniform and gapless joint. 10. Backsplash and Endsplashes: Scribable, square set, color matching, and mechanically attached. a. Backsplashes are required at locations where countertops abut walls where indicated on Drawings. b. Edges of back and endsplashes shall be of square edge configuration. G. Sealants: Fully bed and seal splashes to tops and to other splashes with Dow Coming 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant, clear; or Architect approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine conditions under which casework will be installed. Do not proceed with installation until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Condition casework to conditioned space prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Erect casework, plumb, level, true, and straight without distortion. 0420809 PLASTIC LAMINA TE FACED CASEWORK 12305- 7 16 C 6 '1 B. Countertops shall be installed flush against wall. Provide clear sealant at top and around ends of countertops, endsplashes, and backsplashes where they meet wall surfaces. Countertops to be installed to within lI8-inch oflevel in a lO-foot length in any direction. Seams to be flush. C. Use filler sections and scribe panels to fit cabinetwork to required dimensions. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. E. Upper cabinets shall alwavs be aligned with base cabinets unless otherwise approved by Architect. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjust casework and hardware so that doors and drawers operate smoothly and within accessibility requirements. B. End cabinets placed against comers or where they tee into other cabinets or obstacles shall be provided with chain or bracket stops on the inside of the doors to prevent the door or door handles rrom hitting the obstruction. 3.4 CLEANING A. Exposed surfaces, edges, and cabinet interior shall be cleaned, and construction and installation marks removed prior to acceptance by Owner. 3.5 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for [mal decision. F. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. G. Install each component during Project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part of the completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. H. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect for final decision. END OF SECTION 12305 12305 - 8 PLASTIC LAMINA TE FACED CASEWORK 0420809 16C6 SECTION 12500 WINDOW TREATMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Vertical window blinds B. Refer to plans for interior window locations. I .2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Plans showing locations of each unit and specific details not described in the manufacturer's specifications. B. Product Data: Include Transmit copy of instructions and recommendations to the installer. 1. Manufacturer's specifications for each type of unit required. 2. Methods of installation for each type of opening and supporting structure. 3. Maintenance instructions including recommended cleaning materials. 4. Operating hardware. C. Samples: Manufacturer's standard color chain for each type of blind indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain blinds through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Fire- Test-Response Characteristics: Provide blinds with the frre-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Flame-Resistance Ratings: Passes NFPA 701. C. Corded Window Covering Product Standard: Provide horizontal louver blinds complying with WCMA A 100.1. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver blinds in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, frre-test-response characteristics, and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in a window treatment schedule. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify dimensions and conditions at jobsite. Dimensions noted on the Drawings and in the Specifications are for guidance only. 0420809 WINDOW TREATMENT 12500 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16C6 ""'¡"" -~ .": . . , 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturers are specified as the type, size, function, and quality of products required to be provided: 1. Manual vertical window blinds: a. LouverDrape by Levolor Window Fashions, Rockaway, New Jersey; http://www.levolor.com b. Graber Vertical Blindes, Springs Window Fashions, Montgomery, Pennsylvania c. Hunter Douglas, Inc., Maywood, New Jersey http://www.hunterdouglas.com/ 2.2 MANUAL VERTICAL WINDOW BLINDS A. Track and Carrier Assembly Materials: 1. Head channels: Anodized extruded alwninmn alloy, minimmn 1-3/8" x 1-3/16". Provide capped ends. 2. Carrier trucks: Transverse on self-lubricating plastic wheels. No glides or sliders will be acceptable. Carrier trucks shall have one piece spur gear and plastic stems. 3. Flexible stainless steel spacer links 1/4" wide shall space and stabilize trucks by passing smoothly between stabilizer guides on each truck. 4. A nickle-plated bead chain #6 minimum shall synchronize and actuate 360 degree rotation by turning a keyed aluminum rod actuating plastic worm and plastic spur gear in each truck in the top channel. Gears shall provide no less than IO-to-I mechanical advantage to keep louvers fixed until reset by control. Cord or I-to-I ratio mechanisms will not be allowed. 5. Blinds shall traverse left to right, or right to left, as directed by Architect, by means of a non-stretch traverse cord in headrail. 6. Provide auto-rotation or other self aligining system to rotate blades in stacking position for closing. B. Louvers: 1. Width: 3 I!2-inch. 2. Standard spacing shall allow an overlap of not less than 3/8-inchand to stack 7!l6-inch apart. 3. PVC: Extruded] 00% GEON vinyl, 0.028 inch thick 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide installation hardware, fasteners, hooks, and other miscellaneous items required for a fmished and complete installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 12500 - 2 WINDOW TREATMENT 0420809 16C6 A. Position items accurately on the Drawings and true to plumb line and level. Provide additional supports or attachment as required for installation. B. Install track and all items and accessories in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and approved shop drawings. C. After complete installation, demonstrate to the Architect that components are fully operable and will perform as irÍtended. D. Provide all items and accessories as required for a complete installation in every respect. END OF SECTION 12500 0420809 WINDOW TREATMENT 12500 - 3 16 C6 .~ '4i Division 15 Mechanical SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Requirements of the Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, and Addenda and Contract Modifications (the Contract Documents), apply to the requirements of each Section of Division 15. B. Conflicts: Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed to conflict in any way with other provisions or requirements of the Contract documents. The intent is that this Section will take precedence. Where differences arise, the Architect shall decide which directions or instructions take precedence. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Unless an item is specifically mentioned as being provided by others, the requirements of Division 15 Contract Documents shall be completed. The systems, equipment, devices and accessories shall be installed, finished, tested and adjusted for continuous and proper operation. Any apparatus, material or device not shown on the Drawings but mentioned in these Specifications, or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the project complete and operational in all respects, shall be furnished, delivered and installed without additional expense to the Owner. Include all materials, equipment, supervision, operation, methods and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests necessary for complete and properly functioning systems. 1.03 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. Code Compliance: Refer to Division 1. As a minimum, unless otherwise indicated, comply with all rules, regulations, standards, codes, ordinances and laws of local, state and federal governments and the amendments and interpretation of such rules, regulations, standards, codes, ordinances and laws of local, state and federal governments by the authorities having lawful jurisdiction. B. ADA: Comply with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). C. Comply: With the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards and other Codes and Standards as adopted by the Local Authority having Jurisdiction. D. Florida Building Code 2001: Conform in strict compliance to the Florida Building 'Code (FBC), 2001 Edition and the amendments which are enforced by the local authority having jurisdiction. 1. Florida Building Code - Mechanical 2001 Edition (with 2003 revisions) 2. Florida Building Code - Plumbing 2001 Edition (with 2003 revisions) 3. Florida Building Code - Chapter 13 Florida Energy Efficiency for Building Construction 2001 Edition (with 2003 revisions) E. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION (NFPA) Standards 1. NFPA-70, National Electrical Code, 2000 Revision TFL -FM-404042 1501 0-1 8/3/2004 2. NF~~-90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Is~S('1. Õ RevIsion OlJ 3. NFPA-90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems, 1999 Revision 4. NFPA-91, Standard for the Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock and Vapor Removal or Conveying, 1999 Revision 5. NFPA-1 01, Life Safety Code, 2000 Revision F. Notification: Comply with all of the requirements of the Federal "Right-To-Know" Regulations and the Florida "Right-To-Know" Law and provide notification to all parties concerned as to the use of toxic substances. 1.04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Intent: The intent of the drawings and specifications is to establish minimum acceptable quality standards for materials, equipment and workmanship, and to provide operable mechanical systems complete in every respect. B. Equipment Placement: The drawings are diagrammatic, intended to show general arrangement, capacity and location of various components, equipment and devices. Each location shall be determined by reference to the general building plans and by actual measurements in the building as built. Reasonable changes in locations ordered by the Architect prior to the performance of the affected Work shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Drawing Scale: Due to the small scale of the drawings, and to unforeseen job conditions, all required offsets, transitions and fittings may not be shown but shall be provided at no additional cost. D. Conflict: In the event of a conflict, the Architect will render an interpretation in accordance with the General Conditions. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Provide/Install: The word "provide" shall mean furnish, install, connect, test, complete, and leave ready for operation. The word "install" where used in conjunction with equipment furnished by the Owner or under another contract shall mean mount, connect, complete, and leave ready for operation. B. Concealed: The surface of insulated or non-insulated piping, ductwork or equipment is concealed from view when standing inside a finished room, such as inside a chase or above a ceiling. C. Exposed: The surface of insulated or non-insulated piping, ductwork or equipment is seen from inside a finished room, such as inside an equipment or air handling unit room. D. Protected: The surface of insulated or non-insulated piping, ductwork or equipment on the exterior of the building but protected from direct exposure to rain by an overhang, eave, in an unconditioned parking garage or building crawl space. E. Unprotected: The surface of insulated or non-insulated piping, ductwork or equipment on the exterior of the building and exposed to rain. TFL -FM-404042 15010-2 8/3/2004 F. Abbreviations: Abbreviations, where not defined in the contral6,,G.6 shall tio interpreted to mean the normal construction industry terminology, as determined by the Architect. Plural words shall be interpreted as singular and singular words shall be interpreted as plural where applicable for context of the Contract Documents. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in this section. Include the following data: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit shop drawings for the following: (1) Each piping system (2) Ductwork systems as defined in Section 15890 (3) Coordination drawings 1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Production: Maintain one set of black or blue line on white project record "as-built" drawings at the site. At all times the set shall be accurate, clear, and complete, indicating the actual installation. Record drawings shall be updated weekly to record the present stage of progress. These drawings shall be available to the Architect at all times. Equipment schedules, control diagrams, sequences of operation shall also be updated. B. Completion: Prior to substantial completion, transfer onto an unmarked second set of drawings all changes marked in colored pencil and submit them to the Architect. Upon completion of all punch lists, transfer all "As-Built" conditions to a reproducible mylar set of drawings and submit them to the Architect for review and approval. Where drawings have been produced by computer aided drafting techniques, provide record drawings on the same computer format. 1.08 SUBMITTAL A. General: The provisions of this section are supplemental to the requirements in Division 1, and only apply to the material and equipment covered in Division 15. B. Time: Submit manufacturer's literature, performance data and installation instructions covered in each Section of Division 15 under an individual letter of transmittal within 30 days after Notice to Proceed unless othelWise indicated. C. Submitter's Review: All items required for each section shall be reviewed before submittal. Submittal information for each item shall bear a review stamp of approval, indicating the name of the Contractor and Subcontractor (where applicable), the material suppliers, the initials of submitter and date checked. Responsibility for errors or omissions in submittals shall not be relieved by the Architect's review of submittals. Responsibility for submittals cannot be subrogated to material suppliers by Contractors or Subcontractors. 1. Review of the submittal data, whether indicated with "APPROVED" or with review comments, does not constitute authorization for or acceptance of a change in the contract price. TFL-FM-404042 15010-3 8/3/2004 D. Architect's Review: The submittal data shall be reviewed only for genll QnCr6ce; . with the design concept of the project and for general compliance with the Contract Documents. Any action indicated is subject to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Reviews of submittal data review shall not include quantities; dimensions (which shall be confirmed and correlated at the job site); fabrication processes; techniques of construction; and co-ordination of the submittal data with all other trades. Copies of the submittal data will be returned marked "ACCEPTED AS SUBMITTED", "ACCEPTED AS NOTED", "REVISED AS NOTED AND RESUBMIT", "REJECTED, REVISED AS NOTED AND RESUBMIT". E. Submittal Items: Submittal items shall be inserted in a Technical Information Brochure. Mark the appropriate specification section or drawing reference number in the right hand corner of each item. Alltypewritten pages shall be on the product or equipment manufacturer's printed letterhead. 1. Manufacturer's Literature: Where indicated, include the manufacturer's printed literature. Literature shall be clearly marked to indicate the item intended for use. 2. Performance Data: Provide performance data, wiring and control diagrams and scale drawings which show that proposed equipment will fit into allotted space (indicate areas required for service access, connections, etc.), and other data required for the Architect to determine that the equipment complies with the Contract Documents. Where noted, performance data shall be certified by the manufacturer at the design rating points. 3. Installation Instructions: Where requested, each product submittal shall include the manufacturer's installation instructions. Generic installation instructions are not acceptable. Instructions shall be the same as those included with the product when it is shipped from the factory. 4. Written Operating Instructions: Instructions shall be the manufacturer's written operating instructions for the specified product. If the instructions cover more than one model or type of product they shall be clearly marked to identify the instructions that cover the product delivered to the project. Operating Instructions shall be submitted immediately after the product or equipment submittal has been returned from the Architect marked "APPROVED" or "APPROVED AS NOTED". . 5. Maintenance Instructions: Information shall be the manufacturer's printed instructions and parts lists for the equipment furnished. If the instructions cover more than one model or type of equipment they shall be marked to identify the instructions for the furnished product. Submit maintenance instructions immediately after the product or equipment submittal has been returned from the Architect marked "APPROVED" or "APPROVED AS NOTED". F. Substitutions: 1. General: Refer to Division 1. Substitutions may be considered for any product or equipment of a manufacturer. See paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURER" in this Section. Any product or equipment may be submitted for review; however, only one substitution per item will be considered. If a substituted product or equipment item is rejected, provide the specified product or equipment. a. Submittal shall include the name of the material or equipment to be substituted, equipment model numbers, drawings, catalog cuts, performance and test data and any other data or information necessary for the Architect to determine that the equipment meets the specification requirements. If the Architect accepts any proposed substitutions, such acceptance will be set forth in writing. TFL-FM-404042 15010-4 8/3/2004 b. Subsmuted equipment with all accessories installel QiL;aQui;mekt where permitted and found acceptable, must conform to space requirements. Substituted equipment that cannot meet space requirements, whether accepted or not, shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Owner. If the substituted item affects the work of other trades, the Request for Substitution form shall include a list of the necessary modifications. 2. Deviations: The Request for Substitution form shall include a complete list of deviations from the scheduled item stating both the features and functions of the scheduled item and the comparable features and functions of the proposed substitution. a. Any deviation not indicated in writing will be assumed to be identical to the specified item even if it is shown otherwise on the submittal data. b. If a deviation not listed is found anytime after review and acceptance by the Architect and that deviation, in the opinion of the Architect, renders the substituted item as unacceptable, the item shall be removed and replaced by the scheduled item at no additional cost to the Owner. c. The Architect shall retain the right to specify modifications to the substituted item, correcting or adjusting for the deviation, if the Architect deems it to be in the best interest of the Owner. 3. Scheduled Item: A scheduled item is a product or item of equipment indicated in the Contract Documents by manufacturer's name and model number identifying a single item. The manufacturer's trade name for a group of products that does not signify a single item including type, style, quality, performance, and sound rating shall not be classified as a scheduled item. Where more than one manufacturer and product model number are indicated, each shall be considered as a scheduled item. 4. Form: When a product or item of equipment is proposed as a substitution a "REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION" form shall be completed and submitted with the required data. A copy of the form is included after the end of this section. 5. Rejection: Substituted products or equipment will be rejected if, in the opinion of the Architect, the submittal does not meet anyone of the following conditions or requirements: a. The submittal data is insufficient or not clearly identified. The Architect may or may not request additional information. b. The product or equipment will not fit the space available and still provide the manufacturers published service area requirements. c. The product or equipment submitted is not equivalent to or better than the specified item. Products or equipment of lesser quality may be considered provided an equitable financial rebate, satisfactory to the Architect, is to be returned to the Owner. d. The product or equipment submitted has less capacity, efficiency and safety provisions than the specified item. e. The product or equipment submitted does not have warranty, service and factory representation equivalent to that specified. f. The Owner prefers not to accept the submitted product. G. Technical Information Brochure: 1. Binder: Include binders with the first submittal for the Technical Information Brochure. Each binder shall be size 3 inch, hardcover, 3-ring type for 8-1/2" X 11" sheets. Provide correct designation on outside cover and on spine of each binder, Le., MECHANICAL SUBMITTAL DATA, MECHANICAL OPERATION INSTRUCTION and MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. TFL-FM-404042 15010-5 8/3/2004 2. Number: Submit not less than five sets of binders for each of the three l'i~ 6 '~;t brochures indicated above. Each set shall consist of a minimum of two binders for submittafl' data and 1 binder each for operating instructions and for maintenance instructions. Additional binders shall be submitted at the request of the Architect. One set of binders shall be retained by the Architect. Three sets of binders shall be maintained for the Owner and the remaining set shall become the property of the Engineer. 3. Index: First sheet in each brochure shall be a photocopy of the "Division 15 Index" of the specifications. Second sheet shall list the firm name, address, phone number, superintendent's name for the contractor and all major subcontractors and suppliers associated with the project. 4. Dividers: Provide reinforced separation sheets tabbed with the appropriate specifications Section reference number for each Section in which submittal data or operation and maintenance instructions is required. 5. Specifications: Insert a copy of the specifications for each Section and all addenda applicable to the Section between each of the Section dividers. 1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS A. Requirements: Make Shop Drawings for piping systems at a minimum scale of 1/4 inch per foot on reproducible transparencies to verify clearances and equipment locations. Show required maintenance and operational clearances. Identify Shop Drawings by project name and include names of Architect, Engineer, Contractors, Subcontractors and supplier, date in Shop Drawing title block. Number drawings sequentially and indicate: 1. Architectural and structural backgrounds with room names and numbers, etc., including but not limited to plans, sections, elevations, details, etc. 2. Fabrication and erection dimensions. 3. Arrangements and sectional views. 4. Necessary details, including complete information for making connections to equipment. 5. Descriptive names of equipment. 6. Modifications and options to standard equipment required by Contract Documents. B. Stamp Area: Leave 4 inch by 2-1/2 inch blank area near title block for Architect's shop drawing stamp. The acceptance of a shop drawing by indicating "APPROVED" does not relieve the contractor from full compliance with the sizes and equipment connections shown on the contract documents unless the changes are specifically indicated on the shop drawing. C. Reference Key: Indicate by cross-reference the Contract Drawings, notes, or. Specification paragraph numbers where item(s) occur in the Contract Documents. D. Additional Requirements: See specific Sections for additional requirements. 1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DUCT SYSTEMS A. Requirements: Make Shop Drawings for duct systems at a minimum scale of 1/4 inch per foot on reproducible transparencies to verify clearances and equipment locations. Show TFL-FM-404042 15010-6 8/3/2004 16C6 required maintenance and operational clearances. Identify Shop Drawings by project name and include names of Architect, Engineer, Contractors, Subcontractors and supplier, date in Shop Drawing title block. Number drawings sequentially and indicate: 1. Architectural and structural backgrounds with room names and numbers, etc., including but not limited to plans, sections, elevations, details, etc. 2. Fabrication and erection dimensions. 3. Arrangements and sectional views. 4. Necessary details, including complete information for making connections to air distribution devices and air handling equipment. 5. Kinds of materials and finishes. 6. Descriptive names of equipment. 7. Modifications and options to standard equipment required. B. Stamp Area: Leave 4 inch by 2-1/2 inch blank area near title block for Architect's shop drawing stamp. The acceptance of a shop drawing by indicating "APPROVED" does not relieve the contractor from full compliance with the sizes and connections shown on the contract documents unless the changes are specifically indicated on the shop drawing. C. Reference Key: Indicate by cross-reference the Contract Drawings, notes, or Specification paragraph numbers where item(s) occur in the Contract Documents. D. Ceiling Plans: Provide Shop Drawings, using sepias of architectural reflected ceiling plans, which indicate locations of exposed air distribution devices, sprinkler heads, lights and access panel. E. Additional Requirements: See specific Sections for additional requirements. 1.11 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. General: Provide detailed (minimum 1/4 inch per foot) scaled coordination drawings showing locations and positions of all architectural, structural, electrical and mechanical elements for each mechanical equipment room and mechanical riser or chase. B. Stamp Area: Leave 4 inch by 2-1/2 inch blank area near title block for Architect's shop drawing stamp. C. Reference Key: Indicate by cross-reference the Contract Drawings, notes, or Specification paragraph numbers where item(s) occur in the Contract Documents. D. Additional Requirements: See specific Sections for additional requirements. 1.12 MANUFACTURER'S CHECKOUT A. Start-up and Checkout: At completion of installation and prior to performance verification, a factory-trained representative of the manufacturer shall provide start-up and checkout service. After the performance verification the manufacturer's representative shall examine performance information and check the equipment in operation, and sign "Check-Out Memo" for the record. Submit a copy of Memo on each item of equipment where indicated in individual sections of these specifications for inclusion in each TFL-FM-404042 15010-7 8/3/2004 Technical Information Brochure. The "Check-Out Memo" shall be included with the performance verification data. Do not request "Instruction in Operat~ ~nf~;1e" or request final inspection until Memos have been submitted and found",c6t~Q 1.13 INSTRUCTION TO OWNER A General: Instructions to the Owner shall be by competent representatives of the manufacturers involved, with time allowed for complete coverage of all operating procedures. Provide classroom instruction and field training in the design, operation and maintenance of the equipment and troubleshooting procedures. Explain the identification system, operational diagrams, emergency and alarm provisions, sequencing requirements, seasonal provisions, security, safety, efficiency and similar provisions of the systems. On the date of substantial completion, turn over the prime responsibility for operation of the mechanical equipment and systems to the Owner's operating personnel. B. Training Period: Unless otherwise indicated training periods shall encompass the following number of hours of classroom and hands-on instructions with a maximum period of 4 hours per day for either. Mixing classroom instructions and hands on training in the same day is unacceptable. 1. Training periods: a. 4 hours Classroom b. 4 hours Hands-on C. Scheduling: Submit any remaining required items for checking at least one week before final inspection of building. When submittal items are found acceptable, notify Owner, in writing, that an "Instruction in Operation Conference" may proceed. Conference will be scheduled by the Owner. After the conference, copies of a memo certifying that the "Instruction in Operation Conference" and "Completed Demonstration" have been made will by signed by Owner and the instructors, and one copy will be inserted in each Technical Information Brochure. 1.14 ALTERNATES A Refer to Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A Specified Products: Manufacturer's names and product model numbers indicated on the drawings and in these specifications establish the type, style, quality, performance, and sound rating of the desired product. Listing of other manufacturers indicates that their equivalent products would be acceptable if they meet the specification requirements, the specific use and installation shown on the drawings, including space and clearance requirements, and the energy consumption and efficiency of the specified product. The listing of additional manufacturers in no way indicates that the manufacturer can provide an acceptable product. B. Space Requirements: All manufactured products furnished on this project must have the required space and service areas indicated in the manufacturer's printed literature or shown on their shop drawing. When the manufacturer does not indicate the space required for servicing the equipment, the space shown on the drawings or as required by the Architect must be provided. 2.02 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TFL-FM-404042 15010-8 8/3/2004 A. General: Material and equipment used shall be produced by manutaclu! QgÇ.Þ engaged in the production of similar items, and with a history of satisfactory use as judged by the Architect. B. Specified Equipment: Equipment shall be the capacity and types indicated or shall be equivalent in the opinion of the Architect. Material and equipment furnished and installed shall be new, recently manufactured, of standard first grade quality and designed for the specific purpose. Equipment and material furnished shall be the manufacturer's standard item of production unless specified or required to be modified to suit job conditions. Sizes, material, finish, dimensions and the capacities for the specified application shall be published in catalogs for national distribution. Ratings and capacities shall be certified by a recognized rating bureau. Products shall be complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect. C. Compatibility: Material and equipment of one and the same kind, type or classification and used for identical or similar purposes shall be made by the same manufacturer. Where more than one choice is available, select the options which are compatible with other products already selected. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of product selection. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. General: The installation of materials and equipment shall be done in a neat, workmanlike and timely manner by an adequate number of craftsmen knowledgeable of the requirements of the Contract Documents. They shall be skilled in the methods and craftsmanship needed to produce a first-quality installation. Personnel who install materials and equipment shall be qualified by training and experience to perform their assigned tasks. All materials and equipment shall be installed per the manufacturer's written requirements. B. Acceptable Workmanship: Acceptable workmanship is characterized by first-quality appearance and function which conforms to applicable standards of building system construction and exhibits a degree of quality and proficiency which is judged by the Architect as equivalent or better than that ordinarily produced by qualified industry tradesmen. C. Performance: Personnel shall not be used in the performance of the installation of material and equipment who, in the opinion of the Architect, are deemed to be careless or unqualified to perform the assigned tasks. Material and equipment installations not in compliance with the Contract Documents, or installed with substandard workmanship in the opinion of the Architect, shall be removed and reinstalled by qualified craftsmen at no change in the contract price. D. General: Refer to Division 1. E. Emergency Contacts: Along with the operating and maintenance manual submittal, provide the Owner with a list of the names and emergency telephone and beeper numbers of individuals who can be contacted during working and non-working hours, including weekends, for assistance throughout the warranty period should leaks, equipment failure or other damage occur. Update the list throughout warranty to provide continuous availability of responsible parties to the Owner. If the Owner cannot contact TFL-FM-404042 15010-9 8/3/2004 the responsible party during an emergency situation, the Owner may effect~e~eY6 ."" ' repairs through other means and may backcharge for the costs of repair m,%r" , labor incurred. F. Housekeeping: Keep interiors of duct and pipe systems clean and free from dirt, rubbish and foreign matter. Close open ends of piping and ductwork at all times throughout the installation. Install 30% efficient filter media over each return air grille and open return duct opening; change media regularly during construction when dirty to keep duct interiors clean. Prevent dust, debris and foreign material from entering the piping and ductwork. G. Equipment Protection: Protect fan motors, switches, equipment, fixtures, and other items from dirt, rubbish and foreign matter. Do not operate air-handling equipment if the building is not clean or if dust can enter the coils or the fan housings. H. Equipment Cleaning: Thoroughly clean equipment and entire piping systems internally upon completion of installation and immediately prior to final acceptance. Open dirt pockets and strainers, blow down each piping system and clean strainer screens of accumulated debris. Remove accumulated dirt, scale, oil and foreign substances. Thoroughly wipe clean internal surfaces of ductwork and air handling units prior to request for substantial completion. I. Building Cleanup: Remove debris, rubbish, leftover materials, tools and equipment from work areas and site. Clean tunnels and closed off spaces of packing boxes, wood frame members and other waste materials used in the installation. Final acceptance shall not be approved until site is cleaned. J. Fixture Cleanup: Remove temporary labels, stickers, etc., from fixtures and equipment. Do not remove permanent nameplates, equipment model numbers, ratings, etc. K. Filter Replacement: Provide filters, with the same efficiency rating as required for the final installation, for the protection of the air moving equipment and ductwork continuously throughout the construction phase. Provide a new set of clean filters for the test and balance of the air side equipment. L. Protection of Finished Installation: Where installation is required in areas previously finished by other trades, protect the area from marring, soiling or other damage. M. Air Handling Unit Operation During Construction Phase: Do not operate air handling units during building construction phase unless filter fabric is fastened to all duct sysems' inlets and all specified and scheduled air filters are installed to minimize dirt entry into ductwork and air moving equipment. When running air handling units to dry out the building, control the building temperature to drop very slowly, and verify all doors and windows are installed and closed, to prevent condensation of water from humid air on building interior surfaces, equipment, materials and ductwork. 3.02 CORRECTION OF WORK A. General: At no additional cost to the Owner, rectify discrepancies between the actual installation and contract documents when in the opinion of the T&B Agency or the Architect the discrepancies will affect system balance and performance. B. Drive Changes: Include the cost of all pulley, belt, and drive changes, as well as balancing dampers, valves and fittings, and access panels to achieve proper system balance recommended by the T&B Agency. TFL-FM-404042 15010-10 8/3/2004 3.03 COORDINATION AND ASSISTANCE 16C6 ·f A. General: Provide all labor, equipment, tools and material required to operate the equipment and systems necessary for the testing and balancing of the systems and for the adjustment, calibration or repair of all electric or pneumatic automated control devices and components. These services shall be available on each working day during the period of final testing and balancing. 8. Drawings and Specifications: Provide to the T&8 Agency a complete set of project record drawings and specifications and an approved copy of all HV AC shop drawings and equipment submittals. The T&8 Agency shall be informed of all changes made to the system during construction, including applicable change orders. C. Coordination: Coordinate the work of all trades and equipment suppliers to complete the modifications recommended by the T&8 Agency and accepted by the Architect. Cut or drill holes for the insertion of air measuring devices as directed for test purposes; repair to as-new condition, inserting plastic caps or covers to prevent air leakage. Repair or replace insulation and re-establish the integrity of the vapor retardant. 3.04 PREPARATIONS FOR PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION A. Verification: Prior to commencement of the balancing by the T&8 Agency, the Contractor shall verify in writing: 1. That air filters have been replaced and are in clean condition. 2. That linkages between dampers and their actuators are secure, non-overloading and non- binding. 3. That ductwork specialties are in their normal operating positions. 4. That fans are operating at the correct rotation and specified RPM. 5. That ductwork has been pressure tested and accepted. 6. That the operating safeties (thermal overloads, firestatlfreezestats, smoke detectors, relief valves, etc.), are installed and fully functional. 7. That equipment has been lubricated and can be operated without damage. 8. That the systems are operational and complete. 9. That no latent residual work remains to be completed. 3.05 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Requirements: Do not store fiberglass insulation or any equipment within the building until it has been "dried in". If dry space is unavailable and the insulation and equipment must be installed or stored before the building is "dried in" and·completely enclosed, provide polyethylene film cover for protection. 8. Replacement of Damaged Stored Material and Equipment: Any material and equipment that has been wet or otherwise damaged prior to installation, in the opinion of the Architect, shall be replaced with new material regardless of the condition of the material and equipment at the time of installation. TFL -FM-404042 15010-11 8/3/2004 C. Repair of Damaged Installed Material and Equipment: After installation correct or repair dents, scratches and other visible blemishes. At the direction of Architect replace or repair to "as new" condition equipment which has been damaged during construction. ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 1 6 C 6 ~:I 3.06 A. General: Should asbestos or other hazardous material be encountered during execution of the work, or should the presence of asbestos or other hazardous material be suspected, immediately notify the Architect and suspend work in the affected area. The Owner will initiate a study to determine if asbestos or other hazardous materials are present and will determine what action will be taken. Removal of asbestos or other hazardous materials will be done under a separate contract. 3.07 COORDINATION OF SERVICES A. General: Coordinate interruption of existing services in writing at least 1 week in advance with the Architect. Shutdown time and duration of services interruption shall be decided by the Owner. Provide shutoff valves at points of interconnection to minimize downtime. Procedures incidental to the outage shall be prepared in advance to minimize downtime. B. Fire Safety in Existing facilities: Do not decrease the fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, floors, doors or combinations thereof in adjacent areas or means of egress. Do not interrupt fire sprinkling or life safety systems without prior coordination with the Architect. Inform all necessary parties (Fire Department, Owner's insurance carrier, etc.) in advance, prior to and immediately after shutdown, disconnection or isolation of any portion of life safety or fire sprinkler system. C. Protection of Facilities: Portions of the building may be operational during construction. Maintain operation of the equipment and systems whenever the installation interfaces with existing equipment or systems. Provide protection for the building, its contents and occupants wherever installation under the contract is performed. As necessary, move, store, and protect furniture, office fixtures and carpets. Provide acoustical isolation of the work area with temporary doors, partitions, etc., to allow normal work functions. Provide exhaust fans, temporary dust barrier partitions and any containment measures required to prevent dirt, dust or fumes from reaching adjacent occupied spaces as required by the Owner or Architect. Access to the building, including exit stairs, doors and passageways, and loading dock and other delivery areas shall be kept open and continuously accessible to the occupants. Workmen shall be confined to those areas directly involved in the project installation, and only during time periods indicated and approved by the Owner. 3.08 LAYOUT OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT A. General: Existing equipment, piping, ductwork, etc., as indicated on the drawings have, for the most part, been provided to the Architect through existing drawings. The layouts shown may not be from as-built drawings and may be from partial copies of original design documents not produced by the Architect. The Architect is not responsible for the accuracy nor completeness of the existing installation and all layouts are shown for reference only_ It is to be understood that unforeseen conditions probably exist and that existing and new work may not be field located exactly as shown on the drawings. Verify existing conditions in the field and notify the Architect of any deviations required to install the work as shown. Coordinate new work with existing equipment, including removing, relocating, rerouting, extending with new materials, and reinstall existing piping, ductwork, conduits, wiring, tubing, supports and other equipment. The Architect shall make the final decision on all deviations or modifications required by the existing conditions. TFL -FM-404042 15010-12 8/3/2004 3.09 OWNERSHIP OF REMOVED EQUIPMENT A. General: Construction materials and items of mechanical and e,ltr' e ·t.....ent which are removed and not reused shall be removed from the jab-site unless i~~'d as to be retained for the Owner. Include rigging, removal and hauling cost, as well as any salvage value, in the contract. 3.10 CLEAN-UP A. General: Debris and rubbish shall not be disposed into the Owner's containers. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404042 1501 0-13 8/3/2004 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION 16C6Z. Project Name: Location: Date of Request Name of Party Requesting Substitute: Reason for Substitution Request Drawinq Spec. Sect. No. Paraqraph Specified Item Proposed Substitute: Manufacturer and Model Number: Deviations from the Specified Item: (See paragraph entitled "Deviations".) Reason for Substitution: Changes to Other Systems to Permit Use of Proposed Substitute: (List changes. Submit drawings if required for clarity.) Technical Data to Support Request for Acceptance: (List ASTM or other standards designations, testing laboratory reports, experience records, etc.) Other Supporting Data: (Submit brochures, samples, drawings, etc.) TFL -FM-404042 15010-14 8/3/2004 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION (ContinUed)16 C 6 Certification: In making request for substitution, the party whose authorized signature appears below, certifies that all of the following statements are correct and are accepted without exception: The proposed substitution has been personally investigated and is equal or superior in all significant respects to the product specified for the specific applications required; The proposed substitution will be warranted under the same terms required for the specified product; Coordination aspects necessitated by the proposed substitution will be accomplished in a complete and proper fashion by the party signing this form without any additional cost to the Owner; and Claims against the Owner for additional costs related to the proposed substitution which subsequently become apparent after acceptance by the Architect are hereby waived. Credit: If this substitution is acceptable the following credit shall be given to the Owner; $ CERTIFICATION OF EQUIVALENT PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUIVALENT PERFORMANCE The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted by: Signature Title Typed Name: Company: Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide a legally binding signature will invalidate this request. TFL-FM-404042 15010-15 8/3/2004 SECTION 15030 16C6'" ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS are part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide electric motors and related electric material and equipment required for all mechanical work. 1.03 RELATION TO OTHER WORK A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15450, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 3. 15760, SPLIT PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 4. 15780, PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 5. 15860, FANS 6. 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1 , ALTERNATES 2. Division 16, ELECTRICAL 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. Include the following material and performance data: 1. Manufacturer Literature: a. Dimensional outline drawing showing the operating weights of the equipment with all connection locations and requirements. 2. Installation Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions including copies shipped with the equipment. 3. Maintenance Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed maintenance instructions for equipment covered in this Section. TFL-FM-404042 15030-1 8/3/2004 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS 1 L C 6 A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of constructio ~ reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Comply: With the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards and other Codes and Standards as adopted by the Local Authority having Jurisdiction. 1. NFPA: NFPA-70, National Electrical Code, 1999 Revision. 2. NEMA: National Electric Manufacturer's Association Standard MG-2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC MOTOR A. Manufacturers: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. 1. General Electric 2. Westinghouse 3. Baldor Electric Co. 4. Emerson 5. Lincoln B. General: 1. Provide motors for continuous duty conditions in which they will be required to perform; i.e., general purpose, splash-proof, explosion proof, standard load, high torque, or any other special type as required by the equipment motor manufacturer's recommendations. Unless otherwise indicated or required, motors shall be open drip-proof type. 2. Motors installed outdoors shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) type. 3. Motor enclosures shall be of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer for the specific application. 4. All motors shall be furnished for starting in accordance with electric utility company's requirements and shall be compatible with the motor starter and driven load. Motors shall not exceed full-rated nameplate load when operated at any point along the driven equipment's characteristic performance curve. The motor service factor shall not be used to justify exceeding nameplate amperage. 5. Unless otherwise indicated, motors 1/2 horsepower and less shall be single phase. Motors 3/4 horsepower and .Iarger shall be 3 phase, squirrel-cage induction type. 6. Sound power levels for motors shall be no greater than the guidelines recommended by NEMA MG 1-12.49. A motor which, in the opinion of the Architect, generates excessive noise within the occupied area of the building shall be replaced with a quieter operating motor at no additional cost to the Owner. 7. Motors designated to operate with a variable frequency drive shall be approved by the manufacturer of the variable frequency drive equipment and the manufacturer TFL -FM-404042 15030-2 8/3/2004 of the motor to insure quiet and stable continuous opeloÓ£ 6 entire speed range. 8. Verify the circuit voltage and phase being furnished to the motor. All motors shall be 1750 rpm unless noted otherwise. Motors shall operate with electrical input voltage variations of plus or minus 1 percent of nameplate rating or frequency variations of plus or minus 5 percent of nameplate rating. C. Design: Provide NEMA Design B for normal starting torque with Standard MG1-12.42 Class B insulation unless noted otherwise or required by the equipment on which the motor is being used, except that motors for variable-speed service shall have Class F insulation. Motors shall be designed for operation in 40 degree C. ambient at 1.15 service factor on sine wave power at the base voltage and frequency and shall have all copper windings. Motors shall meet or exceed the locked-rotor (starting) and breakdown (maximum) torques for the NEMA rating. Locked rotor current shall not exceed 6 times full-load current. Motor current density and heating characteristics shall be such that the motor insulation will not fail if subjected to locked-rotor current for 20 seconds. D. Efficiency: Motors 1 horsepower and larger shall be high efficiency design. Nominal efficiency of each motor shall be tested in accordance with NEMA MG 1-12.54.1 and shall be labelled on the motor nameplate in accordance with NEMA MG 1.12.54.2. High-efficiency motors shall be different from the manufacturer's standard product through the use of premium materials, design and improved manufacturing processes to reduce motor losses. E. Single Phase: Single phase motors for hard starting applications including air compressors and outdoor installations shall be capacitor start/induction run or capacitor start/capacitor run type designed for the application. Motors for fans and pumps located indoor may be split phase with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings and shall be selected for quiet operation. Motors 1/8 horsepower and below may be shaded pole type with permanently sealed bearings. 2.02 MOTOR STARTERS A. Compliance: Motor starters included as an integral part of a factory pre-wired control panel shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment it serves. All motor starters shall comply with the requirements of Section titled "MOTOR CONTROLLER" in Division 16. B. Overload Protection: Unless otherwise indicated, all 3 phase motor starters shall be provided with thermal overload relays on each phase sized in accordance with the actual nameplate full load ampere rating. Single-phase motors shall be furnished with built-in thermal protection. 2.03 THERMOSTAT . A. Provide electric remote wall mounted thermostat at the locations indicated. 1. 24V, Fully Programmable: Thermostat shall have automatic changeover, 7-day program with "AUTO-ON" fan and" AUTO-OFF" system switches. 2.04 FACTORY PRE-WIRED CONTROL PANEL TFL-FM-404042 15030-3 8/3/2004 ----..,,-...-.....- A. Quality Assurance: Factory pre-wired control panels furnished WllaQ eCuf~,ent shall be Ul Listed. B. Starter: Motor starters included in a factory pre-wired control panels shall comply with the paragraph included in this Section entitled "MOTOR STARTERS". C. Disconnect Each control panel shall be provided with a disconnecting means for each motor and control circuit controlled by the panel. Where more than one motor or control circuit is controlled each shall be provided with a fused disconnect or circuit breaker. D. Wiring: Factory pre-wired control panels shall be provided with internal wiring to a single set of incoming lugs for a single point electrical power connection. E. Transformers: When control transformers are provided or other electrical voltages are required other than or in addition to the electrical power connection, provide fuse protection and disconnect switch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTAllATION A. Material and Equipment: Install material and equipment in accordance with details shown on the drawings, submittal drawings and manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 SCHEDULED HORSEPOWER A. Nominal Size: The horsepower scheduled or specified are those nominal sizes estimated to be required by the equipment when operating at specified duties and efficiencies. In the case of pumps and fans, these motors shall be non-overloading at any point of the performance curve. B. Minimum Size: Motor horsepowers shall not be reduced from the scheduled size regardless of the requirements of the selected or submitted equipment. c. Increased Size: If the actual motor horsepower for the equipment furnished is larger than the scheduled size indicated, the proper size feeder, breaker, starter, etc. shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Vibration: Motor vibration in any direction as measured at the bearing housings, when tested in accordance with NEMA Standard MG1-12.06, shall be within the following table: TABLE - VIBRATION LIMITS I Speed (RPM) I Max. Amplitude (Inch) I 3000-4000 0.0010 1500-2990 0.0015 1000-1499 0.0020 999-& below 0.0025 1. If balance weights are added to the rotor, they shall be permanently secured by welding or riveting. Machine nuts, bolts and screws are prohibited. TFl-FM-404042 15030-4 8/3/2004 3.03 THERMOSTAT 1 " r 6 A. Wall mounted thermostats shall be installed horizontally }¿u~t DOX 48" above the floor unless otherwise indicated. B. Thermostats for exterior spaces or those shown on an exterior wall shall have insulated bases. All wiring shall be in conduit. 3.04 WIRING A. Power: All power wiring shall be installed according to the requirements of Division 16, ELECTRICAL. B. Interlock: Unless otherwise noted, all interlock wiring, such as remote line voltage thermostats, fan speed controllers, etc. shall be installed by the supplier of that equipment. Interlock wiring shall be installed according to the requirements of Division 16, ELECTRICAL. C. Control: All control wiring exposed in mechanical equipment rooms, fan rooms, return air plenums, etc. shall be in conduit. Low voltage control wiring may be installed without conduit in return air plenums provided the cable is plenum rated and the installation is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. D. Remote Panel: If the pre-wired control panel is designed for remote mounting, the wiring from the factory pre-wired panel to the controlled equipment shall be installed according to the requirements of Division 16, ELECTRICAL. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404042 15030-5 8/3/2004 SECTION 15050 16Gb BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, are part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Materials listed herein are general mechanical materials to be used for Division 15 sections of the specifications unless noted otherwise. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: This section relates to the requirements of all sections in Division 15. 1.04 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall comply with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Comply: With the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards and other Codes and Standards as adopted by the Local Authority having Jurisdiction. C. NFPA: NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the Fire Hazards of Materials, 1996 Revision. 1.05 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. Include the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Access doors and panel data for each type of unit indicated. b. Each type of pipe hanger and supporting device, including but not limited to attachment/interface to structure. c. Fan curbs for roof-mounted fans, air intake and relief vents. 2. Installation Instructions: a. Roof curbs for roof-mounted, air intake and exhaust including copies shipped with the units. TFL-FM-404042 15050-1 8/3/2004 ____..."'..".._._0 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL 16C6 :'Ç A. Acceptance: Materials and equipment shall be products which will meet with the acceptance to the authority having jurisdiction. Where acceptance is contingent upon having the products examined, tested and certified by Underwriters Laboratories or other recognized testing laboratory, the product shall be so examined, tested and certified. B. Material: Refer to the paragraph entitled "MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT" in Section 15010. 2.02 HOUSEKEEPING PADS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. General: Pads and supports shall extend a minimum of 4 inches and a maximum of 8 inches beyond the base or supporting member in all direction. It is the intent not to have the pad extend under the entire piece of equipment unless that equipment is located on the exterior of the building on the ground, or the weight of the pad is required for vibration control. Pads shall have 1/2 inch chamfered on all exposed edges and shall be poured and finished smooth and level to insure proper and continuous support for the bearing surfaces of the equipment, with no deviation in excess of 1/8 inch when tested with a 10- foot straight edge. B. Size: Coordinate length and width of pads and penetrations necessary for piping or conduit with the actual equipment approved for use on the project. Pad shall be 4" thick, unless noted otherwise. C. Concrete and Steel Requirements: All concrete and steel for housekeeping pads shall comply with the requirements of Division 3, CONCRETE. D. Housekeeping Pads: 1. Location: Provide concrete housekeeping pads for all floor mounted equipment where indicated and where located in rooms where water piping exists. Unless otherwise indicated housekeeping pads shall be reinforced with a minimum of two layers of6 by6 inch, 10/10 welded wire mesh with an 1-1/2 inch cover from the bottom and any exposed surface. Pads less than 18 inches wide shall be reinforced with a minimum of two #4 bars at 6 inches on centers both ways set 1- 1/2 inches above the bottom of the pad. 2. Bonding: Housekeeping pads shall be bonded to the floor slab. If the equipment located on the pad must be anchored for support, the anchor bolts shall be anchored to the floor slab prior to the installation of the housekeeping pad. 2.03 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. Locations: Provide access doors and panels (access units) for access to concealed items which require service or maintenance or other reason for accessibility. B. Manufacturer: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. 1. Milcor Division of Inland-Ryerson 2. Bilco 3. Nystrom 4. Ventfabrics TFL-FM-404042 15050-2 8/3/2004 TABLE - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 16C6 I Location I Door/Panel Type I Drywall Style OW Masonry or Tile Style M-Stainless Acoustical Tile Style AT Plaster Style K Fire-rated Walls Style Fire Rated (or as indicated below) C. Non-Fire Rated Units: 1. Steel panels and frames. 2. Locks and latches shall be appropriate for the location and shall be cam-Iock type latches, flush screwdriver operated locks or cylindrical locks. 3. Provide two keys for all doors. All doors shall be keyed the same. D. Other Requirements: 1. Doors and panels installed in glazed or ceramic tiled surfaces, in toilet rooms or in kitchens shall be stainless steel. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, finish shall be rust inhibitive prime coat. E. Sizes: 1. Minimum size: 8 inch x 14 inch. 2. Sizes of each unit shall be individually selected to allow the recommended and required service, maintenance and accessibility functions to be accomplished. These functions shall include, for example, valve removal, damper linkage resetting, control adjustment, lubrication, repair, replacement and similar tasks necessary and recommended for the concealed item. 3. No size smaller than 16 inch x 24 inch shall be allowed when a person must pass through the access opening. Access panels for heating equipment shall be minimum 22 inch x 36 inch as required by code. 2.04 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. General: Comply with ANSI A13.1-1994, "Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems" and OSHA requirements, or as otherwise indicated. B. Manufacturer: 1. Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. Model numbers or product type listed for one or more manufacturers are given to provide an example of the item required. TFL -FM-404042 15050-3 8/3/2004 ... -"-_."._.__....,....~""_._-".."^ C. Markers: Legends or arrows painted with stencils are not acceptable. Markers must have approved color coded background, proper color of legend in relation to background color and flow arrow indicator. Markers higher than 12 feet above the ~or~afi1rze minimum 2 inch letters. Markers shall comply with the following table: ~ 0 V 0 0.0. of Pipe or Covering Length of Color Field Size of Letters % to 1-1/4 inch 8 inches 1/2 inch 1-1/2 to 2 inches 8 inches 3/4 inch 2-1/2 to 6 inches 12 inches 1-1/4 inch Above 6 inches 12 inches 2 inches TABLE - IDENTIFICATION MARKER SIZES 1. Manufacturer: a. Pipes 3/4 inch through 5 inch 0.0.: Seton, Setmark Type SNA. b. Pipes 6 inch 0.0. and Greater: Seton, Setmark Type STR. O. Bands: Color coded in minimum widths of 2-1/4 inch for pipe through 12 inch 0.0. and 4 inch for pipe 14 inch 0.0. and greater. 1. Manufacturer: a. Brady, B-500 Vinyl Cloth, B-350 PermaCode or B-946 Outdoor Film. E. Valve Tags: Each tag shall designate appropriate service and valve number. Secure attach with meter seals, 4-ply 0.018 copper smooth wire, brass "S" hooks, or brass jack chain to allow easy reading. All valve tags used on a project shall be the same type and manufacturer. 1. Manufacturer: Provide either of the following types: a. Brass Type: Minimum 19 gauge polished brass; 1-1/2 inch min. diameter. Seton, Style 250-BL. b. Aluminum Color Coded Type: Anodized aluminum; 2 inch min. diameter. Seton, Style 2070. c. Aluminum Alloy Type: 16 Gauge sheet aluminum: Depressed type letters filled with black enamel. Face and periphery of satin finish shall be free from burns and scratches. Seton, Type 4. d. Fiber Glass Type: 1/16 inch thick glass fiber reinforced resin. 2 inch x 2 inch size of 2-1/2 inch x 9 inch size as necessary to identify item. Brady, Series No. 2297. F. Equipment Labels: Provide either of the following types: 1. Plastic Type: Outdoor grade acrylic plastic to withstand weather, abrasion, grease, acid, chemical and other corrosive conditions; 1/16 inch min. thickness. Sized 3/4 inch x 2-1/2 inch, 1 inch x 2-1/2 inch, 1 inch x 3 inch or 1-1/2 inch x 4 inch as necessary to identify item. TFL-FM-404042 15050-4 8/3/2004 a. Manufacturer: (1) Seton, Setonite. 16C6'll 2. Aluminum Type: Engraved, flexible, 0.020 inch thick aluminum. Sized 3/4 inch x 2-1/2 inch, 1 inch x 3 inch, 1-1/2 inch x 4 inch or 3 inch x 6 inch as necessary to identify item. a. Manufacturer: (1) Seton, No. 06505. 2.05 CORROSION PROTECTION COATING A. Application: Mechanical units indicated with a corrosion protection coating shall be provided with corrosion protection for each applicable unit component where indicated. B. Coil Protection: Evaporator and condenser coils shall be provided with a factory-applied dip-coating process for corrosion protection. Coil coating material and process as applied to coils shall have passed a 2,000 hour salt spray test in accordance with ASTM Standard B117.85. Coil coating material shall consist of a complex chain link polyelastomer material with properties including 4,000 PSI tensile strength and 400% flexibility. Coils shall be prepared with an acid bath, rinse, and complete drying prior to coating process. A 1.0-mil thick acrylic polymer resin primer shall be applied by dip- coating followed by a 3 hour cure. The corrosion protection coating shall be applied by dip-coating in three steps of 0.5-mil thickness each with a one hour cure between coats. Corrosion protection coating shall be built up on fin edges by a final spray-coating process. An anti-microbial agent shall be added to the corrosion protection coating for evaporator coils. 1. Manufacturer and Product: a. Bronz-Glow, Husky Coil Coat C. Uninsulated Interior Surfaces: All uninsulated interior surfaces (excluding coils, refer to paragraph entitled "Coil Protection" for corrosion protection coating for coils) shall be provided with a factory-applied spray-coating process for corrosion protection. Corrosion Protection coating material and process shall have passed a 2,000 hour salt spray test in accordance with ASTM Standard B 117 .85. Coating material shall consist of a synthetic resin material with properties including 5,000 PSI tensile strength and 400% flexibility. The corrosion protection coating shall be applied by spray-coating in three coats for a final 4.0-6.0 mils thickness when dry. An anti-microbial agent shall be added to the corrosion protection coating for interior surfaces exposed to either the ventilation air, return air, or supply air stream. 1. Manufacturer and Product: a. Bronz-Glow, Husky SPC Coat TFL-FM-404042 15050-5 8/3/2004 ...._~._".,'''''_.~'_.""''~_.._" ~""M~'''··'' D. Insulated Interior Surfaces: All insulated interior surfaces shall be lvQkiR fa~tOry. applied spray-coating process for sealing and protection against moisture intrusion. Coating material shall consist of a vinyl material with properties including 1,000 PSI tensile strength and 350% elongation. Coating material shall be fire-retardant, and shall comply with NFPA 90A regarding flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. The protective coating shall be applied by spray-coating in for a final 2.0-10.0 mils thickness when dry. An anti-microbial agent shall be added to the protective coating. 1. Manufacturer and Product: a. Bronz-Glow. Husky Insul Coat 2.06 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTING DEVICES A. General: Pipe hangers and supporting devices shall comply with the requirements of this section unless specifically indicated otherwise in other sections of this division. B. Material: Pipe supporting devices apply to all piping unless modified in subsequent sections (Le., vibration isolation) or detailed on the drawings. 1. Pipe hangers for copper pipe shall be PVC coated steel or copper, clevis type. 2. Hangers for all other types of piping shall be galvanized steel clevis type or split ring. Pipe hangers shall be capable of vertical adjustment after erection of the piping. Hanger rods shall be galvanized. 3. Vertical piping riser clamp supports shall be constructed of steel with rounded ears and two or four holes for clamping bolts. Riser clamps shall be galvanized steel, except that riser clamps for copper and brass piping riser clamps shall have PVC coating finish or copper. 4. Manufacturer: (1) Grinnell (2) PHD Manufacturing Inc. (3) Pipe Shields Incorporated C. Beam Clamp: Beam clamps may be used when supporting piping from steel structures. 2.07 FLOOR, WALL OR CEILING PLATES OR ESCUTCHEONS A. General: Shall be chrome-plated brass. Escutcheons for extended sleeves shall be of the type designed for that purpose. Solid escutcheons shall be used up to 2 inches, split ring escutcheons will be allowed for sizes 2-1/2 inches and above. B. Manufacturer: 1. Guarantee Specialty Mfg. Co. 2. American Sanitary Mfg. Co. 3. Benton & Caldwell TFL -FM-404042 15050-6 8/3/2004 c. Location: Provide esculcheons or labrtcaled plates or collars al ló~c6.h~;e p\pe or duct passes through a finished surface. Escutcheons for flush sleeves shall be equivalent to Benton & Caldwell No. 3A chromium plated brass; for sleeves extending above floor shall be equivalent to Benton & Caldwell No. 36 chrome plated brass. Collars or plates for ducts and large diameter insulated pipe shall be fabricated of 18 gage galvanized sheet steel, secured to structure and neatly fitted around duct or pipe. 2.08 BEARINGS A. General: Under normal loading conditions per NEMA MG1-14.45, bearings shall be 100,OOO-hour rated unless otherwise specified. Bearings shall be AFBMA Standard sizes. B. Re-greasable: Bearings shall be re-greasable-type unless otherwise indicated as sealed- type non-re-greasable. C. Housing: Bearing housings shall have long, tight running fits or rotating shields to protect against foreign mater entering the bearings and leakage of grease out of the bearing cavity. Housings for re-greasable bearings shall have a capped grease inlet fitting, grease relief plug on the opposite side of the inlet, and a grease reservoir in the cast inner cap. D. Extended Lines: Provide extended lubrication lines and fittings to an accessible location for all bearings concealed by equipment housing, belt guards, etc. E. Factory Lubrication: Bearings shall be provided with grease from the manufacturer. Grease shall be premium moisture resistant containing rust inhibitors and suitable for operation in temperatures from 50 to 250 degrees F. 2.09 FAN, RELIEF AND INTAKE CURB A. Construction: Prefabricated fan, relief and intake curbs, unless otherwise indicated, shall be constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel with continuous welded seams, 3 inch cant, factory installed wood nailer and insulated with 1-1/2 inch thickness 3 pound density rigid fiberglass insulation. Curb height shall be a minimum 8 inches above the finished roof surface unless otherwise indicated or required. B. Insulated Roofs: Roof curbs on insulated roofs shall have a raised cant the same height as the insulation thickness. C. Manufacturer: 1. Thycurb, Thybar Corporation 2. Louvers & Dampers, Inc. 3. Penn Ventilator 4. Greenheck 2.10 AUXILIARY DRIP PAN A. Construction: The drip pan shall be constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel with 1/2/ inch double fold edge and shall extend a minimum of 3 inch outside the unit dimension with corners soldered to prevent leakage and shall have a 3/4 inch drain connection (where required) at the low point designed so it will not trap any liquid in the pan. TFL-FM-404042 15050-7 8/3/2004 B. Moisture Sensor: Where a drain connection is not indicated provide a moisture sensor or float switch at the low point of the drip pan. Float switch shall be rated alfO t"P(\ 6 115/230 VAC with normally closed (N.C.) contact. ~ 0 U 1. Manufacturer: a. Beckett Pump Corporation PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Concrete Bases and Structural Steel: Concrete bases and structural steel to support equipment and piping installed under each specification section of this division and not specifically shown on the structural or architectural plans shall be furnished. 3.02 HOUSEKEEPING PADS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORT A. Housekeeping Pads: Provide reinforced concrete housekeeping pads where indicated and for all floor mounted equipment located in rooms where water piping exist. Pads shall be 4 inches high unless otherwise indicated. Ground mounted equipment shall have an 8 inch high reinforced concrete housekeeping pad unless otherwise indicated. The pad shall extend a minimum of 6 inches above finish grade. 3.03 EQUIPMENT ACCESS A. Access Doors and Panels: 1. Locations: Provide access units at the following locations: a. Where additionally specified in other sections of this Division 15 and where specifically indicated on the drawings. b. Where not specifically indicated on the drawings but where the work to be provided will require accessibility for purposes as described or as recommended by the manufacturer of the concealed item. c. At all locations where concealed equipment, fixtures, devices and similar items require accessibility for service, inspection, maintenance, repair, replacement and where such concealed item would not otherwise be accessible for such functions without the provision of an appropriately sized access unit. 2. Coordination of Determination of Locations: Coordinate the work as related to the determination of where access units are to be located. B. Rejection of Work: Access units which are not provided, furnished or installed in compliance with this Division shall be removed, replaced and/or relocated at the direction of the Architect. 3.04 AUXILIARY DRIP PAN A. Support: Each drip pan shall be supported from the structure above and not from the unit it serves or the ceiling below. TFL-FM-404042 15050-8 8/3/2004 B. Drain <?onnection: Pr?~ide 1/2 i~ch drain connection, w~ere indicat_, ~hf'1oLp~ jti shall discharge at a vIsible location above the nearest sink or lavatc¿ ~~rwlset"~ shown on the drawings; pan location and/or size shall not interfere with ability to maintain the unit or replace the air filters. C. Moisture Sensor: The moisture sensor or float switch shall shut the unit down on the detection of moisture in the Auxiliary Drip Pan. 3.05 CORROSION PROTECTION COATING A. Anti-Microbial Agent: Where indicated, an anti-microbial agent shall be added to the protective coating. The anti-microbial agent shall consist of Intersept microbiostat formulated to inhibit the growth of microorganisms including fungi, bacteria, mold, and yeast. 1. Manufacture and Product: a. Bronz-Glow, Husky Anti-Microbial 3.06 HANGERS AND INSERTS A. General: Refer also to other sections which may describe additional requirements for hanging and supporting. B. Location: Provide and properly locate hangers to adequately support piping and equipment. Arrange hangers to permit expansion and contraction. Do not hang piping from fire or smoke walls. Provide pipe hangers at each valve, strainer, and other piping accessory, and at each change of direction. C. Size: The size of hanger for non-insulated pipes shall be suitable for pipe size to be supported. For insulated piping, the size of the hanger shall be suitable for the pipe size, plus the insulation and an insulation shield. Refer to Section 15250, THERMAL INSULATION, for insulation shield requirements. D. Protection: Isolation of copper pipe from steel trapeze hangers shall consist of wrapping pipe and 1 inch each side of contact surface with not less than two layers of adhesive type plastic dielectric insulating tape. E. Spacing: Locate pipe supports as indicated in the following table unless noted otherwise in other sections of the specifications or on the drawings: I Material I Pipe Size I Hanger Spacing ! Under 1 inch 6 foot centers Steel Pipe 1 to 2 inches 8 foot centers 2-1/2 to 4 inches 1 0 foot centers 5 inches and larger 12 foot centers Copper Tubing up to 1-1/4 6 foot centers 1-1/2 and above 1 0 foot centers Cast Iron Pipe All 5 foot centers TABLE - HORIZONTAL PIPE HANGER SCHEDULE TFL-FM-404042 15050-9 8/3/2004 -- 1. Vertical Pipe: Vertical piping shall be supported at the base of each vertical riser, and at intervals not exceeding those indicated in the following table: 16C6 ! Material Pipe Size I Support Spacing I Steel Pipe All Every other story (30 foot centers max) Copper Tubing up to 1-1/4 4 foot centers 1-1/2 and above Every story Cast Iron Pipe All Every story (15 foot centers maximum) TABLE - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORT SCHEDULE F. Hanger Rods: The size of the hanger rods shall be according to the following table. The rod sizes are based on the maximum hanger spacing indicated in the table above. Pipe Size Minimum Hanger Rod Size, Inches Inches Cast Iron Copper or Steel Up to 6 3/8 3/8 8 1/2 1/2 10 1/2 5/8 12 1/2 3/4 14 3/4* 3/4 15 5/8 --- 16 7/8* 7/8 18 7/8* 1 20 1* 1 24 1-1/4* 1-1/4 * Indicates mechanical joint, ductile iron pipe. G. Pipe Guides: Provide pipe alignment guides to guide expanding pipe to move freely from anchor points in expansion joints, loops or bends. 3.07 ANCHORS A. General: Install a suitable anchor on piping to prevent movement from expansion and contraction by welding or clamping securely to pipe at fitting or coupling. Approval of the Architect of method of anchorage must be obtained before installatian of work. Properly anchor piping to remove strains on equipment which would be caused by expansion and contraction. Insulate anchors on piping to prevent moisture condensation problems. B. Below Grade: Where mechanical joint piping enters the building below grade, the last section of pipe shall have anchor bolts tied to the building structure. TFL-FM-404042 15050-10 8/3/2004 3.08 ESCUTCHEONS A. General: Provide escutcheons (for 1/4 or 1 inch projecting sleeves al'rGÐ~j' point where pipe passes through a finished surface. . 3.09 FIRE/SMOKE RATED FLOOR, PARTITION OR WALL PENETRATIONS A. Fire and Fire/Smoke Penetrations: Protect all penetrations of rated partitions with a listed assembly for each particular rating and building material partition. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for installation of the partition penetration protection assembly. 3.10 FAN, RELIEF AND INTAKE CURB A. General: The top of each curb shall be level, with the pitch built into the curb where roof slopes 1/4 of an inch per foot or more. Exterior curb dimensions shall be coordinated with the counterflashing of the installed equipment. B. Installation: The installation and flashing of the roof curbs shall comply with the requirements of Division 7, THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION. END OF SECTION 15050 TFL-FM-404042 15050-11 8/3/2004 .....~_~..._""._' ._~ _,.".. ~"_._,r_"__._,._,,,____. _,_., '0 .' --,_._.~~ SECTION 15060 PIPE AND FITTINGS 16Cb PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide and install pipe and fittings as indicated and including all offsets, fittings, sleeves and similar items required but not necessarily indicated due to drawing scale for complete and operable systems. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15100, VALVES 3. 15120, PIPING SPECIALTIES 4. 15160, PUMPS 5. 15240, VIBRATION ISOLATION 6. 15250, THERMAL INSULATION 7. 15410, PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM 8. 15530, REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1, ALTERNATES 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITT AL" in Section 15010. Provide shop drawing and/or manufacturer's data sheet for the following items: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Complete design and construction data for dielectric unions and flanges. b. Manufacturer's data on piping and fittings used, with an indication of each specific application. 2. Installation Data: a. UL approval number, installation materials, and procedures for pipe penetrations of fire-rated walls and floor. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS TFL-FM-404042 15060-1 8/3/2004 ~._...._"....."...."","..,_"_,__.,·"·._w_·"~_'''_~_~_'~-.,,_,__' ..T A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction 1h C 6 reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the applicable standards and codes listed in paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Quality and Weight The quality and weight of materials shall comply with requirements and specifications of the appropriate standards of the American Society of Testing and Materials, American National Standards Institute, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, and the American Welding Society. C. Piping System: All pressurized piping systems shall conform to ASME B31.9, Code for Pressure Piping, Building Services Piping. D. Brazing: Brazing of copper tubing shall be in accordance with the standards of the American Welding Society, the Copper Development Association Copper Tube Handbook instructions on brazing, and ASME Boiler code Section IX. E. Soldering: Soldering of copper tubing shall be done in accordance with the Copper Development Association, Copper Tube Handbook instructions on Joining and Forming Copper Tube, Soldered Joints. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Application: This section covers the material and installation of various pipe and fittings which may be indicated in other sections of these specifications for use in a specific piping system. Pipe and fittings specified in this section may not be substituted in piping systems for the specific pipe and fitting materials indicated in those individual sections of these specifications. B. Fittings: Fittings shall be at a minimum the same gauge as the connected piping, and shall be compatible with the piping material (Le., galvanized fittings on galvanized pipe.) The use of field-fabricated fittings is prohibited. C. Lead Content: Pipe, fittings or any other piping device which includes any lead in the alloy shall not be used in any potable water system. D. Connection of Different Pipe Materials: Where different types of above ground pipe material or different weights or schedules of pipe are joined, provide a stainless steel coupling with an elastomeric gasket for the connection. The coupling shall incorporate a full-length shield of 304 stainless steel, with bolts manufactured of 304 stainless steel which tighten the shield around the gasket to provide a solid connection. 1. Manufacturer and Model: a. Fernco: Lowflex Series 2000 for 4 inch or smaller; Series 1000 with stainless steel shear rings for up to 10 inches. 2.02 COPPER ALLOY PIPING A. Pressure Pipe: Copper piping shall be annealed seamless hard temper type "K", "L" as indicated and shall comply with ASTM B-88. Copper is allowed for pipe sizes up to and including 4 inch diameter. The name or trademark of the manufacturer and the type of TFL-FM-404042 15060-2 8/3/2004 pipe shall be pennanently marked on each section of pipe at intervals not exceedjb é C 6 1/2 feet. B. Refrigerant Piping: Refrigerant piping shall be seamless annealed copper tubing complying with ASTM B280. C. Fittings: 1. General: Fittings used in copper alloy piping shall be streamlined pattern, wrought or cast brass conforming to ANSI B16.22 or wrought bronze conforming to ANSI B16.15. 2. Flare Fitting: Flare fittings shall be used on soft copper tubing, and shall comply with ANSI B16.26. 3. Union: Unions in 2 inch and smaller copper alloy piping shall be brass or bronze, ground joint for solder connection with hexagonal ball-and-socket joints, bronze metal-to-metal seating surfaces, female ends, and a brass seat ring pressed into the headpiece so it cannot be forced out. 4. Flanges: Flanges shall be used in copper alloy piping larger than 2 inch, and shall comply with ANSI B16.24. Flanges shall have raised face and gaskets drilled for the pressure (class 150 or 300 lb.) as required. Gasket material shall be ring-type, 1/16 inch thick compressed heat-resistant fiber or neoprene; gasket shall not contain any asbestos. Flange bolts shall be brass and conform to ASTM A307 hex bolts, with ANSI B18.2 brass hex nuts. 5. Dielectric Isolator: Dielectric couplings shall be rated for at least 150 percent of the maximum working pressure of the piping system and at least 50 degree F. higher than the maximum operating temperature of the piping system in which they are installed. Couplings shall be electroplated steel or brass with inert and non- corrosive thermoplastic lining, or bronze fittings. a. Union: Provide dielectric insulating unions in piping 2 inch and smaller with threaded or solder joint connections. b. Flanges: Flanged dielectric insulating sets shall be used for pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger. Flanged insulation sets shall have phenolic retainer, nitrile rubber seal element, polyethylene sleeves and double washer. c. Manufacturer: (1) Epco (2) Watts (3) Eclipse (4) Grinnell (5) Victaulic 2.03 JOINT FILLER MATERIALS A. Solder: Solder containing lead shall not be used in potable water piping; only 95% tin - 5% antimony (95/5) or silver brazing (no substitutions) are acceptable for solder joints in potable water piping. 95/5 and 50/50 tin-lead solder shall conform to ASTM B32. B. Brazing: Brazing (silver solder) material shall conform to AWS A5.8, classification BAg 1. TFL -FM-404042 15060-3 8/3/2004 w'_""",____'"'_ PART 3 - EXECUTION 16C6 ~~ 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation: Pipe and fittings shall be installed as specified in this section unless specific installation instructions are provided in the individual sections covering the piping system. Install each run with a minimum of joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes where indicated using reducing fittings. Align piping at connections within 1/16 inch misalignment tolerance. B. Routing and Placement: Piping shall be run without traps or pockets and pitched a minimum 1 inch in 40 feet in the direction of flow, unless indicated or required to be pitched steeper. Grade piping so that air in the mains and risers will be carried up and discharged at venting points. Coordinate installation with structural and architectural features, and with other piping, equipment and the work of other trades. All piping shall be installed as close to the structure overhead as possible. C. Prohibited Installation: Do not run piping through transformer vaults, elevator equipment rooms or other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures. Do not run piping over electrical panels. Where pipe joints or valves in water lines occur within two feet in horizontal directions from electrical panels or equipment, provide drip pans, if allowed by the local authority, sized to afford protection. Pans shall be 20-gauge galvanized steel with edges turned up 2-1/2 inches on all sides, reinforced with galvanized steel angles or by rolling edges over 1/4-inch diameter steel wire. Provide a drain with 3/4-inch flange and pipe to nearest floor drain, and support the pan assemblies as required to prevent sagging or swaying. D. Interior Piping: Interior piping shall be run parallel to the walls and ceilings; avoid diagonal runs. Provide a minimum 6 inch clearance between walls and horizontal piping. E. Exterior Piping: Exterior piping (above and below grade) shall essentially be routed and located as indicated on the drawings; however, actual placement shall be verified by confirming exact location of structures and other utilities in the field and by careful layout prior to execution of the work. F. Insulated Piping: Pipe requiring insulation shall be installed with sufficient clearances to permit proper application of insulation. G. PVC Pipe: PVC piping, fittings and other PVC materials shall not be installed in air conditioning plenums or equipment rooms used as air conditioning plenums. H. Drains: Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, 3/4 inch ball valve, and short 3/4 inch threaded nipple with hose end and cap. I. Tool Marks: Copper, brass and chromed, polished or painted piping, fittings and connections to fixtures shall not show tool marks. Replace damaged piping and fittings. J. Potable Water Solder Joints: Samples of solder in potable water piping may be taken from completed joints and tested for lead. If tests indicate lead, the joints will be condemned and all fittings, valves and pipe ends shall be replaced with new materials where such joints occur at no cost to the Owner. 3.02 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION TFL-FM-404042 15060-4 8/3/2004 A. Provision for Expansion: Piping shall be installed with provisions !or expa1:.iLQ L'" \\~ horizontally and vertically in all long runs including runouts from risers. E~a~~~~s and/or expansion elbows shall be provided for expansion and contraction where required and where shown on the drawings. B. Cold-Springing of Pipe: Cold-spring hot piping systems to reduce the amount of thermal expansion of the piping. C. Pipe Anchors: Provide pipe anchors as indicated or as required to eliminate excessive piping movement in thermal and pressure piping systems. 3.03 UNDERGROUND PIPING A. Cover and Excavation: Refer to paragraph entitled "EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL" in Section 15050. Minimum cover for exterior underground piping is three feet over insulation or pipe unless otherwise indicated. See paragraph entitled "PROTECTION" in this section for uninsulated underground piping protection. B. Thrust Blocks: Provide properly sized and placed thrust blocks at all fittings in water and fire mains pressure pipe at every change in direction or where required. Thrust blocks shall bear on and against undisturbed or properly compacted soil. Provide temporary thrust blocking for testing at piping end points and other points as required. C. Water and Sewer Separation: Underground water piping and building sewer shall be separated with undisturbed or compacted earth at least 10 feet horizontally if installed at the same level or lower than the sewer. Where potable water piping is closer than 10 feet to a sewer line, place the bottom of the water pipe at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer or the sewer shall be encased in a concrete envelope as required. D. Identification Tape: Place a color-coded 6 inch wide, 0.004 inch thick polyethylene printed plastic identification tape directly above all underground piping systems at approximately 12 inch below finished grade. Tapes shall be continuously printed with "CAUTION" in large bold letters, and the type of service piping shall be indicated on the second printed line. 3.04 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS A. General: Align all pipe before joints are made. Joints and connections shall be air, gas and watertight. ~. Solder Joints: Solder joints shall be used on pipe 2-1/2 inches and smaller. Unless otherwise noted the following solder material shall be used: 1. For operating pressures up to 125 psig, 95/5 solder. 2. For operating pressures above 125 psig, silver brazing alloy. C. Brazed Joints: Solder joints in piping 3 inches and larger, and as otherwise indicated, shall be brazed. Remove stems, seats and packing of valves and accessible internal parts at piping specialties before brazing. Fill the pipe and fittings during brazing with an inert gas (Le., nitrogen or carbon dioxide) to prevent the formation of scale. Heat joints to a uniform temperature and form a liquidtight circumferential joint seal. TFL-FM-404042 15060-5 8/3/2004 ......-_."''''.....='~'""'''.."._".,.¥,,." D. Dissimilar Metals: Dielectric unions or flanges shall be provided at all junctions of copper or brass pipe or fittings and ferrous material to prevent electrolysis and galvanic corrosion. Where copper or brass tubing or fittings are anchored, supported, or may come in contact with ferrous piping system materials, isolate the two materials with a non-conducting neoprene spacer. 16 C 6'~ E. Flanges: Connect pipe flanges to pipe ends in accordance with ASME 831.1.0 Code for Pressure Piping; clean flange faces and install gaskets. Using a torque wrench, tighten flange to the torque specified by the manufacturer of the flange to provide uniform compression of gaskets. F. Rated Penetrations: Provide UL-approved method of sealing fire- and fire/smoke rated wall and floor penetrations. Submit method proposed prior to installation. G. Underground Piping: Underground piping connections for different types of piping material shall be limited to grooved coupling, dresser coupling, matching flanges, or mechanical joint with retaining rods. 3.05 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. General: Make connections between equipment and piping system in this section of the specifications with unions, flange joints or other fittings which permit equipment to be disconnected and removed for maintenance. Connections to equipment shall be made in accordance with details on the drawings and the equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Final connections to equipment shall be made with unions for pipe sizes 2 inch and under and with flanges for pipe sizes over 2 inch. B. Locations: Provide unions or flanges where indicated, and in the following locations even if not indicated: 1. In long runs of straight piping for water and other non-gaseous services at 60-foot intervals to permit convenient disassembly for alterations and repairs. 2. In bypasses around equipment. 3. In connections to pumps, steam traps and other in-line equipment requiring disconnection for repairs and replacement, located between the isolation valve and the equipment. 4. Within 3 inches of each threaded valve and each piece of equipment not having unions or flanges attached. C. Pump Connections: Where the suction or discharge of any pump unit is smaller than the pipe size noted on the drawings, reducing elbows or fittings shall be provided at the pump connections only. D. Coil Connections: Where coil piping connections are smaller than the distribution piping size shown on the drawings, the reduction in size shall be provided as close to the coil as possible. All valves, strainers, unions, flanges, balancing valves, etc. shall be full distribution pipe size except for control valves. 3.06 PIPE SIZE REDUCTIONS AND ENLARGEMENTS A. Prohibited Fittings: Screwed bushings are prohibited, except where available space prevents use of reducing couplings. TFL-FM-404042 15060-6 8/3/2004 lbCÓ~. B. No-Hub Clamps: No-hub clamps with bushings shall not be used for pipe size reduction. Cast iron fittings are required. C. Reducing Couplings: Eccentric reducing couplings shall be installed throughout steam and water piping to prevent air or water pockets occurring due to a change in pipe size. Eccentric couplings on steam shall bring the pipes flush on the bottom; eccentric couplings on water lines shall bring the pipes flush on top except as otherwise specified or indicated. Concentric reducing couplings in horizontal water circulating piping may be utilized if a manual air vent on the larger pipe adjacent to the reducer is installed. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Underground Coating: Paint all uninsulated piping underground except cast or ductile iron or PVC with two coats of asphaltic paint. Manual wiping is not acceptable. B. Protective Wrap: Wrap pipe that touches metal or is exposed to masonry with a layer of 6 mil polyethylene film or 15 lb. felt. C. Pipe Embedded in Concrete: Spirally wrap all pipe lines embedded in concrete with two layers of 30 lb. felt. 3.08 FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. Preparation for Testing: Before final testing, flush piping systems with clean water to remove debris. Disconnect all coils and heat exchangers from the system before flushing. Flush all coils and heat exchangers separately to assure that debris does not become lodged in them. Provide temporary valves and drains as required to accomplish flushing. B. Final Flushing: After flushing, thoroughly clean each piping system with appropriate cleanser to remove oil, grease, lacquer, etc. Thoroughly flush each liquid system with clean water after cleaning. C. Chemical cleaning: After the piping is installed, add an aqueous solution of trisodium phosphate in a proportion of one pound per fifty gallons of water in the system. After filling with this solution, the system shall be allowed to circulate for two hours. The system shall then be drained completely. All strainers shall be removed, cleaned and replaced, and the system shall be refilled with fresh water. The Architect shall be given notice of this cleaning operation. If, in the opinion of the Architect, the cleaning operation has not been properly performed, the above procedure shall be repeated. After cleaning system, it shall be tested by litmus paper and shall be left on the slightly alkaline side (pH > 7.5). If the system is still acidic, the trisodium phosphate cleaning shall be repeated. D. Sterilization of Potable Water Systems: After the final testing for leaks, all new potable water lines shall be thoroughly flushed to remove foreign material. Before placing the systems in service, sterilize the new water lines in accordance with the following procedure: 1. Through a 3/4 inch hose connection, pump sufficient sodium hypochlorite to produce a free available chlorine residual of not less than 50 parts per million (PPM). TFL-FM-404042 15060-7 8/3/2004 2. Proceed downstream from the point of chlorine application, opening all.6t,{;n6.... taps until chlorine is detected. Close faucets and taps when chlorine is evident. 3. When chlorinated water has been brought to every faucet and tap with a minimum concentration of 50 PPM chlorine, retain this water in the system for at least 24 hours. At the end of the retention period, no less than 50 PPM of chlorine shall be present at the extreme end of the system. 4. Open all faucets and taps and flush all new lines until the chlorine residual in the water is less than 1.0 PPM. Obtain representative water samples from the system for analysis by the local health department or a bacteriological laboratory recognized and acceptable to the Architect. 5. If all samples tested for coliform organisms are negative, a letter and laboratory reports shall be submitted by the organization certifying successful completion of the sterilization. Submit all test reports to the Architect. If any samples tested indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the entire sterilization procedure shall be repeated until every coliform test is proved negative. 3.09 PRESSURE TESTING A. Pressure Test: Prior to insulating and concealing the piping system, apply a water pressure test to all parts of each system before equipment is connected. Use a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 psig or 150 percent of system operating pressure whichever is greater. Test system for a period not less than four hours. There shall be no leaks at any point in the system at this pressure. B. Concealed Work: Leave concealed work uncovered until required tests have been completed, but if necessary, make tests on portions of the work and those portions of the work may be concealed after being inspected and found free of leaks. Make repairs to defects that are discovered as a result of inspections or tests with new materials; caulking of screwed joints, cracks or holes will not be accepted. Repeat tests after defects have been eliminated. C. Field Testing: Complete all field testing prior to insulating, wrapping or backfilling. TFL-FM-404042 END OF SECTION 15060 15060-8 8/3/2004 16Gb SECTION 15100 VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide those valves, cocks and specialties which are required for piping systems specified in other sections of these specifications. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. 15120, PIPING SPECIALTIES 4. 15250, THERMAL INSULATION 5. 15410, PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM 6. 15530, REFRIGERATION PIPING SYSTEM 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITT AL" in Section 15010. Include the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Dimensional outline drawing of each valve listed in this section including sizes available and pressure limitations. b. Outline drawing of each safety and pressure relief valve including discharge capacity and pressure limitations. 2. Installation Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions for all valves including copies shipped with the valves. 1.05 VALVES AND COCKS A. Basic Requirements: Valves and cocks may not be indicated in every instance on the drawings, but whether or not shown, all valves, cocks and check valves necessary for the proper operation of the system shall be furnished and installed. Valves shall have rising stems except in locations where space is limited; in these locations non-rising stem valves of equivalent material and pressure class will be accepted. Valves shall have the manufacturer's name or trademark, recommended service pressure, and size indicated by raised letters cast on the valve body. TFL -FM-404042 15100-1 8/3/2004 1.06 APPLICABLE STANDARDS 16C6 A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Pressure and Temperature Rating: Valves shall have a pressure and temperature rating equal to or exceeding the piping in which they are installed, except that valves shall be designed for a minimum steam working pressure (SWP) of 125 psi; water-oil-gas (WOG) pressure of 200 psi. C. Safety and Relief Valves: Safety and relief valves on un-fired pressure vessels shall be tested, labeled and installed in accordance with the ASME Boiler Code Section VIII, Un- fired Pressure Vessels, Section UG-126 Safety and Relief Valves. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. Model numbers or product type listed for one or more manufacturers are given to provide an example of the item required. B. Continuity: Valves of a similar type provided shall be of the same manufacturer. 2.02 GATE VALVES A. 2 inch and smaller: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WOG. Rising bronze stem, bronze body, solid wedge disc, gland packed, threaded bonnet, threaded or soldered connection. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: THREADED SOLDERED Crane 438 or 1700 1700S Milwaukee 148 1148 Stockham B-100 B-108 Nibco T-111 S-111 Powell 500 500 or 1821 B. 3-1/2 inch and larger: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WOG. Bronze trim O.S.& Y, cast iron body, brass trim, brass seat, bolted bonnet, solid wedge disc, bronze outside screw and yoke, malleable iron handwheel, flanged connections, rising stem. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: Crane 465 1/2 Milwaukee F2885 Stockham G-623 TFL-FM-404042 15100-2 8/3/2004 - ." Nibco Powell F-617-0 1793 16C6 C. 2-1/2 inch and larger: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WaG. All iron O.S.& Y., cast iron body, iron trim, iron seat, bolted bonnet, solid wedge disc, iron outside screw and yoke, malleable iron handwheel, flanged connections, rising stem. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: Crane 475 1/2 Milwaukee F2891 Stockham G-624 Nibco F-617-0N Powell 1816 2.03 GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES A. 2 inch and smaller: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WOG. Bronze body, union or threaded bonnet, replaceable composition Teflon disc, rising stem, malleable iron or aluminum handwheel, threaded or soldered connection. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: THREADED SOLDERED Crane 108 1310 Stockham B-13-T B-14- T Nibco T-211-Y S-211-Y Powell --- 1823 B. 2-1/2 inch and larger: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WaG. Cast iron body, bronze trim, replaceable bronze disc, rising stem, malleable iron handwheel, flanged connection, bolted bonnet. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: Crane 351 Milwaukee F2981 Stockham G-512 Nibco F-718-B Powell 241 TFL-FM-404042 15100-3 8/3/2004 ,---~ C. Angle globe: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WOG. Bronze body, union or threaded bonnet, replaceable bronze disc, threaded connection, malleable iron or aluminum haOiwrelC 6 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: 1 0 Crane 2 Milwaukee 504 Stockham B-216 Nibco T-311-Y 2.04 CHECK VALVES A. Bronze horizontal swing: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WOG. Bronze body, replaceable Teflon disc, threaded cap, bronze trim, threaded or soldered connection. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: I I Threaded Soldered I Crane 37 1342 Milwaukee 509T 1509T Stockham B-320T -- Nibco T-413 S-413 Powell 578 1825 B. Iron horizontal swing: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WOG. Iron body, bolted cap, flanged connection, iron or bronze disc and trim. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: Disc and Trim Bronze Iron Crane 373 373 1/2 Milwaukee F-2974 F-2971 Stockham G-931 G-933 Nibco F-918-B F-918-N Powell 558 1259 C. Horizontal lift check: 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WOG. Bronze body, threaded cap, replaceable bronze disc, threaded connection. 1 . Manufacturer and Model Number: TFL-FM-404042 15100-4 8/3/2004 Crane 20 Milwaukee 544 Stockham B-316 16C6 ,,,4!~ '¡; D. Wafer check valves: 125 psi SWP, 250 psi WOG. Wafer check type, cast iron body, replaceable aluminum bronze dual disc, Buna-N seat, complete with companion flanges and through-bolts, replaceable stainless steel spring, fully guided. Seat of valve must mate to metal flange; flange gaskets are not acceptable. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: Centerline CLC Stockham WG-970 Nibco W920W Muller 71-AHB-3-H-0 2.05 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. General: Valves shall be capable of bubble tight shut-off at pressure differentials of 150 psi. Valves in insulated piping shall have a minimum of 2 inch extended necks for insulation clearance. B. Operators: Valves 4 inch and smaller shall have steel lever latch-type actuator capable of infinite position (or minimum of 10 locking positions) and shall have adjustable memory stop. Valves 5 inch and larger shall have enclosed gear type actuator with chain wheel, hand wheel or crank type operating mechanisms, adjustable opening and closing memory stops, and position indicator. All valves 4 inch and larger located more than 7 feet above the floor or landing shall be provided with chain wheel and chain extending to within 12 inches above the floor or landing. Provide stem extensions (in addition to insulation clearance extension) as required to place operators in an easily accessible location free of interference with adjacent piping, equipment structure, etc. C. 2 inch and smaller: Cast bronze body, viton seals, full port, stainless steel trim. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: Threaded Solder Joint Milwaukee BB2-100 BB2-350 D. 2 inch and larger: Threaded and tapped lug, cast iron ASTM A 126-B or ductile iron ASTM A-395 Class 60-40-18 body, bronze ASTM B-62, aluminum bronze or nylon coated disc, 416 stainless steel or phosphate coated steel shaft, and EPDM seat designed to seal against the companion flanges. Stem seals shall consist of a primary seal between the spherical disc hub and the spherical seat hub. Wafer-type are not permitted. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: TFL-FM-404042 15100-5 8/3/2004 Crane 44-BXZ Bray Series 34 Centerline Series L T De Zurik 660LR-S823 Nibco LD 2000 Milwaukee ML223-E 16C611 2.06 BALL VALVES A. 2 inch and smaller: 150 psi SWP, 400 psi WaG. Standard port ball, bronze trim, cast bronze body, chromium-plated brass ball, bronze non-blowout stem, Teflon seat, double o-ring stem seals, zinc-coated steel handle with plastic coated hand grip, 90 degree operation from full open to tight shut-off. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: , I Threaded I Solder Joint I Crane 9301 9321 Milwaukee BA-200 BA-250 Nibco T -585-70 S-585-70 Jamesbury 300 --- Stockham S214-BR-T-T S216-BR-T-S 2.07 SAFETY AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES A. General: ASME rated as shown on the drawings and/or required by applicable codes. Cast iron or brass body, non-adjustable pressure setting, all brass wetted internal parts, manual lift lever, gland seal to minimize leakage. B. Manufacturer: 1. Manning, Maxwell & Moore 2. Watts Regulator 3. Bell & Gossett Co. 4. a.c. Keckley PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation: Install valves in horizontal piping with the valve stem in the vertical upright position. TFL-FM-404042 15100-6 8/3/2004 16C6 B. Access: Install valves to provide adequate clearance to permit easy operation of the valve hand wheel and permit servicing of the valve packing. C. Solder or Brazed Connections: Disassemble prior to installation in piping to prevent heat damage to the seat and seals. 3.02 VALVES A. Access: Install valves, balancing cocks and similar items in easily accessible locations. Provide access panels for all concealed valves. Where gate valves in sizes 2 to 4 inches are indicated on the drawings, butterfly valves which comply with these specifications may be furnished. Install butterfly valves between properly spaced flanges; fully open before mounting bolts are tightened in order to insure a balanced pressure on the seat and prevent distortion. Valve bolt-up method shall hold valve in place and bubble-tight when piping or equipment is disconnected from either side of the valve. 3.03 SAFETY AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES A. Piping: Install valves where specified or indicated. Discharge pipe shall spill over floor drain or service sink unless otherwise noted. Provide pressure expansion device for all valves set for 150 psig or greater. Cut discharge pipe from safety valve at a 45 degree angle. Pipe shall be schedule 40 black steel or type K copper, sized equal to or greater than the cross-sectional areas of the discharge port of all connected relief valves. 3.04 DRAIN VALVES A. Location: Install drain valves at the base of all water piping risers (both supply and return) and at all low points in the piping system. Drain valves shall be fitted with hose connection end with cap unless otherwise indicated. 3.05 BALL VALVES A. Installation: Ball valves may be installed in lieu of gate valves or butterfly valves. 3.06 ISOLATION VALVES A. Piping: Install isolation/shut-off valves at all main risers and main branch takeoffs, to permit isolation of piping sections for drainage. B. Equipment: Install isolation/shut-off valves on each inlet and outlet of each piece of equipment to which water, air or steam is piped, to allow isolation, venting and drainage. Provide a flange or union between the valve and the equipment to permit disconnection, removal and service. 3.07 CHECK VALVES A. Coordination: Unless otherwise indicated, Y-pattern horizontal swing check valves shall be used in vertical lines; horizontal swing check valves shall be used with gate valves; horizontal lift check valves shall be used with globe, angle and ball valves; wafer check valves shall be used with butterfly valves and OS& Y valves. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404042 15100-7 8/3/2004 .....~,.,'---""--"~,--------'_."."'"'.- ....------.--.----.--- ,- ,. SECTION 15240 16C6 VIBRATION ISOLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide vibration hangers and isolation supports for equipment and piping as required to prevent transmission of vibration and structure-borne noise to building structure. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15160, PUMPS 3. 15760, SPLIT PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONONG EQUIPMENT 4. 15860, FANS 5. 15890, DUCTWORK 6. 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. In addition to those requirements, submit for review the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Dimensional outline drawing for each vibration isolator. b. Spring diameter, free spring height, solid spring height, deflection, spring constant and efficiency for each spring isolator. c. Maximum design rated load for each spring isolator. 2. Performance Data: a. Maximum deflection at rated load. b. Load-versus-deflection curve. 3. Installation Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions including copies shipped with the isolators. TFL-FM-404042 15240-1 8/3/2004 b. Pre-adjustment procedure, intended to control direction of Pip~ovement and final operating deflection of the springs. 1 6 C 6 4. Manufacturer's Checkout: a. Check for the recommended installation and adjustment of each isolator. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Acceptance: All vibration isolation equipment shall be both recommended by the manufacturer and acceptable to the Architect for each particular application on this project. C. Elastomeric Isolators: Elastomeric isolators shall comply with ASTM 02240. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Manufacturers: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. Vibration isolation equipment shall be provided by a single manufacturer. 2.02 BASIC REQUIREMENTS A. Location: Unless otherwise noted, spring type vibration isolators shall be used for all motor driven equipment. The vibration isolation manufacturer shall determine the amount of spring deflection required for each isolator to achieve optimum performance, prevent the transmission of objectionable vibration and meet noise criteria indicated. B. Selection: Unit designations are indicated in the section describing the equipment to be isolated. Each of the following basic isolators may not be applicable to a specific installation application. C. Operating Range: Isolators shall be selected to operate within the linear portion of their load-versus-deflection curve. D. Indication: Vibration isolators shall have known undeflected heights or calibration markings so the amount of deflection can be determined when carrying load. 2.03 HANGERS A. Equipment: 1. Type EVH-1: Neoprene and spring hangers; vertical deflection; steel housing for undamped support of the s'pring; provisions for attachment of hanger rods; reinforced neoprene washer and grommet to eliminate metal to metal contact; free standing spring; 1 inch minimum static deflection (unless otherwise specified) spring diameters not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load; minimum additional travel to full compression of 50 percent of the rated deflection. a. Manufacturer and Model Number: TFL -FM-404042 15240-2 8/3/2004 16C6 Mason Industries Amber-Booth Type DNHS Type BSR 2. Type EVH-2: Neoprene and spring hangers; vertical and angular deflection; laterally stable steel spring and 0.3 inch deflection neoprene or fiberglass element in series; neoprene neck where the hanger rod passes through the steel box supporting the isolator mount to prevent metal to metal contact; spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring; minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the rated deflection. a. Manufacturer and Model Number: II Mason Industries Type 30N II 3. Type EVH-3: Neoprene-in-shear hangers; steel housing for undamped support of the neoprene; provisions for attachment of hanger rods. a. Manufacturer and Model Number: Mason Industries Amber-Booth Type HD Type HRD B. Piping: 1. Type PVH-1: Neoprene and spring hangers; vertical deflection; position type; steel housing for undamped support of the spring; provisions for attachment of hanger rods; reinforced neoprene washer and grommet to break up metal to metal contact; free standing spring; 1 inch minimum static deflection (unless otherwise specified); spring diameters not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load; springs shall have a minimum additional travel to full compression of 50 percent of the rated deflection; be capable of holding the supported item at fixed elevation during installation with secondary adjustment to transfer the load to the spring while maintaining a fixed position; scale and pointer to indicate the deflection. a. Manufacturer and Model Number: Mason Industries Amber-Booth Type PCDNHS Type PBS 2. Type PVH-2: Neoprene and spring hangers; vertical and angular deflection; position type; laterally stable steel spring and 0.3 inch deflection neoprene or fiberglass element in series; neoprene neck shall be provided where the hanger rod passes through the steel box supporting the isolator mount to prevent metal to metal contact; spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring; springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the rated deflection; capable of holding the supported TFL -FM-404042 15240-3 8/3/2004 ________'.__..._._~"_..ø_'e item at the fixed elevation during installation with secondary adjustment to transfer the load to the spring while maintaining a fixed position; scale and pointer to indicate the deflection. a. Manufacturer and Model Number: 16C6 II Mason Industries Type PC30N II 3. Type PVH-3: Neoprene-in-shear hangers; steel housing for undamped support of the neoprene; provisions for attachment of hanger rods. a. Manufacturer and Model Number: Mason Industries Amber-Booth Type HD Type HRD 2.04 SUPPORTS A. Equipment: 1. Type EVS-2: Neoprene pads; waffle or ribbed pattern neoprene pads shall be fabricated from 40 or 50 Durometer neoprene. 40 Durometer pad loading shall not exceed 60 pounds per square inch or 90 pounds per square inch for a 50 Durometer pad. a. Manufacturer and Model Number: II Mason Industries Type W I' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation: Isolators shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be adjusted prior to requesting final inspection or the performance of any vibration testing specified. If, in the opinion of the Architect, objectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted, necessary changes or additions shall be performed to eliminate the noise and vibration without additional cost to the Owner. B. Corrosion Protection: Steel components shall be phosphated and painted. All nuts, bolts and washers shall be zinc-electroplated. Structural steel bases shall be thoroughly cleaned of welding slag and primed with zinc-chromate or metal etching primer. C. Weather Protection: All isolators exposed to weather shall have steel parts PVC coated, neoprene coated or hot-dip galvanized. Aluminum components shall be etched and painted. Nuts, bolts and washers shall be zinc-electroplated. D. Positioning: Each item of equipment (machinery, piping, etc.) which is required to have vibration isolation equipment shall rest in its intended, operating position (Le.; exactly level, etc.) after installation of vibration isolation equipment. Acceptance of such vibration isolation equipment by the Architect shall not constitute a waiver of this responsibility. TFL-FM-404042 15240-4 8/3/2004 E. Pads: Rotating or vibrating equip~~nt which i~ speci~ed to rest on co.ncret~ J 6 C· housekeeping pads shall have minimum 5/16 Inch thick Type EVS-2 Isolation s unless otherwise indicated. Loading shall not exceed manufacturer's recommended rating. F. Cleaning: Prior to start-up, clean out all foreign matter between isolators or bases and equipment and verify there are no isolation short-circuits in the installation. 3.02 PIPING IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND AIR HANDLING UNIT ROOMS A. General: 1. Isolators for equipment and piping are described elsewhere in this division. The vibration isolation manufacturer shall coordinate the selection of piping supports with equipment supports to provide a carefully engineered system designed to accommodate expansion and contraction without excessive stress or misalignment at equipment connections or in the piping. 2. Temporary anchors, where required, shall be installed to permit pre-adjustment of springs in risers. 3. Permanent limit stops shall be installed to prevent excessive vertical motion of risers in the event water is drained from system. Locations and other details of these limit stops shall be submitted to the Architect for acceptance. 4. Piping connected to vibration isolated equipment shall not strain or force out of alignment the vibration isolators supporting the basic equipment, nor shall pipes restrict such equipment from "floating" freely on its respective vibration isolation system. 5. Piping connected to vibrating equipment shall not physically contact any building construction or non-isolated systems or components. 6. The weight of the pipe shall not be carried by walls through which the pipe passes. B. Isolator Locations: 1. Hanger Boxes: Isolators shall be installed with the hanger box attached to or hung as close as possible to the structure. Hanger rods shall be aligned to clear the hanger box. C. EQUIPMENT ISOLATION D. Vibration Measurement: No vibration amplitude measurement at driving (motor) or driven (pump, fan, etc.) speeds shall exceed manufacturers recommended values. No axial vibration shall exceed maximum radial (perpendicular to shaft) vibration at any bearing or measuring location. In no event shall any rotating equipment exceed 0.05 inches/second rms vibration amplitude under normal. operating conditions. Whenever rotational speed is measured as the disturbing frequency, the lowest speed in the system shall be used. 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S CHECKOUT A. Certification: The vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide supervision necessary to assure correct installation and adjustment of the isolators. Upon completion of the installation and after system the is put into operation, the manufacturer shall make a final inspection and submit a report to the Architect in writing certifying the installation is in TFL -FM-404042 15240-5 8/3/2004 ...-...-..---.-"".- com~l!an~e with the manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements 1h~e C 6 ,. specifications. 0 END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404042 15240-6 8/3/2004 16G6 SECTION 15250 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide thermal insulation as indicated. Materials such as fasteners and retainers not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation shall be provided. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15100, VALVES 3. 15160, PUMPS 4. 15410, PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM 5. 15530, REFRIGERATION PIPING SYSTEM B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1, ALTERNATES 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. Include the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Provide data on all types of insulation, jacketing, sealer and adhesive required by this section of these specifications, with indication of each material and its intended application. 2. Performance Data: a. Provide thermal performance, density and vapor permeance for each type of insulation, finish, cover, facing or jacket specified in this section. TFL-FM-404042 15250-1 8/3/2004 16G6 b. Unless otherwise stated, insulation types and thicknesses specified are based on insulating materials having a "K" value (BTU per hour per square foot per degree temperature difference) per inch of thickness as indicated. c. Vapor permeance is based on vapor retardant materials having water vapor transmission rates in perms (grains of vapor per hour per square foot per inch of mercury vapor pressure differential). d. Alternate materials shall be approved on the basis of thicknesses providing equivalent heat transfer or vapor transmission rates. 3. Installation Instructions: a. Provide copy of manufacturer's printed installation instructions for all insulation materials including copies shipped with the material. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall comply with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Comply: With the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards and other Codes and Standards as adopted by the Local Authority having Jurisdiction. C. NFPA: All materials and adhesives used shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 90A, 1999 Revision, as to flame spread and smoke developed ratings throughout their operating temperature range. All insulation, jackets, facings and adhesives used to adhere the jacket or facing to the insulation, including fittings and butt strips, shall have a non-combustible fire and smoke hazard rating and label as tested by ASTM E-84, NFPA 255, 2000 Revision and UL-723 not exceeding flame spread value of 25 and smoke developed/fuel contributed value of 50. Accessories such as mastics, cements, tapes and cloth for fittings shall have the same ratings. D. ASHRAE: Insulation thermal conductance values and insulation thicknesses shall comply with the requirements of the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASH RAE) Standard 90.1-1989. E. Florida Energy Code: Insulation thermal conductance values and insulation thickness shall comply with the Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction, 2001 edition. F. Industry Standards: Where compliance with an industry, society or association standard is specified or indicated, certification of such compliance shall be included in the submittal. TFL-FM-404042 15250-2 8/3/2004 16C6 G. Packaging Information: All products or their shipping cartons shall bear the Underwriter's Label indicating that flame and smoke ratings do not exceed the above criteria. Every package or container of insulation, jacketing, facing, cement, adhesive, or coating delivered to the project site must have a manufacturer's stamp or label attached, giving the brand and a description of the material. All vapor retardants shall be labeled, indicating the thickness, product nomenclature and manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Materials: The insulation materials and installation procedures shall be as indicated in this section and must be approved by the insulation product manufacturer for each particular application. The actual products to be used must comply with the insulation material for the specific application as indicated in other sections of these specifications. B. Applicability: Products and manufacturers listed may not all be applicable. Use only those products and manufacturers which are indicated as being applicable to a specific insulation condition. Insulating materials shall be resilient and moisture-resistant so that the insulating properties will not be affected by rough handling, water damage and similar construction hazards. All adhesives, sealers and vapor retardant coatings shall be compatible with the materials to which they are applied, and shall not corrode, soften or attack such materials when wet or dry. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Manufacturers which are listed are those manufacturers who may make one or more of the insulation products required. Listing of a manufacturer does not mean the manufacturer is approved for all applicable insulation conditions. Manufacturers must comply with the requirements of each insulation condition to be acceptable for the application. 2.02 MANUFACTURER A. Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. 2.03 ELASTOMERIC CLOSED-CELL FOAM A. General: Flexible foam-type expanded closed-cell preformed (tube). roll or sheet as applicable. Nitrile, rubber based, closed cell structure. Maximum K value of 0.27 at 75 degrees F., and maximum water vapor transmission of 0.02 perm. Allowable temperature applications from -40 degrees F. to 220 degrees F. when installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not install in return air plenums. 1. Pipe Insulation: Preformed elastomeric. 2. a. Manufacturer: (1 ) Armstrong AP Armaflex (2) Rubatex B. Adhesive: For joints and seams in foam insulation. TFL-FM-404042 15250-3 8/3/2004 -...-..--- 16C6 a. Manufacturer and Product: Rubatex Armstrong R-373 Insulation Adhesive 520 Adhesive C. Finishing Coating: For weather protection of foam insulations. a. Manufacturer and Product: Rubatex Armstrong 374 coating WB Armaflex Finish 2.04 FIBERGLASS INSULATION A. General: Inorganic fibrous glass. B. Blanket: Flexible form; faced, unfaced or coated as indicated. 1. Duct insulation, external: Composed of flexible blanket of glass fiber factory laminated to a reinforced foil kraft (FRK) vapor retardant with a minimum 2 inch taping and stapling flange on one edge. Suitable for operation at temperatures from 40 degrees F. to 250 degrees F. thermal conductivity of 0.31 at 75 degrees F. Minimum density of 0.75 pd. Provide 2 inch thickness unless otherwise indicated in Section 15890. 2. Finish Fabric, General Purpose: Nylon membrane. For use generally with fiberglass duct insulations at joints or seams or as indicated. Apply using Foster GPM 35-00 or equivalent. a. Manufacturer: (1 ) Armstrong (2) CertainTeed (3) Childers Products Co. (4) Knauf (5) Schuller (6) Owens-Coming (7) Pittsburgh Coming C. Preformed: Jacketed or unjacketed as indicated, one-piece or half-sectional. TFL-FM-404042 15250-4 8/3/2004 16C6 1. Pipe insulation, preformed jacketed fiberglass: Jacketed with factory-applied kraft reinforced foil all-service vapor retardant jacket suitable for use in systems with temperatures from -60 to 350 degrees F. The jacketing shall have a white finish suitable for painting without sizing. Jacket closure system of factory-applied double pressure-sensitive adhesive on longitudinal joints; self-sealing butt strips at circumferential joints which provide closure and positive vapor retardant seal without hard rubbing or the application of heat. Thermal conductivity (K) of 0.24 at 100 degrees F. and vapor transmission of 0.02 perms. a. Manufacturer and Product: Owens-Corning Fiberglas ASJ/SSL-II Schuller Micro-Lok with AP-T Plus jacket CertainTeed 500 Snap-On 2. Pipe insulation, preformed unjacketed fiberglass: Suitable for field-jacketing. Thermal conductivity (K) of 0.23 at 100 degrees F. a. Manufacturer and Product: Owens-Corning Schuller Fiberglas No-Wrap Micro-Lok 2.05 INSULATION MASTICS AND ADHESIVE A. Mastic: Low-odor, fire and vapor retardant mastic with permeance not exceeding 0.08 perms in accordance with ASTM E96. For use where indicated or otherwise applicable. Coating shall be non-flammable in both dry and wet states. 1. Manufacturer and Product: Foster Childers GPM 35-00 Chil-Perm CP-30 Low-Odor 2. Adhesive: For adhering fiberglass blanket and board insulations to metal substrate such as ductwork. a. Manufacturer and Product: Insulcoustic Foster I-C 201 85-20 TFL-FM-404042 15250-5 8/3/2004 1 II' T .~ --"""""'".,....".~-'''-~,..~._~.""'...~.,...,~~. 2.06 RELATED PRODUCTS 16C6 A. Wire: Dead soft, 16-gauge, stainless steel. B. Straps: Stainless steel T-304 (18-8) soft annealed with deburred edge with stainless steel wing seals. 1. Manufacturer and Product: II Childers Products Febstraps II c. Screws: Aluminum pan head type "A" slotted #8 by 1/2 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Field Forming, Fitting and Finishing: Where preformed insulation products are available they shall be used. Provide field formed, fitted and finished insulation systems only if such application is more practical and acceptable to the Architect. B. Terms: For an explanation of the terms used to describe the installation of the various types of insulation products refer to paragraph entitled "DEFINITIONS" in Section 15010. C. Pre-installation: 1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all trades and verify that all work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Insulation on pipe fittings, valves and pipe joints shall not be installed before the piping is tested and approved. Do not apply insulation adhesives, materials or finishes until the building is adequately closed in and the item to be insulated has been completely installed, tested and proved tight and suitable for insulation. 3. Remove all foreign material, clean and surfaces before applying insulation. D. Penetrations: All insulation shall be continuous through walls, floors and ceiling openings, except at fire dampers. Pipe insulation through fire rated partitions shall be cellular foamglass type only, with the ends sealed; fiberglass and foam insulation through rated partitions is prohibited. Where piping and ducts pass through partitions (walls or floors), the openings in the construction around the piping and ducts shall be packed with fire-stop material to provide an effective retardant against the spread of fire, smoke and gases as shown in the detail drawings or as shown in a current Underwriter's Laboratory "Building Materials Directory". Submit a copy of the intended system to the authority having jurisdiction for their review and acceptance. TFL -FM-404042 15250-6 8/3/2004 16C6 E. Vapor Retardant Continuity: A continuous, unbroken moisture and vapor seal shall be provided over insulation on cold surfaces where vapor retardant jackets, facings, or coatings are required. Anchors, hangers and other projections shall be insulated and vapor-sealed to prevent condensation. All openings and punctures shall be sealed with a vapor retardant compound. The edges of vapor retardant insulation at valve stems, instrument wells, gauge connections, unions and other raw edges shall be sealed to prevent moisture from penetrating the insulation by sealing on all open ends. F. Workmanship: Insulation materials shall be installed in a workmanlike manner with smooth and even surfaces, with jackets drawn tight and smoothly cemented down at all longitudinal and end laps. Jacket and facing laps, joint strips and insulation ends, and straight runs of piping at not more than 21 foot intervals shall be secured and sealed with fire-retardant vapor retardant adhesive. Scrap pieces of insulation shall not be used where a full-length section will fit. All surface finishes shall be extended to protect all interfacing surfaces, ends and raw edges of insulation. Insulation on strainers shall be installed to facilitate cleaning of the strainer. Do not insulate unions, but terminate insulation at both ends neatly with a 45 degree bevel. G. Hot Equipment Hanger Insulation: On all hot piping and equipment, hangers and supports may be attached to piping or equipment before insulation is applied, except where roller hangers are required. H. Cold Equipment Insulation: 1. Hangers and Supports: Insulation and jackets shall be neatly finished at pipe and duct hangers, clamps, anchors, and other supports which are in contact with the pipe or duct. Insulation shall consist of rigid pipe or duct insulation of equal thickness to the adjoining insulation, and shall be provided with a vapor retardant seal. The length of insulation shall be sufficient to prevent condensation but not be less than 9 inches. 2. Pipe Shields: For cold piping, hangers and supports shall be installed on the outside of the insulation and the insulation shall be protected by a galvanized metal shield. Shield shall extend halfway up both sides of the pipe insulation cover and shall provide support over the bottom 120 degree arc of the insulation. If the hanger is too large to provide this support a metal liner shall be provided. The shield shall be fastened with pipe straps at each end. The insulation shields shall comply with the following table: Pipe Size, Inches Metal Gauge Length, Inches 1/2 to 1-1/2 18 12 2 t04 16 12 6 16 18 8 to 12 14 24 14 & above 12 24 TABLE - PIPE INSULATION SHIELDS TFL-FM-404042 15250-7 8/3/2004 _..-----*--_......,"',. Note: This table is based on an insulation with a minimum of 4 psi compressive strength and a maximum of a 10 foot span between hangers. Any modifications must be submitted for acceptance. 1 6C6 ~ 3. Trapeze Hangers for Glass Fiber Insulation: Piping insulated with glass fiber insulation and supported on trapeze hangers shall have a 6 inch long paraffin coated hard maple curved block between the saddle and the piping. The block shall be encased in the insulation exterior jacket or vapor barrier. I. Valves, Cocks and Specialties: Insulate as for the related piping system in which they are located unless otherwise indicated. J. Piping: Insulation thicknesses for piping are given for insulation installed at the locations indicated. Thicknesses are based on the various conditions of temperature, usage and environment which are typically encountered. K. Insulation Over Nameplates: Cleanouts, nameplates, ASME labels and manholes shall not be insulated, and the insulation on surrounding surfaces shall be neatly beveled off at such openings. L. Factory Pre-insulated Components: Where equipment and other system components are specified in other sections to have factory installed insulation, no additional insulation is required unless additional non-factory-installed insulation is specifically described. M. Minimum Thicknesses: Insulation thicknesses which are indicated are minimum thicknesses. The same insulation material may be provided in greater thickness as an aid to installation and handling procedures or due to material availability and procurement considerations, as long as the additional thickness does not reduce critical clearances from other piping, walls, etc. and does not increase the thermal conductance. N. Bands and Fasteners: Metal bands used on pipe insulation shall be 3/4" wide made from brass or aluminum. Bands shall be spaced to hold the ends and center of each section at a maximum spacing of 18 inches on centers. Bands shall not be visible on exposed work. Mechanical fasteners shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Projecting points and sharp edges of fasteners shall not extend outside the insulation facing; clip off projecting points and provide plastic caps or cement cover finish. 3.02 GLASS FIBER PIPING INSULATION A. Interior, Concealed: Insulate with glass fiber insulation with all-purpose jacket. Elbows, joints, valves, and all like items shall be insulated using closely mitered insulation and wrapped with glass fabric secured with 20-gauge noncorrosive wire finished with a smoothing coat of insulating cement and mastic or insulated and jacketed using factory': made pre-molded pipe fitting covers. Install all items in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. TFL-FM-404042 15250-8 8/3/2004 16C6 B. Interior, Exposed: Provide as specified for "Interior, Concealed", except where field- fabricated fitting covers are used. Additionally finish with open weave 20x10 mesh glass fabric adhered between two flood coats of white lagging adhesive, overlapping the adjacent pipe insulation 2" and smoothed to a neat uniform finish without noticeable ridges or exposed fabric. Finish materials shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Interior, Exposed, Special Locations: Provide same as "Interior, Exposed" with the additional requirement that the final coat of mastic for the insulation finish shall be gloved and finished to accept painting. D. Exterior, Protected: Provide the same insulation system as "Interior, Concealed" except thicknesses as specified. Cover finish with aluminum jacketing and fitting covers. Secure fitting covers with screws and secure jacketing with straps containing a high- temperature sealant. E. Exterior, Unprotected: Provide the same as for "Exterior, Protected". F. Underground: Not acceptable. 3.03 DUCT SYSTEMS A. General: Air handling unit casings downstream of cooling coils shall be insulated. Insulate supply and return air ducts for heating and air conditioning systems from supply fan discharge to room outlets on all systems. Outside air ducts shall be externally insulated. B. Interior, Concealed, External Insulation: Insulate with fiberglass blanket wrap applied over clean, dry sheet metal ductwork installed to allow maximum fullness at corners (avoid excessive compression). Adhere duct insulation to metal and provide continuity of vapor retardant in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Finish joints and seams with finish fabric and mastic, applied by trowel, to provide a smooth, seamless and vapor-retardant finish. Where duct width exceeds 24 inches, the insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of the duct using mechanical fasteners spaced 1 foot on center to prevent sagging of the insulation. Fasteners shall be solid base and attached to ductwork by spot welding or perforated base and secured to ductwork with adhesive. Self-adhesive or double-sided tape is not allowed. C. Interior, Exposed, Round: Insulate with same insulation system as for "Interior, Concealed". An acceptable alternate is preformed jacketed fiberglass pipe insulation of the same internal size as the round ductwork, with performance criteria and installation as specified herein. D. Interior, Exposed, Rectangular: Insulate with semi-rigid fiberglass board. Adhere to ductwork with adhesive. Finish joints and seams with finish fabric and mastic, applied by trowel, to provide a smooth, seamless and vapor-retardant finish. E. Exterior, Protected: Similar to "Interior, Exposed, Round or Rectangular". TFL-FM-404042 15250-9 8/3/2004 16C6·"" .." F. Exterior, Unprotected: Similar to "Exterior, Protected", but in addition finish with two 1/4 inch thick coats of heavy-duty weatherproof mastic, to be applied by spray or trowel, with a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats installed in accordance with the mastic manufacturers written recommendations. 3.04 DUCT SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT A. General: Insulate as follows unless detailed to a greater extent elsewhere. B. Duct Accessories: Where ducts will be insulated, make provisions for neat insulation finish around damper operating quadrants, splitter adjusting clamps, access doors, and similar operating devices. A metal collar equivalent in depth to insulation thickness and of suitable size to which insulation may be attached and finished shall be mounted on the duct. 3.05 COLD EQUIPMENT AND RELATED COMPONENTS A. Condensate Drain Piping From Cooling Equipment: 1. Interior; and Exterior, Protected: Insulate with preformed elastomeric pipe insulation secured with adhesive and finished with a white finish coating. 2. Exterior, Unprotected: None required. B. Flexible Pipe Connectors for Vibration Isolation: Insulate with elastomeric insulation. Secure the insulation with adhesive applied to a clean surface and finish with white finish coating. 3.06 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. General: Provide insulation of any portion of a system or piece of equipment not previously discussed where ambient operating conditions will allow condensation to occur or whose surface temperature exceeds 115 degrees F. Insulation materials and method shall be as directed by the Architect. B. Final Inspection: At final inspection the finished surfaces of all exposed insulation shall be clean and without stains or blemishes. Repair and clean the insulation surfaces and, if necessary to obtain a new appearance, shall coat discolored surfaces with off-white latex water-base semi-gloss paint or lagging adhesive, without an additional change to the Owner. END OF SECTION 15250 TFL-FM-404042 15250-10 8/3/2004 SECTION 15410 PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide domestic water piping, drainage waste and vent piping, and other plumbing piping and appurtenances as indicated. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHAN ICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. 15100, VALVES 4. 15160, PUMPS 5. 15240, VIBRATION ISOLATION 6. 15250, THERMAL INSULATION 7. 15450, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 8. Related Divisions: Other Divisions or Sections of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1, ALTERNATES 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. Provide shop drawing and/or manufacturer's data sheet for the following items: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Dimensional outline drawing for all plumbing valves and products. b. Complete list of all piping materials to be used in this section including valves and method of connection for each piping system. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. TFL -FM-404042 15410-1 8/3/2004 B. Domestic Water System: All system components that come in contact with potable water systems shall be certified under ANSI/NSF Standards 60 and 61. 16C6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Application: The plumbing piping system shall only be of the materials indicated. Refer to Section 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS, and Section 15250, THERMAL INSULA TION, for material specifications. Insulation shall comply with ASTM E-84 requirements with a flame spread rating not exceeding 25 and with a smoke developed/fuel contributed rating not exceeding 50. B. Valves: All valves used in the plumbing piping shall be 125 psi SWP, 200 psi WOG as specified in Section 15100, VALVES. C. Manufacturer: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. D. Dielectric Connections: Provide approved connections for dissimilar materials per 15060. 2.02 DOMESTIC WATER PIPE A. Above Ground: 1. Piping 4 inches and smaller shall be copper tube, Type L or K, hard drawn. 2. Exposed piping in finished areas shall be chrome-plated brass pipe or chrome- plated brass tubing. 3. Schedule 80 PVC pressure pipe, ASTM 0-1784 and 0-1785 B. Underground: 1. Type K soft drawn copper tubing without joints shall be used up to 2 inch diameter 2. Piping may be Schedule 80 PVC pressure in non-traffic areas only. C. Fitting: 1. Copper Piping: Fittings on copper piping 4 inch and smaller shall be wrot solder joint fitting in accordance with ANSI B16.22 and cast fittings per ANSI B16.18. 2.03 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING A. Above Ground: 1. Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, with bell and spigot joints. 2. Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, with no-hub couplings. For above ground installation only 3. Brass pipe or tube, chrome plated, where exposed in finished areas. B. Below Ground: 1. Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, with bell and spigot joints TFL-FM-404042 15410-2 8/3/2004 2.04 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING 16C6 A. General: Unless otherwise specifically noted condensate drain piping shall be insulated PVC piping. 2.05 STORM WATER PIPING A. Above Ground: 1. Cast-iron soil pipe, service weight, with bell and spigot joints. 2. Cast-iron soil pipe, service weight, with no-hub couplings. For above ground installation only B. Below Ground: 1. PVC: PVC piping shall be permitted below grade only. a. Type DWV, schedule 40, ASTM D-1784 and D-2665 2.06 THERMAL INSULATION A. General: All insulation, jackets and adhesives used shall comply with the requirements of ASTM E-84 with a maximum flame spread rating of 25 and a maximum smoke developed/fuel contributed rating of 50. Insulation on piping exposed in boiler rooms, mechanical equipment rooms, air handling equipment rooms, etc. or exposed on the exterior of the building shall be cellular glass. Insulation for concealed piping shall be preformed pipe insulation as follows: 1. Domestic Hot Water: a. Fiberglass b. Elastomeric c. Polymer Foam 2. Condensate Drain: a. Elastomeric 3. Storm Water: a. Fiberglass b. Elastomeric B. Thickness: The insulation thickness in inches shall be in accordance with the following table: Pipe Size, Inches Up to 1 1-1/4 to 2 2-1/2 to 4 5 to 6 8& Up Cold Water 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 TABLE - PIPING INSULATION THICKNESS TFL-FM-404042 15410-3 8/3/2004 --,,'~._-'"."-'-,., Hot Water 1 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1t2 I.. Chilled Drinking 1/2 3/4 1 1 1.1. \ lJ Condensate Drain 1/2 1/2 ~ 1/2 1/2 Storm Water 1/2 1/2 ~ 1/2 1/2* C6 ,.. * (Or manufacturer's minimum thickness based on the pipe size.) C. Exposed: For piping, other than domestic cold water, exposed to the outdoor air or in an unconditioned crawl space or cellar area, increase insulation thickness by 1/2 inch. D. Underground: Piping underground which is indicated to be insulated shall have cellular glass insulation 2.07 VALVES A. General: Refer to the requirements of Section 15100, VALVES, for the complete requirements of all valves indicated in this section. B. 4 inch and smaller: Valves 4 inch and smaller shall be full port valves with bronze or brass body and bronze trim, threaded or soldered connections. C. Butterfly valves shall not be permitted on domestic water systems. D. Domestic hot water recirculation systems shall be controlled with ball type/or auto flow control valves. E. PVC Ball Valves: True union ball valves with thread, solvent weld or flanged connections: Colonial Engr. Inc., TUBV F. Underground: Valves underground shall be gate-type with cast iron body and bronze trim, flanged or welded connections, and non-rising stem with square wrench nut head. G. Valve Box: Valve boxes for underground valves shall be cast iron construction with sufficient extension sections to extend flush to finished grade. Provide a cast iron lid and collar, with the word "water" cast into the lid. Provide a steel"T" handle valve operating wrench of sufficient length to operate the installed underground valve and provide a minimum 12 inches above finished grade; valve operating wrench shall be provided with a cast iron or steel socket compatible with the valve stem head. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Mueller, Stockham, U.S. Pipe Metroseal, Kennedy 2.08 HANGERS A. Reference Section 15050 for Basic Hanger Materials and Spacing Requirements. B. Additional Plumbing Hanger Requirements: 1. Copper piping installed within metal stud walls shall be supported with manufactured isolators. Isolators shall be Pipe- Tytes or approved equivalents. 2. Non-insulated copper pipes installed on trapeze hangers shall have isolation clamps. B-Line "Vibra Cushion", "Vibraclamp" or approved equivalent shall be provided. Wrapping the pipe with tape shall not be acceptable TFL-FM-404042 15410-4 8/3/2004 3.01 GENERAL 16C6 PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Location of Vents: Vents shall be offset as required to penetrate roofs at least 3 feet from the edges of the building, and 15 feet from any supply air intake or operable window or door. B. Slope: Unless otherwise indicated, horizontal sanitary and storm piping 2-1/2 inches and smaller shall be sloped at a minimum of 1/4 inch per linear foot; piping 3 inches and larger shall be sloped a minimum of 1/8 inch per foot. C. Vent Piping: Horizontal vent branches shall be kept above the highest fixture served by the vent branch in order to prevent the vent from being used as a waste line. Horizontal vent branches shall be sloped upward to prevent accumulating water or trapping. D. Vent Connections: Vent piping connected to a horizontal pipe shall be taken from the centerline of the pipe. Vent piping shall rise at an angle not exceeding 45 degrees from vertical, to a point at least 6 inches above the flood rim of the highest attached fixture. E. Vent Flashing: Refer to architectural details and specifications for proper flashing requirements of vent piping through the roof. F. Cooling Tower Make-up: Cooling tower make-up water isolation valve shall terminate a minimum of 3 inches above the overflow level of the tower sump. G. Preparation of Foundation For Buried Piping 1. Grade trench bottom to provide smooth, firm, stable and rock-free foundation throughout length of piping. 2. Remove unstable, soft and unsuitable materials at surface on which piping is to be laid and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to indicated level. 3. Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of piping. Fill uneveness with tamped -sand backfill. Dig bell holes at each pipe joint to relieve bells of loads and to ensue continuous bearing of pipe barrel on foundation. 3.02 INSULATION A. Horizontal Storm Water: Insulation shall begin at the base of the roof drain and include all horizontal piping and elbows at change of directions from the horizontal to the vertical B. Condensate Piping: Insulate condensate piping and waste lines from ice machines with a minimum of 1/2 inch thickness elastomeric insulation. C. Floor drains and traps: Insulate all floor drain bodies and traps receiving condensate with a minimum 1/2" elastomeric insulation. Insulation shall extend 10 feet horizontally from the P-trap of the drain. 3.03 TESTING A. Sanitary Piping: TFL -FM-404042 15410-5 8/3/2004 .~"..-.__._--.._--- ....I4I..IL«,_..."';,,.._'.....-'.- 1. Water Test: A water test shall be applied to the sanitary and storm drl~ C 6 systems. If applied to the entire system, all openings in the piping shall be tightly closed, except the highest opening, and the system filled with water to point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, each opening shall be tightly plugged except the highest opening of the section under test, and each section shall be filled with water. In testing successive sections at least the upper 10 feet of the next preceding section shall be tested, so that no joint or pipe (except the uppermost 10 feet of the system) shall be submitted to a test of less than a 10 foot head of water. The water test shall last for at least 30 minutes. The system shall not experience a drop in water level; if a loss of water is noticed, the system shall be repaired and the test resumed until all sections of the piping are watertight. 2. Pneumatic Air Test: An air test may be made by attaching an air compressor or testing apparatus to any opening and, after closing all other inlets and outlets to the system, forcing air into the system until there is a uniform gauge pressure of 5 psi. This pressure shall be held without introduction of additional air for a period of at least 30 minutes. If the test pressure drops, indicating a leak, the piping shall be repaired and the test resumed until all sections of the piping are air tight. B. Storm Water Piping: Sanitary piping test shall be used for storm water piping. C. Condensate Drain Piping: Sanitary piping test shall be used for condensate drain piping D. Domestic Water Piping: Pressure testing and sterilization shall be performed as described in Section 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS TFL-FM-404042 END OF SECTION 15410 15410-6 8/3/2004 SECTION 15440 16C6 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide plumbing fixtures, traps, tailpieces, trim, devices and appurtenances, equipment, and supports associated with plumbing fixtures as indicated. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. 15410, PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM 4. 15450, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL' in Section 15010. Provide manufacturer's product data sheets for all plumbing related products. B. Project Closeout: 1. Provide copies of systems installation, operation and maintenance manuals to the owner. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Barrier Free Access: Fixtures indicated to provide barrier free access shall be designed, manufactured and installed in accordance with ANSI 117.1-1986 and the "Florida Accessibility Code for Building Construction" from the Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards, Department of Community Affairs, October 1997 Revision with amendments. C. ASSE: Fixtures and devices shall comply with the standards of the American Society of Sanitary Engineers, where required. D. ADA: Fixtures, devices and installation clearances and heights shall comply with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act ADA). TFL -FM-404042 15440-1 8/3/2004 E. POI: Fixtures and devices shall comply with the standards of the Plumbing}nL C 6 Drainage Institute, where required. . '0 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Manufacturer: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. B. Material: Fixtures shall be white vitreous china unless otherwise indicated. Where enameled iron fixtures are specified, they shall be furnished with acid resisting enamel. C. Quality: Plumbing fixtures shall be "First Quality" as defined and set forth in Commercial Standard CS77-28 as promulgated by the U.S. Department of Commerce. Fixture fittings shall comply with ANSI/ASTM A 112.18.1 M - 1989. Plumbing trim for water closet bowls, tanks and urinals shall comply with ANSI/ASTM A 112.19.5 - 1990. D. Similar Character and Design: Fixtures and fittings of a similar type shall be from a single manufacturer. E. Exposed Metal: Exposed metal shall be polished chromium on either brass or bronze, unless otherwise indicated. Supply valves shall have renewable seats and discs. Hot and cold water supply to fixtures shall be provided with stops. Provide P-trap with clean-out for each lavatory and sink except as indicated. F. Vacuum Breakers: Vacuum breakers shall be full-line size, bronze with rough chrome plating, or polished chrome plating where exposed, full-line size, and shall conform to ASSE 1001-1988 or 1020-1988 as applicable. G. Floor Drains: Shall be cast iron, shall comply with ANSIIASME A 112.21.1 M - 1990, and shall be adjustable to accommodate the finished floor. Strainer size shall be as recommended by the manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. Strainers shall be polished nickel alloy or polished brass. Provide tapped boss and trap primer connection and flashing flange or clamp, unless otherwise indicated or required. Trap Primers: Trap primers shall be water supply-fed type and shall comply with ANSIIASSE 1018-86. 2.02 CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT ACCESS COVERS A. Size: Clean-outs shall be at least the same nominal pipe size as the pipe to which they are connected, to a maximum of 6 inch diameter, unless otherwise indicated. B. Material: Clean-outs shall comply with ANSI A 112.36.2M - 1983 and shall be water- and gas-tight cast iron construction with adjustable housing to accommodate finished floor or grade elevation. Clean-outs in waterproofed floors shall have a flashing flange and clamp device. Clean-outs shall have a countersunk internal bronze plug and scoriated nickel-bronze removable cover; wall clean-outs shall have polished stainless steel cover specifically manufactured for the wall finish at each location. Floor clean-outs for floors with finish coverings shall have the top recessed for tile or carpet, with a clean-out marker, manufactured for the finished floor material. C. Access Cover: Access covers for concealed wall clean-outs shall be nickel-bronze with scoriated hinged cover or round stainless steel cover with countersunk machine threaded center screw, unless otherwise indicated. TFL-FM-404042 15440-2 8/3/2004 2.03 SHOWER PANS 16C6 A. Lead Pans: Shower pans shall be constructed from 6 pound per square foot density sheet lead which complies with (QQ-L-201a 53) Grade A, except that 4 pound sheet lead may be used for pans installed without joints or seams, other than folded corner seams. 2.04 WATER HAMMER ARRESTER A. Manufactured Water Hammer Arrester: Water hammer arresters shall be designed, manufactured, tested and certified in accordance with POI Standard WH201, 1977 Revision. Arresters shall be Type L copper tube construction, with a piston and heat sink. The piston shall have pressure lubricated O-rings separating the compressed air charge from the flowing fluid to dissipate the kinetic energy generated in the piping system. Each arrester shall be sized according the table and shall have a male sweat connection. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, calculated or field constructed air chambers are not acceptable. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE FIXTURE MANUFACTURERS A. Note: Refer to the contract documents for the "Basis of Design", for plumbing fixtures and accessories; substitutions shall be reviewed through the normal process as stated in the specifications. B. Plumbing fixtures: American Standard, Eljer, Crane, Kohler and TOTO. C. Stainless Steel Sinks: Just and Elkay D. Shower Valves: Symmons, Leonard, and Powers. E. Drains: J.R. Smith, Josam, Wade and Zurn. F. Cleanouts: J.R. Smith, Josam, Wade and Zurn. G. Flush Valves: Sloan, Zurn, Delaney, and TOTO. H. Water Hammer Accessories: Sioux Chief & Precision Plumbing Products. I. Trap Primers: PPP, MIFAB, Sioux Chief. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Vacuum Breakers: Where not provided as an integral part of a device or fixture, provide vacuum breakers at each fixture to prevent back-siphonage. B. Piping: Plumbing piping to fixtures shall be secured to the wall framing system prior to installation of the wall surface material to assure a solid installation which will not move. Fixture piping which can be moved shall be removed and re-secured to the wall structure; replacement of the wall, finishes, trim, etc. shall be included at no cost to the Owner. TFL-FM-404042 15440-3 8/3/2004 ~.-~,-_._._"'~ --"~.,-""._-".- '-'< -.'".....".--.-.---" ._~ C. Clearances: Install fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's data, with su~cient 6 clearances to coordinate with accessories, specialties and equipment. 16 C D. Mop Sinks: Unless otherwise indicated, mop sinks or basins shall be floor mounted and sealed watertight, at walls and seams. Provide stainless steel backsplash. 3.02 SHOWER PANS A. One Piece Shower Pan: The floor of each individual shower, or combination shower and drying room, shall be made smooth and watertight with a shower pan fabricated in place. The shower pan material shall be cut to size and shape of the area with corners folded, in one piece allowing not less than 8 inches for turn-up on walls or partitions, and shall be folded over the curb with an approximate return of 1/4 the curb height. The upstands shall be placed behind the wall or partition finish. Shower pans shall be clamped to the drain. B. Shower Pan Test: After installation of the pan the drain shall be temporarily plugged below the weep holes. The floor area shall be flooded with water to a minimum depth of 4 inches at curb areas and 1 inch without curbs for a period of 24 hours. Any drop in the water level during the test shall be reason for rejection. The pan shall be repaired and retested until proven watertight. C. Two Piece Shower Pan: When a shower pan of required size cannot be furnished in one piece, 2 separate pieces shall be joined with a flat-lock seam and soldered or, solvent-welded as applicable. Metal pans and upstands shall be coated evenly inside and outside with one brush coat of roofing asphalt at not less than one gallon per 50 square feet. The joining surfaces of metal pan and drain shall be given a brush coat of roofing asphalt after the pan is connected to the drain. D. Electrically Insulated: Metal shower pans shall be electrically insulated from conductive substances, except the shower drain, by a minimum one layer of 15 pound asphalt felt. 3.03 TRAP PRIMERS A. General: Install trap primers where indicated or required. The trap primer outlet shall extend vertically a minimum of 12 inches before a change in direction to horizontal is made. The horizontal line to the trap primer connection shall be installed sloping to the trap it serves. Provide a vacuum breaker where required. B. Access Covers: Provide a minimum 12 inch by 12 inch stainless steel access cover for each trap primer. 3.04 CLEAN-OUTS AND CLEAN-OUT ACCESS COVERS A. Exterior Clean-outs: Extend exterior clean-outs to finished grade. Provide a concrete pad 18 inches by 18 inches, 6 inches thick around clean-out; slope top down approximately 2 inches from the clean-out to edge of pad so that edge of pad is flush with finished grade. B. Locations: Clean-outs shall be provided at not more than 50 feet apart in horizontal drainage lines of 4 inch nominal diameter or smaller, and at not more than 75 feet apart for larger diameter pipe. Clean-outs shall be provided at each change of direction of 90 degrees or more. Clean-outs shall be provided in vertical sanitary and storm water piping, with the centerline not more than 18 inches above the finished floor level, at each floor with a horizontal offset or horizontal branch connection. TFL-FM-404042 15440-4 8/3/2004 3.05 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS 16C6 A. General: Install water hammer arresters on both hot and cold water piping in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Water hammer arresters shall be installed at each valve-operated plumbing fixture. or at the end of piping branches serving a battery of valve-operated fixtures. In addition, water hammer arresters shall be installed at each solenoid valve, at each remotely-operated valve, or at each quick- closing valve as defined by POI WH-201, as close to the point of quick closure as possible. Provide access panels as required for servicing. 3.06 INSULATION OF BARRIER-FREE LAVATORY PIPING A. General: Insulate hot and cold water supplies and p-traps for barrier-free lavatories with pre-manufactured insulation kits. All joints shall be sealed and provided with a white finish. 3.07 DRAINS A. General: Drains shall be located at the low point of indicated slopes, or 1/2 inch below the finished surface, Install to prevent ponding around the perimeter of the drain. 3.08 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. General: Obtain mounting templates and dimensions prior to roughing-in plumbing connections. Mount fixture on carrier which is bolted to the building structure with through-bolts or pre-set inserts. Floor-mounted fixtures shall have supports, blocking or a non-shrink grout setting bed to prevent movement or flexing. Floor-mounted, wall mounted and countertop fixtures shall be sealed watertight with a flexible, non- permeable caulk or mastic. Provide stainless steel escutcheons at each water supply and waste piping penetration of a wall or cabinet; caulk each escutcheon. Adjust all fixtures level and plumb at proper mounting height. B. Rough-In: During rough-in. water and waste stub-outs shall be located to prevent gaps between the fixture and the finished wall. and to allow exposed pipe to be installed straight and plumb from the stub-out to the fixture. Continuously cover wall openings and open pipe ends to prevent construction debris from entering. C. Special Fixtures: For equipment to be connected later or under a separate contract, provide valved and capped water lines; provide floor drains, open site drains, or capped water connections as indicated or required. D. Fixture Connections: Provide valve cocks or stops in pressure piping to fixtures in lines 1/2 inch or smaller; provide gate valves in piping 3/4 inch and larger. Provide a water seal trap with each fixture including floor drains and floor sinks) whether indicated or not. Drains shall be sized as indicated or required but in no case less than 1-1/2 inch pipe size. E. Fixture Mounting Criteria: Plumbing fixtures shall comply with the following mounting criteria unless specifically dimensioned otherwise on the drawings: 1. Standard access fixtures: a. Wall hung water closet - 15 inches from finish floor elevation to top of rim. b. Wall hung lavatory - 31 inches from finish floor elevation to top of rim. TFL-FM-404042 15440-5 8/3/2004 ....._____~.,.. _,._, .'.~" _ w',_. c. Urinal - 24 inches from finish floor elevation to the top of the rim. 16 C 6 Barrier-Free Fixtures: 2. a. Water closet - 17 inches from finish floor elevation to rim of fixture. Flush valve or flush lever location shall be on the access side of the water closet. b. Lavatory - maximum 34 inches from finish floor elevation to top of rim. c. Urinal - maximum 17 inches from finish floor elevation to the top of the rim. d. Drinking fountain and water cooler - maximum 36 inches from finish floor elevation to spout outlet, minimum 4 inches water flow height measured vertically above the spout outlet, minimum 27 inches of clear space between finish floor elevation to bottom of the apron. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404042 15440-6 8/3/2004 SECTION 15450 16C6 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, and Section 15030, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide plumbing equipment including piping, valves, overflow drain pans, relief valves, fitting and appurtenances. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. 15100, VALVES 4. 15120, PIPING SPECIALTIES 5. 15160, PUMPS 6. 15410, PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM 7. 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1, ALTERNATES 2. Division 16, ELECTRICAL 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. Provide shop drawings and manufacturer's data sheets for all equipment. B. Drawings: Provide Y-t" scale drawing for any equipment different from the basis of design to prove that equipment will fit the space with proper room for maintenance. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Florida Energy Code Requirements: The heat loss through the domestic hot water heater exterior jacket and unit operating efficiency shall meet the Florida Department of Community Affairs "Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction", Current Edition. TFL-FM-404042 15450-1 8/3/2004 C. Industry Standards: Where compliance with an industry, society or association standard is specifie~ or indicated, certification of such compliance shall be submitted t fIe C 6 shop drawings. 0 D. Oil/Water Separator shall comply with the requirements of the American Petroleum Institute Bulletin No. 1630, UL-58 Standard for Safety, Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and the Steel Tank Institute STI-P3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER HEATERS A. Small Electric Tank Water Heater: 1. Tank: The tank shall be steel constructed to 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi test pressure. 2. Lining: Tank shall be glass lined or epoxy lined and provided with a replaceable factory installed anode rod to prolong tank life. 3. Insulation: Water heater shall be insulated to ASHRAE 90.1 b standards and jacketed with manufacturers standard heavy steel enamel painted jacket. 4. Temperature Control: Water heater to be provided with fully adjustable temperature controls and automatic high limit control. 5. Heating Element: Elements shall be 98 percent efficient tin coated and copper sheathed immersion type. Provide with factory installed heat traps to increase efficiency and reduce stand-by loss by a minimum of 10 percent. 6. Relief valve: Provide ASME rated and UL listed temperature and pressure relief valve. 7. Drain Pan: Provide drain pan fabricated of minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel with a minimum lip of 1-1/2 inches. 8. Testing: All units to be UL tested and UL listed for service as a domestic water heater for voltage inputs as indicated on the drawings. 9. Warranty: Water heater shall carry a limited factory warranty of 3 years. 10. Manufacturer: A.D. Smith, Lochinvar or Rheem. 11. Model Number: See schedule on drawings. 2.02 PLUMBING PUMPS A. Hot Water Recirculating Pump: 1. Pump and Motors - The pump housing shall be of bronze construction. The impeller, sealing plate, split cone, coupling guard and pump shaft shall be of stainless steel construction. 2. Water Temperature: Pump shall be suitable for maximum of 230°F water temperature. TFL-FM-404042 15450-2 8/3/2004 Timer and Aquastat: Provide with aquastat heat sensor and pump moulb4-Ch time clock. 3. 4. Warranty: Pump shall carry a warranty of 1 year. 5. Manufacturer: Grundfos or Taco. 6. Model Number: See schedule on drawings PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Installation: Install all equipment where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's published installation instructions, with recommended clearances provided for service and maintenance. Equipment placement shall be essentially as shown on drawings: however, actual location shall be verified using field measurements and data relating to equipment actually approved for installation on this project. B. Manufacturer's Field Supervision and Start-up: Provide services of an authorized representative of the manufacturer who shall personally checkout complete installation; and assist in the start-up and test; and calibrate all unit controls and perform such adjustments as may be required to insure optimum performance and efficiency. C. Field Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Provide on-site instruction by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. Instruction shall be given to Owner's designated operating and service personnel and receipt of it shall be acknowledged in writing prior to request for final payment 3.02 WATER HEATERS A. Valves: Provide isolation valves on both the incoming cold water and leaving hot water supply piping. B. Heat Trap: Provide heat trap in the hot water supply piping. C. Relief Valve Settings: Temperature setting shall be 210°F and the pressure setting shall be 125 psi unless otherwise indicated. D. Relief Valve Discharge: Pipe relief valve full size to the nearest floor drain unless otherwise indicated. The discharge from the relief valve shall not be trapped. E. Drain Pan: Pipe drain pan to the nearest floor drain unless otherwise indicated. The drain pan connection shall be no less than 1 inch in diameter or the diameter of the relief valve, whichever is larger. F. Vacuum Breaker: Cold water supply shall be provided with a vacuum breaker. G. Thermal Expansion: Cold water supply shall be provided with a thermal expansion tank or thermal expansion valve(set 10 psi below relief valve setting). H. Thermometers: Provide thermometers on both hot water supply and return piping. I. Union Connections: Provide unions to facilitate replacement of the equipment. TFL-FM-404042 15450-3 8/3/2004 J. Floor Mounted Water Heaters: All floor mounted water heaters shall have t1 Girt' 6 pan set on a 4 inch high housekeeping pad. Refer to paragraph entitled II "HOUSEKEEPING PADS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS" in Section 15050. 3.03 HOT WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP A. Motor Shaft: Do not mount motor shaft in vertical position. Shaft shall be mounted according to manufacturers recommendation. B. Aquastat and Thermometer: Mount aquastat and thermometer upstream of pump in hot water return piping. C. Timer: Coordinate shut down settings on time clock with owner. D. Balancing Valve: Provide calibrated balancing valves in each branch of hot water return loop. E. Unions: Provide with unions on suction and discharge side of pump END OF SECTION TFL -FM-404042 15450-4 8/3/2004 11-... I I .(~ ULJU SECTION 15530 REFRIGERATION PIPING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide refrigerant piping systems, complete in all respects, between the system components and connected equipment. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. 15100, VALVES 4. 15120, PIPING SPECIALTIES 5. 15250, THERMAL INSULATION 6. 15760, SPLIT PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 7. 15780, PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 8. 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1, ALTERNATES 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. Include the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Dimensional outline drawing showing the location of all equipment piping and electrical connections. b. Complete list of piping materials to be used in this section including valves, specialties, pipe material, pipe insulation, pipe sizes and method of connection for each refrigeration piping system. 2. Installation Instructions: TFL -FM-404042 15530-1 8/3/2004 16 C6 .~ a. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions for refrigeration piping equipment including copies shipped with the equipment. b. Layout of refrigerant piping with reference elevations, pipe sizes, refrigerant velocity and pressure drops between various equipment connections. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. ANSI: All materials and installation shall conform to ANSI B31.5, Code for Refrigerant piping, ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15-94, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration", ASME/ANSI B31.5-1987 (Refrigeration Piping), and ANSI/SAE J513-77, Refrigerant Tube Fittings. C. ASME: Provide safety relief valves in conformance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII Division I. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Application: The refrigeration piping system shall be of the material indicated. See Section 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS for material specifications. B. Pipe: Refrigerant system piping shall be refrigerant grade, dehydrated and sealed, seamless, uniformly dead soft anneal to 1-3/8 inch O.D. or hard temper annealed, type K copper tubing conforming to ASTM B280. C. Fittings: Refrigerant grade, wrought copper, long radius, brazed joint type. D. Brazing: Silver brazing alloy and non-corrosive flux, designed for silver brazing. 2.02 CHARGING VALVES A. Quick Couplers: Schrader type designed for use with quick coupler hose fittings and provided with individual cap. 2.03 SPECIALTIES A. Permanent Core Filter-Drier: Provide a permanent core filter-drier in liquid line with a full size valved bypass. Provide shut-off valves to isolate the filter drier. TFL-FM-404042 15530-2 8/3/2004 loe6 B. Sight Glass: Provide a moisture indicating sight glass in the liquid line downstream from the filter-drier. Install the sight glass in vertical line if possible and a sufficient distance downstream from any valve to eliminate visual disturbance in the glass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Pipe Size: Refrigerant pipe sizes indicated are nominal. Provide sizes not less than sizes indicated and in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide change in sizes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation and Architect's acceptance. Piping shall maintain a minimum velocity of 500 fpm in horizontal lines and 1000 fpm in vertical risers for proper oil return. Provide double suction risers with oil trap or accumulator and hot gas risers as may be necessary. B. Flexible Connection: Provide flexible piping in suction and hot gas discharge line of compressor. Flexible piping shall be a 15 pipe diameter loop or similar measure to prevent transmission of vibration. Refer to paragraph entitled "PIPE CONNECTORS" in Section 15240. C. Specialties: Refrigerant valves, dryers, expansion valves, and similar items shall be provided with each system. Refrigerant charging valves not furnished by the manufacturer shall be field installed to enable charging and checking the system. 3.02 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS A. General: All joints and connections shall be permanently refrigerant tight. Arrange piping generally as shown allowing for service access. Refrigerant lines shall be run as direct as possible with a minimum number of joints. Provide sleeves through floors, walls or ceilings, sized to permit installation of full-thickness insulation. Sleeves shall be sealed airtight after installation of piping and insulation. B. Brazed Joints: Refer to Section 15060, PIPE AND FITTINGS. All joints shall be brazed unless otherwise indicated. C. Scale Prevention: Keep pipe system full of inert gas to prevent scale formation while brazing. D. Hangers and supports: Refer to paragraph entitled "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS" in Section 15050. Isolate copper tubing from contact with dissimilar metals. 3.03 EVACUATION AND CHARGING TFL-FM-404042 15530-3 8/3/2004 16C6 A. General: Non-factory charged equipment and piping systems shall be evacuated and charged as follows: Charge the system with dry nitrogen to a minimum of 1-1/2 times the working pressure, but not less than 30 psig and leak test all joints including factory piping within the units. Repair all leaks by disassembling and remaking the joint. After all leaks are corrected, evacuate the system to an absolute pressure of 0.2 inches of mercury. System shall hold this vacuum for 4 hours with no noticeable rise in pressure. After the vacuum test, break vacuum twice, flushing with dry nitrogen each time and re-evacuate for a minimum of 2 hours each time. Charge the system in accordance with the manufacturers recommendation and accepted refrigeration practice. 3.04 OTHER REQUIREMENTS A. Charging Connection: Provide a refrigerant charging connection in the liquid line upstream from the filter-drier. B. Installation: Keep piping free from traps unless otherwise indicated. Install vertical pipe plumb. Pitch horizontal piping only where slope is desirable to prevent liquid refrigerant or oil from traveling toward the compressor inlet. C. Valve Locations: Provide shut-off valves at inlet and outlet to all condensers, receivers and evaporators to permit isolation for service. Use angle valves to minimize pressure drop. Use globe valves only when angle valves are impractical. Valves in copper tubing 7/8 inch or smaller shall be mounted independent of tubing supports or fastenings. D. Piping Loop: Where compressor does not have pump down control and the evaporator coil does not have bottom suction header connections and is located above the compressor, then loop the suction line to top level of coil to prevent liquid slugging. E. Expansion Valve Operation: To prevent erratic operation of thermal expansion valve, provide a suction line trap next to evaporator coil suction outlet with a pilot thermostatic expansion valve, a pilot-operated main expansion valve, and expansion valve bulb located between coil and trap. Provide only in suction lines which are level leaving coil outlet or which rise on leaving coil outlet. Trap is not required when evaporator coil outlet suction line drops to compressor or suction header immediately after expansion valve bulb. F. Insulation: Insulate refrigerant suction line with 3/4 inch elastomeric preformed pipe insulation, unless otherwise noted, in accordance with Section 15250, THERMAL INSULATION. G. Piping: Install interconnecting piping between equipment in parallel with equal pressure drops to minimize pressure differentials or imbalance. END OF SECTION 15530 TFL-FM-404042 15530-4 8/3/2004 16C6 SECTION 15760 SPLIT PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS and Section 15030, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide factory catalog rated split package air conditioning equipment as specified herein and of the type, size, and capacity indicated. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15240, VIBRATION ISOLATION 3. 15250, THERMAL INSULATION 4. 15530, REFRIGERATION PIPING SYSTEM 5. 15880, AIR DISTRIBUTION 6. 15885, AIR FILTERS 7. 15890, DUCTWORK 8. 15910, DUCTWORK SPECIALTIES B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1 , ALTERNATES 2. Division 16, ELECTRICAL 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITT AL" in Section 15010. Include the following performance data for each combination of factory rated split package air conditioning equipment at the scheduled operating condition: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Unit weight and dimensional outline drawing for each type of split package fan and coil unit indicating the type and size of the air filter and supply and return grille or duct connections and the size and weight of the outside condensing unit. 2. Performance Data: TFL-FM-404042 15760-1 8/3/2004 16 C6 ~ a. Provide the following information for each size of split package air conditioning unit indicated: (1) Heating and cooling capacity where required. (2) Air entering and leaving conditions. (3) Airflow and airside pressure loss at design conditions. (4) Motor horsepower (or watts), voltage and phase. (5) DX coil descriptions, rows and fins per inch. (6) Electric coil face velocity, fpm and watts per square foot. (7) Octave band sound power ratings for each fan unit at specified airflow. 3. Installation Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed instructions for the installation of each type of fan and coil unit and matching air-cooled condensing unit including copies shipped with the equipment. b. Auxiliary drip pan design for concealed units and exposed units in critical locations. 4. Maintenance Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed instructions for the maintenance of each type of unit. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Certification: Unit capacities shall be rated in accordance with ANSI/ARI Standard 210/240. Unit shall be sound tested and rated in accordance with ARI Standard 350-86. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. 1. Manufacturer: a. Trane b. Carrier c. McQuay d . York TFL-FM-404042 15760-2 8/3/2004 16C6 B. Single Manufacturer: All split system units shall be by a single manufacturer. 2.02 AIR HANDLING FAN AND COIL UNIT A. General: 1. Casing: Galvanized steel; designed for service access; insulated internally with foil- faced fiberglass insulation; discharge duct collar and/or return air duct collar where indicated. The casing shall an enamel finish. All cabinet openings shall be provided with airtight seals. 2. Fan Assembly: Statically and dynamically balanced at factory; centrifugal forward- curved double width; wheels and housing corrosion resistant. 3. Motor and Drive: High efficiency; permanent split capacitor unless specifically noted otherwise; inherent thermal overload protection; permanently lubricated sleeve bearings; direct drive; resilient mount in such a manner that external isolation will not be necessary; detachable motor cord; 3 speed controller with "OFF" position; voltage and phase as indicated in the schedule or as required by the circuit wiring shown on the electrical drawings; motor input shall not exceed the power input indicated. 4. Drain Pan: Galvanized steel or thermoplastic; primary pan extending under full length and width of cooling coil; secondary pan under control valve and isolation valves and all uninsulated piping connections. 5. Filter: Frame shall be an integral part of fan coil unit; suitable for standard size filter; removable throwaway type unless otherwise indicated. 6. Exposed Cabinet Finish: Cabinet and/or access panel shall be phosphatized and finished with baked-on enamel or heat fused epoxy coating. Either finish shall be suitable for additional painting if required under Section 09900, PAINTING. 7. Sound Power Rating: Each fan coil unit shall meet or be less than the sound power rating indicated. 8. Provide Bronze Glow corrosion protection coating on coils and casing. B. Vertical Upflow: 1. Concealed with Front Access: Enclosed fan; front filter access; flush wall mounted hinged access door; duct collar supply connection; duct collar return connection as shown on the drawing or indicated in the schedule. a. Standard: Cabinet shall be installed on a return.air plenum as shown. 2. Exposed Cabinet: Recessed or semi-recessed; enclosed fan; front filter access; discharge and return grille unless indicated otherwise in the schedule. TFL -FM-404042 15760-3 8/3/2004 16C6 C. Horizontal Flow: 1. General: Chassis provided with supply air discharge plenum with single or multiple openings; removable front access panel; enclosed fan; front filter access; integral thermostat control unless otherwise indicated. 2. Concealed: Exposed fan housing; side or bottom filter access; suitable for suspended mounting above accessible ceiling; duct collar supply and return connection. 3. Exposed Cabinet: Enclosed fan; bottom filter access; supply and return air grilles or duct collar connections as shown on the drawing or indicated in the schedule. 2.03 OX COOLING COIL A. Casing: 16 gauge or heavier galvanized steel; A-frame design with access panel for service access; aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes. Factory pressure and leak tested. Coil can be rotated to suit airflow. 2.04 ELECTRIC HEATING COIL A. General: The coil shall meet all NEC requirements; protected by high-limit thermal cut- out with automatic reset and manual-reset additional high-limit cut-out; open coil type; fan interlock; air flow switch; mounted, fused, wired and enclosed at the factory with through- panel disconnect switch; UL listed; voltage and phase as indicated. B. Performance: Provide complete heating coil assemblies designed to be installed inside the air handling fan and coil unit cabinet of capacity and characteristics indicated. C. Coordinative Requirements: Coils shall be an integral component of the unit assembly and shall be factory installed and coordinated to function with the unit as described. 2.05 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT A. General: Unit shall be factory assembled and shall be weatherproofed. Units shall include a compressor, plate fin condenser coil, fans and motors, controls and holding charge of HCFC-22 refrigerant. B. Casing: Unit casing shall be constructed of 18 gauge zinc coated galvanized steel. Exterior surfaces shall be phosphatized and finished with a weather-resistant baked enamel finish. Units shall have removable top and side panels for access to all major components and controls. C. Single Compressor: Units as indicated shall have single direct drive hermetic reciprocating or scroll compressor with oil pump, single refrigeration circuit with integral subcooling. A refrigeration filter drier, liquid line and suction gas line service valves and gauge port shall be provided. Motors shall have a voltage utilization range of plus or minus 10 percent of nameplate voltage. Crankcase heater (where required by the Manufacturer if the refrigerant tube length exceeds 50 feet) temperature and current- sensitive motor overloads shall be included. TFL-FM-404042 15760-4 8/3/2004 160l u ¡,) D. Condenser Coil: Coil shall be internally finned or smooth bore copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum plate fins. Coil shall be factory pressure and leak tested. Metal grilles shall be provided for coil physical protection. E. Condenser Fan and Motors: Condenser fan shall be direct-drive, statically and dynamically balanced propeller type with aluminum blades steel hub. Fan shall be used in draw-through vertical discharge position. Fan motor shall be either permanently lubricated totally enclosed or open construction with ball or sleeve bearings and shall have built-in current and thermal overload protection. F. Controls: Condensing units shall be completely factory wired with necessary controls and contactor pressure lugs or terminal block for power wiring. Control wiring shall be 24-volt and shall include fusing and control transformer. Units shall be provided with anti-short- cycle solid state timer shall be provided to prevent compressor operation for a fixed amount of time after shutdown. G. Warranty: The compressor shall be provided with a 5 year extended warranty. The warranty period shall commence upon the date of substantial completion. H. Provide Bronze Glow corrosion protection coating on coils and casing. 2.06 FILTER A. Filter Material: Dacron or fibrous glass multi-ply fiber; 3 graduated density plies; galvanized steel, aluminum or fiberboard frame; minimum efficiency, 25 percent NBS atmospheric dust spot test. 1. Manufacturer and Model Number: a. Continental Conoply Type LD b. American Air Filter 5700 2.07 TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. 24 V AC, 7 day programmable thermostat. Refer to paragraphs entitled "THERMOSTATS" in Section 15030. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT A. Location: Equipment shall be located essentially as shown on drawings; however, actual placement of the unit shall be verified using field measurements and data relating to the units accepted for actual installation. 3.02 SUPPORT. A. General: All air handling fan and coil units shall be supported independently of ductwork or piping. TFL-FM-404042 15760-5 8/3/2004 ,>_~~""""."""'~"'_ ,._..~,.,,_o>, ~ 16C6'-,. f . ;¡',. Horizontal: Horizontal unit shall be supported from the structure by 4 hanger roas. Unit or panel shall not be supported from the ceiling system unless specifically noted and detailed on the drawings. Vertical: Vertical unit shall be supported on the return or supply air plenum with type EVS-2 pads. Refer to Section 15240, VIBRATION ISOLATION. 3.03 DUCT CONNECTIONS 1. 2. A. Supply and Return: Ducts shall be connected with flexible connectors. Refer to paragraph entitled "FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS" in Section 15910. 3.04 CONDENSING UNIT SUPPORT A. Ground Mounted Condensing Unit: Units shown on the ground shall be installed on a concrete housekeeping pad. Refer to the paragraph entitled "HOUSEKEEPING PADS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORT" in Section 15050. 3.05 AUXILIARY DRIP PAN A. General: Provide an auxiliary drip pan. Refer to the paragraph entitled "AUXILIARY DRIP PAN" in Section 15050. 1. Provide 1/2 inch drain connection at the lowest point; connection shall have copper drain line and discharge at a visible location above the nearest sink or lavatory unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide moisture sensor at the lowest point to shut off the unit if moisture is detected. 3.06 PIPING A. General: Properly connect all refrigerant piping; allow adequate space for all service and operational clearances necessary; provide trap in condensate drain from the primary and secondary drain pans; slope condensate drain down toward the discharge at location indicated. 3.07 CORROSION PROTECTION COATING A. Corrosion Protection Coating: Provide corrosion coating for the following parts of the mechanical equipment where indicated. Refer to the paragraphs entitled "CORROSION PROTECTION COATING" in Section 15050. 1. Condenser Coil 2. Evaporator Coil 3. Un-insulated Interior Surfaces 4. Insulated Interior Surfaces END OF SECTION 15760 TFL-FM-404042 15760-6 8/3/2004 "w.,~::>. . ¢:¿ '~>.' T '. ~¡. --=W"ž . .... :~~ '''¡j*'''';' f'lio' f~::>·~ r'::1~:"'i'"t'~ i·....'%·~*·~~ì· ~<->'.....r:. J.~.. t...~j{ ~¡,...>.~(~ .J.. -o:~ l.Jl J... *,,,._~._ ~~. .A~ "ð.~}(. Jt. :ì'¥' 16C6 Utilities Department Post Office Box 7228 Nonh Port. Florida 34287-0228 FAX (941) 426'-5409 . FIRE HYDRANT INSPECTION REPORT Jtility Company:. . Crh :...1,)( .IJ.'LL........._~_ Date: ~ I~M :ity of NorthPO~ t~dt:"" N¡¡mbet· . ~~~ _ . - , StIcel ~~:.~~; ~it.H;~l~~;;--I--ï--·__Make: )ùtlets: 2 lh" d. 4 'h" --L.- Test Outlet Diameter: ~....ppppp~, Þressutes: Static ~D Residual ~ Pitot dO GPM 700 :low: -'7/Ý @ 20 PSI K 3- ~ @ 10 PSI Turns to Open: ~ ":Ole; Pr.&IU~' and now lnronnalÌOn Is requealCCi. It is nor. a requlretneCU per die: AmcÖr:an WaWf Works Auoclarion, )'WNal M·17 '~r s. M&Ït*oanc:e,) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ;aps: - 'ins: _ant: )per. Nut: ~otzles: 'alve/Seat: lacking: )rains: _ lranch Valve: :Iushed : >ther Problems: .:.·ot.......~~n..n....... jj. j.. '·,..·______.........n... ............. -. ~5pe~torts Name: -revndL'I t.c \ðOt1 .ep31rs: _ _ Name: "_~m_..............'m__«.,~w.,.,.....,.......·.._...m.'m>......w·.·...·..·- .. .~ 'p" n-J' 1" 3( j·s..i:St._ d~j.:" ~):;;: ~ C~ n~~.~.~t·Û G:~~ " 'R¿~ f;' :,sJ~~J;::,:~; f;:; ;. f-:<.1~~3::.k~,d :J-t '. ()~:: G=;' - n,:~pt:>:~·A":,,~ 05 .. ..11;t1:~{~1:¢.;~ 09 ... (;·th<:.~: {!:~:":.:> n~ ..' x-:-~p~; :-l::~ :~.f.í.e. ..¡:::::_w; '. 1 i . Minutes Nozzle(s) Open .......~..............___~~___......~.·....____.._...~...........~..~'I..··-_ 'r Date of ....... ... ............~~..........~........,^'~.....,...........__.~. ........... ..... ....................._..~..._._~........ ....... ..-...,0..,...... ............. .... ... "...... ..........~..............._.......,._......n...u..........-"...........,.... ....n.__........_,;;.....~..._._.._.......,..._·....·_·_··,·····-··.-....'.. ..,.. ~cm~rltS: ,., .:rk;>c.¿__:±:.{~.Þ+ . ~ ~ '" --~--_.."'-,.,-_..__..~"--'-,,."'.,,...""~~.~_..__..- - t 16C6 CITY OF<!~'ORTH]?OR1~ 'iT tilities Deparb.n en t: . ,. (941) 426... 9500 Fax (941)'426 - 5409. P.o. Box 1228 . North Port. FL 34287 ^FÃG~TMiI;a TRA,NgMrTTAL .,.._......·..··;·...·,·.w'w~., ~,.~ ~~ , ,- TO: . 11JaL K. D. S ~ ; .u\. DATE: f'. :2 -ö!{ FIRM: [J,,~5i('u.J.1 ~/l 5ut)Iè.~S" íl4J1:. FAX#: .3(..;< ¡ "{T?(/i ~{ FROM 'fD,..1Y1t14-'-/ Wt>.../J r) WE ARE SENDING YOU --L. PAGES. INCLUDÌNG THiS COvRR SHBBT. THESB PAGES ARE BEING TRANSMITTED AS INDICATED BJ1LOW: ~ REQUESTED :...-..-FOR YOUR USE FOR YOUR COMMENTS _ FOR YOUR APPROVAL HARD COPY: WILL BE SENT VIA REGULAR MAIL . _ WILL BB SENT VIA OVERNIGHT ~ Z~L BE SENT VIA FACSIMILE ONLY MESSAGE: ..................._~________..".....-.._.........u.n..~....~..·.······· ...<.--......................................-..................... . . ,............._.u.n......... ................----..............-.................--........-............- :__............ ···.11111 ~ _. _ __ . _. .. ." ___. ,_.t.'.t. .... .-;.- : '._ ..... "+101 f' '. - I III ·1IIJì·bai.....-.. .. ... lFTHERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS OR l'ROBLEMS WITH THIS 'rJ.tANSMrITAT..PLBA~B CALL (941) 426 - 9500 " 16G6 SECTION 15860 FANS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENT A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, and Section 15030, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide fans as specified herein and of size, type, capacity, and electrical characteristics indicated. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15240, VIBRATION ISOLATION 3. 15870, AIR INTAKE AND RELIEF VENT 4. 15890, DUCTWORK 5. 15910, DUCTWORK SPECIALTIES 6. 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1 , ALTERNATES 2. Division 16, ELECTRICAL 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. Include the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Dimensional outline drawing for each of the specified fans including operating weight. 2. Performance Data: a. Fan brake horsepower (bHP) for each fan at scheduled static pressure including drive losses. b. Actual motor horsepower, voltage and phase for each fan. TFL-FM-404042 15860-1 8/3/2004 16C6~ c. Fan curve for each fan indicating flow, static (or total) pressure developed, efficiency, and fan speed at the design point.Fan sound power levels for each fan at operating conditions. d. Vibration isolators for each fan located inside the building. 3. Installation Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed instructions for the installation of each type of fan including copies shipped with the equipment. 4. Maintenance Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed instructions for the maintenance of each type of fan provided. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Comply: With the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards and other Codes and Standards as adopted by the Local Authority having Jurisdiction. C. Certification: AMCA certified as to both sound and performance ratings, and in compliance with the requirements of ARI Standard 670-90. D. NFPA: Standard 90A, "Installation for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", 1999 Revision. E. NFPA: Standard 91, "Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock and Vapor Removal of Conveying", 1999 Revision. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. 1. Acme Engineering and Manufacturing Company 2. Greenheck Fan and Ventilator Corp. 3. Loren Cook Company 4. Penn Ventilator Company 5. Aerovent 2.02 GENERAL A. Backdraft Damper: Provide gravity-actuated louvered backdraft damper for each fan unless a motorized control damper is noted on the drawings. Damper blades shall be aluminum construction, with felt on the trailing edges to assure a tight closing seal. TFL-FM-404042 15860-2 8/3/2004 16C6 B. Vibration Isolation: Isolate the entire rotating assembly and motor of each fan to prevent the transmission of vibration into the structure. C. Fan Access: The hood covering the fan motor and drive shall be hinged to provide access and shall be equipped with an approved locking device to fasten hood in open and closed positions. D. Fan Motor: Refer to paragraph entitled "ELECTRIC MOTOR" in Section 15030. A disconnect switch inside the fan housing is not a requirement. Unless specifically indicated otherwise air handling unit fan motors shall be selected as follows: 1. Less than 5 HP; 2. 5 Hp through 25 HP; 3. Greater than 25 HP 135 percent of bHP 125 percent of bHP 115 percent of bHP E. Speed Control: Provide a solid-state speed controller for each direct drive motor. Speed controller shall enable full modulation of motor between 40-100% of nameplate capacity for fan balancing. 2.03 IN-LINE A. Centrifugal Type: 1. Housing: Fan housing including longitudinal, traverse, and diagonal stiffeners, motor mounts, bearing and drive supports shall be constructed of aluminum. Housing, including all bracing, stiffeners and motor mounting assembly shall be factory finished with a baked on alkyd enamel finish over a corrosion resistant primer. Provide a removable panel in bottom or side of housing for complete access to motor and fan. 2. Fan: Shall be centrifugal type and shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Fan Motor: Permanently lubricated shaded pole motor mounted on resilient isolators to minimize vibration and noise. 4. Discharge Damper: Mounted in throat of fan discharge. 5. Drive Assembly: Drive shall be direct as indicated. 6. Speed Control: Solid state speed controller for speed reduction to 40 percent. Mounted on housing or as otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT AND MOUNTING A. Installation: Fan location shall be as indicated, however, actual placement shall be verified using field measurements and data relating to the equipment approved for actual installation. Mount fan and backdraft damper in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. TFL-FM-404042 15860-3 8/3/2004 16C6 3.02 SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL A. Reference: Refer to paragraph entitled "FLEXIBLE DUCT EQUIPMENT CONNECTION in Section 15910, for airside duct connections and to Section 15240, VIBRATION ISOLATION, for vibration hangers. 1. In-line Fan: a. Provide inlet and outlet flexible duct connections. Each fan shall be hung using four EVH-1 equipment hangers. 3.03 OPERATING CONTROLS A. Control Interlock: Interlock the exhaust fans with their associated air handling units such that when the air handling unit is de-energized for any reason the exhaust fans are also de-energized; when the air handling unit starts, the associated exhaust fans shall also start. 3.04 TEST AND BALANCE A. Checkout: Operate all fans, adjust drive speeds to achieve design air flow, and perform other requirements as indicated in Section 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION. END OF SECTION 15860 TFL-FM-404042 15860-4 8/3/2004 SECTION 15880 16C~ AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide air distribution devices as indicated. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15250, THERMAL INSULATION 3. 15890, DUCTWORK 4. 15910, DUCTWORK SPECIALTIES 5. 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1 . Division 1, ALTERNATES 2. Division 9, FINISHES 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITT AL" in Section 15010. Include the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Photograph or rendering of each device. b. Cut sheets showing the pressure drop, throw and noise levels at various air flows for each air distribution device. c. Color samples factory-applied to the same substrate as the finished product. 2. Performance Data: . a. Static and total pressure drop, face velocity, throw and noise level for each of the air distribution devices at the air flows indicated. 3. Installation Instructions: TFL-FM-404042 15880-1 8/3/2004 _......-_~_·.N a. Manufacture~s printed instructions for the installation of 14Ç,,6r distribution device including copies shipped with each air distribution device. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. Comply: With the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards and other Codes and Standards as adopted by the Local Authority having Jurisdiction. C. Air Diffusion Council (ADC): Laboratories used for testing the air flow performance of devices shall be approved by ADC. D. ASH RAE: Standard 70-72, Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets. E. NFPA: Standard 90A, Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 1993 Revision. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturer: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. 2.02 GENERAL A. Devices: Provide air distribution devices as indicated. All air distribution devices provided shall be the product of a single manufacturer unless specifically indicated otherwise. B. Acoustical: Noise produced at each diffuser, register, grille or other air distribution device shall not exceed a noise criteria level of NC 35 based on sound pressure levels in db re 20 micropascals unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate air distribution devices, sound attenuation measures and equipment provided to insure that the design acoustical constraints are not exceeded by the system, assuming a room absorption of 10 db re 1 pW. C. Pressure Drop: Pressure drop across any air distribution device shall not exceed 0.10 inches of water gauge total pressure unless otherwise indicated. D. Material: All devices shall be constructed of extruded aluminum unless otherwise indicated. Air distribution devices installed in fire rated ceiling, floor/ceiling assembly, or rated wall shall be constructed of steel. Devices installed on hard surfaces (drywall or plaster ceilings or walls) shall have a neoprene gasket along each edge to provide an airtight seal. E. Finish: Each air distribution device shall have a factory applied baked enamel finish. Ceiling devices shall be finished in white and sidewall devices shall be finished in aluminum unless otherwise indicated. TFL-FM-404042 15880-2 8/3/2004 16C6 F. Integral Components: All dampers, blank-off baffles and other companion devices which form an integral part of an air distribution device shall be factory-made. G. Mounting Screws: Mounting screws which are visible on the face of grilles, diffusers or registers shall be furnished with the device and shall be finished at the factory to match the finish on the device on which they are used. H. Manufacturer: 1. Titus 2. Anemostat 3. Metalaire 4. Krueger 5. Carnes 6. Price 7. Air Factors 2.03 CEILING AIR DISTRIBUTION A. Round and Rectangular Devices: Devices indicated to be connected with flexible duct shall have a round neck or shall be provided with a factory supplied rectangle-to-round adapter; diffusers with metal duct connections may have round, square, or rectangular neck. Supply diffusers shall be furnished with a volume damper and adjustable equalizing grid unless otherwise noted; the volume damper shall be adjustable without removing the core. 1. Lay-in Ceiling Grid: Provide lay-in devices which are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module. 2. Surface Mounted; Lay-in Grid Ceiling: Provide air distribution devices with border styles which are compatible with adjacent ceiling systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Coordination: Coordinate the location of air distribution devices and reflected ceiling drawings with respect to placement and alignment to prevent conflict with lighting fixtures, fire protection sprinklers and smoke detectors. All rectangular ceiling devices shall be installed with their lines parallel and perpendicular to the building lines and aligned with the ceiling. Surface mounted devices shall be secured to and supported by metal duct branches or drops. Devices shall be supported by separate hangers where flexible duct connections are indicated. B. Location: Install air distribution devices where indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. The location of ceiling supply, return and exhaust air devices as shown on the architectural reflected ceiling drawings shall take precedence over any other location shown. C. Exposed Duct and Device Interiors: Duct interiors, air distribution device interiors and blank-offs shall be painted with flat black enamel to eliminate light reflectance from the inside of the duct system. TFL -FM-404042 15880-3 8/3/2004 16C6 D. Support: All ducts connected to air distribution devices shall be supported independently of the ceiling. Verify the ceiling grid type being furnished. Lay-in devices shall be supported from the structure above if the suspended ceiling grid is not designed to carry the weight of the device. E. Surface Mounted Devices; Lay-In Ceiling: Unless otherwise indicated, locate units in center of acoustical ceiling modules. Install square and parallel with the ceiling grid members and aligned vertically with the ceiling tile. The ceiling tile shall not be used to support any device. F. Installation: Mount to the duct system flanges using screws provided by the device manufacturer, sealing the device to the duct system to prevent air leakage. Align adjustable blades to provide distribution without draft, pressure drop exceeding indicated value, or noise exceeding indicated values. 3.02 INSULATION A. General: The exterior of all supply devices shall be insulated with a minimum of 3/4 inch elastomeric or 1 inch fiberglass blanket with vapor seal. The external insulation shall overlap any internal insulation a minimum distance of 4 inches. The vapor seal shall extend to the edge of the device. The overlap end shall seal against the duct and the exterior duct insulation vapor seal. END OF SECTION 15880 TFL-FM-404042 15880-4 8/3/2004 16 C6'~d SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide complete duct systems as indicated. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15240, VIBRATION ISOLATION 3. 15250, THERMAL INSULATION 4. 15760, SPLIT PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 5. 15780, PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 6. 15880, AIR DISTRIBUTION 7. 15910, DUCTWORK SPECIALTIES 8. 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1, ALTERNATES 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITTAL" in Section 15010. Include the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Complete set of published data on factory prefabricated duct construction material including sheet metal gauges, with indication of each material, method of construction, support method, and its intended application and design pressure limitation. b. Material to be used for internal acoustical duct liner including surface film, mastic and installation. c. Complete set of published data on duct sealant, mastic, and gasket material to be used, including its intended application. TFL -FM-404042 15890-1 8/3/2004 -,.__._..,---".".._---~,.,.,- 16Ch "'Ö':":~" 2. Performance Data: a. Operating pressure for each duct system. b. Velocity limitations for internal acoustical liner. 3. Installation Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed instructions for the installation of prefabricated ductwork including copies shipped with the material. b. Manufacturer's printed instructions for the installation of the internal acoustical liner. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Refer to the paragraph entitled "SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DUCT SYSTEMS" in Section 15010. Provide detailed shop drawings for the following systems: a. All duct systems. 1.05 TERMINOLOGY A. Dimensions: All ductwork dimensions are nominal free clearance internal dimensions which do not include insulation thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Finish: Where ductwork is exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, stains and discolorations, and other defects including those which would impair painting. Sheet metal in exposed locations shall be mill-phosphatized unless otherwise indicated. 1.06 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. SMACNA: Use material, weight, thickness, gauge, reinforcing, seams and joints, suspension, workmanship and construction and installation methods as outlined in the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal & Flexible Second Edition with Addendum, 1997. Manufactured round or oval ductwork shall comply with the manufacturer's published recommendations and installation instructions. Where duct gauge and reinforcement is specified for rectangular ducts, the following nominal metal thicknesses shall be used: Metal Gauge 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 Galvanized .0217 .0276 .0336 .0396 .0516 .0635 .0785 .1084 Aluminum .0320 .0400 .0500 .0630 .0800 .0900 .1000 .1250 Stainless .0178 .0235 .0293 .0355 .0480 .0595 .0751 .1054 TABLE - METAL THICKNESS - DECIMAL INCHES TFL-FM-404042 15890-2 8/3/2004 16C6 B. Comply: With the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards and other Codes and Standards as adopted by the Local Authority having Jurisdiction. C. HV AC Duct Leakage Standard: Duct leakage test methods, apparatus, and reporting shall comply with the requirements of the SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual, First Edition, (1985), and as otherwise indicated. D. NFPA: The duct system, fittings, sealants and accessories shall comply to NFPA 90A requiring a flame spread rating of not over 25 and a smoke developed/fuel contributed rating no higher than 50. E. Underwriters' Laboratories Rating: All flexible fiberglass duct shall be listed Class 1 by the UL-181 standards rating. F. AWS: All welded ductwork shall be installed in conformance to American Welding Society AWS D9-84. G. ASTM: Unless otherwise specified, American Society for Testing and Materials specifications applicable are: Material Type ASTM Number I Galvanized Steel I ---- I A525 I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Manufacturer: A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "Manufacturer" in Section 15010. 2.02 GENERAL A. Special Gauges and Construction: 1. Gauges: Gauges indicated in this section are for galvanized steel. Where gauges are indicated for a material other than galvanized steel, provide the indicated gauge. 2. Flat Oval Duct: Shall be used only on positive pressure systems. 2.03 SHEET METAL DUCTWORK A. Materia!: Prime quality 48 inch wide resquare tight coat cold-rolled hot-dipped galvanized steel capable of double seaming without fracture. Conform to the requirements of ASTM A-525 and ASTM-G90 for a minimum galvanizing coat of 1.25 ounces per square foot total for both sides. TFL -FM-404042 15890-3 8/3/2004 16 C6'~ B. Square and Rectangular Duct Connections: Manufactured air duct connections with gasket tape, integral mastic sealer and bolted connections maybe used for transverse joints. 1. Manufacturer: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Engel Industries c. Nexus d. Ward e. Lockformer C. Round and Oval Ducts: Manufactured round and oval ducts may be used provided they comply with the manufacture's published standards. 1. Manufacturer: a. United-McGill b. Semco c. Lind-dab d. Monroe Metal e. Autoduct f. Don Park, Inc. 2.04 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Insulated flexible ducts, Fiberglass: Flexible ducts shall be factory fabricated and pre- insulated with a minimum of one inch thick one pound density fiberglass. The minimum R-value of the insulation shall be 4.2. Ducts installed in un-insulated, un-conditioned spaces shall have a minimum R-value of 8.0. The fiberglass shall be protected by a non- combustible, minimum 2.5 mil thick mylar, vinyl, polyethylene, or polyester vapor barrier. The inner wall shall be of fiberglass reinforced or trilaminate material laminated to a corrosion resistant steel wire helix to provide a durable, airtight layer between the fiberglass insulation and the air stream. The flexible duct shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 181 and UL listed as a Class 1 flexible air duct connector. The operating range shall be up 200 degrees F. and a working pressure of 6 inched positive and 4 inches negative. 1. Manufacturer: a. Thermaflex b. Owens-Corning c. CertainTeed d. Flexmaster e. ATCO f. Hart & Cooley TFL -FM-404042 15890-4 8/3/2004 1. ~,C6 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS A. Support materials: Angles and other structural shapes used in connection with galvanized steel sheets shall be zinc-coated steel. Hanger rods shall be minimum 3/8 inch diameter, hot-rolled mild steel. Rivets, screws, and other accessories shall be made of the same materials as the duct or casing. Minimum screw size shall be No.8 and minimum rivet diameter shall be 5/32 inch. B. Sealant/Mastic: Low-odor, oil-resistant, non-hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene-based cement, applicable for fabrication or installation, shall be used as compounded specifically for sealing fitting components or longitudinal seams in ductwork. Oil- or asphalt-based caulking compounds are not acceptable. 1. Manufacturer: a. Childers b. B. Fuller/Foster c. United McGill d. 3M C. Gaskets: Gasket material shall be soft elastomer butyl or neoprene rubber formed for the specific application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Criteria: All duct systems shall be furnished and installed free of noise, chatter, vibration, breathing and pulsation under all conditions of operation. Remove, replace or reinforce to correct adverse conditions. Fiberglass duct is not allowed on the project unless specifically indicated as acceptable. B. Field Conditions: If field conditions are determined to exist which would limit the guarantee of air delivery or system performance, submit notice in writing to the Architect. Prior to ductwork fabrication, verify dimensions at the site, making field measurements and drawings necessary for fabrication and erection. Take precautions to avoid space interferences with beams, columns, joists, pipes, lights, conduit, other ducts, equipment, etc. Make necessary revisions to routing where any spatial or coordination conflicts appear, at no additional cost to the Owner or change in the contract price. C. Preparation for Installation: Ductwork shall be shop-fabricated in lengths sufficient to minimize the number of joints, and shall be preassembled in the shop to the greatest extent possible to minimize field-assembly of the system. Space duct joints to avoid cutting when installing branch takeoffs, outlet collars, etc. Disassemble ductwork only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling; match-mark sections for reassembly and coordinated installation. Install concrete inserts for support of the ductwork in coordination with the formwork to avoid delays. TFL -FM-404042 15890-5 8/3/2004 16C6 D. Installation: Properly support and align ductwork accurately at connections within 1/8 inch misalignment tolerance. Ducts shall be free of sags and bulges. Hang ductwork below concrete floors or roof deck with hangers set prior to pouring concrete, or from self drilling screw anchors. Gun powder set anchors are not permitted. Locate duct runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, avoiding diagonal runs wherever possible. Parallel runs of horizontal ducts shall be grouped together on trapeze or strap hangers. Hold ducts as close to the structure above as possible. Maintain a minimum 6 inch clearance between walls and duct or duct exterior insulation for inspection. E. Duct Cleaning: Continuously cap open ends of ductwork to prevent entry of dust, debris and foreign material throughout the installation. Where the interior of ductwork has been exposed to dust or debris, clean the interior of the entire ductwork system from the point of debris entry to the duct termination. F. Duct Penetrations: Where it is necessary that ducts be divided due to pipes or other obstructions which must pass through these ducts, provide air-stream deflectors in the duct and increase the duct size to maintain equivalent area around the deflectors. Such changes shall be in accordance with standard SMACNA details and shall be shown on As-Built Drawings. G. Interior Duct Painting: Interior of ductwork visible through registers, grilles, or diffusers shall be painted flat black. H. Prohibited Duct Locations: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults, or into electrical rooms or elevator equipment spaces unless the ductwork is dedicated to serving that space. Do not install ductwork over elevator equipment, electrical distribution panels or motor control stations. I. Balancing Devices: Due to clarity of the drawings, not all duct balancing dampers may be indicated. However, provide each duct branch and each duct takeoff with a balancing damper to assure correct balance and quiet distribution of indicated air quantities. J. Equipment Connections: Provide and install all duct connections to air handling units and fans and provide flexible connections, elbows and bends which minimize noise and pressure drop. Provide and install all necessary blank-off sating plates or transitions required to facilitate installation. Provide flexible connections between ductwork and all rotating or vibrating equipment. K. Coordination: Coordinate dimensions at interfaces of dissimilar type of ductwork and at interfaces of ductwork with equipment so that proper overlaps, interfaces, etc., of insulation and continuity of vapor barriers are maintained. Where ducts of two dissimilar metals meet, the joints shall be installed such that the metals do not contact each other. L. Terminal Unit Connection: Connect low pressure ductwork to terminal units (fan terminal units, variable volume boxes, etc.) with flexible duct unless otherwise indicated. Comply with the requirements of paragraph entitled "FLEXIBLE DUCT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS" in Section 15910. TFL-FM-404042 15890-6 8/3/2004 ðll· t·" I( t .,,\ M. Exterior Insulated Duct: Provide a seamless insulation finish around damper operating quadrants, splitter adjusting clamps, access doors, and similar operating devices with a metal collar equivalent in depth to insulation thickness and suitably sized to which insulation may be finished. 3.02 SHEET METAL DUCTS A. Construction: Provide corner closures. Longitudinal seams and transverse joints shall be flat and smooth inside. Make slip joints in direction of air flow. Longitudinal joints shall be Pittsburgh lock or double corner seam. Button punch snaplock construction is not acceptable. All welds shall be continuous and corrosion-resistant. Sealant shall be applied over the continuous length of every seam. B. Fittings: Fabricate offsets, turns and elbows with centerline radius equal to 1-1/2 times diameter when possible. No mitered offsets will be allowed. C. Round: Use manufactured ductwork where round is indicated. D. Acoustical Liner: Prohibited. E. Vapor Retardant: Where exterior-insulated ductwork connects to ductwork without exterior insulation, the exterior insulation shall overlap the connecting duct a minimum of 4 inches. The vapor retardant on the exterior insulation shall be sealed to the exposed metal duct. 3.03 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Installation: 1. Flexible duct shall be a maximum of 8 feet in length unless otherwise indicated and shall be fully extended to smooth out internal corrugations, and shall be installed without kinks, compression or obstructions so that pressure drop is minimized. Install with a maximum equivalent of two 90 degree bends. No bend shall be made with centerline radius of less than one duct diameter for fiberglass ductwork, or four and one-half diameters for metal ductwork. No additional flexible duct shall be provided for future relocation unless otherwise indicated; cut and remove excess length. 2. Flexible duct shall be supported at ends and at each 90 degree bend. Maximum permissible sag is 1/2 inch per foot of spacing between supports. 3. Hanger and saddle material in contact with the flexible duct shall be of sufficient width to prevent any restriction of the internal diameter of the duct when the weight of the supported section rests on the hanger or saddle material. In no case will the material contacting the flexible duct be less than 1 inch wide. Hanger shall be used in conjunction with a sheet metal saddle formed to cover' one-half the circumference of the outside diameter of the flexible duct and shall be rolled to fit neatly around the lower half of the duct's outer circumference. 4. Factory installed suspension systems integral to the flexible duct are an acceptable alternative hanging method when manufacturers recommended procedures are followed. TFL-FM-404042 15890-7 8/3/2004 16C6 5. To prevent tearing of vapor retardant on fiberglass duct, do not support entire weight of flexible duct on anyone hanger during installation. Avoid contact of flexible duct with sharp edges of hanger material. Damage to vapor retardant may be repaired with vapor sealant tape. If internal core is penetrated, replace flexible duct. 6. Connect flexible ductwork to collars on rigid ductwork and terminal devices with locking clamps and adhesive. Stainless steel ductwork shall be secured with stainless steel bands and clamps only. 7. Terminal devices connected to flexible duct shall be supported independently of the flexible duct. 3.04 SUPPLY, RETURN, INTAKE, EXHAUST AND RELIEF DUCTWORK A. General Air Moving Systems: Ductwork shall be constructed of galvanized sheet metal unless otherwise indicated and shall comply with SMACNA Pressure Classification. B. Minimum Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated all ductwork shall comply with the following minimum pressure requirements: 1. 2 inch w.g. Pressure: a. From the supply fan discharge to a room supply air device. b. From the return air inlet device to the inlet of the return fan or air handling fan return connection. 2. 1 inch w.g. Pressure: a. From the room exhaust device to the inlet of the roof exhaust fan. 3. All supply, return and outside air ducts shall be externally insulated unless specifically indicated to be internally insulated, extending from fan, throughout system, to all outlets. Unless otherwise indicated, external insulation shall be minimum 2 inch thick fiberglass duct wrap where concealed and 1-1/2 inch thick duct board where exposed; finish as specified. 3.05 CHANGES IN SHAPE OR DIMENSION A. Criteria: Where duct size or shape is altered to effect a change in area, the following shall apply: 1. Do not exceed a slope of 1 inch in 7 inches for transitions with increasing area. 2. Do not exceed a slope of 1 inch in 4 inches for transitions with decreasing area; 1 inch in 7 inches is preferable and should be used wherever possible. 3. Transition angles shall not exceed 30 degrees at inlet connections to coils or other equipment, nor 15 degrees at outlet connections. TFL-FM-404042 15890-8 8/3/2004 3.06 MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS FOR SEALING DUCTS A. Liquid Sealant: Use only for slip type joints where sealant is to fill space between overlapping pieces of metal. Do not use where metal clearances exceed 1/16 inch. B. Mastics: Use in lieu of liquid sealant as a filler, in grooves and between flanges. C. Tape: Tape is not allowed to seal sheet metal ducts. D. Combination of mastic and embedded fabric: Use mastic/mesh/mastic layers as a sealant where pressure equals or exceeds 3 inch w.g. and where any space between metal surfaces at transverse joints, longitudinal seams or duct wall penetrations exceeds 1/16 inch. E. Surface preparation: Surfaces to receive sealant should be free from oil, dust, dirt, rust, moisture, ice crystals and other substances that inhibit or prevent bonding. Use solvent and apply a face primer if necessary to obtain a clean surface for adhesion. F. System Preparation: Remove all dirt and foreign material from the entire duct system and clean diffusers, registers and grilles before operating fans. 3.07 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. General: All supply and return ductwork including outdoor air intakes shall be provided with access doors to permit periodic cleaning of the inside surfaces. Refer to paragraph entitled "DUCT ACCESS DOORS" in Section 15910. B. Location: Duct access doors shall be located such that they may be accessed by a person standing on a ladder. Access doors located above a ceiling shall not be more than 42 inches above the ceiling unless a work platform is provided. The access doors may be located on the sides or bottom of the ductwork and shall be available in each straight run and not more than 30 feet on centers. All elements of the duct system shall be available for cleaning without passing the cleaning equipment through duct turning vanes. C. Size: The width of the access door shall be a minimum of 1 inch less than the width of the duct. The length of the access door shall be a minimum of 12 inches up to a width of 12 inches, a minimum of 18 inches up to a width of 18 inches, and a minimum or 24 inches up to a width of 24 inches. Duct access door for duct cleaning purposed need not be larger than 24 inches by 24 inches. 3.08 LEAKAGE TESTING A. General: 1. Test the following duct systems: a. All ducts which are (1) under positive or negative pressure and (2) which are connected to an air moving device (air handling unit, exhaust fan, supply fan or similar air moving equipment). TFL-FM-404042 15890-9 8/3/2004 1;hr6 \,..} \J' 2. Duct systems shall be constructed so that leakage does not exceed 5.0 percent of the air quantity handled by the respective fans for systems to 3 inch w.g., and 1.0 percent of the total air quantity handled by fans in systems exceeding 3 inch w.g. 3. Leakage shall be measured during leakage test at a test pressure which is equal to the pressure rating of the duct system. B. Test Procedure: 1. Test at the time of duct installation, prior to installation of any field-applied insulation and prior to any concealment in chases or similar enclosures. 2. Duct entry and outlet openings shall be capped or sealed prior to pressurizing the duct. The seal shall be of adequate strength and thickness to withstand the test pressures. 3. Use a fan having a minimum capacity of 300 cfm or 10 percent of the particular duct system design capacity, whichever is greater and which is capable of producing a static pressure equal to the duct test pressure. 4. Test fan shall be connected to a flow measuring assembly consisting of straightening vanes and an orifice plate mounted in a straight section with appropriately located pressure taps. Orifice assembly shall be calibrated with its own calibration curve. Pressures shall be measured with U-tube manometers and corresponding flow rates shall be obtained from the orifice performance curve. 5. Connect test fan and orifice flow measuring assembly to the duct to be tested with a section of flexible duct. 6. Test for audible leaks as follows: a. Close off and seal all openings in the duct section to be tested. b. Start the blower with its control damper partially closed. c. Gradually open the control damper until the duct pressure reaches the designed duct operating pressure. d. Survey all joints for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not apply a retest until sealing has been repaired and allowed to set. 7. After all audible leaks have been sealed, the remaining leakage should be measured with the orifice section of the test apparatus as follows: a. Start blower and open damper until the pressure in duct reaches the designed duct operating pressure. b. When partial sections (such as supply section, return section, etc.) of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage. TFL -FM-404042 15890-10 8/3/2004 ~li) 8. Correct any duct leaks which are detected either audibly or by touch regardless of whether leakage through duct system is less than allowable test leakage. END OF SECTION 15890 TFL-FM-404042 15890-11 8/3/2004 "--""-"'-- SECTION 15910 16C'b DUCTWORK SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide necessary duct system accessories to assure balanced, quiet and draftless distribution and conveyance, with minimum of turbulence, noise and pressure drop for supply, return, exhaust and ventilation systems indicated. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15240, VIBRATION ISOLATION 3. 15250, THERMAL INSULATION 4. 15880, AIR DISTRIBUTION 5. 15890, DUCTWORK 6. 15950, BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM 7. 15990, PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1, ALTERNATES 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "SUBMITT AL" in Section 15010. Include the following data: 1. Manufacturers Literature: a. Dimensional outline drawing of the following products: (1 ) Flexible duct connection. (2) Splitter damper. (3) Turning vanes. (4) Air extractors. (5) Manual volume dampers. (6) Backdraft dampers. TFL-FM-404042 15910-1 --..------- 8/3/2004 (7) Fire dampers. 16C6 (8) Sound attenuators (Silencers). 2. 3. Performance Data: a. 4. Installation Instructions: a. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions for each of the products listed including copies shipped with the equipment. 1.05 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall be in compliance with the applicable standards and codes listed in paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. B. SMACNA: Use material, weight, thickness, gauge, reinforcement, seams and joints, suspension, workmanship, construction and installation methods as outlined in the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. HV AC Duct Construction Standards, Metal & Flexible, Second Edition, 1995, or in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. NFPA: The duct fittings, accessories and sealants shall comply to the requirements with NFPA 90A, 1993 Revisions, requiring a flame spread rating of not over 25 and a smoke developed/fuel contributed rating no higher than 50. D. AWS: All welding of fittings and accessories to ductwork shall conform to American Welding Society AWS D9-84. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. General: Refer to paragraph entitled "MANUFACTURERS" in Section 15010. Model numbers or product type listed for manufacturers are given to provide an example of the item required. 2.02 GENERAL A. Clear Dimensions: Ductwork dimensions indicated which may affect items of this section are nominal free clearance internal dimensions, not including interior insulation thickness, if any. B. Gauges: Gauges indicated in this section are for galvanized steel. Where gauges are specifically indicated for a sheet metal material other than galvanized steel, provide the indicated gauge. 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT EQUIPMENT CONNECTION A. Flexible Duct Connections: Duct Connector shall be a waterproof neoprene-coated polymer fabric specifically manufactured to provide an airtight flexible connection TFL -FM-404042 15910-2 8/3/2004 between ductwork and rotating or vibrating equipment. Minimum tear and tensile 16 C 6 strength shall be 125 and 300 pounds respectiyely. 1. Manufacturer: a. Ductmate Proflex Vinyl b. Durodyne c. Ventfabrics 2.04 SPLITTERS A. General: Provide splitters for adjustment of air volume to the respective branches where indicated, constructed of the same material and at least the same gauge as the duct, but not less than twenty-two gauge. Use in duct systems to 2 inches w.g. only. Splitters shall be rigidly attached to pivot rod and operating linkage; install on raised insulated base when used in internally insulated ductwork. Splitter blades shall be formed in two thicknesses of metal with a rounded edge to air flow. B. Manufacturers: 1. Ventlock 2. Ruskin 3. Metalaire 2.05 TURNING VANES A. General: Turning vanes shall be completely flutter-proof; permanently fixed type aluminum, steel with acid/solvent chemical corrosion resistant coating, or galvanized steel. Turning vanes shall be minimum 24 gauge for single thickness and 26 gauge for double thickness and airfoil vanes. Turning vanes shall be securely fastened to a runner; vane edges shall project airflow parallel to duct sides. Airfoil-type turning vanes shall be constructed of galvanized steel or aluminum with a sound-attenuating fiberglass inner liner and open protective metal facing. B. Manufacturer and Type: 1. Barber-Coleman, Airturns 2. Dura-Dyne, VR 3. Hart & Cooley 2.06 EXTRACTORS A. General: Extractors shall deflect, proportion and direct the indicated air quantities to the branch duct and/or to the registers, grilles or other outlets without causing objectionable noise or pressure drop. B. Adjustable Multivaned: Multivaned with vanes on 1 inch centers where required to have shutoff capability or unless otherwise indicated; adjustable gang-operated and synchronized to remain parallel to flow regardless of extractor angle. 1. Minimum .040 thick aluminum, steel with acid/solvent chemical corrosion resistant coating, or galvanized steel. C. Actuator: Provided with manual actuator devices for adjusting and securing the position of these deflectors; these devices shall allow adjustment of the deflectors from outside TFL-FM-404042 15910-3 8/3/2004 the ductwork without puncturing or penetrating ductwork or its vapor barrier. Provide remote actuator assembly where required. 16C6 D. Manufacturer and Type: 1. Titus, Model AG-45 or AG-225 Volume Extractor 2. Waterloo, Type DTM or DT2M Extractor 3. Anemostat, DTB or DT A 4. Young Regulator, 890 or 890A 2.07 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. General: These dampers are other than those specified as being integral with a register, diffuser or other air outlet or inlet. B. Criteria: Volume dampers shall meet the following criteria: 1. For ducts up to 10 inches in duct depth or 100 square inches in area, use single blade dampers of minimum 20 gauge. 2. Opposed blade type multi-blade dampers shall be a minimum 4 inch deep and fabricated of minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel blades with a welded 16 gauge galvanized steel channel frame; sheet metal screws shall not be used in the construction of any damper. Blades shall ride in bronze bushings on 3/8 inch steel shafts suitable for motor operation. Damper blades shall be operated by a common linkage, with a 6 inch maximum blade width, and shall be formed with double 90 degree bends to ensure positive air lock and maximum strength. Blades shall be felt-tipped to ensure tight closure and noiseless operation, and shall be capable of opening to a full 90 degrees; damper linkage shall incorporate a positive 90 degree opening stop. 3. Dampers shall be made of galvanized steel, stainless steel, steel with acid/solvent chemical resistant coating, or steel sprayed or dipped aluminum rust resistant finish as required to match the attached duct material; stiffened and fabricated to prevent vibration and flutter. 4. Provide a hand quadrant stand-off bracket so that the damper can be adjusted from outside the completed ductwork without puncturing or otherwise penetrating the duct insulation or its vapor retardant barrier. 5. Dampers shall be fully adjustable and with locking device and damper position indicator. The damper and damper frame may be fabricated in one section to 48 inch in width and 90 inch in height; larger sizes shall be made in sections with mullions. 6. Pressure drop through the damper shall not exceed 0.03 inches w.g. at 1000 fpm velocity based on the damper face area. The damper shall have full shutoff capability, with leakage rates less than 10 cfm/square ft of damper face area at 4 inches w.g. Airfoil opposed blade dampers shall be provided if the velocity through a fully opened damper exceeds the manufacturer's printed maximum velocity limit. 7. Manufacturer: a. Air Balance, Inc. b. Greenheck c. Nailor TFL -FM-404042 15910-4 8/3/2004 d. Penn e. Ruskin f. Young Regulator Co. 16C" ( .~ '.:...'./'" 2.08 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. General: Backdraft dampers shall be the multi-blade, weighted type with counter- balanced blades. Damper frame shall be aluminum or galvanized steel suitable for flange and gasket connection to ductwork. Blade edges shall have vinyl or polyurethane foam gasketing with ball bearings. B. Manufacturer: 1. Air Balance 2. Louvers & Dampers 3. Ruskin 2.09 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. General: 1. Doors shall be factory prefabricated double wall, 24 gauge galvanized steel. Access doors shall be able to withstand the same test pressures without deformation, vibration or leakage as the ductwork and casings in which they are installed. 2. Access door minimum size shall be as large as is compatible with the duct size but in no case less than the following (provide larger sizes if necessary to permit proper access operation): . um Duct Dimensions Access Door Size 11" and less 10" x 12" 12" through 16" 12" x 16" 17" and over 16" x 24" 3. Personnel walk-in access doors in air handling unit casings shall be a maximum 54 inch high by 20 inch wide. B. Latches: Doors shall be provided with adjustable tension catches and shall be gasketed around their perimeters with felt or soft rubber gasketing attached to the doors with cement and countersunk rivets for an airtight seal. Access doors less than 24 inch in height shall have a continuous piano hinge (or two 1 inch by 1 inch butt hinges where concealed) and one panel latch; access doors in casings and ducts 24 inch in height and over shall have two heavy butt hinges and two pairs of lever-type latches operable from both sides of the door, installed to open against air pressure. Access doors shall be fastened with spring clips which release in the event of sudden negative pressure, such as created when a damper closes, to prevent duct implosion. C. Indicators: Where access doors are concealed in hung ceiling, provide indicator buttons in the ceiling immediately below the access door. TFL-FM-404042 15910-5 8/3/2004 D. Vision Panels: Where indicated, provide plexiglass vision panels of minimum1...&. iQ~ thickness for access doors to 10 inch high, or 0.25 inch thick plexiglass for 14~Ms . doors. Where required, provide and install vision panels in casing access doors made of transparent wired glass. E. Combination Access/Relief Doors: Panels shall have pressure-sensitive release latches, set to the pressure rating of the duct unless otherwise indicated, with a chain securing the relief door to the mounting frame. F. Insulated: Insulated access doors shall have a minimum 1 inch rigid 3-pound density fiberglass board between the inner and outer panels. G. Manufacturer: 1. Ventfabrics, Inc., Ventlok 2. Ruskin 3. United Sheet Metal 2.10 AIRFLOW STRAIGHTENERS A. General: Airflow straighteners shall be constructed of 3/4 inch honeycomb parallel cell orientation in 1 inch depths, with a slip-in frame to permit removal for cleaning. For air velocities to 2500 fpm, the airflow straightener cells shall be manufactured from aluminum; for air velocities in excess of 2500 fpm the cells shall be galvanized steel or stainless steel. B. Manufacturer: 1 . Titus 2. Barber-Colman PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Transitions: Provide and install transitions where required for final connection to any duct fitting, accessory, device or duct-mounted equipment. B. Special System: All accessories installed in poly-vinyl-steel ductwork shall have acid/solvent chemical corrosion resistant coating. C. Location and Use of Dampers: Install a volume damper at each duct branch, as far as possible upstream from air inlets or outlets, to attenuate noise transmission caused by damper throttling. Where the necessary pressure drop across a single volume damper becomes excessive and cannot be reduced through the use of splitter dampers or extractors and creates objectionable noise in the opinion of the Architect, an orifice plate shall be installed. The orifice plate shall be sized to provide sufficient pressure drop to allow the volume damper to control the air flow without any objectionable noise transmission. Use splitter dampers, extractors or orifice plates only where manual volume dampers will not accomplish the intended balancing, or where indicated. The use of splitter dampers, extractors or orifice plates shall not eliminate the need for specified or required manual dampers. D. Duct Mounted Smoke Detectors: Install duct mounted smoke detectors where indicated in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. TFL -FM-404042 15910-6 8/3/2004 3.02 TURNING VANES 16C6 A. General: Install turning vanes for all short-radius elbows where the centerline radius is less than 1-1/2 times the duct width, and all square corner bends with a transition angle greater than 30 degrees. Install vanes in sections or use tie rods to limit the unbraced vane length. Turning vanes shall be single-wall type for ducts with a vane runner length less than 18 inch and air velocity less than 2500 fpm; duct systems with longer runner lengths or higher air velocities shall use double-wall vanes. Airfoil-type vanes shall be used wherever the duct static pressure exceeds 2 inches w.g. If the duct size changes in a mitred elbow, the vanes shall be fitted with a trailing edge extension. 3.03 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. General: Provide and install an access door in the ductwork for each fire, smoke, fire/smoke and motorized damper; in-line duct heater and coil; permanent test ports; and where access for observation or maintenance is necessary. 3.04 FLEXIBLE DUCT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. General: Provided flexible duct connections where air handlers, fans and blowers connect to their ductwork. Flexible duct connections shall be installed as follows: 1. Connections shall be at least 4 inches long and shall not be stretched tight or have any metal touching. The flexible material shall not be skewed. 2. Connections shall be attached on each side to metal (either metal ductwork, air handling apparatus, or heavy gauge steel sleeves). 3.05 TEST OPENINGS A. General: Furnish and install capped test openings for test equipment (pitot tubes, etc.) on the entering and leaving sides of air handling units, duct-mounted coils and other airside equipment. Locate these test openings in each main supply duct at the downstream end of the straightest run of the main before the first take-off. Form test ports by drilling as many evenly-spaced 7/16 inch holes in the duct as will fit on maximum 8 inch centers, lined up perpendicular to the airflow. Holes shall be sealed with replaceable plastic plugs, and shall be made accessible through exterior insulation for future balancing. 3.06 FITTINGS AND TRANSITIONS A. Divided Flow Fittings: All divided flow fittings shall be furnished as separate fittings; tap covers welded into spiral duct sections are not acceptable. All tees, crosses and laterals up to and including 12 inch diameter shall have a minimum 3/8 inch radius rounded entrance into the tap, produced by machining, press forming or hand-grinding smooth and free of projections, weld build-up, burrs or irregularities. All round duct tees and crosses shall be the spun conical converging type for branch entrances, with a raised bead on the throat of the fitting to assure a tight positive connection. Lateral and V-type fittings shall be constructed so that airstream converge or diverge at angles of 45 degrees or less. B. Construction: All welded fittings shall have continuous welds along all seams. C. Flexible Duct Connectors: Provide spin-in type connector fitting with balancing damper at all connections between rigid sheet metal duct and flexible duct at the upstream end of the flexible duct. TFL-FM-404042 15910-7 8/3/2004 D. Branch Takeoffs: Unless indicated otherwise, branch takeoff connections shall be made with 45 degree laterals or 45 degree elbows. Where 90 degree branches are -t0l)' C 6 provide conical tees or "shoe" fittings at a 45 degree entry, with a lockable qua.l.a .. . damper. E. Elbows: Elbows shall be die-stamped or multiple-gore construction with seam circumferential joints unless shown as mitred square elbows with turning vanes, except elbows 8 inch in diameter or less shall be die-stamped. All offsets in excess of 30 degrees shall have radius fittings with a minimum 1.5 ratio; provide turning vanes in all elbows and bends as specified herein. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404042 15910-8 8/3/2004 SECTION 15990 16C6 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Basic Requirements: Provisions of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, and Section 15030, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, are a part of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Scope: Verify the performance of the systems of Division 15 by testing and balancing procedures described in this section. B. General: The Owner will select a test and balance agency (herein referred to as the T&B Agency) for system and equipment performance verification and assign the T&B Agency to the Contractor. C. D. Definition of Terms: 1. "Contractor" shall refer to the General Contractor. 2. "Owner" shall refer to Collier County or their designated representative. 1.03 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: Other Sections of Division 15 which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. 15160, PUMPS 3. 15760, SPLIT PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 4. 15880, AIR DISTRIBUTION 5. 15910, DUCTWORK SPECIALTIES B. Related Divisions: Other Divisions of these specifications which relate to the requirements of this Section may include but are not limited to the following: 1. Division 1, ALTERNATE 2. Division 16, ELECTRICAL 1.04 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. General: All equipment, material, accessories, methods of construction and reinforcement, finish quality, workmanship and installation shall comply with the paragraph entitled "Code Compliance" in Section 15010. 1.05 TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY A. General: Performance verifi,cation shall be performed by an independent T&B Agency. TFL-FM-404042 15990-1 8/3/2004 -...".,--.--- B. Certifi~ation: The T&B Ag~ncy shal~ be a certified me~ber of the Associateti~ap¡~. Council (AABC) or the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB). 0 l; 0 C. References: The T&B Agency shall have been in business continuously for the previous 3 years and shall specialize in and be limited to testing and balancing HV AC systems. The T&B Agency shall submit references of five previously successfully completed projects of similar size, type, scope, and complexity. D. Supervision: Field work shall be performed under the direct supervision of a full-time employee of the T&B Agency. The final test reports shall be certified and sealed by the supervisor and signed by the employees performing the work. E. Approval: The T&B Agency shall not be affiliated with the construction contractors, equipment manufacturers, sales vendors, or design engineering firms. All test and balancing work shall be scheduled by the Contractor in corporation with the T&B Agency and at the direction of the Owner. The T&B Agency shall report to the Architect in writing anytime the scheduled services cannot be preformed as schedule or as required. The Contractor shall be responsible for the operation of all equipment during the test and balance process. F. Reporting: The T&B Agency shall function as an authorized inspection agency responsible to the Owner, and shall list all items which are installed incorrectly, require correction or completion, or which have not been installed in accordance with the contract documents. Prior to beginning system balancing, submit to the Architect for the Owner's review, written procedures to be followed for the testing and balancing work. 1.06 AGENCY APPROVAL A. Name and Qualifications: Submit the name and qualifications of the proposed T&B Agency to the Architect for acceptance within thirty (30) days of Notice to Proceed. If the proposed agency is not submitted within the stated time the Architect shall select the T&B Agency and deduct the cost of their services from the Contract Amount. 1.07 INSTRUMENTATION A. General: All test and balance equipment and instruments shall be furnished by the T&B Agency and shall have been calibrated to the tolerances required in balancing standards within six (6) months of use on this work. A list of equipment and instruments shall be submitted to the Architect for the Owner's review prior to commencing test and balancing operations and shall include manufacturer, serial number and certification of last calibration date and method of calibration including test references. Instruments without calibration adjustment capability shall be accompanied with manufacturer's certification of accuracy. Instruments shall have maximum field measuring accuracy, shall be applied as recommended by the manufacturer, and shall have minimum scale and maximum subdivisions with ranges for the values being measured. 1.08 WORK INCLUDED A. General: The T&B Agency shall provide all labor, supervision, professional services, tools, test equipment and instruments (except as otherwise indicated) to perform work of this section; including but not limited to: 1. Review the automatic temperature control and air terminal unit specifications for their effects on the testing and balancing procedures for the air and hydronic systems. TFL-FM-404042 15990-2 8/3/2004 2. Where conditions may exist in the system design or construction which 16 C 6 adversely affect system performance, identify the conditions and submit .. recommended corrections in writing for consideration by the Architect. 3. During construction, review shop drawings relevant to performance verification to confirm that the required piping, ductwork and equipment, and their respective specialties and accessories such as gauges, valves, dampers, access doors, etc., are properly selected, sized and located to permit proper and complete testing and balancing. 4. SPEC-WRITER-NOTE: Verify if the number of hours are required or acceptable for your project. 5. Perform a minimum of 80 hours of site inspections at a maximum of 8 hours per visit during construction and prior to the scheduled start of the test and balance work to become familiar with the project, equipment locations, and to verify compliance with documents. After each inspection submit a written report to the Architect indicating the area covered and the results of the inspection. Submit the Equipment Test and Systems Balance Report for review and acceptance. 6. 7. Furnish specifications for properly-sized fixed sheaves and belts on fan systems after proper RPM has been established. 8. Test for sound and vibration levels. 9. Test and report pressure differentials between the sampling and return ports of all duct smoke detectors. 1.09 GUARANTY A. General: The T&B Agency shall include a warranty period of ninety (90) days after acceptance of test and balance work. During the warranty period, the Owner may request a re-check or re-setting of any system component requiring testing and balancing. The T&B Agency shall provide technicians, instruments, and tools to assist the Owner in conducting any test required. A guarantee, such as the AABC National Project Certification Performance Guarantee, shall also be provided. PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REPORT A. Records: Recorded test data shall be at the final balanced condition for each system, and shall be arranged by system using the appropriate designation as established on the Contract Documents. 6 copies of the typewritten, signed, bound and indexed final report shall be submitted to the Architect for the Owner's review prior to request for substantial completion inspection. The substantial completion inspection shall not be scheduled until the final report has been received and is acceptable to the Owner. Report format shall be similar to forms approved for use by SMACNA or AABC. TFL-FM-404042 15990-3 8/3/2004 """,--..-...--.-.,-- B. Measurements: Where actual measurements recorded for the final balance show deviations of more than 10 percent from the design, the T&B Agency shall .t~a,". i2:'..". the report and submit recommendations for corrective action to the Archite~ 0 V 0 C. Deficiency: Where recorded data can be reasonably interpreted to be inaccurate, inconsistent or erroneous, the Owner may request additional testing and balancing. The T&B Agency shall perform retesting and re-balancing at no additional cost. D. Vibration: Where, in the opinion of the T&B Agency, there is excessive vibration, movement or noise from any piece of equipment, ductwork, pipes, etc., the T&B Agency shall note same in the report and submit recommendations for corrective action to the Architect. E. Controls: The T&B Agency shall verify that each controller and the devices it controls, such as control valves, motorized dampers, VA V boxes, etc., operates in the exact sequence required. F. Test Data: Include the following data in the Systems Test and Balance Report for all items included in the project: 1 . Motors: a. Manufacturer b. Model and serial number c. Rated amperage and voltage d. Rated horsepower e. Rated RPM f. Measured amperage and voltage g. Calculated brake-horsepower h. Measured RPM i. Sheave size, type and manufacturer j. Bearing model numbers 2. Fans: a. Manufacturer b. Model or Serial number, type of fan, number of blades, wheel diameter c. Rated CFM, measured CFM d. Rated RPM, measured RPM e. Design inlet and outlet total and external static pressures f. Actual inlet and outlet total and external static pressures g. Pulley sizes, types and manufacturers h. Belt size and quantity (V-belt drive only) i. Bearing model numbers j. Inlet vane position k. Shaft diameter 3. Pumps: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. TFL-FM-404042 Manufacturer Model or Serial number, impeller size Rated RPM, measured RPM Rated head, measured head Measured discharge pressure Measured suction pressure Rated and measured GPM 15990-4 8/3/2004 h. Bearing serial number 16C6 4. Air Systems (includinQ inlets and outlets): a. Grille or diffuser reference number, manufacturer and type b. Grille or diffuser location c. Design and measured velocity d. Design and measured CFM e. Effective area factor and size, and diffuser flow coefficients f. Terminal Unit CFM g. Tabulation of design and measured cfm for each inlet or outlet h. A summarization by system to compare design data to actual 5. Air Handlinq Units: a. Design and measured air flow and water flow rates b. Design and measured airside static pressure drops across each coil and across the entire unit c. Design and measured water inlet and outlet temperatures for each coil, and waterside pressure drops d. Design and measured steam inlet pressure and consumption e. Design and measured airside cooling coil entering and leaving dry and wet bulb temperatures f. Design and measured airside heating coil entering and leaving dry bulb temperatures G. Other Report Requirements: Where systems have equipment or components which are not covered by the above, the Final Test and Balance Report shall include the following design and measured data as applicable: 1. All duct inlet and outlet areas. 2. All applicable duct, pipe and coil sizes. 3. Outside, return, mixed and supply air conditions. 4. All fluid velocities, flow rates, temperatures and pressure differentials at appropriate locations. 5. All speeds. 6. All voltage and ampere ranges. 2.02 DIAGRAMS A. General: Provide a schematic diagram (Le., one-line) of duct systems tested. Indicate on the diagram the relative location of all air distribution devices, V A V boxes, heating/cooling coils, points of data measurements (Le., pitot traverse, temperature, static pressure) fans, air handling units, and similar equipment included in the system- which cause a pressure drop, such as filter banks, air flow monitors, sound attenuators, etc. Diagrams shall identify each component tested utilizing the conventions shown on the drawings (i.e., AHU-1 or SF-6) and correlate with the data sheets provided in the Test and Balance Report. TFL-FM-404042 15990-5 8/3/2004 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16C 3.01 GENERAL A. Load Conditions: All testing and balancing of systems shall be performed with maximum attainable load. Testing and balancing of all air handling systems shall be accomplished with ceiling tiles in place and enclosing partitions, windows and doors erected. B. Observation: Observe all equipment and exposed piping for noise, movement or vibrations under normal operating conditions and report unacceptable operation to the Architect and the Owner. C. Measuring Stations: Where measuring stations are installed, each is to be read and recorded in hydronic systems, permanent devices such as flow tubes with manometers, annular ring systems, venturi tubes with portable meters, etc. must be used for final measurements after they are completed and calibrated. D. Balancingrrest Results: Where flow, pressure or balancing meters are provided by the manufacturer of a specific device, (i.e. flow control valves), the T&B Agency shall verify meter operation and calibrate the device with the manufacturer's meter prior to turnover to the Owner. E. Adjusting: Testing and balancing is an iterative process and the T&B Agency may have to perform preliminary adjustments, readjustments and final adjustments as necessary to properly tune the systems. This is a integral part of the balancing procedure and must be anticipated; all adjustments, spot-checking required by the Owner and other re- verification shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 AIR SYSTEMS A. General: The testing and balancing shall include, but is not limited to, the following requirements: 1. Adjust fan speeds to deliver the required cfm and static pressure, and record rpm and full load amperes. Replace drives as required; increasing static pressure by dampering at the fan is not permitted. 2. Traverse main supply ducts with pitot tube to verify design cfm. Artificially load air filters by partially blanking to produce the equipment or air pressure drops through dirty filters. Mark position of balancing devices. 3. Verify the quantity of outside air and return air when the system is operating in the maximum cooling and full heating modes. Check all controls which regulate flow or pressure for calibration, verify damper positioning and modulation, and flowrate with minimum and maximum outside air. 4. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register to within 10 percent of design requirements, and adjust to minimize drafts and noise in all areas. 5. Observe all equipment and exposed ductwork for noise, movement or vibration under normal operating conditions and report to the Architect. 6. Verify the operation of the following exhaust systems, adjusting the fan speed as required to deliver the specified cfm and static pressure, and record the RPM and full load amperes: TFL-FM-404042 15990-6 8/3/2004 a. Toilet Exhaust 16C6 B. Diagrams: On the single-line diagram, indicate the measured flow rates and pressure drops across each component, such as coils, filters, air flow monitoring stations, sound attenuators, louvers, fans, etc. in order of physical arrangement. C. Air Distribution: Adjust air distribution devices to distribute design air quantities. Should the temperature in any area vary more than 2 degrees from the zone thermostat setpoint, notify Architect and obtain approval to re-balance devices to air quantities other than those indicated so that air temperature in the entire zone will be as even as possible regardless of design air quantities. After obtaining approval, perform necessary re- balancing. 3.03 SYSTEM MEASUREMENT A. General: Measurements shall be taken to obtain accurate and consistent readings; Le. sufficiently downstream from changes in direction, regions of turbulence, or flow convergence. B. Repeatability: Take sufficient readings which when averaged will result in a repeatability error not to exceed 5 percent. When measuring a single point, repeat readings until two consecutive identical values are obtained. Readings shall be taken with the eye at the level of the indicated value to prevent parallax. Insert pulsation dampeners to eliminate error involved in estimating the median of fluctuating readings. C. Report Availability: One copy of the final Test and Balance Report shall be made available at the project site for the AHCA final survey. This final report shall be typewritten and submitted to the Architect prior to the final survey with sufficient time for review, comment, correction of report, additional testing as necessary, follow-up review, and acceptance signature by the Architect. The Test and Balance Report shall include differential pressure testing of each duct smoke detector, verifying that each reading falls within the manufacturer's acceptable tolerance. 3.04 FINAL COMPLETION A. Deliver a Certified Test & Balance Report to the Engineer for review. END OF SECTION 15990 TFL-FM-404042 15990-7 8/3/2004 16Cf Division 16 Electrical SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16Ct PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Basic Requirements: The Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. B. General Provisions: Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make ready for use complete electrical systems as specified herein and shown on the drawings. C. Provide and Install: The word "provide" where used on the Drawings or in the Specifications shall mean "furnish, install, mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for operation". The word "install" where used on the Drawings or in the Specifications shall mean "mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for operation". Perform work required by, and in accordance with, the Contract Documents. D. Installation: Provide and place in satisfactory condition, ready for proper operation, raceways, wires, cables, and other material needed for all complete electrical systems required by the Contract Documents. Additional raceways and wiring shall be provided to complete the installation of the specific equipment provided. Include auxiliaries and accessories for complete and properly operating systems. Provide electrical systems and accessories to comply with the NEC, state and local codes and ordinances. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical systems be suitable in every way for the use intended. Material and work which is incidental to the work of this Contract shall be provided at no additional cost to the Contract. E. Field Connections: Provide field connections to remote equipment and control panels provided under other Divisions of these Specifications. Provide raceway, wire, and interconnections between equipment, transmitters, local indicators, and receivers. Provide 120V and low voltage surge protection equipment in accordance with Section 16709 at equipment as required. Install field connections to "packaged" equipment provided under other Divisions of these Specifications. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. General: Provide labor, materials, permits, inspections and re-inspection fees, tools, equipment, transportation, insurance, temporary protection, temporary power and lighting, supervision and incidental items essential for proper installation and operation of the Electrical systems indicated in the Contract Documents. Provide materials not specifically mentioned or indicated but which are usually provided or are essential for proper installation and operation of the Electrical systems indicated in the contract documents. B. Notices: Give notices, file Plans, pay fees, and obtain permits and approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Include all fees in the Bid Price. TFL-FM-404075 16010-1 7/23/2004 1.03 16C6 A. General: The Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact locations of Raceway runs, outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc. The locations of equipment, appliances, fixtures, Raceways, outlets, boxes and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined and coordinated in the field. The right is reserved to change, without additional cost, the location of any outlet within the same room or general area before it is permanently installed. Obtain all information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Architect. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS B. Discrepancies: Notify the Architect of any discrepancies found during construction of the project. The Architect will provide written instructions as to how to proceed with that portion of work. If a conflict exists between the Contract Documents and an applicable code or standard, the most stringent requirement shall apply. C. Wiring: Each three-phase circuit shall be run in a separate Raceway unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise accepted by the Architect, Raceway shall not be installed exposed. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings, supports, and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation. D. Layout: Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. Connections to equipment shall be made as required, and in accordance with the accepted shop and manufacturer's setting drawings. E. ·Coordination: Coordinate final equipment locations with drawings or other disciplines. Layout before installation so that all trades may install equipment in available space. Provide coordination as required for installation in a neat and workmanlike manner. 1.04 EQUIPMENT SIZE AND HANDLING A. Coordination: Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, ship the equipment in sections of specific sizes to permit the passing through the necessary areas within the structure. B. Handling: Equipment shall be kept upright at all times. When equipment has to be tilted for ease of passage through restricted areas during transportation, the manufacturer shall be required to brace the equipment suitably, to insure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.05 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Production: The Contractor shall provide two (2) sets of black or blue line on white drawings to maintain and submit record "As-Built Documents". Label each sheet of the Record Document set with "Project Record Documents" with company name of the installing contractor in stamped or printed letters. One set shall be maintained at the site and at all times be accurate, clear, and complete. These drawings shall be available at all times to the Architect's field representatives. B. Recording: Record information concurrent with construction progress. Make entries within 24 hours upon receipt of information. The "As-Built" drawings shall accurately reflect installed electrical work specified or shown on the Contract Documents. TFL-FM-404075 16010-2 7/23/2004 C. Completion: At the completion of the Work, transfer changes with a colored pencil onto the second set and submit to the Architect. The "As-Built" drawings shall brade available to the Architect to make the substantial completion punch list. 6 C '" D. Final: Upon Contractor's completion of the Engineer's final punch list, transfer all "As- Built" conditions and all requirements by the Engineer to a reproducible set of drawings and CAD files. Submit drawings and CAD disks for review and acceptance. The Contractor shall provide updated disks which include final As-Built conditions. 1.06 ABBREVIATIONS A. Abbreviations: The following abbreviations or initials may be used: AlC AC ABV CLG ADA AF AFF AFG AHU AIC AL AMP ANSI ASA AT ATS AUX AWG BC BIL BMS BRKR or BKR CAB C CB CBM CCTV CKT CLEC CLG CO COAX COND CONN CPU CRT CT CU CW DC DOC DEG DISC DO TFL-FM-404075 Air Conditioning Alternating Current Above Ceiling Americans with Disabilities Act Ampere Frame Above Finished Floor Above Finished Grade Air Handler Unit Amps Interrupting Capacity Aluminum Ampere Americån National Standards Institute American Standards Association Ampere- Trip Automatic Transfer Switch Auxiliary American Wire Gauge Bare Copper Basic Impulse Level Building Management System Breaker Cabinet Conduit or Raceway Circuit Breaker Certified Ballast Manufacturers Closed Circuit Television Circuit Clock Equipment Cabinet Ceiling Conduit or Raceway Only Coaxial Cable Conductor Connection Central Processing Unit Cathode Ray Terminal (Video display terminal) Current Transformer Copper Cold Water Direct Current Direct Digital Control Degree Disconnect Draw Out 16010-3 7/23/2004 ON DPST EMT EO EOL EWC FAAP FACP FCU FLA FM GF GFCI GND HOA HORIZ HP IC ICU IEEE IES IMC IN IT IPCEA JB - KCMIL- KV KVA KW LBS LED LT LTD LTT LTG MAX MCB MCC MCP MIC MIN MLO MTD MTG MUX MVA N NC NEC NECA NEMA NFPA NIC NF NL TFL-FM-404075 Down Double Pole Single Throw Electrical Metallic Tubing Electrically Operated End of Line Resistor Electric Water Cooler Fire Alarm Annunciator Panel Fire Alarm Control Panel Fan Coil Unit Full Load Amperes Factory Mutual Ground Fault Ground Fault Circuits Interrupter Ground Hand-Oft-Automatic Horizontal Horsepower Intercom Intensive Care Unit Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Illuminating Engineering Society Intermediate Metallic Raceway Inches Instantaneous Trip Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association Junction Box Thousand Circular Mills Kilovolt Kilo-Volt-Amps Kilowatts Pounds Light Emitting Diode Light Long Time Delay Long Time Trip Lighting Maximum Main Circuit Breaker Motor Control Center Motor Circuit Protector Microphone Minimum Main Lugs Only Mounted Mounting Multiplex (Transponder) Panel Mega Volt Amps Neutral Normally Closed National Electrical Code National Electrical Contractors Association National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association Not in Contract Non Fused Non Linear 16010-4 16C6 7/23/2004 NO # ø OL OSHA P PB PIV PNL PR PWR PF PRI PT PVC REF RGC or GRC RMS RPM RECPT SCA SD SEC SIN SPKR SPST SST ST STD SW SWGR SWBD TEL TIB TTC TVEC TYP UL UON V VFD VSD W WP XFMR Number or Normally Open Number Phase Overload Occupational Safety and Health Administration Pole Pullbox Post Indicator Valve Panel Pair Power Power Factor Primary Potential Transformer Polyvinylchloride Refrigerator Rigid Galvanized Raceway Root-Mean-Square Revolutions Per Minute Receptacle Short Circuit Amps Smoke Detector Secondary Solid Neutral Speaker Single Pole Single Throw Solid State Trip Short Time Trip Short Time Delay Switch Switchgear Switchboard Telephone Telephone Terminal Board Telephone Terminal Cabinet Television Equipment Cabinet Typical Underwriters Laboratories Unless Otherwise Noted Volt Variable Frequency Drive Variable Speed Drive Wire Weatherproof Transformer 1.07 CODES, FEES, AND STANDARDS 16C6 A. Application: The codes, standards and practices listed herein generally apply to the entire project and specification sections. Other codes, standards or practices that are more specific will be referenced within a particular specification. B. Requirements: All materials and types of construction covered in the specifications will be required to meet or exceed applicable standards of manufacturer, testing, performance, and installation according to the requirements of UL, ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, and NEC referenced documents where indicated and the manufacturer's recommended TFL -FM-404075 16010-5 7123/2004 practices. Requirements indicated on the contract documents that exceed but I n¡t C' 6' contrary to governing codes shall be followed. 0 . '. C. Compliance and Certification: The installation shall comply with the governing state and local codes or ordinances. The completed electrical installation shall be inspected and certified by applicable agencies that it is in compliance with codes. D. Applicability: The code8 and standards and practices listed herein, and their respective dates are furnished as the minimum latest requirements. 1. State of Florida. 2. Collier County. 3. City of Naples. E. Utility Company: Comply with latest utility company regulations. F. State Code: Florida Administrative Code G. Building Code: Florida Building Code (2001 with 2003 revisions). H. Labels: Materials and equipment shall be new and free of defects, and shall be U.L. listed, bear the U.L. label or be labeled or listed with an approved, nationally recognized Electrical Testing Agency. Where no labeling or listing service is available or desired for certain types of equipment, test data shall be submitted to validate that equipment meets or exceeds available standards. I. NFPA: N-ational Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 'Standards NFPA-70 NFPA-72 NFPA-75 (2002) (1999) (1999) NFPA-90A (1999) NFPA-1 01 A (1998) NFPA-101B (1999) NFPA-418 (1995) NFPA-780 (1997) 1.08 INVESTIGATION OF SITE National Electrical Code National Fire Alarm Code Standard for the Protection of Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment , Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning And Ventilating Systems Guide on Alternative Approaches to Life Safety Standard of Means of Egress Standard for Heliports Installation of Lightning Protection Systems A. General: Before commencing work, verify existing conditions at the premises including, but not limited to, existing structural frame, existing openings; existing wall and partition locations, existing mechanical and electrical work, equipment type, and examine adjoining work on which work is in anyway dependent. B. Responsibility: No waiver of responsibility for defective and inadequate work or additional cost as a result of existing conditions which should have been verified shall be considered unless notice of same has been filed by the Contractor and agreed to in writing by the Architect before the bid date. C. Site Renovation: Verify and coordinate existing site raceways and pipes at any excavation on site. Provide hand-digging and required rerouting in areas of existing Raceways and pipes within bid price. TFL-FM-404075 16010-6 7/23/2004 D. Renovation: Investigate site thoroughly and reroute raceway and wiring in area of new construction in order to maintain continuity of existing circuitry. Existing Race.yz. C 6 shown on plans show approximate locations only. ~ 0 E. Special Considerations: Special attention is called to the fact that there will be piping, fixtures or other items in the existing building which must be removed or relocated in order to perform the alteration work. Include removal and relocation required for completion of the alterations and the new construction. All existing wiring that is to remain in renovated areas shall be made code compliant. F. Power Outage: Special attention is called to the fact that work involved is in connection with existing buildings which shall remain in operation while work is being performed. Work must be done in accordance with the priority schedule. Schedule work for a minimum outage to Owner. Request written permission and receive written acceptance from the Owner no later than 72 hours in advance of power and communication shut- downs. Perform work required at other than standard working hours where outages cannot be accepted by Owner during regular working hours. Protect existing buildings and equipment during construction. 1.09 SUPERVISION OF THE WORK A. Supervision: Provide one field superintendent who has had a minimum of four (4) years previous successful experience on projects of comparable sizes, type and complexity. The Superintendent shall be present at all times when work is being performed. At least one member of the Electrical Contracting Firm shall hold a State Master Certificate of . Competency. 1.10 COORDINATION A. General: Compare drawings and specifications with those of other trades and report any discrepancies between them to the Architect. Obtain from the Architect written instructions to make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. Work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, Trades shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Architect. B. Provide all required coordination and supervision where work connects to or is affected by work of others, and comply with all requirements affecting this Division. Work required under other divisions, specifications or drawings to be performed by this Division shall be coordinated with the Contractor and such work performed at no additional cost to Owner including but not limited to electrical work required for: 1. Signage 2. Mechanical Division of the Specifications 3. Millwork design drawings and shop drawings C. Obtain set of Contract Documents from Owner's Authorized Representative or Contractor for all areas of work noted above and include all electrical work in bid whether included in Division 16 Contract Documents or not. D. Secure approved shop drawings from all required disciplines and verify final electrical characteristics before roughing power feeds to any equipment. When electrical data on approved shop drawings differs from that shown or called for in Construction Documents, make adjustments to the wiring, disconnects, and branch circuit protection to match that required for the equipment installed. TFL-FM-404075 16010-7 7/23/2004 ,.--- E. Damage from interference caused by inadequate coordination shall be corr1e~t rr'\ 6 additional cost to the Owner. 0 U F. Adjustments: Locations of raceway and equipment shall be adjusted to accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact routing and location of systems prior to fabrication or installation. G. Priorities: Lines which pitch shall have the right of way over those which do not pitch. For example, plumbing drains shall normally have the right of way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have the right of way over lines whose elevations can be changed. H. Modifications: Offsets and changes of direction in raceway systems shall be made to maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings. Provide elbows, boxes, etc., as required to allow offsets and changes to suit job conditions. I. Replacement: Work shall be installed in a way to permit removal (without damage to other parts) of other system components provided under this Contract requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. Raceway shall be arranged in a manner to clear the openings of swinging overhead access doors as well as ceiling tiles. J. Layout: The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic only intending to show general runs and locations of raceway and equipment, and not necessarily showing required offsets, details and accessories and equipment to be connected. Work shall be accurately laid out with other Trades to avoid conflicts and to obtain a. neat and workmanlike installation, which wilt afford maximum accessibility for operation, maintenance and headroom. K. Contract Conflicts: Where discrepancies exist in the Scope of Work as to what Trade provides items such as starters, disconnects, flow switches, etc. such conflicts shall be coordinated between the divisions involved. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that all work shall be provided complete as one bid price. L. Drawing Conflicts: Where drawing details, plans or specification requirements are in conflict and where sizes of the same item run are shown to be different within the contract documents, the most stringent requirement shall be included in the Contract. Systems and equipment called for in the specification or as shown on the drawings shall be provided as if it was required by both the drawings and specifications. Prior to ordering or installation of any portion of work, which appears to be in conflict, such work shall be brought to Architect's attention for direction as to what is to be provided. M. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to coordinate the exact required location of floor outlets, floor ducts, floor stub-ups, etc. with Owner's Authorized Representative and Designer (and receive their approval) prior to rough-in. Locations indicated in Contract Documents are only approximate locations. N. The Contract Documents describe specific sizes of switches, breakers, fuses, Raceways, conductors, motor starters and other items of wiring equipment. These sizes are based on specific items of power consuming equipment (heaters, lights, motors for fans, compressors, pumps, etc.). Coordinate the requirements of each load with each load's respective circuitry shown and with each load's requirements as noted on its nameplate data and manufacturer's published electrical criteria. Adjust circuit breaker, fuse, Raceway, and conductor sizes to meet the actual requirements of the equipment being provided and installed and change from single point to multiple points of connection (or vice versa) to meet equipment requirements. Changes shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. TFL-FM-404075 16010-8 7/23/2004 O. Working Clearances: Minimum working clearances about electrical eqUiPm~ shall be as referenced in the applicable edition NEC Article 110, and shall include eq p&nC 6 installed in ceiling spaces. 0 1.11 DEMOLITION A. General: Relocate existing equipment and reroute existing raceways in areas being renovated as required to facilitate the installation of the new systems. The Owner shall require continuous operation of the existing systems, while demolition, relocation work or new tie-ins are performed. B. Coordination: Prior to any deactivation, relocation or demolition work, arrange a conference with the Architect and the Owner's representative in the field to inspect each of the items to be deactivated, removed or relocated. Care shall be taken to protect equipment designated as being relocated and reused or equipment remaining in operation and integrated with the new systems. C. Provisions: Deactivation, relocation, and temporary tie-ins shall be provided by the Contractor. Demolition, removal and the legal disposal of demolished materials shall be provided by the Contractor. D. Owner's Salvage: The Owner reserves the right to inspect the material scheduled for removal and salvage any items he deems usable as spare parts. E. . Phasing: The Contractor shall perform work in phases as directed by the Architect to suit . the project progress schedule, as well as the completion date of the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Specified Method: Where several brand names, make or manufacturers are listed as acceptable each shall be regarded as equally acceptable, based on the design selection but each must meet all specification requirements. Where a manufacturer's model number is listed, this model shall set the standard of quality and performance required. Where no brand name is specified, the source and quality shall be subject to Engineer's review and acceptance. Where manufacturers are listed, one of the listed manufacturers shall be submitted for acceptance. No substitutions are permitted. B. Certification: When a product is specified to be in accordance with a trade association or government standard requested by the Engineer, Contractor shall provide a certificate that the product complies with the referenced standard. Upon request of Engineer, Contractor shall submit supporting test data to substantiate compliance. C. Basis of Bid: Each bidder represents that his bid is based upon the manufacturer's, materials, and equipment described in the Contract Documents. D. Space Requirements: Equipment or optional equipment shall conform to established space requirements within the project. Equipment which does not meet space requirements, shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Contract. Modifications of related systems shall be made at no additional expense to the Contract. Submit modifications to the Architect/Engineer for acceptance. TFL -FM-404075 16010-9 7/23/2004 E. Samples: Samples are to be submitted for items requested within Specification Sections to determine that the item meets specifications and requirements before bein!ãpr 6 for use on Project. Samples shall be submitted within 30 days after the award f contract. Each sample shall be tagged, labeled, or marked, "Sample of ..... ~ . Accompany samples with copy, in duplicate of manufacturer's instructions regarding installation, and maintenance. 2.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. General: Shop drawings shall be submitted for every item listed within the Submittals section each individual specification section. One copy shall be submitted to the engineer prior to ordering equipment. Refer to Basis of approval paragraph. B. Responsibility: It is the Contractors responsibility to provide material in accordance with the plans and specifications. Material not provided in accordance with the plans and specifications shall be removed and replaced at the Contractors expense. C. Official Record: The shop drawing submittal shall become the official record of the materials to be installed. If materials are installed which do not correspond to the record submittal they shall be removed from the project without any additional cost or delays in construction completion. D. Information: The shop drawing record submittal shall include the following information to the extent applicable to the particular item; 1. Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog number. 2. Standards or specifications of ANSI, ASTM, ICEA, IEEE, ISA, NEMA, NFPA, OSHA, UL, or other organizations, including the type, size, or other designation. 3. Dimensioned plan, sections, and elevations showing means for mounting, raceway connections, and grounding, and showing layout of components. 4. Materials and finish specifications, including paints. 5. List of components including manufacturer's names ahd catalog numbers. 6. Internal wiring diagram indicating connections to components and the terminals for external connections. 7. Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation, operation, and maintenance. 8. Manufacturer's recommended list of spare parts. 9. Provide 1/2" = 1'-0" enlarged electrical room layout drawings for all electrical rooms. All equipment shall be indicated at actual size of equipment being provided. All dimensions and required working clearances shall be shown. E. Preparation: Prior to submittal, shop drawings shall be checked for accuracy and contract requirements. Shop drawings shall bear the date checked and shall be accompanied by a statement that the shop drawings have been examined for conformity to Specifications and Drawings. This statement shall also list discrepancies with the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be retumed to Contractor unreviewed. F. Basis of Review: Approval is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Contractor is responsible for quantities, dimensions, fabrication processes, and construction techniques. G. Responsibility: The responsibility that dimensions are confirmed and correlated with proper coordination of other trades shall be included as part of the Contract Documents. TFL-FM-404075 16010-10 7/23/2004 The responsibility and the necessity of providing materials and workmanship reC1uired by the Specifications and Drawings which may not be indicated on the shop dra4g~h" l be included as part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsibl«oeyt,,'·'" delays in job progress occurring directly or indirectly from late submissions or re-' submissions of shop drawings, product data, or samples. H. Ordering Equipment: No material shall be ordered or shop work started until the Engineer has officially received the shop drawings record submittal and has formally released the Contractor for submittal requirements. I. Brochure Requirements: Submit Technical Information Brochures at the start of construction or no later than 30 days after Award of the Contract. Each brochure shall consist of an adequately sized, hardcover, 3-ring binder for 8-1/2" X 11" sheets. Provide correct designation on outside cover and on end of brochure. When one binder is not enough to adequately catalog all data, an additional binder shall be submitted. J. Brochure Contents: First sheet in the brochure shall be a photocopy of the Electrical Index pages in these specifications. Second sheet shall be a list of Project Addresses for this project. Third sheet shall list Project Information. Provide reinforced separation sheets tabbed with the appropriate specification reference number and typed index for each section in the Electrical Schedule. Technical Information consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be inserted in the brochure in proper order on all items specified and shown on drawings. At the end of the brochure, provide and insert a copy of the specifications forJhis Division and all addenda applicable to this Division. K. . Contractor's Review: Review the brochures before submitting to the Engineer. No . request for payment shall becon-sidered until the brochure has been reviewed, stamped and submitted for review. L. Cost: Submit cost breakdown on work in the Technical Information Brochures. The cost of material and labor for each item shall be indicated. The cost of fittings and incidentals are not required. M. Title Drawings: Title drawings to include identification of project and names of Architect- Engineer, Engineer, Contractors, and/or supplier, data, number sequentially and indicate in general; 1. Fabrication and Erection dimensions. 2. Arrangements and sectional views. 3. Necessary details, including complete information for making connections with other work. 4. Kinds of materials and finishes. 5. Descriptive names of equipment. 6. Modifications and options to standard equipment required by the contract. 7. Leave blank area, size approximately 4 by 2-1/2 inches, near title block (for Engineer's stamp imprint). 8. In order to facilitate review of shop drawings, they shall be noted, indicating by cross-reference the contract drawings, notes, and specification paragraph numbers where items occur in the contract documents. 9. See specific sections of specifications for further requirements. N. Technical Data: Submit technical data verifying that the item submitted complies with the requirements of the specifications. Technical data shall include manufacturer's name and model number, dimensions, weights, electrical characteristics, and clearances required. Indicate optional equipment and changes from the standard item as called for TFL -FM-404075 16010-11 7/23/2004 --- in the specifications. Provide drawings, or diagrams, dimensioned and in co.c~t /' covering equipment, showing arrangement of components and overall coordat ~"", ~" O. Same Manufacturer: In general, relays, contactors, starters, motor control centers, switchboards, panelboards, dry type transformers, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, manual motor starter switches, etc., shall be supplied and manufactured by the same manufacturer. This requirement shall apply to same type of electrical components specified in other Divisions. 2.03 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND SUPPORTS A. General: Each item of equipment or material shall be manufactured by a company regularly engaged in the manufacturer of the type and size of equipment, shall be suitable for the environment in which it is to be installed, shall be approved for its purpose, environment, and application, and shall bear the UL label. B. Installation Requirements: Each item of equipment or material shall be installed in accordance with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer, however, the methods shall not be less stringent than specified herein. C. Required Accessories: Provide all devices and materials, such as expansion bolts, foundation bolts, screws, channels, angles, and other attaching means, required to fasten enclosures, raceways, and other electrical equipment and materials to be mounted on structures which are existing or new. D. Protection: Electrical equipment shall at all times during construction be adequately protected- against mechanical injury or damage by the elements. Equipment-shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. If apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired at no additional cost or time extension to the Contract. If apparatus has been subject to possible injury, it shall be thoroughly cleaned, dried out and put through tests as directed by the Manufacturer and Engineer, or shall be replaced, if directed by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contract. 2.04 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT A. General: Electrical items shall be identified as specified in the Contract Documents. Such identification shall be in addition to the manufacturer's nameplates and shall serve to identify the item's function and the equipment or system, which it serves or controls. Refer to Identification Section of the specifications for additional information. B. 2.05 SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT A. General: Surface mounted fixtures, outlets, cabinets, panels, etc. shall have a factory- applied finish or shall be painted as accepted by Engineer. Raceways and fittings, where allowed to be installed surface mounted, shall be painted to match the finish on which it was installed. Paint shall be in accordance with other applicable sections of these specifications. 2.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Core Drilling: The Contractor shall be responsible for core drilling as required for work under this section, but in no case shall the Contractor cut into or weld onto any structural element of the project without the written approval of the Architect. TFL -FM-404075 16010-12 7/23/2004 B. Cutting and Patching: Cutting, rough patching and finish patching shall be provided as specified in the contract documents. Cutting and patching shall be perfor~ ~. ~t and workmanlike manner. Upon completion, the patched area shall match Zj n 6 surfaces. C. Openings and Sleeves: Locate openings required for work performed under this section. Provide sleeves, guards or other accepted methods to allow passage of items installed under this section. D. Roof Penetration: Provide roofer with pitch pans, fittings, etc., required for electrical items which penetrate the roof. Roof penetrations are to be waterproofed in such a manner that roofing guarantees are fully in force. Roof penetrations shall be coordinated with other Trades to ensure that roof warranty is not invalidated. 2.07 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A. Sleeves: Provide sleeves for Raceways penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc. Locate necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. Watertight sleeves shall be line seal type WS. Fire rated partition sleeves shall be mild steel. Size shall be one standard diameter larger than pipe being installed or of a larger diameter to below 1/4" minimum clearance. B. Forms: Provide boxed out forms for Raceway penetrations only where allowed by the Architect. Fill opening after Raceway installation, with equivalent material. 2.08 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. General: Thoroughly instruct the Owner's Representative, to the complete satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer, in the proper operation of all systems and equipment provided. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, via the Architect, as to whom the instructions are to be given in the operation of the systems and the period of time in which they are to be given. The Architect shall be completely satisfied that the Owner's Representative has been thoroughly and completely instructed in the proper operation of all systems and equipment before final payment is made. If the Architect determines that complete and thorough instructions have not been given by the Contractor to the Owner's Representative, then the Contractor shall be directed by the Architect to provide whatever instructions are necessary until the intent of this paragraph of the Specification has been complied with. B. Submittals: Submit to the Architect for approval five (5) typed sets, bound neatly in loose- leaf binders, of instructions for the installation, operation, care and maintenance of equipment and systems, including instructions for the ordering and stocking of spare parts for equipment installed under this contract. The lists shall include part number and suggested suppliers. Each set shall also include an itemized list of component parts that should be kept on hand and where such parts can be purchased. C. Information Requirements: Information shall indicate possible problems with equipment and suggested corrective action. The manuals shall be indexed for each type of equipment. Each section shall be clearly divided from the other sections. A sub index for each section shall also be provided. D. Instructions: The instructions shall contain information deemed necessary by the Architect and include but not limited to the following: 1. Introduction: a. Explanation of Manual and its use. TFL -FM-404075 16010-13 7/23/2004 b. Summary description of the Electrical Systems. c. Purpose of systems. 16C6 2. System: a. Detailed description of all systems. b. Illustrations, schematics, block diagrams, catalog cuts and other exhibits. 3. Operations: a. Complete detailed, step by step, sequential description of all phases of operation for all portions of the systems, including start up, shutdown and balancing. Include posted instruction charts. 4. Maintenance: a. Parts list and part numbers. b. Maintenance and replacement charts and the Manufacturer's recommendations for preventive maintenance. c. Trouble shooting charts for systems and components. d. Instructions for testing each type of part. e. Recommended list of on-hand spare parts. f. Complete calibration instructions for all parts and entire systems. g. General and miscellaneous maintenance notes. 5. Manufacturer's Literature: a. Complete listing for all parts. b. Names, addresses and telephone numbers. c. Care and operation. d. All pertinent brochures, illustrations, drawings, cuts, bulletins, technical data, certified performance charts and other literature with the model actually furnished to be clearly and conspicuously identified. e. Internal wiring diagrams and Engineering data sheets for all items and/or equipment furnished under each Contract. f. Guarantee and warranty data. F. Provide transformer pad per Utility Company requirements. E. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER F. Capacity: Make arrangements with the Owner for existing temporary service and pay all related expenses. Temporary light and power shall be provided constantly during the project dependent upon Owner's safety requirements. G. Lighting: Temporary light shall be based on one 200 watt lamp covering each 1,000 square foot of floor area in the building. Each room 100 square foot and over shall have a minimum of one 1 DO-watt lamp with guards. Provide power for motors up to 3/4 horsepower only. Provisions are to be made for electric welders, if required. H. Outlets: Provide outlets located at convenient points so that extension cords of not over fifty (50) feet will reach work requiring artificial light or power. I. Other Connections: Contractors of other trades shall furnish their own cords and sockets, as may be required for their work and shall also pay for cost of temporary wiring of construction offices and shanties used by them. TFL-FM-404075 16010-14 7/23/2004 J. New Fixtures: Permanently installed lighting fixtures may be used for tempOra!gh~9c 6.. at the Contractor's option with the provision that cool white lamps for fluorescen c lamps for incandescent and marked temporary for other types shall be installe.· .,.;. completion, lamps shall be replaced with permanent lamps specified. K. Wiring: Temporary electrical work shall be furnished and installed in conformity with the National Electrical Code and in accordance with the requirements of the local ordinances and shall be maintained in a workmanlike manner throughout their entire construction period and shall be removed after installation of the permanent electrical systems. Extension cords shall be GFCI protected or shall be fed from GFCI circuit breakers. 2.09 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Support: Existing Raceway and cables within the area of renovation shall be provided with proper supports as specified for new work in other sections of this specification. B. Installation: Existing electrical which is designated for reworking or requires relocation, repair or adjustment shall conform to applicable codes and shall be treated as new work complying to all sections of this specification. C. Violations: Where existing conditions are discovered which are not in compliance with the codes and standards, the Contractor shall submit proper documentation to the Architect for clarification and corrective work direction. Existing conditions shall not remain which will create a disapproval of the renovated area. D. Patching: Existing Raceway and cable penetrations shall be properly fire treated per . code and specification requirements. The Contractor shall thoroughly inspect existing locations and include the cost of patching and repair in his proposed construction cost. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. General: The installation of materials and equipment shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike and timely manner by an adequate number of craftsmen knowledgeable of the requirements of the Contract Documents. They shall be skilled in the methods and craftsmanship needed to produce a quality level of workmanship. Personnel who install materials and equipment shall be qualified by training and experience to perform their assigned tasks. B. Acceptable Workmanship: Acceptable workmanship is characterized by first-quality appearance and function, conforming to applicable standards of building system construction, and exhibiting a high degree of quality and proficiency which is judged by the Architect as equivalent or better than that ordinarily produced by qualified industry tradesmen. C. Performance: Personnel shall not be used in the performance of the installation of material and equipment who, in the opinion of the Architect, are deemed to be careless or unqualified to perform the assigned tasks. Material and equipment installations not in compliance with the Contract Documents, or installed with substandard workmanship and not acceptable to the Architect, shall be removed and reinstalled by qualified craftsmen, at no change in the contract price. 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP TFL-FM-404075 16010-15 7/23/2004 A. Protection and Restoration: Suitably protect equipment provided under thi~iV~· ·o~c6< during construction. Restore damaged surfaces and items to "like new" co i a request for substantial completion inspection. B. Handling: Materials shall be properly protected and Raceway openings shall be temporarily closed by the Contractor to prevent obstruction and damage. Post notice prohibiting the use of systems provided under this Contract, prior to completion of work and acceptance of systems by the Owner's representative. The Contractor shall take precautions to protect his materials from damage and theft. C. Safeguards: The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain proper safety guards for the prevention of accidents that might be caused by the workmanship, materials, equipment or systems provided under this contract. D. Cleanup: Keep the job site free from debris and rubbish. Remove debris and rubbish from the site and leave premises in clean condition on a daily basis. 3.03 SYSTEMS GUARANTEE A. General: Provide a one-year guarantee. This guarantee shall be by the Contractor to the Owner for any defective workmanship or material, which has been provided under this Contract at no cost to the Owner for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion of the System. The guarantee shall include lamps, for ninety days after date of Substantial Completion of the System. Explain the provisions of guarantee to the < Owner at the "Demonstration of Completed System". 3.04 FINAL OBSERVATION A. General: Work shall be completed, and forms and other information shall be submitted for acceptance one week prior to the request for final observation of the installation. 3.05 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS A. Comply with special requirements imposed at site by Owner. This may include badging of employees, prohibition of smoking, special working hours, or special working conditions. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16010-16 7/23/2004 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETED DEMONSTRATION MEMO 1 £. f'L Note to Contractor: Do not submit this form at the time Technical Information BrochurAsWn~~) Submit five copies of information listed below for checking at least one week before scheduled completion of the building. After information has been accepted and inserted in each brochure, give the Owner a Demonstration of the Completed Electrical Systems and have the Owner sign five copies of this form. Provide one signed copy for each brochure. After this has been done, a written request for a final inspection of the System shall be made. Re: (Name of Project) (Division Number and Name) This memo is for the information of all concerned that the Owner has been given a Demonstration of the Completed Electrical Systems on the work covered under this Division. This conference consisted of the system operation, a tour on which all major items of equipment were pointed out, and the following items were given to the Owner; (a) Owner's copy of Technical Information Brochure containing approved submittal sheets on all items, including the following; (To be inserted in the Technical Information Brochure after the correct tab). (1) Maintenance Information published by manufacturer on equipment items. (2) Printed Warranties by manufacturers on equipment items. (3) Performance verification information as recorded by the Contractor. (4) Check-out Memo on equipment by manufacturer's representative. (5) Written operating instructions on any specialized items. (6) Explanation of the one-year guarantee on the system. (b) "As-Built" conditiol"ls as described in the record drawing specifications. (c) A demonstration ofthe System in Operation and of the maintenance procedures which shall be required. (Name of General Contractor) By: (Authorized Signature, Title & Date) (Name of SubContractor) By: (Authorized Signature, Title & Date) Brochure, Instruction, Prints, Demonstration & Instruction in Operation Received: (Name of Owner) (Authorized Signature, Title, Date) cc: Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor, Sub Contractor and General Contractor (List names as stated in cc: abave) By: TFL-FM-404075 16010-17 7/23/2004 SECTION 16020 TESTS AND PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Time: Perform verification work as required to show that the System is operating correctly in accordance with contract documents and manufacturer's literature. All verification shall be done after 3-day full operational period. B. Submission: Submit check out memos and completed testing results of all systems, cable, equipment, devices, etc., for acceptance prior to being energized or utilized. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compliance: Testing shall comply to the following standards; 1. NEMA 2.. ASTM 3. NET A 4. ANSI C2 5. ICEA 6. NFPA 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING FIRM A. Qualification: The testing firm shall be an independent testing organization which can function as an unbiased testing authority, professionally independent of the manufacturers, supplier, and installers of equipment or systems evaluated by the testing firm. B. Experience: The testing firm shall be regularly engaged in the testing of electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems. C. Accreditation: The testing firm shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, or be a Full Member company of the International Electrical Testing Association. D. Certification: The lead, on-site, technical person shall be currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association (IETA) or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) in electrical power distribution system testing. E. Personnel: The testing firm shall utilize engineers and technicians who are regularly employed by the firm for testing services. F. Proof of Qualifications: The testing firm shall submit proof of the above qualifications when requested. TFL-FM-404075 16020 - 1 7/23/2004 G. Companies: NETA certified pre-qualified testing firms for this project are; 1- 2. 3. 4. Electro Test Inc. (941) 693-7100 Fax: (941) 693-7772 Industrial Electrical Testing, Inc. (904) 260-8378 Fax: (904) 260-0737 Electric Power Systems (407) 578-6424 Fax: (407) 578-6408 PQ Testing and Rentals, Inc. (407) 370-6655 Fax: (407) 363-4675 16· () / ,L,O PART 2 - TESTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Instruments: Supply all instruments required to read and record data. Calibration date shall be submitted on test reports. All instruments shall be certified per NET A standards. B. Adjustments: Adjust system to operate at the required performance levels and within all tolerances as required by NETA Standards. 2.02 APPLICATIONS A. Switchboards, Panelboards and Mechanical Equipment Feeders: After feeders are in place, but before being connected to devices and equipment, test for shorts, opens, and for intentional and unintentional grounds. B. Cables 600 Volts or Less: Cables 600 volts or less in size #1/0 and larger shall be meggered using an industry approved "megger" with 1 OOOV internal generating voltage. Readings shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to energizing same. If values are less than recommended NETA values notify Engineer. Submit 5 copies of tabulated megger test values for all cables. C. Ratings 250V or Less: Cables 250V or less in size #1/0 and larger shall be meggered using an industry approved "megger" with 500V internal generating voltage. Readings shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to energizing same. Submit (5) copies of tabulated megger test values for all cables. D. Ratings 600 Volts or Less: Cables 600 volts or less in size #1/0 AWG and larger shall be meggered using an industry approved "megger" with 500V internal generating voltage. Readings shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to energizing same. Submit 5 copies of tabulated megger test values for all cables. E. Main circuit breakers and feeder circuit breakers 200 amps and greater shall be tested using primary injection testing as per NETA Specifications. Reports to include manufacturer's time current curve number and trip time. Submit five (5) copies to the Engineer at substantial completion. F. Transformers (75) KVA and larger. Perform Insulation resistance test and turns ratio test. Submit five (5) copies to Engineer at substantial completion. 2.03 MOTORS A. Procedure: Test run each motor, (5 HP) and larger. Tabulate and submit 5 copies of the Test Information at substantial completion for final inspection. Refer to form at the end of this Section. TFL-FM-404075 16020 - 2 7/23/2004 B. Provisions: With the system energized, line-to-line voltage and line current measurements shall be made at the motors under full load conditions. The condition sh~1I be corrected when measured values deviate plus or minus 10% from th1a~p,.el. ratmgs. 0 L 0 C. Insulation: Test the insulation resistance's of all motor windings to ground with an appropriate test instrument as recommended by the motor manufacturer, before applying line voltage to the motors. If these values are less than the manufacturer's recommended values, notify the contractor providing the motor for correction before initial start up. D. Power Factor: Check power factor of all motors (5 HP) and larger while driving it's intended load, and at all operating speeds. E. Electrode Ground: The resistance of electrodes (main service, generators, transformer, etc.) shall not exceed 5 ohms and shall be measured by The Contractor before equipment is placed in operation. Testing shall be performed on all grounding electrode installations. Testing shall be 2 point method in accordance with IEEE Standard 81. Submit all ground test readings to the Engineer in tabulated format at substantial completion. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTALS A. Cable Test Report: Submit Cable Test Report in Triplicate. B. Check Out Memos: Complete all information on forms at the end of this specification, project information, and certificate of completed demonstration memo. Submit data for examination and acceptance prior to final inspection request. C. Tabulated Data: Submit data on 8-1/2 x 11 inch sheets with names of the personnel who performed the test. D. Final: Submit accepted memos before a request for final inspection. 3.02 QUANTITIES A. Quantity: Submit 5 copies of the check out memo on each major item of equipment. Insert accepted memos in each brochure with the performance verification information and submittal data. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16020 - 3 7/23/2004 PROJECT NAME: MOTOR TEST INFORMATION u-c ~. .e... . (. Name of Checker: Date Checked: (a) Name and identifying mark of motor (b) Manufacturer (c) Model Number (d) Serial Number (e) RPM (f) Frame Size (g) Code Letter (h) Horsepower (i) N~meplate Voltage and Phase (j) Nameplate Amps (k) Actual Voltage (I) Actual Amps (m) Starter Manufacturer (n) Starter Size (0) Heater Size, Catalog No. and Amp Rating (p) Manufacturer of dual-element fuse (q) Amp rating of fuse (r) Power Factor at Speed (For variable speed motors provide recording chart over operating range) TFL-FM-404075 16020 - 4 7/23/2004 TABULATED DATA VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS SWITCHGEAR OR PANELBOARD FULL LOAD AMPERAGE READINGS: DATE TIME PHASE A. S. C. N. 16C FULL LOAD VOLTAGE READINGS: DATE TIME PHASE A TO N BTON CTON A TOB ATOC BTOC NO LOAD VOLTAGE READINGS DATE TIME PHASE A TO N BTON CTON ATOB ATOC BTOC ENGINEERS REPRESENTATIVE CONTRACTORS REPRESENTATIVE TFL-FM-404075 16020 - 5 7/23/2004 SECTION 16030 16G6 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Extent: Electrical identification work as required by the Contract Documents or other specifications. B. Types: Electrical identification work specified in the Contract Documents include the following; 1. Electrical power, control and communication conductors. 2. Operational instructions and warnings. 3. Danger signs. 4. Conduits, boxes, etc. 5. . Distribution Equipment. . 6·. Cabinets. . 7. Equipment/system identification signs and tags. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of electrical identification products of types required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels and markers for wiring and equipment. C. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standard 969, "Marking and Labeling Systems", pertaining to electrical identification systems. D. ANSI Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI Standard A 13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems", and ANSI Standard Z53.1 "Color Designation." E. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Standard No's. WC-1 and WC-2 pertaining to identification of power and control conductors. F. ADA Compliance: All signage shall meet ADA standards. Identification for maintenance purposes shall be as specified herein. G. Facility Compliance: All identification methods currently utilized by the facility shall be strictly adhered to, and shall take precedence over the identification requirements listed. TFL -FM-404075 16030-1 7/23/2004 1.04 SUBMITTALS 16C6~s . ,. ,,~) A. General: Submit shop drawings of all identification materials to be used for this project. Submit one sample of each item with the shop drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE SUPPLIERS OR MANUFACTURERS A. General: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering electrical identification products which may be incorporated in the work include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Alarm Supply Co, Inc. 2. Direct Safety Co. 3. Ideal Industries, Inc. 4. LEM Products, Inc. 5. Markal Company 6. National Band and Tag Co. 7. Panduit Corp. 8. Seton Name Plate Co. 9. Thomas and Betts Co. 10. Carlton Industries, Inc. 2.02 LANGUAGE 2.03 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection shall be at the installer's option, however, provide a single selection for each application. 8. Conduit System Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, flexible, permanent, conduit markers, extending 360 degrees around conduits. Markers shall be designed for attachment to conduit by adhesive, adhesive lap joint, matching adhesive plastic tape at each end of marker, or pretensioned snap-on. Color shall match system printing requirements. C. Voltage Marking: Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering which indicates voltage of the conductor(s) in conduit. Provide 4 inch minimum length with 7/8 inch minimum lettering for 2 inch and smaller conduit. Provide 8 inch minimum length with 1- 1/4 inch minimum lettering for larger than 2 inch conduit. Provide one marker for each 20' section of conduit. Color shall match system printing requirements. D. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands: Provide manufacturer's standard aluminum wrap- around cable/conductor markers, of size required for proper application, and numbered to show circuit identification. E. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl cloth self- adhesive cable/conductor markers of the wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show circuit identification. TFL-FM-404075 16030-2 7/23/2004 F. Plasticized Tags: Manufacturer's standard preprinted or partially prepr¡ntedll;' nt prevention and operation tags, of plasticized card stock with matt finish suit I r r'* 6 writing, approximately 3-1/4 x 5-5/8 inch, with brass grommets and wire fas , ~ with appropriate pre-printed wording including large size primary wording, e.g., DANGER, CAUTION, DO NOT OPERATE. G. Baked Enamel Danger Signs: Provide manufacturer's standard "DANGER" signs of baked enamel finish on 20 gauge steel; of standard red, black and white graphics; 14 x 10 inch size except where 10 x 7 inch is the largest size which can be applied where needed, and except where larger size is needed for adequate vision; with recognized standard explanation wording, and subsequent directive e.g. HIGH VOLTAGE, KEEP OUT; BURIED CABLE, DO NOT DIG; LIVE PARTS, DO NOT TOUCH SWITCH. H. Engraved Plastic Laminate Nameplates: Provide engraving phenolic plastic laminate, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with 1/16 inch thick lines with square standard pica lettering and wording as specified herein, black face and white core plies (letter color) for normal systems, kelly green and white for equipment, bright orange and white for critical, bright yellow and black for life safety, and red and white for fire alarm and where noted in the specifications. Punch for mechanical fastening, except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Material thickness shall be 1/16 inch. Provide beveled edge in order to eliminate sharp corners. Provide self-tapping stainless steel round head screws. Provide contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or shall not penetrate the substrate. Adhesive nameplate shall be permanently installed. Titles shall be 1/2 inch high and all other lettering shall be 1/4 inch high. . I. . Underground Type Plastic Line Marker: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright colored, continuous printed, metal backed plastic tape, intended for direct burial service; not less than 6 inches wide x 4 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates the type of service or type of buried cable. J. Junction Box Identification: Provide neat indelible felt tip, stenciled marking on junction box and pullbox covers indicating panel and circuit numbers contained in the box. Letter sizes shall be 1 inch high minimum. Provide non-stenciled markings inside the junction box and on the exterior edge to match the cover markings. 2.04 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used in electrical identification work, with corresponding designations specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by the manufacturer and as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of the electrical system equipment. Comply with ANSI A 13.1 pertaining to minimum sizes for letters and numbers. B. Size: System identification labeling consists of providing minimum 1/2 inch high stenciled black letters for raceway systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. Installation: Install electrical identification products as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, as required by the NEC and as specified herein. TFL-FM-404075 16030-3 7/23/2004 ""<V'____...~ B. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which reqI' e l.fi~ fts. h application, install identification after completion of such application. C V 0 C. Regulations: Comply with governing regulations and requests of governing authorities for the identification of electrical work. D. Hazards: Identify all rooms, spaces, and equipment that house potential electrical hazards, and label with appropriate signage or indicators. 3.02 RACEWAY SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. Color Coding: All electrical conduit shall be identified by color-coding. Apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in a neat and workmanlike manner. Utilize a stencil for application of paint. B. Identification: Identify all raceways provided or utilized as part of this project as follows; 1. Apply bands 10 feet on center along the raceway system and at each side of walls or floors, and at branches from mains. 2. Identify the following services: Service a. Low Voltage b. High Voltage c. Fire Alarm d. Alarm Monitoring e. Telephone f. Computer g. Telephone/computer h. Emergency label 120/208 Voltage 277/480 Voltage Fire Alarm Alarm Telephone Computer T erephone/computer Emergency 3. Spot Painting on Rough-in: a. Conduit, raceways, boxes, backboxes, panelboards, etc. shall be spot painted. Conduit shall be identified within 6 inches of the box or enclosure. The entire box and coverplate shall be painted. b. Use following colors for color bands and for color coding: System (1 ) Life Safety (2) Normal Power (3) Miscellaneous Communications (4) Fire Alarm (5) Telephone\Computer Color Bright Yellow Royal Blue Brown Red Black 3.03 CABLE/CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. General: Apply cable/conductor identification, including voltage, phase and feeder number, on each cable/conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where conductors of more than one circuit or communication (such as color coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for the project's electrical work. TFl-FM-404075 16030-4 7/23/2004 B. Color Coding: Color code all power and lighting cable. Use wire colored b!t~raÇ 6 pigmentation, making the wire 100 percent colored. Where not practicable or available (in larger conductor sizes), color code the wire by using colored plastic tape, painting the ends accessible at junction or pull boxes, or other method acceptable to the Engineer. Use the following chart as applicable; CONDUCTOR Phase A Phase B Phase C Neutral Equip.Ground 120/208 VOL TS Black Red Blue White Green CONDUCTOR Phase A Phase B Phase C Neutral Equip.Ground 277/480 VOLTS Brown Orange Yellow Gray Green 3.04 OPERATIONAL IDENTIFICATION AND WARNINGS A. General: Provide identification and warning wherever reasonably required to ensure safe . aOnd efficient operation and maintenance of the electrical systems. . Provide identification and warning identification if necessary for signage to help prevent misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel. B. Plasticized signs: Install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for the intended purposes. C. Locations: In addition to installation of danger signs required by governing regulations and authorities, install appropriate danger signs at locations indicated and at locations subsequently identified as constituting dangers for persons in or about the project. D. High Voltage: Install danger signs wherever it is practicable, for persons to come into contact with electrical power of voltages higher than 277 volts to ground. E. Critical Switches/Controls: Install danger signs on switches and similar controls, regardless of whether concealed or locked up, where untimely or inadvertent operation (by anyone) could result in significant danger to persons, or damage to or loss of property. F. Electrical Equipment Rooms: Provide warning signage at the entrance to each such room; identify the hazard, and direct non-qualified personnel to stay away. G. Equipment Identification: TFL-FM-404075 16030-5 7/23/2004 1. Nameplates: Install an engraved phenolic plastic laminate nameplate on i~it .L of electrical equipment in the building, including central or master unit of e . r' electrical system unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory ide c nL "_ or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. 2. Locations: Provide nameplates for each unit of the following categories of electrical work: a. Switchboard, panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. (1) Provide a nameplate outside above the door (if equipped with one) listing its designation, voltage, source and circuit number. b. Access panel/doors to electrical facilities. c. Major electrical switchgear and switchboards. d. Electrical Substations. e. Motor Control Centers. f. Power Transfer Equipment. g. Transformers. h. Inverters. i. Rectifiers. j. Frequency Converters. k. Motor starters. I. Disconnect switches. m. Enclosed circuit breakers. n. Receptacle coverplate o. Communication Control Panels, Terminal Cabinets and Equipment Cabinets. p. Telephone Switching Equipment q. Remote Annunciators r. Terminal Boards s. Security CCTV Cameras t. Other similar equipment as designated by the Engineer. 3. Viewing: Install nameplates at locations indicated and where not otherwise indicated at a location for the best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. a. Secure to substrate with rigid fasteners. Utilize adhesive where fasteners cannot penetrate substrate. 4. Names: The names or wording used for a particular machine shall be the same as the one used on all motor starters, disconnects and remote button stations nameplates for that machine. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16030-6 7/23/2004 SECTION 16110 160." L~ RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide all supports, hangers and inserts required to mount raceways, pullboxes and other equipment provided under this Division. B. Support: All items shall be supported from the structural portion of the building. Supports and hangers shall be of a type approved by Underwriters' Laboratories. Wire shall not be used as a support. Boxes and raceways shall not be supported or fastened to ceiling suspension wires or to ceiling channels. Do not install any devices supported by ceiling tiles. C. Installation: The Contractor shall lay out and provide his work in advance of the laying of floors or walls, and shall provide all sleeves that may be required for openings through floors, walls, etc. Where plans call for raceway to be run exposed, provide all inserts and . clamps for the supporting of conduit. D. Systems: Provide raceway system of empty raceways including terminal cabinets, backboards and outlets as described and specified herein. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of raceway systems and fittings of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA. B. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the latest edition of the following standards as they apply to the different raceway types specified herein; 1. ANSI: a. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC) b. ANSI C80.3: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 2. UL: a. UL 1: Flexible Metal Conduit b. UL 6: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC) c. UL 360: Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit d. UL 514: Fittings for Metal Conduit e. UL 651: Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC) 1. UL 797: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) g. UL 886: Fittings for Hazardous Locations TFL-FM-404075 16110-1 7/23/2004 _ . _,.,'<...·~k'~__';___"'· .. 3. NEMA: a. NEMA TC2: Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC) b. NEMA TC3: Fittings for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNMC) c. NEMA RN1: Plastic Coated Metal Conduit 16Cb 4. Federal Specifications: a. WW-C-581: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC) b. WW-C-563: Electrical Metallic Conduit (EMT) c. WW-C-566: Flexible Steel Conduit d. WW-C-581 E: Intermediate Metallic Conduit (lMC) e. WC-1094A: Nonmetallic Rigid Conduit (PVC) f. WC-582A Conduit, Raceway, Metal and Fittings; surface 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Products: Submit manufacturer's product data, including technical information on each type of raceway system; 1.05 RACEWAYS A. General: Provide a complete and continuous system of raceways to maintain a protected path for wires and cables to distribute electric power, throughout the project,· utilizing U.L. listed and labeled materials. . - B. Accessories: Provide raceway accessories of types, sizes, and materials, as specified- herein complying with manufacturers published product information, which match and mate conduit and tubing. C. Interior Minimum Size: Minimum conduit size for light and power systems shall be 3/4 inch raceway for all power and lighting circuitry homeruns from panelboard to outlet box at first power consuming devices. The remainder of circuitry may be in 1/2 inch raceway, if it contains no more than 4 conductors per raceway (excluding the equipment grounding conductor), and phase conductors no larger than #12 AWG.Switchlegs may be 1/2inch conduit unless otherwise noted on drawings. D. System Raceway: Provide end bushings on all conduits. E. Pull Strings: Provide pull strings in all empty raceways. Pull strings shall be nylon and shall be impervious to moisture. Pull strings installed in one inch and smaller conduits shall have a tensile strength of not less than 30 Ibs. Pull strings installed in conduits larger than 1 inch shall a tensile strength not less than 200 Ibs. F. Conduit Bends: The use of NEC Table 344.24 Exception is not allowed. 1.06 LOCATIONS A. Materials Above Grade: The following conduit types are to be installed above grade where specifically noted herein; 1. Electrical metallic tubing (thin wall) 2. Intermediate metallic conduit 3. Flexible metal conduit TFL-FM-404075 16110-2 7/23/2004 4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit 16Gb 5. Heavy wall Schedule 40 PVC 6. Galvanized rigid steel conduit 7. Extra heavy wall Schedule 80 PVC B. Materials Below Grade: The following conduit types are to be installed below grade where specifically noted herein; 1. Rigid galvanized conduit (heavy wall) C. Materials on Roofs: The following conduit types are to be installed on roofs where specifically noted herein; 1. Rigid steel conduit 2. Intermediate grade conduit PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING A. Fittings: Provide steel compression type fittings. Steel fittings shall be fitted with . nonremovable insulated throats, and male threaded ends provided with a locknut. B. Locknuts: Provide locknuts for securing conduit to enclosures with sharp edges for digging into metal, and ridged outside circumference for proper fastening. 2.02 BUSHINGS A. Bushings: Bushings shall be provided on all terminations, mounted on the ends of all EMT connectors 1-1/4 inches and larger and within all equipment. B. Construction: Bushings shall have a flared bottom and ribbed sides, with smooth insides to prevent damage to cable insulation. C. Insulating Ring: Mold a phenolic insulating ring into sizes 1-1/4 inches and larger. D. Grounding: Provide a screw type grounding terminal on all sizes. 2.03 RIGID METAL CONDUIT A. Conduit: Conduit ends shall have precision cut hi-torque threads. One end of the conduit shall have a coupling and the other shall be covered with a color-coded plastic thread protector. Conduit shall be manufactured in 10 foot lengths. B. Fittings: Fittings shall be cut groove steel. Cast fittings are not acceptable. TFL-FM-404075 1611 0-3 7/23/2004 2.04 FLEXI~LE STEEL CONDUIT . . 1.6 C t....' A. CondUit and Standards: A continuous length, spirally wound steel stnp, 2mc-c~ed, each convolution interlocked with following convolution into a helix form. Product shall meet Federal Specification WW-C-566 and UL 1242. B. Fittings: Provide conduit fittings for use with flexible steel conduit of the threadless hinged clamp type, and a male threaded end provided with a locknut. 1. Straight terminal connectors shall be one piece body, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit. 2. 45 and 90 degree terminal angle connectors shall be 2 piece body, with removable upper section, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit. 2.05 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT A. Conduit: Plastic jacketed (PVC) liquid-tight flexible steel conduit with copper bonding conductor, and steel material galvanized inside and outside. B. Fittings: Provide cadmium plated, malleable iron fittings with compression type steel ferrule and neoprene gasket sealing rings with insulated throat. 2.06 HEAVY WALL PVC CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 40) A. Conduit: Schedule 40,90 degrees C. UL rated, PVC conduit shall be c0mposed of High Impact PVC (polyvinyl chloride C-2000 Compound), and shall conform to industry standards, and be UL listed in accordance with Article 347 of National Electrical Code for underground and exposed use. Materials must have tensile strength of 55 PSI, at 70 degrees F., flexural strength of 11,000 psi, compression strength of 8600 psi. Manufacturer shall have five years extruding PVC experience. 2.07 EXTRA HEAVY WALL PVC CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 80) A. Conduit: Schedule 80, 90 degrees C. UL rated, PVC conduit shall be composed of High Impact PVC (polyvinyl chloride C-2000 Compound), and shall conform to industry standards, and be UL listed in accordance with Article 347 of National Electrical Code for underground and exposed use. Materials must have tensile strength of 5500 PSI, at 73.4 degree F., flexural strength of 12,500 psi, compression strength of 9000 psi. Manufacturer shall have five years extruding PVC experience. 2.08 MALLEABLE IRON EXPANSION FITTINGS A. Type: Conduit expansion fittings shall be malleable iron (hot dipped galvanized inside and outside). B. Fittings: These fittings shall have a 4 inch expansion chamber to allow approximately 2 inch movement parallel to conduit run in either direction from normal. C. Internal Bonding: Fittings shall have factory-installed packing and internal tinned copper braid packing to serve as a bonding jumper. D. External Bonding: Unless the fitting used is listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use "without external bonding jumpers", an external copper bonding jumper shall be installed TFL-FM-404075 16110-4 7/23/2004 with each metal expansion fitting. One end of the fitting shall be clamped on each conduit entering fitting. 16 C ,l. SUPPORTING DEVICES 2.09 A. Hangers: Hangers shall be made of durable materials suitable for the application involved. Where excessive corrosive conditions are encountered, hanger assemblies shall be protected after fabrication by galvanizing, or approved suitable preservative methods. B. Materials: Insert anchors shall be installed on concrete or brick construction, with hex head machine screws. Recessed head screws shall be used in wood construction. An electric or hand drill shall be used for drilling holes for all inserts in concrete or similar construction. Installed inserts, brick, shall be near center of brick, not near edge or in joint. Drilled and tapped, and round head machine screws shall be used where steel members occur. All screws, bolts, washers, etc., used for supporting raceways or outlets shall be fabricated from rust-resisting metal, or accepted substitution. Gunpowder set anchors are not permitted. C. Exterior: Supporting devices for exterior use shall be 316 stainless steel unless otherwise noted on drawings. D. PVC Coated Conduit: Supporting devices for PVC coated conduit shall be as manufactured by the PVC coated conduit manufacturer and shall match in color and appearance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUITS A. Unless noted otherwise, provide as a minimum 3/4 inch raceway from each of the following device locations to cable tray, j-hooks, or corridor ceiling cavity when cable tray, ar j-hooks are not available. Provide insulated bushings at ends of all raceways. 1. Telephone (1"C. min) 2. CCTV 3. DDC 4. Data (1" C. min) B. Provide plenum-rated cable for all systems conductors. C. All wiring above non-accessible ceilings shall be installed in raceways. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION OF BOXES A. Tags: During installation of pull strings all pull strings shall be marked with vinyl tags indicating where the opposite end may be found. 3.03 BLANK PLATES A. Plates: Unless otherwise noted all outlet boxes shall receive blank plates matching the finish of plates on electrical devices in the same room. 3.04 RACEWAY INSTALLATION TFL-FM-404075 16110-5 7/23/2004 A. Support: All raceways shall be run in a neat and workmanlike manner~tfiQ~. properly supported and in accordance with the latest edition of the NE'I. i conduit and boxes with wire is not acceptable. Exposed raceways where a owed, s all be supported with clamp fasteners with toggle bolt on hollow walls, and with lead expansion shields on masonry. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place with at least one support per eight foot section. Support within one foot of changes in direction. All required hangers, supports and fastenings shall be provided at each elbow and at no more than one foot from the end of each straight run terminating at a box or cabinet. The use of perforated iron for supporting conduits shall not be permitted. The required strength of the supporting equipment and size and type of anchors shall be based on the combined weight of conduit, hanger and cables. Horizontal and vertical conduit runs may be supported by one-hole malleable straps, clamp-backs, or other accepted devices with suitable bolts, expansion shields (where needed) or beam-clamps for mounting to building structure or special brackets. B. Hanger Installation: Where 2 or more raceways 1 inch or larger run parallel trapeze hangers may be used consisting of concrete inserts, threaded solid rods, washers, nuts and galvanized "L" angle iron, or Unistrut cross members. These raceways shall be individually fastened to the cross member of every other trapeze hanger with galvanized cast one hole straps, clamp backs, bolted with proper size cadmium machine bolts, washers and nuts. If adjustable trapeze hangers are used to support groups of parallel conduits, U-bolt type clamps shall be used at the end of a raceway run and at each elbow. J-bolts, or approved clamps, shall be installed on each third intermediate trapeze hanger to fasten each raceway. C. Sealant: Provide a closed cell silicone foam sealant rated to provide a rating equal to the wall, ceiling, or floor assembly rating. Provide seals for· the exterior of conduit . penetrations consisting of a cast-in-place sleeve with a compressible rubber gasket between the conduit and the sleeve. Provide seals for the interior of the conduit penetrations consisting of gland type sealing bushing or closed cell silicone foam. Provide duct seal inside an appropriate seal-off fitting to seal the interior of the conduit system from water seepage or hazardous gases. D. Routing: Raceways shall be run parallel to building walls wherever possible, exposed or concealed as specified, and shall be grouped in workmanlike' fashion. Crisscrossing of conduits shall be minimized. E. Location: All raceways except those from surface-mounted switches, outlet boxes or panels shall be run concealed from view. Surface mounted devices and equipment shall be specifically noted on the contract drawings. It is the intent that all raceways shall be run concealed unless specifically noted. F. Protection: All raceway runs, whether terminated in boxes or not, shall be capped during the course of construction until wires are pulled in and covers are in place. No conductors shall be pulled into raceways until the raceway system is complete. G. Coordination: All raceways shall be kept clear of mechanical equipment and plumbing fixtures to facilitate future repair or replacement of said fixtures without disturbing wiring. Except where it is necessary for control purposes, all raceways shall be kept away from items producing heat. H. Masonry Installation: All raceway runs in masonry shall be installed at the same time as the masonry so that no face cutting is required, except to accommodate boxes. TFL-FM-404075 16110-6 7/23/2004 I. Arrangement: All raceways shall be run connecting outlet to circuits generally as shown on the drawings. Provide circuit connection arrangement shown. Actual.ak n L . arrangement shall be in accordance with the record drawings section as ~eco~eë'''ì!'. . J. Grounding: All branch circuit and feeder raceways shall have a copper system ground conductor within the conduit throughout the entire length of the circuit. All conduit shall be electrically continuous to establish redundant grounding. 1. Branch circuit raceways shall have an insulated equipment grounding conductor installed within the conduit raceway system. 2. Grounding conductor shall be included in total conduit fill determining conduit sizes, even though not shown on drawings. 3. Grounding conductors run with feeders may be bare. K. Empty Raceways: Raceways which do not have conductors provided under this Division of the specifications shall be left with an acceptable nylon pullcord in raceway. L. Manufacturer: Rigid Metallic Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, Flexible Steel Conduit, Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit, and PVC Conduit shall be manufactured within the United States, and each shall be as manufactured by one manufacturer. M. Roof Installation: Raceway installations on roofs shall be kept to a bare minimum. Raceway shall be supported above roof at least 6 inches using approved raceway supporting devices. Supports shall be fastened to roof using roofing adhesive as specified in other sections of this specification. N. Firewall Installation: Provide pullboxes, junction boxes, fire barrier at fire rated walls etc., .as required by NEC Artide 300 where required. . O. Dissimilar Metals: Avoid the use of dissimilar metals to reduce the possibility of electrolysis. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, coat all surfaces with corrosion inhibiting compound before assembling. P. Sealoff Fittings: Provide raceway sea lofts wherever the raceway system enters a hazardous or wet area or areas of drastic temperature change such as coolers, freezers, etc. as required. Q. Identification: Provide appropriate identification as required by codes and as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the methods specified herein. R. Anchors: Raceways shall be anchored down to prevent floating while pouring in concrete. 3.05 RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT A. Locknuts: Rigid steel box connections shall be made with double locknuts and bushings. Turn down on threads to solidly connect raceway to box or enclosure. B. Bushings: Grounded insulated bushings shall be used on all rigid steel conduits terminating in panels, wire gutters, or cabinets. Bushing shall be impact resistant plastic molded in an irregular shape at the top to provide smooth insulating surface at top and inner edge. Material in these bushings must not melt or support flame. 3.06 PVC RACEWAYS A. Floor Penetrations Exposed: Where PVC penetrates a floor in an exposed location from underground or in slab, a black mastic coated steel conduit elbow shall be used. TFL -FM-404075 16110-7 7/23/2004 B. Location: No PVC shall be allowed anywhere except underground or iniabfjwi~ t~ exception that PVC conduit may be used in non-fire rated poured block II nueed in place columns. C. Floor Penetrations in Block: PVC may also be used for penetrations of floor into concrete block or hollow walls up to first outlet box provided outlet box is at a maximum height of 48 inches above finished floor. D. Ground Conductor Installation: All individual bare copper ground conductors (Le. service, transformer, or lightning protection grounds) shall be installed in PVC raceway. E. Joints: PVC joints shall be solvent welded. Threads shall not be permitted on PVC raceway and fittings, except for rigid steel to PVC couplings. Installation of PVC raceway shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Restrict Support: PVC raceway shall not be used to support fixture or equipment. G. Bends: Field bends shall be made with an approved hotbox. Heating with flame and hand held dryers are prohibited. 3.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Vibrating Equipment Connection: All connections to motors or other vibrating equipment (except dry type transformers) or at other locations where required shall be made with not less than 12 inches of flexible liquid-tight steel conduit, using special type of connectors with strain relief fittings at both terminations. of conduit, Kellems Type 074-09 Series or accepted substitution. B. Normal Type: Flex connectors shalf have insulated throat and shall be T & B 3100 Series or accepted substitution. C. Angle Type: Use angle connectors wherever necessary to relieve angle strain on flex conduit. D. Transformer Connection: Connections to dry type transformers shall be made with flexible conduit. 3.08 EXPANSION FITTINGS A. Installation: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run wherever it crosses an expansion joint. Install the fitting on one side of the joint with its sliding sleeve end flush with joint, and with a length of bonding jumper in expansion equal to at least three times the normal width of joints. B. Location: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run which is mechanically attached to separate structures to relieve strain caused by shift on one structure in relation to the other. C. Length: Provide expansion fittings in straight raceway runs above ground which are more than one hundred feet long. 3.09 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING A. Location: Install Electrical Metallic Tubing (thin wall) inside buildings, above the ground floor where not subject to mechanical injury. TFL -FM-404075 16110-8 7/23/2004 B. Handling: All cut ends shall be reamed to remove rough edges. 16C6 END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16110-9 7/23/2004 SECTION 16120 16C6 WIRES AND CABLES (600V AND BELOW) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 WIRES AND CABLES A. Description: Provide a complete and continuous system of conductors as specified herein. All conductors shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of wire systems and fittings of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA. B. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the following codes and standards, current edition as adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, as they apply to the different wire types specified herein. 1. UL: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. 2. NFPA: 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wire and Cables 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables 486A - Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors 486B - Wire Connectors for Use with Aluminum Conductors 486C - Splicing Wire Connections 493 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Underground Feeder and Branch Circuit Cables 514 - Standard for Fittings for Cable and Conduit 854 - Service Entrance Cables 1479 - Through Penetration Fire Rating (MC Cable) 1569 - Metal Clad Cables 1581 - Standard for Reference Standard for Electrical Wires, Cables, and Flexible Cords a. 70 NEC 3. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit product data on all different types of conductors specified, including splicing tape, and terminating/splicing lugs or connectors and cable sleeves. 1.05 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEMS TFL-FM-404075 16120-1 7/23/2004 -,~"~-~--_._,-~.".,,,,..~,,,,.~".--,,,",-- A. General: Provide a flexible wiring system used to supply power to IightinJxésGrL thru power outlets and wall receptacles as shown on the contract documents. '0 +; B. Description: The prefabricated system shall be complete with all 120 and/or 277 volt 3 and/or 4 wire power getaway boxes, fixture adapters, jumper cable sets, wall switch boxes, wall power boxes, poke-thru power outlets etc. C. Compliance: The system and its components shall comply with the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and shall be U.L. listed or labeled for intended use on this project and UL listed and labeled for use in return air plenum and rated to make and break under rated load. All work and materials shall comply with the National Electrical Code and applicable state and local building codes. D. Final Condition: The system shall be of construction such that when installation is complete all system components shall be metal enclosed, in a locked mode and shall comprise a fully grounded system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Material: All conductors shall be copper. B. Material: Branch circuit and feeder conductors size #1 and smaller shall be copper type. Branch circuit and feeder conductors size #1/0 and larger shall be aluminum. C. Size and Insulation: Utilize. THHNfT.HWN-2 insulation for branch circuits and THHNfTHWN-2 or XHHW-2 insulation for feeders, unless otherwise noted. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid, #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. All wire shall be sized as shown on the drawings. If no size is shown, wire shall be #12 AWG, except that branch homeruns" over 100 ft. in length shall be #10 AWG for 120/208V circuits, and homeruns over 200' in length shall be #10 AWG for 277/480V circuits. Wire in vicinity of heat-producing equipment shall be type XHHW insulation. All wiring shall be manufactured in the USA and of 98 percent conductivity. D. Taps and Splices: 1. All copper taps and splices #8 AWG or smaller wire shall be fastened together by means of "wirenut" connectors with pre-insulated spring connectors encased in a steel shell and rated at not less than 1 05 degrees C. A minimum of 3/8-inch skirt shall cover the bare wires. The connector shall meet with UL approval for fixture and pressure work, and shall be "Scotch Lok" Type Y, Rand B electrical spring connectors as manufactured by the 3M Company or approved equal. 2. All taps and splices in wire larger than #8 AWG shall be made with compression type connectors and taped to provide insulation equal to wire. 3. All taps and splices in manholes or in ground pull box shall be made with compression type connectors and covered with Raychem heavywall cable sleeves (type CTE or WCS) with type "S" sealant coating. Provide sleeve kits as per manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Color Coding, General: All power feeders, grounding conductors and branch circuits #6 AWG and smaller shall be installed with color-coded wire with the same color used for a system throughout the building. Conductors above #6 AWG shall either be fully color- coded or shall have black insulation and be similarly color-coded with tape in all junction TFL -FM-404075 16120-2 7/23/2004 boxes and panels in accordance with NEC 310-12. Tape shall cover the conductor insulation within the box or panel in such a manner so as to allow standard markings to be readily observed. Unless otherwise accepted, color-code shall be as indi~'d in specification section 16030 - Electrical Identification. Switch legs shall be a di r~ C 6 color than phase or neutral conductors. 0 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Branch circuit and feeder conductors shall be as manufactured by one of the following: General Cable Co., Pirelli, Rome Cable Corporation, Southwire, or American Insulated Wire Corporation. B. MC Cable shall be as manufactured by AFC Cable Systems. 2.03 METAL CLAD (MC) CABLE A. General: MC Cable may be utilized for lighting and receptacle branch circuit wiring only, where not restricted by NEC. MC cable shall not be used for branch circuit homeruns. B. Construction: MC Cable shall have galvanized steel armor. Conductors shall be THHN or XHHW type. A green insulated grounding conductor shall be included in all MC Cables. Where circuiting on drawings calls for dedicated neutrals and/or isolated ground conductors, MC Cables, if used for these circuits, shall have dedicated neutrals and/or isolated ground conductors. C. MC Cable shall be color-coded for cable type (standard, oyersized neutral, isolated ground), conductor configuration, and circuit voltage. 2.04 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEM A. Power Getaway Plates and Boxes: All power getaway plates and boxes shall be factory assembled and shall be clearly marked for designation of service, voltage and connector identification. Boxes or plates shall be of 1, 2, 3 or 4-receptacle construction as specified on the drawings. B. Conduit Entry: Boxes shall have provisions for 1/2 or 314-inch conduit entry. All ceiling mounted outlet boxes shall be as noted on drawings (size shall be coordinated with system being installed) and shall contain three (minimum) getaway receptacles. C. Receptacles: All box receptacles shall be prewired with #12 AWG stranded copper conductors, type TW, 600 volts rated, consisting of 1 or 2 phase conductors, a common neutral, plus an equipment grounding conductor connected to the metal box. Receptacles shall be uniquely polarized for service and function and shall be flush mounted into individual metal cavities. The metal cavities shall receive the power heads of the cable sets by a positive mating engagement. D. Circuits: The maximum connected load per branch circuit shall be as indicated on the drawings and specifications. In no instance shall the connected loads exceed 20 amperes per circuit. Two different circuits of the same electrical phase shall not be connected to the same connector sharing a common neutral conductor. E. Connectors: The connectors of the system shall be of 3 and/or 4 wire construction molded from U.L. listed material and so color coded and keyed that only units of the same service and voltage and function can be physically mated and electrically connected. Color-coding shall comply with Section 16120 to the extent feasible. TFL -FM-404075 16120-3 7/23J2004 F. Rating: Entire system shall be 20 ampere rated and shall be U.L. listed for disconnect G. ::::f:::::::::'::::1 be as manufactured by Hubbell, Meœlux, or vlf> C 6 H. Lighting Fixture Adapters: Adapter assemblies shall be provided in the lighting fixtures. Fixture adapters shall be prewired and U.L. listed. Each fixture adapter shall be wired per fixture type and ballast circuit designation. I. Jumper Cable Sets: All jumper cable sets shall have factory prewired, locking, metal enclosed power head and receptacle connector assemblies. The double receptacle box assembly on cable sets shall be encased within an assembly of two 16 gauge steel stampings. Each cable head shall have a pair of positive-acting spring steel latches. The latches shall engage the metal opening of receptacles in system components such as distribution boxes, tap boxes and lighting fixtures. The steel latches of cable heads shall provide grounding of non-current carrying metal equipment by bonding mated components of the system. The mating connections shall be U.L. approved for disconnect under load. All cables shall be clearly marked and color-coded for designation of service and voltage, catalog number and length. Line voltage branch circuit cable sets shall have 2 or 3 #12 AWG stranded copper conductors, type TW, 600 volts, plus and equipment grounding conductor with galvanized steel armor interlocked overall. The equipment grounding conductor shall be in contact with armor over the length of the cable. This conductor shall terminate in connectors at both ends of cable sets and shall be bonded to the steel stampings of connector heads. Cable sets shall be prewired for distribution of one or two circuits with a common neutral. PART ~ -. EXECUTION. 3.01 EXECUTION A. General: All wiring shall be installed in raceways (power, low voltage and control wiring), unless otherwise indicated or specified under other Sections of this specification. B. Connections: Conductors #10 and #12 AWG shall be connected with pre-insulated spring connectors encased in a steel shell and rated at not less than 105 degrees C. A minimum of 3/8-inch skirt shall cover the bare wires. The connector shall meet with UL approval for fixture and pressure work, and shall be "Scotch Lok" Type Y, Rand B electrical spring connectors as manufactured by the 3M Company or approved equal. C. Connector Manufacturers: Lugs and wire connectors shall be one of the following: Burndy Corporation, Thomas & Betts, Co., Appleton or ILSCO. D. Equipment Installations: Neatly form, train and tie the cables in panelboards, cabinets, wireways, switches and equipment assemblies. 3.02 MC CABLE INSTALLATION A. MC Cables shall be provided in concealed locations only, not exposed. B. MC Cables shall be supported and secured at intervals directed by NEC 334. C. Connectors for MC Cables shall be manufactured by the MC Cable manufacturer, and shall have insulated throat. 3.03 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEM INSTALLATION TFL-FM-404075 16120-4 7/23/2004 A. Flexible Wiring Installation: Examine area to receive system to assure adeq! clearance for installation. Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are r~e(:R '.' The electrical Contractor shall be responsible for properly interfacing the sys ~tbe conventional wiring system components, raceways and conductors. Provide all <, necessary out-of-system components, raceways, conductors, boxes and other equipment or devices to make a complete operable system. B. Location: The locations of system components, including cable routings shown on the plans, are approximate and workmen shall use good judgement in their placements to eliminate all interference with ducts, piping, etc. C. Workmanship: All cable routing shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner consistent with recognized good practice and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16120-5 7/23/2004 SECTION 16130 OUTLET BOXES 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. General: Outlet boxes shall be of such form and dimensions as to be adapted to the specific use and location, type of device or fixtures to be used, and number and size of conductors and arrangement, size and number of conduits connecting thereto. B. Ceiling Size: Ceiling outlet boxes shall be 4 inch octagonal or 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inches deep or larger as required for number and size of conductors and arrangement, size and number of conduits terminating at them. C. Wall Size: Switch, wall receptacle, telephone and other wall outlet boxes in drywall shall be 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inches deep. For exposed masonry, provide one piece 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inches deep wall boxes with appropriate 4 inches square cut tile wall covers Steel City series #52-C-49/52-C-52 or accepted substitutiqn. For furred-out block yv?"s, provide 4 i~ch sq~ar~ box wit~ required extension for bl0ck d~pth and required extension for drywall depth. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of conduit systems and fittings of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA. B. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the following standards as they apply to the different raceway types specified herein. 1. UL-50&UL-514 2. NEC 70 1.04 FLOOR OUTLETS A. General: Provide floor outlet boxes as shown on the plans. Installation shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code, and shall be complete with service fittings as indicated. Equipment shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 1.05 SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLETS A. Location: Locate special purpose outlets as indicated on the drawings for the equipment served. Location and type of outlets shall be coordinated with appropriate trades involved. The securing of complete information for proper electrical roughing-in shall be included as work required under this section of specifications. TLC MASTER 16130-1 (format 2/10/03) 1.06 SUBMITTALS 16G6 A. Submittals: Submit product data on all different types of outlet boxes and associated trim/plaster rings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL PURPOSE BOXES A. General: Provide standard galvanized one-piece steel outlet boxes at all concealed outlets for electric lights, switches, convenience receptacles, telephone outlets, etc. Acceptable manufacturers shall be T&B, Steel City, Raco. Surface outlet boxes and conduit bodies shall be the heavy cast aluminum or iron with external raised hubs - Appleton, Crouse Hinds or Steel City or accepted substitution. Trim rings shall also be of one piece construction. 2.02 FLOOR OUTLET BOXES A. Standards: Outlets in slab on grade shall conform to Federal Specifications No. WC-526b, Type 1, with threaded conduit hubs. B. Carpet Locations: In carpeted areas, Lexan carpet flanges shall be installed to protect carpet edges where flush floor boxes are installed. C. Construction: All assemblies shall be designed and installed to maintain grounding continuity, fireproofing and watertight integrity. Connections to boxes in slabs on grade sha!1 be maqe tight or sealed to prevent entrance of moi.stûre. D. Accessories: Box trim, service fittings and accessories shall be as required to provide a complete installation. E. Special Consideration: Flush caps removed to provide service fittings shall be turned over to the Owner. Approved manufacturer is Walkerduct. F. Manufacturer: Approved manufacturer is Walker, Raco, Steel City or Hubbell. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES A. Installation: All flush outlets shall be mounted so that covers and plates shall finish flush with finished surfaces without the use of shims, mats or other devices not submitted or accepted for the purpose. Add-a-Depth ring or switch box extension rings (Steel City #SBEX) are not acceptable. Plates shall not support wiring devices. Gang switches with common plate where two or more are indicated in the same location. Wall-mounted devices of different systems (switches, thermostats, etc.) shall be coordinated for symmetry when located near each other on the same wall. Outlets on each side of walls shall have separate boxes. Through-wall type boxes shall not be permitted. Back-to- back r:nounting shall not be permitted. Trim rings shall be extended to within 1/8 inch of finish wall surface. B. Stud Walls: Outlet boxes mounted in metal stud walls, shall be supported to studs with 2 screws inside of outlet box to a horizontal stud brace between vertical studs. C. Blank Covers: All outlet boxes that do not receive devices in this contract are to have blank plates installed matching wiring device plates. TLC MASTER 16130-2 (format 2/10/03) 3.02 MOUNTING HEIGHT 16C6 A. Mounting Height: Height of wall outlets to center or bottom of box above finished floor shall be as follows, unless specifically noted otherwise. Verify all heights with the architectural plans and shop drawings for installation. The following dimensions are a guide only. Specific heights required by governing institutions and laws shall apply. Switches & Dimmers Receptacles Branch Panelboards Telephone & Data Outlets 4 foot 0 inches to centerline 1 foot 6 inches to centerline 6 foot 6 inches top of panel trim 1 foot 6 inches to centerline B. Counter Tops: Bottoms of outlets above counter tops or base cabinets shall be minimum 2 inches above counter top or backsplash, whichever is highest. Outlets may be raised so that bottom rests on top of concrete block course, but all outlets above counters in same area shall be at same height. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to secure cabinet drawings and coordinate outlet locations in relation to all cabinets as shown on Architectural plans, prior to rough-in, regardless of height shown on documents. C. Wall Outlets: Height of wall-mounted fixtures shall be as shown on the drawings or as required by Architectural plans and conditions. Fixture outlet boxes shall be equipped with fixture studs when supporting fixtures. 3.03 FLOOR OUTLET BOXES A. Adjustment: Where floor or fill depth is 3 inches or more, adjustable.boxes with· maximum vertical and angular adjustment for after concrete pour shall be used. After pour is complete, boxes shall be set and readjusted to provide a smooth surface conforming to the elevation and slope of the surrounding finished floor. END OF SECTION TLC MASTER 16130-3 (format 2/10/03) SECTION 16140 16C6 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide factory fabricated wiring devices in type, color and electrical rating for the service indicated to provide convenient access to the electrical system for portable and permanent connections, and control of fixed outlets. B. Ratings: Voltage and ampere rating of switches and receptacles shall be marked on the device, and shall conform to Voltage and Ampacity of system to which applied. C. Hardware: Devices consist of all the necessary hardware to complete an installation and provide a margin of safety by inaccessibility of live electrical components. 1.03 RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Manufacturers shall be companies regularly engaged in manufacture of wiring devices, of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory . use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer: A firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with electrical installation work similar to that required for the project. C. Compliance: Comply with the latest edition of the following standards; 1. NEMA WD1, WD3 and WD5 2. UL 5, 20 and 231 3. UL 1449 4. ANSI/IEEE Standard C62.41-1980 (Formerly IEEE 587) a. Test withstand voltage surges of up to 6000 volts and current surges of up to 200 amperes without damage. D. Warranty: Provide a minimum one-year warranty from time of final acceptance. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Wiring Devices: Submit manufacturer's product data on all wiring devices listed on the drawings including; 1. Colors 2. Dimensions 3. U.L. Label 4. Finish 5. Voltage 6. Wiring diagrams 7. Application information TFL-FM-404075 16140-1 7/23/2004 B. Coverplates and Identification: Submit type of identification used for coverpllei!o f' 6 comply with the Identification Section as specified herein. Screws to match ~vU'~ color. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordination: Coordinate with other work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and fittings, and raceways, to properly interface installation of all wiring devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES A. Twenty Ampere Receptacles: Provide premium specification grade single or duplex receptacles, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding, with green hexagonal equipment ground screw, ground terminals and poles internally connected to mounting yoke, 20 ampere, 120 volts, with metal plaster ears, side wiring, NEMA configuration 5-20R unless otherwise indicated. B. Color: Devices connected to the normal system shall be ivory in color, unless otherwise noted. C. Device Type: Unless otherwise noted, in all public areas, provide all receptacles as the duplex modular type. Provide standard devices in non-public areas such as storage rooms, janitor's clGset, penthouses & mechanical spaces, and electrical rooms. D. Construction: Heavy duty nylon face and wraparound mounting strap, locked into and on the body, utilizing heavy-gauge brass ground contacts riveted to strap. Include automatic self-grounding spring to assure ground continuity between mounting strap and metal wall box. T-slot one piece copper alloy contact wipes which interface with plug blades inserted at 3 points. Line terminals shall be screw terminals and accept #14 to #10 AWG copper conductors. E. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter: Provide commercial specification grade, duplex, ground fault circuit interrupter receptacles, grounding type, UL rated Class A, Group 1, 15 ampere ratings, 125 volts, 60 Hz; with solid state ground fault sensing and signaling; with 5 milliampere ground fault trip level; equipped with 15 ampere receptacle configuration, NEMA 5-15R. Device shall contain test and reset pushbuttons, with a visual display of the tripped position. All outside receptacles (weatherproof) shall be duplex G.F.C.I. type. Interrupter shall resist tripping from the effects of radio frequency (RF) signals from 10 to 450 MHz. 2.02 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR RECEPTACLE A. Modes of Protection: Surge suppression devices shall supervise Line to Neutral, Line to Ground, and Neutral to Ground conditions. B. Energy Capacities: The surge suppression device shall have equal surge protection of not more than 140 Joules of energy absorption in each mode, 3,000 amperes current handing in each mode, and 6000 volts protection in each mode. C. Noise Reduction: Provide device with EMI and RFI noise filters at an average of 7:1 noise reduction from 500 KHz to 30 MHz. TFL-FM-404075 16140-2 7/23/2004 D. Modular: Construct as a modular, heavy duty, Hospital Grade device. 16C6 E. Identification: Each device shall have a long life LED diode covered by a wide angle viewing lens for positive identification of surge protection. Provide a zig-zag symbol on the face of the device. F. Response Time: Response time shall be not more than 5 Nanoseconds. G. Attenuation: Common mode noise attenuation shall be 500 KHz to 30 MHz; up to 35 db (50 ohm source impedance). H. Operating Temperature: Operating temperature shall be -20 to 55 degree C. (-4 to 131 degrees F.) I. Color: Match the color of other devices listed elsewhere in this Specification. J. Manufacturer: Manufacturer shall be Pass & Seymour, Leviton or Hubbell 2.03 SWITCHES A. Toggle Switches: Provide specification grade, fast-make positive-break, flush single-pole, three and four way, silent operation toggle switches, 20 ampere, 120 volt AC or 277 volt AC as required, with mounting yoke insulated from mechanism, equipped with plaster ears, and side-wired screw terminals. Switches connected to the normal system shall be ivory; red for emergency system. - B. Two -Pole Switches: Provide two pole switches where drawings indicate the switching of - 208 volt systems consisting of two phase conductors. C. Security Key Switches: Provide key switches where drawings indicate, where a degree of security requires limited access to control of the lighting system. D. Pilot Light Handle: Handle glows when switch is on. Handle color shall be clear, unless otherwise indicated. E. Thermal Switch: Provide fractional horsepower switch with melting alloy type overload relay, with number of poles to coordinate with the equipment being controlled. Surface or flush mounted cover, as required, equipped with padlocking device and pilot light. Provide overload relay heaters for each pole of the switch, sized per the manufacturer's instruction, and adjust heater size to permit normal operation of the motor. F. Color: Provide red switches for emergency circuits. Match receptacle devices for normal circuits. G. Manufacturer: Manufacturer shall be Pass & Seymour, Leviton or Hubbell 2.04 PLUGS AND CONNECTORS A. Standard: Comply with NEMA Standards Pub. No. WD1. 2.05 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES A. Faceplates: Unless otherwise noted, provide smooth faced nylon, single and ganged switch, receptacle, telephone, blank and other outlet wall plates for wiring devices, with ganging and cutouts as required TFL -FM-404075 16140-3 7/23/2004 ..._---"._-"..._^~.. B. Mul~igan.g: Prov!de ~II necessary hardware and frames to properly mount ~ri~s C' 6· .. devices In combInations. ~ 0 C. Weatherproof Device Covers: For all receptacles installed outdoors and/or in wet locations, provide a weatherproof enclosure in full compliance with NEC Article 406.88. Enclosure shall be weatherproof, whether or not the attachment plug cap is inserted. The use of "flapper-type" covers is not permitted. D. Color: Unless otherwise noted, provide colored faceplates to match devices listed elsewhere in these specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. General: Provide wiring devices, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and National Electrical Contractors Associations "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function. 8. Completion: Delay installation of devices until wiring and wall finish is completed. C. Support: Devices shall be securely supported to box, not supported to device plate. Device shall trim out flush with front of plate. Do not support the device by loosening device mounting screws and attaching the coverplate for leveling. D. Adjustment: Proviee receptacles and· switches only in electrical boxes which are clean, free from excess building materials, debris, etc. Adjust devices to plumb when tightened, and in position to receive faceplate. Devices shall not be leveled by using the mounting screws, outlet boxes shall be flush to wall finish prevent leveling problems. Tighten devices and provide securely, so that there shall be no movement during usage. E. Position: Position ground pin at the top of the device in vertical application, unless otherwise noted. F. Wiring: Provide screw terminal connections using a single conductor only. Do not "back- stab" devices. Provide single whips for all multiple conductor connections within each box. 3.02 APPLICATION OF COVER PLATES A. Mounting: Provide coverplates in true vertical or horizontal alignment as applicable. Plates shall be properly secured by means of screws which have heads with finish matching the plate. Secure plates so as to maintain a snug fit against wall surfaces with no gaps. 8. Replacement: Replace all coverplates which are warped, cracked, chipped, or whose color does not match the balance of the installation. Replace screws whose threads do not allow the drawing up tight of the coverplate to the device. 3.03 CLEANING A. Soiled Devices: Clean devices soiled prior to acceptance inspection, to remove all debris and foreign materials, such as paint, varnish, drywall compound, etc. TFL-FM-404075 16140-4 7/23/2004 B. S~lution~: D? not use liquid ~Ieaning s~lutions, etc. on the face of the devicest.jtlL 'C 6 wntten direction from the Engineer/ArchItect. :& 0' . .,j 3.04 TESTING A. Ground testing: Provide ground testing procedures as specified herein. Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring devices for electrical continuity, and for short circuits. B. Polarity: Subsequent to energization, test wiring devices for proper polarity, and to demonstrate operations as required in this and other sections of this Specification. C. Recording: Record all tests as required in other sections of this specification. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16140-5 7/23/2004 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section 1.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. General: Provide a grounding electrode system, as described in NEC 250, as specified herein and as indicated on plans. B. Ground Field / Ground Rods: The ground field shall consist of three 20 ft long vertically driven ground rods arranged in a triangular pattern spaced 20 feet apart. Additional ground rods shall be added as necessary to achieve the desired resistance. C. Main Metallic Water Pipe: The building's main metallic underground water piping shall be utilized as a grounding electrode, provided the metal pipe is installed in direct contact with the earth for a minimum of 10 feet. Bond the main metallic water service within 5 ft. of the entrance of the water pipe into the building. . D. Building Steel: TDe building steel shall be utilized as a grounding ele.ctrode, provided the štéel is in direct contact with the earth or is otherwise effectively grounded. E. Rebar: In concrete buildings, provide bond to rebar in concrete. F. Resistance: Grounding electrode resistance shall not exceed 10 ohms. Overall resistance of the entire grounding electrode system shall not exceed 5 ohms. Provide additional grounding electrodes as required to meet this value. Refer to Section 16020 for testing requirements. 1.03 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR A. Grounding Electrode Conductor: A main grounding electrode conductor, bare copper, sized per NEC, shall be run in PVC conduit from main service equipment to the grounding electrodes. This conductor shall also be bonded to the following: 1. Telecommunications service ground within 20' of the electrical service 2. Lightning protection system. 3. Gas and other interior metal piping - refer to NEC. 1.04 SEPARATELY DERIVED GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Description: Provide a separately derived grounding system where indicated here.in and as required by the National Electrical Code. Bond neutral and ground busses together. B. Services: Provide a separately derived grounding system for all building electrical services and step-down transformers. TFL-FM-404075 16450-1 7/23/2004 C. Emergency Generator: Provide a separately derived grounding system for the! emergency system where 4-pole transfer switches are used (neutral and phas 6 C 6 conductors switched). D. Multiple Buildings: Multiple buildings fed from the same electrical service shall be provided with separate grounding electrode systems, as required by the NEC and specified herein. 1.05 BONDING AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Description of System: In general, afl electrical equipment (metallic conduit, motor frames, panelboards, etc.) shall be bonded together with a green insulated copper system grounding conductor in accordance with specific rules of Article 250 of the NEC Equipment grounding conductors through the raceway system shall be continuous from main switch ground bus to panel ground bar of each panelboard, and from panel grounding bar of each panelboard to branch circuit equipment and devices. B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: All raceways shall have an insulated copper system ground conductor run throughout the entire length of circuit instafled within conduit in strict accordance with NEC. Grounding conductor shall be included in total conduit fill when determining conduit sizes, even though not included or shown on drawings. C. Redundant Grounding: In general all branch circuits shafl be provided with a redundant grounding system through the use of grounding conductors and metallic conduit. D. Bonding: Provide bonding of the equipment grounding terminal busses of normal and ess~ntial bra~ch circuit panelboards serving the same p~tiènt area with a .continuou.s #10 AWG copper green insulated conductor, in compliance with NEC 517-14. E. Bonding: In addition to connections to grounding electrodes, the main service ground shafl be bonded to the lightning protection system and other underground metal piping. F. Light Poles: All exterior light poles shall have their enclosures grounded directly to a separate driven ground at the light pole in addition to the building ground connection, via the circuit equipment ground conductor. G. Bushings: Provide insulated grounding bushings on all metallic feeder conduits terminated within panelboards, switchbaards or enclosed overcurrent devices. Provide insulated grounding bushings on all branch circuit conduits where concentric knockouts are used. H. Connection to Other Systems: Provide all required grounding and bonding connections as specified herein and as required by the National Electrical Code. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit product data on ground rods, ground wire, ground connectors, ground bars, and data on exothermic welds. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compliance: The entire ground system shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements NEC 250 and IEEE Std. 142 (green book). PART 2 - PRODUCTS TFL-FM-404075 16450-2 7/23/2004 A. GROUNDING ELECTRODE AND BONDING CONDUCTORS General: Except as specified in C below, provide UL and NEC approved d £J;.f with THWN, THHN, or XHHW with green insulation or green tape on black insulation the· entire length of conductor not in conduit. 2.01 B. Size: Grounding electrode conductors shall be sized as specífied herein and on the drawings, but in no case shall be smaller than required by NEC 250. C. Insulation: Conductors above ground shall be insulated, conductors run below grade shall be bare. 2.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Provide copperclad steel, 5/8 inch diameter by 20 feet long vertically driven ground rods. Use of multiple 10 feet sectional ground rods is acceptable. 2.03 CONNECTIONS A. Bonding: One piece mechanical lugs or wire terminals, properly sized and approved by the local authority having jurisdiction shall be used to bond ground wires together or to junction boxes and panel cabinets. B. Underground: All connections and bonds made underground and to building steel shall be exothermic weld type-connections. 2,04 ·INSPECTION WELLS A. Location: Provide inspection wells for all ground rods covered by concrete, paving, or other permanent materials that prevent access to ground rods. B. Description: Inspection well shall be provided with circular, flush traffic rated, grade mounted, twist lock traffic cover with the word "ground" (or similar) on the cover. Inspection test well shall allow clear access to the ground rod and exothermic weld connection of conductor to ground rod. Clearly mark ground rod locations on as-built drawings. 2.05 GROUND BAR A. Location: Provide a ground bar connected to the main service ground via a #4/0 grounding conductor in all electrical rooms with step-down transformers and in all communications rooms, or rooms with telephone distribution equipment or network electronics equipment. B. Description: Ground bar shall be 12" x 2" x %" (minimum) copper bus mounted to wall 24" AFF via insulated standoffs. All connections to ground bar shall be made via approved mechanical connections. C. Interconnection: In addition to the main service ground, all ground bars shall be interconnected to each other via #4/0 insulated grounding conductor. Each ground bar shall also be bonded to local metallic water piping and building steel via #6 insulated grounding conductor. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.01 EXTERIOR TFL -FM-404075 16450-3 7/23/2004 A. Connection: The main grounding electrode conductor shall be exothermically I'd6.to........ ,i ground rods and other main system electrodes. . t \ .0,11 U 3.02 INTERIOR A. Installation: Equipment grounding conductors shall be installed as follows: 1. Where installed in metal conduit, both conductor and conduit shall be bonded at each end. 2. Have connections accessible for inspection and made with approved solderless connectors brazed (or bolted) to the equipment or structure to be grounded. 3. Shall in NO case be a current carrying conductor. 4. Have green insulation, except that grounding electrode conductors may be bare. B. Water Meter: Provide properly sized bonding shunt around water meter and/or dielectric unions in the water pipe. C. Cable Tray: Provide a #10 bond from all metallic system conduits to the cable tray. D. Bushings: Bond all grounding bushings to the equipment ground bus of the panel or switchboard, or overcurrent device in which it is located. Bond shall be made via an insulated bonding conductor of same size as equipment ground conductor run in the circuit. 3.03 TESTING A. Testing: Provide testing as required in other sections of this specification, including but not limited to sections 16010 and 16020. B. Reports: Submit impedance test reports for all separately derived services to the Engineer prior to project completion. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Preparation: All contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned before connections are made, to ensure good metal to metal contact. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16450-4 7/23/2004 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 16Cb PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Description: Provide panelboards with main breaker or main lugs where shown on the drawings, of a dead front, distributed phase sequence design. Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers with frame and trip ratings as indicated in the schedules. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI: the latest edition of the Reference Standards for the American National Standards Institute shall apply as follows; 1. ANSI Y32.2 - Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams. 2. ANSI 255.1 - (R1973) Gray finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment. B. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association shall apply as follows; 1. NEMA PB 1-1984 Panelboards 2. NEMA PB 1-57 Gutter space C. NFPA: The latest edition of the National Fire Protection Association shall apply as follows; 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). D. UL: The latest edition of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated shall apply as follows; 1. UL Electrical Construction Materials List, panelboards-dead front type. 2. UL 67 Panelboard wiring gutter space, bus heat rise test. 3. UL 50 Cabinets - Rigidity and gauge of steel. E. Listing: Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories and bear the UL or other nationally recognized testing laboratory label. Where required, panelboards shall be listed for use as service entrance equipment. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Product data shall be submitted on: a. Panel b. Cabinet TFL-FM-404075 16470-1 7/23/2004 c. Bus d. Construction e. Dimensions 16C6~~ 2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for every panel, and shall clearly indicate all of the following information: a. U.L. Label b. Each circuit breaker amperage rating, circuit number and position/location in panel c. Electrical characteristics of panel d. Main bus rating e. Main device rating f. Mounting type g. Dimensions, (width, depth, height, weight) h. Bus material i. Interrupting capacity of minimum rated breaker J. Panelboard classification k. Submit coordination curves on log-log paper for all breakers, fuses, transformers, etc. I. If dimensions for equipment proposed in submitted shop drawings are different than was shown on drawings, contractor shall submit sketches showing layout of proposed equipment. 1.05 OVER CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES - DESCRIPTION A. Description of .system: Connections of all items using electric power shall be included under this division of the specifications, including necessary wire, conduit, circuit protection, disconnects and accessories. Securing of roughing-in drawings and connection information for equipment involved shall also be included under this division. See other divisions for specifications for electrically operated equipment. Provide overcurrent protection for all wiring and equipment in accordance with the NEC, all federal, state and local codes as required and/or as shown on the drawings. 1.06 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES - SUBMfTT ALS A. Shop drawings and product data: Shop drawings shall clearly indicate; 1. Frame sizes and interrupting capacity of all circuit breakers. 2. Horsepower ratings of rated voltage of fused switches and/or circuit breakers. 3. Size and type of fuses being provided. 4. Device is U.L. Listed, and bears the U.L. Label. 5. Device complies with these specifications, drawings, and applicable standards of NEMA, IEEE, ANSI, and ASA. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS TFL -FM-404075 16470-2 7/23/2004 A. Equipment: The panelboard bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabine~n~€ 6 be surface or flush mounted as shown in the schedules. The box shall be fabr~t~ ' from galvanized steel with standard baked enamel finish. Panelboard front shall include a door and shall have a flush, cylinder tumbler-type lock with catch and spring-loaded stainless steel door pull. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. All panel cabinets shall be a minimum of 20 inches wide. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim clamps which shall be completely concealed when the doors are closed. Doors shall be mounted with completely concealed steel hinges. Panel front shall not be removable with door in the locked position. B. Bus: Panelboard bus structure and main lugs or main circuit breaker shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule. Bus shall be insulated and bus bar connections to the branch circuit breakers shall be of the "distributed phase" or phase sequence type. All current carrying parts of the bus structure shall be tin plated copper. A full size insulated neutral bus bar shall be provided. Provide system grounding tin plated copper bus bar bonded to the panelboard cabinet for connection of system grounding conductors. This bar shall be mechanically and electrically isolated from the neutral bar except where panelboard is used as service entrance equipment. C. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: All panelboard branch circuit breakers shall be bolt-on thermal-magnetic molded case type. Breakers shall be 1, 2 or 3 pole with an integral crossbar to assure simultaneous opening of all poles in multi-pole circuit breakers. Breakers shall have an overcenter, trip-free, toggle-type operating mechanism with quick-make, quick-break action and active handle indication. Handles shall have "ON", "OFF", and "TRIPPED" positions. . Bolt-on circuit breakers shall be able to be installed in the panelboard without requiring additional mounting hardware. D. Solid State Circuit Breakers: Provide solid state circuit breakers for all breakers 400 amperes and above. Breakers shall have adjustable settings for long time pickup,long time delay, short-time pickup and short time delay. E. 120/208 Rating: 120/208 volt circuit breakers shall have interrupting ratings a minimum of 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 240 volts AC maximum. F. 277/480 Rating: 277/480 volt circuit breakers shall have interrupting ratings a minimum of 14,000 rms symmetrical amperes minimum at 277 volts AC (single pole) or 480Y/277 volts AC 2 and 3 pole. G. Switching Type: Single pole, 15 and 20 ampere circuit breakers intended to switch fluorescent lighting loads on a regular basis shall carry the SWD marking. H. Directories: A typed panelboard directory shall be provided for each panelboard and shall indicate the actual circuit number used, room name and type of load. Room names shall be the actual name or room number used not necessarily as shown on the drawing. Panel directories shall include all room numbers and names. Where panel schedules are indicated on the drawings as "receptacles or "lighting", etc., it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to include the specific area served. I. Bracing: Panelboard as a complete unit shall be braced for a minimum short circuit rating equal to or greater than the lowest breaker symmetrical interrupting capacity as shown on the schedule. However, all panelboards shall be fully rated. No series ratings are allowed. J. Grounding: All panelboard cabinets shall have a system grounding bar bonded to the panelboard cabinet for connection of system grounding conductors. This bar shall be mechanically and electrically isolated from the neutral bar. TFL-FM-404075 16470-3 7/23/2004 K. Stubs: Provide four 3/4 inch conduits from all flush mounted panels to adjaJnt accessible ceiling space and mark "for future use". Provide pull cord in all rLL C 6 conduits and provide plastic end bushing. '0 L. Design Selection: 120/208V 480/277V Square "0", NQOD Cutler-Hammer: Pow-R-Line 1 General Electric: A-Series Siemens: S 1 Series Square "0", NF Series Cutler-Hammer: Pow-R-Line 2 General Electric: A-Series Siemens: SUSE Series 600A thru 1200A Square "0": I-Line Cutler-Hammer: Pow-R-Line 4 General Electric: Spectra Series Siemens: S4/S5 Series Square "0": I-line Cutler-Hammer: Pow-R-Line 4 General Electric: Spectra Series Siemens: S4/S5 Series PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine area to receive panelboard and assure that there is adequate' clearances to meet NEC requirements and normal maintenance issues. B. Correction: Start work only after any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide panelboards in complete accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and all applicable codes. B. Support: Pane/boards shall be rigidly supported and installed per manufacturers recommended supporting instructions, with beams provided if necessary, to suit actual site conditions. Panels shall not be directly mounted to masonry walls. Use kindorf or similar channel. C. Storage and Delivery: Panelboards shall be delivered to the site during that phase of panelboard installation in order to avoid storing panels on site where damage may occur. Replace any damaged parts prior to energizing panel. Cover panelboard to avoid damage to finish. O. Mounting: Do not mount equipment directly to masonry or concrete walls. Provide two un i-strut spacers between wall and panelboard. E. Operations and Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions for tightening bus connections, cleaning, operation and maintenance. 3.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Field test prior to energization; TFL-FM-404075 16470-4 7/23/2004 1. Megger check, and record all data, of phase to phase and phase to ground insulation levels. 16C6 2. Continuity. 3. Proper phase relationship. 3.04 CHECK-OUT MEMO A. General: Submit check-out memo from panel board representative. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16470-5 7/23/2004 --", _."',-- SECTION 16476 16Ct SAFETY SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Switches and all components shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable standards of NEMA and Ul. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Product data shall be submitted on: 1. Switch rating, including voltage, continuous current, short-circuit. 2. Fuse ratings, when applicable. 3. Cable terminal sizes. 4. Enclosure type. 5. Conduit entry/exit locations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES A. General: All disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty type, unless specifically noted otherwise. Switches shall be fusible or non-fusible and sized as 'noted on the drawings. Provide units manufactured by Siemens, GE, Square D or Cutler Hammer. B. Switches shall be 240 volt rated on systems up to and including 120/240V and 600V rated on higher voltage systems. All switches serving motor loads or 600V rated shall be horsepower rated. C. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure, unless otherwise noted. All switches mounted outdoors shall be NEMA Type 4X, stainless steel. D. Provide lugs on disconnect switch as required to accept conductors called for on drawings. E. Provide switches with an externally operated handle; quick make quick break mechanism; the handle shall be interlocked with the switch cover by means of a defeatable interlock device. The switch shall be lockable in the "off'position with a padlock. F. Switches shall have arc suppressors and pin hinges. Switch blades shall be readily visible in the OFF position. Switch blades and jaws shall be plated copper. Provide with line side terminal shields. TFl-FM-404075 16476 - 1 7/23/2004 2.02 FUSES 1 A. General: All fuses shall be of the same manufacture to retain selectability a ó,c. 6 No fuse shall be installed until equipment is ready to be energized and after tightening of all electrical connections, inspection of all ground and grounding conductors and a megger test of adequate insulation to ground of all circuits. B. Current Limiting: All fuses shall be current-limiting with 200,000 amperes interrupting capacity. C. 601 Amps and Above: Fuses rated 601 amperes and larger shall be UL Class Land have a minimum time-delay of 45 seconds at 300% rating and have O-ring gas seals at the end bells. D. 600 Amps and Below: Fuses rated 600 amperes or less, installed ahead of circuit breakers or circuit breaker panels, shall be UL Class K-1. Fuses rated 600 amperes or less for all general power circuits shall be dual-element, UL Class K-5 time-delay type. They shall be self protecting from extraneous heat. E. Motor Circuits: Fuses installed in individual motor circuits shall be dual element time- delay type, UL Class K-5. Use fuse reducers when fuse clip spacing is larger than the fuse dimension. F. Rejection Fuses: Fuses called for to be rejection type are to have rejection fuse holders. G. Spare Fuses: Ten percent or minimum of three, whichever is greater, of each size and tYr:>e- of fuse, including control power or control transformer fuses, shall be placed in a spare fuse cabinet, wall mounted near the electric service. H. Spare Fuse Cabinet: Cabinet shall be sized as required to store all fuses neatly. Cabinet shall contain shelves and/or slots as required to separate types of fuses. Cabinet door shall be hinged with latch. I. Identification Label: A fuse identification label, showing type and size, shall be placed inside thè door of each fused switch. Labeling for rejection type fused switches shall read 'Warning-Use Only Current Limiting Fuses Class _ , Type _ , MFR _ ,'. engraved in red laminated plastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine area to receive safety switch and assure that there is adequate clearances to meet NEC requirements and normal maintenance issues. B. Correction: Start work only after any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide safety switches in complete accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and all applicable codes. TFL-FM-404075 16476-2 7/23/2004 B. Support: Switches shall be rigidly supported and installed per manufacturers recommended supporting instructions. Switches shall not be directly mountet 6 C .' ~" masonry walls; Use Kindorf, uni-strut or similar support. . t'''" I¡". C. Storage and Delivery: Safety switches shall be delivered to the site during that phase of installation in order to avoid storing switches on site where damage may occur. Replace any damaged parts prior to energizing. Cover to avoid damage to finish. J. Operations and Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions for tightening connections, cleaning, operation and maintenance. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. General: Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. B. Connections: Tighten lug connections and mechanical fasteners. C. Finish: Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16476 - 3 7/23/2004 SECTION 16477 16 I") . L t:. INDIVIDUALLY ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Description of System: Provide enclosed unit-mounted overcurrent protection devices for all wiring and equipment in accordance with the NEC, all federal, state and local codes as required and/or as shown on the drawings. B. Discrepancies: If there are any conflicts or discrepancies in the construction documents or should the contractor disagree with the size of or application of, an overcurrent protection device called for on the drawings, the contractor shall bring it to the attention of the Engineer immediately. C. Manufacturer: All breakers shall be of the same manufacturer: Cutler Hammer, Square "D", (3eneral Electric, or Siemens. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Shop drawings shall clearly indicate: 1. Frame sizes and interrupting capacity of all circuit breakers. 2. Horsepower ratings of rated voltage of fused switches and/or circuit breakers. 3. Size and type of fuses being furnished. 4. Device is U.L. Listed, and bears the U.L. Label. 5. Device complies with these specifications, drawings, and applicable standards of NEMA, IEEE, ANSI, and ASA. 6. Submit coordination curves on log-log paper for all breakers. 7. Enclosure type and size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: All circuit breakers shall be molded-case, quick-make, quick-break, thermal- magnetic type, and shall be U.L. listed and rated for voltage and class of service to which applied. B. Multi-Pole Breakers: Double and triple pole breakers shall be of the common trip, single handle type. TFL-FM-404075 16477 - 1 7/23/2004 C. Fault Rating: Circuit breakers shall have a rating equal to or greater~a~e~9 ~ current available but in no case less than 10,000 amp interrupting capacity (AIC) at 240V and 14,000 AIC at 480V. Circuit breakers shall be fully rated for the available fault; Series rating is not allowed. D. Arc Fault: Arc-fault circuit interrupter device shall be provided where indicated on the drawings, and where required by NEC. Device shall be UL listed for operation required in recognizing characteristics unique to arcing, functioning to de-energize circuit when arc fault is detected. E. Shunt Trip: Shunt trip device shall be provided as breaker accessory, where indicated on drawings. Device shall trip breaker from remote location, via trip coil. For use with momentary or maintained push button. F. Ground Fault: Ground fault trip shall be provided as breaker accessory, where indicated on drawings. Device shall trip breaker electrically via ground fault sensing module. G. Solid State Circuit Breakers: Provide solid state circuit breakers for all breakers 400 amperes and above. Breakers shall have adjustable settings for long time pickup, long time delay, short-time pickup and short time delay. H. Enclosures: Provide NEMA 1 enclosure, unless otherwise noted. All breakers mounted outdoors shall be NEMA Type 3R or as noted NEMA Type 4X, stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine area to receive device and assure that there is adequate clearances to meet NEC requirements and normal maintenance issues. B. Correction: Start work only after any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide in complete accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and all applicable codes. B. Support: Enclosure shall be rigidly supported and installed per manufacturers recommended supporting instructions. Panels shall not be directly mounted to masonry walls; Use Kindorf, un i-strut or similar support. C. Storage and Delivery: Overcurrent device shall be delivered to the site during that phase of installation in order to avoid storing device on site where damage may occur. Replace any damaged parts prior to energizing panel. Cover enclosure to avoid damage to finish. D. Operations and Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions for tightening connections, cleaning, operation and maintenance. E. Work in Existing Distribution Equipment: Where drawings indicate new overcurrent protection devices to be installed in existing equipment, provide devices that match existing overcurrent device manufacturer, type, and mounting method. Match existing AIC ratings. TFL-FM-404075 16477 - 2 7/23/2004 3.03 TESTING 16C6 A. Refer to section 16020 for requirements of testing by independent testing contractor, prior to energizing overcurrent devices. END OF SECTION TFL -FM-404075 16477 - 3 7/23/2004 -.-.-..-.-.--.--"'--."-----.-----,,.---.'----"".""'....'''''"''.,"--------,"" SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the latest edition of the following standards as they apply to the different motor control types. B. ANSI: The latest edition of the Reference Standards for the American National Standards Institute shall apply as follows; 1. ANSI Y32.2, Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams. 2. ANSI Z55.1 (R1973) Gray finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment. C. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association shall ~pply as follows: 1. NEMA ICS-1, 2,3,4,5,6, controls and systems. D. NFPA: The latest adopted edition of the National Fire Protection Association shall apply as follows: 1. NFPA 70, National Electric Code (NEC). E. UL: The latest edition of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated shall apply as follows: 1. UL Electrical Construction Materials List, motor controllers. 1.03 INSTALLATION OF MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Responsibility: Unless specifically noted otherwise, motor controllers for all equipment requiring them shall be installed as part of this Division in conformance with other Sections of the specifications. Mechanical equipment, which has packaged starters, shall have controllers supplied with the mechanical equipment. B. Manufacturer: All starters shall be of the same manufacturer Cutler Hammer, Square "D", General Electric, or Siemens. TFL -FM-404075 16481-1 7/23/2004 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM It... L A. Description: Motor controllers shall be factory-assembled, metal-enclos rYOCO~OI units for distribution and control of power from incoming line terminals to outgoing feeder terminals, installed and tested in place. B. Provisions: Motor Controllers shall include all protective devices and equipment as listed on drawings or as included in these specifications, with necessary interconnections, instrumentation, and control wiring. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Products: Submit manufacturer's product data, including technical information on each type of motor control as follows; 1. Individually mounted AC Magnetic Starters: Shop Drawings shall clearly indicate: a. Frame sizes and Interrupting Capacity of starter and/or disconnect unit. b. Horsepower rating at rated voltage of starter and/or disconnect unit. c. Electrical ratings. d. Single line diagram for power and control connections with numbered terminals and all required accessories. e. All required accessories. f. Manufacturer's written r.acommendation for storage and protection, installation instructions and field test requirements. B. Te?tReports: Provide reports of aU production and field tests. Tests shall include rated continuous and short circuit currents, dielectric, grounding, operation and control. C. Operations and Maintenance Data: Provide manufacturer's instructions for tightening bus connections, performing cleaning, and operating and maintaining motor control unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Accessories: Controllers shall be equipped with auxiliary contacts, as required for proper control functions, minimum of two normally open auxiliary contacts, in addition to the normally open auxiliary seal-in interlock and shall be suitable for the addition of at least two additional external electrical interlocks, one normally open and one normally closed. All starters shall have green "run" and red "off' pilot lights, "Hand-Oft-Auto" selector switch, and nameplate. Control voltage shall be as required. Starters shall contain fused control transformers to provide correct control voltage. B. Power Monitor: For 3-phase motors $hp and above, controller shall include three-phase power monitor equal to Time Mark Corporation (Model #A2588, for 480V, 3 phase systems) (Model #2588 for 208V/240V, 3 phase systems) providing solid-state protection by opening starter for loss of any phase, low voltage of any or all phases, and phase reversal. Monitor shall be field adjustable for drop-out voltage of (340-480 VAC)(160-240 VAC). Provide monitor with auto-reset. TFL-FM-404075 16481-2 7/23/2004 C. Doors and Interlocks: Controller.door~ shall be i~terlocked mecha~icaIlYWi~hfe unit disconnect device to prevent unintentional op~nmg of the door while energl~e a~ C 6 unintentional application of power when door IS open. Means shall be provld ~ releasing the interlock for intentional access to the interior at any time and intentional application of power, if desired, while door is open. Padlocking arrangements shall permit locking the disconnect device OFF with at least three padlocks with door closed or open. Unit disconnect operating handle shall be mounted on the disconnect, not on the unit door and shall indicate ON and OFF with door open or closed. Overload relays shall be reset from outside the enclosure by means of an insulated bar or button. Auxiliary switch shall be included with the disconnect switch to disconnect control circuit when the disconnect is opened. D. Controller Ratings: Controllers shall be rated in accordance with NEMA sizes and horsepower ratings. All controllers shall be gravity dropout. All controllers size 5 and smaller shall have double break silver alloy contacts; starters size 6 and larger shall employ single break contacts. All contacts must be capable of being inspected, and must be removable, without removing line or load wiring. Coils on starters, size 5 and smaller, shall be molded construction. On size 6 and larger, coils may be form wound, taped, varnished and baked. E. Control Voltage: Each controller shall contain fused control transformer to provide correct control voltage. Control voltage shall be as required. Furnish control transformers as required. F. Internal Control Wiring: Each control wiring conductor shall have heat shrink identification labels on each end of termination. Termination~ shall be made to screw terminal strips. .AII points of terminal strips are to be labeled to match conductor labeling. G. Withstand ratings: Complete controller assemble shall have rating equal to or greater than available fault current, but in no case less than 35,000 amperes for 3-cycles. 2.02 ACROSS-THE-LlNE MAGNETIC CONTROLLERS A. Combination Starter and Disconnect: Combination starters and disconnect switches shall be a combination across-the-line magnetic type starter with motor short-circuit protector (magnetic only breaker) disconnect, rated in accordance with NEMA Standards, sizes and horsepower rating. Final magnetic setting of MCP shall be field set and recorded. Unit shall be mounted on NEMA I enclosures, unless otherwise noted. B. Individual Starter Without Disconnect: Individually mounted starters shall be across-the- line magnetic type rated in accordance with NEMA Standards, sizes, and horsepower ratings. Unit shall be mounted on NEMA I enclosure, unless otherwise noted. C. General: Starters shall be equipped with double break silver alloy contacts. All contacts shall be replaceable from front without removing starter from enclosure. Overload relays shall be provided in each phase, and shall be alloy or bimetallic type. Thermal units shall be of the one-piece construction and interchangeable. 2.07 ENCLOSURES A. Two (2) ground lugs shall be furnished, one (1) for incoming and one (1) for outgoing ground connections. TFL -FM-404075 16481-3 7/23/2004 "'-------"..,~-~- B. Power terminations shall consist of pressure-type terminals for top or bottom entrance. B. Nema Rating: Unit shall be supplied as NEMA 1 enclosed, unless othel£tG. 6 All enclosures mounted outdoors shall be NEMA Type 4R or as noted NEMA Type 4X, stainless steel. C. Gauge: Enclosures shall not be less than 16-gauge steel. Type 12 enclosures shall be of welded construction with gasketed heat sink and doors. D. Operating Handle: The operating handle of the disconnect, when supplied, shall always remain connected to the breaker or switch. The operating handle shall not be mounted on the door of the enclosure, but on the controller for safe "stand-aside" operation. The position of the operating handle will indicate ON or OFF position of switch or circuit breaker and include provision for padlocking in the OFF position. E. Door Interlock: Interlock provisions shall prevent unauthorized opening or closing of the starter door with the disconnect in the ON position. F. Lifting Means: The structure, when floor-mounted, shall be provided with adequate lifting means and shall be capable of being rolled or lifted into installation position and bolted to the floor. G. Status Panel: A door-mounted status panel shall provide individual light emitting .diodes (LEOs) ta indicate run, unde.rvoltage, phase loss, phase current unbalance, overcurrent trip, over-temperature, current limit, end of ramp, and incorrect phase rotation. H. Devices in Motor Control Centers: Units enclosed in motor control centers shall be of the same manufacturer as that of the circuit breaker and motor control center for coordination and design issues. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Coordination: Examine area to receive motor-control units to assure adequate clearance for motor control unit installation. 8. Provision: Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage: Do not store indoor motor control units exposed to weather. B. Protection: Physically protect motor control units against damage from work of other trades. Cover motor control units with suitable material to avoid damage to finish. TFL -FM-404075 16481-4 7/23/2004 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide motor control units in accordance with manufacturer's writtel 6 C 6 instructions, and the NEC. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing: Perform tests according to motor control unit manufacturer's instructions. Field tests prior to energizing as follows; 1. Megger check of phase to phase to ground insulation levels. 2. Continuity. 3. Short Circuit. 3.05 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. General: Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. B. Connections: Tighten bus connections and mechanical fasteners. C. Finish: Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. 3.06 CHECK-OUT MEMO A. General: Submit check-out memo from motor controller manufacturer's representative. END OF SECTION TFL -FM-404075 16481-5 7/23/2004 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Description of System: Light fixtures provided under this Division shall be provided complete with lamps and all necessary trim and mounting hardware, and installed as shown on the drawings. Light fixtures shall be neatly and firmly mounted, using standard supports for outlets and fixtures. Lamps shall be included in the system guarantee for a period of 90 days after final acceptance of the building. All fixtures and associated products shall be UL listed for the application intended. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted for all fixtures ballasts, lamps, special accessories, etc. Submittals for fixtures that require modifications either as specified or as required to fit this projects' architectural field conditions (i.e. luminous ceiling, wall/slot fixt~r~s, special fixtu~es) sh~1I also be provided. 1. Shop drawings shall be complete showing all dimensions and installation instructions required for this project's architectural/field conditions. 2. Shop drawings for exterior post/pole mounted light fixtures shall be provided and shall clearly indicate handhole and lightning protection ground lug mounted to post/pole at hand hole inside post/pole. Submit information on pole mounting, concrete base, etc. B. Product Data: Product data shall be submitted for all light fixtures showing: 1. dimensions 2. U.L. Label 3. fusing 4. metal gauge 5. lens/louver thickness 6. finish 7. voltage 8. lamps 9. ballasts C. Product data shall be submitted showing manufacturer's written recommendations for storage and protection, and installation instructions. 1.04 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protection: Physically protect fixtures against damage as recommended by manufacturer. TFL-FM-404075 16500-1 7/23/2004 - ~...._--_._-,~_.~.......,---<--,~.~._-'---'-" PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL 16C6 A. Fusing: All fluorescent fixtures provided under this Division which do not have electronic ballasts shall be individually fused with a renewable fuse in an external GLR holder. All fluorescent ballasts shall be CBM-ETL accepted, and shall be of the automatic thermal resetting type Class P. Provide ten extra renewable fuses to the Owner. B. Testing: All fixtures shall adhere to UL Test Standard No. 1571 and Section 410-65(c) of the National Electrical Code. C. Mounting: The contractor shall provide fixture trims and supports as required to match type of ceiling system. No ceiling fixture shall be ordered until the Ceiling System Installer has given written acceptance of the method and location of fixture hanging and fixture type. Fixtures shall be supported independent of the suspended ceiling system. Provide closed link jack chain at all four corners of fixtures utilizing a trapeze inverted "Y" connection. Provide individual supports at all four corners when trapeze connections conflict with mechanical work. D. Labels: All light fixtures and ballasts shall be UL listed. All light fixtures shall not have any labels exposed to normal viewing angles. This includes manufacturer labels and U.L. labels. All labels shall be concealed within the body of the fixture. No manufacturers name or logo shall appear on the exterior of any light fixtures unless accepted in writing by the engineer. 2.02 ELECTRONIC ~ALLAST A. General: Ballast shall be electronic type, high power factor and shall be covered by a five-year warranty against defects. Warranty shall include payment for normal labor costs of replacements of inoperative in-warranty ballasts. Ballast shall be rated for voltage system to which applied. The electronic ballast shall incorporate the following min. features: 1. Solid state ballast shall be compatible for use with F-32(32W), F-25(25W) and F- 17(17W) straight biax-type lamps. 2. Ballast shall be high frequency (20-62.5 KHz) and operate without detectable flicker. 3. Ballast shall be constant current rated 95 percent power factor. 4. Ballast shall have a thermo-setting, non-toxic, fire retardant partial filler to serve as a conformal coating and protective insulator against both internal and external damage. 5. Ballast shall have internal regulation of power consumption and light output under input line voltage fluctuations. 6. Ballast shall be minimum "A" sound rated and operate quiet. 7. Ballast case temperature shall not exceed 90 degrees C. 8. Ballast shall contain MOV transient surge protection. 9. Ballast shall not cause RFI interference. 10. Ballast shall have total harmonic distortion of less than 20 percent. 11.Ballasts (including compact fluorescent ballasts) shall be Instant Start Type B. Manufacturers: All ballasts shall be compatible to lamps provided. Ballasts shall be provided by one of the following manufacturers. No substitutions are allowed: 1. Advance 2. Osram/Sylvania 3. Universal Lighting Products (ULP) TFL-FM-404075 16500-2 7/23/2004 2.05 T -8 FLUORESCENT LAMPS 16Cb A. General: Provide lamps as follows: 1. 4 foot lamps, T-8, 32 watts, 4100 degrees K, 80 minimum CRI, 2850 minimum initial lumens, 20,000 average life. B. Design Selection: OSRAM-Sylvania, GE, or Philips. 2.06 COMPACT FLUORESCENT A. Lamps shall be 4100 degrees K, CRI of 82 minimum. Lamps 13 watts and below shall be rated minimum 10,000 hours life. Lamps 18 watts and above shall be rated minimum 10,000 hours life. Refer to light fixtures schedule for wattage of lamps. B. Design Selection: 1. OSRAM-Sylvania 2. GE 3. Philips 2.07 INCANDESCENT LAMPS A. General: Incandescent lamps shall be rated 130 volts. Average minimum rated lamp life shall be 2500 hours. . B. Design Selection: SuperSaver by OSRAM-Sylvania, .Watt-mis~r by GE. or Econo-watt by Philip·s. '. . . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sealing: Ducseal shall be installed to seal all conduits entering exterior light fixtures from underground. B. Instructions: Install all fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and NEC. C. Suspended Installation: Pendant mounted fluorescent fixtures installed in exposed ceiling areas are to be suspended from structure with all-thread rods and 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch Kindorf channels, full length of fixture/row. Mount outlet box at structure with flexible connection to fixture. D. Coordination: Coordinate fixtures installed in mechanical rooms with piping and ductwork prior to installation and relocate fixtures as required to provide proper illumination and access. E. All ballasts shall be securely mounted to eliminate resonate humming, 3.02 LAMPS A. Lamps: Provide two extra lamps for every HID lamp type. Provide ten extra lamps for every incandescent lamp type. Provide ten extra lamps for every fluorescent lamp type. TFL -FM-404075 16500-3 7/23/2004 B. Lamps shall be "burned in" for a period of 30 days prior to substantial completion of the project. All lamps requiring replacement (flickering, bum out, etc.) during this period through 90 days after Owner Acceptance shall be done so at no additional cost. 3.03 CLEAN-UP A. Luminaires: Prior to the Owner move-in, the Contractor shall clean all fixtures and remove any dust or dirt. Wash lens and glassware using cleaner such as "Windex" and dry with absorbent cloth. Clean plastic per manufacturer's recommendations; do not wipe. Clean "Alzak" aluminum surfaces (reflectors, fixture cones and the like) per manufacturer's recommendations being careful to remove fingerprints and smudges. 16C6 END OF SECTION TFL -FM-404075 16500-4 7/23/2004 SECTION 16670 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provIsions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide an extension of the existing lightning protection system as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. The lightning protection system shall be installed by a firm presently engaged in installations of Master Labeled or LPI certified lightning protection systems. The system as completed shall comply with the latest edition of UL96A, Installation Requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. and NFPA-780 "Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems." The system shall meet all requirements of these standards and the Lightning Protection Institute Standard of Practice LPI-175. All components required for a UL master label and a full LPI certification plate shall be provided whether or not such materials are specifically addressed by the contract drawings or described herein. B. Qualification: All installers shall be experienced with installing UL master labeled and LPI certified systems or ~f equiyalent quali~ication, as accepted in. writing by the engineer of recõrd. A UULPI certified installer shall be on the project site at all times during installation of the systems and shall supervise all of the installation. 1.03 COUNTERPOISE CONDUCTOR A. General: Where indicated on the drawings or required by NFPA 780, the structure shall be provided with a below-grade continuous counterpoise conductor, equal in size to the largest conductor in the building lightning protection system, or sized as indicated on the drawing. This conductor shall be installed at a minimum depth of two feet below finished grade and a minimum of two feet from the exterior foundation wall of the building. The counterpoise conductor shall be copper and extend continuously around the entire perimeter of the building. All joints and connections shall be exothermically welded. B. Counterpoise: As a minimum, the counterpoise conductor shall be connected to each of the following system components utilizing appropriate exothermic welds: 1. Each down conductor or steel column ground. 2. All counterpoise conductors on power and communications ducts which enter the building. 3. The building electrical service ground. 4. All metallic water and gas services entering the building (ahead of meter). 5. Counterpoise conductor on adjacent buildings (within fifty feet). 6. All metallic fence posts, safety railings, etc., or any other metallic item within ten feet of the project building. TFL -FM-404075 16670-1 7/23/2004 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Shop drawings identifying all system wiring and component placement, including all details, shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. The Contractor shall not perform any portion of the Work until the respective submittal has been accepted. All work shall be in accordance with accepted submittals. 16C6 B. Detail Submission: Details shall be submitted to the Engineer for review indicating the method of cabling connections and attachments starting at the top of the project building to the ground rods at the counterpoise. All details shall be appropriate for the project. C. Identification: All product data sheets submitted, for proposed system components, shall clearly identify the item being submitted and shall indicate the UL label. D. Suppression Device: All transient voltage surge suppressors for the project shall be submitted at the same time as the lightning protection floor plans, details and product data sheets are submitted. Each suppressor shall clearly indicate the item to be protected and shall comply with Section 16709 of these specifications. Suppressors shall be provided as required in NFPA 780 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or otherwise specified. E. Deviations: The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the acceptance of shop drawings, product data, samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Engineer in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Engineer has given written acceptance to the specific deviation. . . F. Certification: Provide documentation of UL master label, LPI certification or equivalent qualification of exact installer intended to do this particular job. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Labels: All materials used for the system installation shall comply in size, composition and weight to all requirements of NFPA U.L. and LPI for the class of system in which they are installed. All materials shall be labeled or listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in master labeled or LPI certified lightning protection systems. B. Material: Generally, the external lightning protection system at the roof level shall be constructed of aluminum cable and aluminum compatible components. The internal lightning protection system, starting with the down conductors and concluding at the ground termination system (counterpoise and dissipation points) shall be constructed of copper cable and copper compatible components. Likewise, all bonding conductors, equipotential loop conductors, etc, shall also be constructed of compatible cable and components. C. Compatibility: All portions of the system, whether copper or aluminum, shall be galvanically compatible to the building material to which they are to be attached. Connections between copper and aluminum portions of the system shall be made with appropriate bimetallic coupling devices. In all areas, the conductor shall be supported to maintain clearance from all galvanically incompatible materials or shall be of the same material if permitted within these specifications. D. Components: All system components (i.e. air terminals, bases, connectors, cable, thru-roof fittings, ground rods, etc.) shall be, to the maximum extent possible, the product of a single manufacturer. All components shall be Class I or " as required by NFPA 780 or as noted. TFL-FM-404075 16670-2 7/23/2004 All air terminal bases shall be securely mounted to the building slructurlP,eC.,6 mechanical fasteners. Adhesive type air terminal bases are acceptable only where hard setting epoxy adhesive is utilized, where mechanical fastening is prohibited by the roofing manufacturer and where acceptable to the code authority having jurisdiction. Submit shop drawings for all proposed air terminal mounting details. 2.02 AIR TERMINALS A. General: Air Terminals shall be solid aluminum or copper as required to match the building system to which they attach. Air terminals shall protrude a minimum of 10 inches above the object to be protected. Center roof terminals shall be 24" high. Air terminal points shall be blunt with the radius of curvature equal to the rod diameter. B. Base: Each air terminal shall be equipped with the correct type of base for the location in which it is mounted. C. Roof Top Equipment: Air terminals and interconnecting cable shall be provided for all roof mounted equipment (fans, AlC equipment, etc.) subject to a direct strike as required by NFPA 780 and as shown. 2.03 CONDUCTORS A. General: Main roof conductors shall be aluminum unless otherwise specified or required and shall provide a two-way path from each air terminal horizontally or downward to connections with down conductors. Conductors shall be free of excessive splices and bends. No bend of a conductor shall form an included angle of less than 90 degrees nor have a radius of bend of less than 8 inches. Conductors shall be. secured. to the structure at intervals not exceeding 3 fe·et with àppioved fasteners. Cables connected to "thru-roof' connectors may rise from the roof to the connector at a maximum slope of 3 inches per foot, not exceeding 3 feet horizontally in air. B. Down Conductors: Down conductors shall be copper and shall be concealed in the exterior wall construction or structural columns. Where run in or on reinforced concrete columns, bond dowriconductor to the re-bar at top and bottom of column. Down conductors shall be spaced at intervals averaging not more than 100 feet around the perimeter of the structure. If project structure is of structural steel frame construction, down conductors may be omitted and roof conductors shall be connected to the structural steel frame at intervals averaging not more than 100 feet around the perimeter of the structure. Connections to the steel frame shall be made with heavy duty bonding plates having 8 square inches of contact surface or with exothermic welds. C. Shop Drawing: Submit all conductor types in shop drawings. Each conductor shall be identified as to location in the lightning protection system. 2.04 ROOF PENETRATIONS A. General: Roof penetrations required for down conductors or for connections to structural steel framework shall be made using pre-manufactured U.L. approved thru-roof type assemblies with solid rods, PVC sleeves and appropriate roof flashing. Roof flashing shall be compatible with the roofing system and shall be provided under this contract and installed by the roofing contractor. Submit roof flashing data sheets and letter of acceptance from roofing contractor in shop drawing package. 2.05 COMMON GROUNDING TFL-FM-404075 16670-3 7/23/2004 A. General: Common grounding of all ground mediums within the project b'd~.S",I¿e made by interconnecting with main size conductors, fittings as required orex~~~O B. Bonding: Grounded metal bodies located within the required bonding distance (as determined by the bonding distance formulas in NFPA 780) shall be bonded to the system using bonding conductors and fittings. Bond to rebar utilizing exothermic weld connections. 2.06 GROUND TERMINATIONS A. General: Two ground terminations shall be provided for each down conductor and shall consist of two 5/8 inch x 10 feet copper-clad ground rods with a 10 to 15 foot separation. Each down conductor shall be connected to the ground rods by an exothermic weld connection. Tops of ground rods shall be located 2 feet below finished grade and 2 feet from the foundation wall and shall extend a minimum of 10 feet vertically into the earth. Where a counterpoise is provided, rods shall be interconnected with the counterpoise. B. General: Where the structural steel framework is utilized as the down conductor for the system, every other perimeter steel column shall be grounded but no more than 60 feet apart. Steel columns shall be grounded using bonding plates having 8 square inches of surface contact area or with exothermic welds. Conductors from the steel column connections to the ground terminations shall be full size copper lightning conductors. 2.07 FASTENERS A. General: Conductor fasteners shall be manufactured of a material which is compatible with the type of conductor being supported. Fasteners shall be of sufficient strength to properly support_ each c0!lductor or terminal base, etc. . 2.08 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Equipment manufactured by Thompson Lightning Protection, Inc., Harger Lightning Protection, Independent Lightning Protection or East Coast Lightning Protection shall be considered acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS A. General: Conductors shall be installed to interconnect all air terminals to the system of grounding electrodes, and in general provide a minimum of at least 2 paths to ground from any air terminal on the system. Conductors shall provide a horizontal or downward path between the system air terminals and grounding electrode system. B. Routing: Conductors shall be routed in such a manner that maximum concealment from public view is achieved. Down conductors may be installed in one-inch PVC conduit from roof to grade. C. Counterpoise Conductors: Counterpoise conductors shall be installed after finished grades are established to insure specified depth and to minimize the possibility of damage. Any counterpoise conductor which is cut or damaged shall be repaired or replaced with no additional cost to the contract. D. Connections: All connections between conductors below grade shall be exothermically welded. Improper application of weld shall be replaced at no additional cost to the contract. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GROUND RODS TFL -FM-404075 16670-4 7/23/2004 A. General: Ground rods shall be installed vertically at each down conduir~G" n~a minimum of 2 feet from the building foundation wall. Inspection and docum n . at h grounded location, weld, depth of counterpoise, etc., shall be made 0 0 a III. Contractor shall notify engineer in writing to request inspection of underground work and for L.P.I. inspection before backfill. Allow a minimum of one week for engineer to make the inspection after notification from contractor. B. Test/Inspection Wells: Provide prefabricated test and inspection wells for all ground rods installed in paved or concrete areas. 3.03 BONDING OF SECONDARY METALLIC BODIES A. Structure Grounding: Provision shall be made at the roof level on reinforced concrete structures for bonding between the roof or down conductors, metallic elements of the roof system and metallic exterior wall systems. B. Bonding: All down conductors run in concrete columns shall be bonded to the reinforcing steel at the top and the bottom of the column. 3.04 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. General: All elements of the Lightning Protection System shall be installed in a professional and workmanlike manner consistent with the best industry practices. B. Concealed Installation: All system components shall be concealed to the maximum extent possible to preserve the aesthetic appearance of the project building on which the system is installed. 3.05 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Coordination: The Contractor shall coordinate his work with all trades, to insure the use of proper materials and procedures in and around the roof in order not to jeopardize the roofing warranty. B. Fasteners: Where fasteners are to be embedded in masonry or the structural system, they shall be coordinated to insure installation at the proper time of construction. C. Certification: Upon completion of the installation the Contractor shall provide to the owner the Master Label issued by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for the installation, and the LPI certification issued by LPI. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16670-5 7/23/2004 SECTION 16701 COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified of this section. 1.02 SUBMITTAL A. Scope: Technical Information brochures shall be submitted for approval before the start of construction as noted in other Sections of these specifications. The brochure shall be a part of the brochure as submitted by Division 16, shall contain the following additional information, and shall be prepared as follows; 1. Provide complete front panel equipment fabrication dimensions with equipment locations of equipment racks and cabinets. 2. Submittal shall include equipment wiring terminal point-to-point color coded wiring diagrams. Drawings shall show each item of equipment, locations, all wiring, and all connections. Drawings shall be the same size as contract drawings. Wiring shall be as described by the specifications or if no color code is specifically mentioned, the color code shall be as recommended by the equipl!le"nt manufacturer. All _ " shèets shall include a right hand margin title block (see contract drawings). All devices schematically represented on wiring diagrams shall be identified with room numbers corresponding to equipment locations in the building. 3. Submittal shall include block-diagram of equipment to show equipment relationship and signal flow paths. 4. Fire alarm system drawings shall show the current requirements of each device in each circuit and the total required for each circuit module for supervisory current status, alarm current requirements, battery standby current and the calculations, and transformer size selection calculations. 5. Submittal information shall include the following manufacturer's published data and specific data for the system or equipment submittal for approval: (1) Complete operating instructions, (2) Complete schematic drawings for each item of equipment, (3) Complete maintenance instructions. 6. The Contractor shall submit with equipment submittal a complete resume of systems installed during the past five years of this type and size. 7. A resume outlining the technical background of the system contractor foreman for this project shall be provided. 8. License: Contractor shall submit a copy of state of Florida license. 1.03 QUALITY A. Substituted Materials: The Contractor is expected to base his bid on materials and equipment complying fully with the drawings and specification. In the event he bases his TFL-FM-404075 16701-1 7/23/2004 -""-,-",.-.....^.."'-_..----.._'".~."._.__.<.<~.. bid on materials or equipment which do not conform, he shall be responsible fðl L f' 6 providing materials and equipment which fully conform at no change in his cO.C(9"ib In any case, where a specific specification for any item that is required is not shown, the Contractor shall provide only the best quality equipment or material consistent with the quality of other specified equipment and material. The items of equipment shall be provided in the quantity as shown by the drawings or in the quantity as specified herein. R Responsibility of Substitutions: The use of acceptable equipment does not relieve the Contractor of responsibifity for the substituted equipment. The Contractor, at no cost to the Owner, shall remove and replace with the specified equipment any equipment or system that shows evidence of improper operation, function, or size. C. Responsibifity: It is the responsibility of the Contractor to supply a working overall system. All equipment and material as well as labor must be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in the specification or shown by the drawings. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Authorized Distributor: Proof shall be required at the time of equipment submittal for acceptance, that the Company or Firm is an accepted representative for the sale, installation, and service of the equipment submitted for acceptance. R Qualifications of Distributor: Proof shall be required at the time of submittal acceptance that the Firm or Company is an established organization, within (100) miles of the project, and has successfully completed projects of this type and has an acceptable reputation for service to installations of this type. Distributor, if requested, shall submit the name and location of similar project and dates of completion. Distribl,!tor must.maintain a fully- staffed and equipped·servicè organization, and must regularly offer maintenance service for systems of this type and size. C. Contractor Qualifications: The Contractor directly responsible for this work shall be a "Systems Contractor" who is, and who has been, regularly engaged in the providing and installation of commercial and industrial communication systems of this type and size for at least the immediate past five years. D. Training: All equipment shall be installed by a technician trained by the equipment manufacturer or a recognized training school or course for the installations of this type system. The Contractor shall, if requested by the Engineer, show proof of a specific individual's training. E. Installers: The Systems Contractor shall directly employ a suitable number of skilled systems installers whose normal work is systems installation, who shall provide all systems equipment and who shall make the wire and cable connections thereto. F. Provisions: As part of the project submittal it shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the Contractor has: 1. Adequate plant and equipment to do the work properly and expeditiously. 2. Adequate staff and technical experience. 1.05 WARRANTY, SERVICE AND INSTRUCTION A. Warranty: The System Contractor shall provide, at no cost to the Owner, a one year warranty to replace or repair any parts or units that may fail or prove to be inoperative by normal use. TFL-FM-404075 16701-2 7/23/2004 B. Service: Contractor shall provide service within 24 hours of request for servic1a~ C 6 between 8 A.M. to 5 P.M. Monday through Friday. 0 C. Instruction: The Systems Contractor shall provide a one time, minimum four-hour period of instruction to the Owner, at no cost to the Owner, between 8 A.M. to 5 P.M. Monday through Friday. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS OF EQUIPMENT A. General: In order for systems or equipment substitutions to be accepted, complete catalog data proving that the proposed equipment and design is equal to the equipment and design as specified shall be submitted for acceptance. All systems, except the systems used for design criteria as indicated by model number and/or name of manufacturer, shall be submitted for acceptance not less than 10 days prior to bid date, complete with engineering data including signal flow, diagrams, for system analysis. The submittals shall be reviewed, and if acceptable, an addendum shall be issued indicating specific acceptability. B. Manufacturers: Any Model number or manufacturer's name shown without an additional accepted substitution model number or manufacturer's name shall be as specified and substitutions shall not be accepted. C. Testing of Samples: Where, in the Engineers opinion, the submittal data or the manufacturer's literature is insufficient for purposes of an evaluation, the individual or firm making the submittal shall arrange for sample items of equipment to be delivered to the Engineer for his inspection and evaluation or the Contractor.snall arrange for.a field test of the equipmen( as may be requested by the Engineer. 1.07 EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION A. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: All fire alarm equipment, including accessories to the system and including all wire and cable, shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories· product directory called "Fire Protection Equipment" and/or "The Electrical Construction Materials List." B. Factory Mutual, Inc.: An equivalent listing by Factory Mutual shall be required for fire alarm system equipment. 1.08 CODES AND STANDARDS A. National Fire Protection Association: Fire alarm system devices shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70, 72, 90A, 101, and all additional applicable codes. B. Local Authority having Jurisdiction: Equipment shall be installed in accordance with requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. General: Products shall be as specified in the appropriate section of the specifications as specified herein. TFL -FM-404075 16701-3 7/23/2004 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION OF THE WORK 1 A. Drawings: The drawings are diagrammatic. The Contractor shall correlaterlf..a6 C 6 equipment locations with governing Architectural and all engineering drawings and lay out all work before installation so that all trades may provide equipment in spaces available. The Contractor shall provide coordination as required for the installation of the system in a neat and workmanlike manner. .~ .~ B. Existing Conditions: The Contractor shall check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding and advise Engineer of discrepancies prior to bid. C. Coordination: The Contractor shall provide all required coordination and supervision where work connects to or is affected by work of others, and comply with all requirements affecting this Division. Work required under other divisions, specifications, or drawings to be performed by this section shall be coordinated by the Contractor. D. Wiring: All wiring unless otherwise noted, shall be of the same accepted type as used for electric light power wiring. Wiring shall meet the requirements of all National, State and local electrical codes and NFPA. The sizes of the wires shall be those specified. Color code shall be used throughout. All wires shall be test free from ground, crosses between conductors, and shorts. E. Connections: All connections of stranded wire to screw terminals shall be by insulated spade lugs, crimp fastened to wire. No splices shall be made within a conduit run. All non-terminal block connections shall be made with mechanical connectors or rosin core soldér: with insulation"equal to conductor insulation and as accepted by the Engineer. F. Wiring: All conductors shall be marked with wrap type (Brady labels" All terminal block terminations shall be labeled. The inside portion of the terminal cabinet doors shall display a protected terminal cabinet drawing with all connections shown and described as to color code, number assigned to connection function of conductor and destination. Wire shall be guided within terminal cabinets by cable supports. All conductors shall be neatly led to terminations. G. Cabinets: All communication cabinets shall be labeled with an engraved plastic laminate label riveted to the door. Cabinet designation shall be as shown on the contract drawings. H. Equipment Installation: All equipment shall be mounted flush to the mounting surface and shall be plumb. The Contractor shall coordinate the location of all conduit, boxes and requirements. The Contractor shall examine boxes at the proper time to assure correct box alignment and type. All screws shall be of the correct type for each device as to head size, material and slot type. I. Standards: Installation shall conform to the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. Workmanship shall be of the highest quality. All connections and equipment installation and adjustment shall be made by or supervised by a Journeyman Electronic Technician. J. Final: The systems upon completion, shall be complete in every respect-clean, operating and properly adjusted and in perfect operating condition. TFL-FM-404075 16701-4 7/23/2004 3.02 ENGINEER'S FINAL INSPECTION 16 C 6 A. Scheduling: Before requesting a final inspection, all systems shall be inspected by the equipment manufacturer's representative. When the system and all equipment is in place and is operating properly, the manufacturer's representative shall complete the check-out memo and have all equipment ready for final inspection. Final as-built drawings and brochures shall be provided to the Engineer one week prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16701-5 7/23/2004 SECTION 16709 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS 16C6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Surge Suppressors for AC Power Systems B. Surge Suppressors Communication Circuits 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16110: Raceways and Conduits 1.03 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. General: The latest edition of the following standards and publications shall apply to the work of this section; 1. ANSI/IEEE C62.33 IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Varistor Surge Protective Devices. 2. ANSI/IEEE C62.35 IEEE Standard Test Specification for Avalanche Junction Semiconductor Surge Protective Devices. 3. 'ANSI/IEEE C62.36 IEEE Standard Test Methods for Surge Protectors Used in Low- Voltage AC Power Circuits. 4. ANSI/IEEE C62.41.1 - 2002 IEEE Guide on the surge environment in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits, including a broad database. 5. IEEE C62.41.2 - 2002 - IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage (1000V and less) AC Power Circuits. 6. ANSI/IEEE C62.45 - 2002 Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 7. IEEE Standard 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding 8. IEEE Standard 518 Recommended Guide on Electrical Noise 9. UL-1283 Standard for Safety - Electromagnetic Interference Filters 10. UL-1449, 2nd Edition Standard for Safety - Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors 11. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 12. NFPA 75 Standard for Protection of Electronic Computer Systems 13. NFPA 780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems 14. Military Standard (MIL Std.) 220A TFL-FM-404075 16709-1 7/23/2004 ------..~_._---~'" 15. Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) Publication 94 a. cClrr Rec. K-17 Waveform specification for electronic systems 16C6 16. NEMA LS-1 Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Transient voltage surge suppressor (TVSS) or Surge Protective Device (SPD) is the equipment required for the protection, within specified and tested limits, of AC electrical circuits and electronic equipment from the effects of lightning induced voltages, external switching transients and internally generated switching transients. Individual suppressors shall be provided where shown on the drawings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 16010, Basic Electrical Requirements. B. Submit installation details for all suppressors demonstrating mechanical and electrical connections to equipment being protected. C. Submit specific test data for the actual method of installation proposed. Submittals will not be reviewed unless they include proper project related data. Interpretation of standard manufacturers published data will not be acceptable unless the data coincides with the actual installation procedure, including wiring lengths, overcurrent and short circuit protection, cleara.nces and space requirements. Do Submittals shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following data; 1. Complete data for each suppressor type indicating conductor sizes, conductor types, connection configuration, lead lengths and all appropriate dimensions. 2. Dimensions for each suppressor type indicating mounting dimensions and required accessory hardware. 3. Certified test data from a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory indicating the ability of the product to meet or exceed all requirements of this specification. Tested units shall survive all testing and be fully functional without damage. 4. If requested, a sample, which will be returned, of each suppressor type to be used shall be submitted. 5. Drawings shall be provided indicating suppressor mounting arrangement and lead length configuration, and mounting arrangement of remote diagnostic equipment and assemblies. 6. List and detail all protection systems such as fuses, disconnecting means and protective materials. 7. Documentation of type of suppression components utilized within the TVSS to perform the rated and tested purpose. Documentation provided to UL for listing purposes is acceptable. Confidentiality agreements will be signed as required for access to this documentation. TFL-FM-404075 16709-2 7/23/2004 8. Listing to UL 1449, 2nd Edition and inciude UL 1449;td Edition Iistin1~~6 page verifying UL clamping voltage stated on catalog data. Conformance to appropriate referenced standards and publications listed in paragraph 1.03A. 9. The submittal shall include a listed comparison and proof of compliance with each paragraph of these specifications. E. Submitted components shall comply through verified testing to the minimum and maximum values listed and shall be equal to or better than the characteristics specified herein. 10. 1.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Submit in accordance with Section 16010, Basic Electrical Requirements. 1.07 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record actual locations of suppressors, grounding terminations, bonding connections, and routing of system conductors in project record documents. B. Installation Certification: After installation, the manufacturer shall furnish a letter indicating that the installation was inspected by a factory authorized representative, the date of inspection, date equipment was put into service, and that it meets all of the manufacturer's wiring and installation requirements. Submit three copies to the Engineer for review. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surge suppression, grounding and bonding shall effectively protect within tested limits, the systems to which applied against lightning transients, internal and external switching transients, and other surge transients throughout a ten year unconditional warranty period. Surge Protective devices (SPD) and related grounding and bonding systems shall be designed and installed in such a manner that normal operation, performance ratings, and listing of the system is not impaired by the installation of such devices, wiring or connections. B. Any SPD which shows evidence of failure or incorrect operation during the ten year warranty period shall be repaired or replaced at no expense to Owner including labor and materials. Since "Acts of Nature" or similar statements include the lightning threat to which these suppression devices shall be exposed, any such general clause limiting warranty responsibility in the general conditions of this specification shall not apply to this section. The warranty shall cover the entire device not just the modules. C. Installation of SPD in or on electrical or electronic distribution systems and equipment shall in no way compromise or violate equipment listing, function, labeling, or warranty of the distribution equipment. D. All surge protective devices (SPD) and supporting components shall be guaranteed by the installing contractar to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ten years from the date of substantial completion for the system to which the SPD is attached. Suppressors or components damaged prior to substantial completion shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in surge suppression equipment of the type herein specified with minimum ten years documented experience. TFL-FM-404075 16709-3 7/23/2004 ..,~.,.-----_.-_._..,~-~.--~_.._.-'_...- B. Installer: Installation shall be by the manufacturer or a duly licensed electrical contractor. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS 16 C 6 A Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 1.11 COORDINATION A Coordinate work with electrical installations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A The intent of this specification is to allow manufacturers with similar equipment utilizing silicon avalanche diode or metal oxide varistor (MOV) technology to provide transient voltage surge suppression which will adequately protect equipment within the guidelines set forth herein. B. The surge protective devices manufacturer shall offer factory repair service and replacement for all units. The manufacturer shall provide this service within four working days, and provide replacement components shipped to the Owner for installation within the allocated response time. C. Single Sources of Supply: All AC power suppressors (SPD) shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer - Advanced Protection Technology (APT), ·leviton, EFI E!ectroni.cs. . Corp., G:E.,Cutler Hammer and Atlantic Scientific. All electrånic system suppressors shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer, Transtector, Northern Technologies, Ditek, Cutler Hammer, EDCO, Phoenix, Polyphaser or Atlantic Scientific. Manufacturers listed herein have demonstrated that they can provide equipment that meets or exceeds all specification requirements with specific models tested. Specific demonstration of meeting all specification requirements is required for any submitted equipment even though listed herein. 2.02 COMPONENTS A Main Service and Distribution Equipment Suppressors (SPD): The AC. Voltage Surge Protective Devices shall be a high speed, high current solid-state device designed to protect electronic equipment and electrical systems from transient over voltages. It shall safely limit the magnitude of a transient overvoltage present on the AC. service or distribution power lines. The suppressor shall provide continuous bi-polar, bi-directional, non-interrupting protection and be capable of instant automatic reset with a maximum of 0.5% degradation in protection capabilities. Gas tubes are not acceptable. The suppressor shall be solid state, utilizing silicon junction avalanche diodes or MOV's. At maximum surge current dissipation, the device shall not exceed the maximum voltage protection level (MXVPl). The suppressor assembly shall be installed on the load side and in parallel with the service main disconnect, distribution or branch panel main lugs or breaker as shown. Connect suppressor to over current protection sized as shown with an AIC rating equal to panel or switch gear rating. The suppressor shall be contained in an enclosure appropriate for the environmental application in accordance with paragraph 2.02C. In addition, it shall have status indicator lights, dry contacts with remote alarm capabilities and an audible alarm. Suppressors shall be assembled as modular units to permit quick, easy replacement of failed components. Provide one spare "module" of each type suppressor for Owner's use. If entire suppressor is one module, provide one complete spare. TFl-FM-404075 16709-4 7/23/2004 1. Electrical Characteristics 16C6 a. Voltage 480/277 V AC 120/208 V AC b. Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz c. Phases 3 phase 3 phase d. Wiring configuration 4 wire, Wye 4 wire, Wye e. IEEE 62.41.2-2002 (Tables 2,3, and 4) categories unless otherwise indicated on the drawings: Service Entrance Sizes ~ 600A C low (6kv/3ka) C low (6kv/3ka) including optional 100k including optional 1 OOk Hi! ring wave test Hi! ring wave test > 600 A C high (20kv/10ka) C high (20kv/10ka) including optional 100K including optional 1 OOk Hi! ring wave test Hi! ring wave test Distribution or Sub -panels C low(6kv/3ka) including C low(6kv/3ka) including optional 100k optional 100k Hi! ring wave test Hi! ring wave test . f. IEEE 62.41.2-2002" (Table 7) 10/1000 µs long wave requirements. Use "High Exposure" level for all suppressor locations. 1 kV & 4 kA 0.5 kV & 2 kA 2. Electrical Performance a. Max. Voltage Protection Level 750 volts 400 volts (MXVPL)(L-N)(10x1000 µsec peak peak long wave) b. Max. Voltage Protection Level per IEEE 62.41.2-2002 900 volts 450 volts (6kv 1.2I50µs, peak peak 3 ka 8/20µs) C low (20KV 1.2/50µs; 10KA 8/20µs) 900 volts 500 volts Chigh peak peak UL 1449 2nd Edition SVR's 800 volts 400 volts (6 kv, 1.2I50µs;0.5 ka 8/20µs) peak peak c. Max. Continuous Operating 115% 115% Voltage (MCOV) of nominal minimum minimum line TFL -FM-404075 16709-5 7/23/2004 d. Max. Surge Current Dissipation See 2.02.A.1.e & f per Phase per Polarity (the voltage protection levels per paragraphs 2.02.A.2.a & b shall not be exceeded during this performance test.) See 2.02.A.1.e & f 16C6 e. Response Time ~5 ns ~5 ns f. Min. Service Life The suppressor shall be provided with a 10 year unconditional warranty or shall meet the following surge tests without being damaged or changing the voltage protection level (clamping voltage) by.:!:10% of initial value provided. Maximum 50-60 seconds between pulses. (1) Shortwave Test- surge current and voltage 1000 surges (6kV, 1.2/50µs; 3kA, 8/20µs) C low (20kv, 1.2/50µs; 10ka, 8/20µs) C high 1000 surges . (2) Longwave - surge current 5000 surges (1 0 x 1 000 µs) (1 kv & 4 kA @ 277V 0.5 kV & 2 kA @ 120V) 5000 surges h. Temperatures- (1) Operating (2) Storage O°C to +50°C. -20°C to +65°C. - O°C to +50°C. -20°C to +65°C. i. Electrical Safety UL 1449 2nd Edition Lst. including AIC rating UL 1449 2nd Edition Lst. including AIC rating j. Suppression system shall be normal mode (L-N) only (for 480/277VAC & 208/120 VAC services). L-G & N-G may be provided only where filtering circuitry is NOT included in these modes. k. Power On Indicators and Failure Detection (for 480/277VAC & 208/120 VAC): A lighted panel on the cover shall provide indication that the suppressor is properly activated and shall also indicate mode failure. If the suppressor fails, an isolated 2 amp -120 V AC contact shall close. In addition, an audible alarm with manual silence and reset provisions shall be provided. I. Failure mode - SPD's shall be designed to fail shorted. Any fuses in series with the SPD's shall not open during a surge event. Fuses shall only operate during a fault condition. TFL-FM-404075 16709-6 7/23/2004 B. Disconnect: Main service suppressors shall be provided with an ir1tg~ f('!!Jet.. disconnect switch or external branch circuit breaker as shown or reC\llreO~lQ Breakers and suppressors shall have an AIC fault interrupting rating (AIC) equal or greater than the AIC rating of the equipment to which it is connected. The length of wiring from the tap at the service conductors to the suppressor being protected, however, shall not exceed the maximum length permitted by manufacturer, to maintain the maximum voltage protection level. Suppressors may be installed within switchgear or panelboards where permitted under UL label or listing, provisions, suppressors are completely and easily accessible for replacement of module(s), indicator lights are visible exterior to the enclosure and audible alarm can be easily heard. C. Enclosures: Enclosures for main service suppressors shall be as follows; 1. Minimum 14 gauge painted steel or suitable enclosure to meet the NEMA selected requirements as listed with fully hinged door and lockable latch. a. NEMA 1 (General Purpose). b. NEMA 4 Watertight, and dust-tight. c. NEMA 4X Watertight, dust-tight and corrosion resistant. d. NEMA 12 Dust-tight and drip-tight (where specified on drawings). D. Operation Status Indicator, Audible remote signaling and Visual Systems for service entrance equipment: 1. Install in front enclosure of equipment a. Visual System Equipment with LED indicator lights per phase. 1. Protection: Suppressor Working - Green LED's. 2. Warning/Fault: Suppressor Burnout - Red LED's. 3. LED's shall be field replaceable. 4. Other visual indicators where approved. b. Remote Signaling (1) Relay with Auxiliary Form C contacts: Two sets @ 2 ampere, 120 volts each. 1 Set N.D. and 1 set N.C. to operate upon failure of suppression module, blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker in suppressor module or in disconnect switch for alarm connection to remote location. c. Audible - The audible alarm shall activate upon a fault condition within the suppressor. An alarm silence/reset switch and push-to-test switch shall be provided. E. Plug-in Receptacle SPD Devices: (Receptacles Suppressor) - Unit shall include the following features: 1. Instant automatic reset after safely eliminating transient surges from switching transients, induced lightning, inductive motor switching and other forms of transient over voltages in normal mode (L-N) only. TFL-FM-404075 16709-7 7/23/2004 "..,...-.......---- 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 2. Designed for 120 VAC, 1 phase (3 wire service), plug-in applications arranged to plug into any 15 or 20 amp, duplex, grounded receptacle. 3. A minimum of two single or one duplex, grounded 20 amp recltaGsC 6 To be connected in parallel. 4. 5. Employ only solid-state, silicon avalanche junction diode suppressors or metal oxide varistors. 6. Response time: Jess than 5 nanoseconds. 7. Suppression power: Minimum 12,000 watts or 12 joules. (10 x1000 µs pulse), at a max.vPL of 300Vpeak. 8. Operating temperature: -O°C to 50°C. 9. Voltage (V peak) protection level: 220 Minimum, 300 Maximum (10x1000 µS pulse). 330 maximum per UL 1449. 2nd Edition. Service Frequency: 50/60 Hertz. Life expectancy: 10 years plus. Minimum 10 year unconditional warranty. Indicator light to turn on when unit is non-operational. (Usually Off) Int~rnally fused to take unit off-line if it self-saCrifices to prot-ect against catastrophic power failure. Equipment plugged into suppressor shall continue to operate. Warranty: 3 year guarantee to be repaired or replaced at no cost if damaged by normal operating use during the warranty period. U.L 1449, 2nd Edition listed (6kV 1.2/50 µs; 500 A 8/20 µs). IEEE C62.41.2 - 2002 Cat. A and B tests for tables 2 and 3 ring wave and combination wave tests. Select category based on locations as defined in IEEE C62.41.2 - 2002. F. Receptacle suppressor with one input and one output RJ-11 jacks: Unit shall be same as in paragraph 'E' above with the addition of 1-telephone protector and 2-RJ-11 (input and output) jacks with common grounds with the AC power. Telephone protector shall have the following characteristics and shall provide common and normal mode protection. 1. D-C Protective Level voltage (maximum) T-R ..... ....... ... ......... ...... ... ....300-380V T -G............ ........ ......... ....... ..300-380V R-G..... .......... ..... ................ ..300-380V 2. Leakage Current (max @ 60HZ).............<10µa 3. Holding current (min.)...................260 ma 4. Peak On-State Voltage IT = 1A............3V TFL-FM-404075 16709-8 7/23/2004 5. Response time............................ <1 ns 6. Peak Pulse Current (1 Ox1 OOOµs) a. Applied between T-R, T-G, R-G.......100A b. Applied simultaneously T-G and R-G.......200A 16C6 7. Capacitance.... ............... ...... ..... <1 OOpf G. 120V direct nipple-connected Hard Wired suppressors shall be provided with mounting provisions and wire leads for hardwire connection. Suppressors shall have the same characteristics as the above specified receptacle suppressors (E). H. Bonding and Grounding Conductors and Materials for Main Service Suppressors: 1. Size: Conductors utilized for surge suppressor connections to service conductors or overcurrent devices shall be a minimum of #6 AWG stranded insulated copper unless otherwise specified or required by the manufacturer. 2. Bus: Ground bus or strip material where used shall be copper, a minimum of 1/4 inch thickness and two inches wide unless otherwise specified. Bus materials shall be secured to surfaces with a appropriate insulators and mechanical fasteners. Bus connections shall be bolted and reinforced as necessary to provide a. permanent and secure connection. 3. Connections Compliance: Connectors, splices, and other fittings used to intercon.nect g~ou.nding cO Jductors, bonding to equipment-or ground bars, shall comply with requirements of the National Electric Code and be accepted by Underwriters' Laboratories for the purpose. 4. Connectors: Connectors and fittings for grounding and bonding conductors shall be of the compression type in above grade locations. Connections below grade shall be exothermically welded. 5. Dissimilar Materials: Bonding connections between electrically dissimilar metals shall be made using exothermic welds or using bi-metal connectors designed to prevent galvanic corrosion. I. Communication Lines: The following standard for separately mounted telephone and signal line suppressors shall apply. All protectors shall be securely mounted at protected equipment location. All suppressors shall provide common (L-G) and normal (L-L) protection. Suppressors shall be tested in accordance with IEEE C62.36-1994 or later edition as a minimum. Protective interfacing with the telephone wire pairs shall be listed to UL 497 A. J. Data Line Protection: Solid state, silicon avalanche diode circuitry for protection from over voltages on long cable runs employing standard RS-232, 9, 15, or 25-pin "0" connectors utilized to interface a remote station with a host CPU. Unit shall have 2 built-in or ribbon cable attached connectors (in and out) and an external ground lug or cable. Connect ground lug or cable to CPU or terminal grounding system with a No. 12 copper green insulated stranded ground wire as short as possible. Select pins requiring protection based on protected equipment wiring requirements. Protectors shall be designed to be easily installed on multiplex panels with connector spacing at a minimum of 1.0 inch centers. TFL -FM-404075 16709-9 7/23/2004 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Signal line voltage (max)·........................15v peak Leakage at signal voltage........................<5m amp Voltage protection level. ·........................16v peak Response time····..········.....................5 nanoseconds or less Impedance per line···.....·.......................40 OHM max. Peak power dissipation..........................15,OOO watts (10/1000 Test Wave form) Temperature range····...........................-20°C to +650C Capacitance: a. data rates <20,000 baud - <2,000 pf b. data rates 20,000 baud to 2Mhz - <100 pf c. data rates >2MHz to 100 Mhz - <40 pf UL 4978 listed. 16C6 9. K. Siqnalline protection (telephone) - solid state, silicon avalanche diode circuitry for protection from over voltages on 2 or 4 wire signal lines such as balanced pair telephone, metallic pair telephone, buried and overhead field cable, remote radio equipment, and control systems. Unit shall have an external ground lug or wire. Connect ground lug or wire to protected equipment grounding system with a No. 12 green insulated stranded ground wire as short as possible. 1. L-L & L-G voltage (peak) 13 27 54 120 160 L-L & L-G Voltage Protection Level 16 33 67 150 200 2. L-L and L-G Leakage @ max L-L and L-G voltage...<5µa 3. Response time······..···...........................,.<5 nanoseconds 4. Series impedance(each line)........................33 Ohm max. 5. Peak power dissipation (L-L) or (L-G)......15,OOO watts (10 x 1000 Test Wave Form) 6. Temperature Range·..............................-20°C to +650C 7. U.L. 4978 listed L. Modem protector for leased lines - solid state silicon avalanche diode circuitry for non-faulting/non-interrupting protection from over voltages on leased phone lines. Full duplex protection shall be provided for both send and receive channels. Terminals shall be provided for 4-wire leased line input and output to equipment plus ground. Connect ground terminal to equipment ground. 1. Signal line voltage (max)...................160V peak 2. Leakage @ signal vOltage............................5µa 3. Clamp pOint...···..·..............................200V peak 4. Response time..···..........................<5 nanoseconds. 5. Series impedance..........................33 Ohm max. 6. Peak power dissipation...................15,OOO watts 7. Operating Temperature................-20°C to +650C M. Modular, twisted pair protection - solid state, silicon avalanche diode circuitry for protection from over voltages on twisted pair data or audio lines. Protectors shall clip mount on 66 punch down blocks furnished with grounding bar or studs and shall be totally enclosed. Units shall be securely mounted at terminal locations where shown and shall be grounded to the main building ground with a minimum No.8 stranded copper green insulated ground conductor as short as possible. Terminals shall be screw insertion lug type. No crimp fork or ring type permitted. TFL-FM-404075 16709-10 7/23/2004 '''';1 5. Response time..............................<5 nanoseconds Peak power dissipation (1 ms)...............15,OOO watts Temperature range..........................-20o C to +500 C Maximum voltage protection levels (peak) utilizing a 10 x 1 OOOµs waveform for normal and common mode protection shall be 240-380V or 45V as indicated on the drawings. Peak repetitive pulse current. a. 1 . x 2. µsec - 225 amp b. 8 x 20µsec - 150 amp c. 10 x 1000µsec - 100 amp '~I ~, ' ..: 1. 2. 3. 4. N. 75 ohm coaxial cable protectors - Solid state, silicon avalanche diode circuitry for non-interrupting overvoltage protection of RG- 59/U coaxial cable. Unit shall be provided with one female input connector for "F" series male connector, one output RG-59/U coax cable terminated with an "F" series male cable end connector and A #16 stranded, 18 inch long grounding wire on output end of unit or similar arrangement. Securely mount adjacent to protection equipment and ground to equipment or local building ground if an equipment ground is not available. 1. Normal Operating Characteristics a. Voltage .........................5.8V max b. Current.......................500ma max c. Frequency.......:.............DC to 10 Mhz d. Insertion Loss................3.5db @ 4Mhz 2. Protection Requirements a. Transient suppression level.........7.5v Voltage Protection Level b. Transient response............<5 nanoseconds c. Operating temp................-20° C to +500 C d. Energy dissipation............15,OOO watts (1 OX1 000 Test Wave) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF MAIN SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SURGE SUPPRESSORS A. Suppressors shall be installed at Service Entrance switchboards and distribution equipment where shown as close as practical to equipment to be protected consistent with the available space. Where installation space permits and where no code restrictions apply, suppressors may be installed within protected equipment. Suppressors installed in this manner shall utilize the equipment ground bus or enclosure as a medium for bonding of their ground terminals. Bonding jumpers not exceeding two inches in length shall be installed between the ground bus or enclosure and suppressor ground terminals. Bolted connections with star washers shall be used to insure electrical and mechanical integrity of connections to the ground bus or enclosure. Remove paint where connections are made to the enclosure. Conductors from suppressors shall attach to main service bus in the service entrance equipment on the load side of the main overcurrent device and ef any electrical metering equipment. B. Suppressors shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner. Lead dress shall be consistent with recommended industry practices for the system on which these devices are installed. TFL-FM-404075 16709-11 7/23/2004 C. All system wiring shall be classified into protected and non-protected categories. Wiring on the exposed side of suppression devices shall be considered unprotected. Surge suppressor grounding and bonding conductors shall also fall into this categoll... f' 6 D. All wiring between surge suppressors and protected equipment shall be U~ protected and connected in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC. E. A minimum of three inches of separation shall be provided between parallel runs of protected and unprotected wiring in control panels, terminal cabinets, terminal boards and other locations. In no case shall protected and unprotected wiring be bundled together or routed through the same conduit. Where bundles of protected and unprotected wiring cross, such crossings shall be made at right angles. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Disconnect suppressor prior to megger testing of service entrance distribution equipment and pane/boards. B. Supply certified test reports for all tested parts, elements and/or systems or where required by the Owner to substantiate published ratings of claims. END OF SECTION TFL-FM-404075 16709-12 7/23/2004 SURGE SUPPRESSORS APPROVED BYTLC PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 16709 16G6 (Specific unit must meet all specification items) Carefully check shop drawings REVISED on MARCH 25, 2004 A. EFI- 120/208V: HBL 4P160 (160 KA, Modular) (TSE/LM Series) HBL 4P 320 (320 KA, Modular) (TSE/LM Series) TSE 022-2M (240 KA, 2 Modular 1 Phase) TSE 022-4M (480 KA, 4 Modular 1 Phase) 277/480V: HBL 8 P 160 (160 KA, Modular) (160P Series) *EFI manufactures the HBL 4P160 and 320 units for Hubbel also. B. APT- 120V: TE/2HPS 277V: TE/4 HP/CL C. Leviton - 120V: 52120 - M3 277V: 52277 -M3 D. Cutler Hammer Clipper. CPS 1.002.08 (120!208V unit). Cutler Hammer Clipper CPS 100480 ·(277/480V unit). E. Atlantic Scientific - . Zone Sentinal Series (aka ZS) #12101 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire. . Zone Master 150 Series (aka ZMS or ZM 150) · #11201 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #11201X -120/208V, 3 phase. 4 wire · 11204 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · 11204X - 277 1480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 150 Disconnect (aka ZMSD or ZMS Disconnect) · 112010- 120/208V, 3 phase. 4 wire · #112040 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 300 PE Series (aka PE, ZM300PE or PE300) · #15201 -120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 250 Series (aka ZMS 25.0) · #17001 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #17004 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 300 Series (aka ZMS 300) · #17101 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #17104 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master 300 all mode (aka ZM300AM, ZM All Mode 300) · #17301 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire TFL-FM-404075 16709-13 7/23/2004 · Zone Master Plus 150 (aka ZMP 150 and ZM Plus 150) · #18101 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #18101X - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire 16C6 · Zone Master Plus 250 (aka ZMP 250, ZM Plus 250) · #18201 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master Plus 300 (aka ZMP 300, ZM Plus 300) · #18301 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master Plus 450 (aka ZMP 450, ZM Plus 450) · #18401 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #18401X - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #18404X - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire · Zone Master Plus 600 (aka ZMP 600, ZM Plus 600) · #18501 - 120/208V, 3 phase, 4 wire · #18504 - 277/480V, 3 phase, 4 wire F. General Electric: Part Number TME 120Y1 OOASNC TME120Y065WM TME1~OY065WMN1 TME120Y065WMN4 TME 120Y065PP TME277Y100ASNC TME277Y065WM TME277Y065PP TME277Y065WMN 1 TME277Y065WMN4 G. Square 0 Surgelogic: Voltaoe 120/208V 120/208V 120/208V 120/208V 120/208V 277/480V 277/480V 277/480V 277/480V 277/480V Internal Modular TVSS Models (Switchgear, Switchboards, Panelboards, Plug-on Units for Susway, Motor Control Centers, I-Line and OMS Panelboards). Note: A "Cn is added on the end of the Model Designation for the Surge Counter Option. Dry Contacts and Audible Alarm are standard with all units. Internal Modular TVSS Model Desi nation* TVS11MA16 TVS21MA 16 TVS41MA16 *The TVS prefix is used for TVSS in Switchgear, Switchboards and NF or NOOD panelboards. The TVS prefix is replaced by PJU for Susway Units; MCC for Motor Control Centers; FC or FI for I-Line Panelboards; and OMS for OMS Panelboards. TFL-FM-404075 16709-14 7/23/2004 External Modular TVSS Models: 1 Note: An "I" is added on the end of the Model Designation for the Integral Disc 6 C 6 Option. A "C" is added on the end of the Model Designation for the Counter Option. Dry Contacts and Audible Alarm are standard with all units. If the 4X housing option is required. the "A" in the Model Designation is replaced with an "S". External Modular TVSS Model System Voltage (Vac) Desicmation * TVS1EMA16A 120/240 TVS2EMA 16A 208Y/120 TVS4EMA 16A 480Y/277 Special Note: I have approved some neutral to ground modules on some of the above modules when filtering is not included. I have modified the Specifications to permit this option. All above models for all above manufactures are acceptable. TFL-FM-404075 16709-15 7/23/2004 ORIT~~t~O~~T'~J=1i~~~~LI~j, ,ij;~' THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS O~CE FOR SI.i~~ ,..".,._,~,;w~' " ..,::... ":'~'f.,_.;"...",,' ;'ii?'.~:,_~_~-~~,:._,.'" . (print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. Tbe-Y., ,,¡ ~ . completed routing slip and original documents are to'be forwarded to the Board Office only !f!!:!: the Board has taken action the item.) . ;~,¡v;,{".ø;¡¡';:<,~, ,'"j!' t1;,"':\. . ROUTING SLIP """-!', " . ;' '~', ,,; :;:'. r."'.... Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's si gnature, draw. a line through routing lines #.I.through #4, checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #S)."·:>),} Route to Addressee(s) Office (List in routin order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive l':lanager ,~ti'~f~~f;}~~ PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION ';';;"<f ., '.. . , ,', . ': ~,~: 1_'_. ~~- .._~"" 1,;_ _.~' (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the persoo who createdtpre¡!arèd'the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson. need to contact staff for additional or missing "~~ ", ' information. All original documents needing the Bee O1airman' s signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the ~ee bas acted to approve t}ie ~\.t':i;~$' item.) ~ , "". ý~-_;.. ,:'_:~.:::,,~_ ,t._,.:..~¡"~:~:,,:-j1.'-:' -,'._~~'-=.~;~_~ .~.1>~1.~~~~,~",:;'~~;,. Name of Primary Staff Phon, 'e. N. um. her...... "~.':.... ;.:")'~.','.:-. ';'~' ~ ·tJLf^ ','í:' ',,;Î"'~'t.';;'''';'0',?,i:''0 ~ . V \ Contact ".;.0:", /""", ........;;i,w.,. :....;, . "";; . , " . "" Agenda Date Item was Agenda Item Ntynber~:, . A roved b the BCC,,,;J,;:';;(::,:;~;~¡~,;;.,.;;i·:;"',A Type of Document Attached . 1. 2. ,,;:f';!\t<~')h\~r¡"Aí~.;,:Þf:c INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST A Initial t~e Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable col~.whichever i~c' '¥es~,;:;A~' ...,!i/A ~'?!,. " a ro nate. '; ""f1:'f:. :: ,:, ~ C'~'; ~ (Initial) A licable)' ; Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be 'J~~} signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letWrs. must be reviewed and 'signed ~¡ by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes šignature pageS' ftoIÍ1 ordinances;' resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pàges frOm" " contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCe Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) '!".;,,: i"f¡T~it~\~ii All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the CountyAttorney's"J.."/!.><ù,, Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board ~.è:'~t~¡~1 ;~~~ The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the da~ ofBèCapprovalofthe,. document or the final ne otiated contract date whicheveris ã licable."'·" ,·:~;~~¡'¡t¡~_ "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si ature and initials are r uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this rO\lting slip <' ~,; should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval.~,~'·~~' ,; Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain' time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! 3. 4. 5. I: Fonnsl eounty Fonnsl Bee Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 F P. ¡.....~, 16D1 ... MEMORANDUM Date: November 23, 2004 To: Amanda Townsend Parks and Recreation From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: An Agreement for Joint Use of Facilities with St. John Neumann High School Enclosed please find one (1) original of the document referenced above (Agenda Item #16D1), as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. An original is also being kept in the Minutes and Records Department. If you should have any questions, please call me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure 1601 AGREEMENT Tms AGREEMENT is entered into this /b ii:, day of 2004, between S1. John Neumann Catholic School, Florida, hereinafter cal the "School", and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, hereinafter called the "County". The School and the County are referred to collectively as the "parties". WITNESS WHEREAS, the parties are interested in providing at each other's physical facilities additional recreational and other community service programs for residents of Collier County; and WHEREAS, this agreement is intended to result in more extensive utilization of each of the party's physical facilities to accommodate the contemplated activities; and WHEREAS, in the interests of providing the additional community services to the public with the least expenditure of public funds, full cooperation between the County and the School is called for; and WHEREAS, the parties have the authority to enter into this agreement with each other and do all things appropriate to aid and cooperate with each other in cultivation of good citizenship by providing additional programs of community services and recreational and social activities. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows: 1. SCHEDULING EVENTS. Schedule of dates/times for the use of the school and the County facilities will be worked out at least 60 days in advance of agreement start date by the parties. Those schedules will be arranged to avoid time/use conflicts. In the scheduling of events, school events and the programs shall have first priority for use of the School's facilities, and the County's community activities shall have secondary priority. In the scheduling of events, the County's community activities shall have first priority for use of the County facilities, and the School's events and programs shall have secondary priority for all locations unless pre- empted from time-to-time by activities of the Collier County School System in accordance with the County's pre-existing written contractual commitment in that regard to the Collier County School Board. SCHOOL F ACILITES: 2. St. John Neumann High School will make its facilities available to the County for community activities at no charge to the County. 3. The School's properties and facilities are intended primarily for school purposes and for the benefit of children of school age. Therefore, in planning programs and scheduling activities at the School's facilities the needs and opportunities for such children shall be the primary consideration. 4. The School shall be consulted in the planning and administering of any County program to be conducted at the School's facilities. 5. The County will provide its own personnel, as determined to be adequate by the County, to supervise the County's activities which will take place at the School. All personnel provided by the County shall be under the supervision of the County. 6. The County shall furnish and supply all expendable materials associated with any event that it sponsors at the School. 7. The County shall utilize the following facilities and dates: Gymnasium: During public school summer break, June - August; all weeks minus two weeks before school resumes in August 7:15 am to 6:00 pm Monday - Friday Gymnasium: 1 week in June, July, and August for basketball camp 1601 ¡ COUNTY FACILITIES 8. The Golden Gate Aquatic Facility will be made available to the School for swim team practice and meets at no charge during those hours when the County facilities are open to the public. 9. The County's properties and facilities are intended primarily for the use of the County programs and the other County sponsored events. Therefore in planning programs and scheduling activities at the County's Aquatic Facility, the needs and opportunities for such County programs shall be the primary consideration. 10. The School pays Collier County for the cost of lifeguards during non-open hours at a flat rate of fifteen dollars ($15.00) per hour per guard. 11. The School staff shall use the facility for practices and meets during August through November. 12. NO ASSUMPTIONS OF LIABILITIES: Neither party shall assume the liability of the other. Collier County shall maintain at all times during the duration of this contract and in the event of a claims made policy, for four years after its tennination, insurance coverage for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage each in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate. The County shall, within ten (10) days from the execution of this Agreement, furnish to the Diocese a certificate of insurance which names "Bishop John J. Nevins, a corporation sole, the Diocese of Venice and St. John Neumann High School" as additional insured. The Diocese of Venice shall maintain during the term of this Agreement general liability insurance in the minimum amounts of $1 ,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 aggregate and shall, within ten (10) days from the execution of this Agreement, furnish to the County a certificate of insurance naming the "Collier County Board of County Commissioners" as an additional insured. 13. RIGHT OF TERMINATE AGREEMENT. Either party may at any time terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party ninety (90) days advance written notice of its intent to terminate. 14. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on the date of execution. B~d"'AU-G rf/'d- Name ¡J¿/,JC(j}/~' Þ Title . BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER CO TY, FLORIDA ~)~ Fiala, Chairman ST. JOHN NEUMANN CATHOLIC HIGH SCHOOL, FLORIDA By: ATTEST: '.... l By: ut Clerk for Dwi .BtÞ " ~r;k of;~~s : ~ ,..,' ". {t\ I>¡'" ',', Attest 1$: tJ :C .. ,f'IIIII ':,";,.:- It...~:""""'·\,,·:<,· "". ". : {~ : I.... : 'III! .f'''· .i,'j k ,;, t :- ¿... .: Approved as totMm ,and lega} ~µt¡éi,èncy: . '0 i'" . ,. ' ~.' .. '/1 "-. . . ..~..:., --j I",:,,;"..., ~_~ ,/ SSlstant County Attorney Item # \~ D \ =da\ r\LD~lf ~:d \\::1'l.:ü~ " S"54AM"ST JOHN NEUMl>,~JN f-'S ;2394552966') 6 D'12/ 10-13-04, rrom:t~lj:I)ljÖlj-II[1 IO:IVlanaHernanaez t->age:lI;¿ uate:1UI1;:S/lUU49:49:29Ai& ", ACORD,~, 'CERTIFICATE OF liABILITY INSURANCE l' OA'I'E'~IOM""YY' " - '-'--_ 10/11/20()4 I ~r;'iR' &-:---- . , ~ THJS'ë.;;jiÙ1FICA.TE: IS I$MC Â$ ^ MATfER.OF IN'Fê>RMATION '-I ARTHUR J GA,UJ\GHER &. CO ONLY AND CONfER5l'JO RIGHTS UPON THPi ceRTIFICATE HOLÚER. tt!IS CERUF CATE DOES NOT AMEND, mSND OR 8200 NW 41$t Stroet, Ste. :lOO ALTEr¿ THE COV~RAGE AFFOROEp aY TIIiZPOUCIES BELOW. Mìaml,FL 331&6 ~~., , --~----~- 305 592~GOaO.____,..__ IH~URERS AFFOR[)¡~.£.~~~__ ~, NSUA£ð h'l/$tim!I'iA; GREAr LAKE REINSURANce ST. JOHN NEUMANN HIGH SCHOOL ~_;;'-TNëR~- r)IOCES1:0F VENICE IN8uroiRC¡ 4~ETV t:Y' T ,~~!.'LiÑ5.C~----·I___, : P.O. BOX 2006 INS'IRER(.\: ,,1 __~_...___'::~IC,,::, FLORIDA 34284 .."..___ n~~eFt ê'; --.------ _-1..____ ::OVEAAGE:S · THI:: I"OL1C¡~ Ò" Ii'l$URAroICE1 Cr$rlìD Øå.oww"'AVE BJ:::EN ISSUED TO THE INSURED ¡JAME:O ABOVE J\'¢¡:i! THE PI'UC'( PiRl(,)¡') Nõj(~iiii ¡~O'lW!THSTANDING AN'" REQUIREMENT. lWM OR CONOiTION QF ANY CONTAAcr OR OTHER poÇUMENT WITH RF.sPf.:cr TO WHICH TI'II$ C:EFt'1"lFICATi MAY filS ISSUED OR MAY PlmiAJN.,THE JNSuAANCE AFFORDED ey THE 1i'0I.,1ç¡¡,¡s i:lF.SCRISED HE:AEIN IS ~U8JECT TO AIL T!'IE TE'RM.'S. EXCL'JSIONS AND CONLXTIONS OF SUCH POUClE.5. AGGREGATE UMIT$ $HO~YN M"Y 1iA'Æ 6ee~ ReQlJC~D 8Y PAil') \'..LAtMS, ._. --------.-,--.---,. ,<ll C ,.~~ , v ~T~!!.2!'),.svAANCr, I"OLK,'V N!JMBSJ.l I?¡ù'~ iIllWCOLY..!L GelETiAL LlASIU'I'Y m UKEXOOOOO()1.QO 04101/04 x'l r.Ql\fJ, ~¡j,L l1!!HeRAL llAf!IL!Tt 1053·0S 04l01J04, :D Cl.A.lt.IS M¡I,IJe, CiI occu~ I I ¡ 04!Õ;ï04 ---¡õ4iõ1'ïõš /"41.,104 '04101/0' ¡ I ! I ¡ -..-----..-,--.----- I ,¡W Q!,otJCTI~ AUeNnON S I A W1JJ\1Œ~ÇqMPI'II$ATIONAHI) . 'tõ1UKWOQOQÕ'¡:oa-- ~ tW¡.O\'I!!!:!·UAS/!..fTY C!P I>t"o29 FL ~ ANY p~t:.'rOMA~1Nf.R/EX1iCtJT1V1! ".g..,. c: O;:~'C¡;R.'MEt,n¡¡:.R EXClUt:eO' -i hils, ~r1b.:und.' ."".._~,,- . ---I - OHllR ' -- ¡ .-_.--,.._~ !f:;!ItI'I.IJ"nON OF O~AA'TION$ , t.Q:ATItl.UH VEJoIICl!S I U~Oi'Ifi Al:iDllttl BY I',tIDr,¡"tlfNtóNT (8PECIA1. P!'<(NI$4QHS Œ~ THE CERTIFICATé HOl..DERS IS NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED REPSECTS lO 'fHe USAGE OF HE GOl.DENGATE:AQUATlC FACIUTY. :r. JOHN NEUMANN HIGH SCl-iOOt. GOO 53RO STREET S.W.. NAPLES, FLORIDA M11\t A & a ~.' A & B GEN'L AOOFŒ;GIlTE lIMIT ,u>PlIes I"IiR: I'ØUÇY 0 ~&r-D lOC Af.ITQt !OI1!l..e t.r~U1'Y X MY"'\lro x: All OWNIW AI/TQS X W!eDUU!O AU1'OS X "R~O AUTQ$ X NON'O'l'l1'l&l AUTOS Oft)I<EXOOOOODfoOO t05~H5 COMF DeD $1,000 COll OED $1,000 "XtF.I'i!ìII~UAUAI!ILl1Y OCCtil~ 0 Clj\ I.(S MAœ -~~ E:R11flCA TE HOI.D!:'.R - "'.J:,. "---~_T COLUf,:R COUN1'Y AND THE BOA.RD OF COUNn' COMMISSIONERS 3~()1 'rAMIAMI TRAIl.. fAST NAPLES, Ft 34112 - - CORD 25 (2DIt!IQS) 1 ot 2 04l01fQ.4 1)4/01/04 Mf01/0S 04101/135 3 ..------ ---... _.__._~_,_ LIMITS _~_. F.ACH or~LlR~f ---rs..1&.®JW?___ o^~j'imNt:;o ~INC "no ÞlliE,M!.5!::'û'¡,; U J!G!J I ~ ~._. Mf!:).~,~ny e~'E.~.1.. ~till-_._ ~~~.INJu~Y~1 liOO 000 QfIllEI'IAL. "'~.5.~...!F...:...." sNfA____ ~RO!Jl~~~ $1,00000 aOMaINOO ~lNÇI,ç I.lItIIT II~Ø~j~n1J ~,_ SI,OOO,OOO ____ I aODIL v INJlJf\ Y & (~r¡j ltc/'l! ~IIIOO lY' INJURY ---l¡ $ (Ptr,t;a;;d..,4,) ;;;;;~UA,GGi- !~t (Pør acc:hk1\1) ._- AUTOOW,ì-eAACCIO£Nr Is '~~R THA~--'~ "A'A~~:.'~----""- AUH?ONlV. "" rs- ~~'X~tll{!ENCe S ___~ ~~R¡;G4TE .___._ S -'-- ... .-.......----.- CANCEL-LA 110N I:;HlJUlD ANY -;;~G .Anöv~ M'4C~eEC f'OIJo;;U¡¡S HE. CANCI:LU!O ßF.RJRIl '!H~ WIP'A'1'I¢N DAn, TMW¡~OF. THE ISSUING INSURER \'\tIll î;NIìI:AVOR 1'0 fo4.A1L -.3!L MY! WRJTrÐr /NOT':;¡¡; J'{ lJoiE C¡¡:R'nm:AT(, ;rolOr.1't NAMtO"TO THe Yi"', ElIJT "~I!,"JR~ 10 fIö to!¡HALI. ! I""'ME 10/0 OèUI)"'J10N QI'\ 1.lA£It.t1'V 01' ./IIY KINO UÞON TKE /fo(.$VRliR, In; AGf:NTS OR rtI!PMS(!N'I'A~:_..____ .. ~ _~"._______..__._ 1 I Aã~ZæX~'~ J ----~- -_._----~----,--, BRR (Ï) ACORD CORPORATION 1991~ #$7469WM6êl306 The Diocese of Venice in Florida,. From Fax number: 10-13-04; 8: 54AM: ST .JOe NEUMANf-, HS ¡-fOm: l~41} _'!!:I'!.:X!~~!_---,-<?~...!'!!~na Hernan~~z ;2394552966 Date: 10/13/20049:49:29 AM !-'a e: 'l.l'¿ .. IMPORTANT If the cer~lfícate ¡,,,fder Is ;m A!.:}¡;)ITIONAL INSUneLl, the pOlicy(;e$) must bê Mdorsed. A $talement 01\ lh~ certificate does not cQofer rights to thû (:ertifir.:a.te- holder it1lil!!u of such Gndorsemerì!(S). tf $UaROGATION [$ WAIVED, ~Ltbject to the tel'lnS and condiUo/)$ of the policy. cm1:a1n pOlicies may reQuìre an er..dofflemMt. A $tattlmðot ~n Ih¡~ certlflc3 e dOil$ net confer rlgnt$ t.o ~hEl L.XIrt flc~t!i holder in lieu (;If $uch em Qfsem~nf.(s). DISCL.AIMER The CertifictUI! of ¡nsvrfin~ on lÌl'l r{~V~I13" sk f.r of thìa form does not r,oliStjtufe a c:.ontract bøt'....ean t~ jlt6uin9 In6urer(s). authorized repr~5ef\tative or prcldllcsr, and Ule {~ertif.'Cétt!l hOIt,f~r. nor óo~~ it affirm;;¡,tiwly or neQatively am$od. e~t:ef1d Qr <Iller 1he coverage ôfforded b1,' the pollcJes fI$tM th{~reon, L_~",,_______ L ....-.-.---- TOTAL P. Ø3 (\CORO 25-5 {~OO11()S} .2 of 2 #S'T4696íM 65306 The Diocese of Venice in Florida" From Fax number: # 3/ ~< 16 1 .... --~-> ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SlI~ D2 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT Tal. 0 THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Qriginal documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The l.:umpleleJ routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, andlor information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. 2. " 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The pri mary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCe approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executi ve summary, Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson. need to contact staff for additional or missing information, All original documents needing the BeC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item,) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number :S~AR~ Ñ 'lie. (:¡'8.~ Agenda Item Number it-I NT Number of Original Documents Attached 6 t Initial the Yes column or mark "N/ A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts. agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC ~ Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's . Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board NA 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. OS\! 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's signature and initials are required. -r,'\] 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCe's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! 'S.'J INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Formsl County Forms! Bee Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 I6D2 ... MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: Sharman Veger, Property Acquisition Specialist Real Estate Services From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Purchase Agreement between Collier County and Maybelle Crawford for the expansion of Collier County's Bayview Park Enclosed please find the original purchase agreement, as referenced above, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004 (Agenda Item 16D2). Upon your finishing with this document, please return the original to the Minutes & Records Department. If you should have any questions, please contact me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure 16D2 " - PROJECT: Bayview Park Addition FOLIO NO: 61380080006 PURCHASE AGREEMENT THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement") is made and entered into this 1 ~ ~ day of ,.J ~ , 2004, by and between MAYBELLE CRAWFORD, a single woman, (hereinafter referred to as "Owner"), and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, whose mailing address is 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112, and assigns (hereinafter referred to as "Purchaser"); WHEREAS, Purchaser requires a fee estate in that land described as follows (hereinafter referred to as the "Property"); Lots 4, 5 and 6, NAPLES BA YVIEW ADDITION #1, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 4, at page 20, of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. WHEREAS, Owner desires to convey the Property to Purchaser for the stated purposes, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS, Purchaser has agreed to compensate Owner for conveyance of the Property; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: 1. Owner shall convey the Property to Purchaser for the sum of $90,000.00, payable by County Warrant (said transaction hereinafter referred to as the "Closing"). Said payment shall be full compensation for the Property conveyed, including all landscaping, trees, shrubs, improvements, and fixtures located thereon, and for any damages resulting to Owner's remaining lands, and for all other damages in connection with conveyance of said Property to Purchaser. 2. Prior to Closing, Owner shall obtain from the holders of any liens, exceptions and/or qualifications encumbering the Property, the execution of such instruments which will remove or release such encumbrances from the Property upon their recording in the public records of Collier County, Florida. Owner shall p.rovide such instruments, properly executed, to Purchaser on or before the date of Closing. 3. This Agreement shall be null and void, and of no further force or effect, unless Closing shall occur within sixty (60) days from the date Purchaser executes this Agreement; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have the unilateral right to extend the term of this Agreement pending receipt of such instruments, properly executed, which either remove or release any and all such liens, encumbrances or qualifications affecting Purchaser's enjoyment of the Property. At Closing, Purchaser shall deliver the County Warrant to Owner and Owner shall deliver the conveyance instrument to Purchaser in a form acceptable to Purchaser. 4. Conveyance of the Property by Owner is contingent upon no other provisions, conditions. or premises other than those so stated herein; and the written Agreement, including all exhibits attached hereto, shall constitute the entire Agreement and understanding of the parties, and there are no other prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, promises, warranties, or covenants not contained herein. 5. Owner is aware and understands that the "offer" to purchase represented by this Agreement is subject to acceptance and approval by the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. 16D2". Purchase Agreement Page 2 6. Purchaser shall have thirty (30) days from the date of this Agreement, ("Inspection Period"), to determine through appropriate investigation that: 1. Soil tests and engineering studies indicate that the Property can be developed without any abnormal demucking, soil stabilization or foundations. 2. There are no abnormal drainage or environmental requirements to the development of the Property. 3. The Property is in compliance with all applicable State and Federal environmental laws and the Property is free from any pollution or contamination. 4. The Property can be utilized for its intended purpose. If Purchaser is not satisfied, for any reason whatsoever, with the results of any investigation, Purchaser shall deliver to Owner prior to the expiration of the Inspection Period, written notice of its intention to waive the applicable contingencies or to terminate this Agreement. If Purchaser fails to notify the Owner in writing of its specific objections as provided herein within the Inspection Period, it shall be deemed that the Purchaser is satisfied with the results of its investigations and the contingencies of this Section shall be deemed waived. 7. Owner represents that the Property and all uses of the Property have been and presently are in compliance with all Federal, State and Local environmental laws; that no hazardous substances have been generated, stored, treated or transferred on the Property except as specifically disclosed to the Purchaser; that the Owner has no knowledge of any spill or environmental law violation on any property contiguous to or in the vicinity of the Property to be sold to the Purchaser, that the Owner has not received notice and otherwise has no knowledge of a) any spill on the Property, b) any existing or threatened environmental lien against the Property or c) any lawsuit, proceeding or investigation regarding the generation, storage, treatment, spill or transfer of hazardous substances on the Property. This provision shall survive Closing and is not deemed satisfied by conveyance of title. 8. Owner shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Purchaser against and from, and to reimburse the Purchaser with respect to, any and all damages, claims, liabilities, laws, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable paralegal and attorney fees and expenses whether in court, out of court, in bankruptcy or administrative proceedings or on appeal), penalties or fines incurred by or asserted against the Purchaser by reason or arising out of the breach of Owner's representation under Section 7. This provision shall survive Closing and is not deemed satisfied by conveyance of title 9. The Purchaser shall pay for all costs of recording the conveyance instrument in the Public Records of Collier County, Florida. All other costs associated with this transaction including but not limited to transfer, documentary and intangible taxes, and recording costs for any curative instruments shall be borne and paid by Owner. Owner shall be responsible for paying any costs and/or fees associated with securing from mortgagee(s), and recording in the public records of Collier County, Florida, such full or partial release(s) or satisfaction(s) as are necessary to convey a clear and marketable title to the Property. The cost of a title commitment shall be paid by Purchaser. 10. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof shall be effective as of the date thi::; Agreement i::; executed by both partiEis and shall i:1ure t:J the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors, successor trustees, and/or assignees, whenever the context so requires or admits. 11. This Agreement is governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. 16D2- .. Purchase Agreement Page 3 !N WITNESSA^lHE~~OF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on this Ú 1Þday of ;;Ó ~1) L. ,2004. Date Property acquisition approved by BCC: ~ t:Ñ. I ~ '. ~{')o '-i AS TO PURCHASER: DATED: \ \ - (Q . é2 ool.\ ATTEST: DWIG~T ,E;.:a~OCK, Clerk \ J J ....... . <. , . . .:~;~~'. /~",. :~-'j . J~'~ .: "1/' - ", BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER ¡p;.NTY. FLORlo/ ~ ~~~ BY: DONNA FIALA, Chairman AS TO OWNER: DATED: ~AIU"~-'"') iLl.&~ Witness (Signature) Name:~... bt1u--4../ !lð/I-ð.l (Print or Type) fJ.I~l ,)1 tI. {Jim)J 'Witness (Signature) Q Name: PF,l,s l {J. dltYn-1 . (Print or Type) ~~~~ M Y~~E CRAWFORD My CommissIon Expires December 21 , 2010 Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: Æ.£- ~CL4,~ ELLEN T. CHADWELL Assistant County Attorney .,. "·.V';""....--:;-:;'!'·.~'~"'...'~\~}é,~t,~;:"0\.f.~~~.~" ':" "'~:--....'~!;:¡¡;\"A.~·-.V".h'~-~"-L'''''i:'(,''~'~! ,.¡:;"', ....!'*' ''__..~. _'..'" >c"-' '- ',_, ',' -.- ,,', " .·..t " -.,'" _ ;;,-' r _..:" ',' " .'·ó' -¡' .~ "'~"'.;. .~ '-, " ..., . " .' '" ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SJJI~ TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT Toilt:O THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OmCE FOR SI(;~1\ TURE , . . " . ~'.,. " .," ,. ( .¡~:- ~~ ' ,....,¡'" . . '" I .. .'"~. . ._.,.._,....._;.. . T_' '" _.. '.' (print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to theB.oard Office. The, completed routing slip and original documents are td be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on , the item.) . . _. ,. "'~:. " ROUTING SLIP >< ."À c;;...-..,,'\f.~,£~!~,}_· Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, information needed. I[the doèUuiènt is . already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line throughrouting lines #1 through #4, com.Ple~ ~,~..::;~; checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). ..', .,' )·~~tr.,á" ..,. Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date;~ï" (List in routin order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMAiItj~~~~!;';, . ..~~', .' '.: n, ;,/+ ...,...;,.. '.' ,TIM" ."..;4 (The primary contJlct is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson. need to contact staff for additional oÍ"ÌÌ1issing information. All original documents needing the Bee CWrman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the BeC has acted to appiovè'the ' item.) ¡ ,. " . .oj. ..~'~,'"-},,.~~-:;;;.,k,,~,~,,;'.:";""""'-:;"~.~~'~;:~~'""'~~-\'d",¡ '¡'iA~';":':~~~~;f<'~ Name of Primary Staff Phone Number Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency.(Aµ documents to be ' signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and sign by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signaturepagts frompt(ljnaiÏÇ¢s, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from' contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ssibl State Officials.) "~'\~':f'f:?,~'¡;,' 2. Ail handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County. Attorney' s . ..' Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board·1\¡¡,?t~~t, 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date o.fBCC approy,al of document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a ' licable.:,·ë~X~'J¿ 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Ch . si ture and initials are r uired. , ,"Ct:~¡;' 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this rO\lting slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval.'M,..",:( Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain" time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! I: Forms! County Forms! Bee Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 16 0 4 ..., ~, MEMORANDUM Date: November 23, 2004 To: Amanda Townsend Parks and Recreation From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Resolution 2004-346: Amending parts of Article IV of the Collier County Parks and Recreation Department Facilities and Outdoor Areas License and Fee Policy Enclosed please find one (1) copy of the document referenced above (Agenda Item #16D4), as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. The original is also being kept in the Minutes and Records Department, and the Finance Department is will also be furnished with a copy. If you should have any questions, please call me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure I 6 04 1 ~ RESOLUTION No. 2004-.3..4..6 A RESOLUTION OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AMENDING PARTS OF ARTICLE IV OF THE COLLIER COUNTY PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT FACILITIES AND OUTDOOR AREAS LICENSE AND FEE POLICY WHEREAS, the Director of Parks and Recreation has recommended to the Board of County Commissioners that the following changes be made to the County's Parks and Recreation License and Fee Policy, which was last amended by Resolution No. 2002-313 on June 25, 2002; the Director recommends: (a) increase the boat launch fee by $2, increase the noncommercial annual boat launch sticker fee by $15, and provide for a two- tiered fee structure for commercial boat launch stickers; (b) change the recreation leagues fee structure to provide for a combined sponsor and players' fee; (c) increase membership fees for fitness centers and fitness babysitting services; (d) increase the 9-week summer camp fee by $9, change the partial session summer camp fee structure, increase other holiday camp fees by $5, and eliminate the two-tiered fee structure; (e) eliminate the two- tiered fee structure for memorial benches; (f) increase room rental fees for Class IV users at the Golden Gate Community Center and add a fee for the Wheels Amphitheater. WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners hereby accepts the recommendations of the Director of Parks and Recreation; NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY THAT: 1. Article IV, of the Collier County Parks and Recreation License and Fee Policy, as amended, is hereby further amended only as follows: a. Article IV, Section D, entitled "Beach Parking Facilities Fees; Boat Launch facilities Fees," shall read: 1. Beach Parking Facilities Fees Beach parking facilities, including and not limited to, Barefoot Beach Park, Barefoot Beach Access, Vanderbilt Beach Park, Clam Pass Park, Gulf Shore Access, Tigertail Beach, South Marco Beach Access have a parking fee, inclusive of sales tax, at a rate of $4.00 per day. Collier County residents with beach parking permits will be exempt from the $4.00 per day parking fee. Collier County residents may obtain a beach parking permit at no charge. Vehicles with permits will be exempt from daily parking fees. 2. Boat Launch Facilities Fees Boat launch facilities, including and not limited to, Caxambas Park, Cocohatchee River Park, Collier Boulevard Boat Park (951), and Bayview Park, shall have a launch fee, inclusive of sales tax, at a rate of $5.00. All residents and visitors may purchase boat launch permits for an annual fee of $75.00. These permits are available at all Collier County Parks and Recreation Community Centers. Commercial permits for launch facilities may be acquired at the Golden Gate Administration Office for a cost of $100.00 plus the $5.00 fee per launch or $500.00 per commercial entity with no launch fee required. All permits are good from January I to December 31. b. Article IV, Section H, entitled "Athletics," shall read: 1. Collier County Parks and Recreation Leagues 16D4 Adult Minimum registration fee per participant per league play $30.00 Naples $15.00 Immokalee $30.00 Naples $ 5.00lmmokalee Program Youth Alternately, leagues may be charged a combined sponsor and players' fee as follows: Men's Softball Women's Softball Church Leagues Men's 35+ $860.00 $540.00 $710.00 $760.00 Leagues will be charged light fees for practices, but not for scheduled league games. Immokalee leagues will not be charged light fees for practices. 2. Collier County Parks and Recreation Co-sponsored Leagues Fees are applicable to Category I users only. Youth (includes play-offs or all-star play) Fee per participant per league play $30.00 Naples $15.00Immokalee $1.00 Naples and Immokalee per registered youth per week of league play League Type Adult Leagues will be charged light fees for practices, but not for scheduled league games. 3. Clinics: Pro-rations: a. 65% of the fees to the group or individual(s) and 35% of the fees to the County for clinics conducted on any County facility. b. 70% of the fees to the group or individual(s) and 30% of the fees to the County for clinics conducted on any non- County facility. c. Hourly rate for facility fund raising. c. Article IV, Section K, entitled "Collier County Fitness Centers," shall read: 1. Golden Gate and Max Hasse Fitness Center memberships include use of all County Aquatic and Fitness Centers. Daily walk- in and membership fees are subject to 6% sales tax. Daily $ 7.00 Monthly $ 33.00 3 Month $ 90.00 Annual $250.00 Spouse or additional family member $140.00 (includes college students up to 25 years of age) Student $100.00 (ages 15-18) 1604 2. Veterans and Immokalee Fitness Center memberships do not include use of the Max Hasse and Golden Gate Fitness Centers. Daily walk-in and membership fees are subject to 6% sales tax. Daily $ 4.00 Monthly $ 20.00 3 Month $ 50.00 Annual $160.00 Spouse or additional family member $100.00 (includes college students up to 25 years of age) Student $ 75.00 (ages 15-18) 3. Baby-sitting Service (Naples) $3.00 per child per use $20.00 per lO-visit card d. Article IV, Section M, entitled "Collier County Summer Camps, After School Programs, and Ranger Camps," shall read: 1. Summer Camp 9-week session $549.00 1-week session $ 75.00 10 % discount on each additional child from the same household after the first. 2. After School Camps per week $25.00 Transportation cost per week is additional and will be based on the current transportation contract. 3. Holiday Camps 1-day camp Easter Camp (5 days) Christmas Camp (4 days) $15.00 $75.00 $60.00 4. Ranger Camps 2-week session 1-week session $175.00 $ 90.00 e. Article IV, Section N, entitled "Memorial Bench and Tree Donations," shall read: 1. Bench 2. Tree $2,000.00 $ 500.00 f. Article IV, Section 0, entitled "Golden Gate Community Center," shall read: 1. Golden Gate Taxing District Boundaries: West Boundary: Santa Barbara Boulevard to Logan Boulevard to First A venue SW East Boundary: canal 1 mile east of County Road 951 North Boundary: First A venue SW over 951 Boulevard and White Boulevard to the canal located 1 mile east of County Road 951 South Boundary: Palm Springs subdivision and Radio Road to Santa Barbara Boulevard 16D4 Organizations in Classes I, II, III, or IV declaring themselves as District must show proof of at least 50% membership within the taxing district. 2. User Categories Class I: Charitable, Not-for-Profit organizations Class II: Not-for-Profit organizations Class III: Civic organizations Class IV: Commercial or For-Profit organizations and any other group or individual 3. Deposit Fees Auditorium All Other Rooms $200.00 $ 50.00 4. Rental Fees A. Rooms A, B, C, D Category Class I Class II Class III Class IV «1,500 sq ft) $10.00/hour (1,501-3,000) $15.00/ hour (3,001+) $20.00/ hour within District No charge No charge No charge B. Auditorium Category Class I & III Class II Class IV within District No charge approved by Board $20.00/hr < 10 pm $40.00/hr 10 pm + C. Wheels Amphitheater and Open Area outside District No charge approved by Board No charge $25.00/ hour $45.00/ hour $60.00/ hour outside District No charge approved by Board $60.00/hr < 10 pm $80.00/hr 10 pm + Fees charged in accordance with the Sugden Regional Park Fee Policy for Use for Countywide Events. D. Gymnasium Category Class I Fund Raising Class II Fund Raising General Fee $30.00 per hour any size $20.00 added to rate above $60.00 per hour any size $20.00 added to rate above Classes III, IV will be required to pay sales tax. 5. Service and Sale of Alcoholic Beverages A. Serving of Alcoholic Beverages These provisions apply for any event where alcoholic beverages will be available. No alcohol may be made available without a valid Certificate of Insurance on file at the Golden Gate Community Center. 1604 1. User categories Class I and Class II, as previously defined in 0 (2), above, the user must present a General Liability Policy for the date of use which specifically includes contractual liability and host liquor liability in an amount not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at least four (4) weeks prior to the event. As determined by the County Risk Management Director, in the event of above average exposure Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) liability coverage shall be required. In the event of unusual or high exposure One Million Dollar ($1,000,000) liability shall be required. B. Sale of Alcoholic Beverages In the event any user intends to sell alcoholic beverages, they will be required to meet all State requirements regarding the sale of alcohol and obtain all required permits. Copies of said permits shall be filed with the Center Supervisor. The Center Supervisor shall contact Collier County Department of Risk Management for insurance req uirements. C. Rules and Regulations for Users Serving Alcoholic Beverages 1. It is the responsibility of the user that no alcoholic beverage shall be allowed outside assigned meeting room(s) auditorium. 2. The user is responsible to ascertain that no alcoholic beverage shall be served to any person under the age of 21. 3. The user shall be responsible for the behavior of any parties with the user's group. 4. The user shall be responsible to assure that no alcoholic beverages are served during the last thirty (30) minutes of user's scheduled event. 5. The user will be responsible for supplying a Certificate of Insurance at least four (4) weeks prior to scheduled event (see insurance provisions). 6. The user will be responsible to comply with Chapter 562, Florida Statues. 7. The user must abide by all other operational policies and procedures of the Golden Gate Community Center. Any violation of any of these rules can result in termination of the event. 8. The user must pay the cost of security provided by the Collier County Sheriff's Office. The fee is payable to Collier County Parks and Recreation at the time of payment for facility use. 2. A copy of the fee rules, as hereby amended and adopted, is attached. 3. This Resolution repeals Collier County Resolution 2002-313. 4. This revised policy shall be effective on the day following the adoption of this Resolution. This Resolution adopted this Æ't! day of 4-~~~~/, 2004 after motion, second and majority vote in favor of passage. ATTEST DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ,'~(~~·I\\}.)~i . , .."":{ '''-''~,.''' . "JA I~ ( ;/i.>ðf. ~':~:~ ";'" . "'~'By' ..,. ". ,'~:.~<,', < . .,;/t~;,,·- ',. C:, f ,. ',', ~", De ~~, \~,. "";:;~t ,., , ,·ü a..1~·. , f'J, ,. ''<':;.. , ~·t - .,~~' CM 1,. #. ,f/;: '.. ,~\ . ('...tf;/ 1 t ("' C ',,\ \ ~ Appro~~(r~~ to form and legal sufficiency: By: ~ /'~-/' I - 1/ Robert Zachar. Assistant County Attorney 16D~ BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA By: 1I':.Yi~· Item#~:: =- l::liii)tf ~:d I r'2? -o~ ~-" ,...-~ ·':.,:.~:;.,.";';:'':¡;;';';,?~¥;:¡:;:T'¡'';:'''4·''\.,, ;--..,..:. . ry"<Wfr.'" .~, .."',, ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING su16 D 6 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson line #5 . Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date List in ro' order 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Nonnally the primary contact is the person who cn:atc:dIprepared the executive summwy. Primary contact infonnation is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact stafffor additional or missing information. All original docwnents needing the acc Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the acc has acted to approve the item. I Name of Primary Staff Contact Joe Mezzatesta, Collier County Health De artment NovernberI6,2004 Phone Number Agenda Item Number Contract with Attachments Number of Original Documents Attached INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/ A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is ro riate. I. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages fÌ'Om ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages fÌ'Om contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ssibl State Officials. 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract dates whichever is licable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si tore and initials are re uired. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time fhune or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! I: Forms! County Forms! Bee Forms/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 "·",.H.·.___"'''.''~'.'. 774-8206 16D (4) . ," '.':;' 16D6 MEMORANDUM Date: November 17, 2004 To: Joe Mezzatesta Collier County Health Department From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: The FY 2005 contract between Collier County and the State of Florida Department of Health for operation of the Collier County Health Department Enclosed please find four (4) original documents as referenced above, Agenda Item #l6D6, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. After obtaining the necessary signature(s), please return one fully executed original to the Minutes & Records Department, as it will be kept in the official records. If you should have any questions, please call me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosures (4) " '~M'~"~_'~'__"___''''__''''''''_~ 16D6'~ EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Recommendation to approve the FY 05 contract between Collier County and the State of Florida Department of Health for operation of the Collier County Health Department in the amount of $1,328,400. OBJECTIVE: To provide local funding to augment the level of public health services provided to the residents of Collier County. CONSIDERA TIONS: Each year, the County enters into an agreement with the State of Florida Department of Health to provide funds and facilities for the provision of public health services. The attached represents the FY 05 contract effective October 1, 2004 through September 30, 2005. The agreement identifies the services that will be provided with the cost share between the State and the County. The total amount affected by County funding is $1,484,400. This year a portion of the County's contribution to the Health Department includes $156,000 provided by Federal funding through the Upper Payment Limit (UPL) program, and therefore reduces the cash contribution to $1,328,400. Also included in the County contribution is $259,200 for general operating and administrative costs paid on behalf of the Health Department for building maintenance, utilities, and insurance. GROWTH MANAGEMENT IMPACT: There is no Growth Management Plan impact associated with this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The contract includes a cash contribution of $1,069,200 and $259,200 for building maintenance, utilities, and insurance for a total contribution of $1,328,400. These funds are budgeted in the FY 05 General Fund (001) budget in the Public Health cost center. See attached budget and cash analysis. RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the Board authorize the Chairman to execute the annual contract with the State of Florida Department of Health for the operations of the Collier County Health Department. Prepared by: Joe Mezzatesta, Collier County Health Department _'""_-"'--"'_"""'_"'0 Collier County Health Department FY05 Core Contract Budget and Cash Analysis 1606 ~f Total amount benefittinQ the Health Department $1,484,400 General and Administrative expense paid by county -$259,200 Cash provided to Health Department $1,225,200 Funded by County Funded by Federal Government (UPL program) $1,069,200 $156,000 $1,225,200 Summary of County BudQet for Health Department Cash from County G & A expense paid by County $1,069,200 $259,200 Total County Budget FY05 $1,328,400 Federal Government (UPL program) $156,000 Total amount benefitting the Health Department $1,484,400 16D6~~ CONTRACT BETWEEN COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS AND STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH FOR OPERATION OF THE COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT CONTRACT YEAR 2004-2005 This agreement ("Agreement") is made and entered into between the State of Florida, Department of Health ("State") and the Collier County Board of County Commissioners ("County"), through their undersigned authorities, effective October 1, 2004. RECITALS A. Pursuant to Chapter 154, F.S., the intent of the legislature is to "promote, protect, maintain, and improve the health and safety of all citizens and visitors of this state through a system of coordinated county health department services." B. County Health Departments were created throughout Florida to satisfy this legislative intent through "promotion of the public's health, the control and eradication of preventable diseases, and the provision of primary health care for special populations." C. Collier County Health Department ("CHon) is one of the County Health Departments created throughout Florida. It is necessary for the parties hereto to enter into this Agreement in order to assure coordination between the State and the County in the operation of the CHD. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. RECITALS. The parties mutually agree that the forgoing recitals are true and correct and incorporated herein by reference. 2. TERM. The parties mutually agree that this Agreement shall be effective from October 1, 2004, through September 30, 2005, or until a written agreement replacing this Agreement is entered into between the parties, whichever is later, unless this Agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to the termination provisions set forth in paragraph 8, below. 3. SERVICES MAINTAINED BY THE CHD. The parties mutually agree that the CHD shall provide those services as set forth on Part III of Attachment II hereof, in order to maintain the following three levels of service pursuant to Section 154.01 (2), Florida Statutes, as defined below: a. "Environmental health services" are those services which are organized and operated to protect the health of the general public by monitoring and regulating activities in the environment which may contribute to the occurrence or transmission of disease. Environmental health services shall be supported by available federal, state and local -~_.~_. _""~""'_''''''''''__O"-'' 16D6· ~1¿~1 funds and shall include those services mandated on a state or federal level. Examples of environmental health services include, but are not limited to, food hygiene, safe drinking water supply, sewage and solid waste disposal, swimming pools, group care facilities, migrant labor camps, toxic material control, radiological health, occupational health. b. "Communicable disease control services" are those services which protect the health of the general public through the detection, control, and' eradication of diseases which are transmitted primarily by human beings. Communicable disease services shall be supported by available federal, state, and local funds and shall include those services mandated on a state or federal level. Such services include, but are not limited to, epidemiology, sexually transmissible disease detection and control, HIV/AIDS, immunization, tuberculosis control and maintenance of vital statistics. c. "Primary care services" are acute care and preventive services that are made available to well and sick persons who are unable to obtain such services due to lack of income or other barriers beyond their control. These services are provided to benefit individuals, improve the collective health of the public, and prevent and control the spread of disease. Primary health care services are provided at home, in group settings, or in clinics. These services shall be supported by available federal, state, and local funds and shall include services mandated on a state or federal level. Examples of primary health care services include, but are not limited to: first contact acute care services; chronic disease detection and treatment; maternal and child health services; family planning; nutrition; school health; supplemental food assistance for women, infants, and children; home health; and dental services. 4. FUNDING. The parties further agree that funding for the CHD will be handled as follows: a. The funding to be provided by the parties and any other sources are set forth in Part II of Attachment II hereof. This funding will be used as shown in Part I of Attachment II. i. The State's appropriated responsibility (direct contribution excluding any state fees, Medicaid contributions or any other funds not listed on the Schedule C) as provided in Attachment II, Part II is an amount not to exceed $ 5,534,219 (State General Revenue, Other State Funds and Federal Funds listed on the Schedule C). The State's obligation to pay under this contract is contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Legislature. ii. The County's appropriated responsibility (direct contribution excluding any fees, other cash or local contributions) as provided in Attachment II, Part II is an amount not to exceed $1,225,200 (amount listed under the "Board of County Commissioners Annual Appropriations section of the revenue attachment). b. Overall expenditures will not exceed available funding or budget authority, whichever is less, (either current year or from surplus trust funds) in any service category. Unless requested otherwise, any surplus at the end of the term of this Agreement in the County Health Department Trust Fund that is attributed to the CHD shall be carried forward to the next contract period. ",-~..~-,.., 16D6~7ltl c. Either party may establish' service fees as allowed by law to fund activities of the CHD. Where applicable, such, fees shall be automatically adjusted to at least the Medicaid fee schedule. Fees are listed in Attachment II Part II of this contract and in the Environmental Health Fee Schedule that is provided by the Environmental Health Program Office. The estimated annual environmental health fee revenues accruing to the County Health Department Trust Fund are listed on Attachment VI. . d. Either party may increase or decrease funding of this Agreement during the term hereof by notifying the other party in writing of the amount and purpose for the change in funding. If the State initiates the increase/decrease, the CHD will revise the Attachment II and send a copy of the revised pages to the County and the Department of Health, Bureau of Budget Management. If the County initiates the increase/decrease, the County shall notify the CHD. The CHD will then revise the Attachment II and send a copy of the revised pages to the Department of Health, Bureau of Budget Management. e. The name and address of the official payee to who payments shall be made is: County Health Department Trust Fund Collier County 3301 E. Tamiami Trail, Bldg H Naples, FL 34112 5. CHD DIRECTOR/ADMINISTRATOR. Both parties agree the director/administrator of the CHD shall be a State employee or under contract with the State and will be under the day-to-day direction of the Deputy State Health Officer. The director/administrator shall be selected by the State with the concurrence of the County. The director/administrator of the CHD shall insure that non-categorical sources of funding are used to fulfill public health priorities in the community and the Long Range Program Plan. A report detailing the status of public health as measured by outcome measures and similar indicators will be sent by the CHD director/administrator to the parties no later than October 1 of each year (This is the standard quality assurance "County Health Profile" report located on the Office of Planning, Evaluation & Data Analysis Intranet site). 6. ADMINISTRATIVE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES. The parties hereto agree that the following standards should apply in the operation of the CHD: a. The CHD and its personnel shall follow all State policies and procedures, except to the extent permitted for the use of county purchasing procedures as set forth in subparagraph b., below. All CHD employees shall be State or State-contract personnel subject to State personnel rules and procedures. Employees will report time in the Client Information System/Health Management Component compatible format by program component as specified by the State. b. The CHD shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal and state laws and regulations relating to its operation with the exception that the use of county purchasing procedures shall be allowed when it will result in a better price or service and no statewide Department of Health purchasing contract has been implemented for those goods or 3 '~-~"...... "''''''~'-'''"'''- ~"""----_.~.,. 1606 ~4 services. In such cases, the CHD director/administrator must sign a justification therefore, and all county-purchasing procedures must be followed in their entirety, and such compliance shall be documented. Such justification and compliance documentation shall be maintained by the CHD in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. State procedures must be followed for all leases on facilities not enumerated in Attachment IV. c. The CHD shall maintain books, records and documents ¡'n accordance with those promulgated by the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB), and the requirements of federal or state law. These records shall be maintained as required by the Department of Health Policies and Procedures for Records Management and shall be open for inspection at any time by the parties and the public, except for those records that are not otherwise subject to disclosure as provided by law which are subject to the confidentiality provisions of paragraph 6.i., below. Books, records and documents must be adequate to allow the CHD to comply with the following reporting requirements: J. The revenue and expenditure requirements In the Florida Accounting System Information Resource (FLAIR). ii. The client registration and services reporting requirements of the minimum data set as specified in the most current version of the Client Information System/Health Management Component Pamphlet; iii. Financial procedures specified in the Department of Health's Accounting Procedures Manuals, Accounting memoranda, and Comptroller's memoranda; IV. The CHD is responsible for assuring that all contracts with service providers include provisions that all subcontracted services be reported to the CHD in a manner consistent with the client registration and service reporting requirements of the minimum data set as specified in the Client Information System/Health Management Component Pamphlet. d. All funds for the CHD shall be deposited in the County Health Department Trust Fund maintained by the state treasurer. These funds shall be accounted for separately from funds deposited for other CHDs and shall be used only for public health purposes in Collier County. e. That any surplus/deficit funds, including fees or accrued interest, remaining in the County Health Department Trust Fund account at the end of the contract year shall be credited/debited to the state or county, as appropriate, based on the funds contributed by each and the expenditures incurred by each. Expenditures will be charged to the program accounts by state and county based on the ratio of planned expenditures in the core contract and funding from all sources is credited to the program accounts by state and county. The equity share of any surplus/deficit funds accruing to the state and county is determined each month and at contract year-end. Surplus funds may be applied toward the funding requirements of each participating governmental entity in the following year. -~""_._--~ 16D6 .". .} , ~,:;f! However, in each such case, all surplus funds, including fees and accrued interest, shall remain in the trust fund until accounted for in a manner which clearly illustrates the amount which has been credited to each participating governmental entity. The planned use of surplus funds shall be reflected in Attachment II, Part I of this contract, with special capital projects explained in Attachment V. f. There shall be no transfer of funds between the three levels of services without a contract amendment unless the CHD director/administrator determines that an emergency exists wherein a time delay would endanger the public's health and the Deputy State Health Officer has approved the transfer. The Deputy State Health Officer shall forward written evidence of this approval to the CHD within 30 days after an emergency transfer. g. The CHD may execute subcontracts for services necessary to enable the CHD to carry out the programs specified in this Agreement. Any such subcontract shall include all aforementioned audit and record keeping requirements. h. At the request of either party, an audit may be conducted by an independent CPA on the financial records of the CHD and the results made available to the parties within 180 days after the close of the CHD fiscal year. This audit will follow requirements contained in OMS Circular A-133 and may be in conjunction with audits performed by county government. If audit exceptions are found, then the director/administrator of the CHD will prepare a corrective action plan and a copy of that plan and monthly status reports will be furnished to the contract managers for the parties. i. The CHD shall not use or disclose any information concerning a recipient of services except as allowed by federal or state law or policy. j. The CHD shall retain all client records, financial records, supporting documents, statistical records, and any other documents (including electronic storage media) pertinent to this Agreement for a period of five (5) years after termination of this Agreement. If an audit has been initiated and audit findings have not been resolved at the end of five (5) years, the records shall be retained until resolution of the audit findings. k. The CHD shall maintain confidentiality of all data, files, and records that are confidential under the law or are otherwise exempted from disclosure as a public record under Florida law. The CHD shall implement procedures to ensure the protection and confidentiality of all such records and shall comply with sections 384.29, 381.004, 392.65 and 456.057, Florida Statutes, and all other state and federal laws regarding confidentiality. All confidentiality procedures implemented by the CHD shall be consistent with the Department of Health Information Security Policies, Protocols, and Procedures, dated September 1997, as amended, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. The CHD shall further adhere to any amendments to the State's security requirements and shall comply with any applicable professional standards of practice with respect to client confidentiality. I. The CHD shall abide by all State policies and procedures, which by this reference are incorporated herein as standards to be followed by the CHD, except as otherwise permitted for some purchases using county procedures pursuant to paragraph 6.b. hereof. 5 ,..".---.,.-.,....- 16D6~~ m. The CHD shall establish a system through which applicants for services and current clients may present grievances over denial, modification or termination of services. The CHD will advise applicants of the right to appeal a denial or exclusion from services, of failure to take account of a client's choice of service, and of his/her right to a fair hearing to the final governing authority of the agency. Specific references to existing laws, rules or program manuals are included in Attachment I of this Agreement.' n. The CHD shall comply with the provisions contained in the Civil Rights Certificate, hereby incorporated into this contract as Attachment III. o. The CHD shall submit quarterly reports to the county that shall include at least the following: i. The DE385L 1 Contract Management Variance Report and the DE580L 1 Analysis of Fund Equities Report; ii. A written explanation to the county of service variances reflected in the DE385L 1 report if the variance exceeds or falls below 25 percent of the planned expenditure amount. However, if the cumulative amount of the variance between actual and planned expenditures does not exceed three percent of the cumulative expenditures for the level of service in which the type of service is included, a variance explanation is not required. A copy of the written explanation shall be sent to the Department of Health, Bureau of Budget Management. ,........---.--~ v_ _.... 16D6:f. p. The dates for the submission of quarterly reports to the county shall be as follows unless the generation and distribution of reports is delayed due to circumstances beyond the CHD's control: f. March 1, 2005 for the report period October 1, 2004 through December 31,2004; If. June 1, 2005 for the report period October 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005; Iff. September 1, 2005 for the report period October 1, 2004 through June 30, 2005; and IV. December 1, 2005 for the report period October 1, 2004 through September 30, 2005. 7. FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT. The parties mutually agree that: a. CHD facilities shall be provided as specified in Attachment IV to this contract and the county shall own the facilities used by the CHD unless otherwise provided in Attachment IV. b. The county shall assure adequate fire and casualty insurance coverage for County- owned CHD offices and buildings and for all furnishings and equipment in CHD offices through either a self-insurance program or insurance purchased by the County. c. All vehicles will be transferred to the ownership of the County and registered as county vehicles. The county shall assure insurance coverage for these vehicles is available through either a self-insurance program or insurance purchased by the County. All vehicles will be used solely for CHD operations. Vehicles purchased through the County Health Department Trust Fund shall be sold at fair market value when they are no longer needed by the CHD and the proceeds returned to the County Health Department Trust Fund. 8. TERMINATION. a. Termination at Will. This Agreement may be terminated by either party without cause upon no less than one-hundred eighty (180) calendar days notice in writing to the other party unless a lesser time is mutually agreed upon in writing by both parties. Said notice shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, or in person to the other party's contract manager with proof of delivery. b. Termination Because of Lack of Funds. In the event funds to finance this Agreement become unavailable, either party may terminate this Agreement upon no less than twenty-four (24) hours notice. Said notice shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, or in person to the other party's contract manager with proof of delivery. c. Termination for Breach. This Agreement may be terminated by one party, upon no less than thirty (30) days notice, because of the other party's failure to perform an 7 ·"'·"~''''''''''''''_'c_,.~r" 16D6"~ . '¥ ~;~ ~\.. obligation hereunder. Said notice shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, or in person to the other party's contract manager with proof of delivery. Waiver of breach of any provisions of this Agreement shaH not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach and shall not be construed to be a modification of the terms of this Agreement. 9. MISCELLANEOUS. The parties further agree: a. Availability of Funds. If this Agreement, any renewal hereof, or any term, performance or payment hereunder, extends beyond the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2005, it is agreed that the performance and payment under this Agreement are contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Legislature, in accordance with section 287.0582, Florida Statutes. b. Modification. This Agreement and its Attachments contain all of the terms and conditions agreed upon between the parties. Modifications of this Agreement shall be enforceable only when reduced to writing and signed by all parties. c. Contract Manaqers. The name and address of the contract managers for the parties under this Agreement are as follows: For the State: For the County: Joan M. Colfer, M.D., M.P.H. Name Marla Olsviq Ramsey Name Director, Collier County Health Department Title Interim Public Services Administrator, Title 3301 E. Tamiami Trail. Bldq. H 3301 E Tamiami Trail!., Bldq H Naples, Florida 34112 Address Naples, Florida 34112 Address (239) 774-8201 Telephone (239) 774-8383 Telephone If different contract managers are designated after execution of this Agreement, the name, address and telephone number of the new representative shall be furnished in writing to the other parties and attached to originals of this Agreement. d. Captions. The captions and headings contained in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and do not in any way modify, amplify, or give additional notice of the provisions hereof. ~~ . .----.......--""..--.""-.- 7. 8. 9. ATTACHMENT I 16D6 ~ ß COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT PROGRAM SPECIFIC REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND PROGRAMS REQUIRING COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SPECIFIC MANUALS Some health services must comply with specific program and reporting requirements in addition to the Personal Health Coding Pamphlet (DHP 50-20), Environmental Health Coding Pamphlet (DHP 50-21') and FLAIR requirements because of federal or state law, regulation or rule. If a county health department is funded to provide one of these services, it must comply with the special reporting requirements for that service. The services and the reporting requirements are listed below: Service Reauirement 1. Sexually Transmitted Disease Program Requirements as specified in FAC 640-3 and F.S. 384 and the CHD Guidebook Internal Operating Policy STD 6 and 7. 2. Dental Health Monthly reporting on DH Form 1008*. 3. Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants and Children. Service documentation and monthly financial reports as specified in OHM 150-24* and all federal, state and county requirements detailed in program manuals and published procedures. 4. Healthy Start! Improved Pregnancy Outcome Requirements as specified in the Healthy Start Standards and Guidelines 1998 and as specified by the Health Start Coalitions in contract with each county health department 5. Family Planning Periodic financial and programmatic reports as specified by the program office and in the CHD Guidebook, Internal Operating Policy FAMPLAN 14* 6. Immunization Periodic reports as specified by the department regarding the surveillance/investigation of reportable vaccine preventable diseases, vaccine usage accountability, the assessment of various immunization levels and forms reporting adverse events following immunization and Immunization Module quarterly quality audits and duplicate data reports. Chronic Disease Program Requirements as specified in the Community Intervention Program (CIP) and the CHD Guidebook. Environmental Health Requirements as specified in DHP 50-4* and 50-21 * HIV/AIDS Program Requirements as specified in Florida Statue 384.25 and 640-3.016 and 3.017 FAC. and the CHD Guidebook. Case reporting on CDC Forms 50.428 (Adult! Adolescent) and 50.42A (Pediatric). Socia-demographic data on persons tested for HIV in CHD clinics should be reported on Lab Request Form 1628 or Post-Test Counseling Form 1633. These reports are to be sent to the Headquarters HIV/AIDS office within 5 days of the initial post-test counseling appointment or within 90 days of the missed post-test counseling appointment 10 1 6 0 6 .~ ATTACHMENT I (Continued) 10. School Health Services HRSM 150-25*, including the requirement for an annual plan as a condition for funding *or the subsequent replacement if adopted during the contract period. 11 ~-- .~._...~._,."-_¥ = I- Z w ::E J: U « ~ « I- Z UJ :2 I- 0:: « a. w o J: I- ....J « UJ J: ç Z :J o Ü 0:: UJ :J ....J o Ü en w Ü Z :5 « c:a o Z :J LL. I- en :J 0:: l- I- Z UJ :2 I- 0:: « a. UJ o J: I- ....J « UJ J: ç Z :J o Ü LL. o UJ en :J o UJ z z :5 a. Q) C;¡ ~ .s= __ en"g >-c:-- ë~~ 5-0 ü ~ I/) ~'=ro -ro c ~ ê G æ (ñ.......ëü UJoc:a ~ ~ ~"'Cg enc:__ 2~g¡ ~-o en~1/) ~.=rn -roo~ .ê G æ êi)__rn UJoc:a I- 0:: « a. ñi Õ I- to U') to. '<t U') r-- U') o o ci r-- to ú) to ..¡ co o. '<t o Õ (") ã¡ o ( ) o c: <II ñi c:a OJ c: 'õ c: UJ "0 c: :J LL. ûí :J ¡:: o J: Ü U') o o N ci (") CD '-J:I ::: E >-2 -c- o Q) ~en c: 0 0- ü~ .E~ ~ ~. .g CD 3d5 ~t5 00 I~ N Q) Q) T- C"'"Ï U') ~ o o o. T- o¡:> Q) Q) '<to (") N o o o .0- r-- T- o o o ° .0- r-- T- Ìij Q) >- -U') 00 ~~ c: . 00 ü('") o (ij -J:I Q) E ~2 _c- o Q) .~en o 0 a:; ~8 ë.N <II ü~ ~~ ~.8 c-o enO "OU') C:O :Jo LL.N >- . 00 c:('") Q) '- C>( ) .5: J:I c: E o ( ) üã. ~ Q) ,!2en "0 0 ( )- ~'<t :¡¡8 Q)N 0::"": Q) '- o Q) c:J:I ro 0 1- - I~ Ö I . i'<t r'"Ì r-- L() '<to to N '<to L() I~· I~ N L() '<t L()" r-- to ....: E ~ .5 Q) o c: nI ñi .c OJ c: 'õ c: ( ) ( ) £: ñi :J 0- Q) ûí :J E '<t " c: nI ('") N '" E .~ Õ ñi B Q) .s= I- Q) õ z 16D6""_ '" c: ro > :5 ñi ( ) .c: ~ :.õ o E " c: ro '" t5 ( ) 'õ' Ìi ( ) '" Q) :5 :5 .¡: "C Q) iV 'u o '" '" nI c: Q) E c- '5 0- Q) o ~ .= "Ë .a ~ Q) c: "C c: ro '" t5 ( ) 'õ' Ìi c: .Q -ro > o c: ~ o c: Q t5 2 ûí c: o o ~ ( ) c: ~ ro '" t5 Q) "õ' Q: ~ 'ã. tV ü ñi 'u Q) Q. en õf OJ "C :J J:I OJ .5 -ro Q; c- o ñi :J c: c: ro Q) :5 Õ c: Q) ~ Q) Q. ~ co Õ OJ .5: ûí ¡¡¡ c: o o ai ~ Q) '" ~ OJ .S: iV Q; Q. o c: I/) tV Q) t ~ ën ~ .¡¡¡ ( ) c: :J o c: o Q) ~ ~ '" Q) -g-ro :Jiii - c: ~ g ~ E ~,g - ~ E.Q :J- .E ~ c: tV Ë ~ ro-ro <5- ,~ ~ ro u.. !!? N :J 0'" ~ c: U') Q) T- 0 0; Ë ê gJ§ I/) c: :5 "æ a. E 12 -"~-~-,_...,.."'"~ 16D6 In WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this 47 page agreement to be executed by their undersigned officials as duly authorized effective the 1st day of October, 2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS FOR COLLIER COUNTY STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SIGNED BY: ~~~ . ¡ ð .,... ~~ SIGNED BY: NAME: Donna Fiala NAME: John O. AQwunobi, M.D., M.B.A., M.P.H. TITLE: Secretary TITLE: Chairman DATE: November 16, 2004 DATE: ATTESTED TO: SIGNEDBY:~ ~.O(. NAME:j)~V1t E, ßfDLk::- TITLE: ( \er V- DATE:---LtJ,'"Ot{ Atttst IS to Chlfnaan)¡ s1g"atur~ only. SIGNED BY: NAME: Joan M. Colfer, M.D., M.P.H. TITLE: CHD Director/Administrator DATE: f~p;:l'C"'ed P,-." t-0 lai'T11 s'~ }~"'u.l ~1f':t:';f";r,~!)-"''' _-----'--~~ --:-:;. <J" "-~"" ....-...~.._.., ~ '1 . / -........:.....,-. '..............J -7"-'<:- { ··~æ kCf;LL:Jlt. CD1.:nt., ~ h~r"''''' .... ..v·; .....-;, J .....".. t '--~~;\7'}4~+:)_, f+~:_~jr~:y~o;.S:-ê:o,{,' _;_::~? ,'-:' ~ _:",,~-,~':. :'-r~~':"~<~Ct-:-sr'"' WOÌ1dBì':~opy ATTAqIl\f. . .. . . ,':·:~·{;l7·. :~;; :t/ ';;'~;~),':~i COLLIER còtJN'iŸ REÁLm ,DEPÃR Part II. Sources 6fèontribllt¡ons tòéountiU'" : ;,,' --;;>'>~c->_:';:-':':':',' -"'_:'-":'-'>,-:--'J:,;;;:;<-~'''~~--'', c'> '>:.:l~~:·/'~ October 1,2004 tti September. 30,.:. ".~" " ,::~=~:n." \; ...... -- .- .' "-....-..-. 1. GENERAL REVENUE-STATE 015011 ALG/CONTRIBUTION TO CHDS-PRIMARY CARE 27,361 0 27,361 015011 ALG/PRIMAR Y CARE 354,068 0 354,068 015011 PRIMARY CARE SPECIAL PROJECT 0 0 0 015048 ALG/CONTR TO CHDS-STD PROGRAM 0 0 0 015050 ALG/CESSPOOL IDENTIFICATION AND ELIMINATION 0 0 0 015050 ALG/CONTR TO CHDS 2.029.269 0 2,029,269 015050 ALG/CONTR TO CHDS-MIGRANT LABOR CAMP SAN IT A TION 51,170 0 51,170 015050 ALG/CONTR. TO CHDS-DENTAL PROGRAM 0 0 0 015050 ALG/CONTR. TO CHDS-IMMUNIZATION OUTREACH TEAMS 25,580 0 25,580 015050 ALG!CONTR. TO CHDS-INDOOR AIR ASSIST PROG 0 0 0 015050 ALG/CONTR TO CHDS-SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY 0 0 0 015050 CITIZENS AGAINST TOXIC EXPOSURE (CA TE) 0 0 0 015050 CO!'\i[MUNITY TB PROGRAM 126,332 0 126,332 015050 CONTR TO CHDS - DUVAL TEEN PREGNANCY PREVENTION 0 0 0 015050 HEALTH PROMOTION & EDUCATION INITIATIVES 0 0 0 015050 HEALTHY BEACHES MONITORING 24.098 0 24,098 015050 LA LIGA CONTRA EL CANCER 0 0 0 015050 METRO ORLANDO URBAN LEAGUE TEENAGE PREG PRE V 0 0 0 015050 RED LEGISLATION - GAP GRANT (CAT 050310) 110,000 0 110,000 015050 SPECIAL NEEDS SHELTER PROGRAM 20,250 0 20.250 015065 ALG/CONTR TO CHDS-AIDS PATIENT CARE 100,000 0 100.000 015065 ALG/CONTR TO ClmS-AIDS PRE V & SURV & FIELD STAFF 100,075 0 100.075 015115 VOLUNTEER SCHOOL HEALTH NURSE GRANT 0 0 0 015123 ALGiFAMIL Y PLANNING 48,602 0 48,602 015124 ALG/IPO - OUTREAG [ SOCIAL WORKERS CAT. 050707 0 0 0 015124 ALG:IPO HEAL THY START 0 0 0 015124 ALGiIPO HEALTHY ST ART/IPO CAT 050707 0 0 0 015124 ALG/JPO-INFANT MORTALITY PROJECT CAT. 050707 0 0 0 015124 ALG/MCH HEAL THY ST ARTilPO CAT 050870 0 0 0 015124 ALGiMCH-INFANT MORTALITY PROJECT CAT. 050870 0 0 0 015124 ALG/MCH-OUTREACH SOCIAL WORKERS CAT 050870 0 0 0 015137 ALGICONTR TO CHDS-MCH HEALTH - FIELD STAFF COST 0 0 0 0151:\7 IlEAL THY START - OAT A COLLECTION PROJECT STAFF 0 0 0 015140 ALGiSCHOOL HEALTH/SUPPLEMENTAL 0 0 0 GENERAL REVENUE TOTAL 3,016,805 0 3,016,805 2. NON GENERAL REVENUE - STATE 011008 RAPID AIDS TESTING - JAIL INMATES 2003 0 0 0 015010 ALG/CONTR TO CHDS-REBASING TOBACCO TF 33.298 0 33.298 015010 E"'HANCED DENTAL SERVICES TOBACCO TF 0 0 0 015010 FL HEPATITIS & LIVER FAILURE PREVENTION/CONTROL 186,012 0 186.012 015010 ONSITE SEWAGE SPECIAL PROJECT-ATF 0 0 0 015010 PACE EH 0 0 0 015010 SUPER ACT PROGRA!\1 ADM TF 0 0 0 015020 FOOD AND WATERBORNE DISEASE PROGRAM ADM TF 0 0 0 015026 ALGCONTR. TO CHDS-BIO:YIEDICAL WASTE/DEP ADM TF 15.543 0 15.543 1)15072 ALG CONTR 1"0 CHDS-SMF DRI"iKING WATER PRGiDEP ADM 0 0 0 1.l150~.j \\RICfLL\ I\I\W"¡Zi\T10N RU.)UIRL\!ENT TOBACCO TF 13.691 0 13,691 , ---.-.-.-",,,-,' ^ ""*<'''--~''.'''-''-'~'"''- ,,~.........-'-,., '-"'-~'"~'" -,...~.~,,"'_._- 0 27,361 0 354.068 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2,029,269 0 51.170 0 0 0 25.580 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 126,332 0 0 0 0 0 24,098 0 0 0 0 0 110.000 0 20.250 0 100,000 0 100.075 0 0 0 48.602 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,016,805 o 0 o 33.298 o 0 o 186.012 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 15.543 o 0 () I ~.691 13 :;'; ". ..;::,>-;,~'~.' . ":.' ' ~';\~','.":f,'¿:~;Y<f,',,&:~:' Working CopyATT ACHME~TD;··" ~ '<'" ,,·,·f\i'''Y;/ }",'.',> COLLIER èOUNTY~ALm D~P#R,.T~ENT·· ß. Sources of CODtri~udo~s tOfoun,!~.,~e,lt~ qepartmeot Oct~ber I, 20Ó4tøSeptèmber 30;2005· , ,".,,"'.:-'" -; ·;':'·State CHD . . :"/Trust Fund (mh) 2. NON GENERAL REVENUE - STATE 015172 015174 F! :LL SER VICE SCHOOLS - TOBACCO TF BASIC SCHOOL HEALTH - TOBACCO TF NON GENERAL REVENUE TOTAL 3. FEDERAL FUNDS - State 007000 007000 007000 007000 007000 007000 007030 007049 007049 007049 007049 007049 007049 007051 007056 007056 007063 007064 007064 007064 007065 007066 007066 007066 007066 007067 007061{ 007077 007077 007077 007077 007077 007084 007084 007084 007084 007084 007084 007084 007084 007084 007085 007127 ARTHRITIS SELF-HELP COURSE CHILDHOOD LEAD POISONING PREVENTION COMPREHENSIVE CARDIOVASCULAR PROGRAM FEDERAL COASTAL BEACH MONITORING PROGRA.M FEDERA.L INDIRECTS ADDITION WIC REVENUE PHBG/MIGRANT LABOR CAMP SANITATION STD PROGRAM-CSPS STD PROGRAM-CSPS-2005 STD PROGRA.M-INFERTILlTY PROJECT STD PROGRAM-MED & LAB SVCS TRNG CNTR STD PROGRAM-SYPHILIS ELIMINATION PROJECT STD/HIV PREVENTION TRAINING CENTER FGTF/WIC ADMINISTRATION HEAL TII PROGRAM FOR REfUGEES REFUGEE HEALTH TB TARGETED TESTING PHBG/COMPREHENSIVE COMM CARDIO HL TH PRGM AIDS SEROPREV ALENCE EVAL INTEG HIV/AIDS SURV SYST PERFORMANCE FGTF/AIDS SURVEILLANCE AIDS PREVENTION FGTF/RY:\N WHITE FGTF/R Y AN WHITE - EMERGING COMMUNITIES FGTF/RYAN WHITE-AIDS DRUG ASSIST PROG-ADMIN FGTF/RYAN WHITE-CONSORTIA TUBERCULOSIS CONTROL - FEDERAL GRNH FGTF/AIDS INMATE INTERVENTION BIOTERR SURVEILLANCE & EPIDEMIOLOGY BIOTERRORISM - HOSPITAL PREPAREDNESS 2004-05 BIOTERRORISM NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS BIOTERRORISM PLANNING & READINESS PUB HL TH PREP-EDUCATION & TRAINING FGTF/IMMUNIZATION ACTION PLAN FGTF/IMMUNrZA TlON-PROJECT FIELD STArT FGTFilMMUNIZA TION-WIC LINKAGES IMMUNIZATION ACTION PLAN 2004-2005 IM~IUNIZA TION FIELD STAFF 2004 IM\>IUNIZ:\TION PROJECT - VFC IM!\lLNIZATION SPECIAL PROJECT IMMUNIZA nON SUPPLEMENTAL - 2004 IMMUNIZ\TlON SUPPORT GRN"¡T - 2005 FG1TBRL\ST & CERVICAL CANCER-\Ul\IIN'l"AS! \IA\ \. 1lï ¡ BCìTF -\1CI VCllltD HEALTH 16D6~ County CHD ... . Trust Fund (cash) Total am Trust Fund Other (cash) Contributions Total 114.545 0 1]4.545 0 ] 36.680 0 136.680 0 499.769 0 499.769 0 114.545 136.680 499.769 0 0 0 0 (I 0 0 0 0 (I 0 0 0 0 () 21. 961 0 21.961 0 21. 96! 20.000 0 20.000 0 20.000 50.000 0 50.000 0 50J)()il 35,773 0 J 5. 773 0 35.7"73 0 0 0 0 :1 0 0 0 0 II 5.624 0 5,624 0 ).624 0 0 0 0 II U 0 0 0 II 0 () 0 0 lì 967.657 0 967657 0 Q6 765- 5l.51)6 () 5 1.506 0 5L;06 0 0 0 0 I) 140.000 () 140.000 0 140.UIJO 0 0 0 0 () 0 0 0 0 II 0 0 0 0 0 141.472 0 141.472 0 141.4 72 0 0 () 0 () 0 0 () 0 () 67.951 0 67,951 0 h7.C)51 0 0 0 0 (I 52.692 0 52.692 0 52.6<)2 0 0 0 0 () 61.7 34 0 Ó I. 734 0 61. 734 0 0 0 0 0 16.208 0 16208 0 16.208 66,512 0 66.512 0 66.512 0 0 0 0 II 20.206 0 20.206 0 20.2011 0 0 0 0 0 0 () 0 0 I) 19.196 0 19.196 0 19.1911 0 () I) 0 II () 0 0 0 u 12.368 0 12.368 0 12.368 21. 961 Ü 21. 961 0 21.9ó1 20.863 () 20.863 0 208/1.' 0 () () 0 I! .251 II 11.25 I (I 11~":; : .~'"...._~_._~" Worki~~~~~~~'~~";·, '~(;HM . ,COLLIER C() ß. Sources ofÇ~rit· ,'t .4;>-, 3. FEDERAL FUNDS - State 007132 007133 007133 007134 007134 007134 007134 007135 015009 015021 015021 015060 015075 015075 015075 015075 015075 MCH ßGTF-MCH/DENT AL PROJECTS FGTF!FAMIL Y PLANNING TITLE X SPECIAL INITIATIVES FGTF/F ÄlvlIL Y PLANNING-TITLE X MCH BGTF-GADSDEN SCHOOL CLINIC MCH BGTF-HEALTHY START IPO MOl BGTF-INFANT MORTALITY PROJECT MCH BGTF-OUTREACH SOCIAL WORKERS FGTF/ABSTINENCE EDUCATION PROGRAM Transtèr of Federal Funds Within Agency MEDIPASS WAIVER-HLTHY STRT CLJE0iT SERVICES MEDIPASS WAIVER-SOBRA Entrant Reimburement Transtcr FULL SERVICE SCHOOLS-TAN I' SCHOOL HEALTH-SUPPLEMENT-TANF TITLEXXI/SCHOOL HEAL TH/SUPPLEME'<TAL Refugee Screening Reimbursement Summer Feeding Sites FEDERAL FUNDS TOTAL 4. FEES ASSESSED BY STATE OR FEDERAL RLLES - STATE 001092 001092 001092 00 I 092 001092 001092 001 I 13 001132 001135 001139 001140 001142 001144 001145 001149 001165 001166 001 ]66 001166 001170 001196 001197 001211 010403 015052 010303 Environmental Health Fees OSDS Repair Permit OSDS Permit Fee I & M Zoned Operating Permit ,\erobic Operating Permit Septic Tank Site Evaluation Mobile Home and Parks Food Hygiene Permit OSDS Variance Fee Migrant Housing Permit Biohazard Waste Permit Non SOW A Lab Sample Tanning Facilities SWImming Pools Body Piercing Private Water COl1str Permit Public Water Annual Oper Permit Public Water Constr Permit Non-SDWA System Permit Lab Fee Chemical Analysis Water Analysis-Potable Nonpotablc Waler Analysis Safe Drinking Water Fees-Copy of Public Doc Transfers-.\Iobtle Home/RV Park MQ.-\ Inspection Fee FEES-\SSESSEO BY SLUE OR FEDERAL IWLES TOTAL ~~--> î$~~~' ",'!I"" ,- ;;. · ·(è!lsh}çoøtrib~tion. ...-:'I....~, C'" . " ..-:.. ,.........;"... _.', ,,'. :}_. ;:~- ."J,'" '~._','" ; ,:"-,.;.~-, ":-:;tt:::~;<:~~~:: . :-. ; , . Total <'':<:':.;.,...._-.:-.'~: . o 52.803 81,531 o o o o o o o o o 13,3 76 o o 65,000 o 0 0 0 52,803 0 81,531 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13.376 0 0 0 0 0 65.000 0 0 0 2,017,645 :J 326.050 I) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16,500 0 21.400 0 0 0 20,000 0 10,780 0 1,300 0 3,800 0 202,500 0 300 0 300 0 5,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 607.930 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 52.803 81.531 o o o o o o o o o 13.376 o o 65,000 o 2.017.645 2,017.645 326,050 o o o o o 16,500 21,400 o 20.000 10,780 1,300 3.800 202,500 300 300 5.000 o o o o o o o o o 0 326.050 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16,500 0 21.400 0 0 0 20.000 0 10.780 0 1,300 0 3.800 0 202.500 0 300 0 300 0 5.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 607.930 15 607.930 "_____·_~_A". ". 'é";'-: .'\.'-,,,:, ·Working'Copy ATTA.CHl\fI!NT,U. <'¿', , 160 6 .~ ;./., ';,':, ",~, .... COLLIERÇ~ûNTv¡JUiA.tTØ DJÆPA~'fMEN1' Part II. Soul'ce~ofCo~tribution~to COU~9'H!~Jt~.J)epartmeDt October t, 2004 to September 30; 2005 . -",;':"', '.' --:';'/':'-; .:,:-::',':>',:-.:'...:-',..... ,·,-'""-:r_';:"',::,.: ., . .":,:. ',;:,StateCHD 'C~II~tyCHD ¡ Trust Fond" Trust Food . (cash)· ..'.. (cash) Total CUD Trust Fund Other (cash) Contributions Total 5. OTHER CASH CONTRIBUTIONS - STATE 010304 015029 015121 015139 090001 Stationary Pollutant Storage Tanks Tranfers Intra Agency Super Act Reimbursements Well Surveillance Reimbursement - PesticIde Draw down from Public Health Unit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4,800 0 4.S00 0 0 0 0 0 234.199 0 234.199 0 238.999 0 238999 0 u I} 4.80n (I 234. J 99 OTHER CASH CONTRIBUTIONS TOTAL 238.999 6. MEDICAID - STATE/COUNTY 0010511 001076 001078 001079 001080 001081 001082 001083 001085 001087 001089 001147 001191 001192 001193 001194 001208 CHD Incm:Medlcald-Pharmacy Medicald-TB Medicaid-Administration Vaccine \fedicaid-Case Management CHD IncmMedicaid-Other CHD Incr.JMedicaid-Child Health Checkup CHD Incm:Medicaid-Dental CHD Incm:Medicaid-FP CHD [ncmMedicaid-Nursing ClIO Incm Medicald-STD Medicaid AIDS Merhcald liMO Rate CHD Inem:Medicaid Maternity CHD Incm:Medicaid Compo Child CHD Incm:Mcdlcaid Compo Adult Medicaid-LAB Medipass $3.00 Adm. Fee 386.340 553.660 940.000 0 940.00U 0 0 0 0 I) 0 0 0 0 II 0 0 0 0 1.1 20,047 28.728 48.7ïS 0 48."-" 0 0 0 0 II 218.192 3 12.689 530.881 0 530.88 ] 0 :) 0 0 IJ () 0 0 0 ( 164 2J6 400 () 400 20.838 29.8(,2 )O.~()0 0 SO.7011 0 0 Ü 0 (J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ù 0 I) 0 0 0 0 0 308 442 7S0 0 7S0 645,889 925.617 U7I.S06 0 1~7I.S116 0 0 () 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 50 0 5(\ 0 () 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 il 50 0 50 0 50 MEDICAID TOTAL 7. ALLOCABLE REVENUE - STATE 018001 018003 018004 018006 018010 0]8011 0180!3 018099 037000 038000 Refunds. Salary Refunds. other Personal Services Refunds. Expenses Refunds. Operating Capital Outlay Refunds. Special Category Refunds. Other DMS Refunds by Journal Transfer-65900 Refunds. Certified Forward Prior Year Warrant 12 Month Old Warrant ALLOCABLE REVENUE TOTAL 8. OTHER ST.-\ TE CONTRIBUTIONS NOT 1:"1 CHD TRUST FlJND _ STA TE State Pharmacy Services 0 0 0 158.1] I 158.111 State Laboratory Services 0 0 0 330.792 330.792 State TB ServiCès 0 0 ü 0 (I State ImmunizatIon Services 0 0 0 387.821 387.821 State STD SerVices 0 () 0 () II .Stak ("Ul1strultll1l1iRenovallon 0 II ) I} , ,-. ,._"""'."----'~. " ,.."--,..... . };.,>~:~~~t:..·_~f'~·,-~/:!/~~~~~:!<~~;~:-~ Working COPY,~17~, ,..:'," ",.,::::.":',", ":-,:::'.,," ;,~~f-;)~l~·;:\~:~t·,:~~\"~"~;Æ'i~i:3'¡:~: . COLLIER COUl'{fYHÊAÇ· Part ~. Sources of èODt¡'~UtiO~ to" ,- ·~:0;;"·:-r.:_·-;::--;r Odobèr 1~ '-,","". ,{-"'. (",:"..,:,:,- .-'. ;;" ,~~~", :'~ 8. OTHER STATE CONTRIBUTIONS NOT IN CHD TRUST FUND - STATE WIC Food 0 0 0 5,066,140 5,066,140 State AIDS Drug Assistance Program 0 0 0 L296,61 1 1,296,611 Other (specifY) 0 0 0 0 0 Other (speci~') 0 0 0 0 0 Other (specify) 0 0 0 0 0 OTHER STATE CONTRIBUTIONS TOTAL 0 0 0 7.239,475 7,239,475 9. DIRECT COUNTY CONTRIBUTIONS - COUNTY 008030 Grants-County Tax Direct 0 0 0 0 0 008034 Grants Cnty Commsn Other 0 1,225.200 ] ,225,200 0 1,225,200 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS TOTAL 0 1,225.200 1,225,200 0 1,225,200 10. FEES AUTHORIZED BY COUNTY ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION _ COUNTY 001004 Child Car Seat Prog 0 0 0 001060 Vital Statistics Fees Other 0 0 0 001062 Rabies Vaccine 0 0 0 001074 Adult Enter. Permit Fees 0 0 0 001077 Pnmary Care Fees 0 52,002 52,002 001093 Communicable Disease Fees 0 82.500 82.500 001094 Environmental Health Fees 0 588.250 588.250 001114 New Birth Certiticates 0 47,000 47,000 001115 Death Certificates 0 208.800 208,800 001117 Vital Stats-Adm. Fee 50 cents 0 2,350 2,350 FEES AUTHORIZED BY COUNTY TOTAL 0 980,902 980.902 11. OTHER CASH AND LOCAL CONTRIBUTIONS _ COUNTY 001009 Debit Memo-Bad Checks 0 0 0 00 IO I 0 Recovery-Bad Checks 0 0 0 001015 Recovery of Collection of Agency Placements 0 0 0 001026 Returned Check Fee 0 0 0 001029 Third Party Reimbursement 0 72.200 72,200 001072 Ryan White Title I 0 0 0 00]073 Ryan White Title II 0 216,752 216,752 001075 Ryan White Title III 0 0 0 001090 Medicare 0 115,470 115,470 001190 Health Maintenance Organ. (HMO) 0 0 0 005040 Interest Earned 0 0 0 005041 Interest Earned-State Investment Account 0 25.000 25,000 007010 US Grants Direct 0 72,995 72,995 008010 Grants Contracts Frm Cities Direct 0 0 0 008031 County AIDS EducatIOn 0 0 0 008050 Grants-Cnty Sch Board Direct 0 0 0 008090 Grants other Local Govn't Direct 0 0 0 008094 Grnts/Contracts other Agencies Direct 0 262,900 262.900 008095 Grants Cnty Sect 403.102 Air Pol 0 0 0 008099 Remlt)/Rcbate Local Govn't 0 0 0 OI1l3()() Sak uf Cìt)"ds and Services 0 0 0 -'--~,---'-'. ,~,. 0 0 0 0 n 0 0 0 0 52,002 0 82,500 0 588,250 0 47.000 0 208.800 0 2,350 0 980,902 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72.200 0 0 0 216,i52 0 0 0 115,470 0 0 0 0 0 25,000 0 72.995 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 262.900 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 workin~co~f4h ACHMENTtI. COLLIER C0lIN'fr'~ÁLTH!>EPAItTMENT Part II. Sources of Sontrj~~~io~~to County }I~a~tb Department Octo~er 1, 2~4t~~eptembèr 30, 200S ~,;StateCHD CountyCHD Trust Fund Trust Fund '(cash) (cash) Total CHD Trust Fund (cash) II. OTHER CASH AND LOCAL CONTRIBUTIONS _ COUNTY 010301 010403 010405 010408 010409 010500 011001 011007 011066 011067 01 J099 012020 012021 028020 090002 b.p Witness Fee Consultnt Charges Fees-Copies of Documents Sale of pharmaceuticaJs Copy Fess Intra/Inter Agency Sale of Goods Outside State Government Sales of Services Outside State Governmnent Healthy Start Coalition Contributions Cash Donations Private Ryan White Local Revenues AIDS Insurance Continuation Project Other Grants/Donations Direct Fines and Forfeitures Return Check Charge Insurance Recoveries-Other Draw down trom Public Health Unit 0 () 0 0 () 0 0 48.050 48.050 0 50 50 0 0 0 0 ü 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 () 0 0 643.598 643.598 0 4.000 4.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -8].000 -8 1.000 0 1.380.015 1,380.015 OTHER CASH AND LOCAL CONTRIBUTIONS TOTAL 12. ALLOCABLE REVENUE-COUNTY 018001 018003 018004 018006 018010 018011 0] 8013 018099 037000 038000 R.:funds. Salary Refunds. other Personal Services Relunds. Expenses Refunds. Operating Capital Outlay Refunds. Special Category Refunds. Other OMS Refunds by Journal Transfer-65900 Refunds. Certitied Forward Prior Year Warrant 12 Month Old Warrant 16D6 .j Other Contribudons Total 0 0 0 0 0 48050 0 50 0 () 0 0 0 tÌ 0 I) 0 () 0 [I 0 643.598 0 4.000 0 0 0 0 0 -81.000 0 1.380015 0 (J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (I 0 0 0 0 (I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 COUNTYALLOCAßLEREVENUETOTAL 13. BUILDINGS - COUNTY 0 0 506.880 506.880 0 0 67.810 67.810 0 0 259.200 259.200 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 iJ 0 0 0 0 () 0 0 0 IJ 0 833.890 833.890 0 0 IJ I) () 0 0 () 0 0 0 () n 0 (J () 0 0 II , ,- ,""_"',_,_..' __"___~·_·,,w. Annual Rental Equivalent Value Maintenance FacIlity Operating Expense Other (specify) Other (specify) Other (specify) Other (spcci fy) o o o o o o o BUILDINGS TOTAL o 14. OTHER COl'NTY CONTRIBUTIONS NOT IN CHD TRUST FUND _ COliNTY Otha County Contribution of some unkno\\ origin Other County ContributIon (speclfv) Other County Contribution (speci fy) Other County Contribution (specd"·) Olhcr County Contribution (specd) o o o o n OTHER COUNTY CONTRIBUTIONS TOTAL GRANDTOTALCHDPROGRAM o 7,027,087 o 4,511,734 o . 11,538,821 o 8,073,365 o 19,612,186 19 ''''~~"''''''':_~-,-- A. COMMUNICABLE DISEASE CONTROL: Immunization (101) 14.85 STD (102) 8.52 ALDS(103) 16.08 TB Control SerYIces (104) 8.66 Comm. Disease Surv. (106) 496 Hepatitis Prcvention (109) 4.05 Public Health Preparedness and Response (116) 719 Vital Statistics (] 80) 2.22 COMMUNICABLE DISEASE SUBTOTAL 6653 ß. PRIMARY CARE: Chronic Disease Services (210) Tobacco Prevention (212) Home Health (215) WLC'.(22]) 1.15 000 26.00 1.00 364 1961 306 297 Family Planning (223) Improved Prcgnancy Outcome 1.125) I kalthv Start Prenatal (227) ComprclH;:lbl\e Child Health (229) Healthy Start Infant (231) School Health (234) Comprehensive Adult Health (237) Dental Health (240) 4.65 10.83 84.50 PRIMARY CARE SUBTOTAL C. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH: Water and Onsite Sewage Programs Coastal Beach Monitoring (347) Limited Use Public Water Systems (357) Public Water System (358) Private Water System (359) [ndividual Sewage Disp. (361) Group Total Facility Programs Food Hygiene (348) Body Art (349) Group Care facility (351) MIgrant Labor Camp (352) HOllsing.PlIblic Bldg Safety,Sanitation (353) Mobile Home and Parks ServIces (354) Swimming Pools/Bathing (360) Biomedical Waste Services (364) Tanning Facilitv Services (369) 0.41 0.79 0.03 0.50 7.61 9.34 2.47 000 112 1.77 0.00 0.23 7.07 0.05 008 4.26 3,877 o o 13,358 1,197 14 1,837 249 733 416 o 1,330 2,900 25,178 1,217 47 o o 3,197 4,461 204 o 308 155 o 61 1,709 o 15 9 1.017 322 1,463 o 987 o o 3.798 38,044 8,204 6,408 10.425 3,948 8,801 826 o 76,656 7,000 533 o 100,265 2,975 50 31,157 2.096 7,992 206.300 4,621 21.400 384.389 1,220 259 13 353 10.318 12,163 1.003 o 508 1,024 o 146 7.295 o 34 193,096 113.432 457,616 133,136 84,129 73,728 8 1.5 13 24,971 1,161,621 85,918 15.682 o 326,697 48,521 121.890 239,929 102.833 37,329 100,100 86,346 200,697 1,365,942 10,071 11.277 712 7,314 12[,900 151.274 33,691 o 15,274 25.726 o 3,197 100,840 546 1,086 "...,~---,."- 193,096 193,096 113,432 113.432 457,616 457,616 133,136 133,136 84,129 84.129 73,728 73.728 81.513 81.513 24,971 24.971 1,161,621 1,161.621 85,918 15.682 o 326,697 48,521 121,890 239.929 102,833 37.329 100,100 86,346 200.697 85,918 15,682 o 326,697 48.521 121,890 239.929 102.833 37.329 100,101 86,346 200.697 1,365,942 1,365.943 10,071 11.277 712 7,314 121,900 ] 51,274 33,691 o 15,274 25,726 o 3.197 100,840 546 1.086 10,071 11.277 7.314 121.900 151.274 33,691 o 15,2ï4 25,726 o 3,198 100.840 545 1,086 ·'·'···l~i'·' , " ,; ,.. ' ·;1J·6·"~· :... ~ ~ ,f, .ý ," . ,.. "/~' . . " ~ "',.' .:.', ," - . .~ ~ ..:;,:,~-:~~:L ~ '~,- t,-.~:,;;-~. {~~:>~.5~:i,:;r__;,·· ':.::::~ -:~~..-( Ea.ch,_L~wetOf$.er~J~~..· , <.: '»3';;~:~-:>~> .~~¡ . .': ';~ :'-:':,:~,:,~ :"Grand <',-j . County: ~., , State Total 193,095 113.433 457,615 133.137 84.131 73.727 81512 24.973 . ~.. 403,523 182,329 773.961 232.13 7 152.215 115.912 107.597 99,886 Jl61.623 2.067590 85,916 15,682 o 326.696 48,521 121.889 239,930 102.833 37.328 100.!OI 86,347 200.696 114.500 20.816 o o 72.677 390.048 374.290 97.819 59.7'26 160.161 134.70] 468.691 1.365.939 1,893.429 712 10,071 11,278 712 7,315 121.901 ] 51.277 33.689 o 15.273 25.727 o 3.198 100.840 546 16.] 13 17.592 1,140 IU05 190.164 236,714 53,477 o 23.827 40,141 o 4,733 157.307 809 1.086 368,860 271,400 1.056,502 300.408 184.273 178.999 218.454 o 2,578,896 229,170 41.912 o 1,306.787 121.407 97,5 II 585.427 313.513 89,589 240.241 210,684 334,096 3,570,337 24.17] 27,517 1,708 17,552 297.437 368,385 81.285 o 37,268 62,764 o 8,057 246.053 1,374 1.651 772.383 453.729 1,830463 532.545 336.5] 8 294.911 326(15 ! 99.886 4.646,48tJ 343.6 -0 6r28 [) 1,3()6.~S~ 194.084 487.55lJ 959, -17 411.332 149,31' 4004(12 345.385 802.787 5 ,4 Ii 3 .766 40.284 45.I¡N 2,848 29.257 487.601 605.U99 134.762 () 61.095 102.90' () 12,7°() 403.360 2.183 2693 '1344 20 ;-.', {:~'1f .,.,',' ~.~.~ ,'"t.- ,(.~- C. ENVIRONMENT AL HEALTH: Group Total 12.79 2,452 10,010 180,360 180,360 180,360, 180,359 281,945 439,494 72] ,439 Groundwater Contamination Storage Tank Compliance (355) 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Super Act Service (356) 000 0 35 1,072 1,072 1,072 1,073 1,587 2,702 4,289 Group Total 000 0 35 1,072 1,072 1,072 1,073 1,587 2,702 4,289 Community Hygiene Occupational Health (344) 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Consumer Product Safety (345) 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Emergency Medical (346) 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lead MOnitoring ServIces (350) 0.00 1 ] 99 99 99 100 151 246 397 Public Sewage (362) 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Solid Waste Disposal (363) 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sanitary Nuisance (365) 0.01 0 I 146 146 146 145 225 358 583 Rabies Surveillance/Control Services (366) 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Arbovirus Surveillance (367) I 10 0 1,428 19,098 19,098 19,098 19,098 30.048 46,344 76.392 Rodent! Arthropod Control (368) 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Water Pollution (370) 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Air Pollution (371 ) 000 0 0 10 10 to 10 15 25 40 Radiological Health (372) 0.00 0 0 20 20 20 20 30 50 80 Toxic Substances (373) 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Group Total I II 1 1,430 19,373 19,373 19,373 19,373 30,469 47,023 77,492 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SUBTOTAL 23.24 6.914 23,638 352,079 352,079 352,079 352,082 550,715 857,604 1,408,319 D. SPECIAL CO~TRACTS: Special Contracts (599) 0.00 0 0 5,062 5,062 5,062 5,064 0 20,250 20,250 SPECIAL CO~TRACTS SUBTOTAL 0.00 0 0 5,062 5,062 5,062 5,064 0 20,250 20,250 TOTAL CONTRACT 17427 35,890 484,683 2,884,704 2,884,704 2,884.705 2,884,708 4,511,734 7,027,087 11,538,821 21 ·_';W",'____ '--"',"'-_..,.,.. . _"____~"~'_""_"~_'_~c 16D6 ATTACHMENT III COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT CIVIL RIGHTS CERTIFICATE The applicant provides this assurance in consideration of and for the purpose of obtaining federal grants, loans, contracts (except contracts of insurance or guaranty), property, discounts, or other federal financial assistance to programs or activities receiving or benefiting from federal financial assistance. The provider agrees to complete the Civil Rights Compliance Questionnaire, DH Forms 946 A and B (or the subsequent replacement if adopted during the contract period), if so requested by the department. The applicant assures that it will comply with: 1. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.s.C., 2000 Et seq., which prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color or national origin in programs and activities receiving or benefiting from federal financial assistance. 2. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. 794, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs and activities receiving or benefiting from federal financial assistance. 3. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, 20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq., which prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex in education programs and activities receiving or benefiting from federal financial assistance. 4. The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6101 et seq., which prohibits discrimination on the basis of age in programs or activities receiving or benefiting from federal financial assistance. 5. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981, P.L. 97-35, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex and religion in programs and activities receiving or benefiting from federal financial assistance 6. All regulations, guidelines and standards lawfully adopted under the above statutes. The applicant agrees that compliance with this assurance constitutes a condition of continued receipt of or benefit from federal financial assistance, and that it is binding upon the applicant, its successors, transferees, and assignees for the period during which such assistance is provided. The applicant further assures that all contracts, subcontractors, subgrantees or others with whom it arranges to provide services or benefits to participants or employees in connection with any of its programs and activities are not discriminating against those participants or employees in connection with any of its programs and activities are not discriminating against those participants or employees in violation of the above statutes, regulations, guidelines, and standards. In the event of failure to comply, the applicant understands that the grantor may, at its discretion, seek a court order requiring compliance with the terms of this assurance or seek other appropriate judicial or administrative relief, to include assistance being terminated and further assistance being denied. 22 --~~ >··~___^__"'"'.,~___........"s_'"_ 16D6 ATTACHMENT IV COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT FACILITIES UTILIZED BY THE COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT Facility Description Collier County Health Department & Public Services Building H Location 3301 E. Tamiami Trail Building H, Naples Owned By Collier County CHD/Environmental Health Co-Location with Development Services 2800 North Horseshoe Dr. Naples Collier County Immokalee Satellite 419 North First Street Immokalee Collier County Golden Gate WIC office 5258 Golden Gate Parkway Unit 1 (Park East), Naples Marquette Development Medical Reserve Corp 10621 Airport-Pulling Rd. Suite 5 Naples, FL 34109 SWFL Properties, LLC 23 16D6 ATTACHMENT V COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROJECTS SAVINGS PLAN IDENTIFY THE AMOUNT OF CASH THAT IS ANTICIPATED TO BE SET ASIDE ANNUALLY FOR THE PROJECT CONTRACT YEAR STATE COUNTY TOTAL 2002-2003 $ $ $ 2003-2004 $ $ $ 2004-2005 $ $ $ 2005-2006 $ $ $ 2006-2007 $ $ $ PROJECT TOTAL $ $ $ SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRUCTION/RENOV A TION PLAN PROJECT TITLE: LOCATION: CATEGORY: Renovation of CHD offices Building H of the Collier County Government Complex NEW FACILITY RENOVATION X NEW ADDITION ROOFING PLANNING STUDY SQUARE FOOTAGE: PROJECT SUMMARY: Project to include renovation of offices for Epidemiology, Vital Statistics, Information Technology and Administration. Renovation will include changes in floor plans to improve the usage of the. space in these areas ESTIMATED PROJECT INFORMATION: START DATE (Initial expenditure of funds) : COMPLETION DATE: Feb-05 Jun-05 DESIGN FEES: CONSTRUCTION COSTS: FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT TOTAL PROJECT COST: $ $ $ $ $ 175,000 COST PER SQ FOOT: #DIV/O! 24 --..-.....-...-.;'--.'..".- I- Z w ::E I- Q: :> « e:( a. I- w I- It) 0 z 0 Z J: W 0 W I- ::E N ..J :æ: « Z ." Z W 0 0 () J: 0::0 ~ -N « >0:: I- z Z< :J I- 0 Ww « u U->- Q: 0...1 W We:( ::¡ I-U ..J e:(C/) 0 ::E- ü _U- I- C/) W -. , - - 0 0 I t) U It) en 0 0 C ) 2 U') 0 .ID :s I- a:i c N ~Q 0 N N C )J: "0 Q:O C ¿ 0 ::I C ;1.&. « c .. '2 en w u u « ~ 0 a a a a a a a a a a 0 a 8 0 a a 0 0 ::E z a 0 0 0 0 0 0 a a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 « w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 a a 0 0 0 0 8 II:: Z a a 0 0 0 0 a 0 a 0 a a a a 0 0 0 0 ø 0 a a 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q. <0 N <0 N <0 N <0 to to to <0 to N to to <0 to to <0 II:: ::E 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a a 0 0 0 0 0 a Q. 0 '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" "" '" '" '" '" '" '" () ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ª . 0 . a : 0 . I . : I I 0 I . . : . . . 0 . 0 0 . . 0 . . . . ~ > 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 a 0 0 0 8 w a 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 a a a 0 0 ø ~ .... to .... to .... to .... .... .... .... .... .... <0 .... .... .... .... .... .... ¡:: 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 a a 0 0 a a 8 a a 0 0 0 a 0 a a 0 0 0 a 0 a 0 0 a a 0 0 0 0 ::J Z N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N III W ..,. ... ... ... ..,. '" ..,. ... ..,. ..,. ..,. ... ;Z ..,. ... ..,. ..,. ..,. ... to to to to to to <0 <0 CD CD CD to to to <0 to to <0 a Ó N Õ N Õ N Õ õ 8 õ õ Õ N Õ Õ Ó Õ Õ Õ ... ..,. ... ..,. a it 0 0 0 0 0 0 a ~ ~ 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 Z LI. :;: N ... N ... N :;: ..,. :;: ..,. :;: ..,. N ..,. :;: :;: '" ..,. ... ::J 1/1 9 0 0 9 LI. r.i.. N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N ø 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 6 6 0 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 N ~ N ~ N ~ N N N N N N ~ N N N N N N « a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 a a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 () 0 a a a 0 a a 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 ~ '" ~ '" ~ '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IX) ~ IX) ~ IX) ~ IX) IX) IX) IX) IX) IX) ~ IX) IX) IX) '" "' IX) ëñ 0 > 0 > 0 > 0 0 0 0 0 0 > 0 0 0 0 0 0 () II:: () a:: u a:: u () u u u () a:: () u u u u u w > II:: ::J 0 a 0 0 a a 0 a a 8 0 a a 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 Z 0 a 0 0 0 a a a a a 0 0 a 0 0 a 0 0 w ø Õ Õ 0 Õ 0 0 0 0 õ 0 õ õ 0 8 õ 8 0 0 õ w > ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 w « a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 a a 0 0 0 0 a II:: () ~ W '" '" '" '" '" '" N N N N N N '" N N N N N N U ..,. 0 ... 0 '" 0 '" '" 0> '" '" '" 0 '" '" '" '" '" '" w a ~ N N ~ N 0 0 a 0 0 a N 0 0 0 a 0 0 -. 0 õ õ 0 0 - õ õ õ õ õ 0 õ õ õ õ õ õ õ Õ III () 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ::;; ~ ::;; :.:: ::;; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ::;; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ W 0 (I) 0 (I) 0 (I) 0 0 0 0 0 0 (I) 0 0 0 0 0 0 on 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 " to ;;; to - to <0 to <0 to to to ;;; CD to to to to to 0:: ..J '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" M '" '" 0 . ~ en ~ en X en ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ en ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ..J '" '" X '" 0> ~ ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 ëñ z a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ::J a a a 0 <ri <ri c:i a a <ri 0 <0 .,: 0 a c:i '" a <D 0 '" - ~ N '" '" 0 '" .... '" N '" ~ ~ .... '" N Q. '" - ~ N ~ N M N ~ w ::E a 0( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 a 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 w z a a 0 a 0 a ui a a ci ci a <ri c:i a ::J 0 0 '" '" ~ '" .... '" ... '" 0 '" .... '" ... w 0 - N '" ~ N ~ N '" ~ ~ N ~ N LI. ::E 0( .., .., Q) Q) £: £: <II .. ~ ~ .., Õ <: Õ <: Q) <: .8 <: 2 !!i .. ., .. õ e õ Ë .c >. Q) E ., .ë 0 0 " 0 Q) CD E e Q. Q. Q. Q. rJ rJ Q. .., 0 j 01 .., 0 <II <:0 <: .1:; ë ·E <: .S;; ë UJ 0 <II I!! .. ., 1/1 .. " Q) Q) <: .. UJ .. .., <: Q) .., <: W .!9 ., " Q) E Q) Q) E () .Q oi ~ >- >- " Q) Q. .!Õ " Q) Q. ii <II .c ë .c Õ 01 0( Q) .2 .. .Q <II .c .Q CI ní .., " .!II .. <: .!II ..J 1i 0 Q) " UJ .. cu Q. 0 > .. cu 0 ~ ., > .. .. ., > 0 <: 0 .. () £: cu I!! ii I§ £: Q) " 0 ., ní a:: .. 1i .., .., ::;; ~ 0 " ë 1ií z ui Õ .. 0 cu :; ~ CD cu cu :; cu J: N u;- <II oi II> ë e <II .s E .s 0 .. ..!J! .9 ., ~ ~ .t Q cu .. .. Q. Q. .. " <: .. cu Õ. 0( <: ., ...J tv (I) I!! I§ <: Q. Q) 0 I§ <: III <: " <: (I) .2 0 01 .,!! .= 0 CI .¡:; N " £:. ní .. .. õ .S; > .. õ .S; a " M 0 CI o.i .. .. II> Q. £: Q) <: Q. £: Z "0 4; 0 ::J Õ 0 .iI! .. ê <: 0 1i :; UJ ê <: 0 1ií .!; 0 .Q I§ 2 Q. Q Q. 0( > .., (; a. ., ë .2 .., .c .., Q) 2 ." .c In " II> .s. ~ ! ui -'" " cu .. U U cu ~ <: :; ¡,¡ u u " ....J <: 4; II> .. .. .c 0 0 Q. ~ 2 " ]! .E Q) 2 " ;; .E ~ <: 4; <11 cu 01 ,i!! ..!J! () 1:: ~ II> (; ~ 1:: 0 t .Q t Õ t cu I "¡j ~ .., .Q 1ñ II> a. ~ .. .9 .Q 1ñ <II Õ. ~ .t 0 .9 .. ., .E <: <: Š <: II> ., cu <: <11 ::J (¡j ., 0 ::J ëi .!; 0 .. 0 ë E .iI! I§ <: ::J cu Š 0 ë E cu I§ <: Q. a. a- 01 ::J a.. a- .., (¡j Q. II> Õ> <11 0 0 0 > .2 a- I!! II> 0 0 0 ;; .2 a- cu II> 0 0 I!! cu II> <11 0 0 I!! cu " ::> .., 0 0 .., M ~ ., 1ií .., ., ., 0 .., " ., > ~ 0 .!; ~ ., ., a. ., ., ., ~ ., ., a. .~ Z cu 0 ., cu ~ ::J 0 <: £: <: >- cu <: 01 .\'/ cu III £: 0 cu <: CI ~ E £: Q) <: £: (J) cu 0 ., .~ <II .. ë oS .9 .9 2 Õ. Q ..!J! oS .9 .9 2 ui .r::. 0 ~ ê E J: ., .., ê s; õ. z ::E .9 N () .9 w -5 oi '" ., .~ " <: <: .~ a. <: ii <: ~ <: <: 1ií ~ a. 0 4; .9 CD 0 ~ .2 e .9 ~ .£! .2 <: " W >- ." > > !I! .2 2 ., " .2 0 S! .. ¡:: § a.. .!! .. cu ~ u.. .c ., E .., "0 () ~ U 1ií Õ. cu Q) 0 .!; 0 !I! ¡¡¡ Õ "¡ Õ. cu cu Q. ,:; .!! ë. 0 (¡j <: <: .., II> > 2 a. a. 0 ,!! 0 > 2 a. a. 0 en (¡j .. <11 .. 0:: .., ., ., <: .!!! I!! .S! ., 0 <: II> :;; II> .!; I!! 0 0 ., 0 <: ~ ::J <: E <: cu a.. ., ë .. ., <: E 'i: ë 'i: U ., " c ., UJ " II> ui ëi <: "0 .., C (¡j <: " C (¡j .æ () :J c (; ., ~ ü ;;; ~ >- 0 :E ¡: ., £: e <: 0 " ;;; c ¡:: ¡:: ¡:: J: ê cu ë c ., 0 0 0 .. ., ¡:: Õ .2 .!!! 0 0 0 ., :~ fJ) ::;; ~ ~ ä:: ¡¡: ::;; ::;; ¡¡: .E > 01 ::;; ::;; ö: .E w CD <t w l- E :J .r::. 0 U a.. £: > ::> ., ., ., õ 0 õ '" 0 0 >. .t ., cu ~ 0 a. ~ N N '" '" 0 u m () a.. I u .0 - N ~ M .,: <ri <D <0 Ci ã: '" - N M ... c~ <D Q; c n: a. ¡:::: tI? T- !2 ª ë Q) E t: ro Q. ( ) C :;§ <II Q) :r: > c: :J o Ü Q) '" :J ûí :J ~ 25 '~'''''''''NO'''_'",~"~,__~",, .".,><"-<-_., 1 .. 0 0 0 0 0 I 1.& I/) 0 0 co 0 0 Q ::I U') 0. r-- co. M ::I .. C I- to 0 0 ('") ! Q 0 T- N ~ ~ J: I ex: U 't c ¿ 0 ::¡ C ;IL < C .w '2 I I I/) I w u u < I- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ::E z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 « w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 II:: Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 \0 N <D N \0 N \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 N \0 N \0 \0 N \0 N \0 N \0 II:: ::E c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a. 0 '" '" '" '" '" ~ '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" 0 - .- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - !!i : 0 : 0 : 0 : : : : : . : : . : : : 0 : 0 . : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 0 0 . . 0 0 . 0 0 0 I- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W > 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I- .... \0 .... <D .... <D ..... .... .... ..... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... .... .... <D .... <D .... .... \0 .... \0 .... \0 .... CI ¡: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ::J Z N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N m W ... ... ... ... ",. ",. ",. ",. ",. ",. ... ... ... ",. ... ... ... ",. ... ",. ",. ",. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... \0 <D \0 <D <D <D <D \0 <D <D <D <D <D <D \0 <D <D <D <D \0 <D <D \0 \0 \0 \0 \0 <D \0 C 0 N ;; N 0 N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N 0 N 0 0 N 0 N - N - ",. ... ",. ",. ",. ... ... 0 ... 0 C ¡¡: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ 0 0 0 0 0 ú.. - N ;; N - ;; ;; ;; - ;; ;; N - - N - - - Z ",. N ",. ... ... ... ... ",. ... ... ... N ..,. ... N ... ..,. N ... ::J U! 0 0 0 <;> 9 0 0 0 u. u. N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N CI ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, a ¿, a a ¿, ¿, N - N N - N N N N N N N N N N N N - N - N N - N - N - N « 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U) 0 U) 0 U) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a:: 0 a:: 0 a:: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w 0 ~ 0 w 0 0 ::<: a ::<: a ::<: a ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: G1 ::<: G1 ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: OJ ::J OJ ::J OJ ::J OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ OJ a:: OJ a:: OJ OJ a: OJ a. OJ a: OJ ¡¡:¡ C > C > C > C C C C C C C C CJ C C C > C > CJ C > C > CJ > C u a:: u a:: 0 a:: 0 0 u u u 0 u u u u u u a:: u a:: u u a:: u a:: u a:: u w > II:: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ::J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - w w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 > I- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w « 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 II:: 0 I- W '" '" '" '" '" '" G1 G1 m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... ... ",. ",. N m G1 G1 G1 m m G1 U - :: :: - - '" '" '" ... ... ",. ;! ;! ",. ... ",. ... ",. ",. ",. m ... ... ... ",. ... ",. ... w C - - :: - - - - 0 - - - - -, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CJ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ::<: a. ::<: a. ::<: a. ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: ::<: z ::<: z '" ::<: IjJ ::<: IjJ '" 4J ::<: w CJ ::< c ::< c ::< c CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ C I- CJ I- CJ C C CJ C on ... 0 ",. 0 ",. 0 N N N ",. ",. ",. ... ... ",. ... ",. m 0 m 0 m m 0 G1 0 m 0 m CI '" '" '" '" '" '" \0 \0 \0 \0 <D \0 <D \0 <D <D \0 ",. ... ... ... .J '" m '" G1 '" m '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" m '" m '" '" G1 '" G1 '" m '" II:: ~ ~ a, ~ a, ~ a, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ x ~ ~ x x ~ a, ~ d> ~ ~ a, ~ a, ~ a, x 0 .J G1 m m X X X G1 m m m m X l- I- 0 0 tI- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ¡¡:¡ z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 '" '" 0 0 0 '" '" 0 0 0 0 ::J .n '" - 0 0 '" '" 0 '" iii iii '" 0 '" '" 0 '" iii G1 '" '" .n iii ,..: ,..: iii '" 0 0 ",. ",. <D N N 0 '" '" .... '" - '" .... - '" - ",. N '" - \0 '" - ~ a. '" - N '" - - - w ::E c « 0 ~~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 z 0 0 a. 0 '" .n 0 .n '" .n .n 0 '" '" 0 0 .n '" 0 '" 0 0 W ::J '" '" <II 0 ~ N 0 '" '" .... '" - '" .... - '" '" N ~ .... II) 0 w 0 '" \0 N '" - - - u. :i ! I ~ ë ~ u ( ~ u .g E u .g - m .g - '" ~ ( - <II ""0 ""0 C1 C1 <II ( " c: ¡; .¡; ( ""0 Ü III ~ m ""0 .2 ¡; '" ¡¡¡ .2 u ( u .¡; (f) C1 c: c: ¡; 0 '" <II !! '" '" ~ 0 úJ 0 C1 C1 - II:: <II ë Uí '" ( - '" - « ü) ë III :5 u - !.I ¡¡¡ M - ¡¡¡ a. « <II III a. ;¡: ¡¡¡ ~ .Q >. "" W CD ë a. " m 0 0 0 :;; .Q III ... III " U c: .Q c: Ü "" -'" U .J > a. u u ¡¡¡ 0 ""0 ""0 2 0 -' <II " U 0 III Ü III CJ III U ( '" I- :I: a:: '" u 0 0 c: ¡;¡ Õ ""0 2 ~ ~ w u u 0 0 ( <II 0 ¡¡; ¡¡¡ '" I- III III ¡¡; W I- III 0 0 - C1 >. >. >. "" m ¡¡; É E c: > a:: <II a. 0 ¡¡¡ U) .t: .Q .t: III Õ 2 '" II:: ,£ a. a. c: Uí .J « '" '" ""0 ""0 ~ .2 '" .'" :;:: <II U ( .;, - > 0 ã. ( ã. ( 0 0 ""0 « ::J " III > '" 0 I- '" -'" ... .'" ~ ~ ""0 ~ Z a '" '" ""0 U a. 0 .t: .t: .t: « M u :;; u :;; c: ""0 - « '" '" 0 '" <II .Q .~ '" .." " " Q '" ¡¡; .!.I '" « a. '" ~ ~ II:: ~ E ~ « .t: '" '" ¡: - '" '" ~ ~ ~ u > u. Z <II '" Ç:: '" ""0 ~ <II <II <II W '" .'" Uí '" .t: '" '" '" ~ '" '" " <II ë '" <II « V (¡; z "" ""0 (¡; [T :;; '" 0:; 0 ... c '" U) '" '" '" '" E 0 E 0 u c: c W '" '" (¡; w - '" '" '" '" ii ;§ ;:$ w a. a. III '" '" '" ¡¡; '" ""0 '" <II 1:: II:: B a. ""0 ¡;, LU ã " E '" c C B '" '" N '" ::E ·õ õ ·õ CI '" '" " '" '" a:: a:: '" c '" ~ '" .t: '" '" ro 0 W " '" " .... " a. a. <II ã " 0 " " u " W I- '" [T - [T - [T « .!!! .!!! .!!! LU ¡¡¡ >- >- a:: c c: c U) [T :-2 [T [T !!! " ::;j [T ""0 ""0 ""0 0 I- Õ ¡¡; III ¡¡; ro ~ c Q 2 .2 w '" ""0 ""0 e ""0 :õ [T ""0 II:: « E E E ~ ""0 ""0 a:: .2 '" '" ro E ,£ U) ~ " ""0 " ""0 '" 2 ~ '§ ~ ¡: III ""0 '" ~ '" ro '" ¡¡; ro oð '" '" '" ex: ~ c 0 c 0 '" ~ :; '" '" '" '" CI " Vi '" ~ " 0 E .t: ~ .t: ~ .t: 0 .'" '" '" c '" c: '" 0 Vi Vi Uí <II .t: .t: 5: .t: .c .t: Z w a:: m E E E ro u; '" u; a. ¡;, ¡;, '¡;' õ C .t: B z LU '" 0 ::E B .9 .9 '" ã ã <II Vi '" .9 u Õ c .9 .9 c: B a. (¡; '" '" « '" " ¡¡¡ .J E .Q .Q C ¡;, '" " '" « III ~ ( c=- " ¡: 0 W Q. ~ a. '" a. 0:; .J Q. a. a. « 0:; ¡¡; ¡¡; <ii ¡¡; '" '" a:: a:: a:: u. 1:1 ~ '" '" II:: u '" ro '* a:: ~ " a. :x: a:: ~ "iii Vi <ii Vi I- ¡¡; ro ro 0 a. ~ N ~ N i= a:: ¡¡; ro ¡¡; CI ïij E ~ w ..:¡ Vi Õ ro 2 ¡¡: w « c " c: " c Z " " " õ " c: '" c ïij " " " z " c: c õ: "iii c Q. C " c: U ...J C ;1 c: '" c: '" « c: c: c: W ïij c: III C ~ -~ c: c c: Z c: ro '" '" '" '" E ro c: '" " ëã (f) i= c: i= ex: c: c: c: ::E :.t; " -= " ~ c: c: c: c: i= '" i= ro > " i= " i= " i= ro (f) ~ « ¿ « « « « s a:: <II a:: s « « « z « u. -' C S I- « ...J w 0 u...: CI 0 <II ,<"I « :: ro 0 _I '" gl.,. c "- I '" ro SË ëã aJ ::E '-"'>,J N '" '" - N '" - <', " ,.., co <D .- OJ I- - N N '" - C, N '" ~~_.~_,,'4'_'_' ~~""------""-""--- 6D6 '" QJ C ro a. r-- '9 T- e CD c: ( ) E t ro Q ( ) o § '" oJ,; J: > c: o u Q) </) :J ûJ :J t ¿(i ... I/) Q/ 2 ªI- ~o Q/:Z: a::u-g ·0 ::¡ ê ;u. c( c: ...."5 I/) ... w 8 c( I- :E Z « w 0:: Z CI 0 o 11. 0:: :E 11. 0 <.J I- W CI o :::J III o c ¡¡: Z u.. :::J (I) u.. u.. CI W :::J Z W > W 0:: I- W <.J 0 ~ 0 III <.J o CI 0:: o I- ¡¡¡ o 11. W o w w u.. ~ N o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 <D N o 0 M M ~ ~ !!! : o o '<to o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 <D N o 0 M M ~ ~ o o : 16D6 g g g g g § § § § goO goO §o § 88 80= §o §o O§ §o §o §o §o g § g § g g g g goo 080 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 ~ ~ g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g 8 ~ ~ 8 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ M M M ~ ~ ~ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ M ~ o 0 o 0 o 0 8 8 o 0 <D N o 0 M M o o o . o . o . o . . . 8 : o . o . 8 I o . o . o . o . o . o . o . . o . . . . I . . . . >- I- ¡: Z W o 0 o 0 ,... <D o 0 o 0 N N .... .... <D <D o 0 o 0 ,... <D o 0 o 0 N N .... .... <D <D N o .... o 0 .... N o N N å ¿ N ~ o 0 o 0 o 0 :.: 0 ex> ~ c > u a:: o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 N N M M o 0 o 0 :.: a. C u.. ex> 0 .... M '" ~ ~ o 0 o 0 ~ M o o o M ~ o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ b ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 8 b ~ ~ o a 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 000 0 N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 8 ¡g :; o 0 N N .... .... <D <D 88888 ,..... ,..... ,...... ...... ,.... 88888 N N N N C"\I ~ "It' ... .. "I:f to to co U) to N o .... o 0 :; ~ o N N 6 a N ~ « <.J o o 0 o 0 o 0 :.: 0 ex> ~ 8 ~ g ~ g ~ g ~ g ð 8 ~ 8 ~ g ~ 8 ~ g g g 8 8 g ; N ; N ; N ~ N v N . N ~ N .. N ~ N ~ .. V .. ; ; N ~ N ~ N ~ ~ ~ N ~ N ~ N ~ N ~ N ~ N N N ~ N N a 6 a a a 0 0 a 0 0 0 6 6 å 0 6 6 å 0 Ó 0 0 6 6 N - N ~ N - N - N N - N N N N N N N N N g g g 8 g g g g g g g g 8 8 g 8 g 8 80 000 80 08 80 80 000 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 ~ 0 :.: 0 :.: 0 :.: 0 :.: 0 :.: 0 ~ 0 :.: 0 :.: 0 :.: :.: :.: ~ :.: :.: m - ø - m - m - ro - ø _ 00 _ m _ m 00 m m ro m 00 o > 0 > c > a > a > 0 > a > a > c > 0 a 0 a 0 a u a:: U 0:: U 0:: U 0:: U 0:: U a:: U 0:: U a:: U a:: u U u u u u 000 000 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 o a 0 0 0 0 0 a 000 0 0 0 000 0 0 0 0 0 g g g g g § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § o 0 o 0 Õ Õ 8 8 ¡¡¡ a > U a:: N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M m ~ m ø m m - 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 g g g g 8 8 g 8 8 g 8 g g g g ~ ~ ~ a 0 a 0 0 0 õ ;; a a 0 0 0 a a 0 M ( ) o ro a. >- 0:: o CI W I- « U o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 :.: a. :.: ~ :.: a. :.: a. :.: a. ~ a. :.: a. :.: 11. ~ ~ :.: ~ :.: :.: :.: :.: a ~ 0 ~ a ~ a ~ a u.. a ~ a u.. a u.. a u.. a 0 a a a 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ¡ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g g 8 g 8 8 g ~ ~ g 8 g ~ ~ ~ ~ g g ~ g 8 8 a g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ <D ; ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ ex> ~ ex> ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ g ~ g '" M ... N N M M ~ ~ o 0 o 0 o w :.: a. a ~ o o o <D o o o ~ o o o <D o o o N o o o <D 8 o o o '" ex> o o .,.; ex> o o o <D 888 10.. ci c:i c:ì " .... M o € '" '" ... o 0 o 0 '" 0 N '" III ..J ~ ..J ex> 0 .... M '" X m x '" í=:' If ~ e- 4> ª ., c: c: 4> ~ g Q ß c: u.. E (; ß 0 .., 1:: E 12 ß U tV E ~ .12 :; c- .E ß ~ Q '" '" (I) ß 0 ê 0 .S; s; '" (/J J ß .2 ¡;¡ É "§ m 0 "" ., .12 ts > Q; 0 .S; .91 e ~ 8- e ro ß ~ 8 ß ß ê a. a. a. '" = .!! (I) .\1 0 ., a. Q) 0 0 c: ~ ·õ c: c: « :r: " § ., '" ß '" ~ e '! :> .!!1 !!1 ß ., ß u.. U 0 ß 4> c: >- Ü Q; Q; " m c: '" l! 0 (/J a. ~ .2 c: Z ß 0 c: ß ~ tí '" ]! ]! .<: 0; e " ., ! :J '" '" '" " ë '" 8- '" ., '" '" '" f- ~ .t '" 0 '" ~ e ß 0 ~ 0 (I) E Q; '" Q; '" Q; '" Q; ß Q; ,,¿ Q; 4> ß U 4> ß ~ 0 .. ., u U U ß :¡;¡ '" ~ c: I- ß ~ ~ ~ a. ~ :> ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :2 ~ E '" '" 0> .2 =:; .E Z ¡¡; '" 0 '" 0 111 '" 111 111 '" 111 '" '" i: 111 " ~ " .6 Q) w ù:: " 0 " 0 " 0 :J 0 :J iV " '" " ß :J :J :::; 0" .. 0" .6 ts :¡ ß I/) 0- 0" 0- I 0- :; 0- -, 0- lD 0" 0:: 0" U 0" '" .<: " 4> 0> :E .<: .<: .E Õ !!! :J .E " " '" " '" ~ '" '" '" '" ~ '" ~ '" '" '" a. ~ !!! :t: 111 (/J '" '" (/J 111 .E 111 .E '" .E '" .E '" .E '" .E 111 ß .. I- .. ß ûí (I) ß '" ß ß ß ß ß ß ß ß § .<: .," .<: G; .E c: ~ > ::¡ E .<: .'" ~ .<: '" '" .<: .'" .<: .'" .<: '" .<: .'" .c "" .<: § .<: .9 E .9 ~ ~ .2 ß :J Z .9 E ~ .9 E .<: E E E E E .9 .91 ~ .E tí ID f 0 III Q; 0 Q; ë .9 Q; .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .. .Š1 ß ~ .. « .. 0 .. ß '" '" '" a. ~ .!! > ~ 4> c: 12 ;:: I- ~ ~ a. '" ~ ~ E ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Q; ~ ~ ~ .Š1 ~ .Š1 .. ., a. ß 0 ~ - - .<: ü; ñi '" ¡;¡ ., a:: .. ., a:: (I) ë -¡¡; -¡¡; -¡¡; -¡¡; -¡¡; ñi '" ¡;¡ ., :J c: " c: '" :J .S; .<: ëë w ~ c OJ c: '" c c c c c c C 111 '" C 0" .. 0 ë OJ ;:0 0 OJ :J C 111 ::J E" ::J OJ ::J '" :J '" " 111 " '" c ~ c ~ '" 0 4> ., 1;j " ~7 u E c c c c c c: c: c c 0 ¿, '" a c ~ ë ~ c OJ ~ c f- c ¡.':: c ¡.':: c ¡.':: c ¡.':: c ~ <>: <>: ã: u.. a:: 0:: ....J <i' w 0 I <f « ." « E « « <{ <{ <>: <>: '" !!. 0 0 ~! '" I '" '~"ì ! '" '" '" '" ~ '" '" 0 0 ;: N M .... .,.; ~ ,.-: ¡ ~ ".1 N '" ...,. ...,. c,! U") <.0 <.0 "" 0) ex> '" '" - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ "'---"~'--'-"'-' ,,_.._--"....""'"",-;~ . ,..."._...""-~-..,,,,,,,,,,....,,,,,",-_' ...-.----.--'-- I- Z ::I o :E « o 0 ~ q .... <D .... - I- Z :::J o :E « o o o <D ~ .. , ... - 0 .lO LJ ~) III U') II) ;:, 0 ;:, .. C I- CO ~ 0 Q) I N II) ::J: IX: U 'C I C 1 ¿ 0 ::I C ;u. I 0« c .; '2 III W u ! I u I 0« I ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :::E z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 « w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0:: Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 " 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IL N '" N '" N <D N '" N <D N <D N <D N N '" N N '" N <D N '" N <D N '" N <D N 0:: :::E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IL 0 '" '" ~ '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" U I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ !Ii 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 I- > 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 " I- <D .... '" .... <D .... <D .... <D .... <D .... <D .... <D '" .... <D '" .... <D .... '" .... '" .... '" .... to .... <D ¡:: 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :J Z N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N "I "I N "I N N N N CD W ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ;g ... ... ... ... ... -or -or ... ... -or ... -or -or to to '" '" '" <D <D '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" <D <D '" '" '" <D to '" '" '" '" <D <D <D <D C N 0 N 0 "I 0 N 0 "I Ó N 0 N 0 N N 0 "I "I 0 N 0 N ;; "I 0 "I ;; N ;; "I ... ... ... ... -or -or ... -or ... ... ... .,. ... ... .,. ... -or C ¡¡: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ N N ::; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - ~ ~ ~ Z N .,. ... N ... "I .,. "I ... ... N N ... "I N ... N .,. N ... N .,. N ... N .,. "I :J rn 0 0 0 0 0 0 <;> 0 0 0 0 <;> 0 ~ 0 0 <;> 0 u. ... N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N "I N N N N N N N " ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ~ N N ~ N ~ N ~ "I ~ "I N ~ N ~ ~ N N ~ N ~ N ~ N ~ N ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 « 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 u 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w :x: w :x: w :x: w :x: w :x: w :x: w :x: w 0> :x: w w :x: w :x: w \<: w :x: w :x: lJ.J \<: lJ.J ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ III co ~ (J co ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ ¡¡j > Q > Q > Q > Q > 0 > 0 > 0 > > 0 > > 0 > Q > 0 > 0 > 0 > 0 > a:: u a:: 0 0:: U 0:: 0 a:: 0 0:: 0 a:: u 0:: 0:: 0 0:: a:: 0 a:: 0 a:: u a:: u 0:: 0 a:: 0 0:: W > 0:: :J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w " 0 0 0 ó ;; 0 ;; 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 ;; 0 0 0 0 ó 0 ;; w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 > I- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w « 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0:: U I- W '" N M N M N M N '" N '" N M N '" 0 N '" .... N M N '" "I M N '" N M "I '" U 0 0 0> 0 (J) 0 (J) 0 (J) 0 (J) 0 (J) 0 (J) 0 (J) 0 <D (J) 0 (J) 0 0> 0 (J) 0 (J) 0 (J) 0 W N 0 N 0 "I 0 "I 0 N ~ N 0 N 0 N N 0 N ~ 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N .., 0 0 ;; 0 0 0 0 ó 0 0 ;; 0 0 ;; 0 0 ó 0 ~ ;; QJ U 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a; a 0 I- :x: I- :x: I- :x: L.I. :x: I- :x: I- :x: l- \<: :x: \<: I- :x: I- '" I- :x: I- :x: I- :x: I- :.:: I- u l- I- D.. W (J 0 (J 0 (J 0 (J 0 (J c (J Q (J Q (J a:: 0 Vi I- 0 (J Q (J 0 Vi Q Vi 0 CJJ 0 (J on 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ~ 0 ;¡; 0 ~ 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 0 ;¡; 0 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 0 ....I ;;; ;;; <D ~ ;;; ;;; ;;; ;;; ;;; <D 0:: ;¡ (J) M '" '" (J) '" 0> '" (J) M (J) '" (J) 0> '" M (J) '" '" (J) '" '" '" (J) 0 en ~ m ~ m ~ m x en ~ en ~ en ~ en en ~ m en ~ en x en x en ~ m ~ en x en ....I (J) (J) (J) (J) x (J) (J) (J) 0> 0> (J) (J) (J) x (J) X 0> 0> (J) X (J) ~ ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 a 0 a 0 0 a ¡¡j Z 0 0 N '" 0 0 '" N 0 0 0 0 <D .,. <D -or 0 " <D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 co N 0 0 0 0 0 :J <D .,. N N '" 0 '" 0> m cD 0> '" 0 ... '" '" .n ~ '" '" <D ... <D ... '" ... '" '" '" N <D -or Q. 0 ... '" ::: ~ 0 '" <D '" .... -or -or -or ... '" '" ~ .,. w :::E ~ ~ C « 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W Z 0 .n .n .n .n '" .n 0 '" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :J '" '" ~ ::: .... .... '" '" '" '" '" '" .,. ~ '" W 0 u. ::E « E E II) 1ií r:::: II) >- 1ií en <J? >- ë ~ en II) II) .<: S " E "" ::I ñi E ~ E " CD Õ ~ II) c: ë II) Ui '" .S;; 1ií 0 ~ ;¡; .. c: c: " >- 13 ~ õ on >- Q; ¡: II) II) ::I en ¡;¡ ::I <lJ en c: en Õ C. U C. " "C E íiì en .. c: Q; "e .'" '" .Q E en E c: E II) c: .S;; 0 c: ¢: .. II) E 1:: C 0 ., 2 c: II) u 2 .. f;; '" E Q; ro l- II) II) "C U ñi .2 ;¡; c: "C Õ on E ;; 0- en '" c. É c: !.1 ¡¡; >- Q c: II) Q; c: ~ E c. Q) Q. (I on .. "'= cn 1ii (I c. .2 II) .1; 0 '" 0 ~ " ¡;; II) E "C U .9 cn ë Õ ë c. on <.J S;; ë ;¡; !E ¡;¡ ¿ ::Ii II) " c. .g 0 "C 0 II) S;; II) II) !!! cn E '" ¡¡; '" :ê <t cn ::I e >- E c: ;¡; ~ on <.J '" C. a. '" c: E Õ cn 0 .2 .i2 cn "C II) ; Q; II:: .~ II) 0 E .6 "C II) '" ::I cn E ::I Ui "C '" .1; " '" a. ñi c: "C .S;; S;; ¡; c. 0 on c: c: 0 u c: " 2 ::I 6 0 Õ >- <.J 0 c: Q) 0 c: .<: .. ~ ~ .'= Q (I Õ .S;; .~ <.J S;; en '" I 0 <.J ~ II) E .. IE ñi .S;; 1ii ~ >- i: .9 ~ II) E II:: :.ë ·x c: c. ¡;; " ¡;¡ S;; <ii on ,¿ on £; (I > a. c: ~ '" II) II> e 0 <.J "C ::I .9 0 c: (I c: (I ;¡; c. E !E II) 1;; ..c: .E 0 c: E Q) E .9 0 ....I Õ E .9 .E Õ >- E e "C õ S;; <.J ;; cn cn Õ ~ on ~ f;; cn cn OJ « cn on on on 0 '" 0 on i cn '" Q; '" Q; II) Q; on Q) Qj Q) ~ II> ~ 0 en ~ e on II) <; .'" Q) 0 rn '" Q; Q; Q; Q; Q; E Q; E Q; Q; c c. >- 01 1;; ~ ¡;¡ II) '" ~ 1;; Q) õ c. t ; t 1:: 1:: E 1:: C1 c: 1:: Ü 0 .§ ~ t > t c: 1:: II> 1:: >- t ~ 1:: ui t t II) " 1:: 1:: .. (I 2 (I ë (I '" (I c: '" '!! a. II) (I 0 .. ;; .. c: '" en '" '" E (I E (I <.J 1ñ <.J '" (I E ::I (¡¡ ::I Õ ::I Q) ::I Q; E ::I '" ..c: E ;; II) c 0- Q) '" ¡;¡ ::I Õ. ::I E ::I '" ::I '" ::I C ::I II) ::I Q) ::I " ~ c: ::I ::I II) 0" C. 0" II> 0" E 0" C. cr .r:: <.J If1 ë e cr cr cr cr cr 0" 1;; 0" 1;; cr .Q (I cr 0" 1;; " " a. " .2 "C "C U " Q; cn " c. " "C .2 "C "C ¿ " " >- "C ::I "C " '" Q) ¡;¡ (I .. c: Õ (I C1 "C '" Qj '" OJ 0 (I II) .E >- .9 ~ >- on 0 c 0 c. c: (I '" c. (I '" '" .2 (I cn '" on '" on (I '" Q) ~ > Q) c: II) Q) ~ S;; '" Q) a. " ûí w ~ (I II) " II) Q) Q) II) II) II) Q) Q) .!Q II) II> '" ..c: 0 ..c: "ê ..c: " a. m ..c: .r:: c c: 0 Q) on " .2 ã. ..c: c: .<: .E .r:: ..c: .r:: m ..c: ~ ..c: ..c: c: .'" ..c: ..c: Õ c Õ. c: '" on ë "C OJ Z « Ü (I 2 .2 ::I II> ~ '" E ,9 2 c. .9 ,9 '" S;; ,9 (¡¡ '" ,9 0 .s ~ 0 "C .9 ,9 ,9 m .9 m .9 .9 c .9 E .E ,9 .9 c Õ c: .0 a. II) ¡; ~ C "C C c: c ¡;¡ ..c: .2 Q; '" Q .'" ~ '" ~ Q) ~ ~ ¡:: 2 c '" Q; .2 2 ::I ~ ::I > .2 Q) (¡¡ <.J Q) ~ .2 '" ~ ~ "C 0 ro E a. w ~ ~ ~ Q) ~ ~ V; c :ffi on E c: . m '" ¡;¡ ¡;¡ Q) ~ ro c. 13 s;- .; ro -0 '" a. fJ c: V; m c m > > '" è on 1ñ 1ñ Q) '" '" cn Q) c: 2 c: ~ c " '" c: ::I ë e c: OC !,i ë 0 c !,i 2 c \J c: '" c: '" c: c: E c c: E ¡;; c: c: '" c Õ '" ~ '" Vi Q) '" '" '" w ~ on ~ c " u ~I ã. " '" ã. 13 '" ã. '" ~ '" " '" Q) '" ~ ~ '" Q) OJ a. '" '" ~ (jj ~ .:: '" .:: >- u l- e ~ ~ E :v .:: a. E !,i .:: c. .:: a. .:: ~ ~ .:: Q; '" .:: 0:: '" .:: E Cl::1 E (J c: « « "- rf '" '" en a. I- '" 1 28 w « ¡¡; :i « ~ « (J (J a. z '" CI:: '" c: .':' "51 '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~I ~! ." a I ~ 0.. .':' '" '" '" '" '" .':' '" .0 £: '" .0 0 0 ::! 8 "II '" N '" " ú>1 ~ . 0, " ('0' c ('oJ <'I <'I ... ... "j, Ul '" '" ,... "" "" ro (J) c~ (J) ~ - - -I '" - ~ - _I t.D1 - - <''''_~_'__;'_N'''' _···;····~·._"'....'v,"'<,·,,· ,·.~".·o*.....___,__,_.·..,,~,.__. 1 ~ - ~ ( ) !II III :s :::I .. I: ~ ( )C ~J: 'C a:U I: é 0 :::I I: ;1.1.. c( I: ..; :; !II .. UJ u u c( .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 0 0 0 :IE z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0( w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 0 :5 0 0 § 0 0 0 II: Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 § :5 0 0 0 0 :5 0 C) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 0 0 0 0 Q. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 '" N <C N <C N '" N '" N '" N '" N <C N '" N '" N CD N <C N CD N CD II: :IE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q. 0 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M ~ ~ M M M ~ M M M M M U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .... ~ !!! . 0 . 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 . 0 : 0 . :5 : 0 : 0 . 0 . :5 : . 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 . .... >- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 0 0 0 :5 :5 :5 0 w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .... ..... <C ..... '" ..... CD ..... '" ..... '" ..... CD ..... CD ..... '" ..... ~ ..... ~ ..... ~ ..... 8 "- 8 ..... C) ¡:: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 :5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :J Z N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N II) W ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ~ ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ". ". ". ". ". '" '" CD CD CD '" CD CD CD CD '" CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD '" CD CD CD CD '" 0 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 8 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 ..,. ". ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ". ..,. C! ". ..,. C! C! 0 ii: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... N ; N ~ ~ ; ; ; z ..,. N ..,. ..,. N ..,. N ..,. N ..,. N N ..,. N N ..,. N N ..,. N ..,. :J UI 0 0 0 0 <;> 0 0 0 <;> <;> <;> 0 0 u. ... N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N C) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, ¿, 6 N ~ N N ~ N ~ N ~ N ~ N ~ N N ~ N ~ N N N ~ N 2:- >- >- >- >- c: ë ë ë ë 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 0 :5 0 0 0 0 0 § 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 :5 0 0 :5 0 Q Q Q) Q Q u 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OJ en en en en 0 x: UJ x: UJ x: UJ x: UJ x: UJ x: UJ x: UJ x: UJ x: UJ x: w x: UJ x: >- x: >- x: " " " " " cc ~ cc ~ cc ~ cc ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ co ~ cc ~ «> ~ «> ~ co II) co II) <D en :!! en :!! en ~ Q) ~ Q ~ Q > Q > Q > Q > Q > Q > Q > Q > Q > 0 > Q > Q > Q > Q "t: "t: "t: "t: "t: Üj l\ l\ l\ l\ '" (J a:: (J a:: u a:: (J c:: u c:: u c:: (J a:: (J a:: u c:: u c:: (J a:: u c:: u c:: u " " :J " " 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" "t> "t> "t> "t> "t> >- '" '" '" l\ '" w Q Q '" Q) Q [I: 0 .r::. .r::. .r::. .r::. .r::. :J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 5 z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w C) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 8 8 0 § 8 § § 0 õ 0 LL LL LL LL U. W > .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w 0( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 II: 0 .... W N M N M N M N M N M N M N M N M N M N M N M It) C! It) C! N U 0> 0 0> 0 0> 0 CJ> 0 0> 0 0> 0 0> 0 0> 0 0> 0 CJ> 0 0> 0 M M CJ> W 0 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 N N N 0 ., 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 II) u 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x: l- x: l- x: l- x: l- x: l- x: l- x: l- x: l- x: .... x: l- x: l- x: [I: x: a: x: w Q (f) Q (f) Q (f) Q (f) 0 (f) 0 (f) Q (f) 0 (f) 0 (f) 0 (f) 0 (/) 0 0 0 (J Q '" ~ 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;0 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; 0 ;¡; C) ....I '" 0; 0; 0; 0; II: M 0> M CJ> M M 0> M CJ> M CJ> M 0> M 0> M en M M M M en M 0 ~ ~ 0\ ~ en ~ 0\ ~ 0\ X 0\ X 0\ ~ 0\ ~ en ~ en ~ en ~ en ~ en ~ en ~ ....I en 0> en en X en X en 0> en en 0> 0> 0> en .... .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :5 0 :5 0 0 ~ 0 :5 ~ Üj z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N co 0 0 N co c:> 0 0 0 0 0 0 :J N co N co 0> W 0 0 cri W N N cri W N N co N ..,: W ...; N iii It) 0 g It) 0 CJ> 0> CD It) It) '" M CD M M ~ co ~ N "- "- ~ N Q. ~ ~ ~ w ::Ii 0 0( 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 a 8 0 ~ 8 0 0 :5 0 .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w Z 0 0 It) 0 iii iii iii iii 0 0 It) 0 0 It) 0 iii 0 g 0 :J 0 ~ "- a "- M "- M It) 0 N It) 0 N 0 "- a It) W 0 ~ ~ ~ N ~ N ~ It) .... ~ N U. ::Ii 0( on E '- E Q) Q) Q) 1;; c: .0:: 1;; >- 2 '" >- en 1ii WI WI E ë Q ë ~ 01 e Q 0. c: Q) E 01 E 0 '" E e 1ii Õ .r::. 1ii " <J c: Q. Æ '- 5 Æ c: íñ" Q '" E l\ >- "t> Q WI "t> E ~ '- i Q '" c: Q ~ Q >- E Q " " 0. x: .2 WI -a VI c: c: ~ -' ãi ïõ '" c: '" '" c: c: .'" '" '" !!:. '" -" 0 E -" '" l\ E E <J E (f) .1: ë " <J -a " ~ ~ " c: '" E "t> c: Q) c: <J c: Q '" E 1 '" g Q) <J WI Q c: E 0. 0. c: 0. :2 8 en '" c: E WI c: )( 8- ,ë. '" .r::. E '" " .... Q '" >- ïõ Q E ~ '" E " c: E .æ ~ '" ~ 5 c: 0 > c: ë .2 i :u E c; "t] c: c: Q) '" ..!! c: 0. 2:- Ü 0 01 Q .g '" '" Ü 0. .11 .2 Q 'Ë 2:- (f) 5- .... if. ~ 't:: c: VI ~ E .r::. J! Q Ë Q a: .S;; '" '" ~ Q 1j :¡; 0. 0. ë 0 0. Q '" <J J! w l\ '" 0 0. 0. 0. 0. > .11 > Q c: J! ~ 01 ~ c: e '" ê ~ 0. c: .. ..!! ...L c: I- Ü c: f; .Õ\ c: "5 "5 WI .2 c: '''' a:: '6 0. ~ 0 ., 01 = " .r::. 1ii '" 0 0 .S;; ãi ., :J Õ <{ -a .2 <J Q -" .9 t; Q WI ~ .1: E :J e <J '" Q; ~ -a '" Q 0. 0. ]i 0. >- .2 OJ c: .S;; Q VI WI Q u :!! ~ VI E :!! ~ E WI ~ VI l\ :!! '" ~ '" ~ '" ~ 0 0. 0. Q; .'" '" ~ 0. '" Q; ~ 'õ ã; '" .2 c: c: 0 '" " c: '" WI '" U :J ., 's '" " > Q E ., '- ~ '- .... ., 0 '" '" 1:: E :;; "t: -a '" 1:: !; 1:: .~ "t: 0. "t: 1:: 0. "t: J! "t: ., 1:: .... "t: ,g ,g WI "t: Ü <( .0, .2 2 c: '" Q; '" c: :J '" '" '" Q; '" e:- '" '- '" '" Q .. c: .. .. 01 .. 2 w 1ii ~ 1ii :J :J a. .r::. :J .Q VI :J VI :J '" :J :J e :J Q :J c: " .'" " " " c: " c: c: " 1ñ :I: .!: 0" U 0- .>1 0- ..... 0" en 0" 0. 0" 0" 0. 0" .2 0" en 0" 0" .2 Q 0" .2 ;g 0" > 1ñ c: c; ë -a 01 '" "t] 1ii '§ ." 10 -a ïõ -a '" ." 0 ." '" "t] ãi -a ¡;; -a ë ." 1ii '" "t> 1ii -a c: .... 0 .Õ\ .2 Q) '" ç .0 '" .11 '" :J '" '" e' '" a. '" e' '" ~ '" '" Q '" VI .. :J .. 0 <( c: ~ .r::. '" '" Q) '" en Q) '" E Q '" Q en Q Q .11 Q .11 Q <J .E ~ c: :; E .r::. "§ .9 .r::. Õ. .r::. Ü .r::. 0 .r::. '" .r::. .r::. '" .r::. :ë .r::. 0 .r::. E .r::. Õ. '" .r::. Õ. -" .r::. '- 0 2 Q '" 0. .!! 0. .!; '- '- 1;; to 1ii '" a. a. .r::. .r::. .9 1ii .9 0. .9 0. -£ .9 ,g UJ ,g ,g ~ z .9 >1 .9 '" .9 :; .9 en .9 u .9 .9 fJ .9 .'!! .9 en :2 I- ¡;, - 0 ~ 0. '" 01 '- c: '6 c; en '- '6 '- Æ '- '" :; '- to to '- c: <ñ 10 0 Qj 0 Qj õ f; ~ '" ã; .!! ïõ ~ .!! ïõ .!! .æ .æ .æ Q) .æ Q Q .æ 2 U c: c: Q ¡:: u ~ ¡;; ~ ~ "§ Vi '" c: '" c: Q) Q .11 fJ -" <J ã; Ü w .2 Q Õ\ ~ 1ii 0. :ä ~ E 01 VI 0 :ã en 0 en 01 OJ '" OJ en c: 5 OJ c: en ....I (ij ãi ~ c: ë: -a c: '" c: c: '" c: t; c: '" c: .t; c: '" c: '" c: -" c: ê c: '" 0. c: Q ....I fJ iï:: 0 ~ c '" '" :; '" to -'" '" ã. '" "t] to 1:: '" "t> '" ã. '" ë. '" e '" .. .¡: '" 0. 0 .11 u '" ..¡;:; Qj '" ñi >= a. >= c >= >= >= >= >= ¡:: >= ¡:: £ >= '" 01 ¡:: en Õ. :.= (ij 1:: U '" 0 '" '" ." 0 "t> Q '" Q to .f; (J ~I :,: c (J) <{ ã) c; a:: I- (f) <{ 0- <{ (f) (J) <( > > .E 0. Q) Q) ïõ -£ oi :2 oi w <{ <( .E a:: U UJ '" "- '" '" '" oi ~I ~ ~ '" '" '" to '" iii W :; w 0 ~! <D r- r- oo co 0> 0> ~ N N M M ..,. ..,. .... ..,. ..,. ..,. '" It) CD ..... N ~ ."( - - - - N N N N N N N N N N N N N Q) N N .0 N N lL - M ..,. It) .'..-.-.-""....."".-. ,..'1';'""'__._..........._<.._~'_." D6 ........ I.C, Q; c: <1: a. ¡::: "? T- '2. ª c: Q E t ro c. Q C :5 (\i Q I >- c: :J o U Q) I/) :J ûí :J t 29 .. - 0 0 I 0 L U) II) 2 0 0 0 :::J ~ M ('"). e .- U') ~ II)C ~:t: '0 i a::U e ¿ 0 :::J e ;LL « e .... '5 U) .. W u u <C .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :2 Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00( w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0::: Z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q. '" N CD N '" N '" N CD '" '" CD CD CD CD CD '" CD <D '" <D <D 0::: :E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ° Q. 0 '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ '" '" ~ '" '" '" '" M .~ '" '" '" '" 0 ~ ~ - - - - - ~ ~ - - - - - - - ~ ~ ~ g . ° : 0 . ° : 0 . : . . . : . . : . : . : . . 0 0 . 0 0 . . . . . . . . .... >- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CI .... .... CD .... CD .... '" .... <D .... .... .... .... .... .... ...... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ¡: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ° ::J N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N III w ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... '" CD CD CD CD CD CD <D CD CD CD '" '" '" CD '" '" CD '" '" '" '" a ¡; N ¡; N ¡; N ¡; N ¡; ¡; ¡; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ¡; ;; ;; ~ ;; ;; ... ... ... ... ° a ü: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... ~ N - ; - ~ - - ; z ... N ... N ... ... N ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..,. ..,. ..,. :::I '1 ° '" 0 0 LL. LL. co:. N co:. N N N N N co:. co:. N N co:. co:. N N co:. N N N N N CI 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 N N ~ N - N - N N N N N N N N N N N N N N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I 00( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 u u u u 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 s s s s s 0 ~ '" ~ '" ~ '" ~ '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :.:: :.:: :.:: 0 0 0 0 0 CX) :; CX) :; CX) :; CX) :; CX) CX) CX) CX) CX) CX) CX) CX) CX) en en en en en iii 0 > 0 > 0 > 0 > 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U 0::: U Q: Ü 0::: Ü Q: U U 0 0 ü u ü 0 0 u u u u u w >- 0::: :::I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w CI ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; ;; 0 0 w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 > .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w 00( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0::: 0 .... w '" CD CD CD '" '" CD '" N N N N N N N N N - ~ - ~ u a '" :£ '" CD CD CD '" CD ;! ..,. ;! m '" m m '" '" - - ~ w - ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 N N N N N -, 0 0 ;; ;; 0 ;; 0 0 ~ ;; 0 ;; 0 ;; 0 ¡; 0 0 ~ III 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ... :.:: ... :.:: ..,. :.:: ..,. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :.:: ~ ~ ü u u u u w 0 CD 0 '" 0 CD 0 CD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 s s s s s on .... 0 ...... 0 .... 0 .... ~ ...... .... ...... ...... .... .... .... .... .... CX) CX) CX) CX) CX) CI ...J '" '" '" a; '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" 0::: 'ï' '" m '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" 0 X m ~ m ~ m ~ m ~ X ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ x ~ x ~ ~ ~ ...J X m '" '" m X X X .... .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 iii z '" '" 0 0 0 0 '" '" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 :::I .... .... ...; .... <D .,,: ~ '" c:i 0 '" .,.; 0 0 .,.; .,.; '" c:i 0 0 0 c:i Q. 0 CD '" '" '" ... '" '" N ... '" - N ~ 0 0 0 0 0 w :E '" o. o. 0 0. a 00( ,..: '" ... N - .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w Z '" 0 0 .,.; 0 c:i '" '" c:i 0 .,.; .,.; .,.; c:i 0 0 c:i c:i ::J .... ...... ... '" ... '" '" N ... '" - N - 0 0 0 0 0 w 0 '" 0 0 a. a. LL. :E ,..: '" .¡ N ~ 00( "" E .. E '" a. ¡¡j .. "' <= C> .. E E É "' ~ s; >- 1;j .. £: ... "' 1;j .m "0 <; .. 0; >- ~ E 0- 0; <= ."" >- ~ <= 1;j "' E 0- « E .<: '" >- .iI! E ~ Õ ."" C> <= > 0 õ - .. E .. <= « .. '2 .. .<: E E 0; a. (!: E E E ~ C> .<: 1;j e: '1: õ 2 .. .<: " '" Uì " "" " a. .2 .. e: ro E u; .!!! u; .<: .! e ~ ~ E e: ro "' ;;; .2 E .. >- :ë >- e ë £: 0 0 iií 2 Ü Qj " u; en RI en RI U CI CI ~ ~ 0; .<: ..II! C. >- " - iií 0- § U u; en Q; u; 0; :; 0 i':' <é 0 :; :; i':' <; i;; õ <; >- E ro w ~ 0 CI .<: 0 en ." 0; 0 .. '" 0 ."" 0- " :; ü Ë .. Q) 2! S ~ ." C> I.J.. > :; ~ N C> ~ 0 Q) (ij a. u <; Vi ::: .. 0 0 .9 0 Q) <11 " ~ ..II! -'" Õ> >- .. '" « $ iií .c. '" .9 ro .. ::J e: e: Q) 0- "' .Q iií en Q) Vi .\1 U .\1 ¡::: .. ;;; '" .9 a. CI e: 2 ::: E ti: S Q) Õ> :ë :ë '" u " a. :; U U :J "" « 0 I.J.. >- " "" e: ., « Ü '" e: ..ë <; Q) :J '" :J Q) .<: m e: a. 0 :J .<: « <= "" 2 ., ~ .<: e: .2 1:- ro Q) 0::: a. 0 a. E ãi u m '" :J 0 - u « E Q; <11 '" ., ~ .. 0 e Ë u .c: RI <D CI '" u.. '" Q; u; Q; u.. "' Ž3 ü u S e: :m ~ 1:- .. !!! e. ., N 0 0 CI 0 Q) Q; .:J Q; ro ., ..II! ,.;. :; 0 S t: e: t: .'" t: a. ., ..II! Ë "' RI U Ë ,¡ :ë - CD ¡::: CI CI :; .9 £j ~ t: "' 0 '" '" E '" E ;¡:: .II! Õ ~ \I i;; e <; Q; '" u .g :; :; '" ;;; '" õ "' .II! 0 N - a. .§ " .\1 " ü .. :J Q; :J "' ~ U .. :ë .II! Q) E u.. E Vi 00( '" " 0 :J § '" c- u c- c- U " :J E e: '" ~ 0 c- :ë Q; e: en u u E w ~ E Q: '" "" "" "" a. "" :J " Ë :; a. E E '" $ .2 0::: .\1 Q) " "' ro Q) "' '" "' " ã. E .." w :ë a. '" a. " "" Q) C> " .c " ã. Q) Õ Õ '" 0 0 0 Q) .. ., S; ü ¡::: ¡::: ë ¡::: ¡::: Q) N " S '" E ., u u i;; a. a. .... :J .<: ¡;; .<: .S; .<: ....J Q: E .<: 4' U ., 3: "" ., EI '" '" '" EI '" Z e: .<: ~ e: e: 'ë >- 00( a. '" 2! ~ RI U Q) a. ., U e: Q) a. ã. ã. ã. a. e: 0 2 .9 ., ., .9 1:- .9 .9 « .. '" en 0 2 " "' '" '" 2 e: .¡;; 0 ., ë ¡: 3: i;¡ ü >- '" Ë .. ~ " S u en "" U ü "" <11 :::I C> :::I >- <= Ü .c: ii ¡::: ¡::: ¡::: E ¡::: ti :; 0 :::I <; .. ., ::J '" " 2 ~ ~ E " a. ~ 1!1 Q) " ., ~ 0 :;¡ OJ Q) OJ OJ OJ OJ Q: a. CI "" '" 1ii ~ 0 u e: ro "" "" 2 "" j, e: >- "" <11 0 ro ~ ~ "" '2 e: E E E E E 0 ~ Z U; e: OJ e: u,. ~ e: (f) Q; Ë ..ë ., OJ " ~ OJ 1:- Vi '" '" .S; ~ ~ e: e: 0 ~ '" ;;; '" ro i;¡ C c: Ü E e: e: .ç;; '" E " ."" Ë e: RI £: 1ij ro 1ii 1ii ro ti 0 0 '" u ~ C ~ .-t; ~ « " ¡¡¡ ¡¡¡ "iii 1; a. E C ~ Q) OJ ~ OJ "" OJ en ~ I.J.. U ~ '" :J 0 0 '" .<: 0 .:J 0 .:J '" 0 É :u .:: .:: .:: '" ï: w U) ....J :; e: E Z Õ tD U U Q: Q: 0 ....J u.. .2! 0 l- I- e: 0 Q: " " " ..'i! I ° ~ '" " .c: ~ Vi Q ~, N '" '" " '" <D "" ro '" - - (J) - ã. Õ '" .c u ..j '" NI " .¡; ".~."----'..........-...- 6D6 " Q C ~ a. r-- '9 ~ '2 ~ c: Q) E 1::: '" Q IIJ o ª '" ( ) I ~ o Ü IIJ I/) :J V; ::> f ~c - III Q ::J ::J .. cl- ~c Q J: D::o-g c.s::J c C) u.. c( c .. ':¡ III .. W g c( I- W C) o ::I m o Z ::I LI.. w ::I Z w > w II:: I- W U 0 ~ 0 m u o o w C) II:: o I- ¡¡; o 0.. w o w W LI.. z o ¡:: 0.. il: u VI IoU o =æ « II:: C) o II:: 0.. !'9 « u o ¡¡; I- Z W Z o 0.. =æ o u a 0 0 a a 0 000 000 o 0 0 0 a 0 o 0 0 0 0 a 000 0 a a o 000 a 0 to to to to (D to o 0 0 a a 0 ("') ("") M M C"') M ..... ..- ...... ...... ..... ..... . . : : : : >- I- ¡:: Z W g 8 g g g g ,..... ,...,. t- ,..... ,.... ,..... 000 000 000 000 N N N N N N "If ....,. "'lIlt ""=f 'If" 'V to CD <0 <D <D <.0 o ¡¡: ù. '" LI.. C) o a a 0 0 Õ a a 0 0 0 0 "If "It 'lit" ....,. ;: 'V N N N N N N o 0 0 Ò 6 6 N N N N N N I I I I I I U U U U U U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o 0 0 0 0 0 UJ (J') (f) Cf) en U) o 0 0 0 0 0 U U U U U U >- II:: o C) W I- « u a 0 0 0 0 0 a 000 0 a o a Õ 0 a Õ o a 0 0 a a o a 0 0 0 0 ~ N N N N N N o a a a 0 0 o a 0 a 0 a - :: u u u u u u ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II) ..J ~ ..J co co co (X) co co U') U1 LO U1 U1 L() C'1 ('/') M M M M ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I- Z ::I o =æ « o 0 0 000 o 0 0 a 0 a o a a 00:0 a 0 0 0 0 0 1.0_00_0.0_"""" ,..... 1.0- "If N ...... I- Z ::I o =æ « o a 0 000 o a a 0 a a a 0 0 ci a 0 o 0 a a a a l.Oooao.v r-....: CD- .....,." N ..... o £:) (9 £:) ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .;. £ ..... "C ::I C. 0 c§-o~.8 ~£:)(98a. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ lO ..... 000 E ë '" <1J E E ro en ~, ~ ",I -" § <1J a. c: o ë ë "E TI Ë Ë ~ 2 ñ] rn ~ ~ ~ ( ) Q.) 0 ,L- ~ ~ UI 'E ë ë ë "' (Q !O ro ã.ëi.a..o.. ë: ë '" '" o..ëi. ë <1J E 1ii '" ¡:: '.1 J -0 OJ 8 8 8 g 8 a a 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 a o 0 0 0 0 o a 000 CD to CD 1.0 <D o 0 0 0 0 ("') M M M M o 8 o o o <0 o M o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 <0 <0 o 0 M M ~ ~ - ~ - : . . . . : : : : . . g 8 8 g g to-- ,...... f'-,. ,..... ,..... 000 a a 00000 iN N N N N 'V "It "It v "lilt CD CD lD to CD o 0 0 o 0 0 .... .... .... o 0 0 o 0 0 N N N .. .. .. <0 <0 <0 a a 0 0 0 o 0 0 a a v '¢ 'V "'lIlt .....,. N N N N N o 0 0 6 6 N N N N N o a 0 o 0 0 .. :; ; N N N o Ó ¿ N N N - I I I I I U Ü Ü U U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o 0 £:) 0 £:) (fJ U) U) U) (fJ £:) £:) £:) £:) £:) U U U U Ü I I I ~ ~ ~ o £:) £:) (fJ U) (fJ £:) 0 £:) ü u u o 0 a 0 0 o a 0 0 0 o 0 0 a 0 a 0 a 0 0 o a 000 o o 8 o o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 - :: :: :: :: :: N N N N '" o 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 N - N N o 0 o 0 - u u ü u u ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ u ~ ü ü ~ ~ OJ co OJ co Q) II) U') 1l) 1l) U') ('I') M M ('I') M ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IX> '" M ~ IX> IX> '" '" M M ~ ~ o a a 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 00000 o 0 0 0 0 OOO~\,f')M 11)- M- ..- o o 8 '" o 0 o 0 o a '" '" M N o 0 0 0 0 00000 o c::i 0 a 0 000 a 0 o 0_ 0. U') M vi M __ o o g '" o 0 o 0 o 0 '" '" '" N .. ..,: E N t .!! ~ ~ ï ~ CO ã.2- ~ :¡¡ ¡jÓ ~§ I !! E C .k cu '=' E Q. U ro"~ -g~ 15~g-g ~ ~ 8 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ã.,8~~ g~~§I~~ o ~ :> ~ 0 o.2:! -c 10.. E =-- .Y a. C!) 7ú ~ .8 ~ - £ ~ ~ §"* g .S:! ~ ~ :Eü«-6 a.§-§-~ ~ QJ~ yg Q.(ij ;:; ~ U. c: ::J § 0 6 .Q :g s¿ 5 Q. "5 -g i ; ~ ~ ~ ; ~ ; j i J i f ~ I ~ '" ~ ~ ê ~ ~ 1 ~ m ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ¡ ~ E c ~ ~ "~ ~ c. ~ ë. ; ; .§ Q. 8 g g ~ ~ oc]} d.I~ Q) Q)'S:Ërn ~caUro £EEEEE~og'c:~~-º ~ rn ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ £ ~ ~ ~ c: M! ~ : : ~ : : ~ ~ : : ~ 8 .. '" .- u u1 ""--"*"'~'- o 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ M M - - . . : 8 8 .... .... 8 g N N ~ ~ 8 8 :;¡: .. N N 6 6 N N I I U U ~ ~ £:) £:) (fJ (fJ £:) £:) U () o 0 o 0 § § ~ N N 8 8 ~ ~ :8 :g M M ~ ~ 8 g g g ..., N o 0 o 0 o c:í o '" '" N o 0 000 o 0 0 0 0 8 g g g g o 0 0 0 a o 0 0 0 0 to <D CD (þ CD 00000 C'1 M M M ('I') - ..- ..- "... - : . . . . : 11 jb n 5 8 8 g 8 g o 0 0 0 0 § 0 0 0 0 000 0 o 0 0 0 CD co to to to o 0 000 ('t) M ('I') M C") ----- : . . : ., o o o o o o <0 o M . . : g 8 8 g 8 ,.... ,.... ,.... ,..... ,.... 8 8 g 8 g N N N N N "lit ... ...,. ...,. ..,. (Q c.o to Wi co 88888 :; ....,. :; ;: -.;r N N N N N " è a c " N N C\I N '" I I I I I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o £:) £:) £:) 0 U) (fJ U) (fJ (fJ £:) 0 £:) 0 0 u u u u u 8 g 8 8 g 8 8 888 o 0 000 - N N N N N Õ Õ 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 u u u u u ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ co Q) co OJ (X) I.() I,() 1.0 Ll) U') M ('I') M ('I') M ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 g g g 8 g g g g o o~ Ll} Ñ ~ o o 8 8 g g g 000 0 c::i gg~~o~ Ñ _ 8 g g 8 8 § § g § § N N N N N ..., ..,. ..,. ..,. ...,. Wi 1.0 <D co to õ õ a Õ 0 o 0 000 ;: ..,. ..,. ..,. :; N N r\, N N 6 0 0 6 0 N N N N N I I I I I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o 0 0 £:) 0 (J) U) VI U) (fJ o £:) 0 Q £:) () U Ü Ü U o 0 o 0 8 8 o 0 000 000 N Õ Õ 000 000 o o .... o o N .. '" o o .. N 6 N I U ~ £:) (fJ £:) u o o § N o o r-- ( ) 1:1 ro a. N N g N ~ g 8 g g g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ co co co a:I ex) \l) U') U') 11) U') M M M M M ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g g ~ g g o 0 .~ 0 0 g ~ ~ ~ ~ g g ~ g g g g "~ g g M .- ~ N ~ IX> '" M ~ g o o 8 g ¡:::- CJ? T- e. ~ -¡¡; ~ ~ '" u..: ë ., ~ : õ '" c: .S; !! ]j tV )( ." ., c: l! '" .æ ~ .E - 1;; 1: co >- '" 1i ~ a 1 ; £; 5 ~-~~~ Q. :t::: <LI ~ ~ ~ ~ !! g ~ £ ~ :f! 1!~ g2 ~ ¡¡¡ .c ~ c: ¡;; s.~~c:.g ~ ~ rei tII .s::.EQ.-c Õ 5 ~ ~ ~ "(ij" g "~ « ::;; .c: c: .a tri~ 8 i:j ëi II c: j ,~ 2:- .. "i ~ 5 ~ cl: æ ~ 0 I) en Q) .& Õ G) c: c: c: UJ .. ¡;, ê Jj ê i! ~ iij .~ CJ ...... c: In .c:: ¡;; ~.~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C u.. GJ 0 OJ º VJ c: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .~ ~ ãi C) ·S ~ ; 0<1) C CT1:(') ~ g tII s:§ e ~ ~ ~ ~ £:) ~ .~ .~ j 0 ~ Æ ~ª ~ } ~ ;; -g 2 - ~ g- ~ ~ ~ (9 ~ §'" "~ ~ 'ê f~ ~ 0-00.. Ü~~¡:!"O!l-ä:~~"""QJ ! ¡¡¡ ~ ~ ~ I ~ 0 0 ~ ~ ~ u ~ ~ ~ r;j~~~~~~~~~~~ ~]~ ~ ~ .- 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ a::n:i.o: ~ CO~ mo::a:: £:) C) £:) =æ (9 - :¡ u .,,; cO r--.: ., = ¡;; <1J '" c: CO .c: u o c: .!õ *' " .. ~ '" .a c: ( ) E t: tV C. ( ) o ~ ~ ~ ä; .Q (9 0 '" '" (9 :5 ñi Q) J: >- c: :J o Ü ( ) '" :J ûí :J ~ . 31 .. - I t I~ 0 ~ lit ) CD 2 ::J . C ... ~o CDJ: 'g a::CJ c I ·0 ::J ê;,u. « c ..J .:; I lit ... ¡ w u I u < t- :¡; Z 0( w a:: z " 0 0 0.. a:: :¡; 0.. 0 0 ¡¡¡ t- > W t- " ¡:: 0 :::I Z a:I w 0 0 ¡¡: I z Ù. :::I II) .... ù. " >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0( '" '" '" '" '" .. .. '" .. .. .. '" '" .. .. .. .. .. '" 0 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ f f ~ ~ f ~ ~ ~ ~ f ~ ~ f ~ .. '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ '" ~ '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ '" '" 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1: 1:: ¡¡¡ co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0" I 0" 0" 0" "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 " "0 "0 > co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co co w a:: '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" .. '" '" '" '" '" '" '" :::I 0 .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c Z ... ... 0 0 ... 0 ... ... 0 0 ... 0 ... 0 0 ... 0 (; 0 " 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w w .... .... LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. .... u.. LL. LL. u.. u.. LL. u.. > t- W 0( a:: () t- W 0 W 0 .., 0 m () 0 0 I w " on ..J a:: . 0 ..J t- t- ¡¡¡ Z 0 :::I a.. 0 w :¡; 0 0( 0 0 0 0 0 .... IX> ... cry 0 '" cry 0 IX> cry '" ... '" 0 I t- o 0 0 0 0 0 <D ... '" ... 0 N CD '" ... 0 '" IX> Z '" '" .n '" .n m .... '" <D "'. N "'- '" "'. <D_ <D .... <D. ..... w :::I N N N N N W '" ... ... ;; ... N N ;,;; - ... - cry m w 0 ... ... ~ - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... :¡; ... ... ... 0( ¡,; E 1 !! ¡;¡ ~ I .. .~ -g "0 .!!! .!!! " I "0 >- .; '" " .. "0 .c " ¡¡:¡ !I! :!;! .~ e: "0 ~ £; :5 .i '" ni (; u .!I! co Õ e: Õ e: N E e: " .c "0 Õ "0 " " E Õ o. ",' C- ·C e: .~ " :2 " " " s; "0 .2 E .. .S; :ii e: "0 <IÌ .g e: 0 .2 .8 Õ "0 .. .; .. 5 "0 e: .2 Qj .2 0 :J .. -= -= -g- " VI '" U " '" .. OJ Q .c ~ i: .!I! u - ¡¡:¡ u '" " ... .. õ '" '" " u " .c .c " .. '" ¡¡:¡ .. VI :; " .!j¡ e: 'ë '" \I .E "0 .E VI e: E ã. :; "0 ·C Q. 0 ~ VI 'ë " "0 U " "0 " .. 0 ~ " ~ 'ë 0 e v; Q 13. "0 e: -= .~ '" 0 "' -= 5 0 " VI VI ... " '" Õ "0 ~ £; 0 0 1ij '" 0 .S; VI C- 'is u C- '" E .5 "0 ~ U '" Õ .; u e: ~ "' "' J¡1 E 0 ~ ... .E 0 EI " v; >< VI >< '" " ¡;¡ .E E 0 .9 '" 0 e 0 ~ õ '" .E '" '" u 'ü 2 VI e: '" '" .9 .g 0 0 ¡¡¡ 0 "'I ê: u '" 0 '" VI '" .Y VI' e: ¡¡:¡ Ìii 5 '" "' -= -= '" .::: 0 !!! ~ .. - "" ¡¡:¡ C- ¡¡:¡ E Q; " ~ j¡ .c "0 ¡¡:¡ '" "0 '" - "0 .. '" 2: 0 '" VI .1;; U '" '" f::: Û ë3 .c 0 .c '" ~ '" .!! E :s " õ '" '" !! e: c: u c: "0 "' " õ " '" c: !! " '" (II '" 5: '" C- C- e: >- .2- ~ "' 0 "0 VI .. '" '" E ~ u E '" .1;; ë VI 0 " " '" " 0 -= 0 '" c: e: C- o .", 0 '" c: S; u 0 'ë e: '" " E 0 0 -= .. 0 <IÌ '" -5 u II) .>< ¡;¡ j,¡ ¡;¡ "0 "' 0 0 :;¡ VI E 2! .E :;: '" '" '" '" .c .c "0 u "0 ~ .~ ~ .. !II "0 '" ~ "' " " u e: "0 "0 '" '" '" VI .. g C- U Q. "ª 0 ~ '" ~ '" " e: 0 "0 ~ 'A " ." ¡;¡ :; '" 1ij "0 e: e: e: .. E E :; u e: .E "' '" '" '" .c "0 Õ .!II .!II u .!II " u ¡;¡ " '" ¡;, '" '" E '" ~ C- Ìii ¡¡¡ u e: '" '" E E 2- '" '" Õ e: e: Jf M .. 0 ..Q 0 '" "0 Z 2 c: '" '" ¡;¡ e: '" "0 0 "' c- o QJ 0, ë 2 " " e: .::: .::: ¡¡¡ c: ~ c: OJ ¡¡:¡ "E § e: 1ií .g .g ~ QJ !!! VI e: e: 0 '" '" 0 '" 1ií "' '" '" ë .. Qj " E " 0 E ·C u " .. !!! "' 0 .. !!! 0 I;; !!! ¡;¡ '" .1;; .1;; ~ u E ?- E '" ¡;¡ u ~ Ö " " VI QJ '" 0 '" I;; VI 0 I;; 0 '" ë e: Vi :::¡ " " -", QJ c: '" .E u Ü Ü :.ë Q. C- I;; !! '" '" 0 '" '" 0 .~ '" Vi " <:: .. <:: .>< u ï5 'C QJ ¡;¡ 0 -'!! " t- >- >- Q. .. " "ª !! 2! - '" u 0 ¡;¡ U UI S; ~ ~ "0 .. '" '" ~ "' :; '" u .E u " '5 .c ¿ .c E ]i 0 ~ " " ]i :; 0 ~ :; Qj :; QJ ¡;¡ :; E u 0 Qj ¡¡¡ :; '" .2- e: e: <Ii Q. 0 Q. ~ .. Q; 0 u e: Q; 0 ~ :;¡ .. 0 e .i " i: :;: c: ~ ~ '" Ìii :; .. '" VI ¡¡¡ E .11 VI " 'C " e: .. 0 co OJ "' ¡;¡ ~ '" ¡¡:¡ 0 £; c: '" '" õ õ " .. .. E E 0, 1ií ¡¡¡ " ¡¡¡ '" '" E QJ g ~ :; " C- " <II "ª ë U <ü .!II "0 " .Y '" £; u E 0 '" '" ¡;¡ '" OJ ~ ~ .. "0 11 '" ¡¡¡ 5 0 ~ 0 E 0 £; 0 VI E £; £; £; Z E I;; I;; "0 Q; e: c: U '" '" " .. 0 0 'ë 'ë " '" QJ 0 VI QJ Õ :¡; '" 2 :; 2 ~O> " Õ :t= " e: ¡,; '" Q; 0 c: .!II QJ c: VI ~I e: 0 '" '" QJ Qj ¡" u.. ¡¡¡ "§ "§ Q. "0 " -¡¡¡ " 0> '" '" u ~ I;; ~ ",' '" 0 .2: QJ - 2: '" VI QJ c: ¡:: '" õ õ '" " .. " t5 e: '" .2: ~ 0 13 ~I !!! .c .!II c Q .!! .!! .!! .!! .!! e: :;: '" VI Z .. " .c .. .S; ¡;¡ >- ~ <II 13 c: Ü "3 a.. .~ ~ c: c ê: e: :;; " õ " ¡¡; " .. E .c c: ~ "' '" " '" ~ u g/ '3 ëë -¡;; -¡;; ~! -¡;; -¡¡¡ Q !I " 0 QJ 0 -¡¡¡ I;; c: '" 0 u '" .. ~ C- QJ '" VI e: 0 -= 5 ~I VI e: "' ~I E "01 - e '" -¡¡¡ '" '" J¡1 0 -5 -9 () :J êl :J :J "' "' u D u D ü :;: :;: :;: u ~ u .c ~ :J -õ -¡¡; '" "' :u ëij '" "§ c: c: e: 0 .~ e: e: :J QJ ~I C- o e C- " '" ~I -= ~ ~ "' ct:¡ Ìii ~ II) c: ¿I c: c: ï5 Õ. 0 " 0 :J ë Q. Z Z Z >- Iti 0 "0 0 U QJ '" a:: *1 ~I " !I! w « «, «I « u !1 u u '" (f) (f) (f) ~I (D " a.. 'ë E 'ë, E -= a:: :;¡ .- !! ~ -, ;¡; ~ 0 , , "' a. e ul :; ",I "0 l': ~! c: , QJ :::- E' 0,1 ~ ~I =-! :::1 -I 0i I <'"), ..,., of) a:: « "" .c 0- N '" .cl """ ¡;; .c u u ('JI - - - 'J t:i ~ oc <l t: " c:. t'- '9 ~ 2 9::! c: Q) E t ro c ( ) C :5 ñi Q) I > c: :J o () Q) ({) :J tn :J ;:: . ,~¿ .""~-r-~. -~"-,~---",,,,,~" ',"- .._..".'"'......."'.......-__,_,~~~·_.ffl"·._~'·, ,. "..-,"-,~,~~~",......"-----~-,--._,." ,'~ _,,-"..._.....<_,..,~u_'U____" - 11 ., '" l~ 5 CD 2 j ~ ~ c I- CD 0 > :t: CD Ü 'tI a:: c è 0 j C ;IL < C .oJ :¡ '" ... w u I u < I- :Ii z « w Ir Z <.? 0 0 D- Ir ::E D- o (J ª I- > W l- e> ¡: 0 ~ Z !XI W 0 0 it z LL :J fI} LL U. <.? >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. J!: J!: >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. >. ë ë C ë C ï: C ë C C C 'ë C C c c C C C C C C C C C C ï: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 « .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. (J 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 OJ) .. 1/1 .. 1/1 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 0 ::I ::I ::I ::J ::I ::I ::I ::I ::I ::I ::I ::J ::I ::J ::I ::I ::I ::I ::J ::I ::> ::> ::> ::> ::I ::> ::I l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! l!! I!! I!! I!! l!! I!! I!! I!! r! I!! I!! I!! ~ ,! .. .. ~ ~ .. .. .. .. .. ,! .. ,! ~ l! ~ ~ ,! ,! .. .. .. ,! ~ .. ~ 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: iii co co It co co It It co It It co It It It It It It It It co It It It It co It It ::> ::I ::I ::I ::I ::I ::I ::> ::> ::I ::> ::> ::I ::I ::> ::> ::> ::> ::> ::I ::> ::I ::I ::I ::> ::I ::> <r <r cr cr <r cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr cr "tI "tI "tI "tI "tI "0 "0 "tI "0 "tI "tI "0 "tI "0 "tI "0 "0 "0 "0 "tI "0 "0 "0 'tJ "tI "tI "0 > co co It It co co It co It It co It It It It It It It It It It It It It It It It W Ir .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. CI .. .. .. ~ 0 .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c .c Z 0 .. .. ... ... 0 .. 0 0 .. 0 0 ... 0 ... ... ... 0 ... 0 ... 0 ... ... ... ... ... w <.? 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 > w u. LL U. U. U. U. U. U. U. LL LL U. LL U. U. u. u. u. u. u. u. u. u. u. u. u. u. I- W « Ir (J I- W (J W 0 ...., 0 !XI (J 0 0 w <.? '" ... Ir . 0 ... l- I- iii z 0 ~ D- o w :Ii 0 « '" '" oo <D 0 ... oo oo '" '" '" 0 0 0 ... :!: '" N ... 0 :!: '" ... oo ... ... ... I- ... ... '" '" 0 '" 0 N ..... ..... N 0 0 0 '" ;n ... CD <D .. CD 0 '" .. Z <D_ <D. ~- .... N <D ..... '" '" ..... N N N ... '" CD 0 ...... .... <D. ~. <D ... "'- oo W ~ ~ ;; ;; ~ M ;; .,. .,. .,. .,. .,. M M M ... ... .,. ..; ,..: '" ~ ;; ;; .,. ... ;; ... w 0 .,. .,. ... .,. ... ... ..... N .,. .. U. N ... :Ii ... « 1/1 "tI ~ .. .9 c ~ ã. vi '" vi oi .. E U CI E .S;: III III ::J ::J C "tI 1/1 .\1 .n U ìV '" 0 III x "tI E ~ .. > "tI ~ 0( C III e "C c J! III C '" '" Q. .. .. 2 .S;: ~ "tI .. III u: ¿ c C >. Õ :; -.; ¿ .. '" oj ~ .12 ë 0 ..... .. C 1/1 .S;: vi .12 ,g .S;: .n ;;; ìV éij '" 1/1 C U .. .9/ U "tI E ;¡; .. .. "0 <D ::J E 1/1 e .. .. '" J! r:io æ¡ .. J!! .. ã. .n .2 .n ¡¡; 0 Q. '" E "0 .~ <> .S;: ïj Q. .!1! .Q '" E (J > u .8 'õ ::J Q. ìií ~ E :¡ U "0 W 0( .. ::I 0 0 iii .. E g 0 .. >( c e ... 1/1 ¡¡; -.; '" 0; :; .c .. .!! E u ãí .. .. ìií <D U. >. E .~ "0 > <> Õ E ¡¡; ... '" '" E .. vi oj .. :!! .. ;¡; .. III '" Q. ::J .. E .S;: .. õi ~ :; ö .. ."'" ¡¡; 1/1 .. .n ìV u "0 .. Ë .. .Q ... J! ãí ..i!: .Õ!! Õ .'" c OC '" 1/1 <; .. u .. 0 <D E ~ en "0 .:; ã. III en ~ 0 U E Q. ã. .. en c 2 > 1/1 .. > ~ '" .. '" >. .,; <Ii e .. " .. "C '" .. <> .. .. ~ .S;: .. 0 u c .a W vi .. ::J oi :t: .. u C .c "0 ~ U 0 ¡,; .c '" <> ;.: 12 .!! .c x ïii "0 u 0 '" E u -ê '" C> 0 :; C> x .. ::J U .S;: '" .!1 "0 '" .. ::J .. ... ;¡; .2: '" e .. "0 ::I <D C ::J '" C ¡¡; c .\1 0 1/1 en ¡¡; .9/ en !! !! .S;: '" .E'! ... III '" '" "C ::J .. .. Õ1 <> ¡¡¡ en C en æ c '" '" .. "0 OJ '" > en en "0 C C en OJ 2! ::J 0 en 'õ .. ::J <; en .. III vi .. &. u Æ 'õ .. '" '" 0 :; E 0- a. .a ::J en '" .a E .. en Q. .c "0 c: .. u ~ 1/1 ::I :¡¡ ï> .c .. ¡¡; ¡¡; ã. ;¡¡ ~ C> !!! ::J U c: 0 e s¡ 1/1 e 1/1 ~ ë 0 Ü :; a:: .. c: .. <; ::J 0 .. u >. ë c: 'õ "0 s;: en .¡¡¡ >. U ¡¡ en Q; E en ¡¡; OJ 'ë a. 2! en '" .c Q. ¡¡; 0 .. >. >. '" .a .. ¡¡; ;¡; ¡¡; ~ III Q. .. .~ .. E .c en '" Q. "0 .. c: .. " .\1 :ë "0 ;i g <; .!! ¿ .c .c 0 .. ;¡; u u " .\1 '" en !!! '" ìV .52' c: Q. Q. ¡¡; "0 "0 .. x ~ ~ "0 '" ¡; ::J '" en .g '" ~ .c .12 .. E C> .. 0; en '" t:: 'õ ,., e a:: '" ~ .. ¡¡; '" E ~ '" .. .. .. ·C .~ .. U '" Õ '" " E 0 U C> u .a .9 .\1 en 3: ~ 0 '" 0 :; .\1 II .. Õ ;¡; .. ::J Z U U .. !:? ìV oi u .. C Q. c: S " '" <> ~ ..; 0 E ìií ... U U 3: '" "0 0 ;¡; II :; "C Q. 'õ ~ .. ¡¡; .. >. .. C '" C> U ::J " "0 c: .11 0 c en E ¡¡; III <ï Q. 0 '" en Q. -.; '" '" E .c 0 '" 0 ¡: " c: 0 '" '" Ë .11 ~ .. en .1;; U r:io .~ :; u c: a. Q 0 "t: c: '" E ¡¡¡ ;¡; en e u "§ en ~ U "0 ::J ~ I;; a. a. Q. ::J .J!! Il. C :; Õ1 "'I ..J ~ '" en .. E ¡¡; c .. ¿ 'õ .. Q; S .. '" vi '" ::J C> "01 ¡¡: 2 .. .. Õ .c en .. -.; .c .1;; '" -¡¡¡ .. -¡¡¡ .. " ;¡; c .. ..- ¡¡: OJ ro "0 " U ~ '" .12 .. E .c E g .. en '" .g c .2 ~I .a ~ '" '" en Õ c "0 'õ ::J U !!! '" -.; " .. u .c u ìV (ij ìV :§ .. J! " u u ~I ·C g¡ .. ::J > U '" '" '" '" "0 en .!1 :; u ~ E Õ ... E ;; ] ;; Ü .ë ;; (J) '" :; ~i ::J u " ü: 0 ¡¡: 4: u u .. E '" .. ::J '" 0 ~ u 0 ;¡¡ .. .. > .2 II ;¡; ::J ;; " Õ ~i U) ::J E « a. :.J « ::< ~ ,g s: 4: '" ~ .. & à:: 0 Ü w aJ1 :31 c. z E =1 =- ~ (? a:: z u Q. U ::< ..... ::< ëi ìV z ::< 0 i:J 01 =-1 ~! ;;: ;;: Ë ¡¡; ::J ~ C Q. 1 "-I co' -. - 1 -"< =1 '" E ~ - -. c ci ci. u ....,: oj .a .ri u ::J '" '" .0 ..; -c '" E " - <D ....., c a t ~ C ¡:: '-9 ~ 2 ª c: OJ E t: ro C ( ) C :5 ñi ( ) J: > c: :J o U Q) '" :J u; :J f 3: e_~,...,_.......;>-, .....-_"._'"._~<~>' - (II CII ~ ~ .. 1:1- ClIO iri:x: o::(,)~ ¿ 0 ~ I:~u. ..: I: ..."5 (II ... W ~ « I- :IE Z « W 0:: Z ~ 0 o n. 0:: :IE n. 0 (J !!! I- W ~ o :;, III c Z :;, ... « (J o iii w :;, Z w > w 0:: I- W (J C ~ 0 III U o o w ~ 0:: o I- iii o n. w c w w ... Z o ¡:: n. 0: u V) w C >- I- ¡:: Z W o ii: J.. II} ... ~ >- >- ë c: o 0 .. .. .. .. " " I!! I!! .. .. t:: t:: .. .. " " cr cr " " .. .. .. .. .<: .<: ... ... o 0 ... ... >- 0:: o ~ W I- « (J II) ..J . ..J I- Z :;, o :I: « I- Z :;, o :I: « co co o N ~~ '" u I:: '¡¡ .. 0- .. V) ~ i1i ð ~ .~ I/) ~ 11) ~ CÞ " Q. U :::; .. ñi .¡: .2! .. :IE .. .. ~ ~ u U. .. ñi .Q :::I " c: .. c: a:: <{ ;¡; c: a. '" ;;; c: .. Q ""0 1;; ., " ~ ñi :J '" 0 ., '" ., ""0 11 " '" ñi " " O!ifJ ,,1.0 >- ë o .. .. " f .. t:: .. " cr " .. .. .<: ... o ... N ... "'. '" ~ >- ë o .. .. " f .. t:: .. " cr " .. .. .<: ... o u. >- ë o .. .. " I!! .. t:: .. " cr " .. .. .<: ... o u. 0> '" ... ,..: '" 0> N N ... õ c: :;; Q .c: ~ Õ -g :¡ ã. u E ::! '~I 51 N OJ >- ë o .. .. " f .. t:: .. " cr " .. .. .<: ... o It. >- >- ë ë o 0 .. ., .. .. " " f I!! .. .. t:: t:: .. .. " " cr cr " " .. .. .. .. .<: .<: o 0 It. U. >- ë o .. .. " I!! ~ .. " 0- " .. .. .<: o It. >- ë o .. .. " I!! ~ .. " cr " .. .. .<: o It. >- ë o .. co " I!! ~ .. " 0- " .. .. .<: ... o It. >- ë o .. .. " I!! ~ .. " 0- " .. .. .<: o u. co II) ... :¡: g; ~ ~ N o co Ñ ... o ... co M ... '" .... II) '" N '" N '" ]i ."" ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ 1iíE 0 .~ 1iy .. c m ~ ~ õ ~ ~ ] Iii i ~ I I £[~ õ~~ ~~~~ ~ a ~ ª ~ ~ ~ ~ _~ ~ ~ !'~ 5 ø ~ 5 ~ ~ ~ @ ~.£ ~ ~ ~ ¡ ~ § g ~ ~ ~ ~ w ~ ~ -g~o "O~~ ~.~~~ ~~~ ¡~ê ê-c~õ ~ ~ ê·~ .~ ~ ~ ~.~ m .~ § ~ ~ a ~ ~ ~ 11) ~ ~ .~ 8 ~ : ! ~ I I ~ i j i i ~ a ~ ~§-g~~E Ë~~~~(;j~£a 11) 'D ~ ~ - O~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ] 5 E ~ 0 ~ ~ u ~ ~ ~ ~ v ~ v ~ a ~ a N 11) U g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i 6 r ~ ~ ~ 1 I ill !! ~ I ! j ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~¡ ~ ~ ~ ni N ." en '" ã. '" u )( .. on en .. E ñi u i§ u '" ñi !I ,..""_.'''._..______._.·..rn _, >- ë o .. .. " I!! .. t:: .. " C" " '" .. .<: ... o u. II) o '" '" .!11 ~ .!!! t) Õ ~ ~ E .~ ~ ~. ~ ~ ~ '§ Q) "' Q) 0 ~ .t: £ 8 E .EEO~ ~ ~ ê- ~ ~ ~ æ æ ~ E :5 :ß -g ~ ~ § ~ g ~ ~ en c: 0 £ .!!! ra ~_ ê ~ ~ ~ a æ £; § : ~ ci ~ ~ ] j& P Ó >- "E o .. .. " I!? .. t:: .. " C" " .. .. .<: ... o It. o '" "'. - ... o Õ g c: 0 Q 0 ~ æ .~ £ >- ë o .. .. " I!! ~ .. " cr " .. .. J: ... o It. '" "'. '" '" ;¡; .E m en It! It! 0, ~ ... 5 0 ¡n- I/) .9 IJ) ~ ~ § ~ g ~ In !!! g .£ Q) a" en u 0 (ij :; 0. ¡:: 0 ..-- It! en c: (ij Q) ~ E £ £ '" c: '" !!! ~ Q) :¡j * I ~J i ~I OJ ClJ <1.J I _I ro ;;: 0,1 £; :f I:=. E G I == en "ª ;¡; 1;; E '" .2: Ü c: <1 .. aU)£: ~ ~ IX :;; ;:1 ~ '" c: o en Õ G:; c: <ñ c.. Q .~ g ñi u U1 :.¡; 0 12 <0 0 W t: 0 1;; ~ 8- E UI 0_ Q.J QJ - :!: u c: 13 :; ro [Q o :5 .Q en ""0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ "" 0) ·ë .~ .'=2 'Cü ë o o iu- en en E :¡¡ ~ ~ en ., ñ; 5 .~ 0 ¡;¡ en E ., It! £ 2: c: Ü ., <1 .c: Q ~ ~ 00 0::: :E 1ij E >- ë o .. .. " I!! .. 1:: .. " C" " .. .. .<: ð ... >- ë o .. .. " I!? Q t:: .. " cr " .. Q .<: o It. " It! j¡ QJ :2- G ~ -: ~ : :2" ~ .S; .E ~ .E ~ ~ ~ ~w~0-5 ~ ojoû)(E ~ IV 0 Q) Õ Q) Q) .Y 1ü Q. m E ~'i) :> -a. 0 -ã. - ~ ~ ~ U1 -QJ en ~. QJ Q.J .s;; .[~.[~Mëo:J " E ~ E ~ ~ u ~ .~ ~J~~~!~~ .~ If) .::1c: ~ 8 c: ñ; ~ CO m m ca :s :2 .~ ~ :; 5 :; ~ £ ~ ~ 5 ~ ~ ·2 ~ ~ u UI ~ W ~ .~ ~ .~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~~õ~ ~~:]~ "" ë c: ë :; Z .. ~ ~ .2 ~ ~ ~ :J g u g CD .c:; oo::Jo a.Z ~ U1 e U ø 00 (t I a. ..0 o QJ C ro a. '" 0"> '" ..¡ ... o II) ~ N ... ~ ~ :J 1ü c: '" c: c: iij ë o u oJ) E .~ o '" II ~ il ~¡ ~( àJi .~j -g! - .,,1 ¡:::- '-? T- 8 ~ c: ( ) E t ro c. Q) C É ro Q) I >- c: :J o Ü Q) (J] :J u; :J f õ c: Q :;1 :QI ~I 0, 34 - - III Q) ;:, ;:, ... c..... Q)C [¡::r: o:::o-g ¿ 0 ;:, C ~LL. i« c ..;3 (/ ... w~ « f- ~ z 0( W Œ Z CI 0 o a. Œ ~ a. 0 o !!! f- W CI o ::::I III o Z ::::I I.L 0( o o ¡¡j w ::::I Z W > W Œ f- W o 0 !!¡ 0 III 0 o o w CI Œ o f- ëñ o a. w o w W I.L z o ¡:: a. ~ u (j) w o > f- ¡:: Z W c ¡¡: u.. III I.L CI > Œ o CI W f- 0( o '" ..J ~ ..J f- Z ::::I o ~ 0( f- Z ::::I o ~ 0( ã. E ( )( ( '" C o '" <; a. B ~ Q; 1ij E " ( o " " o ìï (; 1ij <; Q; u ~I ~ o '" '" c c " §I ~I 01 ..;:: ¡ ,., ë o ( '" " l'! ! .. " IT " .. ( .c .. o I.L ,., ,., ,., ,., ~ ,., >. ë ë ë C I: ë ë: o 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q.I CI OJ Q.I at Q) Q) ~ ø ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ :::I :::::J :::::J :::I :::::J ::J ::J l'! l'! l'! l'! l'! l'! l'! ~ ~ ~ ~ ! ! ! " fØ nI " ftI ns ns :::::J :::::J :::::J :::::J :::::J :::::J :::::J C" C'" a C" c::r c::r 0- " "C "C "C "C "C "C ca CI:I co CU «I ra C'II Q.I Q) Q.I Q) QJ Q, CD ~ ..c .c .c .c .c .c o 0 0 0 Õ 0 <5 LL U. u.. u.. u.. LL LL ,., ë o .. .. " l'! ~ .. " IT " .. .. .c ð I.L ~~ o 0 .. .. '" '" " " l'! l'! ! ~ .. .. " " IT IT " " .. .. .. ( .c .c .. .. o 0 I.L I.L >- ~ >. >. ë ¡: ë ë o 000 Q.I QI Q;I CU ell en en en :::::J :::J ::I ::I l'! l'! l'! l'! ~ ~ ~ ~ ftI .. "' ns :::::J :::::J :::::J ::s cr a a CT " " " " II fill ftI CD 4J CÞ OJ Q.I .t:. .c: .t:. .c: Õ ès Õ Õ I.L I.L I.L I.L o II) ~- N ... ~ ~ U1 ;! :g co ;: ~~(þ...,.~mO}..-_ ;; ;; ~ ;; ... 64 ;; o N I'- 0 ~ ~- ... CD "I;f a:J "'It ~ ~ ~. ;;; ,.....- u-J- v .,. ... ... ... N '" ... IV '" IV VI Ü CÞ 'E " C ( ""C 0 E [ ~ æ 2 ~ Õ = ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ "~ ~!! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 ~ -8 ~ 0 (t) ! 5- j ~ ~ "'CJ 0 É ~ QJ eLl uj ,,""C :¡¡ ·~2 g. ãi § IV vi .c"U~ 0 ~ 0",-_ fj Q -ê (t) ~ ~ B £ Q) I) "C ~ 5 ~ .S: ~ ~ ~.~ ~ o.~ ~ ~ ~ '> (t) ~ = n ~ ~ æ ~ E ~ (t) ~ ~ ~ C QJ ~ ::I-q) !!O'IJ!! ~31~8 ....>-~ ~ ~ ; <; 1ij J 1ij ~ ë ~ : ~ ~ ¡ ( ~ '" ~ ~ ~ ~.~ .; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1ij ~ õi ( ) "t:1 E 0 Ü 0 ~ ~ .è: 0 0 .~.. '" g> ~ ~ § (; ~ -g 012 .5 ~ Õ 0 ~ ~ ~ 1ij ~ ~ .~ J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ >i I I ! I I I ~ ~ i ~ ! j ] ¡ Q; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 5 ~ ~>: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ] ~ £ J ~ i ~ ~ =- - - -",:= :!' :;- E - _ - c::: 0 ·Ë a. u .... - ~¡ ..~._"--,-,,-,",,._---- ...-,....,-_.-....._,....,,"'_.. ,., ë o .. '" " l'! ~ IV " IT ", .. .. .c .. o I.L o .... ... 0> .S;; ""C ~ o .S;; ,,; ~ ·ü .!!! ë ( E 1ij ~ ~ o 1ij '" o a. '" 'i5 "* C IV .2 ~ ~ :i ~ ~ u ( 5 E ~ E 0 <3 ~ « ('I: ß ..c ,., ë o .. .. " I!! .. 1:: .. " IT " .. .. .c .. o I.L ,., ë o OJ .. " l'! ~ .. " IT " IV .. .c ð I.L ,., ë o .. '" " l'! ~ .. " 0- ", .. .. .c .. o I.L II) II) II) o· an N ... ;::: '" ... N ... II) '" I'- '" ... ,g Vi ca QJ IJ y-j ~ .~ ~ J! .. 0 ~ ""C 0> .§ ~Q ~~ ü.... 1:J U rt ii .B ã. E'C 8 8 I ~ ~ OJ E : fIÏ j ~ õ.¡g .~ c: ~ ~ j "".~ ~ ~ ~ g' := c:: _ q) ~ .!~o ~-6 6 :¡¡ -,:, .6: :m ( E .c '" ~ g' (å en E.§ ~~~~~~~ ~( ~ .~ -c ::J ~ .S "ö, 4> 4) ¡;j OJ (ij ~ ~ ê :g ~ ~ ~ I1i o 0 1ñ OJ Q) OJ u) (Q ü ~ ::E t- ~ "0 C. C C ~ tJ :::J i,() €V .~~...."--_-......--..._... ?: c o .. '" " I!! ~ .. " IT " .. OJ .c ~ o .... co I'- "'. ;;; ... .c ~ ~ o 0 .. ( '" '" " " l'! l'! OJ .. 1:: 1:: .. .. " " IT IT " " .. .. .. .. .c .c .. .. o 0 .... .... co 0 o .... ~ M. ;; ;; .. .,,; 0 u1 ~ '4: 't7 4U ~ :¡¡ ~ ;;; .,¡ E "' ~ ;l u) ~ ë w t.) o e ... <i r!~LL ca ~' :J" 0 CJ g a:: ~ õ.cn>-I.O 8 .5 .c W )( I/) ""0 ..". II) :::J Q) to I/) ~ .~ OJ ~ "' a "5 !,!º ~ œ: f i : ~ Q.a.¡-g cu 4) Q:j '" "s.! ~ (ij .g ~ ~ E ~ Q. Q. (I) rn Q) 11) 0 VI ro ro ro (ij e: ~ .s¿ "~ Q.~ë.ro u "tJ g. E Œ ti> ( /5 ,:.. ~ f o 0 .. .. VI '" " " !! l'! ~ ~ IV IV " " IT IT ", ", .. .. .. .. .c .c .. .. o 0 I.L I.L ~ ~ o 0 .. .. .. .. " " l'! l'! ~ ~ IV IV " " IT IT ", ""C .. .. .. .. .c .c o è5 I.L I.L T- T- Q a ro a. co "' II) ... CD '" N ~ ~ ~ ~ ;; UJ Z o z ", C IV ¡::::- t9 ~ e.- m ¿ .Q ¡¡; ~ .. > ( >. .i! IV '" ( ~ ~ .~ " > "* ~ ( VI c: Q) E t: tV Q. Q) o :5 ñi Q :c >- c: :J o Ü ( ) '" :J ûí :J f 'Ii iñ .~ G; 2: -'" '" .. '" ~ ( o .5 IV .11 a. "tI " '" ~ E ~ ~ Ci Q "0 a j! tIJ e a. g ~ 0- èü c: è3 ( J! "tI o ß "S: Ž ~ Õ (1)/ _ <D (; Q; c. ¿ .2 ¡¡; " õj > ( ( o '> " 0, '" u '> " o 1'-1 ",i 35 ûí III ::s ::s .... c: I- ! 0 :r a: <.J 't:I c: ¿ 0 ::s c: ;'u. « c: 1;j "5 .... w u u « I- :Ii z « w 0: Z ~ 0 0 Q. 0: :Ii Q. 0 U 'ª I- >- W I- ~ ¡: c :;) z m w c c it z ... :;) '1 ... ... ~ >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- >- ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë ë C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 « '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" U II> II> II> II> VI VI II> VI II> VI II> II> II> 0 " " " ::J ::J " " " ::J ::J ::J ::J " ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '" '" .. .. '" '" ~ '" .. " " '" " 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: 1:: iii .. .. .. 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 ::J ::J " ::J ::J ::J ::J " " " " " " CT CT CT CT CT CT CT CT CT CT CT CT CT "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "tI "0 "0 "tI >- 1\1 1\1 1\1 .. 1\1 .. 1\1 1\1 1\1 .. .. 1\1 1\1 W 0: '" .. .. '" .. '" .. " " " '" .. " :;) 0 .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: .c: Z ... ::; ::; ::; ... .. .. .. ::; ::; 0 ... ... ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W W ... ... ... ... ... LL LL LL LL ... LL LL LL > I- W « 0: U I- W U W C .., 0 m u 0 0 W ~ ... -' 0: ., 0 -' l- I- iii z 0 :;) Q. 0 w ::Ii C « Ii " '" '" 0 't .... 1'1 ;;; IX) IX) ;C; IX) I- 't IX) '" 1'1 't N '" .... 't Z ::J J! .,. .,. .,. .,. .,. .,. .,. N .,. .,. c: W :;) c: '" ... .,. .,. W 0 1\1 c: ... UJ Õ èñ :Ii z c: « 0 "if. " z '" !.! (II '" .!ã "fi co E .s¿ .c: tV '" a. .c e ~ (II ::J ¡¡; '" tV .= '" .. c: LL .c VI LL (; ~ c: c: .1.1 (II ¡¡; ~ '" .E '" .= 1\1 !è ~ .c: '" c: LL ... ::J ¡;; .c :ë ... 0 a. ~ ... (II t! II> II> CO ... '6> 0 II> E '" '" " .. ~ .= !ã ~ U a. 0: 0 u. Ii .c: 0 U; .C: U ~ ¿ Ii 1.1 II> ¡¡; CO II> .g. .S!' " Ü '" " E (; .!II III c: .1< ." ~ " õ '" ~ '" '" '" " ¡;; '" u '" ." c: .c .c: .c .!ã .c ¡;; .c .ìi .c ... .c c: .. « a. ~ u .a (; .a ~ .a CO .a .c: '" '" e CO ii z !è '" E '" Ii u 0 LL c: :ë Ii Ii Ii Ii 0 Ii u Ii Ii '" " c: c: c: a. c: ... c: u c: I- ¡: 0 c: :ë u ~ c: OJ iì g 0 .2 2 ~ (; -~ 2 0 u Q. '" ... Ii '" ... OJ .., Ii .., '" .. ii: ." OJ 1\1 U .c ." c: ." ¡¡; ." Ii ." ... ." E ." ï5, '" E ::Ii iì .a ." ~ ." <.J ." c: ." iì ." C ." 0 U Ii .. '" " .. OJ .. .. Õ 1\1 >- ~I ~ ãí ." Q) '" 0 (J) " '" .c: .c: 13 .c: .c: .c: w <.fJ Õ 0: ù: <.J > <.J UJ 0 <.J ::>' <.J Z <.J :;; 0 '" X .. '" ",I '" '" .. '" OJ .c a:: -I w N W UJ, .... w. ..n W '" w a:: 16D6 " 9: <t Q. r-- C!? 2- ~ c: QJ E 1:: '" Q. IlJ o É '" IlJ I >- c: '" o Ü IlJ (/) :J (j) :J :2 .3é - III ! 2 1:1- ClIO ~J: a:ü-g . 0 :¡ ê;u.. « I: ....'2 III u wI,) 4( W :J Z W > W cr: f- W (J 0 ~ 0 m (J o o w CI cr: o f- ¡¡¡ o a. w o w w ... z Q f- a. ~ (J en w o f- :Ii Z « w cr: Z CI 0 o a. cr: :Ii a. 0 (J ª f- W CI o :J m o Z :J ... « g ¡¡¡ II) ..... . ..... f- Z :J o :Ii « f- Z :J o :Ii « >- f- ¡:: Z W o ¡¡: J.. VI ... CI >- cr: o CI W f- « (J ë 4J E ~ ~ ~ 4; ~ íñ ct) ~ f* ~~! ~ 2!"i =-¡;¡ :~: - en ë ~ 1'1 u.. u.. ern>. Q) Q) ë £: II t:: .~ .æ ~ ~ E a. u:B ~ 0 ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ E ~ ~ ~ ë ~ ~ ~ i ~:g.~! c ~ ! ~ ~ i .~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Ë ~ g ~ 0:: ~ 8 ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g¡ [ ~ ~ i ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ g .~ª ~ ~ ~ª i f g, J; ~ ~ ~ ~ .~ ~ -g ! ~ ~ .~ :: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ .~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11 ~ .~ '~j ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ J 8. of ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .~ ~ ~ .~ ~ .!: ~ u; ~ ~." ~ ~ ~ ~ ..~_ ~ ~ ; ;;. l·~ ~ <U ~ ~ ~.~ ~ .~ v 8 ~ .~ .~ ~ ~ .~ <V .~ ~ ~ * ~ ~ g, ~ ." ~¡: ~ ãi Õ ãi c ït % ]j N NEE 5 4J ~ t ~ 1! ~ \2 ~ \2 Q ~ ~ :g g> ~ ~ .~ -5 ~ ~ ~ -5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .i ::: ::: ~ ~ .~ ~ .~ ~ ~ S ~ fij õ ~ ~ :5 ~ g. .~ æ «J ~ * :J in c. û5 c: ",'õ ::J...J.y 'i (Q _; ,.~ ,~ ra m ~ :€ E! ~ .c e (t U~ ~ 'i) c:.(C1.Jc:I:a:::<;;a:::£u.....JO..:¡~ n:lc..9(fJ~(/)~.Q:;¡.ê vuo::a::...J':=û5.2a.."gcn a::ü: N ~ ~¡ V ~ ~ ~ ~ ~i ro m ~ ~ £ ~ N M ~ ~ 8 ~ ~ ~ ~ N M ~ ~ ~ ~ 00 m ~ >- ë a .. on " r! ~ "' " .,. " .. .. .c ~ u.. "Ê"Ê~-2~~~~"Ê a a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ & ~ ~ ~ ~ œ ~ ~ ~ W W en M W 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ = ~ ~ ,:, = r! r! f r! r! r! r! r! r! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ n:I n:I ~ "' n:I "' ... n:I ~ = ~ ~ = ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ u ~ ~ ~ ~ u ~ ~ a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . "' ~ "' . ~ . ~ "' . & $ ~ & & . . . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ õ 0 000 0 0 0 õ u.. ~ ~ u.. ~ u.. u.. u.. u.. >- >- ë ë: a 0 .. .. on en " " r! r! ~ ~ .. "' " " .,. .,. " " .. .. .. .. .c .c (; 0 ... ... "Ê"Ê~"Ê a 0 0 a II cu QII . fit tit en till :J ::\I :J ::\I r! f r! r! ~ ~ ~ ~ ftI " C'II ftJ :J ::\I ::I ::::J .,. .,. .,. .,. " " " " .. "' ... fa at CIÞ CÞ 41 .c .c .r: .r: Õ ð 0 0 u.. u.. u.. u... >- > ë c o 0 II> II> en en " " ~ r! ~ ~ .. co " " .,. .,. " " co .. II> .. .c .c .. .. o 0 ... u.. "Êf~ o a 0 "' "' .. en VI en " " " r! r! r! ~ ~ ~ .. .. co " " " IT .,. .,. " " " co .. co .. .. .. .c .c .c .. .. .. a 0 0 ... ... ... >- ë o .. en " r! "' 1: .. " .,. " .. .. .c ~ u.. >- ë o .. on " r! ~ .. " .,. " "' "' .c ~ ... ~"Ê"Ê"Ê o 0 0 a f» . GI cu 4ft en lit en ~ :J :I :J r! r! r! r! ~ ~ ~ ~ "' CII ftI 1'1 :J :I :I ::J .,. .,. .,. .,. " " " " II IV IV "' GI . QI II .r: .c .s: .c :s 0 ð () u.. L&. u.. u.. '" ... .,. - '" ( ) ;; o Ul 0 (Q .q- OJ - N .,. .,. ... .,. r- 8 ... o '" '" .. .,. .,. ~ ~ ~ ~ g ~ ~ .. U. 4ß W W 0 .,. ... '" '" '" N ... .,. o 0 '" N ,...: "" .,. .,. '" 0 <D 0 "" ... ... CD CXJ 0 0 0 N N ... ... ... .,. ... - I-- ., .!! ~ 4J > '" 10 "i Q; > .. 10 "i Q -= .. .!! VI >- '" c- o VI 1ü ë ." .\2 ã. ~I Q ." "5 --¡¡ '" Q >- E' -g '" 1ñ -5 ." Q C 0 ~ .~ .Q ~ ¡;; '" ~I £ ~¡ ~ '" ~ i .c - '""""'_'''''''J'~_._',......_"",....""",...._ "Ê"Ê~"Ê a 0 0 0 CD CD II» CD U'J Cft lit vt :J ::J :I ::t r! r! r! f ~ ~ ~ ~ fa: IV nil ca :I :I :I ::I .,. .,. .,. .,. " " " " ca ftI . " II CD CD CD ..c.r:..c.c (; ê5 0 Õ u.. u.. L&. U. 8 888 It) U) 1.0 N .,. .. .. tit ..- N ('f") -.:r 1 I "II- 6D6 ('") ( ) c: tV a. ¡::: «? T- 8- ¡Q c: ( ) E 1:: tV Q. ( ) c £: ñi (¡) :J: >. ë :J o Ü ( ) en :J ûí :J f 37 ATTACHMENT VII 16D6 . Primary Care "Primary Care" as conceptualized for the county health departments and for the use of categorical Primary Care funds (revenue object code 015011) is defined as: "Health care services for the prevention or treatment of acute or chronic medical conditions or minor injuries of individuals which is provided in a clinic setting and may include family planning and maternity care." Indicate below the county health department programs that will be supported at least in part with categorical Primary Care funds this contract year: _X_ Comprehensive Child Health (229/29) _X_ Comprehensive Adult Health (237/37) Family Planning (223/23) Maternal Health/IPO (225/25) Laboratory (242/42) Pharmacy (241/93) Other Medical Treatment Program (please identify) Describe the target population to be served with categorical Primary Care funds. Does the health department intend to contract with other providers for the delivery of primary health care services using categorical (015011) Primary Care funds? If so: please identify the provider(s), describe the services to be delivered, and list the anticipated contractual amount by provider. In addition, contract providers are required to provide data on patients served and the services provided so that the patients may be registered and the service data entered into HCMS. 38 ----,-'-- ., ~'~_.-...... COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT Fee Schedule Fiscal Year 2004-2005 ~- CCHD CUNIC FEE SCHEDULE PROPOSED Physical Exams Immigration PE (Adult) "ith CXR, PPD. RPR, HI\' Immigration PE (Child) MD Completion of 1·693 INS Immigration Form PE Alone, no other tests (Employment, Sports PE) Employment PE with PPD, RPR 150.00 100.00 25·00 40.00 60.00 Pre Vaccine Titers Measles Rubella Hepatitis B Pre-Employment Screen (HBsAb) Hepatitis Panel A, B, and C Panel - No Risk Identified Varicella 15·00 15·00 15·00 20.00 15·00 Vaccines - Pre-employment; or optional per pt. request MMR Vaccine Hepatitis B Vaccine (Single Dose) Hepatitis 8 Vaccine (Series of 3) Hepatitis A (Single Dose) Hepatitis A (Series of 2) Tetanus Vaccine Varicella Vaccine Post Exposure Rabies Vaccine Single Dose (Insurance Billed) Post Exposure Rabies Vaccine Series of 2 (Insurance Billed) Pre-Exposure Employee Rabies Vaccine (single dose) Pre-Exposure Employee Rabies Vaccine Series of 3 doses Flu Vaccine Pneumonia Vaccine 50.00 50.00 150.00 50.00 100.00 20.00 65.00 102.00 203·10 135·00 405·00 20.00 25·00 HI\' HIV Test to DOH Lab (turnaround 10 days) HIV Testing (To DSI for expedited turnaround) 20.00 30.00 TB CXR Only (I ,iew with reading, no follo\mp) CXR with reading &Follow-up Nursing Evaluation Visit LTBI Employment Package (PPD, CXR, Evaluation, INH if needed) PPD placement & reading 40.00 60.00 300.00 20.00 STD STD Asymptomatic Screen (RPR. HI\', GC. en & Followup STD Asymptomatic Screen with Regular PAP & Followup STD Asymptomatic Screen w Thin Prep PAP, no retlex HPV 50.00 75·00 75·00 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH FEES FOOD Plan Review (State fee = $35/hr) Reinspection (State Fee = $30) 50.00 50.00 16D6 f".:"" . ~\io·~~!~:'f~~w.t";: Per Hour One time fee 1 J:\Fiscal\special joelCORE CONTRACT 0405\Revised Fee Schedule for Core Contract (excludes State EH Fees) -". , 39 GROUP Plan Review Reinspection Construction Inspection Adult Family Care Assisted Living Facilities Child Care Residential Facilities Schoo is Other Group Facilities MHP Plan Review Reinspection TANNING Plan Review Reinspection SWP Reinspection Bacteriological Fee Rough Plumb Inspection Renovation Inspection Exempt Pool Operator Certificate Operator Course WATER Water Letter Bacteriological Sample (one time occurrence) Sample Collection (one time occurrence) Nitrate Sample (one time occurrence) Bacteriological Sample (people we regulate) Sample Collection (people we regulate) Nitrate Sample (people we regulate) OSTDS (onsite seage disposal program) Development Plan Review Incidental Plan Review Construction Permit Application (State = $25) Final Cover Inspection (State = $25) ATV Permit (State = $50/yr) PBT Permit (State = $50/yr) Reinspection (State = $25/yr) Repair Permit (State = $50/yr) Septic Letter COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT Fee Schedule Fiscal Year 2004-2005 16D6 50.00 50.00 50.00 150.00 250.00 350.00 250.00 500.00 150.00 50.00 180.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 20.00 50.00 30.00 25·00 60.00 60.00 15·00 40.00 60.00 20.00 10.00 140.00 50.00 150.00 200.00 50.00 150.00 15·00 Per Hour One time fee One time ree Annual Fee Annual Fee Annual Fee Annual Fee Annual Fee Annual Fee 50.00 50.00 Per Hour One time ree 50.00 50.00 Per Hour One time ree One time ree Annual Fee One time fee One time fee One time fee One time fee One time ree One time fee One time fee One time ree One time fee One time fee One time ree One time fee One time fee One time fee One time fee One time fee Annual Fee Annual Fee One time ree One time ree One time fee 40 2 J\Fiscal\special joe\CORE CONTRACT 0405\Revised Fee Schedule for Core Contract (excludes State EH Fees) ^<'~'--'<-;-"--"""'"'''--'"'' ....----,~... COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT Fee Schedule Fiscal Year 2004-2005 16D6 DENTAL (none set by State) DIAGNOSTIC Initial Oral Exam - DOISo Periodic Oral Exam - DOl20 Limited Oral Exam-Problem Focused - DOl40 Amalgam-one surface, permanent Amalgam-two surfaces, permanent Amalgam-three surfaces. permanent Amalgam-four or more surfaces. permanent Code 49·00 Dói50 29,00 Do120 45-00 Do140 85,00 PQ210 '17.00 Do220 14·00 Do230 17.00 Do270 28.00 Do272 39,00 Do274 43.00 01120 59.00 01110 23·00 01203 32.00 01330 34·00 01351 165.00 D4341 69.00 02110 86.00 02120 10+00 02130 125.00 02131 ,6.00 02140 97.00 02150 118.00 02160 144·00 02161 94·00 02330 117·00 02331 145·00 02332 181.00 02335 91.00 02380 117·00 02381 147.00 02382 102.00 023B5 144·00 02386 1~.OO 02387 49·00 03110 48.00 1>3120 83.00 03221 221.00 03351 160.00 03352 275·00 03353 320.00 07270 X-RAYS Intraoral Complete Series Periapical first film Periapical-each addt'1 film Bitewing-single film Bitewings-two films Bitewings-four films PREVENTIVE Routine Child Prophylaxis Prophylaxis Adult Topical application of fluoride Oral hygiene instruction Sealant Periodontal Scaling and Root Planing (per quadrant) RESTORATIVE (FILLINGS) Amalgam-one surface. primary Amalgam-two surfaces. primary Amalgam-three surfaces.primary Amalgam-four or more surfaces primary Resin - one surface. anterior Resin - two surfaces. anterior Resin - three surfaces anterior Resin-four or more surfaces or involving incisal angel-anterior Resin - one surface, posterior-primary Resin - two surfaces. posterior- primary Resin - three or more surfaces. posterior-primary 147.00 Resin - one surface posterior-permanent Resin - two surfaces posterior-permanent Resin - three or more surfaces posterior-permanent Pulp cap - direct (excluding final restoration) Pulp cap - indirect (excluding final restoration) Gross pulpal debridement primary and permanent teeth Apexification/recalcification - initial _isit Apexification/recalcification-interim medication replacement Apexification/recalcification - final visit Tooth re-implantation and/or stabilization of accidentally evulsed or displaced tooth and/or alveolus 41 3 J:\Fiscal\special joe\CORE CONTRACT 0405\Revised Fee Schedule for Core Contract (excludes State EH Fees) --- COLLIER COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT Fee Schedule Fiscal Year 2004-2005 16D6 ORAL SURGERY (EXTRAGnONS) Simple extraction. first tooth Simple extraction. additional tooth Surgical extraction. erupted tooth Soft tissue impaction Partial bony impaction .94·00 D'7110 88.00 1>71;10 1;76.00 1>7210 205·00 1>7220 267.00 1>7230 68.00 D2940 133.00 01510 74·00 09310 75·00 09110 ;76.00 09920 20.00 09999 10.00 J1170 156·41 Do1510 229.08 D01515 20.00 17·00 Sponsored. grouup billing 25·00 8.00 10.00 First copy 6.00 Each additional ADJUNCITVE SERVICES IRM (sedative filling) Analgesia. per visit Incision and Drainage Consultation (diagnostic service provided by dentist or physician other than practitioner providing treatment Dry Sackett Treatment Behavior Management Suture removal Injection of novacaine Space Maintainer unilat Space Maintainer bilat IMMUNIZATION (none set by State) Flu vaccinations Flu vaccinations Pneumonia VITAL STATISTICS (Guidelines in FS 382.0255 - all counties different) Death Certificates Birth Certificates Birth Certificates REALTII PROMOTION CLASSES (none set by State) Winning with Wellness Smoking Cessation Stress Management '.. ; ~ ~ '~. , . '60:90 ,Øoo.o ,...3°.00 42 4 J:\Fiscallspecial joelCORE CONTRACT 04051Revised Fee Schedule for Core Contract (excludes State EH Fees) 1606 Public Services Division Departmental Summary - Public Health Department FY 02/03 FY 03ì04 FY OJ/04 FY 04/05 FY. ()4/05 FY 04/05 Actual Adopted Forecast Current Expanded Total Ex /Rev Bud c[ Ex IRev Service Service Bud et 195,407 239,100 395,500 241,200 0 241,200 0 39,000 31,500 18,000 ° 18,000 1,I06,JOO 1,184,100 930,100 1,018,500 50,700 1,069,200 -- ------ ---- 1,301,507 1,462,200 1,357,100 1,277,700 50,70() ! ,32S,400 -9.2% Fundin~ Sources General Fund \,301,507 1,462,200 1,357,100 1,277,700 50,700 1,328,400 -9.2% ------- ---- 1,30t,507 1,462,200 1,357,100 1,277,700 50,70D 1,328,400 -9.2% Permanent Positions Full Time 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N/A Part Time 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N/A ---.---- ------ .---- --- Total Positions 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N/A H-6."i 43 ..._,....._-""'~..,,,. ~ 16fJ6 Public Health Department General Fund (001) Mission Statement: Protect and promote good health for all in Collier County within a partnership between State of rlurida Department of Health and Collier County Board of County Commissioners. Total UPL County Proerams: Prlorily I<1'['s FY 05 Cost 'Contribution Net Cost General Operating & Administrative Costs 0.0 $259,200 $0 $259,200 Base Level: Communicable Disease Control: Programs funded by County: Immunization I 12.5 $221,100 $32,900 $188,200 Sexually Transmitted Diseases 4 8.0 $52,800 $0 $52,800 AIDS 5 14.0 $14,000 $2,100 $11,900 Tuberculosis 3 10.0 $74,500 $11,100 $63,400 Conununicable Disease 2 5.0 $118,400 $17,600 $100,800 Public Health Preparedness IInd Response 6 ó.O $35,000 $0 $35,000 Programs not funded by County 5.5 $0 $0 SO Subtotal 61.0 $515,!WO $63,700 $452, 100 Personal Health (Prima~: Programs fimded by County: Child Health 9 5.0 $75,500 $11,200 $64,300 Healthy Start Prenatal (Found. for Women's Health) 8 0.0 $300,000 $44,700 $255.300 School Health 10 7n $71,500 $10,600 $60,900 Adult Health 12 3.0 $64,400 $9,600 554,800 Dental II 10.0 $109,100 $16,200 S92,900 Programs not funded by County 59.0 SO SO $0 Subtotal 83.0 $620,500 $92,300 5528,200 Environmenta] Health & Enl!.ineering: Water Quality Testing Program 13 1.5 $6,700 $0 $6,700 Onsitc Sewage Treatment and Disposal Program 7 8.0 $6,800 SO $6.800 Arbovirus Sentinel Surveillance Program 14 1.0 S24,700 SO $24,700 Programs not funded by the County 165 $0 $0 $0 Subtotal n,o $38,200 $0 $38,200 Subtotal General Revenue Funding 171.0 51,433,700 S 156,000 51,277,700 EXDanded Services: Tobacco & Cardiovascular Health Educator 15 1.0 S50,700 $0 550,700 Grand Total 172.0 51,-&114,400 $156,000 51,328,400 Performance Measures : Actual FY 03 -_.__._-~ Immunizations to children, birth to 18, and ilL: I vaccine givt:n to adults ' % of Children in childcare centers, birth In 36 months, with up-to-date immunizations Total number of vision, hearing, scoliosis and growÙ1 & development screens performed % completed referrals for positive vision and scoliosis screens 36,516 42,000 915% t Forecast FY 04 ! ... ----t i 41,000 I 94.0% I 40,óOO I I 80.0% ! Budget FY OS 940% 37,500 43,000 90.0'Yo ..J. 80.0% Ii -()¡) 44 ........_,..".,.---.._+,_....-,"".-_."'..~~"'...'",. .... 16D6 Public Health Department (Cont.) General Fund (001) FY 02/03 fY 03/04 FY 03/04 FY 04/05 IT 04105 IT 04/05 % Actual Adopted Forecast CIJITent Expanded Total Budget A.ppropnarion Unit Exp¡ Rev Budget ExpIRev Service Sexvice Budget Cñange BCC Paid Oper. Exp. 195,407 239,100 395,500 241,200 0 241,200 0.9010 Q¡pital OUtlay 0 39,000 31,500 18,000 0 18,000 -53.8% Contributions 1,106,100 1,184,100 930, 100 1,018,500 50,700 1,069,200 -9.7% Remit-Other Gov't 0 0 0 0 0 0 N/A Total Appropriarions 1,301,507 1,462,200 1,357,100 1,277,700 50,700 1,328,400 -9.2% Less: Revenues 0 0 0 0 0 0 N/A Net Cœt Gen. Rev 1,301,507 1,462,200 1,357,100 1,277,700 50,700 1,328,400 -9.2% Forecast FY 03/04 - The forecast operating expenses are more than budgeted due to a payment of$160,300 for emergency spraying for mosquitoes in the eastern portion of the County. The Board of County Commissioner authorized a total of $183,900 in the summer of 2003 to pay for spraying outside of the Collier Mosquito Control District due to concerns over the spread of the West Nile virus. The County's contribution to the Health Department is less than budgeted due to the County's participation in the UPL (Upper Payment Limit) program. The remaining $254,000 will be funded by the State with Federal pass-through dollars through the L"'PL program. Current FY 04/05 - The County's contribution to the Health Department is decreasing due to the County's participation in the UPL program and elllnination of the well testing program in Golden Gate. The Health Department will receive a total contribution of $1,174,500 with the County contributing $1,018,500 and the State contributing $156,000 of Federal pass- through funding through the UPL program. The $18,000 in capital outlay is budgeted to replace a half-ton regular cab pickup truck (4X2). Expanded FY 04/05 - There is $50,700 requested for a health educator position to run the youth tobacco control program. This program includes SWAT clubs in local middle and high schools, the Tobacco Free Partnership, and Juvenile Justice Tobacco Cessation program. This person will also educate youth and adults on cardiovascular disease and obesity prevention. 45 r 1""1_~ H-fÍ7 1606 Public Health Department (Cont.) General Fund (001) Tbe table below shows a comparative surr..mary of tbe current ~erv!ce funding snurc;e;; tìa ~he Collier ("mmty Health Department's programs: Collier County Public Health DeDas·tment Pro2rams Summary of Current Service FundJnll Sources --_.~- ..----. County State: Fees a Ill! General Revenue General Revenue: Other Revenue Proll.ram Funded fllI1ded Lunded Total , General Operalion~ $259,200 SO SO $259,200 I ! Comnumicable Disease I Control S452.lOC $2,285.000 $ \ ,440:\)0 S4,\ 77.KOO I Persona.l Health $528,200 $3,101,500 S I ,543,300 55,1 73,O()() ¡ (primary Cue) I Environmental Health . aOO Engineering ¡ ! Total I \. Note: The County's Gcm:ra! Fund contrihutlon of$I,277,700 is ¡ 1.6% ofrhe total f.md,ng :n FY 05 compared to $1.462,200 ¡ or 14.9'10 in FY 04. ..J 538,200 $343,300 S 1, 034,600 $1,416,100 ____--------.a---"-O-~-.-----.---.----- _.--- __0. -- -'- SI.217,100 55,729,800 S4.0t8,600 Sl1,026.100 H·68 46 ~~__O___'"'_'~__ 1606 THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 47 _--r-"v".~".,- ^ ... ,..~_._ w 16El MEMORANDUM Date: December 15, 2004 To: Michael Dowling, Property Management Specialist Property Acquisition & Construction Management From: Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Agreement between Jeanne L. Noe and Collier County Enclosed please find one (1) copy of the document as referenced above (Agenda Item #16E1), as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please call me at 732-2646 ext. 7240. Thank you. Enclosure 16El MEMORANDUM TO: Sue Filson, Administrative Assistant Board of County Commissioners FROM: Michael Dowling ~ Real Property Specialist Real Property Management Department DATE: December 13,2004 RE: Execution of a Previously Approved Board Item For execution by the Chairman of the Board of County Commissioners, please find attached a Lease Agreement concerning a previously approved item. Kindly forward to the Clerk of the Board for attestation. The Board of County Commissioners approved this Lease on November 16,2004, Item 16 E 1. Thank you. Attachment as stated c!j(' é/~'-'-- L \)( -¡ Y· ] ({ 16El Lease #733 FffiST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT -r-- THIS FffiST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT entered into this ~ day of ~ 6 -{ Q. kb ~ r ,2004 at Naples, Collier County, Florida by and between Jeanne L. Noe, as Trustee of the James R, Noe II Revocable Trust, whose address is 2061 Wasatch Drive, Sarasota, Florida 34235, hereinafter referred to as "LESSOR," and COLLIER COUNTY, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, whose mailing address is 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida 34112, hereinafter referred to as "LESSEE." WITNESSETH WHEREAS, Collier County and Jeanne L. Noe, as Trustee of the James R. Noe II Revocable Trust, have previously entered into a Lease Agreement dated September 1,2001; WHEREAS, the LESSOR and LESSEE are desirous of amending the Lease Agreement; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements provided within said Lease Agreement dated September 1, 2004, and Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other valuable consideration, said Lease Agreement is hereby amended as follows: 1, The following provision shall be added to Article 2 of the Lease Agreement: This Lease is hereby extended until November 28, 2005, hereinafter referred to as "Extended Lease Term." LESSEE is granted the option, provided it is not in default of any of the terms of this Lease, to renew this Lease for two (2) additional one (1) year terms under the same terms and conditions as provided for in the Lease dated September 1, 2001. LESSEE shall be granted the right to terminate the Lease at any time, with or without cause, by providing the ninety-day written notice of such termination to LESSOR at the address set forth in Article 13 of the Lease dated September 1, 2001. Said notice period shall commence upon placement of the written notice in an official depository of the United States Post Office, Registered or Certified Mail, postage prepaid, or by personal delivery or overnight delivery service. 2. Except as expressly provided herein, the Land Lease Agreement between Jeanne L. Noe, as Trustee of the James R. Noe II Revocable Trust, and Collier County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, for the utilization of the Demised Premises described in said Lease Agreement dated September 1, 2004, remains in full force and effect according to the terms and conditions contained therein, and said terms and conditions are applicable hereto except as expressly provided otherwise herein. IN WIT1\ŒSS WHEREOF, the LESSOR and LESSEE have hereto executed this First Amendment to Lease Agreement the day and year first above written. AS TO THE LESSEE: DATED: r'l. -/5-2.004 ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROC~,êleì:k BY~~IJC (f -..~-¿,:~:: ~épu1ý Cl~ .,'. '\~: At~~t ~$ .to C~~~;S Sf..~t~re-·l~"1.r.\ ::... I ' . -,. ¡ . ~ 't::-,? " c~ ~ 1. ~"'" '\ ":' '.... ~~ . ~ . . eo ~~.... ~ ...(;/~ '.. '.;'. ..It Q.':" 1./.";, ". ..,.._. (,.\,.- ~ " l) 1 ... j CC ~;r~t"i t BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: ø~¿J dL~ DONNA IALA, Chairman " \ \ "., "'.......... '. . · 0t.d~ 2SJ,7~ Witness (Signature) Aíf(n:- {~Œ ( rintNam~ ~ ) rftLQ 0 Witness (Signature) ~v. ¡,2 -b Æ t? éJ "T';r (Print Name) Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: V~". ~ Thomas C. Palmer Assistant County Attorney 16El BY~~h\'1/ ¿~ JE NE, NOE as rustee of the James R. Noe II Revocable Trust 2 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SL} 6 E 2 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE .¡ '·1 (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents. are.to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson line #5 . Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date List in routin order ~ ~ 4:- 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. NonnalIy the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCe Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BeC office only after the BCe has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Jack Crognale Phone Number 774-8380 Contact Agenda Date Item was Agenda Item Number 16E 2 I'II"/~ Approved by the BCC Type of Document Change Order Number of Original 5 Attached Documents Attached I Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's X Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the X document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's X signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. ToS.F. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms/ County Forms/ BCC Forms! Original Documents Routing SJip WWS Original 9.03.04 16£2"'11 MEMORANDUM Date: November 17, 2004 To: Jack Crognale, Construction Manager Facilities Management From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Change Order No.6: Design of the North Naples Government Services Center, to BSSW Architects, Inc. Enclosed please find three (3) original documents as referenced above, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004, (Agenda Item #16E2) . One original will be forwarded to the Finance Department and one original document is being retained for the record. If you should have any questions, please call me at 774-8406. Thank you. ~ .'~."-~."-~"'---""'-'-~---'~'''''-'-".'''' ._.- - ..-^ 16£2 Collier County Government Services Center Collier County Government October 11, 2004 Page 1 of 2 BSSW Architects, Inc. 949 Central Ave. Naples, FL 34102 CHANGE ORDER NO.6 CONTRACT NO. 99-2930 You hereby are authorized and directed to make the following change(s) in accordance with terms and conditions of the referenced Contract number. A. Summary of Work: Provide document coordination, consolidation services as result of the re-bid for the construction of Collier County Government Services Center Facility located at Orange Blossom Drive. B. The services of the following Consultants and their disciplines will be required: BSSW Architects. Inc. Tilden Lobnitz CooDer. Inc. Kris Jain & Associates Wilson Miller Jeff Moore. LandscaDe Architect C. For the additive sum of: Six thousand three hundred seventy eight dollars ($ 6, 378.00) Contract Summary Original Contract Amount $ 230,700.00 Previous Change Order Amounts: (Change Orders 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5) 60,337.00 6.378.00 $ 297,415.00 This Change Order (No.6 Add): Agreement Amount with this Change Order: 16£2 Continued: Collier County Government Services Center Collier County Government October 11, 2004 Page 2 of 2 BSSW Architects, Inc. CHANGE ORDER NO.6 CONTRACT NO. 99-2930 The time for completion shall be (increased / decreased) by ( ) calendcar days due to this Change Order. Accordingly, the Contract Time is now ( ) calendar days. The substantial completion date is ( ) and the final completion date is ( ). (Time not applicable to this contract). Your acceptance of this Change Order shall constitute a modification to our Agreement and will be performed subject to all the same terms and conditions as contained in our Agreement indicated above, as fully as if the same were repeated in this acceptance. The adjustment if any, to the Agreement shall constitute a full and final settlement of any and all claims arising out of or related to the change set forth herein, including claims for impact and delay costs. /ç Date: ~ ).L / ,t7f- Date: '0" ,c.,,~ Date:~~/ Date: ! 0(7-:7 !~c¡ .-----~--) Reviewed by: Date: /? J/()Y , / Date: If~. '; .. ,. ( ;~ ~ ~~~Ji~~in,ClERK :: '? '. i~/. t; a.L~ Item' J(o e-~ ~~:dal -1:-J lo-o{- Date L l:f d Rec'd -- J -D ..ì \;',... ",", . ,.,""\0 ' . ,'i '. ....Df:~~C . Attittl~IŠ~ to a 1rNn' s ........ 0111. D~C. ..^-..-.'--~-------_._- -_._--_._-_. 16£5 ~,:" MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: Skip Camp, Director Facilities Management Department From: Ann Jennejohn Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Ordinance 2004-347 Enclosed please find one copy of the validated document as referenced above, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004 (Agenda Item #16ES) . If you should have any questions, please contact me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure 16E5'4, RESOLUTION NO. 04 -347 A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS AUTHORIZING THE DIRECTOR OF FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, OR HIS DESIGNEE, TO EXECUTE ANY AND ALL APPLICATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT APPROV AL INCLUDING REZONES, ENVIRONMENT AL PERMITTING AND OTHER RELATED ITEMS. WHEREAS, pursuant to Subsections 125.01(l)(c) and (l)(f), Florida Statutes, the Board of County Commissioners has the authority to provide and maintain county buildings and to also provide parks, preserves, playgrounds, recreation areas, libraries, museums, and other recreational and cultural facilities; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County presently owns and leases and will in the future obtain additional real property by either lease or purchase to carry out the various functions delegated to the Board by general and special law; and WHEREAS, in order to carry out such local government functions it is necessary for the County to apply for various development orders and pennits to develop such real property; and WHEREAS, these types of development orders or pennits can include, but are not limited to rezonings; conditional uses; variances; environmental pennits, such as U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Florida Department of Environmental Protection or South Florida Water Management District pennits; site development plans; and building pennits; and WHEREAS, this Resolution is necessary in order to facilitate the County's ability to expeditiously proceed with the development ofthe necessary public facilities. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA that: 1. The Board of County Commissioners does hereby authorize the Director of Facilities Management, or his designee, to execute any and all applications for development approvals attributable to County projects including, but not limited to rezonings; conditional uses; variances; environmental pennits, such as U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; Florida Department of Environmental Protection or South Florida Water Management District pennits; site development plans and building pennits. 1 16£ 5 "',. This Resolution shall be recorded within the minutes of this Board. Done after motion, second and vote, this Jb~ day of fJNe.{A.L.~ev- ,2004. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER C?fry, FLORID'j . ^f~ ~4-~ BY: , DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK -' :,·IiI.>'.":' ,'t ~...'I . P 7\<1 "". ;' ""~,-.,,,, lo.'iI".... 'J~' ~ \ .(c.'I ..' ......;:¡; "'. bj'~";:"I''''''''/'~'' ···..';h··..· " í'\( . .'.,' ..... ". :.... . t-.....J . 1 . , . : ... : 4-",' ", . " . ~ : ~',~ t" . , ,:". ,'" ~ :~:1i'::::I~~¡ s '_//.,;.... '. .'Ì</ Approveéf'ᣠðÞ,'~,q~,,>' and Legal Suffi~i'èiicy ')Î-¡~õðl' ~~. Marjor M. Student f Assistant County Attorney H/public/ellie/facilities development ~prova1101204 2 ,( . 16E6 MEMORANDUM DATE: Jauary 28, 2005 TO: Kelsey Ward Purchasing FROM: Linda A. Houtzer Minutes and Records RE: Contract 04-3579; "Arbitrage Rebate Requirements for Collier County"; BondResource Partners, LP: Contractor Enclosed please find three (3) originals of the document as referenced above, (Agenda Item #16E6), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16,2004 Kindly forward the documents to the appropriate partæs for their records. The Finance Department and Minutes & Records Department have their copies. If you should have any questions, please contact me at: 774-8411. Thank you. Enclosures ~"~-" ,....,......-. "'......',... ....~.~.....~,."' - .,." ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLI) 6 E 6 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. . 2. . 3. ~ - 4. C;<...-~- \~O-~ C~O sz¡- (/~/D ~ 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original docwnents needing the BCC Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Contact Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached - ~S\~ 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibly State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si nature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Forms/ County Forms/ BCC Formsl Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 ~q<\~ \~ £:. ~ S Yes (Initial) N/A (Not A licable) ¢ ø :( ~ ~ ø ITEM NO.: ,r.·".'·.."'\ (' ,~- , \ ; \ I, ¡ ._ . \ .... / / 'l..j' ~ DATE REctBE 6 DA ¡¿¿~ u FILE NO.: ROUTED TO: tJ 5 --f!((!, 00 It; r DO NOT WRITE ABOVE THIS LINE Contract review and approval. ..-.. " -' Qo ~""r1 ~i!5 2::>.f'r1 ~iT> ~o -,,~ 0 '"T1 Co .::::0:::;:0 ~ .:¿ tVV'· ~J \ ~ d ~! r,J Þ) \ v (( ì1 t,'{ SI!; (./'"' "\)-- o I'~b I t:t I c¿ r /b ~trr- nre~ ~ <::3 ...., <... .:h.. :;.r: I"\) <.11 REQUEST FOR LEGAL SERVICES Date: January 20, 2005 To: Office of the County Attorney ~/ " ,} I) S Attention: Scott Teach I r/ From: Kelsey Ward, Contract Administration Manager 1\~ Purchasing Department, Extension 8949 Administrative Services Division Re: Contract 04-3579; "Arbitrage Rebate Requirements for Collie County" BondResource Partners, LP; Contractor BACKGROUND OF REQUEST: This Contract was approved by the BCC on November 16, 2004; Agenda Item 16(E)(6). This item has not been previously submitted. ACTION REQUESTED: OTHER COMMENTS: Scott, This is a standard contract with no changes. Please forward to BCC for signature after approval. If there are any questions concerning the document, please contact me. Purchasing would appreciate notification when the documents exit your office. Thank you. C: Jim Mitchell, Finance 16£6 MEMORANDUM TO: Sheree Mediavilla Risk Management Department D~ I~ \ \0- \ 'J.">'" FROM: Kelsey Ward, Contract Administration Manager\< ~ Purchasing Department DATE: January 20,2005 RE: Review of Insurance for Contract 04-3579; "Arbitrage Rebate Requirements for Collier County" BondResource Partners, LP; Contractor This Contract was approved by the BCC on November 16, 2004; Agenda Item 16(E)(6). Please review the Insurance Certificate in this Agreement for the above-referenced contract. If everything is acceptable, please forward to the County Attorney for further review and approval. Also will you advise me when it has been forwarded. Thank you. If you have any questions, please contact me at extension 8949. ~TE RECEIVED R1~AN 2 1 2005 HANAr;£I1£/v, C: Jim Mitchell, Finance -"._........,..-.,-- 16E6 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on this /& y,< day of ~~004, by and between BondResource Partners, LP, whose address is 1735 Market Street, Suite 910, Philadelphia, P A, 19106, hereinafter ealled the "Contractor" and Collier County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, Collier County, Naples, hereinafter called the "County": WIT N E SSE T H: 1. COMMENCEMENT. The Contractor shall commence the work upon execution of this Agreement. The initial contract shall be for a three (3) year period, commencing on execution of this Agreement, and terminating on December 31, 2007. The County, at its discretion, shall have the option to request renewal for two (2) additional one (1) year periods. 2. STATEMENT OF WORK. The Contractor shall provide Arbitrage Rebate Requirements Services for Collier County in accordance with the terms, conditions and requirements of RFP #04-3579 and the Contractor's proposal hereto attached and incorporated herein by reference including Contractor's Cost Proposal, as well as additional services as required and mutually agreed upon by written Change Order by County and Contractor. 3. SCHEDULE. The Contractor agrees to complete the services as required pursuant to this Agreement within the time period(s) established by mutual agreement between Contractor and the Finance Director or his designee for completion of the various tasks of the project. 4. THE CONTRACT SUM. The County shall pay the Contractor for the performance of this Agreement an estimated maximum amount of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) for the 2004 Arbitrage Rebate Calculations. This amount is based on the prices set forth in the Contractor's proposal, subject to Change Orders as approved in advance by the County. Payment for the subsequent Arbitrage Rebate Calculations, Years 2005 and 2006, and future Arbitrage Rebate Calculations, will be based on the prices set forth in the Contractor's proposal and changes to the Scope of Services as mutually negotiated between the County and Contractor. Other Reimbursable Expenses shall be billed as per Item 5, "Compensation", in a maximum amount not to exceed two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) per year. ,......._,_..~---~_..~._.~---.-._-~~.."-.-"."....~"~,..-~_.,"_.."".. ''''-''''~'''-----'---"-'-''~~---~-'--~'-'-_. 04-351 6 r: " COMPENSATION. The County shall pay the Contractor for the performance ~ Ms Agreement upon completion of the work as accepted and approved by the Finance Director or his designee pursuant to the price schedule offered by the Contractor in his proposal, together with the cost of any other charges/fees submitted in the proposal. Payments shall be made to the Contractor when requested as work progresses, but not more frequently than once per month. 5. f<'¡ ,"c ) Payment will be made upon receipt of a proper invoice and in compliance with Section 218.70/ Fla. Stats., otherwise known as the "Florida Prompt Payment Act". Scheduled payments for future year Arbitrage Rebate Calculations will be mutually agreed to by the County and the Contractor based on when the work is scheduled to take place. The prices quoted on the Contractor's Proposal shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year from the date of award by the Board of County Commissioners. Subsequently, upon the written request of the Contractor at least thirty (30) days in advance, all prices may be adjusted on the anniversary date of the Agreement, based on the Consumer Price Index - All Products, for the immediate twelve (12) month period preceding the anniversary date of the Agreement. Travel Expenses Travel Expenses shall not exceed two thousand dollars ($2000.00) per year unless approved in advance in writing by the County. Travel expenses shall be reimbursed as per Section 112.061 Fla. Stats. Reimbursements shall be at the following rates: Mileage: Breakfast: Lunch: Dinner: Airfare: Rental car: Lodging: Parking: Taxi or Airport Limousine: $ .375 per mile $3.00 $6.00 $12.00 Actual ticket cost Actual rental cost Actual cost of lodging at single occupancy rate Actual cost of parking Actual cost of either taxi or airport limousine Contractor shall be responsible for all other costs and expenses associated with activities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. 6. NOTICES. All notices from the County to the Contractor shall be deemed duly served if mailed or faxed to the Contractor at the following Address: 2 ll~E6 04-3579 "",j BondResource Partners, LP Attn: Ms. Joan M. DiMarco 1735 Market St. Suite 910 Philadelphia, P A 19103 Facsimile: 215-701-5969 All Notices from the Contractor to the County shall be deemed duly served if mailed or faxed to the County to: Collier County Government Center Purchasing Department - Purchasing Building 3301 Tamiami Trail, East Naples, Florida 34112 Facsimile: 239-732-0844 The Contractor and the County may change the above mailing address and/ or facsimile number at any time upon giving the other party written notification. All notices under this Service Agreement must be in writing. 7. NO PARTNERSHIP. Nothing herein contained shall create or be construed as creating a partnership between the County and the Contractor or to constitute the Contractor as an agent of the County. 8. PERMITS: LICENSES: TAXES. In compliance with Section 218.80, Fla. Stats., all permits necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be obtained by the Contractor. Payment for all such permits issued by the County shall be processed internally by the County. All non-County permits necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be procured and paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall also be solely responsible for payment of any and all taxes levied on the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall comply with all rules, regulations and laws of Collier County, the State of Florida, or the U. S. Government now in force or hereafter adopted. The Contractor agrees to comply with all laws governing the responsibility of an employer with respect to persons employed by the Contractor. 9. NO IMPROPER USE. The Contractor will not use, or suffer or permit any person to use in any manner whatsoever, county facilities for any improper, immoral or offensive purpose, or for any purpose in violation of any federal, state, county or municipal ordinance, rule, order or regulation, or of any governmental rule or regulation now in effect or hereafter enacted or adopted. In the event of such violation by the Contractor or if the County or its authorized representative shall deem any conduct on the part of the Contractor to be objeetionable or improper, the County shall have the right to suspend the contract of the Contractor. Should the Contractor fail to correct any such violation, conduct, or practice to the satisfaction of the County within twenty-four (24) hours after receiving notice of such violation, conduct, or practice, such suspension to 3 04-3579 1 6 E 6 continue until the violation is cured. The Contractor further agrees not to commence operation during the suspension period until the violation has been corrected to the satisfaction of the County. 10. TERMINATION. Should the Contractor be found to have failed to perform his services in a manner satisfactory to the County as per the requirements of this Agreement, the County may terminate said agreement immediately for cause; further the County may terminate this Agreement for convenience with a seven (7) day written notice. The County shall be sole judge of non-performance. 11. NO DISCRIMINATION. The Contractor agrees that there shall be no discrimination as to race, sex, color, creed or national origin. 12. INSURANCE. The Contractor shall provide insurance as follows: A. Commercial General Liability: Coverage shall have minimum limits of $500,000 Per Occurrence, Combined Single Limit for Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability. This shall include Premises and Operations; Independent Contractors; Products and Completed Operations and Contractual Liability. B. Workers' Compensation: Insurance covering all employees meeting Statutory Limits in compliance with the applicable state and federal laws. The coverage must include Employers' Liability with a minimum limit of $500,000 for each accident. C. Professional Liability: Coverage shall have minimum limits of $1,000,000. Special Requirements: Collier County shall be listed as the Certificate Holder and included as an Additional Insured on the Comprehensive General Liability Poliey. Current, valid insurance policies meeting the requirement herein identified shall be maintained by Contractor during the duration of this Agreement. Renewal certificates shall be sent to the County 30 days prior to any expiration date. There shall be a 30 day notification to the County in the event of cancellation or modification of any stipulated insurance coverage. Contraetor shall insure that all subcontractors comply with the same insurance requirements that he is required to meet. The same Contractor shall provide County with certificates of insurance meeting the required insurance provisions. 13. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the County and its officers, employees, agents and instrumentalities from and against all claims or suits (including attorney's fees and costs of defense) asserted or prosecuted by third parties arising out of Contractor's failure to satisfy its 4 04-35791 6 E 6 obligations under this agreement, through error, omission, negligent act or willful misconduct of the Contractor or its employees, or that of its subcontractors or their employees, if any, provided however, that the Contractor is given reasonable notice of, and the opportunity to defend, settle and compromise any such claim. Nothing contained herein, however, is intended to confer on any third party any rights or benefits hereunder. Additionally, the Contractor's maximum liability relating to services rendered under the engagement performed for the County shall be limited to any penalties assessed by the IRS and excess interest (where the excess interest is calculated as the (a) excess of the IRS charged rate over (b) the earnings rate for the County's commingled funds for the same covered period (c) divided by the IRS eharged rate (d) times the IRS assessed interest) and/ or related costs proximately caused by the eonduet of the Contractor as mentioned above. In connection therewith, the County agrees to eooperate with representatives of the Contractor to ameliorate or eliminate such penalties, interest and! or reasonable costs. In no event shall the Contractor be liable for consequential, special, incidental or punitive loss, damage or expense (including without limitation, lost profits, opportunity costs, etc.). The Contractor will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the County with respect to bodily injury and damage to plant or equipment caused by the Contractor's rendering of its services. The Contractor will also indemnify, defend and hold harmless the County for any intellectual property infringement. 14. CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION. This Agreement shall be administered on behalf of the County by the Finance Department. 15. COMPONENT PARTS OF THIS CONTRACT. This Contract consists of the attached component parts, all of which are as fully a part of the contract as if herein set out verbatim: Contractor's Proposal, Insurance Certificate, RFP #04-3579. 16. SUBJECT TO APPROPRIATION. It is further understood and agreed by and between the parties herein that this agreement is subject to appropriation by the Board of County Commissioners. 5 ACORDTM THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CE FI TE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OK AL TER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE PRODUCER Aon Risk services, Inc. of pennsylvania one Liberty place 1650 Market Street suite 1000 philadelphia PA 19103 PHONE.. 215-255-2000 FAX - 215-255-1888 INSURED BondResource partners, LP 1735 Market Street suite 910 philadelphia PA 19103-2399 USA COMPANY A Federal Insurance company COMPANY B The American Insurance company COMPANY C continental casualty company ~ . . ci THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERiOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. co LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MMIDDNY) DATE (MMlDDNY) LIMITS BODILY INJURY ( Per person) " c $2,000,000 " ex $1,000,000 v '<I ... $1,000,000 ... c $1,000,000 c " v $1,000,000 c $10,000 :z ~ $1,000,000 '" '" !;: .... ... ... c..; A GENERAL LIABILITY 35796730 03/01/04 03/01/05 GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS.. COMP/OP AGG PERSONAL & ADV INJURY EACH OCCURRENCE COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE 0 OCCUR OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT FIRE DAMAGE(Any one fire) MED EXP (Anyone person) A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS 73517657 03/01/04 03/01/05 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: B EXCESS LIABILITY X UMBRELLA FORM OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM XYM 000 7619-8795 03/01/04 03/01/05 AGGREGAT EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE ANY AUTO A WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY THE PROPRIETOR! PARTNERS/EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ARE: 71705550 03/01/04 03/01/05 REPRESENTATIVES. $500,000 $500,000 $3,000,000 _ $3,000,000~ .- 23 ~ =-.J ..;..-- -"IP. :.....J III!..: ?=: ~ -, ~ -..; ~ -=-..: ¡"¡,, ~ r"_ ~ ðI ~ . INCL EL DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT EL DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE EXCL c APL188158539 03/04/04 03/04/05 occurrence Aggregate X prof L iabilit:y DE5.CRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATctlONSNEHICLESISPECIAL ITEMS . d Co I 11er county lS 1nclu eo as an aoo1tl0nal lnsure on the General Liability and Automobile Liability where required by written contract. SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE collier county Board of county commissioners Naples FL 34101 USA EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY 04-35791 t... l.. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor and the County, have each, respec v~,Eyy, authorized person or agent, hereunder set their hands and seals on the date and year first above written. ATTEST: . ...." Dwight E. Br~~?déf1<~ ~t, '.. ~xiç~:~~ ,øG . ~, . ..,?'j' r- (SEAL~"" '!'~;\\~.",:~:.;' Att.st IS to ~:f~þ~~::;';::'-' 11ga¡tYr' OIl" c,~, ""'.·1_" 1&0« 1~ ê~~~ First Witness ~ \Úí 11. <l 0c.c{(U 1\ pe/pri t witness namet BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA By: r'lala, Chairman Commt BondResource Partners, LP Contractor By: ll(¡l4/Y1f7Yl.)Ji~ Signature :J0û('\ M· Ð~¥Y\().r(..o, f>ú rTV\1:f" Typed signature and title Second Witnes~ íÐ()e. (/¡. ¡) I Jf} ¡Þ' 'f tType/ print witness namet CORPORATE SEAL (corporations only) R. Teach, Assistant County Attorney Item # 1(P£~ /1- liP -o'i Agenda Date / -1- ~ -D5 6 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING 2.~ TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT T~~ THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE f" 2 (print on pink paper. Attach 10 original docl/ment. Original docutIJenh should be hand ddivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents arc 10 he fÒmankd to the Board Ollìce only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin order) 1. 2.Heidi Ashton County Attorney's Office 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager L .,,~~ ~~ '\ ~ù..J k.Q ~>b PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION ~ (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact infomlation is needed in the event one of the addrcssees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the BCC Chairman's signature arc to be delivercd to the BCC olliee only after the BCe has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff oatt-Ilflffieriglú ~ . Contact f'\\ f\ (' \ c_,~ \ (\ " Agenda Date Item was , I A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached ~ INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/ A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/ A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) I. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, ~ resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's ...,/ 'X signature and initials are required. 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. J Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCe's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! ~-0-r~~J ~-:> ~0G~J L. ~ .^- ~'. I: Forms/C?unty Forms/ Bce Forms/ Original Documcnts ROlltin.g Slip '.' r (\ . .. ~. ~') .. \~'->-. WWS OngmaI9.03.04 ..Q..... ~~ t?. " . ~-r--- ~, . V~-'A~ . ¡:;À. A.J) ~ -- \ .-r'"r' . \; J\ / .\, _... " ~~. . .;v-<'"'--~ q ~~ '-~ ,."......."...,.."...".,>'..,,,.,.,...""'.."',,..,,,,,""'-,.,...,.....,."-.' MEMORANDUM 16 F2 Date: January 21,2005 To: Maria Bernal Tourism Tax Coordinator From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: First Amendment to the 2001 Tourism Agreement between Collier County and the South Florida Water Management District for the Restoration of Lake Trafford Enclosed please find an original document, as referenced above (Agenda Item #16F2), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16,2004. An additional original document has been retained in Minutes and Records. If you should have any questions, please contact me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure 16 F2,w FIRST AMENDMENT TO 2001 TOURISM AGREEMENT BETWEEN COLLIER COUNTY AND THE SOUTH FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT FOR RESTORA TION OF LAKE TRAFFORD . Thi:,'L ~ipt Amendment to 2001 Tourism Agreement, made this tk day of N00~~ 2004, (hereinafter referred to as "First Amendment") is entered into by and between the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida (hereinafter referred to as "County"), and the South Florida Water Management District (hereinafter referred to as "SFWMD"). WIT N E SSE T H: WHEREAS, the County and SFWMD entered into a 2001 Tourism Agreement dated July 31,2001 (the "Agreement") for the restoration of Lake Trafford; and WHEREAS, the County and SFWMD desire to further amend the terms of the Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of valuable consideration and the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows: 1. Section 14 of said Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following paragraph is inserted in its place: TERM: This Agreement shaH become effecti ve on December 1, 2004 and shall remain effective until November 30, 2005. Any extension of this Agreement must be at the express consent of the CoHier County Board of County Commissioners. GRANTEE must request any extension of this term in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of this Agreement, and the COUNTY may agree by amendment to this Agreement to extend the term for an additional one year. 2. Except as set forth in this First Amendment, the Agreement shall remain in fun force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be executed by their duly authorized officers and their official seals, hereto affixed the day and year first written above. DATED: \-,<1-1",:05 ATTEST: \\\\""'~.ff#'i' DWlq~~~~ç)erk ~.... ~'4' ,,-.11'. ..'_-.'-4:, '''tot tf 8- ~ ::- ~:to "~~ "~:,t; 07¡)., r-,\ ~ ¡ .~/ ~~: ¡ \ ~ '... BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA By: ~ d~ DONNA IALA, Chamnan Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: -~dt l j--- Heidi F. Ashton Assistant County Attorney 1tern#\lo£.Z- Agenda L}-l (oW' Date Date I ,'11-1\1::: Rec'd ~ ,.D.L 16 F2 (1) GRANTEE: SOUTH FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT BY ITS GOVERNING BOARD lVI~ L . Ué1ðC- (2)PrintedITY ed NaÄ~ ~/ ß~~ ~c::.~ ~~ Printed/Typed Name Print Name: Print Title: Director of Procurement (corporate seal) OF COUNSEL By: i y?/or I SFWMD PROCUREMENT APPROVED BY:~~ Date: l~ lo..,.. CP\TDC\ I stAmendmentLakeTraffordRestoration Item # .\( c7 P ð- ~~~~a l \,.I(o'Ötf ~~~d \--- 21'1£ .C . ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLII1I 6 3 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO .L THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE F (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines # I through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chainnan's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee{s) Office Initials Date (List in routinl!: order) I.Heidi Ashton County Attorney \-\( ~ 111?IO~ 2. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners 3. Minutes and Records 4. Maria Bernal, Tourist Tax Tourism Department Coordinator (please return a fully executed copy to me) PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending sec approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the sec Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the sec office only after the see has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Maria Bernal Phone Number 213-2966 Contact Agenda Date Item was November 16, 2004 Agenda Item Number 16F3 Approved bv the BCC Type of Document Interlocal agreement Number of Original 1 Attached Documents Attached 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "Nt A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chainnan and Clerk to the Board and ssibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chainnan and the Clerk to the Board The Chainnan's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chainnan's si ture and initials are uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! x Yes (Initial) X Nt A (Not A licable) X 2. X 3. x 4. 5. I: Forms! County Forms! sec Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 16F3 INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT FOR THE PROVISION OF BEACH GRADING OF THE BEACHES IN THE CITY OF MARCO ISLAND THIS INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT ("'Agreement"), is made and entered into thisl~y of Ñ~ ~<2-c- ,2004 by and between the Board of County Commissioners, the governing body of Collier County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, hereinafter referred to as "County" and the City of Marco Island, a Florida municipal corporation, hereinafter referred to as "City". RECITALS: WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners adopted a Tourist Development Tax Category" A" Funding Policy for beach renourishment and beach park facilities on December 16, 2003; and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners reviewed a Grant Application in the amount of $30,000 from the City of Marco Island on November 16, 2004 for a proposed project to grade the City of Marco Island beaches based on that approved policy; and WHEREAS, the grading of the beaches will extend from the Tigertail Park limits to the southern end of Marco Island (the "Grading Project") and WHEREAS, the Grading Project may include maintaining the beach and shoreline by using large earth-moving equipment to move quantities of sand to provide a more consistent slope to the beach,and WHEREAS, the County desires to fund the Grading Project with tourist development taxes; and WHEREAS, under the County's policy, there must be a Grading Project sponsor; and WHEREAS, the City of Marco Island desires to extend its commitment to sponsor the Grading Project. -_._-~_.._'"._------" Þ::I ..__ ('""":) ::;c:II Þ<:Z::L:-(1) 0-3..-;w~rt .,., "",::::I ~ ~ ::;-:::~- <'0-' C> ..po. t-:.:;:l .....a =....., C> t-i r> 0-3 .'" ::I:: .,., '" C> ;..0 ...."'" 0-3 '=' = "'" tc"' C> C> "'" "'" ,..-0. t;Id "-' r> -_ c:> ="'" ,-,-,,=, ~.,., ,,-,,=, = ~ <::::Þ ..-. ....::::1 (J"'I P>..... ~ ~...,.. 'f.; --..J = ex> ~ ~ I:'J ~ ~~ .....-30 :Þ' <-"). ::z: ;;: C) ~ .,.. :::::0 t--t ~ .. ø t:;;g :x: (""-:) 0-3 ~ <--.J ?"'~~ to C> ex:: ~ t·........ \...C C> r> r> ~~ ~ <~ ~ c;) ~ t.;I;;I .... t:;I;j :~:1 "'" ~ c:') t---= êu:: ~I'-: .:< ex: ....., tc"' r> "'" C> .,., ~ r> t-i ""'- cnt>;:l "'" .... <.TO .... == == .----.-,--'.- OR: 3689 PG: 1929 NOW, THEREFORE, BASED UPON THE MUTUAL COVENANTS CONTAINED 16F3 HEREIN, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS: 1. RECITALS. The above recitals are true and correct and incorporated herein. ') ELIGIBILITY FOR FUNDING. The Grading Project is eligible for TDC funding under the Board adopted policy. The estimated costs for construction and engineering services including, but not limited to, equipment and labor is Thirty Thousand Dollars and No/IOO ($30,000) and will be funded by the County with tourist development funds up to a maximum of Thirty Thousand Dollars and No/lOO ($30,000). 3. SPONSORSHIP. The City agrees to sponsor the Grading Project. The City agrees to be named as the agency requesting the FDEP permit and any other required permits. 4. COUNTY AS AGENT OF CITY. The County agrees to act as the agent of City to pursue all necessary grant applications, engineering, environmental and technical work and to seek the appropriate environmental permits. All applications and permits will be in the name of the City. The County shall select vendors and contractors for the work to be completed under this Section in accordance with its purchasing policy. 5. INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by law, the City shall hold harmless and defend the County. and its agents and employees, from any and all suits and actions including attorney's fees and all costs of litigation and judgments of any name and description arising out of or incidental to this Agreement including the City's error or negligence in obtaining easements and/or for the City's elTor or failure to timely perform permit conditions. This provision shall also pertain to any claims brought against the County by any employee of the City, any subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed or authorized to perform work by any of them. 6. PRIVATE PROPERTY EASEMENTS. The City agrees to process any necessary casements from the property OVv'ners fronting on the project area and to grant the same rights under those easements to the County and selected vendors and contractors for purposes of completing the --,,,.-------_.,.~.....- project. If the City is unsuccessful OR: 36B9 PG: ~30 in obtaining the necessary easements from a propeI1~wnerF 3 then the grading shall be seaward from the erosion control line or mean-high water line on the applicable property. 7. ClTY TO COMPLETE PERMlT CONDlTIONS. The City agrees to be responsible to fulfill the ongoing obligation of the permits and all conditions of the permits, if any. If the City fails to complete any permit condition, then the County may complete the condition and the City shall reimburse the County for its actual costs. 8. CONSTRUCTION ACCESS. The City hereby agrees to grant to the County a right, privilege and license to access the beaches through propel1y designated by the City. 9. PROJECT PERIOD. The County and City agree that the estimated date for commencement of construction of the beach grading project is December 6, 2004 and that the duration of construction is not expected to last beyond three weeks. If the necessary permitting is not received in time for the project to be completed in this timeframe, then it will be postponed until a mutually agreeable date. 10. TERMINATION. This Agreement shall commence upon execution and terminate upon expiration of the permits and any extensions but no later than December 1, 2005. 11. A V AILABlLITY OF FUNDS. This Agreement is subject to budget and collection of Tourism Development Tax Funds. 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. A. Any and all notices, designations, consents, offers, acceptances, or other communications provided for herein shall be gi ven to the City, attention City Manager, City of Marco Island, 50 Bald Eagle Drive, Marco Island, Florida 34145. Notice to the County, attention County Manager, Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail East Naples, FL 34112. OR: 3689 PG: 1931 B. This writing embodies the entire agreement and understandings between the }r€J F 3 and there are no other agreements or understandings, oral or written, with reference to the subject matter herein, no alteration change or modification to the terms of this Agreement shall have any force or effect unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. This Agreement may be executed in each of several copies, each of which may be considered an original. C. The City may not sell, transfer, or assign this Agreement, or any part hereof, without the written consent of the County. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Interlocal Agreement to be executed the day and year aforesaid in counterparts, each counterpaIt to be considered an original. DATED: /6/- ~ - CYI ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROC;~" Clerk .':" ~ ~.,.,>:' ,,(~.~ "\~ ~ . . . ~ L" BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA kJ .d Approved as to form and le:,:;~ie'l /Lø Heidi F. A~hton Assistant County Attorney "-.-...----.-.--...----. .._._,.,----_..,_.,_._-"~,...--~-~,..,. *** OR: 3689 PG: 1932 *** ATTEST: GRANTEE CITY OF MARCO ISLAND 1.,,6F3 BY~ 1\~e~ TERRI DI SCIULLO, Chairman Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ~~,() .~ Richard D. Y ovanovlch. EsqUJre City Attorney WITNESSES: _~ (l)~_ .' nature L 4v('"CJ... L~ 4- ~ Cot "') Printed/Typed Name (2) ~ l 1- -r;/r.d Si;¡ature I Na"td J. 11,'cJ,,~ Printed/Typed Name CP:TDC\ In ¡,-,rloca 1- MarcoIs landGrading -------..-. 16F4 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING SLIP TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) , ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routine: order) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONT ACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item) Name of Primary Staff Phone Number Contact DARCY WALDRON 774-8000 Agenda Date Item was Agenda Item Number Approved bv the BCC 11-16-04 16.F.4 Type of Document Number of Original Attached LEASEIPURCHASE AGREEMENT Documents Attached 1 Initial the Yes column or mark "N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency, (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney, This includes signature pages ftom ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages ftom contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) dw 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board N/A 3, The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. dw 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's signature and initials are required. dw 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. ~ome documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain tIme frame or the BCe's actions are nullified. Be aware ofvour deadlines! dw INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST !: Fonns/ County Fonns/ Bee F sf '. WWS Original 9.03.04 orm OngInal Documents Routing Slip ~-'----"--'~_.,_.~ ._._.<...<~,.."--,,.,~",._---_...,«--"._,---- 16F4"'" '^". MEMORANDUM Date: November 17, 2004 To: Darcy Waldron Emergency Services From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: The purchase of a new Fire Truck through the Florida Sheriff's Bid List (Contract #04 05 0824) Enclosed please find the one (1) original agreement, as referenced above, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004 (Agenda Item #16F4). Please forward on for the appropriate signatures and then return the fully executed original back to the Minutes and Records Department. If you should have any questions, please contact me at 774-8406, Thank you. Enclosure · 16FLj FEDERAL SIGNAL LEASING 1415 W. 22nd Street. Oak Brook, Illinois 60523-2004 Phone 800-934-6569 Fax 630-954-2041 Leasing Division Assistant Chief Allan Maclaughlin Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District 175 Capri Boulevard Naples, Fl 34113 October 14, 2004 Re: lease/Purchase Financing of an E-One C440 Rescue Pumper Dear Asst. Chief Maclaughlin: E-One, Inc. is pleased to provide the Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District with financing assistance for its purchase of a new E-One C440 Typhoon Rescue Pumper. The leasing Division of Federal Signal Corporation, like E-One, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Federal Signal Corporation and was established in 1983 to handle all of the administrative aspects of E-One, Inc.'s financing programs, Enclosed is our standard lease/purchase agreement. The document has been marked with red "X"s in those places where signatures of authorized personnel are required. These include: 1, Municipal lease and Option AQreement. Please sign and date where indicated. 2. Acceptance Certificate. See instructions below. 3. Payment Schedule (attachment). Please sign acknowledgment and acceptance of payment terms. 4, IRS Form 8038-G (attachment). Please complete with required information and sign where indicated. Please Note: It is important that you fill in your Employer Identification Number on this form. THE ATTACHED DOCUMENTS (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE) MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED NO LATER THAN NOVEMBER 28,2004 IN ORDER TO LOCK IN THE RATE. IF RECEIVED AFTER THIS DATE, THE RATE IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. The Acceptance Certificate can be retained by your department until the vehicle is delivered. Upon delivery, the department should sign, date and surrender this agreement to E-One, Inc. or its authorized dealer. Please note that the vehicle will not be released without this sianed Certificate. The date on the Acceptance Certificate is the commencement date of the lease. Enclosed for your convenience is an Insurance Coverage Requirement letter which should be given to your insurance agenUbroker to ensure proper coverage and documentation. Also included is an Auto Payment form. Should you choose to make your payments electronically, please provide the required signatures and banking information where indicated and forward to us for processing. Finally, please have your attorney provide an opinion fetter of substantially the same form as the attached sample "Opinion of lessee's Counsel." This opinion must be on your attorney's letterhead. Please return the completed documents to me as soon as possible. After we receive the documents, properly completed, we can authorize delivery of the truck. You will then be furnished a fully executed copy of the lease and attachments for your records. Should you have any questions or comments, please do not hesitate to call us at (800) 934-6569. Sincerely, ~.' ,;.;. . v 'vl '\ , (, ') '- enclosures ¡ ( Joanne M. Delegan Senior Account Manager 2 Florida MuniciDal lessor: E-One, Inc. 1415 W. 22nd Street, Suite 1100 Oak Brook, Il 60523 800-934-6569 Phone: lessee: Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District 175 Capri Boulevard Naples, Fl 34113 Assistant Chief Allan Maclaughlin 239-825-9074 Contact: Phone: I leaseNo. 5396-001 16F 4-,·. .. I . QUANTITY EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (Indude Make. Model, Serial No. and all Attachments) 1 E-One C440 Rescue Pumper Fire Apparatus Mounted on an E-One Typhoon 4-Door Tilt-Cab Chassis Lease Term Total Equipment Cost Rent Due (Period) No./Amount of Rental Payments 120 Months $ 289,973.00 Annually in Arrears See payment schedule attached herelo and made a part hereof ("Payment SChedule") MUNICIPAL LEASE AND OPTION CONTRACT Lessor hereby leases to Lessee the Equipment for the purposes and upon the following terms and conditions listed herein ARTICLE I: COVENANTS OF LESSEE. Lessee represents, covenants and warrants, for the benefit of Lessor as follows: A. Lessee is a public body, corporate and politic, duly organized and existing under the Constitution and laws of the State as set forth above ("State"). B. Lessee has been duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement under the Constitution and laws of the State and under the terms and provisions of the resolution of its governing body, or by other appropriate official approval. Lessee further represents, covenants and warrants that all requirements have been met, and procedures have occurred in order to ensure the enforceability of this Agreement, Lessee shall cause to be executed an opinion of its counsel in form acceptable to Lessor. C. During the term of this Agreement, the Equipment will be used by Lessee only for the purpose of performing one or more governmental or proprietary functions of Lessee consistent with the permissible scope of Lessee's authority and will not be used in a trade or business of any person or entity other than the Lessee. D. The equipment is, and shall remain during the period the Agreement is in force, personal property and when subject to use by Lessee under this Agreement, will not be or become fixtures. ARTICLE II: DEFINITIONS. The following terms will 1:\51 Pdata\DOCU MENT\00009255. RTF have the meanings indicated below unless the context clearly requires otherwise: "Lease Term" means the Original Term defined in Article III hereof and a sufficient number of automatic Renewal Terms as will constitute the number of months set forth on the face of this Agreement. "Lessor" means the entity designated on the face of this Agreement as Lessor hereunder. "Purchase Price" means the amount set forth in the Payment Schedule attached to this Agreement and subject to the terms of Article IX which Lessee may, at its option, pay to Lessor in order to purchase the Equipment. "Renewal Term(s)" means the automatic renewal periods of this Agreement, each having a duration of one (1) year coterminous with Lessee's fiscal year except the last of such automatic renewal periods which shall end on the anniversary of the Commencement Date. The terms and conditions during any Renewal Term shall be the same as the terms and conditions during the Original Term, except that the Rent Payments shall be as provided in the attached Payment Schedule. "Vendor" means the manufacturer of the Equipment as well as the agents or dealers of the manufacturer. ARTICLE III: COMMENCEMENT OF LEASE TERM. The Original Term of this Agreement shall commence on the date the Equipment is accepted by Lessee as 3 indicated on the Certificate of Acceptance ("Commencement Date") and shall tenninate the last day of Lessee's then current fiscal year. For the duration of the Lease Tenn, this Agreement will be automatically renewed at the end of the Originål Tenn and any Renewal Term unless the Lessee gives written notice to Lessor not less than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Original Tenn or Renewal Term then in effect of Lessee's intention to tenninate this Agreement pursuant to Article V as the case may be. ARTICLE IV: INSPECTION. Lessor shall have the right at all reasonable times to enter into and upon the property of Lessee for the purpose of inspecting the Equipment. ARTICLE V: RENT PAYMENTS. Section 5,01 Rent Payments to Constitute a Current Expense of Lessee. Lessor and Lessee understand and intend that the obligation of Lessee to pay Rent Payments hereunder shall constitute a current expense of Lessee and shall not in any way be construed to be a debt of Lessee in contravention of any applicable constitutional or statutory limitations or requirements concerning the creation of indebtedness by Lessee, nor shall anything contained herein constitute a pledge of the general tax revenues, funds or monies of Lessee. Neither the Lessee, the State of Florida, nor any political subdivision thereof shall be obligated to pay any sums due to Lessor hereunder from AD VALOREM taxes. Section 5.02 Payment of Rent Payments. Lessee shall pay Rent Payments, exclusively from legally available funds to Lessor in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Payment Schedule attached to this Agreement. A portion of each Rent Payment is paid as, and represents payment of, interest and principal, respectively. Any amounts not paid when due shall be subject to past due interest at a rate of 18% per annum or the highest rate pennitted by law, whichever is lower. Notwithstanding any other provision of the agreement and under any and all circumstances, Lessee is obligated to pay interest to Lessor on the purchase price (remaining balance) at the per annum rate specified in this agreement for each day this agreement remains in effect. Section 5.03 Rent Payments to be Unconditional. Subject to Section 5.05, the obligation of Lessee to make payment of Rent Payments and other payments required under this Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional. Lessee shall make all such payments when due and shall not withhold, set off, abate or counter claim any such payment as a result of any dispute, whether between Lessor and Lessee or otherwise (including, but not limited to, disputes concerning alleged or actual defects, malfunctions, breakdowns or infinnities of the Equipment). Section 5.04 Continuation of Lease Term by Lessee, Lessee intends to continue the Lease Tenn through the Original Tenn and all of the Renewal Terms and to pay the Rent Payments hereunder. Lessee further intends to do all things lawfully within its power to obtain funds from which Rent Payments may be made, including making a provision for such payments to the extent necessary in each biannual or annual budget submitted and adopted in accordance with applicable provisions of state law, to have such portion of the bUdget approved, and to exhaust all available reviews and appeals in the event such portion of the budget is not approved. I :\S 1 Pdata\DOCUMENTì00009255.RTF 16F4 Section 5,05 Nonappropriation. In the event sufficient funds shall not be appropriated for the payment of the Rent Payments required to be paid in the next occurring Renewal Term, and if Lessee has no funds legally available for Rent Payments from other sources, the Lessee may tenninate this Agreement at the end of the Original Tenn or then current Renewal Term, and Lessee shall not be obligated to make payment of the Rent Payments provided for in the Agreement beyond the Original Term or the Renewal Tenn, whichever is the current tenn, provided the Lessee tenninates the agreement on an anniversary date of its Commencement Date and Lessee delivers notice to Lessor of such tennination at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Original Tenn or the then current Renewal Term. In the event of tennination of this Agreement on other than an anniversary of the Commencement Date, a pro-rata rent payment will be due covering the period of time between the last scheduled payment date and the termination date. If this Agreement is tenninated under this Section 5.05, Lessee agrees, at Lessee's cost and expense, peaceably to deliver the Equipment to Lessor at the location specified by Lessor; In such event, and to the extent lawful, Lessee shall not, until the date on which the next occurring Renewal Term would have ended, expend any funds for the purchase or use of equipment similar to the Equipment subject to the Agreement. ARTICLE VI: TITLE TO EQUIPMENT; SECURITY INTEREST, Section 6.01 Title to the Equipment. During the tenn of this Agreement, title to the Equipment and any and all additions, repairs, replacements or modifications shall vest in Lessee, subject to the rights of Lessor under this Agreement. In the event of default as set forth in Sections 11.01 or nonappropriation as set forth in Section 5.05, title to the Equipment shall immediately vest in Lessor, and Lessee will, upon Lessor's request, reasonably surrender possession of the Equipment to Lessor. Lessee, irrevocably, hereby designates, makes, constitutes and appoints Lessor (and all persons designated by Lessor) as Lessee's true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) with power, at such time of default or nonappropriation or times thereafter as Lessor in its sole and absolute discretion may determine, in Lessee's or Lessor's name, to endorse the name of Lessee upon any certificate of title, bill of sale, document, instrument, invoice, freight bill, bill of lading or similar document relating to the Equipment in order to vest title in Lessor and transfer possession to Lessor. Section 6,02 Security Interest. Lessee does not grant a security interest in the equipment to Lessor. ARTICLE VII: MAINTENANCE; MODIFICATION; TAXES; INSURANCE. Section 7.01 Maintenance of Equipment by Lessee. Lessee agrees that at all times during the Lease Tenn Lessee will, at Lessee's own cost and expense, maintain, preserve and keep the Equipment in good repair, working order and condition. Section 7,02 Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges, In the event the use, possession, acquisition ownership, or transfer of the Equipment is subject to taxation in any fonn (except for income taxes of Lessor), Lessee shall pay as the same respectively come due, all such taxes and other governmental charges of any kind whatsoever that may, at any time, be assessed or levied against or with respect to the 4 use, possession, acquisition, ownership, or transfer of the Equipment pursuant to this Agreement. Section 7.03 Insurance. At its own expense and at all times during the Lease Term, Lessee shall maintain casualty, public liability and property damage insurance on the Equipment (or shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of Lessor that adequate self-insurance is provided with respect to the Equipment) sufficient to protect the Full Insurable Value (meaning the full replacement value of the Equipment if purchased new or the then applicable Purchase Price, whichever is greater), and to protect Lessor from any and all liability related to the Equipment. Upon the request of Lessor, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor insurance certificates and such other material as necessary to fulfill Lessee's satisfaction of its insurance obligations as set forth in this Section 7.03. Alternatively, Lessee may insure the Equipment under a blanket insurance pOlicy or policies which cover not only the Equipment but other properties; provided, however, that the aforementioned insurance requirements are satisfied. If Lessee shall insure similar properties by self-insurance, Lessee will insure the Equipment by means of an adequate insurance fund. All insurance policies shall name Lessee and Lessor as assureds and loss payees according to their respective interests in the Equipment and shall provide for at least ten (10) days prior written notice by the underwriter or insurance company to the Lessor in the event of cancellation or expiration. ARTICLE VIII: DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. The equipment is covered by the regular printed warranty, if any, of the Manufacturer, Lessee acknowledges and agrees that the Manufacturer's warranty provides Lessee with its sole and exclusive warranty rights and that Lessor has not made any warranty or representation with respect to the Equipment, including but not limited to the implied warranty of merchantability and the implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose. ARTICLE IX: OPTION TO PURCHASE Provided Lessee has made all payments owed pursuant to Section 5.02 and is not in default hereunder, Lessee, may, upon giving Lessor not less than ninety (90) days prior written notice, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Equipment on any annual anniversary of the Commencement Date for the applicable Purchase Price as set forth in the Payment Schedule attached hereto, which amount shall be due and payable on the day following the annual anniversary of the Commencement Date. ARTICLE X: ASSIGNMENT; SUBLEASING; AND INDEMNIFICATION. Section 10.01 No Sale, Assignment or Subleasing by Lessee. This Agreement and the interest of Lessee in the Equipment may not be sold, assigned, transferred or encumbered by Lessee. Section 10,02 Assignment by Lessor. This Agreement, and the obligation of Lessee to make payments hereunder, are not assignable, salable, or transferable by Lessor, in whole or in part. Section 10.03 Indemnification Covenants. To the extent permitted by the laws and Constitution of the State in which Lessee is located, Lessee shall protect, hold harmless and indemnify Lessor from and against any and all liability, obligations, losses, claims and 1:\S1 Pdata\DOCUMENT\00009255.RTF 16F4 damages whatsoever, regardless of cause thereof, and expenses in connection therewith, including, without limitation, attorney's fees and expenses, penalties and interest arising out of or as the result of Lessee or its employees' or agents negligence with regard to the Equipment. The indemnification arising under this paragraph shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the full payment of all obligations under this Agreement or the termination of this Agreement for any reason. ARTICLE XI: EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES, Section 11.01 Events of Default Defined, The following shall constitute an "event of default" hereunder: A, Failure by Lessee to timely pay any payment required to be paid hereunder; B. Lessee's failure to perform any other covenant, condition or obligation on its part to be performed, other than for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice to Lessee specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied. C. Breach of any material representation or warranty by Lessee under this Agreement; or D. Commencement by Lessee of a case or proceeding under the Federal bankruptcy laws or filing by Lessee of any petition or answer seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any existing or future bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or an answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against Lessee in any such proceeding; or E. A petition against Lessee in a proceeding under any existing or future bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law shall be filed and not withdrawn or dismissed within thirty (30) days thereafter. Section 11,02 Remedies on Default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Lessor shall have the right, at its sole option without any further demand or notice, to exercise anyone or more of the following remedies: A. With or without terminating this Agreement, retake possession of the Equipment and the Additional Collateral and sell, lease or sublease the Equipment and the Additional Collateral with the net proceeds thereof to be applied to Lessee's obligations hereunder. B. Require Lessee at Lessee's risk and expense to promptly return the Equipment in the manner and in the condition set forth in Sections 5.05 and 7.01 hereof; C. If Lessor is unable to repossess the Equipment or the Additional Collateral for any reason, the Equipment and the Additional Collateral shall be deemed a total loss and Lessee shall pay to Lessor the then applicable Purchase Price as set forth in the Payment Schedule attached hereto; and D. Whenever a default is existing, Lessor may declare all payments immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, or notice of any kind. In addition, Lessee shall be obligated to pay all costs of collection, repossession and enforcement of rights hereunder including reasonable attorney's fees. E. Take whatever other action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable to enforce its rights as the owner of the Equipment and the Additional Collateral. Section 11.03 No Remedy Exclusive. No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Lessor is intended to be exclusive and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other 5 remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon anY'default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such' right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. ARTICLE XII: MISCELLANEOUS, Section 12.01 Notices. All notices or other communications hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given when delivered by facsimile with proof of successful transmission, by overnight courier, or when mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at their respective places of business. Section 12.02 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon Lessor and Lessee and respective successors and assigns. Section 12.03 Severability, In the event any provision of the Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof. Section 12.04 Execution in counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Section 12.05 Power of Attorney. Lessee hereby authorizes Lessor to file IRS Fonn 8038-G or 8038-GC on behalf of Lessee, which provides infonnation to the IRS on tax exempt leases and installment sales. Lessee hereby appoints Lessor's representative as attomey in fact solely for the purpose of signing the above referenced infonnational fonn. Section 12.06 Applicable Law, This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. Section 12.07 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee and may not be amended, altered or modified except by written instrument signed by Lessor and Lessee. Any tenns and conditions of any purchase order or other document (with the exception of Supplements) submitted by Lessee in connection with this Agreement which are in addition to or inconsistent with the tenns and conditions of this Agreement will not be binding on Lessor and will not apply to this Agreement. Lessee by the signature of its authorized representative acknowledges that it has read this Agreement, understands it, and agrees to be bound by its tenns and conditions. Section 12.08 Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. Any litigation based hereon, or arising out of, under, or in connection with, this Agreement or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of the Lessor or the Lessee shall be brought and maintained exclusively in the courts of the State of Illinois or in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois; provided, however, that any suit seeking enforcement against any collateral or other property may be brought, at the lessor's option, in the courts of any jurisdiction where such collateral or other property may be found. Each of the Lessor and the Lessee hereby expressly and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of Illinois and the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois for the purpose of any such litigation as set forth above and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgement rendered thereby I:\S 1 Pdata\DOCUMENT\00009255.RTF 16F4 in connection with such litigation. Each of the Lessor and Lessee further irrevocably consents to the service of process by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by personal service within or without the State of Illinois. Each of the Lessor and Lessee hereby expressly and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have now or hereafter to the laying of venue of any such litigation brought in any such court referred to above and any claim that any such litigation has been brought in an inconvenient forum. To the extent that the Lessee has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgement, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, Lessee hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement. Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial. The Lessor and the Lessee hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waive any rights they may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation based hereon, or arising out of, under, or in connection with, this Agreement or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of the Lessor or the Lessee. The Lessee acknowledges and agrees that it has received full and sufficient consideration for this provision and that this provision is a material inducement for the Lessor entering into this Agreement. 6 16F4 THIS AGREEMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS PRINTED ABOVE WHICH ARE MADE A PART HEREOF. Date: \I /I-Ib-û Ý LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGEfuADlNG AND RECEIVING A COpy OF THIS AGREEMENT E-One, Inc. (lessor) Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District lftLe- Na"", a. Above, Thll underaig affirm. that he has been duly aut~orlZld to By 'f -., =~:7~ Title: '{c; /¡ft;f!'171 11 r1 , " Co\\' () ~ ~c \ () rr\mlSSlðììe By: Title: AliEST: DWIGHT E, BROCKtÇL~~~~.:.J.~fl,J . , " ".)1. '. þ":: .0,( . . \..- llem# KQ F~ Agenda UjLo -ù 4 Date Date \ 1-1 '\..J1\ 4- Rec'd LJ-J...-U- 1:\51 Pdata\DOGUMEN1ì00009255.RTF ,( 7 r - . ....-,_.-.~ I Lease No, 5396-001 16F4 I Lessor: E-One, Inc. 1415 W, 22nd Street, Suite 1100 Oak Brook, IL 60523 800-934-6569 Phone: Lessee: Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District 175 Capri Boulevard Naples, FL 34113 Assistant Chief Allan MacLaughlin 239-825-9074 Contact: Phone: QUANTITY EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (¡ndude Make. Model. Serial No. and all Attachments) 1 E-One C440 Rescue Pumper Fire Apparatus Mounted on an E-One Typhoon 4-Door Tilt-Cab Chassis Lease Term Total Eauipment Cost Rent Due (Period) No.lAmount of Rental Payments 120 Months $ 289,973.00 Annually in Arrears See payment schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof ("Payment Schedule") ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE The undersigned, as Lessee under the Municipal Lease and Option Agreement (the "Agreement") referred to above, acknowledges receipt in good condition of all of the Equipment above described as of the date set forth below (the . "Commencement Date") and certifies that Lessor has fully and satisfactorily performed all of its covenants and obligations required under the Agreement. Lessee hereby certifies that the description of the personal property set forth above constitutes an accurate description of the "Equipment" and further certifies that the location of the Equipment is as stated above unless otherwise indicated below, Lessee unconditionally accepts the Equipment for all purposes of the Agreement as of the Commencement Date and agrees that it will commence payments in accordance with Article V of the Agreement. x Commencement Date Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District (Lessee) By: f Title: 'I- I LESSEE: PLEASE RETAIN THIS PAGE, IF NECESSARY, FOR EXECUTION UPON ACCEPTANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND THEN RETURN SAME TO LESSOR. I :\S 1 Pdata\DOCUMENT\00009255.RTF 8 16F4 COLLIER COUNTY DA VID C. WEIGEL COLLIER COUNTY ATTORNEY 3301 East Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34112-4902 Telephone: (239) 774-8400 Facsimile: (239) 774-0225 October 19, 2004 Heidi F. Ashton Jennifer A. Belpedio Ellen T. Chadwell Jeffrey A. Klatzkow William E. Mountford Thomas C. Palmer Michael W. Pettit Jacqueline Hubbard Marjorie M. Student Scott R. Teach Patrick G. White Robert N. Zachary E-One, Inc. do Federal Signal Leasing 1415 W. 22nd Street, Suite 1100 Oak Brook, IL 60524 Re: Municipal Lease and Option Agreement No, 5396-001 (the "Agreement") Gentlemen: As counsel for the Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District (Lessee), I have examined the above-referenced original Agreement between Lessee and E-One, Inc. (Lessor), and the proceedings taken by Lessee to authorize and execute the Agreement. Based upon such examination of law and fact as I have deemed necessary or appropriate, I am of the opinion that: 1. Lessee is a public body, corporate and politic, duly organized, legally existing under the laws of the State of Florida. 2, The Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Lessee pursuant to constitutional, statutory and/or home rule provision which authorized this transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions. 3. The Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Lessee, enforceable in accordance with its terms. In the event the Lessor obtains judgment against Lessee in money damages, as a result of an event of default under the Agreement, Lessee will be obligated to pay such judgment. 4 No litigation is pending or, to the best of my knowledge, threatened in any court or other tribunal, state or federal, in any way questioning or affecting the validity of the resolution or the Agreement. 5. The signature of the official of Lessee which appears on the Agreement is true and genuine; I know said official and know him/her to hold the office set forth below his/her name, 6. The Lessee is a political subdivision within the meaning of Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulations and Rulings related thereto. That portion of rental payments made by Lessee during the Lease Term identified as interest, upon receipt, will not be includable as federal gross income under applicable statutes, regulations, court decisions and rulings existing on the date of this opinion and consequently will be exempt from present federal income taxes. cc: David C, Weigel, County Attorney OFFICE OF THE COUNTY ATTORNEY ~----7 CObe~ N. ¿h;;; Assistant County Attorney 16F4 Payment Schedule Lessee: Equip: Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District E-One C440 Typhoon Rescue Pumper, Lease No: #5396-001 Number and frequency of payments: 10 Annual payments in arrears Interest com uted at 4.78 % er annum Purchase price Payment Payment applied to (remaining Amount Interest Principal balance ) Total sales price $289,973.00 Trade-in allowed 15,000.00 274,973.00 Down payment 0.00 274,973.00 Payment 1 35,230.81 13,143,71 22,087,10 252,885.90 Payment 2 35,230.81 12,087.95 23,142.86 229,743.04 Payment 3 35,230,81 10,981.72 24,249.09 205,493.95 Payment 4 35,230,81 9,822.61 25,408.20 180,085,75 Payment 5 35,230.81 8,608.10 26,622,71 153,463.04 Payment 6 35,230.81 7,335,53 27,895.28 125,567.76 Payment 7 35,230.81 6,002.14 29,228.67 96,339.09 Payment 8 35,230.81 4,605.01 30,625.80 65,713.29 Payment 9 35,230.81 3,141,10 32,089.71 33,623.58 Payment 10 35,230.81 1,607.23 33,623,58 0,00 Totals 352,308.10 77,335.10 274,973,00 Balances not paid when due shall be subject to past due interest at the rate of 18% per year or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less. Interest accrues daily, at the rate indicated above, on the outstanding principal balance (listed in "Purchase price" column). E-One, Inc. Lessor Isles of capr: ~s~:escue District By: Y lr~n4 ~.¿~ '''.... Title: r C.h~t\.m~f\., Q!\\\'¡eR 0JI"J\,Y\1-y. .~ ~co..t\& c~ Œ..cmmt 5Sìc'1\e.f\S By: Title: ."" '~/.' '" . "i'\'ð3 ; e~ . . " ·3"$.....,., .:"~~,t) / t'?"i.~"'::" <:1 :: .tt;;; ,.' .{'I-' ft:,¡}'", ... ~ -', :- ~:" t¡,.owlGHT~. ~_CK, CL.ERK :' : b'- ',.~: .,":::. - ........ , ,)", -~:\ . --- : . 'tf:". - " '-: ~, CJ· . .' '";J~ .'. ''..if J l,\ . . '<;i. .. ~·a~ji~~~~.~ Chlf....., . .~. ,g..at... 0.-1,. f.'<PF":"r:·-~r·¡ ,.....~ to ,f;"Tt't";'" f.'"_ t:;grtl ml,f~;c;~~~~v 0.(. I .-----¡ A.£Sist..a:crt COlln ty Atté"l1'ncy Std Payment Schedule1:1 0/14/2004:4:08 PM v ~ "_"_..._,., __"._"",''''''.''0,",_'''''' 16F4 Insurance Coveraae Reauirements (This letter should be given to your insurance broker/agent to ensure proper coverage and documentation) (PLEASE NOTE: COVERAGE NEED NOT GO INTO EFFECT UNTIL DELIVERY) Subject: E-One C440 Rescue Pumper Fire Apparatus Mounted on an E-One Typhoon 4-Door Tilt-Cab Chassis Ladies and Gentlemen: Under the terms of the Municipal Lease and Option Agreement between the Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District and E-One, Inc. the following insurance coverage is required: a. Auto Physical Damage/Collision coverage for the full value of the equipment. b. Automobile ComprehensivefTheft coverage for the full value of the equipment. c, Auto Liability Insurance in the amount of $1,000,000. All coverages shall be evidenced by Certificate of Insurance naming E-One, Inc. as Additional Insured and Loss Payee, Please issue a Certificate of Insurance at your earliest convenience and forward to: E-One, Inc. clo Federal Signal Leasing 1415 W. 22nd St., Suite 1100 Oak Brook, IL 60523 Attn.: Joanne Delegan Your prompt reply is most appreciated, Should you have any questions regarding this matter, please feel free to contact me. Isles of CaDri Fire & Rescue District ("Lessee") BY:~' ~"IIIU~ Title: J2...¿ ~I"\JvL 1:\51 Pdata\DOCUMENT\00009255. RTF 10 16F4 Effective December 31, 1986, IRS -Form 8038-G must be filed for each issue of tax-exempt governmental bonds of $100,000 or more, In this transaction, you, as Lessee, are the issuer. This form is for information purposes only, BUT IT MUST BE FILED. We have filled in the form, except for signature (at bottom), issuer's employer identification number (Part I, line 2), and issuer's report number (Part I, line 4), If this will be your first filing of a Form 8038-G next year, your report number would be 2005-1. Please have an authorized representative sign the form, fill in the remaining information (Part I, lines 2 and 4), and return it to Federal Signal Leasing. We will file it with the IRS. Please Note: Your Employer Identification Number is required on this form. Your cooperation is sincerely appreciated. VERY IMPORTANT I 1:\81 Pdata\DOCUMENn00009255.RTF 12 · 16F4 ~ Form 8038-G Information Return for Tax-Exempt Governmental Obligations t Þ- Under Internal Revenue Code section 149(e) OMS No. 1545-0720 (Rev. November 2000) Þ- See separate Instructions. Department of the Treasury Caution: ¡fthe issue price is under $100,000, use Form B03B-GC. Internal Revenue Se"';ce Part I Reporting Authority If Amended Return, check here Þ- 0 1 Issuer's name 2 Issuer's employer identification number Isles of Capri Fire & Rescue District S9~ 600055'"8 3 Number and street (or PO. box if mail is not delivered to street address) Room/suite 4 Report number 175 Capri Boulevard 3 2004- 5 City, town, or post office, state, and ZIP code 6 Date of issue Naples, FL 34113 7 Name of issue 8 CUSIP number 9 Name and title of officer or iegal representative whom the IRS may call for more information 10 Telephone number of officer or legal representative I Part III Type of Issue (check applicable box(es) and enter the issue price) See instructions and attach schedule 11 o Education. . . . , , . , . . . . . . . , . . , . . . , . . . , . . . . , . , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 12 o Health and hospital. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . , . , . . . . . , , . , , . , . , . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . , . . . . . . 12 13 o Transportation .......................................... ....... ............. 13 14 IX] Public safety, . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . , . . . . . , . , . , . . . , . . . , . , . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 274.973.00 15 o Environment (including sewage bonds) . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . , . . . , . , . . . . , . , . . . , . . , . . . . . . . 15 16 o Housing , . . . . , . . . , , . . . . . . . . . , . , , . . . . . . , , , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 16 17 o Utilities. . . . . , . . , . . . . . . , , . . . . , . . . , . . . , . , . , . , , , . . , . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 18 o Other. Describe Þ- 18 19 If obligations are TANs or RANs, check box Þ- 0 If obligations are BANs, check box. . . . . . Þ-D 20 If obligations are in the form of a lease or installment sale, check box ....... ..... ..... Þ-!ZJ r Part III T Description of Obligations. (Complete for the entire issue for which this form is being filed.) (a) Final maturity date (b) Issue price (e) Stated redemption (d) Weighted (e) Yield price at maturity average maturity 21 $ 274,973.00 $ n/a 10 years 4.78 % rPartlVT Uses of Proceeds of Bond Issue (including underwriters' discount) 22 Proceeds used for accrued interest, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . , , . . . . . , . . . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . . , . , . . . 22 23 Issue price of entire issue (enter amount from line 21, column (b» . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . . , . . . . , . . . . 23 274.973.00 24 Proceeds used for bond issuance costs (including underwriters' discount) 24 25 Proceeds used for credit enhancement. . . , . , , . . . , , . . . , . , . . . , , . . . . 25 26 Proceeds allocated to reasonably required reserve or replacement fund . . 26 27 Proceeds used to currently refund prior issues . , , , , . . . , . , . . . , . . . , . . 27 28 Proceeds used to advance refund prior issues . . . . , . . . . , . . , . . . . , , . , 28 29 Total (add lines 24 through 28) . . . , . . . . , . . . , . . . . . . , , , . . . . , . . . . . . . , . , , . , . . , . . . , . , . . , , 29 30 Nonrefunding proceeds of the issue (subtract line 29 from line 23 and enter amount here) . . . . , , , . 30 274,973.00 r Part vT Description of Refunded Bonds (Complete this part only for refunding bonds.) 31 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the bonds to be currently refunded. . . . . . . . . " Þ- 32 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the bonds to be advance refunded. . . . . . . . . .. Þ- 33 Enter the last date on which the refunded bonds will be called .,...,......,..,... . . . . . . . ., Þ- 34 Enter the date(s) the refunded bonds were issued Þ- years years I Part VII Miscellaneous 35 Enter the amount of the state volume cap allocated to the issue under section 141 (b)(5) ........ . 35 36a Enter the amount of gross proceeds invested or to be invested in a guaranteed investment contract (see instructions) ,.,. 36a b Enter the final maturity date of the guaranteed investment contract Þ- 37 Pooled financings: a Proceeds of this issue that are to be used to make loans to other governmental units . . , . . . , . . , . 37a b If this issue is a loan made from the proceeds of another tax-exempt issue, check box Þ- 0 and enter the name of the issuer Þ- and the date of the issue Þ- If the issuer has designated the issue under section 265(b)(3)(B)(i)(III) (small issuer exception), check box .......,.... Þ- 0 If the issuer has elected to pay a penalty in lieu of arbitrage rebate, check box. . , . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Þ- 0 If the issuer has identified a hedge, check box . . . , . . . . . , , . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . Þ- 0 Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this return and accompanying schedules and statements, and to the best of my knowledge and belief. they a~_rue, c-"a~J<'~,~e. I < ~ /\ -~(...&~ /Ù - «¡-c)<{ ~ £it111~D ~!V~)1...~"t... F:V'E:. CHì~.ç , Signature of issuer's authorized representative Date' Type or print name and title I For Paperwork Reduction Act Notice, see page 2 of the Instructions. ISA Form 8038-G (Rev. 11-2000) STF FED6403F 38 39 40 Sign Here ." ~~'~""_.d_____","_.,,,,._,.. ," ""~''''''''',..'' . ...~ 16F5 MEMORANDUM Date: December 15, 2004 To: Michael Dowling, Property Management Specialist Property Acquisition & Construction Management From: Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Agreement between East Naples Fire Control and Rescue District Enclosed please find one (1) copy of the document as referenced above (Agenda Item #16F5), as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please call me at 732-2646 ext. 7240. Thank you, Enclosure 16F5 MEMORANDUM FROM: Sue Filson, Administrative Assistant Board of County Commissioners Michael DOWling~ Real Property Specialist Real Property Management Department TO: DATE: December 13, 2004 RE: Execution of a Previously Approved Board Item For execution by the Chairman of the Board of County Commissioners, please find attached a Lease Agreement concerning a previously approved item. Kindly forward to the Clerk of the Board for attestation. The Board of County Commissioners approved this Lease on November 16,2004, Item 16 F 5. Thank you. Attachment as stated ,j.... / ! )L (. ¿ ré (____Q {;~7YJ Lease # LEASE AGREEMENT 16F5 \'- - \ THIS LEASE AGREEMENT entered into this I iÞ day of ~ õU , 2004, between East Naples Fire Control and Rescue District, an Independent Special District of the County of Collier, State of Florida, created under Chapter 65-1413 and 79-444, Laws of Florida, and its successors, whose mailing address is 4798 Davis Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34112, hereinafter referred to as "LESSOR," and COLLIER COUNTY, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, whose mailing address is 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida 34112, hereinafter referred as "LESSEE," WITNESSETH In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and other valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. Demised Premises LESSOR hereby leases to LESSEE and LESSEE hereby leases from LESSOR one (1) apparatus bay, hereinafter referred to as "EMS Department Area," and the access and use of the entire facility shall be shared by LESSEE and LESSOR, hereinafter referred to as "Shared Area", at Station #22 which is located at 4401 Bayshore Drive, Naples, Florida, hereinafter referred to as the "Demised Premises". LESSEE and LESSOR agree that LESSEE'S shared use of Station #22 shall be thirty-seven percent (37%), This figure shall be used for calculating all of LESSEE'S future contributions throughout the life of the Lease concerning maintenance, repair and replacement costs as well as the figure used in order to received a share of any income that may be generated by Station 22, including, but not limited to, communications towers, ARTICLE 2. Term of Lease LESSEE shall have and hold the Demised Premises for a term of five (5) years, hereinafter referred to as the "Initial Term," commencing on the date in which LESSEE'S improvements to the Demised Premises are completed, hereinafter referred to as "Commencement Date." LESSEE shall advise LESSOR, in writing, of the Commencement Date. Provided LESSEE is not in default of any of the terms contained in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for five (5) additional and separate five (5) year terms, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, so long as neither LESSOR nor LESSEE shall give notice to the other of such party's election not to renew this Lease prior to the expiration of the then-existing Lease term, During any Renewal Term, the LESSEE or LESSOR may terminate this Agreement, with or without cause, upon sixty (60) days prior written notice of such termination to the other party at the address set forth in ARTICLE 13 of this Agreement. Said notice period shall be effective upon placement of the written notice in an official depository of the United States Post Office, Registered or Certified Mail, Postage Prepaid. This Lease shall terminate upon transfer of ownership of the Demised Premises from LESSOR to another person or entity. ARTICLE 3. Rent and Initial Contribution In lieu of rental payments for the Demised Premises, LESSEE shall provide emergency medical services when such need arises for the sole purpose of protecting the lives of citizens and visitors of Collier County. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, LESSOR and LESSEE acknowledge that the LESSEE shall contribute to the overall cost of the construction of the Station. With LESSEE'S thirty-seven percent (37%) use of the Station, LESSEE has agreed to provide LESSOR with 37% of the overall 'estimated' cost of the total One Million Two Hundred Sixty-nine Thousand Dollars ($1,269,000.00) for the Station's construction, in the amount of Four Hundred Sixty-nine Thousand Five Hundred Thirty Dollars ($469,530.00), hereinafter referred to as "Contributed Costs," ARTICLE 4. Renewal Term Rent The rent set forth in ARTICLE 3 shall remain the same throughout the term of this Lease. .. ARTICLE 5. Utilities and Incidental Expenses 16F5 LESSEE shall utilize the existing utilities presently utilized by LESSOR such as, but not limited to, septic or sewer, water, including potable water, electricity, telephone, janitorial service, building insurance gardening and outdoor maintenance, hereinafter referred to as "Expenses." LESSOR shall invoice LESSEE on a monthly basis for a pro rated fee of approximately 37% of the utility services charges at the Demised Premises, including electricity, water, sewer, trash removal, lawn care and building insurance. All parties shall meet annually to mutually agree on a set monthly payment for the upcoming year to cover the aforementioned InVOIces. ARTICLE 6. LESSEE'S Compensation for Improvements LESSEE acknowledges that the LESSOR may sell the Property during the Initial Term or during the Renewal Terms of this Agreement. In the event the LESSOR accepts any contract for the sale of the Property, the LESSOR shall notify LESSEE of the sale by providing the LESSEE with written notice at least ninety (90) days prior to the actual closing date of the Property, or earlier, if possible. The notification shall include the closing date of the Property along with a ninety (90) day notice to vacate. Said notice shall be effective upon placement of the notice in an official depository of the United States Post Office, Registered or Certified Mail, Postage Prepaid, If the LESSEE is required to vacate the Demised Premises during the initial five (5) year term, including constructive eviction, the LESSEE and LESSOR agree that LESSOR shall reimburse LESSEE one hundred (100) percent of the actual costs incurred by LESSEE to complete the Improvements if LESSOR sells the Property during LESSEE'S first year of occupancy of the Demised Premises. Following the first year of occupancy, the value of the Improvements wil1 depreciate by twenty (20) percent of the actual costs of the Improvements for each year during the Initial Term in which the LESSEE occupies the Demised Premises. The balance of the actual costs shall be reimbursed to the LESSEE as described below by LESSOR within thirty (30) days from the date in which the LESSEE is required to vacate the Demised Premises. At such time, said Improvements shall become the property of the LESSOR. (based on the above-referenced Estimated Cost of the Improvements being $469,530.00) First Year: From the Commencement Date 2004 to the anniversary date 2005, amount reimbursed to LESSEE shall be 100% of the actual cost (Estimated Cost is $469,530.00) Second Year: From anniversary date 2005 to anniversary date 2006, amount reimbursed to LESSEE shall be 80% of the actual cost (Estimated Cost is $375,624.00) Third Year: From anniversary date 2006 to anniversary date 2007, amount reimbursed to LESSEE shall be 60% of the actual cost (Estimated Cost is $281,718.00) Fourth Year: From anniversary date 2007 to anniversary date 2008, amount reimbursed to LESSEE shall be 40% of the actual cost (Estimated Cost is $187,812.00) Fifth Year: From anniversary date 2008 to anniversary date 2009, amount reimbursed to LESSEE shall be 20% of the actual cost (Estimated Cost is $93,906.00) No compensation shall be required for the improvements by LESSOR, or due to LESSEE, for the Renewal Term following the Initial Term of this Agreement. ARTICLE 7. Default LESSEE shall, in no event, be charged with default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder unless and until LESSEE shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days (or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct such default) after notice to LESSEE by LESSOR properly specifying wherein LESSEE has failed to perform any such obligations, Failure of LESSEE to comply with any provision or covenant of this Lease shall constitute a default, LESSOR may, at its option, terminate this Lease after sixty (60) days written notice to LESSEE, unless the default be cured within the notice period (or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct such default), LESSOR shall in no event be charged with default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder unless and until LESSOR shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days (or such 2 additional time as is reasonably required to correct such defau~t) a~ter notice to LESSOR by ~SSEE ~0If¥ly specifying wherein LESSOR has failed to perform any such oblIgatIOns. 1 6 r J Failure of LESSOR to comply with any provision or covenant of this Lease shall constitute a default, LESSEE may, at its option, terminate this Lease after sixty (60) days written notice to LESSOR, unless the default be cured within the notice period (or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct such default). ARTICLE 8, Modifications to Demised Premises Prior to making any changes, alterations, additions or improvements to the Demised Premises, LESSEE will provide to LESSOR all proposals and plans for alterations, improvements, changes or additions to the Demised Premises for LESSOR'S written approval, specifying in writing the nature and extent of the desired alteration, improvement, change, or addition, along with the contemplated starting and completion time for such project. LESSOR or its designee will then have thirty (30) days within which to approve or deny in writing said request for changes, improvements, alterations or additions. LESSOR shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to required or appropriate alterations, improvements, changes or additions proposed by LESSEE, If after thirty (30) days there has been no response from LESSOR or its designee to said proposals or plans, then such silence shall be deemed as an approval to such request of LESSEE. LESSEE covenants and agrees in connection with any maintenance, repair work, erection, construction, improvement, addition or alteration of any authorized modifications, additions or improvements to the Demised Premises, to observe and comply with all then and future applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulation, and requirements of the United States of America, State of Florida, County of Collier, and any and all governmental agencIes. LESSEE covenants and agrees not to use, occupy, suffer or permit said Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied for any purpose contrary to law or the rules or regulations of any public authority. ARTICLE 9, Access to Demised Premises LESSOR and LESSEE, their authorized agents, representatives and employees shall have equal access to the Demised Premises or any part thereof, unless expressly limited by this Lease, ARTICLE 10. Assignment and Subletting: LESSEE covenants and agrees not to assign this Agreement or to sublet the whole or any part of the Demised Premises, or to permit any other persons to occupy same without the written consent of LESSOR. Any such assignment or subletting, even with the consent of LESSOR, shall not relieve LESSEE from liability for payment of rent or other sums herein provided or from the obligation to keep and be bound by the terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement. The acceptance of rent from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to be a consent to the assignment of this Agreement or subletting of the Demised Premises, ARTICLE 11. Indemnitv LESSOR shall indemnify and save harmless the LESSEE from and against any and all claims, actions and suits, and from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable attorneys' fees, payments, expenses and liabilities which LESSEE may sustain or incur due to the negligent act or omission of LESSOR. LESSEE shall indemnify and save harmless the LESSOR from and against any and all claims, actions and suits, and from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable attorneys' fees, payments, expenses and liabilities which LESSOR may sustain or incur due to the negligent act or omission of LESSEE. ARTICLE 12, ~nsurance LESSEE shall take out and maintain during the course of this Agreement, or any renewal thereof, comprehensive general liability coverage including bodily injury and property damage, premises and operations coverage, products and completed operations coverage, broad form property damage coverage, automobile liability coverage including owned automobiles, non-owned automobiles and hired automobiles and contractual liability coverage in an amount of not less than one million and 001100 dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limits. These insurance policy(ies) shall reflect LESSOR as an additional insured. If LESSEE falls under the State of Florida Worker's Compensation Law, coverage shall be provided for all employees. The coverage shall be for statutory limits in compliance with the applicable State and Federal 3 laws. The policy must include Employer's Liability with a limit of one hundred thousand and 00/100 dollars ($100,000.00) each accident. ARTICLE 13. Notices 16F5 Any notice which LESSOR or LESSEE may be required to give to the other party shall be in writing to the other party at the following addresses: LESSEE: Board of County Commissioners c/o Real Property Mgmt. Dept. 3301 Tamiami Trail East Administration Building Naples, Florida 34112 LESSOR: Board of Fire Commissioners East Naples Fire Control and Rescue District 4798 Davis Boulevard Naples, Florida 34112 cc: Fire Chief cc: Office of the County Attorney Emergency Services Department Chief ARTICLE 14, Surrender of Premises LESSEE covenants and agrees to deliver up and surrender to LESSOR possession of the Demised Premises and any improvements made to the Demised Premises upon expiration of this Agreement, or its earlier tennination as herein provided, broom clean and in as good condition and repair as the same shall be at the commencement of the tenn of this Agreement or may have been put by LESSOR or LESSEE during the continuance thereof, ordinary wear and tear excepted, ARTICLE 15. General Provisions LESSEE fully understands that the police and law enforcement security protection provided by law enforcement agencies to the Demised Premises is limited to that provided to any other business or agency situated in Collier County, and LESSEE acknowledges that any special security measures deemed necessary for additional protection of the Demised Premises shall be the sole responsibility and cost of LESSEE and shall involve no cost or expense to LESSOR. LESSEE expressly agrees for itself, its successor and assigns, to refrain from any use of the Demised Premises which would interfere with or adversely affect the operation or maintenance of LESSOR'S standard operations where other operations share common facilities. LESSOR grants LESSEE approval for placement of signage, to be approved by LESSOR, at entry points of the East Naples Fire Station No. 22. The cost of such signage shall not be taken into account in detennining LESSEE'S costs pursuant to ARTICLE 6 of this Lease. Should LESSOR elect to tenninate this Agreement, with cause, LESSOR shall compensate LESSEE for those actual costs associated with the Improvements made to the Demised Premises based on the calculation fonnulated in Article 6 of this Agreement. Should LESSEE elect to tenninate this Agreement, with cause, LESSOR shall compensate LESSEE based on the calculation fonnulated in Article 6 of this Agreement for those actual costs associated with the Improvements made to the Demised Premises, ARTICLE 16. Radon Gas In compliance with Section 404,056, Florida Statutes, all parties are hereby made aware of the following: Radon is a naturally occuning radioactive gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional infonnation regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public health unit. ARTICLE 17 Effective Date This Agreement shall become effective upon execution by both LESSOR and LESSEE. 4 ARTICLE 18, Governing Law 16F5 This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder set forth their hands and seals. AS TO THE LESSOR: DATED: 7)/3/02.004" / EAST NAPLES FIRE CONTROL AND RESCUE DISTRICT ~ \..... .... ...~",,'- BY, ~ --- - . - G TOM CANNON~ Chairman ,^D \, .~~.l ,c~2~)._ ~ Secretary .. 1\ {u: 6~~j/ t(.¿,¡¡t:}~¿/~ WITNESS (signature) \ ~ c h t1-/2~ r:: I 6/J/:'>/V <.., . print name ) , ;/ /7. ~ ^ ./ ¿.¿...,;;, (' ,~¿..r-<.1-Ý1./1 WITNESS. (signat~r~ i ./7 /I . . -0.- v. /2 c JC\ v(" vI. lOti print name / AS TO THE LESSEE: DATED: 12.-/:T-l.lJ04 ,<j . :~.'~ . . :' l:;b A TTEST:'-': . . . . '. -.: ", . DWIGH;f.È{13:'RpCIt:,c'r~ft . :.,::, ¡' Or.. 0. '::;'\ /J BY: ,.'. '/' -: iii\ . ,yC . '" .-- ',' '--" . ". ) '. ..'- ",/ ."~. i).{Cl.èrk - ~t:t;.st as.itÒ'· Gl\tfrílan' 5 s>tM:atw:e. .oR·t~·. 'DJ! ""\ ¡\t\Id-' . I ¡¡, ..:."'....1",,\ BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS, COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: (f';T"¿(' ~.úl4. DONNA ALA, Chairman Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: 1:!c,~ ?Jw-- Assistant County Attorney 5 '...., -..","" , ..' . c~~,"~:.!~, _,';~ 0"'2::' ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING ~:Bf .. TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT T<J. .' THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNAT 7, (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. O~ginal documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are tc? be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item,) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or infonnation needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin2 order) ORIGINAL SIGNATURE REQUIRED BY STATE "STAMPED" SIGNATURE NOT ACCEPTABLE 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of the original document pending Bee approval. Normally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact information is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing information. All original documents needing the Bee Chairman's signature are to be delivered to the Bee office only after the Bee has acted to approve the item.) Name of Primary Staff Phone Number Contact DARCY WALDRON 774-8000 Agenda Date Item was Agenda Item Number Approved by the BCC 11-16-04 16.F.7 Type of Document Number of Original Attached AGREEMENT Documents Attached 4 Initial the Yes column or mark "NI A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) l. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency, (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC dw Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possiblv State Officials.) . 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board N/A 3. The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final nee:otiated contract date whichever is applicable. dw 4, "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's signature and initials are required, dw 5. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip - should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified, Be aware of your deadlines! N/A INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Forms/ County Formsl Bec Forms! Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9.03.04 ~. ._-^.....~,..----- 16F7 MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: Darcy Waldron Emergency Services From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Agreement #05BG-04-09-21-01: The Emergency Management Program Enhancement Agreement between Collier County and Florida Department of Community Affairs Enclosed please find the four (4) original agreements, as referenced above, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004 (Agenda Item #16F7). Kindly forward the aareements to the appropriate parties for the required signatures and return one fully executed original to Minutes and Records. If you should have any questions, please contact me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosures -..---...._,.,_..c~"_~._ 16F'7 '. Agreement Number: 05BG-04-09-21-01-_ CSF A Number: 52008 CFDA Number: 97.042 STATE AND FEDERALLY FUNDED SUBGRANTAGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between the State of Florida, Department of Community Affairs, with headquarters in Tallahassee, Florida (hereinafter referred to as the "Department"), and COLLIER COUNTY County, (hereinafter referred to as the "Recipient"). THIS AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO BASED ON THE FOLLOWING REPRESENTATIONS: A, WHEREAS, the Recipient represents that it is fully qualified and eligible to receive these grant funds to provide the services identified herein; and B. WHEREAS, the Department has received these grant funds from the State of Florida, and has the authority to subgrant these funds to the Recipient upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and C. WHEREAS, the Department has authority pursuant to Florida law to disburse the funds under this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, the Department and the Recipient do mutually agree as follows: (1) SCOPE OF WORK. The Recipient shall fully perform the obligations in accordance with the Budget, Attachment A, and Scope of Work, Attachment B and B-1, of this Agreement. (2) INCORPORATION OF LAWS. RULES. REGULATIONS AND POLICIES Both the Recipient and the Department shall be governed by applicable State and Federal laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to those identified in Attachment C. 16F7 (3) PERIOD OF AGREEMENT This Agreement shall begin October 1,2004 and shall end September 30,2005, unless tenninated earlier in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph (12) of this Agreement. (4) MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT Either party may request modification of the provisions of this Agreement. Changes which are mutually agreed upon shall be valid only when reduced to writing, duly signed by each of the parties hereto, and attached to the original of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any budget changes which do not increase the overall cost of the project or change the Scope of Work do not require a written modification to this Agreement. (5) RECORDKEEPING (a) As applicable, Recipient's perfonnance under this Agreement shall be subject to the federal "Common Rule: Unifonn Administrative Requirements for State and Local Governments" (53 Federal Register 8034) or OMB Circular No. A-11O, "Grants and Agreements with Institutions of High Education, Hospitals, and Other Nonprofit Organizations," and either OMB Circular No. A-87, "Cost Principles for State and Local Governments," OMB Circular No, A-2l, "Cost Principles for Educational Institutions," or OMB Circular No. A-122, "Cost Principles for Nonprofit Organizations," If this Agreement is made with a commercial (for-profit) organization on a cost-reimbursement basis, the Recipient shall be subject to Federal Acquisition Regulations 31.2 and 931.2 (b) The Recipient shall retain sufficient records demonstrating its compliance with the tenns of this Agreement, and the compliance of all subcontractors or consultants to be paid from funds provided under this Agreement, for a period of five years from the date the audit report is issued, and shall allow the Department or its designee, Chief Financial Officer, or Auditor General access to such records upon request. The Recipient shall ensure that audit working papers are made available to the Department or its designee, Chief Financial Officer, or Auditor General upon request for a period of five years from the date the audit report is issued, unless extended in writing by the Department, with the following exceptions: 1. If any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration of the five year period and extends beyond the five year period, the records will be maintained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved. 2. Records for the disposition of non-expendable personal property valued at $5,000 or more at the time of acquisition shall be retained for five years after final disposition. 3. Records relating to real property acquisition shall be retained for five years after closing of title. 2 16F7"@'I (c) The Recipient shall maintain all records for the Recipient and for all subcontractors or consultants to be paid from funds provided under this Agreement, including supporting documentation of all program costs, in a form sufficient to determine compliance with the requirements and objectives of the Budget, Attachment A, and Scope of Work - Attachments B and B-1, and all other applicable laws and regulations. (d) The Recipient, its employees or agents, including all subcontractors or consultants to be paid from funds provided under this Agreement, shall allow access to its records at reasonable times to the Department, its employees, and agents. "Reasonable" shall be constmed according to the circumstances but ordinarily shall mean during normal business hours of 8:00 a.m, to 5:00 p.m., local time, on Monday through Friday. "Agents" shall include but not be limited to, auditors retained by the Department. (6) AUDIT REQUIREMENTS For Federal Funds: (a) The Recipient agrees to maintain financial procedures and support documents, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, to account for the receipt and expenditure of funds under this Agreement. (b) These records shall be available at all reasonable times for inspection, review, or audit by state personnel and other personnel duly authorized by the Department. "Reasonable" shall be constmed according to circumstances, but ordinarily shall mean normal business hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., local time, Monday through Friday. (c) The Recipient shall also provide the Department with the records, reports or financial statements upon request for the purposes of auditing and monitoring the funds awarded under this Agreement. (d) If the Recipient is a State or local government or a non-profit organization as defined in OMB Circular A-133, as revised, and in the event that the Recipient expends $500,000 or more in Federal awards in its fiscal year, the Recipient must have a single or program-specific audit conducted in accordance with the provisions ofOMB Circular A-133, as revised. EXHIBIT 1 to this Agreement indicates Federal resources awarded through the Department by this Agreement. In determining the Federal awards expended in its fiscal year, the Recipient shall consider all sources of Federal awards, including Federal resources received from the Department. The determination of amounts of Federal awards expended should be in accordance with the guidelines established by OMB Circular A-B3, as revised. An audit of the Recipient conducted by the Auditor General in accordance with the provisions ofOMB Circular A-133, as revised, will meet the requirements of this paragraph. In connection with the audit requirements addressed in this Paragraph 6 (d) above, the Recipient shall fulfill the requirements relative to auditee responsibilities as provided in Subpart C ofOMB Circular A-133, as revised. 3 ~-.....--..-...,.. . 16F7 ;~:/ . ~(,I.. .:-..~ If the Recipient expends less than $500,000 in Federal awards in its fiscal year, an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions ofOMB Circular A-133, as revised, is not required. In the event that the Recipient expends less than $500,000 in Federal awards in its fiscal year and elects to have an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of OMB Circular A-133, as revised, the cost of the audit must be paid from non-Federal resources (i.e., the cost of such audit must be paid from Recipient resources obtained from other than Federal entities). (e) Copies of reporting packages for audits conducted in accordance with OMB Circular A-133, as revised, and required by subparagraph (d) above shall be submitted, when required by Section .320 (d), OMB Circular A-133, as revised, by or on behalf of the Recipient directly to each of the following: The Department of Community Affairs at each of the following addresses: Department of Community Affairs Office of Audit Services 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 and Department of Community Affairs Division of Emergency Management Bureau of Compliance Planning and Support 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 The Federal Audit Clearinghouse designated in OMB Circular A-133, as revised (the number of copies required by Sections .320( d)(l) and (2), OMB Circular A-133, as revised, should be submitted to the Federal Audit Clearinghouse), at the following address: Federal Audit Clearinghouse Bureau of the Census 1201 East 10th Street Jeffersonville, IN 47132 Other Federal agencies and pass-through entities in accordance with Sections .320 (e) and (t), OMB Circular A-133, as revised. (t) Pursuant to Section .320 (t), OMB Circular A-133, as revised, the Recipient shall submit a copy of the reporting package described in Section .320 (c), OMB Circular A-133, as revised, and any management letter issued by the auditor, to the Department at each of the following addresses: 4 16F7 Department of Community Affairs Office of Audit Services 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassèe, Florida 32399-2100 and Department of Community Affairs Division of Emergency Management Bureau of Compliance Planning 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 (g) Any reports, management letter, or other information required to be submitted to the Department pursuant to this Agreement shall be submitted timely in accordance with OMB Circular A-133, Florida Statutes, and Chapters 10,550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, as applicable. (h) Recipients, when submitting financial reporting packages to the Department for audits done in accordance with OMB Circular A-133 or Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, should indicate the date that the reporting package was delivered to the Recipient in correspondence accompanying the reporting package. (i) In the event the audit shows that the entire funds disbursed hereunder, or any portion thereof, were not spent in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, the Recipient shall be held liable for reimbursement to the Department of all funds not spent in accordance with these applicable regulations and Agreement provisions within thirty (30) days after the Department has notified the Recipient of such non-compliance. (j) The Recipient shall have all audits completed by an independent certified public accountant (IP A) who shall either be a certified public accountant or a public accountant licensed under Chapter 473, Florida Statutes. The IPA shall state that the audit complied with the applicable provisions noted above, The audit must be submitted to the Department no later than seven (7) months from the end of the Recipient's fiscal year. For State Funds: (a) The Recipient agrees to maintain financial procedures and support documents, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, to account for the receipt and expenditure of funds under this Agreement. (b) These records shall be available at all reasonable times for inspection, review, 5 ,. ....- .~"~. 16F7 ..tJ. ., ....~ .~~~ or audit by state personnel and other personnel duly authorized by the Department. "Reasonable" shall be construed according to circumstances, but ordinarily shall mean normal business hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p,m., local time, Monday through Friday, (c) The Recipient shall also provide the Department with the records, reports or financial statements upon request for the purposes of auditing and monitoring the funds awarded under this Agreement. (d) If the Recipient is a nonstate entity as defined by Section 215,97, Florida Statutes, it shall comply with the following: In the event that the Recipient expends a total amount of State financial assistance equal to or in excess of $500,000 in any fiscal year of such Recipient, the Recipient must have a State single or project-specific audit for such fiscal year in accordance with Section 215.97, Florida Statutes; applicable rules of the Executive Office of the Governor and the Comptroller; and Chapters 10.550 (local government entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General. EXHIBIT 1 to this Agreement indicates State financial assistance awarded through the Department by this Agreement. In determining the State financial assistance expended in its fiscal year, the Recipient shall consider all sources of State financial assistance, including State funds received from the Department, other state agencies, and other nonstate entities. State financial assistance does not include Federal direct or pass-through awards and resources received by a nonstate entity for Federal program matching requirements. In connection with the audit requirements addressed in this Paragraph 6(d) above, the Recipient shall ensure that the audit complies with the requirements of Section 215,97(7), Florida Statutes, This includes submission of a reporting package as defined by Section 215.97(2)(d), Florida Statutes, and Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for- profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General. If the Recipient expends less than $500,000 in State financial assistance in its fiscal year, an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 215.97, Florida Statutes, is not required. In the event that the Recipient expends less than $500,000 in state financial assistance in its fiscal year and elects to have an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 215.97, Florida Statutes, the cost of the audit must be paid from the nonstate entity's resources (i,e., the cost of such an audit must be paid from the Recipient's resources obtained from other than State entities (e) Report Submission 1. The annual financial audit report shall include all management letters and the Recipient's response to all findings, including corrective actions to be taken. 2, The annual financial audit report shall include a schedule of financial assistance specifically identifying all Agreement and other revenue by sponsoring agency and Agreement number. 6 t'1"'" "'..._~m'~' ~".,u~_~",~·__", loF? 3. Copies of financial reporting packages required under this Paragraph 6 shall be submitted by or on behalf of the Recipieht directly to each of the following: The Department of Community Affairs at each of the following addresses: Department of Community Affairs Office of Audit Services 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 and Department of Community Affairs Division of Emergency Management Bureau of Compliance Planning 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 The Auditor General's Office at the following address: Auditor General's Office Room 401, Claude Pepper Building 111 West Madison Street Tallahassee, Florida 32399-1450 4. Any reports, management letter, or other information required to be submitted to the Department pursuant to this Agreement shall be submitted timely in accordance with OMB Circular A-I33, Florida Statutes, and Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, as applicable. 5. Recipients, when submitting financial reporting packages to the Department for audits done in accordance with OMB Circular A-B3 or Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, should indicate the date that the reporting package was delivered to the Recipient in correspondence accompanying the reporting package. (f) In the event the audit shows that the entire funds disbursed hereunder, or any portion thereof, were not spent in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, the Recipient shall be held liable for reimbursement to the Department of all funds not spent in accordance with these applicable regulations and Agreement provisions within thirty (30) days after the Department has notified the Recipient of such non-compliance. 7 16F7 (g) The Recipient shall have all audits completed in accordance with Section 215.97, Florida Statutes by an independent certified public accountant (IPA) who shall either be a certified public accountant or a public accountant licensed under Chapter 473, Florida Statutes. The IP A shall state that the audit complied with the applicable provisions noted above, (7) REPORTS (a) At a minimum, the Recipient shall provide the Department with quarterly financial reports, and with a close-out report. Semi-annual and end of year reports shall include the current status and progress by the Recipient and all subrecipients and subcontractors in completing the work described in the Scope of Work and the expenditure of funds under this Agreement, in addition to such other information as requested by the Department. (b) Quarterly financial reports are due to be received by the Department no later than 30 days after the end of each quarter of the program year and shall continue to be submitted each quarter until submission of the administrative close-out report. The ending dates for each quarter of the program year are December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30. (c) The close-out report is due 45 days after termination of this Agreement or upon completion of the activities contained in this Agreement, whichever first occurs. (d) If all required reports and copies, prescribed above, are not sent to the Department or are not completed in a manner acceptable to the Department, the Department may withhold further payments until they are completed or may take such other action as set forth in Paragraph (11) REMEDIES. "Acceptable to the Department" means that the work product was completed in accordance with the Budget and Scope of Work. (e) The Recipient shall provide such additional program updates or information as may be required by the Department. (f) The Recipient shall provide additional reports and information as identified in Attachment D. (8) MONITORING The Recipient shall monitor its performance under this Agreement, as well as that of its subcontractors, subrecipients and consultants who are paid from funds provided under this Agreement, to ensure that time schedules are met, the Budget and Scope of Work is accomplished within the specified time periods, and other performance goals stated in this Agreement are achieved. Such review shall be made for each function or activity set forth in Attachment Band B-1 to this Agreement, and reported in the semi-annual and end of year progress reports. 8 16F7 In addition to reviews of audits conducted in accordance with OMB Circular A-133, as revised and Section 215.97, Florida Statutes (see Paragraph (6) AUDIT REQUIREMENTS, above ), monitoring procedures may include, but not be limited to, on-site visits by Department staff, limited scope audits as defined by"OMB Circular A-133, as revised, and/or other procedures, By entering into this Agreement, the Recipient agrees to comply and cooperate with all monitoring procedures/processes deemed appropriate by the Department. In the event that the Department determines that a limited scope audit of the Recipient is appropriate, the Recipient agrees to comply with any additional instructions provided by the Department to the Recipient regarding such audit. The Recipient further agrees to comply and cooperate with any inspections, reviews, investigations or audits deemed necessary by the Comptroller or Auditor General. In addition, the Department will monitor the performance and financial management by the Recipient throughout the contract term to ensure timely completion of all tasks. (9) LIABILITY (a) Unless Recipient is a State agency or subdivision, as defined in Section 768.28, Florida Statutes. the Recipient shall be solely responsible to parties with whom it shall deal in carrying out the terms of this agreement, and shall hold the Department harmless against all claims of whatever nature by third parties arising out of the performance of work under this agreement. For purposes of this agreement, Recipient agrees that it is not an employee or agent of the Department, but is an independent contractor. (b) Any Recipient who is a state agency or subdivision, as defined in Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, agrees to be fully responsible to the extent provided by Section 768.28 Florida Statutes, for its negligent acts or omissions or tortious acts which result in claims or suits against the Department, and agrees to be liable for any damages proximately caused by said acts or omissions, Nothing herein is intended to serve as a waiver of sovereign immunity by any Recipient to which sovereign immunity applies, Nothing herein shall be construed as consent by a state agency or subdivision of the State of Florida to be sued by third parties in any matter arising out of any contract. (10) DEFAULT If any of the following events occur ("Events of Default"), all obligations on the part of the Department to make any further payment of funds hereunder shall, if the Department so elects, terminate and the Department may, at its option, exercise any of its remedies set forth in Paragraph (11), but the Department may make any payments or parts of payments after the happening of any Events of Default without thereby waiving the right to exercise such remedies, and without becoming liable to make any further payment: (a) If any warranty or representation made by the Recipient in this Agreement or any previous Agreement with the Department shall at any time be false or misleading in any respect, or if the Recipient shall fail to keep, observe or perform any of the obligations, terms or covenants contained in this Agreement or any previous agreement with the Department and has not cured such in timely fashion, or is unable or unwilling to meet its obligations thereunder; 9 "..._--~.,.,...,.~.," 16F7"'. (b) If any material adverse change shall occur in the financial condition of the Recipient at any time during the term of this Agreement, and the Recipient fails to cure said material adverse change within thirty (30) days from the time the date written notice is sent by the Department. (c) If any reports required by this Agreement have not been submitted to the Department or have been submitted with incorrect, incomplete or insufficient information; (d) If the Recipient has failed to perform and complete in timely fashion any of its obligations under this Agreement. (11) REMEDIES Upon the happening of an Event of Default, then the Department may, at its option, upon thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice to the Recipient and upon the Recipient's failure to cure within said thirty (30) day period, exercise anyone or more of the following remedies, either concurrently or consecutively: (a) Terminate this Agreement, provided that the Recipient is given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such termination. The notice shall be effective when placed in the United States mail, first class mail, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail-return receipt requested, to the address set forth in paragraph (13) herein; (b) Commence an appropriate legal or equitable action to enforce performance of this Agreement; (c) Withhold or suspend payment of all or any part of a request for payment; (d) Exercise any corrective or remedial actions, to include but not be limited to: 1, requesting additional information from the Recipient to determine the reasons for or the extent of non-compliance or lack of performance, 2. issuing a written warning to advise that more serious measures may be taken if the situatiòn is not corrected, 3. advising the Recipient to suspend, discontinue or refrain from incurring costs for any activities in question or 4. requiring the Recipient to reimburse the Department for the amount of costs incurred for any items determined to be ineligible; 10 -,., . 1 )F7:" (e) Require that the Recipient return to the Department any funds which were used for ineligible purposes under the program laws, rules and regulations governing the use of funds under this program. (f) Exercise any other rights or remedies which may be otherwise available under law. (g) The pursuit of anyone of the above remedies shall not preclude the Department from pursuing any other remedies contained herein or otherwise provided at law or in equity. No waiver by the Department of any right or remedy granted hereunder or failure to insist on strict perfonnance by the Recipient shall affect or extend or act as a waiver of any other right or remedy ofthe Department hereunder, or affect the subsequent exercise of the same right or remedy by the Department for any further or subsequent default by the Recipient. (12) TERMINATION (a) The Department may tenninate this Agreement for cause upon such written notice as is reasonable under the circumstances. Cause shall include, but not be limited to, misuse of funds; fraud; lack of compliance with applicable rules, laws and regulations; failure to perfonn in a timely manner; and refusal by the Recipient to pennit public access to any document, paper, letter, or other material subject to disclosure under Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as amended. (b) The Department may tenninate this Agreement when it detennines, in its sole discretion, that the continuation of the Agreement would not produce beneficial results commensurate with the further expenditure of funds, by providing the Recipient with thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice. ( c) The parties may agree to tenninate this Agreement for their mutual convenience as evidenced by written amendment of this Agreement. The amendment shall establish the effective date of the tennination and the procedures for proper closeout of the Agreement. (d) In the event that this Agreement is terminated, the Recipient will not incur new obligations for the tenninated portion of the Agreement after the Recipient has received the notification oftennination. The Recipient will cancel as many outstanding obligations as possible. Costs incurred after the date of receipt of notice of the termination will be disallowed. Notwithstanding the above, the Recipient shall not be relieved of liability to the Department by virtue of any breach of Agreement by the Recipient. The Department may, to the extent authorized by law, withhold any payments to the Recipient for purpose of set-off until such time as the exact amount of damages due the Department from the Recipient is detennined. (13) NOTICE AND CONTACT (a) All notices provided under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing, either by hand delivery, or first class, certified mail, return receipt requested, to the 11 16F7 representative identified below at the address set forth below and said notification attached to the original of this Agreement. IS: (b) The name and address of the Department contract manager for this Agreement Dee Giles, Contract Manager Department of Community Affairs Division of Emergency Management 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, FL 32399-2100 Telephone: (850) 413-9940 Fax: (850) 488-7842 Email: dee.giles@dca.state.fl.us (c) the name and address of the Representative of the Recipient responsible tor the administration of this Agreement is: Dan E. Summers, CEM Director of Emergency Management 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Bldg, F-l Naples, FL 34112 Telephone: 239-774-8000 Fax: 239-775-5008 Email: dansummers@colliergov.net (d) In the event that different representatives or addresses are designated by either party after execution of this Agreement, notice of the name, title and address of the new representative will be rendered as provided in (13)(a) above. (14) SUBCONTRACTS If the Recipient subcontracts any or all of the work required under this Aereement. a COpy of the executed subcontract must be forwarded to the Department for review within ten (10) days of execution. The Recipient agrees to include in the subcontract that (i) the subcontractor is bound by the terms of this Agreement, (ii) the subcontractor is bound by all applicable state and federal laws and regulations, and (iii) the subcontractor shall hold the Department and Recipient harmless against all claims of whatever nature arising out of the subcontractor's performance of work under this Agreement, to the extent allowed and required by law. Each subcontractor's progress in performing its work under this Agreement shall be documented in the semi- annual and end of year progress reports submitted by the Recipient. 12 16F7 For each subcontract. the Recipient shall provide a written statement to the Department as to whether that subcontractor is a minority vendor. (15) TERMS AND CONDITIONS This Agreement contains all the tenus and conditions agreed upon by the parties, (16) ATTACHMENTS (a) All attachments to this Agreement are incorporated as if set out fully herein. (b) In the event of any inconsistencies or conflict between the language of this Agreement and the attachments hereto, the language of such attachments shall be controlling, but only to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency. (c) This Agreement has the following attachments Exhibit 1 - Funding Sources Attachment A - Budget Attachment B and B-1 - Scope of Work Attachment C - Program Statutes, Regulations, and Program Requirements Attachment D - Reports Attachment E - Justification of Advance Attachment F - Warranties and Representations Attachment G - Certification Regarding Debanuent Attachment H - Statement of Assurances (17) FUNDING/CONSIDERATION (a) This is a cost-reimbursement Agreement. The Recipient shall be reimbursed for costs incurred in the satisfactory performance of work hereunder in an amount not to exceed $102.959 subject to the availability of funds (b) By its execution of this Agreement, the Recipient authorizes the Department to deduct the appropriate costs of the recurring charges for the satellite communications Service from the allocation provided to Recipient under Rule 9G-19.005(3), Florida Administrative Code. The deduction is $2.847 for twelve months. (c) Any advance payment under this Agreement is subject to Section 216.181 (16), Florida Statutes, and is contingent upon the Recipient's acceptance of the rights of the Department under Paragraph (12)(b) of this Agreement. The amount which may be advanced may not exceed the expected cash needs of the Recipient within the first three (3) months of the contract term. For a federally funded contract, any advance payment is also subject to federal OMB Circulars A-87, 13 16F7 ·--:'t,44 A-llO, A-122 and the Cash Management Improvement Act of 1990. If an advance payment is requested, the budget data on which the request is based and a justification statement shall be included in this Agreement as Attac~ent E, Attachment E will specify the amount of advance payment needed and provide an explanation of the necessity for and proposed use of these funds. 1. x No advance payment is requested. 2. An advance payment of $ is requested. (d) After the initial advance, if any, payment shall be made on a quarterly reimbursement basis. Additional reimbursement requests in excess of those made quarterly may be approved by the Department for exceptional circumstances. An explanation of the exceptional circumstances must accompany the request for reimbursement. The Recipient agrees to expend funds in accordance with the Budget, Attachment A, and the Scope of Work, Attachment Band B-1 of this Agreement. If the necessary funds are not available to fund this Agreement as a result of action by Congress, the state Legislature, the Office of the Comptroller or the Office of Management and Budgeting, all obligations on the part of the Department to make any further payment of funds hereunder shall terminate, and the Recipient shall submit its closeout report within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice from the Department. The amount of funds available pursuant to this rule chapter may be adjusted proportionally when necessary to meet any matching requirements imposed as a condition of receiving federal disaster relief assistance or planning funds. Any requests received after November 1,2005, may, in the discretion of the Department, not be reimbursed from this Agreement. Reimbursement requests shall not be submitted by facsimile transmission. Changes to the amount of funding to be provided may be accomplished by notice from the Department to the Recipient, in the form of certified mail, return receipt requested. The Department may make an award of additional funds by subsequent A ward Letter certified mail, return receipt requested. These additional funds may be accepted by the Emergency Management Director or the Recipient's contact identified in Paragraph (13), above if authorized, Should the Recipient determine it does not wish to accept the award of additional funds, then the Recipient shall provide notice to the Department contact within thirty (30) days of receipt of the A ward Letter. Otherwise, the Recipient shall provide to the Department its written notice of acceptance within forty-five (45) days ofreceipt of the Award Letter. The terms of this Agreement shall be considered to have been modified to include the additional funds upon the Department=s receipt of the written notice of acceptance and receipt of a budget form which details the proposed expenditure of the additional funds, The budget form will be provided by the Department when the offer of additional funds is made, 14 .. -.......... , -".,. 16F7 3·, .:,! ., All funds received hereunder shall be placed in an interest-bearing account with a separate account code identifier for tracking all deposits, expenditures and interest earned, Funds disbursed to the Recipient by the Department that are not expended in implementing this program shall be returned to the Department, along with any interest earned on all funds received under this Agreement, within ninety (90) days of the expiration of the award Agreement. The Recipient shall comply with all applicable procurement rules and regulations in securing goods and services to implement the Scope of Work. Whenever required by law or otherwise permitted, the Recipient shall utilize competitive procurement practices. Allowable costs shall be determined in accordance with applicable Office of Management and Budget Circulars, or, in the event no circular applies, by 48 CFR Part 31 CONTRACT COST PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES. At a minimum, the Recipient shall continue to provide other funding for the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency at an amount equal to either: (1) the average of the previous three years' level of county general revenue funding of the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency; or (2) the level of funding for the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency for the last fiscal year, whichever figure is lower (Rule 9G-19.011). Recipient's general revenue funding for 911 services, emergency medical services, law enforcement, criminal justice, public works or other services outside the local emergency management agency as defined by Section 252.38, Florida Statutes, shall not be included in determining the "level of county funding of the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency." The Recipient shall certify compliance with this rule chapter and this rule by its execution of this Agreement, and as a condition precedent to receipt of funding. Federal funds provided under this Agreement shall be matched by the Recipient dollar for dollar from non-federal funds. Should the Recipient wish to carry forward into the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2005 any unspent funds awarded under this Agreement, the Recipient must request such carry forward of funds in writing with accompanying documentation detailing the exceptional circumstances requiring the need to the Department by June 30, 2005. At the Division's discretion, an amount not to exceed an amount equal to 25% of the initial amount awarded ($105,806) may be carried forward under this Agreement. Failure to timely submit information, or failure to submit complete information, may result in the denial of a request to carry funds forward. Any carry forward amounts approved will be added to the Recipient's base Agreement for the following year. Funds may not be carried forward for the purpose of paying salaries and benefits of regular or Other Personal Services personnel. Such salaries and benefit funds may be carried forward to cover contractual or other temporary personnel costs for non-recurring projects only. 15 16F7 All payments relating to the Agreement"shall be mailed to the following address: Collier County Department of Emergency Management Attn: Dan Summers, Director 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Bldg F-l Naples, Florida 34112 (18) REPAYMENTS All refunds or repayments to be made to the Department under this Agreement are to be made payable to the order of "Department of Community Affairs", and mailed directly to the Department at the following address: Department of Community Affairs Cashier Finance and Accounting 2555 Shwnard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee FL 32399-2100 In accordance with Section21534(2), Florida Statutes, if a check or other draft is returned to the Department for collection, the Department must add to the amount of the check or draft a service fee of Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) or Five Percent (5%) of the face amount of the check or draft, whichever is greater. (19) VENDOR PA YMENTS Pursuant to Section 215.422, Florida Statutes, the Department shall issue payments to vendors within 40 days after receipt of an acceptable invoice and receipt, inspection, and acceptance of goods and/or services provided in accordance with the tenns and conditions of the Agreement. Failure to issue the warrant within 40 days shall result in the Department paying interest at a rate as established pursuant to Section 55.03(1) Florida Statutes. The interest penalty shall be paid within 15 days after issuing the warrant. Vendors experiencing problems obtaining timely payment(s) from a state agency may receive assistance by contacting the Vendor Ombudsman at (850) 488-2924 or by calling the State Comptroller's Hotline at 1-800-848-3792. (20) STANDARD CONDITIONS (a) The validity of this Agreement is subject to the truth and accuracy of all the infonnation, representations, and materials submitted or provided by the Recipient in this Agreement, in any subsequent submission or response to Department request, or in any submission or response to fulfill the requirements of this Agreement, and such infonnation, 16 ~"-"~-~ 16F7 ...,¡j representations, and materials are incorporated by reference. The lack of accuracy thereof or any material changes shall, at the option of the Department and with thirty (30) days \vritten notice to the Recipient, cause the termination of this Agreement and the release of the Department from all its obligations to the Recipient. (b) This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Florida, and venue for any actions arising out of this Agreement shall lie in Leon County. If any provision hereof is in conflict with any applicable statute or rule, or is otherwise unenforceable, then such provision shall be deemed null and void to the extent of such conflict, and shall be deemed severable, but shall not invalidate any other provision of this Agreement. ( c) Any power of approval or disapproval granted to the Department under the terms of this Agreement shall survive the terms and life of this Agreement as a whole, (d) The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, anyone of which may be taken as an original. . (e) The Recipient agrees to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336,42 D,S.C. Section 12101 et seq,), if applicable, which prohibits discrimination by public and private entities on the basis of disability in the areas of employment, public accommodations, transportation, State and local government services, and in telecommunications. (f) A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime or on the discriminatory vendor list may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with a public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of Category Two for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list or on the discriminatory vendor list. (g) An entity or affiliate who has been placed on the discriminatory vendor list may not submit a bid on a contract to provide goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity) may not award or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity. (h) With respect to any Recipient which is not a local government or state agency, and which receives funds under this Agreement from the federal government, by signing this Agreement, the Recipient certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: 17 16F7 .'\1 ..~ 1. are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by a federal department or agency; 2. have not, within a five-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (federal, state or local) transaction or contract under public transaction; violation of federal or state antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; 3. are not presently indicted or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (federal, state or local) with commission of any offenses enumerated in paragraph 20(h)2. of this certification; and 4. have not within a five-year period preceding this Agreement had one or more public transactions (federal, state or local) terminated for cause or default. Where the Recipient is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such Recipient shall attach an explanation to this Agreement. In addition, the Recipient shall submit to the Department (by email or by facsimile transmission) the completed "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility And Voluntary Exclusion" (Attachment G) for each prospective subcontractor which Recipient intends to fund under this Agreement. Such form must be received by the Department prior to the Recipient entering into a contract with any prospective subcontractor. (i) The State of Florida's performance and obligation to pay under this Agreement is contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Legislature, and subject to any modification in accordance with Chapter 216, Florida Statutes, or the Florida Constitution. CD All bills for fees or other compensation for services or expenses shall be submitted in detail sufficient for a proper preaudit and postaudit thereof. (k) If otherwise allowed under this Agreement, all bills for any travel expenses shall be submitted in accordance with Section 112.061, Florida Statutes. (1) The Department of Community Affairs reserves the right to unilaterally cancel this Agreement for refusal by the Recipient to allow public access to all documents, papers, letters or other material subject to the provisions of Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, and made or received by the Recipient in conjunction with this Agreement. (m) If the Recipient is allowed to temporarily invest any advances of funds under this Agreement, any interest income shall either be returned to the Department or be applied against the Department's obligation to pay the contract amount. 18 .-'- 16F7 .~ :P, (n) The State of Florida will not intentionally award publicly-funded contracts to any contractor who knowingly employs unauthorized alien workers, constituting a violation of the employment provisions contained in 8 U:S.C. Section 1324a(e) [Section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationality Act ("INA")]. The Department shall consider the employment by any contractor of unauthorized aliens a violation of Section 274A(e) of the INA. Such violation by the Recipient of the employment provisions contained in Section 274A(e) of the INA shall be grounds for unilateral cancellation of this Agreement by the Department. (0) This Agreement may not be renewed or extended. (21) LOBBYING PROHIBITION (a) No funds or other resources received from the Department in connection with this Agreement may be used directly or indirectly to influence legislation or any other official action by the Florida Legislature or any state agency. (b) The Recipient certifies, by its signature to this Agreement, that to the best of his or her knowledge and belief: 1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any 19 _.~-<'~" 16F7·'1. person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. (22) COPYRIGHT. PATENT AND TRADEMARK ANY AND ALL PATENT RIGHTS ACCRUING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE HEREBY RESERVED TO THE STATE OF FLORIDA. ANY AND ALL COPYRIGHTS ACCRUING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE HEREBY TRANSFERRED BY THE RECIPIENT TO THE STATE OF FLORIDA. (a) If the Recipient brings to the performance of this Agreement a pre-existing patent or copyright, the Recipient shall retain all rights and entitlements to that pre-existing patent or copyright unless the Agreement provides otherwise. (b) If any discovery or invention arises or is developed in the course of or as a result of work or services performed under this Agreement, or in any way connected herewith, the Recipient shall refer the discovery or invention to the Department for a determination whether patent protection will be sought in the name of the State of Florida. Any and all patent rights accruing under or in connection with the performance of this Agreement are hereby reserved to the State of Florida. In the event that any books, manuals, films, or other copyrightable material are produced, the Recipient shall notify the Department. Any and all copyrights accruing under or in connection with the performance under this Agreement are hereby transferred by the Recipient to the State of Florida. (c) Within thirty (30) days of execution of this Agreement, the Recipient shall disclose all intellectual properties relevant to the performance of this Agreement which he or she knows or should know could give rise to a patent or copyright. The Recipient shall retain all rights and entitlements to any pre-existing intellectual property which is so disclosed. Failure to disclose will indicate that no such property exists, The Department shall then, under Paragraph (b), have the right to all patents and copyrights which accrue during performance of the Agreement. (23) LEGAL AUTHORIZATION The Recipient certifies with respect to this Agreement that it possesses the legal authority to receive the funds to be provided under this Agreement and that, if applicable, its governing body has authorized, by resolution or otherwise, the execution and acceptance of this Agreement with all covenants and assurances contained herein. The Recipient also certifies that the undersigned possesses the authority to legally execute and bind Recipient to the terms of this Agreement. 20 16F7 (24) ASSURANCES The Recipient shall corµply with any Statement of Assurances incorporated as Attachment H. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to be executed by their undersigned officials as duly authorized. RECIPIENT: COLLIER-COUNTY, FWRIDA I I By: 4~4-. c:i~ Date: II-It--of Dorina Fiala, Chairman I FID# 59-6000558 ATTEST: Dwig4~ E. Brock. Clerk . ,':' ., ~ By: fu.V..(~~ ,() (. At· D~pu Cledc~:: Ult· to ·LlJI1r.an's s 1~~~~f~j ~lJ~" . STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AFFAIRS By: Date: W. Craig Fugate, Director Approved as to Form and Legal Sufficiency ..' U~;~. ..__.. /_ r ,_. ( . í (~,'---....j ,~. 1. ~ , Assiš'tant CÒunty Attorney Item # I t.o .y;q;f;: ~~:daU~ lCo1J:( ~=d t\-lRW 21 .1 ! ."-~ +-"---_....~~,....<"-""....__."".~". ,;"t ~. )F7^'~. EXHIBIT - 1 FEDERAL RESOURCES AWARDED TO THE RECIPIENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: Federal Program -0- (Federal funds will be awarded at a later date) COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THE FEDERAL RESOURCES AWARDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE AS FOLLOWS: Not applicable at this time. Federal funds will be awarded at a later date within this contract year. STATE RESOURCES AWARDED TO THE RECIPIENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: SUBJECT TO SECTION 215.97. FLORIDA STATUTES: State Project (list State awarding agency, Catalog of State Financial Assistance title and number) State Awarding Agency: Department of Community Affairs Catalog of State Financial Assistance Title: Emergency Management Programs Catalog of State Financial Assistance Number: 52008 State Grant Amount: $105,806 COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO STATE RESOURCES AWARDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE AS FOLLOWS: Pursuant to Section 252.373, Florida Statutes and Rule Chapter 9G-19, Florida Administrative Code. 22 16F7 ..;'~~ Attachment A Budget The anticipated expenditures for the Categories listed below are for the Emergency Management Preparedness and Assistance (EMP A) State portion of this sub grant only (Paragraph (17)( a), FUNDING/ CONSIDERA nON), A separate bude:et form for the Emere:encv Manae:ement Performance Grant (EMPG) portion of this sube:rant will be provided when funds are awarded bv the Department. Catee:orv Anticipated Expenditure Amount Salaries/Fringe Benefits $ 44,000 Other Personal Services $ 3,000 Expenses $ 48,459 Operating Capital Outlay $ 7,500 Fixed Capital Outlay $ -0- Total State Funds (Page 13) $ 102,959 23 16F7 .;~ Attachment B and B-1 . Scope of Work Base Grant funding from the Emergency Management Preparedness and Assistance Trust Fund is intended to enhance county emergency management plans and programs that are consistent with the State Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan and Program (reference Rule Chapter 9G- 6, Florida Administrative Code and Chapter 252, Florida Statutes). This Scope of Work recognizes that each recipient is at a varying level of preparedness, and it is understood that each county has a unique geography, faces unique threats and hazards, and serves a unique population. In order to receive base grant funding, the Recipient must certify that it will use the award to enhance its Emergency Management Program. As a condition of receiving funding pursuant to this Agreement, the Recipient shall complete the work items approved by the Department and attached hereto as Attachment B-1. Subsequent revisions during the term of this Agreement shall done by written modification in accordance with Paragraph (4) of this Agreement. 24 l··~ 6F7' ~ . .~ DIVISION OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SCOPE OF WORK 2004-2Q05 COUNTY BASE GRANT CONTRACTS 1. Develop and maintain the capability to ensure all functions defined in the Emergency Management Capability Assessment document can be performed as required. Correction of areas classified as deficiencies and/or needing improvement may be required under the Agreement independent of the county CEMP review process. 2. Maintain CEMP and all associated supporting procedures, checklists, etc., necessary to ensure compliance with Rule Chapter 9G-6, Florida Administrative Code and other supporting documents. 3. Develop and implement a local training program. All appropriate employees funded through this Agreement are encouraged to complete at a minimum the Professional Development Series. The county emergency management director shall determine what additional training may be necessary for each employee in order to carry out his/her roles and responsibilities. The Professional Development Series of courses can be completed online via the internet. 4, Additional professional development training is encouraged and can be obtained through training opportunities offered at: a) The Florida Emergency Preparedness Association Conference b) The Governor's Hurricane Conference c) Training through the county emergency management office Documentation of training conducted by the county must be provided to the State within ten (10) days after the completion of the course. The information must include the name of the training course, agenda, list of students, times and date(s) of the course. 5. Establish and maintain a comprehensive, all hazards exercise program to test and evaluate all aspects of the local emergency management system including activation of the EOC on an annual basis. · Participate at least one full day during the annual statewide hurricane exercise. EM Director shall determine extent of play necessary for their jurisdiction. · Submit Office of Domestic Preparedness (ODP) After Action Reports on all exercise/actual events 30 days after the event to DEM Exercise Unit. 16F7 '''f! :~ 6. Maintain and update critical databases · By March 2005, update the r~spective county shelter database utilized by State Emergency Support Function (ESF) 6. · By June 2005, provide list of all fire rescue and emergency medical services stations to DEM Critical Infrastructure Unit. Information is to include the following: a) Name b) Address c) Latitude d) Longitude in decimal degrees 7. Address shelter deficit reduction strategy consistent with the statewide initiative by addressing the following issues: · Identify and prioritize for survey potential buildings that could be utilized as shelters. · Identify potential retrofit projects. · Report to DEM Facility Sub-Unit all retrofit projects that are undertaken. · Identify and submit shelter deficit progress reports, which include retrofit and Enhanced Hurricane Protection Areas (EHP A) construction. · Coordinate with school board, community colleges and universities representatives on EHP A projects. 8. Maintain and update as necessary the Statewide Mutual Aid agreement. 9. Maintain the Local Mitigation Strategy (LMS). Also support the Community Rating System (CRS) through activities designated to initiate and improve community class ratings. Support the ongoing National Flood Plan Program (NFIP) map modernization activities. 10. Participate in area meetings conducted by the Area Coordinator. Participation in conference activities such as the Governor's Hurricane Conference and Florida Emergency Preparedness Association Conference is encouraged and is an eligible expense under this contract. 11. Support the State's domestic security initiatives through participation in Regional Domestic Security Task Force (RDSTF) meetings/procedures as necessary, the i . ...........=«...-..- 16F7 statewide assessment program and local or regionally conducted exercises related to domestic security. 12. County StormReady Program: · Submit a National StormReady application to local weather service office no later than March 30, 2005. · Review approved StormReady Program application for renewal. If program approval is over three (3) years, submit renewal request to the local weather service office no later than 30 days prior to the three-year deadline. 13. Conduct at least one meeting annually with all ESF'sÆCO's identified in the CEMP, including municipalities and update and exchange information, update personnel listings and other changes since previous updates. Maintain record of these meetings for CEMP review, including agenda/roster and topics of discussion. 14. Comply with the requirement under Federal funding guidelines, to demonstrate compliance of the National Incident Management System (NIMS), for field operations, by September 2005. 15. Develop and maintain all necessary Continuity of Operations Plan (COOP) and Continuity of Government (COG) Plan in accordance with established guidelines. 16. Continue to support the State's Citizen Corp initiative by participation in Community Emergency Response Teams (CERT) training, establishment ofCERT teams and other volunteer programs. 17. Interoperability Requirements. · Maintain at least one operational installation of "Groove" in the EOC. License will be provided by the State. · Maintain at least one operational installation of Disaster Management Interoperability System (DMIS) in the EOC. License will be provided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and managed by the State. ^_.."'___~~'_'_·""'o."·'_,"".~.. 16F7 " ~~,,~ Attachment C Program Statutes, Regulations, and Program Requirements Program Statutes I. Chapter 252, Florida Statutes 2. Rule Chapters 9G-6, 9G-II, 9G-19 and 9G-20, Florida Administrative Code 3. Chapter 215.97, Florida Statutes 4. Chapter 287, Florida Statutes 5. Chapter 119, Florida Statutes 6. Chapter 112, Florida Statutes 7. OMB Circular A-87 8. OMB Circular A-133 9. 48 CFR, Part 31 Program Requirements (1) EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY MANAGEMENT The Recipient acknowledges the completed installation of a Hughes Network Systems, Inc., Personal Earth Station® and related equipment (hereinafter "the Equipment"). The Recipient acknowledges and agrees to comply with applicable terms and conditions of: (1) the State of Florida Lease/Purchase Agreement, dated October 1994, executed between Hughes Network Systems, Inc. ("HNS"), and the Department, (a copy of which is available from the Department) regarding the procurement and use of the Equipment; and (2) the Services Agreement Between Hughes Network Systems, Inc., and the State of Florida, dated January 1995, (a copy of which is available from the Department) (hereinafter, collectively, "the HNS Agreements") regarding the operation of an interactive satellite communications service for the Department, the Recipient and other sites. In particular, the Recipient agrees: A. That any reports of problems with the Equipment or system, trouble reports, and any requests for repairs, service, maintenance or the like, shall be communicated directly and exclusively to the Department's State Warning Point (SWP) (850) 413- 9910. B. That the Recipient will assist and comply with the instructions of the SWP and any technical service representative responding to the report or service request. Recipient's personnel shall cooperate with and assist service representatives, as required, for installation, troubleshooting and fault isolation, with adequate staff. 25 16F7·. C. That the Recipient shall not change, modify, deinstall, relocate, remove or alter the Equipment, accessories, attachments and related items without the express written approval of the Department. D. That the Recipient shall provide access, subject to reasonable security restrictions, to the Equipment and related areas and locations of the Recipient's facilities and premises, and will arrange permitted access to areas of third-party facilities and premises for the purpose of inspecting the Equipment and performing work related to the Equipment. Service representatives and others performing said work shall comply with the Recipient's reasonable rules and regulations for access, provided the Department is promptly furnished with a copy after execution of this Agreement. The Recipient shall provide safe access to the Equipment and will maintain the environment where the Equipment is located in a safe and secure condition. The Recipient shall provide service representatives with access to electrical power, water and other utilities, as well as telephone access to the Recipient's facility as required for efficient service. E. That the Recipient shall take reasonable steps to secure the Equipment and to protect the Equipment from damage, theft, loss and other hazards. This shall not obligate the Recipient to procure insurance. The Department agrees to procure and maintain all risks insurance coverage on the Equipment. The Recipient agrees to refrain from using or dealing with the Equipment in any manner which is inconsistent with the HNS Agreements, any policy of insurance referred to in the HNS Agreements, and any applicable laws, codes ordinances or regulations. The Recipient shall not allow the Equipment to be misused, abused, wasted, or allowed to deteriorate, except normal wear and tear resulting from its intended use. The Recipient shall immediately report any damage, loss, trouble, service interruption, accident or other problem related to the Equipment to the SWP, and shall comply with reasonable instructions issued thereafter. 26 16F7 F. That any software supplied in connection with the use or installation of the equipment is subject to proprietary rights of Hughes Network Systems, Inc., and/or HNS's vendor(s) and/or the Department's vendor(s). The use of one copy of said software is subject to a license granted from HNS to the Department, and a sublicense from the Department to the Recipient, to use the software solely in the operation of the Equipment, to commence on delivery of the software to the Recipient and to last for the term of the HNS Agreements. The Recipient shall not: (i) copy or duplicate, or permit anyone else to copy or duplicate, any part of the software, or (ii) create or attempt to create, or permit others to create or attempt to create, by reverse engineering or otherwise, the source programs or any part thereof from the object programs or from other information provided in connection with the Equipment. The Recipient shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, offer, disclose, lease, or license the software to any third party. G. To comply with these provisions until the termination of the HNS Agreements. H. The amounts retained for the satellite service cover the initial order for services provided to the Department pursuant to the services agreement between Hughes Network Systems and the State of Florida. The charge does not cover maintenance, repair, additional equipment and other services not part of the initial order for services. The service charge covers only the remote corrective maintenance specified in paragraph 4.3 of the Service Agreement with HNS and does not cover other maintenance, repair, additional equipment and other services not part of the initial order for services. In particular, the service charge does not cover: 1. Maintenance, repair, or replacement of parts damaged or lost through catastrophe, accident, lightning, theft, misuse, fault or negligence of the Recipient or causes external to the Equipment, such as, but not limited to, failure of, or faulty, electrical power or air conditioning, operator error, failure or malfunction of data communication Equipment not provided to the Recipient by the Department under this Agreement, or from any cause other than intended and ordinary use. 2. Changes, modifications, or alterations in or to the Equipment other than approved upgrades and configuration changes. 3. Deinstallation, relocation, or removal of the Equipment or any accessories, attachments or other devices. The Recipient shall be independently responsible for any and all charges not part of the initial service order. 27 .~~-'.'-- (2) NAWAS 16F7 ,.' In the event the Recipient desires to continue use of the National Warning System (NA WAS) line, then the Recipient shaH assume all operational and fiscal responsibility for the NA WAS line and equipment in the County. (3) VEHICLES Written approval from the Director of the Division of Emergency Management must be obtained prior to the purchase of any motor vehicle with funds provided under this Agreement. In the absence of such approval, the Department has no obligation to honor such reimbursement request. Any trade-in or resale funds received relating to any vehicle purchased under this subgrant is program income and must be applied toward the Recipient's Emergency Management Preparedness and Assistance (EMP A) Base Orant expenditures. (4) PROPERTY MANAOEMENT/PROCUREMENT (a) The recipient shall comply with applicable procurement rules and regulations in securing goods and services to implement the Scope of Work. Wherever required by law or otherwise pennitted, the Recipient shall utilize competitive procurement practices. (b) Allowable costs shall be determined in accordance with Office of Management and Budget Circular A-I02 - Common Rule. (c) Recipient agrees to use any equipment purchased under the terms of this Agreement for the purpose for which it was intended. (d) Equipment purchased under the terms of this Agreement shall remain the property of the Recipient. The disposition of equipment shall be made in accordance with the Recipient's policies and procedures and applicable federal policies and procedures. (5) CERTIFICA nONS (a) By its execution of this Agreement, the Recipient certifies that it is currently in full compliance with the Rule Chapters 90-6, 90-11, and 90-19, Florida Administrative Code, Chapter 252, Florida Statutes, and appropriate administrative rules and regulations that guide the emergency management program and associated activities. (b) The Recipient certifies that funds received from the Emergency Management, Preparedness and Assistance Trust Fund (EMPA funds) will not be used to supplant existing funds, nor will funds from one program under the Trust Fund be used to match funds received from another program under the Trust Fund. The Recipient further certifies that EMP A funds shall not be expended for 911 services, emergency medical services, law enforcement, criminal justice, fire service, public works or other services outside the emergency management responsibilities assigned to the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency, unless such 28 16F7 .. expenditure enhances emergency management capabilities as expressly assigned in the local Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan (CEMP). (c) The Recipient certifies that-it is a participant in the most current Statewide Mutual Aid Agreement (SMAA). (d) By its signature, the Recipient reaffirms its certification to employ and maintain a full-time Director consistent with Rule 9G-19.002(6), Florida Administrative Code. (6) OTHER CONDITIONS (a) As a further condition of receiving funding under this Agreement, following full or partial County Emergency Operation Center activation at a level equivalent to a State Emergency Operation Center level two (2) or above during the period of this Agreement, then the Recipient shall, within forty-five (45) days following the conclusion of the activation, evaluate the performance of all elements of the local emergency management program during that activation, and provide a written after action report to the Department. (b) Funds may not be used for items such as door prizes and gifts. Flyers and educational information to educate the public about the Emergency Management Program is allowable. (c) Food and beverages may be purchased for Emergency Management personnel and other personnel only if the Recipient's Emergency Operation Center or field command office is in an activated status and personnel receiving food/beverage are on duty at either of these locations. Purchases may be made only under (1) An Executive Order issued by the Governor or (2) a State of Emergency appropriately declared by local officials in response to an emergency event or threat. (d) Within 60 days of execution of this Agreement, the Recipient shall provide copies of any new or updated ordinances in effect which expressly address emergency management, disaster preparedness, civil defense, disasters, emergencies or otherwise govern the activation of the local emergency management program provided in s.252.38, Florida Statutes. 29 16F7 Attachment D Reports A. The Recipient shall provide the Department with quarterly financial reports, semi-annual summary progress reports prepared in conjunction with the Department's Area Coordinator, and a final close-out report, all in a format to be provided by the Department. B. Quarterly financial reports shall begin with the first quarter of the Recipient's fiscal year; are due to the Department no later than thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter of the program year; and shall continue to be submitted each quarter until submission of the final close-out report. The ending dates for each quarter of this program year are December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30. C. The final close-out report is due forty-five (45) days after termination of this Agreement. D. In addition to the above, in order to ensure compliance with Rule 90-19.0 II, Florida Administrative Code, historical budgetary information relating to the Recipient's Emergency Management Program is also required. This information shall be developed based on guidelines provided by the Department and shall be submitted to the Department not later than December 31,2004. The Historical Information form must be prepared and shwed bv an official of the County's Finance Office. E. In a format provided by the Department, a proposed staffing summary shall be submitted to the Department not later than December 31, 2004. F. If all required reports prescribed above are not provided to the Department or are not completed in a manner acceptable to the Department, the Department may withhold further payments until they are completed or may take such other action as set forth in Paragraphs (9), and Rule 90-19.014, Florida Administrative Code. "Acceptable to the Department" means that the work product was completed in accordance with generally accepted principles, guidelines and applicable law, and is consistent with the Scope of Work. O. Upon reasonable notice, the Recipient shall provide such additional program updates or information as may be required by the Department. H. All report formats provided by the Department shall be made available to the Recipient on the Division's Internet site and a hard copy will be mailed with a fully executed copy of the Agreement. 30 .,~~,.- -...-'-~._-;;~"'''''''~-.'.-- 16F7 Attachment E JUSTIFICATION OF ADVANCE PAYMENT ~ecipient: rtdicate by checking one of the boxes below, ¡fyou are requesting an advance. If an advance payment is requested; bud.gel ata on which the request is based must be submitted. Any advance payment under this Agreement is subject to s. . 16.181(16)(a)(b), Florida Statutes. The amount which may be advanced shall not exceed the expected cash needs of the ecipient within the initial three months. [ ] NO ADVANCE REQUESTED [ ] ADVANCE REQUESTED No advance payment is requested. Payment will be solely on a reimbursement basis. No additional information is required. Advance payment of$ is requested. Balance of payments will be made on a reimbursement basis. These funds are needed to pay staff, and purchase start-up supplies and equipment. We would not be able to operate the program without this advance. ADVANCE REQUEST WORKSHEET If you are requesting an advance, complete the following worksheet (A) FFY 2002 (B) FFY 2003 (C) FFY 2004 (D) Total DESCRIPTION 1 2 3 s MAXIMUM ADVANCE ALLOWED CALULATION: X $ Cell D3 EMPA Award (Do not include match) = MAXIMUM ADVANCE REQUEST FOR WAIVER OF CALCULATED MAXIMUM ] ~ecipient has no previous EMP A contract history. Complete Estimated Expenses chart and Explanation of Circumstances below. ] Recipient has exceptional circumstances that require an advance greater than the Maximum Advance calculated above. 31 16F7 Complete estimated expenses chart and Explanation of Circumstances below. Attach additional pages if needed. ESTIMATED EXPENSES BUDGET CATEGORY 2004-2005 Anticipated Expenditures for First Three Months of Contract Salaries/OPS Program Expenses TOTAL EXPENSES Explanation of Circumstances 32 16F7 ~-.'~ Attachment F Warranties and Representations inancial Mana~ement .ecipient's financial management system shall provide for the following: (I) Accurate, current and complete disclosure of the financial results of this project or program (2) Records that identify adequately the source and application of funds for all activities. These records shall contain information pertaining to grant awards, authorizations, obligations, unobligated balances, assets, outlays, income and interest. (3) Effective control over and accountability for all funds, property and other assets. Recipient shall adequately safeguard all such assets and assure that they are used solely for authorized purposes. (4) Comparison of expenditures with budget amounts for each Request For Payment. Whenever appropriate, financial information should be related to performance and unit cost data. (5) Written procedures for determining the reasonableness, allocability and allowability of costs in accordance with the provisions of the applicable cost principles and the terms and conditions of this grant. (6) Accounting records, including cost accounting records that are supported by source documentation. :ompetition. dl procurement transactions shall be conducted in a manner to provide, to the maximum extent practical, open and free ompetition. The Recipient shall be alert to conflicts of interest as well as noncompetitive practices among contractors that lay restrict or eliminate competition or otherwise restrain trade. In order to ensure objective contractor performance and liminate unfair competitive advantage, contractors that develop or draft specifications, requirements, statements of work, ilvitations for bids and/or requests for proposals shall be excluded from competing for such procurements. Awards shall be 1ade to the bidder or offeror whose bid or offer is responsive to the solicitation and is most advantageous to the Recipient, rice, quality and other factors considered. Solicitations shall clearly set forth all requirements that the bidder or offeror shall ulfill in order for the bid or offer to be evaluated by the Recipient. Any and all bids or offers may be rejected when it is in the ~ecipient's interest to do so. Codes of conduct. 'he Recipient shall maintain written standards of conduct governing the performance of its employees engaged in the award and dministration of contracts. No employee, officer, or agent shall participate in the selection, award, or administration of a ontract supported by public grant funds if a real or apparent conflict of interest would be involved. Such a conflict would arise vhen the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which mploys or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in the firm selected for an ward. The officers, employees, and agents of the Recipient shall neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of 33 ......-_._,~"'-----'"~~---.,._.,"--.., 16F7 nonetary value from contractors, or parties to subcontracts. The standards of conduct shalI provide for disciplinary actions to Je applied for violations of such standards by officers, employees, or agents of the recipient. jcensing and Permitting \11 subcontractors or employees hired by the Recipient shall have all current licenses and permits required for all of the ¡articular work for which they are hired by the Recipient. 34 16F7 Attachment G Contractor Covered Transactions (1) The prospective contractor of the Recipient, , certifies, by submission of this document, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debannent, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. (2) Where the Recipient's contractor is unable to certify to the above statement, the prospective contractor shall attach an explanation to this fonn. CONTRACTOR: By: Signature Recipient's Name Name and Title DCA Contract Number Street Address City, State, Zip Date 35 16F7 ATTACHMENTH Statément of Assurances The Recipient hereby assures and certifies compliance with all Federal statutes, regulations, policies, guidelines and requirements, including OMB Circulars No. A-21, A-II0, A-122, A-128, A-87; E.O. 12372 and Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements 28 CFR, Part 66, Common rule, that govern the application, acceptance and use of Federal funds for this federally- assisted project. Also the Applicant assures and certifies that: 1. It will comply with requirements of the provisions of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisitions Act of 1970 (P.L. 91-646) which provides for fair and equitable treatment of persons displaced as a result of Federal and federally-assisted programs. 2. It will comply with provisions of Federal law which limit certain political activities of employees of a State or local unit of government whose principal employment is in connection with an activity financed in whole or in partby Federal grants. (5 USC 1501, et seq.) 3. It will comply with the minimum wage and maximum hours provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. 4. It will establish safeguards to prohibit employees from using their positions for a purpose that is or gives the appearance of being motivated by a desire for private gain for themselves or others, particularly those with whom they have family, business, or other ties. 5. It will give the sponsoring agency or the Comptroller General, through any authorized representative, access to and the right to examine all records, books, papers, or documents related to the grant. 6. It will comply with all requirements imposed by the Federal sponsoring agency concerning special requirements of law, program requirements, and other administrative requirements. 7. It will insure that the facilities under its ownership, lease or supervision which shall be utilized in the accomplishment of the project are not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) list of Violating Facilities and that it will notify the Federal grantor agency of the receipt of any communication from the Director of the EPA Office of Federal Activities indicating that a facility to be used in the project is under consideration for listing by the EP A. 8. It will comply with the flood insurance purchase requirements of Section 102(a) of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, Public Law 93-234, 87 Stat. 975, approved December 31, 1976, Section 102(a) requires, on and after March 2, 1975, the purchase of flood insurance in communities where such insurance is available as a condition for the receipt of any Federal financial assistance for construction or acquisition purposes for use in any area that has been identified by the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards. The phrase "Federal financial assistance" includes any form of loan, grant, guaranty, insurance payment, rebate, subsidy, disaster assistance loan or grant, or any other form of direct or indirect Federal assistance. 36 16F7 9. It will assist the Federal grantor agency in its compliance with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 as amended (16 USC 470), Executive Order 11593, and the Archeological and Historical Preservation Act of 1966 (16 use 569a-l et seq.) by (a) consulting with the State Historic Preservation Officer on the conduct of Investigations, as necessary, to identify properties listed in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places that are subject to adverse effects (see 36 CFR Part 800.8) by the activity, and notifying the Federal grantor agency of the existence of any such properties and by (b) complying with all requirements established by the Federal grantor agency to avoid or mitigate adverse effects upon such properties. 10. It will comply, and assure the compliance of all its subgrantees and contractors, with the applicable provisions of Title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, as amended, the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act, or the Victims of Crime Act, as appropriate; the provisions of the current edition of the Office of Justice Programs Financial and Administrative Guide for Grants, M7100.1; and all other applicable Federal laws, orders, circulars, or regulations. 11. It will comply with the provisions of28 CFR applicable to grants and cooperative agreements including Part 18, Administrative Review Procedure; Part 20, Criminal Justice Information Systems; Part 22, Confidentiality ofIdentifiable Research and Statistical Infonnation; Part 23, Criminal Intelligence Systems Operating Policies; Part 30, Intergovernmental Review of Department of Justice Programs and Activities; Part 42, Nondiscrimination/Equal Employment Opportunity Policies and Procedures; Part 61, Procedures for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act; Part 63, Floodplain Management and Wetland Protection Procedures; and Federal laws or regulations applicable to Federal Assistance Programs. 12. It will comply, and all its contractors will comply, with the non-discrimination requirements of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, as amended, 42 USC 3789(d), or Victims of Crime Act (as appropriate); Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; Subtitle A, Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (1990); Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; the Age Discrimination Act of 1975; Department of Justice Non-Discrimination Regulations, 28 CFR Part 42, Subparts C,D,E, and G; and Department of Justice regulations on disability discrimination, 28 CFR Part 35 and Part 39. 13. In the event a Federal or State court or Federal or State administrative agency makes a finding of discrimination after a due process hearing on the Grounds of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, or disability against a recipient of funds, the recipient will forward a copy of the finding to the Office for Civil Rights, Office of Justice Programs. 14. It will provide an Equal Employment Opportunity Program if required to maintain one, where the application is for $500,000 or more. 15. It will comply with the provisions of the Coastal Barrier Resources Act (P.L. 97-348) dated October 19, 1982 (16 USC 3501 et seq.) which prohibits the expenditure of most new Federal funds within the units of the Coastal Barrier Resources System. 37 16F7 16. DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE (GRANTEES OTHER THAN INDIVIDUALS) As required by the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988, and implemented at 28 CFR Part 67, Subpart F, for grantees, as defined at 28 CFR Part 67 Sections 67.615 and 67.620. 38 16 F7 Agreement Number: 05BG-04-09-21-01- I P</ CSF A Number: 52008 CFDA Number: 97.042 STATE AND FEDERALLY FUNDED SUBGRANT AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between the State of Florida, Department of Community Affairs, with headquarters in Tallahassee, Florida (hereinafter referred to as the "Department"), and COLLIER COUNTY County, (hereinafter referred to as the "Recipient"). THIS AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO BASED ON THE FOLLOWING REPRESENTATIONS: A. WHEREAS, the Recipient represents that it is fully qualified and eligible to receive these grant funds to provide the services identified herein; and B. WHEREAS, the Department has received these grant funds from the State of Florida, and has the authority to sub grant these funds to the Recipient upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and C. WHEREAS, the Department has authority pursuant to Florida law to disburse the funds under this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, the D~partment and the Recipient do mutually agree as follows: (1) SCOPE OF WORK. The Recipient shall fully perform the obligations in accordance with the Budget, Attachment A, and Scope of Work, Attachment B and B-1, of this Agreement. (2) INCORPORATION OF LAWS. RULES. REGULATIONS AND POLICIES Both the Recipient and the Department shall be governed by applicable State and Federal laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to those identified in Attachment C. 16 F? .. (3) PERIOD OF AGREEMENT This Agreement shall begin October 1, 2004 and shall end September 30, 2005, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph (12) of this Agreement. (4) MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT Either party may request modification of the provisions ofthis Agreement. Changes which are mutually agreed upon shall be valid only when reduced to writing, duly signed by each of the parties hereto, and attached to the original of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any budget changes which do not increase the overall cost of the project or change the Scope of Work do not require a written modification to this Agreement. (5) RECORDKEEPING (a) As applicable, Recipient's performance under this Agreement shall be subject to the federal "Common Rule: Uniform Administrative Requirements for State and Local Governments" (53 Federal Register 8034) or OMB Circular No. A-II 0, "Grants and Agreements with Institutions of High Education, Hospitals, and Other Nonprofit Organizations," and either OMB Circular No. A-87, "Cost Principles for State and Local Governments," OMB Circular No. A-21, "Cost Principles for Educational Institutions," or OMB Circular No. A-122, "Cost Principles for Nonprofit Organizations." Ifthis Agreement is made with a commercial (for-profit) organization on a cost-reimbursement basis, the Recipient shall be subject to Federal Acquisition Regulations 31.2 and 931.2 (b) The Recipient shall retain sufficient records demonstrating its compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and the compliance of all subcontractors or consultants to be paid from funds provided under this Agreement, for a period of five years from the date the audit report is issued, and shall allow the Department or its designee, Chief Financial Officer, or Auditor General access to such records upon request. The Recipient shall ensure that audit working papers are made available to the Department or its designee, Chief Financial Officer, or Auditor General upon request for a period of five years from the date the audit report is issued, unless extended in writing by the Department, with the following exceptions: 1. If any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration of the five year period and extends beyond the five year period, the records will be maintained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved. 2. Records for the disposition of non-expendable personal property valued at $5,000 or more at the time of acquisition shall be retained for five years after final disposition. 3. Records relating to real property acquisition shall be retained for five years after closing of title. 2 ( c) The Recipient shall maintain all records for the Recipient and for !ll 6 F 7 .~ ~ubcontractors or consultants to be paid from funds provided under this Agreement, including supporting documentation of all program costs, in a form sufficient to determine compliance with the requirements and objectives of the Budget, Attachment A, and Scope of Work - Attachments B and B-1, and all other applicable laws and regulations. (d) The Recipient, its employees or agents, including all subcontractors or consultants to be paid from funds provided under this Agreement, shall allow access to its records at reasonable times to the Department, its employees, and agents. "Reasonable" shall be construed according to the circumstances but ordinarily shall mean during normal business hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., local time, on Monday through Friday. "Agents" shall include but not be limited to, auditors retained by the Department. (6) AUDIT REQUIREMENTS For Federal Funds: (a) The Recipient agrees to maintain financial procedures and support documents, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, to account for the receipt and expenditure of funds under this Agreement. (b) These records shall be available at all reasonable times for inspection, review, or audit by state personnel and other personnel duly authorized by the Department. "Reasonable" shall be construed according to circumstances, but ordinarily shall mean normal business hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., local time, Monday through Friday. (c) The Recipient shall also provide the Department with the records, reports or financial statements upon request for the purposes of auditing and monitoring the funds awarded under this Agreement. (d) If the Recipient is a State or local government or a non-profit organization as defined in OMB Circular A-B3, as revised, and in the event that the Recipient expends $500,000 or more in Federal awards in its fiscal year, the Recipient must have a single or program-specific audit conducted in accordance with the provisions ofOMB Circular A-B3, as revised. EXHIBIT 1 to this Agreement indicates Federal resources awarded through the Department by this Agreement. In determining the Federal awards expended in its fiscal year, the Recipient shall consider all sources of Federal awards, including Federal resources received from the Department. The determination of amounts of Federal awards expended should be in accordance with the guidelines established by OMB Circular A-133, as revised. An audit of the Recipient conducted by the Auditor General in accordance with the provisions ofOMB Circular A-B3, as revised, will meet the requirements of this paragraph. In connection with the audit requirements addressed in this Paragraph 6 (d) above, the Recipient shall fulfill the requirements relative to auditee responsibilities as provided in Subpart C of OMB Circular A-l33, as revised. 3 l6 F7' ~ If the Recipient expends less than $500,000 in Federal awards in its fiscal year, an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions ofOMB Circular A-l33, as revised, is not required. In the event that the Recipient expends less than $500,000 in Federal awards in its fiscal year and elects to have an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions ofOMB Circular A-l33, as revised, the cost of the audit must be paid from non-Federal resources (i.e., the cost of such audit must be paid from Recipient resources obtained from other than Federal entities). (e) Copies of reporting packages for audits conducted in accordance with OMB Circular A-133, as revised, and required by subparagraph (d) above shall be submitted, when required by Section .320 (d), OMB Circular A-133, as revised, by or on behalf of the Recipient directly to each of the following: The Department of Community Affairs at each of the following addresses: Department of Community Affairs Office of Audit Services 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 and Department of Community Affairs Division of Emergency Management Bureau of Compliance Planning and Support 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 The Federal Audit Clearinghouse designated in OMB Circular A-l33, as revised (the number of copies required by Sections .320(d)(l) and (2), OMB Circular A-l33, as revised, should be submitted to the Federal Audit Clearinghouse), at the following address: Federal Audit Clearinghouse Bureau of the Census 1201 East 10th Street Jeffersonville, IN 47132 Other Federal agencies and pass-through entities in accordance with Sections .320 (e) and (t), OMB Circular A-133, as revised. (t) Pursuant to Section .320 (t), OMB Circular A-l33, as revised, the Recipient shall submit a copy of the reporting package described in Section .320 (c), OMB Circular A-133, as revised, and any management letter issued by the auditor, to the Department at each of the following addresses: 4 r' 16 Ft' ¡ Department of Community Affairs Office of Audit Services 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 and Department of Community Affairs Division of Emergency Management Bureau of Compliance Planning 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 (g) Any reports, management letter, or other infonnation required to be submitted to the Department pursuant to this Agreement shall be submitted timely in accordance with OMB Circular A-B3, Florida Statutes, and Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, as applicable. (h) Recipients, when submitting financial reporting packages to the Department for audits done in accordance with OMB Circular A-B3 or Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, should indicate the date that the reporting package was delivered to the Recipient in correspondence accompanying the reporting package. (i) In the event the audit shows that the entire funds disbursed hereunder, or any portion thereof, were not spent in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, the Recipient shall be held liable for reimbursement to the Department of all funds not spent in accordance with these applicable regulations and Agreement provisions within thirty (30) days after the Department has notified the Recipient of such non-compliance. G) The Recipient shall have all audits completed by an independent certified public accountant (IP A) who shall either be a certified public accountant or a public accountant licensed under Chapter 473, Florida Statutes. The IP A shall state that the audit complied with the applicable provisions noted above. The audit must be submitted to the Department no later than seven (7) months from the end ofthe Recipient's fiscal year. For State Funds: (a) The Recipient agrees to maintain financial procedures and support documents, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, to account for the receipt and expenditure of funds under this Agreement. (b) These records shall be available at all reasonable times for inspection, review, 5 16 F7 ~ " or 'audit by state personnel and other personnel duly authorized by the Department. "Reasonable" shall be construed according to circumstances, but ordinarily shall mean normal business hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., local time, Monday through Friday. (c) The Recipient shall also provide the Department with the records, reports or financial statements upon request for the purposes of auditing and monitoring the funds awarded under this Agreement. (d) Ifthe Recipient is a nonstate entity as defined by Section 215.97, Florida Statutes, it shall comply with the following: In the event that the Recipient expends a total amount of State financial assistance equal to or in excess of $500,000 in any fiscal year of such Recipient, the Recipient must have a State single or project-specific audit for such fiscal year in accordance with Section 215.97, Florida Statutes; applicable rules of the Executive Office of the Governor and the Comptroller; and Chapters 10.550 (local government entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules ofthe Auditor General. EXHIBIT 1 to this Agreement indicates State financial assistance awarded through the Department by this Agreement. In determining the State financial assistance expended in its fiscal year, the Recipient shall consider all sources of State financial assistance, including State funds received from the Department, other state agencies, and other nonstate entities. State financial assistance does not include Federal direct or pass-through awards and resources received by a nonstate entity for Federal program matching requirements. In connection with the audit requirements addressed in this Paragraph 6(d) above, the Recipient shall ensure that the audit complies with the requirements of Section 215.97(7), Florida Statutes. This includes submission of a reporting package as defined by Section 215.97(2)( d), Florida Statutes, and Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for- profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General. If the Recipient expends less than $500,000 in State financial assistance in its fiscal year, an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 215.97, Florida Statutes, is not required. In the event that the Recipient expends less than $500,000 in state financial assistance in its fiscal year and elects to have an audit conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 215.97, Florida Statutes, the cost of the audit must be paid from the nonstate entity's resources (i.e., the cost of such an audit must be paid from the Recipient's resources obtained from other than State entities (e) Report Submission 1. The annual financial audit report shall include all management letters and the Recipient's response to all findings, including corrective actions to be taken. 2. The annual financial audit report shall include a schedule of financial assistance specifically identifying all Agreement and other revenue by sponsoring agency and Agreement number. 6 16 r7 " . 3. Copies of financial reporting packages required under this Paragraph 6 shall be . submitted by or on behalf of the Recipient directly to each of the following: The Department of Community Affairs at each of the following addresses: Department of Community Affairs Office of Audit Services 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 and Department of Community Affairs Division of Emergency Management Bureau of Compliance Planning 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2100 The Auditor General's Office at the following address: Auditor General's Office Room 401, Claude Pepper Building 111 West Madison Street Tallahassee, Florida 32399-1450 4. Any reports, management letter, or other information required to be submitted to the Department pursuant to this Agreement shall be submitted timely in accordance with OMB Circular A-l33, Florida Statutes, and Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, as applicable. 5. Recipients, when submitting financial reporting packages to the Department for audits done in accordance with OMB Circular A-133 or Chapters 10.550 (local governmental entities) or 10.650 (nonprofit and for-profit organizations), Rules of the Auditor General, should indicate the date that the reporting package was delivered to the Recipient in correspondence accompanying the reporting package. (f) In the event the audit shows that the entire funds disbursed hereunder, or any portion thereof, were not spent in accordance with the conditions of this Agreement, the Recipient shall be held liable for reimbursement to the Department of all funds not spent in accordance with these applicable regulations and Agreement provisions within thirty (30) days after the Department has notified the Recipient of such non-compliance. 7 16 F 7, (g) The Recipient shall have all audits completed in accordance with Section 215.97, Florida Statutes by an independent certified public accountant (IPA) who shall either be a certified public accountant or a public accountant licensed under Chapter 473, Florida Statutes. The IP A shall state that the audit complied with the applicable provisions noted above. (7) REPORTS (a) At a minimum, the Recipient shall provide the Department with quarterly financial reports, and with a close-out report. Semi-annual and end of year reports shall include the current status and progress by the Recipient and all subrecipients and subcontractors in completing the work described in the Scope of Work and the expenditure of funds under this Agreement, in addition to such other information as requested by the Department. (b) Quarterly financial reports are due to be received by the Department no later than 30 days after the end of each quarter of the program year and shall continue to be submitted each quarter until submission of the administrative close-out report. The ending dates for each quarter of the program year are December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30. (c) The close-out report is due 45 days after termination of this Agreement or upon completion of the activities contained in this Agreement, whichever first occurs. (d) If all required reports and copies, prescribed above, are not sent to the Department or are not completed in a manner acceptable to the Department, the Department may withhold further payments until they are completed or may take such other action as set forth in Paragraph (11) REMEDIES. "Acceptable to the Department" means that the work product was completed in accordance with the Budget and Scope of Work. (e) The Recipient shall provide such additional program updates or information as may be required by the Department. (f) The Recipient shall provide additional reports and information as identified in Attachment D. (8) MONITORING The Recipient shall monitor its performance under this Agreement, as well as that of its subcontractors, subrecipients and consultants who are paid from funds provided under this Agreement, to ensure that time schedules are met, the Budget and Scope of Work is accomplished within the specified time periods, and other performance goals stated in this Agreement are achieved. Such review shall be made for each function or activity set forth in Attachment Band B-1 to this Agreement, and reported in the semi-annual and end of year progress reports. 8 16 F7 In addition to reviews of audits conducted in accordance with OMB Circular A-l33, as revised and Section 215.97, Florida Statutes (see Paragraph (6) AUDIT REQUIREMENTS, àbove ), monitoring procedures may include, but not be limited to, on-site visits by Department staff, limited scope audits as defined by OMB Circular A-l33, as revised, and/or other procedures. By entering into this Agreement, the Recipient agrees to comply and cooperate with all monitoring procedures/processes deemed appropriate by the Department. In the event that the Department determines that a limited scope audit of the Recipient is appropriate, the Recipient agrees to comply with any additional instructions provided by the Department to the Recipient regarding such audit. The Recipient further agrees to comply and cooperate with any inspections, reviews, investigations or audits deemed necessary by the Comptroller or Auditor General. In addition, the Department will monitor the performance and financial management by the Recipient throughout the contract term to ensure timely completion of all tasks. (9) LIABILITY (a) Unless Recipient is a State agency or subdivision, as defined in Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, the Recipient shall be solely responsible to parties with whom it shall deal in carrying out the terms of this agreement, and shall hold the Department harmless against all claims of whatever nature by third parties arising out of the performance of work under this agreement. For purposes of this agreement, Recipient agrees that it is not an employee or agent of the Department, but is an independent contractor. (b) Any Recipient who is a state agency or subdivision, as defined in Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, agrees to be fully responsible to the extent provided by Section 768.28 Florida Statutes, for its negligent acts or omissions or tortious acts which result in claims or suits against the Department, and agrees to be liable for any damages proximately caused by said acts or omissions. Nothing herein is intended to serve as a waiver of sovereign immunity by any Recipient to which sovereign immunity applies. Nothing herein shall be construed as consent by a state agency or subdivision of the State of Florida to be sued by third parties in any matter arising out of any contract. (10) DEFAULT If any of the following events occur ("Events of Default"), all obligations on the part of the Department to make any further payment of funds hereunder shall, if the Department so elects, terminate and the Department may, at its option, exercise any of its remedies set forth in Paragraph (11), but the Department may make any payments or parts of payments after the happening of any Events of Default without thereby waiving the right to exercise such remedies, and without becoming liable to make any further payment: (a) If any warranty or representation made by the Recipient in this Agreement or any previous Agreement with the Department shall at any time be false or misleading in any respect, or if the Recipient shall fail to keep, observe or perform any of the obligations, terms or covenants contained in this Agreement or any previous agreement with the Department and has not cured such in timely fashion, or is unable or unwilling to meet its obligations thereunder; 9 16 F1 (b) If any material adverse change shall occur in the financial condition of the Recipient at any time during the term ofthis Agreement, and the Recipient fails to cure said material adverse change within thirty (30) days from the time the date written notice is sent by the Department. (c) If any reports required by this Agreement have not been submitted to the Department or have been submitted with incorrect, incomplete or insufficient information; (d) If the Recipient has failed to perform and complete in timely fashion any of its obligations under this Agreement. (11) REMEDIES Upon the happening of an Event of Default, then the Department may, at its option, upon thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice to the Recipient and upon the Recipient's failure to cure within said thirty (30) day period, exercise anyone or more of the following remedies, either concurrently or consecutively: (a) Terminate this Agreement, provided that the Recipient is given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such termination. The notice shall be effective when placed in the United States mail, first class mail, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail-return receipt requested, to the address set forth in paragraph (13) herein; (b) of this Agreement; Commence an appropriate legal or equitable action to enforce performance (c) Withhold or suspend payment of all or any part of a request for payment; (d) Exercise any corrective or remedial actions, to include but not be limited to: 1. requesting additional information from the Recipient to determine the reasons for or the extent of non-compliance or lack of performance, 2. issuing a written warning to advise that more serious measures may be taken if the situatiòn is not corrected, 3. advising the Recipient to suspend, discontinue or refrain from incurring costs for any activities in question or 4. requiring the Recipient to reimburse the Department for the amount of costs incurred for any items determined to be ineligible; 10 16 F7 , . , I (e) Require that the Recipient return to the Department any funds which were used for ineligible purposes under the program laws, rules and regulations governing the use of 'funds under this program. (f) Exercise any other rights or remedies which may be otherwise available under law. (g) The pursuit of anyone of the above remedies shall not preclude the Department from pursuing any other remedies contained herein or otherwise provided at law or in equity. No waiver by the Department of any right or remedy granted hereunder or failure to insist on strict performance by the Recipient shall affect or extend or act as a waiver of any other right or remedy of the Department hereunder, or affect the subsequent exercise of the same right or remedy by the Department for any further or subsequent default by the Recipient. (12) TERMINATION (a) The Department may terminate this Agreement for cause upon such written notice as is reasonable under the circumstances. Cause shall include, but not be limited to, misuse of funds; fraud; lack of compliance with applicable rules, laws and regulations; failure to perform in a timely manner; and refusal by the Recipient to permit public access to any document, paper, letter, or other material subject to disclosure under Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as amended. (b) The Department may terminate this Agreement when it determines, in its sole discretion, that the continuation of the Agreement would not produce beneficial results commensurate with the further expenditure of funds, by providing the Recipient with thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice. (c) The parties may agree to terminate this Agreement for their mutual convenience as evidenced by written amendment of this Agreement. The amendment shall establish the effective date of the termination and the procedures for proper closeout of the Agreement. (d) In the event that this Agreement is terminated, the Recipient will not incur new obligations for the terminated portion of the Agreement after the Recipient has received the notification of termination. The Recipient will cancel as many outstanding obligations as possible. Costs incurred after the date of receipt of notice of the termination will be disallowed. Notwithstanding the above, the Recipient shall not be relieved ofliability to the Department by virtue of any breach of Agreement by the Recipient. The Department may, to the extent authorized by law, withhold any payments to the Recipient for purpose of set-off until such time as the exact amount of damages due the Department from the Recipient is determined. (13) NOTICE AND CONTACT (a) All notices provided under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing, either by hand delivery, or first class, certified mail, return receipt requested, to the 11 16 F7 ~ ' representative identified below at the address set forth below and said notification attached to the original of this Agreement. (b) The name and address of the Department contract manager for this Agreement IS: Dee Giles, Contract Manager Department of Community Affairs Division of Emergency Management 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee, FL 32399-2100 Telephone: (850) 413-9940 Fax: (850) 488-7842 Email: dee.giles@dca.state.fl.us (c) the name and address of the Representative of the Recipient responsible for the administration of this Agreement is: Dan E. Summers, CEM Director of Emergency Management 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Bldg. F-l Naples, FL 34112 Telephone: 239-774-8000 Fax: 239-775-5008 Email: dansummers@colliergov.net (d) In the event that different representatives or addresses are designated by either party after execution of this Agreement, notice of the name, title and address of the new representative will be rendered as provided in (13)(a) above. (14) SUBCONTRACTS If the Recipient subcontracts any or all of the work reauired under this A2reement. a COpy of the executed subcontract must be forwarded to the Department for review within ten (10) days of execution. The Recipient agrees to include in the subcontract that (i) the subcontractor is bound by the terms of this Agreement, (ii) the subcontractor is bound by all applicable state and federal laws and regulations, and (Hi) the subcontractor shall hold the Department and Recipient harmless against all claims of whatever nature arising out of the subcontractor's performance of work under this Agreement, to the extent allowed and required by law. Each subcontractor's progress in performing its work under this Agreement shall be documented in the semi- annual and end of year progress reports submitted by the Recipient. 12 16 F7 For each subcontract. the Recipient shall provide a written statement to the Department as to whether that subcontractor is a minority vendor. (15) TERMS AND CONDITIONS This Agreement contains all the terms and conditions agreed upon by the parties. (16) ATTACHMENTS (a) All attachments to this Agreement are incorporated as if set out fully herein. (b) In the event of any inconsistencies or conflict between the language of this Agreement and the attachments hereto, the language of such attachments shall be controlling, but only to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency. (c) This Agreement has the following attachments Exhibit 1 - Funding Sources Attachment A - Budget Attachment B and B-1 - Scope of Work Attachment C - Program Statutes, Regulations, and Program Requirements Attachment D - Reports Attachment E - Justification of Advance Attachment F - Warranties and Representations Attachment G - Certification Regarding Debarment Attachment H - Statement of Assurances (17) FUNDING/CONSIDERATION (a) This is a cost-reimbursement Agreement. The Recipient shall be reimbursed for costs incurred in the satisfactory performance of work hereunder in an amount not to exceed $102.959 subject to the availability of funds (b) By its execution of this Agreement, the Recipient authorizes the Department to deduct the appropriate costs of the recurring charges for the satellite communications Service from the allocation provided to Recipient under Rule 9G-19.005(3), Florida Administrative Code. The deduction is $2.847 for twelve months. (c) Any advance payment under this Agreement is subject to Section 216.181 (16), Florida Statutes, and is contingent upon the Recipient's acceptance of the rights of the Department under Paragraph (12)(b) of this Agreement. The amount which may be advanced may not exceed the expected cash needs of the Recipient within the first three (3) months of the contract term. For a federally funded contract, any advance payment is also subject to federal OMB Circulars A-87, 13 16 F7 A-ll0, A-122 and the Cash Management Improvement Act of 1990. If an advance payment is , requested, the budget data on which the request is based and a justification statement shall be included in this Agreement as Attachment E. Attachment E will specify the amount of advance payment needed and provide an explanation of the necessity for and proposed use of these funds. 1. x No advance payment is requested. 2. An advance payment of $ is requested. (d) After the initial advance, if any, payment shall be made on a quarterly reimbursement basis. Additional reimbursement requests in excess of those made quarterly may be approved by the Department for exceptional circumstances. An explanation of the exceptional circumstances must accompany the request for reimbursement. The Recipient agrees to expend funds in accordance with the Budget, Attachment A, and the Scope of Work, Attachment B and B-1 of this Agreement. If the necessary funds are not available to fund this Agreement as a result of action by Congress, the state Legislature, the Office of the Comptroller or the Office of Management and Budgeting, all obligations on the part of the Department to make any further payment of funds hereunder shall terminate, and the Recipient shall submit its closeout report within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice from the Department. The amount of funds available pursuant to this rule chapter may be adjusted proportionally when necessary to meet any matching requirements imposed as a condition of receiving federal disaster relief assistance or planning funds. Any requests received after November 1,2005, may, in the discretion of the Department, not be reimbursed from this Agreement. Reimbursement requests shall not be submitted by facsimile transmission. Changes to the amount of funding to be provided may be accomplished by notice from the Department to the Recipient, in the form of certified mail, return receipt requested. The Department may make an award of additional funds by subsequent A ward Letter certified mail, return receipt requested. These additional funds may be accepted by the Emergency Management Director or the Recipient's contact identified in Paragraph (13), above if authorized. Should the Recipient determine it does not wish to accept the award of additional funds, then the Recipient shall provide notice to the Department contact within thirty (30) days of receipt ofthe Award Letter. Otherwise, the Recipient shall provide to the Department its written notice of acceptance within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the Award Letter. The terms of this Agreement shall be considered to have been modified to include the additional funds upon the Department=s receipt of the written notice of acceptance and receipt of a budget form which details the proposed expenditure of the additional funds. The budget form will be provided by the Department when the offer of additional funds is made. 14 16 F7 All funds received hereunder shall be placed in an interest-bearing account with a separate account code identifier for tracking all deposits, expenditures and interest earned. Funds disbursed to the Recipient by the Department that are not expended in implementing this program shall be returned to the Department, along with any interest earned on all funds received under this Agreement, within ninety (90) days of the expiration of the award Agreement. The Recipient shall comply with all applicable procurement rules and regulations in securing goods and services to implement the Scope of Work. Whenever required by law or otherwise permitted, the Recipient shall utilize competitive procurement practices. Allowable costs shall be determined in accordance with applicable Office of Management and Budget Circulars, or, in the event no circular applies, by 48 CFR Part 31 CONTRACT COST PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES. At a minimum, the Recipient shall continue to provide other funding for the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency at an amount equal to either: (1) the average of the previous three years' level of county general revenue funding of the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency; or (2) the level of funding for the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency for the last fiscal year, whichever figure is lower (Rule 9G-19.011). Recipient's general revenue funding for 911 services, emergency medical services, law enforcement, criminal justice, public works or other services outside the local emergency management agency as defined by Section 252.38, Florida Statutes, shall not be included in determining the "level of county funding of the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency." The Recipient shaH certify compliance with this rule chapter and this rule by its execution of this Agreement, and as a condition precedent to receipt of funding. Federal funds provided under this Agreement shall be matched by the Recipient dollar for dollar from non-federal funds. Should the Recipient wish to carry forward into the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2005 any unspent funds awarded under this Agreement, the Recipient must request such carry forward of funds in writing with accompanying documentation detailing the exceptional circumstances requiring the need to the Department by June 30, 2005. At the Division's discretion, an amount not to exceed an amount equal to 25% of the initial amount awarded ($105,806) may be carried forward under this Agreement. Failure to timely submit information, or failure to submit complete information, may result in the denial of a request to carry funds forward. Any carry forward amounts approved will be added to the Recipient's base Agreement for the following year. Funds may not be carried forward for the purpose of paying salaries and benefits of regular or Other Personal Services personnel. Such salaries and benefit funds may be carried forward to cover contractual or other temporary personnel costs for non-recurring projects only. 15 16 F7 1 All payments relating to the Agreement shall be mailed to the following address: Collier County Department of Emergency Management Attn: Dan Summers, Director 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Bldg F-I Naples, Florida 34112 (18) REPAYMENTS All refunds or repayments to be made to the Department under this Agreement are to be made payable to the order of "Department of Community Affairs", and mailed directly to the Department at the following address: Department of Community Affairs Cashier Finance and Accounting 2555 Shumard Oak Boulevard Tallahassee FL 32399-2100 In accordance with Section215.34(2), Florida Statutes, if a check or other draft is returned to the Department for collection, the Department must add to the amount of the check or draft a service fee of Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) or Five Percent (5%) of the face amount of the check or draft, whichever is greater. (19) VENDOR PAYMENTS Pursuant to Section 215.422, Florida Statutes. the Department shall issue payments to vendors within 40 days after receipt of an acceptable invoice and receipt, inspection, and acceptance of goods andlor services provided in accordance with the tenns and conditions of the Agreement. Failure to issue the warrant within 40 days shall result in the Department paying interest at a rate as established pursuant to Section 55.03(1) Florida Statutes. The interest penalty shall be paid within 15 days after issuing the warrant. Vendors experiencing problems obtaining timely payment(s) from a state agency may receive assistance by contacting the Vendor Ombudsman at (850) 488-2924 or by calling the State Comptroller's Hotline at 1-800-848-3792. (20) STANDARD CONDITIONS (a) The validity of this Agreement is subject to the truth and accuracy of all the information, representations, and materials submitted or provided by the Recipient in this Agreement, in any subsequent submission or response to Department request, or in any submission or response to fulfill the requirements of this Agreement, and such infonnation, 16 16 Ft, representations, and materials are incorporated by reference. The lack of accuracy thereof or any material changes shall, at the option ofthe Department and with thirty (30) days written notice to the Recipient, cause the termination of this Agreement and the release of the Department from all its obligations to the Recipient. (b) This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Florida, and venue for any actions arising out of this Agreement shall lie in Leon County. If any provision hereof is in conflict with any applicable statute or rule, or is otherwise unenforceable, then such provision shall be deemed null and void to the extent of such conflict, and shall be deemed severable, but shall not invalidate any other provision of this Agreement. ( c) Any power of approval or disapproval granted to the Department under the terms of this Agreement shall survive the terms and life of this Agreement as a whole. (d) The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, anyone of which may be taken as an original. . (e) The Recipient agrees to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336,42 U.S.c. Section 12101 et seq.), if applicable, which prohibits discrimination by public and private entities on the basis of disability in the areas of employment, public accommodations, transportation, State and local government services, and in telecommunications. (f) A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime or on the discriminatory vendor list may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases ofreal property to a public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with a public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of Category Two for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list or on the discriminatory vendor list. (g) An entity or affiliate who has been placed on the discriminatory vendor list may not submit a bid on a contract to provide goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not award or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity. (h) With respect to any Recipient which is not a local government or state agency, and which receives funds under this Agreement from the federal government, by signing this Agreement, the Recipient certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: 17 16 Ft. 1. are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by a federal department or agency; 2. have not, within a five-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (federal, state or local) transaction or contract under public transaction; violation of federal or state antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; 3. are not presently indicted or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (federal, state or local) with commission of any offenses enumerated in paragraph 20(h)2. of this certification; and 4. have not within a five-year period preceding this Agreement had one or more public transactions (federal, state or local) terminated for cause or default. Where the Recipient is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such Recipient shall attach an explanation to this Agreement. In addition, the Recipient shall submit to the Department (by email or by facsimile transmission) the completed "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility And Voluntary Exclusion" (Attachment G) for each prospective subcontractor which Recipient intends to fund under this Agreement. Such form must be received by the Department prior to the Recipient entering into a contract with any prospective subcontractor. (i) The State of Florida's performance and obligation to pay under this Agreement is contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Legislature, and subject to any modification in accordance with Chapter 216, Florida Statutes, or the Florida Constitution. G) All bills for fees or other compensation for services or expenses shall be submitted in detail sufficient for a proper preaudit and postaudit thereof. (k) If otherwise allowed under this Agreement, all bills for any travel expenses shall be submitted in accordance with Section 112.061, Florida Statutes. (1) The Department of Community Affairs reserves the right to unilaterally cancel this Agreement for refusal by the Recipient to allow public access to all documents, papers, letters or other material subject to the provisions of Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, and made or received by the Recipient in conjunction with this Agreement. (m) If the Recipient is allowed to temporarily invest any advances of funds under this Agreement, any interest income shall either be returned to the Department or be applied against the Department's obligation to pay the contract amount. 18 16 F" (n) The State of Florida will not intentionally award publicly-funded contracts to any contractor who knowingly employs unauthorized alien workers, constituting a violation of the employment provisions contained in 8 V.S.C. Section 1324a(e) [Section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationality Act ("INA")]. The Department shall consider the employment by any contractor of unauthorized aliens a violation of Section 274A(e) of the INA. Such violation by the Recipient of the employment provisions contained in Section 274A(e) ofthe INA shall be grounds for unilateral cancellation of this Agreement by the Department. (0) This Agreement may not be renewed or extended. (21) LOBBYING PROHIBITION (a) No funds or other resources received from the Department in connection with this Agreement may be used directly or indirectly to influence legislation or any other official action by the Florida Legislature or any state agency. (b) The Recipient certifies, by its signature to this Agreement, that to the best of his or her knowledge and belief: 1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf ofthe undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, V.S. Code. Any 19 16 F 7 '~ person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. (22) COPYRIGHT, PATENT AND TRADEMARK ANY AND ALL PATENT RIGHTS ACCRUING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE HEREBY RESERVED TO THE STATE OF FLORIDA. ANY AND ALL COPYRIGHTS ACCRUING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE HEREBY TRANSFERRED BY THE RECIPIENT TO THE ST ATE OF FLORIDA. (a) If the Recipient brings to the performance ofthis Agreement a pre-existing patent or copyright, the Recipient shall retain all rights and entitlements to that pre-existing patent or copyright unless the Agreement provides otherwise. (b) If any discovery or invention arises or is developed in the course of or as a result of work or services performed under this Agreement, or in any way connected herewith, the Recipient shall refer the discovery or invention to the Department for a determination whether patent protection will be sought in the name ofthe State of Florida. Any and all patent rights accruing under or in connection with the performance of this Agreement are hereby reserved to the State of Florida. In the event that any books, manuals, films, or other copyrightable material are produced, the Recipient shall notify the Department. Any and all copyrights accruing under or in connection with the performance under this Agreement are hereby transferred by the Recipient to the State of Florida. (c) Within thirty (30) days of execution of this Agreement, the Recipient shall disclose all intellectual properties relevant to the performance of this Agreement which he or she knows or should know could give rise to a patent or copyright. The Recipient shall retain all rights and entitlements to any pre-existing intellectual property which is so disclosed. Failure to disclose will indicate that no such property exists. The Department shall then, under Paragraph (b), have the right to all patents and copyrights which accrue during performance of the Agreement. (23) LEGAL AUTHORIZATION The Recipient certifies with respect to this Agreement that it possesses the legal authority to receive the funds to be provided under this Agreement and that, if applicable, its governing body has authorized, by resolution or otherwise, the execution and acceptance of this Agreement with all covenants and assurances contained herein. The Recipient also certifies that the undersigned possesses the authority to legally execute and bind Recipient to the terms of this Agreement. 20 16 F7 J (24) ASSURANCES The Recipient shall comply with any Statement of Assurances incorporated as Attachment H. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to be executed by their undersigned officials as duly authorized. RECIPIENT: COLLIER ÇOUNTY, ~LORIDA î"¡", If1,} "''', ~ ~. ~ . . . ¥ . By: Date: JI-/~-o1 . ,'-, .~ . - , " ,,', ". ~, ATTEST,: DWight¡E. Broê'k. Clerk , /' .:~, BY:~~~C. st.'~.~.11. Do FID# 59-6000558 STATE OF FLORIDA ENT OF C\OM~ITY AFFAIR~ \A.J Date: -Yt-J10' raig Fugate, Director By: Approved as to ~d Legal Sufficiency --¡¿ .~ ~ Assistànt c6unty Attorney 21 -_.,_._.-_.,_.~_._._.__.~- 16 F7.·# 1 EXIllBIT - 1 FEDERAL RESOURCES AWARDED TO THE RECIPIENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: Federal Program -0- (Federal funds will be awarded at a later date) COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THE FEDERAL RESOURCES AWARDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE AS FOLLOWS: Not applicable at this time. Federal funds will be awarded at a later date within this contract year. STATE RESOURCES AWARDED TO THE RECIPIENT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: SUBJECT TO SECTION 215.97. FLORIDA STATUTES: State Project (list State awarding agency, Catalog of State Financial Assistance title and number) State Awarding Agency: Department of Community Affairs Catalog of State Financial Assistance Title: Emereencv Manaeement Proerams Catalog of State Financial Assistance Number: ~ State Grant Amount: $105.806 COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO STATE RESOURCES AWARDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE AS FOLLOWS: Pursuant to Section 252.373, Florida Statutes and Rule Chapter 9G-19, Florida Administrative Code. 22 16 F7~ ~ Attachment A Budget The anticipated expenditures for the Categories listed below are for the Emergency Management Preparedness and Assistance (EMP A) State portion ofthis sub grant only (Paragraph (l7)(a), FUNDING/ CONSIDERATION). A separate bude:et form for the Emere:ency Manae:ement Performance Grant (EMPG) portion of this sube:rant will be provided when funds are awarded by the Department. Catee:orv Anticipated Expenditure Amount Salaries/Fringe Benefits $ 44,000 Other Personal Services $ 3,000 Expenses $ 48,459 $ 7,500 $ -0- Operating Capital Outlay Fixed Capital Outlay Total State Funds (Page 13) $ 102,959 23 1_6 F Z Attachment B and B-1 Scope of Work Base Grant funding from the Emergency Management Preparedness and Assistance Trust Fund is intended to enhance county emergency management plans and programs that are consistent with the State Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan and Program (reference Rule Chapter 9G- 6, Florida Administrative Code and Chapter 252, Florida Statutes). This Scope of Work recognizes that each recipient is at a varying level of preparedness, and it is understood that each county has a unique geography, faces unique threats and hazards, and serves a unique population. In order to receive base grant funding, the Recipient must certify that it will use the award to enhance its Emergency Management Program. As a condition of receiving funding pursuant to this Agreement, the Recipient shall complete the work items approved by the Department and attached hereto as Attachment B-1. Subsequent revisions during the term of this Agreement shall done by written modification in accordance with Paragraph (4) of this Agreement. 24 16 F'7·;.,;, l i. DIVISION OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SCOPE OF WORK 2004-2005 COUNTY BASE GRANT CONTRACTS 1. Develop and maintain the capability to ensure all functions defined in the Emergency Management Capability Assessment document can be performed as required. Correction of areas classified as deficiencies and/or needing improvement may be required under the Agreement independent of the county CEMP review process. 2. Maintain CEMP and all associated supporting procedures, checklists, etc., necessary to ensure compliance with Rule Chapter 9G-6, Florida Administrative Code and other supporting documents. 3. Develop and implement a local training program. All appropriate employees funded through this Agreement are encouraged to complete at a minimum the Professional Development Series. The county emergency management director shall determine what additional training may be necessary for each employee in order to carry out hislher roles and responsibilities. The Professional Development Series of courses can be completed online via the internet. 4. Additional professional development training is encouraged and can be obtained through training opportunities offered at: a) The Florida Emergency Preparedness Association Conference b) The Governor's Hurricane Conference c) Training through the county emergency management office Documentation oftraining conducted by the county must be provided to the State within ten (10) days after the completion of the course. The information must include the name of the training course, agenda, list of students, times and date(s) of the course. 5. Establish and maintain a comprehensive, all hazards exercise program to test and evaluate all aspects of the local emergency management system including activation of the EOC on an annual basis. . Participate at least one full day during the annual statewide hurricane exercise. EM Director shall determine extent of play necessary for their jurisdiction. . Submit Office of Domestic Preparedness (ODP) After Action Reports on all exercise/actual events 30 days after the event to DEM Exercise Unit. 16 F7 t. ,. 6. Maintain and update critical databases · By March 2005, update the respective county shelter database utilized by State Emergency Support Function (ESF) 6. · By June 2005, provide list of all fire rescue and emergency medical services stations to DEM Critical Infrastructure Unit. Information is to include the following: a) Name b) Address c) Latitude d) Longitude in decimal degrees 7. Address shelter deficit reduction strategy consistent with the statewide initiative by addressing the following issues: · Identify and prioritize for survey potential buildings that could be utilized as shelters. · Identify potential retrofit projects. · Report to DEM Facility Sub-Unit all retrofit projects that are undertaken. · Identify and submit shelter deficit progress reports, which include retrofit and Enhanced Hurricane Protection Areas (EHP A) construction. · Coordinate with school board, community colleges and universities representatives on EHP A projects. 8. Maintain and update as necessary the Statewide Mutual Aid agreement. 9. Maintain the Local Mitigation Strategy (LMS). Also support the Community Rating System (CRS) through activities designated to initiate and improve community class ratings. Support the ongoing National Flood Plan Program (NFIP) map modernization activities. 10. Participate in area meetings conducted by the Area Coordinator. Participation in conference activities such as the Governor's Hurricane Conference and Florida Emergency Preparedness Association Conference is encouraged and is an eligible expense under this contract. 11. Support the State's domestic security initiatives through participation in Regional Domestic Security Task Force (RDSTF) meetings/procedures as necessary, the 16 F7 statewide assessment program and local or regionally conducted exercises related to domestic security. 12. County StormReady Program: . Submit a National StormReady application to local weather service office no later than March 30, 2005. . Review approved StormReady Program application for renewal. If program approval is over three (3) years, submit renewal request to the local weather service office no later than 30 days prior to the three-year deadline. 13. Conduct at least one meeting annually with all ESF's/ECO's identified in the CEMP, including municipalities and update and exchange information, update personnel listings and other changes since previous updates. Maintain record of these meetings for CEMP review, including agenda/roster and topics of discussion. 14. Comply with the requirement under Federal funding guidelines, to demonstrate compliance of the National Incident Management System (NIMS), for field operations, by September 2005. 15. Develop and maintain all necessary Continuity of Operations Plan (COOP) and Continuity of Government (COG) Plan in accordance with established guidelines. 16. Continue to support the State's Citizen Corp initiative by participation in Community Emergency Response Teams (CERT) training, establishment ofCERT teams and other volunteer programs. 17. Interoperability Requirements. . Maintain at least one operational installation of "Groove" in the EOC. License will be provided by the State. . Maintain at least one operational installation of Disaster Management Interoperability System (DMIS) in the EOC. License will be provided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and managed by the State. 16 t7 14 Attachment C Program Statutes, Regulations, and Program Requirements Program Statutes 1. Chapter 252, Florida Statutes 2. Rule Chapters 9G-6, 9G-ll, 9G-19 and 9G-20, Florida Administrative Code 3. Chapter 215.97, Florida Statutes 4. Chapter 287, Florida Statutes 5. Chapter 119, Florida Statutes 6. Chapter 112, Florida Statutes 7. OMB Circular A-87 8. OMB Circular A-l33 9. 48 CFR, Part 31 Program Requirements (1) EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY MANAGEMENT The Recipient acknowledges the completed installation of a Hughes Network Systems, Inc., Personal Earth Station@ and related equipment (hereinafter lithe Equipment"). The Recipient acknowledges and agrees to comply with applicable tenns and conditions of: (1) the State of Florida Lease/Purchase Agreement, dated October 1994, executed between Hughes Network Systems, Inc. ("HNS"), and the Department, (a copy of which is available from the Department) regarding the procurement and use of the Equipment; and (2) the Services Agreement Between Hughes Network Systems, Inc., and the State of Florida, dated January 1995, (a copy of which is available from the Department) (hereinafter, collectively, "the HNS Agreements") regarding the operation of an interactive satellite communications service for the Department, the Recipient and other sites. In particular, the Recipient agrees: A. That any reports of problems with the Equipment or system, trouble reports, and any requests for repairs, service, maintenance or the like, shall be communicated directly and exclusively to the Department's State Warning Point (SWP) (850) 413- 9910. B. That the Recipient will assist and comply with the instructions ofthe SWP and any technical service representative responding to the report or service request. Recipient's personnel shall cooperate with and assist service representatives, as required, for installation, troubleshooting and fault isolation, with adequate staff. 25 16 F7,~ ~ c. That the Recipient shall not change, modify, deinstall, relocate, remove or alter the Equipment, accessories, attachments and related items without the express written approval of the Department. D. That the Recipient shall provide access, subject to reasonable security restrictions, to the Equipment and related areas and locations of the Recipient's facilities and premises, and will arrange permitted access to areas of third-party facilities and premises for the purpose of inspecting the Equipment and performing work related to the Equipment. Service representatives and others performing said work shall comply with the Recipient's reasonable rules and regulations for access, provided the Department is promptly furnished with a copy after execution of this Agreement. The Recipient shall provide safe access to the Equipment and will maintain the environment where the Equipment is located in a safe and secure condition. The Recipient shall provide service representatives with access to electrical power, water and other utilities, as well as telephone access to the Recipient's facility as required for efficient service. E. That the Recipient shall take reasonable steps to secure the Equipment and to protect the Equipment from damage, theft, loss and other hazards. This shall not obligate the Recipient to procure insurance. The Department agrees to procure and maintain all risks insurance coverage on the Equipment. The Recipient agrees to refrain from using or dealing with the Equipment in any manner which is inconsistent with the HNS Agreements, any policy of insurance referred to in the HNS Agreements, and any applicable laws, codes ordinances or regulations. The Recipient shall not allow the Equipment to be misused, abused, wasted, or allowed to deteriorate, except normal wear and tear resulting from its intended use. The Recipient shall immediately report any damage, loss, trouble, service interruption, accident or other problem related to the Equipment to the SWP, and shall comply with reasonable instructions issued thereafter. 26 16 F7 >I F. That any software supplied in connection with the use or installation of the equipment is subject to proprietary rights of Hughes Network Systems, Inc., and/or HNS's vendor(s) and/or the Department's vendor(s). The use of one copy of said software is subject to a license granted from HNS to the Department, and a sublicense from the Department to the Recipient, to use the software solely in the operation of the Equipment, to commence on delivery of the software to the Recipient and to last for the tenn of the HNS Agreements. The Recipient shall not: (i) copy or duplicate, or permit anyone else to copy or duplicate, any part of the software, or (ii) create or attempt to create, or permit others to create or attempt to create, by reverse engineering or otherwise, the source programs or any part thereof from the object programs or from other infonnation provided in connection with the Equipment. The Recipient shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, offer, disclose, lease, or license the software to any third party. G. To comply with these provisions until the termination of the HNS Agreements. H. The amounts retained for the satellite service cover the initial order for services provided to the Department pursuant to the services agreement between Hughes Network Systems and the State of Florida. The charge does not cover maintenance, repair, additional equipment and other services not part of the initial order for services. The service charge covers only the remote corrective maintenance specified in paragraph 4.3 of the Service Agreement with HNS and does not cover other maintenance, repair, additional equipment and other services not part of the initial order for services. In particular, the service charge does not cover: 1. Maintenance, repair, or replacement of parts damaged or lost through catastrophe, accident, lightning, theft, misuse, fault or negligence of the Recipient or causes external to the Equipment, such as, but not limited to, failure of, or faulty, electrical power or air conditioning, operator error, failure or malfunction of data communication Equipment not provided to the Recipient by the Department under this Agreement, or from any cause other than intended and ordinary use. 2. Changes, modifications, or alterations in or to the Equipment other than approved upgrades and configuration changes. 3. Deinstallation, relocation, or removal of the Equipment or any accessories, attachments or other devices. The Recipient shall be independently responsible for any and all charges not part of the initial service order. 27 (2) NAWAS 16 F7, " In the event the Recipient desires to continue use of the National Warning System (NA W AS) line, then the Recipient shall assume all operational and fiscal responsibility for the NA WAS line and equipment in the County. (3) VEHICLES Written approval from the Director of the Division of Emergency Management must be obtained prior to the purchase of any motor vehicle with funds provided under this Agreement. In the absence of such approval, the Department has no obligation to honor such reimbursement request. Any trade-in or resale funds received relating to any vehicle purchased under this subgrant is program income and must be applied toward the Recipient's Emergency Management Preparedness and Assistance (EMP A) Base Grant expenditures. (4) PROPERTY MANAGEMENT/PROCUREMENT (a) The recipient shall comply with applicable procurement rules and regulations in securing goods and services to implement the Scope of Work. Wherever required by law or otherwise permitted, the Recipient shall utilize competitive procurement practices. (b) Allowable costs shall be determined in accordance with Office of Management and Budget Circular A-I 02 - Common Rule. (c) Recipient agrees to use any equipment purchased under the terms of this Agreement for the purpose for which it was intended. (d) Equipment purchased under the terms of this Agreement shall remain the property of the Recipient. The disposition of equipment shall be made in accordance with the Recipient's policies and procedures and applicable federal policies and procedures. (5) CERTIFICA nONS (a) By its execution of this Agreement, the Recipient certifies that it is currently in full compliance with the Rule Chapters 9G-6, 9G-ll, and 9G-19, Florida Administrative Code, Chapter 252, Florida Statutes, and appropriate administrative rules and regulations that guide the emergency management program and associated activities. (b) The Recipient certifies that funds received from the Emergency Management, Preparedness and Assistance Trust Fund (EMP A funds) will not be used to supplant existing funds, nor will funds from one program under the Trust Fund be used to match funds received from another program under the Trust Fund. The Recipient further certifies that EMP A funds shall not be expended for 911 services, emergency medical services, law enforcement, criminal justice, fire service, public works or other services outside the emergency management responsibilities assigned to the Recipient's Emergency Management Agency, unless such 28 expenditure enhances emergency management capabilities as expressly assigned in the IOlP ' F· 7 .. Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan (CEMP). (c) The Recipient certifies that it is a participant in the most current Statewide Mutual Aid Agreement (SMAA). (d) By its signature, the Recipient reaffirms its certification to employ and maintain a full-time Director consistent with Rule 9G-19.002(6), Florida Administrative Code. (6) OTHER CONDITIONS (a) As a further condition of receiving funding under this Agreement, following full or partial County Emergency Operation Center activation at a level equivalent to a State Emergency Operation Center level two (2) or above during the period of this Agreement, then the Recipient shall, within forty-five (45) days following the conclusion of the activation, evaluate the performance of all elements of the local emergency management program during that activation, and provide a written after action report to the Department. (b) Funds may not be used for items such as door prizes and gifts. Flyers and educational information to educate the public about the Emergency Management Program is allowable. (c) Food and beverages may be purchased for Emergency Management personnel and other personnel only ifthe Recipient's Emergency Operation Center or field command office is in an activated status and personnel receiving foodlbeverage are on duty at either of these locations. Purchases may be made only under (1) An Executive Order issued by the Governor or (2) a State of Emergency appropriately declared by local officials in response to an emergency event or threat. (d) Within 60 days of execution of this Agreement, the Recipient shall provide copies of any new or updated ordinances in effect which expressly address emergency management, disaster preparedness, civil defense, disasters, emergencies or otherwise govern the activation of the local emergency management program provided in s.252.38, Florida Statutes. 29 16 F7; Attachment D Reports A. The Recipient shall provide the Department with quarterly financial reports, semi-annual summary progress reports prepared in conjunction with the Department's Area Coordinator, and a final close-out report, all in a format to be provided by the Department. B. Quarterly financial reports shall begin with the first quarter ofthe Recipient's fiscal year; are due to the Department no later than thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter of the program year; and shall continue to be submitted each quarter until submission of the final close-out report. The ending dates for each quarter of this program year are December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30. C. The final close-out report is due forty-five (45) days after termination of this Agreement. D. In addition to the above, in order to ensure compliance with Rule 9G-I 9.011, Florida Administrative Code, historical budgetary information relating to the Recipient's Emergency Management Program is also required. This information shall be developed based on guidelines provided by the Department and shall be submitted to the Department not later than December 31,2004. The Historical Information form must be prepared and sie:ned by an official of the County's Finance Office. E. In a format provided by the Department, a proposed staffing summary shall be submitted to the Department not later than December 31, 2004. F. If all required reports prescribed above are not provided to the Department or are not completed in a manner acceptable to the Department, the Department may withhold further payments until they are completed or may take such other action as set forth in Paragraphs (9), and Rule 9G-19.014, Florida Administrative Code. "Acceptable to the Department" means that the work product was completed in accordance with generally accepted principles, guidelines and applicable law, and is consistent with the Scope of Work. G. Upon reasonable notice, the Recipient shall provide such additional program updates or information as may be required by the Department. H. All report fOm1ats provided by the Department shall be made available to the Recipient on the Division's Internet site and a hard coPY will be mailed with a fully executed COPy of the Agreement. 30 1-6 F14 Attachment E JUSTIFICATION OF ADVANCE PAYMENT tecipient: ndicate by checking one of the boxes below, if you are requesting an advance~·1f an advance payment is requested; budgel ata on which the request is based must be submitted. Any advance payment under this Agreement is subject to s." .. 16.181(16)(a)(b)~ Florida Statutes. The amount which may be advanced shall not exceed the expected cash needs of the ecipient within tne initial three months. [ ] NO ADVANCE REQUESTED [ ] ADVANCE REQUESTED No advance payment is requested. Payment will be solely on a reimbursement basis. No additional information is required. Advance payment of $ is requested. Balance of payments will be made on a reimbursement basis. These funds are needed to pay staff, and purchase start-up supplies and equipment. We would not be able to operate the program without this advance. ADVANCE REQUEST WORKSHEET If you are requesting an advance, complete the following worksheet (A) FFY 2002 (B) FFY 2003 (C) FFY 2004 (D) Total DESCRIPTION 1 2 3 MAXIMUM ADVANCE ALLOWED CALULATION: X $ Cell D3 EMPA Award (Do not include match) = MAXIMUM ADVANCE REQUEST FOR WAIVER OF CALCULATED MAXIMUM ] ~ecipient has no previous EMPA contract history. Complete Estimated Expenses chart and Explanation of Circumstances below. ] Recipient has exceptional circumstances that require an advance greater than the Maximum Advance calculated above. 31 16 F7~- - 1 Completè estimated expenses chart and Explanation of Circumstances below. Attach additional pages if needed. ESTIMATED EXPENSES BUDGET CATEGORY 2004-2005 Anticipated Expenditures for First Three Months of Contract Salaries/OPS Program Expenses TOTAL EXPENSES Explanation of Circumstances 32 16 F7 '4 Attachment F Warranties and Representations 'inancial Management ~ecipient's financial management system shall provide for the following: (1) Accurate, current and complete disclosure of the financial results of this project or program (2) Records that identify adequately the source and application of funds for all activities. These records shall contain information pertaining to grant awards, authorizations, obligations, unobligated balances, assets, outlays, income and interest. (3) Effective control over and accountability for all funds, property and other assets. Recipient shall adequately safeguard all such assets and assure that they are used solely for authorized purposes. (4) Comparison of expenditures with budget amounts for each Request For Payment. Whenever appropriate, financial information should be related to performance and unit cost data. (5) Written procedures for determining the reasonableness, allocability and allowability of costs in accordance with the provisions of the applicable cost principles and the terms and conditions of this grant. (6) Accounting records, including cost accounting records that are supported by source documentation. :ompetition. \11 procurement transactions shall be conducted in a manner to provide, to the maximum extent practical, open and free ompetition. The Recipient shall be alert to conflicts of interest as well as noncompetitive practices among contractors that 1ay restrict or eliminate competition or otherwise restrain trade. In order to ensure objective contractor performance and liminate unfair competitive advantage, contractors that develop or draft specifications, requirements, statements of work, nvitations for bids and/or requests for proposals shall be excluded from competing for such procurements. Awards shall be nade to the bidder or offeror whose bid or offer is responsive to the solicitation and is most advantageous to the Recipient, ,rice, quality and other factors considered. Solicitations shall clearly set forth all requirements that the bidder or offeror shall ulfill in order for the bid or offer to be evaluated by the Recipient. Any and all bids or offers may be rejected when it is in the ~ecipient's interest to do so. Codes of conduct. -he Recipient shall maintain written standards of conduct governing the performance of its employees engaged in the award and .dministration of contracts. No employee, officer, or agent shall participate in the selection, award, or administration of a :ontract supported by public grant funds if a real or apparent conflict of interest would be involved. Such a conflict would arise vhen the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which mploys or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in the firm selected for an .ward. The officers, employees, and agents of the Recipient shall neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of 33 16 f7 f' , Jlfil .; nonetary valuè from contractors, or parties to subcontracts. The standards of conduct shall provide for disciplinary actions to Je applied for violations of such standards by officers, employees, or agents of the recipient. ~icensing and Permitting \.ll subcontractors or employees hired by the Recipient shall have all current licenses and permits required for all of the ¡articular work for which they are hired by the Recipient. 34 16 F7 Attachment G Contractor Covered Transactions (1) The prospective contractor of the Recipient, , certifies, by submission ofthis document, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debannent, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. (2) Where the Recipient's contractor is unable to certify to the above statement, the prospective contractor shall attach an explanation to this fOnTI. CONTRACTOR: By: Signature Recipient's Name Name and Title DCA Contract Number Street Address City, State, Zip Date 35 16 F7 '1 ATTACHMENTH Statement of Assurances The Recipient hereby assures and certifies compliance with all Federal statutes, regulations; policies, guidelines and requirements, including OMB Circulars No. A-21, A-I 10, A-122, A-128, A-87; E.O. 12372 and Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements 28 CFR, Part 66, Common rule, that govern the application, acceptance and use of Federal funds for this federally- assisted project. Also the Applicant assures and certifies that: 1. It will comply with requirements of the provisions of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisitions Act of 1970 (P.L. 91-646) which provides for fair and equitable treatment of persons displaced as a result of Federal and federally-assisted programs. 2. It will comply with provisions of Federal law which limit certain political activities of employees of a State or local unit of government whose principal employment is in connection with an activity financed in whole or in partby Federal grants. (5 USC 1501, et seq.) 3. It will comply with the minimum wage and maximum hours provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. 4. It will establish safeguards to prohibit employees from using their positions for a purpose that is or gives the appearance of being motivated by a desire for private gain for themselves or others, particularly those with whom they have family, business, or other ties. 5. It will give the sponsoring agency or the Comptroller General, through any authorized representative, access to and the right to examine all records, books, papers, or documents related to the grant. 6. It will comply with all requirements imposed by the Federal sponsoring agency concerning special requirements of law, program requirements, and other administrative requirements. 7. It will insure that the facilities under its ownership, lease or supervision which shall be utilized in the accomplishment of the project are not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) list of Violating Facilities and that it will notify the Federal grantor agency of the receipt of any communication from the Director of the EPA Office of Federal Activities indicating that a facility to be used in the project is under consideration for listing by the EP A. 8. It will comply with the flood insurance purchase requirements of Section 102(a) of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, Public Law 93-234, 87 Stat. 975, approved December 31, 1976, Section 102(a) requires, on and after March 2, 1975, the purchase of flood insurance in communities where such insurance is available as a condition for the receipt of any Federal financial assistance for construction or acquisition purposes for use in any area that has been identified by the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards. The phrase "Federal financial assistance" includes any form ofloan, grant, guaranty, insurance payment, rebate, subsidy, disaster assistance loan or grant, or any other form of direct or indirect Federal assistance. 36 16 F7~. ", 9. It will assist the Federal grantor agency in its compliance with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 as amended (16 USC 470), Executive Order 11593, and the Archeological and Historical Preservation Act of 1966 (16 USC 569a-l et seq.) by (a) consulting with the State Historic Preservation Officer on the conduct of Investigations, as necessary, to identify properties listed in or eligible for inclusion in the NationaLRegister of Historic Places that are subject to adverse effects (see 36 CFR Part 800.8) by the activity, and notifying the Federal grantor agency of the existence of any such properties and by (b) complying with all requirements established by the Federal grantor agency to avoid or mitigate adverse effects upon such properties. 10. It will comply, and assure the compliance of all its subgrantees and contractors, with the applicable provisions of Title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, as amended, the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act, or the Victims of Crime Act, as appropriate; the provisions of the current edition of the Office of Justice Programs Financial and Administrative Guide for Grants, M71 00.1; and all other applicable Federal laws, orders, circulars, or regulations. 11. It will comply with the provisions of28 CFR applicable to grants and cooperative agreements including Part 18, Administrative Review Procedure; Part 20, Criminal Justice Information Systems; Part 22, Confidentiality ofldentifiable Research and Statistical Information; Part 23, Criminal Intelligence Systems Operating Policies; Part 30, Intergovernmental Review of Department of Justice Programs and Activities; Part 42, NondiscriminationlEqual Employment Opportunity Policies and Procedures; Part 61, Procedures for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act; Part 63, Floodplain Management and Wetland Protection Procedures; and Federal laws or regulations applicable to Federal Assistance Programs. 12. It will comply, and all its contractors will comply, with the non-discrimination requirements ofthe Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, as amended, 42 USC 3789(d), or Victims of Crime Act (as appropriate); Title VI ofthe Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; Subtitle A, Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (1990); Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; the Age Discrimination Act of 1975; Department of Justice Non-Discrimination Regulations, 28 CFR Part 42, Subparts C,D,E, and G; and Department of Justice regulations on disability discrimination, 28 CFR Part 35 and Part 39. 13. In the event a Federal or State court or Federal or State administrative agency makes a finding of discrimination after a due process hearing on the Grounds of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, or disability against a recipient of funds, the recipient will forward a copy of the finding to the Office for Civil Rights, Office of Justice Programs. 14. It will provide an Equal Employment Opportunity Program if required to maintain one, where the application is for $500,000 or more. 15. It will comply with the provisions of the Coastal Barrier Resources Act (P.L. 97-348) dated October 19, 1982 (16 USC 3501 et seq.) which prohibits the expenditure of most new Federal funds within the units of the Coastal Barrier Resources System. 37 16 F7 , , 16. DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE (GRANTEES OTHER THAN INDIVIDUALS) As required by the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988, and implemented at 28 CFR Part 67, Subpart F, for grantees, as defined at 28 CFR Part 67 Sections 67.615 and 67.620. 38 ~ ~ o ~ -.....: ~ ~ S o u ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o u ~ o ~ ~ o ~ ~ o u (/) lr) o o N I "'Ì' o o N ~ U ß-/ 16 F7 '4" ;>., .D ""'Cj ( ) > 8 0.. ~ ~ ~ :::: ~ ;.... o o U '-0 ro"<:j" ~~ ~t) ~o QM µ,......-< :::: ( ) s "'~ ( ) -'<:____ bl) ........ ,,' ro " " :::: <=> ~. f~~ ~\.) ;>., u .. u 0 . ..... ~\ .... M ..... ( ) ¡::: bl)....... .g \,.~.. ... ~ ~ if] '" '~Q :.. '\'\:':':~~/)j>:(¿;'~;H;':>;?f?::',i ' , , . . 16 F7,· ... :- -4"', . \. .,. \' .\ . DMSION OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SCOPE '()p'·WORK 1004-1005 COUNTY BASE GRANT CONTRACTS 1. Develop and maintain the capability to ensure all functions defined in the Emergency Management Capability Assessment document can be performed as required. Correction of areas classified a,3 deficiencies and/or needing improvement may be required under the Agreement independent of the county CEMP review process, 2. Maintain CEMP and all associated supporting procedures, checklists,. etc., necessary to ensure compliance with Rule Chapter 90-6, Florida Administrative Code and other supporting documents. 3. Develop and implement a local training program. All appropriate employees funded through this Agreement are encouraged to complete at a minimum the Professional Development Series. The county emergency management director shall determine what additional training may be necessary for each employee in order to carry out his/her roles and responsibilities. The Professional Development SeIjes o~ courses can be completed online via the internet. .,. '," ,\.',. . 4'. Additiorial professional development training is encouraged and can be obtained ,through training opportunities offered at: a) The Florida Emergency Preparedness Association Conference b) , The Governor's Hurricane Conference c) Training through the county emergency management office Docuiner1t4tioQ C'ftrainirtg cond~çted hy the county must be provided to the 'State WIthin ten (10) days after the completion of the course. The infonnation must include the name of the training course, agenda, list of students, times and date(s) of the course. 5. Establish and maintain a comprehensive, all hazards exerci~e ,program to test and evaluate all aspects of the local emergency management system including activation of the EOe on an annual basis. , _I,', . Participate at least one full day during the annual statewide hurricane exercise. ~ Director shall d~ennine extent of play necessary for their jurisdiction. , Su,bmitOffi,ce of~omestic Preparedness (ODP) After Action Reports on all exercise/actual events 30 days after the event to DEM Exercise Unit. .::_ ::jè~(~!{~;::~~f:;:':-~~'5;~tr(tf"~;;/:: .~. " . '. 16 F7 .~ ;. - . . . statewide assessment program and local or regionally conducted exercises related to domestic sècurity. . 12. County StonnReadyprogram: · .' Submit a National StonnReady application to local weather service office no laterthan March 30,2005. · Review approved StormReady Program application for renewal. If program approval is over three (3) years, submit renewal request to the local weather service office no later than 30 days prior to the three-year deadline. 13. Conduct at least one meeting annually with all ESP'slECO's identified in the CEMP, including municipalities and update and exchange information, update personnel listing$ and other changes since previous updates. Maintain record òf these meetings f~r ,CEW review, including agenda/roster and topics of discussion. 14. Comply with the requirement under Federal funding guidelines, to demonstrate CQ~pliance of the National Incident Management System (NTh1:S), for field operations, by September 2005. .15. Develop and, maintliin àll necessary Continuity of Operations Plan (COOP) and Continuity of Government (COG) Plan in accordance with established guidelines. 16. Continue to support the State's Citizen Corp initiative by participation in Community . Emergency Response Teams (CERT) training, establishment ofCERT teams and ('ther volunteer programs. , . . .,' ,I . 17. Interoperability Requirements. · . Maintain at least one operational installation of "Groove" in the EOC. License · will be provided by the State. · Maintain at least one operational installation of Disaster Management Interoperability System (DMIS) in the EOC. License will be provided by the . Federal Emergency Management Agency and managed by the State. ..J;:.)~~~::J ,"~"~' .....,' . .. "'~I:'~¿~V;~'¡~'::~;: :; f:·.::Ž~.~~:!1;\LY; "~ ,,' '''::;';;~';ÍI::j,*};:~~~,~·~~r~}:.~;,ii\;:·· f·...··, ::',..¡.. :.:-;~:,. ,.<~~.,s4 ·..,:A~;,~~~Wt:,·~·,; " " . <': - ~~:~~'~~:.:.~.~ }:,~ :_;;~Y.~;·fj~;\.;¡~)~ ~~~~'~';~:'~..' .. ,',:: . ......;..,. ,.,. ..··{....',t>·;'..,.:y;·rh;G'J'.?-¡'-I·;:··,··:· ': ..~.~. .~. .-..~. ,';:', ~::~r:;.:'~¡~.~" ~{~;~._ ..~.~,'(..: :.':',. <.;'..¡ . ... .~..::,<·:~~~~~.~M~il1~.iR~Ø up~te critical databases . .. . ..",;-;;Ž'~~,.~,~~M~~-;rwf\>,~li'j'f'.·~,.·, r: ". . . . , ' .... .~ ~_ \:~t!.~·:;zq~),¥:,¡.~~~<~¡qJ~·~f"~~.'f.~'.t:t~~.·, '. ,-'. " .' " . . . JZir~';f~,¡'~yj,;. ~·~{8.Yì~9~·.~QOS, ~pøate the resp~ctlve county shelter database utilized by '.n:::~:~~t;,':" J ~~f'·~ta;~Emergençy Support Function (ESF) 6. . " ,'.~' , ,-, -". ". :.. . '~::'" ;-,i., ~. '.:, "j' : . . ."',' ~~);"~;~i~~ 2005, provide list of all fire rescue and emergency medical services · '. .:;: :. :·':b·. '.:.~. ~': mP.9,PJ, ~o, DEM Critical Infrastructure Unit. Information is to include the '.":-.. :-/.~;' je:':'l: JoUpwing: . - ',",t T'.:·:~{1;··!:·";'·-:!',·,···;· .,:;:.,~·;::'k:.!:/j~;;..a),:tfame ., . '.,t".,·,;:'> "~'. b) . Address ;" ·.~~~·'i_.-:'S-\· :-:..... )"~'~~'~; ~¡. :.~. ~~.'. - r " ::~. ,- . . '.' '.~'-.... "'.:';..::>."!'~~:,:J. ¡......~.'.:. ~·'.c) '..yu-ötude . ~t:.:~.~:_)..~*,t......:,~,.~~:::~~ .~.". 'j~. ',' ···~.);..:~i..~;L.>:·~.;·~(.<i) .·,~iigitµde in decimal degrees . ,:·;:.i2~~;i;;?i~(;í·:,M;·;.,:./Ü?f;>:·;:.;·. '. . . .. ·.:.'/:~.·.~t:~:f¥~~;~ '~þ~e~~ÿ'~ ø~~c.f!r~µçtion ~trategy consistent with the statewide initiative by , .,.':,·:;<;!~~~·;.,:;;,~·;:~.~dt~'µ1g the foijowmg issues: . , . .,2<·';':.":<;:?S;~);~r:'-:Vf;~J/~ft;·: 'I ,', II' '... . . . .. .. . · '\::;.;/";·'::«..~::Jd~tlfy :apd priori~efof survey potential buildings that could be utilized as Ti""l:!";;;¡,t':~~0!"/ .' " . .' 't!.~:;:<;;.: ··l ,!4.St,~: p'qt~n?al re~ofit projects. .. . .<·.?'·:~·:·::;~~;Lé;~j~~jf~;~~~;;~·J':·: . .' , . "',:;i:/>::;;~:~~;!}i~/~~pp~ to DEM Facility SUb-UIÚt all retrofit projects that are undertaken. .. ...:,'{; or .. ·:~V:t.;~~ ,t:i·~:í~Ii,¡:,,';. . . ." ;.~':;;D2U;:l;.{~&:;"::)'J~~~'a.nd submit shelt~r deficit progress reports, which include retrofit and . . ....;.,.. ;i~.?~~$j:'.0r.'·~1¡::;~.~.;:~.~. . ~. ,,~·:'~:~?.\:.;fIUrrican~ 'Protection Areas (BHP A) construction. . .' J·.:.,~.¡iíf~'1, ~'h',t, :':~ I,(f:~~~¡'¡;:r;I=\~", ' . _.:::\....:·;f~~'Ø. . ~ :~,.~ ,;; ,~':l]1yil'1'~;,¡rr~J.rV,:"'\·i¡.· !~¡ "',' '" '; ..\j:~;tt:l~~~#l~.~:~;,{.çöordiñate with school board, community colleges and universities representatives .. .. ·':·;,~.;'::·.ii::';/'(::·~::'\'·on~Aprojeçts, , ' ~·;··~::2~;;~*~ð!~f~{~J~i~~t~~{1i~~~;i::~}!;,:(,I,j.::\,.'~, .::, ..' .. . .. . . ..' '\:'. 8r"'~ '~d update as µecessary the Statewide Mutual Aid agreement. <.', .; "::.(~ :" l!:t~:·fW.G.~~/:":'¡··/ 'i., .:; ,', i . ' .., · ...: ;;:'.:.~~'. 9;': MaÎn~íWi tñè Local Mitigation Strategy (LMS). Also support the CommuIÚty Rating . ".'}\':;::.¡.:::~. ~ÿ~~«~) through activities designated to initiate and improye commuIÚty class ,,~.:: :,::,:)r}:, tJtlj1~~~:~YpPPft,~! i~~g~~g ~a~ional Flood Plan Program (NFIP) map ..... . ;".,.1;' môderiUzation actíV1ties . '::·,P;R?~;¡:f~.~::;~·'::~~~i;:f~:::~··,;, I ,.::. · . .. . . .:·~:'.F·'{{:·.10;J'~#Pate ¡ß'area meeth1gs conducted by the Area Coordinator. ·PaÎ1icipation in "'~:. :>:~~;:::.~ óonfor~ .ctjvities such as the Governor's Hurricane Conference and Florida ~~",;_~.: '~_:_,,':-'-"" ...·,.·-..I··'.·.J '·'11\, .~.¡!..:..". ..1' '.,' , ';. ......,."., , ',', .~! ",. ,: ," :"'! . .;:'!;;~;:,::;;'J;,~t,.~~~~~~~~P~~~:e.,s~.J\.?~o~la~10n C()~ere.~ce, is encouraged and is an eligible .. :":1.;<::,.¡,<-.,,,.:.J.>;~~, ~\U1dcr thij contract·· ... . . ... ,,:>jjf);:f\:F¿t:~~~;+t~~f.~%.1N»:/ ~:' "'.'. : .' .' ..' .' :,:....<;.,: i~ fsií~~~i)~fS.t,ä~'.... ~Óm~stiê s'eéuritY Wtiàtives thióugh' pârticípaûon m Regional .',.;; ··':.:;·~~':,J)~mestíçS~ty.Task Force (RDS.TF) meetings/procedures u necessary, the :' ··~~::.~~~~;:~s~t~,ï~:~;:~:'::::~~:~~'::·.:':·;,· .. , . . . . . :'->~~'<r::.;;T·:·~:~Yi:·\7":~:!:;:,:·¡ :'. .'. . . .~. ,-'. ,"; ',' "-/. . . 16 F7 '1 .. '. . . . ,..; .~. "~:-.. . ',-.~ ;!' ',:; ,..' '.. ';;;¡Ji?¡«,?",;)'~);~~;, 'f: ~.: ";~~1;-":,·;:' ;; ~.. ~ : ~ '. .... :D1J0t!';' I , ¡ . I· . i i I j 1- , I " .~ "0' . :, ;,;,:~1'::i~ ,;t~¡fi&i[,~~!!~'1,:r-1:i~', " '\u;;l . (.;,V·,,},~ , ~:'·;·;;;:¡:;·E . ~ ~ :J~</:i'~'.;:f.> 6' ~~i);:·!.\">:; ] ,. ,./l;.·t:,ài;:·;····ì~~AJ.~~~~~¡~~~~; ~ . ,."',,<..,..,,.. ~'~r~' ,'J,' "" ~,..,:,r¡¡. , c;,~iiJ!t~1t};t\?t~~~. ~;i~.,\¡>t ~.sr~i~~~L:¡~L~~~:.'¡;{;; '. :::i.:~":'Q ·.~';~~;:;P;)~,;'~?{: .., I I. ;..;.~':.:;.-':'. '.:. ~'_;\',~:'1,_:" ~ _,~>.I~~I;.: ~ :~..:.t4-.~";:':. 8 .~::,..¿;..::(;... ;.{' ." ,-.' -~..,,~...:...~. "·:1, ,:,,:':\;~J1:!~;r,',' ¡' . . , .,. '...' "~. " ... ..., ". . ;:·~\:~.~;c{W~{:~::;i:~:r\~; ~. ¡,~·t·"",:".~¡ ";·"''-;'\''~t ~. :_; .!: .:¿ .. ':.," b .. - ":. . . "-~.~ . r t. . " ...... " ~~';~:;. " ; . .~:-_.::;' ,.I¡~\,~ ;.~t. oj': . ~ .,~'; '. ~ . ;3{,;:';~~\jL!;l¡1,;~~ ' .~. ;...~ " , ~":.'~' :.~;. . :,: '.:' ·...r·'··,. ", '.~' ". ~: . ;'.., .. ..' 13 '1 91 l~ ! ,1 = [. .g <./I '> .... I ~ 1;1) ~ !~ ~ ~ A A 11 jj '11 i'l i. ff =1;1) 0 J! :~ X! . ... ~ A ö ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. . . ..-.----..... 16 F7 i ,I 16/ 1- BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS MISCELLANEOUS CORRESPONDENCE November 16, 2004 FOR BOARD ACTION: 1. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS TO FILE FOR RECORD WITH ACTION AS DIRECTED: A. Minutes: 1. Collier County Pelican Bay Services - Budget Sub-Committee Agenda for October 20,2004; Minutes for September 15,2004. 2. Community Character/Smart Growth Advisory Committee - Agenda and Minutes for August 25, 2004; Agenda and Minutes for September 15, 2004, unofficial, no quorum; Agenda and Minutes for September 29, 2004, unofficial, no quorum. B. Other: 1) Guy L. Carlton, Collier County Tax Collector - Amendment for the FY 2003- 2004 budget. H:DatalFormat 16 ¡ 11 'i'A 1 COllIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT Pelican Bay Seryices Diyision 801 Laurel Oak Drive· Suite 605· Naples, Florida 34108· (239) 597-1749· Fax (239) 597-4502 NOTICE OF PUBLIC MEETING NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT THE BUDGET SUB-COMMITTEE OF THE PELICAN BAY SERVICES DIVISION BOARD WILL HOLD A PUBLIC MEETING ON WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 20, 2004 AT 3:00 P.M. AT THE COMMONS, 6251 PELICAN BAY BOULEVARD, NAPLES, FLORIDA 34108 AGENDA 1 . Roll Call 2. Approval of Minutes of the September 15, 2004 Meeting 3. Audience Participation 4. Review Budget Format 5. Should Pelican Bay Services Charge for copies of documents and reports? 6. Review approved Mission and Objectives (Step 1 Planning) 7. Sub-committee Requests 8. Adjourn All Interested parties are Invited to attend, to speak and to submit their objections, if any, In writing, to the board/committee prior to the meeting If applicable. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board or quasi-judicial board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto, and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceeding is made, which record Includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is to be based. If you are a person with a disability who needs any accommodation in order to participate In this proceeding, you are entitled, at no cost to you, to the provision of certain assistance. Please contact the Pelican Bay Services Division Office at 597-1749. . UJJl.QlDY _ !loa"} \ ~ \ c o I ;¡:~7 " . 1._",. e y c o .. ... 1: y MINUTES BUDGET SUB-COMMITTEE September 15, 2004 Naples, Florida 26/1'! itA 1 LET IT BE KNOWN, that the Budget Sub-committee of the Pelican Bay Services Division Board met in Regular Session on this date, September 15, 2004 at 3:00 P.M. at The Commons, 6251 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34108 with the following members present: Mr. Christopher Sutphin, Chairman Mr. John laizzo Mr. David Nordhoff Mr. Edward Staros (Absent) ALSO PRESENT: Four (4) members of the Pelican Bay Services Division Board; Mr. Mike Smykowski, Budget Director, Collier County; Mr. Kyle Lukasz, Field Manager, Pelican Bay Seryices DivisioO; Mr. James P. Ward, Division Administrator, Pelican. Bay Services. Division and Mrs. Barbara Smith, Recording Secretary. AGENDA 1. Roll Call 2. Approval of Minutes of the July 21, 2004 Meeting 3. Audience Participation 4. Summary Financial Reporting: Mike Smykowski - Budget Director, Collier County Jean Smith - Pelican Bay Services Division This is intended to be a workshop with the objective of determining what summary financial reports can be created from the existing County financial reporting system without the addition of significant incremental workload. The objective is to create a simplified summary financial reporting document that can be directly generated from the current system. 5. Cost Reduction Program - paperless communications 6. Sub-committee Requests 7. Adjourn ROLL CALL Mr. Sutphin called the meeting to order and asked that the record show Mr. Ed Staros with an excused absence. APPROVAL OF MINUTES OF THE JULY 21, 2004 MEETING r. Nordhoff moved seconded by Mr. lai~o and approved nanimously, the Minutes of the July 21, 2004 Meeting. AUDIENCE PARTICIPATION 265 Budget Sub-committee September 15, 2004 16 /11 ~!l Mr. Spanier stated, "I have been away during the recent hurricanes, however I have seen the way in which our Division and the Foundation handled the aftermath and I can only say accolades to Mr. Ward and his men". Mr. Sutphin asked, "Mr. Ward, will the Board get an update at our next meeting of the total costs and the FEMA claims". Mr. Ward replied, "Yes". SUMMARY FINANCIAL REPORTING Mr..Sutphif1 introdl!ced Mr..Mike SrnyJ<owski, Budget Director of Collier County. Mr. Sutphin stated, "I had originally asked Mr. Smykowski to attend our meeting to discuss how the Summary Financial Report that I had prepared for the last Board meeting could be implemented". After talking with Mr. Smykowski and Ms. Smith, I have come to the conclusion that the Summary Report cannot be implemented for a couple of different reasons. The summary I prepared presumed that we had a monthly budget against which to measure variances and we don't. Our budget is an annual budget, which does not break projected spending down by month and to do so would be artificial and I see no point in wasting that effort. That led me to take a closer look at the reports that are currently generated by the County SAP Accounting and Management System and what could be done with that. Based on my discussions with Mr. Smykowski, I think we can pretty much get anything we want out of that report because it is, within some parameters as yet to be established, fairly customizable. The system can summarize, it can collapse and I think it has the capability of producing whatever the Board collectively wants to see without accruing extra work, except possibly a one time investment in time in learning how to create what it is that we are looking for. Mr. Smykowski stated, "I appreciate working with you to see what the capabilities are within the system and to get you the information that you need to make good, informed financial decisions". 1 think the system has some built in flexibility. Our stated goal is to use the system capabilities without having to take information from the report and re-keying it to an Excel program. We are trying to use the system and provide it to you direct, which saves time and takes advantage of the capabilities that are built into the system. "Other Contractual Services" 266 Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 1611 .. f - m ¡ " I seems to be the cornerstone of your Operating Expense budget. Minor things, like building rent and the like, are going to be fairly steady throughout the year. Once you sign the lease you are going to make monthly or quarterly payments, which will remain steady throughout the year, The big-ticket items would be the "Other Contractual Services". Mr. Sutphin seemed to key in on temporary labor as something that you would be keenly interested in. In the past, you have had some vacancies and have used temporary labor to augment your personnel budget and make up for those vacant positions. What we have proposed to do is to try to break out, by different object co.de rather tha,nbeing generjc, "Other Contractual Services" and we have $900,000 across these four funds in that specific line item. If we could pull Contracted Labor and a few of the other component pieces out to an object code that would be stand alone, you would be able to see if $100,000 or $200,000 of that was temporary labor. You could look at variances for temporary labor and not have this catch-all, Other Contractual Services, with a large scale variance where you would have to scale into the details to find out that a piece of that is street sweeping or temporary labor. Our goal is to simplify that and bring that number down to your manageable level and then variance analysis would be a little simpler if you had temporary labor segregated and break out some of the other contracts into specific line items. That would make it easier for tracking purposes and be self evident at case value. We are going to try to take advantage of the system capabilities. These are standard reports that we use and we have not had much demand for other options, so there may be system capabilities that we are not aware of because no one has asked to see it in a different format. I have to talk to the lead person on my staff who is in charge of setting up the new SAP financial system. You may not want to see all of the 50 or 100 operating line items; you may just want to see Operating Expenses, Personal Services and Capital Outlay in Fund 109. If you want to look further into detail, so be it. Mr. Smykowski continued, "If anything were to be dooe manually, there would probably be three or four object codes that make up 90% of the questions at the Board level across your Operating Funds and Capital Funds", If you were to spend any time explaining a variance up front, Ms. Smith could break out whatever is remaining in Contractual Services after we strip out temporary labor and the like. It could show the component pieces, what we spent money on and 267 Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 l~IJA..1 the reason for the variance. That could be provided up front, rather than waiting for you to react to it. That could be provided up front on those two or three key object codes or line items that generate 80%-90% of the questions. If that could be answered up front, it would be better for you and focus Ms. Smith's efforts to those things that have meaning to this Board. Mr. Sutphin stated, "As I go through these reports, there are an incredible number of line items", To me, they break down into two general categories, There are line items where the spending occurs at the line item level and therefore incurs cost. The spending decision is made at the line item, level. ThosE:) mayb,e important to look at if they are oi sufficienLmagnitude. to warrant Board attention, Conversely, there is a whole bunch of these line items that I would call derivative. You hire a person to a position and it automatically produces increased expenses in social security, benefit insurance, etc. I am interested in the decision to hire the person, but not looking at the arithmetic that drives all of the other lines month after month. If we wanted to produce a report that strips those line items out, that is quite easy to do. The objective is to provide more information to the Board that is meaningful, in as simple a format as possible, without creating extra workload at the administrative level. In this system and with the cooperation of the County staff, we can get there. Mr. Smykowski stated, "In looking for simplification, here are two pages of line items". It is a lot to look at and you can boil that down to two or three key things, which will focus your attention to things that really matter and get you to the heart of any financial questions you may have relative to variances. We will do our best to work with your staff to take advantage of the systems capabilities to provide you with the information that you need. Mr. Domenie stated, "The biggest item is that we have a yearly budget that we spread out over twelve installments". If you have a heavy expense scheduled for January and you have none for the first three months of the year and nothing after January, how does the County address that problem? How do you explain the variances that occur to people in the operating divisions? Mr. Sutphin stated, "I would like to say something before Mr. Smykowski answers that question". The other thing that I have now convinced myself of and it took a while, is unlike 268 Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 10 ¡I Ail private industry where you can look at a budget and have accounts over spending the budget and others that are under spending, in the County system it is virtually impossible to over spend the budget. Is it a fair statement to say that you can't over spend the budget? Mr. Ward replied, "That is a fair statement", Mr. Sutphin stated, "We don't have to worry about going over budget", The question that we need to ask ourselves looking forward to next year is, are we budgeting too much for certain items? That is a broader question and not the subject of today's meeting, Trying to control operating ~pendil1g at. the..Board Level is going. to become a frustrating, non-productive exercise because they can't over spend, the County won't let them. Mr. laizzo stated, "There is another problem that comes up", Even though you can't over spend, there are moneys that are moved around within operating expenses that we did not get wind of and I don't think that should happen again. When there is an amendment to a budget we should know about that amendment. Yes, we can over spend because moneys are shuffled within operating expenses and personal seNices, as we have seen in the past and it was not made clear to us. I would like that to be visible. Mr. Ward stated, 'What Mr. laizzo is bringing up is that we are under staffed because of vacant positions and we use contracted labor to fill those positions", We do amend our budget to move money from a Personal Services line item to Other Contractual Services line item. Mr. Sutphin asked, "Does that require a Budget Amendment that gets approved at the County Commissioner level"? Mr. Ward replied, "Yes, but it doesn't over spend your budget", It just moves money from line to line. Mr. Sutphin stated, "Do those Budget Amendments come before this Board"? Mr. Ward replied, "No". Mr. Sutphin stated, "Mr. laizzo, I would suggest that if you feel strongly about that, that you move at the next Board Meeting that the Board approve all Budget Amendments". It is very simple to do. Mr. Domenie stated, "At the very least we should be informed of a Budget Amendment", 269 -r-- '__'__"_"''''_'''<N--''-''''''_''''" Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 16 , V· kl Mr. Werner asked, 'What is the difference if you have $100,000 for personnel, whether you spend $60,000 of it for contracted labor"? Mr. laizzo asked, "Don't you want to know how the money is being used"? Mr. Sutphin stated, "Philosophically, if I am trusting operating management to use the best mix of temporary and in-house personnel, why do I care as long as my total cost is within budget"? Mr. laizzo stated, "That same statement says that after we are done with the budget we do!!'t have to f"0eet until next year", . It is the s~meattitude. . You wanUo care an..dyou want to monitor that budget. Mr. Nordhoff stated, 'What you are saying is that we want to micro-manage", Mr. Sutphin asked, 'Why do I care if Mr. Lukasz uses temporary or in-house labor if the cost is the same"? Mr. laizzo stated, "That is not the issue I raised". The issue I raised is that you took money from Personal Services and moved it into Other Contractual Services and we didn't know anything about it. If that is happening, I think we should know about it. Mr. Sutphin stated, "Mr. laizzo, I suggest that at the next Board Meeting you move that the Board approve all Budget Amendments", Mr. laizzo stated, "I don't know how many Budget Amendments get done each year, but it should only be one or two a year at the most and I think we should be made aware of it", Mr. Werner asked, "Mr. laizzo, why do you care whether the people are County employees or day laborers"? Mr. laizzo stated, "I am not saying that". I am saying that when the budget is amended we should be made aware of it. Mr. Spanier stated, "I think there is a very interesting a,nalogy between the Department of Defense and the United States Government in under budgeting the number of troops required to pacify Iraq". By expending the National Guard and other manipulations they take money within the draw of appropriation and expend it to conceal that the deal was really poor planning. Mr, laizzo's pOint is well taken. 270 Budget Sub-committee September 15.2004 16/1 Al - ~ Mr. laizzo stated, "It is a problem here". Can Budget Amendments be brought before this Board? Mr. Smykowski replied, ''That is a policy decision of this Board". Mr. laizzo asked, "Mr. Smykowski, if there is a Budget Amendment who gets wind of it". Mr. Smykowski replied, "I see all County Budget Amendments". Based on the magnitude of the Budget Amendment, there is some budgetary authority provided to the County Manager. If it is under $25,000 to move money from Personal Services to Operating or not increasing the size of the pie, the Co.unt Manager has discretionary authority and it does not go to the Board Qf County Commissioners. If we take $1.00 from Reserves, that requires Board approval and if it is over $25,000 it requires a full Executive Summary or staff report to the County Commission. If it is under $25,000 there is a Budget Amendment Report that my secretary puts together and appears on the Consent Agenda and are deemed a magnitude of being not so significant as to require that full staff report. Mr. Nordhoff stated, "If we hire competent people and in the history of the Division they have operated in a competent way, why do we need to see information that we probably can't do anything about"? If we need to have work done tomorrow where we need to hire temporary labor and we don't meet for a month, we can't complain about it because it has already happened. don't think we have to question everything they do. I don't want to come to these meetings and have to go through expenses for something that has already been done and presumably done properly. We are supposed to be thinking of things to better the community. I don't think we are policemen to manage how money is being spent. Mr. laizzo stated, "I wanted to get feedback from Mr. Smykowski on how a Budget Amendment is controlled under his jurisdiction", It is an Amendment that is written and signed off to move money from one area to another. If we have a fiduciary responsibility, we ought to live up to it and quit saying we have trusted people working for us. We don't have to do anything but make a budget at the beginning of the year and not meet until September of the following year. Mr. laizzo stated, "It is very interesting how we layout our budget plan". It tells us how we spend the money, but when you come back with your monthly report there is one draw back. 271 Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 16/1 .'1 The first two items, which are Water Management and Community Beautification, gets lumped into one. Mr. Sutphin stated, "It does not have to be". Mr. laizzo stated, "I would like to see it segregated so that I could cross the numbers against the actual spending". Mr. Smykowski stated, 'Within your group you are going to have to decide to what extent and to what level of detail you are comfortable with or desirous of". We can give you a macro report for all of Fund 109 that will aggregate. the functions together or a line item detail, cost center by cost center, which would be the breakout for Community Beautification and Water Management. or any variation therein. The question is to what level of detail do you want to go? Mr. laizzo stated, liThe level that you display here is okay and I have no problems with thaf'. If we have to go to another level, you could give us the Contractual Services also. That one line item could be made up of three or four components and I would like to know where it is going. Mr. Smykowski stated. "A perfect example is temporary labor and street sweeping". Mr. laizzo stated. "Ves, I have no idea what is in there". Mr. Sutphin stated, lilt is there in as much detail as you want to see it". All we have to do is decide what we want and then ask for it. In that vein. the Budget Book for next year, unless the Board votes otherwise, is not going to look like that. The book is going to be thin like this. The budget is created manually and is not created by the system and that is why the financial report that you get every month does not necessarily tie to it. Mr. Domenie stated, "I can understand that after the fact decisions are being made, but in the case of hurricane clean up, what did you want us to do, wait for a Board Meeting to approve money for the clean up"? There has to be flexibility. Mr. laizzo replied, "No. under those circumstance it should be reported at the next meeting that Reserves were used to take care of hurricane damage". 272 Budget Sub-committee September 15. 2004 1611 A J Mr. Sutphin stated, "This will be debated at the Board level, so let's not debate it now". Is a Budget Amendment required when it shifts from one category to another, even though the title does not change? Mr. Ward replied, "Yes". Mr. Sutphin stated, "I want to see how silly this gets". If Mrs, Smith decided to use the Post Office rather than Fed Ex and it was money in the Fed Ex account, would that require a Budget Amendment? Mr. Ward rEipliad, ''The levels. at--the County are Personal Services, Operating Expenditures and Capital Outline", The anomaly in Pelican Bay is the fact that I use temporary labor the same as I use on-site staff to perform the same service. For whatever reason, they just happen to be in different object codes in the County system and I have to do a Budget Amendment to move it. If Other Contractual Services happened to have been in the Personal Services area, because they are humans doing that job, I never have to do a Budget Amendment for it. Because of the accounting system it is a contractual service. Mr. Smykowski stated, ''The County has to issue 1099's for people who work, but when you hire a labor service you are hiring them under a purchase order", Mr. Sutphin stated, "Taking this to a ridiculous level, if Mr. Lukasz wants to use a temporary worker rather than a County worker because one quit or is out on sick leave, it requires a Budget Amendment". Mr. Ward replied, "Yes". Mr. Sutphin stated, "If Mr. Lukasz wants to stop using people to mow the grass and bring in a herd of sheep, he does not need a Budget Amendment"? Mr. Ward replied, "As long as we could cut a check to the herd of sheep, you are right". Mr. Sutphin stated, "I just want to make sure we are going to gain control if we do as Mr. laizzo suggests". Mr. laizzo stated, "I am saying that if you are moving money that is fine, but tell me about it". 273 Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 1611 A 1 ,~ "Ji Mr. Ward stated, "It is still people cutting the lawn, it just happens to be paying "X, Y, Z Company" who is supplying a human to us", Mr. Sutphin stated, "This is a Board issue and if they want to see it, they will have the opportunity to vote to see it". Mr. Domenie stated, "I would recommend that any shifting of funds, up to a certain dollar figure without increasing the budget, gets reported to us", Mr. Sutphin stated, "I will submit a recommendation to the Board in October", Mr. laizzo stated, 'We came up wHh a .red flag and green flag report and we.haven't used them yef'. Mr. Sutphin stated, 'We should be using them". I would suggest that the members of the Sub-committee and those Board members in the audience submit your ideas on what you would like to see in a Summary Report to Mrs. Smith. Temporary labor is a big one and it is buried in the Contractual Services Account, which includes everything from the guy who cuts the grass to large contracts for engineering services. Mr. Ward replied, "Right". Mr. Sutphin stated, "It is one that I think the Board should and will see as a separate line item", Mr. Ward replied, "I think that is a good one to look at". Mr. Sutphin stated, "If you are asking for something that does require extra manual work then v.'q are going to look long and hard at it". If the system will provide it. there is no reason we shouldn't have it. COST REDUCTION PROGRAM - PAPERLESS COMMUNICATIONS Mr. Sutphin stated, "Call it moving into the twenty-first century or whatever you want", now receive my insurance policy renewals bye-mail. I. receive my annual reports from companies that I own stock in bye-mail. It does not clutter my mailbox, it doesn't get thrown out in the post office and I know I get it. In the case of insurance policies it is also archived in case I misplace the copy that I download or that I accidentally delete it. It can save money. I just got a memorandum from Turrell & Associates yesterday and the one item alone is a savings of close to 274 Budget Sub-committee September 15.2004 16/J'Al $2,000 a year for one report. I think that is the tip of the iceberg. Mrs. Smith has volunteered to be the coordinator and champion of this project since a lot of the paper that is generated originates in her office. If the Sub-committee votes the recommendation it will go to the next Board Meeting and they will get a chance to vote. Mr. Nordhoff stated, "It is perfectly logical and if it is doable, why not"? Mr. Sutphin asked, "Mr. laizzo, do you have any objection"? Mr. laizzo stated, "$2,000 is hardly a savings". Mr..NordhÇ>ff stateçt, 'We gßt pou.nds..o1.paper every meeting:'. Mr. laizzo stated, "I am willing to discuss it, but if you are going to reduce the budget you really have to think about how you are going to reduce the budget", That is another issue I have that we don't agree on, but that is okay. Mrs. Smith asked, "Mr. Sutphin, are you referring to e-mail or putting everything on discs"? I will have problems with e-mail because of the size restrictions on the County e-mail system. Mr. Sutphin stated, 'We will get into how we do this". As an aside, Mrs. Smith mentioned to me that the County charges $1.00 a page for copies if a resident wants a copy of a document. We give it away like it was confetti. Someone comes in and wants ten copies of the Clam Bay Monitoring Report, which probably costs $200.00 a copy to produce, they get them. Lord knows what they do with them. This is not a $1,800 item. First of all, it is a philosophy of how you run the business. Mr. Nordhoff stated, "I would like to get it on a disc so that I could keep it rather than printing it out on an e-mail". It would save space for me. Mr. Sutphin stated, "This is a proposal and is also a state of mind". Going paperless is a state of mind. Anyone who wants a hard paper copy can get one. I am going to propose at some point that they sign an acknowledgement that the paper copy is costing the taxpayers "X' dollars and they can have it. Mr. Ward stated, "You could also incorporate the same program as the County where you pay the same standard rate for copying a document". 275 Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 1611 AI ")Ai;. 'v , SUB-COMMITTEE REQUESTS Mr. Domenie asked, "How can we not over spend the budget on a monthly basis if we have a large expense one month as opposed to an annual budget"? Mr. Sutphin stated, "If the budget runs out of money at any time during the year, the County will not process a requisition or cut a check". Mr. Domenie stated, "It is not a budget on a monthly basis, but a yearly budget". Mr. Ward replied, 'We cannot order anything without a requisition". Mr. Sutphin stated, "The database exists, based on what I have been through so far,.to look at Capital Projects in as broad and as much detail as we choose to, at the commitment level which I think we will want to see". Once a commitment is made on a Capital Project it is just a matter of when the work gets done and the check gets cut. We, as a Board, should be looking at commitments. I will be giving that some thought and will be having some talks with Mr. Smykowski and Ms. Smith on how we design reports to better inform the Board in the Capital Program area. Mr. Ward stated, "I happen to like the SAP System for Capital". It is very complicated, but tells you everything you need to know and I really like that. Mr. Smykowski stated, ''The issue in Capital Projects is typically not being under or over budget". The question is, has the money that was appropriated for this project been executed and are you making progress in achieving that Capital Project. Even in the County system we have different control measures, All Personal Service expenses begin with a 5, Operating Expenses a 6 and Capital Outlay a 7, You cannot over expend an individual appropriation unit in the 5, 6 or 7's. That is a controlled measure that is built in the Operating Fund. That is different in Capital Projects. If the Board appropriates $1,000,000 to build an expansion to a library, I don't think they care if we spend $5.00 extra to get a permit .or this piece of furniture versus construction costs. The question is, we gave you $1,000,000 to build that project, the engineer's estimate was $1,000,000, did you get the project done on time and did you come in under budget, yes or no? The controls for Capital Projects are different. They are not at the appropriation subtotal level; it is at the entire project level because we found ourselves in the 276 Budget Sub·committee September 15.2004 1611 Al .. position of engineers in the field needing a $10.00 Right-of-way Permit where we had the entire project budgeted in roadway improvements. That engineer was forced to get the approval down the road because he could not afford to wait a week to get a Budget Amendment through the system and wait on all of the required approvals. The goal is, you have a budget and a time line, was the project completed under budget and within the desired time frame? There is a differentiation there for obvious reasons and has proven to be a positive change between the Operating Fund and Capital Projects. At the end of the year you may have only spent $10,000 of the $1,009.000 p.rojeçt a~.d you h.ave $~~P,'pOO encumbered on a Purchase Order, that project is underway and moving and may be spent over the next two years, but you have executed a contract and forward progress is being made. Mr. Sutphin stated, "Commitment of funds is what I think that we as a Board should be looking at". Mr. Ward reports on operating delays and execution as a regular part of his report, but what we ought to be looking at is the time table for the project in terms of committing and are we on schedule or are we behind and if we are behind, why. Mr. Carroll asked, "What is your position on contingencies for construction projects"? Is a 5%-10% contingency on a construction project an acceptable procedure? Mr. Smykowski replied, "As a general rule, we budget a 5% contingency across all funds, based on what the appropriations are", On the Capital Projects side, a lot of the projects do provide a contingency. Obviously, on a road project you are stating volumes of materials and there are a whole host of unforeseen issues once you start digging and they find rock and there has to be demolition, as opposed to simple excavation. There are a whole series of those kinds of issues. In general terms, the Board has approved projects with a 10% contingency built in and accessing that contingency is another issue. The unforeseen in Capital Projects lends itself to having contingencies available. Mr. Ward stated, "In the Capital Fund it is looked at the County level on a project-by- project basis versus a Commission level dictate", Mr. Carroll stated, "You might have $50,000 as an undefined contingency and you mentioned access, who approves that"? 277 Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 16 , 1~ 1 .;~; Mr. Smykowski replied, "The Project Manager or the Board, depending upon the magnitude". Purchasing will provide a certain amount of discretion and then if you exceed 10% it has to go back to the Board as a Change Order. There has been a lot of conversation lately about Change Orders. Mr. Carroll stated, 'What about our one page Financial Summary"? Mr. Sutphin stated, "I found that it is not doable, primarily because the intent is to measure variances on a monthly basis and we do not have a monthly budget, we have an annual buggef'. Secol')darily, youcan't over.spendthe_budget and therefore, with a couple Qf key items like the Temporary Labor issue that we discussed at some length, to spend a lot of time analyzing the monthly operating expenses is not going to be productive because we can't over spend. Mr. Nordhoff stated, "Maybe Mr. laizzo's suggestion to meet once a year may not be so bad". But that is for Operating and we still have the Capital to deal with. Mr. Sutphin stated, "The other side of the coin is that there is no incentive to under spend, which is something I would like to kick around at a future Sub-committee meeting as we get into talking about next year's budgef'. How do we structure a budget that contains some incentive to under spend? Mr. Nordhoff stated, "If the budget calls for two plantings a year they can cut it back to one". Mr. laizzo stated, "That is cutting the budget, not under spending". Mr. Sutphin stated, "My favorite one is to improve the productivity of the work force by 10%". Different subject, for a different meeting, but I think an important one. Mr. Sutphin stated, "I would like to thank Mr. Smykowski for attending our meeting". The financial system is a tremendous resource if we are smart enough to use it correctly. I would like to be smart enough to focus on producing the kind of informç¡tion that provides the Board what they want to know. Mr. Carroll asked, 'What is our working relationship with your central organization"? Does it meet your expectations? 278 Budget Sub-committee September 15,2004 1611 Al ."'- Mr. Smykowski replied, "I have done this budget for a number of years and we work very well together". There have been a whole host of changes in this year's budget and we have managed to communicate them and get it to the Board for approval in the correct fashion. ADJOURN There being no further business the meeting adjourned at 3:55 P.M. . .." - -.".-- Christopher Sutphin, Chairman 279 ...... ~ N o 25 .þ.. ...... . :::a (þ < -. .,., ;0 (þ ro ~ ~ <. V)' QJ ?B (D "t:S o 3 "t:S 0- -. .., 10.......1. If) 0 (D If). < ~ 0 (þ -. ::J c.. < (D ~ ~ If) QJ _. QJ ,..-r «n If) (D «n QJ 3 õ' "'0 (D :::J "'0 ::J ., ,..-r Q o QJ :::J "Q. If) c.. ~ ~ 0 (D "'0 C" ., ~. QJ 0 (þ ::J "'0 n 0.. ~. ,... QJ -. ,..-r < (D (þ QJ «n ::J....-.- o..tn ,... (þ "t:S Þ-t ., (D (') o 3 3 (D ro ::J (') 0..0 ,..-r 3 o 3 -a (D OJ ::J (f)o.. o ,..-r OJ 0 o QJ ., 0.. "'C - Q :::J :::J -. :::J \C -a""", OJ (f) o OJ o QJ ., 0.. tn I :::r o 1l;oE. Q ~ c.. 3 -. "'C c ~ m QJ < tn (i)~o ., -. n (D (D :::r (') ., Q on.., 3 0 \C 3 C (þ (D ::J -t\ ::J ~ 0 0.. If) .., QJ (') n !:!: ::r 0 o (D "t:S ::J 0.. _. ~ C (þ o (D «n ., 0 0 -a~-t\ OJ~c.. (f) (D 0 o (D n OJ If) C o 3 ~ (þ 0.. :::J ,... «n Q :::J c.. .., (þ "t:S o ;+ «n · '\oJ . ~ (f) o ::r 3 g QJ - ,..-r 0.. ,..-r~ ~(D ~ (') v10 ,..-r::J QJ,..-r ::J -. CI..::J QJ C ., (D CI..,..-r :::: 0 "'0 ., o CI.. C (') (D ~ ~ o CI.. ~ o ., 3 QJ ,..-r :::: o ., ~ o ., ^ ,..-r o ~ QJ ., CI.. If) 3 QJ ~ ::J 1O (f) » -a 1611Al . :::a (þ < -. (þ ~ C" C c.. \C (þ ,... -t\ o .., 3 Q ,... OJ C Q. \Q tD 1-1-11- ocn -- c NO'" o· -- n -0 03 .þ¡3 -. 11- 11- tD tD "'H..._..*",.,....___,_""",...."."·""'"~.>..,_.,_.,· ~ N o - o ~ . ::0 I ('þ n 1"""1'"00 ., 3 QJ (D :J' ë§ 3 -. 1"""1'" ('þ ~ (D :¡ ìJ., 0- OJrn ~ If) 0 _. o c 0 OJ ri ~ o (D QJ (J1 ., 0..1"""1'" :::rO ~ 3' õ"Q ., 0 (D <. QJ :J 0..1D QJ :J C 0..(J1 (D C --t'1 :J C 0..:J (D (D ., (J1 ~(J1 QJ :J 0 0.. --t'1 -. 1"""1'"lf) » ìJ (J1 '< (J1 1"""1'" (D 3 N :J (ì C 0.. -. :J 1D ::E (D QJ ., (D (J1 !:!: (D QJ ., :J :J 1.O :E :::r QJ 1"""1'" (ì QJ :J QJ :J 0.. (ì QJ :J :J o 1"""1'" 1"""1'" :::r ., -. (D :J "'0 -. 0 3. ~ 1"""1'" :J ~1.O 0- 0 (J1 (D :J '< 0.. (J1 ~ o 0 (D :J --t'1 3 (D 1"""1'" :::r (D "'0 ., o 1D ., QJ 3 n QJ :J 0- (D 1"""1'" QJ. o ., (D 0.. 1"""1'" o o c ., :J (D (D 0.. (J1 :::!) :J QJ :J :E. ~. . G) (D :J (D ., QJ 1"""1'" (D 0.. tn :Þ '"tJ C'" c: 0- c.c ('þ ,... ~ ~ 3 Q ,... --t'1 ., o 3 n o c :J 1"""1'" '< :::: o - 0- o z n ::: ., 0 ro C'" 3 0 ~ c: (D :J (D 0- QJ 1.O 0.. c.c (J1 (D 3 (1) c ., ,... ., QJ-t\ (D C 3(J1:J 0 rT'\ (D C ~ ~o..QJ 3 1"""1'" --t'1 '< Q 0.. Q I ,... g 3 < C 0 (D 3 :J ., 1"""1'"'< ~:::r!:!: 1"""1'" '< 3 ., (D (D (ì "'0 0 o :J ., !:!: (J1 :J C 1D 3 -. 1"""1'" :J :::r1D (D ., QJ (D :J 0'0.. ., (ì (D 0 :J (J1 o 1"""1'" 1"""1'" '< < QJ C QJ 0- (D QJ (J1 QJ 1"""1'" ., QJ (ì ^ -. :J 1.O 16'1 At¡ . m c C. \C tD flit- ." o ~ 3 QI flit- (n 1611 III 0 - 1'...) . . 0 - --- '-' +::. ;a n CT> 0 n - - "U -I "'tJ I I n m 0 I I -. CT> OJ ::r Q) Q) Q) 0 3 3 Q) Q) .., (J) ro 1.0 .., .., I Q) 3 .., .., 0 ro Cl.. Cl.. ;:0 Cl.. Cl.. n Q) ---- "U "U 0 CT> "U "U 0 :E cr --LQ) Q) 3: 0 ::::J Q) Q) c 0 """1'\ ro --L "'tJ "'tJ "'tJ "'tJ ::::J cr < x ro ro ---- Cl.. 0- ro ro ,... ro --L .., .., c 0 CT> .., .., < -n U'I ~n ::::J n 0- r-t" U'I n c n n n ro 0 0 3 3 "tJ 0 0 ::J'" tD n "'tJ "'tJ txJ "'tJ "'tJ OJ 0 "< "< r-t" ro <n "< "< .., ::::J ro ::::J ~ tD Cl.. 0 0 Cl.. r-t" 0 0 0 """1'\ """1'\ U'I """1'\ """1'\ CT> r-t" "'tJ Q) Cl.. C '"T1 N Q) ( ) tn 0 Q) ::::J 0 "'tJ CT> 0 ::::J ,... ::::J "< n CT> ::::J "< ::J'" ro ::::J c r-t" ( ) -. CT> Cl.. U'I OJ 3 0 ::::J Cl.. 0' ... .............. 1.0 0 -t\ 3 ~ ro N n 0 0 ::::J 3: c ::::J Q) 3: - Cl.. r-t" Q) 3 - "'tJ U'I OJ 0 r-t" U'I 0 r-t" "'tJ ro ~ -C ::r ... n 0 I U'I ::::J ro "'tJ c -(;A- r-t" -. 3 n ::::J ::::J Q) ::r Q) 0 V1 -(;A- ~ C < 0 ro "'tJ n . Q) r-t" ::::J Q) 0 --L -t\ 0 ::r . CT> -. r-t" n 0 0 0 Q) U'I -(;A- Q) CT> r-t" .., Q) 0 cr "< 1.0 ( ) Q) . ............ Q) n .., V1 ro "'tJ r-t" r-t: 0 -(;A- Q) "'tJ "< U'I N 1.0 Q) C r-t" Q) . ro 1.0 0 n "'tJ 0 ro """1'\ C> ....-.... .., Q) --L ....-.... 3 » ro 1.0 "'tJ --L r ::::J ro ro x ro Cl.. r-t" r .., --L r-t" ro ....-.... "-J ro Cl.. .., ro n ............ .., tD 0 ::::J ~ 0 0 n 1.0 ro .., ::I c U'I .., 3 ... ro 0 ro ro .., 1.0 ,..,. r-t" Q) ::::J n ro tn r-t" ............ U'I -(;A- 1.0 Q) 0 N ............ ::::J . 0 r-t" 0 ::r VJ ro Q) - ::::::: t..2 ~ 1: . ,... -. 3 tD ~ ., QI 3 tD .. ::: ~ o .., ::-;- ( ) :T o "C ::: I Z o < tD 3 C" tD .., ... :Þ "C "C .., o < QI ~ . OtD;:a -t\-tD tD < ~ 3 _. tD tD tD Q. ~ ~ :::!1( ) n .., ., -t\tDtD c: .c < ::::s c: -. 0. -. U) -. .., tD ::::s tD ~ 0. 0 -t\,....c- o 0 . .., tD tD ( ) >< n ~tDo: < n < -. c: tD nS'U) tD .. ( ) ,.... QI:T,.... ::::stD:T 0. 3 ¡;;. n _. QI ~ -. "C _. 0. ï=t=OtD QI ::::s ::::s - ,.... QI -. "C -t\ .., ::::s _. o 0. tD ...... ( ) tDo. n ::! . ,.... ""'<:T ( ) tD tD ( ) ,....::-;- :TtD tD< ~ tD ( ) ::::s ,.... tD .., .., QI QI ,.... ,....tD _.~ o _. ::::s n . ,....( ).... :TtD"'" - .., tD ,., < < 3 ñ· ti). -'tD ~ ~ ( ) <; -.,.... o 0 ., ::::sC"~ tD -. U) "C tD .., o ~. 3 Q. -. tD U) Q. ~. QI 0 ::::s ::::s Q. .. -. ,.... 3 :T "C -. -( ) -. n -. tD !:!:.( ) <,.... QI ,....C" :T_ (1) ¡;;. -t\:T c: tD ::::s ( ) 0. -. ,.... ::::s :T ~ tD ::::s (1) 0 tD < Q.tD (1) .., Q.QI - ,.... - o _ ( ) tD c: < "CŒ. "C o 0 ~-t\ ~ ,... -. 3 tÐ -1\ ~ QI 3 tÐ I Z o < tÐ 3 C'" tÐ ~ ......... C tÐ n tÐ 3 C'" tÐ ~ '-"" 16'1 A.I 1-4 I C) o QI - tn tÐ ,... ,... -. ::J r- o ::J ~ ::a OJ ::J \Q tD -a - OJ ::J ::J -. ::J ~ 16,' 1 A~l U\ QIQI-c~4' ::::J ::::J """10 ~ t'D C. ~ -. ~ ~<c. 3 < -. If\ t'D t'D C. UI """I 01 """I -. ::::J < - · ""'" ::::J ""'" t'D ::::J ::r \C ""'" .c 01 t'D ~ s:: 01 :i" ::::J t'D 01 &. t'D"""I= -. If\ < ""'" ""'" .. ., -...- ~... c. n ~ t'D ~ t'D ::::J -co~o::r o -1\ 01 ~ -1\ 01 - · ""'" - ::::J ""'" ::r ::::J - · n õ· t'D c. ;' t'D ::::J n n 01 0 01 C"'-c ~3-c-<a 01 3 ;:;: -c -c "",",..QI..,t'D o"'-o~ -c :!. -. 3 -< ""'"""'"3-c ñ). -< -c 0:: 0 """In ~. a -< :e ""'"< ::::J o ::r t'D 01 t'D 3 - · ::::J.., ::::J3c. 3-at'D < S::t'D~t'DQI ::::J=~~";:" -In _.... ~ 01 ~ Q. t'D · ::::J < t'D ::r::::JQI ~ - · ""'" ::::J QIn_C. -< ::r-< ..... ~ ð .r;::.. :Þ -c -c -C o < tD C. 3: -. ~ ~ -. o ::I en ,... QI ,... tD 3 tD ::::I ,... ...... ~ tv o Õ ~ 0'\ . . . """0 C t'D ;:+< ::rt'D t'D- ., 0 ....."C ;~ QI 0 C"., _. ;:I:" -. =:1 ~~ ......, o t'D QI- n~ ::r -. -·0 t'D ::s < ~ t'D::r o oS' C"~ ..... . ~ ~ ..... -. -. ..... < ::r t'D ~ . Þ-tQlnt'DÞ-t °:E3o. 0><0. ~ 0 ~ t'D ~ 3 ¡¡;. ~ t'Dn ;!. r ^::s 3~. ..... ,... .... ..... < --. "::;;t'DI:-""" ~'n 0< QI ::s~~ < Õ < ., _. _. m ~ t'D QI "C ~ ~'2. ..... t'D "C ::s t'D. ., QI o -< @ 0. :!. 0 ~ ~ o ~ ~ t'D 8. 3' q QI ~ -. ., >< . t'D C ::s -...... < t'D ::s n 0. 3::rt'Dn ~..... I: _. C .... -. --4 -. 0 ., \11 ~::r::st;' ::st'D>< I: t'D QI ..... 0 ~ ~ -a n "C ::r """ I: t'D t'D 0., t'D -a Z O - ~ 0 .... \11 -. ..... ~ """ \11 :::@ ~@ § ~@ -'::S """ 3 0. QI "C ::s t'D _. ::s _. QI o:J n ~ ::s ..... ~QI ~ ~o:J~ -. < <..... ., ~ ~." t'D 0 t'D ~ ;:1:".,0 3., -ê8'~ t'D t'D C QI t'D _. <~::s::s~ @3@ n ~ g. ~ ~ 0. ~. 3 o n ~. ., t'D ..... ::s ~ = t'D 0 ... 0 Dr ..... -. ~::s 3 t'D -. 0 t'D QI >< ::s ., ::s 8' QI t'D -. 3 n 0. -. n ~ QI o t'D ::s C _. g ~ ~ æ. !Ø-g ~ ..... I: C ::s ..... ~ _. - -., ... ::r -. ::s -..... ..... t'D ..... -. tD -. ~::sQl QI ~OQl Dr ~ ::s t'D::S::s ~ -. n 0. "C QI 0. 30 .,~t'D "C"C3 ~ ~QI::S t'D a 3 ::r .,.. ::r u; < 0 QI QI";QI o t'D::s ::s 30~ ::s 3 ~ ~ ~"C t'D ~ ~ ~ 0 0'. ..... ..... "< ..... < t'D ::r ..... ~ 0 ::r ~ ~ t'D o """ t'D . :: -a .....0 3: """ ., QI t'D 0 _. ~. 3 ~ o."CQI t'D ., -. o ::s ~ < t'D t'D ~ n 0 q I: "C t'D :!. t'D t'D ..... ., ..... < QI - ..... -. ~ _.~ t'D ::s ::r ~ ~ 0'. -. n ::s n 0 ~ t'D ~ ~ ..... QI ..... ~ ..... o QI 0. ..... ::s t'D ::r 0. """ t'D QI 5' n t'D t'D o ~ 0. 3 ::r~ 3 ~ Dr C -'::s ::s n C. -. < Q ..... QI ., < - C. ..... I: '" o t'D . (1) 3: ::s 0 ::r ::s Q -. ::s 8' n ., t'D '" Q """ (1) ..... < Q ::s c. .c I: Q - -. ..... < o """ . . --a t'D ., < 0 t'D < ü;"c.: -.t'D ::s .....n ::rO t'D 3 3 3 o I: ~ ::s ..... - . ..... n< o C" ~t'D t'D QI """I: """ ..... t'D::;; n -. .....n -'QI < ..... t'D -. 3 g Q QI ::s ::s ::So. ~ ~ QI ..... t'D ., Q < Q -. - QI C" - (1) Q - ..... t'D ., ::s QI ..... -. < t'D ~ 1611 A 1 . 3 QI ::s QI ~ t'D 3 t'D ::s ..... ~ t'D ., < -. n t'D ~ QI ..... 0. t'D """ -. ::s t'D 0. o cr '-1.1. tD n ,.,. -. < tD ~ 161t'Al Fees Chare:ed by the Clerk to the Board (7/1/04) Fees Listed helD\\' arc the fees for the Minutes and Records Dcparll11e n t Hard Paper Copy of any document $ 1.00 a page (letter or legal) Hard Paper Copy of Zoning Maps $ 5.00 a page (1IxI7) $ 1.00 a page MicrofIlm Copy Certification $ 1.50 per document Audio Tape (90 minute tapes) $ 5.00 each Video Tape (6 bour tapes) $10.00 each FUing Fee for Value Adjustment Board Petitions $15.00 a petition If research needs to be done, please contact the Clerk's Office directly and request, in writing, the subject matter. The cost of that would be reflected according to the rate of pay and time used in researching the topic. ,IOIIr A2 MEMORANDUM TO: Kathleen Martinson, Administrative Aide to BCC ~, FROM: Sam Tucker, Executive Aide to BCC~J I." DATE: October 18,2004 RE: Community Character/Smart Growth Advisory Committee Agenda and Minutes I am submitting the following Agenda and Minutes of the Community Character/Smart Growth Advisory Committee to be filed by your office. 1. Agenda and Minutes of August 25, 2004. 2. Agenda and Minutes of September 15, 2004 - unofficial, no quorum. 3. Agenda and Minutes of September 29,2004 - unofficial, no quorum. Thank You, Sam Tucker Executive Aide to BCC 1-1l2.1tuLad_._ ILQ[tJ II\-L ~ ,r 1 16-, 1 " A 2 COMMUNITY CHARACTER/SMART GROWTH ADVISORY COMMITTEE AGENDA MEETING DATE: August 25, 2004 MEETING TIME: 2:00 p.m. LOCATION: Collier County Government Complex County Manager's Conference Room 3301 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34112 I. Roll Call II. Approval of Minutes: a. May 12, 2004 b. August 11, 2004 III. Presentation of Handouts - Jason Sweat a. CPSP-2003-5 Exhibit A - Smart Growth Amendments - GMP b. Exhibit A Smart Growth GOPs FLUE c. Planners' Brains vs. Public's Brawn III. Committee Action Plan a. Subcommittee proposal - Mark Morton b. UDC Amendments to GMP Mixed Use Districts - Brent Moore c. UDC Amendments for Commercial Architecture - Russ Weyer d. Other UDC Amendments for Committee Review - Jason e. Congestion Management Coordination - Jason V. Other Business a. Thank you letter to Jim Lucas b. Reminder, next meeting Wednesday, September 15th at 2:00 pm in County Manager's Conference Room VI. Adjournment 4!>..~ ._~ "..a,._~'~,u"..~··_' . , Community Character/Smart Growth Advisory Committee Minutes of August 25, 2004 I. Meeting called to order at 2:08 p.m. by Chairman, Mark Morton. Members present: Russ Weyer, Joe Boggs, Kathy Garren, Celia Fellows, Brad Cornell, Bob Murray, Mark Morton, Brent Moore, Dwight Richardson. Members absent: Pat Pochopin Staff: Sam Tucker, Jay Sweat. Guests: Mimi Wolok, Esq. II. Approval of Minutes: a. May 12,2004: motion by Joe Boggs, seconded by Brent Moore, approved unanimously. b. August 11,2004: motion by Bob Murray, seconded by Russ Weyer, approved unanimously. **Please note, for the record, Mark Morton clarified that the land owned by Barron Collier Co. is being developed by Lutgert** III. Welcome new member Kathy Garren. N. Presentation of Handouts by Jay Sweat: CPSP-2003-5 Exhibit A, Exhibit A Smart Growth GOP 's, Planners' Brains VS. Public's Brawn, also mentioned two emails: one including amendment schedule and the other including a PPt presentation. V. Committee Action Plan: a sub-committee was discussed and postponed at this time, Russ and Jay to comb through the commercial architectural amendments for those that relate to Smart Growth for future discussion, Brent will review other UDC amendments relating to Smart Growth for future discussion. VI. Committee Overview: referring to the FLUE/zoning, Mark suggested the committee focus on incentives for redevelopments to apply mixed-use within their projects; Bob suggested density bonuses would/could be applied to mixed-use projects. VII. Reminder that next meeting is scheduled for Wednesday, September 15,2004 at 2:00 pm; next future meeting scheduled for Wednesday, September 29,2004 at 2:00 pm. VIII. Mark requested that Brent provide sections of the Ave Maria Stewardship to the committee at the next meeting for review and discussion. IX. Russ handed out the comprehensive rewrite of the entire Division/Section ofLDC, section 2 pages 264-313 (received from Joe Schmidt). Most of this rewrite refers to Architectural and Site Design Standards. X. Meeting adjourned at 4: 15 pm. 1611 A2 COMMUNITY CHARACTER/SMART GROWTH ADVISORY COMMITTEE AGENDA MEETING DATE: September 15, 2004 MEETING TIME: 2:00 p.m. LOCATION: Collier County Government Complex Board of County Commissioner's Conference Room 3301 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34112 I. Roll Call II. Approval of Minutes a. August 25, 2004 III. Don Schneider, Traffic Calming Management IV. Review of applicant: a. Michael Boyd - Citizen V. Growth Consensus handout, Jay Sweat VI. Discussion: a. Commercial Architectural Amendments, Russ b. UDC Amendments, Brent c. Ave Maria Stewardship, Brent VII. Other Business: a. Reminder, next meeting on Wednesday, September 29, 2004 at 2:00 pm in the County Manager's Conference Room. VIII. Adjournment A2 Community Character/Smart Growth Advisory Committee Minutes of September 15, 2004 I. Meeting unofficial, no quorum was met. Members present: Mark Morton, Russ Weyer, Brent Moore, Bob Murray, Brad Cornell, Dwight Richardson. Members absent: Pat Pochopin, Kathy Garren, Celia Fellows, Joe Boggs. Staff: Sam Tucker, Jay Sweat, Don Schneider - Project Manager, Transportation Guests: Mimi Wolok, Esq., Kelly Robinson - Department of Health II. Don Schneider, Transportation Dept. - Neighborhood Traffic Management Program (NTMP) Advised the group on the goals and objectives of the NTMP and the programs and means to implement it. Teaching the children in school, who then, in turn, take the information home to their parents and other family members Residential parking on the street Neighborhood street parties Pace Car program Three E's: 1. Education: Pace Car program 11. Enforcement: Sheriffs Department, radar, speed trailers 111. Engineering: designs that bring human elements closer to the street in residential neighborhoods (homes, parking), devices such as entrance features or art - things that intrigue drivers and slow them down. III. Kelly Robinson of the Health Department spoke of the parallels between health issues and smart growth concepts, citing walkable communities as the major common link. She mentioned working closely with the group to jointly promote and combine concepts. IV. Then next meeting will feature Rich Yovanovich and his client, Tom High of the Landon Development Corp. The topic is the Pine Air Lakes PUD (Hollywood 20 Center). Norm Feder and Don Scott will also be invited to attend to discuss the interconnectivity and other traffic concerns surrounding the project. V. A meeting/workshop has been scheduled for Wednesday, October 6th at 1 :00, with an anticipated ending time of 5 :00. Area professionals will be invited to attend and partake; the topic will be LDC Mixed-Use Amendments. VI. Meeting dispersed at 4:07 pm 161 r A 2 COMMUNITY CHARACTER/SMART GROWTH ADVISORY COMMITTEE AGENDA MEETING DATE: September 29, 2004 MEETING TIME: 2:00 pm LOCATION: Collier County Government Complex County Manager's Conference Room 3301 E. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34112 I. Roll Call. II. Approval of Minutes: a. August 25, 2004 III. Pine Air Lakes PUD (Hollywood 20 Commercial Center) Rich Yovanovich of Goodlette, Coleman, and Johnson PA Tom High of Landon Development Corp. (Guests Norm Feder and Don Scott of Collier County Transportation Dept.) IV. Other Business: a. Reminder that the next meeting is October 6, 2004 at 1 :00 p.m.; workshop to discuss LDC Mixed-Use Amendments, area professionals are invited V. Adjournment "...~---,-.~".,. ""'_·_.._._,._.__"x·.,·,.""q,.....'''''--".,.''''..·.,.....,,,'''''.._,,....'+"~__~_"""".""""''''___''''.,._'.___..___'~......_.~.,.'"''.. lóll~A2 Community Character/Smart Growth Advisory Committee Minutes of September 29, 2004 I. Meeting was unofficially called to order at 2:04 p.m.; quorum number was not met. Members present: Bob Murray, Joe Boggs, Dwight Richardson, Celia Fellows, Brent Moore, Brad Cornell. Members absent: Mark Morton, Russ Weyer, Pat Pochopin, Kathy Garren. Staff: Sam Tucker, Jay Sweat, Norm Feder - Transportation Administrator, Don Scott- Transportation Operations Director, Nick Casalanguida - Transportation Project Manager. Guests: Rich Yovanovich, Esq. - Goodlette Coleman & Johnson, PA, Tom High - Sr. VP of SE Development of The Landon Companies, Herald Fried, II. Pine Air Lakes PUD discussion: informed us of the Sembler Co.'s plans for "Naples Promenade" - 165,000 square feet of retail to include: Wild Oats, JoAnne Fabrics, Lowman's, Petco, and several fast-food restaurants (DQ, Chick-Fil-A, etc.) TIB is planning a small-scale office building in :tront of Lowe's. Currently, a Staples is planned for in-between Costco and Best Buy, and a Naples Motorsports on the east side of Best Buy. Two 10,000 square foot restaurants are planned for the perimeter of that shopping center (opposite car wash). There will also be a service road, which will parallel Naples Blvd. between the restaurants and parking lot of the shopping center. A new road is planned to head west off of Airport into the southern end of the Hollywood 20's parking lot. Other transportation issues and options were discussed to improve the traffic flow in the area. III. Handouts :trom Jay Sweat: a. The Vermont Smart Growth Scorecard, Vermont Forum on Sprawl b. Smart Growth Scorecard - Municipal Review, New Jersey Future c. Smart Growth Criteria Matrix, City of Austin IV. Reminder of next week's workshop; please invite any guests you see fit. V. Meeting dispersed at 3:35 p.m. I qut¡ f..-. ea1:4~on 16'1 ~t:J 8.1. :r . C. F. C. Fîa\a Halas Henning Coyle Coletta COLLIER COUNTY TAX COLLECTOR COURTHOUSE - BLDG. C-1 NAPLES, FLORIDA 34112-4997 (239) 774-8171 www.colllertax.com :)<. October 26, 2004 Honorable Donna Fiala, Chairman Board of County Commissioners Collier County Courthouse ~ Admin. Bldg./3 Naples, FL 34112 Subject: 2003-2004 Budget Amendment Dear Commissioner Fiala: Enclosed is a copy of an amendment to our fiscal year 2003-2004 budget that was submitted to the Department of Revenue. s~~erCIY' PtU- Guy L rlton Colli r ounty Tax Collector Enclosure .';:..;i:. D¡¡te: L\lL~L{_ JbQj 1:>1 L :;U:ÞOO <1>3 3 £:¡ t6' o CD -, Q!, § ::J ~ :J.......r-+_ ,~' 0 m m ~ - x x m~()() X -, <1> <1> (J) (J) (J) £:þ(J)(J) (J)3õlõl (J) <1> <1> <1> m õl ::J Œ <1> X <1>c.. (J)() <1>3mmŒ (J)<1>ê:~(J) ~ 3 3' õl Q) Q) <1> r+r+<1> <1> <1> (J) C (J) <1> o ::J -< {ß {ß {ß ~ ~O') O{ßON ~~W<D W.....N ~ O)W N ë.n NN<D<D N~OJW Þ '0 '0 .., o < Q!.. ìJ c: .., (J) c: Q) ::J r+ r+ o (j) <1> 51 õ' ::J <D (]I o OJ ~ ~ õl C/) --- C ::J (' ) 3 ~;a;a;a~ (' ) (' ) (' ) (' ) ::!: ::!:~:::!:.., o m ìJ :Þ :;u -j 5: m z -j o õl :;u m < m z c m cC/)m ;a3:3 oC/) "'Cëñõ (' ) m (' ) '\ '«, C/) ~ ::J (' ) UI ~ s:u - õ' ~\ ::J " , I- ~ N N N N N N N ..... N N N 01 01 01 N (J'I N ..... ..... ..... ..... 01,þ. c,...) ,þ. c,...) N N N ..... (J'I,þ.c"")N C(") ::J ;a;a;a < »3:3:< (' ) 0 (") (' ) (' ) (' ) s:u ::J 0 0 s:u (") UI "" c.c.c. (") (' ) "" "" (") "" - (' ) c c c s:u 3 (' ) (' ) s:u (' ) ~ s:u (") (") (") ::J 00;3. s:u UI - -- - UI s:u (' ) õ' õ' õ' < "'C (' ) UI ::J ::J ::J 0 (' ) C/) 0 C5' ::J UI ;:¡ ::J -- -.-. -. ~ !!!. º" UI ::J' ::J ::J ::J a: 3 0 ::!: UI (' ) "" "" "" 0 (' ) "" 0 s:u - s:u s:u s:u s:u ::J ~ ~::J ::J' - - - - UI (' ) UI 3 (' ) :r(' ) (' ) (' ) s:u ::'c. UI ::J (") C. UI C -. c ::!1 0 0 :::::!. :::::!. C5' :::::!. ~ ::J ::J C. UI (' ) UI ::!: 3 s:u - (' ) c. (' ) s:u "" "" o (' ). (") - (' ) c. o :Þ -j m .. ,.. T '1' ,- -"-_m~'"'u,, 1611 (") » -j m G) o ;:tI -< - c Z m :::¡ m s: C m (/) (") ~ "tJ :::! o Z c (")Z om c- m~ s: c... c: (/) :::! :!! (") » :::! o Z ~~ -I(/);:tI +»m:::¡m oS: -D ;:tIO 0c: c: zm .Z (/)(/) -I -j ;:tI"tJ _ »0 c -1(/)>0 +»m::¡"tJ;:tI oS: õ;gc: ;:tIg ZO~ .z (/)<0 -I »::J r_ '< --- CJ c C. ta (' ) - '< (' ) s:u "" (' ) ::J C. ::J ta C/) (' ) 1J - (' ) 3 C" (' ) "" c,...) o N o o ,þ. 0(") ~o õ' c _. ::J s:u - :-:-":<: G)(") c 0 '<ï ïï om s:u ;a "" ;:::¡: o ::J ~Bl cCJ;aCJ a > ~ c: ~ Ie C o (' )G) ("),þ.~m -, z-l-l g. c»» (' ) 33:>< "" C"m NCJ(' )Z(") ~01_"" cO N-I 3:ï o mï o zm ,þ. -1(") ~-I ;a0 »:::0 z C/) ." m ;a . .·_·.-·.,~.,~-__..._""._o_"t~__."..# c " "s. , 0 NO. ~ëi :;U:ÞOO <1> 3 £:¡ t6' 3 0 CD -' Q!, § ::J ~ ::J.-+......._ :õS' 0 m m -xx m~()() x 1iï Œ Œ £ :Þ (J) (J) (J)3õlõl (J) <1> <1> <1> m õl::JŒŒÞi <1> c.. <1> <1>3mm(J) (J) <1>~, ~ (J) ~ 3 3' õl Q) Q) <1> r+r+<1> <1> <1> (J) C (J) <1> o ::J -< {ß {ß {ß {ß 0000 Þ '0 '0 .., o < Q!.. ìJ c: .., (J) c: Q) ::J r+ Õ C/) <1> ~ o ::J <D (]I o OJ ~ ~ ï1 (j) --- o m ìJ :Þ :;u -j 5: m z -j o ï1 :;u m < m z c m o ~ m ,þ.,þ.,þ.,þ. w ,þ.,þ. NN ..... U101,þ.,þ.0101,þ.,þ.,þ.WW01W W.....,þ.WN.....N.....O,þ.N,þ...... zC/):¡: ::JC/)C/)C/)o o ~ a ~ ~ ~ ~ ::J (' ) (' ) "" s:u s:u UI ::J (' ) C. ::J ~ C (' ) UI ~ s:u :::::!. (' ) o o o UI - UI ~ (' ) "" (' ) C ::J C. (' ) "" (' ) UI ::!: 3 s:u - (' ) c. ;ac: OO(' )::!: ~~;3.;:;: õ' õ' s:u (6' (' ) (' ) Ui UI C/)m tO ï (' ) s:u 3 ~ (' ) UI ::J - C5' (") "" (' ) (' ) ~ ..... s:u o ;:;: -1(")-10» "'C~o~....(") 0::J3<~g ~Ul3~""c s:u C tO(")::J _ ::J O::!: '" -. "'C ::J ag(' )~ -. - "" s:u o -. C 0 to ::J 0 _ ..... ::J (' ) C ...... 3 s:u ã, C/)a: (' ) ::J < õ' (' ) UI - s:u x (' ) UI s:u ::J C. UI C "" o ::J' s:u "" 3 e!. (' ) UI ::J N ..... èo c.ø ...... o "'C"'C "" m o ;a (þ'» UI -I UI _ -. z g G) e!.m C/)X (' ) "'C < m -. z o C/) (' ) m UI C/) o s:u UI (' ) s:u ::J C. ::J o "" (' ) s:u UI (' ) C. (þ' (' ) UI 1611 (") » -j m G) o ;:tI -< - c Z m :::¡ m s: c m (/) (") ~ "tJ :::! o Z c (")Z om c- m~ s: c... c: (/) :::! :!! (") » -I Õ Z ~~ -1(/).... +»m-..... " -1m 0::' -D ;:tI0 0c: c: zm .z (/)(/) -j -I ;:tI"tJ _ »0 c -1(/)>0 +»m:::¡"tJ;:tI s: -"tJ 00 O;:tlC: ;:tic: ZO~ .z (/)<0 -j »::J r_ $ -.-..--'.-. CJOO ã,:Bg to º. ::J CD s:u - - :-:- ":<: '< (' )G)(") S:UcO "",< CD ï ::Jïï c.' - _. (") m ::J s:u ;a to ., C/);:::¡: (' ) 0 1J ::J - CD 3 C" (' ) "" W o N o o ,þ. B1 cCJ;aCJ a >~ c: ~I m ~ o,þ._m g: ~~~ (' ) 33:>< "" C"m ~ CJ (' ) z 0(") -""c ~-I 3:ï o mï o zm ,þ. -1(") --I -10 ~:::o z C/) ." m ;a c " ,,¡. , 0 t,!'" ",-t ..n ;:u»(")o <1> 3 c: ::::!, 30~tQ Q) c: CD S' ::r 3. ;;t Q!. ,~' 0 m m ~ - x x m5'()() x -, <1> CD () (J) en (J) <1> » en (J) (J)3'T1'T1 (J) <1> CD <1> m 'T1::}~~x() <1> Q.. <1> 3 m m ~ cnCDê:~cn ~ 3 3' 'T1 ~~¡g CD CD (J) C (J) <1> o :J -< ffl ffl ffl ffl 0000 ,._~.~--.._-'_. ); '0 '0 .... o < !!!.. "U c: en c: Q) ~ 6" (J) <1> ~ õ' ::J o m "U » ;:u -I 5: m z -I o 'T1 ;:u m < m z c m <D CJ1 o OJ ~ ~ 'T1 en ~ o ~ m C/) c: DJ -I o -I » ï -I ::t ëñ "'C » G) m O"'C"'C Q ; :T a ::!. m 0 < ::r tC (' ) 3 ::I C ::::_. CD ( ) S:U., ::!: "'C ::r ..._(")0::1 0_ »c=tC CD~ c.~O tO en CD <CD::I "CIII CD ::I I» ~ I» ;:¡ _ ::I 0 ëi¡ (") c. ( ) ::I ~ ::I tC "" tC tC ( ) III :;0 o ( ) ::::"C _. I» o ::::;. ( ) Qo ~s: ~ s:u "C ::I 3 CD CD ::I ::I I» - ::I (") CD o :;O"'C ~mCDm @ ~ s- ~ ::I III::! g to Z ïG) to (' ) m C/) s:u x C III"C ... CD m !1 III Z '< en m en ,þ. .þ. .þ. ,þ. 0)0')0) ,þ. U1(J1(J1,þ..þ.01.þ. WN..a..O')(J1,þ..þ. "'s:;a C:Z CD ° CD s:u 0 ~ ..."C C" CD CD CD e!. = .a ... ...... ;::;: C ä;~~ '<"C "C e!. ° ~ 3 ~ ii1 ° C. CD III == 0.. ::!'!;a. ~ ~ ~ g. CD ... CD CD ;::;: 3: ( ) ::J.a '< CD ::ICDC: 00.. ( ) CD "C CD c. 3 ° c. CD < ( ) c. CD CD 0.. ::I ä; -:T; c. ~ § ° C ::I ~ ~ ~ == CD::I CD CD ... C. ., ... CD ( ) (") CD ( )... 0 ( ) III ~ c: !i=1» ;3. 3' ~ ~ ~ a CD;a. 2- :g, 0.. '< (") '< .þ.,þ. ,þ. (Ø(Ø 0') (J1 01 ,þ. ,þ. ,þ. (J1 (Ø.....(Ø00.......þ. C/)CJ C/) ~ ã: ~ "2..õ' "2.. ~ ., C III C. III ~ ::I .a C CD ::J - - ..... ...... Cø (J1 ...... - - -..... .....,þ. (J1Cø 001 00) -- III - 3:3: ° 0 ... "" ( ) CD s:u "C C. :::::!. < ::J CD _ a :j" III tC CD ...... 3 ° CD C" ::J III - - III ::r I» "2.. ::I s:u == (") s:u :g, III - CD ::J' III I» ::!: ::I 3 I» I» ::I - ::!: ( ) ~. C. "C I» - CD C. ° == CD ... - ::r I» ::I I» ::I = ~. "C s:u - CD C. N,þ. WCø woo ......0) _ ..a.. ..... N - 0)0010') .....001.þ. (Ø,þ.(Ø..a.. -- - .....- NCXI 1::0.0 00 ..... 0 -- 1 6 , l,'B. 1 - (") ° ::I ... - !: (")Z om c :::¡ m m :s: ::u » »~ + s: 00 ;:tic: '7'Z ---...¡ ::u » »~ + s: 00 ;:tic: '7'Z ---...¡ (") » ...¡ m G) o ::u -< C Z m :::¡ m s: c m (/) (") ::2 "tJ ...¡ Õ Z c... c: (/) ::j :!! ("") » ...¡ Õ Z "tJ o ~ ::u ...¡ m -0 0c: Z m cncn ...¡ ê » 0 "'tI ::u "tJ c: ::u III o CD < 0 ~ ::J :$ [DO(") c: :::: 0 0.. -. C tC ~. ::J CD s:u- - -'< '< .. .. CDG)(") ~ C 0 CD '< ï ::Iïï c.' - _. (") m ::I s:u ;a tC ... en;:::¡: CD 0 "C ::J - CD 3 C" CD ... W o N o o ,þ. CDJ;aDJ a »,.g c: !I! Ice O (' )G) III m g.,þ.--I-t 8-1 ~»» CD 33:>< ... um NDJ( )ZO 9'::¡"cO N S:ï o mï o zm ,þ. -iO --I -10 ~;;tJ Z C/) ", m ;a c " "s. , 0 ~'" ..-I ...'" 1 61 1 ':8 1 en 0 (") m 00 c 0 m m "C » c:: ~o I:D c C. en I:D 0 m -I c. õ' c -4 CD c c 0 0 ;;a m ca _. ::I 0 en (") " þo G') CD CI - C" 0 0 - -'< -4 - CI en " en ::! .. .. - :;a '< þo s: Õ· (") en - Z -< CD G)O r- CD ::I :1. "tI G) ¡::: CI C 0 -4 3 c z "'" '< =: C" CD r- J: C" 0 m m ::J rc ëñ CD ::I (") X ::¡ c. (")m "'" en s:u"O "C "C en - - m m ::I s:u ;;a þo ::r Õ· êiï z š: ca "'" G) ::J en en 0 en ;:;: en en m m CD 0 m en en "0 ::J (") - :;a CD (") =ti 3 0 -I C" ::J Õ CD ..;. Z "'" w r 0 (") Z N 0 m 0 U1 tJ1 tJ1 0 ::¡ 0 .þ. .þ. .þ. m m .þ. 01 tJ1 tJ1 01 tJ1 tJ1 š: .þ. w ..... .þ. N ..... ); en c en " o m ;;a I:D '0 0 C C C ~>CDC :;u:t>oo "0 m "" C. "'" ::J 3 3 ~ <6' a -u CI C. CD .co < :t> - c:: en .. I ~ G) [U g ëiJ 5' ~ :;u CD en CD o cnm -, ::J :J ß) -I C. ::J........-_ -u s: s:u ~.þ.--4-4 ~'o m m c: m " "'" 01 zþo» ""Xx ëiJ Õ 3 mS'(')(') z "'" g cš:>< c: CI xü,~~ Q) -I CD :1. "'" 3 m < c. "'" ¡j¡:t>(J)(J) ;l 0 " Nl:DgZ(') en3"" " CD - CI CD en (1) (1) <1> m Õ :;u ::I Õ· en c. ,!J1:::¡""oO - ":J~(1)X (J) m CD ::I - .... c... N S:ï <1> c. (J (') (1) < C. en CI 0 C o mï (1)3mm~ ~ m - "'" CI c en o zm cn([)ê:~cn õ' z - =E - m -I .þ. -4(') ;l 3 3' " :J C - CD CD CI =ñ Q) Q) (1) m CD "'" en --4 .-+.-+(1) ::I CD Õ (1) (1) en <0 =E ëD -40 Ul c. "'" » c 0 CI CD CD 0 -I ~:;o en 0:> ::J ::I "'" Õ (1) -.. (") CD CD "'" Z 0 N CD z CD =E ::J CD en :J 0 -< " s:u CD " " - c. - m (J) 0 en 3! ;;a 0 c 3 "" (") (") CD CD ::r en CI ::I (") en 0 ::r CD - 0 c. en 0 CD ~~~~ iii ::I 0000 - :;a -u » 0 » -I en :;a + m ::¡ š: m 0 0 Õ D :t> 0 -I :;a c: z c: m - z en m , UI -I -I :;a "tJ ê » 0 » -I en » 0 + m ::¡ " :;a 0 š: Õ " c :;a 0 :;a III c: Z 0 CD - z en < , 0 -I » r :J '" :$ .. .. .... <"'"_"._~-''''~'-'. 1611 81 ~~~~ 0000 ~~) m -I -I -I -I 0 (") to 00 >< 0 0 0 0 0 0 m » » c: =to (") -I > > -I C "'0 -i a. -. c: ~ ~'I m » » 3; 3; "'0 ::¡ m (Q º. :J ""'"." en "" "" "" "" (') (') G') (þ I\) ... (þ (þ : » 0 ... :-:-':<: en m 0 "'0 0 ~ "TI "" AI '< "TI >< "'C m » c: c: 0 -< <1> G)O m "'0 m ;;tI "'0 c: .., ~. c: C ~ c: 0 m m ~ en ::¡ "º. :J Z (þ'<r 0 z 0 ;:;: -I " » » 3 c: <1> "" m :J "" r " C C -I Z "" .., :J » :::¡ a.' - ~~ ii ::¡ » <1> (þ -. 0 m c... z 0 :J .-+ -< m :J I\) ;;tI c: c: Q "" c: .-+ 3: (Q .., ,- en ;;tI m en -I c en;:;: -I m >< m "" m <1> 0 s:: » ~ » en 'U :J m "'C (") ... z C m -< 2:! <1> N (... z 0 "tI 3 ~", -I c: en m :::! tT en m en 0 <1> -I z .., w ~~' !i !: ~o (") z ~ 0 m 0 0 en en en c :::¡ .þ. 'ÒÌ .þ. .þ. .þ. m m CJ1 CJ1 CJ1 3: w ~ ..... ); Z "'tI Z C to;;tl to 0 <1> .., <1> ~ :Þ~ '0 m UHHi ::e õ' ::e c: '0 <1> C a "U (þ ö I m < ::Þ 3 .., 3 Q ~ ~ !!!. (þ I\) m a. () .þ.'" -I-t -u s: c: cr z c m 3 3 »» (j (') tT c: Z I\) 0: I\) s::x c -i (þ 3 w (') 0 (') .., tT mo ;::¡. 0 ::r :J ::r Nto(þ Õ " :J :J pt ::¡ .., ~o (J) :;u <1> <1> s::r m (/I (/I c... ~ m < -g c 0 mr ~ m tT UI 0 zm 5' z c: .þ. ::::J C ~ ö: :::! -10 ." --t ..... m Õ <.0 <1> 0 -10 ~ .-+ c: » 0 <1> .-+ -t ~ÃJ ex:> a. 0 Õ --.. r:3 -. - z Z :J en en :n en .þ. "TI .þ. (]I m (J) il CJ1 w ;;tI ~ ..... AI "tI » 0 » -i UI AI + m :::¡ 3: m 0 ~ 0 Õ D ~ ¡.: (;3 N AI 0 Z c: .þ. ':Þ: CJ1 CJ1 c m ..... ..... ....... .þ. ~w ~ z en m f¡;¡ . en W W "0 N "0 ....... ~ -t I -i ~ ~ c.o w Õ ~ ..... CJ1 .þ. ~ .9 ~ ..... ~ ~ ~ AI "tI Ô » 0 » -i en » 0 + m :::¡ "tI AI 0 3: Õ "tI c: 0 AI AI C Z 0 III ( ) . z en ~ 0 ~ -i I r ::¡ '" :$ ~ ;:O::ÞOO ~ 3 ~ <6' wgro::ï -, ::::J ::::J W :::3.............._ ,~' 0 m m I""""'" ....... X x m5'()() x -, m m ~ m m m è6 m (J) m::Þ"" mgmmm ~ 5. g¡g~ ~ m3mmŒ rn(l)ê-.~fJ) ;::¡. 3 3' " w w m -_m m m m C m m o ::::J -< --+-,., .,,_~,.,..._~, ;,;.7.;.........~",,::, ;'~ :c"'", ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTING iQ J 1 TO ACCOMPANY ALL ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATURE ""f ,-,-:I (Print on pink paper. Attach to original document. Original documents should be hand delivered to the Board Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are to be forwarded to the Board Office only.!!!k!: the Board has taken action on the item.) . ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or infonnation needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routin~ order) 1. ,- 2. 3. 4. 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (1be primary contact is the holder of the original document pending BCC approval. Nonnally the primary contact is the person who created/prepared the executive summary. Primary contact infonnation is needed in the event one of the addressees above, including Sue Filson, need to contact staff for additional or missing infonnation, All original documents needing the BCC Chainnan's signature are to be delivered to the BCC office only after the BCC has acted to approve the item,) Name of Primary Staff Kay Nell, CLA, County Attorney's Office Phone Number X8400 Contact Agenda Date Item was November 16,2004 Agenda Item Number 1611 Approved by the BCC Type of Document Agreement & Instructional Memoranda to Number of Original 2 " Attached Minutes and Records Documents Attached 1. INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST Initial the Yes column or mark "N/ A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is a ro riate. Original document has been signed/initialed for legal sufficiency. (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This includes signature pages from ordinances, @ resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and ossibl State Officials.) All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's Office and all other arties exce t the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board The Chairman's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the document or the final ne otiated contract date whichever is a licable. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating where the Chairman's si ature and initials are re uired. In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing ~Iip should be provided to Sue Filson in the BCC office within 24 hours ofBCC approval. ((f] Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallahassee within a certain \!>' time frame or the BCC's actions are nullified. Be aware of our deadlines! N/A - .,. 2. 3. 4. 5. I: Fonns/ County Fonns/ BCC Fonns/ Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9,03.04 16Jl ;/ " ...~ ! OFFICE OF THE COUNTY ATTORNEY INTEROFFICE MEMORANDUM TO: FROM: Clerk's Office, Minutes and Records Department Thomas C. Palmer, Assistant County Attorney 'ÎÕ,^",,- ~~ November 18, 2004 DATE: RE: November 16, 2004 BCC Agenda Item 16Jl Attached is the Agreement to Approve and Provide Services for County Traffic Control Jurisdiction over Roads Within the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision. Please forward a copy of this by interoffice mail to the Collier County Sheriff's Office. Thank you. TCP/kn attachment cc: David C. Weigel, County Attorney 16Jl MEMORANDUM Date: November 19,2004 To: Sheriff's Office From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Wills hire Lakes Subdivision Agreement Enclosed please find one (1) copy of the document referenced above (Agenda Item #16Jl), as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please feel free to contact me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure r MEMORANDUM DA TE: November 19, 2004 TO: Kay Nell, Legal Assistant County Attorney's Office FROM: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes and Records RE: Willshire Lakes Sudivision Agreement with the Collier County Sheriff's Department 16Jl Enclosed is one (1) copy of the document, as referenced above (Agenda Item #16Jl) approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, you may contact me at extension 774-8406. Thank you, Enclosures (1) ~ -- ~ r~ '~""- " AGREEMENT APPROVING AND PROVIDING FOR COUNTY TRAFFIC CONTROL JURIDSDICTION OVER ROADS WITHIN THE WILSHIRE LAKES SUBDIVISION 16Jl THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this~ day otNovemb=~ 2004, by and among the following three parties: l. Wilshire Lakes Master Association, Inc; 2. The Collier County Sheriff's Office; 3. And, the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida. WHEREAS, all roads within the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision (an unincorporated area in Collier County) are private roads that are not owned or maintained by Collier County, and WHEREAS, the Wilshire Lakes Master Association which is responsible for maintaining and controlling (The Wilshire Lakes Subdivisions, has tendered to the Sheriff of Collier County, a letter of request, dated r f?, 2004, attached hereto as Exhibit "'A", and is thereby requesting that the Collier County Sheriff's Office patrol the private roads within the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision and exercise jurisdiction over those private roads by enforcement of state and county traffic laws; and WHEREAS, subsection 3l6.006 (3)(a), Florida Statutes, provides that each Florida County may exercise jurisdiction over private road(s) located with within the unincorporated area in its boundaries provided the respective County and other parties owning or controlling such road provides, by written agreement approved by the governing body of the county, for county traffic control jurisdiction over the road(s) covered by the agreement; and WHEREAS, representatives of the Collier County Sheriff's Office have monitored traffic on private roads within the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision and have affirmed that traffic enforcement by the Collier County Sheriff's Office is appropriate and have agreed to provide traffic control enforcement in geographic areas reqneste<J! 6 J 1 (Exhibit "B"); and WHEREAS, Collier county, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, through representatives of its Transportation Department, has reviewed and communicated with an engineer for the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision regarding signage and a required subdivision sign maintenance plan (see Exhibit "c" attached hereto); and WHEREAS, the Board of County Commissioners has reviewed these written requests and has determined that it is in the interest of the public health, safety and welfare to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to Subsection 3l6.006 (3) (b), Florida Statutes. NOW THEREFORE, the three parties hereto agree as follows: 1. The recitals and Exhibits stated and referenced above are restated and are made a part of this Agreement. 2. Collier County, by action of its Board of County Commissioners, hereby determines to exercise traffic control jurisdiction over all private roads located within the geographic area of the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision as described in Exhibit "B" pursuant to this Agreement entered into pursuant to Subsection 316.006(3 )(b), Florida Statutes. 3. Pursuant to Subsection 316.006(3)(b )(2), Florida Statutes, the Collier County Sheriff s Office hereby expressly waives the statutory requirement concerning the effective date of this Agreement relating to the beginning of the next county fiscal year and agrees to the effective date of this Agreement. 2 16Jl 4. The Collier County Sheriffs Office shall, commencing on the date of final action by the Collier county Board of County Commissioners and thereafter, until this agreement is terminated, shall include as part of its duties, patrol and enforcement of all county and state traffic control regulations and laws on and over private roads with the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision, including such additional roads, if any, that may hereafter come into existence within the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision. 5. The parties recognize that all private roads within the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision (as such roads are described herein) are not public roads, are not County-owned, and neither the County nor the Sheriffs Office has any duty or responsibility for construction, maintenance and/or repair of any of the same, including signage, and this Agreement does not impose any such responsibilities upon the County or the Sheriff's Office. Signage maintenance, repair and adequacy on and along the roads within the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision is the responsibility of Wilshire Lakes Master Association; and a maintenance program shall be developed by and shall be adhered to by the Wilshire Lakes Master Association (see Exhibit "c" attached hereto) 6. For purposes of identification and geographic specificity, the Wilshire Lakes Subdivision is composed of the platted areas described in "Exhibit "B" attached hereto. 7. The Wilshire Lakes Subdivision hereby indemnifies and holds the Collier County Sheriffs Office harmless for non-negligent acts, errors or omissions in providing the exercise of traffic control jurisdiction as agreed 3 ---._._._.",,-_.,.,..~-- to hereunder. Collier County, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, shall be included as "additional insured" on all applicable liability 16Jl insurance policies. 8. The Collier County Sheriff's Office hereby reserves the authority under this contract to enter into negotiations with Wilshire Lakes Master Association for the purposes of allocating costs pursuant to subsection 316.006 (3 )(b)( l) as a precondition to provision of enforcement according to further terms hereof. 9. This Agreement may be changed, amended modified only by a means of a written document executed with the same fonnality as this Agreement. However, this Agreement may be terminated unilaterally by the Board of County Commissioners by adoption of a resolution (at a public meeting of the Board of County Commissioners) providing that this Agreement be tenninated, or by Wilshire Lakes Master Association. 4 16Jl IN WITNESS WHERE OF, the Association, Sheriff's Department and the Board of County Cùmmissioners have executed this agreement. Dated this /1- day of FEBRul}¡¿Y, 2004 ./ WITNESSES: WILSHIRE LAKES MASTER ASSOCIATION, INC. ~ t 6CL ù-JL Signat' e of Witness #l c -\Toy E, VvV41- P:L_N:e :f21lliess #~- . Signature of Witness #2 ,/J d/! ¡ç L Å l{u.)í::2 Y¿ ~ ~) /. By: _ _ . .~H1If!f/ "'--Stanley We in -,...- .......-... ~ .. T-L it! By: '-':.:..~: L-tC ~{ Tom Sindler WITNESSES: COLLIER COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE ~"~ /' ;. Signatu of Witness #l . Hit fè. Ý 1'. t!.O() ~:r 1?1¿; H r Printed Name of Witness #1 sf!::=:;:!::;;~ ]),1,6" r..t. P>k t" Wf:. :#- Printed Name of Witness #2 Dated this day of ,2004 '1"¡"1'1,! Attest;" . t'.),t:"¡ """ DWI~.e:BRØ€~,."CLERK :~.; ..' .", ...... ':l-, '\. O'.~ '. . .,# -:. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ~:LLIE{¡2FL¡~ Chai an . (.. By::,~ :, De ,y f:,'" ~~do Chairman's , ~,'~ignahll'è.\õr\lY·: <,--. ~~:.,'-"".... ..~~,·cj:>: 'tI¡j'(,~ r" .. ,\ <.) " Approved'ås"t'ò~foì-m: and legal sufficiency: \v~ rovL--- ~~.+ County Attorney ".. ltem# \ \lè:rt ~:da J ,~ 1ltr61 " """"'''''''.-- --¡---..' 16JI WILSHIRE LAKES MASTER ASSOCIATION, INC. c/o Mr. Stanley Weiner 9881 Clear Lake Circle Naples, FL 34109 February 18,2004 Sheriff Don Hunter Collier County Sheriff s Office 3301 Tamiami Trail East Naples, FL 34112 RE: Letter of Request Dear Sheriff Hunter: The Wilshire Lakes Master Association, Inc. hereby tenders to the Sheriff of Collier County a letter of request. Said letter prays that the Collier County Sheriff s Office patrol the private roads within Wilshire Lakes Subdivision and exercise jurisdiction over those private roads by enforcement of the State and County traffic laws as well as speed limit laws adopted by the Association. Sincerely, WILSHIRE LAKES MASTER ASSOCIATION, INC. By: {ßt/j~ SW:cji EXHIBIT "A" 16ú... GEOGRAPHIC AREA OF THE WILSHIRE LAKES SUBDIVISION The Wilshire Lakes Su bdivision Section 31 Township 48 Range 25 Wilshire Lakes Official Records Book 2717 Page 2215 Document No: 2684560 "EXHIBIT B" '~~T 16Jl1 N ~'>;.E ,.w'·1~ s flELOÎToNE VIUACoE CARRIACoEHOMfS $TRAffORD VILLA HOMES IINlWATfR "YILLA HOMU WOODBIUDGE VlU.AHOME5 SINCLEFAMILY .MOMES Extraordinarily situated on 245 wooded acres, Wilshire Lakes ref1ects a first-class. master-planned community. A variety of single-family, carriage and villa homes are offered, providing several distinctive lifestyle choices within its nature-rich boundaries, Exceptionally crafted by Naples' most prominent builders, each of these homes is designed to embrace nature views and epitomize a casual VANÞI..llT .IACH ROAD Southwest Florida way of life, Amenities include a gated entry, community clubhouse, heated pool and spa, lighted Har- Tru tennis courts, fitness room, contoured streets. nature trails and bike paths, Site plan shown is an artist rendering. Development area or concept. shown a.re lubject to change without notice. RECEIVED CCSOjLEGAL COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENf 5>//>/0''/ TRANSPORTATION SERVICES DIVISI<}6Jl Traffic Operations Department 2705 Horseshoe Drive South e Naples, Florida 34104 e239-774-8192 . FAX 239-213-5868 September 9,2004 Mr. Rocco Despesano 3983 Stonesthrow Court Naples, FL 34109 Re: Wilshire Lakes Roadway Signing and Marking Inspection Dear Mr. Despesano: This is to certify that your community's roadway signing and pavement marking have met the standards and requirements set forth in the Manual on Unifonn Traffic Control Devices (M.U.T.C.D.). The M.U.T.C.D., prepared by the Federal Highway Administration, has been designated by Florida Statutes to govern the placement and design of traffic signals, signs, and pavement markings on public and private roads within the State of Florida. By copy of this letter, the County Sheriff will be able to conduct the traffic law enforcement practice in your development. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please feel free to contact me by telephone at (239) 774-8260. Sincerely, 2;;: :.tsenior Engineer Traffic Operations Department Cc: Robert W, Tipton, p, E., PTO,E, Traffic Operations Department Director Danny Schryver, Esq,. Legal Counsel, Collier County Sheriff's Office File: Wilshire Lakes-Signing & Marking "EXHIBIT C" c " {~~ I~ c . If ., -- --- ., 1~J3 MEMORANDUM Date: November 16, 2004 To: Joyce Houran, Grants Coordinator Collier County Sheriff's Office From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: The United States Department of Justice/Department of Treasury Federal Equitable Sharing Annual Certification Report Enclosed please find one (1) original document as referenced above, (Agenda Item #16J3), approved by the Board of County Commissioners on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please contact me at: 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure ,- ·····"_·.,-"<·~,,·.."',-~~·~..·____~~.'_,_~.~_.v'_····_.,. "__"_'__~_"_'____'_'__,. . Federal Annual Certification Report This Annual Certification Report must be submitted within 60 days after the close of your fiscal year to both agenCies], U,S, Department o.f Justice/ACA Program U,S, Department of the Treasury 6 10th and Constitution Avenue, NW Executive Office for Asset Forfeiture Criminal Division/AFMLS 740 15th Street, NW, Suite 700 _ Bond ~ulldlng, Tenth Floor Washington, DC 20220 Washington, DC 20530 , E-mail address: treas-aca@teoaf_treas_oov E-mail address: afmls,aca@usdol.oov Fax: (202) 622-9610 Fax: (202) 616-1344 Law Enforcement Agency: Collier County Sheriffs Office o Police Department g Sheriffs OfficelDepartment ' =: Task Foree (alllCb li.1 of member.) Contact Person: Joyce Houran E-mail Address: Mailing Address: (Street) 3301 Tamiami Trail East Telephone Number: Llli.J 793-9346 Prosecutor's Office ~ Other grants@colliersheriff.org (State) Florida ,.~ .,__~~_¡t.... ..- . ~ _.i V'. ~- ,f \,i (City) Naples Fax Number: c.122.J 793-9405 (Zip Code) 34112 Agency Fiscal Year Ends on: (MonthlDayNear) 09/30/04 NCICfORIITracking No.: FLO 11 00 Summary of Equitable Sharing Activity Fiscal Year Ending 2004 Justice Funds 1. Beginning Equitable Sharing Fund Balance $43,095.79 2. Federal Sharing Funds Received .______________ S2,523.23 3. Transfers From Other Law Enforcement Agencies (attach list) S 0.00 4. Other Income n ------ 'u____ -.- _ -____ S 0.00 5. Interest Income Accrued (] check if non-interest-bearing account) S 384.00 6. Total Equitable Sharing Funds (total of lines I - 5) -- Please leave blank, this number will be calculated automatically, S 46,003.02 7. Federal Sharing Funds Spent (total of lines a - n) -- Please leave blank, this number will be calculated automatically, $ ( 0.00 8. Equitable Sharing Fund Balance (subtract line 7 from line 6) -- Please leave blank, this number will be calculated automatically. $ 46,003.02 9. Appraised Value of Other Assets Received $0.00 Summary of Shared Monies Spent a. Total spent on salaries for new, temporary, not to exceed I-year employees b. Total spent on overtime ~~______ -~.------.____.u____ _ c. Total spent on informant and "buy money" d. Total spent on travel and training .________ e. Total spent on communications and computers f. Total spent on firearms and weapons g. Total spent on body armor and protective gear h. Total spent on electronic surveillance equipment i. Total spent on building and improvements _____ j. Total spent on drug education and awareness programs k. Total spent on other law enforcement expenses (attach list) I. Total transfers to other law enforcement agencies (attach list of recipients) m. Total permissible use transfers (up to 15 percent) (attach list of recipients) Amount of line (m) transferred to and used for drug abuse treatment and prevention programs _____ ____ S 0.00 n. Total spent on matching grants (attach list) o. Total annual law enforcement budget for your jurisdiction for current fiscal year p. Total annual budget for non-law enforcement agencies for current fiscal year q. Total annual law enforcement budget for your jurisdiction for prior fiscal year-_ r. Total annual budget for non-law enforcement agencies for prior fiscal year _____ $0.00 SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SI16,566,900.00 S811,151,100.00 S 105,125,990.00 S 782,770,210.00 Treasury Funds $ S SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO S 0.00 $ (0.00 S 0.00 S 0.00 $0.00 SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO SO.OO Item# JGJ~ ~~~;da IJdJ lD-D ~ UDder the penaJty ofpeljwy, the undersigned hereby certi1ÿ that the infonnation in this report is an accurate accounting offunds received an agency under the federal equitable sharing program during this reporting period. ~nt by the law enforwnt Date II, II ^~-^ . Rec'd .L-l..UL-U rint or Type) Don Hunter Date nl~ò4;o::~""'" Name (Print or Type) ~ "~ .,; .:... ~ ...... ,JJ '. Agcn..Q' Held or Authorized Represenuûve ..' -::,;..... ............ .. "".:,-~,,", . ~)""'~~"C:;~~>' <'<-> A TIEST.: Ê.BROCK;~êt.È11l~ture: I - - .. . -~I' -,-:,':. . -. ,; C ainnan. Collier Coun Board of Co un Commissioners . ./.... ." ., . .~. ··~'(1":1,:·,·-.t;.~~,,; . ')~·(~.rrn r-. ':j:~<'I'~ ¡'t;,("~F::,,; ',":~/ This form is su~iect to the Freedom of Information A~fêš~ ,,', .' . ~5>v:.S.C.§ 552. see\AVw:USd'Oi.gÕv/crim(na~~or additional forms. st' thlf,.. s ..::r-~ {d'__d____ --, g,I_~~"'"~~__~~!i___,.___~':f-,_::_~7;- -:~'-:T-- I- I ORiGINAL DOCUTvIENTS CHECKLIST & ROUTINJ~K 1 8 TO ACCOlVIP..£\1'IT ..<\LL ORiGINAL DOCUlVIE:Nl'S SENT TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COlVlMISSIONERS OFFICE FOR SIGNATL"'RE (Print on pink paper, Attach to original document. original documents should be hand delivered to the BOard Office. The completed routing slip and original documents are td be forwarded to the Board Office only after the Board has taken action on the item.) ROUTING SLIP Complete routing lines #1 through #4 as appropriate for additional signatures, dates, and/or information needed. If the document is already complete with the exception of the Chairman's signature, draw a line through routing lines #1 through #4, complete the checklist, and forward to Sue Filson (line #5). ' Route to Addressee(s) Office Initials Date (List in routing order) 1. I 2. .., .J. 4. "- ~ 5. Sue Filson, Executive Manager Board of County Commissioners PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION (The primary contact is the holder of1he original document pending BCC approval. NonnalJy the primary contact is the person who created'prepared the executive summary, Primary conmet infonnation is needed in the event one of the addressees above, inclu:!ing Sue Filson, need to cootact staff for additional or missing infonnation, All original documents needing 1he BCC Chainnan's signature are to be deJivered to the BCC office onJy after the BCC has acted to approve the item,) Name of Primary Staff Contact . Agenda Date Item was A roved b the BCC Type of Document Attached Phone Number ~ e.( \lo-th ~OO "~c-\ìOr\ Ql'\d ~c.\~ast. Agenda Item Number Number of Original Documents Attached Dn -e... Initial the Yes column or mark "'N/A" in the Not Applicable column, whichever is Yes N/A (Not appropriate. (Initial) Applicable) 1. Original document has been sÏgned/initialed for legal sufficiency, (All documents to be signed by the Chairman, with the exception of most letters, must be reviewed and signed by the Office of the County Attorney. This iDcludes signature pages from ordinances, ""S'A- ß resolutions, etc. signed by the County Attorney's Office and signature pages from contracts, agreements, etc. that have been fully executed by all parties except the BCC Chairman and Clerk to the Board and possibly State Officials.) 2. All handwritten strike-through and revisions have been initialed by the County Attorney's t-.! I A Office and all other parties except the BCC Chairman and the Clerk to the Board .., The Chainnan's signature line date has been entered as the date ofBCC approval of the "SAB .J. document or the fmal negotiated contract date whichever is applicable. 4. "Sign here" tabs are placed on the appropriate pages indicating wherê the Chairman's -:!A'ß signature and initials are required. 5, In most cases (some contracts are an exception), the original document and this routing slip should be provided to Sue Filson ,in the BCC office within 24 hours of BCC approval. -:sÄß Some documents are time sensitive and require forwarding to Tallal1assee within a certain time frame or the BGC's actions are nullified. Be aware of your deadlines! INSTRUCTIONS & CHECKLIST I: Fonns! County Forms! BCC Formsl Original Documents Routing Slip WWS Original 9,03,04 .."-"'>"--'--.~"-""""'-'.--~'+' ·····'·····«····r- 16K18 MEMORANDUM Date: November 18, 2004 To: Jennifer A. Belpedio Assistant County Attorney From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Satisfaction and Release of Lien Aljo, Inc.'s Diamond Shores f/k/a Woodlake Enclosed please find one copy of the document as referenced above, Agenda Item #16K18, approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please contact me at extension 8406. Thank you. -- <=> c:> <=> <=> .- .... roo - _1:12 ....- .... u a.. _ 0 ø:: u ,...:0 .... ("W'") ; r-t; r- :::> C"-...J 8.... ø:: ø:: "" ... ØIIi:I .....::I C!;) ::;; U ...... _,...:0 - ___ 0.... uu o C"-...J ..... ø:: c::J"'I, C> <XI . _ 1:12 . ........, <=> "" ("W'") ~ IE- ul%: _ C> .... c:a:: .-. ø::: ,...:0 ~ C> ~ :z: u oeC -......... --- .... .., ex;) .... .. .....0 0 ~ c::> ~ ~ C"-...J ~ Id L.t"'") c- ...... c:> ("W'") <=> <=> roo -- <=> co ø:: c:> 0- c..> roo -- ø:: ø:: o o ,...:0 .... I%: <=> E-o ø:: _ oeC o <XI - 1%:- IE- c..> .... o .... c:> IE- .... - o roo .. =-== a:::. c-- cø::_ ~ pc:¡ ... e-. CU.....:l::Z:ÞC:t ø=: u ...... ØIQ 16K18 SATISFACTION AND RELEASE OF LIEN This is to certify that the claim of lien in the amount of seventeen thousand seven hundred and twenty one dollars ($17,721.00) collectively arising out of the Code Enforcement Board Order Imposing Fine/Lien recorded in O.R. Book 3495, Page 0779, et seq. of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, and Code Enforcement Board Order on Motion to Reduce/Abate Fines recorded in O.R. Book 3515, Page 1419, et seq., of the Public Records of Collier County, Florida, and against the following described real property, and all other real and personal property, located in Collier County, which is owned by Aljo, Inc. has been satisfied by Aljo, Inc.'s payment of $7,721 for operational costs and is hereby released in full. The real property described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and hereby made part hereto, as if fully rewritten herein, describing forty-two (42) condominium units located at Diamond Shores ilk/a W oodlake. The undersigned is authorized to and does hereby release this lien as to the whole of the above-described real property, and all other real and personal property owned by Aljo, Inc., and consents to this lien being discharged of record. Dated this I ¿-ffi day of ''7) t7V-è~~ , 2004. ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA -,,..,,,.... .;('-;)',,'.<.. ::" P:,,:- ",~.~::::9 FIALA, CHAIRMAN ,( By: ".. , , .. ~pu lerk :, Attest-I,$\. to!' hl1run' s "S 1",,~~",ó(}l· . .,' ;_.~~: " '. ~ . . '.\'-( \ ~ ' Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: Item, \ La K. Il\ ~:da t \-IÍQ-öL . ~~d )-(6-b4 \O-~~~~~ Jennifer A. Be pedio Assistant County Attorney Of ... _ .._"._~_.,~m_"___~_.·."~ _·v_~······,~'---_·---- 11-18-20Øð 10:56AM FROM COLLIER_COUNTY_ATTY 2396595720 16Kí'a -- --.._...-.. OR: 3467 PG: 3347 . ~OR: 3495 PG: 0183 ~ Exhibit "Aft Unit No. Phase Street Addre.. ParC"~1 II' A-S I 11' Acacia 2"75100103 A-12 I 102 Acacia 2981$100242 A-14 I 101 Acacia 29875100284 B--2 1 213 .teaM 298"7S10016S B-S I 216 Bt:eata 298"75100420 6-9 t 298"7S100s.o1 8-11 I 29875100585 C..4 I 29.75101121 c-s 298'75101'"'' C-2S 291751011t. , C-41 298'SlCl.cfl " D-3 29875101SGF. . 1)-12 2'.'15101'.f: D-l4. 298'S101",&6 I E-1 2987S101ef~ <...., B-2 2987S101PF~ é..... B-3 298"S101~(\J: C) 8..4 29lt751(\1~:' :::c B-S 29tt"S1.Ö19.n <......> E-6 %98"51019~b CJ"'I, '1...0 I'> E-1 II 51.) _is 2'8"S1019'~ . .-ø 2-8 II 515 _1_ 2'8"S10~OO4 ø 8-9 II 51'7 ....i. 2'87S.,t\20~O I'> £-10 II 519 _is 2ge"S"0204~ --.J -..3 8-11 II 521 Bftais 29875"O:(\6~ . o.Þ E-12 iI 523 8ft.is 291'1-;"0:01'8 <-. B-13 II s:'SBn.sia 299·5702101 ~ 8-14 II 5~" llUJi. 298~57Q21:" E-1!5 II. 529 Bft.is· 298"'S"O~14 ) B-SS It S28 Bnøis 2~875702!'4(t 8-56 11 526 Bnsis 298'75'7029t)~ ... B" 5 7 II 524 Basts 298;5"()2~el I-58 II 522 Bftsia 298'7S"030(\: E·S9 II 520 Øn8i. 299~S"'030~~ ~ " TT E\oOPi~eh '~fQ;c.'10·H'4; r f\Û 11-18-2Ø0ð 10:S6AM FROM COLLIER_COUNTY_ATTY 2396595720 16Kl Jj - - - -.... - -- . --. . --- C-41 J. .)"'.... \w.....-.:.~;..-. -- - . - .. D-3 I 404 DraceaÞa 2987SJ01S6E D-l2 I 411 Drace&Da 2987S1C17~6 ) D-14 I 40' Draceana 298?SJ01.,88 '. 1-1 II 501 Insi. 298751018(;9 , 503 lnøia E-2 II 298"510188& E-3 II 50S Ins is 29875101908 8-4 II 507 Inlis 29875101924 B..5 II 509 Buis 29S'7S101940 \ E-6 II 511 SUi. 298"510196~ E-7 II 513'lDSis 29875101982 E-8 II 515 Bnsis 29875702004 <Ie E-9 II 517 Bnsis 29875'702020 .ec .- E-1O II S19 bsis 298?S"702046 ~ E-l1. II 521 BnSis 298751021)62 co r- <> c;, E~12 298757020ee ø.. B-13 2ge"'5"O~10:' U"') . E-14 29B"S7021~""! en E-1S 2987570214:¡ .... ~ B- SS "" 298?S70;l94c -- .:a:: '- ,C) . .. E-56 2.9B"75"7029EE .. E-57 2987S"02ge1 .. \ E-S8 29l'''S7010{\? ~ B-59 298~570)O~9 :01 :M F-l 2987510:!04S c ::c - c.,...; ..Þ c:r ~I ""C c: .. I I (,.,.;1 ~I P-B II 614 Pinch 298751031"" ex, F-9 II 611 Finch 298j~103:07:11 I 1\.11 of the aboVe deøcribed forty-two (421 conðOlOinium un: I of D::AMOND SHORES f/k/a "CODLAn,. a CondOll'tinium. as reeord.d Conde :ninium Book 26 at Page 98 of the. Public Records of CC'11 i county. Plorida, together 1fitb th. pro. rata interest in t commc l1 elements and. C()u..on propetty of tbe condominiurr. a li:mited conmon el_nt'S appurtenant thereto. at:: mr. particularly delineate<! and idel1tifiecS in the Ðeclarat.i('tn Conde ninium of DIAI4O)ID SSORBS f Ikl a WOODLA.IŒ. a C'onðomín i \1m rec:or'ed in Official Recor:d& BoOk 1150 at Page 1901 to 1~f.~, p as a1!1anded, in the P\ù)lie Recorda of COllier C'ounty. Floridf'. F-2 F-3 F-4 F-S F-6 c:b Pinch 608 Pinch . 610 Pineb 2987S10306:' 298751030@- . 29S'S103100 29S"'S10)1;f: 29875103:i.¡ II rJ v V *** OR: 3692 PG: 2775 i// *, COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA REQUEST FOR LEGAL ADVERTISING OF PUBLIC HEARINGS ì· 17A To: Clerk to the Board: Please place the following as a: v V V Normal legal Advertisement 0 Other: (Display Adv., location, etc.) ******************************************************************************************** Originating De~t/ Div: Comm.Dev.Serv.lPlanning * Person: Rick Grigg 2800 North Horseshoe Dr. E,c.~6 eí(~,Naples, FI. 34104 (239) 659 - 5731 * Put name & phone number in ådvertisement. Date: October 4, 2004 Petition No. (If none, give brief description): A VROW2004-AR6011 (GULF ACRES BLOCK A) Petitioner: (Name & Address): Tennessee Family Properties, LLC, Earl & Thelma Hodges 2140 Coach House Lane Naples, FI 34105 Name & Address of any person(s) to be notified by Clerk's Office: (lfmore space is needed, attach separate sheet) 1) James H. Siesky, Esq. 1000 North Tamiami Trail, Suite 201 Naples, FI 34102 (Agent) 2) See list of adjacent property owners. Hearing before V V V BCC BZA Other Requested Hearing date: NOVEMBER 16, 2004 Newspaper(s) to be used: (Complete only if important): V V V Naples Daily News Other V V V Legally Required Proposed Text: (Include legal description & common location & Size: Recommendation to approve Petition A VROW2004-AR60 11 to disclaim, renounce and vacate the County's and the Public's interest in the road right of way which was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in Official Record Book 321, Page 277, Public Records of Collier County, Florida, Located in Section 22, Township 49 South, Range 25 East. Companion petition(s), if any & proposed hearing date: Does Petition Fee include advertising cost? V V V Yes 0 No If Yes, what account should be charged for advertising costs: For Advertising costs, charge to: P,O.912501 For Recording costs, charge to: 131-138327-649030 Reviewed by: ~ e{£J Department Director Approved by: J/)~()'/ð¡' ate County Administrator Date List Attachments: 1) RESOLUTION WITH EXHIBIT "A" 2) ADJACENT PROPERTY OWNERS DISTRIBUTION INSTRUCTIONS A. For hearings before BCC or BZA: Initiating person to complete one copy and obtain Division Head approval before submitting to County Manager. Note: If legal document is involved, be sure that any necessary legal review, or request for same, is submitted to County Attorney before submitting to County Manager. The Manager's office will distribute copies: V V V County Manager agenda file: V V V Requesting Division V V V Original to Clerk's Office B. Other hearings: Initiating Division head to approve and submit original to Clerk's Office, retaining a copy for file. ******************************************************************************************** FOR CLERK'S OFFICE U§~'(;)~W:kAlNj n I., _.LA'. . I,~ J d.......w . Date Re~~ Date ofPubJic heaJ!Íl@~ Date Adverti.~ 1 17 A RESOLUTION NO. 2004- A RESOLUTION OF THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS FOR PETITION A VROW2004-AR6011 TO DISCLAIM, RENOUNCE kND VACATE THE COUNTY'S AND THE PUBLIC'S INTEREST IN THE ROAD RIGHT OF WAY WHICH WAS GRANTED TO THE PUBLIC BY THE DEED OF EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 321 , PAGE 277, PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, LOCATED IN SECTION 22, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST. WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 336.09 and 336.10, Florida Statutes, James H. Siesky, Esq., from Siesky, Pilon & Wood, Attorneys at Law, as agent for the petitioner, Tennessee Family Properties, LLC, does hereby request the vacation of the right of way that was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in O.R. Book 321, Page 277; and WHEREAS, the Board has this day held a public hearing to consider vacating said road right of way that was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in O.R. Book 321, Page 277, as more fully described below, and notice of said public hearing to vacate was given as required by law; and WHEREAS, the granting of the vacation will not adversely affect the ownership or right of convenient access of other property owners. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that the County's and the Public's Right of Way interests over and across the right of way that was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in O.R. Book 321, Page 277, are hereby vacated, extinguished, renounced and disclaimed, and this action is declared to be in the Public's interest and for the Public's benefit: See Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein. :;;~~ t 17 A BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Clerk to the Board is hereby directed to record a certified copy of this Resolution, the proof of publication of the notice of public hearing and the proof of publication of the notice of adoption of this Resolution in the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. ~. This Resolution is adopted this day of 2004, after motion, second and majority vote favoring same. DATED: ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Deputy Clerk BY: Donna Fiala, Chairman Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: ào.r, ~r~~ J enmfer A. Belpe i Assistant County Attorney SKETCH OF UNPLATTED PARCEL OHIO DRIVE - "". -'-W-"1-_ 50.00' -- RIGHT-{)F-WA Y LINE ~_ >- ~ 8 ~l<I .!.~ ~ ~ ëï: ~ ¡ ~ ò ¡R .~ Q 8 ~ :::æ: Q: ~ 6' ~ CI)>:- ~ I~ ~ ~J. (,) .0 ..., O,!, ~ iiJ ::i!::¡: ~~ ~ 0 i ;::)i::> ~ O~ ¡... Q:'- fd ~ ~ ~ I ~ U) :::! m ~ ~ . g ¡.;;; .:;: :i s ~ ~ -- LOTt BLOCK A J"'''' A f W E I 100' EXHIBIT "A" SHEET I OF 2 A VROW2004-AR601 I --------------- '100. '100. ..... SI)~ --------------~~ ~..... ~~ ~~ ..... ~ LOT2 BLOCK A LOT3 BLOCK A --------------- LOT4 BLOCK A 50.00' HIGH POINT SU/lDllllS/ON PLATaOOK8 PAGE$-6 ... I 1= -' « :s OJ « C> DA TE : MA Y 06,2004 531'-U/r141 & $ '1'Uf1'Là" .J'I'Ve. ::I~ & !£12I71Ai ;p~ ~ 1072 6u.. ..t~ X-u" a,... 'fJ~ X.... :£$ 8/!q{ X~:J~ H10/! (239) 261 - 5965 I" t7 A LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PARCEL EXHffiIT "A" SHEET 2 OF 2 A VROW2004-AR601\ That strip of land being fifty feet (50') by three hundred and two feet (302') lying West of Lots 1, 2,3 and 4, Block A, Gulf Acres; East of the road right of way for Tamiami Trail (U.S. 41); South of a Westerly extension of the Northerly line of Lot 1, Block A, Gulf Acres, to the road right of way for Tamiami Trail (U.S. 41); and North of a Westerly extension of the Southerly line of Lot 4, Block A, Gulf Acres, to the road right of way for Tamiami Trail (U.S. 41); according to the plat for Gulf Acres recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 111, Public Records of Collier County, Florida. Details Folio No·1I50090840000 Map II "D~".c.AI~ _ ta1III '..~.."I"Y Current Ownership ~ Property Addressl13350 TAMIAMI TRl N ,page .,. I Ii Owner Namel Addresses Clty NAP RESTAURANT INC ATTN: ACCOUNTING 3701 BEE RIDGE RD I SARASOTA II State I! Fl II ZIpl134233 - 0000 I legal HIGH POINT PORT OF TR E DESC AS FOll; COMM NW CNR CNR TR E, S 153.2FT AlG RIW TO POB, CONT S 146.8FTE 200FT, N 3 'For more than four lines of Legal Description please call the Property Appraiser's Office, Section Township Range Acres 22 49 25 0,69 Sub No. 406300 HIGH POINT '1J Use Code 21 IMPROVED COMMERCIAL Map No, 4A22 Strap No. 406300 E 5.34A22 '1J Millage Area II 6 " '1J Millag.e 13,1244 2004 Preliminary Tax Roll Values Latest Sales History land Value $ 661,760.00 (+) Improved Value $ 229,805.00 (=) Market Value $ 891,565.00 I (-) SOH Exempt Value I $ 0,00 I (=) Assessed Value $ 891,565,00 I (-) Homestead and other Exempt Value $ 0,00 I (=) Taxable Value I $ 891,565.00 Book - Page 16.62 -",8,69 Amount I $ 0.00 SOH = "Save Our Homes" exempt value due to cap on assessment increases, -- C· ", The Information is Updated Weekly, http://www.collierappraiser.comlRecordDetail. asp?F olioID=000005 0090840000 8/4/2004 "__~_~"^_m_.^__... ~ ~"'_~.~_.~_.___"___".,,_.,. Parcel PagelPf' Collier County Tax Collector 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, FL 34112-4997 2003 Tax Roll Inquiry System ~ ,:^' 17A OWNER INFORMATION Name: NAPLES SOUTHERN PLAZA PH I Address: A CONDOMINIUM Address: Address: I Address:11 Address:lI, - VALUE/EXEMPTIONS I TAX INFORMATION Taxble value:læ:==J County:llo,oo Millage Code:l~ School St:llo,oo Homestd Ex:læ:==J SChoOlloc:/lO.oo Agricltr Ex:læ:==J City Tax:llo.oo Widow Ex:læ:==J Dependt: lo.oo Blind Ex:læ:==J Water:llo,oo Disabled:læ:==J Independ:l o,oo Veteran Ex:læ:==J Voter APpr: lo.oo Wholly Ex:læ==J Gross Tax: o.oo Civilian Ex:læ:==J Appr fee: lo.oo Advertising: 110,00 I COMMENTS ¡TAXES LESS THAN $5.00 WAIVED BY THE BCC I PROPERTY INFORMATION Iparcel: 63200000009 /I Acre: 0.73 ~13400 N TAMIAMI TRL, NAPLES (Map) ¡ Legal: CB 7-55 4A122 I Legal:11 I Legal: I Legal:11 PAY TERMS PAYMENT INFO Nov:llo.oo Paid Dt :/100/00/00 Dec:llo,oo Recpt:/lo Jan:/lo.oo Mach: oo Feb: O.OO Paymt: o.oo Mar:llo,oo Mort: lo Apr:/lo.oo STATUS INFO. May:llo.oo Non Ad Va:IIN Installment:I N Deferred: N Bankrupt::IIN TDA: O Backto ,Search Last Updated: 8/312004 5 :OOpm I"~~~-~,:~ ¡D"'ji'¡ ~ . .., "". I http://www.colliertax.com/RecordDetai1.asp ?F 0 lioID=63 200000009 8/4/2004 ----...,...-.-" ~ '-'~" lil1iiii .." .' ~ Current Ownership Property Addressll3560 TAMIAMI TRL N pageþ'Jjo," f' ';',' 17 ' ~ Details Folio No.1147970200003 Map II Owner Name GULFSHORE ANIMAL HOSPITAL Addresses DAVID R BALL DVM P M 3560 T AMIAMI TRL N City NAPLES II State 1 FL II zipll34103 - 3790 Legalll GULF ACRES BLK BLOT 1 OR 1545 PG 2080 Section II Township II Range II 22 II 49 II 25 II Sub No, I 389800 GULF ACRES --1ì Use Code I 11 IMPROVED COMMERCIAL Acres 0.35 II II Map No. 4A22 Strap No. 389800 B 14A22 -t Millage Area 6 -t MJlWa 13,1244 2004 Preliminary Tax Roll Values Latest Sales History I Land Value I $ 332,200.00 I (+) Improved Value $ 127,743.00 I (=) Market Value $ 459,943.00 Date Book - Page Amount I (-) SOH Exempt Value $ 0.00 I (=) Assessed Value $ 459,943,00 (-) Homestead and other Exempt Value $ 0.00 (=) Taxable Value $ 459,943,00 SOH = "Save Our Homes" exempt value due to cap on assessment increases, -, ". ,'" ,. The Information is Updated Weekly, http://www.collierappraiser.comlRecordDetai 1. asp?F 0 lioID=000004 797 0200003 8/4/2004 -.,.,~"-~.-,,.--~-~-,"-___._..._ 'W"_'_"___'__'_~___ - .",. ... Current Ownership Property Addressll3580 TAMIAMI TRL N , 1 rtr'r Details Folio No.1147970240005 Map II Owner Namel MC KAY ET UX, GEORGE W Addresses 3730 14TH ST N City NAPLES II State I! FL II zipl134103 - 3812 I I I I I Legal 1 GULF ACRES BLK BLOT 2 OR 483 I PG 119 Section Township Range Acres 22 49 25 0,35 Sub No. 389800 GULF ACRES '1J Use Code 11 IMPROVED COMMERCIAL Map No. 4A22 Strap No. 389800 B 24A22 '1J Millage Area 6 '1J MIJh¡g.e 13,1244 2004 Preliminary Tax Roll Values Latest Sales History Land Value $ 332,200.00 (+) Improved Value $121,743,00 (=) Market Value $ 453,943,00 (-) SOH Exempt Value $ 0.00 (=) Assessed Value $ 453,943.00 I (-) Homestead and other Exempt Value I $ 0.00 I (=) Taxable Value I $ 453,943.00 Book - Page Amount Date SOH = "Save Our Homes" exempt value due to cap on assessment increases, --- The Information is Updated Weekly. http://www.collierappraiser.com/RecordDetail. asp?F olioID=000004 797 0240005 8/4/2004 .- . .'V .' ~ Current Ownership Property Addressll3600 T AMIAMI TRL N PM, e ¡of' JP 17A I Details Falla No·1147970280007 Map II Owner Name SOUTHLAND CORP Addresses "loT AX DEPT PO BOX 711 City DALLAS II State II TX II Zipll75221 ·0711 ~gall II GULF ACRES BLK BLOT 3, LESS E 140 X 75,45FT OR 1576 PG 1280 Section 22 Township 49 Range 25 Acres 0,08 I I II Strap No. 389800 B 34A22 Map No. 4A22 I I II I ~~ 13.1244 Sub No. ~ Use Code 389800 11 I GULF ACRES IMPROVED COMMERCIAL ~ Millage Area 6 2004 Preliminary Tax Roll Values Latest Sales History I Land Value $ 79,960,00 I (+) Improved Value $ 74,984,00 I (=) Market Value $ 154,944,00 I (-) SOH Exempt Value $ 0.00 I (=) Assessed Value $ 154,944.00 I (-) Homestead and other Exempt Value $ 0.00 I I (=) Taxable Value $ 154,944.00 SOH = "Save Our Homes" exempt value due to cap on assessment increases, Date Book - Page II Amount - . ~ _ . r ~ . The Information is Updated Weekly, http://www.collierappraiser.comlRecordDetai 1. asp?F 0 lioID=000004 797 0280007 8/4/2004 ~-"'-'"-~,- -- Current Ownership Property Addressll3590 TAMIAMI TRL N Page." I 17A I Details Folio No·1147970320006 MaR II Owner Name CASTANO, H JAVIER=& SHERRY L Addresses 18235 WILSHIRE LAKES BLVD City NAPLES If State II FL II ZiP 134109 - 0799 Legal GULF ACRES BLK BE 140FT X 75.45FT OF LOT 3 Section Township Range Acres 22 49 25 0.24 Sub No. 389800 I GULF ACRES ..Iè Use Code 11 ¡IMPROVED COMMERCIAL Map No. 4A22 Strap No. 389800 B 3,14A22 ..Iè Millage Area 6 ..Iè ~ 13.1244 2004 Preliminary Tax Roll Values Latest Sales History I Land Value $ 186,032.00 I (+) Improved Value $ 55,522.00 (=) Market Value $ 241,554.00 (-) SOH Exempt Value $ 0.00 (=) Assessed Value $ 241,554.00 (-) Homestead and other Ex $ 0.00 (=) Taxable Value $ 241,554.00 SOH = "Save Our Homes" exempt value due to cap on assessment increases, Date Book - Page Amount 09/1998 2458 . 1394 $ 225,000,00 02/1997 228.5.,,",J.t78 $ 0,00 - The Information is Updated Weekly, http://www.collierappraiser.comlRecordDetail. asp?F olioID=000004 797 03 20006 8/412004 Details Folio No.1147970360008 Map II Page'ot1' ~~~ ~' 17 A I - ~ , Current Ownership Property Address~ 3620 TAMIAMI TRL N Owner Namel D & J LAND ENTERPRISES LLC Addre T AMIAMI TRL STE 110 City NAPLES II Legal 1 GULF ACRES BLK BLOT 4 AND N 75.5FT OF W 50FT OF LOTS 75 + 76 NICLF OR 1570 PG 784 2004 Preliminary Tax Roll Values Statell FL II ZIPl134102 - 0000 Map No. 4A22 Strap No. 389800 B 44A22 Land Value $ 415,250,00 (+) Improved Value $ 157,595,00 (=) Market Value $ 572,845.00 (-) SOH Exempt Value $ 0,00 (=) Assessed Value $ 572,845,00 (-) Homestead and other Exempt Value $ 0.00 I (=) Taxable Value I $ 572,845.00 Section Township Range Acres 22 49 25 0,43 Sub No. 389800 GULF ACRES ..t¡JJ Use Code SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL SOH = "Save Our Homes" exempt value due to cap on assessment increases, - . "..,' .,' 'T'," The Information is Updated Weekly, Latest Sales History Book· Page 3604 . 2971 i1ttp:/ /www.collierappraiser.com/RecordDetail. asp?F 0 lioID=000004 7970360008 ..t¡JJ Millage 13,1244 Amount $ 1,200,000.00 8/5/2004 ~r 17A October 20, 2004 Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, Florida 34102 Re: A VROW2004-AR6011; GULF ACRES BLOCK A Dear Legals: Please advertise the above referenced notice on Sunday November 7th, and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved to this office. Thank you, Sincerely, Ann J ennej ohn, Deputy Clerk Account No. PO# 912501 J 17A NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING Notice is hereby given that the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County will hold a public hearing on Tuesday, November 16, 2004, in the Boardroom, 3rd Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida. The meeting will begin at 9:00 A.M. The Board will consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 to disclaim, renounce and vacate the County's and the Public's interest in the road right of way which was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in Official Record Book 321, Page 277, Public Records of Collier County, Florida, Located in Section 22, Township 49 South, Range 25 East. NOTE: All Persons wishing to speak on any agenda item must register with the County Administrator prior to presentation of the agenda item to be addressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any item. The selection of an individual to speak on behalf of an organization or group is encouraged. If recognized by the Chair, a spokesperson for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an item. Persons wishing to have written or graphic materials included in the Board agenda packets must submit said material a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the respective public hearing. In any case, written materials intended to be considered by the Board shall be submitted to the appropriate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. All material used in presentations before the Board will become a permanent part of the record. Any person who decides to appeal a decision of the Board will need a record of the proceedings pertaining thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is based. Any questions or concerns should be directed to Rick Grigg, Collier County Community Development/Planning Services Section at (239) 659-5731. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISISONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK By: /s/ Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk ( SEAL) Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'CóÜiit\-'-öf-Cøllier ~£ ....J \ CLERK OF THÉ-"b¡RCUIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY qoURT~OUSE 330 I -TAMIAMI TIµIL EA;ST . P.O. BOX4~~044 \ NAPLES, FLORIDA ~j101-3Orf4 ~I ' ~,( I ,~ ·Aii;;: ti', 17A October 20, 2004 "l~_: " "~'!1'£~, . \. ( ::j,~¡¡ /' Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds D & J Land Enterprises, LLC 1250 Tamiami Trail, Suite 110 Naples, FL 34102 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear D & J Land Enterprises: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ ~.().C. Ann JennejoQn, 0"'-' Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.cIerk.collier.fl.us ~.... -----".-. -..-""_......_"'...._ 0" ,._"..,...~..__~ ..~ Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@cIerk.collier.fl.us _._..-....-------._~.- - .. -- "-" - .._~.. ~. ...- ,,1 ." I 7A Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'Couiîh-r-of,Cøllier ~¿: "'J I, ~ '........-.- " CLERK OF THE CIRCUIT COURT '- \ COLLIER COUNTY ~', URTÌ\0USE 3301-TAMIAMI T IL EA.i$T , P.O. BOX 4 ~044\ NAPLES, FLORIDA ~§101-3d44 ï[ ¡ ·t\> , ~.;..'. Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds y{.i,,;..... October 20, 2004 . ( ::A-_;.1 H. Javier & Sherry L. Castano 8235 Wilshire Lakes Blvd. Naples, FL 34109 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear Castanos: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ . {J. ( . Ann Jennejo Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.cIerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@cIerk.collier.fl.us '--'--'- ....... ...._,-"-~ --------~-.. -_ ,~_...._._o....__, Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'COunfu-of-Gøl1ier . ~i: "J \ ~ ~'-"o.. 1 CLERK OF THÊ GtRCtJIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY qo, URT~OUSE 330 1·.TAMIAMI ~IL EA~T . P.O. BOX 4f~044 \. NAPLES, FLORIDA ~$,101-3d44 ~~-, J II 17A October 20, 2004 ~}K;; , ( ~)--;1 Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds Southland Corporation Tax Department P.O. Box 711 Dallas, TX 75221 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear Southland Corp: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ ,G. C .. Ann Jennej n, Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: coIlierclerk@clerk.coIlier.fl.us ---_"___-0. -..-....,-,.., Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'Coiijify-ofGøl.1ier CLERK OF THÉ"GtRCU:IT COURT COLLIER COUNTY qo. URT~fpUSE 3301 TAMIAMI TJµ.IL EA~T , P.O. BOX 4f~044\ NAPLES, FLORIDA~$, 101-3044 V~,,' I iff' 17A October 20, 2004 ""'::"'{'/r~ \, ( :J~:¡ /' Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds George W. McKay 3730 14th Street N. Naples, FL 34103 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear Mr. McKay: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. SincerelYI DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ ~.O.c._ Ann Jenneqohn, U Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.cIerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@cIerk.collier.fl.us . ....c· .''''.'''''_'''_"."."_"__",.--'.....,.......~ ~__',"''''''''''''' ··....~_H"...·..____.~"., Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'COuiity" , -of-Cøllier ~~, \ CLERK OF THE"'etRCU:IT COURT COLLIER COUNTY QoURT~pUSE 3301',YAMIAMI TRAIL EA~T . P.O. BOX 4f~044\ NAPLES, FLORIDA ~ß, 10 1-3044 V I .æd, ~J 17 A October 20, 2004 "~~i:~ \_1 - / Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds Gulfshore Animal Hospital David R. Ball DVMPM 3560 Tamiami Trail N. Naples, FL 34103 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR601l (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear Gulfshore Animal Hospital: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ l\~).P.(~ Ann Jenne j <d-n , G - --.. Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.f1.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk(Q)clerk.collier.fl.us "'"_._~.^---'~-,~.. ,.. -~-'--,-,,---,-,~,-- ....__......."...~~...,..._--,---".",.,.....~.,_._~...~. Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'Coij~jity-()f·Ci1)'~lier . CLERK OF THE"CIRCUIT COURT \. \ COLLIER COUNTY qo, URTPJ,ü. USE 3301 TAMIAMI nµIL EAtT .' P.O. BOX 4f~044\. NAPLES, FLORIDA ~$101-3d44 ~ , 1{' I M.", , ,,~ 17A _,-;~:t.~~:; Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds October 20, 2004 .'" ~;: :-<,.>-, ~j---;.j Naples Southern Plaza 3400 N. Tamiami Trail Naples, FL 34103 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear Naples Southern Plaza: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ o. (_ Ann Jennejoli , Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.c1erk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@c1erk.collier.fl.us ., ¥_~---"~'"- " ~"'""="'--' ""'"""~-"^".., _M'_'_""__"""'_'~~__'^'"_""_~~"'_"""_'_~_ Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'CÒu,iity'\ - -öf-Cøllier ~~ ~ .... -'--. . , CLERK OF THE CIRCUIT COURT COLLIER COUNTYCp. URT1tO, USE 3301 TAMIAMI TIµIL EAí$T . P.O. BOX 4~~044 \, NAPLES, FLORIDA ~jlOl-3Ò44 .....! . Y/ I ;" 17A Clerk of Courts Accounta lt Auditor Custodian of County Funds October 20, 2004 ~)/J .: -:;: ;<,.~... Tennessee Family Properties, LLC Earl & Thelma Hodges 2140 Coach House Lane Naples, FL 34105 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear Petitioners: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ ·0 ( . Ann Jenne' hn, Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.cIerk.coIlier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: coIlierclerk@clerk.coIlier.fl.us ,·....--,~,·~."w. ~_.,."..__.».., _,__"_,,,,,,,,__ Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'c oijµty-'of Gó\lier CLERK OF THlrGIRCUIT COURT - \ COLLIER COUNTY ép, URTÌtOUSE 330 I-TAMIAMI T~IL EÀi$T . P.O. BOX 4~~044 \, NAPLES, FLORIDA ~jI01-3Ù44 '''41 . V I r 17A h; Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County Funds October 20, 2004 ';;.;;'j:~' I '::.._/' James H. Siesky, Esq. 1000 North Tamiami Trail, Suite 201 Naples, FL 34102 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear Petitioners: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~~~.p(. Ann Jennej(Qm, 0 - - Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Website: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us h"'_..,·__~_... _ '~___...'k .',,,,,~,,-,,-,,",-""-'-"'- Dwight E. Brock Clerk of Courts 'COiiiity" - -ofCøllier ~...~~ ,........ \ CLERK OF THÊ GIRCtIIT COURT COLLIER COUNTY CpURTÌ\OUSE 3301 TAMIAMI TIµIL EÀ'ST . P.O. BOX 4f~044 \ NAPLES, FLORIDA ~~101-3d44 v/ I p 17A ~ :,. . Clerk of Courts Accountant Auditor Custodian of County F~dS .:' :" :;~"~'" October 20, 2004 , I :::~J / Nap Restaurant Inc. Accounting Department 3701 Bee Ridge Road Sarasota, FL 34233 Re: Notice of Public Hearing to consider Petition AVROW2004-AR6011 (Gulf Acres Block A) Dear Nap Restaurant: Please be advised that the above referenced petition will be considered by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004, as indicated on the enclosed notice. The legal notice pertaining to this petition will be published in the Naples Daily News on Sunday, November 7, 2004. You are invited to attend this public hearing. Sincerely, DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK ~ ~(),C, Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Phone - (239) 732-2646 Web site: www.clerk.collier.fl.us Fax - (239) 775-2755 Email: collierclerk@clerk.collier.fl.us .,·.··_..,__...~~.,.·._"~.O.,,.,·.·-~d,·'..'..._~.."__"'"'~ Ann P. Jennejohn I 17A To: Subject: Legals (E-mail) AVROW2004-AR6011 Notice Good Afternoon, Please advertise the attached on Sunday, November 7,2004. rí@J A VROW2004-AR60 l1.doc ~ Thank you, Ann Minutes & Records 774-8406 A VROW2004-AR60 11.doc 1 .i 17A (' Ann P. Jennejohn From: Sent: To: Subject: postmaster@clerk,collier.fl,us Wednesday, October 20, 2004 12:44 PM Ann p, Jennejohn Delivery Status Notification (Relay) r~~n,::' f=-- ,- rZ"""/l,~ U ATT193521.txt AVROW2004-AR60 11 Notice This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. legals@naplesnews.com 1 t ~~> 17A Ann P. Jennejohn From: Sent: To: Subject: System Administrator [postmaster@naplesnews.com] Wednesday, October 20, 2004 12:35 PM Ann p, Jennejohn Delivered: AVROW2004-AR6011 Notice r~"/l, .., U A VROW2004-AR60 11 Notice «AVROW2004-AR6011 Notice» Your message To: Legals IE-mail) Subject: AVROW2004-AR6011 Notice Sent: Wed, 20 Oct 2004 12:44:20 -0400 was delivered to the following recipient Is) : legals on Wed, 20 Oct 2004 12:35:28 -0400 1 -......". .....-- ....-_-_.,_...._-~ November 18, 2004 Attn: Pam Naples Daily News 1075 Central Avenue Naples, Florida 34102 Re: A VROW2004-AR6011; GULF ACRES BLOCK A Dear Pam: Please advertise the above referenced notice on Monday, November 22,2004, and kindly send the Affidavit of Publication, in duplicate, together with charges involved to this office. Thank you. Sincerely, Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk Account No. PO# 912501 ._.._____._··._.__.__.~._~·_._.u.____~__.._'._____ ___ . ._..",._._._---_._---_..~'..,._.- NOTICE OF ADOPTION Notice is hereby given that on the 16th day of November, 2004, the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, adopted Resolution 2004-348, re: Petition AVROW2004-AR6011, pursuant to Sections 336.09 and 336.10, Florida Statutes, James H. Siesky, Esq., from Siesky, pilon & Wood, Attorneys at Law, as agent for the petitioner, Tennessee Family Properties, LLC, does hereby request the vacation of the right of way that was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in O.R. Book 321, Page 277; Public Records of Collier County, Florida, located in Section 22, Township 49 South, Range 25 East. Resolution 2004-348 may be viewed in the Office of the Clerk to the Board, Minutes & Records Department, 4th Floor, Administration Building, Collier County Government Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK BY: Heidi R. Rockhold, Deputy Clerk (SEAL) Heidi R. Rockhold To: Subject: legals@naplesnews,com AVROW2004-AR6011 Gulf Acres Block A J-fí Pam, pfease advertíse the jo{{owínB notíce on :Monday, November 22, 2004. ~ ~ A VROW2004-AR60i\ VROW2004-AR60 11 (1 ),doc 11 (1 ),doc if you have any questíons, yfease carr me at 732-2646 ext. 7240 'IñanR you, J{eídì ~ 'lWcRfio{c[, :Mínutes and'R£cords Heidi Rockhold ",,_..~,-_.~-,- Heidi R. Rockhold From: Sent: To: Subject: postmaster@clerk.collier,fl.us Thursday, November 18, 2004 1 :20 PM Heidi R, Rockhold Delivery Status Notification (Relay) Iî-:~ B B·'----, " .t' '-'--"/ A TT1 02206, txt A VROW2004-AR60 11 Gulf Acres BI.., This is an automatically generated Delivery Status Notification. Your message has been successfully relayed to the following recipients, but the requested delivery status notifications may not be generated by the destination. legals@naplesnews.com Heidi Rockhold Heidi R. Rockhold From: Sent: To: Subject: System Administrator [postmaster@naplesnews,com] Thursday, November 18, 2004 1:10PM Heidi R. Rockhold Delivered: AVROW2004-AR6011 Gulf Acres Block A r:::::~"l,/ L..:::..J A VROW2004-AR60 11 Gulf Acres BI... «AVROW2004-AR6011 Gulf Acres Block A» Your message To: legals@naplesnews.com Subject: AVROW2004-AR6011 Gulf Acres Block A Sent: Thu, 18 Nov 2004 13:20:04 -0500 was delivered to the following recipient(s}: legals on Thu, 18 Nov 2004 13:10:17 -0500 Heidi Rockhold A VROW2004-AR6011 Gulf Acres Block A Page 1 of 1 Heidi R. Rockhold From: Perrell, Pamela [paperrell@naplesnews,com] Sent: Thursday, November 18, 20042:06 PM To: Heidi R Rockhold Subject: RE: AVROW2004-AR6011 Gulf Acres Block A OK -----Original Message----- From: Heidi R. Rockhold [mailto:Heidi.Rockhold@cIerk.collierJl.us] Sent: Thursday, November 18, 2004 1:20 PM To: legals@naplesnews.com Subject: AVROW2004-AR6011 Gulf Acres Block A .1fí Pam, prease aávertíse tlie fo((owína notíce on :Monáay, N01Iem6er 22, 2004. «AVROW2004-AR6011 (1 ).doc» «A VROW2004-AR6011 (1 ).doc» If you nave any questíons, yfease carr me at 732-2646 ext. 7240 'l1ia.nk you, .1feídì 1t :Rockfw[á, :Mínutes aná'Recorás 11/18/2004 Naples Daily News Naples, FL 34102 OR: 3690 PG: 0813 17 A Affidavit of Publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 REFERENCE: 001230 58933453 912501 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEA State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed. Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement; and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. PUBLISHED ON: 11/07 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING Notice 15 hereby given that the Board of Coun~ commlsslonet'$ of Collier Count;y<wlll hold a public helU'lng on Tuesday, November 16, 2004. In the Boardroom,3rd Floor, Administration Bulldl!1g, Col- lier County, Government Center, 3391 East Tamlaml Trail, NaøJes. florida. The meeting will begin at ,!I:OOA.M. The Board will consider PetItIon AVROW2004- MOO11 to disclaim, renounce IIfId vacate the Coun- ty's and the PublIC's Interest In the road right of way which was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded In Offlclal Record Book 321. Page 277, Public Records of Collier CoutItY,I. florida. Located In Section 22, Township 49 South. "lIf ge 25 East. NOTE: All Persons wishing to speak on any agenda Item must register with the County Administrator P.rior to prè5entatlon ~<tæ-~ Item. to be..ad- í:tressed. Individual speakers will be limited to 5 minutes on any Item. The selection of an Individual to speak on )ehalf of IIfI Q!OII!Izatlon or group 15 encouraaed. If recognized by the ~ìr. a sPokes- person for a group or organization may be allotted 10 minutes to speak on an Item. Persons wishing to have written. or grapl:llc materl- al/l Included In ¡Board qenda pàc!cets must submit said materl a 'mInimum of 3 weeks prior to the ~ve pub! hearing. In any case, written materials Intenèled to be consldereCl by the BOard shall be submitted to the aøJH'Oprlate County staff a minimum of seven days prior to the )\IbllC hear· Ing. All material used In presentations before lihe Board will become a permanent part of the record. .. Any P.8r50n who decides to app~1 a decision of ~e BoãréI will need II record of the proceedIngs p !I'- talnlng thereto and therefore, may need to ensure that II verbatim record of the proCeedltlP. Is mue. .whlch record Includes the testimony aní:t evldeACe upon whIch the appeal 15 based. .. .. Any questions or concerns should be dlrecte(Mo Rick Grigg, Collier County Community Develop- menVPlannlng 5erVIces SectIon at (231) 659-5731. ~ .. BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISISONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA DONNA FIALA, CHAIRMAN DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLER ( BY: /5/ Ann Jennelohn, Dell, uty Clerk (SEAL)' Nrnll:llmhltr 7 ' Nt') ~ AD SPACE: 120.000 INCH FILED ON: 11/08/04 --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- Signature of Affiant 4·-----r Sworn to and Subscribed ~efore me this ~. da'l70f d1¿'èJ 2oÇ>i/ personally known by meffiA 'A~pt ß-l~(J" !.\orrietl Bushc~ "":,"i.RES """" , , '''\)'ß~'ô9 ~" ."i1:..i(¡;,. ~N "O\¡1W;~\ON i' v, )ü' v ~i,;~~;l:1 " " :,,', ,;,2 !'.~~ ,,::, '," ' 17 A ,~ 'I ~," MEMORANDUM Date: December 14, 2004 To: Rick Grigg, P.S.M. Engineering Services Department From: Ann Jennejohn, Deputy Clerk Minutes & Records Department Re: Resolution 2004-348 (Petition AVROW2004-AR6011) Enclosed please find a recorded copy of the above referenced document, Agenda Item # 17A, as approved by the Board of County Commissioners on November 16, 2004. If you should have any questions, please contact me at 774-8406. Thank you. Enclosure 0\\ Retn: CLBRK 10 THB BOARD INTBROFFICB 4TH PLOOR BIT 7240 3518415 OR: 3690 PG: 0809 1 ~ A RBCORDBD in the OFFICIAL RBCORDS of COLLIBR COUNTY, PL 12/06/2004 at 07:49AK DWIGHT B. BROCK, CLBRK RBC PBB 52.50 COPIBS 6.00 RESOLUTION NO. 2004- 348 A RESOLUTION OF THE COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS FOR PETITION A VROW2004-AR6011 TO DISCLAIM, RENOUNCE AND V ACA TE THE COUNTY'S AND THE PUBLIC'S INTEREST IN THE ROAD RIGHT OF WAY WHICH WAS GRANTED TO THE PUBLIC BY THE DEED OF EASEMENT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK 321, PAGE 277, PUBLIC RECORDS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, LOCATED IN SECTION 22, TOWNSHIP 49 SOUTH, RANGE 25 EAST, WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 336,09 and 336.10, Florida Statutes, James H. Siesky, Esq., from Siesky, Pilon & Wood, Attorneys at Law, as agent for the petitioner, Tennessee Family Properties, LLC, does hereby request the vacation of the right of way that was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in O.R, Book 321, Page 277; and WHEREAS, the Board has this day held a public hearing to consider vacating said road right of way that was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in O,R. Book 321, Page 277, as more fully described below, and notice of said public hearing to vacate was given as required by law; and WHEREAS, the granting of the vacation will not adversely affect the ownership or right of convenient access of other property owners. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, that the County's and the Public's Right of Way interests over and across the right of way that was granted to the Public by the Deed of Easement recorded in O.R. Book 321, Page 277, are hereby vacated, extinguished, renounced and disclaimed, and this action is declared to be in the Public's interest and for the Public's benefit: See Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein. OR: 3690 PG: 0810 17 A BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Clerk to the Board is hereby directed to record a certified copy of this Resolution, the proof of publication of the notice of public hearing and the proof of publication of the notice of adoption of this Resolution in the Official Records of Collier County, Florida. This Resolution is adopted this /6/-1 day of /\/¿),y /rnþë'1 2004, after motion, second and majority vote favoring same. DATED: \ I.-¡g,ot ATTEST: DWIGHT E. BROCK, Clerk BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONE~S COLLIER CO TY, FLORIDA / ~d~ BY: Donna " I . ~~~}1t::t~L -0.( , ~., Mtø . : ''-#}" ~;: s f'"~t~"r 1· " ".. .,.~>., \:.:,/ Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: àD-X' ~r~ ~ JennIfer A. Belpe i Assistant County Attorney ltem# .I1A ~:,da \ \,. I~ -ð~ ~:d I ytif ~öf OR: 3690 PG: 0811 w [ SKETCH OF UNPLATTED PARCEL OHIO DRIVE - ,,,. ""'-~-~"t-_ 50,00' ~ RIGHT-Of-WAY 0' 50' LINE ________ I 100' >- ~ 8 ~~ ~ ..!.:::J ~ <>:' ~ ¡ ~ ò Ii ,~ Q 8 ~ :It II: ~ Q' ~ (1)>:- ~ I~ ~ ;J. u .0 -.I O..!.. ~ iiI :r::J:: ~~ '"- u ~ ~ ~ ;:)è::. ~ ::I 0:2 ß 11:"- ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ m 0 ~ 8 ¡ ~ 3 ::: ~ - LOTt BLOCK A EXHffilT "A" SHEET I OF 2 A VROW2004-AR6011 -------------- LOT2 BLOCK A ..... ..... ..... $r)~ _____!:U.., --------- ~~ ~..... ~~ ~~ ..... ~ LOT3 BLOCK A ------------------ LOT4 BLOCK A 50.00' HIGH POINTSUSDIVlSION PLATSOOK8PAGEU OA TE: MA Y 06,2004 53 ~ & :J3 '7'-U/rU)" :f ru:." y~ & :£rvru1, ;?1anvnMu¡ ~ 1072 6fJ.. ~u.m.u.o. K..".IJ. 'fJ~ .N'... ß 3211f .K~ fJ~ ,H102 (239) 261 - 5965 ... I ¡:: -' 0( :s '" 0( '" LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PARCEL OR: 3690 PG: 0812 17 A EXHIBIT "A" SHEET 2 OF 2 A VROW2004-AR6011 That strip of land being fifty feet (50') by three hundred and two feet (302') lying West of Lots 1, 2,3 and 4, Block A, Gulf Acres; East of the road right of way for Tamiami Trail (U.S. 41); South of a Westerly extension of the Northerly line of Lot I, Block A, Gulf Acres, to the road right of way for Tamiami Trail (U.S. 41); and North of a Westerly extension of the Southerly line of Lot 4, Block A, Gulf Acres, to the road right of way for Tamiami Trail (U.S. 41); according to the plat for Gulf Acres recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 111, Public Records of Collier COlUlty, Florida. " ___",__.~._" ','0'" ,~ _ . . .,_~~,_",,_..,..,,_.~"_~_'."~"___"_'___.."_"~'_'__' Naples Daily News Naples, FL 34102 *** OR: 3690 PG: 0814 17 A *** Affidavit of Publication Naples Daily News --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS CHERI LEFARA PO BOX 413016 NAPLES FL 34101-3016 REFERENCE: 001230 58949996 912501 NOTICE OF ADOPTION State of Florida County of Collier Before the undersigned authority, personally appeared B. Lamb, who on oath says that she serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Naples Daily News, a daily newspaper published at Naples, in Collier County, Florida: that the attached copy of advertising was published in said newspaper on dates listed. Affiant further says that the said Naples Daily News is a newspaper published at Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, and that the said newspaper has heretofore been continuously published in said Collier County, Florida, each day and has been entered as second class mail matter at the post office in Naples, in said Collier County, Florida, for a period of 1 year next preceding the first publication of the attached copy of advertisement¡ and affiant further says that she has neither paid nor promised any person, firm or corporation any discount, rebate, commission or refund for the purpose of securing this advertisement for publiction in the said newspaper. NOTICE OF ADOPTION NoveN,: ~IS l'1ereb,ttJ ~ven that on the leth day of el'S of CÓI'Ier CO.mmlulon. 2~348. re' . on 'AVRO . Resolution to S8Çtlons' 331.09 å/Id, 336.10. or£. i~ JAames H. Slesky, Esq~ from SIeskY Pilon & Wood' ttomeys at Law. u !luer!tfor the' petltloMr T . .æ':C'9 Family PI"C 1QrtI. t I ~ 'ie-,Ii fHnII1Î'~ thë =c"~Of N:: '1t'!!.~..!'.!L~rn g.R. Book 32 . p.m·InPub"ñë'Rëëcms. of COllier so~~.::= ~dtdSeotton 22. Township 49 of ~~~nto~ ~ be viewed In the Offtce Plrtment·...,,4tf1 ..... .1IOIrØ. MInutes & Records De· COunt G Floor, Admlrilstratlóil IIIIlIdlna. COllier Tr~JI:~apl~t Center. 3301 East J'amlaml BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERs COLLIER COUNTY. FLORIDA DONNA FIALA ,...··R··AN DWIGHT E. BRöaìC'CI.'iAt< r:~~r'd'R. RockIiold. Deputy Clerk N!1v,.mbAr " .. .. ..'" Nn A41R7ð PUBLISHED ON: 11/22 AD SPACE: 62.000 INCH FILED ON: 11/22/04 --------------------------------------------------+--------------------------- Signature of Affiant ~ - ---f Sworn to and Subscribed before me this';;>';¡' ...ß,,?'[ of ~ A , 20...dy personally known by me :zi... "'" v -Jf ß(yr¡ Ocr ",,';i\~:?Y¿?,. narrie1t rJshong :,,,?,' A ":c'~ ~1"COM~"'~SIO" i' 'V"2v'aQ ",'1,,- :*: ~ð ~*~ ,. , I t ~"''''. I', ,::.. .,~. ""..."... .--". ~'!\'.~.';;:' Hi!~ nr ";/'(9F.:Ù~~3· W)N!ì¡"ï,ic.;OII pc ,,' ~C'r'